Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

§
Marginalia
Code · STATUTES-AT-LARGE · Vol. 47 STAT. · March 4, 1933 · Private Law 326

Private Law 326.

426,599 words·~1939 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-47/private-law-326·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

(/us/pvtl/72/325).] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, Clive Sprouse and Robert F. Moore.Homestead entries validated. That the homestead entries of Clive Sprouse (Salt Lake City serial 046562) and Robert F. Moore (Salt Lake City serial 048376), embracing land within the former Uintah Indian Reservation, are hereby validated. Approved, March 4, 1933. For the relief of Price Huff. 1933-03-04 317 Chapter United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain.
Digitization Vendor 2024-12-27 47 Stat. 1769 72 2 private 1769 [CHAPTER 317.] AN ACT For the relief of Price Huff. March 4, 1933.[[H. R. 11035](/us/bill/72/hr/11035).][[Private, No. 326](/us/pvtl/72/326).] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, That in the administrationPrice Huff.Honorable discharge granted to. of any laws conferring rights, privileges, and benefits upon honorably discharged soldiers Price Huff, who was a member of the Chemical Warfare Service, United States Army, shall be held and considered to have been honorably discharged from the military service of the United States as a member of that service on the 6th day of February, 1920: *Provided*, That no back pay, compensation,*Proviso*.No back pay, etc. benefit, or allowance shall be held to have accrued prior to the passage of this Act.
Approved, March 4, 1933. Conferring jurisdiction upon the Court of Claims in the claim of P. F. Gormley Company. 1933-03-04 318 Chapter United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2024-12-27 47 Stat. 1769 72 2 private [CHAPTER 318.] JOINT RESOLUTION Conferring jurisdiction upon the Court of Claims in the claim of P.
F. Gormley Company. March 4, 1933.[[S. J. Res. 187](/us/bill/72/sjres/187).][[Priv. Res., No. 1](/us/bill/72/privres/1).] Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That jurisdiction isP. F. Gormley Company.Jurisdiction conferred on Court of Claims to bear claims of. hereby conferred upon the Court of Claims of the United States, notwithstanding the lapse of time or any statute of limitations, to hear the claim of P.
F. Gormley Company for payment at the contract price of $106 per ton for structural steel furnished and used in the performance of its contract numbered 2304 with the Navy Department, dated March 10, 1917, for construction of structural shop building at the navy yard, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for such amount as will equitably compensate said company for said steel not in excess of the price aforesaid; and also claims for damages or extra costs occasioned by orders of the Navy Department requiring the contractor to pay wages at rates fixed by war-time wage boards; by the commandeering of contractor’s labor for use on war-time work considered more urgent; for increased costs due to extended period of performance necessitated by war-time conditions and war orders, with the right on the part of the Government to present any legal and equitable set-offs and defenses, and to render findings of fact, and upon such findings of fact to render judgment, but without any allowance for interest on the determined amount for damages prior to its rendition.
Approved, March 4, 1933. CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONSof theTWO HOUSES OF CONGRESS CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS OF CONGRESS first session, seventy-second congress. H. Con. Res., No. 4: GEORGE WASHINGTON BICENTENNIAL. House Concurrent Resolution 4 December 18, 1931 george washington bicentennial December 18, 1931.[[H. Con. Res., No. 4](/us/bill/72/hconres/4).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That a joint committee consisting of three Members of the House ofGeorge Washington Bicentennial.Joint committee on arrangements for celebration of, authorized.*Post*, p. 1774.
Representatives and three Senators to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate, respectively, is authorized to make suitable arrangements for a fitting and proper celebration in the House of Representatives on February 22, 1932, of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of George Washington. 1773 Passed, December 18, 1931. H. Con. Res., No. 5: HOLIDAY RECESS. House Concurrent Resolution 5 December 22, 1931 holiday recess.
December 22, 1931.[[H. Con. Res., No. 5](/us/bill/72/hconres/5).] Resolved, by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That when the two Houses adjourn on Tuesday, December 22, 1931,Holiday recess. they stand adjourned until 12 o’clock meridian Monday, January 4, 1932. Passed, December 22, 1931. S. Con. Res., No. 2: GRANT JARVIS. Senate Concurrent Resolution 2 January 5, 1932 grant jarvis. January 5, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 2](/us/bill/72/sconres/2).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there shall be paid out of the contingent funds of the SenateGrant Jarvis.Payment to widow of. and House of Representatives to Anna Jarvis, widow of Grant Jarvis, late an employee of the Joint Committee on Internal Revenue Taxation, a sum equal to six months of his compensation as such employee, one-half of said sum to be paid by the Senate and one-half by the House, and an additional amount not exceeding $250, to defray the funeral expenses of said Grant Jarvis, shall be paid by the House.
Passed, January 5, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 4: AGRICULTURAL CONFERENCE AND FARM BOARD INQUIRY. Senate Concurrent Resolution 4 January 15, 1932 agricultural conference and farm board inquiry. January 15, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 4](/us/bill/72/sconres/4).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That, in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the PrintingAgricultural Conference and Farm Board Inquiry.Additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012.
Act approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Agriculture and Forestry of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed five thousand additional copies of the hearings held before the Committee during the current session on Agricultural Conference and Farm Board Inquiry. Passed, January 15, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 12: GEORGE WASHINGTON BICENTENNIAL. House Concurrent Resolution 12 January 20, 1932 1774 george washington bicentennial. January 20, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 12](/us/bill/72/hconres/12).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), George Washington Bicentennial.Joint session in commemoration of, authorized.*Ante*, p. 1773.That in commemoration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of George Washington the two Houses of Congress shall assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives at 11.30 o’clock antemeridian, on Monday, February 22, 1932.
President of the United States invited to make address.That the President of the United States, as the chairman of the United States Commission for the Celebration of the Two Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of George Washington, is hereby invited to address the American people in the presence of the Congress in commemoration of the bicentennial anniversary of the birth of the first President of the United States. Invitations.That invitations to attend the ceremony be extended to the members of the Cabinet, the Chief Justice and Associate.
Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, the Diplomatic Corps (through the Secretary of State), the General of the Armies, the Chief of Staff of the Army, the Chief of Naval Operations, the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, and the Commandant of the Coast Guard, and such other persons as the joint committee on arrangements shall deem proper. Passed, January 20, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 15: PRAYERS BY THE CHAPLAIN OF THE HOUSE. House Concurrent Resolution 15 January 29, 1932 prayers by the chaplain of the house.
January 29, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 15](/us/bill/72/hconres/15).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Prayers by the Chaplain of the House.Printing of, ordered.That five thousand copies of the prayers offered by the Reverend James Shera Montgomery, Chaplain of the House of Representatives, at the opening of the daily sessions of the House during the Seventieth and Seventy-first Congresses, be printed and bound for the use of the House of Representatives.
Passed, January 29, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 13: BUILDING, ETC., ASSOCIATIONS. Senate Concurrent Resolution 13 February 5, 1932 building, etc., associations. February 5, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 13](/us/bill/72/sconres/13).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Building, etc., associations.Return of bill relating to, requested.That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested to return to the Senate the enrolled bill (S. 2199) entitled “An Act exempting building and loan associations from being adjudged bankrupts.
” Passed, February 5, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 15: BUILDING, ETC., ASSOCIATIONS. Senate Concurrent Resolution 15 February 8, 1932 building, etc., associations. February 8, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 15](/us/bill/72/sconres/15).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Building, etc., associations.Correction in enrollment of bill, directed.That the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives and of the President pro tempore of the Senate in signing the enrolled bill (S. 2199) entitled “An Act exempting building and loan associations from being adjudged bankrupts ” be rescinded, and that in the reenrollment of the said bill the Secretary of the Senate be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to make the following corrections, *Ante*, p. 47.namely:
On page 1 of the engrossed bill, line 8, strike out the comma after the word except on page 1, line 9, insert a comma after the word “ association and on page 2, line 5, strike out the word “ of ” and insert in lieu thereof the word “ or ”. Passed, February 8, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 12: SALE OF FOREIGN BONDS OR SECURITIES. Senate Concurrent Resolution 12 February 9, 1932 1775 sale of foreign bonds or securities. February 9, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 12](/us/bill/72/sconres/12).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the PrintingSale of foreign bonds or securities.Additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012.
Act approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Finance of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed two thousand additional copies of the hearings held before the committee during the current session on Sale of Foreign Bonds or Securities in the United States. Passed, February 9, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 14: GEORGE WASHINGTON BICENTENNIAL COMMISSION. Senate Concurrent Resolution 14 February 18, 1932 george washington bicentennial commission. February 18, 1932.[[S. Con.
Res., No. 14](/us/bill/72/sconres/14).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That consent is hereby given to the United States Commission forGeorge Washington Bicentennial Commission.May remove temporarily, for exhibition purposes, certain portraits in Capitol building. the Celebration of the Two hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of George Washington, or a duly authorized committee thereof, to remove temporarily to the Corcoran Art Gallery, for exhibition in the Bicentennial Portrait Exhibit to be held as a part of such celebration, any portraits in the Capitol building (not in the public corridors), including the following:
George Washington, by Rembrandt Peale, in the Vice President’s room; George Washington, by Gilbert Stuart, in the Post Offices and Post Roads committee room; John Marshall, by Martin, in the Supreme Court robing room; Frederick Muhlenberg, copied from a Wright portrait by Samuel B. Waugh, in the Speaker’s lobby; and Oliver Ellsworth, copied from an Earl portrait by Charles Loring Elliot, in the Supreme Court robing room. Passed, February 18, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 19: GEORGE WASHINGTON BICENTENNIAL.
House Concurrent Resolution 19 February 18, 1932 george washington bicentennial. February 18, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 19](/us/bill/72/hconres/19).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the Secretary of the Senate of the United States and the ClerkGeorge Washington Bicentennial.Wreath to be placed on grave of Mary, mother of George Washington. February 22, 1932. of the House of Representatives be, and they are hereby, authorized to purchase a wreath to be placed on the grave of Mary, the mother of Washington, at Fredericksburg, Virginia, on the 22d day of February, 1932, that day being the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of General George Washington, the cost of said wreath not toDivision of cost. exceed $50, which shall be paid proportionately out of the contingent funds of the Senate of the United States and the House of Representatives, respectively; be it further Resolved, That the President of the Senate and the Speaker ofCommittee appointed. the House of Representatives are hereby authorized to appoint, respectively, a Member of the Senate of the United States and a Member of the House of Representatives, both or either of whom on behalf of the Senate and of the House of Representatives, shall, at the time and place aforesaid, place said wreath on the grave of Mary, the mother of Washington.
Passed, February 18, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 27: “REVENUE REVISION, 1932.” House Concurrent Resolution 27 March 7, 1932 1776 “revenue revision, 1932.” March 7, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 27](/us/bill/72/hconres/27).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), “Revenue Revision, 1932”.Additional copies of consolidated hearings relative to, ordered printed.That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed two thousand five hundred additional copies of the consolidated hearings held before the committee during the current session relative to “ Revenue Revision, 1932.
” Passed, March 7, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 14: STATUE OF GENERAL JOHN SEVIER. House Concurrent Resolution 14 March 8, 1932 statue of general john sevier. March 8, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 14](/us/bill/72/hconres/14).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Statue of General John Sevier.Acceptance and thanks of Congress to Tennessee for.*Post*, p. 1779.That the statue of General John Sevier, presented by the State of Tennessee and placed in Statuary Hall, is accepted in the name of the United States, and that the thanks of Congress be tendered said State for the contribution of the statue of this eminent man, illustrious for his distinguished service as a pioneer patriot of said State.
Resolved further, Copy to Governor of Tennessee.That a copy of these resolutions, suitably engrossed and duly authenticated, be transmitted to the Governor of Tennessee. Passed, March 8, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 28: REVENUE BILL (H. R. 10236). House Concurrent Resolution 28 March 9, 1932 revenue bill (h. r. 10236). March 9, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 28](/us/bill/72/hconres/28).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Revenue bill (H. R. 10236).Comparative print of, as a House document, ordered.*Post*, p. 1777.Distribution.That a comparative print of the bill (H.
R. 10236) entitled “To provide revenue, to equalize taxation, and for other purposes,” as reported to the House by the Committee on Ways and Means on March 8, 1932, showing the changes proposed to existing law, be printed as a House document; and that eight thousand additional copies be printed for the use of the House document room and two thousand copies for the Senate document room. Passed, March 9, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 23: JURISDICTION IN MANAGEMENT OF INDIAN COUNTRY. Senate Concurrent Resolution 23 March 31, 1932 jurisdiction in management of indian country.
March 31, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 23](/us/bill/72/sconres/23).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Jurisdiction in management of Indian country.Return of bill relative to, requested.That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested to return to the Senate the enrolled bill (S. 3322) entitled “An Act to transfer certain jurisdiction from the War Department in the management of Indian country.” Passed, March 31, 1932. S. Con.
Res., No. 26: INSURANCE COMPANIES IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Senate Concurrent Resolution 26 April 22, 1932 insurance companies in the district of columbia. April 22, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 26](/us/bill/72/sconres/26).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Insurance companies in the District of Columbia.Return of bill relating to, requested.*Post*, p, 1778.That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested to return to the Senate the bill (S. 3584) entitled “An Act to require all insurance corporations formed under the provisions of Chapter XVIII of the Code of Law of the District of Columbia to maintain their principal offices and places of business within the District of Columbia, and for other purposes.
” Passed, April 22, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 25: REVENUE BILL (H. R. 10236). Senate Concurrent Resolution 25 April 23, 1932 1777 revenue bill (h. r. 10236). April 23, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 25](/us/bill/72/sconres/25).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing ActRevenue bill (H. R. 10236).Additional copies of consolidated hearings on, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012.*Ante*, p. 1776. approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Finance of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed one thousand five hundred additional copies of the consolidated hearings held before the committee during the current session on the bill (H.
R. 10236) to provide revenue, equalize taxation, and for other purposes. Passed, April 23, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 18: NATIONAL ECONOMIC COUNCIL. Senate Concurrent Resolution 18 April 25, 1932 national economic council. April 25, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 18](/us/bill/72/sconres/18).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing ActNational Economic Council.Additional copies of hearings regarding establishment of, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012. approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Manufactures of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed one thousand additional copies of the hearings held before the committee during the current session on the Establishment of a National Economic Council.
Passed, April 25, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 29: STATUE OF CHARLES BRANTLEY AYCOCK. House Concurrent Resolution 29 April 28, 1932 statue of charles brantley aycock. April 28, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 29](/us/bill/72/hconres/29).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the statue of Charles Brantley Aycock, presented by the StateStatue of Charles Brantley Aycock.Acceptance and thanks of Congress to North Carolina for.*Post*, p. 1778. of North Carolina to be placed in Statuary Hall, is hereby accepted in the name of the United States, and that the thanks of Congress be tendered to the State of North Carolina for the contribution of the statue of one of its most eminent citizens, illustrious for the high purpose of his life and his distinguished services to the State and Nation.
Second. That a copy of these resolutions, suitably engrossed andCopy to Governor. duly authenticated, be transmitted to the Governor of the State of North Carolina. Passed, April 28, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 24: STATUES OF GEORGE WASHINGTON AND ROBERT E. LEE. House Concurrent Resolution 24 May 3, 1932 statues of george washington and robert e. lee. May 3, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 24](/us/bill/72/hconres/24).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the thanks of this Congress be presented to the governor andStatues of George Washington and Robert E.
Lee. through him to the people of the State of Virginia for the statues of George Washington and Robert E. Lee, whose names are so honorablyAcceptance and thanks of Congress to Virginia for. identified with the history of our country; that these works of art are accepted in the name of the Nation and assigned to places in the old Hall of Representatives already set aside by Congress for the statues of eminent citizens: and that a copy of this resolution, signedCopy to Governor. by the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, be transmitted to the Governor of Virginia.
Passed, May 3, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 27: INSURANCE CORPORATIONS, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Senate Concurrent Resolution 27 May 12, 1932 1778 insurance corporations, district of columbia. May 12, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 27](/us/bill/72/sconres/12).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Insurance corporations, District of Columbia.Reenrollment of bill relating to, with amendments added, directed.*Ante*, p. 1776.That the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives and of the Vice President of the United States in signing the enrolled bill (S. 3584) to require all insurance corporations formed under the provisions of Chapter XVIII of the Code of Law of the District of Columbia to maintain their principal offices and places of business within the District of Columbia, and for other purposes, be, and the same is hereby, rescinded, and that the Secretary of the Senate be and he is hereby, authorized and directed to reenroll the bill with the following amendments in the nature of corrections, viz:
On page 1, line 11 of the engrossed House amendment, after the word “corporation” insert the following: “kept in a branch-office agency of such corporation”; and on page 1, line 12, of the engrossed House amendment, after “agency”, insert: *And provided further*, That *Ante*, p. 158.any insurance corporation created by special Act of Congress is hereby authorized upon resolution of its board of directors or trustees to reincorporate under the laws of any State of the United States, a certified copy of such resolution of such board of directors or trustees having first been filed in the office of the Superintendent of Insurance of the District of Columbia and recorded in the office of the Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia.
Upon compliance with the above conditions, the assets of the said corporation shall thereby become vested in the new corporation. Said new corporation shall faithfully carry out any and every right, obligation, and liability of said original corporation. Passed, May 12, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 31: STATUE OF CHARLES BRANTLEY AYCOCK. House Concurrent Resolution 31 May 26, 1932 statue of charles brantley aycock. May 26, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 31](/us/bill/72/hconres/31).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Statue of Charles Brantley Aycock.Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed.That there be printed with illustrations and bound five thousand copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held at the unveiling in Statuary Hall, upon the acceptance of the *Ante*, p. 1777.Distribution.statue of Charles Brantley Aycock, presented by the State of North Carolina, of which one thousand copies shall be for the Senate and two thousand five hundred copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining one thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of North Carolina.
Illustrations.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to have the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings. Passed, May 26, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 30: REVENUE ACT OF 1932. Senate Concurrent Resolution 30 June 7, 1982 revenue act of 1932. June 7, 1982.[[S. Con. Res., No. 30](/us/bill/72/sconres/30).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Revenue Act of 1932.Additional copies ordered printed.Distribution.*Ante*, p. 169.That there be printed 41,000 additional copies of Public Law Numbered 154, known as the Revenue Act of 1932, of which 13,000 copies shall be for the use of the Senate Document Room. 25,000 copies for the use of the House Document Room, 1,000 copies for the 1779use of the Committee on Finance of the Senate, and 2,000 copies for the use of the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives.
Passed, June 7, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 7: STATUE OF GENERAL JOHN SEVIER. Senate Concurrent Resolution 7 June 11, 1932 statue of general john sevier. June 11, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 7](/us/bill/72/sconres/7).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there be printed with illustrations and bound five thousandStatue of General John Sevier.Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed. copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held at the unveiling in Statuary Hall, upon the acceptance of the statue of General John Sevier, presented by the State of Tennessee,*Ante*, p. 1776.Distribution. of which one thousand shall be for the use of the Senate, two thousand five hundred for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining one thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Tennessee.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to haveIllustrations. the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings.
Passed, June 11, 1932. S. Con, Res., No. 21: STATUES OF JUNIPERO SERRA AND THOMAS STARR KING. Senate Concurrent Resolution 21 June 11, 1932 statues of junipero serra and thomas starr king. June 11, 1932.[[S. Con, Res., No. 21](/us/bill/72/sconres/21).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there be printed with illustrations and bound five thousandStatues of Junipero Serra and Thomas Starr King.Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed. copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held at the unveiling in Statuary Hall, upon the acceptance of the statues of Junipero Serra and Thomas Starr King, presented by the State of California, of which one thousand shall be for the useVol. 46, p. 2179.Distribution. of the Senate and two thousand five hundred for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining one thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of California.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to haveIllustrations. the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings.
Passed, June 11, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 24: STATUES OF JEFFERSON DAVIS AND JAMES Z. GEORGE. Senate Concurrent Resolution 24 June 11, 1932 statues of jefferson davis and james z. george. June 11, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 24](/us/bill/72/sconres/24).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there be printed with illustrations and bound fifteen thousandStatues of Jefferson Davis and James Z. George.Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed. copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held at the unveiling in Statuary Hall, upon the acceptance of the statues of Jefferson Davis and James Z.
George, presented by the State of Mississippi, of which one thousand shall be for the Senate and two thousand three hundred for the use of the House of Representatives,Distribution. and the remaining eleven thousand seven hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Mississippi.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to have theIllustrations. copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings.
Passed, June 11, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 29: LAWS RELATING TO VETERANS OF VARIOUS WARS. Senate Concurrent Resolution 29 June 27, 1932 1780 laws relating to veterans of various wars. June 27, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 29](/us/bill/72/sconres/29).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Laws relating to veterans of various wars.That the letter of the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs, dated May 12, 1932, transmitting, in response to S. Res. 412 (Seventy-first Compilation of, ordered printed as a Senate document.Distribution.Congress), a compilation of all Federal laws relating to the veterans of our various wars, be printed, with illustrations, as a Senate document; and that ten thousand additional copies shall be printed for distribution by the Veterans’ Administration, of which there may be furnished, upon written application to the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs, one copy to each post of the Grand Army of the Republic, the American Legion, and the Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States, to each camp of the United Spanish War Veterans, to each camp of Veterans of the Indian Wars, each chapter of the American Red Cross, and to each chapter of the Disabled American Veterans of the World War.
Passed, June 27, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 26: UNITED STATES ROANOKE COLONY COMMISSION. House Concurrent Resolution 26 June 27, 1932 united states roanoke colony commission. June 27, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 26](/us/bill/72/hconres/26).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), United States Roanoke Colony Commission.Establishment, membership, etc.That there is hereby established a commission to be known as the United States Roanoke Colony Commission (hereinafter referred to as the commission), and to be composed of six commissioners, as follows:
Three Senators to be appointed by the President of the Senate, and three Members of the House of Representatives to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives. The commissioners shall serve without compensation and shall select a chairman from among their number. Sec. 2. Preparation of plans for celebrating 350th anniversary of birth of English-speaking civilization in America. That it shall be the duty of the commissioners to prepare and report a plan or plans and a program for the commemoration in 1934 of the three hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of English-speaking civilization in America on Roanoke Island, North Carolina, with an estimate of the probable cost; to give due and proper consideration to such plan or plans as may be submitted to them for such celebration; to confer with such civic associations and organizations, and with such other commissions, Federal, State, and municipal, as may be appointed for purposes similar to the purpose of this resolution, and to take such steps as may be necessary to secure the coordination and correlation of plans prepared by such commissions; and to do all such other things as may be necessary to carry into full effect the intents and purposes of this resolution.
Sec. 3. Officers and assistants authorized. That the commission, after selecting a chairman and a vice chairman from among their members, may employ a secretary and such other assistants as may be needed for clerical work connected*Proviso*.No Federal expense. with the duties of the commission: *Provided*, That said commission can so arrange that no part of the pay or expenses of such secretary and other assistants, if any, shall be paid by the United States. Sec. Travel, etc., expenses.
The commissioners shall receive no compensation for their services but shall be paid their actual and necessary traveling, hotel, Limitation.and other expenses incurred in the discharge of their duties, not to exceed $500, and the same shall be paid out of the contingent funds of the House and Senate. Sec. Submission of plans to Fine Arts Commission. That the said commission be, and the same is hereby, authorized to call upon the Commission of Fine Arts, in Washington, for their assistance and advice in connection with any plan or plans 1781that may be submitted or considered, and the said Commission of Fine Arts is directed to render such assistance and advice as its other duties may permit and as may be within its power.
Sec. 6. That the commission shall, on or before the 15th day ofReport to Congress.*Post*, p. 1782. December, 1932, make a report to the Congress in order that enabling legislation may be enacted. Sec. 7. That the commission hereby created shall expire within oneDuration. year after the expiration of the celebration. Sec. 8. That this concurrent resolution shall take effect immediatelyEffective immediately.. Passed, June 27, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 35: APPROPRIATIONS FOR DEPARTMENTS OF STATE, ETC.
House Concurrent Resolution 35 June 29, 1932 appropriations for departments off state, etc. June 29, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 35](/us/bill/72/hconres/35).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the Clerk of the House is hereby authorized and directed in theAppropriations for Departments of State, etc. enrollment of the bill H. R. 9349, “An Act making appropriations for the Departments of State and Justice, and for the Judiciary,Correction in enrollment of, directed.*Ante*, p. 476. and for the Departments of Commerce and Labor, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1933, and for other purposes,” to leave the word “ Persia ” in line 23, page 5, of the bill instead of changing such word to “ Muscat ” as directed by the reports of the conference committee and the action of both Houses in agreeing to such reports.
Passed, June 29, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 37: WAR DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATION BILL. House Concurrent Resolution 37 July 13, 1932 war department appropriation bill. July 13, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 37](/us/bill/72/hconres/37).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the Clerk of the House is hereby authorized and directedWar Department appropriation bill.Correction in enrollment of, directed.*Ante*, p. 667. in the enrollment of the bill H. R. 11897, “An Act making appropriations for the military and nonmilitary activities of the War Department for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1933, and for other purposes,” to insert on page 9, line 15 of the bill the sum of $5,928,389, in lieu of the matter directed to be inserted by the concurrence of the House in Senate Amendment Numbered 14.
Passed, July 13, 1932. S. Con. Res., No. 35: ADJOURNMENT. Senate Concurrent Resolution 35 July 16, 1932 war department appropriation bill. July 16, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 35](/us/bill/72/sconres/35).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the two Houses of Congress shall adjourn on Saturday, theAdjournment of Congress, July 16, 1932. 16th day of July, 1932, and that when they adjourn on said day they stand adjourned sine die. Passed, July 16, 1932.
CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS OF CONGRESS second session, seventy-second congress. S. Con. Res., No. 36: INAUGURAL COMMITTEE. Senate Concurrent Resolution 36 December 8, 1932 inaugural committee. December 8, 1932.[[S. Con. Res., No. 36](/us/bill/72/sconres/36).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Inauguration of the President.Joint committee on arrangements, to be appointed.That a joint committee consisting of three Senators and three Representatives, to be appointed by the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, respectively, is authorized to make the necessary arrangements for the inauguration of the President elect of the United States on the 4th day of March next.
Passed, December 8, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 42: UNITED STATES ROANOKE COLONY COMMISSION. House Concurrent Resolution 42 December 15, 1932 united states roanoke colony commission. December 15, 1932.[[H. Con. Res., No. 42](/us/bill/72/hconres/42).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), United States Roanoke Colony Commission.*Ante*, p. 1781.That section 6 of the House concurrent resolution establishing the United States Roanoke Colony Commission, Seventy-second Congress, be, and the same is hereby, amended to read as follows:
" “Sec. 6. Time for report of, extended. That the commission shall, on or before the 15th day of January, 1933, make a report to the Congress in order that enabling legislation may be enacted.” " 1782 Passed, December 15, 1932. H. Con. Res., No. 40: MORATORIUM ON FOREIGN DEBTS. House Concurrent Resolution 40 January 3, 1933 moratorium of foreign debts. January 3, 1933.[[H. Con. Res., No. 40](/us/bill/72/hconres/40).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Moratorium on foreign debts.Additional copies of hearings relating to, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012.That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act, approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed one thousand additional copies of the hearings held before said committee during the Seventy-second Congress, first session, on H.
J. Res. 123, relating to moratorium on foreign debts. Passed, January 3, 1933. H. Con. Res., No. 44: COUNTING ELECTORAL VOTES. House Concurrent Resolution 44 January 4, 1933 counting electoral votes. January 4, 1933.[[H. Con. Res., No. 44](/us/bill/72/hconres/44).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Counting electoral votes.Proceedings for, in the Hall of the House of Representatives.That the two Houses of Congress shall assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives on Wednesday, the 8th day of February, 1933, at 1 o’clock postmeridian, pursuant to the requirements of the Constitution and laws relating to the election of President and Vice President of the United States, and the President of the Senate shall be their presiding officer; that two tellers shall be previously 1783appointed by the President of the Senate on the part of the Senate and two by the Speaker on the part of the House of Representatives, to whom shall be handed as they are opened by the President of the Senate all the certificates and papers purporting to be certificates of the electoral votes, which certificates and papers shall be opened, presented, and acted upon in the alphabetical order of the States, beginning with the letter A; and said tellers, having then read the same in the presence and hearing of the two Houses, shall make a list of the votes as they shall appear from the said certificates; and the votes having been ascertained and counted in manner and according to the rules by law provided, the result of the same shall be delivered to the President of the Senate, who shall thereupon announce the state of the vote, which announcement shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of the persons, if any, elected President and Vice President of the United States, and, together with a list of the votes, be entered on the Journals of the two Houses.
Passed, January 4, 1933. S. Con. Res., No. 38: MEMORIAL SERVICE TO FORMER PRESIDENT COOLIDGE. Senate Concurrent Resolution 38 January 14, 1933 memorial service to former president coolidge. January 14, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 38](/us/bill/72/sconres/38).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That Monday, the 6th day of February, 1933, be set aside as the dayMemorial service to former President Coolidge.Joint session of the two Houses ordered for February 6, 1933. upon which there shall be held a joint session of the Senate and the House of Representatives for appropriate exercises in commem-oration of the life, character, and public service of the late Calvin Coolidge, former President of the United States.
That a joint committee, to consist of five Senators and sevenJoint committee on arrangemente to be appointed. Members of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the Vice President and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, respectively, shall be named, with full power to make all arrangements and publish a suitable program for the joint session of Congress herein authorized, and to issue the invitations hereinafter mentioned. That invitations shall be extended to the President of the UnitedInvitations.
States, the members of the Cabinet, the Chief Justice and Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, and such other invitations shall be issued as to the said committee shall seem best. That all expenses incurred by the committee in the execution ofDivision of expenses. the provisions of this resolution shall be paid, one-half from the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half from the contingent fund of the House of Representatives. Passed, January 14, 1933.
S. Con. Res., No. 41: LOANS TO FARMERS FOR CROP PRODUCTION, ETC. Senate Concurrent Resolution 41 January 26, 1933 loans to farmers for crop production, etc. January 26, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 41](/us/bill/72/sconres/41).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring, That the Secretary of the Senate be, and he is hereby authorizedLoans to farmers for crop production, etc.Correction in enrollment of bill (S. 5160) relating to, ordered.*Ante*, p. 795. and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (S. 5160) to provide for loans to farmers for crop production and harvesting during the year 1933, and for other purposes, to insert on page 2, line 9, of the engrossed House amendment, after the figures “ 1933 ”, the following:“, or on livestock,”.
Passed, January 26, 1933. S. Con. Res., No. 42: MEMORIAL EXERCISES TO LATE PRESIDENT COOLIDGE. Senate Concurrent Resolution 42 February 16, 1933 1784 memorial exercises to late president coolidge. February 16, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 42](/us/bill/72/sconres/42).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Memorial exercises to late President Coolidge.Oration by Honorable Arthur P. Rugg, ordered printed.That there shall be compiled, printed with illustrations, and bound, as may be directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, fifteen thousand copies of the oration delivered by Honorable Arthur P.
Rugg in the House of Representatives during the exercises held in memory of the late President Calvin Coolidge on February 6, Proceedings and program to be included.Distribution.1933, including all the proceedings and the program of exercises, of which five thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate and ten thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives. Passed, February 16, 1933. H. Con. Res., No. 49: CANAL ZONE CIVIL CODE. House Concurrent Resolution 49 February 17, 1933 canal zone civil code.
February 17, 1933.[[H. Con. Res., No. 49](/us/bill/72/hconres/49).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Canal Zone Civil Code.Correction in enrollment of bill (H. R. 7522) relating to, ordered.*Ante*, p. 1124.That the Clerk of the House is hereby authorized and directed in the enrollment of the bill (H. R. 7522) entitled “An Act to provide a new civil code for the Canal Zone and to repeal the existing civil code,” to omit Senate amendments numbered 15 to 23, inclusive.
Passed, February 17, 1933. S. Con. Res., No. 43: SUPREME COURT, RULES OF PRACTICE, ETC. Senate Concurrent Resolution 43 February 22, 1933 supreme court, rules of practice, etc. February 22, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 43](/us/bill/72/sconres/43).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Supreme Court, rules of practice, etc.Correction in enrollment of bill (S. 4020) relating to, ordered.*Ante*, p. 904.That the Secretary of the Senate be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (S. 4020) to give the Supreme Court of the United States authority to prescribe rules of practice and procedure with respect to proceedings in criminal cases after verdict, to strike out on page 1, lines 8 and 9, respectively, of the engrossed bill the words “Porto Rico ” and insert in lieu thereof “ Puerto Rico ”.
Passed, February 22, 1933. H. Con. Res., No. 50: CONGRESSIONAL DIRECTORY. House Concurrent Resolution 50 February 22, 1933 congressional directory. February 22, 1933.[[H. Con. Res., No. 50](/us/bill/72/hconres/50).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Congressional Directory Edition for first session, 73d Congress, ordered.Vol. 28, p. 612.[U. S. C., p. 1426](/us/usc/s1426).That an edition of the Congressional Directory for the first session of the Seventy-third Congress be compiled, prepared, indexed, and published under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, as provided for in section 73 of the Printing Act approved January 12, 1895.
Passed, February 22, 1933. H. Con. Res., No. 47: STATUES WITHIN THE CAPITOL. House Concurrent Resolution 47 February 24, 1933 statues within the capitol. February 24, 1933.[[H. Con. Res., No. 47](/us/bill/72/hconres/47).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Statues within the Capitol.Relocation, etc., authorized.That the Architect of the Capitol, upon the approval of the Joint Committee on the Library, with the advice of the Commission of Fine Arts, is hereby authorized and directed to relocate within the Capitol any of the statues already received and placed in Statuary Hall, and to provide for the reception and location of the statues received hereafter from the States.
Passed, February 24, 1933 S. Con. Res., No. 44: BRIDGE, MISSOURI RIVER (H. R. 14500). Senate Concurrent Resolution 44 February 28, 1933 1785 bridge, missuori river (h. r. 14500). February 28, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 44](/us/bill/72/sconres/44).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives andBridge, Missouri River.Signatures to bill (H. R. 14500) relating to, ordered rescinded. of the Vice President of the United States in signing the enrolled bill (H.
R. 14500) to extend the time for completing the construction of a bridge across the Missouri River at or near Kansas City, Kansas, be, and the same is hereby, rescinded. Passed, February 28, 1933. S. Con. Res., No. 45: BANKRUPTCY ACT AMENDMENTS. Senate Concurrent Resolution 45 March 2, 1933 bankruptcy act amendments. March 2, 1933.[[S. Con. Res., No. 45](/us/bill/72/sconres/45).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in the enrollment of the bill (H.
R. 14359) to amend an ActBankruptcy Act Amendments.Correction in enrollment of bill (H. R. 14359) relative to, ordered.*Ante*, p. 1467. entitled “An Act to establish a uniform system of bankruptcy throughout the United States,” approved July 1, 1898, and Acts amendatory thereof and supplementary thereto, the Clerk of the House is authorized to make the following necessary changes in the Senate engrossed amendment: On page 1, line 6, beginning with “ by ” strike out through the word “ and ” in line 7.
On page 1, line 14, strike out “ 74 and 75 ” and insert in lieu thereof “ 74, 75, and 77 ”. On page 19, line 16, strike out “ or compositions ”; and in lines 21 and 24, strike out the words “ or composition ”. On page 39, line 12, strike out the figure “ 76 ”. On page 41, line 9, beginning with the word “ Railroad ” strike out through the period in line 11. Passed, March 2, 1933. TREATIES AND CONVENTIONSconcluded by theUNITED STATES OF AMERICAwithFOREIGN NATIONS TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS November 6, 1925 47 Stat. 1789 Convention INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY CONVENTION.
NOV. 6, 1925. *Convention between the United States of America and other Powers, for November 6, 1925.the protection of industrial property. Signed at The Hague, November 6, 1925; ratification advised by the Senate, December 16, 1930; ratified by the President, December 27, 1930; ratification deposited with the Government of the Swiss Confederation, January 22, 1931; proclaimed, March 6, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America, A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention revising the convention for the protectionProtection of industrial property.Preamble.Vol. 25, p. 1372;
Vol. 32, p. 1936; Vol. 38, p. 1645. of industrial property signed at Paris on March 20, 1883, revised at Brussels on December 14, 1900, and at Washington on June 2, 1911, was signed at The Hague on November 6, 1925, by the respective Plenipotentiaries for the United States of America, Germany, Australia, Austria, Belgium, the United States of Brazil, Canada, Cuba, Denmark, the Free City of Danzig, the Dominican Republic, Spain, Estonia, Finland, France, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Hungary, the Irish Free State, Italy, Japan, Morocco, the United Mexican States, Norway, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, Sweden, the Swiss Confederation, Syria and the Lebanon, Czechoslovakia, Tunis and Turkey, which Convention, in the French language, is word for word as follows:
I. CONVENTION D’UNION DE PARIS DU 20 MARS 1883 pour la PROTECTION DE LA PROPRIÉTÉ INDUSTRIELLE revisée a bruxelles le 14 décembre 1900, à washington le 2 juin 1911 et à la haye le 6 novembre 1925 Le Président du Reich allemand; Contracting Powers.le Président de la République d’Autriche; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; le Président des États-Unis du Brésil; le Président de la République de Cuba; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; le1789 1790Président de la République dominicaine; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne; le Président de la République d’Esthonie; le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique; le Président de la République de Finlande; le Président de la République française;
Sa Majesté le Roi du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande et des territoires britanniques au delà des mers, Empereur des Indes; Son Altesse sérénissime le Gouverneur de Hongrie; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie; Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon; Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc; le Président des États-Unis du Mexique; Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège; Sa Majesté la Reine des PaysBas; le Président de la République polonaise, au nom de la Pologne et de la Ville libre de Dantzig; le Président de la République portugaise;
Sa Majesté le Roi des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède; le Conseil fédéral de la Confédération suisse; les États de Syrie et du Grand Liban; le Président de la République tchécoslovaque; Son Altesse le Bey de Tunis; le Président de la République turque, Ayant jugé utile d’apporter certaines modifications et additions à la Convention internationale Vol. 25, p. 1372.du 20 mars 1883, portant création d’une Union internationale pour la protection de la Propriété industrielle, revisée à Vol. 32, p. 1936.Vol. 38, p. 1645.Bruxelles le 14 décembre 1900 et à Washington le 2 juin 1911, ont nommé pour Leurs Plénipotentiaires, savoir:
Plenipotentiaries.Le Président du Reich allemand: M. W. F. von Vietinghoff, Conseiller de Légation d’Allemagne à la Haye; M. von Specht, Geheimer Oberregierungsrat, Président de l’Office des Brevets; M. Klauer, Conseiller ministériel au Ministère de Justice; M. le Prof. Dr. Albert Osterrieth, Justizrat;1791 Le Président de la République Plenipotentiaries—Continued.d’Autriche: M. le Dr. Cari Duschanek, Conseiller ministériel, Vice-Président de l’Office autrichien des Brevets; M. le Dr.
Hans Fortwängler, Conseiller ministériel audit Office; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges: M. Octave Mavaut, Directeur Général de l’industrie au Ministère de l’industrie, du Travail et de la Prévoyance sociale; M. Albert Capitaine, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Liège, ancien Bâtonnier, Délégué de la Belgique à la Conférence de Washington; M. Louis André, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Bruxelles; M. Thomas Braun, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Bruxelles; M. Daniel Coppieters, Avocat à la Corn’ d’Appel de Bruxelles;
Le Président des États-Unis du Brésil: M. le Dr. Julio Augusto Barboza Cameiro, Membre du Comité Économique de la Société des Nations; M. le Prof. Dr. Carlos Americo Barbosa de Oliveira, Professeur à l’École Polytechnique, Directeur de l’École Nonnale des Arts et des Métiers Wenceslau Braz; Le Président de la République de Cuba: M. le Dr. Raphaël Martinez Ortiz, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Cuba à Paris; M. le Dr. Raphaël de la Torre, Chargé d’Affaires de Cuba à la Haye;
Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark: M. le Dr. N. J. Ehrenreich Hansen, Sous-Chef de Bureau au Ministère de l’Industrie, du Commerce et de la Navigation;1792 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.Le Président de la République dominicaine: M. C. G. de Haseth Cz., Consul de la République dominicaine à la Haye; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne: S. Exc. M. Santiago Mendez de Vigo, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de S. M. le Roi d’Espagne à la Haye; M. Fernando Cabello y Lapiedra, Chef du Bureau de la Propriété Industrielle et Commerciale d’Espagne;
M. José GarciaMonge y de Vera, Secrétaire du Bureau de la Propriété Industrielle et Commerciale d’Espagne; Le Président de la République d’Esthonie: M. O. Aarmann, Ingénieur, Directeur du Bureau des Brevets; Le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique: M. Thomas E. Robertson, Commissaire des Brevets, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of U. S. A.; M. Wallace R. Lane, ancien Président des American and Chicago Patent Law Associations, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of U.
S. A. and the Supreme Court of Illinois; M. Jo. Baily Brown, Pittsburgh, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of U. S. A. and the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania; Le Président de la République de Finlande: M. Yrjö Saastamoinen, Chargé d’Affaires de Finlande à la Haye; Le Président de la République française: S. Exc. M. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de France à la Haye;1793 M. Marcel Plaisant, Député, Plenipotentiaries—Continued.Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Paris;
M. Charles Drouets, Directeur de la Propriété Industrielle au Ministère du Commerce; M. Georges Maillard, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Paris, Vice-Président du Comité technique de la Propriété Industrielle; Sa Majesté le Roi du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande et des territoires britanniques au delà des mers, Empereur des Indes: Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord: Sir Hubert Llewellyn Smith, G.C.B., Chief Economie Adviser to His Britannic Majesty’s Government;
M. Alfred James Martin, O.B.E., Assistant Comptroller of the Patent Office and Industrial Property Department of the Board of Trade; Sir Arthur Balfour, K.B.E., One of His Majesty’s Justices of the Peace; Chairman of the Committee on Trade and Industry; Pour le Dominion du Canada: M. Frederick Herbert Palmer, M.C., Canadian Government Trade Commissioner; Pour le Commonwealth d’Australie: M. le Lieutenant-Colonel Charles Vincent Watson, D.S.O., V.D., Commissioner of Patents and Registrar of Trade Marks and Designs;
Pour l’Etat Libre d’Irlande: M. Ie Comte Gerald O’Kelly de Gallagli, Représentant de l’Êtat Libre d’Irlande; Son Altesse sérénissime le Gouverneur de Hongrie: M. Elemér de Pompéry, Président de la Cour des Brevets;1794 Plenipotentiaries—Continuad.Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie: M. Dominico Barone, Conseiller d’État; M. Gustavo de Sanctis, Directeur du Bureau de la Propriété Industrielle; M. l’Ingénieur Letterio Laboccetta; M. Gino Olivetti, Député, Secrétaire Général de la Confédération de l’Industrie italienne;
M. le Prof. Mario Ghiron, Docent de droit industriel à l’Université de Rome; Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon: M. Saichiro Sakikawa, Président du Bureau des Brevet d’Invention; M. Nobumi Ito; Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc: S. Exc. M. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de France à la Haye; Le Président des EtatsUnis du Mexique: M. Julio Poulat, Attaché Commercial à la Légation du Mexique à Paris; Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège: M. Birger Gabriel Wyller, Directeur Général du Bureau de la Propriété Industrielle de Norvège;
Sa Majesté la Reine des PaysBas: M. le Dr. J. Alingh Prins, Président du Conseil des Brevets, Directeur de l’Office de la Propriété Industrielle; M. le Dr. H. Bijleveld, ancien Ministre, Membre de la Chambre des Députés, ancien Président du Conseil des Brevets, ancien Directeur de l’Office de la Propriété Industrielle; M. le Dr. J. W. Dijckmeester, Membre du Conseil des Brevets;1795 Le Président de la République Plenipotentiares—Continuedpolonaise: Pour la Pologne: S. Exc. M. le Dr.
Stanislas Kožmiński, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Pologne à la Haye; M. le Dr. Frédéric Zoll, Professeur à l’Université de Krakow; Pour la Ville libre de Dantzig: S. Exc. M. le Dr. Stanislas Kožmiński, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Pologne à la Haye; Le Président de la République portugaise: S. Exc. M. A. C. De Sousa Santos Bandeira, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire du Portugal à la Haye; Sa Majesté le Roi des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes:
M. le Dr. Yanko Chouniane, Président de l’Office ponila Protection de la Propriété Industrielle auprès du Ministère du Commerce et de l’Industrie; M. Mihailo Prediteli, Secrétaire audit Office; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède: M. le DirecteurGénéral E. O. J. Björklund, Chef de l’Administration des Brevets et d’Enregistrement; M. K. H. R. Hjertén, Conseiller de la Cour d’Appel de Göta; M. A. E. Hasselrot, ancien Directeur de Bureau à ladite Administration, Conseil en matière de propriété industrielle;
Le Conseil fédéral de la Confédération suisse: S. Exc. M. Arthur de Pury, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Suisse à la Haye; M. Walther Kraft, Directeur du Bureau Fédéral de la Propriété Intellectuelle;1796 Pienipotentiaries—Continued.Le Président de la République française: Pour les Etats de Syrie et du Grand Liban: S. Exc. M. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de France à la Haye; Le Président de la République tchécoslovaque:
S. Exc. M. P. Baráček, Ingénieur, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Tchécoslovaquie à la Haye; M. le Dr. Karel Hermann-Otavský, Professeur à l’ Université de Prague; M. Bohuslav Pavlousek, Ingénieur, Vice-Président de l’Offlce des Brevets de Prague; Son Altesse le Bey de Tunis: S. Exc. M. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de France à a Haye; Le Président de la République turque: Mehmed Essad Bey, Chargé d’Áffaires de Turquie à la Haye.
Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs respectifs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des articles suivants: Article Premier. Union constituted.Les pays contractants sont constitués à l’état d’Union pour la protection de la propriété industrielle. Scope.La protection de la propriété industrielle a pour objet les brevets d’invention, les modèles d’utilité, les dessins et modèles industriels, les marques de fabrique ou de commerce, le nom commercial et les indications de provenance ou appellations d’ongine, ainsi que la répression de la concurrence délovale. 1797 La propriété industrielle s’entendTerms defined. dans l’acception la plus Industrial properly.large, et s’applique non seulement à l’industrie et au commerce proprement dits, mais également au domaine des industries agricoles (vins, grains, feuilles de tabac, fruits, bestiaux, etc.) et extractives (minéraux, eaux minérales, etc.).
Parmi les brevets d’invention Patents.sont comprises les diverses espèces de brevets industriels admises par les législations des pays contractants, telles que brevets d’importation, brevets de perfectionnement, brevets et certificats d’addition, etc. Article 2. Les ressortissants de chacun des Mutual protection of industrial property.pays contractants jouiront dans tous les autres pays de l’Union, en ce qui concerne la protection de la propriété industrielle, des avantages que les lois respectives accordent actuellement ou accorderont par la suite aux nationaux, le Against infringement.tout sans préjudice des droits spécialement prévus par la présente Convention.
En conséquence, ils auront la même protection que ceuxci et le mêmerecours légal contre toute atteinte portée à leurs droits, sous réserve de l’accomplissement des conditions et formalités imposées aux nationaux. Toutefois, aucune condition de Limitation.domicile ou d’établissement dans le pays où la protection est réclamée ne peut être exigée des ressortissants de l’Union, pour la jouissance d’aucun des droits de propriété industrielle. Sont expressément réservées les Reservation.dispositions de la législation de chacun des pays contractants relatives à la procédure judiciaire et administrative et à la compétence, ainsi qu’à l’élection de domicile ou à la constitution d’un mandataire, qui seraient requises par les lois surla propriété industrielle. 1798 Article 3.
Rights of residents not citizens of adhering countries.Sont assimilés aux ressortissants des pays contractants les ressortissants des pays ne faisant pas partie de l’Union, qui sont domiciliés ou ont des établissements industriels ou commerciaux effectifs et sérieux sur le territoire de l’un des pays de l’Union. Article 4. *a*) Priority rights. Celui qui aura régulièrement fait le dépôt d’une demande de brevet d’invention, d’un modèle d’utilité, d’un dessin ou modèle industriel, d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce, dans l’un des pays contractants, ou son ayant cause, jouira, pour effectuer le dépôt dans les autres pays, et sous réserve des droits des tiers, d’un droit de priorité pendant les délais déterminés ciaprès. *b*) Effect.
En conséquence, le dépôt ultérieurement opéré dans l’un des autres pays de l’Union, avant l’expiration de ces délais, ne pourra être invalidé par des faits accomplis dans l’intervalle, soit, notamment, par un autre dépôt, par la publication de l’invention ou son exploitation, par la mise en vente d’exemplaires du dessin ou du modèle, par l’emploi de la marque. *c*) Period. Los délais de priorité mentionnés cidessus seront de douze mois pour les brevets d’invention et les modèles d’utilité et de six mois pour les dessins et modèles industriels et pour les marques de fabrique ou de commerce.
Ces délais commencent à courir de la date du dépôt de la première demande dans un pays de l’Union; le jour du dépot n’est pas compris dans le délai. Si le dernier jour du délai est un jour férié légal dans le pays où la protection est réclamée, le délai sera prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable qui suit. *d*) Declaration of particulars required. Quiconque voudra se prévaloir de la priorité d’un dépôt antérieur sera tenu de faire une déclaration indiquant la date et le pays de ce dépôt.
Chaque pays 1799déterminera à, quel moment, au plus tard, cette déclaration devra être effectuée. Ces indications seront mentionnéesStatement to be published. dans les publications émanant de l’Administration compétente, notamment sur les brevets et les descriptions y relatives. Les pays contractants pourront Production of certified copy of prior application.exiger de celui qui fait une déclaration de priorité la production d’une copie de la demande (description, dessins, etc.) déposée antérieurement.
La copie, certifiée conforme par l’Administration qui aura reçu cette demande, sera dispensée de toute légalisation, et elle pourra en tous cas être déposée à n’importe quel moment dans le délai de trois mois à dater du dépôt de la demande ultérieure. On pourra exiger qu’elle soit accompagnée d’un certificat de la date du dépôt émanant de cette Administration et d’une traduction. D’autres formalités ne pourront Further formalities unnecessary.être requises pour la déclaration de priorité au moment du dépôt de la demande.
Chaque pays contractant déterminera les conséquences de l’omission des formalités prévues par le présent article, sans que ces conséquences puissent excéder la perte du droit de priorité. Ultérieurement d’autres justifications pourront être demandées. *e*) Lorsqu’un dessin ou modèle Registration of a utility model.industriel aura été déposé dans un pays en vertu d’un droit de priorité basé sur le dépôt d’un modèle d’utilité, le délai de priorité ne sera que celui fixé pour les dessins et modèles industriels.
En outre, il est permis de déposer dans un pays un modèle d’utilité en vertu d’un droit de priorité basé sur le dépôt d’une demande de brevet et inversement. 1800 *f*) Division of claims for multiple priority, etc. Si une demande de brevet contient la revendication de priorités multiples, ou si l’examen révèle qu’une demande est complexe, l’Administration devra, tout au moins, autoriser le demandeur à la diviser dans des conditions que déterminera la législation intérieure, en conservant comme date de chaque demande divisionnaire la date de la demande initiale et, s’il y a lieu, le bénéfice du droit de priorité.
Article 4bis. Independence of patents applied for.Les brevets demandés dans les différents pays contractants par des ressortissants de l’Union seront indépendants des brevets obtenus pour la même invention dans les autres pays, adhérents ou non à l’Union. Cette disposition doit s’entendre d’une façon absolue, notamment en ce sens que les brevets demandés pendant le délai de priorité sont indépendants, tant au point de vue des causes de nullité et de déchéance, qu’au point de vue de la durée normale.
Elle s’applique à tousles brevets existant au moment de sa mise en vigueur. Il en sera de même, en cas d’accession de nouveaux pays, pour les brevets existant de part et d’autre au moment de l’accession. Article 5. Introduction of patented articles.L’introduction, par le breveté, dans le pays où le brevet a été délivré, d’objets fabriqués dans l’un ou l’autre des pays de l’Union, n’entraînera pas la déchéance. Prevention of abuses.Toutefois chacun des pays contractants aura la faculté de prende les mesures législatives nécessaires pour prévenir les abus qui pourraient résulter de l’exercice du droit exclusif conféré par le brevet, par exemple faute d’exploitation. 1801 Ces mesures ne pourront prévoir Revocation of patent.la déchéance du brevet que si la concession de licenses obligatoires ne suffisait pas pour prévenir ces abus.
En tout cas, le brevet ne pourra Three years’ grace allowed.pas faire l’objet de telles mesures avant l’expiration d’au moins 3 années à compter de la date où il a été accordé et si le breveté justifie d’excuses légitimes. La protection des dessins et Protection of designs and models.modèles industriels ne peut être atteinte par une déchéance quelconque pour introduction d’objets conformes à ceux quisont protégés. ucun signe ou mention d’enregistrement Registration mark unnecessary.Ane sera exigé sur le produit, pour la reconnaissance du droit.
Si, dans un pays, l’utilisation Cancellation.de la marque enregistrée est obligatoire, l’enregistrement ne pourra être annulé qu’après un délai équitable et si l’intéressé ne justifie pas des causes de son inaction. Article 5bis. Un délai de grâce, qui devra Concession for paying taxes, etc.être au minimum de trois mois, sera accordé pour le payement des taxes prévues pour le maintien des droits de propriété industrielle, moyennant le versement d’une surtaxe, si la législation nationale en impose une.
Pour les brevets d’invention, Patents of invention.les pays contractants s’engagent en outre, soit à porter le délai de grâce à six mois au moins, soit à prévoir la restauration du brevet tombé en déchéance par suite de non payement de taxes, ces mesures restant soumises aux conditions prévues par la législation intérieure. Article 5ter. Dans chacun des pays contractants Acts not considered infringements.ne seront pas considérés comme portant atteinte aux droits du breveté 1° l’emploi, à bord des navires Temporary use of patent in body of another signatory’s ship.Restriction.des autres pays de l’Union, des moyens faisant l’objet de son brevet dans le corps 1802du navire, dans les machines, agrès, apparaux et autres accessoires, lorsque ces navires pénétreront temporairement ou accidentellement dans les eaux du pays, sous réserve que ces moyens y soient employés exclusivement pour les besoins du navire; 2° Transient locomotives. l’emploi des moyens faisant l’objet du brevet dans la construction ou le fonctionnement des engins de locomotion aérienne ou terrestre des autres pays de l’Union ou des accessoires de ces engins, lorsque ceuxci pénétreront temporairement ou accidentellement dans ce pays.
Article 6. Trade-mark registration and protection.Restrictions.Toute marque de fabrique ou de commerce régulièrement enregistrée dans le pays d’origine sera admise au dépôt et protégée telle quelle dans les autres pays de l’Union. Toutefois, pourront être refusées ou invalidées: 1° Les marques qui sont de nature à porter atteinte à des droits acquis par des tiers dans le pays où la protection est réclamée. 2° Les marques dépourvues de tout caractère distinctif, ou bien composées exclusivement de signes ou d’indications pouvant servir, dans le commerce, pour désigner l’espèce, la qualité, la quantité, la destination, la valeur, le lieu d’origine des produits ou l’époque de production, ou devenus usuels dans le langage courant ou les habitudes loyales et constantes du commerce du pays où la protection est réclamée.
Dans l’appréciation du caractère distinctif d’une marque on devra tenir compte de toutes les circonstances de fait, notamment de la durée de l’usage de la marque. 1803 3° Les marques qui sont contraires à la morale ou à l’ordre public. Il est entendu qu’une marque ne pourra être considérée comme contraire à l’ordre public pour la seule raison qu’elle n’est pas conforme à quelque disposition de la législation sur les marques, sauf le cas où cette disposition ellemême concerne l’ordre public.
Sera considéré comme pays d’origine: Le pays de l’Union où le Country of origin defined.déposant a un établissement industriel ou commercial effectif et sérieux, et, s’il n’a pas un tel établissement, le pays de l’Union où il a son domicile et, s’il n’a pas de domicile dans l’Union, le pays de sa nationalité, au cas où il est ressortissant d’un pays de l’Union. En aucun cas le renouvellement Renewal.de l’enregistrement d’une marque dans le pays d’origine n’entraînera l’obligation de renouveler l’enregistrement dans les autres pays de l’Union où la marque aura été enregistrée.
Le bénéfice de la priorité reste Priority benefits.acquis aux dépôts de marques effectués dans le délai de l’art. 4, même lorsque l’enregistrement*Ante*, p. 1798. dans le pays d’origine n’intervient qu’après l’expiration de ce délai. La disposition de l’alinéa 1 Certificates of registration.n’exclut pas le droit d’exiger du déposant un certificat d’enregistrement régulier, délivré par l’autorité compétente du pays d’origine, mais aucune légalisation ne sera requise pour ce certificat.
Article 6bis. Les pays contractants s’engagent Interferences.Refusal of registration.à refuser ou à invalider soit d’office si la législation du pays le pennet, soit à la requête de l’intéressé, l’enregistrement d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce qui serait la reproduction ou l’imitation susceptible de faire1804confusion, d’une marque que l’autorité compétente du pays de l’enregistrement estimera y être notoirement connue comme étant déjà la marque d’un ressortissant d’un autre pays contractant et utilisée pour des produits du même genre ou d’un genre similaire.
Cancellation.Un délai minimum de 3 ans devra être accordé pour réclamer la radiation de ces marques. Le délai courra de la date de l’enregistrement de la marque. Il ne sera pas fixé de délai pour réclamer la radiation des marques enregistrées de mauvaise foi. Article 6ter. Coats of arms, etc., refused registration.Les pays contractants conviennent de refuser ou d’invalider l’enregistrement et d’interdire, par des mesures appropriées, l’utilisation, à défaut d’autorisation des pouvoirs compétents, soit comine marques de fabrique ou de commerce, soit comme éléments de ces marques, des armoiries, drapeaux et autres emblèmes d’Etat des pays contractants, signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie adoptés par eux, ainsi que toute imitation au point de vue héraldique.
Official control and guarantee signs, etc.L’interdiction des signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie s’appliquera seulement dans les cas où les marques qui les comprendront seront destinées à être utilisées sur des marchandises du même genre ou d’un genre similaire. Mutual exchange of lists.Pour l’application de ces dispositions les pays contractants conviennent de se communiquer réciproquement, par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international de Berne, la liste des emblèmes d’Etat signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie, qu’ils désirent ou désireront placer, d’une façon absolue ou dans certaines limites, sous la protection du présent article, ainsi que toutes modifications ultérieures 1805apportées à cette liste.
Chaque pays contractant mettra à la disposition du public, en temps utile, les listes notifiées. Tout pays contractant pourra, Disapproval.dans un délai de douze mois à partir de la réception de la notification, transmettre, par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international de Berne, au pays intéressé, ses objections éventuelles. Pour les emblèmes d’Etat notoirement State emblems.connus les mesures prévues à l’alinéa 1 s’appliqueront seulement aux marques enregistrées après la signature du présent Acte.
Pour les emblèmes d’Etat qui ne seraient pas notoirement connus, et pour les signes et poinçons officiels, ces dispositions ne seront applicables qu’aux marques enregistrées plus de deux mois après réception de la notification prévue par l’alinéa 3. En cas de mauvaise foi, les In case of bad faith.pays auront la faculté de faire radier même les marques enregistrées avant la signature du présent Acte et comportant des emblèmes d’Etat, signes et poinçons. Les nationaux de chaque pays Authority to use similar marks, etc.qui seraient autorisés à faire usage des emblèmes d’Etat, signes et poinçons de leur pays, pourront les utiliser, même s’il y avait similitude avec ceux d’un autre pays.
Les pays contractants s’engagent Coats of arms, etc.à interdire l’usage, non autorisé dans le commerce, des armoiries d’Etats des autres pays contractants, lorsque cet usage sera de nature à induire en erreur sur l’origine des produits. Les dispositions qui précèdent ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice, par les pays, de la faculté de refuser ou d’invalider, par application du No. 3 de l’alinéa 2 de l’art. 6, les marques contenant, sans autorisation, des armoiries, drapeaux, décorations et autres emblèmes d’Etat ou des signes et poinçons officiels adoptés par un pays de l’Union. 1806 Article 7 Nature of goods no bar.La nature du produit sur lequel la marque de fabrique ou de commerce doit être apposée ne peut, dans aucun cas, faire obstacle à l’enregistrement de la marque.
Article 7bis. Association marks recognized.Les pays contractants s’engagent à admettre au dépôt et à protéger les marques appartenant à des collectivités dont l’existence n’est pas contraire à la loi du pays d’origine, même si ces collectivités ne possèdent pas un établissement industriel ou commercial. Each country the sole judge.Cependant chaque pays sera juge des conditions particulières sous lesquelles une collectivité pourra être admise à faire protéger ses marques. Article 8.
Protection of trade names.Le nom commercial sera protégé dans tous les pays de l’Union sans obligation de dépôt ou d’enregistrement, qu’il fasse ou non partie d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce. Article 9. Illegally marked goods.Tout produit portant illicitement une marque de fabrique ou de commerce, ou un nom commercial, sera saisi à l’importation dans ceux des pays de l’Union dans lesquels cette marque ou ce nom commercial ont droit à la protection légale. Seizure.La saisie sera également effectuée dans le pays où l’apposition illicite aura eu lieu, ou dans le pays où aura été importé le produit.
La saisie aura lieu à la requête soit du ministère public, soit de toute autre autorité compétente, soit d’une partie intéressée, personne physique ou morale, conformément à la législation intérieure de chaque pays. Les autorités ne seront pas tenues d’effectuer la saisie en cas de transit. 1807 Si la législation d’un pays n’admet pas la saisie à l’importation, la saisie sera remplacée par la prohibition d’importation ou la saisie à l’intérieur. Si la législation d’un pays n’admet ni la saisie à l’importation, ni la prohibition d’importation, ni la saisie à l’intérieur, et en attendant que cette législation soit modifiée en conséquence, ces mesures seront remplacées par les actions et moyens que la loi de ce pays assurerait en pareil cas aux nationaux.
Article 10. Les dispositions de l’article Country of origin.False indication of.précédent seront applicables à tout produit portant faussement, comme indication de provenance, le nom d’une localité ou d’un pays déterminé, lorsque cette indication sera jointe à un nom commercial fictif ou emprunté dans une intention frauduleuse. Sera en tous cas reconnu comme partie intéressée, que ce soit une personne physique ou morale, tout producteur, fabricant ou conunerçant engagé dans la production, la fabrication ou le commerce de ce produit et établi soit dans la localité faussement indiquée comme lieu de provenance, soit dans la région où cette localité est située, soit dans le pays faussement indiqué.
Article 10bis. Les pays contractants sont Unfair competition.tenus d’assurer aux ressortissants de l’Union une protection effective contre la concurrence déloyale. Constitue un acte de concurrence déloyale tout acte de concurrence contraire aux usages honnêtes en matière, industrielleou commerciale. Notamment devront être interdits: 1° tous faits quelconques de nature à créer une confusion par n’importe quel moyen avec les produits d’un concurrent; 1808 2° les allégations fausses, dans l’exercice du commerce, de nature à discréditer les produits d’un concurrent.
Article 10ter. Legal remedies.Les pays contractants s’engagent à assurer aux ressortissants des autres pays de l’Union des recours légaux appropriés pour réprimer efficacement tous les actes visés aux articles 9, 10 et 10bis. Ils s’engagent, en outre, à prévoir des mesures pour permettre aux syndicats et associations représentant l’industrie ou le commerce intéressé et dont l’existence n’est pas contraire aux lois de leur pays, d’agir en justice ou auprès des autorités administratives, en vue. de la répression des actes prévus par les articles 9, 10 et 10bis, dans la mesure où la loi du pays dans lequel la protection est réclamée le permet aux syndicats et associations de ce pays.
Article 11. Temporary protection at international exhibitions.Les pays contractants accorderont, conformément à leur législation intérieure, une protection temporaire aux inventions brevetables, aux modèles d’utilité, aux dessins ou modèles industriels ainsi qu’aux marques de fabrique ou de commerce, pour les produits qui figureront aux expositions internationales officielles ou officiellement reconnues, organisées sur le territoire de l’un d’eux. Rights of priority.Cette protection temporaire ne prolongera pas les délais de l’art. 4.
Si plus tard le droit de priorité est invoqué, l’Administration de chaque pays pourra faire partir le délai de la date de l’introduction du produit dans l’exposition. Proof of identityChaque pays pourra exiger, comme preuve de l’identité de l’objet exposé et de la date d’introduction, les pièces justificatives qu’il jugera nécessaires. 1809 Article 12. Chacun des pays contractants Industrial property service.s’engage à établir un service spécial de la propriété industrielle et un dépôt central pour la communication au public des brevets d’invention, des modèles d’utilité, des dessins ou modèles industriels et de marques de fabrique ou de commerce.
Ce service publiera une feuille Official periodical.périodique officielle. Article 13. L’Office international institué à International Bureau at Berne.Berne sous le nom de Bureau international pour la protection de la propriété industrielle est placé sous la haute autorité du Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse, qui en règle l’organisation et en surveille le fonctionnement. La langue officielle du Bureau Official language.international est la langue française. Le Bureau international centralise Functions.les renseignements de toute nature relatifs à la protection de la propriété industrielle, il les réunit et les publie.
Il procède aux études d’utilité commune intéressant l’Union et rédige, à l’aide des docmnents qui sont mis à sa disposition par les diverses Administrations, une feuille périodique, en langue française, sur les questions concernant l’objet de l’Union. Les numéros de Circulation of papers, etc.cette feuille, de même que tous les docmnents publiés par le Bureau international, sont répartis entre les Administration des pays de l’Union dans la proportion du nombre des unités contributives cidessous mentionnées.
Les exemplaires et docmnents supplémentaires qui seraient réclamés, soit par lesdites Administrations, soit par des sociétés ou des particuliers, seront payés à part. Le Bureau international doit Availability.se tenir en tout temps à la disposition des pays de l’Union, pour leur fournir, sur les questions relatives au service international de la Propriété industrielle, les 1810renseignements spéciaux dont ils pourraient avoir besoin. Le Directeur Report to be furnished.du Bureau international fait sur sa gestion un rapport annuel qui est communiqué à tous les pays de l’Union.
Expenses.Les dépenses du Bureau international seront supportées en commun par les pays contractants. Jusqu’ à nouvel ordre, elles ne pourront pas dépasser la somme de cent vingt mille francs suisses par année. Cette somme pourra être augmentée, au besoin, par décision unanime d’une des Conférences prévues à l’article 14. Quota to be determined.Pour déterminer la part contributive de chacun des pays dans cette somme totale des frais, les pays contractants et ceux qui adhéreront ultérieurement à l’Union sont divisés en six classes, contribuant chacune dans la proportion d’un certain nombre d’unités, savoir: 1 re classe 25 unités 2e ’ 20 ’ 3e ’ 15 ’ 4e ’ 10 ’ 5e ’ 5 ’ 6e ’ 3 ’ Ces coefficients sont multipliés par le nombre de pays de chaque classe, et la somme des produits ainsi obtenus fournit le nombre d’unités par lequel la dépense totale doit être divisée.
Le quotient donne le montant de l’unité de dépense. Chacun des pays contractants désignera, au moment de son accession, la classe dans la quelle il désire être rangé. Supervision of expenses, etc.Le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse surveille les dépenses du Bureau international, fait les avances nécessaires et établit le compte annuel qui sera communiqué à toutes les autres Administrations. Article 14 Revisions authorized.La présente Convention sera soumise à des révisions périodiques, en vue d’y introduire les améliorations de nature à perfectionner le système de l’Union. 1811 A cet effet, des Conférences auront lieu, successivement, dans l’un des pays contractants entre les Délégués desdits pays.
L’Administration du pays où doit siéger la Conférence préparera, avec le concours du Bureau international, les travaux de cette Conférence. Le Directeur du Bureau international Attendance of Director.assistera aux séances des Conférences, et prendra part aux discussions sans voix délibérative. Article 15. Il est entendu que les pays contractants Separate arrangements reserved.se réservent respectivement le droit de prendre séparément, entre eux, des arrangements particuliers pour la protection delà propriété industrielle, en tant que ces arrangements ne contreviendraient point aux dispositions de la présente Convention.
Article 16. Les pays qui n’ont point pris Adhesion ot nonparticipating countries.part à la présente Convention seront admis ày adhérer sur leur demande. Cette adhésion sera notifiée par la voie diplomatique au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse et par celuici à tous les autres. Elle emportera, de plein droit, accession à toutes les clauses et admission à tous les avantages stipulés par la présente Convention, et produira ses effets un mois après l’envoi de la notification faite par le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse aux autres pays unionistes, à moins qu’une date postérieure n’ait été indiquée par le pays adhérent.
Article 16bis. Les pays contractants ont le Accession of colonies, etc.droit d’accédér en tout temps à la présente Convention pour leurs colonies, possessions, dépendances 1812et protectorats, ou territoires administrés en vertu d’un mandat de la Société des Nations, ou pour certains d’entre eux. Ils peuvent à cet effet soit faire une déclaration générale par laquelle toutes leurs colonies, possessions, dépendances et protectorats et les territoires visés à l’alinéa 1er, sont compris dans l’accession, soit nommer expressément ceux qui y sont compris, soit se borner à indiquer ceux qui en sont exclus.
Cette déclaration sera notifiée par écrit au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse et par celuici à tous les autres. Denunciation.Les pays contractants pourront, dans les mêmes conditions, dénoncer la Convention pour leur colonies, possessions, dépendances et protectorats, ou pour les territoires visés à l’alinéa 1er, ou pour certains d’entre eux. Article 17. Execution subject to legislation.L’exécution des engagements réciproques contenus dans la présente Convention est subordonnée, en tant que de besoin, à l’accomplissement des formalités et règles établies par les lois constitutionnelles de ceux des pays contractants qui sont tenus d’en provoquer l’application, ce qu’ilss’obligent à faire dans le plus bref délai possible.
Article 17bis. Duration.La Convention demeurera en vigueur pendant un temps indéterminé, jusqu’à l’expiration d’une année à partir du jour où la dénonciation en sera faite. Denunciation.Cette dénonciation sera adresée au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse. Elle ne produira son effet qu’à l’égard du pays qui l’aura faite, la Convention restant exécutoire pour les autres pays contractants. 1813 Article 18. Le présent Acte sera ratifié et Ratification.les ratifications en seront déposées à La Haye au plus tard de 1er niai 1928.
Il entrera en vigueur, entre les pays qui l’auront ratifié, un mois après cette date. Toutefois si auparavant il était ratifié par six pays au moins, il entrerait en vigueur, entre ces pays, un mois après que le dépôt de la sixième ratification leur aurait été notifié par le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse et, pour les pays qui ratifieraient ensuite, un mois après la notification de chacune de ces ratifications. Cet Acte remplacera, dans les Former agreements superseded.Vol. 25. p. 1372;
Vol. 32, p. 1936; Vol. 38, p. 1645.rapports entre les pays qui l’auront ratifié, la Convention d’Union de Paris de 1883 revisée à Washington le 2 juin 1911 et le Protocole de clôture, lesquels resteront en vigueur dans les rapports avec les pays qui n’auront pas ratifié le présent Acte. Article 19. Le présent Acte sera signé en Deposit of original act.un seul exemplaire, lequel sera déposé aux archives du Gouvernement des PaysBas. Une copie certifiée sera remise par ce dernierCertified copies to be furnished. à chacun des Gouvernements des pays contractants.
En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires Signatures.respectifs ont signé le présent Acte. Fait à La Haye, en un seul exemplaire, le 6 novembre 1925. Pour l’Allemagne: Vietinghoff. v. Specht. Klauer. Albert Osterrieth. Pour l’Australie: C. V. Watson. Pour l’Autriche: Dr. Carl Duschanek. Dr. Hans Fortwängler. 1814 Signature—Contd.Pour la Belgique: Capitaine. Louis André. Thomas Braun. D. Coppieters. Pour les États-Unis du Brésil: J. A. Barboza Carneiro. Carlos Americo Barbosa de Oliveira.
Pourle Canada: Frederick H. Palmer. Pour Cuba: R. de la Torre. Pour le Danemark: N. J. Ehrenreich Hansen. Pour la Ville Libre de Dantzig: St. Kožmiński. Pour la République Dominicaine: C. G. de Haseth Cz. Pour l’Espagne: Santiago Mendez de Vigo. Fernando Cabello Lapiedra. José Garcia Monge. Pour l’Esthonie: O. Aarmann. Pour les États-Unis d’Amérique: Thomas E. Robertson. Wallace R. Lane. Jo. Baily Brown. Pour la Finlande: Yrjö Saastamoinen. Pour la France: Ch. de Marcilly. Marcel Plaisant.
Ch. Drouets. Georges Maillard. Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord: H. Llewellyn Smith. A. J. Martin. A. Balfour. Pour la Hongrie: Elemér de Pompéry. Pour l’Etat Libre d’Irlande: G. O’Kelly de Gallagh. Pour l’Italie: Domenico Barone. Letterio Laboccetta. Mario Ghiron. Pour le Japon: S. Sakikawa. N. Ito. Pour le Maroc: Ch. de Marcilly. 1815 Signature—Contd.Pour les États-Unis du Mexique: Julio Poulat. Pour la Norvège: B. Wyller. Pour les PaysBas: J. Alingh Prins. Bijleveld.
Dijckmeester. Pour la Pologne: St. Kožminski. Frédéric Zoll. Pour le Portugal: Bandeira. Pour le Royaume des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes: Dr. Yanko Choumane. Mihailo Préditch. Pour la Suède: E. O. J. Björklund. H. Hjertén. Axel Hasselrot. Pour la Suisse: A. de Pury. W. Kraft. Pour la Syrie et le Grand Liban: Ch. de Marcilly. Pour la Tchécoslovaquie: Baráček. Prof. Dr. Karel Hermann-Otavský. Ing. Bohuslav Pavlousek. Pour la Tunisie: Ch. de Marcilly. Pour la Turquie: [Translation]11The original proclamation does not include the translation.
CONVENTION OF UNION OF PARIS OF MARCH 20, 1883, FOR THE PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY revised at brussels december 14, 1900, at washington june 2, 1911, and at the hague november 6, 1925 The President of the GermanContracting Powers. Reich; the President of the Republic of Austria; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; the President of the United States of Brazil; the President of the Republic of Cuba; His Majesty the 1789 1790King of Denmark; the President of the Dominican Republic;
His Majesty the King of Spain; the President of the Republic of Estonia; the President of the United States of America: the President of the Republic of Finland; the President of the French Republic; His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; His Serene Highness the Governor of Hungary; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan; His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco; the President of the United Mexican States;
His Majesty the King of Norway; Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; the President of the Polish Republic, in the name of Poland and the Free City of Danzig; the President of the Portuguese Republic; His Majesty the King of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes; His Majesty the King of Sweden; the Federal Council of the Swiss Confederation; the States of Syria and Greater Lebanon; the President of the Czechoslovak Republic; His Highness the Bey of Tunis; the President of the Turkish Republic, Vol. 25, p. 1372.Having deemed it expedient to make certain modifications and additions in the international convention of March 20, 1883, for the creation of an international union Vol. 32, p. 1936.Vol. 38, p. 1645.for the protection of industrial property, revised at Brussels on December 14, 1900, and at Washington on June 2, 1911, have appointed as their plenipotentiaries, to wit:
The President of the German Reich:Plenipotentiaries. Mr. W. F. von Vietinghoff, Counselor of the German Legation at The Hague; Mr. von Specht, Privy Councilor, President of the Patent Office; Mr. Klauer, Ministerial Councilor at the Ministri’ of Justice; Prof. Dr. Albert Osterrieth, Counselor of Justice;1791 The President of the Republic of Plenipotentiaries—Continued.Austria: Dr. Carl Duschanek, Ministerial Councilor, Vice President of the Austrian Patent Office; Dr. Hans Fortwängler, Ministerial Councilor at that Office;
His Majesty the King of the Belgians: Mr. Octave Mavaut, Director General of Industry at the Ministry of Industry, Labor, and Social Service; Mr. Albert Capitaine, Advocate at the Liege Court of Appeal, former President of the Bar, Belgian Delegate at the Washington Conference; Mr. Louis André, Advocate at the Brussels Court of Appeal; Mr. Thomas Braun, Advocate at the Brussels Court of Appeal; Mr. Daniel Coppieters, Advocate at the Brussels Court of Appeal; The President of the United States of Brazil:
Dr. Julio Augusto Barboza Carneiro, Member of the Economic Committee of the League of Nations; Prof. Dr. Carlos Americo Barbosa de Oliveira, Professor at the Polytechnic School, Director of the Wenceslau Braz Normal School of Arts and Crafts; The President of the Republic of Cuba: Dr. Raphael Martinez Ortiz, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Cuba at Paris; Dr. Raphael de. Ia Torre, Chargé d’Affaires of Cuba at The Hague; His Majesty the King of Denmark: Dr. N.
J. Ehrenreich Hansen, Assistant Bureau Chief at the Ministry of Industry, Commerce, and Navigation;1792 Plenipotentiares—Continued.The President of the Dominican Republic: Mr. C. G. de Haseth Cz., Consul of the Dominican Republic at The Hague; His Majesty the King of Spain: His Excellency Mr. Santiago Mendez de Vigo, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Spain at The Hague: Mr. Fernando Cabello y Lapiedra, Chief of the Spanish Bureau of Industrial and Commercial Property;
Mr. José GarciaMonge y de Vera, Secretary of the Spanish Bureau of Industrial and Commercial Property; The President of the Republic of Estonia: Mr. O. Aarmann, Engineer, Director of the Patent Office; The President of the United States of America: Mr. Thomas E. Robertson, Commissioner of Patents, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of the United States; Mr. Wallace R. Lane, former President of the American and Chicago Patent Law Associations, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of the United States and the Supreme Court of Illinois;
Mr. Jo. Baily Brown, Pittsburgh, Member of the Bar of the Supreme Court of the United States and the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania; The President of the Republic of Finland: Mr. Yrjö Saastamoinen, Chargé d’Affaires of Finland at The Hague; The President of the French Republic: His Excellency Mr. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of France at The Hague;1793 Mr. Marcel Plaisant, Deputy,Plenipotentiaries—Continued. Advocate at the Paris Court of Appeal;
Mr. Charles Drouets, Director of Industrial Property at the Ministry of Commerce; Mr. Georges Maillard, Advocate at the Paris Court of Appeal, Vice President of the Technical Committee on Industrial Property: His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: For Great Britain and Northern Ireland: Sir Hubert Llewellyn Smith, G.C.B., Chief Economic Adviser to His Britannic Majesty’s Government;
Mr. Alfred James Martin, O.B.E., Assistant Comptroller of the Patent Office and Industrial Property Department of the Board of Trade; Sir Arthur Balfour, K.B.E., One of His Majesty’s Justices of the Peace; Chairman of the Committee on Trade and Industry; For the Dominion of Canada: Mr. Frederick Herbert Palmer, M.C., Canadian Government Trade Commissioner; For the Commonwealth of Australia: Lieut. Col. Charles Vincent Watson, D.S.O., V.D., Commissioner of Patents and Registrar of Trade Marks and Designs;
For the Irish Free State: Count Gerald O’Kelly de Gallagli, Representative of the Irish Free State; His Serene Highness the Governor of Hungary; Mr. Elemér de Pompéry, President of the Court of Patents;1794 Plenipotentiaries— Continued.His Majesty the King of Italy: Mr. Domenico Barone, Councilor of State; Mr. Gustavo de Sanctis, Director of the Bureau of Industrial Property; Mr. Letterio Laboccetta, Engineer; Mr. Gino Olivetti, Deputy, Secretary General of the Confederation of Italian Industry;
Prof. Mario Ghiron, Professor of Industrial Law at the University of Rome; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan: Mr. Saichiro Sakikawa, President of the Patent Office; Mr. Nobumi Ito; His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco: His Excellency Mr. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of France at The Hague; The President of the United Mexican States: Mr. Julio Poulat, Commercial Attaché to the Mexican Legation at Paris; His Majesty the King of Norway: Mr. Birger Gabriel Wyller, Director General of the Norwegian Bureau of Industrial Property;
Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands: Dr. J. Alingh Prins, President of the Council for Patents, Director of the Office of Industrial Property; Dr. H. Bijleveld, former Minister, Member of the Chamber of Deputies, former President of the Council for Patents, former Director of the Office of Industrial Property; Dr. J. W. Dijckmeester, Member of the Council for Patents;1795 The President of the Polish Republic:Plenipotentiares—Continued For Poland: His Excellency Dr. Stanislas Kožmiúski, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Poland at The Hague;
Dr. Frédéric Zoll, Professor at the University of Cracow; For the Free City of Danzig: His Excellency Dr. Stanislas Kožmiúski, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Poland at The Hague; The President of the Portuguese Republic: His Excellency Mr. A. C. De Sousa Santos Bandeira, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Portugal at The Hague; His Majesty the King of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes: Dr. Yanko Choumane, President of the Office for the Protection of Industrial Property at the Ministry of Commerce and Industry;
Mr. Mihailo Preditch, Secretary of that Office; His Majesty the King of Sweden: Director General E. O. J. Björklund, Chief of the Administration of Patents and Registration; Mr. K. H. R. Hjertén, Counselor of the Court of Appeal of Göta; Mr. A. E. Hasselrot, fonner Bureau Director at the above Administration, Adviser in matters of industrial property; The Federal Council of the Swiss Confederation: His Excellency Mr. Arthur de Pury, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Switzerland at The Hague;
Mr. Walther Kraft, Director of the Federal Bureau of Intellectual Property;1796 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.The President of the French Republic: For the States of Syria and Greater Lebanon: His Excellency Mr. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of France at The Hague; The President of the Czechoslovak Republic: His Excellency Mr. P. Baráček, Engineer, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Czechoslovakia at The Hague; Dr. Karel Hermann-Otavský Professor at the University of Prague;
Mr. Bohuslav Pavlousek, Engineer, Vice President of the PatentOffice at Prague; His Highness the Bey of Tunis; His Excellency Mr. Chassain de Marcilly, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of France at The Hague; The President of the Turkish Republic: Mehmed Essad Bey, Chargé d’Affaires of Turkey at The Hague. Who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, which were found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1.
Union constituted.The contracting countries constitute themselves into a union for the protection of industrial property. Scope.The scope of the protection of industrial property includes patents, utility models, industrial designs and models, trade-marks, commercial names and indications of origin, or appellations of origin, as well as the repression of unfair competition. 1797 Industrial property is to be understoodTerms defined. in the broadest meaningIndustrial properly. and is to be applied not only to industry and commerce as such, but likewise to agricultural industries (wines, grain, tobacco leaves, fruit, cattle, etc.) and extractive industries (minerals, mineral waters, etc.).
The term “patents” includesPatents. the various types of industrial patents granted by the laws of the contracting countries, such as patents of importation, improvement patents, patents and certificates of addition, etc. Article 2. Nationals of each of the contractingMutual protection of industrial property. countries shall, in all other countries of the Union, as regards the protection of industrial property, enjoy the advantages that their respective laws now grant, or may hereafter grant, to their own nationals, without any prejudice of the rights speciallyAgainst infringement. provided by the present convention.
Consequently they shall have the same protection as the latter, and the same legal remedy against any infringement of their rights, provided they observe the conditions and formalities imposed on subjects or citizens. Nevertheless no condition as toLimitation. the possession of a domicile or establishment in the country where protection is claimed can be required of those who enjoy the benefits of the Union for the enjoyment of any industrial-property rights. The provisions of the legislationReservation. of each of the contracting countries relative to judicial and administrative proceedings and to competent authority, as well as to the choice of domicile or the appointment of an authorized agent, which may be required by the laws on industrial property are expressly reserved. 1798 Article 3.
Nationals of countries not formingRights of residents not citizens of adhering countries. part of the Union who are domiciled or who have real and effective industrial or commercial establishments in the territory of any of the countries of the Union, shall be assimilated to the nationals of the contracting countries. Article 4. (*a*) Priority rights. Any person who has duly applied for a patent, the registration of a utility model, industrial design or model, or trade-mark in one of the contracting countries, or his legal representative or assignee, shall enjoy, subject to the rights of third parties, for the purposes of registration in other countries, a right of priority during the periods hereinafter stated.
(*b*) Effect. Consequently, subsequent filing in any of the other countries of the Union before the expiration of these periods shall not be invalidated through any acts accomplished in the interval, either, particularly, by another filing, by publication of the invention, or by the working of it, by the sale of copies of the design or model, or by use of the trade-mark. (*c*) Period. The above-mentioned periods of priority shall be twelve months for patents and utility models, and six months for industrial designs and models and trade-marks.
These periods shall start from the date of filing of the first application in a country of the Union; the day of filing is not counted in this period. If the last day of the period is a *dies non* in the country where protection is claimed, the period shall be extended until the next working day. (*d*) Declaration of particulars required. Any person desiring to take advantage of the priority of a previous application must make a declaration giving particulars as to the date of such application 1799and the country in which it was made.
Each country will determine for itself the latest date at which such declaration must be made. The particulars referred to shallStatement to be published. be stated in the publications issued by the competent authority, and in particular in the patents issued and the specifications relating thereto. The contracting countries mayProduction of certified copy of prior application. require any person making a declaration of priority to produce a copy of the application (with the specification, drawings, etc.) previously made.
The copy, certified as correct by the authority receiving this demand, shall not require any legal authentication, and in any circumstances can be filed at any time within the period of three months from the lodging of the last application. They may also require that the declaration shall be accompanied by a certificate by the proper authority showing the date of application, and also by a translation. No other formalities may be requiredFurther formalities unnecessary. for the declaration of priority at the time of application.
Each of the contracting countries shall decide for itself what consequences shall follow the omission of the formalities prescribed by the present article, but such consequence shall in no case be more serious than the loss of the right of priority. At later stages, further proof in support of the application may be required. (*e*) Where an application isRegistration of a utility model. filed in a country for the registration of an industrial design or model by virtue of a right of priority based on the registration of a utility model, the period of priority shall not exceed that fixed for industrial designs and models.
Furthermore, it is allowable to deposit in a country a utility model by virtue of rights of priority based on a patent application, and vice versa. 1800 (*f*) Division of claims for multiple priority, etc. If an application for a patent contains claims for multiple priority, or if examination discloses that the application contains more than one invention, the competent authorities must at least allow the applicant to divide it, subject to the conditions of internal legislation, reserving as date of each divisional application the date of the initial application and, if there is occasion for it, the benefits of the right of priority.
Article 4 bis. Patents applied for in the variousIndependence of patents applied for. contracting countries by nationals of the Union shall be independent of the patents obtained for the same invention in other countries, whether such countries be or be not parties to the Union. This stipulation must receive a strict interpretation; in particular, it shall be understood to mean that patents applied for during the period of priority are independent, both as regards the grounds for refusal and for revocation, and also as regards their normal duration.
This stipulation shall apply to all patents already existing at the time when it shall come into effect. The same stipulation shall apply, in the case of the accession of new countries, to patents in existence, either on one side or the other, at the time of accession. Article 5. Introduction of patented articles.The introduction by the patentee into the country where the patent has been granted of objects manufactured in any of the countries of the Union shall not entail forfeiture.
Prevention of abuses.Nevertheless, each of the contracting countries shall have the right to take the necessary legislative measures to prevent the abuses which might result from the exercise of the exclusive rights conferred by the patent; for example, failure to use. 1801 These measures will only provideRevocation of patent. for the revocation of the patent if the granting of compulsory licenses shall not suffice to prevent such abuses. In all cases the patent will notThree years’ grace allowed. be subject to such measures before the expiration of at least three years from the date of its grant and if the patentee produces just excuses.
The protection of designs andProtection of designs and models. industrial models cannot be liable to cancellation by reason of the introduction of objects corresponding to those protected. Articles shall not be requiredRegistration mark unnecessary. to bear any indication of registration for recognition of this right. If in a country the use of aCancellation. registered trade-mark is compulsory, the registration cannot be canceled until after a reasonable period, and only then if those interested cannot justify the causes of their inaction.
Article 5 bis. A period of grace of at leastConcession for paying taxes, etc. three months will be granted for the payment of taxes prescribed for the maintenance of industrial-property rights, together with a surcharge if the internal legislation of a country so provides. For patents of invention thePatents of invention. contracting countries undertake moreover either to prolong that extended period to six months at least, or to provide for the restoration of a patent which has lapsed owing to the nonpayment of fees, it being understood that these provisions are subject to the conditions prescribed by internal legislation.
Article 5 ter. In each of the contracting countriesActs not considered infringements. the following shall not be considered as infringing the rights of the patentee:
(1)The use on board shipsTemporary use of patent in body of another signatory’s ship.Restriction. of other countries of the Union of anything the subject matter of his patent in the body of the ship, 1802in the machinery, tackle, apparatus, and other accessories when such ships enter temporarily or accidentally the waters of the country, provided that such thing is employed there exclusively for the needs of the vessel.
(2)Transient locomotives. The use of anything the subject matter of the patent m the construction of or functioning of the engines of locomotion for air or land of the other countries of the Union, or of the accessories of these engines, when these enter the country temporarily or accidentally. Article 6. Trade-mark registration and protection.Restrictions.Every trade-mark duly registered in the country of origin shall be admitted for registration and protected in the form originally registered in the other countries of the Union. Nevertheless, the following marks may be refused or canceled:
(1)Those which are of such a nature as to prejudice rights acquired by third parties in the country in which protection is applied for.
(2)Those which have no distinctive character, or which consist exclusively of signs or indications which serve in trade to designate the kind, quality, quantity, destination, value, place of origin, or date of production, or which have become customary in the current language, or in the *bona fide* and unquestioned usages of the trade of the country in which protection is sought. In arriving at a decision as to the distinctiveness of the character of a mark, all the circumstances of the case must be taken into account, and in particular the length of time that such a mark has been in use. 1803
(3)Those which are contrary to morality or public order. It is to be understood that a mark cannot be considered as contrary to public order for the sole reason that it does not conform to some legislative requirement concerning trade-marks, except in circumstances where tins requirement itself relates to public order. The following shall be deemed the country of origin: The country of the UnionCountry of origin defined. where the applicant has an actual and genuine industrial or commercial establishment; and if he has not such an establishment, the country of the Union where he has his domicile; and if he has not a domicile in the Union, the country of his nationality in the case where he is under the jurisdiction of a country of the Union. In no case shall the renewal of Renewal.the registration of a trade-mark in the country of origin involve the obligation of renewal of the registration of the mark in other countries of the Union in which the mark has been registered. The benefits of priority shallPriority benefits. subsist in trade-mark applications filed in the period allowed by article 4, even when the registration*Ante*, p. 1798. in the country of origin is only completed after the expiration of such period. The provisions of paragraph 1Certificates of registration. do not preclude the right of requiring from an applicant a certificate, in due form, as to the registration of his mark, issued by the competent authority of the country of origin, but no legal authentication of such certificate shall be required. Article 6 bis. The contracting countries undertakeInterferences.Refusal of registration. to refuse or invalidate, either administratively if their legislation so permits, or at the request of an interested party, the registration of a trade-mark which constitutes a reproduction or imitation liable to create con1804fusion with a trade-mark considered by the competent authority of the country of registration to be well known there as being already a mark of a national of another contracting country and used for products of the same or a similar kind. Cancellation.A period of at least three years must be granted in order to claim the cancellation of these marks. The period shall start from the date of registration of the mark. No period shall be established to claim the cancellation of fraudulently registered marks. Article 6 ter. Coats of arms, etc., refused registration.The contracting countries undertake to refuse or invalidate registration, and to prohibit by appropriate means the use, failing authorization from the competent authority, whether as trade-mark or as components of such, of all coats of arms, flags, and other state emblems of contracting countries, official control and guarantee signs and stamps adopted by them, and all imitation from an heraldic point of view. Official control and guarantee signs, etc.The prohibition of official control and guarantee signs and stamps shall apply only in cases where marks which comprise them are intended to be used on merchandise of the same or a similar nature. Mutual exchange of lists.For the application of these provisions the contracting countries agree to communicate reciprocally, through the intermediary of the International Bureau of Berne, the list of state emblems and official control and guarantee signs and stamps which they desire, or will desire, to place, wholly or with certain reservations, under the protection of the present article, as well as all subsequent modifications added 1805to the list. Each contracting country shall place the communicated list at the disposal of the public in due course. Each contracting country may,Disapproval. within a period of twelve months from the receipt of the notification, and through the intermediary of the International Bureau of Berne, transmit its possible objections to any other country concerned. For state emblems which areState emblems. well known the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be applicable only to marks registered after the signature of this convention. For state emblems which are not well known, and for official signs and stamps, these provisions shall be applicable only to marks registered more than two months after the receipt of the notification provided for in paragraph 3. In the case of bad faith, countriesIn case of bad faith. shall have the right to cancel even the marks registered before, the signature of the present convention and embodying state emblems, signs, and stamps. Nationals of each country whoAuthority to use similar marks, etc. are authorized to make use of state emblems, and signs and stamps of their country, may use them even if there be a similarity with those of another country. The contracting countries undertakeCoats of arms, etc. to prohibit the unauthorized use in trade of state coats of anus of other contracting countries when such use would be liable to cause confusion as to the origin of the product. The preceding provisions will not prevent the countries’ exercising the right to refuse or to invalidate, by the application of No. 3 of paragraph 2 of article 6, marks containing without authority coats of arms, flags, decorations, and other state emblems or official signs and stamps adopted by a country of the Union. 1806 Article 7. Nature of goods no bar.The nature of the goods on which the trade-mark is to be used can in no case form an obstacle to the registration of the trade-mark. Article 7. bis. Association marks recognized.The contracting countries undertake to allow the filing of, and to protect, trade-marks belonging to associations the existence of which is not contrary to the law of the country of origin, even if such associations do not possess an industrial or commercial establishment. Each country the sole judge.Nevertheless, each country shall be the sole judge of the particular conditions on which an association may be allowed to obtain protection for its marks. Article 8. Protection of trade names.A trade name shall be protected in all the countries of the Union without the obligation of filing or registration, whether or not it form part of a trade-mark. Article 9. Illegally marked goods.All goods illegally bearing a trade-mark or trade name shall be seized on importation into those countries of the Union where this mark or name has a right to legal protection. Seizure.Seizure shall be effected equally in the country where the mark or name was illegally applied, or in the country to which the article bearing it has been imported. The seizure shall take place at the request either of the proper Government department or of any other competent authority, or of any interested party or actual or legal person, in conformity with the domestic law of each country. The authorities are not bound to effect the seizure in transit. 1807 If the law of a country does not admit of seizure on importation, such seizure shall be replaced by prohibition of importation or by seizure within such country. If the law of any country does not admit either of seizure upon importation, or of prohibition of importation, or of seizure within the country, and until such time as this legislation shall be accordingly modified, these measures will be replaced by the remedies assured in such cases to nationals by the law of such country. Article 10. The stipulations of the precedingCountry of origin.False indication of. article shall be applicable to every product which may falsely bear as indication of origin the name of a specified locality or country when such indication shall be joined to a trade name of a fictitious character or used with the intent to defraud. Any producer, manufacturer, or trader engaged in the production, manufacture, or trade of such goods and established either in the locality falsely designated as the place of origin, or in the district where the locality is situated, or in the country falsely designated, shall be deemed in all cases a party concerned, whether such person be actual or legal. Article 10 bis. The contracting countries areUnfair competition. bound to assure to nationals of the Union an effective protection against unfair competition. Every act of competition contrary to honest practice in industrial or commercial matters constitutes an act of unfair competition. The following particularly are to be forbidden:
(1)All acts whatsoever of a nature to create confusion by no matter what means with the goods of a competitor. 1808
(2)False allegations, in the course of trade, of a nature to discredit the goods of a competitor. Article 10 ter. Legal remedies.The contracting countries undertake to assure to the nationals of other countries of the Union appropriate legal remedies to repress effectively all acts set forth in articles 9, 10, and 10 *bis*. They undertake, moreover, to provide measures to permit syndicates and associations representing the industry or the trade interested, and of which the existence is not contrary to the laws of their country, to take action in justice or before the administrative authorities, in view of the repression of the acts set forth in articles 9, 10, and 10 *bis,* so far as the law of the country in which protection is claimed permits it to the syndicates and associations of that country. Article 11. Temporary protection at international exhibitions.The contracting countries shall, in conformity with the legislation of each country, accord temporary protection to patentable inventions, to utility models, and to industrial designs or models, as well as to trade-marks in respect of products which shall be exhibited at official, or officially recognized, international exhibitions held in the territory of one of them. Rights of priority.This temporary protection shall not prolong the periods provided by article 4. If later the right of priority is sought, the competent authority of each country may date the period from the date of the introduction of the product into the exhibition. Proof of identityEach country may require, as proof of the indentity of the object exhibited, and of the date of the introduction, such proofs as it may consider necessary. 1809 Article 12. Each of the contracting countriesIndustrial property service. agrees to establish a special Government service for industrial property, and a central office for communication to the public of patents, utility models, industrial designs or models, and trade-marks. This service shall publish anOfficial periodical. official periodical paper. Article 13. The international office, establishedInternational Bureau at Berne. at Berne under the name of International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property, is placed under the high authority of the Government of the Swiss Confederation, which is to regulate its organization and supervise its working. The official language of the InternationalOfficial language. Bureau is French. The International Bureau centralizesFunctions. information of every kind relating to the protection of industrial property and collates and publishes it. It interests itself in all matters of common utility to the Union and edits, with the help of documents supplied to it by the various Administrations, a periodical paper in the French language, dealing with questions regarding the object of the Union. The numbers of this paper, as well asCirculation of papers, etc. the documents published by the International Bureau, are circulated among the Administrations of the countries of the Union in the proportion of the number of contributing units as mentioned below. Such further copies as may be desired, either by the said Administrations or by societies or private persons, will be paid for separately. The International Bureau shallAvailability. at all times hold itself at the service of members of the Union, in order to supply them with any special information they may need on questions relating to the 1810international system of industrial property. The Director of the Report to be furnished.International Bureau will furnish an annual report on its working, which shall be communicated to all the members of the Union. Expenses.The expenses of the International Bureau will be borne by the contracting countries in common. Unless fresh sanction is given, they must not exceed the sum of 120,000 Swiss francs, per annum. This sum may be increased in cases of necessity by a unanimous decision of one of the conferences provided for by article 14. Quota to be determined.To determine the part which each country should contribute to this total of expenses the contracting countries and those which may afterwards join the Union shall be divided into six classes, each contributing in the proportion of a certain number of units, namely: First class 25 units Second “ 20 “ Third “ 15 “ Fourth “ 10 “ Fifth “ 5 “ Sixth “ 3 “ These coefficients will be multiplied by the number of countries in each class, and the sum of the result thus obtained will supply the number of units by which the total expense has to be divided. The quotient will give the amount of the unit of expense. Each of the contracting countries will designate, at the time of its accession, the class in which it wishes to be placed. Supervision of expenses, etc.The Government of the Swiss Confederation is to superintend the expenses of the International Bureau, to advance the necessary funds, and to render an annual account which will be communicated to all the other Administrations. Article 14. Revisions authorized.The present convention shall be submitted to periodical revisions with a view to the introduction of amendments calculated to improve the system of the Union. 1811 For this purpose, conferences shall be held successively in one of the contracting countries between the delegates of the said countries. The Administration of the country in which the conference is to be held will make preparation for the transaction of that conference, with the assistance of the International Bureau. The Director of the InternationalAttendance of Director. Bureau will be present at the meetings of the conferences, and will take part in the discussions, but without the privilege of voting. Article 15. It is agreed that the contractingSeparate arrangements reserved. countries respectively reserve to themselves the right to make separately, as between themselves, special arrangements for the protection of industrial property, in so far as such arrangements do not contravene the provisions of the present convention. Article 16. The countries which have notAdhesion of nonparticipating countries. taken part in the present convention shall be permitted to adhere to it upon their request. The accession shall be notified through the diplomatic channel to the Government of the Swiss Confederation, and by the latter to all the other Governments. It shall entail, as a matter of right, accession to all the classes, as well as admission to all the advantages, stipulated in the present convention, and shall take effect one month after the dispatch of the notification by the Government of the Swiss Confederation to the other countries of the Union, unless a subsequent date has been indicated by the acceding country. Article 16 bis. The contracting countries haveAccession of colonies, etc. the right of acceding to the present convention at any time on behalf of their colonies, posses1812sions, dependencies, and protectorates, or territories administrated by virtue of a mandate from the League of Nations, or any of them. For this purpose they may either make a general declaration, including all their colonies, possessions, dependencies, and protectorates, and the territories referred to in paragraph 1, in the accession, or may expressly name those included, or may confine themselves to indicating those which are excluded therefrom. This delaration shall be notified in writing to the Government of the Swiss Confederation and by the latter to all the other Governments. Denunciation.Under the same conditions, the contracting countries may denounce the convention on behalf of their colonies, possessions, dependencies, and protectorates, or for the territories referred to in paragraph 1, or for any of them. Article 17. The execution of the reciprocalExecution subject to legislation. engagements contained in the present convention is subordinated, in so far as necessary, to the observance of the formalities and rules established by the constitutional laws of those of the contracting countries which are bound to procure the application of the same, which they engage to do with as little delay as possible. Article 17 bis. Duration.The convention shall remain in force for an unlimited time, till the expiration of one year from the date of its denunciation. Denunciation.This denunciation shall be addressed to the Government of the Swiss Confederation. It shall affect only the denouncing country, the convention remaining in operation as regards the other contracting countries. 1813 Article 18. The present act shall be ratifiedRatification. and the ratifications deposited at The Hague not later than the 1st of May, 1928. It shall come into force, between the countries which will have ratified it, one month after such date. However, if before May 1, 1928, it should be ratified by at least six countries, it will come into force between those countries one month after the Government of the Swiss Confederation has notified them of the filing of the sixth ratification, and for the countries which should subsequently ratify, one month after the notification of each of these ratifications. This act shall replace, as regardsFormer agreements superseded.Vol. 25. p. 1372; Vol. 32, p. 1936; Vol. 38, p. 1645. relations between the countries which ratify it, the convention of the Union of Paris of 1883, revised at Washington June 2, 1911, and its final protocol, which shall remain in force as regards relations with countries which have not ratified the present act. Article 19. The present act shall be signedDeposit of original act. in a single copy, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the Netherlands. A certified copy shall be forwardedCertified copies to be furnished. by the latter to each of the Governments of the contracting countries. In witness whereof, the respectiveSignatures. plenipotentiaries have signed the present act. Done at The Hague, in a single copy, the 6th day of November, 1925. For Germany: Vietinghoff v. Specht Klauer Albert Osterrieth For Australia: C. V. Watson For Austria: Dr. Carl Duschanek Dr. Hans F ortwängler 1814 Signature—Contd.For Belgium: Capitaine Louis André Thomas Braun D. Coppieters For the United States of Brazil: J. A. Barboza Carneiro Carlos Americo Barbosa de Oliveira For Canada: Frederick H. Palmer For Cuba: R. de la Torre For Denmark: N. J. Ehrenreich Hansen For the Free City of Danzig: St. Kožmiński For the Dominican Republic: C. G. de Haseth Cz. For Spain: Santi ago Mendez de Vigo Fernando Cabello Lapiedra José Garcia Monge For Estonia: O. Aarmann For the United States of America: Thomas E. Robertson Wallace R. Lane Jo. Baily Brown For Finland: Yrjö Saastamoinen For France: Ch. de Marcilly Marcel Plaisant Ch. Drouets Georges Maillard For Great Britain and Northein Ireland: H. Llewellyn Smith A. J. Martin A. Balfour For Hungary: Elemér de Pompéry For the Irish Free State: G. O’Kelly de Gallagh For Italy: Domenico Barone Letterio Laboccetta Mario Ghiron For Japan: S. Sakikawa N. Ito For Morocco: Ch. de Marcilly 1815 For the United Mexican States:Signature—Contd. Julio Poulat For Norway: B. Wyller For the Netherlands: J. Alingh Prins Bijleveld Dijckmeester For Poland: St. Kožminski Frédéric Zoll For Portugal: Bandeira For the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes: Dr. Yanko Choumane Mihailo Préditch For Sweden: E. O. J. Björklund H. Hjertén Axel Hasselrot For Switzerland: A. de Pury W. Kraft For Syria and Greater Lebanon: Ch. de Marcilly For Czechoslovakia; Baráček Prof. Dr. Karel Hermann-Otavský Engineer Bohuslav Pavlousek For Tunis: Ch. de Marcilly For Turkey: And Whereas, the said Convention has been duly ratified on theRatification deposited. part of the United States of America, and the instrument of ratification by the United States of America was deposited with the Government of the Swiss Confederation on January 22, 1931; And Whereas, notification of the said deposit was given by the Government of the Swiss Confederation to all other contracting parties on February 6, 1931; And Whereas, in accordance with the terms of the said Convention, the Convention will come into force in respect of the United States of America, one month from the date of such notification, namely, on March 6, 1931; And Whereas, the said. Convention is now in force in respect ofAdhering countries. the Governments of Austria, Belgium, the United States of Brazil, Canada, France, Morocco (French and Spanish Zones), Germany, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Hungary, Italy, the United Mexican States, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, the Swiss Confederation, Syria and the Lebanon, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunis, Turkey and Yugoslavia, whose instruments of ratification nave been deposited, or whose notifications of adherence have been given, in conformity with the requirements of the said Convention; 1816 Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixth day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one [seal], and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. January 9, 1930 Convention 47 Stat. 1817 1817 CONVENTION—AMERICAN RIGHTS IN IRAQ. JAN. 9, 1930. *Convention and protocol between the United States of America andJanuary 9, 1930. Great Britain and Iraq defining the rights of the United States of America and of its nationals in Iraq. Signed at London, January 9, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, April 22, 1930; ratified by the President, April 28, 1930; ratified by Great Britain, February 20, 1931; ratified by Iraq, February 2, 1931; ratifications exchanged at London, February 24, 1931; proclaimed, March 11, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America, ofConvention with Great Britain relating to rights in Iraq.Preamble. the one part, and His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq, of the other part, defining the rights of the United States of America and of its nationals in Iraq, and a Protocol, made an integral part of the said Convention, were signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at London on the ninth day of January, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the originals of which Convention and Protocol, being in the English and Arabic 11Arabic text not printed. languages, are word for word as follows: (i.) Whereas in virtue of the Treaty of Peace concluded withRights renounced by Turkey. the Allied Powers and signed at Lausanne on the 24th day of July, 1923, and in virtue of the Treaty concluded with His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq, signed at Angora on the 5th day of June, 1926, Turkey has renounced all rights and titles over the territory of Iraq; and (ii.) Whereas by their decision of the 27th day of September,Agreement to mandate of Great Britain.*Post*, p. 1820. 1924, which is set forth in the first schedule hereto, the Council of the League of Nations agreed that, in so far as concerns Iraq, effect had been given to the provisions of article 22 of the Covenant of the League of Nations in the Treaty of Versailles by the communication received by them from His Britannic Majesty’s Government on that date; and (iii.) Whereas the Treaty of Alliance referred to in the aforesaid*Post*, p. 1822. decision of the Council of the League of Nations, and set forth in the second schedule hereto, entered into force on the 19th day of December, 1924; and (iv.) Whereas, with the object of extending the duration of the*Post*, p. 1855. aforesaid Treaty of Alliance, a new Treaty between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq was signed at Baghdad on the 13th day of January, 1926, as set forth in the third schedule hereto, and hereinafter referred to as the Treaty of 1926; and (v.) Whereas on the 2nd day of March, 1926, a letter in the terms*Post*, p. 1857. set forth in the fourth schedule hereto was addressed by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the League of Nations; and (vi.) Whereas on the 11th day of March, 1926, the Council of the League of Nations recorded a resolution taking note of the Treaty of 1926; and (vii.) Whereas the Treaty of 1926 entered into force on the 30th day of March, 1926; and 1818 (viii.) Whereas the United States of America, by participating in the war against Germany, contributed to her defeat and the defeat of her Allies, and to the renunciation of the rights and titles of her Allies in the territory transferred by them, but has not ratified the Covenant of the League of Nations embodied in the Treaty of Versailles; and (ix.) Recognition of Iraq as an independent State.Contracting Powers. Whereas the United States of America recognises Iraq as an independent State; and (x.) Whereas the President of the United States and His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq desire to reach a definite understanding with respect to the rights of the United States and of its nationals in Iraq; (xi.) The President of the United States of America of the one part and His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq of the other part have decided to conclude a Convention to this effect, and have named as their plenipotentiaries:— Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America; His Excellency General Charles G. Dawes, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States at London; His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; for Great Britain and Northern Ireland; The Right Honourable Arthur Henderson, M.P., His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; His Majesty the King of Iraq; Ja’far Pasha El Askeri, C.M.G., His Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at London; who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— Article 1. Recognition of mandate. Subject to the provisions of the present Convention, the United States consents to the régime established in virtue of the decisions of the Council of the League of Nations of the 27th day of September, 1924, and of the 11th day of March, 1926, the Treaty of Alliance (as defined in the said decision of the 27th day of September, 1924), and the Treaty of 1926, and recognises the special relations existing between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq as defined in those instruments. Article 2. Rights, etc., accorded to United States. The United States and its nationals shall have and enjoy all the rights and benefits secured under the terms of the aforesaid decisions and treaties to members of the League of Nations and their nationals, notwithstanding the fact that the United States is not a member of the League of Nations. Article 3. Vested property rights. Vested American property rights in Iraq shall be respected and in no way impaired. Article 4. Educational religious, etc., institutions by Americans permitted. Subject to the provisions of any local laws for the maintenance of public order and public morals, and to any general educational requirements prescribed by law in Iraq, the nationals of the United States will be permitted freely to establish and maintain educational,1819 philanthropic and religious institutions in Iraq, to receive voluntary applicants and to teach in the English language. Article 5. Negotiations shall be entered into as soon as possible for the purposeExtradition treaty to be negotiated. of concluding an Extradition Treaty between the United States and Iraq in accordance with the usages prevailing among friendly States. Article 6. No modification of the special relations existing between HisModifications of mandate subject to assent by United States. Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq, as defined in article 1 (other than the termination of such special relations as contemplated in article 7 of the present Convention) shall make any change in the rights of the United States as defined in this Convention, unless such change has been assented to by the Government of the United States. Article 7. The present Convention shall be ratified in accordance with theExchange of ratifications. respective constitutional methods of the High Contracting Parties. The ratifications shall be exchanged in London as soon as practicable. The present Convention shall take effect on the date of the exchange of ratifications, and shall cease to have effect on the termination of the special relations existing between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq in accordance with the Treaty of Alliance and the Treaty of 1926. On the termination of the said special relations, negotiations shallFuture relations and rights. be entered into between the United States and Iraq for the conclusion of a treaty in regard to their future relations and the rights of the nationals of each country in the territories of the other. Pending the conclusion of such an agreement, the nationals, vessels, foods and aircraft of the United States and all goods in transit across Iraq, originating in or destined for the United States, shall receiveMost-favored-nation treatment. in Iraq the most-favoured-nation treatment; provided that the benefit of this provision cannot be claimed in respect of any matter in regard to which the nationals, vessels, goods and aircraft of Iraq, and all goods in transit across the United States, originating in or destined or Iraq, do not receive in the United States the most-favoured-nation treatment, it being understood that Iraq shall not be entitled to claim the treatment which is accorded by the United States to the commerceExceptions. of Cuba under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded by the United States and Cuba on the 11th day of December, 1902, or any other commercial convention which may hereafter be concluded by the United States with Cuba or to the commerce of the United States with any of its dependencies and the Panamá Canal Zone under existing or future laws, and that the United States shall not be entitled to claim any special treatment which may be accorded by Iraq to the nationals or commerce of neighbouring States exclusively. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed the presentSignatures. Convention, and have thereunto affixed their seals. Done in triplicate in English and Arabic, of which, in case of divergence, the English text shall prevail, at London, this 9th day of January, 1930. [seal] Charles G. Dawes [seal] Arthur Henderson [seal] Ja‘far El Askeri 1820 Schedule I.SCHEDULE I. decision of the council of the league of nations dated the 27th day of september, 1924, relating to the application to iraq of the principles of article 22 of the covenant. The Council of the League of Nations, Having regard to article 16 of the Treaty of Peace signed at Lausanne on the 24th July, 1923; Having regard to article 22 of the Covenant of the League of Nations; In view of the communication which has been made by the Government of His Britannic Majesty to the Council of the League of Nations on the 27th September, 1924, in the following terms:— " “Whereas the territory of Iraq, which formerly constituted a part of the Turkish Empire passed into the occupation of the military forces of His Britannic Majesty in the course of the recent war, and “Whereas it was intended by the Principal Allied Powers that the territory of Iraq should until such time as it might be able to stand alone be entrusted to a mandatory charged with the duty of rendering administrative advice and assistance to the population in accordance with the provisions of article 22 (paragraph 4) of the Covenant, and that this Mandate should be conferred on His Britannic Majesty; and “Whereas His Britannic Majesty agreed to accept the Mandate for Iraq; and “Whereas His Britannic Majesty has, in view of the rapid progress of Iraq, recognised an independent Government Hierein and has concluded with the King of Irak a treaty with Protocol and subsidiary agreements, as set forth in the Schedule hereto, and hereinafter referred to as the Treaty of Alliance; and “Whereas the purpose of the said Treaty of Alliance is to ensure the complete observance and execution in Iraq of the principles which the acceptance of the Mandate was intended to secure;“The Government of His Britannic Majesty is willing to agree as follows:— “I. “So long as the Treaty of Alliance is in force, His Majesty’s Government will assume, towards all Members of the League of Nations who accept the provisions of this arrangement and the benefits of the said Treaty, responsibility for the fulfilment by Iraq of the provisions of the said Treaty of Alliance. “II. “During the currency of the Treaty of Alliance, the Government of His Britannic Majesty, in consultation with His Majesty the King of Iraq, will take such steps as may be necessary for the conclusion of special extradition agreements on behalf of Iraq. Copies of all such agreements shall be communicated to the Council of the League. “III. “An annual report, to the satisfaction of the Council of the League, will be made to the Council as to the measures taken in Iraq during the year to carry out the provisions of the Treaty of Alliance. Copies of all laws and regulations promulgated in Iraq during the year will be attached to the said report. “IV. “No modifications of the terms of the Treaty of Alliance will be agreed to by His Britannic Majesty’s Government without the consent of the Council of the League. 1821 “V.Schedule I—Contd. “If any dispute should arise between the Government of His Britannic Majesty and that of another Member of the League as to whether the provisions of the Treaty of Alliance or of the present decision are being fulfilled in Iraq, or as to their interpretation or application, such dispute, if it cannot be settled by negotiation, shall be submitted to the Permanent Court of International Justice provided for by article 14 of the Covenant of the League. “VI. “In the event of Iraq being admitted to the League of Nations, the obligations hereby assumed by His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall terminate. “VII. “On the conclusion of the period for which the Treaty of Alliance has been concluded, the Council of the League of Nations shall, if Iraq has not been admitted to the League, be invited to decide what further measures are required to give effect to article 22 of the Covenant.” " Accepts the undertakings of the Government of His Britannic Majesty; and Approves the terms of the above communication as giving effect to the provisions of article 22 of the Covenant; and Decides that the privileges and immunities, including the benefits of consular jurisdiction and protection formerly enjoyed by capitulation or usage in the Ottoman Empire, will not be required for the protection of foreigners in Iraq so long as the Treaty of Alliance is in force. The present instrument shall be deposited in original in the archives of the League of Nations, and certified copies shall be forwarded by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations to all Members of the League. Done at Geneva, on the twenty-seventh day of September, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-four. 1822 Schedule II.SCHEDULE II. treaty of alliance between great britain and iraq of the 10th day of october, 1922; protocol of the 30th day of april, 1928; and subsidiary agreements (british officials, military, judicial and financial) of the 26th day of march, 1924. No. 1. *Treaty between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq.* His Britannic Majesty of the one part, and His Majesty the King of Iraq of the other part; Whereas His Britannic Majesty has recognised Feisal Ibn Hussein as constitutional King of Iraq; and Whereas His Majesty the King of Iraq considers that it is to the interests of Iraq and will conduce to its rapid advancement that he should conclude a treaty with His Britannic Majesty on the basis of alliance; and Whereas His Britannic Majesty is satisfied that the relations between himself and His Majesty the King of Iraq can now be better defined by such a treaty of alliance than by any other means: For this purpose the High Contracting Parties have appointed as their plenipotentiaries:— His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: Sir Percy Zachariah Cox, G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., K.C.S.I., High Commissioner and Consul-General of His Britannic Majesty in Iraq; His Majesty the King of Iraq: His Highness Sir Saiyid ‘Abd-ur-Rahman, G.B.E., Prime Minister and Naqib-al-Ashraf, Bagdad; Who, having communicated their full powers, found in good and due order, have agreed as follows:— Article 1. At the request of His Majesty the King of Iraq, His Britannic Majesty undertakes, subject to the provisions of this treaty, to provide the State of Iraq with such advice and assistance as may be required during the period of the present treaty, without prejudice to her national sovereignty. His Britannic Majesty shall be represented in Iraq by a High Commissioner and Consul-General assisted by the necessary staff. 1823 Article 2.Schedule II—Contd. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that for the period of the present treaty no gazetted official of other than Iraq nationality shall be appointed in Iraq without the concurrence of His Britannic Majesty. A separate agreement shall regulate the numbers and conditions of employment of British officials so appointed in the Iraq Government. Article 3. His Majesty the King of Iraq agrees to frame an Organic Law for presentation to the Constituent Assembly of Iraq, and to give effect to the said law, which shall contain nothing contrary to the provisions of the present treaty and shall take account of the rights, wishes and interests of all populations inhabiting Iraq. This Organic Law shall ensure to all complete freedom of conscience and the free exercise of all forms of worship, subject only to the maintenance of public order and morals. It shall provide that no discrimination of any kind shall be made between the inhabitants of Iraq on the ground of race, religion or language, and shall secure that the right of each community to maintain its own schools for the education of its own members in its own language, while conforming to such educational requirements of a general nature as the Government of Iraq may impose, shall not be denied or impaired. It shall prescribe the constitutional procedure, whether Legislative or executive, by which decisions will be taken on all matters of importance, including those involving questions of fiscal, financial and military policy. Article 4. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 17 and 18 of this treaty, His Majesty the King of Iraq agrees to be guided by the advice of His Britannic Majesty tendered through the High Commissioner on all important matters affecting the international and financial obligations and interests of His Britannic Majesty for the whole period of this treaty. His Majesty the King of Iraq will fully consult the High Commissioner on what is conducive to a sound financial and fiscal policy, and will ensure the stability and good organisation of the finances of the Iraq Government so long as tilat Government is under financial obligations to the Government of His Britannic Majesty. Article 5. His Majesty the King of Iraq shall have the right of representation in London and in such other capitals and places as may be agreed upon by the High Contracting Parties. Where His Majesty the King of Iraq is not represented, he agrees to entrust the protection of Iraq nationals to His Britannic Majesty. His Majesty the King of Iraq shall himself issue exequaturs to representatives of foreign Powers in Iraq after His Britannic Majesty has agreed to their appointment. Article 6. His Britannic Majesty undertakes to use his good offices to secure the admission of Iraq to membership of the League of Nations as soon as possible. 1824 Article 7.Schedule II—Contd. His Britannic Majesty undertakes to provide such support and assistance to the armed forces of His Majesty the King of Iraq as may from time to time be agreed by the High Contracting Parties. A separate agreement regulating the extent and conditions of such support and assistance shall be concluded between the High Contracting Parties and communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. Article 8. No territory in Iraq shall be ceded or leased or in any way placed under the control of any foreign Power; this shall not prevent His Majesty the King of Iraq from making such arrangements as may be necessary for the accommodation of foreign representatives and for the fulfilment of the provisions of the preceding article. Article 9. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that he will accept and give effect to such reasonable provisions as His Britannic Majesty may consider necessary in judicial matters to safeguard the interests of foreigners in consequence of the non-application of the immunities and privileges enjoyed by them under capitulation or usage. These provisions shall be embodied in a separate agreement, which shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. Article 10. The High Contracting Parties agree to conclude separate agreements to secure the execution of any treaties, agreements or undertakings which His Britannic Majesty is under obligation to see carried out in respect of Iraq. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes to bring in any legislation necessary to ensure the execution of these agreements. Such agreements shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. Article 11. There shall be no discrimination in Iraq against the nationals of any State, member of the League of Nations, or of any State to which His Britannic Majesty has agreed by treaty that the same rights should be ensured as it would enjoy if it were a member of the said League (including companies incorporated under the laws of such State), as compared with British nationals or those of any foreign State in matters concerning taxation, commerce or navigation, the exercise of industries or professions, or in the treatment of merchant vessels or civil aircraft. Nor shall there be any discrimination in Iraq against goods originating in or destined for any of the said States. There shall be freedom of transit under equitable conditions across Iraq territory. Article 12. No measure shall be taken in Iraq to obstruct or interfere with missionary enterprise or to discriminate against any missionary on the ground of his religious belief or nationality, provided that such enterprise is not prejudicial to public order and good government. Article 13. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes to co-operate, in so far as social, religious and other conditions may permit, in the1825 execution of any common policy adopted by the League of NationsSchedule II—Contd. for preventing and combating disease, including diseases of plants and animals. Article 14. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes to secure the enactment, within twelve months of the coming into force of this treaty, and to ensure the execution of a Law of Antiquities based on the rules annexed to article 421 of the Treaty of Peace signed at Sèvres on the 10th August, 1920. This law shall replace the former Ottoman Law of Antiquities, and shall ensure equality of treatment in the matter of archaeological research to the nationals of all States members of the League of Nations, and of any State to which His Britannic Majesty has agreed by treaty that the same rights should be ensured as it would enjoy if it were a member of the said League. Article 15. A separate agreement shall regulate the financial relations between the High Contracting Parties. It shall provide, on the one hand, for the transfer by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the Government of Iraq of such works of public utility as may be agreed upon, and for the rendering by His Britannic Majesty’s Government of such financial assistance as may from time to time be considered necessary for Iraq, and, on the other hand, for the progressive liquidation by the Government of Iraq of all liabilities thus incurred. Such agreement shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. Article 16. So far as is consistent with his international obligations, His Britannic Majesty undertakes to place no obstacle in the way of the association of the State of Iraq for customs or other purposes with such neighbouring Arab States as may desire it. Article 17. Any difference that may arise between the High Contracting Parties as to the interpretation of the provisions of this treaty, shall be referred to the Permanent Court of International Justice provided for by article 14 of the Covenant of the League of Nations. In such case, should there be any discrepancy between the English and Arabic texts of this treaty, the English shall be taken as the authoritative version. Article 18. This treaty shall come into force as soon as it has been ratified by the High Contracting Parties after its acceptance by the Constituent Assembly, and shall remain in force for twenty years, at the end of which period the situation shall be examined, and if the High Contracting Parties are of opinion that the treaty is no longer required it shall be terminated. Termination shall be subject to confirmation by the League of Nations unless before that date article 6 of this treaty has come into effect, in which case notice of termination shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. Nothing shall prevent the High Contracting Parties from reviewing from time to time the provisions of this treaty, and those of the separate agreements arising out of articles 7, 10 and 15, with a view to any revision which may seem desirable in the circumstances then existing, and any modification which may1826 Schedule II—Contd.be agreed upon by the High Contracting Parties shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Bagdad. The present treaty has been drawn up in English and Arabic. One copy in each language will remain deposited in the archives of the Iraq Government, and one copy in each language in those of the Government of His Britannic Majesty. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty and have affixed thereto their seals. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this tenth day of October, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-two of the Christian Era, corresponding with the nineteenth day of Sa‘far, one thousand three hundred and forty-one, Hijrah. P. Z. Cox, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner in Iraq.* ‘Abd-Ur-Rahman, *Naqib-al-Ashraf of Bagdad and Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* No. 2. *Protocol to the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and Iraq of October 10, 1922.* We, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of His Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively, having been duly authorised, met together this 30th day of April, 1923, corresponding to the 14th Ramazan, 1341, in order to sign the following protocol to the Treaty of Alliance concluded between their Majesties aforesaid on the 10th October, 1922, corresponding to 19th Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, subject to ratification. PROTOCOL It is understood between the High Contracting Parties that, notwithstanding the provisions of article 18, the present treaty shall terminate upon Iraq becoming a member of the League of Nations, and in any case not later than four years from the ratification or peace with Turkey. Nothing in this protocol shall prevent a fresh agreement from being concluded with a view to regulate the subsequent relations between the High Contracting Parties; and negotiations for that object shall be entered into between them before the expiration of the above period. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have affixed their signatures thereto. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this 30th day of April, 1923, of the Christian era, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah. P. Z. Cox, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner in Iraq.* Abdul Muhsin-Al-Sa‘adun, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* 1827 No. 3.Schedule II—Contd. *British Officials Agreement made under Article 2 of the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and drag of October 10, 1922.* We, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of His Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively, having been duly authorised, met together this 25th day of March, 1924, corresponding to the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, in order to sign the following agreement subsidiary to article 2 of the Treaty of Alliance concluded between their Majesties aforesaid on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding to the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, subject to ratification. THE AGREEMENT. Whereas a treaty of alliance between His Britannic Majesty and his Majesty the King of Iraq was signed at Bagdad on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding with the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, and a protocol to the said treaty was signed at Bagdad on the 30th day of April, 1923, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah; and Whereas by article 2 of the said treaty His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that for the period of the same treaty no gazetted official of other than Iraq nationality shall be appointed in Iraq without the concurrence of His Britannic Majesty; and Whereas by the same article it is provided that a separate agreement regulating the numbers and conditions of employment of British officials so appointed in the Iraq Government shall be concluded between the High Contracting Parties: Now therefore it is agreed as follows:— Article 1. The Iraq Government agrees to appoint a British official approved by the High Commissioner as and when it may be requested to do so to any of the posts enumerated in schedule 1 hereto annexed. Article 2. The Iraq Government agrees that any British official appointed to serve the Iraq Government in any of the posts reserved under article 1 of this agreement, or in any of the posts enumerated in schedule 2, shall be given a contract on the pay and grading prescribed for it in the said schedule and embodying the terms and conditions of service set forth in schedule 3, save and except that British officers seconded or appointed to serve under the Ministry of Defence of the Iraq Government shall be given contracts on the pay and grading prescribed in schedule 4, and embodying the terms and conditions of service prescribed in schedule 4. Article 3. Subject to the provisions of article 2 of the Treaty of Alliance, nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Iraq Government from engaging British technical or scientific experts or British clerical and subordinate staff on special contracts. Article 4. The Iraq Government undertakes that the obligations accepted by them under any contract of employment signed and issued in1828 Schedule II—Contd. accordance with this agreement prior to the termination of the Treaty of Alliance, including the payment of contributions to the provident fund as prescribed in schedule 3 of this agreement, shall continue in force during the continuance of such contract and on its termination, notwithstanding the prior termination of the said Treaty of Alliance. Article 5. For the purpose of contracts of employment entered into before the termination of the Treaty of Alliance, but continuing in force after such termination as provided in article 4 of this agreement, a revision of such clauses in schedules 3 and 4 of this agreement as contain a reference to His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner or to the Disciplinary Board constituted under clause 17 of schedule 3 shall be undertaken in connexion with the negotiations for the conclusion of a fresh agreement between the High Contracting Parties provided for in the protocol to the Treaty of Alliance. Article 6. All British officials appointed to posts in the Iraq Government under the terms of this agreement, shall be in the service of the Iraq Government and responsible to that Government and not to the High Commissioner. SCHEDULE 1. Advisers to the Ministries of Interior, Finance, Justice, Defence and Communications and Works. Directors or Inspectors-General of Irrigation, Public Works, Agriculture, Tapu, Surveys and Veterinary Services. Director or Assistant Director of Audit, Inspectors-General of Police, Posts and Telegraphs, Health, Education, Customs and Excise. President of Court of Appeal. SCHEDULE 2. Grade I. Advisers to Ministries of Interior, Finance and Justice. PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 2,500–100–3,500, provided that these rates may be exceeded If the Iraq Government is unable to obtain suitable officials except on a higher rate of pay. Grade II. (i.) Adviser to the Ministry of Communications and Works. President of the Court of Appeal. Inspector-General of Posts and Telegraphs. Inspector-General of Police. Inspector-General of Health. Inspector-General of Education. Inspector-General of Customs and Excise. Director of Irrigation. Director of Public Works. Director of Audit. Director of Agriculture. Assistant Adviser to the Ministry of the Interior. Assistant Adviser to the Ministry of Finance. Revenue Secretary to the Ministry of Finance. PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 1,800–100–2,800. Note.—(i.) This post may be on special short-term contract ex-grade, or may be combined with the post of Director of Irrigation or Public Works, whichever of the two is senior. If so combined or on ordinary contract, the starting pay will be Rs. 2.200. 1829 Grade III. Schedule II—Contd. Senior Administrative Inspectors. Senior Finance Inspectors. Senior Police Inspectors. Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. (i.) Judges, Court of First Instance. Secretary to the Ministry of Communications and Works. Director of Tapu. Director of Veterinary Services. Superintending Engineers. (ii.) Health Specialists. Directors of Hospitals and Institutes. Chief Medical Oflicers in Mosul and Kirkuk. Medical Officers of Health in Bagdad and Basrah. PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 1,500–75–1,800—100–2,300. Note.—(i.) If appointed without knowledge of Arabic and local legal experience, to start at Rs. 1,350 and be on probation for two years.
(ii)If allowed to take private practice, to start at Rs. 1,200, and, in the case of future appointments of Health Specialists, if they are allowed to take private practice, they may be placed in another Grade. Grade IV (*a*). Collectors of Customs. Director of Surveys. Chief Agricultural Research Officer. Chief Agricultural Inspector. Executive Engineers, P.W.D. Electrical Specialist. Government Architect. Executive Engineers, Irrigation. Inspector of Posts. Senior Executive Engineer, Telegraphs. Inspectors of Education. Qualified Medical Officers not in Grade III. PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 1,200–75–1,800. Grade IV (*b*). (i.) Junior Administrative Inspectors. Junior Finance Inspectors. Junior Police Inspectors (1st class). Junior Executive Engineers, Telegraphs. Agricultural Officers. (ii.) Deputy Collectors of Customs. Assistant Director of Public Health (Personnel and Accounts Section). PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 900–50–1,200–75–1,800. Note.—
(i)Increments of Rs. 75 throughout.
(ii)Not to rise beyond Rs. 1,500 in this grade unless they pass a departmental test qualifying them for post of Collector and no such post is vacant. Grade V. Assistant Collectors of Customs. Assistant Irrigation Officers. Assistant Engineers, P.W.D. Junior Police Inspectors (2nd class). Survey Officers. Other Officials in Departments of Posts and Telegraphs. Veterinary Officers. Superintendent of Medical Stores. PayˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍRs. 800–50–1,300. *General Note.*
(i)An official already in the service of the Iraq Government, who is appointed to any post mentioned in this schedule and similar in grade to that in which he is serving at the time of such appointment, shall be placed1830 Schedule II—Contd. in the grade prescribed for the post at such a point as will give him a total salary not less than the salary which he is drawing at the time of signing the new contract. In calculating such salary regard shall be had to the number of months which he has served towards the new increment due under his old contract.
(ii)Junior Administrative Inspectors shall be placed at such a point in Grade IV as shall give them the salary nearest (either above or below) to their present salary plus Its. 200, their position as regards increments being taken into account as above.
(iii)In order to enable them to meet the extra expense which will be involved by the payment of rent, lighting and conservancy charges, married officers (other than Junior Administrative Inspectors) stationed in Bagdad, Basrah or Mosul, and drawing pay at the rate of less than Rs. 1,500 per mensem, shall be granted a personal allowance, to be absorbed in future increments, of Rs. 150 or such portion of Rs. 150 as shall together with their salary amount to Rs. 1,500 per mensem in all. SCHEDULE 3. Regulations relating to the Service of British Officials in Iraq. *Period of Service.* 1.— (1.) Every official whom it Is desired to employ in the Iraq Government will be required to enter into an agreement to serve the Iraq Government for a definite period, to be specified in his agreement, of five, ten or fifteen years. (2.) Such period of service will commence on the date on which he embarks to take up his appointment, or in the case of an official already serving in Iraq, on a date to be fixed in his contract, and shall not be considered to be Interrupted by any local, sick or ordinary leave granted in accordance with these regulations. (3.) Except in the case of officials who before the commencement of such period of service have served not less than one year in the Iraq Government and whose retention in the posts in which they are specialised has been asked for by the Iraq Government, the first year (or, in the case of officials referred to in Note
(i)under Grade III in schedule 2, the first two years) of such period of service shall be probationary and the official’s contract may be terminated at the end of the first or second year, as the case may be, by three months’ notice in writing, and when such notice is given the High Commissioner shall be given an opportunity to give his opinion regarding the official concerned. On such termination of his contract, the official shall be entitled to any leave or leave gratuity which he has earned and a free passage to England for himself. He shall receive from the Provident Fund only the amount of such contributions as he has made thereto. *Salary.* 2.— (i.) The salary of an official, together with the increment to it, will be that provided for his office in schedule 2, provided that— (*a*.) In the case of officials already serving under the Iraq Government and (*b*) in the case of new appointments of officials with special experience or qualifications, the initial salary of an official may be fixed by his contract at a point in the grade of his office higher than the initial salary of the grade. *Half Salary during Voyage on Appointment.* (ii.) On being appointed an official will be entitled to half salary from the date of his embarkation to take up his new appointment to the date of his arrival in Iraq and to full salary from the date of bis arrival in Iraq. (iii.) For the purpose of this and the succeeding regulations the term “salary” means the salary attached to the office held by the official and does not include a personal allowance or other payment made to the official. The term “emoluments” means and includes all payments made to an official including salary and allowances of every kind. *Currency of Payment in Iraq.* 3.— (1.) Subject to clause 16 of these regulations, emoluments paid in Iraq will be paid in rupees. (2.) An official, on giving three months’ notice, shall have the option of drawing one-third of his salary in London at the fixed conversion rate of Rs. 15 to £1, or in the event of the currency being altered at the par rate of exchange. An official who shall have availed himself on this option may, by giving three months’ notice, cancel the arrangement and draw his salary in rupees in Iraq. 1831 *Passages of Officials.* Schedule II—Contd. 4.— A.— (1.) An official will, on first appointment, be allowed a free first-class passage out to Iraq subject to his executing an agreement under which he will be bound to refund the cost thereof in the event of his relinquishing the appointment within three years from the date of his arrival in Iraq in order to take up other employment in Iraq, or within one year from the date of such arrival for any other reason than bodily or mental infirmity. (2.) He will also, on the termination of his service, be allowed a free passage to England: provided that if the Government terminate his contract under clause 18 of these regulations for misconduct or insubordination, or the official himself terminates it for any reason other than bodily or mental infirmity, the allowance of this passage shall be at the discretion of the Disciplinary Board constituted under clause 17. (3.) During the currency of his agreement an official will be further allowed a free passage from Iraq to England and back, once if his contract is for five years’ service, twice if it is for ten years’ service, and three times if it is for fifteen years’ service. (4.) The Government may provide the passage allowed under this regulation on any ship of a recognised line which carries first-class passengers between England and Iraq. If the official elects to proceed by a different route, he shall receive the actual cost of the passage chosen by him or the value of the passage chosen by Government, whichever is less. *Wives of British Officials.* B— (1.) The wife of an official already married at the commencement of his contract shall be allowed two free first-class single passages either way between England and Iraq when the contract of the official is for five years’ service, three such passages when the contract is for ten years’, and four such passages when it is for fifteen years’ service. (2.) When the official marries during the period of his contract, his wife shall be allowed two free single passages either way for the next five years remaining to be served by the official under his contract at the time of the marriage, and one free single passage either way for every subsequent five years remaining to be served. A period of less than five years shall not be taken into consideration in deciding to what free passage a wife may be entitled under these regulations. (3.) Passages allowed to wives shall be provided under the same conditions as those allowed to officials under 4(A) of these regulations. *Quarters.* 5. In the case of an official occupying a house which is the property of the Government, an official who is occupying a house by himself shall pay rent at the rate of 8 per cent, of his salary, and an official who is sharing a house with another official shall pay rent at the rate of 4 per cent, of his salary provided that the payment made by the official or officials occupying the house shall in no case exceed a fair rent for the house calculated on the basis of the actual rents of privately-owned houses in the locality. Rent will be paid on the same principle by officials occupying houses which are not the property of the Government, provided that the payment made by the official or officials occupying the house shall in no case exceed the actual rent of the house. Should such payment be less than the rent of the house, then, in order to assist the official in paying the balance of the rent, the Government shall give such officials an allowance in aid as follows:— In Basrah and Bagdad: Married officials not exceeding 12 per cent, of their salary. Unmarried officials not exceeding C per cent, of their salary. In other stations: Married officials not exceeding 8 per cent, of their salary. Unmarried officials not exceeding 4 per cent, of their salary. These allowances in aid shall be subject to revision every year in accordance With the actual fluctuations of rents. For the purposes of this clause the term “salary” shall be deemed to include personal allowance, if any. *Equipment of Quarters.* 6. The Government shall, if possible, equip all Government houses occupied by officials with such electric lights, fans and water as may be recommended by the Directorate of Health Services. 1832 Schedule II—Contd. *Local Leave.* 7. An official may at the discretion of the Government be allowed local leave not exceeding twenty-one days in each calendar year. Such leave shall not be cumulative, and shall not be combined, with ordinary leave. *Ordinary Leave.* 8.— (i.) An official will earn ordinary leave at the rate of one day’s leave for every five days of effective service. No leave other than local leave shall count as effective service. (ii.) Ordinary leave shall be cumulative. (iii.) Subject to the exigencies of the service, an official may be granted the ordinary leave due to him at any time he desires, and may claim the right to take the leave due to him if under a fifteen years’ contract three times; if under a ten years’ contract, twice; and if under a five years’ contract, once. (iv.) An official on the expiry of his service, or on the termination of his contract by the Government for any reason other than insubordination or misconduct, shall receive a gratuity in respect of ordinary leave which is due to him and which owing to the exigencies of the service he has been unable to take. This gratuity shall be calculated at the rate of one day’s leave allowance for every day of leave due subject to maximum of nine months. (v.) When on ordinary leave an official shall be entitled to full salary. *Sick Leave.* 9.— (i.) Short periods of absence from duty owing to sickness not exceeding ten consecutive days will be allowed in Iraq on full salary. Any absence extending beyond that period will be counted as sick leave. (ii.) The aggregate amount of sick leave which an official may be allowed shall be as follows:— If he is on a five years’ contractˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ1 year. If he is on a ten years’ contractˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ2 years. If he is on a fifteen years’ contractˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ3 years. (iii.) If these aggregate amounts are exceeded the Government shall have the option of terminating the contract without compensation. (iv.) On each occasion of taking sick leave an official shall receive full salary for a period up to six months and thereafter such leave as is due to him up to a further six months. If no leave or insufficient leave is due to him to cover the second six months he may complete the period by additional sick leave on half-pay. At the end of this period of twelve months the Government shall have the right to terminate without compensation the service of an official who is on a five years’ contract, and in other cases, *i.e*., if the official is on more than five years’ contract, a medical board shall assemble, and, if it is considered that the official is unlikely to be fit to return to duty within the limits laid down in sub-clause
(2)above, Government shall have the right to terminate the contract without compensation. (v.) Nothing in this clause shall in any way modify the obligations of the Iraq Government to pay an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army on return from his employment until he is fit for duty in the Imperial or Indian establishment as the case may be, subject to the maximum period of sick leave with full pay of his substantive rank provided in the regulations of the service concerned. *Medical Attendance.* 10. In Iraq an official will be entitled to free medical treatment, but this privilege does not extend to his family. *Compensation in case of Termination by Government.* 11. In the case of an official whose services are terminated by Government other than for reasons stated in clauses 1, sub-clause (3), 9, 14 and 18, Government shall pay into the Provident Fund on his behalf, and he shall receive from that fund, in addition to the sum already due to him therefrom, a sum equal to the combined contributions of Government and the official which would have fallen due in respect of the balance of his contract. *Special Compensation for Death, &c., due to Local Disturbances, &c.* 12. Special compensation, which shall not be less favourable in the case of an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army than that to which he would be entitled under the regulations of his parent service, under rules to be laid down hereafter, will be granted in the case of death, injury or loss of property,1833 &c., due to war or local disturbances, or In the case of permanent disabilitySchedule II— Contd. certified by a medical board to have arisen out of the special circumstances of his employment. In the case of loss of property, no compensation will be paid unless it can be reasonably shown that it was impossible to insure such property or that insurance could only have been effected at an exorbitant premium. In any case compensation will be paid only in respect of articles considered necessary and Indispensable, and the Government will take no responsibility for the loss, theft, or destruction of valuables, such as jewellery, works of art, &c. *Provident Fund.* 13. A Provident Fund shall be instituted to which Government and the officials shall contribute as follows:— (i.) Every official shall contribute to the Provident Fund monthly by the deduction from his salary bill of one-twelfth of his pay. (ii.) The Government shall contribute monthly in respect of each official a sum equal to twice the official’s contribution during the preceding month. (iii.) Sums deducted on this account from the salary bills of officials, together with the sums due from Government, shall be transmitted monthly to such person or persons as may be appointed Treasurer of the fund by His Britannic Majesty’s Government, and the fund will be administered by trustees approved, and in accordance with rules laid down by His Britannic Majesty’s Government. (iv.) Every official, except officials on whose behalf the Government has paid or accepted liability for pension contribution up to the date of commencement of service under the new conditions, shall contribute to the fund In respect of service between the 11th November, 1920, and the date on which these conditions of service become applicable to him a sum equal to one-twelfth of his aggregate pay during such period. (v.) Government shall contribute a like amount to that contributed by the official in respect of pre-contract service referred to in sub-clause (iv). (vi.) In the case of officials who are lent or transferred to the Iraq Government by other Governments and who continue to qualify for the pension payable by their parent service on condition that their pension contributions continue to be paid, such pension contributions (except in so far as they are payable by the official himself under the rules of his parent service) shall continue to be paid by the Iraq Government. The first five sub-clauses of this clause shall not apply In the case of such officials. *Languages.* 14. An official will be required to comply with the provisions of such regulations relating to language examinations as may be drawn up by a Disciplinary Board constituted under clause 17 of this schedule and approved by the High Commissioner. Such regulations may provide for the stoppage of promotion in the event of failure to pass an examination prescribed as compulsory, and may further provide for termination of the official’s contract without compensation in the event of repeated failures. *Travelling Allowances: Acting Allowances.* 15. Traveling and transport allowances within Iraq and acting allowances shall be admissible in accordance with rules applicable to local officials. *Currency.* 16. In the event of the currency being altered, the rupee emoluments shall thereafter be payable in the new currency at the current rate of exchange except as provided in clause 3(2) of this schedule. *Discipline.* 17. Officials will, for the purposes of discipline, be under the supervision of a Board composed as follows:— President: The Prime Minister. Members: A representative of his Excellency the High Commissioner, three Ministers and three senior British officials nominated by His Majesty the King. The findings of the Board shall be subject to the approval of His Majesty the King. Before such approval is given, his Excellency the High Commissioner shall be given an opportunity of expressing his opinion on such findings. 1834 Schedule II—Contd. *Termination for Insubordination, &c.* 18. The Government has the right, subject to the approval of the Disciplinary Board as constituted under clause 17, to terminate without compensation the services of an official who has been guilty of misconduct and insubordination, and to receive back from the Provident Fund the whole or part, as may be decided by the said Board, of the amount contributed by Government to his credit In the Provident Fund. *Termination of Contract by Official.* 19. An official will be entitled to terminate his contract during its currency by giving six months’ notice in writing to the head of his Department, but should he do so it shall be put before the Disciplinary Board as constituted under clause 17 to decide in the circumstances whether he should receive his free passage home, any or all of the leave due to him, or more than half only of the amount standing to his credit in the Provident Fund at the time of his resignation. 20. In the case of any seconded officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army, if, on the termination of his contract otherwise than under clauses 18 and 19, he cannot be absorbed within the authorised establishment, the Iraq Government shall be liable for his pay and allowances at normal British rates for the period during which he is awaiting absorption. *Arbitration.* 21. If any question arises under the agreement entered into by an official whether as regards its interpretation or in any other respect, it shall be referred to the Disciplinary Board, whose decision, after the approval of His Majesty the King as provided in clause 17, shall be final. SCHEDULE 4. Regulations relating to the Service of British Officers employed under the Ministry of Defence of the Iraq Government. *Period of Service.* 1.— (1.) An officer will be required on appointment to enter into an agreement to serve the Iraq Government for a period of three years, extendable, if both parties agree and, in the case of an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army, subject to the approval of His Britannic Majesty’s Government or the Government of India, as the case may be, to five, seven and ten years by successive renewals. (2.) Such period of service will commence on the date on which he embarks to take up his appointment, or in the case of an officer already serving in Iraq on a date to be fixed in his contract, and shall not be considered to he interrupted by any local, sick, or ordinary leave granted in accordance with these regulations. *Salary.* 2.— (1.) The salary of an officer together with the increment attached to it will be that provided for his office in the table of grades annexed to this schedule. *Half Salary during Voyage on Appointment.* (2.) An officer proceeding to Iraq to take up an appointment under the Government of Iraq will be entitled to the full pay of his Iraq appointment from the date of arrival in Iraq and for the period from the date of embarkation to the date of his arrival in Iraq, (*a*) if an officer of the Imperial forces, to half-pay of his Iraq appointment or to his British regimental pay (without allowances) of his substantive rank, whichever is the greater; (*b*) if an officer of the Indian army, to half the pay of his Iraq appointment or to the pay of his substantive rank without staff pay if proceeding from India to Iraq, or if not so proceeding the British regimental pay of his substantive rank, whichever is the greater; (*c*) in all other cases to half the pay of his Iraq appointment. *Currency of Payment in Iraq.* 3.— (1.) Subject to clause 18 of these regulations, emoluments paid in Iraq will be paid in rupees. (2.) An officer, on giving three months’ notice, shall have the option of drawing one-third of his salary in London at the fixed conversion rate of Rs. 15 to £1, or, in the event of the currency being altered, at the par rate of exchange. 1835 An officer who shall have availed himself of this option may, by giving three months’ notice, cancel the arrangement and draw his salary in rupees in Iraq. *Passages of Officers.* 4.— A (1.) An officer will, on first appointment, be allowed a free first-class passage out to Iraq subject to his executing an agreement under which he will be bound to refund the cost thereof in the event of his relinquishing the appointment within three years from the date of his arrival in Iraq in order to take up other employment in Iraq, or within one year from date of such arrival for any other reason except bodily or mental infirmity. (2.) He will also on the termination of his service be allowed a free first-class passage to England; provided that, if the Government terminates his service under clause 18 of these regulations for misconduct or insubordination, or if the officer terminates it for any other reason than bodily or mental infirmity, the allowance of this passage shall be at the discretion of the Government. (3.) During the currency of his agreement an officer will be further allowed a free return first-class passage from Iraq to England and back, once on a three or five years’ contract and once again if the contract is extended beyond five years. If an officer who has already taken the free return passage or passages to England granted under this sub-clause or who is not entitled to any such free return passage, is sent to England on the ground of ill-health, a similar free return passage to England and back shall be granted to him. (4.) The Government may provide the passage allowed under this regulation on any ship of a recognised line which carries first-class passengers between England and Iraq or on a British Government transport. If the officer elects to proceed by a different route, line or class, or to a destination other than the United Kingdom, he shall receive the actual cost of the passage he takes or the value of the passage allowed under this regulation, whichever is the less. *Wives of Officers.* B (1.) The wife of an officer already married at the commencement of his contract shall be allowed two free first-class single passages either way between England and Iraq if the officer’s contract is for three or five years’ service and one further single passage if the officer’s contract is extended beyond five years. (2.) When the officer marries during the period of his contract, the wife shall be allowed two free first-class single passages either way If and when the officer’s contract is extended. (3.) Passages allowed to wives shall be provided under the same conditions as those allowed to officers under 4 A of these regulations. *Quarters.* 5. In the case of an officer occupying a house which is the property of the Government, rent will be charged on the following principle:— An officer who is occupying a house by himself shall pay rent at the rate of 8 per cent. of his salary and an officer who is sharing a house with another officer shall pay rent at the rate of 4 per cent. of his salary, provided that the payment made by the officer or officers occupying the house shall in no case exceed a fair rent for the house calculated on the basis of the actual rents of privately-owned houses in the locality. Rent will be paid on the same principle by officers occupying houses which are not the property of the Government, provided that the payment made by the officer or officers occupying the house shall in no case exceed the actual rent of the house, then, in order to assist the officer in paying the balance of the rent, the Government shall give such officers an allowance in aid as follows:— In Basrah and Bagdad— Married officers, not exceeding 12 per cent. of their salary. Unmarried officers, not exceeding 6 per cent. of their salary. In other stations— Married officers, not exceeding 8 per cent, of their salary. Unmarried officers, not exceeding 4 per cent. of their salary. These allowances in aid shall be subject to revision every year in accordance with the actual fluctuation of rents. 1836 Schedule II—Contd. *Equipment of Quarters.* 6. The Government shall, if possible, equip all Government houses occupied by officers with such electric light, fans and water as may be recommended by the Directorate of Health Services. *Local Leave.* 7. An officer may, at the discretion of the Government, be allowed local leave not exceeding twenty-one days in each calendar year. Such leave shall not be cumulative and shall not be combined with ordinary leave. When on local leave an officer shall be entitled to full salary. *Ordinary Leave.* 8.— (1.) An officer shall earn one day’s ordinary leave for each five days of effective service. No leave other than local leave shall count as effective service. The period spent on voyages other than on first appointment shall be reckoned as ordinary leave. (2.) Ordinary leave shall be cumulative. (3.) Subject to the exigencies of the service, an officer may be granted ordinary leave at any time and may claim the right to take such leave as may be due to him— In a three years’ contract—Once. In a five years’ contract—Once. In a seven years’ contract—Twice. In a ten years’ contract—Twice. (4.) When on ordinary leave an officer shall be entitled to full salary. (5.) An officer on the expiry of his period of service, or on the termination of his contract by the Government for any reason other than insubordination or misconduct, shall receive pay in lieu of any ordinary leave which is due to him and which owing to the exigencies of the service he has been unable to take. The amount so issued shall not in any case exceed nine months’ salary. 9.— (1.) Short periods of absence from duty owing to sickness, not exceeding ten consecutive days, will be allowed in Iraq on full salary. Any such absence extending beyond that period will be counted as sick leave. (2.) The aggregate amount of sick leave which an officer may be allowed on a three years’ contract shall be eight months. (3.) If this aggregate amount is exceeded the Government shall have the right of terminating the contract without further notice. (4.) On each occasion of taking sick leave an officer shall receive full salary for a period up to four months and, thereafter, such leave as is due to him up to a further four months. If no leave or insufficient leave is due to him to cover the second four months he may complete the period by additional sick leave on half-pay. At the end of this period of eight months the Government shall have the right to terminate his contract without further notice or compensation. (5.) If his original contract or his contract as extended under clause 1 hereof exceeds three years, he shall come under the regulations as to sick leave laid down for civilian officials under clause 9 of schedule 3. (6.) Nothing in this clause shall in any way modify the obligations of the Iraq Government to pay an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army on return from his employment until he is fit for duty in the Imperial or Indian establishment, as the case may be, subject to the maximum period of sick leave with full pay of his substantive rank and allowances as ordinarily issuable as provided in the regulations of the service concerned. *Medical Attendance.* 10. In Iraq an officer will be entitled to free medical treatment, but this privilege shall not extend to his family. *Termination of Contract by Government.* 11. In cases other than those provided for in clauses 9, 14 and 18, the Government shall have the right to terminate an officer’s contract on giving him three months’ notice in writing. Such notice shall only be given with the consent of the senior British officer attached to the Ministry of Defence. 11a. Where an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army cannot be absorbed within the authorised establishment on termination of his service under the Iraq Government, that Government shall be liable for his pay and allowances under the regulations of the service concerned for the period during which he is awaiting absorption. 1837 *Special Compensation for Death, &c., due to Local Disturbances, &c.* Schedule II—Contd. 12. Special compensation, which shall not be less favourable in the case of an officer of the Imperial forces or Indian army than that to which he would be entitled under the regulations of his parent service, will be granted under rules to be laid down hereafter by agreement between the High Contracting Parties in the case of death, Injury and loss of property, &c., due to war or local disturbances, or in the case of permanent disability certified by a medical board to have arisen out of the circumstances of his employment. In the case of loss of property, no compensation will be paid unless it can be reasonably shown that it was impossible to insure such property, or that insurance could only have been effected at an exorbitant premium. In any ease compensation will be paid only in respect of articles considered necessary and Indispensable and the Government will take no responsibility for the loss, theft or destruction of valuables, such as jewellery, works of art, &c. *Gravity.* 13. On the expiry or termination of his contract, except under clauses 14 and 18, an officer shall be entitled in addition to any sums payable under clause 8(5} to a gratuity of one month’s pay at the rate he is then drawing for every completed year of service, fractions of a year to be reckoned at the rate of one day’s pay for twelve days’ service. In the case of officers who are lent or transferred to the Iraq Government by other Governments and who would continue to qualify for the pension payable by their parent service on condition that their pension contributions continue to be paid, such pension contributions (except in so far as they are payable by the officer himself under the rules of his parent service) shall continue to be paid by the Iraq Government. Such officers will not be eligible for payment of a gratuity under this clause. *Languages.* 14. An officer will be required to comply with the provisions of such regulations relating to language examinations as may be drawn up by the Ministry of Defence and approved by the High Commissioner. Such regulations may provide for the stoppage of promotion in the Iraq service in the event of failure to pass any examination prescribed as compulsory and may further provide for the termination of the officer’s contract without compensation in the event of repeated failures. *Travelling Allowances. Acting Allowances.* 15. Travelling and transport allowances within Iraq and acting allowances shall be admissible in accordance with rules applicable to local officers. *Currency.* 16. In the event of the currency being altered the rupee emoluments shall thereafter be payable in the new currency at the current rate of exchange, except as provided in clause 3(2) of this schedule. *Discipline.* 17. Officers will for the purpose of discipline be under the senior British officer employed under the Ministry of Defence, who will himself for disciplinary purposes be under the High Commissioner. *Termination for Insubordination, &c.* 18. The Government has the right, subject to the concurrence of the High Commissioner, to terminate without compensation the services of an officer who has been guilty of insubordination or misconduct. *Termination of Contract by Officer.* 19. An officer will be entitled to terminate his contract on giving three months’ notice in writing to the Minister of Defence, but in that case he will not be entitled to a free passage home unless he has completed at least eighteen months’ service in the country since joining or since his last return from leave. He will be entitled to receive the gratuity due to him under clause 13, but not to any leave or gratuity in lieu of leave. *Arbitration.* 20. If any question arises under the agreement entered into by an officer, whether as regards its meaning or in any other respect, it shall be referred to the High Commissioner, whose decision shall be final. 1838 Schedule II—Contd.GRADES. Grade I. Adviser or Under-Secretary of State to the Ministry of Defence:— Payˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ Rs. 2,500–100–3,500 Grade II. Senior officers, whether in headquarters or liaison officers, with a rank not lower than that of Major, except in the case of officers already employed in such senior posts:— Payˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ Rs. 1,500–75–1,800 1,800–100–2,300 Grade III. Junior (A‘wan) officers):— Payˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ Rs. 900–50–1,200 1,200–75–1,800 Remarks. If the officer under grade III holds the rank of Captain, his salary shall commence at Rs. 1,200, and if he holds the rank of full Lieutenant or has more than seven years’ service to his credit, his salary shall commence at Rs. 1,000. *General Note.* (i.) An officer already in the service of the Iraq Government who is appointed to any post mentioned in this schedule and similar in grade to that in which he is serving at the time of such appointment shall be placed in the grade prescribed for the post at such a point as will give him a total salary not less than the salary which he is drawing at the time of signing the new contract. In calculating such salary regard shall be had to the number of months which he has served towards the new increment due under his old contract. (ii.) In order to enable them to meet the extra expense which will be involved by payment of rent, lighting and conservancy charges, married officers stationed in Bagdad, Basrah or Mosul, and drawing pay at the rate of less than Rs. 1,500 per mensem shall be granted a personal allowance, to be absorbed in future increments, of Rs. 150, or such portion of Rs. 150 as shall bring their salary up to Rs. 1,500 per mensem. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have affixed their signatures thereto. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this 25th day of March, 1924, of the Christian era, corresponding with the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, Hijrah. H. Dobbs, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner for Iraq.* Ja‘far Al ‘Askari, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* No. 4. *Military Agreement made under Article 7 of the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and Iraq of October 10, 1922.* We, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of His Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively, having been duly authorised, met together this 25th day of March, 1924, corresponding to the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, in order to sign the following1839 agreement subsidiary to article 7 of the treaty of alliance concludedSchedule II—Contd. between Their Majesties aforesaid on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding to the 19th day of Sa’far, 1341, Hijrah, subject to ratification. THE AGREEMENT. Whereas a treaty of alliance between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq was signed at Bagdad on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding with the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, and a protocol to the same treaty was signed at Bagdad on the 30th day of April, 1923, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah; and Whereas by article 7 of the said treaty His Britannic Majesty undertakes to provide such support and assistance to the armed forces of His Majesty the King or Iraq as may from time to time be agreed by the High Contracting Parties; and Whereas by the same article it is provided that a separate agreement regulating the extent and conditions of such support and assistance shall be concluded between the High Contracting Parties and communicated to the Council of the League of Nations; and Whereas by article 18 of the same treaty it is provided that nothing shall prevent the High Contracting Parties from reviewing from time to time the provisions of the separate agreement referred to above with a view to any revision which may seem desirable in the circumstances then existing, any modifications which may be agreed upon by the High Contracting Parties being communicated to the Council of the League of Nations: Now therefore it is agreed as follows:— Article 1. The two Governments hereby recognise the principle that the Government of Iraq shall at the earliest possible date, provided it shall not be later than four years from the date of the conclusion of this agreement, accept full responsibility both for the maintenance of internal order and for the defence of Iraq from external aggression. With this end in view, it is agreed that the material support and assistance now being rendered by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the Government of Iraq shall be progressively reduced with all possible expedition. Article 2. Such support and assistance as may for a time be provided by the Government of His Britannic Majesty shall take the form of the presence in Iraq either of an Imperial garrison or of local forces maintained by His Britannic Majesty’s Government and of the granting of facilities in the following matters, the cost of which will be met by the Iraq Government:— 1. Military and aeronautical instruction of Iraq officers in the United Kingdom so far as this may be possible. 2. The provision in sufficient quanties of arms, ammunition, equipment and aeroplanes of the latest available pattern for the Iraq army. 3. The provision of British officials whenever they may be required by the Iraq Government within the period or the Treaty. 1840 Schedule II—Contd. Such support and assistance shall in no case take the form of a contribution by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the cost of the Iraq army or other local forces maintained and controlled by the Government of Iraq, and similarly the Government of Iraq shall not contribute to the cost of the Imperial garrison or forces maintained and controlled by His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 3. So long as the presence of an Imperial garrison or the maintenance of local forces under the control of His Britannic Majesty’s Government is necessary in order to assist the Government of Iraq in attaining the full responsibility accepted in principle under article 1 of this agreement, the following provisions shall regulate the military relations to be maintained between the two Governments in Iraq. Article 4. The Iraq Government undertake to devote not less than 25 per cent. of the annual revenue of Iraq as defined in article 4 of the separate agreement regulating the financial relations between the two Governments, to the maintenance of the regular army and other local forces controlled by them, and in so far as their financial capacity permits, progressively to increase the strength of their permanent regular army of various arms in accordance with the programme prescribed in the schedule hereto annexed and to form a reserve army. The British Government shall equip the units of these forces, as and when they are completed, in accordance with the provisions of article 2 of this agreement. Article 5. The strength and composition of the Imperial garrison and of the local forces under the control of His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall be reviewed each year with a view to the progressive reduction provided for in article 3 of the financial agreement referred to in the preceding article. Article 6. The Iraq army shall, subject to the provisions of the Iraq Constitutional Law, be commanded by His Majesty the King of Iraq. The Officer Commanding the British Forces in Iraq shall not intervene in matters relating to the Iraq army except as provided in articles 7 and 9 of this agreement. Article 7. The Iraq Government undertake to grant the Officer Commanding the British Forces in Iraq authority to carry out such inspections of the Iraq army and other local forces as he may consider necessary in order that he may test their efficiency and to submit to His Majesty the King of Iraq, through the High Commissioner, his recommendations as to such steps as he considers necessary for their improvement, and they agree to give full consideration to the wishes of the High Commissioner regarding the movements and disposition of the Iraq army, and to provide such protection for aerodromes and landing grounds as the High Commissioner, at the instance of the Air Officer Commanding, may require. The Iraq Government shall not be entitled to assistance from His Britannic Majesty’s Government as contemplated in article 8 should they fail to give effect to any1841 recommendation of the High Commissioner regarding the movements and dispositions of the Iraq army given in virtue of this article. Article 8. The Iraq army shall only be employed in the interests of Iraq and the two Governments hereby agree that neither Government shall undertake any military operations for the maintenance of internal order or for the defence of Iraq from external aggression without previous consultation and agreement with the other Government. The Iraq Government shall not be entitled to the assistance of any forces maintained or controlled by His Britannic Majesty’s Government against or for the suppression of any external aggression or any civil disturbance or armed rising, which shall, in the opinion of the High Commissioner, have been provoked or occasioned by action taken or policy pursued by the Iraq Government contrary to the advice or express wishes of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 9. In the event of operations being undertaken in which forces maintained or controlled by His Britannic Majesty’s Government are to take part, the command of the combined forces shall, subject to any special arrangement which may be accepted by both parties, be vested in a British military commander selected for the purpose. Article 10. The Iraq Government undertake to recognise and if necessary to secure by legislation or otherwise, the following powers and immunities for any armed forces maintained or controlled by His Britannic Majesty’s Government in Iraq, such armed forces to be regarded as including civilian officials and Indian public followers attached to and inhabitants of Iraq serving with the air and military forces:— (*a*.) The right to require from the Iraq Government such action according to law as may be necessary in the detection and arrest of persons accused of offences committed against such armed forces or any members thereof and to secure the trial of persons so accused. It is understood that the right to secure the trial of such accused persons shall include the right to secure their trial by a British Judge of the Iraq Courts or by a Special Court composed of two British Judges of the Iraq Courts and one Iraqi Judge. Appeals either from the Ordinary Courts or from the Special Court shall lie to the Iraq Court of Appeal, which shall in such cases have a majority of British Judges. Trial before the Special Court shall only take place in circumstances which are certified in writing by the High Commissioner and the Air Officer Commanding to be of such exceptional urgency or importance as to render trial by the Ordinary Courts undesirable. Such certificate may specify the date and place of assembly of the Court in which event members of the Court shall proceed if necessary by air with such despatch as is needful for the Court to assemble at such date and place. (*b*.) The right to exercise over all members of the said forces the control and jurisdiction provided by the British, Indian or other military law, to which the members or such forces are subject. 1842 (*c*.) Schedule II—Contd. The right voluntarily to enlist inhabitants of Iraq under the Army and Air Force Acts or otherwise, it being understood that the Iraq Government undertakes for its part when called upon by the Air Officer Commanding or any person authorised by him in that behalf, to give all the assistance necessary to effect such enlistment and to remove as far as possible causes tending to prevent such enlistment. (*d*.) Immunity from arrest, search, imprisonment or trial by the civil power in Iraq in respect or criminal offences for all enrolled and enlisted members of the said forces: provided that inhabitants of Iraq being members of such forces shall be ordinarily subject to the jurisdiction of the Iraq Courts and shall only enjoy such immunity in respect of acts certified by the High Commissioner or the Air Officer Commanding to be done in the performance of military or other official duties. Nothing in this sub-clause shall prevent the forcible detention by the civil power of any member of the said forces who has just committed, or is in the act of committing an offence which involves danger to life. If the member so arrested is not an inhabitant of Iraq, he shall be forthwith handed over to the Air Force or Military authorities. (*e*.) Immunity from civil process in respect of any act done or omission or default made in good faith by any member of such forces when acting in performance of his military or official duties; the certificate of the High Commissioner or Air Officer Commanding that an act or omission or default was done or made in good faith in performance of such duties to be conclusive. The immunity provided by this sub-clause shall not debar persons who have incurred material damage on account of the said acts or omissions or defaults from claiming compensation otherwise than by civil process. (*f*.) All such immunities and privileges in respect of civil process as are granted by the Air Force Act, the Army Act and the Indian Army Act to persons subject to such Acts, and immunity from imprisonment on the order of a Civil Court in respect of any civil action tried by such court. Article 11. The Iraq Government undertake to introduce legislation providing for the arrest and punishment of any person who is acting or conspiring in such a way as to endanger or obstruct the said armed forces or attempting or conspiring to cause mutiny or disaffection among the said forces, or to bring the said forces into hatred or contempt, and to take action according to law against any person who is certified by the High Commissioner to be to the best of his belief so acting, attempting or conspiring, and in the case of persons of other than Iraq nationality so acting, attempting or conspiring or being likely so to act, attempt or conspire, to take such preventive steps according to law as the High Commissioner may consider desirable and practicable. Article 12. The Iraq Government agree that, in the event of the said forces undertaking military operations in Iraq for the purpose of assisting the Iraq Government to repel external aggression or to suppress civil commotion, the King of Iraq will, on the request of the High Com1843 missioner, proclaim martial law in all such parts of Iraq as may beSchedule II—Contd. affected by such aggression or commotion, and entrust its administration to the Air Officer Commanding or such other officer or officers as the Air Officer Commanding may appoint, and will further secure the passing of the necessary measure of indemnification for all acts done by the armed forces under martial law upon the subsequent re-establishment of civil government. Article 13. The Iraq Government undertake to provide every facility for the movement of His Britannic Majesty’s forces (including the use of wireless telegraph and land-line telegraphic and telephonic services and the right to lay land-lines), and for the carriage and storage of fuel and supplies for such forces on the roads, railways and waterways and in the ports of Iraq. Article 14. The Iraq Government undertake to recognise and to secure by licence or legislation the right of His Britannic Majesty’s forces to establish and work at the expense of His Britannic Majesty’s Government a system of wireless telegraphs for the transmission and reception of external and internal messages on British Government service. No payment either by way of charge or compensation for loss of traffic shall be made to the Iraq Government in respect of such messages. His Britannic Majesty’s Government undertake that no messages other than on British Government service shall be transmitted by the said system except by agreement with the Iraq Government, which agreement shall provide for compensation for loss of such traffic by the Iraq Government’s Department of Posts and Telegraphs unless such messages are transmitted at the request of the Iraq Government, in which case His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall be entitled to payment for the transmission of such messages. Any compensation which may be due to the Iraq Government shall be in the form of a reduction of the debt due by the Iraq Government in respect of the telegraph system transferred to it by His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 15. The Iraq Government undertake at all times on the request of the High Commissioner so to restrict the working and method of transmission of the wireless telegraph station at Basrah and so to define its wave-length as to obviate interference with British Government stations, and further undertake, in the event of an emergency arising, to hand over the said station on the request of the High Commissioner to His Britannic Majesty’s forces for the transmission of messages on the service of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, subject to the payment of compensation for the loss of other traffic. Furthermore, the Iraq Government agree that the above undertakings shall hold good notwithstanding the disposal of the wireless telegraph station at Basrah by sale or otherwise and that, in the event of their deciding to discontinue the use of the station, three months’ notice of such intention shall be given to His Britannic Majesty’s Government, who shall be given an opportunity of taking over the station before dismantlement, and of operating it for the remainder of the period of the treaty. 1844 Schedule II—Contd. The terms of this article shall apply equally to any other permanent wireless telegraph installation which may be established by the Iraq Government during the period of this agreement. SCHEDULE. Programme of Expansion 1924–25.—1 Pack Battery. 2 Battalions Infantry. 1 Company Engineers. First Line Transport for all existing units. Expansion of Bagdad Training Centre, including initiation of a Cadets’ College. 1925–26.—Air Unit to be initiated as recommended by Air Headquarters, subject to satisfactory progress being made in the strength and efficiency of the local ground forces in Iraq. 2 Pack Batteries. 1 Cavalry Regiment. 3 Infantry Battalions. 2 Transport Companies. 1 Field Ambulance. Ammunition Column. Formation of Infantry Training Depots. Formation of Artillery and Cavalry Depots. 1926–27.—2 Field Batteries. 3 Infantry Battalions. 1 Company Engineers. 1 Skeleton Company Engineers. 1 Signal Company. 1 Field Ambulance. 1927–28.—1 Field Battery. 1 Pack Battery. 3 Infantry Battalions. 2 Transport Companies. 1 Field Ambulance. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have affixed their signatures thereto. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this 25th day of March, 1924, of the Christian era, corresponding with the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, Hijrah. H. Dobbs, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner for Iraq.* Ja‘far Al ‘Askari, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* No. 5. *Judicial Agreement made under Article 9 of the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and Iraq of October 10, 1922.* We, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of His Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively, having been duly authorised, met together this 25th day of March, 1924, corresponding to the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, in order to sign the following agreement subsidiary to article 9 of the treaty of alliance concluded between Their Majesties aforesaid on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding to the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, subject to ratification. 1845 THE AGREEMENT.Schedule II—Contd. Whereas a treaty of alliance between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq was signed at Bagdad on the 10th of October, 1922, corresponding with the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, and a protocol to the same treaty was signed at Bagdad on the 30th day of April, 1923, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah; and Whereas by article 9 of the said treaty His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that he will accept and give effect to such reasonable provisions as His Britannic Majesty may consider necessary in judicial matters to safeguard the interests of foreigners in consequence of the non-application of the immunities and privileges enjoyed by them under capitulation or usage, and that such provisions shall be embodied in a separate agreement which shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations: Now therefore it is agreed as follows:— Article 1. The expression “foreigners” means the nationals of any European or American State which formerly benefited by capitulations in Turkey and did not renounce the same by an agreement signed before the 24th July, 1923, and of any Asiatic State which is now permanently represented on the Council of the League of Nations, and includes corporations constituted under the laws of such States, and religious or charitable bodies or institutions wholly or mainly composed of nationals of such States. Nothing in this article shall prevent the conclusion by His Majesty the King of Iraq in agreement with His Britannic Majesty of a special convention with any State providing for the extension of the benefits of this agreement to nationals and persons enjoying the protection of that State or for the non-application of this agreement to nationals of that State. Article 2. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes to employ British legal experts in the Courts and to grant them judicial powers under the laws of Iraq and that the procedure now observed in the Courts in regard to the investigation of offences and the trial of cases and other matters in which foreigners are concerned shall continue and be put into force by law, that is to say:— (*a*.) That foreigners accused of an offence (other than a contravention) which is within the jurisdiction of a Magistrate may claim to be tried by a British Magistrate. (*b*.) That foreigners accused of an offence which is beyond the jurisdiction of a Magistrate may claim that the interrogation during the preliminary investigation shall be undertaken and that the orders as to their release on bail and as to their committal for trial shall be made by a British Magistrate. (*c*.) That foreigners committed for trial may claim that their trial shall be held before a Court which includes at least one British Judge, who shall preside. 1846 (*d*.) Schedule II—Contd. That in civil actions over 750 rupees in value, foreigners who are parties to the cause may claim that the final judgment in a Court of First Instance shall be given, and that appeals or applications for revisions shall be heard by a Court presided over by a British Judge and composed so as to include one British Judge in a Court of three or less than three, two British Judges in a Court of four or five, and three British Judges in a Court of more than five. (*e*.) That in criminal cases foreigners may claim that their appeal or application for revision shall be heard by a Court presided over by a British Judge and composed as prescribed by the preceding paragraph, or if all the parties joining in such appeal or application are foreigners and agree to that course, by a British Judge sitting alone. (*f*.) A foreigner who is a party to the proceedings and has not sufficient knowledge of Arabic to understand them may claim that all proceedings shall be translated in English and the Magistrate shall so order if he considers the claim to be well grounded. (*g*.) That in the towns of Bagdad and Basrah and their environs and in all other places where a British Judge or Magistrate having jurisdiction for that purpose is available the house of a foreigner shall not be entered by any judicial or administrative authority except on a warrant issued by a British Judge or Magistrate. Where no British Judge or Magistrate is available as above and in all cases where the police are by law allowed to enter houses without search warrant, the house of a foreigner shall not be entered without a report of such entry being immediately made to the nearest British Judge or Magistrate. Article 3. His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that every law affecting the jurisdiction, constitution or procedure of Courts or the appointment and discharge of Judges shall, before being presented to the legislature, be submitted in draft to the High Commissioner for his views and advice on such of its provisions as concern the interests of foreigners. Article 4. In matters relating to the personal status of foreigners or in other matters of a civil and commercial nature in which it is customary by international usage to apply the law of another country, such law shall be applied in manner to be prescribed by law. Without prejudice to the provisions of any law relating to the jurisdiction of religious courts, or to such powers of Consuls in regard to the administration of estates of their nationals as may be recognised under agreements concluded by the Government of Iraq, cases relating to the personal status of foreigners will be dealt with by the Civil Court, subject to the conditions of this agreement. In questions of marriage, divorce, maintenance, dowry, guardianship of infants and succession of movable property, the President of the Court hearing the case, or, in case of appeal or revision, the President of the Court of Appeal and Revision hearing the case may invite the Consul or representative of the Consulate of the foreigner concerned to sit as an expert for the purpose of advising upon the personal law concerned. 1847 Article 5. His Majesty the King of Iraq agrees to submit beforehand to the High Commissioner for his concurrence the appointment of all British Presidents and members of Courts of Appeal and Revision as well as the termination of the appointment of any British Judge or Magistrate. Article 6. The provisions of this agreement shall remain in force for the period of the treaty and shall cease to have effect after the expiration of that period. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have affixed their signatures thereto. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this 25th day of March, 1924, of the Christian era, corresponding with the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, Hijrah. H. Dobbs, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner for Iraq.* Ja‘far Al ‘Askari, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* No. 6. *Financial Agreement made under Article 15 of the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and Iraq of October 10, 1922.* We, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of His Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively, having been duly authorised, met together this 25th day of March, 1924, corresponding to the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, in order to sign the following agreement subsidiary to article 15 of the treaty of alliance concluded between Their Majesties aforesaid on the 10th day of October 1922, corresponding to the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, subject to ratification. THE AGREEMENT. Whereas a treaty of alliance between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq was signed at Bagdad on the 10th day of October, 1922, corresponding with the 19th day of Sa‘far, 1341, Hijrah, and a protocol to the same treaty was signed at Bagdad on the 30th day of April, 1923, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah; and Whereas by article 15 of the said treaty it is provided that a separate agreement shall regulate the financial relations between the High Contracting Parties, which shall provide, on the one hand, for the transfer by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the Government of Iraq of such works of public utility as may be agreed upon, and for the rendering by His Britannic Majesty’s Government of such financial assistance as may from time to time be considered necessary for Iraq, and, on the other hand, for the progressive liquidation by the Government of Iraq of all liabilities thus incurred, and that such agreement shall be communicated to the Council of the League of Nations; and 1848 Schedule II—Contd. Whereas by article 4 of the same treaty His Majesty the King of Iraq undertakes that he will fully consult the High Commissioner on what is conducive to a sound financial and fiscal policy, and will ensure the stability and good organisation of the finances of the Iraq Government so long as that Government is under financial obligations to the Government of His Britannic Majesty; and Whereas by article 18 of the same treaty it is provided that nothing shall prevent the High Contracting Parties from reviewing from time to time the provisions of the separate agreement referred to above with a view to any revision which may seem desirable in the circumstances then existing, any modifications which may be agreed upon by the High Contracting Parties being communicated to the Council of the League of Nations: Now therefore it is agreed as follows:— Article 1. The two Governments hereby recognise the principle that the entire cost of the civil administration of Iraq shall be borne on Iraq revenues, and that the Government of Iraq shall, at the earliest possible date, accept full financial responsibility for the maintenance of internal order, and for the defence of Iraq from external aggression. Article 2. Such financial assistance as may for a time be provided by the Government of His Britannic Majesty shall take the form of the maintenance in Iraq, at the expense of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, of an Imperial garrison or of local forces controlled by His Britannic Majesty’s Government, but shall in no case take the form of a contribution by His Britannic Majesty’s Government to the cost of the Iraq army or local forces maintained and controlled by the Government of Iraq. Article 3. The financial assistance to be provided for the aforesaid purposes shall be progressively reduced as His Britannic Majesty’s Government may determine in each financial year, and shall in any case terminate within a period not exceeding four years from the date of the ratification of peace with Turkey. Article 4. The Government of Iraq undertake to devote not less than 25 per cent, of the revenues of Iraq towards the cost of the defence and security of Iraq. For the purpose of this article the revenue of Iraq shall be regarded as the gross receipts in all cases under each head of revenue service with the exception of the commercial services, other than Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones, of which the net revenues shall be included. Article 5. His Britannic Majesty’s Government agree to the transfer to the Government of Iraq, and the Government of Iraq agree to accept1849 the transfer, of the undermentioned works of public utility at theSchedule II—Contd. valuation shown against each of the works specified:— Rs. Irrigation 62,12,040 Roads 3,20,000 Bridges 11,17,500 Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones 17,60,000 ___________ Total 94,09,540 Article 6. The Government of Iraq accept the liability to repay to His Britannic Majesty’s Government the full value of the works specified in the preceding article, representing a total sum of Rs. 94,09,540. Article 7. The sum of Rs. 94,09,540 shall constitute a debt to be repaid by means of a terminable annuity, calculated so as to repay the capital sum, with interest at 5 per cent, per annum, within twenty years from the conclusion of this agreement. The Government of Iraq further agree that, if from any cause the whole or part of the annuity payable in any year shall remain unpaid at the close of that year, the amount so outstanding shall be added to the total debt and converted into an annuity terminable within twenty years from the conclusion of this agreement, with interest at 5 per cent, per annum. The annuity payments required under this article shall be a first charge on the general revenues of Iraq, and no prior charge shall be set up without the consent of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 8. His Britannic Majesty’s Government hereby transfer to the Government of Iraq as from the 1st day of April, 1923, and for a period not exceeding four years from the ratification of the Treaty of Alliance, the management and administration of the Iraq railway system, which shall remain the property of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, and the Government of Iraq hereby accept the responsibility for administering and managing the said system. So long as the railways are administered and managed by the Iraq Government, all receipts of the Iraq railways will be kept separate from the general revenues of Iraq and will be used solely for meeting (*a*) current expenditure of the railway, and (*b*) in so far as there may be any surplus of receipts over such current expenditure, the cost of further capital works undertaken with the approval of the High Commissioner, or the payment of interest on money borrowed for the purpose of such capital works. So long as the railways are administered or managed by the Government of Iraq, His Britannic Majesty’s Government will do everything in their power to obtain for that Government any advice or assistance which they may require, the cost of such advice or assistance being charged as a part of the current expenses of the railways. His Britannic Majesty’s Government will not sell the railways to any private purchaser within the period of four years from the ratification of the treaty except with the concurrence1850 Schedule II—Contd.of the Iraq Government, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and the Iraq Government shall not within the same period lease the railways to any private lessee without the concurrence of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. In the event of the Government of Iraq desiring within the said period to acquire the ownership of the railways, whether for the purpose of selling or leasing them to any private purchaser or lessee or otherwise, His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall state the terms upon which they will be prepared to transfer such ownership, and the transfer shall be made upon terms to be mutually agreed. In default of agreement as to such terms, the matter shall be referred to three arbitrators, of whom one shall be appointed by His Britannic Majesty’s Government and one by the Government of Iraq. The third arbitrator shall be chosen by the other two arbitrators by agreement, or failing such agreement, by the President of the Permanent Court of International Justice. The arbitrators shall take into consideration the expenses incurred by His Britannic Majesty’s Government in the construction, equipment and maintenance of the railways, and the past, actual and prospective value of the railways to the Government and people of Iraq, and shall decide what payment ought to be made by the Government of Iraq to His Britannic Majesty’s Government for the transfer of ownership, and in what manner and at what dates, having regard to the general financial resources and liabilities of Iraq, such payment ought to be made. His Britannic Majesty’s Government and the Government of Iraq undertake to accept and to give effect to the decision of the arbitrators. His Britannic Majesty’s Government and the Government of Iraq agree that on the expiry of the period of four years from the ratification of the Treaty of Alliance, the ownership of the railway system shall in default of prior sale or transfer be forthwith transferred to the Iraq Government on terms to be mutually agreed, or failing such agreement, to be decided by arbitration as hereinbefore provided. Article 9. The Government of Iraq agree not to dispose by sale or in any other manner of any of the works specified in articles 5, 6, 7 and 8 without the prior consent of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, until such time as repayment of the value of all the said works has been completed. Should any of the said works be so disposed of with the concurrence of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, the outstanding debt to His Britannic Majesty’s Government in respect of the work or works so disposed of shall simultaneously be liquidated by the Iraq Government. The negotiations for such disposal shall be conducted by the High Commissioner, and shall be subject to the approval of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 10. His Britannic Majesty’s Government and the Government of Iraq agree that the Port of Basrah shall be transferred to a Port Trust, and that the conditions of this transfer shall be dealt with separately, and shall include the following:— 1. Port receipts and expenditure shall be excluded from Iraq General Accounts, and a Port Trust shall be set up with the authority of the Iraq Government, and subject to the approval of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, to administer the port. 1851 2. The valuation of Rs. 72,19,000 shall be treated as a debt of the Port Trust to His Britannic Majesty’s Government. The terms and conditions on which the Port Trust shall operate shall be subject to the approval of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, and shall be dealt with by separate arrangement in consultation with the Government of Iraq, who hereby agree to facilitate the negotiations for the establishment of the Port Trust, and to secure the position in Iraq of the said Port Trust by such legislation as may be necessary. Article 11. 1. The Government of Iraq agree that all lands and buildings, the property of the Iraq Government now in the occupation of His Britannic Majesty’s Government for military and other purposes, shall remain in the undisturbed occupation of His Britannic Majesty’s Government until such time as they are no longer required: provided that after the termination of the Anglo-Iraq Treaty and subject to the provisions of any further treaty or agreement which may be concluded in pursuance of the protocol to the said treaty, His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall not retain such land or buildings for a period longer than may be reasonably necessary for the sale or disposal of any buildings or works, the property of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, situate thereon. 2. The Iraq Government agree to transfer to His Britannic Majesty’s Government, free of charge, waste Government land required for military and other purposes by His Britannic Majesty’s Government, and such land as well as the buildings thereon, or to be erected thereon, shall remain the property of His Britannic Majesty’s Government for so long as such land and buildings are required by His Britannic Majesty’s Government, provided that after the termination of the Anglo-Iraq Treaty, and subject to the provisions of any further treaty or agreement which may be concluded in pursuance of the protocol to the said treaty, His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall not require the transfer of any further waste Government land for military purposes, and shall not retain any such land already so transferred for military purposes for a period longer than may be reasonably necessary for the disposal of such land and the buildings thereon as provided in sub-clause 5 of this article. 3. Privately-owned land or buildings required at any time before the termination of the Anglo-Iraq Treaty by His Britannic Majesty’s Government for military and other purposes shall at the request of His Britannic Majesty’s Government be acquired or leased by the Iraq Government under such Expropriation Law as may from time to time be in force, and the Iraq Government shall receive the purchase price or rental from His Britannic Majesty’s Government. The Iraq Government agree to promulgate such legislation as may be necessary for the compulsory acquisition or leasing of any privately-owned land or buildings required by His Britannic Majesty’s Government for military and other purposes, and any such legislation shall, in the case of land compulsorily leased on behalf of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, empower His Britannic Majesty’s Government on or before the expiration of such lease to remove any works or buildings erected on such land by His Britannic Majesty’s Government, and shall further provide that, where the land or building is to be acquired or leased on behalf of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, a representative of His1852 Schedule II—Contd.Britannic Majesty’s Government to be selected by the High Commissioner shall serve in any Assessment Board constituted under such laws. As regards privately-owned land of which ownership is acquired under this sub-clause by His Britannic Majesty’s Government for military purposes, the Iraq Government shall have the right, at the termination of the treaty, to purchase by agreement or arbitration the land and the buildings thereon. As regards privately-owned land of which the leasehold is obtained under this sub-clause by His Britannic Majesty’s Government for military purposes, the period of the lease shall be for the period of the treaty, but shall be extended after the termination of the treaty at the request of His Britannic Majesty’s Government for such time as may be reasonably necessary to enable His Britannic Majesty’s Government to dispose of the buildings thereon. 4. The Iraq Government shall place no obstacle in the way of His Britannic Majesty’s Government purchasing by agreement privately-owned land or buildings. 5. His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall have full power to sell land acquired by them prior to the conclusion of this agreement, and to be acquired under paragraphs 3 and 4 of this article, together with the buildings thereon, and to appropriate for their own use the proceeds of such sale, if at any time such land is no longer required by His Britannic Majesty’s Government. His Britannic Majesty’s Government shall have full power to dispose of land, together with the buildings thereon, transferred to them under paragraph 2 of this article, subject to payment to the Government of Iraq of the sale or rental value of the site, such value to be determined, where possible, by reference to the market value of similar land in the neighbourhood or by agreement between the two Governments. Article 12. The Iraq Government undertake that, notwithstanding the termination of the treaty of alliance, the financial obligations accepted by them in articles 5–11 of this agreement shall continue in force until repayment of all sums due by them to His Britannic Majesty’s Government under this agreement has been completed, and shall be faithfully fulfilled. They further agree that until the completion of such repayment no prior charge on the general revenues of Iraq shall be created in order to secure a loan or for any similar purpose without the prior consent of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Such consent shall not be withheld if His Britannic Majesty’s Government are satisfied that the object for which such prior charge is to be created is one which will tend to secure the sound financial development of Iraq, and will not impair the capacity of the Iraq Government to discharge their liabilities to His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 13. The ordinary expenses of civil government and administration and the salaries and expenses of the High Commissioner and his staff will be borne entirely by the Government of Iraq. His Britannic Majesty’s Government will invite Parliament to make a contribution amounting to half of the expenditure approved by the Secretary of State upon salaries and other expenses of the High Commissioner and his staff. The Government of Iraq will provide quarters for the accommodation of members of the staff of the High Commissioner, subject to the payment of reasonable rent by the officers concerned. 1853 Article 14. Schedule II—contd. 1. The Government of Iraq agree that the following articles shall be exempt from customs duties on import or export:— (*a*.) All articles for the personal use of the High Commissioner. (*b*.) All articles for the official use of the High Commissioner and his staff and of the Imperial and other forces or services maintained in Iraq at the expense of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, all articles imported by or consigned to the Navy, Army and Air Force Institute or any other official canteen for His Britannic Majesty’s forces, and all personal effects introduced on arrival in Iraq by members of the High Commissioner’s staff and of such forces or services: provided that if any articles imported or introduced under this exemption are disposed of to other parties than those entitled to this exemption, the customs duty then in force shall be paid by the person, service, force or institute making such disposal. (*c*.) All imported articles addressed to individual members or recognised messes of His Britannic Majesty’s forces on production of a certificate that they are for the use of the individual or mess concerned. (*d*.) All articles exported by members of His Britannic Majesty’s forces on production of a certificate that they are not exported for sale. 2. Duty shall be paid on all articles not imported directly by the authorities, forces and services detailed above, but the Iraq Government agree to grant a rebate of the duty so paid on production of a certificate from a competent authority that the articles on which duty has been paid have been delivered to and received for the official use of the High Commissioner and his staff and of the Imperial and other forces maintained in Iraq at the expense of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. Article 15. The Government of Iraq agree not to levy any tax on the forces or services of His Britannic Majesty’s Government in respect of offices, buildings, land or premises occupied by such forces or services for official purposes. Article 16. The Government of Iraq undertake to provide for the due payment of all sums which may be payable to officials of British nationality in the employment of the Iraq Government in accordance with the provisions of the terms of the contracts of those officials, and this undertaking shall continue in force during the continuance and on the termination of such contracts. Article 17. The Government of Iraq recognise their liability to meet as they fall due all sums or charges in respect of the Ottoman Public Debt which may be assigned to the Government of Iraq under the Treaty of Peace with Turkey. 1854 Article 18. Schedule II—Contd. The forces and services of His Britannic Majesty’s Government, including the Navy, Army and Air Force Institute or any other official canteen of His Britannic Majesty’s forces, shall pay at most-favoured rates for all services rendered by Departments of the Iraq Government. Article 19. His Britannic Majesty’s Government agree to contribute towards the cost of upkeep and maintenance of roads and bridges used for traffic by His Britannic Majesty’s forces. The expenses incurred by His Britannic Majesty’s Government on public roads and bridges shall be taken into account in assessing such contribution. In witness of which the respective plenipotentiaries have affixed their signatures thereto. Done at Bagdad in duplicate this 25th day of March, 1924, of the Christian era, corresponding with the 19th day of Sha‘ban, 1342, Hijrah. H. Dobbs, *His Britannic Majesty’s High Commissioner for Iraq.* Ja‘far Al ‘Askari, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government.* 1855 SCHEDULE III.Schedule III. anglo-iraq treaty of the 13th day of january, 1926. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, of the one part; and His Majesty the King of Iraq, of the other part: Anxious to give full effect to the stipulations in the decision of the Council of the League of Nations dated the 16th day of December, 1925, fixing the frontier between Turkey and Iraq in pursuance of article 3 of the Peace Treaty signed at Lausanne on the 24th day of July, 1923, to the effect that the relations between the high contracting parties now defined by the Treaty of Alliance and by the undertaking of His Britannic Majesty’s Government approved by the Council of the League of Nations on the 27th day of eptember, 1924, should be continued for a period of twenty-five years, unless Iraq is, in conformity with article 1 of the Covenant of the League of Nations, admitted as a member of the League before the expiration of that period: Bearing in mind the intention which the high contracting parties have mutually expressed in the protocol of the 30th day of April, 1923, to conclude a fresh agreement regulating subsequent relations between them: Have decided by means of a new treaty to ensure due fulfilment of the said stipulations and have for this purpose named as their plenipotentiaries: His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, Bernard Henry Bourdillon, Esquire, C.M.G., Acting High Commissioner of His Britannic Majesty in Iraq; His Majesty the King of Iraq, Abdul Muhsin Beg al-Sa‘dun, Prime Minister of the Iraq Government and Minister for Foreign Affairs; Who, having communicated their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— Article 1. The provisions contained in article 18 of the treaty between the high contracting parties signed at Bagdad on the 10th day of October, 1922, of the Christian Era, corresponding with the 19th day of Safar, 1340, Hijrah, and in the protocol signed on the 30th day of April, 1923, of the Christian Era, corresponding with the 14th day of Ramazan, 1341, Hijrah, in so far as they relate to the duration of the said treaty are hereby abrogated, and the said treaty shall remain in force for a period of twenty-five years from the 16th day of December, 1925, unless before the expiration of that period Iraq shall have become a member of the League of Nations. 1856 Schedule III—contd. The various agreements between the high contracting parties subsidiary to the said treaty of the 10th day of October, 1922, shall, in so far as their duration is made dependent on that of the said treaty, likewise remain in force for the period laid down in the present treaty, but in other respects their provisions shall not be affected. Article 2. The high contracting parties agree, immediately after the ratification of the present treaty and its approval by the Council of the League of Nations, to continue active consideration of the questions which have already been under discussion between them in regard to the revision of the agreements arising out of articles 7 and 15 of the treaty of October 10th, 1922. Article 3. Without prejudice to the provisions of article 6 of the treaty of October 10th, 1922, in regard to the admission of Iraq into the League of Nations or the provisions of article 18 of the said treaty which permit the revision at any time, subject to the consent of the Council of the League of Nations, of the provisions of the said treaty or of certain of the agreements subsidiary thereto, His Britannic Majesty undertakes that, at the time when the treaty of October 10th, 1922, would have expired under the protocol of April 30th, 1923, and at subsequent successive intervals of four years until the expiry of the period of twenty-five years mentioned in the present treaty or until the admission of Iraq into the League of Nations, he will take into active consideration the following two questions, namely:— (1.) The question whether it is possible for him to press for the admission of Iraq into the League of Nations. (2.) If it is not so possible, the question of the amendment, on account of the progress made by the Kingdom of Iraq or for any other reason, of the agreements referred to in article 18 of the treaty of October 10th, 1922. The present treaty, in English and Arabic, of which in case of divergence the English text will prevail, shall be ratified and ratifications shall be exchanged as soon as possible. In witness whereof the above-named plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. Done at Bagdad the Thirteenth day of January, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-six of the Christian Era, corresponding to the Twenty-eighth day of Jamadi-al-Ukhra, one thousand three hundred and forty-four, Hijrah, in three copies, of which one shall be deposited in the archives of the League of Nations at Geneva and one shall be retained by each of the high contracting parties. (l.s.) B. H. Bourdillon, *His Britannic Majesty’s Acting High Commissioner in Iraq.* (l.s.) Abdul Muhsin Al-Sa‘dun, *Prime Minister of the Iraq Government and Minister for Foreign Affairs.* 1857 SCHEDULE IV.Schedule IV. letter from his britannic majesty’s government to the secretary-general of the league of nations, of the 2nd day of march, 1926. Foreign Office, *March 2, 1926.* Sir, In compliance with the invitation conveyed in article 2 of the decision recorded by the Council of the League of Nations on the 16th December, 1925, I am directed by Secretary Sir Austen Chamberlain to transmit to you herewith, for submission to the Council, the text of a new treaty between Great Britain and Iraq which was signed at Bagdad on the 13th January, 1926. 2. By a decision dated the 27th September, 1924, the Council accepted the terms of the Treaty of Alliance between Great Britain and Iraq supplemented by certain undertakings given by His Majesty’s Government, as giving effect, in respect of Iraq, to the provisions of article 22 of the Covenant of the League of Nations. By article 2 of their decision of December last the Council made the further condition that the regime established by the aforesaid Treaty of Alliance and undertakings should be continued for a specified period. The requisite extension of the duration of the Treaty of Alliance is provided for by article 1 of the new treaty. In submitting this treaty to the Council, His Majesty’s Government declare that so long as it remains in force they will regard as binding the undertakings given by them to the Council in September 1924, and will continue to act in conformity therewith. 3. His Majesty’s Government are thus in a position to inform the Council that the stipulations of article 2 of the decision of December 1925 have been fulfilled, and that the necessary steps have been taken to ensure the continuance for twenty-five years of the present régime as approved by the Council in September 1924, unless Iraq is, in conformity with article 1 of the Covenant, admitted as a Member of the League before the expiration of that period. 4. Provision for periodical review of the question of the admission of Iraq to the League of Nations is made in article 3 of the new treaty. 5. By article 4 of their undertakings, approved by the Council in September 1924, His Majesty’s Government engaged that they would agree to no modification of the Treaty of Alliance without the consent of the Council of the League. They hereby give a similar undertaking in regard to the treaty of the 13th January, 1926. This undertaking will apply to any proposals that may be made, as a result of the discussions contemplated in articles 2 and 3 of the new treaty, for the revision or amendment of the agreements subsidiary to the treaty of the 10th October, 1922. 6. In the light of these explanations, His Majesty’s Government request that the Council may now be moved to take action, as contemplated in article 2 of their decision of December last, to declare that their decision in regard to the Turco-Iraq frontier has become definitive. 7. The treaty of the 13th January, 1926, has now been approved by the British House of Commons and by the Chamber of Deputies and Senate of Iraq. 1858 8. Schedule IV—Contd. With reference to article 3 of the Council’s decision of December last, I am to enclose, for the information of the Council, a memorandum dealing with the administration of the Kurdish districts in Iraq. I am, &c. Lancelot Oliphant. PROTOCOL On the signature this day of the Convention between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq, respectively, of the one part, and the President of the United States of America of the other part, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, duly authorised thereto, have agreed as follows:— (1.) It is understood by the High Contracting Parties that the term “exercise of industries” as employed in article XI of the Anglo-Iraq Treaty of Alliance signed the 10th October, 1922, covers the granting and operation of concessions. (2.) With reference to article 4 of the Convention signed this day, it is understood by the High Contracting Parties that the Iraq Government will not interfere in matters concerning the curriculum, such as the time-table, discipline and purely internal administration in schools established or maintained by nationals of the United States of America in Iraq. (3.) It is understood that upon the entry into force of the Convention signed this day and during the period of the special relations existing between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq, defined in article I of the said Convention, there will be a suspension of the capitulatory regime in Iraq so far as the rights of the United States and its nationals are concerned, and that such rights will be exercised in conformity with the decision of the Council of the League of Nations dated the 27th September, 1924. (4.) It is understood that article 3 of the Convention signed this day does not prohibit the Iraq Government from expropriating American property for public purposes under normal expropriation laws of general application, and subject to the previous provision for just and reasonable compensation. The present Protocol shall be deemed an integral part of the Convention signed this day and shall be ratified at the same time as that Convention. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Protocol and have affixed thereto their seals. Done in triplicate in English and Arabic, of which, in case of divergence, the English text shall prevail, at London, this 9th day of January, 1930. [seal] Charles G. Dawes [seal] Arthur Henderson [seal] Ja‘far El Askeri 1859 And Whereas the said Convention and the said Protocol haveProtocol—Contd. been duly ratified on both parts and the instruments of ratification of the United States of America were exchanged for those of His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq at London on the twenty-fourth day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention and the said Protocol to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eleventh day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* ————— EXCHANGES OF NOTESExchanges of notes. *The British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Henderson) to the American Ambassador (Dawes)* Foreign Office, S.W.1. *9th January, 1930.* Your Excellency, On the signature this day of the Convention between His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq respectively of the one part, and the President of the United States of America of the other part, I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland agree to furnish to the Government of the United States a duplicate of the Annual Report to be made in accordance with the terms of the Decision of the Council of the League of Nations on the 27th day of September 1924. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Your Excellency’s obedient Servant, Arthur Henderson His Excellency General Charles G. Dawes, C.B., etc., etc., etc., 1860 Exchanges of notes— Contd. *The American Ambassador (Dawes) to the British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Henderson)* No. 372. Embassy of the United States of America London, *January 9, 1930.* Sir: On the signature this day of the Convention between the President of the United States of America of the one part, and Britannic Majesty and His Majesty the King of Iraq of the other part, I have the honor to take note of your declaration that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland agree to furnish the United States Government with a duplicate of the Annual Report to be made in accordance with the terms of the Decision of the Council of the League of Nations on the 27th day of September, 1924. I have the honor to be, With the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Charles G. Dawes. The Right Hon ble Arthur Henderson, P.C., etc., etc., etc., *The Foreign Office.* ————— *The Minister of Iraq at London (Ja‘far El Askeri) to the American Ambassador (Dawes)* Iraq Legation 51, Queen’s Gate Gardens, S. W. 7. *January, 9th., 1930.* Your Excellency, I have the honour to bring to your notice a point connected with Article 2 of the Protocol attached to the Tripartite Convention between the United States of America, The United Kingdom and Iraq. Article 2 of the Protocol provides that the Government of Iraq shall not interfere in matters concerning the curriculum, such as the time-tables, discipline and purely internal administration in schools established or maintained by nationals of the United States of America in Iraq. The Iraq Government interpret this Article as not preventing the enforcement on the said schools of Article 28 of the Public Instruction Law of 1929 the translation of which runs:— It is obligatory to teach the Arabic language and the history and geography of Iraq and the history of the Arabs in accordance with the programme or the Ministry of Education in all non-technical private schools both primary and secondary. The hours devoted to the Arabic language must be not less than five hours a week in primary classes and three hours a week in secondary classes. 1861 I have therefore been instructed by my Government to informExchanges of notes—Contd. Your Excellency that the Iraq Government consider that Article 2 of the said Protocol shall not override the provisions of Article 28 of the above mentioned Law. I have the honour to be, Sir Your obedient servant, Ja‘far El Askeri *The Iraq Plenipotentiary,* His Excellency, The United States Plenipotentiary ————— *The American Ambassador (Dawes) to the Minister of Iraq at London (Ja‘far El Askeri)* Embassy of the United States of America London, *January 9, 1930.* Your Excellency:— I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, which reads as follows: " “I have the honour to bring to your notice a point connected with Article 2 of the Protocol attached to the Tripartite Convention between the United States of America, the United Kingdom and Iraq. Article 2 of the Protocol provides that the Government of Iraq shall not interfere in matters concerning the curriculum, such as the time-tables, discipline and purely internal administration in schools established or maintained by nationals of the United States of America in Iraq. The Iraq Government interpret this Article as not preventing the enforcement on the said schools of Article 28 of the Public Instruction Law of 1929, the translation of which runs: It is obligatory to teach the Arabic language and the history and geography of Iraq and the history of the Arabs in accordance with the programme of the Ministry of Education in all non-technical private schools, both primary and secondary. The hours devoted to the Arabic language must be not less than five hours a week in primary classes and three hours a week in secondary classes. “I have therefore been instructed by my Government to inform Your Excellency that the Iraq Government consider that Article 2 of the said Protocol shall not override the provisions of Article 28 of the above mentioned Law.” " In taking note of this communication I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my high consideration. I have the honor to be, Excellency, Your most obedient servant, Charles G. Dawes. His Excellency Ja‘far Pasha el-Abkeri, C.M.G., etc., etc., etc., *The Legation of Iraq,* *London.* July 12, 1930 Treaty 47 Stat. 1862 1862 EXTRADITION TREATY—GERMANY. JULY 12, 1930. *Extradition treaty between the United States of America and Germany. Signed at Berlin, July 12, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, January 22, 1931; ratified by the President, January 26, 1931; ratified by Germany, February 25, 1931; ratifications exchanged at Washington, March 26, 1931; proclaimed, April 22, 1931.* July 12, 1930. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Extradition with Germany.Preamble.Whereas a Treaty between the United States of America and Germany for the extradition of fugitives from, justice was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Berlin on the twelfth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which Treaty, being in the English and German languages, is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The United States of America and Germany desiring to promote the cause of justice, have resolved to conclude a treaty for the extradition of fugitives from justice, between the two countries, and have appointed for that purpose the following Plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America: The Ambassador of the United States of America in Berlin Mr. Frederic Moseley Sackett, The German Reichspräsident: the Secretary of State of the Foreign Office Dr. Bernhard W. von Bülow and the Privy Counsellor in the Ministry of Justice Dr. Wolfgang Mettgenberg. Who after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: 1863 Article I It is agreed that the Government Reciprocal delivery of persons charged with specified crimes.of the United States and the Government of Germany shall, under conditions of reciprocity, upon requisition duly made as herein provided, deliver up to justice any person, who may be charged with, or may have been convicted of, any of the crimes or offenses specified in Article III of the present Treaty committed within the territorial jurisdiction of one of the High Contracting Parties, and who shall be found within the territories of the other; provided that such surrender shall take place only upon such evidence of criminality, as according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or person so charged shall be found, would justify his commitment for trial if the crime or offense had been there committed. The words “territorial jurisdiction” “Territorial Jurisdiction” defined.as used in this article mean territory, including territorial waters, belonging to or under the control of one of the High Contracting Parties, merchant vessels on and aircraft over the high seas and men of war wherever situated. Article II Under the stipulations of thisNeither country bound to deliver up its own citizens. Treaty neither of the High Contracting Parties shall be bound to deliver up its own citizens. Article III Persons shall be delivered upExtraditable crimes. according to the provisions of the present Treaty, who shall have been charged with or convicted of any of the following crimes or offenses, but only if they are punishable as crimes or offenses by the laws of both countries applicable to the case: 1. Murder, including theMurder. crimes designated by the terms assassination, manslaughter and infanticide. 1864 2. Assault. Willful assault resulting in grievous bodily harm. 3. Rape, etc. Rape, immoral assault, incest, abortion, carnal knowledge of children under the age of twelve years. 4. Bigamy. Bigamy. 5. Arson. Arson. 6. Damages, etc., to railroads. Willful and unlawful destruction or obstruction of railroads, which endangers traffic. 7. Piracy. Piracy. 8. Destroying vessel. Wrongfully sinking or destroying a vessel. 9. Mutiny. Mutiny or conspiracy by two or more members of the crew or other persons on board of a vessel on the high seas, for the purpose of rebelling against the authority of the Captain or Commander of such vessel, or by fraud or violence taking possession of such vessel. 10. Assault on shipboard. Assault on board ship upon the high seas committed by a member of the crew upon an officer. 11. Burglary. Breaking into and entering the house or the office of another with intent to commit a theft therein. 12. Robbery. Robbery, defined to be the act of taking from the person of another goods or money by violence or by putting him in fear. 13. Blackmail, etc. Blackmail or extortion by unlawful means. 14. Forgery, etc. Forgery or the utterance of forged papers. 15. Forgery of public documents. The forgery or falsification of the official acts of the Government or public authority, including Courts of Justice, or the uttering or fraudulent use of any of such acts. 1865 16. Any fraudulent makingCounterfeiting. or altering or uttering of currency including banknotes; of titles or coupons of public debt, seals, stamps, dies or marks of State or public administrations, whatever means are employed; or the introduction into a country or the receiving or obtaining of counterfeit objects of the foregoing character with a view to uttering them and with knowledge that they are counterfeit; or the fraudulent making, receiving or obtaining of instruments or other articles peculiarly adapted for the counterfeiting or altering of objects of the foregoing character. 17. Embezzlement committed Embezzlement, etc., by public officers.by public officers or depositaries, where the amount embezzled exceeds twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks. 18. Embezzlement by anyEmbezzlement by employees. person or persons hired, salaried or employed, to the detriment of their employers or principals, where the amount embezzled exceeds twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks. 19. Kidnapping, defined toKidnapping. be the abduction or detention of a person or persons, in order to exact money from them, their families or any other person or persons, or for any other unlawful end; abandonment of infants. 1866 20. Larceny. Larceny, defined to be the theft of effects, personal property or money of the value of twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks or more. 21. Obtaining money by false pretences. Obtaining money, valuable securities or other property by false pretences, where the amount of money or the value of the property so obtained or received exceeds twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks. 22. Perjury. Perjury or subornation of perjury. 23. Breach of trust, etc. Fraud or breach of trust by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, director or officer of any company or corporation, or by any one in a fiduciary position, where the amount of money or the value of the property misappropriated exceeds twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks. 24. Slave trading. Crimes and offenses against the laws of both countries for the suppression of slavery and slave trading. 25. Dangerous use of explosives. Use of explosives so as to endanger human life or property. 26. Bribery. Bribery. 27. Bankruptcy law violations. Crimes or offenses against the bankruptcy laws. 28. Narcotic traffic. Crimes or offenses against the laws for the suppression of the traffic in narcotics. Accessory before or after the fact.Extradition shall also take place for an attempt to commit, or for the participation in any of the crimes or offenses before mentioned as an accessory before or after the fact, including receiving any money, valuable securities, or other property knowing the 1867same to have been unlawfully obtained but only where the amount of money or the value of the property so received exceeds twenty-five dollars or one hundred reichsmarks. Article IV The provisions of the presentNot applicable to political, etc., crimes. Treaty shall not import a claim of extradition for any crime or offense of a political character, nor for acts connected with such crimes or offenses. However, aMurder excepted. willful crime against human life except in battle or an open combat, shall in no case be deemed a crime of a political character, or an act connected with crimes or offenses of such a character. Article V In the country to which he hasPersons claimed by a third Power. been surrendered, a person extradited under this Treaty shall not, without the consent of the government which surrendered him, be tried or punished or given up to a third government for a crime or offense committed previously to his extradition other than that which gave rise to the extradition, nor be restricted in his personal liberty for any reason existing previously to his extradition, unless he shall have been allowed one month to leave the country after having been discharged; and if he shall have been tried and condemned to punishment he shall be allowed one month after having suffered his penalty or having been pardoned. This exemption shall not be granted if the person surrendered, after leaving the country to which his extradition has been granted, there returns or is extradited to that country by a third government. Article VI A fugitive criminal shall not beTime limitation. surrendered under the provisions hereof, when, from lapse of time 1868or other lawful cause, according to the laws of the country where the fugitive shall be found, the criminal is exempt from prosecution or punishment for the crime or offense for which the surrender is asked, or when his extradition is asked for the same crime or offense for which he has been tried, convicted or acquitted in that country, or so long as he is under prosecution for that crime or offense. Article VII Person under prosecution. etc., when sought.If a fugitive criminal whose surrender may be claimed pursuant to the stipulations hereof, be actually under prosecution, out on bail, or in custody, otherwise than for the crime or offense for which his extradition has been sought, his extradition may be deferred until such proceedings be terminated, and until he shall have been set at liberty in due course of law. Article VIII Persons claimed by other Powers.If the extradition of a fugitive which is requested by one of the parties hereto, shall also be requested by one or more other governments, the surrendering government shall be free to choose to which request it will give preference. Article IX Articles seized with fugitive.Everything found in the possession of the fugitive criminal, whether being the proceeds of the crime or offense, or which may be material as evidence in making proof of the crime or offense, shall so far as practicable, according to the laws of the respective High Contracting Parties be delivered up with his person at the time of surrender. Nevertheless, the rights of a third party with regard to the articles referred 1869to, shall be duly respected, and upon the request of the Government which has delivered up such articles, they shall be returned to that Government, provided that a reservation to that effect shall have been made at the time of delivery. Article X Requisitions for the surrenderRequisitions. of fugitives from justice shall be made by the respective diplomatic agents of the High Contracting Parties. In the event of the absence of such agents from the country or its seat of government, or where extradition is sought from territory referred to in Article I, other than the United States or Germany, requisitions may be made by superior consular officers. The arrest of the fugitive shallArrest. be brought about in accordance with the laws of the party to which the request is made, and if, after an examination, it shall be decided, according to the law and the evidence, that extradition is due, pursuant to this Treaty, the fugitive shall be surrendered according to the forms of law prescribed in such cases. If the fugitive criminal shallPapers, etc., required. have been convicted of the crime or offense for which his surrender is asked, a copy of the sentence following such conviction, duly authenticated, shall be produced. If, however, the fugitive is merely charged with a crime or offense, a duly authenticated copy of the warrant of arrest in the country where the crime or offense was committed shall be produced, together with the depositions upon which such warrant may have been issued, or such other evidence or proof as may be deemed competent in the case, or both. The person provisionally arrested Release if formal request not forthcoming.shall be released, unless within one month from the date of arrest in Germany, or from the date of commitment in the United States, the formal requisition for surrender with the documentary 1870proofs hereinbefore prescribed be made as aforesaid by the diplomatic agent of the demanding government or, in his absence, by a consular officer thereof. However, each government agrees that, upon the request of the other government, it will address to the competent authorities an application for the extension of the time thus limited so as to allow an additional month for the purposes indicated and nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent the granting of such an application. Article XI Expense of transporting fugitive.The expense of transportation of the fugitive shall be borne by the government which has preferred the demand for extradition. Legal assistance.The appropriate legal officers of the country where the proceedings of extradition are had, shall assist the officers of the Government demanding the extradition before the respective judges and magistrates, by every legal means within their power; and no claim other than for the board and lodging of a fugitive prior to his surrender, arising out of the arrest, detention, examination and surrender of fugitives under this treaty shall be made against the government demanding the extradition; provided, however, that any officer or officers of the surrendering government giving assistance, who shall, in the usual Compensation.course of their duty, receive no salary or compensation other than specific fees for services performed, shall be entitled to receive from the government demanding the extradition the customary fees for the acts or services performed by them, in the same manner and to the same amount as though such acts or services had been performed in ordinary criminal proceedings under the laws of the country of which they are officers. Article XII Ratification.The present treaty shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with their 1871respective constitutional methods and shall take effect one month after the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. Article XIII The present treaty shall remain Duration.in force for a period of ten years, and in case neither of the High Contracting Parties shall have given notice one year before the expiration of that period of its intention to terminate the treaty, it shall continue in force until the expiration of one year from the date on which such notice of termination shall be given by either of the High Contracting Parties. In witness whereof the aboveSignatures. named Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate in the English and German languages at Berlin this 12th day of July 1930. Contracting Powers.Das Deutsche Reich und die Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika sind, um die Rechtspflege zu fördern, übereingekommen, einen Vertrag über die Auslieferung straffälliger Personen zwischen den beiden Staaten zu schließen, und haben zu diesem Zwecke folgende Bevollmächtigte ernannt: Plenipotentiaries.Der Deutsche Reichspräsident: den Staatssekretär des Auswärtigen Amts Herrn Dr. Bernhard W. von Bülow und den Ministerialrat im Reichsjustizministerium Herrn Dr. Wolfgang Mettgenberg, Der Präsident der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika: den Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika in Berlin Herrn Frederic Moseley Sackett. Die Bevollmächtigten haben einander ihre Vollmachten mitgeteilt und in guter und gehöriger Ordnung befunden. Sie haben sich über folgende Bestimmungen geeinigt: 1863 Artikel I Die Deutsche Regierung und dieReciprocal delivery of persons charged with specified crimes. Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten verpflichten sich, unter der Bedingung der Gegenseitigkeit, auf ein den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages entsprechendes Ersuchen die Personen auszuliefern, die wegen eines der im Artikel III des Vertrages aufgeführten Verbrechens oder Vergehens verfolgt werden oder verurteilt worden sind, wenn die Straftat im Bereiche der Gerichtsbarkeit des einen der vertragschließenden Teile begangen ist und der Verfolgte im Gebiete des anderen Teils angetroffen wird. Die Auslieferung soll indessen nur stattfinden, wenn gegen den Verfolgten ausreichende Verdachtsgründe bestehen, um nach den Gesetzen des Ortes, an dem der Verfolgte angetroffen wird, die Einleitung des gerichtlichen Verfahrens zu rechtfertigen, wenn das Verbrechen oder Vergehen dort begangen wäre. Als “Bereich der Gerichtsbarkeit” im“Territorial Jurisdiction” defined. Sinne dieses Artikels gelten: Das Gebiet, das einem der vertragschließenden Teile gehört oder seiner Aufsicht untersteht, einschließlich der Hoheitsgewässer sowie die Handelsschiffe und Luftfahrzeuge, solange sie sich auf oder über der hohen See befinden, und Kriegsschiffe ohne Rücksicht auf ihren Aufenthaltsort. Artikel II Keiner der vertragschließenden TeileNeither country bound to deliver up its own citizens. ist nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrags verpflichtet, seine eigenen Staatsangehörigen auszuliefern. Artikel III Nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrags Extraditable crimes.sollen die Personen ausgeliefert werden, die wegen einer der nachstehenden Straftaten verfolgt werden oder verurteilt worden sind, vorausgesetzt, daß die Tat nach dem auf den Einzelfall anzuwendenden Rechte beider Staaten als Verbrechen oder Vergehen strafbar und verfolgbar ist: 1. Vorsätzliche Tötung (Mord,Murder. Totschlag und Kindestötung) sowie fahrlässige Tötung. 1864 2. Assault. Vorsätzliche schwere Körperverletzung. 3. Rape, etc. Notzucht, Vornahme unzüchtiger Handlungen, Blutschande, Abtreibung und Unzucht mit Kindern unter 12 Jahren. 4. Bigamy. Doppelehe. 5. Arson. Brandstiftung. 6. Damages, etc., to railroads. Vorsätzliche und rechtswidrige, verkehrsgefährdende Zerstörung oder Behinderung von Eisenbahnen. 7. Piracy. Seeraub. 8. Destroying vessel. Vorsätzliche Versenkung oder Zerstörung eines Schiffes. 9. Mutiny. Meuterei oder Komplott zweier oder mehrerer Mitglieder der Schiffsbesatzung oder anderer Personen an Bord eines Schiffes auf hoher See zum Zwecke der Auflehnung gegen die Befehlsgewalt des Kapitäns oder Führers des Schiffes oder, um sich heimlich oder gewaltsam in den Besitz des Schiffes zu setzen. 10. Assault on shipboard. Tätlicher Angriff eines Schiffsmannes gegen einen Vorgesetzten an Bord auf hoher See. 11. Burglary. Eindringen in das Haus oder den Geschäftstraum eines anderen in diebischer Absicht. 12. Robbery. Raub (Wegnahme von Sachen oder Geld von einer Person durch Gewalt oder Drohung). 13. Blackmail, etc. Erpressung. 14. Forgery, etc. Fälschung von Urkunden oder Ausgeben von gefälschten Urkunden. 15. Forgery of public documents. Fälschung oder Verfälschung amtlicher Schriftstücke der Regierung oder öffentlicher Behörden einschließlich der Gerichte oder das Ausgeben oder betrügerische Gebrauchmachen von solchen Schriftstücken. 1865 16. Betrügerisches Fälschen oder Verfälschen oder in Umlaufbringen von Geld mit Einschluß der Banknoten, von öffentlichen Schuldverschreibungen oder den dazugehörigen Zinsscheinen, von Siegeln, Platten, Formen oder Stempeln des Staates oder der öffentlichen Verwaltung, ohne Rücksicht auf die Art der Ausführung; das Einführen, Ansichnehmen oder Sichverschaffen von gefälschten Gegenständen der vorbezeichneten Art, wenn der Täter die Fälschung fennt und die Absicht hat, die Gegenstände in Verkehr zu bringen; das betrügerische Anfertigen, Ansichnehmen oder Sichverschaffen von Gerätschaften oder anderen Gegenständen, die ihrer Befchaffenheit nach zur Fälschung oder Verfälschung der vorbezeichneten Gegenstände bestimmt sind. 17. Unterschlagung durch öffentliche Embezzlement, etc., by public officers.Beamte oder Verwahrer, wenn der unterschlagene Betrag einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar übersteigt. 18. Unterschlagung durch eineEmbezzlement by employees. dienstverpflichtete, besoldete oder angestellte Person zum Nachteil des Dienstherrn oder Arbeitsgebers, wenn der unterschlagene Betrag einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar übersteigt. 19. Entführung oder FesthaltungKidnapping. von Personen, um Geld von ihnen, ihren Angehörigen oder anderen Personen zu erlangen, oder zu einem sonstigen gesetzwidrigen Zwecke; Aussetzung von Personen jugendlichen Alters. 1866 20. Larceny. Diebstahl (Entwendung von Sachen, beweglichem Gut oder Geld) im Werte von mindestens einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar. 21. Obtaining money by false pretences. Betrügerische Erlangung von Geld, Wertpapieren oder anderem Vermögen, wenn der betrügerisch erlangte Vermögensvorteil einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar übersteigt. 22. Perjury. Meineid oder Verleitung zum Meineid. 23. Breach of trust, etc. Untreue oder Vertrauensbruch eines Verwahrers, Bankiers, Agenten, Sachwalters, Treuhänders, Vollstreckers, Verwalters, Vormundes, Aufsichtsrats oder Angestellten einer Gesellschaft oder Körperschaft oder eines Bevollmächtigten, wenn der veruntreute Geldbetrag oder Wert einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar übersteigt. 24. Slave trading. Verbrechen oder Vergehen gegen die Strafgesetze beider Länder zur Unterdrückung der Sklaverei und des Sklavenhandels. 25. Dangerous use of explosives. Anwendung von Sprengstoffen, die geeignet ist, Menschenleben oder Eigentum zu gefährden. 26. Bribery. Bestechung. 27. Bankruptcy law violations. Verbrechen oder Vergehen gegen die Konkursordnung. 28. Narcotic traffic. Verbrechen oder Vergehen gegen die Gesetze zur Unterdrückung des Betriebes von Betäubungsmitteln. Accessory before or after the fact.Die Auslieferung soll auch stattfinden wegen Versuchs einer der vorstehend aufgeführten Verbrechen oder Vergehen oder wegen Beteiligung an einem solchen, sei es vor oder nach der Tat (Teilnahme, Begünstigung und Hehlerei). Dazu gehört auch die Annahme von Geld, Wertpapieren oder anderem Eigentum 1867in Kenntnis des rechtswidrigen Erwerbes, vorausgesetzt, daß der erlangte Geldbetrag oder Wert einhundert Reichsmark oder fünfundzwanzig Dollar übersteigt. Artikel IV Die Bestimmungen dieses VertragsNot applicable to political, etc., crimes. geben keinen Anspruch auf Auslieferung für ein Verbrechen oder Vergehen politischer Art noch für Handlungen, die mit einem derartigen Verbrechen oder Vergehen in Zusammenhang stehen.Murder excepted. Indessen soll ein vorsätzliches Verbrechen gegen das menschliche Leben mit Ausnahme einer in der Schlacht oder im offenem Kampfe begangenen Tat in seinem Falle als ein Verbrechen politischen Charakters oder als eine Handlung gelten, die mit einem Verbrechen oder Vergehen dieser Art in Zusammenhang steht. Artikel V Der Ausgelieferte soll ohne Zustimmung Persons claimed by a third Power.der Regierung, welche die Auslieferung bewilligt hat, in dem Lande, an das er ausgeliefert ist, weder wegen eines vor der Auslieferung begangenen Verbrechens oder Vergehens, für das die Auslieferung nicht bewilligt ist, zur Untersuchung gezogen, bestraft oder an eine dritte Regierung weitergeliefert werden, noch aus irgendeinem aus der Zeit vor der Auslieferung stammenden Grunde in seiner persönlichen Freiheit beschränkt werden, es sei denn, daß er nach seiner Freilassung einen Monat lang die Möglichkeit gehabt hat, das Land zu verlassen; wenn er zur Untersuchung gezogen und zu Strafe verurteilt worden ist, so soll er einen Monat lang nach Berbührung der Strafe oder der Begnadigung dasselbe freie Geleit genießen. Diese Bergünstigung soll nicht gewährt werden, wenn der Ausgelieferte nach Verlassen des Landes, an das er ausgeliefert worden ist, dorthin zurückkehrt oder an dieses Land durch eine dritte Regierung ausgeliefert ist. Artikel VI Ein Verfolgter soll nach den Bestimmungen Time limitation.dieses Vertrages nicht ausgeliefert werden, wenn infolge Zeitab1868laufs oder aus anderen Rechtsgründen nach den Gesetzen des Landes, in dem er angetroffen wird, die Verfolgung oder Vollstreckung wegen des Verbrechens oder Vergehens, wegen dessen die Auslieferung begehrt wird, unzulässig ist, oder wenn die Auslieferung wegen eines Verbrechens oder Vergehens verlangt wird, wegen dessen er in dem anderen Lande bereits zur Untersuchung gezogen, verurteilt oder freigesprochen ist, oder solange er dort wegen dieses Verbrechens oder Vergehens verfolgt wird. Artikel VII Person under prosecution. etc., when sought.Kann die Auslieferung des Verfolgten nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrags beansprucht werden, schwebt aber aus anderem Grunde als wegen des Verbrechens oder Vergehens, wegen dessen die Auslieferung nachgesucht wird, gegen ihn ein Strafverfahren, oder befindet er sich gegen Sicherheitsleistung auf freiem Fuße oder ist er in Haft genommen worden, so kann die Auslieferung aufgeschoben werden, bis diese Verfahren zu Ende geführt sind und der Verfolgte von Rechts wegen auf freien Fuß gesetzt worden ist. Artikel VIII Persons claimed by other Powers.Sollte die Auslieferung eines Verfolgten, die einer der vertragschließenden Teile begehrt hat, auch von einer oder mehreren anderen Regierungen begehrt werden, so soll es der ausliefernden Regierung freistehen zu entscheiden, welchem Ersuchen sie den Vorrang einräumen will. Artikel IX Articles seized with fugitive.Alle bei dem Verfolgten gefundenen Gegenstände, die entweder Früchte des Verbrechens oder Vergehens sind oder Überführungsstücke für das Verbrechen oder Vergehen sein können, sollen, soweit als angängig, im Einklang mit den Gesetzen der vertragschließenden Teile zugleich mit der Auslieferung der Person ausgeantwortet werden. Die Rechte dritter Personen an diesen Gegenständen sollen indessen unberührt bleiben; auch sollen die Gegenstände auf Verlangen der Regierung, welche sie 1869ausgeantwortet hat, zurückgegeben werden, vorausgesetzt, daß bei der Ausantwortung ein Vorbehalt in dieser Richtung gemacht worden ist. Artikel X Anträge auf Auslieferung eines Verfolgten Requisitions.sollen von den diplomatischen Vertretern der vertragschließenden Staaten gestellt werden. Sind solche Vertreter im Lande oder am Regierungssitze nicht vorhanden, oder wird die Auslieferung aus einem außerhalb des Deutschen Reichs oder der Vereinigten Staaten gelegenen Gebiete der im Artikel I bezeichneten Art nachgesucht, so können die Ersuchen von höheren Konsulatsbeamten gestellt werden. Die Festnahme des Verfolgten geschieht Arrest.nach Maßgabe der Gesetze des ersuchten Teils. Wenn auf Grund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und des Beweisergebnisses entschieden wird, daß die Auslieferung nach diesem Vertrage gewährt werden muß, soll bei der Auslieferung des Verfolgten nach den für einen solchen Fall vorgesehenen gesetzlichen Bestimmungen verfahren werden. Wird die Auslieferung eines Verurteilten Papers, etc., required.begehrt, so soll eine gehörig beglaubigte Abschrift des Urteils vorgelegt werden. Wird die Auslieferung zur Strafverfolgung begehrt, so soll eine gehörig beglaubigte Abschrift des Haftbefehls der Behörde des Landes, in dem das Verbrechen oder Vergehen begangen ist, vorgelegt werden, und zwar zusammen mit den Vernehmungsprotokollen, auf Grund deren der Haftbefehl erlassen ist, oder mit den weiteren Beweisstücken und Beweismitteln, die je nach Lage des Falles notwendig erscheinen oder mit beiden. Der vorläufig Festgenommene wirdRelease if formal request not forthcoming. freigelassen werden, wenn nicht innerhalb von einem Monat, und zwar in Deutschland vom Tage der Festnahme, in den Vereinigten Staaten vom Tage der Eröffnung des Verfahrens an gerechnet, das förmliche Auslieferungs1870ersuchen mit den vertragsmäßig vorgeschriebenen Unterlagen von dem diplomatischen Vertreter der ersuchenden Regierung oder, wenn ein solcher nicht vorhanden ist, von einem Konsularbeamten dieser Regierung angebracht worden ist. Jede Regierung erklärt sich indessen bereit, auf Ersuchen der anderen Regierung an die zuständige Behörde den Antrag zu richten, die Frist für den angegebenen Zweck um einen weiteren Monat zu verlängern; die Bestimmungen dieses Artikels dürfen nicht dahin ausgelegt werden, daß die Genehmigung eines solchen Antrags umfänglich wäre. Artikel XI Expense of transporting fugitive.Die Kosten für die Überführung des Verfolgten werden von der Regierung getragen, die das Auslieferungsersuchen gestellt hat. Die zuständigen Beamten Legal assistance.des Landes, in dem das Auslieferungsverfahren stattzufinden hat, sollen mit allen ihnen zur Verfügung stehenden gesetzlichen Mitteln den Beamten der ersuchenden Regierung Beistand vor den Richtern und Beamten gewähren. Die Regierung, welche die Auslieferung begehrt hat, ist zum Kostenersatze nur für die Verpflegung und Unterkunft des Verfolgten, die vor der Auslieferung durch die Festnahme, Festhaltung, das Prüfungsverfahren und die Übergabe des Verfolgten entstanden sind, verpflichtet. Indessen sollen die Beamten der ausliefernden Regierung, die mitwirken, wenn sie im allgemeinen für ihre Dienstleistungen statt anderer Entschädigung oder Bezahlung feststehende Gebühren für die geleisteten Dienste bekommen, Compensation.berechtigt sein, von der um Auslieferung ersuchenden Regierung die üblichen Gebühren für ihre Tätigkeit oder die geleisteten Dienste in derselben Weise und in derselben Höhe zu beanspruchen, wie sie sie für eine Tätigkeit oder Dienste, die sie in sonstigen Strafverfahren nach dem Rechte des Landes, in dem sie Beamte sind, erhalten. Artikel XII Ratification.Dieser Vertrag soll von den vertragschließenden Teilen gemäß den für sie geltenden verfassungsrechtlichen Vor1871schriften ratifiziert und einen Monat nach dem Austausch der Ratifikationsurkunden, der möglichst bald in Washington stattfinden soll, in Kraft treten. Artikel XIII Der Vertrag soll für einen ZeitraumDuration. von zehn Jahren in Kraft bleiben und, falls keiner der vertragschließenden Teile ihn ein Jahr vor dem Ablauf dieses Zeitraums kündigt, soll er weiter in Kraft bleiben bis zum Ablauf eines Jahres nach dem Tage, an dem einer der vertragschließenden Teile ihn kündigt. Zu Urkund dessen haben die obenSignatures. bezeichneten Bevollmächtigten diesen Vertrag unterzeichnet und mit ihren Siegeln versehen. Geschehen in doppelter Ausfertigung in deutscher und englischer Sprache in Berlin am 12. Juli 1930. Frederic Moseley Sacket [seal] Bernard W. von Bülow [seal] Wolfgang Mettgenberg. [seal] And Whereas, the said Treaty has been duly ratified on bothRatifications exchanged. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-sixth day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-second day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. May 9, 1930 Convention 47 Stat. 1872 1872 CONVENTION—HALIBUT FISHERY. MAY 9, 1930. *Convention between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada for the preservation of the halibut fishery of northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea. Signed at Ottawa, May 9, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, February 24, 1931; ratified by the President, March 4, 1931; ratified by His Majesty in respect of Canada, March 20, 1931; ratifications exchanged at Ottawa, May 9, 1931; proclaimed, May 14, 1931.* May 9, 1930. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Northern Pacific halibut fishery, Great Britain.Preamble. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, for the preservation of the halibut fishery of the northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Ottawa on the ninth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which Convention is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America, And His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, Being equally desirous of securing the preservation of the halibut fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, have resolved to conclude a Convention for this purpose, and have named as their plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America: Mr. B. Reath Riggs, Charge d’Affaires of the United States of America in Canada; and His Majesty, for the Dominion of Canada: The Right Honourable William Lyon Mackenzie King, Prime Minister and Secretary of State for External Affairs; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Halibut fishing.Closed seasons and prohibited waters for, modified.Vol. 43, p. 1841.The nationals and inhabitants and fishing vessels and boats of the United States of America and of the Dominion of Canada, respectively, are hereby prohibited from fishing for halibut (Hippoglossus) both in the territorial waters and in the high seas off the western coasts of the United States of America, including the southern as well as the western coasts of Alaska, and of the Dominion of Canada, from the first day of November next after the date of the exchange of ratifications of this Convention to the fifteenth day of the following February, both days inclusive, and within the same period yearly thereafter. 1873 The International Fisheries Commission provided for by ArticleInternational Fisheries Commission. III is hereby empowered, subject to the approval of the President of the United States of America and of the Governor General of thePowers, etc. Dominion of Canada, to suspend or modify the closed season provided for by this article, as to part or all of the convention waters, when it finds after investigation such changes are necessary. It is understood that nothing contained in this convention shallOther fishing not affected. prohibit the nationals or inhabitants or the fishing vessels or boats of the United States of America or of the Dominion of Canada, from fishing in the waters hereinbefore specified for other species of fish during the season when fishing for halibut in such waters is prohibited by this Convention or by any regulations adopted in pursuance of its provisions. Any halibut that may be taken incidentally when fishingDisposal of halibut incidentally taken. for other fish during the season when fishing for halibut is prohibited under the provisions of this Convention or by any regulations adopted in pursuance of its provisions may be retained and used for food for the crew of the vessel by which they are taken. Any portion thereof not so used shall be landed and immediately turned over to the duly authorized officers of the Department of Commerce of the United States of America or of the Department of Marine and Fisheries of the Dominion of Canada. Any fish turned over to such officers inSale, etc. pursuance of the provisions of this article shall be sold by them to the highest bidder and the proceeds of such sale, exclusive of the necessary expenses in connection therewith, shall be paid by them into the treasuries of their respective countries. It is further understood that nothing contained in this conventionExemption. shall prohibit the International Fisheries Commission from conducting fishing operations for investigation purposes during the closed season. Article II Every national or inhabitant, vessel or boat of the United StatesSeizure for violations. of America or of the Dominion of Canada engaged in halibut fishing in violation of the preceding article may be seized except within the jurisdiction of the other party by the duly authorized officers of either High Contracting Party and detained by the officers making such seizure and delivered as soon as practicable to an authorized official of the country to which such person, vessel or boat belongs, at the nearest point to the place of seizure, or elsewhere, as may be agreed upon. The authorities of the nation to which such person, vessel orProsecution. boat belongs alone shall have jurisdiction to conduct prosecutions for the violation of the provisions of this Convention, or any regulations which may be adopted in pursuance of its provisions, and to impose penalties for such violations; and the witnesses and proofs necessary for such prosecutions, so far as such witnesses or proofs are under the control of the other High Contracting Party, shall be furnished with all reasonable promptitude to the authorities having jurisdiction to conduct the prosecutions. Article III The High Contracting Parties agree to continue under this ConventionInternational Fisheries Commission continued. the Commission as at present constituted and known as the International Fisheries Commission, established by the Convention between the United States of America and His Britannic Majesty for the preservation of the halibut fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean including Bering Sea, concluded March 2, 1923, consisting ofVol. 43, p. 1842. four members, two appointed by each Party, which Commission shall 1874make such investigations as are necessary into the life history of the halibut in the convention waters and shall publish a report of its activities from time to time. Each of the High Contracting Parties Salaries and expenses.shall have power to fill, and shall fill from time to time, vacancies which may occur in its representation on the Commission. Each of the High Contracting Parties shall pay the salaries and expenses of its own members, and joint expenses incurred by the Commission shall be paid by the two High Contracting Parties in equal moieties. The High Contracting Parties agree that for the purposes of protecting and conserving the halibut fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, the International Fisheries Commission, with the approval of the President of the United States of America and of the Governor General of the Dominion of Canada, may, in respect of the nationals and inhabitants and fishing vessels and boats of the Administrative provisions.United States of America and of the Dominion of Canada, from time to time,
(a)divide the convention waters into areas;
(b)limit the catch of halibut to be taken from each area;
(c)fix the size and character of halibut fishing appliances to be used therein;
(d)make such regulations for the collection of statistics of the catch of halibut including the licensing and clearance of vessels, as will enable the International Fisheries Commission to determine the condition and trend of the halibut fishery by banks and areas, as a proper basis for protecting and conserving the fishery;
(e)close to all halibut fishing such portion or portions of an area or areas, as the International Fisheries Commission find to be populated by small, immature halibut. Article IV Effective legislation to be enacted. The High Contracting Parties agree to enact and enforce such legislation as may be necessary to make effective the provisions of this Convention and any regulation adopted thereunder, with appropriate penalties for violations thereof. Article V Duration.The present Convention shall remain in force for a period of five years and thereafter until two years from the date when either of the High Contracting Parties shall give notice to the other of its desire to terminate it. Former Convention superseded.Vol. 43, p. 1841.This Convention shall, from the date of the exchange of ratifications be deemed to supplant the Convention between the United States of America and His Britannic Majesty for the Preservation of the Halibut Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean including Bering Sea, concluded March 2, 1923. Article VI Ratification.This Convention shall be ratified in accordance with the constitutional methods of the High Contracting Parties. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Ottawa as soon as practicable, and the Convention shall come into force on the day of the exchange of ratifications. 1875 In faith whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed theSignatures. present Convention in duplicate, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Ottawa on the ninth day of May, in the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty. [seal] B. Reath Riggs. [seal] W. L. Mackenzie King. And Whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified onRatifications exchanged. both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Ottawa on the ninth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourteenth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. June 19, 1928 Treaty 47 Stat. 1876 1876 TREATY, FRIENDSHIP, ETC.,—AUSTRIA. JUNE 19, 1928. * June 19, 1928.Treaty between the United States of America and Austria of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights. Signed at Vienna, June 19, 1928; ratification advised by the Senate, with reservation and understanding, February 11, 1929; ratified by the President, April 29, 1931; ratified by Austria., January 17, 1929; ratifications exchanged at Vienna, May 27, 1931; proclaimed, May 28, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights with Austria.Preamble. Whereas a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Vienna on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-eight, the original of which treaty, being in the English and German languages, is word for word as follows: Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights Contracting Powers.between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria Purposes declared.The United States of America and the Republic of Austria, desirous of strengthening the bond of peace which happily prevails between them, by arrangements designed to promote friendly intercourse between their respective territories through provisions responsive to the spiritual, cultural, economic and commercial aspirations of the peoples thereof, have resolved to conclude a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights and for that purpose Plenipotentiaries.have appointed as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America, Mr. Albert Henry Washburn, Envoy Extraordinary and Min1877ister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to Austria, and The Federal President of the Republic of Austria, Monsignore Ignatius Seipel, Doctor of Theology, Federal Chancellor, Who, having communicated to each other their full powers found to be in due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. The nationals of Mutual freedom of residence, religion, business, etc., permitted.each of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to enter, travel and reside in the territories of the other; to exercise liberty of conscience and freedom of worship; to engage in professional, scientific, religious, philanthropic, manufacturing and commercial work of every kind without interference; to carry on every form of commercial activity which is not forbidden by the local law; to employ agents of their choice, and generally to do anything incidental to or necessary for the enjoyment of any of the foregoing privileges upon the same terms as nationals of the state of residence or as nationals of the nation hereafter to be most favored by it, submitting themselves to all local laws and regulations duly established. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties within the territories of the other shall be permitted to own, erect or lease and occupy appropriate buildings and to lease lands for residential, scientific, religious, philanthropic, manufacturing, commercial and mortuary purposes upon the same terms as nationals of the country. As regards the acquisition, possession, and disposition of immovable property, except as regards the leasing of lands for specified purposes provided for in the foregoing paragraph, the nationals of each of the High Con1878tracting Parties shall enjoy in the territory of the other, subject to reciprocity, the treatment generally accorded to foreigners by the laws of the place where the property is situated. Equality of taxes, etc.The nationals of either High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall not be subjected to the payment of any internal charges or taxes other or higher than those that are exacted of and paid by its nationals. Access to courts of justice.The nationals of each High Contracting Party shall enjoy freedom of access to the courts of justice of the other on conforming to the local laws, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of their rights, and in all degrees of jurisdiction established by law. Protection of persons anti property.The nationals of each High Contracting Party shall receive within the territories of the other, upon submitting to conditions imposed upon its nationals, the most constant protection and security for their persons and property, and shall enjoy in this respect that degree of protection that is required by international law. Their property shall not be taken without due process of law and without payment of just compensation. Immigration laws not affected.Nothing contained in this Treaty shall be construed to affect existing statutes of either of the High Contracting Parties in relation to the immigration of aliens or the right of either of the High Contracting Parties to enact such statutes. Article II. Civil liability for injuries, etc. With respect to that form of protection granted by National, State or Provincial laws establishing civil liability for injuries or for death, and giving to relatives or heirs or dependents of an injured party a right of action or a pecuniary benefit, such relatives or heirs or dependents of the injured party, himself a national of either of the High Contracting Parties and within any of the territories of the other, shall regardless of their alienage or resi1879dence outside of the territory where the injury occurred, enjoy the same rights and privileges as are or may be granted to nationals, and under like conditions. Article III. The dwellings, Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected.warehouses, manufacturies, shops and other places of business, and all premises thereto appertaining of the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties in the territories of the other, used for any purposes set forth in Article I, shall be respected. It shall not be allowable to make a domiciliary visit to, or search of any such buildings and premises, or there to examine and inspect books, papers or accounts, except under the conditions and in conformity with the forms prescribed by the laws, ordinances and regulations for nationals. Article IV. Where, on the Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.death of any person holding real or other immovable property or interests therein within the territories of one High Contracting Party, such property or interests therein would, by the laws of the country or by a testamentary disposition, descend or pass to a national of the other High Contracting Party, whether resident or non-resident, were he not disqualified by the laws of the country where such property or interests therein is or are situated, such national shall be allowed a term of three years in which to sell the same, this term to be reasonably prolonged if circumstances render it necessary, and withdraw’ the proceeds thereof, without restraint or interference, and exempt from any succession, probate or administrative duties or charges other than those which may be imposed in like cases upon the nationals of the country from which such proceeds may be drawn. 1880 Disposal of personal property.Nationals of either High Contracting Party may have full power to dispose of their personal property of every kind within the territories of the other, by testament, donation, or otherwise, and their heirs, legatees and donees, of whatsoever nationality, whether resident or non-resident, shall succeed to such personal property, and may take possession thereof, either by themselves or by others acting for them, and retain or dispose of the same at their pleasure subject to the payment of such duties or charges only as the nationals of the High Contracting Party within whose territories such property may be or belong shall be liable to pay in like cases. Article V. Freedom of worship, etc. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties in the exercise of the right of freedom of worship, within the territories of the other, as hereinabove provided, may, without annoyance or molestation of any kind by reason of their religious belief or otherwise, conduct services either within their own houses or within any appropriate buildings which they may be at liberty to erect and maintain in Restriction.convenient situations, provided their teachings and practices are not inconsistent with public order or public morals and provided further they conform to all laws and regulations duly established in these territories; and they may also be permitted to bury their dead according to their religious customs in suitable and convenient places established and maintained for the purpose, subject to the established mortuary and sanitary laws and regulations of the place of burial. Article VI. Compulsory military service in event of war. In the event of war between either High Contracting Party and a third State, such Party may draft for compulsory military service nationals of the other having a permanent residence within its territories and who have formally, according to its laws, declared an intention 1881to adopt its nationality by naturalization, unless such individuals depart from the territories of said belligerent Party within sixty days after a declaration of war. Article VII. Between the territories Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.of the High Contracting Parties there shall be freedom of commerce and navigation. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties equally with those of the most favored nation, shall have liberty freely to come with their vessels and cargoes to all places, ports and waters of every kind within the territorial limits of the other which are or may be open to foreign commerce Sanitary measures, etc.and navigation. Nothing in this Treaty shall be construed to restrict the right of either High Contracting Party to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character designed to protect human, animal or plant life, or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Most-favored-nation treatment on imports.Each of the High Contracting Parties binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other duties or charges, and no conditions, prohibitions or restrictions, on the importation of any article, the growth, produce or manufacture of the territories of the other Party, from whatever place arriving, than are or shall be imposed on the importation of any like article, the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country; nor shall any such duties, charges, conditions, prohibitions, or restrictions on importations be made effective retroactively. No discrimination of export charges, etc.Each of the High Contracting Parties also binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other charges or other restrictions or prohibitions on goods exported to the territories of the other High Contracting Party than are imposed on goods exported to any other foreign country. 1882 Issue of commercial licenses.In the event of licenses being issued by either of the High Contracting Parties for the importation into or exportation from its territories of articles the importation or exportation of which is restricted or prohibited, the conditions under which such licenses may be obtained shall be publicly announced and clearly stated in such a manner as to enable traders interested to become acquainted with them; the method of licensing shall be as simple and unvarying as possible and applications for licenses shall be dealt with as speedily as possible. Moreover, the conditions under which such licenses are issued by either of the High Contracting Parties for goods imported from or exported to the territories of the other Party shall be as favorable as the conditions under which licenses are issued in respect of any other foreign Equitable quotas of restricted goods guaranteed.country. In the event of rations or quotas being established for the importation or exportation of articles restricted or prohibited, each of the High Contracting Parties agrees to grant for the importation from or exportation to the territories of the other Party an equitable share in the allocation of the quantity of restricted goods which may be authorized for importation or exportation. In the application of the provisions of this paragraph no distinction shall be made between direct and indirect shipments. It is agreed, moreover, that in the event either High Contracting Party shall be engaged in war, it may enforce such import or export restrictions as may be required by the national interest. Extension of advantage given to any other foreign country.Any advantage of whatsoever kind which either High Contracting Party may extend, by treaty, law, decree, regulation, practice or otherwise, to any article, the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation, be 1883extended to the like article, the growth, produce or manufacture of the other High Contracting Party. All articles which are or may Equality of trade by vessels of either country.*Post*, p. 18ÍM,be legally imported from foreign countries into ports of the United States or are or may be legally exported therefrom in vessels of the United States may likewise be imported into those ports or exported therefrom in Austrian vessels without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in vessels of the United States; and, reciprocally, all articles which are or may be legally imported from foreign countries into the ports of Austria or are or may be legally exported therefrom in Austrian vessels may likewise be imported into those ports or exported therefrom in vessels of the United States without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in Austrian vessels. With respect to the amount and Most-favored-nation treatment as to customs duties.collection of duties on imports and exports of every kind, each of the two High Contracting Parties binds itself to give to the nationals, vessels and goods of the other the advantage of every favor, privilege or immunity which it shall have accorded to the nationals, vessels and goods of a third State, whether such favored State shall have been accorded such treatment gratuitously or in return for reciprocal compensatory treatment. Every such favor, privilege or immunity which shall hereafter be granted the nationals, vessels or goods of a third State shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation, be extended to the other High Contracting Party, for the benefit of itself, its nationals, vessels and goods. 1884 Exceptional treatment of border traffic.The stipulations of this Article shall not extend to the treatment which either Contracting Party shall accord to purely border traffic within a zone not exceeding ten miles (15 kilometres) wide on either side of its United States with Cuba.customs frontier, or to the treatment which is accorded by the United States to the commerce of Cuba Vol. 33, p. 2120.under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded by the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or any other commercial convention which hereafter may be concluded by the United States with With dependencies and Canal Zone.Cuba, or to the commerce of the United States with any of its dependencies and the Panama Canal Zone under existing or future laws. Article VIII. Equality of Internal taxes, etc. The nationals and merchandise of each High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall receive the same treatment as nationals and merchandise of the country with regard to internal taxes, transit duties, charges in respect to warehousing and other facilities and the amount of drawbacks and bounties. Article IX. Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct their business in the other. Limited liability and other corporations and associations, whether or not for pecuniary profit, which have been or may hereafter be organized in accordance with and under the laws, National, State or Provincial, of either High Contracting Party and maintain a central office within the territories thereof, shall have their juridical status recognized by the other High Contracting Party provided that they pursue no aims within its territories contrary to its laws. They shall enjoy free access to the courts of law and equity, on conforming to the laws regulating the matter, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of rights in all the degrees of jurisdiction established by law. 1885 The right of such corporations Right to establish branches.and associations of either High Contracting Party so recognized by the other to establish themselves within its territories, establish branch offices and fulfill their functions therein shall depend upon, and be governed solely by, the consent of such Party as expressed in its National, State or Provincial laws. Article X. The nationals of Nationals of either country may organize corporations or associations in the other.either High Contracting Party shall enjoy within the territories of the other, reciprocally and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as have been or may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the organization of and participation in limited liability and other corporations and associations, for pecuniary profit or otherwise, including the rights of promotion, incorporation, purchase and ownership and sale of shares and the holding of executive or official positions therein. In the exercise of the foregoing rights and with respect to the regulation or procedure concerning the organization or conduct of such corporations or associations, such nationals shall be subjected to no conditions less favorable than those which have been or may hereafter be imposed upon the nationals of the most favored nation. The rights of any of such corporations or associations as may be organized or controlled or participated in by the nationals of either High Contracting Party within the territories of the other to exercise any of their functions therein, shall be governed by the laws and regulations, national, state or provincial, which are in force or may hereafter be Political associations excluded.established within the territories of the Party wherein they propose to engage in business. The foregoing stipulations do not apply to the organization of and participation in political associations. 1886 Reciprocal enjoyment of mining privileges.The nationals of either High Contracting Party shall, moreover, enjoy within the territories of the other, reciprocally and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as have been or may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the mining of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas, and sodium on the public domain of the other. Article XI. Commercial travelers recognized. Commercial travellers representing manufacturers, merchants and traders domiciled in the territories of either High Contracting Party shall on their entry into and sojourn in the territories of the other Party and on their departure therefrom be accorded the most favored nation treatment in respect of customs and other privileges and of all charges and taxes of whatever denomination applicable to them or to their samples. Identification, etc.If either High Contracting Party require the presentation of an authentic document establishing the identity and authority of a commercial traveller, a certificate issued by any of the following in the country of his departure shall be accepted as satisfactory: *a*) the authority designated for the purpose; *b*) a chamber of commerce; *c*) any trade or commercial association recognized for the purpose by the diplomatic representative of the Contracting Party requiring such certificates. Article XII. Freedom of international transit. There shall be complete freedom of transit through the territories including territorial waters of each High Contracting Party on the routes most convenient for international transit, by rail, navigable water-way, and canal, other than the Panama Canal, etc., excepted.Panama Canal and waterways and canals which constitute international boundaries of the United States, to persons and goods 1887coming from or going through the territories of the other High Contracting Party, except such persons as may be forbidden admission into its territories or goods of Transit provisions.which the importation may be prohibited by law. Persons and goods in transit shall not be subjected to any transit duty, or to any unnecessary delays or restrictions, and shall be given national treatment as regards charges, facilities, and all other matters. Goods in transit must be entered Customs entries.at the proper customhouse, but they shall be exempt from all customs or other similar duties. All charges imposed on transport Transit transportation charges.in transit shall be reasonable, having regard to the conditions of the traffic. Article XIII. Each of the High Consular officers.Contracting Parties agrees to receive Reception of.from the other, consular officers in those of its ports, places and cities, where it may be convenient and which are open to consular representatives of any foreign country. Consular officers of each of the Enjoyment of rights, etc., accorded most favored nation.High Contracting Parties shall, after entering upon their duties, enjoy reciprocally in the territories of the other all the rights, privileges, exemptions and immunities which are enjoyed by officers of the same grade of the most favored nation. As official agents, such officers shall be entitled to the high consideration of all officials, national or local, with whom they have official intercourse in the state which receives them. The Government of each of the Exequaturs to issue.High Contracting Parties shall furnish free of charge the necessary exequatur of such consular officers of the other as present a regular commission signed by the chief executive of the appointing state and under its great seal; and it shall issue to a subordinate or substitute consular officer duly 1888appointed by an accepted superior consular officer with the approbation of his Government, or by any other competent officer of that Government, such documents as according to the laws of the respective countries shall be requisite for the exercise by the appointee of the consular function. On the exhibition of an exequatur, or other document issued in lieu thereof to such subordinate, such consular officer shall be permitted to enter upon his duties and to enjoy the rights, privileges and immunities granted by this Treaty. Article XIV. Consuls exempt from arrest, etc. Consular officers, nationals of the state by which they are appointed, shall be exempt from arrest except when charged with the commission of offenses locally designated as crimes other than misdemeanors and subjecting the individual guilty thereof to punishment. Such officers shall be exempt from military billetings, and from service of any military or naval, administrative or police character whatsoever. Testimony of, tn criminal cases.In criminal cases the attendance at the trial by a consular officer as a witness may be demanded by the prosecution or defense. The demand shall be made with all possible regard for the consular dignity and the duties of the office; and there shall be compliance on the part of the consular officer. Subject to Jurisdiction of courts in civil cases.Consular officers shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts in the state which receives them in civil cases, subject to the proviso, however, that when the officer is a national of the state which appoints him and is engaged in no private occupation for gain, his testimony shall be taken orally or in writing at his residence or office and with due regard for his convenience. The officer should, however, voluntarily give his testimony at the trial whenever it is possible to do so without serious interference with his official duties. 1889 Article XV. Consular officers, Personal property tax exemption.including employees in a consulate, nationals of the State by which they are appointed other than those engaged in private occupations for gain within the State where they exercise their functions shall be exempt from all taxes, National, State, Provincial, and Municipal, levied upon their persons or upon their property, except taxes levied on account of the possession or ownership of immovable property situated in, or income derived from sources within the territories of the State within which they exercise their functions. All consular officers and employees, nationals of the State appointing them, shall be exempt from the payment of taxes on the salary, fees or wages received by them in compensation for their consular services. Lands and buildings situated Real property used for governmental purposes.in the territories of either High Contracting Party, of which the other High Contracting Party is the legal or equitable owner and which are used exclusively for diplomatic or consular purposes by that owner, shall be exempt from taxation of every kind, National, State, Provincial and Municipal, other than assessments levied for services or local public improvements by which the premises are benefited. Article XVI. Consular officers Arms and flag at consulates.may place over the outer door of their respective offices the arms of their State with an appropriate inscription designating the official office. Such officers may also hoist the flag of their country on their offices including those situated in the capitals of the two countries. They may likewise hoist such flag over any boat or vessel employed in the exercise of the consular function. The consular offices and archives Inviolability of offices and archives.shall at all times be inviolable. They shall under no circumstances be subject to invasion by any authorities of any 1890character within the country where such offices are located. Nor shall the authorities under any pretext make any examination or seizure of papers or other property deposited within a consular office. Consular offices shall not be used as places of asylum. No consular officer shall be required to produce official archives in court or testify as to their contents. Ad interim officers.Upon the death, incapacity, or absence of a consular officer having no subordinate consular officer at his post, secretaries or chancellors, whose official character may have previously been made known to the government of the State where the consular function was exercised, may temporarily exercise the consular function of the deceased or incapacitated or absent consular officer; and while so acting shall enjoy all the rights, prerogatives and immunities granted to the incumbent. Article XVII. Communications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls. Consular officers, nationals of the State by which they are appointed, may, within their respective consular districts, address the authorities, National, State, Provincial or Municipal, for the purpose of protecting their countrymen in the enjoyment of their rights accruing by treaty or otherwise. Complaint may be made for the infraction of those rights. Failure upon the part of the proper authorities to grant redress or to accord protection may justify interposition through the diplomatic channel, and in the absence of a diplomatic representative, a consul general or the consular officer stationed at the capital may apply directly to the government of the country. Article XVIII. Notarial acts, consular officers. Consular officers may, in pursuance of the laws of their own country, take, at any appropriate place within their Depositions, etc.respective districts, the depositions of any occupants of vessels of their own country, or of any national of, or of any person having permanent residence within 1891the territories of, their own country. Such officers may drawUnilateral acts, etc. up, attest, certify and authenticate unilateral acts, deeds, and testamentary dispositions of their countrymen, and also contracts to which a countryman is a party. They may draw up, attest, certify and authenticate written instruments of any kind purporting to express or embody the conveyance or encumbrance of property of any kind within the territory of the State by which such officers are appointed, and unilateral acts, deeds, testamentary dispositions and contracts relating to property situated, or business to be transacted, within the territories of the State by which they are appointed, embracing unilateral acts, deeds, testamentary dispositions or agreements executed solely by nationals of the State within which such officers exercise their functions. Instruments and documents Effect as evidence.thus executed and copies and translations thereof, when duly authenticated under his official seal by the consular officer, shall be received as evidence in the territories of the contracting parties as original documents or authenticated copies, as the case may be, and shall have the same force and effect as if drawn by and executed before a notary or other public officer duly authorized in the country by which the consular officer was appointed; provided, always that such documents shall have been drawn and executed in conformity to the laws and regulations of the country where they are designed to take effect. Article XIX. In case of the Notice of death in one country of a national of the other.death of a national of either High Contracting Party in the territory of the other without having in the territory of his decease any known heirs or testamentary executors by him appointed, the competent local authorities shall at once inform the nearest consular officer of the State of which the deceased 1892was a national of the fact of his death, in order that necessary information may be forwarded to the parties interested. Provisional holding of intestate property.In case of the death of a national of either of the High Contracting Parties without will or testament, in the territory of the other High Contracting Party, the consular officer of the State of which the deceased was a national and within whose district the deceased made his home at the time of death, shall, so far as the laws of the country permit and pending the appointment of an administrator and until letters of administration have been granted, be deemed qualified to take charge of the property left by the decedent for the preservation and protection of the same. Such consular officer shall have the right to be appointed as administrator within the discretion of a tribunal or other agency controlling the administration of estates provided the laws of the place where the estate is administered so permit. Status of consular officer as administrator.Whenever a consular officer accepts the office of administrator of the estate of a deceased countryman, he subjects himself as such to the jurisdiction of the tribunal or other agency making the appointment for all necessary purposes to the same extent as a national of the country where he was appointed. Article XX. Handling funds for nonresident countrymen. A consular officer of either High Contracting Party may in behalf of his non-resident countrymen collect and receipt for their distributive shares derived from estates in process of probate or accruing under the provisions of so-called Workmen’s Compensation Laws or other like statutes, for transmission through channels prescribed by his Government to the proper distributees. Article XXI. Free entry of office supplies, etc., and personal property of consular officers. Each of the High Contracting Parties agrees to permit the entry free of all duty and without examination of any kind, of all furniture, equipment and supplies intended for 1893official use in the consular offices of the other, and to extend to such consular officers of the other and their families and Exceptions.suites as are its nationals, the privilege of entry free of duty of their personal or household effects actually in use which accompany such consular officers, their families or suites, or which arrive shortly thereafter, provided, nevertheless, that no article, the importation of which is prohibited by the law of either of the High Contracting Parties, may be brought into its territories. It is understood, however, that Limitation, if consul in private business.this privilege shall not be extended to consular officers who are engaged in any private occupation for gain in the countries to which they are accredited, save with respect to governmental supplies. Article XXII. Subject to any Area embraced.limitation or exception hereinabove set forth, or hereafter to be agreed upon, the territories of the High Contracting Parties to which the provisions of this Treaty extend shall be understood to comprise all areas of land, water, and air over which the Parties claim and exercise dominion as sovereign thereof, except the Panama Canal Zone. Article XXIII. Nothing in Rights, etc., under former Treaty not impaired.the present Treaty shall be construed to limit or restrict in any way the rights, privileges and advantages accorded to the United States or its nationals or to Austria or its nationals by the Vol. 42, p. 1946.Treaty between the United States and Austria establishing friendly relations, concluded on August 24, 1921. Article XXIV. The present Duration.*Post*, p. 1896.Treaty shall remain in full force for the term of six years from the date of the exchange of ratifications, on which date it shall begin to take effect in all of its provisions. 1894 Continuance.If within one year before the expiration of the aforesaid period of six years neither High Contracting Party notifies to the other an intention of modifying, by change or omission, any of the provisions of any of the articles in this Treaty or of terminating it upon the expiration of the aforesaid period, the Treaty shall remain in full force and effect after the aforesaid period and until one year from such a time as either of the High Contracting Parties shall have notified to the other an intention of modifying or terminating the Treaty. Article XXV. Exchange of ratifications. The present Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Vienna as soon as possible. Signatures. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the same and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate in the English and German languages at Vienna, this 19th day of June 1928. Freundschafts-, Handels- und Konsularvertrag Contracting Powers.zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und der Republik Ősterreich. Purposes declared.Die Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und die Republik Ősterreich, von dem Wunsche geleitet, die glücklicherweise zwischen ihnen bestehenden Bande des Friedens und Abmachungen zu stärken, die geeignet sind, den freundschaftlichen Verkehr zwischen ihren Gebieten durch Abmachungen zu fŐrdern, die den regulären, fortschreitenden und geschäftlichen Beziehungen ihrer Bewohner entsprechen, haben beschlossen, einen Freundschafts=, Handels= und Konsularvertrag abzuschließen, und haben Plenipotentiaries.zu diesem Zwecke zu ihren Bevollmächtigten bestellt: Der Präsident der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, Herrn Albert Henry Washburn, außerordentlichen Gesandten und bevoll1877mädjtigten Minister ber ßereinigten Staaten von America in Ősterreich, und Der Bundespräsident der Republik Ősterreich, Monsignore Ignaz Seipel, Doktor der Theologie, Bundeskanzler, die nach gegenseitiger Mitteilung ihrer in gehöriger Form befundenen Vollmachten die nachstehenden Artikel vereinbart haben: Artikel I. Die Staatsangehörigen Mutual freedom of residence, religionn, business, etc., permitted.jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile dürfen die Gebiete des anderen betreten, darin reisen und dort wohnen; sie genießen Gewissensfreiheit und Freiheit der Religionsüü; sie dürfen sich ohne Hindernung beruflicher, wissenschaftlicher, religiöser, philanthropischer, gewerblicher und geschäftlicher Tätigkeit jeder Art widmen; sie sind befugt, jede von den am Orte geltenden Gesetzen nicht verbotene Form geschäftlicher Tätigkeit auszuüben; sie dürfen selbstgewählte Vertreter beschäftigen und allgemein alles tun, was zur Ausüü irgend eines der erwähnten Rechte gehört oder nötig ist, und zwar unter denselben Bedingungen wie Angehörige des Staates, in dem sie sich aufhalten, oder wie Staatsangehörige einer einem künftig von diesem Staat mit dem Rechte der Meistbegünstigung ausgestatteten Nation; dabei unterwerfen sie sich jedoch allen ordnungsmäßig erlassenen, am Orte geltenden Gesetzen und ßerordnungen. Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen das Recht haben, in den Gebieten des anderen unter den gleichen Bedingungen wie die Angehörigen des betreffenden Landes zum Wohnen und zu wissenschaftlichen, religiösen, philanthropischen, gewerblichen, geschäftlichen Zwecken sowie zu Zwecken der Leichenbestattung geeignete Gebäude als Eigentum zu besitzen, zu errichten oder zu mieten und Land für diese Zwecke zu pachten. Hinsichtlich der Erwerü, des Besitzes und der Verfügung über unbewegliches Eigentum, ausgenommen der Pachtung von Land für die im vorstehenden Absatz beschriebenen Zwecke, sollen die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile in dem 1878Gebiete des anderen unter der Bedingung der Gegenseitigkeit die Behandlung genießen, die nach den Gesetzen des Ortes, wo das Eigentum gelegen ist, im allgemeinen auf Ausländer Anwendung findet. Equality of taxes etc.Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen Teiles keinen anderen oder höheren inneren Lasten oder Steuern unterworfen werden, als sie von den Angehörigen dieses Staates beansprucht und bezahlt werden. Access to courts of justice.Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen unter Beobachtung der am Orte geltenden Gesetze freien Zutritt zu den Gerichten des anderen Teiles haben, sowohl zur Verfolgung wie zur Verteidigung ihrer Rechte und zwar in allen gesetzlich vorgesehenen Instanzen. Protection of persons and property.Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen innerhalb des Gebietes des anderen Teiles, sowie sie sich den für die Staatsangehörigen dieses Teiles vorgeschriebenen Bedingungen unterwerfen, Schutz und Sicherheit für Person und Eigentum durchaus erhalten und sollen in ihrer Hinsicht in dem Umfange Schutz genießen, wie das Völkerrecht es vorschreibt. Ihr Eigentum soll ihnen nicht ohne öffentliche Notwendigkeit entzogen und nicht ohne angemessene Entschädigung genommen werden. Immigration laws not affected.Keine Bestimmung dieses Vertrages soll dahin ausgelegt werden, daß dadurch die geltenden Vorschriften jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile bezüglich der Einwanderung von Ausländern oder das Recht jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile, solche Vorschriften zu erlassen, berührt werden. Artikel II. Civil liability for injuries, etc. Wenn ein Staatsangehöriger eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile in den Gebieten des anderen Teiles eine Körperverletzung erleidet oder getötet wird und das Reichs-, Staats-oder Landesrecht für solche Fälle den Angehörigen oder Erben des zu Schaden Gekommenen oder den ihm gegenüber Unterhaltsberechtigten Schutz in Form eines Klagewechts oder einer Geldentschädigung gewährt, so sollen diese Angehörigen, Erben oder Unterhaltsberechtigten unter denselben Bedingungen dieselben Rechte und Ver1879günstigungen genießen, wie sie den eigenen Staatsangehörigen jetzt oder künftig gewährt werden, ohne Rücksicht auf ihre fremde Staatsangehörigkeit oder darauf, daß sie ihren Wohnsitz außerhalb des Gebietes haben, wo der Schadensfall eingetreten ist. Artikel III. Die Wohnungen, Lager-häuser, Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected.Fabriken, Läden und sonstigen Geschäftsräume der Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sowie alle dazu gehörigen Grund-stücke, die in den Gebieten des anderen Teiles liegen und einem der in Artikel 1 genannten Zwecke dienen, sollen nicht angetastet werden. In solchen Gebäuden und Räumlichkeiten und auf solchen Grundstücken Haussuchungen oder Durchsuchungen vorzunehmen oder Bücher, Schriften oder Rechnungen einer Prüfung und Einsicht zu unterwerfen, ist nur zuläÜigunter den Vorausschlüssen und unter Beobachtung der Formen, die von den Gesetzen, Verordnungen und Bestimmungen für die eigenen Staatsangehörigen vorgeschrieben sind. Artikel IV. Wenn eine Person bei Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.ihrem Tode innerhalb der Gebiete des einen hohen vertragschließenden Teils Grund-oder sonstiges unbewegliches Vermögen oder Rechte daran hinterlässt und dieses Vermögen oder diese Rechte nach den am Orte geltenden Gesetzen oder infolge letztwilliger Verfügung an sich auf einen Staatsangehörigen des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teils—mag er in diesem Gebiete wohnen oder nicht—übergehen oder vererbt werden sollten, so wird nach den Gesetzen des Landes, in dem das Vermögen oder die Rechte daran sich befinden, kein ausgeschlossener Erbe, der nicht nach den Gesetzen jenes Landes beerben könnte, von dem Rechte ausgeschlossen, das Vermögen oder die Rechte zu veräußern und den Erlös aus der Veräußerung frei und unbehindert zu beziehen. In jedem Falle sollen keine anderen Erbschafts-, Nachlassgebühren oder Veranlagungsabgaben oder Kosten hierfür erhoben werden, als in gleichen Fällen von Staatsangehörigen des Landes auferlegt werden, aus dem dieser Erlös gezogen wird. 1880 Disposal of personal property.Staatsangehörige jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile sind berechtigt, über ihr innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen Teiles befindliches bewegliches Vermögen jeder Art letztwillig, durch Schenkung oder auf andere Weise zu verfügen. Die Erben, Vermächtnisnehmer und Schenkungsempfänger erwerben solches bewegliches Vermögen und dürfen daran selbst oder durch Stellvertreter Besitz ergreifen, es behalten oder nach Belieben darüber verfügen ohne Rücksicht darauf, welcher Staatsangehörigkeit sie sind und ob sie im Lande wohnen oder nicht. Sie haben nur solche Abgaben oder Lasten zu entrichten, wie die Staatsangehörigen des hohen vertragschließenden Teiles, in dessen Gebiete dieses Vermögen sich befindet oder zu dem es gehört, im gleichen Falle zu zahlen verpflichtet sind. Artikel V. Freedom of worship etc. Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile dürfen bei der oben vorgesehenen Ausüü des Rechtes der freien Religionsüü innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen Teiles, ohne Störung oder Belästigung irgend welcher Art, wegen ihres Glaubens oder aus anderen Gründen, entweder in ihren eigenen Häusern oder in anderen geeigneten Gebäuden, sofern deren Erbauung und Erhaltung in paßender Lage ihnen freisteht, Gottesdienst abhalten, vorausgesetzt, Restricion.daß ihre Lehren und Gebräuche nicht mit der öffentlichen Ordnung oder mit guten Sitten unvereinbar sind und vorausgesetzt, daß sie alle in diesen Gebieten gebotenen erlassenen Gesetze und Vorschriften beobachten; auch ist ihnen gestattet, ihre Toten nach ihrem religiösen Gebrauche an geeigneten und paßenden, für diesen Zweck eingerichteten und unterhaltenen Plätzen zu beerdigen, vorausgesetzt, daß sie die geltenden Leichenschaugesetze und gesundheitspolizeilichen Verordnungen des Begräbnisortes beobachten. Artikel VI. Compulsory military service in event of war. Im Falle eines Krieges zwischen einem der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile und einem dritten Staate ist dieser Teil berechtigt, Staatsangehörige des anderen Teiles, die ihren ständigen Wohnsitz innerhalb seiner Gebiete haben und förmlich nach dem Gesetz des Landes ihre Absicht erklärt haben, seine Staatsangehörig1881seit durch Naturalisation zu erwerben, zum Heeresdienst zwangsweise einzuziehen, es sei denn, daß diese Personen innerhalb sechzig Tagen nach der Kriegserklärung das Gebiet des kriegführenden Teiles verlassen. Artikel VII. Zwischen den Gebieten Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.der hohen vertragschließenden Teile soll Freiheit des Handels und der Schifffahrt bestehen. Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen unter Gleichstellung mit denen der meistbegünstigten Nation die Freiheit genießen, frei mit ihren Schiffen und Ladungen alle Plätze, Häfen und Gewässer jeder Art innerhalb der Gebietsgrenzen des anderen Teiles zu besuchen, die jetzt oder künftig dem fremden Handel und der fremden Schifffahrt geöffnet sind. Nichts in diesem Sanitary measures, etc.Vertrag soll so ausgelegt werden, als ob es das Recht des einen oder des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teiles beschränkte, unter ihm angenehmen Bedingungen, Verbote oder Beschränkungen sanitärer Art, die das Leben von Menschen, Tieren oder Pflanzen zu schützen bestimmt sind, oder Verordnungen zur Durchführung von Polizeioder Abgabenregeln zu erlassen. Jeder der hohen vertragschlieäenden Most-favored-nation treatment on imports.Teile verpflichtet sich bedingungslos, die Einfuhr irgendwelcher Ware, die in den Gebieten des anderen Teiles gewonnen, erzeugt oder hergestellt ist, gleichviel von welchem Orte aus sie eintrifft, mit keinen höheren oder anderen Abgaben oder Lasten und mit keinen anderen Bedingungen, Verboten oder Beschränkungen zu belegen als für die Einfuhr derselben Ware bestehen oder bestehen werden, wenn sie in irgendeinem anderen Lande gewonnen, erzeugt oder hergestellt ist; auch sollen solche Abgaben, Lasten, Bedingungen, Verbote oder Beschränkungen für die Einfuhr nicht rückwirkend gemacht werden. Jeder der hohen vertragschlieäenden No discrimination of export charges, etc.Teile verpflichtet sich ebenfalls bedingungslos, Waren, die nach den Gebieten des anderen Teiles ausgeführt werden, mit keinen höheren oder anderen Abgaben und keinen anderen Beschränkungen oder Verboten zu unterwerfen, als diejenigen, welchen die nach irgendeinem anderen fremden Lande ausgeführten Waren unterliegen. 1882 Issue of commercial licenses.Falls von einem der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile Bewilligungen für die Ein-oder Ausfuhr von Waren ertheilt werden, deren Einoder Ausfuhr nach, bezw. beziehungsweise aus seinen Gebieten beschränkt oder verboten ist, werden die Bedingungen, unter denen solche Bewilligungen erhalten werden können, allgemein bekanntgegeben und, sofern angegeben werden, bevor, daß es den beteiligten Geschäftsleuten ermöglicht wird, davon Kenntnis zu erlangen; die Art und Weise wie die Bewilligungen erteilt werden, wird so einfach und unverderblich als möglich sein und die Ansuche um Bewilligungen werden mit der tunlichsten Beschleunigung behandelt werden. Überdies werden die Bedingungen, unter denen solche Bewilligungen von einem der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile für Waren erteilt werden, die aus den Gebieten des anderen Theiles eingeführt oder dorthin ausgeführt werden, ebenso günstig sein wie die Bedingungen, unter denen Equitable quotas of restricted goods guaranteed.Bewilligungen hinsichtlich irgend eines andern ferneren Landes erteilt werden. Im Falle der Festlegung von Kontingenten oder Quoten für die Ein-oder Ausfuhr von Waren, die Beschränkungen oder Verboten unterliegen, ist jeder der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile damit einverstanden, für die Einfuhr aus oder die Ausfuhr nach den Gebieten des anderen Theiles ein gerechtes Anteil bei der Verteilung der Menge von Beschränkungen unterliegenden Waren zuzugestehen, die zur Ein-oder Ausfuhr zugelassen werden. Die Bewilligungen für die Einfuhr in dieses Abteil sollen kein Unterschied gemacht werden zwischen den verschiedenen beteiligten Geschäftsleuten, falls die Einund Ausfuhrbeschränkungen von beiden Teilen sich auf Quoten beziehen, so werden die Quoten so verteilt, daß die Landesinteressen gewahrt sein sollen. Extension of advantage given to any other foreign country.Jeder Üorteil, gleichgültig welcher Art, den einer der beiden hohen vertragsschließenden Teile durch Vertrag, Gesetz, Verordnung, Vorschrift, Üü oder auf andere Weise künftig irgendeiner in irgendeinem anderen fremden Lande gewachsenen, erzeugten oder hergestellten Ware gewährt, soll gleichzeitig und bedingungslos ohne Ansehen und ohne Gegenleistung auf dieselbe1883Ware ausgedehnt werden, wenn sie in den Gebieten des anderen Vertragsteiles gewachsen, erzeugt oder hergestellt ist. Alle Waren, die auf Schiffen der Equality of trade by vessels of either country.*Post*, p. 1894.Vereinigten Staaten aus fremden Ländern in Häfen der Vereinigten Staaten jetzt oder künftig rechtmäÜig eingeführt oder von dort jetzt oder künftig rechtmäÜigausgeführt werden dürfen, können gleicherweise auf österreichischen Schiffen in diese Häfen eingeführt oder von dort ausgeführt werden, ohne daß sie anderen oder höheren Abgaben oder Lasten irgendeiner Art unterworfen sind, als wenn solche Waren auf Schiffen der Vereinigten Staaten ein-oder ausgeführt werden; umgekehrt können alle Waren, die auf österreichischen Schiffen aus fremden Ländern nach österreichischen Häfen jetzt oder künftig rechtmäÜigeingeführt oder von dort jetzt oder künftig rechtmäÜig ausgeführt werden dürfen, gleicherweise auf Schiffen der Vereinigten Staaten in diese Häfen eingeführt oder von dort ausgeführt werden, ohne daß sie anderen oder höheren Abgaben oder Lasten irgendeiner Art unterworfen sind, als wenn solche Waren auf österreichischen Schiffen ein-oder ausgeführt werden. Hinsichtlich der Höheund Most-favored-nation treatment as to customs duties.der Erhebung von Abgaben auf Ein-und Ausfuhr jeder Art verpflichtet sich jeder der beiden hohen vertragschlieÜenden Teile, den Staatsangehörigen, Schiffen und Gütern des anderen Teiles alle Vergünstigungen, Vorrechte und Befreiungen zu gewähren, die er den Staatsangehörigen, Schiffen und Gütern eines dritten Staates bewilligt, und zwar ohne Rücksicht darauf, ob dem begünstigten Staate eine solche Behandlung ohne Gegenleistung bewilligt wird oder als Gegenleistung für eine entsprechende Behandlung. Alle solchen Vergünstigungen, Vorrechte und Befreiungen, die künftig den Staatsangehörigen, Schiffen und Gütern eines dritten Staates bewilligt werden, sollen gleichzeitig und bedingungslos oder mit Auflagen und ohne Gegenleistung auf den anderen Vertragsteil zu seinen Gunsten und zugunsten seiner Staatsangehörigen, Schiffe und Güter ausgedehnt werden. 1884 Exceptional treatment of border traffic.Die Bestimmungen dieses Artikels erstrecken sich nicht auf die Behandlung, die einer der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile dem reinen Grenzverkehr innerhalb einer Zone von höchstens 15 Kilometern (10 Meilen) Ausdehnung zu beiden Seiten seiner United States Cuba.Zollgrenze gewährt, noch auf die Behandlung, welche seitens der Vereinigten Staaten dem Handel mit Kuba auf Vol. 33, p. 2126.Grund des am 11. Dezember 1902 zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten und Kuba abgeschlossenen Handelsabkommens oder irgendeines anderen Handelsabkommens gewährt wird, das künftig zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten und Kuba abgeschlossen wird, noch With dependencies and Canal Zone.auf die Behandlung, welche seitens der Vereinigten Staaten mit irgendeiner ihrer Besitzungen und der Panamakanalzone unter gegenwärtig oder künftig geltenden Gesetzen. Artikel VIII. Equality of internal taxes, etc. Die Staatsangehörigen und die Waren jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen hinsichtlich der inneren Abgaben, der Durchfuhrzölle und der Gebühren für Lagerung und Benutzung anderer Hilfsmittel, sowie hinsichtlich Höhe und Erstattung und Vergütungen gleicher Behandlung erfahren, wie die Staatsangehörigen und Waren des eigenen Landes. Artikel IX. Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct their business in the other. Die Rechtsstellung der Gesellschaften und Vereinigungen mit oder ohne Haftungsbeschränkung, mögen sie Erwerbszwecken dienen oder nicht, welche gemäß und unter dem Reichs-, Staats-oder Landesrecht eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile errichtet worden sind oder künftig errichtet werden und welche innerhalb dieser Gebiete eine Hauptniederlassung haben, soll durch den andern hohen vertragschließenden Teil anerkannt werden, vorausgesetzt, daß sie innerhalb keiner Gebiete keine festen Gebiete monopolistischen Zwecke verfolgen. Sie sollen sowohl zur Verfolgung als zur Verteidigung ihrer Rechte in allen gesetzlich vorgesehenen Instanzen unter Beobachtung der auf den Fall anwendbaren Gesetze freien Zutritt zu den Gerichten haben. 1885 Das Recht so anerkannter Gesellschaften Right to establish branches.und Vereinigungen jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile, sich in den Gebieten des anderen niederzulassen, Zweigniederlassungen zu errichten und ihre Tätigkeit dort auszuüben, soll von der Zustimmung dieses Teiles, wie sie in dessen Reichs-, Staats-oder Landesgesetzen zum Ausdruck kommt, abhängen und sich allein nach ihr regeln. Artikel X. Die Staatsangehörigen National of either country may organize corporations or associations in the other.jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen wechselseitig und unter den dort geltenden Bedingungen solche Rechte und Vergünstigungen genießen, wie sie jetzt oder künftig den Staatsangehörigen irgendeines anderen Staates hinsichtlich der Errichtung von und Beteiligung an Gesellschaften und Vereinigungen mit oder ohne Haftungsbeschränkung, möge ihr Erwerbszweck dienen oder nicht, gewährt werden, einschließlich des Rechtes der Gründung, der Errichtung, des Kaufes, Besitzes und Verkaufes von Geschäftsteilen sowie des Rechtes eine leitende Stellung oder die eines Angestellten darin zu bekleiden. An der Ausübung dieser Rechte und hinsichtlich der Regelung des Verfahrens bei der Errichtung und Geschäftsführung solcher Gesellschaften und Vereinigungen sollen diese Staatsangehörigen keinen Bedingungen unterworfen werden, die weniger günstig sind, als die einer Staatsangehörigen der meistbegünstigten Nation jetzt oder künftig auferlegt. Wenn Staatsangehörige jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile solcher Gesellschaften oder Vereinigungen in den Gebieten des anderen errichten, so sollen sie deren Geschäftstätigkeit so lange fortsetzen dürfen, als sie sich in richtigster und redlichster Art verhalten, und, bei Bedarf, Staats-oder Landesgesetzen und Verordnungen, die auf alle Gesellschaften und Vereinigungen anwendbar sind, die sich mit der Geschäftstätigkeit abgeben wollen, jeßt gelten ober fünting Political associations.erlassen werden. Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen für die Errichtung und Beteiligung an solchen. 1886 Reciprocal enjoyment of mining previliges.Die Staatsangehörigen jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen außerdem innerhalb der Gebiete des anderen wechselseitig und unter den dort geltenden Bedingungen die Rechte und Vergünstigungen genießen, die jetzt oder künftig den Staatsangehörigen irgendeines anderen Staates hinsichtlich der bergbaulichen Gewinnung von Kohle, Phosphat, Erdöl, Ölschiefer, Gas und Natrium auf den öffentlichen Ländereien des anderen Teiles gewährt werden. Artikel XI. Commercial travelers recognized. Handelsreisende, die Fabrikanten, Kaufleute und Händler vertreten, die in den Gebieten eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile ihre Niederlassung haben, sollen bei ihrem Eintritt in die Gebiete des anderen Teiles, während ihres Aufenthaltes daselbst und bei ihrer Abreise aus diesen Gebieten hinsichtlich polizeilicher und anderer Vorschriften und hinsichtlich aller Lasten und Abgaben welcher Benennung immer, die auf sie oder ihre Muster Anwendung finden, die meistbegünstigte Behandlung erfahren. Indentification, etc.Wenn einer der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile die Vorzeigung eines authentischen Dokumentes verlangt, das die Identität und Berechtigung eines Handelsreisenden nachweist, wird ein, von einer der folgenden Stellen in seinem Ausgangslande gestellter Wunsch als hinreichend angenommen werden: *a*) von der hierfür bestimmten Behörde; *b*) von einer Handelskammer; *c*) von einer Handels-oder Wirtschaftsvereinigung, die hierfür von dem diplomatischen Vertreter des hohen vertragschließenden Teiles, der solche Ausweise verlangt, anerkannt wird. Artikel XII. Freedom of international transit. Für Personen und Waren, die aus den Gebieten des einen der hohen vertragschließenden Teile kommen oder durch diese Gebiete gehen, soll völlige Durchzugsfreiheit durch die Gebiete einschließlich der Gewässer des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teiles gelten, und zwar auf den für den internationalen Panama Canal, etc., excepted.Durchgangsverkehr geeigneten Straßen, auf der Eisenbahn, auf Schifffahrtsstraßen und Kanälen, jedoch mit Ausnahme des Panamakanals und des1887jenigen Wasserstraßen und Kanäle, die internationale Grenzen der Vereinigten Staaten bilden. Von dieser Berechtigung ausgeschlossen sind Personen, denen das Betreten der Gebiete des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teiles Transit provisions.verboten ist, und Waren, deren Einfuhr gesetzlich verboten ist. Im Durchgangsverkehr brauchen Personen und Waren keinerlei Durchfuhrabgabe zu bezahlen und sollen keinen unnötigen Verzögerungen und Beschränkungen unterworfen werden. Sie sollen hinsichtlich der Abgaben und Verkehrsmittel und in allen anderen Beziehungen wie Angehörige des eigenen Landes behandelt werden. Durchgangsgüter müssen auf dem Customs entries.amtlichen Zollamt eingetragen werden, sind aber von allen Zöllen und anderen ähnlichen Abgaben befreit. Alle Kosten für die Durchgangsbeförderung Transit transportation charges.sollen unter Berücksichtigung der Verhältnisse in angemessenen Grenzen gehalten werden. Artikel XIII. Die beiden hohen vertragschließenden Consular officers.Teile kommen dahin Reception of.überein, gegenseitig Konsularbeamte in denjenigen ihrer Häfen, Plätze und Städte zuzulassen, die sich dazu eignen und die konsularischen Vertretern anderer fremder Mächte offenstehen. Die Konsularbeamten jedes der beiden Enjoyment of rights etc., accorded most favored nation.hohen vertragschließenden Teile sollen nach ihrem Dienstantritt wechselseitig in den Gebieten des anderen Teiles alle Rechte, Vorrechte, Befreiungen und Freiheiten genießen, die die Beamten desselben Ranges der meistbegünstigten Nation genießen. Als amtliche Vertreter haben diese Beamten im Anrecht auf achtungsvolle Behandlung seitens aller Staats-und Ortsbehörden, mit denen sie in dem Staat, in dem sie zugelassen sind, amtlichen Verkehr haben. Die Regierung jedes der hohen vertragschließenden Exequaturs to issue.Teile soll den Konsularbeamten des anderen Teiles, wenn sie eine von dem Staatsoberhaupt des ernenenden Staates unterzeichnete und mit dem großen Staatssiegel versehene Bestallungsurkunde vorlegen, gebührenfrei das erforderliche Exequatur erteilen; einem nachgeordneten oder stellvertretenden Konsularbeamten, der von1888einem zugelassenen höheren Konsularbeamten mit Genehmigung seiner Regierung oder von irgendeinem anderen beauftragten Beamten dieser Regierung ernannt ist, soll die diesigen Urkunden ausstellen, die nach den Gesetzen des betreffenden Landes zur Ausübung des Konsulardienstes durch den Ernannten erforderlich sind. Nach Vorlegung eines Ernennungs-oder, wenn es sich um einen nachgeordneten Beamten handelt -nach Vorlegung einer statt dessen ausgestellten anderen Urkunde, darf dieser Konsularbeamte seinen Dienst antreten und die durch diesen Vertrag gewährten Rechte, Vergünstigungen und Befreiungen genießen. Artikel XIV. Consuls exempt from arrest, etc. Konsularbeamte, die Staatsangehörige des sie ernennenden Staates sind, dürfen nicht in Haft genommen werden, außer wenn sie solcher Verfehlungen schuldig sind, welche das Landesgesetz als Verbrechen zur Unterscheidung von Vergehen und Übertretungen bezeichnet und durch welche sich die der Tat schuldige Person strafbar macht. Solche Beamten sind von militärischer Einquartierung und von jedem Steuer-, oder Flotten-, Verwaltungs-oder Polizeidienst jeglicher Art befreit. Testimony of, in criminal cases.In Strafsachen kann das Erscheinen eines Konsularbeamten zur Verhandlung als Zeuge von der Anklage oder Verteidigung verlangt werden. Das Verlangen soll mit jeder erforderlichen Rücksicht auf die konsularische Würde und die Pflichten des Dienstes gestellt werden und der Konsularbeamte soll der Vorladung Folge leisten. Subject to jurisdiction of courts in civil cases.In Zivilsachen unterstehen Konsularbeamte der Gerichtsbarkeit des Staates, in dem sie zugelassen sind, jedoch mit der Maßgabe, daß, wenn der Beamte ein Staatsangehöriger des ihn ernennenden Staates ist und keine Erwerbstätigkeit privater Art ausübt, sein Zeugnis mündlich oder schriftlich in seiner Wohnung oder in seinem Amtszimmer unter gebührender Berücksichtigung seiner Wünsche eingeholt werden soll. Der Beamte sollte jedoch, soweit es sich irgend mit seinen amtlichen Pflichten in Einklang bringen läßt, freiwillig in dem Gerichtsverfahren Zeugenschaft ablegen. 1889 Artikel XV. Konsularbeamte, einschließlich Personal property tax exemption.der Angestellten eines Konsulates, die Angehörige des sie ernennenden Staates sind und in dem Staate, in dem sie ihren Dienst verrichten, keine Erwerbstätigkeit privater Art ausüben sind von allen Reichs-, Staats-, Landes-und Kommunalsteuern auf ihre Person und auf ihr Eigentum befreit. Diese Befreiung gilt jedoch nicht für Steuern auf Besitz oder Eigentum an unbeweg-lichen Vermögen, das innerhalb des Gebietes des Staates liegt, in dem die Beamten ihren Dienst verrichten, und für Steuern auf Einkünfte, die aus Quellen innerhalb dieses Gebietes stam-men. Alle Konsularbeamten und Angestellten, die Angehörige des sie ernennenden Staates sind, sind von der Bezahlung von Steuern auf den Gehalt, die Gebühren und den Lohn, die sie als Entgelt für ihre Dienste beim Konsulat empfangen, befreit. Grundstücke und Gebäude, die in Real property used for governmental purposes.dem Gebiete eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile liegen und im Eigentum des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teiles stehen und von ihm ausschließlich für Zwecke der diplomatischen oder konsularischen Vertretungsbehörden benutzt werden, sind von jeglicher Art von Steuern, seien es Reichs-, Staats-, Landes-oder Kommunalsteuern, befreit, jedoch nicht von Beiträgen für Dienstleistungen und örtliche öffentliche Anlagen die diesen Grundstücken und Gebäuden zugute kommen. Artikel XVI. Konsularbeamte dürfen Arms and flag at consulates.über der Eingangstür zu ihren Amtsräumen das Wappen ihres Staates mit einer angemessenen Inschrift anbringen, die den amtlichen Charakter der Amtsräume bezeichnet. Diese Beamten dürfen die Flagge ihres Landes auf ihren Amtsgebäuden hissen, auch in den Hauptstädten beider Länder. Sie dürfen diese Flagge ebenfalls auf jedem Schiff oder Fahrzeug hissen, das bei der Ausübung des konsularischen Dienstes benutzt wird. Die Konsulatsräume und Archive Inviolability of offices and archives.sollen allzeit unverletzlich sein. Sie sollen keinesfalls dem Eindringen von Behörden irgendwelcher Art in dem Lande, in dem die Diensträume liegen, 1890ausgesetzt sein. Auch dürfen die Behörden unter keinerlei Vorwand eine Durchsicht oder Beschlagnahme von Schriftstücken oder sonstigem in einem Konsulat verwahrten Besitzum vornehmen. Konsulate dürfen nicht als Freistatt dienen. Von keinem Konsularbeamten darf verlangt werden, daß er dienstliche Atteststücke vor Gericht vorlegt oder über ihren Inhalt aussagt. Ad interim officers.Im Falle des Todes, der Dienstunfähigkeit oder Abwesenheit eines Konsularbeamten, dem kein nachgeordneter Konsularbeamter beigegeben war, dürfen Sekretäre oder Kanzleibeamte, wenn ihr amtlicher Charakter von der Regierung des Staates, in dem die konsularische Tätigkeit ausgeübt wurde, mitgeteilt worden ist, vorübergehend die konsularischen Obliegenheiten des verstorbenen, dienstunfähigen oder abwesenden Konsularbeamten versehen. Sie genießen während ihrer Tätigkeit alle Rechte, Vorrechte und Befreiungen des Amtinhabers. Artikel XVII. Communications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls. Konsularbeamte, die Staatsangehörige des sie ernennenden Staates sind, dürfen innerhalb ihres Konsularbezirks die Reichs-, Staats-, Landes-und Kommunalbehörden anrufen, um ihre Landsleute in Genuß der durch Staatsvertrag oder sonst begründeten Rechte zu schützen. Sie dürfen im Falle einer Verletzung dieser Rechte Beschwerde erheben. Wenn die zuständigen Behörden keine Abhilfe schaffen oder keinen Schutz gewähren, so ist der Weg diplomatischen Vorgehens gegeben; falls ein diplomatischer Vertreter nicht vorhanden ist, kann ein Generalkonsul über den Konsulatsbezirk, der in der Hauptstadt keinen Amtssitz hat, sich unmittelbar an die Regierung wenden. Artikel XVIII. Notarial, etc., by consular officers. Konsularbeamte können, soweit es den Gesetzen ihres eigenen Landes entspricht, an jedem geeigneten Ort ihres Amtsbezirkes die Erklärungen Despositions, etc.der Schiffsinsassen von Schiffen ihres eigenen Landes oder von Angehörigen ihres Landes oder von Personen, die dort ihren ständigen Wohnsitz haben, zu Protokoll nehmen. Solche Beamte kön1891nen einseitige Rechtsakte, Eigentumsübertragungen und letztwillige Berfügungen Unilateral acts, etc.über Landbesitz aufsetzen, bescheinigen, beglaubigen und legalisie-ren, ebenso Verträge, bei denen ein Landsmann Partei ist. Sie können Schriftstücke jeder Art aufsetzen, be-scheinigen, beglaubigen und legalisieren, die die Abtretung oder Belastung von Eigentum irgendwelcher Art innerhalb des Gebietes besagten Staates, durch den solche Beamte ernannt sind, zum Ausdruck bringen oder zum Inhalt haben, ferner einseitige Rechtsakte, Eigentumsübertragungen, letztwillige Verfügungen und Verträge, die sich auf Eigentum innerhalb des Gebietes des Staates, von dem sie ernannt sind, oder auf Geschäfte, die dort abgeschlossen werden sollen, beziehen, einschließlich einseitiger Rechtsakte, Eigentumsübertragungen, letztwillige Verfügungen oder übereinkommen, die nur von Angehörigen des Staates vorgenommen sind, in dem solche Beamte ihre Amts-geschäfte ausüben. Urkunden und Dokumente, die so Effect as evidence.vollzogen worden sind, und Abschriften und übertragungen davon sollen, wenn sie von dem Konsularbeamten ermäßigungsgemäß unter seinem Amtssiegel gefertigt sind, in den Gebieten der vertragschließenden Teile als Beweise völlig zugelassen werden, und zwar als Originalurkunden oder als legalisierte Abschriften, je nach Lage des Falles, und sie sollen dieselbe Kraft und Wirkung haben, als wenn sie von einem in voller Weise dazu befugten Beamten ernannt wurde, liegt befugten Notar oder anderen Beamten des Landes, in dem sie vollzogen worden sind, aufgefertigt und beglaubigt worden wären. Abschriften und Vorschriften des Landes selbst, in dem sie vollzogen worden sind, die in Wirtschaft zu treten bestimmen sind. Artikel XIX. Falls ein Staatsangehöriger Notices of death in one country of a national of the other.eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile im Gebiete des anderen sterben sollte, ohne in dem Lande seines Ablebens bekannte Erben oder von ihm ernannte Testamentsvollstrecker zu hinterlassen, sollen die zuständigen örtlichen Behörden sofort den nächsten Konsularbeamten des Staates, dessen Staatsangehöriger der Verstorbene war, 1892von der Tatsache seines Ablebens in Kenntnis setzen, damit die erforderliche Benachrichtigung den beteiligten Parteien übermittelt werde. Provisional holding of interstate property.Falls ein Staatsangehöriger eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile ohne letzten Willen oder Testament im Gebiete des anderen hohen vertragschließenden Teiles stirbt, soll der Konsularbeamte des Staates, dessen Angehöriger der Verstorbene war, und des Konsularbezirkes, in dem der Verstorbene zur Zeit seines Ablebens keinen Wohnsitz hatte, soweit es am Orte gestattet ist, bis zur Ernennung eines Nachlassverwalters oder zur Einleitung des Nachlassverfahrens daselbst gelten, das von dem Verstorbenen hinterlassene Vermögen zu seiner Erhaltung und Schutz in Verwahrung zu nehmen. Ein solcher Konsularbeamter kann nach dem Ermessen eines Gerichts oder anderen zuständigen Behörden vom Nachlass zu führende Gebührte und Vergütungen zum Nachlassverwalter bestimmt, vorausgesetzt, daß die Gesetze des Ortes, wo der Nachlaß verwaltet wird, es gestatten. Status of consular offices as administrator.Wenn ein Konsularbeamter das Amt als Verwalter des Nachlasses seines verstorbenen Landsmannes übernimmt, so unterwirft er sich als solcher für alle in Betracht kommenden Zwecke der Gerichtsbarkeit des Gerichtes oder der Behörde, die die Ernennung vornimmt, in demselben Umfange, wie ein Angehöriger des Landes, in welchem er zum Nachlaßverwalter ernannt ist. Artikel XX. Handling funds for nonresident countrymen. Ein Konsularbeamter jedes der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile kann im Namen seiner nicht im Lande seiner Tätigkeit wohnenden Landsleute die Anteile, die ihnen aus in Abwicklung befindlichen Nachlässen oder nach den Bestimmungen der sogenannten Arbeiterrentenabgängungsgesetze oder ähnlicher Gesetze zufallen, in Empfang nehmen und hierfür quittieren, um sie auf dem von seiner Regierung vorgeschriebenen Wege an die berechtigten Empfänger zu überweisen. Artikel XXI. Free entry of office, etc., and personal property of consular officers. Jeder der hohen vertragschließenden Teile gestattet, alle Möbel sowie alle Ausstattungs- und Bedarfsgegenstände, die für den amtlichen Gebrauch in den Konsulatsräumen des anderen Teiles bestimmt1893find, gänzlich zollfrei und ohne jegliche Untersuchung einzuführen. Er gewährt den Konsularbeamten des anderen Teiles, die dessen Staatsangehörige sind, sowie ihren Familien und ihrer Begleitung das Recht der zollfreien Einfuhr ihres gebrauchten persönlichen Eigentums und Übersiedlungsgutes, das gleichzeitig mit diesen Konsularbeamten, ihren Familien oder ihrer Begleitung Exceptions.einlangt oder binnen einem näheren Frist nachfolgt, jedoch mit der Einschränkung, daß kein Gegenstand, dessen Einfuhr durch das Gesetz eines der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile verboten ist, in dessen Gebiet gebracht werden darf. Es versteht sich jedoch, daß diese ßerfügung Limitation if consul in private business.denjenigen Konsularbeamten nicht zutrifft, die in den Ländern, in denen sie beglaubigt sind, ihre privaten Gewerbetätigkeit ausüben, es sei denn, daß es sich um Bedarfsgegenstände zu amtlichen Zwecken handelt. Artikel XXII. Vorbehaltlich der im Arm embraced.Vorstehenden genannten oder künftig noch zu vereinbarenden Beschränkungen oder Ausnahmen gelten als Gebiete der hohen vertragschließenden Teile, auf welche die Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages Anwendung finden sollen, alle diejenigen Land- und Wasserflächen, sowie diejenigen Luftsräume, über welche diese Vertragsteile jeweilige Gewalt beanspruchen und ausüben, ausgenommen die Panamakanalzone. Artikel XXIII. Nichts in diesem Rights etc., under former Treaty not impaired.Vertrag soll im Sinne irgendeiner Ermächtigung oder Billigung verstanden werden, Bestimmungen im Vorstehenden ausgelegt werden, die den Vertragsteilen der Staaten oder ihren Staatsangehörigen oder Österreich oder seinen Staatsangehörigen durch den am 24. Vol. 42, p. 1946.August 1921 zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten und österreich abgeschlossenen Vertrag zur Herstellung freundschaftlicher Beziehungen gewährt worden sind. Artikel XXIV. Der gegenwärtige Duration.*Post*, p. 1896.Vertrag soll für einen Zeitraum von fünf Jahren, beginnend mit dem Austausch der Ratifikationsurkunden in Kraft bleiben. An dessen Ablauf Tage soll er in allen seinen Bestimmungen in Geltung treten. 1894 Continuance.Wenn innerhalb eines Jahres vor Ablauf des genannten Zeitraumes von sechs Jahren keiner der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile dem anderen die Absicht kundtut, irgendwelche Bestimmungen irgendeines Artikels dieses Vertrages zu ändern oder aufzuheben, oder den Vertrag mit Ablauf des genannten Zeitraumes erlöschen zu lassen, so soll der Vertrag nach dem genannten Zeitraum in voller Kraft und Geltung bleiben, und zwar bis zum Ablauf eines Jahres nach dem Zeitpunkte, an welchem einer der beiden hohen vertragschließenden Teile dem anderen die Absicht kundtut, den Vertrag abzuändern oder erlöschen zu lassen. Artikel XXV. Exchange of ratifications. Der gegenwärtige Vertrag soll ratifiziert und die Ratifikationsurkunden darüber sollen so bald wie möglich in Wien ausgewechselt werden. Signatures.Zu Urkund dessen haben die beiderseitigen Bevollmächtigten den Vertrag unterzeichnet und ihre Siegel beigesetzt. Ausgefertigt in doppelter Urschrift in englischer und deutscher Sprache zu Wien, am 19 Juni 1928. Albert Henry Washburn, [seal] Seipel [seal] Reservation by the Senate. And Whereas, the Senate of the United States of America did advise and consent to the ratification of the said treaty subject to the following reservation and understanding to be set forth in an exchange of notes between the High Contracting Parties so as to make it plain that this condition is understood and accepted by each of them:" “That*Ante*, p. 1883. the sixth paragraph of Article VII shall remain in force for twelve months from the date of exchange of ratifications, and if not then terminated on ninety days’ previous notice shall remain in force until either of the high contracting parties shall enact legislation inconsistent therewith when the same shall automatically lapse at the end of sixty days from such enactment, and on such lapse each high contracting party shall enjoy all the rights which it would have possessed had such paragraph not been embraced in this treaty.”; " Acceptance by both Governments. And Whereas, the said reservation and understanding was accepted by the two Governments in an exchange of notes dated January 20, 1931, between the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Vienna, and the Vice Chancellor and Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs of the 1895Republic of Austria, subject on the part of the Republic of Austria to ratification; And Whereas, the said treaty and the said reservation and understandingRatifications exchanged. have been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two governments were exchanged at Vienna on the twenty-seventh day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof, subject to the reservation and understanding aforesaid. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. 1896 [RATIFICATION] HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, TO ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, GREETING: Ratification by the President. Know ye, That whereas a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Vienna on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-eight, the original of which Treaty is hereto annexed: And Whereas, the Senate of the United States of America by their resolution of February 11, 1929, (two-thirds of the Senators present concurring therein) did advise and consent to the ratification of the said Treaty subject to the following reservation and understanding to be set forth in an exchange of notes between the High Contracting Parties so as to make it plain that this condition is understood and accepted by each of them:" *Ante*, p. 1883.“That the sixth paragraph of Article VII shall remain in force for twelve months from the date of exchange of ratifications, and if not then terminated on ninety days’ previous notice shall remain in force until either of the high contracting parties shall enact legislation inconsistent therewith when the same shall automatically lapse at the end of sixty days from such enactment and on such lapse each high contracting party shall enjoy all the rights which it would have possessed had such paragraph not been embraced in this treaty.”; " And Whereas, the said reservation and understanding was accepted by the two Governments in an exchange of notes dated January 20, 1931, between the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Vienna and the Vice-Chancellor and Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Austria, subject on the part of the Republic of Austria to ratification, the originals of which notes are word for word as follows:" “Excellency: “Referring to the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights signed by the United States and Austria on June 19, 1928, I have the honor to inform you that the United States Senate on Feb1897ruary 11, 1929, gave ita advice and consent to the ratification of theExchange of notes—Continued said Treaty in a resolution, as follows: ‘Resolved (two-thirds of the Senators present concurring therein), That the Senate advise and consent to the ratification of Executive B, Seventieth Congress, second session, a treaty of friendship, commerce, and consular rights with Austria, signed at Vienna on June 19, 1928, subject to the following reservation and understanding to be set forth in an exchange of notes between the high contracting parties so as to make it plain that this condition is understood and accepted by each of them: That the sixth paragraph of Article VII shall remain in force for twelve months from the date of exchange of ratifications, and, if not then terminated on ninety days’ previous notice, shall remain in force until either of the high contracting parties shall enact legislation inconsistent therewith, when the same shall automatically lapse at the end of sixty days from such enactment, and on such lapse each high contracting party shall enjoy all the rights which it would have possessed had such paragraph not been embraced in this treaty.’ “It will be observed that by this resolution the advice and consent of the Senate to the ratification of the Treaty are given subject to a certain reservation and understanding. “I shall be glad if when bringing the foregoing resolution to the attention of your Government, Your Excellency will state that my Government hopes that the Austrian Government will find acceptable the reservation and understanding which the Senate has made a condition of its advice and consent to the ratification of the Treaty. You may regard this note as sufficiënt acceptance by the Government of the United States of this reservation and understanding. An acknowledgment of this note on the occasion of the exchange of ratifications, accepting by direction and on behalf of your Government the said reservation and understanding, will be considered as completing the required exchange of notes and the acceptance by both governments of the reservation and understanding. “Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. G. B. Stockton His Excellency Dr. Johann Schober, *Vice-Chancellor and Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Vienna*.” “Herr Gesandter: “Im Namen und Auftrag der österreichischen Bundesregierung beehre ich mich, Euer Exzellenz den Empfang Ihres Schreibens vom 20. Jänner 1931 betreffend den zwischen Oesterreich und den Vereinigten Staaten am 19. Juni 1928 unterzeichneten Freundschafts-; Handelsund Konsularvertrag zu bestätigen und Folgendes mitzuteilen: 1898 Exchange of notes— Continued.“Die österreichische Bundesregierung hat von dem Beschluss des Senates der Vereinigten Staaten vom 11. Februar 1929, der folgenden Wortlaut hat: ‘Resolved (two-thirds of the Senators present concurring therein), That the Senate advise and consent to the ratification of Executive B, Seventieth Congress, second session, a treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights with Austria, signed at Vienna on June 19, 1928, subject to the following reservation and understanding to be set forth in an exchange of notes between the high contracting parties so as to make it plain that this condition is understood and accepted by each of them: ‘That the sixth paragraph of Article VII shall remain in force for twelve months from the date of exchange of ratifications, and, if not then terminated on ninety days' previous notice, shall remain in force until either of the high contracting parties shall enact legislation inconsistent therewith, when the same shall automatically lapse at the end of sixty days from such enactment, and on such lapse each high contracting party shall enjoy all the rights which it would have possessed had such paragraph not been embraced in this treaty.’ Kenntnis genommen und erklärt sich hiermit, vorbehaltlich der Ratifikation, einverstanden. “Genehmigen, Euer Exzellenz, die erneute Versicherung meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtung. Schober Seiner Exzellenz M. Gilchrist Baker Stockton, *ausserordentlicher Gesandter und bevollmächtigter* *Minister der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika in Wien.*” " And Whereas, the said reservation and understanding has been ratified by the Republic of Austria; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, having seen and considered the said Treaty, do hereby in pursuance of the aforesaid advice and consent of the Senate, ratify and confirm the same and every article and clause thereof, subject to the reservation and understanding aforesaid. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-ninth day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one [seal], and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. January 20, 1931 Agreement 47 Stat. 1899 1899 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT—AUSTRIA. JAN. 20, 1931. Supplementary Agreement to the Treaty of June 19, 1928, between theJanuary 20, 1931.United States of America and Austria of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights. Signed at Vienna, January 20, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, February 20, 1931; ratified by the President, April 29, 1931; ratified by Austria, March 28, 1931; ratifications exchanged at Vienna, May 27, 1931; proclaimed, May 28, 1931. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Supplementary Agreement to the Treaty of Friendship,Supplementary Agreement with Austria. Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria, concluded and signed on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-eight, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Vienna on the twentieth day of January, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which Supplementary Agreement, being in the English and German languages, is word for word as follows: SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT to the treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights betweenEnglish text. the united states of america and the republic of austria, signed on june 19, 1928. The United States of America and the Republic of Austria, by thePlenipotentiaries. undersigned Mr. Gilchrist Baker Stockton, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipoteniary of the United States of America at Vienna, and Dr. Johann Schober, Vice-Chancellor and Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Austria, their duly empowered plenipotentiaries, agree, as follows: Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of ArticleDuration of treaty modified.*Ante*, p. 1893. XXIV of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights, between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria, signed June 19, 1928, to the effect that the said Treaty shall remain in force for the term of six years from the date of the exchange of ratifications, it is agreed that the said Treaty may be terminated on February 11, 1935, or on any date thereafter, by notice given by either high contracting party to the other party one year before the date on which it is desired that such termination shall become effective. Done in duplicate, in the English and German languages, atSignatures. Vienna, this 20th day of January One Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirtyone. [seal] G. B. Stockton [seal] Schober 1900 ZUSATZABKOMMEN German text.zu dem am 19. juni 1928 unterzeichneten freundschafts-, handels- und konsularvertrag zwischen den vereinigten staaten von amerika und der republik oesterreich. Plenipotentiaries.Die Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und die Republik Oesterreich kommen durch die Unterzeichneten, Herrn Gilchrist Baker Stockton, ausserordentlichen Gesandten und bevollmächtigten Minister der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika in Wien, und Herm Dr. Johann Schober, Vizekanzler und Bundesminister für die Auswärtigen Angelegenheiten der Republik Oesterreich, ihre gehörig beglaubigten Bevollmächtigten, überein, wie folgt: Duration of treaty modified.Unbeschadet der Bestimmungen des Artikels XXIV, Absatz 1 des am 19. Juni 1928 unterzeichneten Freundschafts-, Handels- und Konsularvertrages zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und der Republik Oesterreich, nach welchen dieser Vertrag für einen Zeitraum von 6 Jahren, beginnend mit dem Tage des Austausches der Ratifikationsurkunden, in Kraft bleiben soll, besteht Einverständnis, dass dieser Vertrag am 11. Februar 1935 oder zu irgend einem späteren Zeitpunkte beendigt werden kann, falls einer der Hohen vertragschliessenden Teile dem anderen Teile ein Jahr vor dem Zeitpunkte, an dem diese Beendigung wirksam werden soll, hievon Mitteilung macht. Signatures. Geschehen in doppelter Ausfertigung in englischer und deutscher Sprache zu Wien, am 20. Jänner 1931. G. B. Stockton Schober Ratifications exchanged. And Whereas, the said Supplementary Agreement has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two governments were exchanged at Vienna on the twenty-seventh day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said supplementary agreement to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. February 20, 1928 Convention 47 Stat. 1901 1901 CONVENTION—COMMERCIAL AVIATION. FEBRUARY 20, 1928. *Pan American convention on commercial aviation. Signed at Habana, February 20, 1928.February 20, 1928; ratification advised by the Senate, February 20, 1931; ratified by the President, March 6, 1931; ratification deposited with the Government of Cuba, July 17, 1931; proclaimed, July 27, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention on Commercial Aviation was adopted inPan American Convention on Commercial Aviation. the English, Spanish, Portuguese and French languages at the Sixth International Conference of American States at Habana oPreamble.n February 20, 1928, by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, Peru, Uruguay, Panama, Ecuador, Mexico, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Bolivia, Venezuela, Colombia, Honduras, Costa Rica, Chile, Brazil, Argentina, Paraguay, Haiti, the Dominican Republic and Cuba, the English text of whichEnglish text. Convention, as contained in the Final Act of the said Conference signed at the closing session thereof by the Plenipotentiaries of the said States, is word for word as follows: The Governments of the American Republics, desirous ofPolicy declared. establishing the rules they should observe among themselves for aerial traffic, have decided to lay them down in a convention, and to that effect have appointed as their plenipotentiaries:Plenipotentiaries. Perú: Jesús Melquíades Salazar, Víctor Maúrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Luis Ernesto Denegri. Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan José Amézaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Víctor Zevallos, Colón Eloy Alfaro. Mexico: Julio García, Fernando González Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elorduy. Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, José Azurdia. Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joaquín Gómez, Máximo H. Zepeda. Bolivia: José Antezana, Adolfo Costa du Reís. Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesús M. Ypes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbeláez, Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee. Honduras: Fausto Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, Carlos Silva Vildósola, Manuel Bianchi. 1902 Brazil: Raúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, Eduardo Espinola. Argentina: Honorio Pueyrredón, (Later resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Paraguay: Lisandro Díaz León. Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Riboul. Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ricardo Pérez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Castro, Frederico C. Alvarez. United States of America: Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernández Cartaya, José Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agüero, José B. Alemán, Manuel Márquez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Néstor Carbonell, Jesús María Barraqué. Who, after having exchanged their respective full powers, which have been found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following: Article I Mutual recognition of state sovereignty over territorial air space.The high contracting parties recognize that every state has complete and exclusive sovereignty over the air space above its territory and territorial waters. Article II Scope.The present convention applies exclusively to private aircraft. Article III State aircraft.The following shall be deemed to be state aircraft: *a*) Military and naval aircraft; *b*) Aircraft exclusively employed in state service, such as posts, customs, and police. Private aircraft.Every other aircraft shall be deemed to be a private aircraft. All state aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft shall be treated as private aircraft and as such shall be subject to all the provisions of the present convention. Article IV Freedom of innocent passage accorded.Each contracting state undertakes in time of peace to accord freedom of innocent passage above its territory to the private aircraft of the other contracting states, provided that the conditions laid down in the present convention are observed. The regulations established by a contracting state with regard to admission over its territory of aircraft of other contracting states shall be applied without distinction of nationality. Article V Flight over fixed rones reserved.Each contracting state has the right to prohibit for reasons which it deems convenient in the public interest, the flight over fixed zones of its territory by the aircraft of the other contracting states and privately owned national aircraft employed in the service of international commercial aviation, with the reservation that no distinction Equality of craftshall be made in this respect between its own private aircraft engaged in international commerce and those of the other contracting1903 states likewise engaged. Each contracting state may furthermoreAuthorized routes, etc. prescribe the route to be followed over its territory by the aircraft of the other states, except in cases of *force majeure* which shall be governed in accordance with the stipulations of Article 18 of this*Post*, p. 1905. convention. Each state shall publish in advance and notify the other contracting states of the fixation of the authorized routes and the situation and extension of the prohibited zones. Article VI Every aircraft over a prohibited area shall be obliged, as soon asProcedure in event of violation. this fact is realized or upon being so notified by the signals agreed upon, to land as soon as possible outside of said area in the airdrome nearest the prohibited area over which it was improperly flying and which is considered as an international airport by the subjacent state. Article VII Aircraft shall have the nationality of the state in which they areRegistry. registered and can not be validly registered in more than one state. The registration entry and the certificate of registration shall contain a description of the aircraft and state, the number or other mark of identification given by the constructor of the machine, the registry marks and nationality, the name of the airdrome or airport usually used by the aircraft, and the full name, nationality and domicile of the owner, as well as the date of registration. Article VIII The registration of aircraft referred to in the preceding articleInternal legislation to govern registration. shall be made in accordance with the laws and special provisions of each contracting state. Article IX Every aircraft engaged in international navigation must carry aInternational navigation. distinctive mark of its nationality, the nature of such distinctiveAircraft to be distinctively marked. mark to be agreed upon by the several contracting states. The distinctive marks adopted will be communicated to the Pan American Union and to the other contracting states. Article X Every aircraft engaged in international navigation shall carryAircraft’s papers. with it in the custody of the aircraft commander: *a*) A certificate of registration, duly certified to according to the laws of the state in which it is registered; *b*) A certificate of airworthiness, as provided for in Article 12;*Post*, p. 1904. *c*) The certificates of competency of the commander, pilots, engineers, and crew, as provided for in Article 13; *d*) If carrying passengers, a list of their names, addresses and nationality; *e*) If carrying merchandise, the bills of lading and manifests, and all other documents required by customs laws and regulations of each country; *f*) Log books; *g*) If equipped with radiotelegraph apparatus, the corresponding license. Article XI Each contracting state shall every month file with every otherRegister to be kept. state party to this convention and with the Pan American Union, a copy of all registrations and cancellations of registrations of aircraft engaged in international navigation as between the several contracting states. 1904 Article XII Airworthiness certificates.Every aircraft engaged in international navigation (between the several contracting states) shall be provided with a certificate of airworthiness issued by the state whose nationality it possesses. This document shall certify to the states in which the aircraft is to operate, that, according to the opinion of the authority that issues it, such aircraft complies with the airworthiness requirements of each of the states named in said certificate. The aircraft commander shall at all times hold the certificate in his custody and shall deliver it for inspection and verification to the authorized representatives of the state which said aircraft visits. Each contracting state shall communicate to the other states parties to this convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the rating of its aircraft as to airworthiness and shall similarly communicate any changes made therein. While the states affirm the principle that the aircraft of each contracting state shall have the liberty of engaging in air commerce with the other contracting states without being subjected to the licensing system of any state with which such commerce is carried on, each and every contracting state mentioned in the certificate of airworthiness reserves the right to refuse to recognize as valid the certificate of airworthiness of any foreign aircraft where inspection by a duly authorized commission of such state shows that the aircraft is not, at the time of inspection, reasonably airworthy in accordance with the normal requirements of the laws and regulations of such state concerning the public safety. In such cases said state may refuse to permit further transit by the aircraft through its air space until such time as it, with due regard to the public safety, is satisfied as to the airworthiness of the aircraft, and shall immediately notify the state whose nationality the aircraft possesses and the Pan American Union of the action taken. Article XIII Certificates of competency.The aircraft commander, pilots, engineers, and other members of the operating crew of every aircraft engaged in international navigation between the several contracting states shall, in accordance with the laws of each state, be provided with a certificate of competency by the contracting state whose nationality the aircraft possesses. Such certificate or certificates shall set forth that each pilot, in addition to having fulfilled the requirements of the state issuing the same, has passed a satisfactory examination with regard to the traffic rules existing in the other contracting states over which he desires to fly. The requirements of form of said documents shall be uniform throughout all the contracting states and shall be drafted in the language of all of them, and for this purpose the Pan American Union is charged with making the necessary arrangements amongst the contracting states. Such certificate or certificates shall be held in the possession of the aircraft commander as long as the pilots, engineers and other members of the operating crew concerned continue to be employed on the aircraft. Upon the return of such certificate an authenticated copy thereof shall be retained in the files of the aircraft. Such certificate or certificates shall be open at all times to the inspection of the duly authorized representatives of any state visited. Each contracting state shall communicate to the other states parties to this convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the issuance of such certificates and shall from time to time communicate any changes made therein. 1905 Article XIV Each and every contracting state shall recognize as valid,Reciprocal recognition of certificates of competency. certificates of competency of the aircraft commander, pilots, engineers and other members of the operating crew of an aircraft, issued in accordance with the laws and regulations of other contracting states. Article XV The carriage by aircraft of explosives, arms and munitions of waTransportation of explosives, etc., forbidden.r is prohibited in international aerial navigation. Therefore, no foreign or native aircraft authorized for international traffic shall be permitted to transport articles of this nature, either between points situated within the territory of any of the contracting states or through the same even though simply in transit. Article XVI Each state may prohibit or regulate the carriage or use, by aircraftRegulations concerning photographic aparatus. possessing the nationality of other contracting states, of photographic apparatus. Such regulations as may be adopted by each state concerning this matter shall be communicated to each other contracting state and to the Pan American Union. Article XVII As a measure of public safety or because of lawful prohibitions, theOther restrictions permitted. transportation of articles in international navigation other than those mentioned in Articles 15 and 16 may be restricted by any contracting state. Such restrictions shall be immediately communicated to the other contracting states and to the Pan American Union. All restrictions mentioned in this article shall apply equally to foreign and national aircraft employed in international traffic. Article XVIII Every aircraft engaged in international traffic which enters the airAirports and landing fields. space of a contracting state with the intention of landing in said state shall do so in the corresponding customs airdrome, except in the cases mentioned in Article 19 and in case of *force majeure*, which*Post*, p. 1906. must be proved. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation, prior to itsClearance. departure from the territorial jurisdiction of a contracting state in which it has landed, shall obtain such clearance as is required by the laws of such state at a port designated as point of departure by such state. Each and every contracting state shall notify every other stateDesignated airports to be announced. party to this convention and the Pan American Union of such airports as shall be designated by such state as ports of entry and departure. When the laws or regulations of any contracting state so require,Navigation to conform to air-traffic rules. no aircraft shall legally enter into or depart from its territory through places other than those previously authorized by such state as international airports, and the landing therein shall be obligatory unless a special permit, which has been previously communicated to the authorities of said airport, is obtained from the competent authorities of said state, in which permit shall be clearly expressed the distinctive marks which the aircraft is obliged to make visible whenever requested to do so in the manner previously agreed upon in said permit. In the event that for any reason, after entering the territorial jurisdiction of a contracting state, aircraft of another contracting state should land at a point other than an airport designated as a port of entry in that state the aircraft commander shall immediately notify1906 the nearest competent authority and hold himself, crew, passengers and cargo at the point of landing until proper entry has been granted by such competent authority, unless communication therewith is impracticable within twenty-four hours. Aircraft of one of the contracting states which flies over the territory of another contracting state shall be obliged to land as soon as ordered to do so by means of the regulation signals, when for any reason this may be necessary. Application of immigration, customs, etc., laws.In the cases provided for in this article, the aircraft, aircraft commander, crew, passengers and cargo shall be subject to such immigration, emigration, customs, police, quarantine or sanitary inspection as the duly autnorized representatives of the subjacent state may make in accordance with its laws. Article XIX Postal aircraft, etc,As an exception to the general rules, postal aircraft and aircraft belonging to aerial transport companies regularly constituted and authorized may be exempted, at the option of the subjacent state, from the obligation of landing at an airdrome designated as a port of entry and authorized to land at certain inland airdromes, designated by the customs and police administration of such state, at which customs formalities shall be complied with. The departure of such aircraft from the state visited may be regulated in a similar manner. However, such aircraft shall follow the normal air route, and make their identity known by signals agreed upon as they fly across the frontier. Article XX Inspection, etc.From the time of landing of a foreign aircraft at any point whatever until its departure the authorities of the state visited shall have, in all cases, the right to visit and examine the aircraft and to verify all documents with which it must be provided, in order to determine that all the laws, rules and regulations of such states and all the provisions of this convention are complied with. Article XXI Discharging passengers and cargo.The aircraft of a contracting state engaged in international air commerce shall be permitted to discharge passengers and a part of its cargo at one of the airports designated as a port of entry of any other contracting state, and to proceed to any other airport or airports in such state for the purpose of discharging the remaining passengers and portions of such cargo and in like manner to take on passengers and load cargo destined for a foreign state or states, provided that they comply with the legal requirements of the country over which they fly, which legal requirements shall be the same for native and foreign aircraft engaged in international traffic and shall be communicated in due course to the contracting states and to the Pan American Union. Article XXII Preferential treatment to national aircraft.Each contracting state shall have the right to establish reservations and restrictions in favor of its own national aircraft in regard to the commercial transportation of passengers and merchandise between two or more points in its territory, and to other remunerated aeronautical operations wholly within its territory. Such reservations and restrictions shall be immediately published and communicated to the other contracting states and to the Pan American Union. 1907 Article XXIII The establishment and operation of airdromes will be regulated byAirdromes. the legislation of each country, equality of treatment being observed. Article XIV The aircraft of one contracting state engaged in internationalEquality of charges. commerce with another contracting state shall not be compelled to pay other or higher charges in airports or airdromes open to the public than would be paid by national aircraft of the state visited, likewise engaged in international commerce. Article XXV So long as a contracting state shall not have establishedApplication of merchant marine laws. appropriate regulations, the commander of an aircraft shall have rights and duties analogous to those of the captain of a merchant steamer, according to the respective laws of each state. Article XXVI The salvage of aircraft lost at sea shall be regulated, in the absenceSalvage regulations. of any agreement to the contrary, by the principles or maritime law. Article XXVII The aircraft of all states shall have the right, in cases of danger, toAid, in cases of danger. all possible aid. Article XXVIII Reparations for damages caused to persons or property located inReparations for damages. the subjacent territory shall be governed by the laws of each state. Article XXIX In case of war the stipulations of the present convention shall notFreedom of action in time of war. affect the freedom of action of the contracting states either as belligerents or as neutrals. Article XXX The right of any of the contracting states to enter into anyInternational aerial navigation. convention or special agreement with any other state or states concerning international aerial navigation is recognized, so long as suchAgreements between States concerning, recognized.Not to impair rights of other parties herein. convention or special agreement shall not impair the rights or obligations of any of the states parties to this convention, acquired or imposed herein; provided, however, that two or more states, for reasons of reciprocal convenience and interest may agree upon appropriateOperation, and routes. regulations pertaining to the operation of aircraft and the fixing of specified routes. These regulations shall in no case prevent the establishment and operation of practicable inter-American aerial lines and terminals. These regulations shall guarantee equality of treatment of the aircraft of each and every one of the contracting states and shall be subject to the same conditions as are set forth in Article 5 of this convention with respect to prohibited areas within*Ante*, p. 1902. the territory of a particular state. Nothing contained in this convention shall affect the rights andExisting treaties not affected. obligations established by existing treaties. Article XXXI The contracting states obligate themselves in so far as possible toDesignated cooperative measures. cooperate in inter-American measures relative to: *a*) The centralization and distribution of meteorologicalMeteorological information. information, whether statistical, current or special; 1908 *b*) Aeronautical charts, etc.The publication of uniform aeronautical charts, as well as the establishment of a uniform system of signals; *c*) Radiotelegraph.The use of radiotelegraph in aerial navigation, the establishment of the necessary radiotelegraph stations and the observance of the inter-American and international radiotelegraph regulations or conventions at present existing or which may come into existence. Article XXXII Uniform aerial navigation laws.The contracting states shall procure as far as possible uniformity of laws and regulations governing aerial navigation. The Pan American Union shall cooperate with the governments of the contracting states to attain the desired uniformity of laws and regulations for aerial navigation in the states parties to this convention. Mutual exchange of rules, etc.Each contracting state shall exchange with every other contracting state within three months after the date of ratification of this convention copies of its air-traffic rules and requirements as to competency for aircraft commanders, pilots, engineers, and other members of the operating crew, and the requirements for airworthiness of aircraft intended to engage in international commerce. Amendments.Each contracting state shall deposit with every other state party to this convention and with the Pan American Union three months prior to the date proposed for their enforcement any additions to or amendments of the regulations referred to in the last preceding paragraph. Article XXXIII Deposit of ratification with Cuba.Each contracting state shall deposit its ratification with the Cuban Government, which shall thereupon inform the other contracting states. Such ratification shall remain deposited in the archives of the Cuban Government. Article XXXIV Effective date.The present convention will come into force for each signatory state ratifying it in respect to other states which have already ratified, forty days from the date of deposit of its ratification. Article XXXV Adhesions.Any state may adhere to this convention by giving notice thereof to the Cuban Government, and such adherence shall be effective forty days thereafter. The Cuban Government shall inform the other signatory states of such adherence. Article XXXVI Arbitration of differences.In case of disagreement between two contracting states regarding the interpretation or execution of the present convention the question shall, on the request of one of the governments in disagreement, be submitted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. Each of the governments involved in the disagreement shall choose another government not interested in the question at issue and the government so chosen shall arbitrate the dispute. In the event the two arbitrators cannot reach an agreement they shall appoint another disinterested government as additional arbitrator. If the two arbitrators cannot agree upon the choice of this third government, each arbitrator shall propose a government not interested in the dispute and lots shall be drawn between the two governments proposed. The drawing shall devolve upon the Governing Board of the Pan American Union. The decision of the arbitrators shall be by majority vote. 1909 Article XXXVII Any contracting state may denounce this convention at any timeDenunciation. by transmitting notification thereof to the Cuban Government, which shall communicate it to the other states parties to this convention. Such denunciation shall not take effect until six months after notification thereof to the Cuban Government, and shall take effect only with respect to the state making the denunciation. In witness whereof, the above-named plenipotentiaries haveSignatures. signed this convention and the seal of the Sixth International Conference of American States has been hereto affixed. *Perú:* Jesús M. Sálazar, Víctor M. Maúrtua, Luis Ernesto Denegri, E. Castro Oyanguren. *Urugua:y* Varela, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. *Panama:* R. J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. *Ecuador:* Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Víctor Zevallos, C. E. Alfaro. *Merico:* Julio García, Fernando González Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elorduy. *Salvador:* J. Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Ed. Alvarez. *Guatemala:* Carlos Salazar, B. Alvarado, Luis Beltranena, J. Azurdia. *Nicaragua:* Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Máximo H. Zepeda, Joaquín Gómez. *Bolivia:* José Antezana, A. Costa du R. *Venezuela:* Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco G. Yanes, Rafael Angel Ar raiz. *Colombia:* Enrique Olaya Herrera, R. Gutiérrez Lee, J. M. Yepes. *Honduras;* F. Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. *Costa Rica:* Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Rafael Oreamuno, A. Tinoco Jiménez. *Chile:* Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, C. Silva Vildósola Manuel Bianchi. *Brazil:* Raúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor. *Argentina:* Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil, Carlos Alberto Ale orta. *Paraguay:* Lisandro Díaz León, Juan Vicente Ramírez. *Haiti:* Femando Dennis. *Dominican Republic:* Fraco. J. Peynado, Tulio M. Cestero, Jacinto R. de Castro, Elias Brache, R. Pérez Alfonseca. *United States of America:* Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. *Cuba:* Antonio S. de Bustamante, Orestes Ferrara, E. Hernández Cartaya, Aristides de Aguero Bethencourt, M. Márquez Sterling, Néstor Carbonell. 1910 Reservation of Dominican Republic Reservation of Dominican Republic.The delegation of the Dominican Republic records, as an explanation of its vote, that upon signing the present convention it does not understand that the Dominican Republic dissociates itself from conventions it has already ratified and which are in force. Certificate.Certified to be the English text of the convention on commercial aviation as contained in the final act signed, February 20, 1928, at the closing session of the Sixth International Conference of American States. Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State of the United States of America* Ratification.And Whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on the part of the United States of America, and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited on July 17, 1931, *Ante*, p. 1908.with the Government of Cuba in conformity with Article XXXIII of the Convention; And Whereas the said Convention has been ratified also by the Governments of Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama and Guatemala and the instruments of ratification of the said Governments were deposited with the Government of Cuba on April 24, 1929, May 4, 1929, May 13, 1929 and December 28, 1929, respectively; And Whereas it is provided in Article XXXIV of the said Convention that the Convention shall come into force for each signatory State ratifying it in respect to other States which have already ratified, forty days from the date of deposit of its ratification; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this twenty-seventh day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. December 17, 1930 Agreement 47 Stat. 1911 1911 ARBITRATION OF CLAIMS—SWEDEN. DECEMBER 17, 1930. *Special claims agreement between the United States of America and December 17, 1930.Sweden. Signed at Washington, December 17, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, February I4, 1931; ratified by the President, April 17, 1931; ratified by Sweden, January 3, 1931; ratifications exchanged at Washington, October 1, 1931; proclaimed, October 2, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas an agreement between the United States of America andClaims agreement with Sweden. Sweden for the arbitration of certain claims of the Preamble.Rederiaktiebolaget Nordstjernan, a Swedish corporation, growing out of the alleged detention in ports of the United States of America of the motorships KRONPRINS GUSTAF ADOLF and PACIFIC, belonging to the said Swedish corporation, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the seven-teenth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which agreement, being in the English language, is word for word as follows: Whereas, the Government of Sweden has presented to theSwedish claims. Government of the United States of America certain claims on behalf of Rederiaktiebolaget Nordstjernan, a Swedish corporation, for losses said to have been incurred as a result of the alleged detention in ports of the United States of America, in contravention of provisions of treaties in force between the United States of America and Sweden, of the motorship KRONPRINS GUSTAF ADOLF and the motorship PACIFIC belonging to said Swedish corporation; and Whereas, the Government of the United States of America has disclaimed any liability to indemnify the Government of Sweden in behalf of the owners or the said motorships, therefore: The President of the United States or America and His MajestyPurpose declared. the King of Sweden being desirous that this matter of difference between their two Governments should be submitted to adjudication by a competent and impartial Tribunal have named as theirPlenipotentiaries. respective plenipotentiaries, that is to say: The President of the United States of America, Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Sweden, W. Boström, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Washington; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I There shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the ConventionQuestions to be submitted to arbitration. for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes, signed at The1912 Vol. 36, P. 2199.Hague, October 18, 1907, and the Arbitration Convention between the United States of America and Sweden, signed at Washington, October 27, 1928, the following questions: *First*, Whether the Government of the United States of America detained the Swedish motorship KRONPRINS GUSTAF ADOLF between June 23, 1917 and July 12, 1918, and the Swedish motorship Vol. 8, pp. 60,346.PACIFIC between July 1, 1917 and July 19, 1918, in contravention of the Swedish-American Treaties of April 3, 1783 and July 4, 1827. *Second*, Whether, if the first question be decided in the affirmative, the Government or the United States of America is liable to the Government of Sweden in behalf of the owners of the motorships for damages resulting from such unlawful detention; and. *Third*, Should the reply be in the affirmative what pecuniary reparation is due to the Government of Sweden on behalf of the owners of the motorships above mentioned. Article II Reference to sole arbitrator.The questions stated in Article I shall be submitted for a decision to a sole arbitrator who shall not be a national of either the United States of America or Sweden. In the event that the two Governments shall be unable to agree upon the selection of a sole arbitrator within two months from the date of the coming into force of this Recourse to special tribunal.Agreement they shall proceed to the establishment of a Tribunal consisting of three members, one designated by the President of the United States of America, one by His Majesty the King of Sweden, and the third, who shall preside over the Tribunal, selected by mutual agreement of the two Governments. None of the members of the Tribunal shall be a national of the United States of America or of Sweden. Article III Procedure.The procedure in the arbitration shall be as follows:
(1)Within ninety days from the date of the exchange of ratifications of this Agreement, the agent for the Government of Sweden shall present to the Agent for the Government of the United States of America a statement of the facts on which the Government of Sweden rests the claim against the United States of America, and the demand for indemnity. This statement shall be accompanied by the evidence in support of the allegations and of the demand made;
(2)Within a like period of ninety days from the date on which this Agreement becomes effective, as aforesaid, the Agent for the Government of the United States of America shall present to the Agent for the Government of Sweden at Washington a statement of facts relied upon by the Government of the United States of America together with evidence in support.
(3)Within sixty days from the date on which the exchange of statements provided for in paragraphs
(1)and
(2)of this Article is completed each Agent shall present in the manner prescribed by paragraphs
(1)and (2). an answer to the statement of the other together with any additional evidence and such argument as they desire to submit. Article IV Record to be transmitted to Arbitrator, etc.When the development of the record is completed in accordance with Article III hereof, the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden shall forthwith cause to be forwarded to the International Bureau at The Hague, for transmission to the Arbitrator or Arbitrators, as the case may be, three complete sets of the statements, answers, evidence and arguments presented by their respective Agents to each other. 1913 Article V Within thirty days from the delivery of the record to theOral arguments. Arbitrator or Arbitrators in accordance with Article IV, the Tribunal shall convene at Washington for the purpose of hearing oral arguments by Agents or Counsel, or both, for each Government. Article VI When the Agent for either Government has reason to believeAvailability of relevant documents. that the other Government possesses or could obtain any document or documents which are relevant to the claim but which have not been incorporated in the record such document or documents shall be submitted to the Tribunal at the request of the Agent for the other Government and shall be available for inspection by the demanding Agent. In agreeing to arbitrate the claim of the KingdomReservation by United States. of Sweden in behalf of Rederiaktiebolaget Nordstjernan the Government of the United States of America does not waive any defense which was available prior to the concluding of the Agreement. Article VII The decision of the Tribunal shall be made within two monthsDecision. from the date on which the arguments close, unless on the request of the Tribunal the Parties shall agree to extend the period. The decision shall be in writing. The decision of the majority of the members of the Tribunal, in case a sole arbitrator is not agreed upon, shall be the decision of the Tribunal. The language in which the proceedings shallLanguage. be conducted shall be English. The decision shall be accepted as final and binding upon the twoFinality, etc. Governments. Article VIII Each Government shall pay the expenses of the presentation andExpenses. conduct of its case before the Tribunal; all other expenses which by their nature are a charge on both Governments, including the honorarium for the Arbitrator or Arbitrators, shall be borne by the two Governments in equal moieties. Article IX This Special Agreement shall be ratified in accordance with theRatification. constitutional forms of the Contracting Parties and shall take effect immediately upon the exchange of ratifications, which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signedSignatures. this Special Agreement and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Washington this seventeenth day of December, nineteen hundred and thirty. Henry L Stimson [seal] W. Boström [seal] And Whereas the said agreement has been duly ratified on bothRatifications exchanged. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the first day of October, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; 1914 Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said agreement to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this second day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of .America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. July 28, 1926 Convention 47 Stat. 1915 1915 CLAIMS CONVENTION—PANAMA. JULY 28, 1926. *Convention between the United States of America and Panama for July 28, 1926.reciprocal settlement of claims. Signed at Washington, July 28, 1926; ratification advised by the Senate, January 26, 1929; ratified by the President, September 11, 1931; ratified by Panama, September 25, 1931; ratifications exchanged at Washington, October 3, 1931; proclaimed, October 6, 1931.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andReciprocal claims Convention with Panama.Preamble. the Republic of Panama for the settlement and amicable adjustment of claims by citizens of each country against the other, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-eighth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-six, the original of which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting Powers. and the Republic of Panama, desiring to settle and adjust amicably claims by the citizens of each country against the other, have decided to enter into a Convention with this object, and to this end have nominated as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, The Honorable Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The President of the Republic of Panama, The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama to the United States and the Honorable Doctor Eusebio A.Morales,Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama on special mission; who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: 1916 Article I All claims of citizens of either country against the other for losses or damages to be submitted to joint commission.Colon Fire Claims.*Post*, p. 1922.All claims against the Republic of Panama arising since November 3, 1903, except the so-called Colon Fire Claims hereafter referred to, and which at the time they arose were those of citizens of the United States of America, whether corporations, companies, associations, partnerships or individuals, for losses or damages suffered by persons or by their properties, and all claims against the United States of America arising since November 3, 1903, and which at the time they arose were those of citizens of the Republic of Panama, whether corporations, companies, associations, partnerships or individuals, for fosses or damages suffered by persons or by their properties; all claims for losses or damages suffered by citizens of either countiy, by reason of losses or damages suffered by any corporation, company, association or partnership, in which such citizens have or have had, a substantial and bona fide interest, provided an allotment to the claimant by the corporation, company, association or partnership, of his proportion of the loss or damage suffered is presented by the claimant to the Commission; and all claims for losses or damage originating from acts of officials or others acting for either Government, and resulting in injustice, and which claims may tave been presented to either Government for its interposition with the other, and which have remained unsettled, as well as any other such claims which may be filed by either Government within the time hereinafter specified, shall be submitted to a Commission consisting of three members for decision in accordance with the principles of international law, justice and equity. As an exception to the claims to Property damages, Panama Canal, excepted.be submitted to such Commission, unless by later specific agreement of the two Contracting Parties, are claims for compensation on account of damages caused in the 1917manner set forth in Article VI of the Treaty of November 18, 1903, for the construction of the Panama Canal, which shall continue to be heard and decided by the Joint Commission provided for in that Article of the Treaty. With regard to the exceptionArbitration of Colon fire damage claims under separate Convention. above made respecting the claims for losses suffered by American citizens as a result of the fire that occurred in the City of Colon on March 31, 1885, the Government of Panama agrees in principle to the arbitration of such claims under a Convention to which the Republic of ColombiaColombia to become a party. shall be invited to become a party and which shall provide for the creation or selection of an arbitral tribunal to determine theQuestions to be determined. following questions: First, whether the Republic of Colombia incurred any liability for losses sustained by American citizens on account of the fire that took place in the City of Colon on the 31st of March 1885; and, second, in case it should be determined in the arbitration that there is an original liability on the part of Colombia, to what extent, if any, the Republic of Panama has succeeded Colombia in such liability on account of her separation from Colombia on November 3, 1903, and the Government of Panama agrees to cooperate with the Government of the United States by means of amicable representations in the negotiation of such arbitral agreement between the three Countries. 1918 Special tribunal created to hear, etc., particular claims.The hearing and adjudication of particular claims in accordance with their merits in order to determine the amount of damages to be paid, if any, in case a liability is found, shall take place before a special tribunal to be constituted in such form as the circumstances created by the tripartite arbitration shall demand. Treatment oi specific claims.As a specific exception to the limitation of the claims to be submitted to the Commission against the United States of America it is agreed that there shall be submitted to the Commission the claims of Abbondio Caselli, a Swiss citizen, or the Government of Panama, and Jose C. Monteverde, an Italian subject, or the Government of Panama, as their respective interests in such claims may appear, these claims having arisen from land purchased by the Government of Panama from the said Caselli and Monteverde and afterwards expropriated by the Government of the United States, and having formed in each case the subject matter of a decision by the Supreme Court of Panama. Joint Commission. Composition, etc.The Commission shall be constituted as follows: One member shall be appointed by the President of the United States; one by the President of the Republic of Panama; and the third, who shall preside over the Commission, shall be selected by mutual agreement between the two Governments. If the two Governments shall not agree within two months from the exchange of ratifications of this Convention in naming such a third member, then he shall be designated by the President of the Permanent Administrative Vol. 36, p. 2199.Council of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague described in Article 49 of the Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes concluded at The Hague October 18, 1907. In case of the death, absence or incapacity of any member of the Commission, or in 1919the event of the member omitting or ceasing to act as such, the same procedure shall be followed for filling the vacancy as was followed in appointing him. Article II. The Commissioners so namedOrganization, etc. shall meet at Washington for organization within six months after the exchange of ratifications of this Convention, and each member of the Commission before entering upon his duties, shall make and subscribe a solemn declaration stating that he will carefully and impartially examine and decide according to the best of his judgment and in accordance with the principles of international law, justice and equity, all claims presented for his decision, and such declaration shall be entered upon the record of the proceedings of the Commission. The Commission may fix the time and place of its subsequent meetings, either in the United States or in Panama as may be convenient, subject always to the special instructions of the two Governments. Article III. The Commission shall haveProcedure, etc. authority by the decision of the majority of its members to adopt such rules for its proceedings as may be deemed expedient and necessary, not in conflict with any of the provisions of this Convention. Each Government may nominate agents or counsel who will be authorized to present to the Commission orally or in writing, all the arguments deemed expedient in favor of or against any claim. The agents or counsel of either Government may offer to the Commission any documents, affidavits, interrogatories or other evidence desired in favor of or against any claim and shall have the right to examine wit1920nesses under oath or affirmation before the Commission, in accordance with such rules of procedure as the Commission shall adopt. Judgment.The decision of the majority; of the members of the Commission shall be the decision of the Commission. Official languages.The language in which the proceedings shall be conducted and recorded shall be English or Spanish. Article IV. Record, etc., to be kept.The Commission shall keep an accurate record of the claims and cases submitted, and minutes of its proceedings with the dates Secretaries, etc., to be appointed.thereof. To this end, each Government may appoint a Secretary; those Secretaries shall act as joint Secretaries of the Commission and shall be subject to its instructions. Each Government may also appoint and employ, any necessary assistant secretaries and such other assistants as may be deemed necessary. The Commission may also appoint and employ any other persons necessary to assist in the performance of its duties. Article V. Equitable settlement of claims.The High Contracting Parties being desirous of effecting an equitable settlement of the claims of their respective citizens, thereby affording them just and adequate compensation for their losses or damages, agree that no claim shall be disallowed or rejected by the Commission through the application of the general principle of international law that the legal remedies must be exhausted as a condition precedent to the validity or allowance of any claim. Article VI. Time for filing.Every such claim for loss or damage accruing prior to the signing of this Convention, shall be filed with the Commission 1921within four months from the date of its first meeting, unless in any case reasons for the delay, satisfactory to the majority of the Commissioners, shall be established, and in any such case the period for filing the claim may be extended not to exceed two additional months. The Commission shall be boundDecisions to be rendered in one year. to hear, examine and decide, within one year from the date of its first meeting, all the claims filed. Three months after the dateProgress, etc., to be reported. of the first meeting of the Commissioners and every three months thereafter, the Commission shall submit to each Government a report setting forth in detail its work to date, including a statement of the claims filed, claims heard and claims decided. The Commission shall be bound to decide any claim heard and examined, within six months after the conclusion of the hearing of such claim and to record its decision. Article VII. The High Contracting PartiesDecision final and conclusive. agree to consider the decision of the Commission as final and conclusive upon each claim decided, and to give full effect to such decisions. They furtherAcceptance of results. agree to consider the result of the proceedings of the Commission as a full, perfect and final settlement of every such claim upon either Government, for loss or damage sustained prior to the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention. And they further agree that every such claim, whether or not filed and presented to the notice of, made, preferred or submitted to such Commission, shall from and after the conclusion of the proceedings of the Commission, be considered and treated as fully settled, barred, and thenceforth inadmis1922sible, provided in the case of the claims filed with the Commission that such claims have been heard and decided. Colon Fire Claims excepted.This provision shall not apply to the so-called Colon Fire Claims, which will be disposed of in the *Ante*, p. 1917.manner provided for in Article I of this Convention. Article VIII. Payment by country owing excess in awards.The total amount awarded in all the cases decided in favor of the citizens of one country shall be deducted from the total amount awarded to the citizens of the other country, and the balance shall be paid at the City of Panama or at Washington, in gold coin or its equivalent within one year from the date of the final meeting of the Commission, to the Government of the country in favor of whose citizens the greater amount may have been awarded. Article IX. Expenses.Each Government shall pay its own Commissioner and bear its own expenses. The expenses of the Commission including the salary of the third Commissioner shall be defrayed in equal proportions by the two Governments. Article X. Exchange of ratifications.The present Convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with their respective Constitutions. Ratifications of this Convention shall be exchanged in Washington as soon as practicable and the Convention shall take effect on the date of the exchange of ratifications. Signatures.In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed and affixed their seals to this Convention. Done in duplicate in Washington this twenty-eighth day of July 1926. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaContracting Powers. y la República de Panamá, deseosos de arreglar y ajustar amigablemente las reclamaciones de los ciudadanos de cada país contra el otro, han convenido en celebrar una Convención con ese objeto, y con tal fin han nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América, a su Excelencia Frank B. Kellogg, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y El Presidente de la República de Panamá, a los Excelentísimos Señores Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de Panamá en los Estados Unidos y Doctor Eusebio A. Morales, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de Panamá en misión especial; quienes después de haberse comunicado mutuamente sus respectivos Plenos Poderes y encontrádolos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: 1916 Artículo I All claims of citizens of either country against the other for losses or damages to be submitted to joint commission.Colon Fire Claims.*Post*, p. 1922.Todas las reclamaciones contra la República de Panamá surgidas a partir del 3 de Noviembre de 1903, con excepción de las llamadas Reclamaciones por el Incendio de Colón, que se mencionan más adelante, y que al tiempo de cumplirse los hechos en que se fundan correspondían a ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos, ya sean sociedades anónimas, compañías, asociaciones, sociedades colectivas o bien individuos particulares, por pérdidas o daños causados a sus personas o a sus bienes, y todas las reclamaciones contra los Estados Unidos de América, surgidas a partir del 3 de Noviembre de 1903, y que al tiempo de surgir correspondían a ciudadanos de la República de Panamá, ya sean sociedades anónimas, compañías, asociaciones, sociedades colectivas o individuos particulares, por pérdidas o daños causados a sus personas o a sus bienes; todas las reclamaciones por pérdidas o daños sufridos por los ciudadanos de uno y otro país con motivo de pérdidas o daños sufridos por alguna sociedad anónima, comÍiañía, asociación o sociedad coectiva, en las cuales esos ciudadanos tengan o hayan tenido participación sustancial y *bonafide*, siempre que el reclamante presente a la Comisión constancia de una asignación hecha a su favor por la sociedad anónima, compañía, asociación o sociedad colectiva, de la parte proporcional que le corresponde en la pérdida o daño sufrido; y todas las reclamaciones por pérdidas o daños provenientes de actos ejecutados por funcionarios o representantes de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, de los cuales haya resultado injusticia, y las cuales hayan sido presentadas a uno de los dos Gobiernos, para su consideración por el otro, y que hayan quedado Property damages, Panama Canal, excepted.pendientes de arreglo, así como cualesquiera otras reclamaciones que presente cualquiera de los os Gobiernos dentro del plazo que se establece más adelante, 1917serán sometidas a una ComisiónVol. 33, p. 2235. que se compondrá de tres miembros, para ser falladas de conformidad con los principios del Derecho Internacional, de la justicia y de la equidad. Quedan exceptuadas de las reclamaciones que deben someterse a la dicha Comisión, salvo convenio específico que posteriormente celebren las dos Partes Contratantes, las reclamaciones por indemnización de perjuicios causados de la ma nera que establece el Artículo VI del Tratado de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, sobre construcción del Canal de Panamá, las cuales seguirán siendo oídas y falladas por la Comisión Mixta que estipula dicho artículo del Tratado. Con relación a la excepciónArbitration of Colon fire damage claims under separate Convention. que se hace arriba de las reclamaciones por las pérdidas sufridas por ciudadanos americanos a consecuencia del incendio acaecido en la ciudad de Colón el 31 de Marzo de 1885, el Gobierno de Panamá conviene en principio en el arbitramento de tales reclamaciones de conformidad con una Colombia to become a party.Convención a la cual se invitará a la República de Colombia a hacerse parte y en la cual se estipulará la creación o selecciónQuestions to be determined. de un Tribunal arbitral que determine las cuestiones siguientes: Primera: Si la República de Colombia incurrió en resnonsabilidad por las pérdidas sufridas por ciudadanos americanos por razón del incendio que tuvo lugar en la ciudad de Colón el 31 de Marzo de 1885; y segunda, caso de determinarse en el arbitramento que existe una responsabilidad original de parte de Colombia, en qué proporción, si alguna cabe, la República de Panamá ha sucedido a Colombia en tal responsabilidad por razón de su separación de Colombia el 3 de Noviembre de 1903, y el Gobierno de Panamá conviene en cooperar con el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos por medio de representaciones amigables a la negociación de tal arbitramento entre los tres países. 1918 Special tribunal created to hear, etc., particular claims.El juzgamiento y fallo de las reclamaciones particulares de acuerdo con sus méritos, a efecto de determinar la cuantía de los daños, si los hubiere, en caso de decidirse que ha habido responsabilidad, tendrá lugar ante un tribunal especial que se constituirá en la forma que exijan las circunstancias creadas por el arbitramento tripartito. Treatment oi specific claims.Como excepción específica de la limitación de las reclamaciones contra los Estados Unidos de América que deben ser sometidas a la Comisión, se conviene que se someterán a ésta las reclamaciones de Abbondio Caselli, ciudadano Suizo, o del Gobierno de Panamá, y de José C. Monteverde, súbdito italiano, o del Gobierno de Panamá, según sea el interés de dichas partes en esos casos, reclamaciones que han surgido de la compra de unos terrenos hecha por el Gobierno de Panamá a dichos señores Caselli y Monteverde, que luego fueron expropiados por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos, y que en cada caso han sido materia de sentencia proferida por la Corte Suprema de Justicia de Panamá. Joint Commission. Composition, etc.La Comisión será constituida así: un miembro será nombrado por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, otro por el Presidente de la República de Panamá, y el tercero, quien presidirá la Comisión, será escogido por acuerdo mutuo de los dos Gobiernos. Si los dos Gobiernos no se pusieren de acuerdo en la designación de dicho tercer miembro dentro de los dos meses siguientes al canje de ratificaciones de esta Convención, el nombramiento será hecho por el Presidente del Consejo Administrativo Permanente de la Vol. 36, p. 2199.Corte Permanente de Arbitraje de la Haya, a que se refiere el Artículo 49 de la Convención para el arreglo pacífico de las disputas internacionales concluida en la Haya el 18 de octubre de 1907. En caso de muerte, ausencia o incapacidad de cualquier miembro de la Comisión, o en caso de 1919que alguno de ellos deje de actuar en ese carácter o cese en el ejercicio de sus funciones, para llenar la vacante se seguirá el mismo procedimiento establecido para el nombramiento. Artículo II. La Comisión así nombrada seOrganization, etc. reunirá en Washington con el fin de organizarse, dentro do los seis meses siguientes al canje de ratificaciones de esta Convención, y cada miembro de la Comisión, antes de comenzar sus labores, hará y suscribirá una declaración solemne en que conste que considerará y fallará cuidadosa e imparcialmente, de acuerdo con su mejor criterio y según los principios del Derecho Internacional, de la justicia y de la equidad, todas las reclamaciones sometidas a su fallo, y de dicha declaración se dejará constancia en las actas de la Comisión. La Comisión podrá fijar el tiempo y lugar de sus reuniones subsiguientes, bien en los Estados Unidos o en Panamá, según convenga, sujeta siempre a las instrucciones especiales de los dos Gobiernos. Artículo III. Por resolución de la mayoríaProcedure, etc. de sus miembros, la Comisión podrá establecer las reglas de procedimiento que estime convenientes y necesarias, siempre que no estén en pugna con las estipulaciones de esta Convención. Cada Gobierno podrá nombrar representantes o abogados que estarán autorizados para presentar a la Comisión, oralmente o por escrito, los alegatos que estimen oportunos, en pro o en contra de cualquiera reclamación. Los representantes o abogados de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos podrán presentar a la Comisión tos documentos, declaraciones juradas, interrogatorios y demás pruebas que deseen en favor o en 1920contra de cualquiera reclamación y tendrán el derecho de examinar testigos ante la Comisión bajo juramente o promesa de decir verdad, de acuerdo con las reglas de procedimiento que la Comisión adoptare. Judgment.El fallo de la mayoría de los miembros de la Comisión será el fallo de la Comisión. Official languages.El idioma de las actuaciones y de los expedientes será el inglés o el español. Artículo IV. Record, etc., to be kept.La Comisión llevará un registro exacto de las reclamaciones y casos presentados, y levantará actas de sus actuaciones Secretaries, etc., to be appointed.en las fechas respectivas. Con tal fin, cada Gobierno podrá nombrar un Secretario; estos Secretarios actuarán conjuntamente como Secretarios de la Comisión y estarán sujetos a sus instrucciones. Cada Gobierno podrá también nombrar y emplear los subsecretarios y demás empleados que se consideren necesarios. La Comisión podrá, igualmente, nombrar y emplear a cualesquiera otras personas que sean necesarias para que la ayuden en el ejercicio de sus funciones. Artículo V. Equitable settlement of claims.Las Altas Partes Contratantes deseosas de ajustar equitativamente las reclamaciones de sus respectivos ciudadanos, acordándoles así compensación justa y adecuada por sus pérdidas y daños, convienen en que ninguna reclamación será negada ni rechazada por la Comisión mediante aplicación del principio general de Derecho Internacional de que han de agotarse los recursos legales como condición previa para la validez y admisión de cualquiera reclamación. Artículo VI. Time for filing.Todas y cada una de las reclamaciones por pérdidas o daños surgidas antes de la firma de esta Convención, deberán ser 1921presentadas a la Comisión dentro de los cuatro meses siguientes a la fecha de su primera reunión, salvo los casos en que se aduzcan razones para la demora, que satisfagan a la mayoría de los miembros de la Comisión, y en tales casos el término para presentar la reclamación podrá prorrogarse por un período que no exceda de dos meses. La Comisión estará obligadaDecisions to be rendered in one year. a oir, sustanciar y fallar dentro de un año, a partir de la fecha de la primera reunión, todas las reclamaciones que hayan sido presentadas. Tres meses después de la fechaProgress, etc., to be reported. de la primera reunión de los Comisionados y en cada trimestre subsiguiente, la Comisión rendirá a cada Gobierno un informe en que dará cuenta detallada de las labores llevadas a cabo hasta la fecha correspondiente, e incluirá una relación de las reclamaciones presentadas, de las oídas y de las falladas. La Comisión estará obligada a fallar toda reclamación ya oída y sustanciada, dentro de los seis meses siguientes a la terminación de la vista de dicha reclamación, y a dejar constancia de su fallo. Artículo VII. Las Altas Partes ContratantesDecision final and conclusive. convienen en considerar como definitivos y concluyentes los fallos de la Comisión en cada una de las reclamaciones juzgadas y en dar pleno cumplimiento a esos fallos. Convienen, además, en considerar el resultado de las actuaciones de la Comisión como ajuste pleno, perfecto y final de cada reclamación contra el Gobierno respectivo, por pérdidas o daños sufridos antes del canje de ratificaciones de esta Convención.Acceptance of results. Y convienen, además, que toda reclamación, haya sido o no presentada a la Comisión, llevada a su conocimiento, formulada, propuesta o sometida a su estudio, será considerada y tenida a partir de la fecha en que terminen las actuaciones de la Comisión como plenamente resuelta, excluida e 1922inadmisible en lo futuro, siempre que las reclamaciones presentadas a la Comisión hayan sido oídas y falladas. Colon Fire Claims excepted.Esta estipulación no será aplicable a las llamadas Reclamaciones por el Incendio de Colón, *Ante*, p. 1917.con las cuales se procederá de la manera estipulada en el artículo I de esta Convención. Artículo VIII. Payment by country owing excess in awards.La cantidad total adjudicada en todos los casos decididos a favor de los ciudadanos de un país será deducida de la cantidad total adjudicada a los ciudadanos del otro país, y el saldo será pagado en la ciudad de Panamá o en Washington, en moneda de oro o su equivalente, dentro del año siguiente a la fecha de la sesión final de la Comisión, al Gobierno del país en favor de cuyos ciudadanos se haya adjudicado la cantidad mayor. Artículo IX. Expenses.Cada Gobierno pagará su propio Comisionado y sufragará sus propios gastos. Los gastos de la Comisión, inclusive el sueldo del tercer Comisionado, serán cubiertos por partes iguales por los dos Gobiernos. Artículo X. Exchange of ratifications.Esta Convención será ratificada por las Altas Partes Contratantes, de acuerdo con sus respectivas Constituciones. Las ratificaciones serán canjeadas en Washington tan pronto como sea dable y la Convención comenzará a surtir sus efectos desde la fecha en que se verifique el canje. Signatures.En testimonio de lo cual, los Plenipotenciarios respectivos han firmado y sellado esta Convención. Hecha por duplicado en Washington el dia veintiocho de julio de 1926. [seal] Frank B Kellogg [seal] R. J. Alfaro [seal] Eusebio A Morales 1923 And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothRatifications exchanged. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the third day of October, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixth day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one [seal], and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. November 10, 1931 Convention 47 Stat. 1924 1924 POSTAL CONVENTION—AMERICAS AND SPAIN. NOV. 10, 1931. * November 10, 1931.Postal Convention between the Americas and Spain. Signed at Madrid, November 10, 1931; approved by the President, February 9, 1932.* Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.UNION POSTAL DE LAS AMERICAS Y ESPANA CONVENIO celebrado entre: Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela. Purpose.Los infrascritos, Plenipotenciarios de los Gobiernos de los países arriba enumerados, reunidos en Congreso, en Madrid, haciendo uso del derecho que les concede el Vol. 46, p. 2529.artículo 5 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, e inspirándose en el deseo de extender y perfeccionar sus relaciones postales y de establecer una solidaridad de acción capaz de representar eficazmente en los Congresos Postales Universales sus intereses comunes en lo que se refiere a las comunicaciones por Correo, han convenido en celebrar, bajo reserva de ratificación, el Convenio siguiente: Artículo 1 Unión Postal de las Américas y España Single postal territory constituted.Los países contratantes, de acuerdo con la precedente declaración, constituyen, bajo la denominación de Unión Postal de las Américas y España, un solo territorio postal. 1925 Artículo 2 Uniones restringidas 1. Los países contratantes, yaCloser unions for improvement. sea por su situación limítrofe, ya sea por la intensidad de sus relaciones postales, podrán establecer entre sí uniones más estrechas, con el fin de reducir tarifas o introducir otras mejoras sobre cualquiera de los servicios a que se refiere el presente Convenio o los Acuerdos especiales celebrados por este Congreso. 2. Asimismo, y en lo que concierneSpecial agreements through correspondence. a asuntos no previstos en el presente Convenio o en el de la Unión Postal Universal, los países signatarios podrán adoptar entre sí las resoluciones que estimen precisas, por medio de correspondencia o, si fuera necesario, ajustando un Acuerdo especial, de conformidad con la autorización que les confiere el presente artículo o con su legislación interna. Artículo 3 Tránsito libre y gratuito 1. La gratuidad del tránsitoGratuitous transit within territory. territorial, fluvial y marítimo es absoluta en el territorio de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; en consecuencia, los paísesConveyance obligatory. que la integran se obligan a transportar a través de sus territorios y a conducir en los buques de su matrícula o bandera que utilicen en el transporte de su propia correspondencia, sin recargo alguno para los países contratantes, toda la que éstos expidan con cualquier destino. 2. En los casos de reencaminamiento,Reforwarding. los países contratantes se comprometen a reexpedir la correspondencia por las vías y conductos que utilicen para sus propios envíos. 1926 Artículo 4 Tarifa Postage rates of domestic service to govern.La tarifa del servicio interior de cada país regirá en las relaciones de los países que constituyen la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, excepto cuando dicha Exception.tarifa interna sea superior a la que se aplique a la correspondencia destinada a los países de la Unión Postal Universal, en cuyo caso regirá esta última. Artículo 5 Objetos de correspondencia Articles of correspondence to which applicable.Las disposiciones de este Convenio se aplicarán a las cartas, tarjetas postales sencillas y con respuesta pagada, impresos de todas clases, papeles de negocios, Insured articles.muestras sin valor, pequeños paquetes y valores declarados. Sin embargo, los servicios de pequeños paquetes y valores declarados quedan limitados a los países que convengan en ejecutarlos, ya sea en sus relaciones recíprocas, ya sea en una sola dirección. Artículo 6 Correspondencia certificada.—Responsabilidad 1. Registered correspondence; fee. Los objetos designados en el artículo 5 podrán ser expedidos con el carácter de certificados, mediante el pago de un derecho igual al que la Administración de origen haya establecido en su servicio. 2. Responsibility. Salvo en los casos de fuerza mayor, las Administraciones contratantes serán responsables de la pérdida de todo objeto certificado. Indemnity right of sender.El remitente tendrá derecho a una indemnización que no podrá exceder en ningún caso de tres dólares o su equivalencia en francos oro. 3. Prohibited articles. No obstante, las Administraciones estarán relevadas de responsabilidad por la pérdida de un objeto certificado cuyo contenido *Post*, p. 1929.caiga bajo el régimen de las prohibiciones mencionadas por el artículo 11 del presente Convenio, o que esté prohibido por las leyes o 1927reglamentos del país de origen o de destino, siempre que dicho país haya dado el debido conocimiento por la vía usual. 4. Se establece, con carácterSpecial category of registers. facultativo, una categoría especial de certificados sin derecho a indemnización, aplicable a los libros, periódicos y demás impresos, papeles de negocios y muestras sin valor, mediante el pago, además de los portes ordinarios, de un derecho reducido, cuya cuantíaReduced fee. fijarán las Administraciones interesadas. Sin embargo, las AdministracionesApplication. que adopten esta nueva modalidad de certificados, podrán aplicarla en la misma extensión en que la tengan establecida para su servicio interno. Artículo 7 Franqueo obligatorio 1. Se declara obligatorio elPrepayment obligatory. franqueo completo de toda clase de correspondencia, incluso los paquetes cerrados, a excepción de las cartas en su forma usual y ordinaria, a las cuales se les dará curso siempre que lleven, por lo menos, el franqueo correspondiente a un porte sencillo. 2. Los demás objetos no francosOtherwise office of origin to hold. o insuficientemente franqueados, quedarán detenidos en la oficina de origen, que procederá conDisposition. ellos en la forma que determine su legislación interna. 3. Por las cartas insuficientementeBalance from addressee. franqueadas sólo se cobrará del destinatario la diferencia de porte no pagado por el remitente. Artículo 8 Peso y dimensiones Los límites de peso y dimensionesWeight and dimensions. de los diversos objetos de correspondencia se ajustarán a lo preceptuado para los mismos en el Convenio vigente de la UniónVol. 46, p. 2541. Postal Universal, a excepción de los impresos, que cuando sean acondicionados en paquetes, podrán pesar hasta cuatro kilogramos, aumentándose tal límite a cinco kilogramos cuando se trate de obras en un solo volumen. 1928 Artículo 9 Tarjetas postales rezagadas Destruction of undelivered post cards.Las tarjetas postales ordinarias, caídas en rezago por cualquier motivo, serán destruidas en el país de destino, salvo que se haya solicitado en las mismas su devolución y lleven, además, el nombre y dirección del remitente, en cuyo caso se devolverán al país de origen. Artículo 10 Franquicia de porte 1. Franking privilege granted. Las Partes contratantes convienen en acordar franquicia de porte, tanto en su servicio interno, como en el américoespañol, a la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, a la Oficina de Transbordos de Panamá y a los miembros del Cuerpo diplomático de los países Official correspondence of Consuls.signatarios. Los Cónsules gozarán de franquicia para la correspondencia oficial que dirijan a sus respectivos países, para la que cambien entre sí y para la que remitan al Gobierno del país en que estuvieren acreditados, siempre que exista reciprocidad. De igual franquicia disfrutarán los Vicecónsules cuando se hallen en Vice-Consuls.funciones de Cónsules. 2. Exchange of diplomatic correspondence. El cambio de correspondencia del Cuerpo diplomático entre los Secretarios de Estado de los respectivos países y sus Embajadas o Legaciones, tendrá carácter de reciprocidad entre los países contratantes y se efectuará al descubierto o por medio de valijas diplomáticas, con arreglo a *Post*, p. 1944.lo que determina el artículo 5 del Reglamento de ejecución. Estas valijas gozarán de franquicia y de todas las garantías de los envíos oficiales. 3. Free postage under registration. La correspondencia a que se refieren los dos párrafos precedentes podrá ser expedida en No indemnity in case of loss.franquicia con carácter de certificado, pero sin derecho alguno a indemnización en caso de extravío. 1929 4. Gozarán de franquicia deNewspapers, magazines, etc. porte los diarios, revistas, publicaciones periódicas, libros, folletos y otros impresos que expidan los editores o autores con destino a las oficinas de información establecidas por las Administraciones de Correos américoespañolas. 5. Esta franquicia no comprendeAir service, etc., not included. en ningún caso el servicio aéreo ni los demás servicios especiales que existan en el régimen interno o américoespañol de los países contratantes. Artículo 11 Prohibiciones 1. Sin perjuicio de lo que establezcan,Articles not forwarded. respecto a restricciones en la circulación de correspondencia, el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal y la legislación interior de cada país, no se dará curso a la correspondencia siguiente: *a*) A las publicaciones que atenten a la seguridad y al orden públicos; *b*) A las publicaciones pornográficas; *c*) A la correspondencia de cualquier naturaleza que tenga por objeto la comisión de fraudes, estafas o cualquier clase de delito contra la propiedad o las personas. A tal fin se procederá de acuerdo con lo que disponga la legislación interna de cada país. *d*) A la correspondencia queCorrespondence containing cash, etc. contenga dinero en efectivo, billetes de Banco o valores al portador, ya se trate de correspondencia ordinaria o certificada, salvo acuerdo en contrario entre las Administraciones interesadas. 2. Las Administraciones podránExtension of provisions. hacer extensivas las prohibiciones que dicten para su régimen interno al servicio américoespañol, dando aviso previo a la OficinaNotice. Internacional de Montevideo para que lo informe a las demás Administraciones. 3. Cuando se comprueba laDisposition of prohibited articles. existencia de algún objeto prohibido, la Administración de tránsito o destino en cuyo servicio se 1930descubriere, procederá de acuerdo con las disposiciones de su legislación interior, informando a la Administración del país de origen del trato dado al envío. Artículo 12 Servicios especiales Extension of domestic postal services.Las Altas partes contratantes se obligan, sobre la base de acuerdos especiales o por correspondencia, a hacer extensivos a los demás países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España todos los servicios postales que realicen o puedan, en lo futuro, establecer en el interior de sus respectivos países. Artículo 13 Disposiciones varias “Postage paid” service.Los países contratantes tendrán la facultad de adoptar el “porte pagado” para el envío de diarios o publicaciones periódicas abiertos o en paquetes, incluso los de propaganda o reclamo puramente comerciales, siempre que, para estos últimos, no se aplique una tarifa reducida. Artículo 14 Idioma oficial Official language.Se adopta el español como idioma oficial para los asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos. No obstante, los países cuyo idioma no fuera éste podrán usar el propio. Artículo 15 Protección e intercambio de funcionarios postales Protection of transit pouches, etc.Las autoridades postales de los países contratantes estarán obligadas a prestar, cuando les sea solicitada, la cooperación que necesiten los funcionarios encargados del transporte de valijas y correspondencia en tránsito por dichos países, y asimismo a aquellos otros que una Administración acuerde enviar a cualquiera de 1931estos países para llevar a cabo estudios acerca del desarrollo y perfeccionamiento de los servicios postales. Para el más eficaz rendimientoAgreements for. de estos viajes, las Administraciones podrán ponerse de acuerdo a fin de organizar un intercambio de funcionarios de Correos. Artículo 16 Oficina Internacional de Transbordos 1. Queda subsistente en la RepûblicaInternational Transfer Office. de Panamá una Oficina Internacional de Transbordos, destinada a recibir y reexpedir toda la correspondencia que se curse por su mediación, originaria de cualquiera de los países de esta Unión, cuando dé lugar a operaciones de transbordo. 2. La expresada Oficina funcionaráFunctions. de acuerdo con el Reglamento concertado entre la Oficina Internacional de la Union Postal de las Américas y España y la Administración Postal Panameña. 3. Las reformas que en cualquierAmendments. tiempo deban introducirse en el Reglamento aludido se someterán por las Administraciones interesadas a la consideración de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, para que, por su mediación, se propongan a la Administración Postal de Panamá. 4. La organización y funcionamientoSupervision of organization and operation. de la Oficina Internacional de Transbordos quedan sometidos a la vigilancia y fiscalización de la Dirección general de Correos y Telégrafos de Panamá y la Oficina de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, a quien incumbe actuar como mediadora y asesora en cualquier divergencia surgida entre la Administración Postal de Panamá y los países que utilicen los servicios de la Oficina mencionada. 5. El personal adscrito al servicioPersonnel. de la Oficina lo designará la Dirección general de Correos y Telégrafos de Panamá, y tendrá1932 carácter inamovible, conforme con las disposiciones que al respecto establece el Reglamento de la Oficina. 6. Maintenance expenses. Los gastos que demande el sostenimiento de esta Oficina quedarán a cargo de los países que utilicen estos servicios, repartidos proporcionalmente al volumen de correspondencia que intercambien por su mediación. Funds to be advanced.La Administración de Panamá adelantará las cantidades necesarias para mantener expeditos los servicios de la Oficina. Repayments.Dichas cantidades se reintegrarán trimestralmente por cada Administración interesada, pero los reintegros que no se produzcan dentro de un plazo de seis meses, a partir del vencimiento de cada trimestre, devengarán un interés de 7% anual, destinado a aumentar los recursos de sostenimiento de la Oficina de Transbordos. Artículo 17 Arbitrajes Arbitration.Todo conflicto o desacuerdo que se suscite en las relaciones postales de los países contratantes será resuelto por juicio arbitral, que se realizará en la forma dispuesta por el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal.Designation of arbitrators.Ladesignación de árbitros deberá recaer en los países signatarios, y, llegado el caso, con intervención de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. Artículo 18 Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. 1. International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Con el nombre de Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, Location.funcionará en Montevideo, bajo la alta inspección de la Administración general de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos de la República 1933Oriental del Uruguay, una Oficina central que servirá como órganoPurpose. de relación, información y consulta de los países de esta Unión. 2. Esta Oficina se encargará:Duties and powers. *a*) De reunir, coordinar, publicarInformation service. y distribuir los datos de todas clases que interesen especialmente al servicio postal américoespañol; *b*) De emitir, a petición expresaOpinions on disputed questions. de las partes interesadas, su opinión sobre cuestiones litigiosas; *c*) De emitir, por propia iniciativaOn matters of general interest. o a petición de cualquiera de las Administraciones de los países signatarios, su opinión en todos los asuntos de orden postal que afecten o tengan relación con los intereses generales de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; *d*) De dar a conocer las solicitudesAnnounce requests for modification of Acts. de modificaciones de las actas del Congreso que puedan formularse y de notificar los cambios que fueren adoptados; *e*) De informar los resultadosResults of regulatory-provisions in domestic service. que se obtengan de las disposiciones y medidas reglamentarias de importancia que las Administraciones adopten en su servicio interno y que le sean comunicadas por las mismas a título informativo; *f*) De la distribución de losDistribute postal maps. Mapas y Guías postales que le remitan las respectivas Administraciones; *g*) De formular el resumen de laSummary of postal statistics. estadística postal américoespañola de acuerdo con los datos que le comunique anualmente cada Administación; *h*) De publicar un informe relativoPublish report on transit rates. a las vías más rápidas para la transmisión de la correspondencia de uno a otro de los países contratantes; *i*) De formar un cuadro en queTable of maritime services. figuren detalladamente todos los servicios marítimos dependientes de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que puedan ser utilizados gratuitamente para el transporte de su correspondencia, en las condiciones marcadas*Ante*, p. 1925. por el artículo 3 precedente; 1934 *j*) Tariff of postage rates. De publicar la tarifa de portes del servicio interior de cada uno de los países interesados y el cuadro de equivalencias. *k*) Report. De redactar y distribuir anualmente entre los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España una Memoria de los trabajos que realice; y *l*) Miscellaneous. De llevar a cabo los estudios y trabajos que se le pidan, en interés de los países contratantes y con relación a la obra de vinculación social, económica y artística, para cuyo efecto la Oficina Internacional estará siempre a disposición de dichos países, a fin de facilitarles cuantos informes especiales requieran sobre asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos américoespañol. 3. Special expenses pro-rated. Los gastos especiales que demanden la formación de la Memoria anual y el cuadro de comunicaciones postales de los países contratantes, y los que se produzcan con motivo de la reunión de Congresos o Conferencias, serán sufragados por las Administraciones de dichos países, de acuerdo con las categorías establecidas en el artículo 9 del Reglamento de ejecución. 4. Supervision of expenses. La Administración general de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos del Uruguay fiscalizará los gastos de la Oficina Internacoinal de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y le hará los anticipos que necesite. 5. Repayment. Las cantidades adelantadas por la Administración del Uruguay en concepto de anticipos, a que se refiere el párrafo anterior, se abonarán por las Administraciones deudoras tan pronto como sea posible, y, a más tardar, antes de seis meses, a partir de la fecha en que el país interesado reciba la cuenta formulada por la Administración general de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos del Uruguay. Después de esta fecha, las cantidades adeudadas devengarán interés a razón de 7% al año, a contar desde el día de la expiración de dicho plazo. 1935 6. Los países contratantes seAnnual budget item. comprometen a incluir en sus presupuestos una cantidad anual destinada a atender puntualmente al pago de la cuota que les corresponda sufragar. Artículo 19 Congresos 1. Los Congresos se reunirán,Meetings of Congresses. por lo menos, cada cinco años, a contar de la fecha en que fuere puesto en vigor el Convenio ajustado en el último. 2. Cada Congreso fijará el lugar y el año en que deba realizarse la reunión del próximo. Artículo 20 Proposiciones durante el intervalo de las reuniones El presente Convenio podrá serModification of Convention between meetings of Congresses.Vol. 46, p. 2534. modificado en el intervalo que medie entre los Congresos, siguiendo el procedimiento establecido en el capítulo III del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva las modificaciones deberán obtener unanimidad de votos para el presente artículo y para los números 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 14, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25 y 26; dos terceras partes de votos para los números 8, 11, 12 y 19, y simple mayoría para los demás. Artículo 21 Modificaciones y enmiendas Las modificaciones o resolucionesEffective date of adopted modifications. adoptadas por las partes contratantes, aún aquellas de orden interno que afecten al servicio internacional, tendrán fuerza ejecutiva cuatro meses después de la fecha en que se comunicaren por la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. Artículo 22 *Aplicación del Convenio Postal Universal y de la Legislación interna* 1. Todos los asuntos que se relacionenApplication of Universal Postal Convention.Vol. 46, p. 2523. con el cambio de correspondencia entre los países con1936tratantes que no estén previstos en este Convenio, se sujetarán a las disposiciones del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal y su Reglamento. 2. Domestic legislation. Igualmente, la legislación interior de los dichos países se aplicará en todo aquello que no haya sido previsto por ambos Convenios. Artículo 23 Proposiciones para los Congresos Universales Notification of propositions for Congresses.Todos los países que forman la Unión Postal de las Américas y España se comunicarán, por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, las proposiciones que formulen para los Congresos Postales Universales, con seis meses de anticipación a la fecha en que deba celebrarse el Congreso de que se trate. Artículo 24 Unidad de acción en los Congresos Postales Universales Unity of action.Los países signatarios del Convenio Postal Américoespañol que hubieren ratificado el mismo, se obligan a dar instrucciones a sus Delegados ante los Congresos Postales Universales, para que sostengan, unánime y firmemente, todos los principios establecidos en la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y para que voten, también de acuerdo con esos postulados, quedando exceptuados sólo los casos en que las proposiciones a debate afecten exclusivamente a los países proponentes. Artículo 25 Nuevas adhesiones Determination of class of new adherence.En caso de una nueva adhesión, el Gobierno de la República Oriental del Uruguay, de común acuerdo con el Gobierno del país interesado, determinará la categoría en la cual debe ser éste incluido a los efectos del reparto de los gastos de la Oficina Internacional. 1937 Artículo 26 Vigencia y duración del Convenio y depósito de las ratificaciones 1. El presente Convenio empezaráEffective date of Convention. a regir el 1.° de marzo de 1932 y quedará en vigencia sin limitación de tiempo, reservándose cada una de las Partes contratantesReservation of right to withdraw. el derecho de retirarse de esta Unión, mediante aviso dado por su Gobierno al de la República Oriental del Uruguay con un año de anticipación. 2. El depósito de las ratificacionesDeposit of ratifications. se hará en Madrid, en el más breve plazo posible, procurando que sea antes de la vigencia del Convenio y Acuerdos a que se refieran, y de cada una de aquéllas se levantará el Acta respectiva, cuya copia remitirá el Gobierno de España, por la vía diplomática, a los Gobiernos de los demás países signatarios. 3. Quedan derogadas, a partirAbrogation of Pan-American Postal Convention.Vol. 45, pp. 2409, 2433. de la fecha en que entre en vigor el presente Convenio, las estipulaciones de la Convención Postal Panamericana, sancionada en México el 9 de noviembre de 1926. 4. En el caso de que el ConvenioValidity if not unanimous ratification. no fuere ratificado por uno o varios de los países contratantes, no dejará de ser válido para los que lo hayan ratificado. 5. Los países contratantes podránProvisional ratification. ratificar el Convenio y los Acuerdos, provisionalmente, por correspondencia, dando aviso de ello a las Administraciones respectivas por medio de la Oficina Internacional, sin perjuicio de que, según la legislación de cada país y previa aprobación de los Congresos nacionales, sea confirmada por la vía diplomática. En fe de lo resuelto, los PlenipotenciariosSignatures. de los Gobiernos de os países arriba citados suscriben el presente Convenio en Madrid a diez de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y uno. 1938 Signatures—Contd. *Por Argentina:* R. Correa Luna. *Por Bolivia:* G. A. Otero. *Por Brasil:* Luis Guimarães. *Por Canadá:* *Por Colombia:* Alberto Sánchez de Iriarte. E. Zaldúa Piedrahita. W. Mac-Lellan. *Por Costa Rica:* Adriano Mtìn Lanuza. Eduardo Fournier Quirós. *Por Cuba:* M. S. Pichardo. José Méndez. *Por Chile:* E. Bermúdez. Carlos Morla Lynch. *Por Dominicana:* E. Brache Hijo. Enrique Deschamps. *Por Ecuador:* Ricardo Crespo Ordóñez. Abel Romeo Castillo. *Por El Salvador:* Raúl Contreras. 1939 PROTOCOLO FINAL DEL CONVENIOFinal Protocol of the Convention. En el momento de firmar el Convenio celebrado por el Tercer Congreso Postal Panamericano, los Plenipotenciarios que suscriben han convenido lo siguiente: I 1. Chile, Ecuador y Perú se reservan, con carácter transitorio, el derecho de mantener las tarifas que actualmente aplican en sus relaciones con la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, tanto para la correspondencia ordinaria como para la certificada. 2. Los Estados Unidos de América, con carácter transitorio, se reservan el derecho de aumentar, en cuantía no superior al 50%, sus tarifas actuales para los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España hasta tanto que puedan efectuar un aumento correspondiente en sus tarifas interiores. II El Brasil hace constar que su Administración no puede reconocer a la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo atribuciones superiores a las que el Convenio de la Unión Postal Universal concede a su Oficina de Berna. III Con relación al artículo 24 del Convenio, los Estados Unidos de América se reservan completa libertad de acción en los Congresos de la Unión Postal Universal. 1940 IV 1. Final Protocol of the Convention—Continued. Si en el momento de entrar en vigor el Convenio un país no puede conceder la gratuidad de tránsito porque se opongan a ello estipulaciones de contratos vigentes celebrados con anterioridad, ese país se compromete a modificar tales contratos a fin de hacer efectiva, a la mayor brevedad posible, dicha gratuidad. Todos los contratos que sean renovados o los que en lo futuro se celebren, deberán asegurar la completa gratuidad del tránsito para la correspondencia transportada en los buques a que afecten dichos contratos, entre los diversos puertos del territorio postal américoespañol, así como entre éstos y los de países extraños a la Unión. No obstante la vigencia de aquellos contratos que impidan la aplicación del principio de gratuidad de tránsito, ninguna Administración postal podrá formular cuentas por gastos de tránsito marítimo, relativas al transporte de correspondencia a que afecten los aludidos contratos. 2. Cada uno de los países contratantes se compromete a mantener los privilegios que gocen actualmente los barcos de los demás países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que transportan gratuitamente la correspondencia, así como a concederles en lo futuro todos los privilegios que otorguen a los barcos de cualquier otro país que efectúen dicho servicio. V El Protocolo permanece abierto a favor de los países de .América cuyos representantes no hayan suscrito el Convenio, o que, habiendo firmado éste, deseen adherirse a los otros Acuerdos sancionados por el Congreso. 1941 Hecho en Madrid a diez de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y uno. *Por Argentina:* Signatures. R. Correa Luna. *Por Bolivia:* G. A. Otero. *Por Brasil:* Luis Guimarães. *Por Canadá:* *Por Colombia:* Alberto Sánchez de Iriarte. E. Zaldúa Piedrahita. W. Mac-Lellan. *Por Costa Rica:* Adriano Mtìn Lanuza. Eduardo Fournier Quirós. *Por Cuba:* M. S. Pichardo. José Méndez. *Por Chile:* E. Bermúdez. Carlos Morla Lynch. *Por Dominicana:* E. Brache Hijo. Enrique Deschamps. *Por Ecuador:* Ricardo Crespo Ordóñez. Abel Romeo Castillo. *Por El Salvador:* Raúl Contreras. 1942 REGLAMENTO DE EJECUCIÓN DEL CONVENIO DE LA UNIÓN POSTAL DE LAS AMÉRICAS Y ESPAÑA Regulations of Execution. celebrado entre: Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canadá, Columbia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perù, Uruguay y Venezuela. Los infrascritos, en nombre de sus respectivas Administraciones, han convenido las siguientes reglas para asegurar la ejecución del Convenio precedente: Artículo 1 Cambio de despachos 1. Dispatches. Las Administraciones de los países contratantes podrán expedirse recíprocamente, por mediación de una o varias de ellas, tanto despachos cerrados como correspondencia al descubierto, Conditions for reciprocal exchange.en las condiciones citadas por el Convenio y Reglamentos vigentes en la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Obligation of rapid transit. Cada Administración intermediaria estará obligada a cursar esta correspondencia por los medios más rápidos de que disponga para el envío de la suya propia, realizando el transporte gratuitamente cuando se trate de servicios que dependan de su Administración o percibiendo de la de origen los mismos gastos que esté obligada a pagar cuando, para el transporte ulterior, se requieran servicios de Administraciones extrañas, a las cuales deba satisfacer aquellos gastos. 1943 Artículo 2 Equivalencias Las Administraciones se comunicaránIntercommunication of domestic postage rates and equivalents. por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España su tarifa interior, así como las equivalencias que se establezcan de dicha tarifa en francos oro. Entrarán en vigor en un díaEffective date. primero de mes y, cuando menos, sesenta días después de la respectiva notificación a la Oficina Internacional. Artículo 3 Formación de despachos.—Sacos vacíos 1. Los despachos conteniendoPreparation of dispatches. la correspondencia que se cambie entre dos países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, se confeccionarán con arreglo a lo dispuesto en el título VI delVol. 46, p. 2586. Reglamento de Ejecución del Convenio vigente en la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Los sacos utilizados por lasReturn of empty sacks. Administraciones contratantes para el envío de la correspondencia se devolverán vacíos por las Oficinas de Cambio destinatarias a las de origen, en la forma prescrita por el artículo 59 del Reglamento aludido. Sin embargo, las Administraciones podrán ponerse de acuerdo con el fin de utilizarlos para el envío de su propia correspondencia, conviniendo asimismo la forma y cuantía en que ha de sufragarse, por ambas Administraciones, el coste de dichos envases. Artículo 4 *Franqueo de la correspondencia.—“Porte pagado.”—Cartas insuficientemente franqueadas* 1. La correspondencia cambiadaPrepayment of correspondence. entre los países contratantes se franqueará con arreglo a lo dispuesto en el artículo 46 del Convenio vigente en la UniónVoL 46, p. 2548. Postal Universal. 1944 2. Marking postage paid articles. En aquellos países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España en que se haya establecido o se establezca, el “porte pagado” para los diarios y publicaciones periódicas, incluso las de propaganda y reclamo, los paquetes que los contengan deberán llevar en su cubierta la mención “porte pagado”. Interchange of information.Las Administraciones remitirán a las demás, por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, cualquier indicación útil para que las Oficinas de Cambio puedan distinguirlos fácilmente de aquellos que no gocen de dicho privilegio. 3. Insufficiently prepaid letters. En el anverso de los sobres de las cartas insuficientemente franqueadas, la Administración de origen estampará el sello “T” y consignará la indicación in francos oro del importe de la insuficiencia. Artículo 5 Valijas diplomáticas 1. Weight and dimensions of diplomatic pouches. El peso y dimensiones de las valijas diplomáticas que se cambien entre cada uno de los Ministerios de Relaciones Exteriores de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y sus representantes diplomáticos en los otros países, en virtud de lo dispuesto en el párrafo 2 del artículo 10 del Convenio, serán determinados de común acuerdo entre las partes interesadas, pero no deberán exceder del peso máximo de 30 kilogramos. 2. Formality of sending. Los Ministerios de Relaciones Exteriores y los representantes diplomáticos depositarán estas valijas en las Oficinas de Correos, bajo recibo, y con la misma formalidad serán entregadas por éstas a sus destinatarios. 3. Fastenings. Dichas valijas estarán provistas de cerraduras o candados de seguridad apropiados a la importancia de estos envíos. 4. Transit routes. Las valijas diplomáticas serán cursadas por las mismas vías que utilice la Administración expedidora para el envío de su 1945correspondencia a la Administración de destino, anunciándose dicho envío por medio de una nota consignada en la hoja de aviso del despacho que las contenga. 5. Salvo acuerdo en contrarioDispatch under franking privilege by air mail. entre las partes interesadas, las valijas diplomáticas no se expedirán en franquicia por la vía aérea. Artículo 6 Correspondencia diplomática y consular La correspondencia diplomáticaIndications to appear on diplomatic and consular correspondence. y consular deberá llevar las siguientes indicaciones: el nombre de la Embajada, Legación o Consulado remitente y la inscripción, muy ostensible, de “correspondencia diplomática” o “correspondencia consular”, además de la declaración “libre de porte”, a cual deberá hacerse debajo de aquella inscripción. Artículo 7 Estadística de derechos de tránsito Como consecuencia de la gratuidadTransit cost statistics.*Ante*, p. 1925. del tránsito a que se refiere el artículo 3 del Convenio, las Administraciones de los países contratantes no efectuarán ninguna operación de estadística de derechos de tránsito, en relación con aquellos despachos que sólo contengan correspondencia américoespañola, siempre que esta correspondencia se curse sin la mediación de países o servicios extraños a la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. Artículo 8 Constitución de la Oficina Internacional El Director de la Oficina InternacionalDirector of the International Office.Appointment. será nombrado por el Gobierno de la República Oriental del Uruguay, a propuesta de la Administración general de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos de dicho país, y gozará de la retribuciónCompensation. mensual de 500 pesos uruguayos. 1946 Personnel.El Secretario, el Oficial primero traductor y demás personal será Appointment.nombrado, a propuesta del Director de la Oficina Internacional, por la Administración general de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos del Uruguay, fijándose el sueldo Compensation.mensual del Secretario en la suma de 250 pesos uruguayos y el del Oficial primero traductor en 150 pesos uruguayos. Removal of employees.Dichos empleados sólo podrán ser removidos de sus cargos con la intervención de la Administración de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos del Uruguay y con arreglo a procedimientos que a tal efecto rijan para los empleados fijos de la propia Administración. Artículo 9 Gastos de la Oficina Internacional 1. Expenses of International Office. Los gastos de la Oficina Internacional no podrán exceder de la cantidad de 13.000 pesos oro uruguayos, por año, incluyéndose en dicha cantidad la constitución de un fondo para jubilación del personal de la misma. 2. Division of, into classes. Para la distribución de los gastos anuales y extraordinarios de la Oficina, los países contratantes se dividen en tres categorías, correspondiendo contribuir a los de la primera con ocho unidades; a los de la segunda, con cuatro unidades, y a los de la tercera, con dos unidades. Classes specified.Pertenecen a a primera categoría: Argentina, Brasil, Canadá, España, Estados Unidos y Uruguay: a la segunda categoría; Colombia, Cuba, Chile, México y Perú, y a la tercera categoría: Bolivia, Costa Rica, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay y Venezuela. Artículo 10 Informaciones.—Peticiones de modificaciones de Actas Special information.La Oficina Internacional estará siempre a disposición de las partes contratantes, para facilitarles 1947cuantos informes especiales requieran sobre asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos américo españoles y dará curso a las peticiones de modificación o de interpretación de las disposiciones que rijan la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y notificará el resultado de cada gestión. Artículo 11 Publicaciones 1. La Oficina Internacional dePublication of changes. la Unión Postal de las Américas y España dirigirá una circular especial cuando una Administración solicite la inmediata publicación de algún cambio que haya introducido en sus servicios y distribuirá, asimismo, gratuitamente, a cada una de las Administraciones de los países contratantes y a la Oficina Internacional de Berna los documentos que publique, debiendo remitir a cada AdministraciónDistribution. el número de ejemplares que le corresponda, en proporción a las unidades con que contribuya. Los ejemplares suplementariosAdditional copies. de los documentos que soliciten las Administraciones serán abonados por ellas a precio de coste. 2. La Oficina Internacional repartiráDistribution of propositions for Congresses. entre los países contratantes las proposiciones que reciba, conforme a lo que establece el artículo 23 del Convenio. Al*Ante*, p. 1936. efecto, todos los países de la Unión Postal de las Americas y Espana darán a conocer, por conducto de la misma Oficina y con la debida oportunidad, según se establece en el Convenio, las proposiciones que formulen para los Congresos Universales, con el fin de que tales inciativas sean apoyadas por el conjunto de dichos países. 3. El Director de la OficinaAttendance at sessions of Congresses, etc. Internacional asistirá alas sesiones de los Congresos y Conferencias de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, pudiendo tomar parte en las discusiones, sin derecho a voto. 4. El idioma oficial de la OficinaOfficial language. Internacional es el español. No obstante, los países cuyo 1948idioma no fuere éste, podrán usar el propio en sus relaciones con ella. Artículo 12 *Documentos e informes que se remitirán a la Oficina Internacional* Documents and information to be sent the International Office.La Oficina Internacional servirá de intermediaria para las notificaciones regulares y generales que interesen exclusivamente a las Administraciones de los países contratantes. Las referidas Administraciones deberán enviar regular y oportunamente a la Oficina Internacional: *a*) La Legislación postal y sus modificaciones sucesivas; *b*) La Guía postal, cada vez que sea editada; *c*) Los mapas y guías de las comunicaciones postales que utilicen, tanto para el servicio intemo como para el internacional; *d*) Un informe sobre las vías terrestres y marítimas más rápidas que puedan utilizarse para la transmisión de correspondencia; *e*) Los resultados de su estadística postal anual del movimiento con los demás países américo-españoles; *f*) El texto de las proposiciones que sometan a la consideración de los Congresos Postales Universales; *g*) Los datos de todas clases que interesen al Servicio Postal Áméricoespañol en cada ocasión en que dicten alguna nueva disposición; *h*) Todos los informes que solicite la propia Oficina Internacional para las publicaciones, memorias y demás asuntos de su competencia, en forma tal que permitan la ejecución de su cometido en el más breve plazo; *i*) Un cuadro en que figuren detalladamente todos los servicios marítimos dependientes de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que puedan ser utilizados gratuitamente por los demás para el transporte de su correspondencia. 1949 Artículo 13 Modificaciones en el intervalo de las reuniones de los Congresos En el intervalo que transcurraFormulation of propositions for modification. entre las reuniones de los Congresos, toda Administración tendrá derecho a formular proposiciones relativas al presente Reglamento, siguiendo el procedimientoVol. 46, p. 2534. indicado en el artículo 18 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva esas proposiciones, deberán reunir los dos tercios de los votos emitidos. Artículo 14 *Aplicación del Convenio Postal Universal y de la Legislación interna* 1. Todos los asuntos que seApplication of Universal Postal Union. relacionen con el cambio de correspondencia entre los países contratantes y que no estén previstos en este Reglamento, se sujetarán a las disposiciones del Reglamento del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Igualmente, la legislaciónDomestic legislation. interior de los mismos países se aplicará en todo aquello que no haya sido determinado por ambos Reglamentos. Artículo 15 Cuentas y gastos de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo 1. La Administración generalAccount of expenses. de Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos de la República Oriental del Uruguay formulará anualmente la cuenta de los gastos a que se refiere el artículo 18*Ante*, p. 1932. del Convenio, y, de acuerdo con éste, las Administraciones contratantes reintegrarán las sumas que haya anticipado. 2. La Oficina InternacionalSettlement of. practicará la liquidación de las cuentas relativas a los servicios que se ejecuten entre los países 1950contratantes, salvo acuerdo en contrario, siguiendo para elio los procedimientos generales establecidos por el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Artículo 16 Salary rates.Mientras subsista la depreciación de la moneda uruguaya, la Administración do Correos, Telégrafos y Teléfonos del Uruguay *Ante*, p. 1945.bonificará en un 30% los sueldos establecidos en el artículo 8. Artículo 17 Entrada en vigor y duración del Reglamento Effective date and duration.El presente Reglamento empezará a regir el mismo día que el Convenio a que se refiere, y tendrá la misma duración que éste. Hecho en Madrid a diez de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y uno. Signatures. *Por Argentina:* R. Correa Luna. *Por Bolivia:* G. A. Otero. *Por Brasil:* Luis Guimarães. *Por Canadá:* *Por Colombia:* Alberto Sánchez de Iriarte. E. Zaldúa Piedrahita. W. Mac-Lellan. *Por Costa Rica:* Adriano Mtìn Lanuza. Eduardo Fournier Quirós. *Por Cuba:* M. S. Pichardo. José Méndez. *Por Chile:* E. Bermúdez. Carlos Morla Lynch. *Por Dominicana:* E. Brache Hijo. Enrique Deschamps. *Por Ecuador:* Ricardo Crespo Ordóñez. Abel Romeo Castillo. *Por El Salvador:* Raúl Contreras. 1951 DISPOSICIONES RELATIVAS AL TRANSPORTE DE LA CORRESPONDENCIA POR VÍA AÉREA Transportation of correspondence by air. Las Altas partes contratantes convienen en adoptar las siguientes disposiciones, relativas al transporte por vía aérea: Artículo 1 La totalidad de las líneas aéreasUtilization of air lines subordinate to an Administration. internas e internacionales que directa o indirectamente dependan de una Administración y se utilicen para el transporte de la correspondencia, serán puestas a disposición de las demás, sobre la base de tarifas y condiciones generales uniformes para todas aquellas Administraciones que utilicen estos servicios sin participar en los gastos de explotación. Artículo 2 La disposición anterior no restringeSpecial agreements. ni aminora la facultad de las Altas partes contratantes para concertar entre sí Convenios particulares que no interesen al conjunto de la Unión y siempre que sus cláusulas no sean menos favorables que las contenidas en el presente Reglamento. Artículo 3 Las Administraciones postalesRestrictive provisions. de los países contratantes gestionarán de sus Gobiernos respectivos que las disposiciones restrictivas impuestas a las aeronaves en tránsito en ningún caso lleguen al extremo de impedir la recepción de la correspondencia que aquéllas transporten, ya sea con destino al mismo país o para ser reexpedida fuera de su territorio, utilizando a este efecto la vía convenida por las partes interesadas. 1952 Artículo 4 Reforwarding by rapid transit.Las Altas partes contratantes se prestarán la más amplia y eficaz cooperación para reexpedir por la vía más rápida la correspondencia que reciban procedente de cualquiera de ellas y con destino a otro país adherido a la Unión Postal de las Américas y España o a la Unión Postal Universal. Asimismo convienen en conceder, por parte de sus respectivas Administraciones, la máxima preferencia a la distribución de esta Maximum preference.clase de correspondencia. Artículo 5 Exchange of accounts.Las cuentas a que den lugar los servicios aéreos establecidos entre dos o más países se cambiarán directamente entre las Administraciones postales interesadas. Artículo 6 Agreement of contracts with present Regulations.Las Altas partes contratantes se comprometen a poner de acuerdo aquellas concesiones o contratos preexistentes, sujetos a renovación, que hubieran celebrado con Compañías particulares de transportes aéreos y los que se ajusten en lo sucesivo, con las disposiciones estipuladas en el presente Reglamento. Artículo 7 Prior agreement necessary.La utilización de una línea postal aérea por parte de cualquiera de las Administraciones convenidas, sólo podrá realizarse previo acuerdo con la Administración de la cual dependa dicho servicio, y, salvo disposiciones en contrario, esta última será la única llamada a regular las condiciones, precios y forma de pago del servicio utilizado. Artículo 8 Notification of present conditions, etc., of air services.Dentro del plazo máximo de seis meses, a partir de la fecha en que se pongan en vigor las presentes disposiciones, las Adminis1953traciones de los países adheridos remitirán a la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, para que los recopile, publique y distribuya, los informes relativos a las actuales condiciones, tarifas y funcionamiento de sus servicios aéreos; asimismo remitirán en lo futuro todas las modificaciones que se introduzcan en dichos servicios. Artículo 9 Las presentes disposiciones seránEffective date. ejecutivas a partir del día de la entrada en vigor del Convenio de la Unión Postal de las Améncas y España. Tendrán la misma duración que este Convenio, aDuration. menos que fuesen renovadas de común acuerdo por las Partes in tersadas. Hecho en Madrid a diez de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y uno. *Por Argentina:* Signatures. R. Correa Luna. *Por Bolivia:* G. A. Otero. *Por Brasil:* Luis Guimarães. *Por Canadá:* *Por Colombia:* Alberto Sánchez de Iriarte. E. Zaldúa Piedrahita. W. Mac-Lellan. *Por Ecuador:* Ricardo Crespo Ordóñez. Abel Romeo Castillo. *Por El Salvador:* Raúl Contreras. *Por España:* A. Nistal. A. Camacho. Agustín Ramos. Demetrio Pereda. *Por Estados Unidos de América:* P. W. Irving Glover: Eugene R. White. Eugene R. White. *Por Guatemala:* Enrique Traumann. *Por Haití:* Luis M.a Soler. *Por Honduras:* Antonio Graíño. Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.POSTAL UNION OF THE AMERICAS AND SPAIN CONVENTION11English translation by Post Office Department. concluded between Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. Purpose.The undersigned, Plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above enumerated, assembled in Congress in Madrid, making use of the right granted Vol. 46, p. 2529.them by Article 5 of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force and inspired by the desire to extend and perfect their postal relations and establish a solidarity of action capable of representing effectively in the Universal Postal Congresses their common interests in regard to communications by mail, have agreed to conclude, subject to ratification, the following Convention: Article 1 Postal Union of the Americas and Spain Single postal territory constituted.The contracting countries, in accordance with the foregoing declaration, constitute, under the name of Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, a single postal territory. 1925 Article 2 Restricted Unions 1. The contracting countries,Closer unions for improvement. whether on account of their adjacent location or on account of the intensity of their postal relations, may establish closer unions among themselves, with a view to the reduction of rates or the introduction of other improvements in any of the services referred to in the present Convention or in the special Agreements concluded by this Congress. 2. Likewise, concerning mattersSpecial agreements through correspondence. not provided for in the present Convention, or in that of the Universal Postal Union, the signatory countries may adopt among themselves such resolutions as they may deem necessary through correspondence, or, if necessary, by establishing a special Agreement in accordance with the authorization conferred upon them by the present Article or by their domestic legislation. Article 3 Free and gratuitous transit 1. The gratuity of territorial,Gratuitous transit within territory. fluvial and maritime transit is absolute in the territory of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain; consequently, the countriesConveyance obligatory. which form it obligate themselves to transport across their territories and to convey by the ships of their registry or flag which they utilize for the transportation of their own correspondence, without any charge whatsoever to the contracting countries, all that which the latter may send to any destination. 2. In cases of reforwarding, theReforwarding. contracting countries are bound to reforward the correspondence by the ways and means which they utilize for their own dispatches. 1926 Article 4 Postage rates Postage rates of domestic service to govern.The postage rates of the domestic service of each country will govern in the relations of the countries which constitute the Postal Union of the Americas and Exception.Spain, except when said domestic postage rates are higher than those applicable to the correspondence destined for the countries of the Universal Postal Union, in which case the latter will govern. Article 5 Articles of correspondence Articles of correspondence to which applicable.The provisions of this Convention shall apply to letters, single and reply post cards, prints of all kinds, commercial papers, samples without value, small packets Insured articles.and insured articles. Nevertheless, the services of small packets and insured articles are limited to the countries which agree to execute them, either in their reciprocal relations or in one direction only. Article 6 Registered correspondence—Responsibility 1. Registered correspondence; fee. The articles designated in Article 5, may be sent under registration upon payment of a fee equal to that which the Administration of origin has established in its service. 2. Responsibility. Save in cases of force majeure, the contracting Administrations will be responsible for the Indemnity right of sender.loss of every registered article. The sender will have the right to an indemnity which shall not in any case exceed three dollars or its equivalent in gold francs. 3. Prohibited articles. Nevertheless, the Administrations will be relieved of responsibility for the loss of a registered article whose contents fall *Post*, p. 1929.under the prohibitions mentioned in Article 11 of the present Convention, or which are prohibited by the laws and regulations of the 1927country of origin or of destination, provided that said country has given due notice by the usual means. 4. There is established, as optional,Special category of registers. a special category of registers without the right to indemnity, applicable to books, periodicals and other prints, commercial papers, and samples without value, subject to payment, in addition to the ordinary postage, of a reduced fee whose amountReduced fee. shall be fixed by the Administrations concerned.Application. Nevertheless, the Administrations which adopt this new type of registers, may apply it to the same extent to which they have established it in their domestic service. Article 7 Obligatory prepayment 1. The complete prepaymentPrepayment obligatory. of all classes of correspondence is declared obligatory, including sealed packages, with the exception of letters in their usual and ordinary form, which will be forwarded whenever they bear at least the postage corresponding to a single weight-unit. 2. Other articles not prepaid orOtherwise office of origin to hold. insufficiently prepaid will be held at the office of origin, which will proceed with them in the mannerDisposition. determined by its domestic legislation. 3. For insufficiently prepaid letters,Balance from addressee. only the difference in postage not paid by the sender will be collected from the addressee. Article 8 Weight and dimensions The limits of weight and dimensionsWeight and dimensions. of the various articles of correspondence will conform to those fixed for the same by the Universal Postal Convention inVol. 46, p. 2541. force, with the exception of prints, which, when they constitute a package, may weigh up to four kilograms, such limit being increased to five kilograms in the case of a single volume. 1928 Article 9 Undelivered post cards Destruction of undelivered post cards.Ordinary post cards which have not been delivered for any reason will be destroyed in the country of destination, unless they bear a request for return and also the name and address of the sender, in which case they will be returned to the country of origin. Article 10 Franking privilege 1. Franking privilege granted. The contracting parties agree to grant the franking privilege, both in their domestic service and in the Americo-Spanish service, to the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, to the Transfer Office of Panama and to the members of the Diplomatic Corps Official correspondence of Consuls.of the signatory countries. Consuls will enjoy the franking privilege for the official correspondence which they direct to their respective countries, for that which they exchange among themselves, and for that which they send to the Government of the country in which they are accredited, whenever reciprocity Vice-Consuls.exists. Vice-Consuls will enjoy the same franking privilege when they are discharging the functions of Consuls. 2. Exchange of diplomatic correspondence. The exchange of correspondence of the Diplomatic Corps between the Secretaries of State of the respective countries and their Embassies or Legations will have a reciprocal character among the contracting countries, and will be effected in open mail or by means of diplomatic pouches, in accordance *Post*, p. 1944.with the provisions of Article 5 of the Regulations of Execution. These pouches will enjoy the franking privilege and all the guarantees of the official dispatches. 3. Free postage under registration. The correspondence referred to in the two preceding Sections No indemnity in case of loss.may be sent free of postage under registration, but without any right to indemnity in case of loss. 1929 4. Newspapers, magazines, periodicalNewspapers, magazines, etc. publications, books, pamphlets and other prints which the publishers or authors may send to the information offices established by the Americo-Spanish Postal Administrations shall enjoy the franking privilege. 5. This franking privilege in noAir service, etc., not included. case includes the air service or the other special services which may exist in the domestic or Americo-Spanish régime of the contracting countries. Article 11 Prohibitions 1. Without prejudice to theArticles not forwarded. provisions of the Universal Postal Convention in force and of the domestic legislation of any country regarding restrictions on the circulation of correspondence, the following articles will not be forwarded: (*a*) Publications endangering public safety and order. (*b*) Pornographic publications. (*c*) Correspondence of any nature having for its object the commission of frauds, swindles or any kind of crime against property or persons. To this end, the provisions of the domestic legislation of each country will be followed. (*d*) Correspondence containingCorrespondence containing cash, etc. money in cash, bank notes, or values payable to the bearer, whether it is a question of ordinary or registered correspondence, in the absence of agreement to the contrary between the Administrations concerned. 2. The Administrations mayExtension of provisions. extend the provisions laid down by their domestic regulations to the Americo-Spanish service, giving previous notice to the InternationalNotice. Office at Montevideo, so that it may advise the other Administrations. 3. When the presence of anyDisposition of prohibited articles. prohibited article is noticed, the Administration of transit or destination in whose service it is 1930discovered will proceed in accordance with the provisions of its domestic legislation, advising the Administration of the country of origin as to the disposal made of the article. Article 12 Special services Extension of domestic postal services.The high contracting parties obligate themselves, on the basis of special agreements or by correspondence, to extend to the other countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain all the postal services which they carry on or may in the future establish in the interior of their respective countries. Article 13 Various provisions “Postage paid” service.The contracting countries will have the option of adopting the “postage paid” service for the transmission of newspapers or periodical publications, open or in bundles, including those for propaganda or purely commercial advertising, provided that a reduced tariff is not applied to the latter. Article 14 Official language Official language.Spanish is adopted as the official language for matters relative to the postal service; nevertheless, countries whose language is not this may use their own. Article 15 Protection and exchange of postal functionaries Protection of transit pouches, etc.The postal authorities of the contracting countries will be obliged to lend, when it is requested of them, the cooperation required by the postal employees charged with the transportation of pouches and correspondence in transit through the said countries, and likewise by such other functionaries as one Administration 1931may agree to send to any of these countries to carry on studies regarding the development and perfection of the postal services. For the purpose of the most efficientAgreements for. consummation of such trips, the Administrations may make agreements to organize an exchange of postal functionaries. Article 16 International Transfer Office 1. There shall continue to existInternational Transfer Office. in the Republic of Panama an International Transfer Office designated to receive and forward to its destination all the correspondence which is sent through its intermediary, originating in any of the countries of this Union, when it gives rise to transfer operations. 2. The said Office will functionFunctions. in accordance with the Regulations agreed upon between the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and the Postal Administration of Panama. 3. The amendments which atAmendments. any time may have to be made in the aforesaid Regulations shall be submitted by the Administrations concerned to the International Office at Montevideo for consideration, in order that they may be proposed to the Postal Administration of Panama through its mediation. 4. The organization and operationSupervision of organization and operation. of the International Transfer Office are subject to the supervision and control of the Administration of Posts and Telegraphs of Panama and the Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, upon which latter it is incumbent to act as a mediator and arbitrator in any dispute arising between the Postal Administration of Panama and the countries which utilize the services of said Office. 5. The personnel attached toPersonnel. the service of the aforesaid Office shall be designated by the Administration of Posts and Tele1932graphs of Panama and shall be considered permanent, in accordance with the provisions established by the regulations of the Office concerning it. 6. Maintenance expenses. The expenses which the maintenance of this Office requires shall be borne by the countries which utilize these services, divided proportionally to the volume of correspondence which they may exchange through its intermediary. Funds to be advanced.The Administration of Panama will advance the necessary funds for the maintenance of prompt services by the Office. Repayments.Said amounts shall be repaid quarterly by each Administration concerned, but repayments which are not made within a period of six months after the expiration of each quarter will bear interest at the rate of 7% per annum, for the purpose of increasing the maintenance funds of the Transfer Office. Article 17 Arbitration Arbitration.Every conflict or disagreement which may arise in the postal relations of the contracting countries will be settled by arbitration, which will be effected in the manner provided for by the Convention of the Universal Postal Designation of arbitrators.Union in force. The designation of arbitrators shall be incumbent upon the signatory countries, with the intervention of the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, if necessary. Article 18 International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1. International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. With the name of International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, Location.there will function in Montevideo, under the supervision of the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of the Republic of 1933Uruguay, a Central Office which will serve as an organ of liaison, Purpose.information and consultation for the countries of this Union. 2. This Office will be chargedDuties and powers. with: (*a*) Assembling, coordinating,Information service. publishing and distributing information of all kinds which specially concerns the Americo-Spanish postal service. (*b*) Giving, at the express requestOpinions on disputed questions. of the parties concerned, its opinion on disputed questions. (*c*) Giving, on its own initiativeOn matters of general interest. or at the request of any of the signatory countries, its opinion on all matters of a postal character which affect or relate to the general interests of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. (*d*) Making known the requestsAnnounce requests for modification of Acts. for modification of the Acts of the Congress which may be formulated, and giving notice of the changes which may be adopted. (*e*) Making known the resultsResults of regulatory-provisions in domestic service. obtained from the regulatory provisions and measures of importance which the Administrations may adopt in their domestic service, which may be communicated to it by the same Administrations as information. (*f*) Distributing the postal mapsDistribute postal maps. Mapas y Guías postales que le remitan las respectivas Administraciones; (*g*) Making up a summary ofSummary of postal statistics. the Americo-Spanish postal statistics in accordance with the data which each Administration communicates to it annually. (*h*) Publishing a report relativePublish report on transit rates. to the most rapid routes for the transmission of correspondence from one of the contracting countries to another. (*i*) Preparing a table giving inTable of maritime services. detail all the maritime services dependent upon the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which may be utilized gratuitously for the transportation of their correspondence, under the conditions laid down by*Ante*, p. 1925. Article 3 preceding. 1934 (*j*) Tariff of postage rates. Publishing the tariff of postage rates of the domestic service of each of the countries concerned, and the table of equivalents. (*k*) Report. Publishing and distributing among the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, annually, a report of the work which it performs. (*l*) Miscellaneous. Carrying out the studies and works requested of it in the interest of the contracting countries, relative to the work of social, economic and artistic cooperation, for which purpose the International Office shall always be at the disposal of said countries in order to furnish them any special information which they may require on matters relative to the Americo-Spanish postal service. 3. Special expenses pro-rated. The special expenses arising from the preparation of the Annual Report and the Table of Postal Communications of the contracting countries and those arising on account of the meetings of Congresses or Conferences will be shared by the Administrations of said countries in accordance with the classes established in Article 9 of the Regulations of Execution. 4. Supervision of expenses. The Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of Uruguay will supervise the expenses of the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, and will make to it the advances which it requires. 5. Repayment. The amounts advanced by the Administration of Uruguay in accordance with the foregoing Section will be repaid by the debtor Administrations as soon as possible, and, at the latest, before six months from the date on which the country concerned receives the account formulated by the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of Uruguay. After this date, the amounts due will bear interest at the rate of 7% a year, counting from the date of expiration of the said period. 1935 6. The contracting countriesAnnual budget item. are bound to include in their budgets an annual amount destined to take care promptly of the payment of their quotas. Article 19 Congresses 1. Congresses will meet at leastMeetings of Congresses. every five years, counting from the date on which the Convention concluded by the last one becomes effective. 2. Each Congress will fix the the place and year in which the next one shall convene. Article 20 Propositions in the interval between meetings The present Convention may beModification of Convention between meetings of Congresses.Vol. 46, p. 2534. modified in the interval between Congresses, following the procedure established in Chapter III of the Universal Postal Convention in force. In order to become effective, the modification must obtain unanimity of votes for the present Article and Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 14, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25 and 26; two-thirds of the votes for Articles 8,11,12 and 19; and a simple majority for the rest. Article 21 Modifications and amendments The modifications or resolutionsEffective date of adopted modifications. adopted by the contracting parties, even those of a domestic order which affect the international service, will become effective four months after the date of the relative notice from the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Article 22 *Application of the Universal Postal Convention and domestic legislation* 1. All matters in connectionApplication of Universal Postal Convention.Vol. 46, p. 2523. with the exchange of correspondence among the contracting1936countries which are not provided for in this Convention will be subject to the stipulations of the Universal Postal Convention in force and its Regulations. 2. Domestic legislation. Likewise, the domestic legislation of the said countries will apply in everything that has not been provided for by either Convention. Article 23 Propositions for Universal Congresses Notification of propositions for Congresses.All countries forming the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will advise one another, through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo, of the propositions which they may formulate for Universal Postal Congresses, six months in advance of the date on which the Congress in question is to be held. Article 24 Unity of action in Universal Postal Congresses Unity of action.The countries signatory to the Americo-Spanish Postal Convention which have ratified the same obligate themselves to instruct their delegates to the Universal Postal Congresses to sustain unanimously and firmly all the principles established in the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and also to vote in accordance with those postulates, except only in cases in which the propositions to be debated affect exclusively the countries proposing them. Article 25 New adherences Determination of class of new adherence.In case of a new adherence, the Government of the Republic of Uruguay, by common consent with the Government of the country concerned, will determine the class in which the said country is to be included, for purposes of sharing the expenses of the International Office. 1937 Article 26 *Effective date and duration of the Convention and deposit oj ratifications* 1. The present Convention willEffective date of Convention. become effective March 1, 1932, and will remain in force without time-limit, each of the contracting parties reserving the right to withdrawReservation of right to withdraw. from this Union by means of notice given by its Government to that of the Republic of Uruguay one year in advance. 2. The deposit of ratificationsDeposit of ratifications. will be effected in Madrid as soon as possible, preferably before the effective date of the Convention and Agreements in question, and the relative certificate will be made up for each of them, a copy of which will be sent by the Government of Spain, through diplomatic channels, to the Governments of the other signatory countries. 3. The stipulations of the Pan-AmericanAbrogation of Pan-American Postal Convention.Vol. 45, pp. 2409, 2433. Postal Convention sanctioned in Mexico, November 9, 1926, are abrogated, beginning with the date on which the present Convention enters into force. 4. In case that the ConventionValidity if not unanimous ratification. is not ratified by one or more of the contracting countries, it will none the less be valid for those which have ratified it. 5. The contracting countriesProvisional ratification. may ratify the Convention and the Agreements provisionally, by correspondence, giving notice thereof to the respective Administrations through the medium of the International Office, without prejudice to the fact that, according to the legislation of each country and after approval by the National Congresses, it may be confirmed through diplomatic channels. In faith of which, the PlenipotentiariesSignatures. of the Governments of the countries above named sign the present Convention in Madrid on the tenth of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. 1938 *Por España:* A. Nistal. A. Camacho. Agustín Ramos. Demetrio Pereda. *Por Estados Unidos de América:* P. W. Irving Glover: Eugene R. White. Eugene R. White. *Por Guatemala:* Enrique Traumann. *Por Haití:* Luis M.a Soler. *Por Honduras:* Antonio Graíño. *Por Mexico:* A. J. Pani. Antonio Castro Leal. *Por Nicaragua:* José García-Plaza. *Por Panama:* Carlos Ortiz R. *Por Paraguay:* Fernando Pignet. R. Blanco-Fombona. *Por Perú:* Manuel García Yrigoyen. *Por Uruguay:* César Miranda. *Por Venezuela:* Antonio Reyes. León Aguilar. 1939 FINAL PROTOCOL OF THE CONVENTION Final Protocol of the Convention. At the moment of signing the Convention concluded by the Third Pan-American Postal Congress, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have agreed upon the following: I 1. Chile, Ecuador and Peru, as a temporary measure, reserve the right to maintain the rates now applicable in their relations with the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, for both ordinary and registered correspondence. 2. The United States of America, as a transitory measure, reserves the right to increase, by no more than 50 per cent, its present rates for countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, until it can effect a corresponding increase in its domestic rates. II Brazil records the fact that its Administration can not recognize the International Office of Montevideo as having attributions greater than those which the Universal Postal Convention grants to its Office of Berne. III In connection with Article 24 of the Convention, the United States of America reserves complete liberty of action in Universal Postal Congresses. 1940 IV 1. Final Protocol of the Convention—Continued. If, at the time when the Convention enters into force, a country cannot concede gratuity of transit because stipulations of existing contracts concluded previously are opposed to it, that country obligates itself to modify such contracts so as to make said gratuity effective as soon as possible. All contracts which are renewed or those which may be concluded in the future shall assure complete gratuity of transit for correspondence transported in ships which are affected by said contracts, between the various ports of the Americo-Spanish postal territory, as well as between the latter and those of countries foreign to the Union. In spite of the existence of those contracts which impede the application of the principle of gratuity of transit, no Postal Administration may present accounts for maritime transit charges relative to the transportation of correspondence affected by the aforesaid contracts. 2. Each of the contracting countries obligates itself to maintain the privileges which the ships of the other countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain transporting correspondence gratuitously are at present enjoying, as well as to concede to them in the future all the privileges which they extend to ships of any other country that perform said service. V The Protocol remains open in favor of the countries of America whose representatives have not signed the Convention, or which, having signed the Convention, desire to adhere to the other Agreements sanctioned by the Congress. 1941 Done at Madrid, the tenth of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. Signatures. *Por España:* A. Nistal. A. Camacho. Agustín Ramos. Demetrio Pereda. *Por Estados Unidos de América:* P. W. Irving Glover: Eugene R. White. Eugene R. White. *Por Guatemala:* Enrique Traumann. *Por Haití:* Luis M.a Soler. *Por Honduras:* Antonio Graíño. *Por Mexico:* A. J. Pani. Antonio Castro Leal. *Por Nicaragua:* José García-Plaza. *Por Panama:* Carlos Ortiz R. *Por Paraguay:* Fernando Pignet. R. Blanco-Fombona. *Por Perù:* Manuel García Yrigoyen. *Por Uruguay:* César Miranda. *Por Venezuela:* Antonio Reyes. León Aguilar. 1942 REGULATIONS OF EXECUTION OF THE CONVENTION OF THE POSTAL UNION OF THE AMERICAS AND SPAIN Regulations of Execution. concluded between Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The undersigned, in the name of their respective Administrations, have agreed on the following rules to assure the execution of the foregoing Convention: Article 1 Exchange of dispatches 1. Dispatches. The Administrations of the contracting countries may send to one another reciprocally, through the intermediary of one or several of them, both closed dispatches and correspondence in Conditions for reciprocal exchange.open mail, on the conditions fixed by the Convention and Regulations in force in the Universal Postal Union. 2. Obligation of rapid transit. Each intermediary Administration will be obliged to forward this correspondence by the most rapid means which it has at its disposal for the dispatch of its own, effecting the transportation gratuitously when it is a question of services which are subordinate to its Administration, or collecting from the Administration of origin the same charges which it is obliged to pay when, for the subsequent transmission, the correspondence requires the services of foreign Administrations to which the corresponding charges must be paid. 1943 Article 2 Equivalents The Administrations will communicateIntercommunication of domestic postage rates and equivalents. to one another, through the intermediary of the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, their domestic postage rates, as well as the equivalents of said rates which are established in gold francs. They will enter into force onEffective date. the first of a month and at least sixty days after the corresponding notice to the International Office. Article 3 Preparation of dispatches—Empty sacks 1. The dispatches containingPreparation of dispatches. the correspondence exchanged between two countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Title VI ofVol. 46, p. 2586. the Regulations of Execution of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. 2. The sacks utilized by theReturn of empty sacks. contracting Administrations for the dispatch of correspondence will be returned empty by the exchange offices of destination to those of origin, in the manner prescribed by Article 59 of the said Regulations. However, the Administrations may come to an agreement for the purpose of using them for the dispatch of their own correspondence, likewise agreeing on the manner and amount in which both Administrations are to share the cost of the said containers. Article 4 *Prepayment of correspondence—“Postage paid” service—Insufficiently prepaid letters* 1. The correspondence exchangedPrepayment of correspondence. among the contracting countries will be prepaid in accordance with the provisions of Article 46 of the Convention ofVol 46, p. 2548. the Universal Postal Union in force. 1944 2. Marking postage paid articles. In those countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain where the “postage paid” service is or may be established for newspapers and periodical publications, including those for propaganda and advertising, the packages containing them shall bear on their covers the note: “Porte Pagado” (postage paid). Interchange of information.The administrations will send to the others, through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo, any useful information so that the exchange offices may easily distinguish them from those which do not enjoy said privilege. 3. Insufficiently prepaid letters. On the obverse side of the envelopes of insufficiently prepaid letters, the Administration of origin will place the “T” stamp, and will indicate in gold francs the amount of the insufficiency. Article 5 Diplomatic pouches 1. Weight and dimensions of diplomatic pouches. The weight and dimensions of the diplomatic pouches exchanged between each of the Ministries of Foreign Relations of the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and their diplomatic representatives in the other countries, by virtue of the provisions of Section 2 of Article 10 of the Convention, will be determined by common consent between the parties concerned, but must not exceed the maximum weight of 30 kilograms. 2. Formality of sending. The Ministries of Foreign Relations and the diplomatic representatives will deposit these pouches in the post offices, taking a receipt, and they will be delivered by the post offices to their addressees with the same formality. 3. Fastenings. The said pouches will be provided with safety fastenings or locks appropriate to the importance of such dispatches. 4. Transit routes. The diplomatic pouches will be forwarded by the same routes used by the dispatching Administration for the sending of its 1945correspondence to the Administration of destination, their sending being announced by means of a note entered in the letter bill of the dispatch containing them. 5. In the absence of agreementDispatch under franking privilege by air mail. to the contrary between the parties concerned, the diplomatic pouches shall not be dispatched under the franking privilege by air mail. Article 6 Diplomatic and consular correspondence Diplomatic and consular correspondenceIndications to appear on diplomatic and consular correspondence. shall bear the following indications: the name of the sending Embassy, Legation or Consulate and the conspicuous inscription “Diplomatic Correspondence” or “Consular Correspondence,” in addition to the declaration “libre de porte” (free of postage) which shall be under the former inscription. Article 7 Transit statistics As a result of the gratuity ofTransit cost statistics.*Ante*, p. 1925. transit referred to by Article 3 of the Convention, the Administrations of the contracting countries will not perform any transit cost statistical operations in connection with dispatches containing Americo-Spanish correspondence exclusively, whenever this correspondence is forwarded without the intervention of countries or services foreign to the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Article 8 Constitution of the International Office The Director of the InternationalDirector of the International Office.Appointment. Office will be appointed by the Government of the Republic of Uruguay, at the proposal of the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of the said country, and will receive monthlyCompensation. compensation in the sum of 500 Uruguayan pesos. 1946 Personnel.The Secretary, the First Translating Official and the other personnel Appointment.will be appointed, at the proposal of the Director of the International Office, by the Ad-ministration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of Uruguay, the Compensation.monthly salary of the Secretary being fixed at the sum of 250 Uruguayan pesos and that of the First Translating Official at 150 Uruguayan pesos. Removal of employees.The said employees may be removed from their posts only with the intervention of the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones of Uruguay, and in accordance with the procedures established, in that connection, for permanent employees of the same Administration. Article 9 Expenses of the International Office 1. Expenses of International Office. The expenses of the International Office may not exceed the annual sum of 13,000 Uruguayan gold pesos ; the said amount including the establishment of a retirement fund for the personnel of the same. 2. Division of, into classes. For the division of the annual and extraordinary expenses of the Office, the contracting countries are divided into three classes; those of the first class having to contribute eight units; those of the second, four units; and those of the third, two units. Classes specified.The following belong to the first class: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Spain, the United States and Uruguay; the following to the second class: Colombia, Cuba, Chile, Mexico and Peru; and the following to the third class: Bolivia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay and Venezuela. Article 10 Information—Requests for modification of Acts Special information.The International Office will always be at the service of the contracting parties, to furnish 1947them whatever special information they require concerning matters connected with the Americo-Spanish postal service, and it will circulate requests for modification or interpretation of the provisions governing the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and make known the result of each operation. Article 11 Publications 1. The International Office ofPublication of changes. the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will send out a special circular whenever an Administration requests the immediate publication of any change that has been introduced in its service, and will likewise furnish gratuitously, to each of the Administrations of the contracting countries and to the International Bureau of Berne, the documents which it publishes, allowing each Administration theDistribution. number of copies which corresponds to the number of units which it contributes. Additional copies of the documentsAdditional copies. requested by the Administrations will be paid for by them at cost. 2. The International Office willDistribution of propositions for Congresses. distribute among the contracting countries the propositions which it receives in accordance with the provisions of Article 23 of the*Ante*, p. 1936. Convention. To this end, all the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will make known, through the intermediary of the same Office and in due time, as established by the Convention, the propositions which they may formulate for Universal Congresses, in order that such propositions may be supported by the whole of the said countries. 3. The Director of the InternationalAttendance at sessions of Congresses, etc. Office will attend the sessions of Congresses and Conferences of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and may take part in the discussions without the right to vote. 4. The official language of theOfficial language. International Office is Spanish. However, countries whose lan1948guage is not this may use their own in relations with the Office. Article 12 Documents and information to be sent to the International Office Documents and information to be sent the International Office.The International Office will serve as intermediary for regular and general notifications which exclusively concern the Administrations of the contracting countries. The said Administrations shall send to the International Office, regularly and promptly: (*a*) Their postal legislation and its subsequent modifications. (*b*) The Postal Guide, each time that it is published. (*c*) The maps and guides of the postal communications which they; utilize, both for the domestic service and for the international service. (*d*) A report on the most rapid territorial and maritime routes which may be used for the transmission of correspondence. (*e*) The results of the annual statistics of their postal traffic with the other Americo-Spanish countries. (*f*) The text of their propositions submitted to Universal Postal Congresses for consideration. (*g*) Data of all kinds which concern the Americo-Spanish Postal Service every time that some new provision is established. (*h*) All the information requested by the International Office itself for publication, reports and other matters pertaining to it, in such manner as to permit the execution of its task as soon as possible. (*i*) A table showing in detail all the maritime services belonging to the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which may be used gratuitously by the others for the transportation of their correspondence. 1949 Article 13 Modifications in the interval between meetings of Congresses In the interval which transpiresFormulation of propositions for modification. between the meetings of Congresses, each Administration will have the right to formulate propositions relative to the present Regulations, following the procedureVol. 46, p. 2534. indicated in Article 18 of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. In order to become effective, those propositions must obtain two-thirds of the votes cast. Article 14 Application of the Universal Postal Convention and domestic legislation 1. All matters in connectionApplication of Universal Postal Union. with the exchange of correspondence among the contracting countries which are not provided for in these Regulations will be subject to the stipulations of the Regulations of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. 2. Likewise, the domestic legislationDomestic legislation. of the same countries will be applicable in everything that has not been determined by either set of Regulations. Article 15 Account and expenses of the International Office of Montevideo 1. The Administration of Posts,Account of expenses. Telegraphs and Telephones of the Republic of Uruguay will prepare annually the account of the expenses referred to by Article 18*Ante*, p. 1932. of the Convention, and, in conformity with this Article, the contracting Administrations will reimburse the sums which it has advanced. 2. The International Office willSettlement of. effect the settlement of accounts relative to services carried on among the contracting countries, 1950unless a contrary agreement is made, and will follow, in that connection, the general procedures established by the Universal Postal Convention in force. Article 16 Salary rates.As long as the depreciation of Uruguayan money continues, the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones will make *Ante*, p. 1945.a 30 per cent increase in the salaries fixed by Article 8. Article 17 Effective date and duration of the Regulations Effective date and duration.The present Regulations will become effective on the same date as the Convention to which they relate, and will have the same duration. Done in Madrid, the tenth of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. Signatures. *Por España:* A. Nistal. A. Camacho. Agustín Ramos. Demetrio Pereda. *Por Estados Unidos de América:* P. W. Irving Glover: Eugene R. White. Eugene R. White. *Por Guatemala:* Enrique Traumann. *Por Haití:* Luis M.a Soler. *Por Honduras:* Antonio Graíño. *Por Mexico:* A. J. Pani. Antonio Castro Leal. *Por Nicaragua:* José García-Plaza. *Por Panama:* Carlos Ortiz R. *Por Paraguay:* Fernando Pignet. R. Blanco-Fombona. *Por Perú:* Manuel García Yrigoyen. *Por Uruguay:* César Miranda. *Por Venezuela:* Antonio Reyes. León Aguilar. 1951 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE TRANSPORTATION OF CORRESPONDENCE BY AIR Transportation of correspondence by air. The high contracting parties agree to adopt the following provisions relative to transportation by air. Article 1 The whole of the domestic andUtilization of air lines subordinate to an Administration. international air lines which are directly or indirectly subordinate to an Administration and which are used for the transportation of correspondence shall be placed at the disposal of the others, on the basis of rates and conditions generally uniform for all those Administrations which utilize these services without participating in the expenses of operation. Article 2 The previous provision doesSpecial agreements. not restrict or diminish the power of the high contracting parties to conclude among themselves individual Conventions which do not concern the Union as a whole, provided that their clauses are not less favorable than those contained in the present Regulations. Article 3 The Postal Administrations ofRestrictive provisions. the contracting countries shall take steps with their respective Governments so that the restrictive provisions placed upon air-craft in transit may in no case reach the extreme of preventing the receipt of the mail which they transport, either destined for the same country, or to be reforwarded outside of its territory, utilizing for this purpose the route agreed upon by the parties concerned. 1952 Article 4 Reforwarding by rapid transit.The high contracting parties shall lend to one another the most ample and effective cooperation for the reforwarding by the most rapid route of the correspondence which they may receive, originating in any of them and destined for another country adhering to the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain or the Universal Postal Union. Likewise, they agree to concede, on the part of their respective Administrations, the Maximum preference.maximum preference to the distribution of this class of correspondence. Article 5 Exchange of accounts.The accounts arising from the air services established between two or more countries shall be exchanged directly between the Postal Administrations concerned. Article 6 Agreement of contracts with present Regulations.The high contracting parties obligate themselves to place those preexisting concessions or contracts, subject to renewal, which may have been concluded with the individual air transport companies, and those which they shall enter into in the future, in agreement with the provisions stipulated in the present Regulations. Article 7 Prior agreement necessary.The utilization of an air mail line by any of the signatory Administrations can be brought about only through prior agreement with the Administration to which said service is subordinate, and, in the absence of provisions to the contrary, the latter shall be the only one called upon to regulate the conditions, prices and form of payment for the service utilized. Article 8 Notification of present conditions, etc., of air services.Within the maximum period of six months from the effective date of the present provisions, the Administrations of the adher1953ing countries shall send to the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, so that the latter may recompile, publish and distribute it, information relative to the present conditions, rates and operations of their air services; likewise, in the future they shall send in any modifications which they may introduce into said services. Article 9 The present provisions shallEffective date. become effective on the date of entry into force of the Convention of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. They shall have the same duration as thisDuration. Convention unless renewed by common agreement among the parties concerned. Done in Madrid, the tenth of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. *Por Costa Rica:* Signatures. Adriano Mtín Lanuza. Eduardo Fournier Quirós. *Por Cuba:* M. S. Pichardo. José Méndez. *Por Chile:* E. Bermúdez. Carlos Morla Lynch. *Por Dominicana:* E. Brache Hijo. Enrique Deschamps. *Por México:* A. J. Pani. Antonio Castro Leal. *Por Nicaragua:* José García-Plaza. *Por Panamá:* Carlos Ortiz R. *Por Paraguay:* Fernando Pignet. R. Blanco-Fombona. *Por Perú:* Manuel García Yrigoyen. *Por Uruguay:* César Miranda. *Por Venezuela:* Antonio Reyes. Léon Aguilar. 1954 Having examined and considered the provisions of the foregoing Convention, Final Protocol of the Convention, Regulations of Execution of the Convention, and Provisions Relative to the Transportation of Correspondence by Air, signed at Madrid, Spain, on the tenth day of November, A. D. 1931, the same are by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Postmaster General, hereby ratified and approved, by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed this first day of February, A. D. 1932. [seal] Walter F. Brown *Postmaster General*. Approval by the President.I hereby approve the above-mentioned Convention, Final Protocol of the Convention, Regulations of Execution of the Convention, and Provisions Relative to the Transportation of Correspondence by Air, and in testimony thereof have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President: Henry L. Stimson *Secretary of State*. Washington, *February 3, 1932*. 1955 VOTOS DEL CONGRESOResolutions of the Congress. El Tercer Congreso Postal Pan-americano recomienda a todos los países que forman esta Unión: I Que constituyendo el servicioAbolition of restrictions. de encomiendas postales un medio que facilita las relaciones comerciales entre los países contratantes, sería conveniente derogar cuantos requisitos signifiquen una restricción para la efectividad de dicho servicio y suprimir la exigencia de facturas y visados consulares,Consular invoices, visas, etc. así como los certificados de origen, para las encomiendas cuyo valor no exceda de 150 francos oro o su equivalencia. II Que en vista de que los anunciosTransit of advertisements. constituyen un medio de divulgación útil y conveniente, que tiende a aumentar el conocimiento de los pueblos, el Congreso opina que los envíos de esa naturaleza deberían ser transportados en el servicio postal internacional, sin estar sujetos a derechos aduaneros o a requisitos que tiendan a limitar sus fines. III Que las Administraciones de laInformation Office in central post offices. Unión Postal de las Américas y España creen, a serles posible, una Oficina de Información en la sede de las Centrales de Correos, con un salón de lectura, en el cual se pongan a disposición del público libros, diarios, revistas y publicaciones en general de los distintos países de la Unión, remitidos gratuitamente, por los Gobiernos, Empresas editoras, autores, etc. 1956 IV Reduced steamship rates.Que gestionen de las Compañías de Navegación de países extraños a la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que transporten su correspondencia, la rebaja de los fletes actuales, y que, en ningún caso, cobren por unidad de peso una suma mayor de la que perciban del país de origen, salvo en los casos en que por privilegio de paquete o de otra naturaleza, dichas Compañías estén obligadas al transporte gratuito. V Utilization of International Transfer Office.Que por la finalidad perseguida con el mantenimiento de la Oficina Internacional de Transbordos, encarece muy especialmente la utilizaciónn de la misma por todos los países que, obligadamente, tienen que encaminar su correspondencia por la República de Panamá, con objeto de unificar el servicio de tránsito y disminuir los gastos de sostenimiento de dicha Oficina. VI Postage stamp issue.Y que los Gobiernos respectivos autoricen la emisión de sellos de Correos para conmemorar la celebración de los Congresos Postales américoespañoles, eligiendo, de acuerdo con la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, diseños alegóricos de la reunión de los Congresos o de los vínculos de solidaridad y fraternidad que unen a lo países de América con España. Madrid, 10 de noviembre de 1931. Por el Congreso: *El Presidente*, A. Nistal. 1955 RESOLUTIONS OF THE CONGRESSResolutions of the Congress. The Third Pan American Postal Congress recommends to all the countries forming this Union: I That, as the parcel-post serviceAbolition of restrictions. constitutes a medium which facilitates commercial relations among the contracting countries, it would be convenient to abolish all requirements which signify a restriction on the effectiveness of said service and to abolish the requirement for consular invoices andConsular invoices, visas, etc. visas, as well as certificates of origin, for parcels whose value does not exceed 150 gold francs or its equivalent. II In view of the fact that advertisementsTransit of advertisements. constitute a useful and convenient medium for the spreading of information which tends to increase the knowledge of the peoples, the Congress is of the opinion that articles of that nature should be transported in the international postal service without being subject to customs duties or to requirements which tend to limit their aims. III That the Administrations of theInformation Office in central post offices. Postal Union of the Americas and Spain should create, if possible, an Information Office in the Central Post Offices, with a reading room in which should be placed at the disposal of the public, books, newspapers, magazines and publications in general of the different countries of the Union, sent gratuitously by the Governments, publishing companies, authors, etc. 1956 IV Reduced steamship rates.That they should try to obtain from the steamship companies of countries foreign to the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which transport their correspondence a reduction in the present rates, and that they should in no case collect a sum per weight-unit greater than that which they collect from the country of origin, except in cases where, due to packet or other privileges, the said companies are obligated to gratuitous transportation. V Utilization of International Transfer Office.That, in view of the purpose sought in the maintenance of the International Transfer Office, the utilization of the same by all the countries which are obliged to route their correspondence through the Republic of Panama is earnestly recommended, for the purpose of unifying the transit service and diminishing considerably the maintenance expenses of said Office. VI Postage stamp issue.And that the respective Governments authorize the issuance of postage stamps in commemoration of the meeting of Americo-Spanish Postal Congresses, selecting, by agreement with the International Office of Montevideo, allegorical designs of the meeting of the Congresses or of the bonds of solidarity and fraternity which unite the countries of America with Spain. Madrid, November 10, 1931. *El Secretario general*, A. Ramos. November 10, 1931 Agreement 47 Stat. 1957 1957 PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—AMERICAS-SPAIN. NOV. 10, 1931. *Parcel Post Agreement between the Americas and Spain. Signed at November 10, 1931.Madrid, November 10, 1931; approved by the President, February 9, 1932.* UNIÓN POSTAL DE LAS AMÉRICAS Y ESPAÑ Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. ACUERDO SOBRE ENCO-MIENDAS POSTALES celebrado entre: Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canadá,Contracting Powers. Colombia, Costa Rica, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela Los infrascritos, Plenipotenciarios de los Gobiernos de los países arriba mencionados en ejercicio de la facultad concedida por el artículo 5 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, convienen, bajo reserva de ratificación, en establecer el servicio de enco-miendas, de acuerdo con las cláusulas siguientes: Artículo 1 Objeto del Acuerdo 1. Bajo la denominación de Transit of “ parcel post”.“Encomienda Postal,” o do las expresiones sinónimas “Paquete Postal ”y “Bulto Postal”, podrán expedirse de uno de los países precedentemente enumerados a cualSSnier otro de los mismos, esta ase de envíos. 2. Las encomiendas postales Manner of sending.podrán revestir el carácter de certificado, con declaración de valor o contra reembolso, cuando los países adheridos convengan en adoptar estas modalidades del servicio en sus relaciones recíprocas. 3. La expedición de talesenvíos Dispatch of parcels in good condition obligatory.será obligatoria en envases de buenas condiciones debidamente cerrados. 1958 Artículo 2 Tránsito 1. Territorial transit guaranteed. La libertad de tránsito queda garantizada en el territorio de cada uno de los países contratantes. En consecuencia, las diversas Administraciones podrán utilizar la mediación de uno o varios países para el cambio recíproco de encomiendas. 2. Manner of sending. La transmisión de encomiendas se efectuará en despachos cerrados, los cuales se cursarán por las vías más rápidas terrestres y marítimas que utilicen para sus propios envíos los países que intervengan en el transporte. 3. Fowarding parcel bills. Las Administraciones remitentes estarán obligadas a enviar una copia de las hojas de ruta a cada una de las Administraciones intermediarias. Artículo 3 Peso y dimensiones 1. Weight of parcels. El peso máximo de cada encomienda será de 10 kilogramos, quedando las Administraciones en libertad de limitarlo a 5. 2. Dimensions. Las dimensiones máximas de las encomiendas serán fijadas por el Acuerdo vigente de la Unión Postal Universal relativo a este Special understanding.servicio. Sin embargo, las Administraciones de los países contratantes tendrán la facultad de admitir, previa conformidad de los países intermediarios, encomiendas con otros límites de peso y dimensiones. 3. Bulky parcels. encomiendas embarazosas se admitirán solamente en las relaciones entre los países que se encarguen de efectuar su transporte. Artículo 4 Tarifas y bonificaciones 1. Postage rates. La tarifa de las encomiendas intercambiadas con arreglo a este Acuerdo, se forma, únicamente, Maritime rates acidad.con la suma de los portes de origen, tránsito y destino. Llegado el caso, se agregarán los derechos marítimos previstos en el Acuerdo vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, sobre cambio de encomiendas postales. 1959 2. Los portes de origen, trânsito Fixed rates.y destino se fijan para cada país en 50 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, por cada encomienda hasta 5 kilogramos, y un franco oro o su equivalencia, por cada encomienda cuyo peso exceda de 5 kilogramos hasta 10 kilogramos. 3. Sin embargo, las Administraciones Increase optional.contratantes tendrán la facultad de aumentar estos portes hasta el duplo de los mismos y aplicar un sobreporte fijo de 25 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, por cada encomienda que expidan o reciban. 4. Las Administraciones que en Special authorizations.el régimen universal gocen de autorizaciones especiales para elevar los derechos consignados en el segundo párrafo, podrán también hacer uso de dichas autorizaciones en el régimen américoespañol. 5. A pesar de lo dispuesto en No obligation to fix rate lower than domestic charge.los párrafos anteriores, ninguna Administración contratante estará obligada a señalar una tarifa inferior a la que tenga establecida para esta clase de envíos en su servicio interno. 6. La Administración de origen Proration of credit.acreditará a cada una de las Administraciones que intervengan en el transporte, así como a la de destino, los portes correspondientes con arreglo a lo dispuesto en los párrafos anteriores. Artículo 5 Derechos por despacho de Aduanas, entrega, almacenaje y otros Las Administraciones de destino Fees collected from addressee.podrán cobrar a los destinatarios de las encomiendas: *a*) Un derecho de 50 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, como máximo, por las operaciones, formalidades y trámites inherentes al despacho de Aduanas; *b*) Un derecho de 50 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, como máximo, por la conducción y entrega de cada encomienda en el domicilio del destinatario. 1960 Cuando las encomiendas no sean entregadas en el domicilio del destinatario, ésto deberá ser avisado de la llegada. En este caso, las Administraciones cuyo régimen interior lo exija percibirán un derecho especial por la entrega de dicho aviso ; este derecho no podrá exceder del porte sencillo de una carta ordinaria del servicio interior; *c*) Un derecho diario de almacenaje, que no podrá exceder del señalado por la legislación postal de cada país, cobrado a partir de los plazos prescritos en ella, sin que en ningún caso el total a percibir pueda exceder de cinco francos oro o su equivalencia; *d*) Los derechos arancelarios y todos los demás derechos no postales que establezca su legislación interior; y *e*) La cantidad que corresponda por concepto de derecho consular, cuando no se hubiera abonado de antemano por el remitente. Artículo 6 Prohibición de otros gravámenes Prohibition against other charges. Las encomiendas de que trata el presente Acuerdo no pueden ser gravadas con otros derechos postales que los establecidos precedentemente. Exceptions.Sin embargo, las Administraciones que convengan entre sí la admisión de encomiendas certificadas, contra reembolso, o con valor declarado, estarán autorizadas para percibir los derechos especiales relativos a esta clase de envíos. Artículo 7 Responsabilidad 1. Responsibility for loss, etc. Las Administraciones serán responsables de la pérdida, substracción o avería de las encomiendas. Right of sender to indemnity.El remitente tendrá derecho por este concepto a una indemnización equivalente al importe real de la pérdida, substracción o avería. Esta indemnización no podrá exceder: 1961 *a*) Por las encomiendas hasta 5 Calculation.kilogramos de peso, de 25 francos oro o su equivalencia; *b*) Por las encomiendas hasta 10 kilogramos de peso, de 40 francos oro o su equivalencia. 2. La indemnización se calculará según el predo corriente de la mercancía de la misma clase en el lugar y en la época en que la encomienda fuera aceptada para su transporte. 3. Por los paquetes con valor declarado, cambiados entre aquellas Administraciones que convengan en establecer esta modalidad del servicio, la indemnización no podrá exceder de la declaración. Artículo 8 Encomiendas pendientes de entrega 1. Fíjase en treinta días el plazo Parcels pending delivery.Period for which must be held.durante el cual deben mantenerse las encomiendas a disposición de los interesados en las Oficinas de destino, pudiendo ampliarse hasta noventa días dicho plazo por Increase authorized.acuerdo de las Administraciones interesadas, en la inteligencia de que en todo caso la devolución se hará sin previa consulta al remitente. 2. Los remitentes, por virtud Disposition must be Indicated.de las disposiciones enumeradas en el párrafo anterior, estarán obligados a indicar, en el reverso del boletín de expedición, en qué forma ha de procederse con sus envíos en caso de no poder ser entregados, limitándose a una de las disposiciones siguientes: *a*) Que la encomienda sea devuelta al origen; *b*) Que la encomienda se entregue a otro destinatario; *c*) Que la encomienda se considere abandonada. Artículo 9 Declaraciones fraudulentas 1. En los casos en que se compruebe Confiscation of parcels, when fraudulent declaration.que los remitentes de una encomienda, por sí o de acuerdo con los destinatarios, declaren 1962con falsedad la calidad, peso o medida del contenido, o que, por otro medio cualquiera, traten de defraudar los intereses fiscales del país de destino, eludiendo el pago de los derechos de importación, ocultando objetos o declarándolos en forma tal que evidencien la intención de suprimir o reducir el importe de esos derechos, queda facultada la Administración interesada para disponer de esos envíos conforme a sus leyes interiores, sin que tengan derecho ni el remitente ni el destinatario a su entrega, devolución o indemnización alguna. 2. Notification La Administración que confisque una encomienda, de conformidad con la precedente autorización, deberá notificarlo al destinatario y a la Administración de origen. Artículo 10 Encomiendas para segundos destinatarios Information to company parcel second addressee.Los remitentes de encomiendas dirigidas al cuidado de Bancos u otras entidades para entregar a segundos destinatarios, estarán obligados a consignar en las etiquetas, fajillas o envolturas de aquéllas el nombre y dirección Notification.exactos de las personas a quienes estuvieren destinados estos envíos. Sin embargo, se informará al segundo destinatario de la existencia *Ante*, p. 1959.de esa encomienda, pudiéndose percibir el derecho de aviso fijado en el artículo 5, pero sin que pueda reclamar su entrega smo mediante una autorización escrita del primer destinatario o del remitente; este último deberá, en ese caso, gestionar la entrega por conducto de la Administración de origen de la encomienda. Artículo 11 Encomiendas abandonadas o devueltas Disposition of abandoned parcels.Las encomiendas abandonadas, o que devueltas no puedan ser entregadas a sus remitentes, serán vendidas por la Administración1963respectiva. Sì el importe de la Proration of deficiency.venta fuere inferior al de los gastos con que estuviere gravada la encomienda, el déficit se repartirá por partes iguales entre las Administraciones de origen y destino. Artículo 12 Proposiciones durante el intervalo de las reuniones El presente Acuerdo podrá ser Modification of Agreement between Congresses.modificado en el intervalo que media entre los Congresos, siguiendo el procedimiento establecido en el capítulo III del Convenio Vol. 46, p. 2534.vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva las modificaciones, deberán obtener: 1. Unanimidad de sufragios, si se trata de introducir nuevas disposiciones o de modificar el presente artículo y las de los artículos 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 y 7. 2. Dos tercios de sufragios para modificar las demás disposiciones. Artículo 13 Equivalencia Cada país contratante determinará Determination of equivalents.la equivalencia legal de su moneda, con respecto al franco oro. Artículo 14 Asuntos no previstos 1. Todos los asuntos no previstos Application of Universal Postal Union,Vol. 46, p. 2523.por este Acuerdo serán regidos por las disposiciones del Acuerdo vigente de la Unión Postal Universal y su Reglamento de ejecución. 2. Sin embargo, las Administraciones Agreement on details.contratantes podrán concertar otros detalles para la práctica del servicio. 3. Se reconoce el derecho que Right to retain regulatory procedure.gozan los países contratantes para mantener vigente el procedimiento reglamentario adoptado en orden al cumplimiento de Convenios que tengan entre sí, siempre que dicho procedimiento no se oponga a las disposiciones de este Acuerdo. 1964 Artículo 15 Vigencia y duración del Acuerdo 1. Effective date. El presente Acuerdo comenzará a regir el 1 de marzo de 1932, Duration. y quedará en vigencia sin limitación de tiempo, reservándose cada ima de las partes contratantes el derecho de denunciarlo, mediante aviso dado por su Gobierno al de la República Oriental del Uruguay, con un año de anticipación. 2. Ratifications. El depósito de las ratificaciones se hará en Madrid en el más breve plazo posible; se levantará un Acta relativa al depósito de las ratificaciones de cada país, y el Gobierno de España, remitirá por la vía diplomática una copia de dicha Acta a los Gobiernosde losdemás paísessignatarios. 3. Pan American Parcel-Post Convention abrogated.Vol. 45, p. 2434 Quedan derogadas, a partir de la fecha en que entre en vigor el presente Acuerdo, las estipulaciones del Convenio de Encomiendas, sancionado en México el 9 de noviembre de 1926. 4. Validity it not unanimously ratified. En caso de que el Acuerdo no fuere ratificado por uno o varios de los países contratantes, no dejará de ser válido para los que lo hubieren ratificado. 5. Provisional ratification. Los países contratantes podrán ratificar este Acuerdo, provisionalmente, por correspondencia, dando aviso de ello a las Administraciones respectivas por medio de la Oficina Internacional, sin perjuicio de que, según la legislación de cada país y previa aprobación de los Congresos nacionales, sea confirmada por la vía diplomática. Signatures.En fe de lo resuelto, los Plenipotenciarios de los países enumerados suscriben el presente Acuerdo en Madrid, a diez de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y uno. *Por Argentina:* R. Correa Luna. *Por Bolivia:* G. A. Otero. *Por Brasil:* Luis Guimarães. 1965 *Por Canada:* Signatures.—Contd. *Por Colombia:* Alberto Sánchez de Triarte. E. Zaldúa Piedrahita. W. Mac-Lellan. *Por Costa Rica:* Adriano Mtín Lanuza. Eduardo Fournier Quirós. *Por Chile:* E. Bermúdez. Carlos Morla Lynch. *Por Dominicana:* E. Brache Hijo. Enrique Deschamps. *Por Ecuador:* Ricardo Crespo Ordóñez. Abel Romeo Castillo. *Por El Salvador:* Raúl Contreras. *Por España:* A. Nistal. A. Camacho. Agustín Ramos. Demetrio Pereda. POSTAL UNION OF THE AMERICAS AND SPAIN Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. AGREEMENT CONCERNING PARCEL POST11English translation by Post Office Department. concluded between Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Contracting Powers.Colombia, Costa Rica, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The undersigned, Plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above mentioned, in exercise of the option conferred by Article 5 of the Universal Postal Convention in force, agree, subject to ratification, to the establishment of the parcel-post service in accordance with the following provisions. Article 1 Object of the Agreement 1. Under the denomination of Transit of “ parcel post”.“parcelpost” (“EncomiendaPostal,” “Paquete Postal” or “Bulto Postal”) this class of mail matter may be sent from any one of the above-mentioned countries to any other of them. 2. Parcels may be sent registered, Manner of sending.insured or collect-on-delivery, when the adhering countries agree to adopt these forms of service in their reciprocal relations. 3. The dispatch of such parcels Dispatch of parcels in good condition obligatory.in containers in good condition, properly fastened, shall be obligatory. 1958 Article 2 Transit 1. Territorial transit guaranteed. Liberty of transit is guaranteed over the territory of every one of the contracting countries. Consequently, the various Administrations may use the intermediary of one or more countries for the reciprocal exchange of parcels. 2. Manner of sending. Parcels will be sent in closed dispatches which will be forwarded by the most rapid territorial and maritime routes which the countries intervening in the transportation utilize for their own dispatches. 3. Fowarding parcel The dispatching Administrations will be obliged to send a copy of the parcel bills to each of the intermediary Administrations. Article 3 Weight and dimensions 1. Weight of parcels. The maximum weight of each parcel will be 10 kilograms, the Administrations remaining at liberty to limit it to 5. 2. Dimensions. The maximum dimensions for parcels shall be fixed by the Agreement of the Universal Postal Special understanding.Union in force, relative to this service. Nevertheless, the Administrations of the contracting countries shall have the option of admitting, after obtaining the consent of the intermediary countries, parcels with other limits of weight and dimensions. 3. Bulky parcels. Bulky parcels will be accepted only in relations between countries which undertake to effect their transportation. Article 4 Postage rates and payments 1. Postage rates. The postage on parcels exchanged under this Agreement will be composed only of the sum Maritime rates acidad.of the rates of origin, transit and destination. If necessary, the maritime rates provided by the Agreement of the Universal Postal Union in force concerning the exchange of parcel post will be added. 1959 2. The rates of origin, transit Fixed rates.and destination are fixed for each country at 50 centimes of a gold franc or their equivalent for each parcel up to 5 kilograms, and one gold franc or its equivalent for each parcel whose weight exceeds 5 kilograms but not 10 kilograms. 3. However, the contracting Increase optionalAdministrations will have the option of increasing these rates up to double their amount, and of applying a fixed surcharge of 25 centimes of a gold franc or their equivalent to each parcel which they dispatch or receive. 4. Administrations which, in Special authorizations.the Universal service, enjoy special authorizations to increase the rates set forth in Section 2 may also make use of said authorizations in the Americo-Spanish service. 5. Notwithstanding the provisions No obligation to fix rate lower than domestic charge.of the foregoing Sections, no contracting Administration will be obligated to fix a rate lower than that established for this class of articles in its domestic service. 6. The Administration of origin Proration of credit.will credit each of the Administrations taking part in the transportation, as well as that of destination, with the corresponding charges, in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Sections. Article 5 Customs-clearance, delivery, storage and other charges The Administrations of destination Fees collected from addressee.may collect from the addressees of parcels: (*a*) A fee of 50 centimes of a gold franc or their equivalent, as a maximum, for the operations, formalities and transactions in connection with customs handling; (*b*) A fee of 50 centimes of a gold franc or their equivalent, as a maximum, for the transmission and delivery of each parcel to the address of the addressee. 1960 When parcels are not delivered at the address of the addressee, the latter shall be advised of their arrival. In this case, the administrations whose domestic regulations require it, will collect a special fee for the delivery of said notice; this fee shall not exceed the postage for a single weight-unit on an ordinary letter in the domestic service; (*c*) A daily storage charge, which shall not exceed that fixed by the postal legislation of each country, charged from the time prescribed therein, provided that the total to be collected shall in no case exceed five gold francs or their equivalent; (*d*) The customs duties and all other non-postal charges which their domestic legislation establishes; and (*e*) The amount corresponding to the consular fee, when it has not been prepaid by the sender. Article 6 Prohibition against other charges Prohibition against other charges. The parcels of which the present Agreement treats may not be subjected to any other postal charges than those established in the foregoing Articles. Exceptions.However, the Administrations that agree among themselves on the admission of registered, collect-on-delivery or insured parcels are authorized to collect the special charges relative to this class of articles. Article 7 Responsibility 1. Responsibility for loss, etc. The Administrations shall be responsible for the loss, rifling or damage of parcels. Right of sender to indemnity.The sender shall have the right in such case to an indemnity equivalent to the actual amount of the loss, rifling or damage. This indemnity shall not exceed: 1961 (*a*) For parcels up to 5 kilograms Calculation.in weight, 25 gold francs or their equivalent; (*b*) For parcels up to 10 kilograms in weight, 40 gold francs or their equivalent. 2. The indemnity shall be calculated according to the current price of merchandise of the same kind in the place where and at the time when the parcel was accepted for transportation. 3. For insured parcels exchanged between those Administrations which agree to establish this type of service, the indemnity shall not exceed the insured value. Article 8 Parcels pending delivery 1. The period during which Parcels pending delivery.Period for which must be held.parcels must be held at the disposal of the interested parties at the offices of destination is fixed at thirty days. The said period may be increased to ninety Increase authorized.days by agreement among the Administrations concerned, it being understood that in every case the return will be effected without previously consulting the sender. 2. The senders, by virtue of the Disposition must be Indicated.provisions enumerated in the preceding Section, are obligated to indicate on the reverse side of the dispatch note what disposal must be made of their parcels in case they cannot be delivered, limitation being made to one of the following provisions: (*a*) That the parcel be returned to origin. (*b*) That the parcel be delivered to another addressee. (*c*) That the parcel be considered abandoned. Article 9 Fraudulent declarations 1. In cases where it is proved Confiscation of parcels, when fradulent declaration.that senders of parcels, by them declaration, selves or by agreement with the addressees, have falsely declared 1962the quality, weight or measure of the contents, or in any other way have tried to defraud the fiscal interests of the country of destination, avoiding the payment of import duties by concealing articles or declaring them in such a way as to show the evident intention of nullifying or reducing the amount of those duties, the Administration concerned is authorized to dispose of those articles in accordance with its domestic laws, and neither the sender nor the addressee will have any right to deliver, return or indemnity. 2. Notification The Administration confiscating a parcel in accordance with the preceding authorization shall notify the addressee and the Administration of origin. Article 10 Parcels for second addressees Information to company parcel second addressee.Senders of parcels addressed in care of banks or other organizations for delivery to second addressees will be obliged to state on the tags, labels or wrappers thereof the exact names and addresses of the persons for whom Notificationsuch parcels are intended. Nevertheless, the second addressee shall be informed of the presence of that parcel, and the notice charge *Ante*, p. 1959.provided by Article 5 may be collected, but he shall not have the power to claim delivery except by written authorization of the first addressee or of the sender; the latter shall, in that case, take steps for its delivery through the Administration of origin of the parcel. Article 11 Abandoned or returned parcels Disposition of abandoned parcels.Abandoned parcels, or those returned to origin which can not be delivered to the senders, will be sold by the Administration1963 concerned. If the proceeds of the Proration of deficiency.sale are lower than the charges due on the parcel, the deficit will be divided in equal shares between the Administrations of origin and destination. Article 12 Propositions in the interval between meetings The present Agreement may be Modification of Agreement between Congresses.modified in the interval which transpires between Congresses, following the procedure established in Chapter III of the Vol. 46, p. 2534.Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. In order to become effective, the modifications must obtain: 1. Unanimity of votes, if it is a question of introducing new provisions or modifying the present Article or Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. 2. Two-thirds of the votes, in order to modify the other provisions. Article 13 Equivalents Each contracting country shall Determination of equivalents.determine the legal equivalent of its money, with relation to the gold franc. Article 14 Matters not provided for 1. All matters not provided for Application of Universal Postal Union,Vol. 46, p. 2523.by this Agreement will be governed by the provisions of the Agreement of the Universal Postal Union in force and its Regulations of Execution. 2. However, the contracting Agreement on details.Administrations may agree upon other details for the carrying out of the service. 3. The right of the contracting Right to retain regulatory procedure.countries to retain in force the regulatory procedure adopted for the fulfillment of Conventions among themselves is recognized, provided that such procedure is not contrary to the provisions of this agreement. 1964 Article 15 Effective date and duration off the Agreement 1. Effective date. The present Agreement will become effective March 1, 1932, Duration.and will, remain in force without time limit, each of the contracting parties reserving the right to abrogate it by means of notice given by its Government to that of the Republic of Uruguay, one year in advance. 2. Ratifications. The deposit of ratifications will be effected in Madrid as soon as possible; the relative certificate will be made up in regard to the ratification by each country, and the Government of Spain will send a copy of the said certificate, through diplomatic channels, to the Governments of the other signatory countries. 3. Pan American Parcel-Post Convention abrogated.Vol. 45, p. 2434 The stipulations of the Parcel-Post Convention sanctioned in Mexico on November 9, 1926, are abrogated, beginning with the the date on which the present Agreement becomes effective. 4. Validity it not unanimously ratified. In case that the Agreement is not ratified by one or more of the contracting countries, it will none the less be valid for the countries which have ratified it. 5. Provisional ratification. The contracting countries may ratify this Agreement provisionally, by correspondence,giving notice thereof to the respective Administrations through the medium of the International Office, without prejudice to the fact that, according to the legislation of each country and after approval by the National Congresses, it may be confirmed through diplomatic channels. Signatures.In faith of which, the Plenipotentiaries of the countries enumerated sign the present Agreement at Madrid, on the tenth of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. *Por Estados Unidos de América:* P. W. Irving Glover; Eugene R. White. Eugene R. White. *Por Guatemala:* Enrique Traumann. 1965 *Por Haití:* Signatures.—Contd. Luis M.a Soler. *Por Honduras:* Antonio Graíño. *Por México:* A. J. Pani. Antonio Castro Leal. *Por Nicaragua:* José García-Plaza. *Por Panama:* Carlos Ortiz R. *Por Paraguay:* Fernando Pignet. R. Blanco-Fombona. *Por Perù:* Manuel García Yrigoyen. *Por Uruguay:* César Miranda. *Por Venezuela:* Antonio Reyes. León Aguilar. Having examined and considered the provisions of the foregoing Agreement concerning Parcel Post, signed at Madrid, Spain, on the tenth day of November, A. D. 1931, the same is by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Postmaster General, hereby ratified and approved, by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed this first day of February, A. D. 1932. [seal] Walter F. Brown *Postmaster General* I hereby approve the above-mentioned Agreement concerning Approval by the President.Parcel Post, and in testimony thereof have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President: Henry L. Stimson *Secretary of State.* Washington, *February 3, 1932.* December 22, 1931 January 5, 1932 Agreement 47 Stat. 1966 1966 POSTAL AGREEMENT—GERMANY. December 22, 1931.⁄January 5, 1932. * December 22, 1931.January 5, 1932.Agreement between the United States of America and Germany for collect-on-delivery parcel-post service. Signed at Berlin, December 22, 1931, at Washington, January 5, 1932; approved by the President, February 9, 1932.* **Agreement between the Post Office Department of the United States of America and the German Postal Administration for Collect-on-Delivery Parcel-Post Service** Collect-on-delivery postal agreement with Germany.For the purpose of concluding arrangements for the exchange between the United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands of the United States) and Germany of parcels marked for the collection of trade charges, the undersigned, Walter F. Brown, Postmaster General of the United States of America for the Post Office Department of the United States of America, and der Deutsche Reichspostminister Dr. Schätzel for the German Postal Administration, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I 1. Acceptance of collect-on-delivery parcel post packages.Vol. 45, p. 2701. Parcel post packages admissible for mailing and registration under the German-American Parcel-Post Convention of June 25/August 4, 1928, and having charges to be collected on delivery, shall be accepted for mailing from Germany to any money order post office in the United States of America or from the United States of America to any locality in Germany. 2. Registration. C. O. D. parcels shall be accepted only when registered. Separation from ordinary mail.C. O. D. parcels and the money orders issued in payment of the charges thereon shall be handled 1967apart from ordinary dispatches of parcel post and from ordinary money orders. However, by mutual consent through correspondence,Extension to uninsured matter. the collect-on-delivery service may be extended to ordinary (unregistered) parcel-post packages exchanged between the two countries with the provision that each country may handle in transit and otherwise treat ordinary (unregistered) C. O. D. parcels addressed to, or received from, the other country in accordance with its own domestic regulations. Article II 1. Parcels bearing charges forPostage rates, registration fees. etc. collection on delivery shall be subject to the postage rates, registration fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to registered parcels without trade charges as stipulatedVol. 45, p. 2701. in the Parcel-Post Convention of June 25/August 4, 1928, when not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. 2. The Administration of originAdditional fee from sender. is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations, which fee shall belong entirely to the AdministrationAccounting. collecting it. No account of theseVol. 45, p. 2720. fees is to be made except as stated in Article XXIV of the aforesaid Convention of June 25/August 4, 1928. Article III 1. The maximum amount to beMaximum amount of fee. collected on delivery shall, for the present, be $100.00. This amountChanges by mutual agreement. may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement 1968through correspondence between the two postal Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in dollars and cents. 2. Requests for reduction or cancellation. When the sender makes a request early enough for any reduction or cancellation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. Article IV Packing, etc., responsibility.The responsibility of properly closing, packing and sealing C. O. D. parcels lies upon the sender and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. Article V 1. Entire amount remitted to sender. The entire amount of the collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money Charges collected from addressee.order. The delivering post office will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto may collect such money order fee or fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 2. Examination prohibited until charges paid. Examination of the contents of a C. O. D. parcel by the addressee is prohibited until the C. O. D. charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. 1969 Article VI C. O. D. money order adviceMoney order advice lists. lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the mailing numbers of the parcels. No C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and payee’s name and exact address are included. Article VII 1. Parcels with C. O. D. chargesExchange offices. shall be exchanged through the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations.The exchanges of C. O. D. parcelsDirect dispatch in sacks with special markings. between such offices shall be effected in direct dispatches in special sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. articles, the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Remboursement” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. 2. Such parcels will be listedSeparate listing bills required. in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. (registered) number, the office of origin, and the C. O. D. charges. 3. Upon receipt of a dispatchChecking and report of receipt. of C. O. D. parcels, at the exchange office of the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article XIV of the Parcel Post ConventionVol. 45, p. 2715. of June 25/August 4, 1928. Article VIII The offices of New York andOffices designated to send money orders. Cologne 2 are the only ones authorized to send lists of C. O. D. money orders. Such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list shall be marked “Collect on Delivery” or “Remboursement”. 1970 Article IX 1. Disposition of unpaid orders. The C. O. D. money orders which have not been paid to the payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the articles to which they relate. When it appears that the C. O. D. service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 2. Provisions governing other formalities. As for other formalities, C. O. D. money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. Article X Return receipts.It is permissible to request return receipts for collect-on-delivery parcels. Article XI 1. Indemnity to sender if parcel lost or collection charge not remitted. Except in cases of loss or damage through force majeure as that term is defined by the legal decisions or rulings of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurs, when a C. O. D. parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of loss, rifling, or damage, based on the actual value at the time and place of mailing, as provided in the Parcel Post Convention of Vol. 45, p. 2701.June 25/August 4, 1928, for registered parcels not sent C. O. D. or, in case delivery of the article has been effected but the charges have not been remitted, for the amount of the C. O. D. charges, unless the loss, rifling, or damage If resulting from negligence of sender or addressee.has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or addressee, or of the representative of either or from the nature of the article, 1971provided always that the indemnity shall not exceed theIndemnity limited. sum for which the required C. O. D. fee was paid in the country of origin. 2. No indemnity will be paid No indemnity if parcel of no intrinsic value, etc. for C. O. D. parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value, unless the articles were delivered and the charges not remitted; nor for perishable matter or matter prohibited transmission in the parcel post mails exchanged between the contracting Administrations, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Convention, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage may pay indemnity in respect to such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. Either of the two AdministrationsPayments in event of complete loss. may, at its option, repay to the rightful claimant of indemnity, in case of complete loss, irreparable damage of the entire contents, or theft of the entire contents of a C. O. D. parcel, in addition to the postage, the C. O. D. fee, when requested. The registration fees are not in any case returned. 4. When less than the properIndemnity limited if erroneous amount collected from addressee. amount is collected from the addressee on delivery, through fault of the Postal Service of either 1972country, the sender shall be entitled only to indemnity equal to the difference between the amount erroneously collected and the amount of the collect-on-delivery charge which should have been collected as indicated by the sender at the time of mailing. 5. Responsibility with country receiving parcel. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for a C. O. D. parcel rests with the country which, having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry, is unable to show its proper disposition or, if delivered, the transmission of the correct collect-on-delivery charges to the owner, unless it can show that the failure to collect and remit the correct collect-on-delivery charges was due to fault of the sender or the Administration of the country of origin. 6. Payment by Administration of origin. When a C. O. D. article has been lost, rifled, or damaged, or has been delivered and the full charges have not been remitted, the Administration of origin shall pay indemnity to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of Time.nine months counting with the day following that on which the application is made, which payment shall be made on account of the Administration of destination, if that Administration is responsible for the loss or failure to remit and has been duly notified. 7. Action, when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. When a C. O. D. parcel for which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the postmaster at the delivering office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Administration to which his office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the postmaster will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the 1973indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. 8. Other provisions concerningOther indemnity provisions. the payments of indemnity for C. O. D. parcels will be the same as govern the payment of indemnity for registered parcels without C. O. D. charges, as set forth in Article XII of the Parcel PostVol. 45, p. 2709. Convention of June 25/August 4, 1928. 9. The provisions of this AgreementTransit parcels not included. do not cover transit C. O. D. parcels. 10. By the fact of the paymentAdministration paying indemnity subrogated to rights of sender. of indemnity, the Administration making the payment is subrogated to the rights of the sender for any eventual recourse against the addressee or a third party. Article XII The amount regularly collectedSender guaranteed amount collected. from the addressee is guaranteed to the sender on the conditions laid down by the money order convention already mentioned. Article XIII 1. Each C. O. D. parcel andOfficial stamping of parcels, etc., mailed. the relative dispatch note must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of an official stamp or label reading “Collect on Delivery” or “C. O. D.”or “Remboursement”, and in close proximity to these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the registry number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fee or fees that will be collected in the country mailing delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender. 1974 2. Tags authorized. In addition to being marked or labeled in the manner indicated in Section 1 above, each C. O. D. parcel may have a C. O. D. tag attached in a form mutually agreed upon. Article XIV 1. Reforwarding parcels to other countries. Unless mutually otherwise agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not be reforwarded to any other country than Germany or the United States. 2. Recall by sender. The sender of a C. O. D. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. Article XV Disposition of undeliverable parcels.The sender may provide, in case his C. O. D. parcel is undeliverable as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and Vol. 45, p. 2717.as stipulated in Article XIX of the Parcel Post Convention of June 25/August 4, 1928. Article XVI Arranging details for handling indemnity claims.Details as to the methods of handling indemnity claims involving C. O. D. parcels and other details for the execution of this Agreement may be arranged by correspondence between the two Administrations. Article XVII Application of other Postal Conventions to matters not covered hereby.All matters connected with the exchange of C. O. D. articles not covered by this Agreement shall be governed by the Money Order, Postal, and Parcel Post Conventions in force between the two countries, or by the provisions of Vol. 46, p. 2523.the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed Regulations for its Execution, in so far as they are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, and then if no other arrangement has been 1975made, the internal legislation or regulations of the United States or Germany, according to the country involved, shall govern—or the matter involved will be made the subject of mutual agreement by correspondence between the two countries. Article XVIII Either Administration mayTemporary suspension of service. temporarily suspend the C. O. D. service, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict it to certain offices; but on the condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration, such notice to be given by telegraph if necessary. Article XIX This Agreement shall take effectEffect and duration. and operations thereunder shall begin on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries, and shall continue in force indefinitely; but may be annulled at the desire of either Administration upon six months’ previous notice given to the other. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, on the 5th day of January, 1932, and at Berlin on the 22nd day of December 1931 [seal] Walter F Brown, *Postmaster General of the United States*. **Vereinbarung zwischen der Postverwaltung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und der Deutschen Reichspost über den Paketnachnahmedienst** Collect-on-delivery postal agreement with Germany.Für den Abschluß von Vereinbarungen über den Austausch von Nachnahmepaketen zwischen den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika (einschließlich Alaska, Hawai, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa, und den Virginischen Inseln der Vereinigten Staaten) und Deutschland haben sich die Unterzeichneten Walter F. Brown, Generalpostmeister der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika für die Postverwaltung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, und der Deutsche Reichspostminister Dr. Schätzei für die Deutsche Reichspost auf Grund ihrer Vollmachten über folgende Artikel geeinigt: Artikel I 1. Acceptance of collect-on-delivery parcel post packages.Vol. 45, p. 2701. Postpakete, die nach dem deutsch-amerikanischen Postpaketabkommen vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 zur Beförderung und Einschreibung zugelassen sind und mit Nachnahme belastet werden, können in Deutschland nach allen mit dem Postanweisungsdienst betrauten Postanstalten der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika nach allen Postanstalten in Deutschland angenommen werden. 2. Registration. Es dürfen nur Einschreibpakete mit Nachnahme belastet werden. Die mit Nachnahme belasteten Pakete und die nach Bezahlung der Nachnahmebeträge 1967ausgestellten Postanweisungen sollen getrennt von dem gewöhnlichen Paketkartenschlüssen und den gewöhnlichen PostanweisungenExtension to uninsured matter. behandelt werden. Auf Grund gegenseitiger Vereinbarung im Wege des Schriftwechsels kann jedoch der Nachnahmedienst auf gewöhnliche (nicht eingeschriebene) Pakete, die zwischen den beiden Ländern ausgetauscht werden, mit der Maßgabe ausgedehnt werden, daß jedes Land die an das andere Land abgefertigten oder die vom anderen Lande empfangenen gewöhnlichen (nicht eingeschriebenen) Pakete bei der Beförderung und in sonstiger Beziehung nach seinen inneren Vorschriften behandelt. Artikel II 1. Die Nachnahmepakete unterliegenPostage rates, registration fees. etc. den Beförderungs- und Einschreibgebühren sowie den Beförderungs- und übrigen Bedingungen, die nach den Bestimmungen des PostpaketabkommensVol. 45, p. 2701. vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 auf eingeschriebene, nicht mit Nachnahme belastete Pakete anzuwenden sind, soweit diese Bestimmungen nicht mit denen des gegenwärtigen Übereinkommens unvereinbar sind. 2. Die Aufgabeverwaltung istAdditional fee from sender. berechtigt, vom Absender jedes Nachnahmepakets außer den Beförderungs- und anderen Gebühren auch die nach ihren Bestimmungen vorgesehene Nachnahmegebühr zu erheben; diese Gebühr verbleibt ungeteilt der einziehenden Verwaltung. AußerAccounting. der im Artikel XXIV des vorerwähntenVol. 45, p. 2720. Postpaketabkommens vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 vorgesehenen Abrechnung wird keinerlei Abrechnung über die Gebühren aufgestellt. Artikel III 1. Der Höchstbetrag der Nachnahme Maximum amount of fee. wird bis auf weiteres auf 100 Dollar festgesetzt. Dieser Changes by mutual agreement. Betrag kann jederzeit auf Grund gegenseitiger Vereinbarung im1968 Wege des Schriftwechsels zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen erhöht oder herabgesetzt werden. Der Nachnahmebetrag ist in beiden Richtungen in Dollars und Cents anzugeben. 2. Requests for reduction or cancellation. Wenn der Absender rechtzeitig das Ersuchen um Ermäßigung oder Streichung des Nachnahmebetrags stellt, so wird das Ersuchen zwischen den Paket-Auswechslungspostanstalten behandelt, vorbehaltlich einer anderen Vereinbarung im Wege des Schriftwechsels. Artikel IV Packing, etc., responsibility.Die Verantwortung für den richtigen Verschluß, die richtige Verpackung und Versiegelung der Nachnahnie pakete liegt den Absendern ob; keine der beiden Postverwaltungen übernimmt die Verantwortung für Verluste, die sich aus den zum Zeitpunkt der Aufgabe nicht ersichtlichen Mängeln ergeben. Artikel V 1. Entire amount remitted to sender. Der volle Nachnahmebetrag wird dem Absender ohne Abzug einer Postanweisungs- oder Einziehungsgebühr durch eine internationale Postanweisung übermittelt. Das zustellende Postamt Charges collected from addressee.zieht vom Empfänger den vollen Nachnahmebetrag ein und kann außerdem die Postanweisungsgebühren oder die Gebühr für die Übersendung des Nachnahmebetrages an den Absender im Aufgabelande erheben. 2. Examination prohibited until charges paid. Eine Prüfung des Inhalts von Nachnahmepaketen durch den Empfänger ist solange verboten, als nicht der Nachnahmebetrag und die etwa auf der Sendung lastenden Gebühren eingezogen worden sind; dies gilt, —sofern nicht nach den inneren Bestimmungen Ausnahmen vorgesehen sind—, auch für den Fall, daß der Absender oder Empfänger darum ersuchen sollten, daß ein solcher Vorgang gestattet werde. 1969 Artikel VI NachnahmepostanweisungslistenMoney order advice lists. haben außer den sonst üblichen Angaben die Aufgabenummern der Pakete zu enthalten. In dei Liste muß bei jeder Nachnahmepostanweisung auch der Name des Einzahlers und der Name und die genaue Anschrift des Empfängers angegeben werden. Artikel VII 1. Nachnahmepakete sindExchange offices. durch die Auswechslungsämter auszutauschen, die durch Vereinbarung zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen bestimmt sind.Der Austausch der NachnahmepaketeDirect dispatch in sacks with special markings. zwischen diesen Ämtern hat in unmittelbaren Kartenschlüssen in besonderen Beuteln, die nur Nachnahmepakete enthalten, zu erfolgen; die Buchstaben “C. O. D.” oder das Wort “Remboursement” sind in sehr auffälliger Weise in den betreffenden Papieren und auf den Beutelfahnen anzubringen. 2. Solche Pakete sind in besonderenSeparate listing bills required. Karten nachzuweisen, und zwar jedes Paket einzeln, unter Anführung der Aufgabenummer das Aufgabepostamts und des Nachnahmebetrags. 3. Nach Eingang eines KartenschlussesChecking and report of receipt. von Nachnahmepaketen ist der Kartenschluß bei der Auswechlungspostanstalt des Bestimmungslandes sorgfältig zu prüfen und im übrigen gemäß Artikel XIV des Postpaketvertrags vomVol. 45, p. 2715. 25. Juni/4. August 1928 zu behandeln. Artikel VIII Die AuswechslungspostanstaltenOffices designated to send money orders. von New York und das Postamt Köln 2 sind allein ermächtigt, Listen über Nachnahmepostanweisungen zu senden. Diese Nachnahmepostanweisungen sind getrennt von den übrigen Postanweisungen einzutragen; die Liste ist mit dem Vermerk “Collect on Delivery” oder “Remboursement” zu versehen. 1970 Artikel IX 1. Disposition of unpaid orders. Die Nachnahmepostanweisungen, die dem Empfänger aus irgendeinem Grunde nicht ausgezahlt worden sind, werden der Verwaltung des Ursprungslandes des Nachnahmepakets zur Verfügung gestellt. Wenn festgestellt wird, daß der Nachnahmedienst zu betrügerischen Zwecken benutzt worden ist, wird mit der Auszahlung der fraglichen Postanweisungen, wenn tunlich, innegehalten werden und, je nach dem Falle die nach den Gesetzen und Vorschriften des Ursprungslandes der Nachnahmesendung vorgesehenen Anordnungen getroffen. 2. Provisions governing other formalities. Hinsichtlich der andern Förmlichkeiten unterliegen die Nachnahmepostanweisungen den Bestimmungen für den Postanweisungsverkehr zwischen den beiden Ländern. Artikel X Return receipts.Das Ersuchen um Ausstellung von Rückscheinen für Nachnahmepakete ist zulässig. Artikel XI 1. Indemnity to sender if parcel lost or collection charge not remitted. Mit Ausnahme des Verlustes oder der Beschädigung durch höhere Gewalt (was unter höhere Gewalt zu verstehen ist, ist nach den gesetzlichen Bestimmungen und Vorschriften des Landes zu beurteilen, in dessen Bereich der Verlust oder die Beschädigung erfolgt ist—) hat der Absender oder ein anderer Entschädigungs-berechtigter, wenn ein Nachnahmepaket verloren, beraubt oder beschädigt worden ist, Anspruch auf eine Entschädigung, die dem wirklichen Betrag des Verlustes, Vol. 45, p. 2701.der Beraubung oder Beschädigung entspricht. Der Bemessung der Entschädigung wird der wirkliche Wert zu Zeit und am Orte der Aufgabe zugrunde gelegt, wie es im Postpaketvertrag vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 für einge-schriebene, If resulting from negligence of sender or addressee.nicht mit Nachnahme belastete Pakete festgesetzt ist. Wenn die Nachnahmesendung ohne Einziehung des Nachnahme 1971betrags ausgehändigt wurde, hat der Absender oder ein andererIndemnity limited. Berechtigter Anspruch auf Ersatz des Nachnahmebetrags. In allen Fällen wird der Ersatz nur geleistet, wenn der Verlust, die Beraubung oder Beschädigung nicht durch Verschulden, Fahrlässigkeit des Absenders oder Empfängers oder deren Vertreter oder durch die natürliche Beschaffenheit des Gutes erfolgt sind. Auf keinen Fall darf die Entschädigung über den Betrag hinausgehen, der durch die bei der Einlieferung entrichtete Gebühr gewährleistet wird. 2. Eine Entschädigung wirdNo indemnity if parcel of no intrinsic value, etc. nicht gezahlt für Nachnahmepakete, die Gegenstände ohne wirklichen Wert enthalten, es sei denn, daß diese Gegenstände ohne Einziehung der Nachnahmebeträge zugestellt wurden. Ebenso wenig wird eine Entschädigung geleistet für verderbliche Gegenstände oder für solche Gegenstände, deren Versendung mit der Paketpost zwischen den Vertragsverwaltungen verboten ist, oder für Pakete, die den Bedingungen dieses Übereinkommens nicht entsprechen, oder die nicht in der vorgeschriebenen Weise aufgegeben wurden. Doch kann die für den Verlust, die Beraubung oder Beschädigung verantwortliche Verwaltung für solche Pakete eine Entschädigung leisten, ohne daß sie jedoch ein Rückgriffsrecht gegen die andere Verwaltung hat. 3. Jede der beiden VerwaltungenPayments in event of complete loss. kann nach ihrer Entscheidung dem zur Stellung eines Ersatzan-spruchs Berechtigten im Falle des vollen Verlustes, einer nicht wieder gutzumachenden Beschädigung des ganzen Inhalts oder der eraubung des ganzen Inhalts eines Nachnahmepakets auf Verlangen außer der Beförderungsgebühr auch die Nachnahmegebührerstatten. Die Einschreibgebühren werden in keinem Falle erstattet. 4. Wenn durch Versehulden derIndemnity limited if erroneous amount collected from addressee. Postverwaltung eines der beiden Länder vom Empfänger eines Nachnahmepakets weniger als der1972 angegebene Nachnahmebetrag eingezogen wurde, so hat der Absender nur Anspruch auf eine Entschädigung, die gleich ist dem Unterschied zwischen dem irrtümlich eingezogenen Betrag und dem vom Absender bei der Aufgabe angegebenen Betrag. 5. Responsibility with country receiving parcel. Bis zum Beweise des Gegenteils bleibt für ein Nachnahmepaket die Verwaltung verantwortlich, die das Paket unbeanstandet übernommen hat und—obwohl sie in Besitz aller vorschriftsmäßigen Unterlagen für die Nachforschungen gekommen ist—weder den Verbleib noch (—im Falle der Zustellung) die Übermittlung des Nachnahinebetrags an den Absender nachweisen kann; es sei denn, daß sie nachweisen kann, daß die Unterlassung der Einziehung und Übermittlung des richtigen Nachnahmebetrags dem Absender oder der Aufgabeverwaltung zur Last fallen. 6. Payment by Administration of origin. Im Falle des Verlustes, der Beraubung oder Beschädigung eines Nachnahmepaketsoderwenn ein Paket zugestellt, aber nicht der volle Nachnahmebetrag übermittelt wurde, hat dieAufgabeverwaltung dem Entschädigungsbe-rechtigten so bald als möglich, Time.spätestens innerhalb von 9 Monaten, vom Tage der Nachfrage an gerechnet, Ersatz zu leisten; diese Zahlung geht zu Lasten der Bestimmungsverwaltung, wenn diese Verwaltung für den Verlust oder die unrichtige Übermittlung des Nachnahmebetrags verantwortlich ist und vorschriftsmäßig unterrichtet wurde. 7. Action, when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. Wenn ein Nachnahmepaket, für das Ersatz geleistet worden ist, wieder aufgefunden wird, so hat das Bestimmungspostamt das Paket zuzustellen, diesen Betrag aufzubewahren und Weisungen von der übergeordneten Dienst-stelle einzuholen. Wenn aber der Empfänger sich weigert, das wiederaufgefundene Paket zu übernehmen und den Nachnahmebetrag zu erlegen, so soll das Bestimmungspostamt das Paket aufbewahren und gleichfalls Weisungen über seine weitere Behand1973 lung einholen. Im letzteren Fall wird die für den Ersatz verant-wortliche Verwaltung weitere Verfügung über das Paket treffen. 8. Die anderen BestimmungenOther indemnity provisions. über die Zahlung der Entschädigung für Nachnahmepakete sind die gleichen, wie für die Zahlung der Entschädigung für eingeschriebene, nicht mit Nachnahme belasteten Pakete, wie sie im ArtikelVol. 45, p. 2709. XII des Postpaketvertrags vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 festgesetzt sind. 9. Die Bestimmungen des gegenwärtigen Transit parcels not included. Übereinkommens gelten nicht für Nachnahmepakete des Durchgangs. 10. Durch die Zahlung des ErsatzbetragsAdministration paying indemnity subrogated to rights of sender. tritt die verantwortliche Verwaltung bezüglich aller etwaigen Ansprüche gegen den Empfänger oder gegen Dritte in die Rechte des Absenders. Artikel XII Für’ den vom Empfänger ordnungsmäßigSender guaranteed amount collected. eingezogenen Nachnahmebetrag wird dem Absender nach den Bestimmungen des Postanweisungsübereinkommens gehaftet. Artikel XIII 1. Jedes Nachnahmepaket undOfficial stamping of parcels, etc., mailed. die entsprechende Paketkarte müssen auf der Anschriftseite den deutlichen Aufdruck eines amtlichen Stempels oder einen Zettel mit dem Vermerk tragen “Collect on Delivery” oder “C. O. D.” oder “Remboursement” und unmittelbar neben diesen Worten muß die Nummer des Pakets, die die Einschreibnummer (nur eine Originalnummer) sein soll, angegeben sein und danach in lateinischen Buchstaben und in arabischen Ziffern der genaue Nachnahmebetrag, in den aber nicht einzubeziehen sind die Postanweisungsgebühr oder Gebühren, die im Bestimmungsland des Pakets für die Übermittlung des Nachnahmebetrags an den Absender (im Aufgabeland) eingezogen werden. 1974 2. Tags authorized. Außer der im vorstehenden Par. 1 genannten Bezeichnung und Bezettelung kann jedes Nachnahmepaket noch einen C. O. D.- Zettel tragen, dessen Anbringungsart zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen vereinbart wird. Artikel XIV 1. Reforwarding parcels to other countries. Wenn nichts anderes vereinbart wird, dürfen Nachnahmepakete nach keinem dritten Lande nachgesandt werden. 2. Recall by sender. Der Absender eines Nachnahmepakets kann es zurückfordern, wenn er sich den im Aufgabelande geltenden entsprechenden Vorschriften unterwirft. Artikel XV Disposition of undeliverable parcels.Der Absender kann für den Fall, daß sein Paket nicht an die ursprüngliche Anschrift zuge-stellt werden könnte, dieselben Verfügungen treffen, die für Vol. 45, p. 2717.Pakete ohne Nachnahme im Artikel XIX des Postpaketvertragsabkommens vom 25. Juni/4. August 1928 festgesetzt sind. Artikel XVI Arranging details for handling indemnity claims.Etwaige nähere Bestimmungen über die Art der Behandlung der Ersatzansprüche bei Nachnahmepaketen und sonstigen näheren Bestimmungen über die Ausführung dieses Übereinkommens können im Wege des Schrift-wechsels zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen festgesetzt werden. Artikel XVII Application of other Postal Conventions to matters not covered hereby.Soweit die gegenwärtige Vereinbarung keine Bestimmungen trifft, haben bezüglich aller Fragen des Austauschesder Nachnah- mepakete die Bestimmungen des Postanweisungs- und des Paket-abkommens zwischen den beiden Vol. 46, p. 2523.Verwaltungen oder die Bestimmungen des Weltpostvertrags und seiner Vollzugsordnung zu gelten, insoweit sie anwendbar sind und den Bestimmungen dieses Übereinkommens nicht widersprechen; im übrigen gelten, wenn1975eine andere Vereinbarung nicht getroffen worden ist, je nach dem beteiligten Lande die inneren Gesetze, Verordnungen und Vorschriften des Deutschen Reichs oder der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika; es kann über die Frage aber auch im Wege des Schrift-wechsels zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen Vereinbarung getroffen werden. Artikel XVIII Jede der beiden VerwaltungenTemporary suspension of service. kann, wenn besondere Gründe hierfür vorliegen, den Nachnahmedienst für eine Zeit ganz oder teilweise einstellen oder ihn auf bestimmte Ämter beschränken; eine solche Maßnahme muß jedoch der andern Verwaltung vorher, erforderlichenfalls, telegraphisch bekannt gegeben werden. Artikel XIX Dieses Übereinkommen soll zuEffect and duration. einem zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen zu vereinbarenden Zeitpunkt in Kraft treten und auf unbestimmte Zeit in Geltung bleiben; es kann aber auf Wunsch einer der beiden Verwaltungen nach vorheriger sechsmonatiger Kündigung außer Kraft gesetzt werden. Gegeben in doppelter AusfertigungSignatures. und unterzeichnet in Berlin, am 22. Dezember 1931 und in Washington am 5. Januar 1932 [seal] *Deutscher Reichspostminister*. Dr. Schätzel The foregoing Agreement for Collect on Delivery Service betweenApproval by the President. the United States of America and Germany has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent, and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President: Henry L. Stimson *Secretary of State*. Washington, *February 9, 1932*. February 20, 1928 Convention 47 Stat. 1976 1976 PAN AMERICAN CONSULAR CONVENTION. FEB. 20, 1928. * February 20, 1928.Convention between the United States of America and other American Republics relating to the duties, rights, prerogatives and immunities of consular agents. Signed at Habana, February 20, 1928; ratification advised by the Senate, January 22, 1932; ratified by the President, February 1, 1932; ratification of the United States of America deposited with the Pan American Union, February 8, 1932; proclaimed by the President, February 11, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Consular agents.Rights, duties, prerogatives and immunities of. Whereas, a convention relating to the duties, rights, prerogatives and immunities of consular agents was adopted by the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, Peru, Uruguay, Panama, Preamble.Ecuador, Mexico, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Bolivia, Venezuela (with a reservation), Colombia, Honduras, Costa Rica, Chile, Brazil, Argentina, Paraguay, Haiti, Dominican Republic and Cuba at the Sixth International Conference of American States, which assembled at Habana, Cuba, from January 16 to February 20, 1928, the English text of which convention, as contained in the final act signed by the plenipotentiaries of the said states at the closing session of the said conference, is word for word as follows: CONVENTION [Consular Agents] Contracting Powers.The governments of the Republics represented at the Sixth Inter-national Conference of American States, held in the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, in the year nineteen hundred and twenty-eight, desirous of defining the duties, rights, prerogatives and immunities of consular agents, in accordance with the usages and agreements on the matter; Plenipotentiaries.Have decided to conclude a convention to that end and have appointed the following plenipotentiaries: Perú: Jesús Melquíades Salazar, Víctor Maûrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Luis Ernesto Denegri. Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan José Amézaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. Panamá: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Víctor Zevallos, Colón Eloy Alfaro. Mexico: Julio García, Fernando González Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elorduy. Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, José Azurdia.1977 Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joaquín Gómez, Máximo H.Plenipotentiaries—Continued, Zepeda. Bolivia: José Antezana, Adolfo Costa du Reís. Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesús M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbeláez, Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee. Honduras: Fausto Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, Carlos Silva Vildósola, Manuel Bianchi. Brazil: Raúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, Eduardo Espinola. Argentina: Honorio Pueyrredón, (Later resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Paraguay: Lisandro Díaz León. Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Riboul. Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Peynado, Gustavo A. Díaz, Elias Brache, Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ricardo Pérez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. United States of America: Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernandez Cartaya, José Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agüero, José B. Alemán, Manuel Márquez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Néstor Carbonell, Jesús María Barraqué. Who, after having deposited their full powers, found to be in good and due form, nave agreed to the following provisions: *Section I*— *Appointments and functions* Appointments and functions. Article 1 States may appoint in the territory of others, with the express orConsular officers. tacit consent of the latter, consuls who shall there represent and defend their commercial and industrial interests and render to their nationals such assistance and protection as they may need. Article 2 The form and requirements for appointment, the classes and theForm and requirement for appointment, classes and rank. rank of the consuls, shall be regulated by the domestic laws of the respective state. Article 3 Unless consented to by the state where he is to serve, one of itsService by nationals of state wherein serving. nationals may not act as consul. The granting of an exequatur implies such consent. Article 4 The consul having been appointed, the state shall forward throughCommission to be forwarded. diplomatic channels to the other state the respective commission which shall contain the name, category and authority of the appointee. As to a vice consul or commercial agent appointed by the respectiveVice consuls and commercial agents. consul, where there is authorization by law, the commission shall be issued and communicated to the latter. 1978 Article 5 Refusal to accept appointed consuls.States may refuse to accept consuls appointed in their territory or subject the exercise of consular functions to certain special obligations. Article 6 Recognition.The consul can be recognized as such only after having presented his commission and obtained the exequatur of the state in whose Granting provisional recognition.territory he is to serve. Provisional recognition can be granted upon the request of the legation of the consul pending the delivery in due form of the exequatur. *Ante*, p. 1977.Officials appointed under the terms of Article 4 are likewise subject to this formality and in such case it rests with the respective consul to request the exequatur. Article 7 Protection by authorities of consular district.The exequatur having been obtained, it shall be presented to the authorities of the consular district, who shall protect the consul in the exercise of his functions and guarantee to him the immunities to which he is entitled. Article 8 Withdrawal of exequatur.The territorial government may at any time withdraw the consul’s exequatur, but, except in urgent cases, it shall not have recourse to this measure without previously attempting to obtain from the consul’s government his recall. Article 9 Authority of assistants if death of consular agents.In case of the death, disability or absence of consular agents any of the assistant employees whose official position has been previously made known to the ministry of foreign affairs or the department of state, may temporarily assume the consular functions; while thus engaged he shall enjoy all the rights and prerogatives corresponding to the permanent official. Article 10 Exercise of law of consul's state.Consuls shall exercise the functions that the law of their state confers upon them, without prejudice to the legislation of the country where they are serving. Article 11 In the exercise of their functions, consuls shall deal directly with the authorities of their district. Should their representations not be heeded, they may then pursue them before the government of the state through the intermediary of their diplomatic representative, but should not communicate directly with the government except in the absence or non-existence of a diplomatic representative. Article 12 When diplomatic representative of cousul's state absent.In case of the absence of a diplomatic representative of the consul’s state, the consul may undertake such diplomatic actions as the government of the state in which he functions may permit in such cases. 1979 Article 13 A person duly accredited for the purpose may combine diplomaticExercise of diplomatic and consular representation. representation and the consular function provided the state before which he is accredited consents to it. *Section II*— *Prerogatives of consuls* Prerogatives of consuls. Article 14 In the absence of a special agreement between two nations, theImmunity from arrest. consular agents who are nationals of the state appointing them, shall neither be arrested nor prosecuted except in the cases when they are accused of committing an act classed as a crime by local legislation. Article 15 In criminal cases, the prosecution or the defense may requestAttendance at trial. attendance of consular agents at the trial, as witnesses. This request must be made with all possible consideration to consular dignity and to the duties of the consular office and shall be complied with by the consular official. Consular agents shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courtsJurisdiction of courts in civil cases. in civil cases, although with the limitation that when the consul is a national of his state and is not engaged in any private business with purposes of gain, his testimony shall be taken either verbally or in writing, at his residence or office, with all the consideration to which he is entitled. The consul may, nevertheless, of his own free will appear as a witnessVoluntary appearance as witness. when such appearance does not seriously hinder the discharge of his official duties. Article 16 Consuls are not subject to local jurisdiction for acts done in theirJurisdiction of courts over consul's official acts. official character and within the scope of their authority. In case a private individual deems himself injured by the consul’s action, he must submit his complaint to the government which, if it considers the claim to be relevant, shall make it valid through diplomatic channels. Article 17 In respect to unofficial acts, consuls are subject, in civil as well asUnofficial acts. in criminal matters, to the jurisdiction of the state where they exercise their functions. Article 18 The official residence of the consuls and places used for the consulate’sInviolability of official residence, offices, and archives. offices and archives are inviolable and in no case may the local authorities enter them without the permission of the consular agents ; neither shall they examine nor seize, under any pretext whatsoever, documents or other objects found in a consular office. No consular officer shall be required to present his official files before the courts or to make declaration with respect to their contents. When consular agents are engaged in business within the territoryPrivate business papers to be separated. of the state where they are exercising their duties, the files and documents of the consulate shall be kept in a place entirely separate from the one where private or business papers are kept. 1980 Article 19 Delivery of refugee upon demand.Consuls are obliged to deliver, upon the simple request of the local authorities, persons accused or condemned for crimes who may have sought refuge in the consulate. Article 20 Exemption from taxation.Consular agents, as well as the employees of the consulate who are nationals of the state appointing them, not engaged in business with purposes of gain, in the state where they perform their functions, shall be exempt from all national, state, provincial, or municipal taxes levied upon their person or property, except such taxes as may apply to the possession or ownership of real estate located in the state where discharging their duties or to the proceeds of the same. Consular agents and employees who are nationals of the state they represent, are exempt from taxes on the salaries, honorariums, or wages which they receive in return for their consular services. Article 21 Immunities, etc., of substitute employees.The employee who substitutes for the consular agent in his absence, or for another cause, shall enjoy during his temporary term of office the same immunities and prerogatives as the latter. Article 22 Jurisdiction in private acts of consuls.Consuls engaged in business or exercising other functions apart from those pertaining to their consular duties are subject to local jurisdiction in all their activities not pertaining to the consular service. *Section III*— *Suspension and termination of consular functions* Suspension and termination of consular functions. Article 23 Illness, death, etc.Consular agents suspend their functions because of illness or leave of absence, and terminate their office: a) By death; b) By retirement, resignation, or dismissal ; and c) By the cancellation of the exequatur. Article 24 Obligations prior hereto not affected.The present convention does not affect obligations previously undertaken by the contracting parties through international agreements. Article 25 Ratification formalities.After being signed, the present convention shall be submitted to the ratification of the signatory states. The Government of Cuba is charged with transmitting authentic certified copies to the governments for the aforementioned purpose of ratification. The instrument of ratification shall be deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union in Washington, the Union to notify the signatory governments of said deposit. Such notification shall be considered as an exchange of ratifications. This convention shall remain open to the adherence of non-signatory states. 1981 In witness whereof, the aforenamed plenipotentiaries sign theSignatures. present convention in Spanish, English, French, and Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the 20th day of February, 1928. Perú: Jesús M. Salazar, Víctor M. Maúrtua, Luís Ernesto Denegri, E. Castro Oyanguren. Uruguay: Varela, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. Panamá: J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Víctor Zevallos, C. E. Alfaro. Mexico: Julio Garciá, Fernando González Boa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elorduy. Salvador: J. Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Ed. Alvarez. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, B. Alvarado, Luis Beltranena, J. Azurdia. Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Máximo H. Zepeda, Joaquín Gómez. Bolivia: José Antezana, A. Costa du R. *Reservation of the Delegation of Venezuela* On behalf of the Government that I represent, I make a reservation with respect to the coincidence of diplomatic and consular functions in the same person, because it is totally opposed to our tradition, maintained since it was established until the present time, in a way that admits of no change. Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco G. Yanes, Bafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, B. Gutiérrez Lee, J. M. Yepes. Honduras: F. Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. Costa Bica: Bicardo Castro Beeche, J. Bafael Oreamuno, A. Tinoco Jiménez. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, C. Silva Vildósola, Manuel Bianchi. Brazil: Baúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor. Argentina: Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil, Carlos Alberto Alcorta. Paraguay: Lisandro Díaz León, Juan Vicente Bamírez. Haiti: Fernando Dennis. Dominican Bepublic: Fraco. J. Peynado, Tulio M. Cestero, Jacinto B. de Castro, Elias Brache, B. Pérez Alfonseca. United States of America: Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W Underwood, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Bay Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Bowe. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Orestes Ferrara, E. Hernández Cartaya, Aristides de Agüero Bethencourt, M. Márrquez Sterling, Néstor Carbonell. 1982 Certification of English text.Certified to be the English text of the Convention on Consular Agents as contained in the Final Act signed at the closing session or the Sixth International Conference of American States. Frank B Kellogg *Secretary of State of the United States of America*. Ratification deposited. And whereas, the said convention has been duly ratified on the part of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification by the United States of America was deposited with the Pan American Union on February 8, 1932, in accordance with Article 25 of the said convention; Adhering countries. And whereas, the said convention has been ratified also by the Governments of Panama, Brazil, Mexico and Nicaragua, and the instruments of ratification of the said Governments were deposited with the Pan American Union on May 21, 1929, September 3, 1929, December 16, 1929, and March 20, 1930, respectively; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eleventh day of February in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. February 16, 1931 47 Stat. 1983 Treaty 1983 ARBITRATION, ETC., TREATY—SWITZERLAND. FEB. 16, 1931. *Arbitration and conciliation treaty between the United States and February 16, 1931.Switzerland. Signed at Washington, February 16, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, April 29, 1932; ratified by the President, May 9, 1932; ratified by Switzerland, May 4, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, May 23, 1932; proclaimed, May 25, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a treaty of arbitration and conciliation between theArbitration and conciliation with Switzerland.Preamble. United States of America and Switzerland was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the sixteenth day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which treaty, being in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: The President of the United Contracting Powers.States of America and the Swiss Federal Council Mindful of the obligations, Purposes declared.which have been assumed by the United States of America and Switzerland, that the settlement of all disputes of whatever nature or of whatever origin, which may arise between them, shall never be sought except by pacific means; desirous moreover of reaffirming the adherence of the two countries to the principle of submitting to impartial decision all juridical controversies in which they may become involved; and eager to demonstrate the sincerity of the renunciation of war as an instrument of national policy in the relations between the United States of America and Switzerland, Have decided to conclude a Plenipotentiaries.treaty of arbitration and conciliation and for that purpose have appointed as their respective Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The Swiss Federal Council: Marc Peter, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Switzerland to the United States of America; 1984 Who, having communicated to one another their full powers found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Disputes to be submitted to arbitration or conciliation.Every dispute arising between the Contracting Parties, of whatever nature it may be, shall, when ordinary diplomatic proceedings have failed, be submitted to arbitration or to conciliation, as the Contracting Parties may at the time decide. Article II Submission for investigation and report to Permanent Commission of Conciliation.Any dispute which has not been settled by diplomacy and in regard to which the Contracting Parties do not in fact have recourse to adjudication by an arbitral tribunal shall be submitted for investigation and report to a Permanent Commission of Conciliation constituted in the manner hereinafter prescribed. Article III Permanent Commission of Conciliation.Composition, etc.The Permanent Commission of Conciliation shall be composed of five members and shall be constituted as soon as possible after the exchange of ratifications of this Treaty. Each of the Contracting Parties shall appoint two members, one from among its own nationals, the other from among the nationals of a third President of Commission.State. The Contracting Parties will, in common accord, appoint the fifth member, who shall not be one of their nationals, and who shall be ex officio the President of the Commission. If no agreement is reached as to the choice of the President of the Commission his election shall be conducted in accordance with the Vol. 36, p, 2223.method prescribed in the fourth, fifth and sixth paragraphs of Article 45 of the Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes, concluded at The Hague on October 18, 1907. Recall, vacancies, etc.At any time when there is no case before the Commission, either of the Contracting Parties may 1985recall a member of the Commission appointed by it and may designate his successor. The recall of the President of the Commission will be effected at any such time on the request of either Contracting Party, provided that if the President shall have been elected in accordance with the method prescribed in the fourth, fifth and sixth paragraphs of Article 45 of the Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes, concluded at The Hague on October 18, 1907, no request for his recall may be made within a period of two years from the date of his election. Vacancies, from whatever cause, shall be filled as soon as possible in the manner hereinabove provided for the making of original appointments. Members of the Commission Commission members to receive honorarium.shall receive an adequate honorarium during the time when they are engaged in the performance of duties relating to a case before Expenses.them. Each of the Contracting Parties will bear its own expenses and one-half of the expenses of the Commission. Article IV After the Contracting Parties Reference of disputes to Commission.shall have agreed to submit a dispute to conciliation, the Commission shall proceed to the consideration of such dispute upon a request sent to its President by either of them. The Commission shall meet, in Place of meeting.the absence of an agreement otherwise, at the place designated by its President. The Commission may frame its Rules of procedure.own rules of procedure. In the absence of such rules it shall follow in so far as practicable the procedure set forth in Articles 18 to 34, inclusive, of the Convention Vol. 38, pp. 228–2220.for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes concluded at The Hague, October 18, 1907. 1986 Time for report.The Commission shall submit its report within one year after the date on which the case shall have been submitted to it, unless the Contracting Parties should, in common accord, shorten or extend the time limit. The report shall be prepared in triplicate, one copy shall be presented to each Government and the third retained by the Commission for its files. Facilities to be furnished.The Contracting Parties agree to furnish the Commission with all the means and facilities required for its investigation and report. Independent action reserved.The Contracting Parties reserve the right to act independently on the subject matter of the dispute after the report of the Commission shall have been submitted. Article V All differences not adjusted by Permanent Commission, etc., to be submitted to arbitration.The Contracting Parties bind themselves to submit to arbitration every difference which may have arisen or may arise between them by virtue of a claim of right, which is juridical in its nature, provided that it has not been possible to adjust such difference by diplomacy and it has not in fact been adjusted as a result of reference to the Permanent Commission of Conciliation constituted pursuant to Articles II and III of this Treaty. Article VI Subjects not included.The provisions of Article V shall not be invoked in respect of any difference the subject matter of which
(a)is within the domestic jurisdiction of either of the Contracting Parties,
(b)involves the interests of third Parties,
(c)depends upon or involves the maintenance of the traditional attitude of the United States of America concerning American questions, commonly described as the Monroe Doctrine, 1987
(d)depends upon or involves the observance of the obligations of Switzerland in accordance with the Covenant of the League of Nations. Article VII The tribunal to which juridical Juridical differences referred to tribunal mutually agreed upon, or to Permanent Court of Arbitration.differences shall be submitted shall be determined in each case by the Contracting Parties but shall, in the absence of other agreement, be the Permanent Court of Arbitration established at The Hague by the Convention for the Pacific Settlement of Vol 36, p. 2221.International Disputes concluded October 18, 1907. Decision as to the tribunal shall be made in each case by a special agreement, which special agreement shall provide for the organization of the tribunal if necessary, shall define its powers, shall state the question or questions at issue and shall settle the terms of reference. Such special agreement shall, Special agreement.in each case, be made on the part of the United States of America by the President thereof, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and on the part of Switzerland in accordance with its constitutional law. Article VIII The present treaty shall be Ratification.ratified by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof and by Switzerland in accordance with its constitutional law. The ratifications shall be exchanged Exchange of ratifications.at Washington as soon as possible, and the treaty shall come into force on the day of the exchange of the ratifications. Duration.It shall thereafter remain in force continuously unless and until terminated on notice of one year by either Contracting Party to the other. 1988 Signatures.In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this treaty in duplicate in the English and French languages, both texts having equal force, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington the sixteenth day of February in the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. Le President des Etats-UnisContracting Powers. d’Amérique et le Conseil Fédéral Suisse conscients des obligations quePurposes declared. les Etats-Unis d’Amerique et la Suisse ont assumées en vue de ne rechercher que par des moyens pacifiques le règlement de tout différend qui viendrait à s’élever entre eux, quelles qu’en soient la nature ou l’origine; désireux d’affirmer de nouveau l’adhésion des deux pays au principe que tous les différends d’ordre juridique qui pourraient les diviser soient soumis à une décision impartiale, et soucieux de montrer la sincérité de la renonciation à la guerre en tant qu’instrument de politique nationale dans les rapports entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse, ont résolu de conclure un traitéPlenipotentiaries. d’arbitrage et de conciliation et ont désigné, à cet effet, leurs plénipotentiaires, savoir: Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: M. Henry L. Stimson, Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique; et Le Conseil Fédéral Suisse: M. Marc Peter, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Suisse aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique; 1984 lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I Disputes to be submitted to arbitration or conciliation.Tout différend, de quelque nature qu’il soit, qui viendrait à s’élever entre les parties contractantes sera, en cas d’échec des procédés diplomatiques ordinaires, soumis à l’arbitrage ou à la conciliation suivant ce que décideront alors les parties contractantes. Article II Submission for investigation and report to Permanent Commission of Conciliation.Tout différend qui n’aurait pu être réglé par la voie diplomatique et pour la solution duquel les parties contractantes n’auraient pas, en fait, recours à un tribunal d’arbitrage sera soumis, aux fins d’enquête et rapport, à une Commission permanente de conciliation constituée conformément à ce qui est prescrit plus loin. Article III Permanent Commission of Conciliation.Composition, etc.La Commission permanente de conciliation comprendra cinq membres et sera constituée aussitôt que possible après l’échange des ratifications du présent traité. Les parties contractantes nommeront chacune deux membres, l’un choisi parmi leurs propres nationaux, le second parmi les ressortissants d’un Etat tiers. Elles désigneront d’un communPresident of Commission. accord le cinquième membre qui ne sera pas un de leurs nationaux et qui sera de plein droit président de la Commission. En cas de désaccord sur le choix du président de la commission, il sera procédé à sa nomination, conformément au mode prescrit aux alinéas 4, 5 et 6 de l’article 45 de la convention pour le règlementVol. 36, p, 2223. pacifique des conflits internationaux, conclue, à La Haye, le 18 octobre 1907. Recall, vacancies, etc.En tout temps, lorsqu’il n’y aura aucun cas pendant devant la commission, chacune des par1985ties contractantes aura la faculté de révoquer tout membre de la commission nommé par elle et de lui désigner un successeur. Le président de la commission pourra être révoqué en tout temps à la requête de l’une des parties contractantes lorsqu’il n’y aura aucun cas pendant devant la commission, à la condition que, si le président a été désigné conformément à la procédure prescrite par les alinéas 4, 5 et 6 de l’article 45 de la convention pour le règlement pacifique des conflits internationaux, conclue, à La Haye, le 18 octobre 1907, aucune demande de révocation ne pourra être faite avant l’expiration d’un délai de deux années à compter de sa nomination. En cas de vacance de siège et quelle qu’en soit la cause, il sera pourvu aussitôt que possible au remplacement des membres de la commission selon le mode fixé pour leur nomination. Les membres de la CommissionCommission members to receive honorarium. de conciliation recevront une indemnité suffisante pour le temps qu’ils consacreront à l’examen d’un différend soumis à la commission. Chacune des partiesExpenses. contractantes supportera ses propres frais et une part égale des rais de la commission. Article IV Lorsque les parties contractantesReference of disputes to Commission. se seront mises d’accord pour soumettre un différend à la procédure de conciliation, la commission sera saisie sur requête adressée à son président par l’une des parties contractantes. Sauf accord contraire, la commissionPlace of meeting. se réunira au lieu désigné par son président. La commission peut arrêterRules of procedure. ses propres règles de procédure. A défaut de telles règles, elle suivra, autant que possible, la procédure prévue par les articles 18 à 34 inclusivement deVol. 38, pp. 228–2220. la convention pour le règlement pacifique des conflits internationaux, conclue, à La Haye, le 18 octobre 1907. 1986 Time for report.La commission présentera son rapport dans le délai d’une année à compter du jour où elle aura été saisie du différend, à moins que les parties contractantes n’abrègent ou ne prorogent ce délai d’un commun accord. Le rapport sera établi en trois exemplaires; un exemplaire sera remis à chaque gouvernement et le troisième, retenu par la commission pour ses dossiers. Facilities to be furnished.Les parties contractantes s’engagent à fournir à la commission tous les moyens et facilités nécessaires pour son enquête et son rapport. Independent action reserved.Après que le rapport de la commission leur aura été soumis, les parties contractantes se réserveront le droit d’agir librement dans la question ayant fait l’objet du différend. Article V All differences not adjusted by Permanent Commission, etc., to be submitted to arbitration.Les parties contractantes s’engagent à soumettre à l’arbitrage tout différend qui se serait élevé ou s’élèverait entre elles sur une prétention de nature juridique, à la condition qu’il n’ait pu être résolu par la voie diplomatique ou qu’il n’ait pas été réglé, en fait, à la suite d’un renvoi à la Commission permanente de conciliation constituée conformément aux articles II et III du présent traité. Article VI Subjects not included.Les dispositions de l’article V ne pourront être invoquées dans tout différend dont l’objet a) relève de la compétence exclusive de l’une ou l’autre des parties contractantes; b) affecte les intérêts d’Etats tiers; c) dépend du maintien ou touche au maintien de l’attitude traditionnelle des Etats-Unis d’Amérique dans les affaires américaines, communément connue sous le nom de doctrine de Monroe; 1987 d) depend de l’observation ou touche à l’observation des engagements assumés par la Suisse en conformité du Pacte de la Société des Nations. Article VII Le tribunal auquel seront soumisJuridical differences referred to tribunal mutually agreed upon, or to Permanent Court of Arbitration. les différends d’ordre juridique sera constitué, dans chaque cas particulier, par les parties contractantes. Toutefois et sauf accord contraire, ce tribunal sera la Cour permanente d’arbitrage établie à La Haye par la convention pour le règlement pacifique des conflits internationaux, conclueVol 36, p. 2221. le 18 octobre 1907. Les décisions relatives au tribunal feront l’objet, dans chaque cas particulier, d’un accord spécial, qui pourvoira, s’il y a lieu, à l’organisation du tribunal, définira ses pouvoirs., exposera la question ou les questions en litige et déterminera les questions à résoudre. Cet accord spécial sera dansSpecial agreement. chaque cas conclu, pour les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, par le Président avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat, et, pour la Suisse, conformément à la Constitution fédérale. Article VIII Le présent traité sera ratifiéRatification. par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat et par la Suisse conformément à la Constitution fédérale. L’échange des ratifications auraExchange ot ratifications. lieu à Washington dans le plus bref délai possible et le traité entrera en vigueur le jour de l’échange des ratifications. I1 demeurera en vigueur aussi long-tempsDuration. qu’il n’aura pas été dénoncé sur avis d’une année donné par l’une des parties contractantes à l’autre. 1988 Signatures.En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires ont signé le present traité, en deux exemplaires, chacun en langues anglaise et française, les deux textes faisant également foi, et y ont apposé leur cachet. Fait à Washington le 16 février mil neuf cent trente et un. [seal] Henky L Stimson [seal] Marc Peter Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-third day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fifth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. February 20, 1928 47 Stat. 1989 Convention 1989 PAN AMERICAN MARITIME NETURALITY. FEB. 20, 1928. *Pan American maritime neutrality convention. Signed at Habana, February 20, 1928.February 20, 1928; ratification advised by the Senate, with reservation regarding section 3 of article 12, January 28, 1932; ratified by the President, with reservation regardin g section 3 of article 12, February 6, 1932; ratification of the United States deposited with the Pan American Union, March 22, 1932; proclaimed, May 26, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention on Maritime Neutrality was adopted inPan American maritime neutrality convention.Preamble. the English, Spanish, Portuguese and French languages by the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America (with a reservation in respect of Section 3 of Article 12), Peru, Uruguay, Panama, Ecuador, Mexico, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Bolivia, Venezuela, Colombia, Honduras, Costa Rica, Chile (with a reservation), Brazil, Argentina, Paraguay, Haiti, Dominican Republic, and Cuba (with a reservation), at the Sixth International Conference of American States which assembled at Habana, Cuba, from January 16 to February 20, 1928, the English text of which convention, asEnglish text. contained in the final act signed by the Plenipotentiaries of the said states at the closing session of the said conference, is word for word as follows: CONVENTION [Maritime Neutrality] The Governments of the Republics represented at the Sixth InternationalGovernments represented. Conference of American States, held in the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, in the year 1928; Desiring that, in case war breaks out between two or more statesPurposes declared. the other states may, in the service of peace, offer their good offices or mediation to bring the conflict to an end, without such an action being considered as an unfriendly act; Convinced that, in case this aim cannot be attained, neutral states have equal interest in having their rights respected by the belligerents; Considering that neutrality is the juridical situation of states which do not take part in the hostilities, and that it creates rights and imposes obligations of impartiality, which should be regulated; Recognizing that international solidarity requires that the liberty of commerce should be always respected, avoiding as far as possible unnecessary burdens for the neutrals; It being convenient, that as long as this object is not reached, to reduce those burdens as much as possible; and In the hope that it will be possible to regulate the matter so that all interests concerned may have every desired guaranty; Have resolved to formulate a convention to that effect and havePlenipotentiaries. appointed the following plenipotentiaries: Peru: Jesús Melquíades Salazar, Víctor Maurtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Luis Ernesto Denegri.1990 Plenipotentiaries— Continued.Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan José Amézaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. Panamá: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Zevallos, Colón Eloy Alfaro. Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando González Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elorduy. Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, José Azurdia. Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joaquín Gómez, Máximo H. Zepeda. Bolivia: José Antezana, Adolfo Costa du Reís. Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesús M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbeláez, Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee. Honduras: Fausto Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, Carlos Silva Vildósola, Manuel Bianchi. Brazil: Raúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, Eduardo Espinola. Argentina: Honorio Pueyrredón, (Later resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Paraguay: Lisandro Díaz León. Haiti: Vernando Dennis, Charles Riboul. Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ricardo Pérez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. United States of America: Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernández Cartaya, José Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agiiero, José B. Alemán, Manuel Márquez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Néstor Carbonell, Jesús María Barraqué. Who, after having presented their credentials, which were found in good and correct form, have agreed upon the following provisions: Section I.— Freedom of commerce in time of war. Freedom of commerce in time of war. Article 1 Rules governing.The following rules shall govern commerce in time of war: 1. Right of search, etc., of non-neutral ships. Warships of the belligerents have the right to stop and visit on the high seas and in territorial waters that are not neutral any merchant ship with the object of ascertaining its character and nationality and of verifying whether it conveys cargo prohibited by Restriction on attack.international law or has committed any violation of blockade. If the merchant ship does not heed the signal to stop, it may be pursued by the warship and stopped by force; outside of such a case the ship cannot be attacked unless, after being hailed, it fails to observe the instructions given it. 1991 The ship shall not be rendered incapable of navigation before the crew and passengers have been placed in safety. 2. Belligerent submarines are subject to the foregoing rules. IfBelligerent submarines. the submarine cannot capture the ship while observing these rules, it shall not have the right to continue to attack or to destroy the ship. Article 2 Both the detention of the vessel and its crew for violation of neutralityDetention for neutrality violations. shall be made in accordance with the procedure which best suits the state effecting it and at the expense of the transgressing ship. Said state, except in the case of grave fault on its part, is not responsible for damages which the vessel may suffer. Section II.— Duties and rights of belligerents. Duties and rights of belligerents. Article 3 Belligerent states are obligated to refrain from performing actsHostile acts in neutral waters forbidden. of war in neutral waters or other acts which may constitute on the part of the state that tolerates them, a violation of neutrality. Article 4 Under the terms of the preceding article, a belligerent state isActs forbidden. forbidden: a) To make use of neutral waters as a base of naval operationsUsing neutral waters. against the enemy, or to renew or augment military supplies or the armament of its ships, or to complete the equipment of the latter; b) To install in neutral waters radio-telegraph stations or anyRadio-telegraph installations. other apparatus which may serve as a means of communication with its military forces, or to make use of installations of this kind it may have established before the war and which may not have been opened to the public. Article 5 Belligerent warships are forbidden to remain in the ports orTemporary stay in neutral ports. waters of a neutral state more than twenty-four hours. This provision will be communicated to the ship as soon as it arrives in port or in the territorial waters, and if already there at the time of the declaration of war, as soon as the neutral state becomes aware of this declaration. Vessels used exclusively for scientific, religious, or philanthropicExemptions. purposes are exempted from the foregoing provisions. A ship may extend its stay in port more than twenty-four hoursDelay by reason of damage, etc. in case of damage or bad conditions at sea, but must depart as soon as the cause of the delay has ceased. When, according to the domestic law of the neutral state, the shipFueling. may not receive fuel until twenty-four hours after its arrival in port, the period of its stay may be extended an equal length of time. Article 6 The ship which does not conform to the foregoing rules may beVessels may be interned for not conforming to rules. interned by order of the neutral government. A ship shall be considered as interned from the moment it receives notice to that effect from the local neutral authority, even though a petition for reconsideration of the order has been interposed by the transgressing vessel, which shall remain under custody from the moment it receives the order. 1992 Article 7 Maximum of warships of a heiligerem, permitted.In the absence of a special provision of the local legislation, the maximum number of ships of war of a belligerent which may be in a neutral port at the same time shall be three. Article 8 Order of departure.A ship of war may not depart from a neutral port within less than twenty-four hours after the departure of an enemy warship. The one entering first shall depart first, unless it is in such condition as to warrant extending its stay. In any case the ship which arrived later has the right to notify the other through the competent local authority that within twenty-four hours it will leave the port, the one first entering, howeyer, having the right to depart within that time. If it leaves, the notifying ship must observe the interval which is above stipulated. Article 9 Repairs permitted.Damaged belligerent ships shall not be permitted to make repairs in neutral ports beyond those that are essential to the continuance of the voyage and which in no degree constitute an increase in its military strength. Damages by enemy’s fire excepted.Damages which are found to have been produced by the enemy’s fire shall in no case be repaired. The neutral state shall ascertain the nature of the repairs to be made and will see that they are made as rapidly as possible. Article 10 Provisioning.Belligerent warships may supply themselves with fuel and stores in neutral ports, under the conditions especially established by the local authority and in case there are no special provisions to that effect, they may supply themselves in the manner prescribed for provisioning in time of peace. Article 11 Refueling restrictions.Warships which obtain fuel in a neutral port cannot renew their supply in the same state until a period of three months has elapsed. Article 12 Belligerents to receive equal treatment.Where the sojourn, supplying, and provisioning of belligerent ships in the ports and jurisdictional waters of neutrals are concerned, the provisions relative to ships of war shall apply equally: 1. To ordinary auxiliary ships; 2. To merchant ships transformed into warships, in accordance with Convention VII of The Hague of 1907. Neutral vessels to be seized for specified offenses.The neutral vessel shall be seized and in general subjected to the same treatment as enemy merchantmen: a. When taking a direct part in the hostilities; b. When at the orders or under the direction of an agent placed on board by an enemy government; c. When entirely freight-loaded by an enemy government; d. When actually and exclusively destined for transporting enemy troops or for the transmission of information on behalf of the enemy. Merchandise of, included.In the cases dealt with in this article, merchandise belonging to the owner of the vessel or ship shall also be liable to seizure. 3. *Post*, p. 1996. To armed merchantmen. 1993 Article 13 Auxiliary ships of belligerents, converted anew into merchantmen,Belligerent auxiliary merchantmen.Conditions governing admittance into neutral ports. shall be admitted as such in neutral ports subject to the following conditions: 1. That the transformed vessel has not violated the neutrality of the country where it arrives; 2. That the transformation has been made in the ports or jurisdictional waters of the country to which the vessel belongs, or in the ports of its allies; 3. That the transformation be genuine, namely, that the vessel show neither in its crew nor in its equipment that it can serve the armed fleet of its country as an auxiliary, as it did before; 4. That the government of the country to which the snip belongs communicate to the states the names of auxiliary craft which have lost such character in order to recover that of merchantmen; and 5. That the same government obligate itself that said ships shall not again be used as auxiliaries to the war fleet. Article 14 The airships of belligerents shall not fly above the territory or theBelligerent airships. territorial waters of neutrals if it is not in conformity with the regulations of the latter. Section III.— Kights and duties of neutrals. Rights and duties of neutrals. Article 15 Of the acts of assistance coming from the neutral states, and theActs contrary to neutrality. acts of commerce on the part of individuals, only the first are contrary to neutrality. Article 16 The neutral state is forbidden: a) To deliver to the belligerent, directly or indirectly, or for anyActs forbidden. reason whatever, ships of war, munitions or any other war material; b) To grant it loans, or to open credits for it during the duration of war. Credits that a neutral state may give to facilitate the sale or exportationException. of its food products and raw materials are not included in this prohibition. Article 17 Prizes cannot be taken to a neutral port except in case of unseaworthiness,When prizes may enter neutral porta. stress of weather, or want of fuel or provisions. When the cause has disappeared, the prizes must leave immediately; if none of the indicated conditions exist, the state shall suggest to themDuration of stay. that they depart, and if not obeyed shall have recourse to the means at its disposal to. disarm them with their officers and crew, or to intern the prize crew placed on board by the captor. Article 18 Outside of the cases provided for in Article 17, the neutral stateRelease of prizes. must release the prizes which may have been brought into its territorial waters. Article 19 When a ship transporting merchandise is to be interned in a neutralCargoes of interned ships. state, cargo intended for said country shall be unloaded and that destined for others shall be transhipped. 1994 Article 20 Reprovisioning restrictions.The merchantman supplied with fuel or other stores in a neutral state which repeatedly delivers the whole or part of its supplies to a belligerent vessel, shall not again receive stores and fuel in the same state. Article 21 Belligerent merchantmen furnishing supplies to warships.Should it be found that a merchantman flying a belligerent flag, by its preparations or other circumstances, can supply to warships of a state the stores which they need, the local authority may refuse it supplies or demand of the agent of the company a guaranty that the said ship will not aid or assist any belligerent vessel. Article 22 Exportation, etc., of arms, etc.Neutral states are not obligated to prevent the export or transit at the expense of any one of the belligerents of arms, munitions and in general of anything which may be useful to their military forces. *Post*, p. 1905.Transit shall be permitted when, in the event of a war between two American nations, one of the belligerents is a mediterranean country, having no other means of supplying itself, provided the vital interests of the country through which transit is requested do not suffer by the granting thereof. Article 23 Departure of nationals of belligerents, etc., for military service.Neutral states shall not oppose the voluntary departure of nationals of belligerent states even though they leave simultaneously in great numbers; but they may oppose the voluntary departure of their own nationals going to enlist in the armed forces. Article 24 Communication facilities.The use by the belligerents of the means of communication of neutral states or which cross or touch their territory is subject to the measures dictated by the local authority. Article 25 Care of the dead or wounded.If as the result of naval operations beyond the territorial waters of neutral states there should be dead or wounded on board belligerent vessels, said states may send hospital ships under the vigilance of the neutral government to the scene of the disaster. These ships shall enjoy complete immunity during the discharge of their mission. Article 26 Surveillance by neutral States.Neutral states are bound to exert all the vigilance within their power in order to prevent in their ports or territorial waters any violation of the foregoing provisions. Section IV.— Fulfilment and observance of the laws of neutrality. Fulfilment and observance of the laws of neutrality. Article 27 Indemnification provisions.A belligerent shall indemnify the damage caused by its violation of the foregoing provisions. It shall likewise be responsible for the acts of persons who may belong to its armed forces. Article 28 Contracting parties only affected.The present convention does not affect obligations previously undertaken by the contracting parties through international agreements. 1995 Article 29 After being signed, the present convention shall be submitted toRatification provisions.Communication to other Powers. the ratification of the signatory states. The Government of Cuba is charged with transmitting authentic certified copies to the governments for the aforementioned purpose of ratification. The instrumentDeposit. of ratification shall be deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union in Washington, the Union to notify the signatory governments of said deposit. Such notifications shaîl be considered as an exchange of ratifications. This convention shall remain openAdherence of nonsignatory States. to the adherence of nonsignatory states. In witness whereof, the aforenamed plenipotentiaries sign the presentSignatures. convention in Spanish, English, French, and Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the 20th day or February, 1928. Peru: Jesús M. Salazar, Victor M. Maúrtua, Luis Ernesto Denegrí, E. Castro Oyanguren. Uruguay: Varela, Pedro Erasmo Callorda. Panama: R. J. Alfaro, Eduardo Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Zevallos, C. E. Alfaro. Mexico: Julio García, Fernando González Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Elobduy. Salvador: J. Gustavo Guerrero, Héctor David Castro, Ed. Alvarez. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, B. Alvarado, Luis Beltranena, J. Azurdia. Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Máximo H. Zefeda, Joaquín Gómez. Bolivia: José Antezana, A. Costa du R. Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Francisco G. Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, R. Gutiérrez Lee, J. M. Yepes. Honduras: F. Dávila, Mariano Vázquez. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Rafael Oreamuno, A. Tinoco Jiménez. Reservation of the Delegation of ChileReservation of Chile. The delegation of Chile signs the present convention with a reservation*Ante*, p. 1994. concerning Article 22, paragraph 2. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alvarez, C. Silva Vildósola, Manuel Bianchi. Brazil: Raúl Fernandes, Lindolfo Collor. Argentina: Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil, Carlos Alberto Alcorta. Paraguay: Lisandro Díaz León, Juan Vicente Ramírez. Haiti: Fernando Dennis. Dominican Republic: Fraco. J. Peynado, Tulio M. Cestero, Jacinto R. de Castro, Elìas Brache, R. Pérez Alfonseca. 1996 Reservation of the Delegation of the United States of America.Reservation of United States of America. *Ante*, p. 1902.The delegation of the United States of America signs the present convention with a reservation regarding Article 12, section 3. United States of America: Charles Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Morgan J. O’Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. Reservation of the Delegation of Cuba.Reservation of Cuba. *Ante*, p. 1992.The delegation of the Republic of Cuba signs with a reservation in reference to Article 12, section 3. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamente, Orestes Ferrara, E. Hernández Cartaya, Aristides de Agüero Bethencourt, M. Márquez Sterling, Néstor Carbonell. Certification of English text.Certified to be the English text of the Convention on Maritime Neutrality as contained in the Final Act signed at the closing session of the Sixth International Conference of American States. Frank B Kellogg *Secretary of State of the United States of America*. Ratification with reservation. And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on the part of the United States of America, subject to the reservation made by the delegates of the United States of America at the said *Ante*, p. 1002.conference in regard to Section 3 of Article 12 thereof, namely, “ 3. To armed merchantmen.”, which Section the Government of the United States of America does not accept, and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited with the Pan American Union on March 22, 1932, in accordance with *Ante*, p. 1995.Ratifications.Article 29 of the said convention; And whereas the said convention has been ratified also by the Governments of Panama, Nicaragua, and Bolivia and the instruments of ratification of the said governments were deposited with the Pan American Union on May 21, 1929, January 12, 1931, and March 9, 1932, respectively; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof, with the exception of Section 3 of Article 12, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-sixth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. April 1, 1932 May 18, 1932 Agreement 47 Stat. 1997 1997 PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—SWITZERLAND. April 1, 1932.⁄May 18, 1932. *Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and April 1, 1932.May 18, 1932.Switzerland, with Regulations of Execution. Signed at Washington, April 1, 1932, at Berne, May 18, 1932; approved by the President, April 11, 1932:11 So in original. * I. Arrangemententrel’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unis d’Amériqueetl’Administration des Postes de Suisse,concernantl’Echange des Colis Postaux. I. Agreementbetweenthe United States Post Office Departmentandthe Swiss Postal Administrationconcerningthe Exchange of Parcel Post. I. Arrangemententrel’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unisd’Amériqueetl’Administration des Postes de Suisseconcernantl’Echange des Colis Postaux. Les soussignés, munis desParcel post agreement with Switzerland.Preamble. pleins-pouvoirs de leurs Gouvernements respectifs ont, d’un commun accord et sous réserve de ratification par l’Autorité supérieure compétente, arrêté l’Arrangement suivant: Article premier. Objet de I’Arrangement.Object. 1. Entre les Etats-UnisTerritory embraced. d’Amérique (y compris l’Alaska, Porto Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam, Samoa et Hawaï), d’une part, et la Suisse, y compris le Liechtenstein, d’autre part, il peut être échangé, sous la dénomination de 1998colis postaux, des envois jusqu’à Limits of weight and size.concurrence de 44 livres (20 kg). Dans la direction Etats-Unis d’Amérique-Suisse, ces colis ne doivent pas dépasser les dimensions suivantes: Longueur maximum de 4 pieds (feet), à condition que les colis de plus de 42 pouces (inches), mais ne dépassant pas 44 pouces de longueur, n’excèdent pas 24 pouces de pourtour; les colis de plus de 44 pouces, mais ne dépassant pas 46 pouces de longueur, n’excèdent pas 20 pouces de pourtour; les colis dépassant 46 pouces, jusqu’à 4 pieds de longueur, n’excèdent pas 16 pouces de pourtour; les colis jusqu’à 3½ pieds de longueur n’excèdent pas 6 pieds de longueur et pourtour ensemble. Dans la direction Suisse-Etats-Unis d’Amérique, ces colis ne doivent pas dépasser les dimensions suivantes: longueur, 105 cm (3 pieds 6 pouces). longueur et pourtour, (pris dans un sens autre que celui de la longueur) ensemble, 180 cm (6 pieds) ou 200 cm (6½ pieds) si la longueur ne dépasse pas 75 cm (2½ pieds). 2. La manière de voir du bureau expéditeur, en ce qui concerne le calcul exact du poids et des dimensions, doit être considérée comme prévalant, sauf erreur évidente. Art. 2. Transit parcels.Liberté de transit. 1. Rights guaranteed. Chaque Administration garantit la liberté de transit sur son territoire, dans les relations avec les pays avec lesquels elle entretient un échange de colis, pour tout colis originaire ou à destination de l’autre Administration contractante. 2. Notice. Les Administrations se notifient la nomenclature des pays à destination desquels elles acceptent des colis en transit. 1999 3. Pour être acceptés au transit,Intermediate country, requirements. les colis doivent être conformes aux prescriptions du pays intermédiaire. Art. 3. Affranchissement. Taxes.Postage, etc. 1. L’Administration du pays Collecting from sender.d’origine est autorisée à percevoir sur l’expéditeur de chaque colis, suivant les prescriptions en vigueur dans son service, les taxes de transport, les taxes à la valeur, ainsi que les droits pour les avis de réception et les recherches. 2. Les taxes et droits prévus auPrepayment. § 1 doivent être payés d’avance, sauf en cas de réexpédition ou de renvoi des colis. 3. Il ne peut être perçu aucun Additional charges.droit et aucune taxe autres que ceux prévus par le présent Arrangement ou par son Règlement d’exécution. Art. 4. Récépissé de dépôt.Certificate of mailing. Sur demande, l’expéditeur d’unFurnished to sender. colis ordinaire peut obtenir un récépissé au moment du dépôt du colis. Chaque pays a le droit deDomestic fee allowed. percevoir la taxe y relative prévue dans son service intérieur. Art. 5. Droits de dédouanement, de factage et de magasinage.Customs-Clearance, delivery and storage charges. 1. L’Administration du pays deCollected from addressee. destination peut percevoir sur le destinataire, pour l’accomplissement des formalités en douane et la remise à domicile, un droit qui ne peut excéder 20 cents (100 centimesor) par colis, ainsi qu’un droit supplémentaire jusqu’à concurrence de 10 cents (50 centimes-or) par colis pour chaque nouvelle présentation, lorsque la première présentation est restée infructueuse. 2. Chaque Administration est autorisée à percevoir un droit de magasinage convenable pour les colis qui ne sont pas retirés dans 2000le délai qu’elle a fixé. Ce droit ne peut toutefois excéder 1 dollar (5 francs-or) par colis. Art. 6. Custom duties.Droits de douane. 1. To be collected on delivery. Les colis sont soumis à toutes les prescriptions et dispositions douanières en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Les droits exigibles de ce chef sont perçus sur le destinataire lors de la remise du colis, suivant le règlement des douanes. 2. Prepayment arrangements. Les Administrations peuvent s’entendre spécialement par voie de correspondance pour l’échange de colis avec bulletin d’affranchissement. Art. 7. Prohibitions.Interdictions. 1. Parcels specified. Il est interdit d’insérer dans les colis postaux: a) Letters, etc. des communications ou des notes ayant le caractère de lettres. Il est cependant permis d’insérer dans l’envoi la facture ouverte réduite à ses énonciations constitutives, de même qu’une simple copie de l’adresse du colis, avec mention de l’adresse de l’expéditeur; b) With different address. un objet portant une adresse autre que celle du destinataire de l’envoi; c) Live animals. des animaux vivants; d) Articles not admissible. des objets dont l’admission n’est pas autorisée par les lois ou règlements de douane ou autres d’un des deux pays; e) Explosives. des matières explosibles ou inflammables et, d’une manière générale, des marchandises dont le transport est dangereux. 2. Erroneously accepted. Si des colis tombant sous l’une de ces interdictions ont été admis à tort à l’expédition, l’Administration qui en fait la constatation les traite suivant sa législation et ses règlement intérieurs. 3. List of prohibited articles to be exchanged. Les deux Administrations se communiquent, au moyen de la “Liste des objects interdits” publiée par le Bureau international de l’Union postale universelle, la 2001nomenclature de tous les objets interdits. Toutefois, elles n’assument de ce chef aucune responsabilité envers les organes de la douane ou de la police ou envers l’expéditeur. Art. 8. Retrait et modification d’adresse.Return and change of address. L’expéditeur d’un colis peut leRequests for, subject to prevailing regulations. faire retirer du service ou en faire modifier l’adresse tant que cet envoi n’a pas été remis au destinataire. Les demandes de retrait ou de modification d’adresse sont soumises aux prescriptions en vigueur dans le service intérieur des deux Administrations contractantes. Elles doivent être transmises à l’Administration centrale ou à tels autres bureaux qui pourraient être désignés par voie de correspondance. Art. 9.Return receipts and tracers. de réception et feuilles de recherches. 1. L’expéditeur d’un colis avecInsured parcels. valeur déclarée peut obtenir un avis de réception contre paiement du droit prévu dans le pays d’origine. Lorsqu’un avis de réception estMarking of requests. demandé, l’expéditeur ou le bureau d’origine doit inscrire ou imprimer sur le colis la mention bien apparante: “Return receipt requested” (avis de réception demandé), “Advice of delivery requested” (avis de distribution demandé) ou simplement y apporter les deux lettres “A. R.” en traits fortement marqués. 2. Un droit, queFee. l’Administration d’origine fixe à sa convenance, peut être perçu pour toute réclamation présentée après l’expédition soit d’un colis ordinaire, soit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, à moins que l’expéditeur n’ait déjà acquitté le droit spécial pour un avis de réception. Le pays d’origine a égalementCorrecting irregularities. la faculté de percevoir un droit lorsqu’il s’agit de redresser une irrégularité qui n’est pas imputable à la poste. 2002 Art. 10. Reforwarding.Réexpédition. 1. Supplementary charges. La réexpédition d’un colis dans l’intérieur d’un des pays contractants donne lieu à la perception des taxes supplémentaires prévues par l’Administration de ce pays. Il en est de même, le cas échéant, en ce qui concerne la remise de ce colis à une autre personne au lieu de destination primitif. 2. Collecting new fees. Si un colis doit être réexpédié sur un des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement, il est passible des nouvelles taxes de transport et, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, à moins que ces taxes n’aient été payées d’avance. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être réexpédiés comme tels. Les nouveaux droits sont perçus sur le destinataire par l’Administration qui effectue la remise. 3. Forwarding, etc., to a third country. Sur demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, les colis peuvent aussi être réexpédiés sur un autre pays ou y être renvoyés. Les colis avec valeur déclarée ne peuvent cependant être réexpédiés ou renvoyés que comme tels. Les expéditeurs peuvent pourvoir les colis de la mention “Ne pas réexpédier sur un tiers pays”. Dans ce cas, les colis ne doivent être réexpédiés sur aucun autre pays. En cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis avec valeur déclarée réexpédié sur un tiers pays ou renvoyé par ce pays, *Post*, p. 2005.l’indemnité est déterminée exclusivement d’après les dispositions de l’art. 15, paragraphe 4, du présent Arrangement.. Art. 11. Misdirected parcels.Colis envoyés en fausse direction. Ordinary.Les colis ordinaires envoyés en fausse direction sont réexpédiés sur leur véritable destination par la voie la plus directe dont peut disposer l’Administration réexpéditrice. Ils ne peuvent pas être frappés de droits de douane Insured.ou autres par cette Administration. Les colis avec valeur 2003déclarée envoyés en fausse direction ne peuvent être réexpédiés que comme tels sur leur destination. En cas d’impossibilité, ils sont renvoyés à l’origine. Art. 12. Rebuts.Rebuts. 1. Si l’expéditeur n’a pas donné Returning undeliverable parcels.d’instructions contraires, les colis tombés en rebut lui sont renvoyés sans avis préalable. Ils sont passibles des nouveaux frais deSubject to new charges. transport, ainsi que, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, et sont renvoyés comme colis de la même catégorie qu’à l’aller. Les taxes sont exigibles de l’expéditeur et perçues par l’Administration qui lui rend les colis. 2. Au moment du dépôt,Requests from sender allowed. l’expéditeur peut demander, pour le cas de non remise: a) que le colis lui soit immédiatement renvoyé, b) qu’il soit considéré comme abandonné, c) qu’il soit remis à une autre personne dans le pays de destination. Si l’expéditeur use de cetteMarks. faculté, il doit revêtir le colis et le bulletin d’expédition (DespatchNote) d’une des mentions suivantes: “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être renvoyé immédiatement”; “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être considéré comme abandonné”; “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être délivré à_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”. Aucune mention autre que celles prévues ci-dessus n’est admise. 3. Sauf disposition contraire,Time for returning undeliverable parcels. les colis tombés en rebut sont renvoyés à l’origine 30 jours après leur arrivée au bureau de destination. Les colis que le destinataire refuse d’accepter doivent être renvoyés immédiatement. Dans tous les cas, le motif de la non-remise doit être indiqué sur le colis. 2004 4. Disposal ot perishable articles. Les envois sujets à détérioration ou à corruption peuvent être vendus immédiatement, même en route, à l’aller ou au retour, sans avis préalable et sans formalité judiciaire, au profit de qui de droit. Si, pour une cause quelconque, la vente est impossible, les objets détériorés ou corrompus sont détruits. La vente ou la destruction donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès-verbal qui est envoyé à l’Administration d’origine. 5. Sale of abandoned parcels. Les colis tombés en rebut dont l’expéditeur a fait abandon, peuvent, à l’expiration du délai de 30 jours, être vendus au profit de l’Administration du pays de destination. Toutefois, s’il s’agit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, il est dressé un procès-verbal qui doit être envoyé à l’Administration du pays d’origine. De même, l’Administration du pays d’origine doit être avisée, lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée tombé en rebut, n’est pas renvoyé à l’origine. Art. 13. Customs duties.Annulation des droits de douane. Cancelation if parcel destroyed, etc.Si les formalités exigées par l’autorité douanière ont été remplies, les droits de douane proprement dits sont annulés, en Suisse et aux Etats-Unis, sur les colis détruits, renvoyés à l’origine ou réexpédiés sur un tiers pays. Art. 14. Insured parcels.Colis avec valeur déclarée. Fee.L’expéditeur d’un colis peut le consigner comme colis avec valeur déclarée. Outre les taxes de transport ordinaires, il est perçu une taxe à la valeur fixée suivant les prescriptions du pays d’origine. Art. 15. Responsibility, etc.Responsabilité. Indemnité. 1. No indemnity for loss of ordinary parcels. Ni l’expéditeur, ni le destinataire n’ont droit à une indemnité en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis ordinaire, c’est-à-dire sans valeur déclarée. 2005 2. Sauf en cas de perte ouAllowance to sender. d’avarie due à la force majeure, telle qu’elle est définie par les jugements de tribunaux ou les prescriptions du pays dans le territoire duquel le fait s’est produit, l’expéditeur ou un autre ayant droit peut prétendre à une indemnité correspondant au montant réel de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie, d’après la valeur au lieu et à l’époque où la marchandise a été acceptée au transport, lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée a été perdu, spolié ou avarié, à moins que le dommage n’ait été causé par la faute ou la négligence de l’expéditeur, du destinataire ou de leur représentant, ou ne provienne de la nature de l’objet. Toutefois, le montant de l’indemnité ne peut être supérieur à la somme assurée sur laquelle la taxe à la valeur a été perçue dans le pays d’origine ou au maximum de 100 dollars (500 francs-or). Les deux Administrations peuvent cependant s’entendre, par voie de correspondance, pour fixer une indemnité plus élevée. 3. Aucune des deuxLoss by force majeure. Administrations n’est tenue au paiement d’une indemnité en cas de perte ou d’avarie due à la force majeure, quelles que soient les définitions particulières de ce terme, à moins que, dans les mêmes conditions données, l’autre Administration ne consente à assumer la responsabilité dans les relations réciproques et bien que chaque pays ait la faculté de payer des indemnités à sa convenance et sans recours contre l’autre pays, pour les pertes ou avaries dues à la force majeure d’après une définition quelconque de ce terme. 4. Lorsqu’un colis avec valeur Parcels forwarded to a third country.déclarée provenant d’un pays et destiné à être remis dans l’autre pays est réexpédié de là sur un tiers pays ou y est renvoyé, l’ayant droit à l’indemnité, en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie survenue subséquemment à la réexpédition ou au renvoi du colis par le pays de l’adresse primitive, ne peut prétendre, le cas échéant, qu’à l’in2006demnité que consent à verser ou— suivant l’entente intervenue entre les pays intéressés directement à la réexpédition ou au renvoi—que doit payer le pays où le fait s’est produit. Chacun des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement qui réexpédie à tort un colis Responsibility for error.avec valeur déclarée sur un tiers pays, est responsable envers l’exréditeur dans la même mesure que e pays d’origine, donc dans les imites du présent Arrangement. 5. Time limitation. Les Administrations sont dégagées de toute responsabilité, si, dans le délai d’un an à partir du lendemain du jour du dépôt du colis avec valeur déclarée, aucune réclamation verbale ou écrite n’a été formulée par l’expéditeur ou la personne qu’il a autorisée. 6. No indemnity for indirect loss, etc. Il n’est pas payé d’indemnité pour les dommages indirects résultant de la perte, de la spoliation, de l’avarie, de la non-livraison, de la remise à une fausse adresse ou du retard d’un colis avec valeur déclarée expédié d’après les conditions du présent Arrangement. Matter not entitled to indemnity.Il n’est payé aucune indemnité pour les colis avec valeur déclarée qui contiennent, soit des marchandises sans valeur réelle, soit des articles sujets à détérioration ou dont le transport est interdit par les deux Administrations, qui ne répondent pas aux dispositions du présent Arrangement, ou qui n’ont pas été déposés à la poste de la manière prescrite. Toutefois, le pays responsable de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie peut payer une indemnité pour ces colis, mais n’a pas de recours contre l’autre pays. 7. Reimbursement of postage, etc., on loss of parcels. En cas de perte ou de spoliation complète, d’avarie irréparable de l’envoi entier, les deux Administrations peuvent, à leur convenance, rembourser à l’ayant droit le montant des taxes postales et droits spéciaux grevant un envoi avec valeur déclarée. La taxe à la valeur n’est remboursée en aucun cas. 2007 8. Il n’est pas assumé de If service records destroyed, responsibility not admitted.responsabilité pour les colis avec valeur déclarée dont les Administrations ne peuvent se rendre compte par suite de la destruction des documents de service résultant d’un cas de force majeure. 9. Si l’expéditeur, leReservation in case of false statement, etc. destinataire, le propriétaire ou son représentant, d’un colis avec valeur déclarée fait sciemment, à un moment quelconque, une déclaration frauduleuse de valeur supérieure àla valeur réelle du contenu, ou s’il fournit avec réflexion des moyens de preuve faux, controuvés ou frauduleux, l’Administration responsable du paiement de l’indemnité se réserve le droit de décliner ce paiement et de ne pas rembourser les taxes postales et les droits ou de verser l’indemnité qu’elle juge équitable d’après les moyens de preuve fournis. L’application de cette prescription ne préjudicie aucunement l’action judiciaire qui pourrait être intentée au réclamant, du fait de pareilles indications frauduleuses. 10. En cas de perte, deAdministration of origin to pay indemnity within a year. spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, l’Administration d’origine doit payer l’indemnité à l’ayant droit le plus tôt possible et, au plus tard, dans le délai d’un an à compter du lendemain du jour de la réclamation. Ce paiement a lieu pour le compte de Administration de destination, si elle est responsable et a été avisée régulièrement. 11. Dans les cas mentionnésDeferring settlement. au paragraphe précédent, l’Administration du pays d’origine peut toutefois différer exceptionnellement le règlement de l’indemnité au delà d’un an, lorsque, dans ce délai, le sort du colis n’a pu être établi ou la question de responsabilité être tranchée. 12. Sauf dans les cas où lePayment by country of origin if country of destination delays six months. paiement a été différé exceptionnellement, comme il est dit au paragraphe 11, l’Administration du pays d’origine est autorisée à désintéresser l’ayant droit pour le compte du pays de destination, si 2008ce dernier, régulièrement saisi, a laissé s’écouler 6 mois sans donner de solution à l’affaire. 13. Country responsible. L’obligation de payer l’indemnité incombe au pays dont dépend le bureau d’origine. Ce pays conserve un droit de recours contre le pays responsable, c’est-à-dire contre l’Administration dans le territoire de laquelle la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie s’est produite. 14. Reimbursements. Le pays responsable de la perte, de la spoliation ou de ’avarie et pour le compte duquel e paiement est effectué, est tenu de rembourser le montant de l’indemnité au pays ayant effectué le paiement. Ce remboursement doit avoir lieu sans retard et, au plus tard, dans le délai de 6 mois après notification du paiement. 15. Reimbursement on gold basis. Le remboursement des indemnités doit s’effectuer sur la base de la monnaie-or. 16. Means to be used. Ces remboursements au pays créditeur doivent être effectués sans frais pour cet Office, soit par mandat de poste, soit par traite, en monnaie ayant cours dans le pays créditeur ou par tout autre procédé à convenir mutuellement par voie de correspondance. 17. Responsibility of receiving country unable to show disposition. Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, la responsabilité de la perte ou de la spoliation d’un colis avec valeur déclarée incombe au pays qui, ayant reçu le colis sans formuler de réserves et étant mis en possession de tous les moyens réglementaires d’investigation, ne peut établir le sort du colis. 18. Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. Lorsque la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie d'un colis avec valeur déclarée est constatée lors de l’ouverture du récipient par le bureau d’échange réceptionnaire et a été signalée régulièrement au bureau d’échange expéditeur, la responsabilité incombe à l’Administration dont dépend ce dernier bureau, à moins que le fait ne se soit accompli sur le territoire de l’Administration réceptionnaire ou intermédiaire. Loss, etc., in transit.Si la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie s’est produite en cours de 2009transport sans qu’il soit possible d’établir sur le territoire ou dans le service de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Offices en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. Sauf entente contraire entre lesDestined for third country, etc. pays intéressés, entente qui peut intervenir par voie de correspondance, aucune indemnité ne sera payée pour la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie de colis avec valeur déclarée en transit, c’est-à-dire pour des colis avec valeur déclarée originaires de l’un des deux pays contractants à destination de pays ne participant pas au présent Arrangement, ou pour des colis originaires d’un pays ne participant pas à cet Arrangement, à destination de l’un des deux pays contractants. 19. L’expéditeur estSender responsible for packing, etc. responsable des défectuosités de l’emballage et de l’insuffisance de la fermeture et des cachets des colis avec valeur déclarée. D’autre part, les deux Administrations sont dégagées de toute responsabilité en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie causée par des défectuosités non remarquées au moment du dépot. Art. 16. Bonification des taxes.Payments. 1. Pour chaque colis échangéCredits. entre les pays contractants (art. 1), l’Office expéditeur bonifie à*Ante*, p. 1997. l’Office destinataire, sur les feuilles de route, les quotes-parts revenant à ce dernier, et indiquées dans le Règlement d’exécution.*Post*, p. 2012. 2. Les sommes à bonifier pourParcels for a third country or possession. un colis en transit, c’est-à-dire à destination soit d’une possession, soit d’un tiers pays, sont indiquées*Post*, p. 2017. de même dans le Règlement d’exécution. 3. Les taxes de transitDivision of transit charges. revenant au pays européen traversé, pour les colis des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et d’au delà, à destination de la Suisse, sont bonifiées directement et à ses frais par l’Administration des Etats-Unis; dans la direction inverse, par l’Administration des postes suisses. 2010 4. In case of reforwarding, etc. En cas de réexpédition ou de renvoi d’un colis à l’origine, l’Office réexpéditeur reprend sur l’autre Office la quote-part qui lui revient à teneur du § 1 ci-dessus et, le cas échéant: a) les taxes prévues aux §§ 2 et 3 ci-dessus, dont il se trouve à découvert; b) les droits de dédouanement, de factage et de magasinage prévus à l’art. 5; c) les taxes de réexpédition prévues à l’art. 10, § 1. Art. 17. Matters not herein provided for.Dispositions non prévues par le présent Arrangement. 1. Universal Postal Convention provisions to govern. A moins qu’elles ne soient réglées par le présent Arrangement, toutes les questions concernant l’échange, les demandes de retrait, le renvoi des colis, ainsi que la remise et l’établissement des avis de réception et le règlement des indemnités, sont traitées suivant les dispositions de la Convention postale universelle et de son Règlement d’exécution, en tant que celles-ci sont applicables et ne sont pas contraires à celles qui précèdent. Si le cas n’est prévu nulle part, la législation interne des Etats-Unis ou de la Suisse, ou les décisions prises par l’un ou l’autre des pays, sont applicables dans le pays respectif. 2. Details to be fixed by common consent. Les détails relatifs à l’application du présent Arrangement seront fixés par les deux Administrations dans un Règlement d’exécution dont les dispositions pourront être modifiées ou complétées d’un commun accord par Exchange of C. O. D. parcels.voie de correspondance. Un même accord par voie de correspondance pourra intervenir en vue de l’échange de colis contre remboursement. 3. Mutual notice of postal laws, etc. Les deux Administrations se notifient mutuellement leurs lois, ordonnances et tarifs concernant l’échange des colis postaux, ainsi que toutes les modifications de taxes qui y seraient introduites dans la suite. 2011 Art. 18. Durée de l’Arrangement.Duration of Agreement. 1. Le présent Arrangement, quiFormer convention abrogated.Vol. 43, p. 1631, repealed. remplace et abroge celui de Washington du 15 décembre 1922, entrera en vigueur après avoir été ratifié par les parties contractantes. Toutefois, il est loisible auxProvisional application. deux Administrations de l’appliquer provisoirement dès le 1er avril 1932. 2. Il déploiera ses effets aussiDuration. longtemps qu’il n’aura pas été dénoncé 6 mois à l’avance par l’une ou l’autre des deux Administrations. Chacune des deuxDiscretionary discontinuance of insuring parcels. Administrations est autorisée à supprimer totalement ou partiellement le service des colis avec valeur déclarée ou à le restreindre à quelques bureaux, si des motifs spéciaux nécessitaient cette mesure et sous la réserve d’en informer préalablement l’autre Administration. Le cas échéant, la notification doit en être faite par la voie la plus rapide. Fait en double expédition etSignatures. signé à Washington, le 1er avril 1932. et à Berne, le 18 mai 1932. *Le Directeur général des postes et des télégraphes:* Furrer [seal] I. Agreementbetweenthe United States Post OfficeDepartmentandthe Swiss Postal Administrationconcerningthe Exchange of Parcel Post. The undersigned, provided withParcel post agreement with Switzerland.Preamble. full powers by their respective Governments, have, by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article 1. Object of the Agreement.Object. 1. Between the United StatesTerritory embraced. of America (including Alaska, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand, and Switzerland (including Liechtenstein) on the other hand, there may be ex1998changed, under the denomination Limits of weight and size.of parcel post, parcels up to the weight limit of 44 pounds (20 kilograms). In the direction from the United States of America to Switzerland, these parcels may not exceed the following dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet, on condition that parcels over 42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 4 feet long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth combined. In the direction from Switzerland to the United States of America, these parcels may not exceed the following dimensions: Length, 105 centimeters (3 feet 6 inches), Length and girth (taken in a direction other than that of the length) combined, 180 centimeters (6 feet), or 200 centimeters (6½feet) if the length does not exceed 75 centimeters (2½ feet). 2. The viewpoint of the dispatching office in regard to the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions must be considered as prevailing, except in case of obvious error. Article 2. Transit parcels.Liberty of Transit. 1. Rights guaranteed. Each Administration guarantees liberty of transit over its territory, in relations with countries with which it maintains an exchange of parcels, for every parcel originating in or destined for the other contracting Administration. 2. Notice. The Administrations notify each other as to the countries of destination for which they accept parcels in transit. 1999 3. To be accepted in transit,Intermediate country, requirements. parcels must be in conformity with the provisions of the intermediate country. Article 3. Postage and Other Charges.Postage, etc. 1. The Administration of theCollecting from sender. country of origin is authorized to collect from the sender of each parcel, in accordance with the provisions in force in its service, the postage charges and insurance fees, as well as the fees for return receipts and inquiries. 2. The charges and feesPrepayment. provided for in Section 1 must be paid in advance, save in case of reforwarding or return of parcels. 3. No fee or postage chargeAdditional charges. other than those provided for by the present Agreement or its Regulations of Execution may be collected. Article 4. Certificate of Mailing.Certificate of mailing. On request, the sender of anFurnished to sender. ordinary parcel may obtain a certificate at the time of mailing the parcel. Each country has theDomestic fee allowed. right to collect therefor the fee provided for in its domestic service. Article 5. Customs-Clearance, Delivery and Storage Charges.Customs-Clearance, delivery and storage charges. 1. The Administration of theCollected from addressee. country of destination may collect from the addressee, for the fulfillment of customs formalities and delivery at his residence, a charge not exceeding 20 cents (100 gold centimes) per parcel, as well as a supplementary charge of 10 cents (50 gold centimes) per parcel for each new presentation, when the first presentation has been unsuccessful. 2. Each Administration is authorized to collect a suitable storage charge for parcels which are not withdrawn within the 2000period which it has fixed. This charge may not, however, exceed 1 dollar (5 gold francs) per parcel. Article 6. Custom duties.Custom Duties. 1. To be collected on delivery. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel, in accordance with the customs regulations. 2. Prepayment arrangements. The Administrations may come to a special agreement, by way of correspondence, for the exchange of parcels with prepayment bulletins. Article 7. Prohibitions.Prohibitions. 1. Parcels specified. It is forbidden to inclose in parcels: a) Letters, etc. Communications or notes having the character of letters. It is permissible, however, to enclose in the parcel the open invoice reduced to its essential features, as well as a simple copy of the address of the parcel with mention of the address of the sender. b) With different address. An article bearing an address other than that of the adressee of the parcel. c) Live animals. Live animals. d) Articles not admissible. Articles whose admission is not authorized by the customs or other laws or regulations of one of the two countries. e) Explosives. Explosive or inflammable articles, and, in general, all merchandise whose transportation is dangerous. 2. Erroneously accepted. If parcels coming under one of these prohibitions have been wrongly accepted for mailing, the Administration detecting them treats them in accordance with its domestic laws and regulations. 3. List of prohibited articles to be exchanged. The two Administrations advise each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal 2001Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility toward the customs or police authorities or the sender. Article 8. Return and Change of Address.Return and change of address. The sender of a parcel mayRequests for, subject to prevailing regulations. have it returned or have its address changed provided that it has not been delivered to the addressee. The requests for return or change of address are subject to the provisions in force in the domestic service of the two contracting Administrations. They must be sent to the Central Administration, or to such other offices as may be designated by way of correspondence. Article 9. Return Receipts and Tracers.Return receipts and tracers. 1. The sender of an insuredInsured parcels. parcel may obtain a return receipt upon payment of the fee provided for in the country of origin. When a return receipt isMarking of requests. requested, the sender or the office of origin must write or print on the parcel the conspicuous note: “Return receipt requested” (Avis de réception demandé), “Advice of delivery requested” (Avis de distribution demandé), or simply place thereon the two letters “A. R.”, traced in heavy lines. 2. A charge, which theFee. Administration of origin fixes at its convenience, may be collected for every inquiry presented after mailing an ordinary or insured parcel, unless the sender has already paid the special fee for a return receipt. The country of origin also hasCorrecting irregularities. the option of collecting a fee when it is a question of correcting an irregularity which is not the fault of the postal service. 2002 Article 10. Reforwarding.Reforwarding. 1. Supplementary charges. The reforwarding of a parcel within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. 2. Collecting new fees. If a parcel must be reforwarded to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. 3. Forwarding, etc., to a third country. At the request of the sender or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country”. In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance *Post*, p. 2005.with the provisions of Article 15, Section 4, of the present Agreement. Article 11. Misdirected parcels.Misdirected parcels. Ordinary.Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their true destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Insured.Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be refor2003warded to their destination except as such. If this is impossible, they are returned to origin. Article 12. Rebuts.Rebuts. 1. If the sender has not givenReturning undeliverable parcels. contrary instructions, undeliverable parcels are returned to him without previous notice. They are liable to new postage chargesSubject to new charges. as well as insurance fees if necessary, and are returned as parcels of the same class in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender, and are collected by the Administration delivering the parcels to him: 2. At the time of mailing, theRequests from sender allowed. sender may request, in the event of non-delivery: a) that the parcel be returned to him immediately, b) that it be considered as abandoned; or c) that it be delivered to another person in the country of destination. If the sender makes use of thisMarks. option, he must mark the parcel and the dispatch note with one of the following notes: “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately ”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”. No note other than those provided for above is permitted. 3. Barring contraryTime for returning undeliverable parcels. instructions, undeliverable parcels are returned to origin 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for the non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel. 2004 4. Disposal of perishable articles. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be sold immediately, even enroute on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the profit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Sale of abandoned parcels. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. Article 13. Customs duties.Cancelation of Customs Duties. Cancelation if parcel destroyed, etc.If the formalities required by the customs authorities have been fulfilled, the customs duties properly so-called are canceled, in Switzerland and the United States on parcels destroyed, returned to origin or reforwarded to a third country. Article 14. Insured parcels.Insured Parcels. Fee.The sender of a parcel may mail it as insured. In addition to the ordinary postage charges, there is collected an insurance fee fixed in accordance with the legislation of the country of origin. Article 15. Responsibility, etc.Responsibility. Indemnity. 1. No indemnity for loss of ordinary parcels. Neither the sender nor the addressee is entitled to indemnity in case of loss, rifling or damage of an ordinary parcel, i. e., of an uninsured parcel. 2005 2. Save in case of loss or damageAllowance to sender. due to force majeure, as defined by the legal decisions or rulings in force in the country on whose territory the case has arisen, the sender, or other rightful claimant, may claim an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, rifling or damage, in accordance with the value at the place where and the time when the merchandise was accepted for transportation, when an insured parcel has been lost, rifled or damaged, unless the damage was caused by the fault or negligence of the sender, the addressee, or their representatives, or arises from the nature of the article. However, the amount of the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which insured, on which the insurance fee has been collected in the country of origin, or the maximum amount of $100 (500 gold francs). The two Administrations may, however, agree by correspondence to fix a higher indemnity. 3. Neither of the twoLoss by force majeure. Administrations is bound to any indemnity in case of loss or damage due to force majeure, whatever the particular definitions of that term may be, unless, on the same given conditions, the other Administration consents to assume responsibility in the reciprocal relations, although each country has the option of paying indemnity at its convenience and without recourse against the other country for losses or damage due to force majeure in accordance with any definition of that term. 4. When an insured parcelParcels forwarded to a third country. originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country, the party entitled to the indemnity, in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, 2006only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Responsibility for error.Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 5. Time limitation. The Administrations are released from all responsibility if, within the period of one year from the day following the date of mailing the insured parcel, no verbal or written inquiry has been made by the sender or the person whom he has authorized. 6. No indemnity for indirect loss, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. Matter not entitled to indemnity.No indemnity is paid for insured parcels which contain either articles without actual value or articles liable to deterioration, or whose transportation is prohibited by the two Administrations, or which do not comply with the provisions of the present Agreement, or which were not posted in the prescribed manner. However, the country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage may pay indemnity for such parcels, but has no recourse against the other country. 7. Reimbursement of postage, etc., on loss of parcels. In case of complete loss or rifling, or of irreparable damage of the entire parcel, the two administrations may, at their convenience, reimburse the rightful party for the amount of the postage and special charges due on an insured parcel. The insurance fee is not in any case returned. 2007 8. No responsibility is assumedIf service records destroyed, responsibility not admitted. for insured parcels for which the administrations can not account as a result of the destruction of the service records resulting from a case of force majeure. 9. If the sender or addressee ofReservation in case of false statement, etc. an insured parcel, or the owner or his representative, knowingly makes, at any time, a fraudulent declaration of a value higher than the actual value of the contents, or if he knowingly furnishes false, forged, or fraudulent means of proof, the administration responsible for the payment of indemnity reserves the right to decline such payment and not to repay the postage and fees or to pay such indemnity as it deems equitable in the light of the means of proof furnished. The application of this provision does not in any way prejudice the judicial action which may be taken against the claimant on account of such fraudulent indications. 10. In case of loss, rifling orAdministration of origin to pay indemnity within a year. damage of an insured parcel, the Administration of origin must pay the indemnity to the rightful claimant as soon as possible, and, at the latest, within the period of one year, counting from the day following the date of the inquiry. This payment is made on behalf of the Administration of destination, if it is responsible and has been regularly advised. 11. In the cases mentioned inDeferring settlement. the preceding Section, the Administration of the country of origin may, however, exceptionally defer the settlement of the indemnity beyond one year, when within that period the disposal of the parcel could not be established or the question of responsibility settled. 12. Save in cases where thePayment by country of origin if country of destination delays six months. payment has been exceptionally deferred, as stated in Section 11, the Administration of the country of origin is authorized to make payment to the rightful party on behalf of the country of destina2008tion, if the latter, regularly notified, has allowed 6 months to pass without settling the matter. 13. Country responsible. The obligation of paying the indemnity is incumbent on the country to which the office of origin belongs. This country reserves the right of recourse against the country responsible, that is to say, against the Administration on whose territory the loss, rifling or damage has occurred. 14. Reimbursements. The country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage, and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay; and, at the latest, within the period of 6 months after notification of the payment. 15. Reimbursement on gold basis. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold money. 16. Means to be used. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that Office, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 17. Responsibility of receiving country unable to show disposition. Until the contrary is proved, the responsibility for the loss or rifling of an insured parcel is incumbent on the country which, having received the parcel without making any reservations, and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, can not establish the disposal of the parcel. 18. Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. When the loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless the irregularity occurred on the territory of the receiving or intermediary Administration. Loss, etc., in transit.If the loss, rifling, or damage has taken place in the course of 2009transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of what country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. Barring contrary agreementDestined for third country, etc. between the countries concerned, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid for the loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel in transit, i. e., for insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for countries not participating in the present Agreement, or for parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. 19. The sender is responsibleSender responsible for packing, etc. for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and the seals of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article 16. Payments.Payments. 1. For each parcel exchangedCredits. between the contracting countries (Article 1), the dispatching Office*Ante*, p. 1997. credits to the Office of destination, in the parcel bills, the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution.*Post*, p. 2012. 2. The sums to be paid for aParcels for a third country or possession. parcel in transit, i. e., destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise*Post*, p. 2017. indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. The transit charges due toDivision of transit charges. the European country traversed for parcels from the United States of America and beyond destined for Switzerland are paid directly, and at its expense, by the Administration of the United States; in the other direction, by the Administration of Posts of Switzerland. 2010 4. In case of reforwarding, etc. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due to it in accordance with Section 1 above, and moreover, as the case may be: a) such of the charges prescribed by Sections 2 and 3 above as may be due to it; b) the customs-clearance, delivery and storage charges provided for by Article 5; c) the reforwarding charges contemplated by Article 10, Section 1. Article 17. Matters not herein provided for.Matters not Provided for in the Present Agreement. 1. Universal Postal Convention provisions to govern. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning the exchange, requests for return, the return of parcels, as well as delivery and making out of return receipts and settlement of indemnities, are treated in accordance with the provisions of the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States or Switzerland, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. Details to be fixed by common consent. The details relative to the application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. Exchange of C. O. D. parcels.A similar agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of C. O. D. parcels. 3. Mutual notice of postal laws, etc. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of their laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. 2011 Article 18. Duration of the Agreement.Duration of Agreement. 1. The present Agreement,Former convention abrogated.Vol. 43, p. 1631, repealed. which replaces and abrogates that of Washington of December 15, 1922, will enter into force after having been ratified by the contracting parties. However, it is permissible for Provisional application.the two Administrations to apply it provisionally from April 1, 1932. 2. It shall remain in effect asDuration. long as it has not been terminated six months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Each of the twoDiscretionary discontinuance of insuring parcels. Administrations is authorized to discontinue, totally or partially, the service of insured parcels or to restrict it to certain offices, if special reasons make that measure necessary, on the condition that the other Administration is so advised in advance. If need be, the notification thereof must be by the most rapid means. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington on the first day of April, 1932. Walter F Brown *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. [seal] The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States ofApproval by the President. America and Switzerland has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover Ratifié Berne, le 18 mai 1932.Ratified by Switzerland. *Le Département fédéral des posteset des chemins defer*: Pilet Golaz By the President. W. R. Castle Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, *April 11, 1932*. 2012 II. Regulations of Execution.Reglement d’exécutionde 1’Arrangement concernant l’Echange des Colis Postauxconclu entreles Etats-Unis de l’Amérique du Nord et la Suisse. II. Regulations of Executionfor the Agreement concerning the Exchange of Parcel Postconcluded betweenthe United States of America and Switzerland. II. Règlement d’Executionde l’Arrangement concernant l’Échangedes Colis Postauxconclu entreles Etats-Unis de l’Amérique du Nord etla Suisse. § 1. Preparation of parcels.Conditionnement des colis. 1. Le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur et du destinataire doivent être écrits d’une façon lisible et exacte, si possible sur le colis même ou sur une étiquette fixée solidement à l’envoi. Il est recommandé d’insérer un double de l’adresse dans chaque colis, surtout lorsque l’usage d’une étiquette volante est rendu nécessaire par le conditionnement ou par la forme de l’envoi. Les colis dont l’adresse de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire consiste en initiales seulement ne sont pas admis, exception faite des désignations commerciales (raisons sociales) composées d’initiales. Les adresses au crayon ne sont pas admises. Sont toutefois acceptées les adresses écrites au crayon-encre, sur un fond préalablement mouillé. 2. Les colis contenant des espèces monnayées, de l’or ou de argent en barres, des pierreries ou autres matières précieuses doivent toujours être expédiés avec déclaration de valeur. Lorsqu’un colis contenant des objets de l’espèce est expédié sans déclaration de valeur, l’office postal qui remarque l’erreur en 2013premier lieu est tenu de leRegulations—Contd. traiter comme colis avec valeur déclarée et d’après les dispositions de son pays. 3. Chaque colis doit être emballé de manière que le contenu soit préservé pendant toute la durée du transport. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être scellés par des cachets à la cire, par des plombs ou par un autre moyen équivalent. Pour les colis ordinaires, un ficelage soigneux suffit comme moyen de fermeture, mais ils peuvent aussi être scellés. Comme mesure de sécurité, chaque Administration peut exiger qu’une empreinte ou marque spéciale de l’expéditeur figure sur les plombs ou cachets de fermeture des colis avec valeur déclarée. L’Administration des douanes du pays de destination est autorisée à ouvrir les colis. A cet effet, les cachets ou toute autre fermeture peuvent être brisés ou rompus. Les envois ouverts par la douane doivent être reformés et, en outre, scellés d’office, si l’expéditeur les avait scellés. 4. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, le montant de la valeur déclarée doit figurer tant sur le colis que sur le bulletin d’expédition. 5. Chaque colis avec valeur déclarée doit porter du côté de l’adresse un numéro (insurance number), et l’indication “insured”, “valeur déclarée” ou “V”. 6. Les étiquettes ou timbres-poste apposés sur les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être espacés afin qu’ils ne puisent servir à cacher des lésions de l’emballage. Ils ne doivent pas, non plus, être repliés sur deux faces de emballage, de manière à couvrir la bordure. 7. Les liquides et les corps facilement liquéfiable doivent être expédiés dans un double récipient. Entre le premier (bouteille, flacon, boîte, etc.) et le second (boîte en métal, en bois résistant, en fibre de solide qualité 2014 Regulations—Contd.ou récipient de résistance équivalente), un espace doit être ménagé, qu’on remplira de sciure, de son ou de toute autre matière spongieuse, en quantité suffisante pour absorber tout le liquide en cas de bris du récipient. 8. Les poudres et les matières colorantes en poudre doivent être emballées dans de fortes boîtes en fer-blanc ou autre métal, qui, après avoir été soudées, seront placées à leur tour dans des boîtes en bois ou dans d’autres récipients de résistance égale, de manière à exclure tout endommagement d’autres envois. § 2. Dispatch notes and customs declarations.Bulletins d’expédition et déclarations en douane. 1. Pour chaque colis ou expédition collective de trois colis ordinaires au plus, destinés à la même personne et soumis à la même bonification, l’expéditeur doit remplir un bulletin d’expédition et une déclaration en douane conformes aux formules en usage dans le pays d’origine. Les bulletins d’expédition doivent porter les indications suivantes: bureau de dépôt, nom et adresse de l’expéditeur, nombre des déclarations en douane, poids, port payé, nom et adresse du destinataire et bureau de destination. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, le numéro (insurance number) et le montant de la valeur déclarée doivent aussi figurer sur le bulletin d’expédition. Les déclarations en douane doivent fournir les indications suivantes: description générale du colis, mention exacte et détaillée du contenu, valeur, poids brut, date d’expédition, nom et adresse de l’expéditeur et du destinataire et pays d’origine de la marchandise. 2. Les Administrations n’assument aucune responsabilité en ce qui concerne l’exactitude des déclarations en douane ou des bulletins d’expédition. 2015 3. Les bulletins d’expédition etRegulations—Contd. les déclarations en douane afférents aux colis originaires de Suisse doivent être attachés solidement aux envois. Les bulletins d’expédition et les déclarations en douane afférents aux colis originaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont expédiés le plus rapidement possible, par la poste aux lettres, au bureau d’échange suisse, avec l’original de la feuille de route correspondante. § 3. Échange de colis.Exchange of parcels. 1. Les colis sont échangés dans des sacs clos au moyen de cachets ou de plombs, entre les bureaux désignés par les Administrations. Ils sont transmis au pays de destination aux frais du pays d’origine et de la manière qui convient à ce dernier. Le poids de chaque sac ne doit pas dépasser 50 kg. 2. Les colis ordinaires et les colis avec valeur déclarée sont compris dans des sacs spéciaux, chaque catégorie séparément. De plus, dans la direction Suisse-Etats-Unis, il est fait une distinction entre les colis pour les Etats-Unis et les colis en transit. Les fiches des sacs contenant des colis avec valeur déclarée doivent porter la lettre “V”. § 4. Entry of the parcels. Inscription des colis. 1. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination de la Suisse sont inscrits en bloc sur les feuilles de route, mais par catégories d’envois jusqu’à 1 kg, de 1 à 5 kg, de 5 à 10 kg, de 10 à 15 kg et de 15 à 20 kg. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par la seule mention du nombre total des colis et de leur poids net total. 2016 Regulations—Contd.Le total des sommes à bonifier par une Administration à l’autre doit aussi figurer sur les feuilles de route. Il en est de même du nombre total des sacs compris dans chaque dépêche. Les colis renvoyés à l’origine ou réexpédiés sont inscrits isolément. Le mode de procéder détaillé et le mode exact d’inscription et de transmission des colis en transit, c’est-à-dire à destination de tiers pays, ou des récipients qui les renferment, seront fixés par arrangement réciproque, par voie de correspondance. 2. Les colis avec valeur déclarée sont inscrits isolément et sur des feuilles de route distinctes, avec indication du numéro (insurance number) et du nom du bureau d’origine. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée à destination de la Suisse, les feuilles de route doivent porter aussi l’indication de la coupure de poids à laquelle les colis appartiennent, le total des bonifications, ainsi que le nombre total des sacs servant à l’expédition desdits colis. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, les feuilles de route doivent porter, en outre, l’indication du poids net total des colis, le total des bonifications, ainsi que le nombre total des sacs servant à l’expédition desdits colis. 3. Les colis transmis à découvert pour l’Alaska, Hawaï, Porto-Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam et Samoa, sont inscrits séparément sur les feuilles de route, par groupes correspondant à leurs différentes destinations. 4. Il doit être établi des feuilles de route distinctes pour les colis ordinaires, d’une part, et pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, d’autre part; il en va de même pour les colis expédiés de Suisse en transit par les Etats-Unis. 5. Les colis renvoyés à l’origine seront désignés comme tels dans les feuilles de route par la mention “retour” (returned), les colis réexpédiés, par l’indication “réexpédié” (redirected). 2017 6. Chaque bureau d’échange Regulations—Contd.expéditeur numérote les feuilles de route d’après une série annuelle. Le dernier numéro de l’année précédente doit être mentionné sur la première feuille de la nouvelle année. 7. Les feuilles de route sont établies en double exemplaire. L’original est expédié par la poste aux lettres, tandis que le duplicata est inséré dans l’un des sacs. L’office d’échange des Etats-Unis joint, en outre, les papiers d’accompagnement à l’original de la feuille de route (voir aussi § 2). Le sac renfermant la feuille de route est désigné par la lettre “F” tracée d’une manière apparente sur l’étiquette. § 5. Bonification des quotes-parts. 1. Les quotes-parts terminalesPayments. à bonifier par l’Office expéditeur à l’Office destinataire, en vertu de l’art. 16, § 1, de l’Arrangement, sont les suivantes: *I*. *Par la Suisse aux Etats-UnisBy Switzerland. d’Amérique*: a) *Taxe au poids*: 70 centimes-or par kilogramme, sur la base du poids net en bloc (bulk net weight) de chaque dépêche. Cette taxe s’applique aussi aux colis à destination de l’Alaska. Elle est réduite à 35 centimes-or par kilogramme pour les colis à destination de Porto-Rico, des Iles Vierges, Guam, Samoa et Hawaï. b) *Taxe à la valeur* (s’il s’agit de colis avec valeur déclarée), en sus de la taxe au poids: 10 centimes-or par colis avec valeur déclarée jusqu’à 500 francs-or (100 dollars). *II*. *Par les Etats-UnisBy the United States of America. d’Amérique à la Suisse*: *a*) *Taxe au poids*: jusqu’à 1 kg = 60 ct-or au delà de 1 “ 5 “ =110 “ “ “ “ 5 “ 10 “ =170 “ “ “ “ 10 “ 15 “ =220 “ “ “ “ 15 “ 20 “ =320 “ 2018 *b*) Regulations—Contd. *Taxe à la valeur* (s’il s’agit de colis avec valeur déclarée), en sus de la taxe au poids: 10 centimes-or par colis avec valeur déclarée jusqu’à 500 francs-or (100 dollars). 2. Les quotes parts à bonifier pour les colis expédiés par une Administration à l’autre, en vue de leur transmission ultérieure à une possession ou à un pays tiers, seront fixées par l’Administration intermédiaire. § 6. Vérification par les bureaux d’échange. 1. Verification. A la réception d’une dépêche, le bureau d’échange destinataire procède à sa vérification. Les inscriptions sur la feuille de route doivent être vérifiées exactement. Chaque erreur ou omission doit être portée immédiatement à la connaissance du bureau d’échange expéditeur au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. Une dépêche est considérée comme ayant été trouvée en ordre à tous égards, lorsqu’il n’est pas dressé de bulletin de vérification. 2. Si l’on constate une erreur ou une irrégularité à la réception d’une dépêche, toutes les pièces Pouvant servir de preuves à appui en vue de recherches ultérieures ou de l’examen de demandes d’indemnité doivent être conservées. 3. En cas de manque d’une feuille de route, il en est établi un duplicata dont une copie est envoyée au bureau d’échange expéditeur de la dépêche. 4. Lorsqu’un colis porte des traces évidentes de spoliation ou d’avarie, il doit être revêtu d’une mention s’y rapportant et d’une empreinte de timbre du bureau qui a fait la constatation. Le cas échéant, il est dressé un procès-verbal qui est joint au colis. 2019 § 7. Regulations—Contd. Récipients. 1. Chaque AdministrationReceptacles. pourvoit à l’aqcquisition11 So in original. des sacs nécessaires pour l’expédition de ses colis. Les sacs vides doivent être renvoyés au pays d’origine par le prochain courrier. 2. Il y a lieu d’indiquer sur la feuille de route tant le nombre des sacs utilisés pour la confection de la dépêche que celui des sacs, vides en retour. A l’aide de ces indications, chaque Administration exerce un contrôle sur la rentrée des récipients qui lui appartiennent. Au cas où ce contrôle démontrerait que le 10% du nombre total des sacs utilisés pendant une année n’a pas été renvoyé, la valeur des sacs manquants doit être remboursée à l’Office expéditeur. § 8. Décompte. 1. A la fin de chaque trimestre,Accounting. chaque Administration établit un compte sur la base des feuilles de route. 2. Ces comptes sont soumis à l’examen de l’Administration correspondante dans le courant du mois qui suit le trimestre auquel ils se rapportent. 3. La récapitulation, l’envoi, l’examen et l’acceptation de ces comptes ne doivent pas être retardés et le règlement du solde aura lieu, au plus tard, à l’expiration du trimestre suivant. 4. Le solde résultant de la balance des comptes entre les deux Administration est payé par traite à vue, tirée sur New York ou par un autre moyen convenu réciproquement par voie de correspondance. Les frais de paiement sont à la charge de l’Administration débitrice. 2020 Signatures.Fait en deux expéditions et signé à Washington, le 1er avril 1932. *Le Directeur général des postes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique:* Berne, le 18 mai 1932. Le Directeur général des postes et des télégraphes suisses: Furrer [seal] II. Regulations of Executionfor the Agreement concerning the Exchangeof Parcel Postconcluded betweenthe United States of America andSwitzerland. Section 1. Preparation of parcels.Preparation of Parcels. 1. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be written, legibly and correctly, if possible on the parcel itself, or on a label affixed securely to the parcel. It is recommended that a duplicate of the address be inclosed in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted, except in the case of commercial designations (trade names) composed of initials. Addresses in pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Parcels containing coins, gold or silver in bars, precious stones, or other precious articles, must always be sent insured. When a parcel containing coin, gold or silver in bars, precious stones or other precious articles is sent uninsured through error, 2013the post office which firstRegulations—Contd. discovers it is bound to treat it as an insured parcel, and in accordance with the legislation of its country. 3. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route. Insured parcels must be sealed with wax or lead or by some equivalent means. For ordinary parcels, careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing, but they may also be sealed. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the customs must be refastened and also officially sealed, if the sender has sealed them. 4. For insured parcels, the amount of the insured value shall appear both on the parcel and on the dispatch note. 5. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and the notation “Insured”, “Valeur déclarée”, or “V”. 6. The labels or postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the packing. Neither must they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 7. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, or strong carton of fibreboard, or receptacle of equal 2014 Regulations—Contd.strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran, or other absorbent material, in a sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case that the receptacle is broken. 8. Powders and dyes in powdered form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in wooden boxes or other receptacles of equal strength in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Section 2. Dispatch notes and customs declarations.Dispatch Notes and Customs Declarations. 1. For each parcel or collective shipment of not more than three uninsured parcels addressed to the same person and subject to the same payment, the sender must make out a dispatch note and a customs declaration in accordance with the forms in use in the country of origin. The dispatch notes must bear the following information: Office of mailing, name and address of the sender, number of customs declarations, weight, postage paid, name and address of the addressee, and office of destination. For insured parcels, the number and the amount of the insured value must also appear on the dispatch note. The customs declaration must show the following information: General description of the parcel, exact and detailed description of the contents, value, gross weight, date of mailing, name and address of the sender and addressee and country of origin of the merchandise. 2. The Administrations assume no responsibility in regard to the exactness of the customs declarations or dispatch notes. 2015 3. The dispatch notes andRegulations—Contd. customs declarations relative to parcels originating in Switzerland must be attached securely to the parcels. The dispatch notes and customs declarations relating to parcels originating in the United States of America are sent as rapidly as possible in the letter mails to the Swiss exchange office with the original of the corresponding parcel bill. Section 3. Exchange of Parcels.Exchange of parcels. 1. The parcels are exchanged in sacks closed by means of wax or lead seals, between the offices designated by the Administrations. They are transmitted to the country of destination at the expense of the country of origin and in a manner convenient to the latter. The weight of each sack must not exceed 50 kilograms. 2. Ordinary parcels and insured parcels are included in special sacks, each class separately. Moreover, in the direction from Switzerland to the United States, a distinction is made between parcels for the United States and parcels in transit. The labels of the sacks containing insured parcels must bear the letter “V”. Section 4. Entry of the parcels.Entry of the parcels. 1. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Switzerland are to be entered in bulk on the parcel bills, but by classes of parcels up to 1 kilogram, from 1 to 5 kilograms, from 5 to 10 kilograms, from 10 to 15 kilograms, and from 15 to 20 kilograms. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. 2016 Regulations—Contd.The total amounts to be credited by one Administration to the other and the total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. Redirected or returned parcels shall be entered individually. The detailed mode of procedure and the exact manner of entry and transmission of transit parcels, i. e., those destined for third countries, or of the receptacles containing them, will be fixed by reciprocal agreement, through correspondence. 2. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on separate parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of insured parcels for Switzerland, the parcel bills must also show the indication of the division of weight to which the parcel belongs, the total amount to be credited, and the total number of sacks in which the parcels are dispatched. In the case of insured parcels for the United States of America, the parcel bills must also show the total net weight of the parcels and the total amount to be credited as well as the total number of sacks in which the parcels are dispatched. 3. Parcels sent à découvert for Alaska, Hawaii, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and Samoa are to be entered separately, according to their different destinations, on the parcel bills. 4. Separate parcel bills must be prepared for the ordinary parcels on one hand, and for the insured parcels on the other hand; the same holds true for parcels dispatched from Switzerland in transit through the United States. 5. Parcels returned to origin shall be designated as such in the parcel bills by means of the note “Returned”; redirected parcels by the note “Redirected”. 2017 6. Each dispatching exchangeRegulations—Contd. office numbers the parcel bills in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the new year. 7. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The United States exchange office also attaches the accompanying papers to the original of the parcel bill (see also Section 2). The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F”, traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. Section 5. Payments. 1. The terminal quotas to bePayments. credited by the dispatching Office to the Office of destination, by virtue of Article 16, Section 1, of the Agreement are the following: *I*. *By Switzerland to the UnitedBy Switzerland. States of America*. a) *Rate by weight*: 70 gold centimes per kilogram, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. This rate applies also to parcels for Alaska. The rate is reduced to 35 gold centimes per kilogram for parcels for Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii. b) *Rate by value* (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs (100 dollars). *II*. *By the United States ofBy the United States of America. America to Switzerland*: *a*) *Rate by weight*: Up to 1 kilogram = 60 gold centimes From 1 to 5 kilograms =110 “ “ “ 5 “ 10 “ =170 “ “ “ 10 “ 15 “ =220 “ “ “ 15 “ 20 “ =320 “ “ 2018 *b*) Regulations—Contd. *Rate by value* (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs (100 dollars). 2. The amounts to be allowed for parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country or to a third country shall be fixed by the intermediate Administration. Section 6. Verification by the Exchange Office. 1. Verification. Upon receipt of a dispatch, the exchange office of destination proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. 2. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 3. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 4. When a parcel bears evident traces of rifling or damage, it must be marked with a note to that effect, and with an imprint of the stamp of the office which has detected the fact. If need be, a report is prepared and attached to the parcel. 2019 Section 7. Regulations—Contd. Receptacles. 1. Each AdministrationReceptacles. provides itself with the necessary sacks for the exchange of its parcels. The empty sacks must be returned to the country of origin by the next mail. 2. It is necessary to indicate in the parcel bill both the number of sacks used for the preparation of the dispatch and the number of empty sacks returned. With the aid of these indications, each Administration exercises a control over the return of the receptacles belonging to it. In case that this control shows that 10 per cent of the total number of sacks used during a year have not been returned, the value of the missing sacks must be repaid to the dispatching office. Section 8. Accounting. 1. At the end of each quarter,Accounting. each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts are submitted for examination to the corresponding Administration in the course of the month which follows the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. 2020 Signatures.Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, April 1, 1932. *The Postmaster General of the U. S. A.:* Walter F Brown Berne, 18 mai 1932. The Director General of Posts and Telegraphs of Switzerland: [seal] Approval of Regulations.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President. W. R. Castle Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, *April 11, 1932*. July 27, 1929 Convention 47 Stat. 2021 2021 MULTILATERAL CONVENTION—WAR PRISONERS. JULY 27, 1929. *Convention between the United States of America and other powers, July 27, 1929.relating to prisoners of war. Signed at Geneva, July 27, 1929; ratification advised by the Senate, January 7, 1932; ratified by the President, January 16, 1932; ratification of the United States of America deposited with the Government of Switzerland, February 4, 1932; proclaimed, August 4, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas, a Convention Relating to the Treatment of PrisonersTreatment of prisoners of war.Preamble. of War was signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and forty-six other countries, at Geneva on July 27, 1929, the original of which Convention in the French language is word for word as follows: CONVENTION RELATIVE AU TRAITEMENT DES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE DU 27 JUILLET 1929. Le Président du ReichContracting Powers. Allemand, le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, le Président fédéral de la République d’Autriche, Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, le Président de la République de Bolivie, le Président de la République des États-Unis du Brésil, Sa Majestéle Roide Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes, Sa Majesté le Roi des Bulgares, le Président de la République du Chili, le Président de la République de Chine, le Président de la République de Colombie, le Président de la République de Cuba, Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark et d’Islande, le Président de la République Dominicaine, Sa Majesté le Roi d’Égypte, Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne, le Président de la République d’Estonie, le Président de la République de Finlande, le Président de la République Française, le Président de la2022République Hellénique, Son Altesse sérénissime le Gouverneur de la Hongrie, Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon, le Président de la République de Lettonie, Son Altesse royale la Grande-Duchesse de Luxembourg, le Président des États-Unis du Mexique, le Président de la République de Nicaragua, Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège, Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas, Sa Majesté impériale le Shah de Perse, le Président de la République de Pologne, le Président de la République Portugaise, Sa Majesté le Roi de Roumanie, Sa Majesté le Roi des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes, Sa Majesté le Roi de Siam, Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède, le Conseil fédéral suisse, le Président de la République Tchécoslovaque, le Président de la République Turque, le Président de la République orientale de l’Uruguay, le Président de la République des États-Unis de Vénézuéla, Purpose declared.reconnaissant que, dans le cas extrême d’une guerre, il sera du devoir de toute Puissance d’en atténuer, dans la mesure du possible, les rigueurs inévitables et d’adoucir le sort des prisonniers de guerre; désireux de développer les principes qui ont inspiré les conventions internationales de La Haye, en particulier la Convention concernant les lois et coutumes de la guerre et le Règlement qui y est annexé; Plenipotentiaries.ont résolu de conclure une Convention à cet effet, et ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires, savoir: le pésident du reich allemand: S. Exc. M. Edmund Rhomberg, Dr en Droit, Ministre en disponibilité; 2023 le président des états-unisPlenipotentiaries—Continued. d’amérique: L’Honorable Eliot Wadsworth, ancien Secrétaire adjoint de la Trésorerie, S. Exc. l’Honorable Hugh R. Wilson, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à Berne; le président fédéral de la république d’autriche: M. Marc Leitmaier, Dr en Droit, Conseiller ministériel à la Chancellerie fédérale, Département des Affaires étrangères; sa majesté le roi des belges: M. Paul Demolder, Général Major Médecin, Commandant du Service de Santé de la lre Circonscription militaire, M. Joseph de Ruelle, Jurisconsulte du Ministère des Affaires étrangères; le président de la république de bolivie: S. Exc. M. Alberto Cortadellas, Ministre-Résident de Bolivie à Berne; le président de la république des états-unis de brésil: S. Exc. M. Raoul de Rio-Branco, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Brésil à Berne; sa majesté le rio de grande-bretagne, d’irlande et des territoires birtanniques au dela des mers, empereur des indes: pour la grande-breatagne et l’irlande du nord, ainsi que toute partie de l’empire britannique non membre séparé de la société des nations: Le Très Honorable Sir Horace Rumbold, G.C.M.G., M.V.O., Ambassadeur de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berlin; 2024 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.pour de dominion du canada: M. Walter Alexandre Riddell, Conseiller permanent du Gouvernement canadien auprès de la Société des Nations; pour le commonwealth d’australie: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berne; pour le dominion de la nouvelle-zélande: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berne; pour l’union de l’afrique du sud: M. Eric Hendrik Louw, Haut-Commissaire de l’Union de l’Afrique du Sud à Londres; pour l’état libre d’irlande: M. Sean Lester, Représentant de l’Etat Libre d’Irlande auprès de la Société des Nations; pour l’inde: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berne; sa majesté le roi des bulgares: M. Dimitri Mikoff, Chargé d’Affaires de Bulgarie à Berne, Représentant permanent du Gouvernement bulgare auprès de la Société des Nations, M. Stéphane N., Laftchieff, Membre du Conseil d’Administration de la Croix-Rouge bulgare; le président de la république du chili: M. Guillermo Novoa-Sepulveda, Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation du Chili à Berlin, M. Darío Pulgar-Arriagada, Capitaine du Service de Santé; 2025 le président de la républiquePlenipotentiaries—Continued. de chine: M. Chi Yung Hsiao, Chargé d’Affaires p.i. de Chine à Berne; le président de la eépublique de colombie: S. Exc. M. Francisco José de Urrutia, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Colombie à Berne; le président de la république de cuba: S. Exc. M. Carlos de Armenteros y de Cardenas, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Cuba à Berne, M. Carlos Blanco y Sanchez, Secrétaire de Légation, adjoint à. la Délégation de Cuba auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de danemark et d’islande: pour le danemark: S. Exc. M. Harald de Scavenius, Chambellan, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Danemark en Suisse et aux Pays-Bas, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères, M. Gustave M. Rasmussen, Chargé d’Affaires p.i. de Danemark à Berne; le président de la république dominicaine: M. Charles Ackermann, Consul de la République Dominicaine à Genève; sa majesté le roi d’égypte: M. Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad, Avocat au Contentieux de l’Etat, Professeur de Droit international à l’Ecole militaire du Caire, M. Henri Wassif Siinaika, Attaché de la Légation Royale d’Egypte à Rome; sa majesté le roi d’espagne: S. Exc. M. le Marquis de la Torrehermosa, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire d’Espagne à Berne; 2026 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.le président de la république d’estonie:: M. Hans Leesment, Dr en Médecine, Président de la Croix-Rouge estonienne; le président de la république de finlande: M. A. E. Martola, Lieutenant-Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation de Finlande à Paris; le président de la république française: S. Exc. M. Henri Chassain de Marcilly, Ambassadeur de France à Berne, M. Jean Du Sault, Conseiller de l’Ambassade de France à Berne; le président de la république hellénique: M. Raphael Raphael, Chargé d’Affaires p.i. de Grèce à Berne, M. Sophocle Venizelos, Lieutenant-Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation de Grèce à aris; son altesse sérénissime le gouverneur de la hongrie: S. Exc. M. Paul de Hevesy, Ministre-Résident, Délégué permanent du Gouvernement Royal auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi d’italie: M. Giovanni Ciraolo, Sénateur du Royaume; sa majesté l’empereur du japon:: S. Exc. M. Isaburo Yoshida, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Japon à Berne, M. Sadamu Shimomura, Lieutenant-Colonel, M. Seizo Miura, Capitaine de Frégate, Attaché naval près l’Ambassade du Japon à Paris; le président de la république de lettonie: S. Exc. M. Charles Duzmans, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Lettonie2027près S. M. le Roi des Serbes,Plenipotentiaries—Continued. Creates et Slovènes, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations, S. Exc. M. Oskar Voit, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Lettonie en Suisse, en Allemagne, en Hongrie et aux Pays-Bas; son altesse royale la grande-duchesse de luxembourg: M. Charles Vermaire, Consul du Grand-Duché à Genève; le président des états-unis du mexique: S. Exc. M. Francisco Castillo Nájera, Général Médecin, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Mexique à Bruxelles; le président de la républic de nicaragua: M. Antoine Sottile, Dr en Droit, Délégué permanent de Nicaragua auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de norvège: S. Exc. M. Johannes Irgens, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Norvège à Berne, Rome et Athènes, M. Jens Christian Meinich, Commandant d’infanterie, Secrétaire général de la Croix-Rouge norvégienne; sa majesté la reine des pays-bas: S. Exc. M. Willem Isaac Doude van Troostwijk, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire des Pays-Bas à Berne, M. Johan Carl Diehl, Major-Général, Médecin Inspecteur général du Service de Santé de l’Armée, Vice-Président de la Croix-Rouge néerlandaise, M. Jacob Harberts, Commandant à l’Etat-Major général, Professeur à l’Ecole supérieure de Guerre; 2028 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.sa majesté impériale le shah de perse: S. Exe. M. Anouchirevan Khan Sepahbodi, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Perse à Berne; le président de la républuqye de pologne: M. Joseph Gabriel Pracki, Colonel Médecin, M. W. Jerzy Babecki, Lieutenant-Colonel; le président de la république portugaise: S. Exc. M. Vasco de Quevedo, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Portugal à Berne, M. Francisco de Calheiros e Menezes, Premier Secrétaire de Légation; sa majesté le roi de roumanie: S. Exc. M. Michel B. Boeresco, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Roumanie à Berne, M. Eugène Vertevano, Colonel, Officier d’Etat-Major; sa majesté le roi des serbes, croates et slovènes: S. Exc. M. Ilija Choumenkovitch, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Royaume des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes à Berne, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de siam: S. A. S. le Prince Vamvaidya, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Siam à Londres; sa majesté le roi de suède: S. Exc. M. Karl Ivan Westman, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Suède à Berne; le conseil fédéral suisse: M. Paul Dinichert, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Chef de la Division des Affaires étrangères du Département politique fédéral, 2029 M. Carl Hauser, Colonel desPlenipotentiaries—Continued. Troupes sanitaires, Médecin en Chef de l’Armée, M. Anton Züblin, Colonel d’Infanterie en disponibilité, Avocat, M. Roger de la Harpe, Lieutenant-Colonel des Troupes sanitaires, Médecin, M. Dietrich Schindler, Major de la Justice militaire, Professeur de Droit international à l’Université de Zurich; le président de la république tchécoslavaque: S. Exc. M. Zdenèk Fierlinger, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Tchécoslovaquie à Bern; le président de la république turque: S. Exc. Hassan Bey, Vice-Président de la Grande Assemblée nationale de Turquie, Vice-Président du Croissant-Rouge turc, S. Exc. Nusret Bey, Président du Conseil d’Etat de la République, Le Professeur Akil Moukhtar Bey, Dr en Médecine, Le Dr Abdulkadir Bey, Lieutenant-Colonel, Médecin militaire, Professeur à l’Ecole d’Application et à l’Hôpital de Gulhane; le président de la république orientale de l’uruguy: S. Exc. M. Alfredo de Castro, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire d’Uruguay à Berne; le président de la république des stats-unis de vénézuéla: S. Exc. M. Caracciolo Parra-Pérez, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Vénézuéla à Rome. : M. Ivan Manuel Hurtado-Machado, Chargé d’Affaires p.i. de Vénézuéla à Berne; Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus de ce qui suit: 2030 TITRE I.General provisions. DISPOSITIONS GÉNÉRALES. article premiere. Application of Convention to certain classes.La présente Convention s’appliquera, sans préjudice des stipulations du Titre VII: 1) Belligerents, etc. à toutes les personnes visées par les articles Ier, 2 et 3 du Règlement annexé à la Convention de La Haye concernant les Vol. 36, p. 2277.lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre, du 18 octobre 1907, et capturées par l’ennemi;1 1Vol. 36, p. 2295. *Règlement annexé*: Art. 1er.— Les lois, les droits et les devoirs de la guerre ne s’appliquent pas seulement à l’armée, mais encore aux milices et aux corps de volontaires réunissant les conditions suivantes: 1° d’avoir à leur tête une personne responsable pour ses subordonnés; 2° d’avoir un signe distinctif fixe et reconnaissable à distance; 3° de porter les armes ouvertement et 4° de se conformer dans leurs opérations aux lois et aux coutumes de la guerre. Dans les pays où les milices ou des corps de volontaires constituent l’armée ou en font partie, ils sont compris sous la dénomination *d’armée*. Art. 2.— La population d’un territoire non occupé qui, à l’approche de l’ennemi, prend spontanément les armes pour combattre les troupes d’invasion, sans avoir eu le temps de s’organiser conformément à l’article premier, sera considérée comme belligérante si elle porte les armes ouvertement et si elle respecte les lois et coutumes de la guerre. Art. 3.— Les forces armées des Parties belligérantes peuvent se composer de combattants et de non-combattants. En cas de capture par l’ennemi les uns et les autres ont droit au traitement des prisonniers de guerre. [Footnote in the original.] 2) Prisoners of war. à toutes les personnes appartenant aux forces années des parties belligérantes, capturées par l’ennemi au cours d’opérations de guerre maritimes ou aériennes, sous réserve des dérogations que les conditions de cette capture rendraient inévitables. Toutefois, ces dérogations ne devront pas porter atteinte aux principes fondamentaux de la présente Convention; elles prendront fin dès le moment où les personnes capturées auront rejoint un camp de prisonniers de guerre. 2031 article 2. Les prisonniers de guerre sontJurisdiction. au pouvoir de la Puissance ennemie, mais non des individus ou des corps de troupe qui les ont capturés. Ils doivent être traités, enTreatment. tout temps, avec humanité et être protégés notamment contre les actes de violence, les insultes et la curiosité publique. Les mesures de représailles àReprisals. leur égard sont interdites. article 3. Les prisonniers de guerre ontCourtesies. droit au respect de leur personnalité et de leur honneur. Les femmes seront traitées avec tous les égards dus à leur sexe. Les prisonniers conservent leurCivil status. pleine capacité civile. article 4. La Puissance détentrice desMaintenance. prisonniers de guerre est tenue de pourvoir à leur entretien. Des différences de traitementImpartial treatment. entre les prisonniers ne sont licites que si elles se basent sur le grade militaire, l’état de santé physique ou psychique, les aptitudes professionnelles ou le sexe de ceux qui en bénéficient. TITRE II. DE LA CAPTURE.Capture. article 5. Chaque prisonnier do guerre estIdentification. tenu de déclarer, s’il est interrogé à ce sujet, ses véritables noms et grade, ou bien son numéro matricule. Dans le cas où il enfreindrait cette règle, il s’exposerait à une restriction des avantages accordés aux prisonniers de sa catégorie. Aucune contrainte ne pourraCoercion forbidden. être exercée sur les prisonniers pour obtenir des renseignements relatifs à la situation de leur année ou de leur pays. Les prisonniers qui refuseront de répondre ne pourront être ni menacés, ni insultés, ni exposés à des désagréments ou désavantages de quelque nature que ce soit. 2032 Si, en raison de son état physique ou mental, un prisonnier est dans l’incapacité d’indiquer son identité, il sera confié au service de santé. article 6. Personal effects.Tous les effets et objets d’usage personnel—sauf les armes, les chevaux, l’équipement militaire et les papiers militaires—resteront en la possession des prisonniers de guerre, ainsi que les casques métalliques et les masques contre les gaz. Money.Les sommes dont sont porteurs les prisonniers ne pourront leur être enlevées que sur l’ordre d’un officier et après que leur montant aura été constaté. Un reçu en sera délivré. Les sommes ainsi enlevées devront être portées au compte de chaque prisonnier. Objects excluded.Les pièces d’identité, les insignes de grade, les décorations et les objets de valeur ne pourront être enlevés aux prisonniers. TITRE III.Captivity. DE LA. CAPTIVITÉ. Section I. De l’évacuation des. article 7. Evacuation.Dans le plus bref délai possible après leur capture, les prisonniers de guerre seront évacués sur des dépôts situés dans une région assez éloignée de la zone de combat pour qu’ils se trouvent hors de danger. Ne pourront être maintenus, temporairement, dans une zone dangereuse que les prisonniers qui, en raison de leurs blessures ou de leurs maladies, courraient de plus grands risques à être évacués qu’à rester sur place. Les prisonniers ne seront pas inutilement exposés au danger, en attendant leur évacuation d’une zone de combat. L’évacuation à pied des prisonniers ne pourra se faire normalement que par étapes de 20 kilomètres par jour, à moins que la nécessité d’atteindre les dépôts d’eau et de nourriture n’exige de plus longues étapes. 2033 article 8. Les belligérants sont tenus deMutual notice or captures to be made. se notifier réciproquement toute capture de prisonniers dans le plus bref délai possible, par l’intermédiaire des bureaux de renseignements, tels qu’ils sont organisés à l’article 77. Ils sont*Post*, p. 2056. également tenus de s’indiquer mutuellement les adresses officielles auxquelles les correspondances des familles peuvent être adressées aux prisonniers de guerre. Aussitôt que faire se pourra,Correspondence allowed. tout prisonnier devra être mis en mesure de correspondre lumême avec sa famille, dans les conditions prévues aux articles 36 et*Post*, p. 2043. suivants. En ce qui concerne les prisonniers capturés sur mer, les dispositions du présent article seront observées aussitôt que possible après l’arrivée au port. Section II. Des camps de prissonniers de guerre. article 9. Les prisonniers de guerrePrisoners-of-war camps. pourront être internés dans une ville, forteresse ou localité quelconque, avec l’obligation de ne pas s’en éloigner au delà de certaines limites déterminées. Ils pourront également être internés dans des camps clôturés; ils ne pourront être enfermés ou consignés que par mesure indispensable de sûreté ou d’hygiène, et seulement pendant la durée des circonstances qui nécessitent cette mesure. Les prisonniers capturés dans des régions malsaines ou dont le climat est pernicieux pour les personnes venant des régions tempérées seront transportés, aussitôt que possible, sous un climat plus favorable. Les belligérants éviteront, autant que possible, de réunir dans un même camp des prisonniers de races ou de nationalités différentes. Aucun prisonnier ne pourra, à quelque moment que ce soit, être renvoyé dans une région où il2034serait exposé au feu de la zone de combat, ni être utilisé pour mettre par sa présence certains points ou certaines régions à l’abri du bombardement. Chapitre premier.— *De l’installation des camps*. article 10. Installation of camps.Les prisonniers de guerre seront logés dans des bâtiments ou dans des baraquements présentant toutes garanties possibles d’hygiène et de salubrité. Les locaux devront être entièrement à l’abri de l’humidité, suffisamment chauflés et éclairés. Toutes les précautions devront être prises contre les dangers d’incendie. Quant aux dortoirs: surface totale, cube d’air minimum, aménagement et matériel de couchage, les conditions seront les mêmes que pour les troupes de dépôt de la Puissance détentrice. Chapitre 2.—Food and clothing of prisoners of war. *De la nourriture et de l’habillement des prisonniers de guerre*. article 11. Food.La ration alimentaire des prisonniers de guerre sera équivalente en quantité et qualité à celle des troupes de dépôt. Les prisonniers recevront, en outre, les moyens de préparer euxmêmes les suppléments dont ils disposeraient. De l’eau potable en suffisance leur sera fournie. L’usage du tabac sera autorisé. Les prisonniers pourront être employés aux cuisines. *Post*, p. 2050.Toutes mesures disciplinaires collectives portant sur la nourriture sont interdites. article 12. Clothing, etc.L’habillement, le linge et les chaussures seront fournis aux prisonniers de guerre par la Puissance détentrice. Le remplacement et les réparations de ces effets devront être assurés2035régulièrement. En outre, les travailleurs devront recevoir une tenue de travail partout où la nature du travail l’exigera. Dans tous les camps seront installées des cantines où les prisonniers pourront se procurer, aux prix du commerce local, des denrées alimentaires et des objets usuels. Les bénéfices procurés par les cantines aux administrations des camps seront utilisés au profit des prisonniers. Chapitre 3.— *De l’hygiène dans les camps*. article 13. Les belligérants seront tenus deSanitary service in camps. prendre toutes les mesures d’hygiène nécessaires pour assurer la propreté et la salubrité des camps et pour prévenir les épidémies. Les prisonniers de guerre disposeront, jour et nuit, d’instalations conformes aux règles de l’hygiène et maintenues en état constant de propreté. En outre, et sans préjudice des bains et douches dont les camps seront pourvus dans la mesure du possible, il sera fourni aux prisonniers pour leurs soins de propreté corporelle une quantité d’eau suffisante. Ils devront avoir la possibilité de se livrer à des exercices physiques et de bénéficier du plein air. article 14. Chaque camp possédera uneInfirmary, etc. infirmerie, où les prisonniers de guerre recevront les soins de toute nature dont ils pourront avoir besoin. Le cas échéant, des locaux d’isolement seront réservés aux malades atteints d’affections contagieuses. Les frais de traitement, yMedical treatment. compris ceux des appareils provisoires e prothèse, seront à la charge de la Puissance détentrice. Les belligérants seront tenus de remettre, sur demande, à tout prisonnier traité une déclaration officielle indiquant la nature et la durée de sa maladie, ainsi que les soins reçus. 2036 Professional services.Il sera loisible aux belligérants de s’autoriser mutuellement, par voie d’arrangements particuliers, à retenir dans les camps des médecins et infirmiers chargés de soigner leurs compatriotes prisonniers. Surgical cases.Les prisonniers atteints d’une maladie grave ou dont l’état nécessite ime intervention chirurgicale importante, devront être admis, aux frais de la Puissance détentrice, dans toute formation militaire ou civile qualifiée pour les traiter. article 15. Inspections.Des inspections médicales des prisonniers de guerre seront organisées au moins une fois par mois. Elles auront pour objet le contrôle de l’état général de santé et de l’état de propreté, ainsi que le dépistage des maladies contagieuses, notamment de la tuberculose et des affections vénériennes. Chapitre 4.— *Des besoins intellectuels et moraux des prisonniers de guerre*. article 16. Intellectual and moral needs.Toute latitude sera laissée aux prisonniers de guerre pour 1’exercice de leur religion, y compris l’assistance aux offices de leur culte, à la seule condition de se conformer aux mesures d’ordre et de police prescrites par l’autorité militaire. Ministers of religion.Les ministres d’un culte, prisonniers de guerre, quelle que soit la dénomination de ce culte, seront autorisés à exercer pleinement leur ministère parmi leurs coreligionnaires. article 17. Diversions and sports.Les belligérants encourageront le plus possible les distractions intellectuelles et sportives organisées par les prisonniers de guerre. 2037 Chapitre 5.— *De la discipline intérieure des camps*. article 18. Chaque camp de prisonniersInternal discipline of camps. de guerre sera placé sous l’autorité d’un officier responsable. Ou treles marques extérieures deSalutes. respect prévues par les règlements en vigueur dans leurs armées à l’égard de leurs nationaux, les prisonniers de guerre devront le salut à tous les officiers de la Puissance détentrice. Les officiers prisonniers de guerre ne seront tenus de saluer que les officiers de grade supérieur ou égal de cette Puissance. article 19. Le port des insignes de grade etWearing insignia. des décorations sera autorisé. article 20. Les règlements, ordres,Language. avertissements et publications de toute nature devront être communiqués aux prisonniers de guerre ans une langue qu’ils comprennent. Le même principe sera appliqué aux interrogatoires. Chapitre 6.— *Dispositions spéciales concernant les officiers et assimilés*. article 21. Dès le début des hostilités, lesOfficers, etc. belligérants seront tenus de seProvisions governing. communiquer réciproquement les titres et les grades en usage dans leurs armées respectives, en vue d’assurer l’égalité de traitement entre les officiers et assimilés de grades équivalents. Les officiers et assimilés prisonniers de guerre seront traités avec les égards dus à leur grade et à leur âge. article 22. En vue d’assurer le service desService in officers’ camps. camps d’officiers, des soldats prisonniers de guerre de la même année, et autant que possible2038parlant la même langue, y seront détachés, en nombre suffisant, en tenant compte du grade des officiers et assimilés. Ceux-ci se procureront leur nourriture et leurs vêtements sur la solde qui leur sera versée par la Puissance détentrice. La gestion de l’ordinaire par les officiers euxmêmes devra être favorisée de toute manière. Chapitre 7.—Financial resources of prisoners of war. *Des ressources pécuniaires des prisonniers de guerre*. article 23. Pay.Sous réserve d’arrangements particuliers entre les Puissances belligérantes, et notamment de ceux prévus à l’article 24, les officiers et assimilés prisonniers de guerre recevront de la Puissance détentrice la même solde que les officiers de grade correspondant dans les armées de cette Puissance, sous condition, toutefois, que cette solde ne dépasse pas celle à laquelle ils ont droit ans les armées du pays qu’ils ont servi. Cette solde leur sera versée intégralement, une fois par mois si possible, et sans qu’il puisse être fait aucune déduction pour des dépenses incombant à la Puissance détentrice, alors même qu’elles seraient en leur faveur. Rate of exchange.Un accord entre les belligérants fixera le taux du change applicable à ce paiement; à défaut de pareil accord, le taux adopté sera celui en vigueur au moment de l’ouverture des hostilités. Reimbursable.Tous les versements effectués aux prisonniers de guerre à titre de solde devront être remboursés, à la fin des hostilités, par la Puissance qu’ils ont servie. article 24. Allowances.Dès le début des hostilités, les belligérants fixeront d’un commun accord le montant maximum d’argent comptant que les prisonniers2039de guerre des divers grades et catégories seront autorisés à conserver par devers eux. Tout excédent retiré ou retenu à un prisonnier sera, de même que tout dépôt d’argent effectué par lui, porté à son compte, et ne pourra être converti en une autre monnaie sans son assentiment. Les soldes créditeurs de leurs comptes seront versés aux prisonniers de guerre à la fin de leur captivité. Pendant la durée de celles-ci,Transfer of sums permitted. des facilités leur seront accordées pour le transfert de ces sommes, en tout ou partie, à des banques ou à des particuliers dans leur pays d’origne. Chapitre 8.— *Du transfert des prisonniers de guerre*. article 25. A moins que la marche desTransfer of prisoners of war. opérations militaires ne l’exige, les prisonniers de guerre malades et blessés ne seront pas transférés tant que leur guérison pourrait être compromise par le voyage. article 26. En cas de transfert, lesAdvance notice to be given. prisonniers de guerre seront avisés au préalable officiellement de leur nouvelle destination; ils seront autorisés à emporter leurs effetsPersonal effects, etc., included. personnels, leur correspondance et es colis arrivés à leur adresse. Toutes dispositions utiles serontTransfer of mail, money, etc. prises pour que la correspondance et les colis adressés à leur ancien camp leur soient transmis sans délai. Les sommes déposées au compte des prisonniers transférés seront transmises à l’autorité compétente du lieu de leur nouvelle résidence. Les frais causés par les transferts seront à la charge de la Puissance détentrice. 2040 Section III.Labor of prisoners of war. Du travail des prisonniers de guerre. Chapitre premier.—Generalities. *Généralités*. article 27. Employment authorized.Officers, etc., excepted.Les belligérants pourront employer comme travailleurs les prisonniers de guerre valides, seon leur grade et leurs aptitudes, à l’exception des officiers et assimilés. Discretionary work.Toutefois, si des officiers ou assimilés demandent un travail qui leur convienne, celui-ci leur sera procuré dans la mesure du possible. Les sous-officiers prisonniers de guerre ne pourront être astreints qu’à des travaux de surveillance, à moins qu’ils ne fassent la demande expresse d’une occupation rémunératrice. Provisions in event of injuries.Les belligérants seront tenus de mettre, pendant toute la durée de la captivité, les prisonniers de guerre victimes d’accidents du travail au bénéfice des dispositions applicables aux travailleurs de même catégorie selon la législation de la Puissance détentrice. En ce qui concerne les prisonniers de guerre auxquels ces dispositions légales ne pourraient être appliquées en raison de la législation de cette Puissance, celle-ci s’engage à recommander à son corps législatif toutes mesures propres à indemniser équitablement les victimes. Chapitre 2.—Organization. *De l’organisation du travail*. article 28. Responsibility of detaining Power.La Puissance détentrice assumera l’entière responsabilité de l’entretien, des soins, du traitement et du paiement des salaires des prisonniers de guerre travaillant pour le compte de particuliers. article 29. Unfit labor.Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne pourra être employé à des travaux auxquels il est physiquement inapte. 2041 article 30. La durée. du travail journalierWork and rest periods. des prisonniers de guerre, y compris celle du trajet d’aller et de retour, ne sera pas excessive et ne devra, en aucun cas, dépasser celle admise pour les ouvriers civils de la région employés au même travail. Il sera accordé à chaque prisonnier un repos de vingtquatre heures consécutives chaque semaine, de préférence le dimanche. Chapitre 3.—Prohibited labor. *Du travail prohibé*. article 31. Les travaux fournis par lesWar operations. prisonniers de guerre n’auront aucun rapport direct avec les opérations de la guerre. En particulier, il est interdit d’employer des prisonniers à la fabrication et au transport d’armes ou de munitions de toute nature, ainsi qu’au transport de matériel destiné à des imités combattantes. En cas de violation desProvisions governing violations. dispositions de l’alinéa précédent, les prisonniers ont la latitude, après exécution ou commencement d’exécution de l’ordre, de faire présenter leurs réclamations par l’intermédiaire des hommes de confiance dont les fonctions sont prévues aux articles 43 et 44, ou, à défaut d’homme de confiance, par l’intermédiaire des représentants de la Puissance protectrice. article 32. Il est interdit d’employer desUnhealthy, etc., work. prisonniers de guerre à des travaux insalubres ou dangereux. Toute aggravation desDisciplinary measures. conditions du travail par mesure disciplinaire est interdite. Chapitre 4.—Labor detachments. *Des détachements de travail*. article 33. Le régime des détachments deSystem of, similar to, and dependent on prisoners’ camps. travail devra être semblable à celui des camps de prisonniers de guerre, en particulier en ce qui2042concerne les conditions hygiéniques, la nourriture, les soins en cas d’accident ou de maladie, la correspondance et la réception des colis. Tout détachment de travail relèvera d’un camp de prisonniers. La commandant de ce camp sera responsable de l’observation, dans le détachement de travail, des dispositions de la présente Convention. Chapitre 5.—Wages. *Du salaire*. article 34. No pay for camp work.Les prisonniers de guerre ne recevront pas de salaire pour les travaux concernant l’administration, l’aménagement et l’entretien des camps. Wages for other work.Les prisonniers employés à d’autres travaux auront droit à un salaire à fixer par des accords entre les belligérants. Use of.Ces accords spécifieront également la part que l’administration du camp pourra retenir, la somme qui appartiendra au prisonnier de guerre et la manière dont cette somme sera mise à sa disposition pendant la durée de sa captivité. Provisional rules.En attendant la conclusion des dits accords, la rétribution du travail des prisonniers sera fixée selon les normes ci-dessous: *a*) Rate for State. Les travaux faits pour l’Etat seront payés d’après les tarifs en vigueur pour les militaires de l’armée nationale exécutant les mêmes travaux, ou, s’il n’en existe pas, d’après un tarif en rapport avec les travaux exécutés. *b*) Other public or private enterprises. Lorsque les travaux ont lieu pour le compte d’autres administrations publiques ou pour des particuliers, les conditions en seront réglées d’accord avec l’autorité militaire. Delivery of remaining pay.Le solde restant au crédit du prisonnier lui sera remis à la fin de sa captivité. En cas de décès, il sera transmis par la voie diplomatique aux héritiers du défunt. 2043 Section IV.External relations. Des relations des prisonniers de guerre avec l’extérieur. article 35. Dès le début des hostilités, lesAnnouncement at outbreak of war. belligérants publieront les mesures prévues pour l’exécution des dispositions de la présente section. article 36. Chacun des belligérants fixera Postal conveniences.périodiquement le nombre des lettres et des carte postales que les prisonniers de guerre des diverses catégories seront autorisés à expédier par mois, et notifiera ce nombre à l’autre belligérant. Ces lettres et cartes seront transmises par la poste suivant la voie la plus courte. Elles ne pourront être retardées ni retenues pour motifs de discipline. Dans le délai maximum d’une semaine après son arrivée au camp et de même en cas de maladie, chaque prisonnier sera mis en mesure d’adresser à sa famille une carte postale l’informant de sa capture et de l’état de sa santé. Les dites cartes postales seront transmises avec toute la rapidité possible et ne pourront être retardées d’aucune manière. En règle générale, la correspondance des prisonniers sera rédigée dans la langue maternelle de ceux-ci. Les belligérants pourront autoriser la correspondance en d’autres langues. article 37. Les prisonniers de guerre serontParcels containing food or clothing. autorisés à recevoir individuellement des colis postaux contenant des denrées alimentaires et d’autres articles destinés à leur ravitaillement ou à leur habillement. Les colis seront remis aux destinataires contre quittance. article 38. Les lettres et envois d’argentExemption from postal, etc., duties. ou de valeurs, ainsi que les colis postaux destinés aux prisonniers de guerre ou expédiés par eux, soit2044directement, soit par l’intermédiaire des bureaux de renseignements *Post*, p. 2056.prévus à l’article 77, seront affranchis de toutes taxes postales, aussi bien dans les pays d’origine et de destination que dans les pays intermédiaires. Les dons et secours en nature destinés aux prisonniers seront Sareillement affranchis de tous roits d’entrée et autres, ainsi que des taxes de transport sur les chemins de fer exploités par l’Etat. Telegrams.Les prisonniers pourront, en cas d’urgence reconnue, être autorisés a expédierdes télégrammes, contre paiement des taxes usuelles. article 39. Shipments of books.Les prisonniers de guerre seront autorisés à recevoir individuellement des envois de livres, qui pourront être soumis à la censure. Les représentants des Puissances protectrices et des sociétés de secours dûment reconnues et autorisées pourront envoyer des ouvrages et des collections de livres aux bibliothèques des camps de prisonniers. La transmission de ces envois aux bibliothèques ne pourra être retardée sous prétexte de difficultés de censure. article 40. Censorship, etc.La censure des correspondances devra être faite dans le plus bref délai possible. Le contrôle des envois postaux devra, en outre, s’effectuer dans des conditions propres à assurer la conservation des denrées qu’ils pourront contenir et, si possible, en présence du destinataire ou d’un homme de confiance dûment reconnu par lui. Les interdictions de correspondance édictées par les belligérants, pour des raisons militaires ou politiques, ne pourront avoir qu’un caractère momentané et devront être aussi brèves que possible. article 41. Transmission facilities.Les belligérants assureront toutes facilités pour la transmission des actes, pièces ou docu2045merits destinés aux prisonniers de guerre ou signés par eux, en particulier des procurations et des testaments. Ils prendront les mesures nécessaires pour assurer, en cas de besoin, la légalisation des signatures données par les prisonniers. Section V.Prisoners’ relations with the authorities. Des rapports des prisonniers de guerre avec les autorités. Chapitre premier.— *Des plaintes des prisonniers de guerre à raison du régime de la captivité*. article 42. Les prisonniers de guerreComplaints of prisoners of war because of conditions of captivity. auront Ie droit de faire connaître aux autorités militaires sous le pouvoir desquelles ils se trouvent leurs requêtes concernant le régime de captivité auquel ils sont soumis. Ils auront également le droit de s’adresser aux représentants des Puissances protectrices pour leur signaler les points sur lesquels ils auraient des plaintes à formuler à l’égard du régime de la captivité. Ces requêtes et réclamations devront être transmises d’urgence. Même si elles sont reconnues non fondées, elles ne pourront donner lieu à aucune punition. Chapitre 2.— *Des représentants des prisonniers de guerre*. article 43. Dans toute localité où seRepresentatives of prisoners of war. trouveront des prisonniers de guerre, ceux-ci seront autorisés à désigner des hommes de confiance chargés de les représenter vis-à-vis des autorités militaires et des Puissances protectrices. Cette désignation sera soumise à l’approbation de l’autorité militaire. Les hommes de confiance seront chargés de la réception et de la répartition des envois collectifs. De même, au cas où les prisonniers décideraient d’organiser entre eux2046un système d’assistance mutuelle, cette organisation serait de la compétence des hommes de confiance. D’autre part, ceux-ci pourront prêter leurs offices aux prisonniers pour faciliter leurs relations avec les sociétés de *Post*, p. 2057.secours mentionnées à l’article 78. Intermediary.Dans les camps d’officiers et assimilés, l’officier prisonnier de guerre le plus ancien dans le grade le plus élevé sera reconnu comme intermédiaire entre les autorités du camp et les officiers et assimilés prisonniers. A cet effet, il aura la faculté de désigner un officier prisonnier pour l’assiter en qualité d’interprète au cours des conférences avec les autorités du camp. article 44. Agents as laborers.Lorsque les hommes de confiance seront employés comme travailleurs, leur activité comme représentants des prisonnière de guerre devra être comptée dans la durée obligatoire du travail. Facilities, etc., accorded agents.Toutes facilités seront accordées aux hommes de confiance pour leur correspondance avec les autorités militaires et avec la Puissance protectrice. Cette correspondance ne sera pas limitée. Aucun représentant des prisonniers ne pourra être transféré sans que le temps nécessaire lui ait été laissé pour mettre ses successeurs au courant des affaires en cours. Chapitre 3.—Penalties. *Des sanctions pénales à l’égard des prisonniers de guerre*. 1.— Dispositions générales. article 45. Subject to existing orders, etc.Les prisonniers de guerre seront soumis aux lois, règlements et ordres en vigueur dans les armées de la Puissance détentrice. Insubordination.Tout acte d’insubordination autorisera à leur égard les mesures prévues par ces lois, règlements et ordres. Demeurent réservées, toutefois, les dispositions du présent chapitre. 2047 article 46. Les prisonniers de guerre neUniformity of treatment. pourront être frappés par les autorités militaires et les tribunaux de la Puissance détentrice d’autres peines que celles qui sont prévues pour les mêmes faits à égard des militaires des années nationales. A identité de grade, les officiers, sous-officiers ou soldats prisonniers de guerre subissant une peine disciplinaire ne seront pas soumis à un traitement moins favorable que celui prévu, en ce qui concerne la même peine, dans les armées de la Puissance détentrice. Sont interdites toute peineCruelty forbidden. corporelle, toute incarcération dans des locaux non éclairés par la lumière du jour et, d’une manière générale, toute forme quelconque de cruauté. Sont également interdites les peines collectives pour des actes individuels. article 47. Les faits constituant une fauteOffense against discipline. contre la discipline, et notamment la tentative d’évasion, seront constatés d’urgence; pour tous les prisonniers de guerre, gradés ou non, les arrêts préventifs seront réduits au strict minimum. Les instructions judiciairesJudicial proceedings, etc. contre les prisonniers de guerre seront conduites aussi rapidement que le permettront les circonstances; la détention préventive sera restreinte le plus possible. Dans tous les cas, la durée de laDeductions. détention préventive sera déduite de la peine infligée disciplinairement ou judiciairement, pour autant que cette déduction est admise pour les militaires nationaux. article 48. Les prisonniers de guerre neImposition of different punishments. pourront, après avoir subi les peines judiciaires ou disciplinaires qui leur auront été infligées, être traités différemment des autres prisonniers. 2048 Toutefois, les prisonniers punis à la suite d’une tentative d’évasion pourront être soumis à un régime de surveillance spécial, mais qui ne pourra comporter la suppression d’aucune des garanties accordées aux prisonniers par la présente Convention. article 49. Privileges of rank.Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne peut être privé de son grade par la Puissance détentrice. Les prisonniers punis disciplinairement ne pourront être privés des prérogatives attachées à leur grade. En particulier, les officiers et assimilés qui subiront des peines entraînant privation de liberté ne seront pas placés dans les mêmes locaux que les sous-officiers ou hommes de troupe punis. article 50. Escaped prisoners of war.Les prisonniers de guerre évadés qui seraient repris avant d’avoir pu rejoindre leur armée ou quitter e territoire occupé par l’armée qui les a capturés ne seront passibles que de peines disciplinaires. Les prisonniers qui, après avoir réussi à rejoindre leur armée ou à quitter le territoire occupé par l’armée qui les a capturés, seraient de nouveau faits prisonniers ne seront passibles d’aucune peine pour leur fuite antérieure. article 51. Policy towards attempted escape.La tentative d’évasion, même s’il y a récidive, ne sera pas considérée comme une circonstance aggravante dans le cas où le prisonnier de guerre serait déféré aux tribunaux pour des crimes ou délits contre les personnes ou contre la propriété commis au cours de cette tentative. Après une évasion tentée ou consommée, les camarades de l’évadé qui auront coopéré à l’évasion ne pourront encourir de ce chef qu’une punition disciplinaire. 2049 article 52. Les belligérants veilleront à ceLeniency to be exercised. que les autorités compétentes usent de la plus grande indulgence dans l’appréciation de la question de savoir si une infraction commise par un prisonnier de guerre doit être punie disciplinairement ou judiciairement. Il en sera notamment ainsi lorsqu’il s’agira d’apprécier des faits connexes à l’évasion ou à la tentative d’évasion. Un prisonnier ne pourra, à raison du même fait ou du même chef d’accusation, être puni qu’une seule fois. article 53. Aucun prisonnier de guerreRepatriation provisions. frappé d’une peine disciplinaire, qui se trouverait dans les conditions prévues pour le rapatriement, ne pourra être retenu pour la raison qu’il n’a pas subi sa peine. Les prisonniers à rapatrier qui seraient sous le coup d’une poursuite pénale pourront être exclus du rapatriement jusqu’à la fin de la procédure, et, le cas échéant, jusqu’à l’exécution de la peine; ceux qui seraient déjà détenus en vertu d’un jugement pourront être retenus jusqu’à la fin de leur détention. Les belligérants se communiqueront les listes de ceux qui ne pourront être rapatriés pour les motifs indiqués à l’alinéa précèdent. 2.—Disciplinary punishments. Peines disciplinaires. article 54. Les arrêts sont la peineArrest. disciplinaire la plus sévère qui puisse être infligée à un prisonnier de guerre. La durée d’une même punitionDuration of punishment. ne peut dépasser trente jours. Ce maximum de trente jours neMaximum not to be exceeded. pourra pas davantage être dépassé dans le cas de plusieurs faits dont un prisonnier aurait à répondre disciplinairement au moment où il est statué à son égard, que ces faits soient connexes ou non. 2050 Separation of periods of arrest.Lorsqu’au cours ou après la fin d’une période d’arrêts, un prisonnier sera frappé d’une nouvelle peine disciplinaire, un délai de trois jours au moins séparera chacune des périodes d’arrêts, dès que l’une d’elle est de dix jours ou plus article 55. Food restrictions.*Ante*, p. 2034.Sous réserve de la disposition faisant l’objet du dernier alinéa de l’article 11, sont applicables, à titre d’aggravation de peine, aux prisonniers de guerre punis disciplinairement les restrictions de nourriture admises dans les armées de la Puissance détentrice. Toutefois, ces restrictions ne pourront être ordonnées que si l’état de santé des prisonniers punis le permet. article 56. Penitentiary sentence forbidden.En aucun cas, les prisonniers de guerre ne pourront être transférés dans les établissements pénitentiaires (prisons, pénitenciers, bagnes, etc.) pour y subir des peines disciplinaires. Sanitary, etc., provisions.Les locaux dans lesquels seront subies les peines disciplinaires seront conformes aux exigences de l’hygiène. Les prisonniers punis seront mis à même de se tenir en état de propreté. Chaque jour, ces prisonniers auront la faculté de prendre de l’exercice ou de séjourner en plein air pendant au moins deux heures. article 57. Personal correspondence.Les prisonniers de guerre punis disciplinairement seront autorisés à lire et à écrire, ainsi qu’à expédier et à recevoir des lettres. Discretionary delivery of packages and money.En revanche, les colis et les envois d’argent pourront n’être délivrés aux destinataires qu’à l’expiration de la peine. Si les colis non distribués contiennent des denrées périssables, celles-ci seront versées à l’infirmerie ou à la cuisine du camp. 2051 article 58. Les prisonniers de guerre punisMedical inspection and care. disciplinairement seront autorisés, sur leur demande, à se présenter à la visite médicale quotidienne. Ils recevront les soins jugés nécessaires par les médecins et, le cas échéant, seront évacués sur l’infirmerie du camp ou sur les hôpitaux. article 59. Réserve faite de la compétenceLimitation of authority. des tribunaux et des autorités militaires supérieures, les peines disciplinaires ne pourront être prononcées que par un officier muni de pouvoirs disciplinaires en sa qualité de commandant de camp ou de détachement, ou par l’officier responsable qui le remplace. 3.—Judicial suits. Poursuites judiciaires. article 60. Lors de l’ouverture d’une Information to be furnished.procédure judiciaire dirigée contre un prisonnier de guerre, la Puissance détentrice en avertira aussitôt qu’elle pourra le faire, et toujours avant la date fixée pour l’ouverture des débats, le représentant de la Puissance protectrice. Cet avis contiendra les indications suivantes: *a*) état civil et grade du prisonnier; *b*)lieu de séjour ou de détention; *c*) spécification du ou des chefs d’accusation, avec mention des dispositions légales applicables. S’il n’est pas possible de donner dans cet avis l’indication du tribunal qui jugera l’affaire, celle de la date d’ouverture des débats et celle du local où ils auront lieu, ces indications seront fournies ultérieurement au représentant de la Puissance protectrice, le plus tôt possible, et en tout cas trois semaines au moins avant l’ouverture des débats. 2052 article 61. Sentence without trial forbidden.Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne pourra être condamné sans avoir eu l’occasion de se défendre. Aucun prisonnier ne pourra être contraint de se reconnaître coupable du fait dont il est accusé. article 62. Right to counsel and interpreter.Le prisonnier de guerre sera en droit d’être assisté par un défenseur qualifié de son choix et de recourir, si c’est nécessaire, aux offices d’un interprète compétent. Il sera avisé de son droit, en temps utile avant les débats, par la Puissance détentrice. Further provisions.A défaut d’un choix par le prisonnier, la Puissance protectrice pourra lui procurer un défenseur. La Puissance détentrice remettra à la Puissance protectrice, sur la demande de celle-ci, une liste de personnes qualifiées pour présenter la défense. Les représentants de la Puissance protectrice auront le droit d’assister aux débats de la cause. La seule exception à cette règle est celle où les débats de la cause doivent rester secrets dans l’intérêt de la sûreté de l’Etat. La Puissance détentrice en préviendrait la Puissance protectrice. article 63. Pronouncement of sentence.Un jugement ne pourra être prononcé à la charge d’un prisonnier de guerre que par les mêmes tribunaux et suivant la même procédure qu’à l’égard des personnes appartenant aux forces armées de la Puissance détentrice. article 64. Right of appeal.Tout prisonnier de guerre aura le droit de recourir contre tout jugement rendu à son égard, de la même manière que les individus appartenant aux forces armées de la Puissance détentrice. article 65. Notice to protecting Power.Les jugements prononcés contre les prisonniers de guerre seront immédiatement communiqués à la Puissance protectrice. 2053 article 66. Si la peine de mort estIn case of death penalty. prononcée contre un prisonnier de guerre, une communication exposant en détail la nature et les circonstances de l’infraction sera adressée, au plus tôt, au représentant de la Puissance protectrice, pour être transmise à la Puissance dans les armées de laquelle le prisonnier a servi. Le jugement ne sera pas exécuté avant l’expiration d’un délai d’au moins trois mois à partir de cette communication. article 67. Aucun prisonnier de guerre neRight of communication with protecting Power.*Ante*, p. 2045. pourra être privé du bénéfice des lispositions de l’article 42 de la frésente Convention à la suite l’un jugement ou autrement. TITRE IV. DE LA FIN DETermination of captivity. LA CAPTIVITÉ. Section I. Du rapatriementDirect repatriation and hospitalization in a neutral country. direct et de l’hospitalisation en pays neutre. article 68. Les belligérants seront tenusReturn of seriously sick or injured prisoners. de renvoyer dans leur pays, sans égard au grade ni au nombre, après les avoir mis en état d’être transportés, les prisonniers de guerre grands malades et grands blessés. Des accords entre lesAgreements concerning repatriation, etc. belligérants fixeront en conséquence, aussitôt que possible, les cas d’invalidité ou de maladie entraînant le rapatriement direct, ainsi que les cas entraînant éventuellement l’hospitalisation en pays neutre. En attendant que ces accords soient conclus, les belligérants pourront se référer à l’accord-type annexé, à titre documentaire, à la présente Convention. article 69. Dès l’ouverture des hostilités,Mixed medical commissions. les belligérants s’entendront pour nommer des commissions médicales mixtes. Ces commissions2054 seront composées de trois membres, dont deux appartenant à un pays neutre et un désigné par la Puissance détentrice; l’un des médecins du pays neutre présidera. Ces commissions médicales mixtes procéderont à l’examen des prisonniers malades ou blessés et prendront toutes décisions utiles à leur égard. Les décisions de ces commissions seront prises à la majorité et exécutées dans le plus bref délai. article 70. Inspections by Commission.Outre ceux qui auront été désignés par le médecin du camp, les prisonniers de guerre suivants seront soumis à la visite de la commission médicale mixte mentionnée à l’article 69, en vue de leur rapatriement direct ou de leur hospitalisation en pays neutre: *a*) les prisonniers qui en feront la demande directement au médecin du camp; *b*) les prisonniers qui seront présentés par les hommes de confiance *Ante*, p. 2045.prévus à l’article 43, ceux-ci agissant de leur propre initiative ou à la demande des prisonniers eux-mêmes; *c*) les prisonniers qui auront été proposés par la Puissance dans les armées de laquelle ils ont servi ou par une association de secours dûment reconnue et autorisée par cette Puissance. article 71. Accidents in connection with work.Les prisonniers de guerre victimes d’accidents du travail, exception faite des blessés volontaires, seront mis, en ce qui concerne le rapatriement ou éventuellement l’hospitalisation en pays neutre, au bénéfice des mêmes dispositions. article 72. Long period of captivity.Pendant la durée des hostilités et pour des raisons d’humanité, les belligérants pourront conclure des accords en vue du rapatriement direct ou de l’hospitalisa2055 tion en pays neutre des prisonniers de guerre valides ayant subi une longue captivité. article 73. Les frais de rapatriement ou deExpenses to be borne. transport dans un pays neutre des prisonniers de guerre seront supportés, à partir de la frontière de a Puissance détentrice, par la Puissance dans les armées de aquelle ces prisonniers ont servi. article 74. Aucun rapatrié ne pourra êtreUse in active military service forbidden. employé à un service militaire actif. Section II. De la libération et du rapatriement a la fin des hostilités. article 75. Lorsque les belligérants conclurontRelease and repatriation upon cessation of hostilities. une convention d’armistice, ils devront, en principe, y faire figurer des stipulations concernant le rapatriement des prisonniers de guerre. Si des stipulations à cet égard n’ont pas pu être insérées dans cette convention, les belligérants se mettront néanmoins, le plus tôt possible, en rapport à cet effet. Dans tous les cas, le rapatriement des prisonniers s’effectuera dans le plus bref délai après la conclusion de la paix. Les prisonniers de guerre quiDetention if penal prosecution pending. seraient sous le coup d’une poursuite pénale pour un crime ou un délit de droit commun pourront toutefois être retenus jusqu’à la fin de la procédure et, le cas échéant, jusqu’à l’expiration de la peine. Il en sera de même de ceux condamnés pour un crime ou délit de droit commun. D’entente entre les belligérants, des conunissions pourront être instituées dans le but de rechercher les prisonniers dispersés et d’assurer leur rapatriement. 2056 TITRE V. Death of prisoners of war. DU DÉCÈS DES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE. article 76. Wills.Les testaments des prisonniers de guerre seront reçus et dressés dans les mêmes conditions que pour les militaires de l’année nationale. Death certificates.On suivra également les mêmes règles en ce qui concerne les pièces relatives à. la constatation des décès. Burials.Les belligérants veilleront à ce que les prisonniers de guerre décédés en captivité soient enterrés honorablement et à ce que les tombes portent toutes indications utiles, soient respectées et convenablement entretenues. TITRE VI. Bureaus of relief and information. DES BUREAUX DE SECOURS ET DE RENSEIGNEMENTS CONCERNANT LES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE. article 77. Institution.Dès le début des hostilités, chacune des Puissances belligérantes, ainsi que les Puissances neutres qui auront recueilli des belligérants, constitueront un bureau officiel de renseignements sur les prisonniers de guerre se trouvant sur leur territoire. Information to be furnished.Dans le plus bref délai possible, chacune des Puissances belligérantes informera son bureau de renseignements de toute capture de prisonniers effectuée par ses armées, en lui donnant tous renseignements d’identité dont elle dispose permettant d’aviser rapidement les familles intéressées, et en lui faisant connaître les adresses officielles auxquelles les familles pourront écrire aux prisonniers. Transmitting agencies.Le bureau de renseignements fera parvenir d’urgence toutes ces indications aux Puissances intéressées, par l’entremise, d’unepart, des Puissances protectrices et, d’autre part, de l’agence centrale *Post*, p. 2058.prévue à l’article 79. Individual return to be kept.Le bureau de renseignements, chargé de répondre à toutes les demandes qui concernent les prisonniers de guerre, recevra des2057 divers services compétents toutes les indications relatives aux internements et aux mutations, aux mises en liberté sur parole, aux rapatriements, aux évasions, aux séjours dans les hôpitaux, aux décès, ainsi que les autres renseignements nécessaires pour établir et tenir à jour une fiche individuelle pour chaque prisonnier de guerre. Le bureau portera sur cetteData included. fiche, dans la mesure du possible et sous réserve des dispositions de*Ante*, p. 2031. l’article 5: le numéro matricule, les nom et prénoms, la date et le lieu de naissance, le grade et le corps de troupe de l’intéressé, le prénom du père et le nom de la mère, l’adresse de la personne à aviser en cas d’accident, les blessures, la date et le lieu de la capture, de l’internement, des blessures, de la mort, ainsi que tous les autres renseignements importants. Des listes hebdomadairesWeekly identification lists. contenant tous les nouveaux renseignements succeptibies de faciliter l’identification de chaque prisonnier seront transmises aux Puissances intéressées. La fiche individuelle duDelivery of returns to Power. prisonnier de guerre sera remise après la conclusion de la paix à la Puissance qu’il aura servi. Le bureau de renseignementsPersonal effects, etc., to be transmitted. sera en outre tenu de recueillir tous les objets d’usage personnel, valeurs, correspondances, carnets de solde, signes d’identité, etc., qui auront été délaissés par les prisonniers de guerre rapatriés, bérés sur parole, évadés ou décédés, et de les transmettre aux pays intéressés. article 78. Les sociétés de secours pour lesRelief societies.Facilities furnished to. prisonniers de guerre, régulièrement constituées selon la loi de leur pays, et ayant pour objet d’être les intermédiaires de l’action charitable, recevront de la part des belligérants, pour elles et pour leurs agents dûment accrédités, toute facilité, dans les limites tracées par les nécessités militaires, pour accomplir efficace2058 ment leur tâche d’humanité. Les délégués de ces sociétés pourront être admis à distribuer des secours dans les camps, ainsi qu’aux lieux d’étape des prisonniers rapatriés, moyennant une permission personnelle délivrée par l’autorité militaire et en prenant l’engagement, par écrit, de se soumettre à toutes les mesures d’ordre et de police que celle-ci prescrirait. article 79. Central information agency.Organisation of, in neutral country.Une agence centrale de renseignements sur les prisonniers de guerre sera créée en pays neutre. Le Comité international de la Croix-Rouge proposera aux Puissances intéressées, s’il le juge nécessaire, l’organisation d’une telle agence. Function.Cette agence sera chargée de concentrer tous les renseignements, intéressant les prisonniers, qu’elle pourra obtenir par les voies officielles ou privées; elle les transmettra le plus rapidement possible au pays d’origine des prisonniers ou à la Puissance qu’ils auront servie. Red Cross activities not abridged.Ces dispositions ne devront pas être interprétées comme restrei gnant l’activité humanitaire du Comité international de la Croix-Rouge. article 80. Franking privilege.Les bureaux de renseignements jouiront de la franchise de port en matière postale, ainsi que de *Ante*, p. 2043.toutes exemptions prévues à l’article 38. TITRE VII. DE L’APPLICATION DE LA CONVENTION A CERTAINES CATÉGORIES DE CIVILS. article 81. Application to certain classes of civilians.Les individus qui suivent les forces armées sans en faire directement partie, tels que les correspondants, les reporters de journaux, les vivandiers, les fournisseurs, qui tomberont au pouvoir de l’ennemi et que celui-ci jugera utile de détenir, auront droit au traitement des prisonniers de guerre, à condition qu’ils soient2059 munis d’une légitimation de l’autorité militaire des forces armées qu’ils accompagnaient. TITRE VIII. DE L’EXÉCUTION DE LA CONVENTION.Execution of the Convention. Section I. Dispositions générales.General provisions. article 82. Lies dispositions de la présenteEnforcement. Convention devront être respectées par les Hautes Parties Contractantes en toutes circonstances. Au cas où, en temps de guerre, un des belligérants ne serait pas partie à la Convention, ses dispositions demeureront néanmoins obligatoires entre les belligérants qui y participent. article 83. Les Hautes PartiesRight to special conventions reserved. Contractantes se réservent le droit de conclure des conventions spéciales sur toutes questions relatives aux prisonniers de guerre qu’il leur paraîtrait opportun de régler particulièrement. Les prisonniers de guerreBenefits to prisoners. resteront au bénéfice de ces accords jusqu’à l’achèvement du rapatriement, sauf stipulations ex presses contraires contenues dans es susdits accords ou dans des accords ultérieurs, ou également sauf mesures plus favorables prises par l’une ou l’autre des Puissances belligérantes à l’égard des prisonniers qu’elles détiennent. En vue d’assurer l’application,Conferences authorized. de part et d’autre, des stipulations de la présente Convention, et de faciliter la conclusion des conventions spéciales prévues ci-dessus, les belligérants pourront autoriser, dès le début des hostilités, des réunions de représentants des autorités respectives chargées de l’administration des prisonniers de guerre. article 84. Le texte de la présenteLanguage. Convention et des conventions spéciales prévues à l’article précédent sera affiché, autant que possible dans2060 la langue maternelle des prisonniers de guerre, à des emplacements où il pourra être consulté par tous les prisonniers. Text to be furnished prisoners on request.Le texte de ces conventions sera communiqué, sur leur demande, aux prisonniers qui se trouveraient dans l’impossibilité de prendre connaissance du texte affiché. article 85. International agency.Les Hautes Parties Contractantes se communiqueront par l’intermédiaire du Conseil fédéral suisse les traductions officielles de la présente Convention, ainsi que les lois et règlements qu’elles pourront être amenées à adopter pour assurer l’application de la présente Convention. Section II.Organization of control. De l’organisation du controle. article 86. Guaranties.Les Hautes Parties Contractantes reconnaissent que l’application régulière de la présente Convention trouvera une garantie dans la possibilité de collaboration des Puissances protectrices chargées de sauvegarder les intérêts des belligérants; à cet égard, les Puissances protectrices pourront, en dehors de leur personnel diplomatique, désigner des délégués parmi leurs propres ressortissants ou parmi les ressortissants d’autres Puissances neutres. Ces délégués devront être soumis à l’agrément du belligérant auprès duquel ils exerceront leur mission. Les représentants de la Puissance protectrice ou ses délégués agréés seront autorisés à se rendre dans toutes les localités, sans aucune exception, où sont internés des prisonniers de guerre. Ils auront accès dans tous les locaux occupés par des prisonniers et pourront s’entretenir avec ceux-ci, en règle générale sans témoin, personnellement ou par l’intermédiaire d’interprètes. Les belligérants faciliteront dans la plus large mesure possible la tâche des représentants ou des2061 délégués agréés de la Puissance protectrice. Les autorités militaires seront informées de leur visite. Les belligérants pourront s’entendre pour admettre que des personnes de la propre nationalité des prisonniers soient admises à participer aux voyages d’inspection. article 87. En cas de désaccord entre les Settlement of differences.belligérants sur l’application des dispositions de la présente Convention, les Puissances protectrices devront, dans la mesure du possible, prêter leurs bons offices aux fins de règlement du différend. A cet effet, chacune des Puissances protectrices pourra, notamment, proposer aux belligérants intéressés une réunion de représentants de ceux-ci, éventuellement sur un territoire neutre convenablement choisi. Les belligérants seront tenus de donner suite aux propositions qui leur seront faites dans ce sens. La Puissance protectrice pourra, le cas échéant, soumettre à l’agrément des Puissances en cause une personnalité appartenant à une Puissance neutre ou une personnalité déléguée par le Comité international de la Croix-Rouge, qui sera appelée à participer à cette réunion. article 88. Les dispositions qui précèdentRed Cross activity not affected. ne font pas obstacle à l’activité humanitaire que le Comité international de la Croix-Rouge pourra déployer pour la protection des Prisonniers de guerre, moyennant agrément des belligérants intéressés. Section III. Dispositions Finales.Final provisions. article 89. Dans les rapports entreConvention to complete Chapter II of Hague Conventions regulations.Vol. 32, p. 1803; Vol. 36, p. 2277. Puissances liées par la Convention de La Haye concernant les lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre, qu’il s’agisse de celle du 29 juillet 1899 ou de celle du 18 octobre2062 1907, et qui participent à la présente Convention, celle-ci complétera le chapitre II du Règlement annexé aux susdites Conventions de La Haye. article 90. Date.La présente Convention, qui portera la date de ce jour, pourra, jusqu’au premier février 1930, être signée au nom de tous les pays représentés à la Conférence qui s’est ouverte à Genève le lerjuillet 1929. article 91. Ratification.La présente Convention sera ratifiée aussitôt que possible. Deposit.Les ratifications seront déposées à Berne. Il sera dressé du dépôt de chaque instrument de ratification un procès-verbal dont une copie, certifiée conforme, sera remise par le Conseil fédéral suisse aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura été signée ou l’adhésion notifiée. article 92. Effective date.La présente Convention entrera en vigueur six mois après que deux instruments de ratification au moins auront été déposés. Ultérieurement, elle entrera en vigueur pour chaque Haute Partie Contractante six mois après le dépôt de son instrument de ratification. article 93. Adherence by non-signatory countries.A partir de la date de sa mise en vigueur, la présente Convention sera ouverte aux adhésions données au nom de tout pays au nom duquel cette Convention n’aura pas été signée. article 94. Conditions, etc.Les adhésions seront notifiées par écrit au Conseil fédéral suisse et produiront leurs effets six mois après la date à laquelle elles lui seront parvenues. 2063 Le Conseil fédéral suisse communiquera les adhésions aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura été signée ou l’adhésion notifiée. article 95. L’état de guerre donnera effetNotification. immédiat aux ratifications déposées et aux adhésions notifiées par les Puissances belligérantes avant ou après le début des hostilités. La communication des ratifications ou adhésions reçues des Puissances en état de guerre sera faite par le Conseil fédéral suisse par la voie la plus rapide. article 96. Chacune des Hautes PartiesDenunciation. Contractantes aura la faculté de dénoncer la présente Convention. La dénonciation ne produira ses effets qu’un an après que la notification en aura été faite par écrit au Conseil fédéral suisse. Celui-ci communiquera cette notification aux Gouvernements de toutes les Hautes Parties Contractantes. La dénonciation ne vaudra qu’à l’égard de la Haute Partie Contractante qui l’aura notifiée. En outre, cette dénonciation ne produira pas ses effets au cours d’une guerre dans laquelle serait impliquée la Puissance dénonçante. En ce cas, la présente Convention continuera à produire ses effets, au delà du délai d’un an, jusqu’à la conclusion de la paix et, en tout cas, jusqu’à ce que les opérations au rapatriement soient terminées. article 97. Une copie certifiée conforme deDeposit of certified copy. la présente Convention sera déposée aux archives de la Société des Nations par les soins du Conseil fédéral suisse. De même, les ratifications, adhésions et dénonciations qui seront notifiées au Conseil fédéral suisse seront communiquées par lui à la Société des Nations. 2064 En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires susnommés ont signé la présente Convention. Deposit of original.Fait à Genève, le vingt-sept juillet mil neuf cent vingt-neuf, en un seul exemplaire, qui restera déposé dans les archives de la Confédération Suisse et dont des copies, certifiées conformes, seront remises aux Gouvernements de tous les pays invités à la Conférence. Signatures. *Pour l’Allemagne*: Edmund Rhomberg *Pour les États-Unis d’Amérique*: Eliot Wadsworth Hugh R. Wilson *Pour l’Autriche*: Leitmaier *Pour la Belgique*: Dr Demolder J. de Ruelle *Pour la Bolivie*: A. Cortadellas *Pour le Brésil*: Raul do Rio-Branco *Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord, ainsi que toute partie de l’Empire britannique non membre séparé de la Société des Nations*: Horace Rumbold *Pour le Canada*: W. A. Riddell *Pour l’Australie*: Claud Russell *Pour la Nouvelle-Zélande*: Claud Russell *Pour l’Afrique du Sud*: Eric H. Louw *Pour l’État libre d’Irlande*: Sean Lester *Pour l’Inde*: Claud Russell *Pour la Bulgarie*: D. Mikoff Stephan N. Laftchieff *Pour le Chili*: Gmo Novoa D. Pulgar *Pour la Chine*: C. Y. Hsiao 2065 *Pour la Colombie*: Signatures—Contd. Francisco José Urrutia *Pour Cuba*: Carlos de Armenteros Carlos Blanco *Pour le Danemark*: Harald Scavenius Gustav Rasmussen *Pour la République dominicaine*: Ch. Ackermann *Pour l’Égypte*: Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad H. W. M. Simaika *Pour l’Espagne*: Ad Referendum Mauricio Lopez Roberts y Terry, Marqués de la torrehermosa *Pour l’Estonie*: Dr Leesment *Pour la Finlande*: A. E. Martola *Pour la France*: H. de Marcilly J. du Sault *Pour la Grèce*: R. Raphaël S. Veniselos *Pour la Hongrie*: Paul de Hevesy *Pour l’Italie*: Giovanni Ciraolo *Pour le Japon*: Isaburo Yoshida S. Shimomura S. Miura *Pour la Lettonie*: Charles Duzmans Dr Oskar Voit *Pour le Luxembourg*: Ch. G. Vermaire *Pour le Mexique*: Fr. Castillo Nájera *Pour le Nicaragua*: A. Sottile *Pour la Norvège*: J. Irgens Jens Meinich *Pour les Pays-Bas*: W. Doude van Troostwijk Dr Diehl J. Harberts 2066 Signatures—Contd. *Pour la Perse*: Anouchirevan Sepahbodi *Pour la Pologne*: Józef G. Pracki W. Jerzy Babecki *Pour le Portugal*: Vasco de Quevedo F. de Calheiros e Menezes *Pout la Roumanie*: M. B. Boeresco Colonel E. Vertejano *Pour le Royaume des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes*: I. Choumenkovitch *Pour le Siam*: Varnvaidya *Pour la Suède*: K. I. Westman *Pour la Suisse*: Paul Dinichert Hauser Züblin de la Harpe Schindler *Pour la Tchécoslovaquie*: Zd. Fierlinger *Pour la Turquie*: Hassan Dr Abdulkadir M. Nusret Dr Akil Moukhtar *Pour l’Uruguay*: Alfredo de Castro *Pour le Vénézuéla*: C. Parra-Pérez I. M. Hurtado-Machado Translation CONVENTION OF JULY 27, 1929, RELATIVE TO THE TREATMENT OF PRISONERS OF WAR. The President of the GermanContracting Powers. Reich, the President of the United States of America, the Federal President of the Republic of Austria, His Majesty the King of the Belgians, the President of of the Republic of Bolivia, the President of the Republic of the United States of Brazil, His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, His Majesty the King of the Bulgarians, the President of the Republic of Chile, the President of the Republic of China, the President of the Republic of Colombia, the President of the Republic of Cuba, His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland, the President of the Dominican Republic, His Majesty the King of Egypt, His Majesty the King of Spain, the President of the Republic of Estonia, the President of the Republic of Finland, the President of the2022French Republic, the President of the Hellenic Republic, His Serene Highness the Regent of Hungary, His Majesty the King of Italy, His Majesty the Emperor of Japan, the President of the Republic of Latvia, Her Royal Highness the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg, the President of the United States of Mexico, the President of the Republic of Nicaragua, His Majesty the King of Norway, Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia, the President of the Republic of Poland, the President of the Portuguese Republic, His Majesty the King of Rumania, His Majesty the King of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, His Majesty the King of Siam, His Majesty the King of Sweden, the Swiss Federal Council, the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, the President of the Turkish Republic, the President of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, [and] the President of the Republic of the United States of Venezuela, Purpose declared.recognizing that, in the extreme case of a war, it will be the duty of every Power to diminish, so far as possible, the unavoidable rigors thereof and to mitigate the fate of prisoners of war; desirous of developing the principles which inspired the international conventions of The Hague, in particular the Convention relative to the laws and customs of war and the Regulations annexed thereto; Plenipotentiaries.have decided to conclude a Convention to that end, and have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries, namely: the president of the german reich: His Excellency Herr Edmund Rhomberg, Doctor of Laws, Minister unassigned; 2023 the president of the unitedPlenipotentiaries—Continued. states of america: The Honorable Eliot Wadsworth, former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, His Excellency the Honorable Hugh R. Wilson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Berne; the federal president of the republic of austria: Herr Marc Leitmaier, Doctor of Laws, Ministerial Counselor at the Federal Chancellery, Department of Foreign Affairs; his majesty the king of the belgians: M. Paul Demolder, Surgeon General, Chief of the Medical Corps of the First Military District, M. Joseph de Ruelle, Counselor of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs: the president of the republic of bolivia: His Excellency Sr. Alberto Cortadellas, Minister Resident of Bolivia at Berne; the president of the republic of the united states of brazil: His Excellency Sr. Raoul de Rio-Branco, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Brazil at Berne; his majesty the king of great britain, ireland and the british dominions beyond the seas, emperor of india: for great britain and northern ireland and all parts of the british empire which are not separate memberts of the league of nations: The Right Honorable Sir Horace Rumbold, G.C.M.G., M.V.O., Ambassador of His Britannic Majesty at Berlin; 2024 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.for the dominion of canada: Mr. Walter Alexander Riddell, Permanent Counselor of the Canadian Government to the League of Nations; for the commonwealth of australia: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; for the dominion of new zeland: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; for the union of south africa: Mr. Eric Hendrik Louw, High Commissioner of the Union of South Africa at London; for the irish free state: Mr. Sean Lester, Representative of the Irish Free State to the League of Nations; for india: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; his majesty the king of the bulgarians: M. Dimitri Mikoff, Chargé d’Affaires of Bulgaria at Berne, Permanent Representative of the Bulgarian Government to the League of Nations, M. Stéphane N. Laftchieff, Member of the Administrative Council of the Bulgarian Red Cross; the president of the republic of chile: Colonel Guillermo Novoa-Sepulveda, Militaiy Attaché to the Legation of Chile at Berlin, Captain Dario Pulgar-Arriagada, Medical Corps; 2025 the president of the republicPlenipotentiaries—Continued. of china: Mr. Chi Yung Hsiao, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of China at Berne; the president of the republic of colombia: His Excellency Sr. Francisco José de Urrutia, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Colombia at Berne; the president of the republic of cuba: His Excellency Sr. Carlos de Armen teros y de Cardenas, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Cuba at Berne, Sr. Carlos Blanco y Sanchez, Secretary of Legation, attached to the Delegation of Cuba to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of denmark and iceland: for denmark: His Excellency Mr. Harald de Scavenius, Chamberlain, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Denmark in Switzerland and in the Netherlands, former Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr. Gustave M. Rasmussen, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Denmark at Berne; the president of the dominican republic: Sr. Charles Ackermann, Consul of the Dominican Republic at Geneva; his majesty the king of egypt: M. Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad, Counselor of the State Legal Department, Professor of International Law at the Military School of Cairo, M. Henri Wassif Simaika, Attaché of the Royal Legation of Egypt at Rome; his majesty the king of spain: His Excellency the Marquis de la Torrehermosa, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Spain at Berne; 2026 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.the president of the republic of estonia: Mr. Hans Leesment, Doctor of Medicine, President of the Estonian Red Cross; the president of the republic of finland: Lieutenant-Colonel A. E. Martola, Military Attaché to the Legation of Finland at Paris; the republic of the french republic: His Excellency M. Henri Chassain de Marcilly, Ambassador of France at Berne, M. Jean du Sault, Counselor of the Embassy of France at Berne; the president of the hellenic republic: M. Raphael Raphael, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Greece at Berne, Lieutenant-Colonel Sophocle Venizelos, Military Attaché to the Legation of Greece at Paris; his serene highness the regent of hungary: His Excellency M. Paul de Hevesy, Minister Resident, Permanent Delegate of the Royal Government to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of italy: Sig. Giovanni Ciraolo, Senator of the Kingdom; his majesty the emperor of japan: His Excellency Mr. Isaburo Yoshida, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Japan at Berne, Lieutenant-Colonel Sadamu Shimomura, Captain Seizo Miura, Naval Attaché to the Embassy of Japan at Paris; the president of the republic of latvia: His Excellency Mr. Charles Duzmans, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of2027Latvia to His Majesty the KingPlenipotentiaries—Continued. of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations, His Excellency Mr. Oskar Voit, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Latvia in Switzerland, Germany, Hungary, and the Netherlands; her royal highness the grand duchess of luxembourg: M. Charles Vermaire, Consul of the Grand Duchy at Geneva; the president of the united states of mexico: His Excellency Sr. Francisco Castillo Nájera, Surgeon General, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Mexico at Brussels; the president of the republic of nicaragua: Sr. Antoine Sottile, Doctor of Laws, Permanent Delegate of Nicaragua to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of norway: His Excellency Mr. Johannes Irgens, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Norway at Berne, Rome, and Athens, Mr. Jens Christian Meinich, Commandant of Infantry, Secretary General of the Norwegian Red Cross; her majesty the queen of the netherlands: His Excellency Mr. Willem Isaac Doude van Troostwijk, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands at Berne, Major-General Johan Carl Diehl, Inspector-General of the Medical Corps of the Army, Vice President of the Netherland Red Cross, Mr. Jacob Harberts, Commandant of the General Staff, Professor at the War College; 2028 Plenipotentiaries—Continued.his imperial majesty the shah of persia: His Excellency M. Anouchirevan Khan Sepahbodi, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Persia at Berne; the president of the republic of poland: Colonel Joseph Gabriel Pracki, Medical Corps, Lieutenant-Colonel W. Jerzy Babecki; the president of the portoguese republic: His Excellency Sr. Vasco de Quevedo, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Portugal at Berne, Sr. Francisco de Calheiros e Menezes, First Secretary of Legation; his majesty the king of rumania: His Excellency M. Michel B. Boeresco, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Rumania at Berne, Colonel Eugene Vertejano, Officer of the General Staff: his majestry the king of the serbs, croats and slovenes: His Excellency M. Hija Choumenkovitch, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes at Berne, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of siam: His Serene Highness, Prince Vamvaidya, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Siam at London; his majesty the king of sweden: His Excellency Mr. Karl Ivan Westman, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Sweden at Berne; the swiss federal council: M. Paul Dinichert, Minister Plenipotentiary, Chief of the Division of Foreign Affairs of the Federal Political Department, 2029 Colonel Carl Hauser, MedicalPlenipotentiaries—Continued. Corps, Surgeon General of the Army, M. Anton Züblin, Infantry Colonel unassigned, Attorney, Lieutenant-Colonel Roger de la Harpe, Medical Corps, Surgeon, Major Dietrich Schindler, Judge Advocate General’s Department, Professor of International Law at the University of Zurich; the president of the czechoslovak republic: His Excellency M. Zdeněk Fierlinger, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Czechoslovakia at Berne; the president of the turkish republic: His Excellency Hassan Bey, Vice President of the Grand National Assembly of Turkey, Vice President of the Turkish Red Crescent, His Excellency Nusret Bey, President of the Council of State of the Republic, Professor Akıl Moukhtar Bey, Doctor of Medicine, Lieutenant-Colonel Abdulkadir Bey, Military Surgeon, Professor at the Military Academy and at the Hospital of Gulhane; the president of the oriental republic of uruguay: His Excellency Sr. Alfredo de Castro, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Uruguay at Berne; the president of the republic of the united states of venezuela: His Excellency Sr. Caracciolo Parra-Pérez, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Venezuela at Rome, Sr. Ivan Manuel Hurtado-Machado, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Venezuela at Berne; Who, after having communicated to each other their full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed as follows: 2030 TITLE I.General provisions. GENERAL PROVISIONS. article 1. Application of Convention to certain classes.The present Convention shall apply, without prejudice to the stipulations of Title VII: 1) Belligerents, etc. To all persons mentioned in Articles 1, 2 and 3 of the Regulations annexed to the Hague Convention respecting the laws Vol. 36, p. 2277.and customs of war on land, of October 18, 1907, and captured by the enemy.1 1Vol. 36, p. 2295. *Annexed Regulations*: Art. 1. The laws, rights, and duties of war apply not only to armies, but also to militia and volunteer corps fulfilling the following conditions: 1. To be commanded by a person responsible for his subordinates; 2. To have a fixed distinctive emblem recognizable at a distance; 3. To carry arms openly; and 4. To conduct their operations in accordance with the laws and customs of war. In countries where militia or volunteer corps constitute the army, or form part of it, they are included under the denomination “army.” Art. 2. The inhabitants of a territory which has not been occupied, who, on the approach of the enemy, spontaneously take up arms to resist the invading troops without having had time to organize themselves in accordance with Article 1, shall be regarded as belligerents if they carry arms openly and if they respect the laws and customs of war. Art. 3. The armed forces of the belligerent parties may consist of combatants and noncombatants. In the case of capture by the enemy, both have a right to be treated as prisoners of war. [Footnote in the original.] 2) Prisoners of war. To all persons belonging to the armed forces of belligerent parties, captured by the enemy in the course of military operations at sea or in the air, except for such derogations as might be rendered inevitable by the conditions of capture. However, such derogations shall not infringe upon the fundamental principles of the present Convention; they shall cease from the moment when the persons captured have rejoined a prisoners-of-war camp. 2031 article 2. Prisoners of war are in theJurisdiction. power of the hostile Power, but not of the individuals or corps who have captured them. They must at all times beTreatment. humanely treated and protected, particularly against acts of violence, insults and public curiosity. Measures of reprisal againstReprisals. them are prohibited. article 3. Prisoners of war have theCourtesies. right to have their person and their honor respected. Women shall be treated with all the regard due to their sex. Prisoners retain their full civilCivil status. status. article 4. The Power detaining prisonersMaintenance. of war is bound to provide for their maintenance. Difference in treatment amongImpartial treatment. prisoners is lawful only when it is based on the military rank, state of physical or mental health, professional qualifications or sex of those who profit thereby. TITLE II.Capture. CAPTURE. article 5. Every prisoner of war is boundIdentification. to give, if be is questioned on the subject, his true name and rank, or else his regimental number. If he infringes this rule, he is liable to have the advantages given to prisoners of his class curtailed. No coercion may be used onCoercion forbidden. prisoners to secure information relative to the condition of their army or country. Prisoners who refuse to answer may not be threatened, insulted, or exposed to unpleasant or disadvantageous treatment of any kind whatever. 2032 If, because of his physical or mental condition, a prisoner is unable to identify himself, he shall be turned over to the medical corps. article 6. Personal effects.All effects and objects of personal use—except arms, horses, military equipment and military papers—shall remain in the possession of prisoners of war, as well as metal helmets and gas masks. Money.Money in the possession of prisoners may not be taken away from them except by order of an officer and after the amount is determined. A receipt shall be given. Money thus taken away shall be entered to the account of each prisoner. Objects excluded.Identification documents, insignia of rank, decorations and objects of value may not be taken from prisoners. TITLE III.Captivity. CAPTIVITY. Section I. Evacuation of Prisoners of War. article 7. Evacuation.Prisoners of war shall be evacuated within the shortest possible period after their capture, to depots located in a region far enough from the zone of combat for them to be out of danger. Only prisoners who, because of wounds or sickness, would run greater risks by being evacuated than by remaining where they are may be temporarily kept in a dangerous zone. Prisoners shall not be needlessly exposed to danger while awaiting their evacuation from the combat zone. Evacuation of prisoners on foot may normally be effected only by stages of 20 kilometers a day, unless the necessity of reaching water and food depots requires longer stages. 2033 article 8. Belligerents are boundMutual notice or captures to be made. mutually to notify each other of their capture of prisoners within the shortest period possible, through the intermediary of the information bureaus, such as are organized according to Article 77.*Post*, p. 2056. They are likewise bound to inform each other of the official addresses to which the correspondence of their families may be sent to prisoners of war. As soon as possible, everyCorrespondence allowed. prisoner must be enabled to correspond with his family himself, under the conditions provided in Articles 36 *et seq*.*Post*, p. 2043. As regards prisoners captured at sea, the provisions of the present article shall be observed as soon as possible after arrival at port. Section II. Prisoners-of-War Camps. article 9. Prisoners of war may bePrisoners-of-war camps. interned in a town, fortress, or other place, and bound not to go beyond certain fixed limits. They may also be interned in enclosed camps; they may not be confined or imprisoned except as an indispensable measure of safety or sanitation, and only while the circumstances which necessitate the measure continue to exist. Prisoners captured in unhealthful regions or where the climate is injurious for persons coming from temperate regions, shall be transported, as soon as possible, to a more favorable climate. Belligerents shall, so far as possible, avoid assembling in a single camp prisoners of different races or nationalities. No prisoner may, at any time, be sent into a region where he might be exposed to the fire of the2034combat zone, nor used to give protection from bombardment to certain points or certain regions by his presence. Chapter 1. *Installation of Camps*. article 10. Installation of camps.Prisoners of war shall be lodged in buildings or in barracks affording all possible guarantees of hygiene and healthfulness. The quarters must be fully protected from dampness, sufficiently heated and lighted. All precautions must be taken against danger of fire. With regard to dormitories— the total surface, minimum cubic amount of air, arrangement and material of bedding—the conditions shall be the same as for the troops at base camps of the detaining Power. Chapter 2.Food and clothing of prisoners of war. *Food and Clothing of Prisoners of War*. article 11. Food.The food ration of prisoners of war shall be equal in quantity and quality to that of troops at base camps. Furthermore, prisoners shall receive facilities for preparing, themselves, additional food which they might have. A sufficiency of potable water shall be furnished them. The use of tobacco shall be permitted. Prisoners may be employed in the kitchens. *Post*, p. 2050.All collective disciplinary measures affecting the food are prohibited. article 12. Clothing, etc.Clothing, linen and footwear shall be furnished prisoners of war by the detaining Power. Replacement and repairing of these effects must be assured regularly. In addition, laborers2035must receive work clothes wherever the nature of the work requires it. Canteens shall be installed in all camps where prisoners may obtain, at the local market price, food products and ordinary objects. Profits made by the canteens for camp administrations shall be used for the benefit of prisoners. Chapter 3. *Sanitary Service in Camps*. article 13. Belligerents shall be bound toSanitary service in camps. take all sanitary measures necessary to assure the cleanliness and healthfulness of camps and to prevent epidemics. Prisoners of war shall have at their disposal, day and night, installations conforming to sanitary rules and constantly maintained in a state of cleanliness. Furthermore, and without prejudice to baths and showers with which the camp shall be as well provided as possible, prisoners shall be furnished a sufficient quantity of water for the care of their own bodily cleanliness. It shall be possible for them to take physical exercise and enjoy the open air. article 14. Every camp shall have anInfirmary, etc. infirmary, where prisoners of war shall receive every kind of attention they need. If necessary, isolated quarters shall be reserved for the sick affected with contagious diseases. Expenses of treatment,Medical treatment. including therein those of temporary prosthetic equipment, shall be borne by the detaining Power. Upon request, belligerents shall be bound to deliver to every prisoner treated an official statement showing the nature and duration of his illness as well as the attention received. 2036 Professional services.It shall be lawful for belligerents reciprocally to authorize, by means of private arrangements, the retention in the camps of physicians and attendants to care for prisoners of their own country. Surgical cases.Prisoners affected with a serious illness or whose condition necessitates an important surgical operation, must be admitted, at the expense of the detaining Power, to any military or civil medical unit qualified to treat them. article 15. Inspections.Medical inspections of prisoners of war shall be arranged at least once a month. Their purpose shall be the supervision of the general state of health and cleanliness, and the detection of contagious diseases, particularly tuberculosis and venereal diseases. Chapter 4. *Intellectual and Moral Needs of Prisoners of War*. article 16. Intellectual and moral needs.Prisoners of war shall enjoy complete liberty in the exercise of their religion, including attendance at the services of their faith, on the sole condition that they comply with the measures of order and police issued by the military authorities. Ministers of religion.Ministers of a religion, prisoners of war, whatever their religious denomination, shall be allowed to minister fully to members of the same religion. article 17. Diversions and sports.So far as possible, belligerents shall encourage intellectual diversions and sports organized by prisoners of war. 2037 Chapter 5. *Internal Discipline of Camps*. article 18. Every camp of prisoners of warInternal discipline of camps. shall be placed under the command of a responsible officer. Besides the external marks ofSalutes. respect provided by the regulations in force in their armies with regard to their nationals, prisoners of war must salute all officers of the detaining Power. Officers who are prisoners of war are bound to salute only officers of a higher or equal rank of that Power. article 19. The wearing of insignia of rankWearing insignia. and of decorations shall be permitted. article 20. Regulations, orders, notices andLanguage. proclamations of every kind must be communicated to prisoners of war in a language which they understand. The same principle shall be applied in examinations. Chapter 6. *Special Provisions Regarding Officers and Persons of Equivalent Status*. article 21. Upon the beginning ofOfficers, etc. hostilities, belligerents shall be bound toProvisions governing. communicate to one another the titles and ranks in use in their respective armies, with a view to assuring equality of treatment between corresponding ranks of officers and persons of equivalent status. Officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners of war shall be treated with the regard due their rank and age. article 22. In order to assure service inService in officers’ camps. officers’ camps, soldiers of the same army who are prisoners of war and, wherever possible, who2038speak the same language, shall be assigned thereto, in sufficient numbers, considering the rank of the officers and persons of equivalent status. The latter shall secure their food and clothing from the pay which shall be granted them by the detaining Power. Administration of the mess-fund by the officers themselves must be facilitated in every way. Chapter 7.Financial resources of prisoners of war. *Financial Resources of Prisoners of War*. article 23. Pay.Subject to private arrangements between belligerent Powers, and particularly those provided in Article 24, officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners of war shall receive from the detaining Power the same pay as officers of corresponding rank in the armies of that Power, on the condition, however, that this pay does not exceed that to which they are entitled in the armies of the country which they have served. This pay shall be granted them in full, once a month if possible, and without being liable to any deduction for expenses incumbent on the detaining Power, even when they are in favor of the prisoners. Rate of exchange.An agreement between the belligerents shall fix the rate of exchange applicable to this payment; in the absence of such an agreement, the rate adopted shall be that in force at the opening of hostilities. Reimbursable.All payments made to prisoners of war as pay must be reimbursed, at the end of hostilities, by the Power which they have served. article 24. Allowances.Upon the outbreak of hostilities, the belligerents shall, by common agreement, fix the maximum amount of ready money2039which prisoner of war of various ranks and classes shall be allowed to keep in their possession. Any surplus taken or withheld from a prisoner shall be entered to his account, the same as any deposit of money effected by him, and may not be converted into another currency without his consent. Pay to the credit of their accounts shall be given to prisoners of war at the end of them captivity. During their imprisonment,Transfer of sums permitted. facilities shall be granted them for the transfer of these amounts, in whole or in part, to banks or private persons in their country of origin. Chapter 8. *Transfer of Prisoners of War*. article 25. Unless the conduct of militaryTransfer of prisoners of war. operations so requires, sick and wounded prisoners of war shall not be transferred as long as their recovery might be endangered by the trip. article 26. In case of transfer, prisoners ofAdvance notice to be given. war shall be officially notified of their new destination in advance; they shall be allowed to take with them their personal effects, their Personal effects, etc., included.correspondence and packages which have arrived for them. All due measures shall be takenTransfer of mail, money, etc. that correspondence and packages addressed to their former camp may be forwarded to them without delay. Money deposited to the account of transferred prisoners shall be transmitted to the competent authority of their new place of residence. The expenses occasioned by the transfer shall be charged to the detaining Power. 2040 Section III.Labor of prisoners of war. Labor of Prisoners of War. Chapter 1.Generalities. *Generalities*. article 27. Employment authorized.Officers, etc., excepted.Belligerents may utilize the labor of able prisoners of war, according to their rank and aptitude, officers and persons of equivalent status excepted. Discretionary work.However, if officers or persons of equivalent status request suitable work, it shall be secured for them so far as is possible. Noncommissioned officers who are prisoners of war shall only be required to do supervisory work, unless they expressly request a remunerative occupation. Provisions in event of injuries.Belligerents shall be bound, during the whole period of captivity, to allow to prisoners of war who are victims of accidents in connection with their work the enjoyment of the benefit of the provisions applicable to laborers of the same class according to the legislation of the detaining Power. With regard to prisoners of war to whom these legal provisions might not be applied by reason of the legislation of that Power, the latter undertakes to recommend to its legislative body all proper measures equitably to indemnify the victims. Chapter 2.Organization. *Organization of the Labor*. article 28. Responsibility of detaining Power.The detaining Power shall assume entire responsibility for the maintenance, care, treatment and payment of wages of prisoners of war working for the account of private persons. article 29. Unfit labor.No prisoner of war may be employed at labors for which he is physically unfit. 2041 article 30. The length of the day’s work ofWork and rest periods. prisoners of war, including therein the trip going and returning, shall not be excessive and must not, in any case, exceed that allowed for the civil workers in the region employed at the same work. Every prisoner shall be allowed a rest of twenty-four consecutive hours every week, preferably on Sunday. Chapter 3. *Prohibited Labor*.Prohibited labor. article 31. Labor furnished by prisoners ofWar operations. war shall have no direct relation with war operations. It is especially prohibited to use prisoners for manufacturing and transporting arms or munitions of any kind, or for transporting material intended for combatant units. In case of violation of theProvisions governing violations. provisions of the preceding paragraph, prisoners, after executing or beginning to execute the order, shall be free to have their protests presented through the mediation of the agents whose functions are set forth in Articles 43 and 44, or, in the absence of an agent, through the mediation of representatives of the protecting Power. article 32. It is forbidden to use prisonersUnhealthy, etc., work. of war at unhealthful or dangerous work. Any aggravation of theDisciplinary measures. conditions of labor by disciplinary measures is forbidden. Chapter 4. *Labor Detachments*Labor detachments. article 33. The system of laborSystem of, similar to, and dependent on prisoners’ camps. detachments must be similar to that of prisoners-of-war camps, particuarly with regard to sanitary con2042ditions, food, attention in case of accident or sickness, correspondence and the receipt of packages. Every labor detachment shall be dependent on a prisoners’ camp. The commander of this camp shall be responsible for the observation, in the labor detachment, of the provisions of the present Convention. Chapter 5.Wages. *Wages*. article 34. No pay for camp work.Prisoners of war shall not receive wages for work connected with the administration, management and maintenance of the camps. Wages for other work.Prisoners utilized for other work shall be entitled to wages to be fixed by agreements between the belligerents. Use of.These agreements shall also specify the part which the camp administration may retain, the amount which shall belong to the prisoner of war and the manner in which that amount shall be put at his disposal during the period of his captivity. Provisional rules.While awaiting the conclusion of the said agreements, payment for labor of prisoners shall be settled according to the rules given below: *a*) Rate for State. Work done for the State shall be paid for in accordance with the rates in force for soldiers of the national army doing the same work, or, if none exists, according to a rate in harmony with the work performed. *b*) Other public or private enterprises. When the work is done for the account of other public administrations or for private persons, conditions shall be regulated by agreement with the military authority. Delivery of remaining pay.The pay remaining to the credit of the prisoner shall be delivered to him at the end of his captivity. In case of death, it shall be forwarded through the diplomatic channel to the heirs of the deceased. 2043 Section IV.External relations. External Relations of Prisoners of War. article 35. Upon the outbreak ofAnnouncement at outbreak of war. hostilities, belligerents shall publish the measures provided for the execution of the provisions of this section. article 36. Each of the belligerents shallPostal conveniences. periodically determine the number of letters and postal cards per month which prisoners of war of the various classes shall be allowed to send, and shall inform the other belligerent of this number. These letters and cards shall be transmitted by post by the shortest route. They may not be delayed or retained for disciplinary reasons. Within a period of not more than one week after his arrival at the camp, and likewise in case of sickness, every prisoner shall be enabled to write his family a postal card informing it of his capture and of the state of his health. The said postal cards shall be forwarded as rapidly as possible and may not be delayed in any manner. As a general rule, correspondence of prisoners shall be written in their native language. Belligerents may allow correspondence in other languages. article 37. Prisoners of war shall beParcels containing food or clothing. allowed individually to receive parcels by mail, containing foods and other articles intended to supply them with food or clothing. Packages shall be delivered to the addressees and a receipt given. article 38. Letters and consignments ofExemption from postal, etc., duties. money or valuables, as well as parcels by post intended for prisoners of war or dispatched by them,2044either directly, or by the mediation of the information bureaus *Post*, p. 2056.provided for in Article 77, shall be exempt from all postal duties in the countries of origin and destination, as well as in the countries they pass through. Presents and relief in kind for prisoners shall be likewise exempt from all import and other duties, as well as of payments for carriage by the State railways. Telegrams.Prisoners may, in cases of acknowledged urgency, be allowed to send telegrams, paying the usual charges. article 39. Shipments of books.Prisoners of war shall be allowed to receive shipments of books individually, which may be subject to censorship. Representatives of the protecting Powers and duly recognized and authorized aid societies may send books and collections of books to the libraries of prisoners’ camps. The transmission of these shipments to libraries may not be delayed under the pretext of cen orship difficulties. article 40. Censorship, etc.Censorship of correspondence must be effected within the shortest possible time. Furthermore, inspection of parcels post must be effected under proper conditions to guarantee the preservation of the products which they may contain and, if possible, in the presence of the addressee or an agent duly recognized by him. Prohibitions of correspondence promulgated by the belligerents for military or political reasons, must be transient in character and as short as possible. article 41. Transmission facilities.Belligerents shall assure all facilities for the transmission of instruments, papers or documents2045intended for prisoners of war or signed by them, particularly of powers of attorney and wills. They shall take the necessary measures to assure, in case of necessity, the authentication of signatures made by prisoners. Section V.Prisoners’ relations with the authorities. Prisoners’ Relations with the Authorities. Chapter 1. *Complaints of Prisoners of War because of the Conditions of Captivity*. article 42. Prisoners of war shall have theComplaints of prisoners of war because of conditions of captivity. right to inform the military authorities in whose power they are of their requests with regard to the conditions of captivity to which they are subjected. They shall also have the right to address themselves to representatives of the protecting Powers to indicate to them the points on which they have complaints to formulate with regard to the conditions of captivity. These requests and complaints must be transmitted immediately. Even if they are recognized to be unfounded, they may not occasion any punishment. Chapter 2. *Representatives of Prisoners of War*. article 43. In every place where there areRepresentatives of prisoners of war. prisoners of war, they shall be allowed to appoint agents entrusted with representing them directly with military authorities and protecting Powers. This appointment shall be subject to the approval of the military authority. The agents shall be entrusted with the reception and distribution of collective shipments. Likewise, in case the prisoners should decide to organize a mutual2046assistance system among themselves, this organization would be in the sphere of the agents. Further, they may lend their offices to prisoners to facilitate their relations with the aid societies *Post*, p. 2057.mentioned in Article 78. Intermediary.In camps of officers and persons of equivalent status, the senior officer prisoner of the highest rank shall be recognized as intermediary between the camp authorities and the officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners. For this purpose, he shall have the power to appoint a prisoner officer to assist him as an interpreter during the conferences with the camp authorities. article 44. Agents as laborers.When the agents are employed as laborers, their activity as representatives of prisoners of war must be counted in the compulsory period of labor. Facilities, etc., accorded agents.All facilities shall be accorded the agents for their intercourse with the military authorities and with the protecting Power. This intercourse shall not be limited. No representative of the prisoners may be transferred without the necessary time being allowed him to inform his successors about affairs under consideration. Chapter 3.Penalties. *Penalties Applicable to Prisoners of War*. 1. General Provisions. article 45. Subject to existing orders, etc.Prisoners of war shall be subject to the laws, regulations, and orders in force in the armies of the detaining Power. Insubordination.An act of insubordination shall justify the adoption towards them of the measures provided by such laws, regulations and orders. The provisions of the present chapter, however, are reserved. 2047 article 46. Punishments other than thoseUniformity of treatment. provided for the same acts for soldiers of the national armies may not be imposed upon prisoners of war by the military authorities and courts of the detaining Power. Rank being identical, officers, noncommissioned officers or soldiers who are prisoners of war undergoing a disciplinary punishment, shall not be subject to less favorable treatment than that provided in the armies of the detaining Power with regard to the same punishment. Any corporal punishment, anyCruelty forbidden. imprisonment in quarters without daylight and, in general, any form of cruelty, is forbidden. Collective punishment for individual acts is also forbidden. article 47. Acts constituting an offenseOffense against discipline. against discipline, and particularly attempted escape, shall be verified immediately; for all prisoners of war, commissioned or not, preventive arrest shall be reduced to the absolute minimum. Judicial proceedings againstJudicial proceedings, etc. prisoners of war shall be conducted as rapidly as the circumstances permit; preventive imprisonment shall be limited as much as possible. In all cases, the duration ofDeductions. preventive imprisonment shall be deducted from the disciplinary or judicial punishment inflicted, provided that this deduction is allowed for national soldiers. article 48. Prisoners of war may not beImposition of different punishments. treated differently from other prisoners after having suffered the judicial or disciplinary punishment which has been imposed on them. 2048 However, prisoners punished as a result of attempted escape maybe subjected to special surveillance, which, however, may not entail the suppression of the guarantees granted prisoners by the present Convention. article 49. Privileges of rank.No prisoner of war may be deprived of his rank by the detaining Power. Prisoners given disciplinary punishment may not be deprived of the prerogatives attached to their rank. In particular, officers and persons of equivalent status who suffer punishment involving deprivation of liberty shall not be placed in the same quarters as noncommissioned officers or privates being punished. article 50. Escaped prisoners of war.Escaped prisoners of war who are retaken before being able to rejoin their own army or to leave the territory occupied by the army which captured them shall be liable only to disciplinary punishment. Prisoners who, after having succeeded in rejoining their army or in leaving the territory occupied by the army which captured them, may again be taken prisoners, shall not be liable to any punishment on account of their previous flight. article 51. Policy towards attempted escape.Attempted escape, even if it is a repetition of the offense, shall not be considered as an aggravating circumstance in case the prisoner of war should be given over to the courts on account of crimes or offenses against persons or property committed in the course of that attempt. After an attempted or accomplished escape, the comrades of the person escaping who assisted in the escape, may incur only disciplinary punishment on this account. 2049 article 52. Belligerents shall see that theLeniency to be exercised. competent authorities exercise the greatest leniency in deciding the question of whether an infraction committed by a prisoner of war should be punished by disciplinary or judicial measures. This shall be the case especially when it is a question of deciding on acts in connection with escape or attempted escape. A prisoner may not be punished more than once because of the same act or the same count. article 53. No prisoner of war on whom aRepatriation provisions. disciplinary punishment has been imposed, who might be eligible for repatriation, may be kept back because he has not undergone the punishment. Prisoners to be repatriated who might be threatened with a penal prosecution may be excluded from repatriation until the end of the proceedings and, if necessary, until the completion of the punishment; those who might already be imprisoned by reason of a sentence may be detained until the end of their imprisonment. Belligerents shall communicate to each other the lists of those who may not be repatriated for the reasons given in the preceding paragraph. 2.Disciplinary punishments. Disciplinary Punishments. article 54. Arrest is the most severeArrest. disciplinary punishment which may be imposed on a prisoner of war. The duration of a singleDuration of punishment. punishment may not exceed thirty days. This maximum of thirty daysMaximum not to be exceeded. may not, further, be exceeded m the case of several acts for which the prisoner has to undergo discipline at the time when it is ordered for him, whether or not these acts are connected. 2050 Separation of periods of arrest.When, during or after the end of a period of arrest, a prisoner shall have a new disciplinary punishment imposed upon him, a space of at least three days shall separate each of the periods of arrest, if one of them is ten days or more. article 55. Food restrictions.*Ante*, p. 2034.Subject to the provisions given in the last paragraph of Article 11, food restrictions allowed in the armies of the detaining Power are applicable, as an increase in punishment, to prisoners of war given disciplinary punishment. However, these restrictions may be ordered only if the state of health of the prisoners punished permits it. article 56. Penitentiary sentence forbidden.In no case may prisoners of war be transferred to penitentiary establishments (prisons, penitentiaries, convict prisons, etc.) there to undergo disciplinary punishment. Sanitary, etc., provisions.The quarters in which they undergo disciplinary punishment shall conform to sanitary requirements. Prisoners punished shall be enabled to keep themselves in a state of cleanliness. These prisoners shall every day be allowed to exercise or to stay in the open air at least two hours. article 57. Personal correspondence.Prisoners of war given disciplinary punishment shall be allowed to read and write, as well as to send and receive letters. Discretionary delivery of packages and money.On the other hand, packages and money sent may be not delivered to the addressees until the expiration of the punishment. If the packages not distributed contain perishable products, these shall be turned over to the camp infirmary or kitchen. 2051 article 58. Prisoners of war givenMedical inspection and care. disciplinary punishment shall be allowed, on their request, to be present at the daily medical inspection. They shall receive the care considered necessary by the doctors and, if necessary, shall be removed to the camp infirmary or to hospitals. article 59. Excepting the competence ofLimitation of authority. courts and higher military authorities, disciplinary punishment may be ordered only by an officer provided with disciplinary powers in his capacity as commander of a camp or detachment, or by the responsible officer replacing him. 3.Judicial suits. Judicial Suits. article 60. At the opening of a judicialInformation to be furnished. proceeding directed against a Prisoner of war, the detaining Power shall advise the representative of the protecting Power thereof as soon as possible, and always before the date set for the opening of the trial. This advice shall contain the following information: *a*) Civil state and rank of prisoner; *b*) Place of sojourn or imprisonment; *c*) Specification of the [count] or counts of the indictment, giving the legal provisions applicable. If it is not possible to mention in that advice the court which will pass upon the matter, the date of opening the trial and the place where it will take place, this information must be furnished to the representative of the protecting Power later, as soon as possible, and at all events, at east three weeks before the opening of the trial. 2052 article 61. Sentence without trial forbidden.No prisoner of war may be sentenced without having had an opportunity to defend himself. No prisoner may be obliged to admit himself guilty of the act of which ho is accused. article 62. Right to counsel and interpreter.The prisoner of war shall be entitled to assistance by a qualified counsel of his choice, and, if necessary, to have recourse to the services of a competent interpreter. He shall be advised of his right by the detaining Power, in due time before the trial. Further provisions.In default of a choice by the prisoner, the protecting Power may obtain a counsel for him. The detaining Power shall deliver to the protecting Power, on its request, a list of persons qualified to present the defense. Representatives of the protecting Power shall be entitled to attend the trial of the case. The only exception to this rule is the case where the trial of the case must be secret in the interest of the safety of the State. The detaining Power should so advise the protecting Power. article 63. Pronouncement of sentence.Sentence may be pronounced against a prisoner of war only by the same courts and according to the same procedure as in the case of persons belonging to the armed forces of the detaining Power. article 64. Right of appeal.Every prisoner of war shall have the right of appeal against any sentence rendered with regard to him, in the same way as individuals belonging to the armed forces of the detaining Power. article 65. Notice to protecting Power.Sentences pronounced against prisoners of war shall be communicated to the protecting Power immediately. 2053 article 66. If the death penalty isIn case of death penalty. pronounced against a prisoner of war, a communication setting forth in detail the nature and circumstances of the offense shall be sent as soon as possible to the representative of the protecting Power, for transmission to the Power in whose armies the prisoner served. The sentence shall not be executed before the expiration of a period of at least three months after this communication. article 67. No prisoner of war may beRight of communication with protecting Power.*Ante*, p. 2045. deprived of the benefit of the provisions of Article 42 of the present Convention as a result of a sentence or otherwise. TITLE IV. TERMINATION OFTermination of captivity. CAPTIVITY. Section I. DirectDirect repatriation and hospitalization in a neutral country. Repatriation and Hospitalization in a Neutral Country. article 68. Belligerents are bound to sendReturn of seriously sick or injured prisoners. back to their own country, regardless of rank or number, seriously sick and seriously injured prisoners of war, after having brought them to a condition where they can be transported. Agreements betweenAgreements concerning repatriation, etc. belligerents shall accordingly settle as soon as possible the cases of invalidity or of sickness, entailing direct repatriation, as well as the cases entailing possible hospitalization in a neutral country. While awaiting the conclusion of these agreements, belligerents may have reference to the model agreement annexed, for documentary purposes, to the present Convention. article 69. Upon the outbreak ofMixed medical commissions. hostilities, belligerents shall come to an agreement to name mixed medical commissions. These com2054 missions shall be composed of three members, two of them belonging to a neutral country and one appointed by the detaining Power; one of the physicians of the neutral country shall preside. These mixed medical commissions shall proceed to the examination of sick or wounded prisoners and shall make all due decisions regarding them. Decisions of these commissions shall be by majority and carried out with the least possible delay. article 70. Inspections by Commission.Besides those who are designated by the camp physician, the following prisoners of war shall be inspected by the mixed medical Commission mentioned in Article 69, with a view to their direct repatriation or their hospitalization in a neutral country: *a)* Prisoners who make such a request directly of the camp physician; *b)* Prisoners who are presented by the agents provided for in *Ante*, p. 2045.Article 43, acting on their own initiative or at the request of the prisoners themselves; *c)* Prisoners who have been proposed by the Power in whose armies they have served or by an aid society duly recognized and authorized by that Power. article 71. Accidents in connection with work.Prisoners of war who are victims of accidents in connection with work, except those voluntarily injured, shall enjoy the benefit of the same provisions, as far as repatriation or possible hospitalization in a neutral country are concerned. article 72. Long period of captivity.Throughout the duration of hostilities and for humane considerations, belligerents may conclude agreements with a view to the direct repatriation or hospital2055 ization in a neutral country of able-bodied prisoners of war who have undergone a long period of captivity. article 73. The expenses of repatriation orExpenses to be borne. of transportation to a neutral country of prisoners of war shall be borne, from the frontiers of the detaining Power, by the Power in whose armies the prisoners have served. article 74. No repatriated person may beUse in active military service forbidden. utilized in active military service. Section II. Release and Repatriation upon Cessation of Hostilities. article 75. When belligerents conclude aRelease and repatriation upon cessation of hostilities. convention of armistice, they must, in principle, have appear therein stipulations regarding the repatriation of prisoners of war. If it has not been possible to insert stipulations in this regard in such convention, belligerents shall nevertheless come to an agreement in this regard as soon as possible. In any case, repatriation of prisoners shall be effected with the least possible delay after the conclusion of peace. Prisoners of war against whomDetention if penal prosecution pending. a penal prosecution might be pending for a crime or an offense of municipal law may, however, be detained until the end of the proceedings and, if necessary, until the expiration of the punishment. The same shall be true of those sentenced for a crime or offense of municipal law. On agreement between the belligerents, commissions may be established for the purpose of searching for dispersed prisoners and assuring their repatriation. 2056 TITLE V. Death of prisoners of war. DEATH OF PRISONERS OF WAR. article 76. Wills.Wills of prisoners of war shall be received and drawn up in the same way as for soldiers of the national army. Death certificates.The same rules shall be observed regarding death certificates. Burials.Belligerents shall see that prisoners of war dying in captivity are honorably buried and that the graves bear all due information, are respected and properly maintained. TITLE VI. Bureaus of relief and information. BUREAUS OF RELIEF AND INFORMATION CONCERNING PRISONERS OF WAR. article 77. Institution.Upon the outbreak of hostilities, each of the belligerent Powers, as well as the neutral Powers which have received belligerents, shall institute an official information bureau for prisoners of war who are within their territory. Information to be furnished.Within the shortest possible period, each of the belligerent Powers shall inform its information bureau of every capture of prisoners effected by its armies, giving it all the information regarding identity which it has, allowing it quickly to advise the families concerned, and informing it of the official addresses to which families may write to prisoners. Transmitting agencies.The information bureau shall immediately forward all this information to the interested Powers, through the interventon, on one hand, of the protecting Powers and, on the other, of the central *Post*, p. 2058.agency provided for in Article 79. Individual return to be kept.The information bureau, being charged with replying to all inquiries about prisoners of war, shall receive from the various2057 services concerned full information respecting interments and transfers, releases on parole, repatriations, escapes, stays in hospitals, deaths, as well as other information necessary to enable it to make out and keep up to date an individual return for each prisoner of war. The bureau shall state in thisData included. return, in so far as is possible and subject to the provisions of*Ante*, p. 2031. Article 5: the regimental number, given names and surname, date and place of birth, rank and unit of the interested party, the given name of the father and the name of the mother, the address of the person to be advised in case of accident, wounds, date and place of capture, internment, wounding and death, as well as any other important information. Weekly lists containing all newWeekly identification lists. information likely to facilitate the identification of each prisoner shall be transmitted to the interested Powers. At the conclusion of peace theDelivery of returns to Power. individual return of the prisoner of war shall be delivered to the Power which he served. The information bureau shallPersonal effects, etc., to be transmitted. further be bound to receive all objects of personal use, valuables, letters, pay vouchers, identification marks, etc., winch are left by prisoners of war who have been repatriated, released on parole, escaped or died, and to transmit them to the countries interested. article 78. Relief societies for prisoners ofRelief societies.Facilities furnished to. war, which are properly constituted in accordance with the laws of their country and with the object of serving as the channel for charitable effort, shall receive from the belligerents, for themselves and their duly accredited agents, every facility for the efficient performance of their humane task within the bounds2058 imposed by military necessities. Agents of these societies may be admitted to the camps for the purpose of distributing relief, as also to the halting places of repatriated prisoners, if furnished with a personal permit by the military authorities, and on giving an undertaking in writing to comply with all measures of order and police which the latter may issue. article 79. Central information agency.Organisation of, in neutral country.A central information agency for prisoners of war shall be created in a neutral country. The International Committee of the Red Cross shall propose the organization of such an agency to the interested Powers, if it considers it necessary. Function.The function of that agency shall be to centralize all information respecting prisoners, which it may obtain through official or private channels; it shall transmit it as quickly as possible to the country of origin of the prisoners or to the Power which they have served. Red Cross activities not abridged.These provisions must not be interpreted as restricting the humanitarian activity of the International Committee of the Red Cross. article 80. Franking privilege.Information bureaus shall enjoy the privilege of free postage on postal matter, as well as all *Ante*, p. 2043.exemptions provided in Article 38. TITLE VII. APPLICATION OF THE CONVENTION TO CERTAIN CLASSES OF CIVILIANS. article 81. Application to certain classes of civilians.Individuals who follow armed forces without directly belonging thereto, such as newspaper correspondents and reporters, sutlers, contractors, who fall into the enemy’s hands and whom the latter thinks expedient to detain, shall be entitled to be treated as prisoners of war, provided they are in possession of a certificate2059 from the military authorities of the armed forces which they were accompanying. TITLE VIII. EXECUTION OF THE CONVENTION.Execution of the Convention. Section I. General Provisions.General provisions. article 82. The provisions of the presentEnforcement. Convention most he respected by the High Contracting Parties under all circumstances. In case, in time of war, one of the belligerents is not a party to the Convention, its provisions shall nevertheless remain in force as between the belligerents who are parties thereto. article 83. The High Contracting PartiesRight to special conventions reserved. reserve the right to conclude special conventions on all questions relative to prisoners of war, on which it seems to them expedient to have particular regulations. Prisoners of war shall receiveBenefits to prisoners. the benefit of these agreements until the completion of repatriation, except in the case of express stipulations to the contrary contained in the above-mentioned agreements or in later agreements, or also except in the case of more favorable measures taken by one or the other of the belligerent Powers respecting the prisoners which they hold. In order to assure the reciprocalConferences authorized. application of the stipulations of the present Convention, and to facilitate the conclusion of the special conventions provided for above, belligerents may, upon the commencement of hostilities, authorize meetings of representatives of the respective authorities charged with the administration of prisoners of war. article 84. The text of the presentLanguage. Convention and of the special conventions provided for in the foregoing article, shall be posted, wherever2060 possible in the native language of the prisoners of war, in places where it may be consulted by all the prisoners. Text to be furnished prisoners on request.The text of these conventions shall be communicated to prisoners who find it impossible to get the information from the posted text, upon their request. article 85. International agency.The High Contracting Parties shall communicate to one another through the Swiss Federal Council, the official translations of the present Convention, as well as of the laws and regulations which they may come to adopt to assure the application of the present Convention. Section II. Organization of control. Organization of Control. article 86. Guaranties.The High Contracting Parties recognize that the regular application of the present Convention will find a guaranty in the possibility of collaboration of the protecting Powers charged with safeguarding the interests of belligerents; in this respect, the protecting Powers may, besides their diplomatic personnel, appoint delegates from among their own nationals or from among the nationals of other neutral Powers. These delegates must be subject to the approval of the belligerent near which they exercise their mission. Representatives of the protecting Power or its accepted delegates shall be permitted to go to any place, without exception, where prisoners of war are interned. They shall have access to all places occupied by prisoners and may interview them, as a general rule without witnesses, personally or through interpreters. Belligerents shall so far as possible facilitate the task of representatives or accepted delegates2061 of the protecting Power. The military authorities shall be informed of their visit. Belligerents may come to an agreement to allow persons of the same nationality as the prisoners to be permitted to take part in inspection trips. article 87. In case of disagreement betweenSettlement of differences. the belligerents as to the application of the provisions of the present Convention, the protecting Powers must, in so far as possible, lend their good offices for the purpose of settling the difference. For this purpose, each of the protecting Powers may, in particular, suggest to the interested belligerents a meeting of representatives thereof, possibly upon a neutral territory suitably chosen. Belligerents shall be bound to accede to proposals in this sense which are made to them. The protecting Power may, if occasion arises, submit for the approval of the Powers concerned a person belonging to a neutral Power or a person delegated by the International Committee of the Red Cross, who shall be summoned to take part in this meeting. article 88. The foregoing provisions are notRed Cross activity not affected. an obstacle to the humanitarian activity which the International Committee of the Red Cross may use for the protection of prisoners of war, with the consent of the interested belligerents. Section III. Final Provisions.Final provisions. article 89. In the relations between PowersConvention to complete Chapter II of Hague Conventions regulations.Vol. 32, p. 1803; Vol. 36, p. 2277. bound by the Hague Convention respecting the Laws and Customs of War on Land, whether it is a question of that of July 29, 1899, or that of October 18, 1907, and2062 who participate in the present Convention, this latter shall complete Chapter II of the Regulations annexed to the said Hague Conventions. article 90. Date.The present Convention, which will bear this day’s date, may be signed up to February 1, 1930, on behalf of all the countries represented at the Conference which opened at Geneva July 1, 1929. article 91. Ratification.The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible. Deposit.The ratifications shall be deposited at Berne. A record of the deposit of each instrument of ratification shall be prepared, a duly certified copy of which shall be forwarded by the Swiss Federal Council to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention has been signed or notification of adherence made. article 92. Effective date.The present Convention shall become effective six months after the deposit of at least two instruments of ratification. Subsequently, it shall become effective for each High Contracting Party six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification. article 93. Adherence by non-signatory countries.From the date on which it becomes effective, the present Convention shall be open for adherences given on behalf of any country in whose name this Convention was not signed. article 94. Conditions, etc.Adherence shall be given by written notification addressed to the Swiss Federal Council and shall take effect six months after the date of their receipt. 2063 The Swiss Federal Council shall communicate adherences to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention was signed or notification of adherence made. article 95. A state of war shall giveNotification. immediate effect to ratifications deposited and to adhérences notified by belligerent Powers prior to or after the outbreak of hostilities. The communication of ratifications or adhérences received from Powers at war shall be made by the Swiss Federal Council by the most rapid method. article 96. Each of the High ContractingDenunciation. Parties shall have the right to denounce the present Convention. The denunciation shall not take effect until one year after notification has been made in writing to the Swiss Federal Council. The latter shall communicate such notification to the Governments of all the High Contracting Parties. The denunciation shall have effect only with respect to the High Contracting Party which gave notification thereof. Moreover, such denunciation shall not take effect during a war in which the denouncing Power is involved. In this case, the present Convention shall continue in effect, beyond the period of one year, until the conclusion of peace, and, in any event, until the processes of repatriation are completed. article 97. A duly certified copy of theDeposit of certified copy. present Convention shall be deposited in the archives of the League of Nations by the Swiss Federal Council. Likewise, ratifications, adherences, and denunciations of which the Swiss Federal Council shall be notified, shall be communicated by it to the League of Nations. 2064 In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries named above have signed the present Convention. Deposit of original.Done at Geneva, the twenty-seventh of July, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, in a single copy, which shall remain in the archives of the Swiss Confederation and duly certified copies of which shall be forwarded to the Governments of all the countries invited to the Conference. Signatures. *For Germany*: Edmund Rhomberg *For the United States of America*: Eliot Wadsworth Hugh R Wilson *For Austria*: Leitmaier *For Belgium*: Dr. Demolder J. de Ruelle *For Bolivia*: A. Cortadellas *For Brazil*: Raul do Rio-Branco *For Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations*: Horace Rumbold *For Canada*: W. A. Riddell *For Australia*: Claud Russell *For New Zealand*: Claud Russell *For South Africa*: Eric H. Louw *For the Irish Free State*: Sean Lester *For India*: Claud Russell *For Bulgaria*: D. Mikoff Stephan N. Laftchieff *For Chile*: Gmo Novoa D. Pulgar *For China*: C. Y. Hsiao 2065 *For Colombia*:Signautres—Contd. Francisco José Urrutia *For Cuba*: Carlos de Armenteros Carlos Blanco *For Denmark*: Harald Scavenius Gustav Rasmussen *For the Dominican Republic*: Ch. Ackermann *For Egypt*: Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad *For Spain*: Ad Referendum Mauricio Lopez Roberts y Terry, Marqués de la Torrehermosa *For Estonia*: Dr. Leesment *For Finand*: A. E. Martola *For France*: H. de Marcilly J. du Sault *For Greece*: R. Raphaël S. Veniselos *For Hungary*: Paul de Hevesy *For Italy*: Giovanni Ciraolo *For Japan*: Isaburo Yoshida S. Shimomura S. Miura *For Latvia*: Charles Duzmans Dr. Oskar Voit *For Luxembourg*: Ch. G. Vermaire *For Mexico*: Fr. Castillo Nájera *For Nicaragua*: A. Sottile *For Norway*: J. Irgens Jens Meinich *For the Netherlands*: W. Doude van Troostwijk Dr. Diehl J. Harberts 2066 Signatures—Contd. *For Persia*: Anouchirevan Sepahbodi *For Poland*: Józef G. Pracki W. Jerzy Babecki *For Portugal*: Vasco de Quevedo F. de Calheiros e Menezes *For Rumania*: M. B. Boeresco Colonel E. Vertejano *For the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes*: I. Choumenkovitch *For Siam*: Varnvaidya *For Sweden*: K. I. Westman *For Switzerland*: Paul Dinichert Hauser Züblin de la Harpe Schindler *For Czechoslovakia*: Zd. Fierlinger *For Turkey*: Hassan Dr. Abdulkadir M. Nusret Dr. Akil Moukhtar *For Uruguay*: Alfredo de Castro *For Venezuela*: C. Parra-Pérez I. M. Hurtado-Machado 2067 ANNEXE A LA CONVENTIONAnnex to the Convention. RELATIVE AU TRAITEMENT DES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE DU 27 JUILLET 1929. Accord-type concernant le rapatriement direct et l’hospitalisation en pays neutre des prisonniers de guerre pour raisons de santé. I.— *Principes directeurs pour le rapatriement direct et l’hospitalisation en pays neutre*. a.— repatriement direct. Seront rapatriés directement: 1° les malades et blessés dont, d’après les prévisions médicales, la curabilité en une année n’est pas présumable, leur état exigeant un traitement, et leur aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle paraissant avoir subi une diminution considérable; 2° les malades et blessés incurables dont l’aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle paraît avoir subi une diminution considérable; 3° les malades et blessés guéris dont l’aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle paraît avoir subi une diminution considérable. b.— hospitalisation en pays nuetre. Seront hospitalisés: 1° les malades et blessés dont la guérison est présumable dans le délai d’un an, cette guérison apparaissant comme plus sûre et plus rapide si les malades et blessés sont mis au bénéfice des ressources qu’offre le pays neutre Îue si leur captivité proprement ite est prolongée; 2068 2° Annex—Continued. les prisonniers de guerre dontla santé intellectuelle ou physique paraît, d’après les prévisions médicales, menacées sérieusement par le maintien en captivité, tandis que l’hospitalisation en pays neutre pourrait probablement les soustraire à ce risque. c.— rapatriement des hospitalisés en pays neutre. Seront rapatriés les prisonniers de guerre hospitalisés en pays neutre qui appartiennent aux catégories suivantes: 1° ceux dont l’état de santé se présente comme étant ou devenant tel qu’ils rentrent dans les catégories des rapatriables pour raisons de santé; 2° les guéris dont l’aptitude intellectuelle ou physique paraît avoir subi une diminution considérable. II.— *Principes spéciaux pour le rapatriement direct ou l’hospitalisation en pays neutre*. a.— rapatriement. Seront rapatriés: 1° tous les prisonniers de guerre atteints, à la suite de lésions organiques, des altérations suivantes, effectives ou fonctionnelles: perte de membre, parlysie, altérations articulaires ou autres, pour autant que le défect est d’au moins un pied ou une main, ou qu’il équivaut à la perte d’un pied ou d’une main; 2° tous les prisonniers de guerre blessés ou lésés dont l’état est tel qu’il fait d’eux des infirmes dont on ne peut pas, médicalement, prévoir la guérison dans le délai d’un an; 3° tous les malades dont l’état est tel qu’il fait d’eux des infirmes dont on ne peut pas, médicalement, prévoir la guérison dans le délai d’un an; 2069à cette catégorie appartiennentAnnex—Continued. en particulier: *a*) les tuberculoses progressives d’organes quelconques qui, d’après les prévisions médicales, ne peuvent plus être guéries ou au moins considérablement améliorées par une cure en pays neutre; *b*) les affections non tuberculeuses des organes respiratoires présumées incurables (ainsi, avant tout, l’emphysème pulmonaire fortement développé avec ou sans bronchite, les dilatations bronchiques, l’asthme grave, les intoxications par les gaz, etc.); *c*) les affections chroniques graves des organes de la circulation (par exemple: les affections valvulaires avec tendances aux troubles de compensation, les affections relativement graves du myocarde, du péricarde et des vaisseaux, en particulier les anévrismes inopérables des gros vaisseaux, etc.); *d*) les affections chroniques graves des organes digestifs; *e*) les affections cirro niques graves des organes urinaires et sexuels (avant tout, par exemple: tous les cas de néphrites chroniques confirmées avec séméiologie complète, et tout particulièrement lorsqu’il existe déjà des altérations cardiaques et vasculaires, de même les pyélites et cystites chroniques, etc.); *f*) les maladies chroniques graves du système nerveux central et périphérique (ainsi, avant tout, la neurasthénie et l’hystérie graves, tous les cas incontestables d’épilepsie, le Basedow grave, etc.); *g*) a cécité des deux yeux, ou celle d’un œil lorsque la vision de l’autre reste inférieure à 1 malgré l’emploi de verres correcteurs; la diminution de l’acuité visuelle au cas où il est impossible de la ramener par la correction à l’acuité de ½ pour un œil du moins; les autres affections oculaires rentrant dans la présente catégorie (glaucome, iritis, choroïdite, etc.); 2070 *h*) Annex—Continued. la surdité totale bilatérale, ainsi que le surdité totale unilatérale au cas où l’oreille incomplètement sourde ne perçoit plus la voix parlée ordinaire à un mètre de distance; *i*) tous les cas incontestables d’affections mentales; *k*) les cas graves d’intoxication chronique par les métaux ou par d’autres causes (saturnisme, hydrargyrisme, morphinisme, cocaïnisme, alcoolisme, intoxication par les gaz, etc.); *l*) les affections chroniques des organes locomoteurs (arthrite déformante, goutte, rhumatismes avec altérations décelables cliniquement), à la condition qu’elles soient graves; *m*) tous les néoplasmes malins, s’ils ne sont pas justiciables d’interventions opératoires relativement bénignes sans danger pour la vie de l’opéré; *n*) tous les cas de malaria avec altérations organiques appréciables (augmentation chronique importante du volume du foie, de la rate, cachexie, etc.); *o*) les affections cutanées chroniques graves, pour autant que leur nature ne constitue pas une indication médicale d’hospitalisation en pays neutre; *p*) les avitaminoses graves (béribéri, pellagra, scorbut chronique). b.— hospitalisation. Les prisonniers de guerre doivent être hospitalisés s’ils sont atteints des affections suivantes: 1° toutes les formes de tuberculose d’organes quelconques, si, d’après les connaissances médicales actuelles, elles peuvent être guéries, ou du moins considérablement améliorées par les méthodes applicables en pays neutre (altitude, traitement dans les sanatoria, etc.); 2° toutes les formes—nécessitant un traitement—d’affections des organes respiratoires, circulatoires, digestifs, génitourinaires, nerveux, des organes des sens, des appareils locomoteur et cutané, à condition, toutefois, que2071ces formes d’affectionsAnnex—Continued. n’appartiennent pas aux catégories prescrivant le rapatriement direct, ou qu’elles ne soient pas des maladies aiguës proprement dites ayant une tendance à la guérison franche. Les affections envisagées dans ce paragraphe sont celles qui offrent par l’application des moyens de cure disponibles en pays neutre des chances de guérison réellement meilleures pour le patient que si celui-ci était traité en captivité. Il y a lieu de considérer tout spécialement les troubles nerveux dont les causes efficientes ou déterminantes sont les événements de la guerre ou de la captivité même, comme la psychasthénie des prisonniers de guerre et autres cas analogues. Tous les cas de ce genre dûment constatés doivent être hospitalisés, pour autant que leur gravité ou leurs caractères constitutionnels n’en font pas des cas de rapatriement direct. Les cas de psychasthénie des prisonniers de guerre qui ne sont pas guéris après trois mois d’hospitalisation en pays neutre ou qui, après ce délai, ne sont pas manifestement en voie de guérison définitive, devront être rapatriés. 3° tous les cas de blessures, de lésions et leurs conséquences qui offrent des chances de guérison meilleures en pays neutre qu’en captivité, à condition que ces cas ne soient pas, ou bien justiciables du rapatriement direct, ou bien insignifiants; 4° tous les cas de malaria dûment constatés et ne présentant pas d’altérations organiques décelables cliniquement (augmentation de volume chronique du foie, de la rate, cachexie, etc.), si le séjour en pays neutre offre des perspectives particulièrement favorables de guérison définitive; 5° tous les cas d’intoxication (en particulier par les gaz, les métaux, les alcaloïdes) pour lesquels les perspectives de guérison en pays neutre sont spécialement favorables. 2072Annex—Continued.Seront exclus de l’hospitalisation: 1° tous les cas d’affections mentales dûment constatées; 2° toutes les affections nerveuses organiques ou fonctionnelles réputées incurables; (Ces deux catégories appartiennent à celles donnant droit au rapatriement direct.) 3° l’alcoolisme chronique grave; 4° toutes les affections contagieuses dans la période où elles sont transmissibles (maladies infectieuses aiguës, syphilis primaire et secondaire, trachome, lèpre, etc.). III.— *Observations générales*. Les conditions fixées ci-dessus doivent, d’une façon générale, être interprétées et appliquées dans un esprit aussi large que possible. Cette largeur d’interprétation doit être appliquée particulièrement aux états névropathiques ou psychopathiques causés ou déterminés par les événements de la guerre ou de la captivité même (psychasthénie des prisonniers de guerre), ainsi qu’aux cas de tuberculose à tous les degrés. Il va de soi que les médecins de camp et les commissions médicales mixtes peuvent se trouver en présence d’une foule de cas non mentionnés parmi les exemples donnés sous chiffre II, ou de cas ne s’adaptant pas à ces exemples. Les exemples mentionnés ci-dessus ne sont donnés que comme exemples typiques; une liste analogue d’exemples d’altérations chirurgicales n’a pas été établie parce que, abstraction faite des cas incontestables par leur nature même (amputations), il est difficile de dresser une liste de types particuliers; l’expérience a démontré qu’un exposé de ces cas particuliers n’était pas sans inconvénients dans la pratique. On résoudra tous les cas ne s’adaptant pas exactement aux exemples cités en s’inspirant de l’esprit des principes directeurs ci-dessus. 2067 ANNEX TO THE CONVENTIONAnnex to the Convention. OF JULY 27, 1929, RELATIVE TO THE TREATMENT OF PRISONERS OF WAR. Model Agreement Concerning Direct Repatriation and Hospitalization in a Neutral Country of Prisoners of War for Reasons of Health. I. *Governing Principles for Direct Repatriation and Hospitalization in a Neutral Country*. a. direct repatriation. There shall be repatriated directly: 1. Sick and wounded who, acording to medical opinion, are not likely to recover in one year, their condition requiring treatment and their mental or physical fitness appearing to have suffered considerable diminution; 2. Incurable sick and wounded whose mental or physical fitness appears to have suffered considerable diminution; 3. Cured sick and wounded whose mental or physical fitness appears to have suffered considerable diminution. b. hospitalization in a neutral country. There shall be placed in hospitals: 1. Sick and wounded whose cure within a period of one year is to be expected, such cure appearing more certain and more rapid if the sick and wounded are given the benefit of the resources offered by the neutral country than if their captivity properly so-called is prolonged; 2068 2. Annex—Continued. Prisoners of war whose mental or physical health appears, according to medical opinion, to be seriously menaced by continuance in captivity, while hospitalization in a neutral country would probably remove this danger. c. repatriation of those hospitalized in a neutral country. There shall be repatriated the prisoners of war hospitalized in a neutral country who belong to the following categories: 1. Those whose state of health appears to be or to be becoming such that they fall within the categories of persons eligible to repatriation for reasons of health; 2. The recovered whose mental or physical fitness seems to have suffered a considerable diminution. II. *Special Principles for Direct Repatriation or Hospitalization in a Neutral Country*. a. repatriation. There shall be repatriated: 1. All prisoners of war who, as the result of organic injuries, have the following impairments, actual or functional: loss of a member, paralysis, articular or other defects, provided that the loss is at least a foot or a hand, or is equivalent to the loss of a foot or a hand; 2. All wounded or injured prisoners of war whose condition is such that it renders them invalids whose cure, within a period of one year, can not be anticipated from a medical standpoint; 3. All the sick whose condition is such that it renders them invalids whose cure, within a period of one year, can not be anticipated from a medical standpoint; 2069The following, in particular,Annex—Continued. belong to this category: *a*) Progressive tuberculosis of any organs which, according to medical opinion, can no longer be cured or at least considerably improved by a course of treatment in a neutral country. *b*) Nontubercular affections of the respiratory organs presumed incurable (such as, above all, strongly developed pulmonary emphysema, with or without bronchitis, bronchiectasis, serious asthma, gas poisoning, etc.); *c*) Serious chronic affections of the organs of circulation (for example: valvular affections with tendencies to disorders of compensation, relatively serious affections of the myocardium, pericardium of the vessels, especially inoperable aneurisms of the large vessels, etc.); *d*) Serious chronic affections of the digestive organs; *e*) Serious chronic affections of the urinary and sexual organs (particularly, for example; all cases of confirmed chronic nephritis with complete semeiology, and most especially when cardiac and vascular impairments already exist; likewise, pyelites and chronic cystitis, etc.); *f*) Serious chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous system (such as, particularly, serious neurasthenia and hysteria, all unquestionable cases of epilepsy, serious cases of Basedow’s disease, etc.); *g*) Blindness in both eyes, or in one eye when the vision of the other remains below 1 in spite of the use of corrective glasses; reduction in acuteness of vision in case it is impossible to restore it by correction to the acuteness of ½ for one eye at least; other ocular affections coming in the present class (glaucoma, iritis, choroiditis, etc.); 2070 *h*) Annex—Continued. Total deafness in both ears, as well as total deafness in one ear in case the partially deaf ear does not discern the ordinary spoken voice at a distance of one meter: *i*) All unquestionable cases of mental affections; *k*) All serious cases of chronic poisoning by metals or other causes (lead poisoning, mercury poisoning, morphinism, cocainism, alcoholism, gas poisoning, etc.); *l*) Chronic affections of the organs of locomotion (arthritis deformans, gout, rheumatism with impairments clinically discoverable), provided they are serious; *m*) All malignant growths, if they are not amenable to relatively minor operations without endangering the life of the patient; *n*) All cases of malaria with noticeable organic changes (important chronic increase in size of the Uver, of the spleen, cachexia, etc.); *o*) Serious chronic cutaneous affections, in so far as their nature does not constitute a medical indication fbr hospitalization in a neutral country; *p*) Serious avitaminoses (beriberi, pellagra, chronic scurvy). b. hospitalization. Prisoners of war must be hospitalized if they have the following affections: 1. All forms of tuberculosis of any organs whatever if, according to present medical knowledge, they may be cured, or at least considerably improved by methods apphcable in a neutral country (altitude, treatment in sanatoria, etc.); 2. All forms—necessitating treatment—of affections of the respiratory, circulatory, digestive, genitourinary, and nervous organs, of organs of the senses, of the locomotor and cutaneous apparatus; provided, however, that 2071the forms of these affections doAnnex—Continued. not belong to the categories requiring direct repatriation, or are not acute diseases properly so-called susceptible to a complete cure. The affections contemplated in this paragraph are those which offer really better chances of cure for the patient by the application of means of treatment available in a neutral country than if he were treated in captivity. Nervous troubles, the efficient or determinant causes of which are the events of the war or even of the captivity itself, such as the psychasthenia of prisoners of war and other analogous cases, should be given special consideration. All duly verified cases of this kind should be hospitalized, provided that the seriousness or constitutional character thereof does not make them cases for direct repatriation. Cases of psychasthenia of prisoners of war which are not cured after three months of hospitalization in a neutral country or which, after this period has expired, are not obviously on the road to final recovery, should be repatriated. 3. All cases of wounds or lesions and their consequences which offer better chances of cure in a neutral country than in captivity, provided that these cases are not either eligible for direct repatriation or else are insignificant; 4. All cases of malaria, duly verified and not presenting organic changes clinically discoverable (chronic enlargement of the liver, of the spleen, cachexia, etc.), if the stay in a neutral country offers particularly favorable prospects of final cure; 5. All cases of poisoning (particularly by gases, metals, alkaloids) for which the prospects of cure in a neutral country are especially favorable. 2072Annex—Continued.There shall be excluded from hospitalization: 1. All duly verified cases of mental affections; 2. All organic or functional nervous affections reputed to be incurable; (These two categories belong to those giving a right to direct repatriation.) 3. Serious chronic alcoholism; 4. All contagious affections during the period in which they are transmissible (acute infectious diseases, primary and secondary syphilis, trachoma, leprosy, etc.). III. *General Observations*. The conditions given above should, generally speaking, be interpreted and applied in as broad a spirit as possible. This breadth of interpretation should be especially applied to neuropathic or psychopathic conditions caused or brought to a head by the events of the war or even of the captivity itself (psychasthenia of prisoners of war), and also to cases of tuberculosis in all degrees. It is needless to state that camp physicians and the mixed medical commissions may find themselves confronted with a great number of cases not mentioned among the examples given under Section II, or cases not fitting in with these examples. The examples mentioned above are given only as typical examples: an analogous list of examples of surgical alterations has not been drawn up because, with the exception of cases incontestable by their very nature (amputations), it is difficult to make a list of particular types; experience has shown that a recital of these particular cases was not without disadvantages in practice. All cases not fitting exactly into the examples cited shall be decided by invoking the spirit of the above governing principles. 2073 And whereas, the said Convention has been duly ratified on theRatification. part of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited with the Government of Switzerland on February 4, 1932; And whereas, in accordance with Article 92 thereof, the said*Ante*, p. 2062. Convention became effective in respect of the United States of America six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification, namely, on August 4, 1932; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. Herbert Hoover By the President. W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. July 27, 1929 Convention 47 Stat. 2074 2074 MULTILATERAL CONVENTION—SICK, WOUNDED. JULY 27, 1929. *July 27, 1929.Convention between the United States of America and other Powers for the amelioration of the condition of the wounded and the sick of armies in the field. Signed at Geneva, July 27, 1929; ratification advised by the Senate, January 7, 1932; ratified by the President of the United States, January 16, 1932; ratification deposited with the Government of Switzerland, February 4, 1932; proclaimed, August 4, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Red Cross Convention.Preamble. Whereas, a Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of the Wounded and the Sick of Armies in the Field was signed at Geneva on July 27, 1929, by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and forty-six other countries, the original of which Convention, being in the French language, is word for word as follows: CONVENTION DE GENÈVE POUR L’AMÉLIORATION DU SORT DES BLESSÉS ET DES MALADES DANS LES ARMÉES EN CAMPAGNE DU 27 JUILLET 1929. Contracting Powers.Le Président du Reich Allemand, le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique, le Président Fédéral de la République d’Autriche, Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, le Président de la République de Bolivie, le Président de la République des États-Unis du Brésil, Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires Britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes, Sa Majesté le Roi des Bulgares, le Président de la République du Chili, le Président de la République de Chine, le Président de la République de Colombie, le Président de la République de Cuba, Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark et d’Islande, le Président de la République Dominicaine, Sa Majesté le Roi d’Égypte, Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne, le Président de la République d’Éstonie, le Président de la République de Finlande, le Président de la République Française, le Président de la République Hellénique, Son Altesse Sérénissime le Gouverneur de Ja Hongrie, Sa Majestéle Roi d’Italie, 2075Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon, le Président de la République de Lettonie, Son Altesse Royale la Grande-Duchesse de Luxembourg, le Président des États-Unis du Mexique, le Président de la République de Nicaragua, Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège, Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas, Sa Majesté Impériale le Shah de Perse, le Président de la République de Pologne, le Président de la République Portugaise, Sa Majesté le Roi de Roumanie, Sa Majesté le Roi des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes, Sa Majesté le Roi de Siam, Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède, le Conseil Fédéral Suisse, le Président de la République Tchécoslovaque, le Président de la République Turque, le Président de a République Orientale de l’Uruguay, le Président de la République des États-Unis de Vénézuéla. également animés du désir deScope of convention.Vol. 22, p. 940; Vol. 35, p. 1885. diminuer, autant qu’il dépend d’eux, les maux inséparables de la guerre et voulant, dans ce but, perfectionner et compléter les dispositions convenues à Genève, le 22 août 1864 et le 6 juillet 1906, pour l’amélioration du sort des blessés et des malades dans les armées en campagne, ont résolu de conclure une nouvellePlenipotentiaries. Convention à cet effet, et ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires, savoir: le président du reich allemand: S. Exc. M. Edmund Rhomberg, Dr en Droit, Ministre en disponibilité; le président des états-unis d’amérique: L’Honorable Eliot Wadsworth, ancien Secrétaire adjoint de la Trésorerie, S. Exc. l’Honorable Hugh R. Wilson, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à Berne; 2076 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. le président fédéral de la république d’autriche: M. Marc Leitmaier, Dr en Droit, Conseiller ministériel à la Chancellerie fédérale, Département des Affaires étrangères; sa majesté le roi des belges: M. Paul Demolder, Général Major Médecin, Commandant du Service de Santé de la 1re Circonscription militaire, M. Joseph de Ruelle, Jurisconsulte du Ministère des Affaires étrangères; le président de la reépublique de bolivie: S. Exc. M. Alberto Cortadellas, Ministre-Résident de Bolivie à Berne; le président de la république des états-unis du brésil: S. Exc. M. Raoul de Rio-Branco, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Brésil à Berne; sa majesté le roi de grande-bretagne, d’irlande et des territoires britanniques au dela des mers, empereur des indes: pour la grande-bretagne et l’irlande du nord, ainsi que toute partie de l’empire britannique non membre séparé de la société des nations: Le Très Honorable Sir Horace Ruinbold, G.C.M.G., M.V.O., Ambassadeur de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berlin; pour le dominion du canada: M. Walter Alexandre Riddell, Conseiller permanent du Gouvernement canadien auprès de la Société des Nations; pour le commonwealth d’australie: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté britannique à Berne; 2077 pour le dominion de laPlenipotentiaries—Continued. nouvellezélande: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berne; pour l’union de l’afrique du sud: M. Eric Hendrik Louw, Haut-Commissaire de l’Union de l’Afrique du Sud à Londres; pour l’état libre d’irlande: M. Sean Lester, Représentant de l’Etat Libre d’Irlande auprès de la Société des Nations; pour l’inde: S. Exc. M. Claud Russell, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique à Berne; sa majesté le roi des bulgares: M. Dimitri Mikoff, Chargé d’Affaires de Bulgarie à Berne, Représentant permanent du Gouvernement bulgare auprès de la Société des Nations, M. Stéphane N. Laftchieff, Membre du Conseil d’Administration de la Croix-Rouge bulgare; le président de la république du chili: M. Guillermo Novoa-Sepulveda, Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation du Chili à Berlin, M. Dario Pulgar-Arriagada, Capitaine du Service de Santé; le président de la république de chine: M. Chi Yung Hsiao, Chargé d’Affaires p. i. de Chine à Berne; le president de la republique de colombie: S. Exc. M. Francisco José de Urrutia, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Colombie à Berne; 2078 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. le président de la république de cuba: S. Exe. M. Carlos de Armenteros y de Cardenas, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Cuba à Berne, M. Carlos Blanco y Sanchez, Secrétaire de Légation, adjoint à la Délégation de Cuba auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de danemark et d’islande: pour le danemark: S. Exc. M. Harald de Scavenius, Chambellan, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Danemark en Suisse et aux Pays-Bas, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères, M. Gustave M. Rasmussen, Chargé d’Affaires p. i. de Danemark à Berne; le président de la république dominicaine:sM. Charles Ackermann, Consul de la République Dominicaine à Genève; sa majesté le roi d’égypte: M. Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad, Avocat au Contentieux de l’Etat, Professeur de Droit international à l’Ecole, militaire du Caire, M. Henri Wassif Simaika, Attaché de la Légation Royale d’Egypte à Rome; sa majesté le roi d’espagne: S. Exc. M. le Marquis de la Torrehermosa, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire d’Espagne à Berne; le président de la république d’estonie: M. Hans Leesment, Dr en Médecine, Président de la Croix-Rouge estonienne; le président de la république de finlande: M. A. E. Martola, Lieutenant-Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation de Finlande à Paris; 2079 le président de la républiquePlenipotentiaries—Continued. française: S. Exe. M. Henri Chassain de Marcilly, Ambassadeur de France à Berne, M. Jean Du Saul t, Conseiller de l’Ambassade de France à Berne; le président de la république hellénique: M. Raphael Raphael, Chargé d’Affaires p. i. de Grèce à Berne, M. Sophocle Venizelos, Lieutenant-Colonel, Attaché militaire près la Légation de Grèce à Paris; son altesse sérénissime le gouverneur de la hongrie: S. Exe. M. Paul de Hevesy, Ministre-Résident, Délégué permanent du Gouvernement Royal auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi d’italie: M. Giovanni Ciraolo, Sénateur du Royaume; sa majesté l’empereur du japon: S. Exe. M. Isaburo Yoshida, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Japon à Berne, M. Sadamu Shimomura, Lieutenant-Colonel, M. Seizo Miura, Capitaine de Frégate, Attaché naval près l’Ambassade du Japon à Paris; le président de la république de lettonie: S. Exc. M. Charles Duzmans, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Lettonie près. M. le Roi des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations, S. Exe. M. Oskar Voit, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Lettonie en Suisse, en Allemagne, en Hongrie et aux Pays-Bas; son altesse royale la grande-duchesse de luxembourg: M. Charles Vermaire, Consul de Grand-Duché à Genève; 2080 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. le président des états-unis du mexique: S. Exc. M. Francisco Castillo Nájera, Général Médecin, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Mexique à Bruxelles; le président de la république de nicaragua: M. Antoine Sottile, Dr en Droit, Délégué permanent de Nicaragua auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de norvège: S. Exc. M. Johannes Irgens, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Norvège à Berne, Rome et Athènes, M. Jens Christian Meinich, Commandant d’infanterie, Secrétaire général de la Croix-Rouge norvégienne; sa majesté la reine des pays-bas: S. Exc. M. Willem Isaac Doude van Troostwijk, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire des Pays-Bas à Berne, M. Johan Carl Diehl, Major Général, Médecin Inspecteur général du Service de Santé de l’Armée, Vice-Président de la Croix-Rouge néerlandaise, M. Jacob Harberts, Commandant à l’Etat-Major général, Professeur à l’Ecole supérieure de Guerre; sa majesté impériale le shah de perse: S. Exc. M. Anouchirevan Khan Sepahbodi, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Perse à Berne; le président de la république de pologne: M. Joseph Gabriel Pracki, Colonel Médecin, M. W. Jerzy Babecki, Lieutenant-Colonel; 2081 le président de la républiquePlenipotentiaries—Continued. portugaise: S. Exc. M. Vasco de Quevedo, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Portugal à Berne, M. Francisco de Calheiros e Menezes, Premier Secrétaire de Légation; sa majesté le roi de roumaine: S. Exc. M. Michel B. Boeresco, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Roumanie à Berne, M. Eugène Vertejano, Colonel, Officier d’État-Major; sa majesté le roi des serbes croates et slovènes: S. Exc. M. Ilija Choumenkovitch, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire du Royaume des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes à Berne, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; sa majesté le roi de siam: S. A. S. le Prince Varnvaidya, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Siam à Londres; sa majesté le roi de suède: S. Exc. M. Karl Ivan Westman, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Suède à Berne; le conseil fédéral suisse: M. Paul Dinichert, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Chef de la Division des Affaires étrangères du Département politique fédéral, M. Carl Hauser, Colonel des Troupes sanitaires, Médecin en Chef de l’Armée, M. Anton Züblin, Colonel d’infanterie en disponibilité, Avocat, M. Roger de la Harpe, Lieutenant-Colonel des Troupes sanitaires, Médecin, M. Dietrich Schindler, Major de la Justice militaire, Professeur de Droit international à l’Université de Zurich; 2082 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. le président de la république tchécoslovaque: S. Exc. M. Zdeněk Fierlinger, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Tchécoslovaquie à Berne; le président de la république turque: S. Exc. Hassan Bey, Vice-Président de la Grande Assemblée nationale de Turquie, Vice-Président du Croissant-Rouge turc, S. Exc. Nusret Bey,Président du Conseil d’Etat de la République, Le Professeur Akil Moukhtar Bey, Dr en Médecine, Le Dr Abdulkadir Bey, Lieutenant-Colonel, Médecin militaire, Professeur à l’Ecole d’Application et à Hôpital de Gulhane; le président de la république orientale de l’uruguay: S. Exc. M. Alfredo de Castro, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire d’Uruguay à Berne; le président de la république des états-unis de vénézuéla: S. Exc. M. Caracciolo Parra-Pérez, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Vénézuéla à Rome, M. Ivan Manuel Hurtado-Machado, Chargé d’Affaires p. i. de Vénézuéla à Berne; Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus de ce qui suit: Chapitre premier.The wounded and sick. Des blessés et des malades. article premier. Treatment, etc.Les militaires et les autres personnes officiellement attachées aux armées qui seront blessés ou malades devront être respectés et protégés en toutes circonstances; ils seront traités avec humanité et soignés, sans distinction de nationalité, par le belligérant qui les aura en son pouvoir. 2083 Toutefois, le belligérant, obligéWhen left in adversary’s hands. d’abandonner des blessés ou des malades à son adversaire, laissera avec eux, autant que les exigences militaires le permettront, une partie de son personnel et de son matériel sanitaires pour contribuer à les soigner. article 2. Sous réserve des soins à leurTo become prisoners of war. fournir en vertu de l’article précédent, les blessés et les malades d’une armée tombés au pouvoir de l’autre belligérant seront prisonniers de guerre et les règles générales du droit des gens concernant les prisonniers leur seront applicables. Cependant, les belligérants resterontAgreement between belligerents. libres de stipuler, en faveur des prisonniers blessés ou malades et au delà des obligations existantes, telles clauses qu’ils jugeront utiles. article 3. Après chaque combat, l’occupantProtection of the wounded and the dead from robbery, etc. du champ de bataille prendra des mesures pour rechercher les blessés et les morts et pour les protéger contre le pillage et les mauvais traitements. Toutes les fois que les circonstancesRemoval of wounded under local armistice. le permettront, un armistice local ou ime interruption de feu seront convenus pour permettre l’enlèvement des blessés restés entre les lignes. article 4. Les belligérants se feront connaîtreIdentification provisions. réciproquement, dans le plus bref délai possible, les noms des blessés, des malades et des morts recueillis ou découverts, ainsi que tous les éléments propres à les identifier. Ils établiront et se transmettrontDeath certificates. les actes de décès. Ils recueilleront et s’enverrontPersonal effects, etc. également tous les objets d’un usage personnel trouvés sur les champs de bataille ou sur les morts, notamment la moitié de 2084leur plaque d’identité, l’autre moitié devant rester attachée au cadavre. Interments, etc.Prior examination to be made.Ils veilleront à ce que l’inhumation ou l’incinération des morts soit précédée d’un examen attentif et, si possible, médical des corps, en vue de constater la mort, d’établir l’identité et de pouvoir’ en rendre compte. Ils veilleront, en outre, à ce qu’ils soient enterrés honorablement, que leurs tombes soient respectées et puissent toujours être retrouvées. Service of graves to be organized.A cet effet et au début des hostilités, ils organiseront officiellement un service des tombes en vue de rendre possible des exhumations éventuelles et d’assurer l’identification des cadavres, quel que soit l’emplacement successif des tombes. Lists to be exchanged.Dès la fin des hostilités, ils échangeront la liste des tombes et celle des morts ensevelis dans leurs cimetières et ailleurs. article 5. Appeal to charity of inhabitants.L’autorité militaire pourra faire appel au zèle charitable des habitants pour recueillir et soigner, sous son contrôle, des blessés ou des malades des armées, en acordant aux personnes ayant répondu à cet appel une protection spéciale et certaines facilités. Sanitary formations and establishments. Chapitre II. Des formations et des établissements sanitaires. article 6. Respect and protection to.Les formations sanitaires mobiles, c’est-à-dire celles qui sont destinées à accompagner les armées en campagne, et les établissements fixes du sendee de santé seront respectés et protégés par les belligérants. article 7. Exception.La protection due aux formations et établissements sanitaires cessera si l’on en use pour commettre des actes nuisibles à l’ennemi. 2085 article 8. Ne seront pas considérés commeDesignated acts not to deprive right to protection.*Ante*, p. 2084. étant de nature à priver une formation ou un établissement sanitaire de la protection assurée par l’article 6: 1) le fait que le personnel de la fonnation ou de l’établissement est armé et qu’il use de ses armes pour sa propre défense ou celle de ses blessés et de ses malades; 2) le fait qu’à défaut d’infirmiers armés, la formation ou l’établissement est gardé par un piquet ou des sentinelles; 3) le fait qu’il est trouvé dans la formation ou l’établissement des armes portatives et des munitions retirées aux blessés et aux malades et n’ayant pas encore été versées au service compétent; 4) le fait que du personnel et du matériel du service vétérinaire se trouvent dans la formation ou l’établissement, sans en faire partie intégrante. Chapitre III. Du personnelPersonnel. article 9. Le personnel exclusivement affectéProtection, etc. à l’enlèvement, au transport et au traitement des blessés et des malades, ainsi qu’à l’administration des formations et des établissements sanitaires, les aumôniers attachés aux armées, seront respectés et protégés en toutes circonstances. S’ils tombent entre les mains de l’ennemi, ils ne seront pas traités comme prisonniers de guerre. Les militaires spécialement instruitsBenefits extended to military personnel when so used. pour être, le cas échéant, employés comme infirmiers ou brancardiers auxiliaires à l’enlèvement, au transport et au traitement des blessés et des malades, et munis d’une pièce d’identité, seront au bénéfice du même régime que le personnel sanitaire permanent, s’ils sont capturés pendant qu’ils remplissent ces fonctions. 2086 article 10. Volunteer aid societies.*Ante*, p. 2085.Est assimilé au personnel visé à l’alinéa 1er de l’article 9 le personnel des sociétés de secours volontaires, dûment reconnues et autorisées par leur Gouvernement qui sera employé aux mêmes fonctions que celles du personnel visé au dit alinéa, sous la réserve que le personnel de ces sociétés sera soumis aux lois et règlements militaires. Names of, to be made known before employment.Chaque Haute Partie Contractante notifiera à l’autre, soit dès le temps de paix, soit à l’ouverture ou au cours des hostilités, en tout cas avant tout emploi effectif, les noms des sociétés qu’elle aura autorisées à prêter leur concours, sous sa responsabilité, au service sanitaire officiel de ses armées. article 11. Services of societies of neutral State restricted.Une société reconnue d’un pays neutre ne pourra prêter le concours de son personnel et de ses formations sanitaires à un belligérant qu’avec l’assentiment préalable de son propre Gouvernement et l’autorisation du belligérant luimême. Notice thereof to enemy.Le belligérant qui aura accepté le secours sera tenu, avant tout emploi, d’en faire la notification à l’ennemi. article 12. Not to be detained after capture.Les personnes désignées dans les articles 9, 10 et 11 ne pourront être retenues après qu’elles seront tombées au pouvoir de la partie adverse. Return.Sauf accord contraire, elles seront renvoyées au belligérant dont elles relèvent dès qu’une voie sera ouverte pour leur retour et que les exigences militaires le permettront. Continuance, of service ad interim.En attendant leur renvoi, elles continueront à remplir leurs fonctions sous la direction de la partie adverse; elles seront de préférence affectées aux soins des blessés et des malades du belligérant dont elles relèvent. 2087 A leur départ, elles emporteront les effets, les instruments, les armes et les moyens de transport qui leur appartiennent. article 13. Les belligérants assureront auPay and allowances. personnel visé par les articles 9, 10 et 11, pendant qu’il sera en leur pouvoir, le même entretien, le*Ante*, p. 2085. même logement, les mêmes allocations et la même solde qu’au personnel correspondant de leur armée. Dès le début des hostilités, ilsDetermination of rank. s’entendront au sujet de la correspondance de grades de leur personnel sanitaire. Chapitre IV. Des bâtiments et du matériel.Buildings and matériel. article 14. Les formations sanitaires mobiles,Use, etc. quelles qu’elles soient, conserveront, si elles tombent au pouvoir de la partie adverse, leur matériel, leurs moyens de transport et leur personnel conducteur. Toutefois, l’autorité militaireRestitution. compétente aura la faculté de s’en servir pour les soins des blessés et des malades; la restitution aura lieu dans les conditions prévues pour le personnel sanitaire et, autant que possible, en même temps. article 15. Les bâtiments et le matérielFixed establishments to be respected. des établissements sanitaires fixes de l’armée demeureront soumis aux lois de la guerre, mais ne pourront être détournés de leur emploi tant qu’ils seront nécessaires aux blessés et aux malades. Toutefois, les commandants des troupes d’opérations pourront en disposer, en cas de nécessités militaires urgentes, en assurant au préalable le sort des blessés et des malades qui y sont traités. 2088 article 16. Buildings and matériel of aid societies regarded as private property.Les bâtiments des sociétés de secours admises au bénéfice de la Convention seront considérés comme propriété privée. Le matériel de ces sociétés, quel que soit le lieu où il pourra se trouver, sera également considéré comme propriété privée. Requisition of, only when necessary.Le droit de réquisition reconnu aux belligérants par les lois et usages de la guerre ne s’exercera qu’en cas de nécessité urgente et une fois le sort des blessés et des malades assuré. Sanitary transports. Chapitre V. Des transports sanitaires. article 17. Mobile sanitary formations.Provisions governing.Les véhicules aménagés pour les évacuations sanitaires circulant isolément ou en convoi seront traités comme les formations sanitaires mobiles, sauf les dispo sitions spéciales suivantes: Intercepted vehicles.Le belligérant interceptant des véhicules de transport sanitaire, isolés ou en convoi, pourra, si les nécessités militaires l’exigent, les arrêter, disloquer le convoi, en se chargeant, dans tous les cas, des blessés et des malades qu’il contient. Il ne pourra les utiliser que dans le secteur où ils auront été interceptés et exclusivement pour des besoins sanitaires. Ces véhicules, une fois leur mission locale terminée, devront être rendus dans les conditions prévues à l’article 14. Assigned military personnel.Le personnel militaire préposé au transport et muni à cet effet d’un mandat régulier sera renvoyé dans les conditions prévues à l’article 12 pour le personnel sanitaire, et sous réserve du dernier alinéa de l’article 18. Return of all convoys of evacuation.Tous les moyens de transport spécialement organisés pour les évacuations et le matériel d’aménagement de ces moyens de transport relevant du service de santé seront restitués *Ante*, p. 2087.conformément aux dispositions du chapitre IV. 2089 Les moyens de transport militaires,Military vehicles, etc. autres que ceux du service de santé, pourront être capturés, avec leurs attelages. Le personnel civil et tous lesCivil personnel, etc. moyens de transport provenant de la réquisition seront soumis aux règles générales du droit des gens. article 18. Les appareils aériens utilisésAircraft used for evacuation of wounded, etc. comme moyens de transport sanitaire jouiront de la protection de la Convention pendant le temps où ils seront exclusivement réservés à l’évacuation des blessés et des malades, au transport du personnel et du matériel sanitaires. Ils seront peints en blanc etDistinctive sign, etc. porteront ostensiblement le signe distinctif prévu à l’article 19, à côté des couleurs nationales, sur leurs faces inférieure et supérieure. Sauf licence spéciale et expresse,Flights over firing line, etc., restricted. le survol de la ligne de feu et de la zone située en avant des grands postes médicaux de triage, ainsi que, d’une manière générale, de tout territoire ennemi ou occupé par l’ennemi sera interdit. Les appareils sanitaires aériensSummons to land. devront obéir à toute sommation d’atterrir. En cas d’atterrissage ainsi imposéLanding upon enemy territory. ou fortuit sur territoire ennemi ou occupé par l’ennemi, les blessés et les malades, de même que le personnel et le matériel sanitaires, y compris l’appareil aérien, demeureront au bénéfice des dispositions de la présente Convention. Les pilote, les manœuvres et lesConditional return of captured pilot, etc. opérateurs de télégraphie sans fil (T. S. F.) capturés seront rendus, à la condition qu’ils ne soient plus utilisés, jusqu’à la fin des hostilités, que dans le service sanitaire. Chapitre VI. Du signe distinclif.Distinctive sign. article 19. Par hommage pour la Suisse, leEmblem of sanitary service. signe héraldique de la croix rouge sur fond blanc, formé par Ínter 2090version des couleurs fédérales, est maintenu comme emblème et signe distinctif du service sanitaire des années. Toutefois, pour les pays qui emploient déjà, à la place de la croix rouge, le croissant rouge ou le lion et le soleil rouges sur fond blanc comme signe distinctif, ces emblèmes sont également admis dans le sens de la présente Convention. article 20. Use of, with permission.L’emblème figurera sur les drapeaux, les brassards, ainsi que sur tout le matériel se rattachant au service sanitaire, avec la permission de l’autorité militaire compétente. article 21. Brassard to be worn.*Ante*, pp. 2085, 2086.Le personnel protégé en vertu des articles 9, alinéa premier, 10 et 11 portera, fixé au bras gauche, un brassard muni du signe distinctif, délivré et timbré par une autorité militaire. Personnel to have identification.Le personnel visé à l’article 9, alinéas 1 et 2, sera pourvu d’une pièce d’identité consistant, soit en une inscription dans le livret militaire, soit en un document spécial. Certificates for persons without military uniform.*Ante*, p. 2086.Les personnes visées aux articles 10 et 11 qui n’ont pas d’uniforme militaire seront munies par l’autorité militaire compétente d’un certificat d’identité, avec photographie, attestant leur qualité de sanitaire. Les pièces d’identité devront être uniformes et du même modèle dans chaque armée. En aucun cas, le personnel sanitaire ne pourra être privé de ses insignes, ni des pièces d’identité qui lui sont propres. En cas de perte, il aura le droit d’en obtenir des duplicata. article 22. Restrictive display of Convention flag.Le drapeau distintif de la Convention ne pourra être arboré que sur les formations et les établissements sanitaires qu’elle ordonne de respecter et avec le con2091sentement de l’autorité militaire. Dans les établissements fixes, il devra et, dans les formations mobiles, il pourra être accompagné du drapeau national du belligérant dont relève la formation ou l’établissement. Toutefois, les formations sanitaires tombées au pouvoir de l’ennemi n’arboreront que le drapeau de la Convention, aussi longtemps qu’elles se trouveront dans cette situation. Les belligérants prendront, enVisibility, etc. tant que les exigences militaires le permettront, les mesures nécessaires pour rendre nettement visibles aux forces ennemies terrestres, aériennes et maritimes les emblèmes distinctifs signalant les formations et les établissements sanitaires, en vue d’écarter la possibilité de toute action agressive. article 23. Les formations sanitaires desUse of flag by sanitary formations of neutrals.*Ante*, p. 2086. pays neutres qui, dans les conditions prévues par l’article 11, auraient été autorisées à fournir leurs services devront arborer, avec le drapeau de la Convention, le drapeau national du belligérant dont elles relèvent. Elles auront le droit, tant qu’elles prêteront leurs services à un belligérant, d’arborer également leur drapeau national. Les dispositions du deuxième alinéa de l’article précédent leur seront applicables. article 24. L’emblème de la croix rougeEmblem to be used for protection, etc., only. sur fond blanc et les mots *croix rouge* ou *croix de Genève* ne pourront être employés, soit en temps de paix, soit en temps de guerre, que pour protéger ou désigner les formations et les établissements sanitaires, le personnel et le matériel protégés par la Convention. Il en sera de même, en ce qui*Ante*, p. 2089. concerne les emblèmes visés à l’article 19, alinéa 2, pour les pays qui les emploient. D’autre part, les sociétés de secoursUse by volunteer aid societies.*Ante*, p. 2086. volontaires visées à l’article 10 pourront faire usage, conformément à la législation nationale, de 2092l’emblème distinctif pour leur activité humanitaire en temps de paix. Relief stations.A titre exceptionnel et avec l’autorisation expresse de l’une des sociétés nationales de la Croix-Rouge (Croissant-Rouge, Lion et Soleil-Rouges), il pourra être fait usage de l’emblème de la Convention, en temps de paix, pour marquer l’emplacement de postes de secours exclusivement réservés à donner des soins gratuits à des blessés ou à des malades. Application and execution. Chapitre VII. De l’application et de l’exécution de la Convention. article 25. Provisions obligatory on contracting parties.Les dispositions de la présente Convention seront respectées par les Hautes Parties Contractantes en toutes circonstances. If a belligerent is not signatory.Au cas où, en temps de guerre, un belligérant ne serait pas partie a la Convention, ses dispositions demeureront néanmoins obligatoires entre tous les belligérants qui y participent. article 26. Execution of details.Les commandants en chef des armées belligérantes auront à pourvoir aux détails d’exécution des articles précédents, ainsi qu’aux cas non prévus, d’après les instructions de leurs Gouvernements respectifs et conformément aux principes généraux de la présente Convention. article 27. Notice to troops, etc.Les Hautes Parties Contractantes prendront les mesures nécessaires pour instruire leurs troupes, et spécialement le personnel protégé, des dispositions de la présente Convention et pour les porter à la connaissance des populations. Abuses and infractions. Chapitre VIII. De la répression des abus et des infractions. article 28. Legislation to repress, etc.Les Gouvernements des Hautes Parties Contractantes, dont la législation ne serait pas dès à 2093présent suffisante, prendront ou proposeront à leurs législatures les mesures nécessaires pour empêcher en tout temps: *a*) l’emploi, par des particuliers ou par des sociétés autres que celles y ayant droit en vertu de la présente Convention, de l’emblème ou de la dénomination de *croix rouge* ou de *croix de Genève,* de même que de tout signe et de toute dénomination constituant une imitation, que cet emploi ait lieu dans un but commercial ou dans tout autre but; *b*) en raison de l’hommage rendu à la Suisse par l’adoption des couleurs fédérales interverties, l’emploi par des particuliers ou par des sociétés des armoiries de a Confédération Suisse ou de signes constituant une imitation, soit comme marques de fabrique ou de commerce ou comme éléments de ces marques, soit dans un but contraire à la loyauté commerciale, soit dans des conditions susceptibles de blesser le sentiment national suisse. L’interdiction prévue sous lettreEffect. *a*) de l’emploi des signes ou dénominations constituant une imitation de l’emblème ou de la dénomination de *croix rouge* ou de *croix de Genève,* ainsi que l’interdiction prévue sous lettre *b*) de l’emploi des armoiries de la Confédération Suisse ou de signes constituant une imitation Produira son effet à partir de époque déterminée par chaque législation et, au plus tard, cinq ans après la mise en vigueur de la présente Convention. Dès cette mise en vigueur, il ne sera plus licite de prendre une marque de fabrique ou de commerce contraire à ces interdictions. article 29. Les Gouvernements des HautesRepressing contravening acts in time of war. Parties Contractantes prendront ou proposeront également à leurs législatures, en cas d’insuffisance de leurs lois pénales, les mesures nécessaires pour réprimer, en temps de guerre, tout acte contraire aux dispositions de la présente Convention. 2094 Notification of measures taken.Ils se communiqueront, par l’intermédiaire du Conseil fédéral suisse, les dispositions relatives à cette répression, au plus tard dans les cinq ans à dater de la ratification de la présente Convention. article 30. Investigating violations.A la demande d’un belligérant, une enquête devra être ouverte, selon le mode à fixer entre les parties intéressées, au sujet de toute violation alléguée de la Convention; une fois la violation constatée, les belligérants y mettront fin et la réprimeront le plus promptement possible. Dispositions finales. article 31. Final provisions.La présente Convention, qui portera la date de ce jour, pourra, jusqu’au premier février 1930, être signée au nom de tous les pays représentés à la Conférence Date.qui s’est ouverte à Genève le 1er juillet 1929, ainsi que des pays non représentés à cette Conférence qui participent aux Conventions de Genève de 1864 ou de 1906. article 32. Ratification and deposit.La présente Convention sera ratifiée aussitôt que possible. Les ratifications seront déposées à Berne. Certified copies.Il sera dressé du dépôt de chaque instrument de ratification un procès-verbal dont une copie, certifiée conforme, sera remise par le Conseil fédéral suisse aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura été signée ou l’adhésion notifiée. article 33. Effective date.La présente Convention entrera en vigueur six mois après que deux instruments de ratification au moins auront été déposés. 2095 Ultérieurement, elle entrera en vigueur pour chaque Haute Partie Contractante six mois après le dépôt de son instrument de ratification. article 34. La présente Convention remplaceraFormer Conventions superseded.Vol. 22, p. 940; Vol. 35, p. 1885. les Conventions du 22 août 1864 et du 6 juillet 1906 dans les rapports entre les Hautes Parties Contractantes. article 35. A partir de la date de sa miseAdhesions. en vigueur, la présente Convention sera ouverte aux adhésions données au nom de tout pays au nom duquel cette Convention n’aura pas été signée. article 36. Les adhésions seront notifiéesEffective in six months. par écrit au Conseil fédéral suisse et produiront leurs effets six mois après la date à laquelle elles lui seront parvenues. Le Conseil fédéral suisse communiqueraNotification to be made. les adhésions aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura été signée ou l’adhésion notifiée. article 37. L’état de guerre donnera effetRatifications, etc., immediately effective on outbreak of war. immédiat aux ratifications déposées et aux adhésions notifiées par les Puissances belligérantes avant ou après le début des hostilités. La communication des ratifications ou adhésions reçues des Puissances en état de guerre sera faite par le Conseil fédéral suisse par la voie la plus rapide. article 38. Chacune des Hautes PartiesDenunciation. Contractantes aura la faculté de dénoncer la présente Convention. La dénonciation ne produira ses effets qu’un an après que la notification en aura été faite par écrit au Conseil fédéral suisse. Celui-ci 2096communiquera cette notification aux Gouvernements de toutes les Hautes Parties Contractantes. La dénonciation ne vaudra qu’à l’égard de la Haute Partie Contractante qui l’aura notifiée. En outre, cette dénonciation ne produira pas ses effets au cours d’une guerre dans laquelle serait impliquée la Puissance dénon-çante. En ce cas, la présente Convention continuera à produire ses effets, audelà du délai d’un an, jusqu’à la conclusion de la paix. article 39. Certified copy deposited in League of Nations archives.Une copie certifiée conforme de la présente Convention sera déposée aux archives de la Société des Nations par les soins du Conseil fédéral suisse. De même, les ratifications, adhésions et dénonciations qui seront notifiées au Conseil fédéral suisse seront communiquées par lui à la Société des Nations. Signatures. En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires susnommés ont signé la présente Convention. Fait à Genève, le vingt-sept juillet mil neuf cent vingt-neuf, en un seul exemplaire, qui restera déposé aux archives de la Confédération Suisse et dont des copies, certifiées conformes, seront remises aux Gouvernements de tous les pays invités à la Conférence. *Pour l’Allemagne:* Edmund Rhomberg *Pour les États-Unis d’Amérique:* Eliot Wadsworth Hugh R. Wilson *Pour l’Autriche:* Leitmaier *Pour la Belgique:* Dr Demolder J. de Ruelle *Pour la Bolivie:* A. Cortadellas *Pour le Brésil:* Raul do Rio-Branco 2097 *Pour la Grande-Bretagne etGreat Britain and Northern Ireland. Virelande du Nord, ainsi que toute partie de l’Empire britannique non membre séparé de la Société des Nations:* Je déclare que la signature queReservation. j’appose à cette Convention pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord, ainsi que toute partie de l’Empire britannique non membre séparé de la Société des Nations est donnée sous cette réserve que Sa Majesté Britannique entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article Bourront prévoir que les particuers, associations, raisons sociales ou sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, les armoiries de la Confédération Suisse, ou des singes constituant une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. Horace Rumbold *Pour le Canada:* Canada. Je déclare que la signature queReservation. j’appose à cette Convention pour le Canada est donnée sous cette réserve que le Gouvernement du Dominion du Canada entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article pourront prévoir que les particuliers, associations, raisons sociales et sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, les armoiries de la Confédération Suisse, ou des signes constituant une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. W. A. Riddell *Pour l’Australie:* Australia. Je déclare que la signature queReservation. j’appose à cette Convention pour l’Australie est donnée sous cette réserve que le Gouvernement du Commonwealth d’Australie entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article pourront prévoir que les particuliers, associations, raisons sociales et sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, les armoiries de la Confédération 2098Suisse, ou des signes constituant une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. Claud Russell New Zealand. *Pour la Nouvelle-Zélande:* Reservation.Je déclare que la signature que j’appose à cette Convention pour la Nouvelle-Zélande est donnée sous cette réserve que le Gouvernement de la Nouvelle-Zélande entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article pourront prévoir que les particuliers, associations, raisons sociales ou sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, les armoiries de la Confédération Suisse, ou des signes constituant une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. Claud Russell South Africa. *Pour l’Afrique du Sud:* Eric H. Louw Irish Free State. *Pour l’État Libre d’Irlande:* Reservation.Je déclare que la signature que j’appose à cette Convention pour l’État Libre d’Irelande est donnée sous cette réserve qu’il entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article pourront prévoir que les particuliers, associations, raisons sociales ou sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, les armoiries de la Confédération Suisse, ou des signes constituant une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. Sean Lester India. *Pour l’Inde:* Reservation.Je déclare que la signature que j’appose à cette Convention pour le Gouvernement de l’Inde est donnée sous cette réserve que le Gouvernement de l’Inde entend interpréter l’article 28 de la Convention en ce sens que les mesures législatives visées par cet article pourront prévoir que les particuliers, associations, raisons sociales ou sociétés qui auront employé, avant l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention les armoiries de la Confédération Suisse, ou des signes constituant 2099une imitation des dites armoiries, dans tout but légal, ne devront pas être empêchés de continuer à employer ces armoiries ou signes dans le même but. Claud Russell *Pour la Bulgarie:* D. Mikoff Stephan N. Laftchieff *Pour le Chili:* Gmo Novoa D. Pulgar *Pour la Chine:* C. Y. Hsiao *Pour la Colombie:* Francisco José Urrutia *Pour Cuba:* Carlos de Armenteros Carlos Blanco *Pour le Danemark:* Harald Scavenius Gustav Rasmussen *Pour la République Dominicaine:* Ch. Ackermann *Pour l’Égypte:* Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad H. W’. M. Simaika *Pour l’Espagne:* Ad Referendum Maurico Lopez Roberts y Terry, Marqués de la torrehermosa *Pour l’Estonie:* Dr. Leesment *Pour la Finlande:* A. E. Martola *Pour la France:* H. de Marcilly J. du Sault *Pour la Grèce:* R. Raphaël S. Veniselos *Pour la Hongrie:* Paul de Hevesy *Pour l’Italie:* Giovanni Ciraolo *Pour le Japon:* Japan. Tout en acceptant en principeReservation. les dispositions de l’article 28, le Japon fait des réserves quant à la date de mise en vigueur de l’interdiction prévue sous lettre *b* du dit article.2100 Le Japon entend que cette interdiction ne s’applique pas aux armoiries et signes qui auraient été en usage ou enregistrés avant son entrée en vigueur. Les délégués du Japon signent la présente Convention moyennant les réserves susmentionnées. Isaburo Yoshida S. Shimomura S. Miura *Pour la Lettonie:* Charles Duzmans Dr Oskar Voit *Pour le Luxembourg:* Ch. G. Vermaire *Pour le Mexique:* Fr. Castillo Nájera *Pour le Nicaragua:* A. Sottile *Pour la Norvège:* J. Irgens Jens Meinich *Pour les Pays-Bas:* W. Doude van Troostwijk Dr Diehl J. Harberts *Pour la Perse:* Anouchirevan Sepahbodi *Pour la Pologne:* Józef G. Pracki W. Jerzy Babecki *Pour le Portugal:* Vasco de Quevedo F. de Calheiros e Menezes *Pour la Roumanie:* M. B. Boeresco Colonel E. Vertejano *Pour le Royaume des Serbes, Croates et Slovènes:* I. Choumenkovitch *Pour le Siam:* Varnvaidya *Pour la Suède:* K. I. Westman *Pour la Suisse:* Paul Dinichert Hauser Züblin De la Harpe Schindler 2101 *Pour la Tchécoslovaquie:* Zd. Fierlinger *Pour la Turquie:* Hassan Dr Abdulkadir M. Nubret Dr Akil Moukhtar *Pour l’Uruguay:* Alfredo de Castro *Pour le Vénézuéla:* C. Parra-Pérez I. M. Hurtado-Machado [Translation11Based on Senate Document Executive F, Seventy-first Congress, third session.] CONVENTION OF GENEVA OF JULY 27, 1929, FOR THE AMELIORATION OF THE CONDITION OF THE WOUNDED AND SICK OF ARMIES IN THE FIELD. Contracting Powers.The President of the German Reich, the President of the United States of America, the Federal President of the Republic of Austria, His Majesty the King of the Belgians, the President of the Republic of Bolivia, the President of the Republic of the United States of Brazil, His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, His Majesty the King of the Bulgarians, the President of the Republic of Chile, the President of the Republic of China, the President of the Republic of Colombia, the President of the Republic of Cuba, His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland, the President of the Dominican Republic, His Majesty the King of Egypt, His Majesty the King of Spain, the President of the Republic of Estonia, the President of the Republic of Finland, the President of the French Republic, the President of the Hellenic Republic, His Serene Highness the Regent of Hungary, His 2075Majesty the King of Italy, His Majesty the Emperor of Japan, the President of the Republic of Latvia, Her Royal Highness the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg, the President of the United States of Mexico, the President of the Republic of Nicaragua, His Majesty the King of Norway, Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia, the President of the Republic of Poland, the President of the Portuguese Republic, His Majesty the King of Rumania, His Majesty the King of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, His Majesty the King of Siam, His Majesty the King of Sweden, the Swiss Federal Council, the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, the President of the Turkish Republic, the President of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, the President of the Republic of the United States of Venezuela, equally desirous of diminishing,Scope of convention.Vol. 22, p. 940; Vol. 35, p. 1885. so far as lies within their power, the evils inseparable from war, and wishing to perfect and complete, for this purpose, the provisions agreed upon at Geneva, August 22, 1864, and July 6, 1906, to ameliorate the condition of the wounded and the sick of armies in the field, have decided to conclude a new Plenipotentiaries. Convention for this purpose, and have appointed the following as their plenipotentiaries, namely: the president of the german reich: His Excellency Herr Edmund Rhomberg, Doctor of Laws, Minister unassigned; the president of the united states of america: The Honorable Eliot Wadsworth, former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, His Excellency the Honorable Hugh R. Wilson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Berne; 2076 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. the federal president of the republic of austria: Herr Marc Leitmaier, Doctor of Laws, Ministerial Counselor at the Federal Chancellery, Department of Foreign Affairs; his majesty the king of the belgians: M. Paul Demolder, Surgeon General, Chief of the Medical Corps of the First Military District, M. Joseph de Ruelle, Counselor of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; the president of the republic of bolivia: His Excellency Sr. Alberto Cortadellas, Minister Resident of Bolivia at Berne; the president of the republic of the united states of brazil: His Excellency Sr. Raoul de Rio-Branco, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Brazil at Berne; his majesty the king of great britain, ireland and british dominions beyond the seas, emperor of india: for great britain and northern ireland and all parts of the british empire which are not separate members of the league of nations: The Right Honorable Sir Horace Rumbold, G.C.M.G., M.V.O., Ambassador of His Britannic Majesty at Berlin; for the dominion of canada: Mr. Walter Alexander Riddell, Permanent Counselor of the Canadian Government to the League of Nations; for the commonwealth of australia: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; 2077 for the dominion of new Plenipotentiaries—Continued. zealand: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; for the union of south africa: Mr. Eric Hendrik Louw, High Commissioner of the Union of South Africa at London; for the irish free state: Mr. Sean Lester, Representative of the Irish Free State to the League of Nations; for india: His Excellency Mr. Claud Russel, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty at Berne; his majesty the king of the bulgarians: M. Dimitri Mikoff, Chargé d’Affaires of Bulgaria at Berne, Permanent Representative of the Bulgarian Government to the League of Nations, M. Stéphane N. Laftchieff, Member of the Administrative Council of the Bulgarian Red Cross; the president of the republic of chile: Colonel Guillermo Novoa-Sepulveda, Military Attaché to the Legation of Chile at Berlin, Captain Dario Pulgar-Arriagada, Medical Corps; the president of the republic of china: Mr. Chi Yung Hsiao, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of China at Berne; the president of the republic of colombia: His Excellency Sr. Francisco José de Urrutia, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Colombia at Berne; 2078 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. the president of the republic of cuba: His Excellency Sr. Carlos de Armenteros y de Cardenas, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Cuba at Berne, Sr. Carlos Blanco y Sanchez, Secretary of Legation, attached to the Delegation of Cuba to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of denmark and iceland: for denmark: His Excellency Mr. Harald de Scavenius, Chamberlain, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Denmark in Switzerland and in the Netherlands, former Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr. Gustave M. Rasmussen, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Denmark at Berne; the president of the dominican republic: Sr. Charles Ackermann, Consul of the Dominican Republic at Geneva; his majesty the king of egypt: M. Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad, Counselor of the State Legal Department, Professor of International Law at the Military School of Cairo, M. Henri Wassif Simaika, Attaché of the Royal Legation of Egypt at Rome; his majesty the king of spain: His Excellency the Marquis de la Torrehermosa, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Spain at Berne; the president of the republic of estonia: Mr. Hans Leesment, Doctor of Medicine, President of the Estonian Red Cross; the president of the republic of finland: Lieutenant-Colonel A. E. Martola, Military Attaché to the Legation of Finland at Paris; 2079 the president of the frenchPlenipotentiaries—Continued. republic: His Excellency M. Henri Chassain de Marcilly, Ambassador of France at Berne, M. Jean du Sault, Counselor of the Embassy of France at Berne; the president of the hellenic republic: M. Raphael Raphael, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Greece at Berne, Lieutenant-Colonel Sophocle Venizelos, Military Attaché to the Legation of Greece at Paris; his serene highness the regent of hungary: His Excellency M. Paul de Hevesy, Minister Resident, Permanent Delegate of the Royal Government to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of italy: Sig. Giovanni Ciraolo, Senator of the Kingdom; his majesty the emperor of japan: His Excellency Mr. Isaburo Yoshida, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Japan at Berne, Lieutenant-Colonel Sadamu Shimomura, Captain Seizo Miura, Naval Attaché to the Embassy of Japan at Paris; the president of the republic of latvia: His Excellency Mr. Charles Duzmans, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Latvia to His Majesty the King of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations, His Excellency Mr. Oskar Voit, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Latvia in Switzerland, Germany, Hungary, and the Netherlands; her royal highness the grand duchy of luxembourg: M. Charles Vermaire, Consul of the Grand Duchy at Geneva; 2080 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. the president of the united states of mexico: His Excellency Sr. Francisco Castillo Nájera, Surgeon General, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Mexico at Brussels; the president of the republic of nicaragua: Sr. Antoine Sottile, Doctor of Laws, Permanent Delegate of Nicaragua to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of norway: His Excellency Mr. Johannes Irgens, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Norway at Berne, Rome, and Athens, Mr. Jens Christian Meinich, Commandant of Infantry, Secretary General of the Norwegian Red Cross; her majesty the queen of the netherlands: His Excellency Mr. Willem Isaac Doude van Troostwijk, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands at Berne, Major-General Johan Carl Diehl, Inspector-General of the Medical Corps of the Army, Vice President of the Netherland Red Cross, Mr. Jacob Harberts, Commandant of the General Staff, Professor at the War College; his imperial majesty the shah of persia: His Excellency M. Anouchirevan Khan Sepahbodi, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Persia at Berne; the president of the republic of poland: Colonel Joseph Gabriel Pracki, Medical Corps, Lieutenant-Colonel W. Jerzy Babecki; 2081 the president of the portuguesePlenipotentiaries—Continued. republic: His Excellency Sr. Vasco de Quevedo, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Portugal at Berne, Sr. Francisco de Calheiros e Menezes, First Secretary of Legation; his majesty the king of rumania: His Excellency M. Michel B. Boeresco, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Rumania at Berne, Colonel Eugene Vertejano, Officer of the General Staff; his majesty the king of the serbs, croats and slovenes: His Excellency M. Ilija Choumenkovitch, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes at Berne, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations; his majesty the king of siam: His Serene Highness, Prince Vamvaidya, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Siam at London; his majesty the king of sweden: His Excellency Mr. Karl Ivan Westman, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Sweden at Berne; the swiss federal council: His Excellency Mr. Karl Ivan Westman, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Sweden at Berne; Colonel Carl Hauser, Medical Corps, Surgeon General of the Army, M. Anton Züblin, Infantry Colonel unassigned, Attorney, Lieutenant-Colonel Roger de la Harpe, Medical Corps, Surgeon, Major Dietrich Schindler, Judge Advocate General’s Department, Professor of International Law at the University of Zürich; 2082 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. the president of the czechoslovak republic: His Excellency M. Zdeněk Fierlinger, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Czechoslovakia at Berne; the president of the turkish republic: His Excellency Hassan Bey, Vice President of the Grand National Assembly of Turkey, Vice President of the Turkish Red Crescent, His Excellency Nusret Bey, President of the Council of State of the Republic, Professor Akil Moukhtar Bey, Doctor of Medicine, Lieutenant-Colonel Abdulkadir Bey, Military Surgeon, Professor at the Military Academy and at the Hospital of Gulhane; the president of the oriental republic of uruguay: His Excellency Sr. Alfredo de Castro, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Uruguay at Berne; the president of the republic of the united states of venezuela: His Excellency Sr. Caracciolo Parra-Pérez, Envoy extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Venezuela at Rome, Sr. Ivan Manuel Hurtado-Machado, Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Venezuela at Berne; Who, after having communicated to each other their full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed as follows: Chapter One.The wounded and sick. The Wounded and Sick. article one. Treatment, etc.Officers, soldiers, and other persons officially attached to the armies who are wounded or sick shall be respected and protected in all circumstances; they shall be humanely treated and cared for without distinction of nationality by the belligerent in whose power they are. 2083 A belligerent, however, when When left in adversary’s hands.compelled to leave his wounded or sick in the hands of his adversary, shall leave with them, so far as military exigencies permit, a portion of the personnel and matériel of his sanitary service to assist in caring for them. article 2. Subject to the care that mustTo become prisoners of war. be taken of them under the preceding article, the wounded andsick of an army who fall into the power of the other belligerent shall become prisoners of war, and the general rules of international law in respect to prisoners of war shall become applicable to them The belligerents shall remainAgreement between belligerents. free, however, to agree upon such clauses to the benefit of thewounded and sick prisoners as they may deem of value over and above already existing obligations. article 3. After every engagement, the Protection of the wounded and the dead from robbery, etc. belligerent who remains in possession of the field of battle shall take measures to search for the wounded and the dead and to protect them from robbery and ill-treatment. A local armistice or cessation ofRemoval of wounded under local armistice. to enable the removal of wounded left between the lines shall be arranged whenever circumstances permit. article 4. Belligerents shall mutually forwardIdentification provisions. to each other as soon aspossible the names of the wounded, sick and dead taken in charge or discovered by them, as well as all indications which may serve for their identification. They shall draw up and forwardDeath certificates. to each other death certificates. They shall collect and likewisePersonal effects, etc. They shall collect and likewiseforward to each other all objectsof personal use found on the fieldof battle or on the dead, especially one-half of their identity 2084plaque, the other half remaining attached to the body. Interments, etc.Prior examination to be made.They shall see that a careful examination, if possible, medical, is made of the bodies of the dead prior to their interment or cremation, with a view to verifying their death, establishing their identity, and in order to be able to furnish a report thereon. They shall see that a careful examination, if possible, medical, is made of the bodies of the dead prior to their interment or cremation, with a view to verifying their death, establishing their identity, and in order to be able to furnish a report thereon. Service of graves to be organized.For this purpose, and at the outbreak of hostilities, they shall officially organize a service of graves in order to render any later exhumation possible and to make certain of the identity of bodies even though they may have been moved from grave to grave. Lists to be exchanged.Upon the termination of hostilities, they shall exchange lists of graves and of dead buried in their cemeteries and elsewhere. article 5. Appeal to charity of inhabitants.The military authority may make an appeal to the charitable zeal of the inhabitants to receive and, under its supervision, to care for, the wounded or sick of the armies, granting to persons responding to such appeals special protection and certain facilities. Sanitary formations and establishments. Chapter II. Sanitary Formationsand Establishments. article 6. Respect and protection to.Mobile sanitary formations, i. e., those which are intended to accompany armies in the field, and the fixed establishments belonging to the sanitary service shall be protected and respected by the belligerents. article 7. Exception.The protection due to sanitary formations and establishments shall cease if they are used to commit acts injurious to the enemy. 2085 article 8. A sanitary formation or establishmentDesignated acts not to deprive right to protection.*Ante*, p. 2084. shall not be deprived of the protection accorded by Article 6 by the fact: 1) that the personnel of the formation or establishment is armed and uses its arms in self-defense or in defense of its wounded and sick; 2) that in the absence of armed hospital attendants the formation is guarded by an armed detachment or by sentinels; 3) that hand firearms or ammunition taken from the wounded and sick and not yet turned over to the proper authorities are found in the formation or establishment; 4) that there is found in the formation or establishment personnel or matériel of the veterinary service which does not integrally belong to it. Chapter III. Personnel.Personnel. article 9. The personnel charged exclusively Protection, etc. with the removal, transportation, and treatment of the wounded and sick, as well as with the administration of sanitary formations and establishments, and the chaplains attached to armies, shall be respected and protected under all circumstances. If they fall into the hands of the enemy they shall not be treated as prisoners of war. Military personnel which has Benefits extended to military personnel when so used.received special instructions to be used when necessary as auxiliary attendants or litter bearers in the removal, transportation and treatment of the wounded and sick, and bearing an identification document, shall benefit by the same conditions as the permanent sanitary personnel if they are captured at the moment when they are fulfilling these functions. 2086 article 10. Volunteer aid societies.*Ante*, p. 2085.The personnel of volunteer aid societies, duly recognized and authorized by their Government, who are employed in the same functions as the personnel contemplated in Article 9, paragraph 1, are assimilated to that personnel upon condition that the said societies shall be subject to military laws and regulations. Names of, to be made known before employment.Each High Contracting Party shall make known to the other, either in time of peace or at the opening or during the progress of hostilities, and in any case before actual employment, the names of the societies which it has authorized to render assistance, under its responsibility, in the official sanitary service of its armies. article 11. Services of societies of neutral State restricted.A recognized society of a neutral country may only lend the services of its sanitary personnel and formations to a belligerent with the prior consent of its own Government and the authority of such belligerent. Notice thereof to enemy.The belligerent who has accepted such assistance shall be required to notify the enemy before making any use thereof. article 12. Not to be detained after capture.The persons described in Articles 9, 10 and 11 may not be detained after they have fallen into the power of the adversary. Return.Unless there is an agreement to the contrary, they shall be sent back to the belligerent to whose service they are attached as soon as a way is open for their return and military exigencies permit. Continuance, of service ad interim.While waiting to be returned, they shall continue in the exercise of their functions under the direction of the adversary; they shall be assigned preferably to the care of the wounded and sick of the belligerent to whose service they are attached. 2087 At the time of their departure they may carry with them such effects, instruments, arms and means of transport as belong to them. article 13. While they remain in theirPay and allowances. power, belligerents shall secure to the personnel mentioned in Articles 9, 10 and 11, the same maintenance*Ante*, p. 2085. and quarters, pay and allowances, as to persons of corresponding rank in their own armies. At the outbreak of hostilitiesDetermination of rank. the belligerents shall reach an understanding on the corresponding ranks of their sanitary personnel. Chapter IV. Buildings and Matériel.Buildings and matériel. article 14. If mobile sanitary formations,Use, etc. whatever may be their nature, fall into the power of the adversary, they, shall retain their matériel, their means of transportation, and their conducting personnel. The competent military authority,Restitution. however, shall have the right to employ them in caring for the wounded and sick; restitution shall take place in accordance with the conditions prescribed for the sanitary personnel and as far as possible at the same time. article 15. Buildings and matériel of theFixed establishments to be respected. fixed sanitary establishments of the army shall remain subject to the laws of war, but may not be diverted from their use so long as they are necessary for the wounded and sick. However, commanders of troops engaged in operations may use them in case of urgent military necessity if, before such use, the wounded and sick treated there have been provided for. 2088 article 16. Buildings and matériel of aid societies regarded as private property.The buildings of aid societies admitted to the benefits of the Convention shall be regarded as private property. The matériel of these societies, irrespective of its location, shall likewise be regarded as private property. Requisition of, only when necessary.The right of requisition recognized to belligerents by the laws and customs of war shall be exercised only in case of urgent necessity and after the wounded and sick have been provided for. Sanitary transports. Chapter V. Sanitary Transports. article 17. Mobile sanitary formations.Provisions governing.Vehicles equipped for sanitary evacuation traveling singly or in convoy shall be treated as mobile sanitary formations subject to the following special provisions: Intercepted vehicles.A belligerent intercepting sanitary transportation vehicles, traveling either singly or in convoy, may, if required by military necessity, stop them and break up the convoy, charging himself in all cases with the care of the wounded and sick whom it contains. He may only utilize such vehicles in the sector wherein they were intercepted and exclusively for sanitary needs. When their local mission is at an end, these vehicles must be returned under the conditions stipulated in Article 14. Assigned military personnel.Military personnel assigned by competent orders for sanitary transportation purposes shall be returned under the conditions stipulated in Article 12 for sanitary personnel, and subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Article 18. Return of all convoys of evacuation.All means of transportation especially organized for evacuation purposes, as well as their appurtenances attached to the sanitary service, shall be returned in conformity with the provisions *Ante*, p. 2087.of Chapter IV. 2089 Military means of transportationMilitary vehicles, etc. and their teams, other than those belonging to the sanitaryservice, may be captured. The civil personnel and allCivil personnel, etc. means of transportation obtainedby requisition shall be subject tothe general rules of internationallaw. article 18. Aircraft used as a means ofAircraft used for evacuation of wounded, etc. sanitary transportation shall enjoy the protection of the Convention during such time as they are exclusively reserved for the evacuation of wounded and sick and for the transportation of sanitary personnel and matériel. They shall be painted in whiteDistinctive sign, etc. and shall bear clearly visible the distinctive sign mentioned in Article 19 alongside of the national colors on their upper and lower surfaces. Excepting with special and expressFlights over firing line, etc., restricted. permission, a flight over the firing-line, as well as over the zone situated in front of the major medical dressing stations, and in general over any territory under the control of or occupied by the enemy shall be forbidden. Sanitary aircraft must complySummons to land. with all summons to land. In the case of a landing thusLanding upon enemy territory. required or made accidentally upon territory occupied by the enemy, the wounded and sick, as well as the sanitary personnel and matériel, including the aircraft, shall benefit by the provisions of the present Convention. The pilot, mechanics, and wirelessConditional return of captured pilot, etc. operators who have been captured shall be returned on condition of only being utilized in the sanitary service until the termination of hostilities. Chapter VI. The Distinctive Sign.Distinctive sign. article 19. Out of respect to SwitzerlandEmblem of sanitary service. the heraldic emblem of the red cross on a white ground, formed 2090by the reversal of the Federal colors, is continued as the emblem and distinctive sign of the sanitary service of armies. However, for countries which already use, as a distinctive sign, in place of the red cross, the red crescent or the red lion and sun on a white field, these emblems shall likewise be recognized within the meaning of the present Convention. article 20. Use of, with permission.The emblem shall appear on flags and brassards, as well as upon all matériel, appertaining to the sanitary service, with the permission of the competent military authority. article 21. Brassard to be worn.*Ante*, pp. 2085, 2086.The personnel protected in virtue of the first paragraph of Article 9 and Articles 10 and 11 shall wear attached to the left arm a brassard bearing the distinctive sign, issued and stamped by a competent military authority. Personnel to have identification.The personnel mentioned in Article 9, paragraphs 1 and 2, shall be furnished with an identification document consisting either of an inscription in their military booklet or a special document. Certificates for persons without military uniform.*Ante*, p. 2086.Persons mentioned in Articles 10 and 11 who do not wear military uniform shall be furnished by competent military authority with a certificate of identity containing their photograph and attesting to their sanitary status. Identification documents must be uniform and of the same type in each army. The sanitary personnel may in no case be deprived of their insignia nor of their own identification papers. In case of loss they shall have the right to obtain duplicates. article 22. Restrictive display of Convention flag.The distinctive flag of the Convention may only be displayed over the sanitary formations and establishments which the Convention provides shall be respected, 2091and with the consent of the military authorities. In fixed establishments it shall, and in mobile formations it may, be accompanied by the national flag of the belligerent to whose service the formation or establishment is attached. Sanitary formations which have fallen into the power of the enemy, however, shall fly no other flag than that of the Convention as long as they continue in that situation. The belligerents, in so far as military Visibility, etc.exigencies allow, shall take such measures as may be necessary to render the distinctive emblems marking sanitary formations and establishments plainly visible to the land, air and sea forces of the enemy, with a view to preventing the possibility of any aggressive action. article 23. The sanitary formations of neutralUse of flag by sanitary formations of neutrals.*Ante*, p. 2086. countries which, under the conditions set forth in Article 11, have been authorized to render their services, shall fly, with the flag of the Convention, the national flag of the belligerent to which they are attached. They shall have the right during such time as they are rendering service to a belligerent to fly their own national flag also. The provisions of the second paragraph of the preceding article are applicable to them. article 24. The emblem of the red cross onEmblem to be used for protection, etc., only. a white ground and the words *RedCross* or *Geneva Cross* may be used,whether in time of peace or war,only to protect or designate sanitary formations and establishments, the personnel and matérielprotected by the Convention. The same shall apply with respect*Ante*, p. 2089. to the emblems mentioned inthe second paragraph of Article 19for such countries as use them. Moreover, the volunteer aidUse by volunteer aid societies.*Ante*, p. 2086. societies provided for under Article10 may, in conformity with theirnational legislation, employ the 2092distinctive emblem for their humanitarian activities in time of peace. Relief stations.As an exceptional measure and with the specific authorization of one of the national Red Cross Societies (Red Crescent, Red Lion and Sun), the use of the emblem of the Convention may be allowed in peace time to designate the location of relief stations reserved exclusively to giving free assistance to wounded or sick. Application and execution. Chapter VII. The Applicationand Execution of the Convention. article 25. Provisions obligatory on contracting parties.The provisions of the present Convention shall be respected by the High Contracting Parties under all circumstances. If a belligerent is not signatory.If, in time of war, a belligerent is not a party to the Convention, its provisions shall nevertheless remain in force as between all the belligerents who are parties to the Convention. article 26. Execution of details.It shall be the duty of the commanders-in-chief of the belligerent armies to provide for the details of execution of the foregoing articles, as well as for unforeseen cases, in accordance with the instructions of their respective Governments, and conformably to the general principles of this Convention. article 27. Notice to troops, etc.The High Contracting Parties shall take the necessary steps to acquaint their troops, and particularly the protected personnel, with the provisions of this Convention, and to make them known to the people at large. Abuses and infractions. Chapter VIII. The Repression ofAbuses and Infractions article 28. Legislation to repress, etc.The Governments of the High Contracting Parties whose legislation may not now be adequate 2093shall take or shall recommend to their legislatures such measures as may be necessary at all times: *a*) to prevent the use by private persons or by societies other than those upon which this Convention confers the right thereto, of the emblem or of the name of the *Red Cross* or *Geneva Cross*, as well as any other sign or designation constituting an imitation thereof, whether for commercial or other purposes; *b*) by reason of the homage rendered to Switzerland as a result of the adoption of the inverted Federal colors, to prevent the use, by private persons or by organizations, of the arms of the Swiss Confederation or of signs constituting an imitation thereof, whether as trade-marks, commercial labels, or portions thereof, or in anyway contrary to commercial ethics, or under conditions wounding Swiss national pride. The prohibition mentioned inEffect. subparagraph *a*) of the use of signs or designations constituting an imitation of the emblem or designation of the *Red Cross* or *Geneva Cross*, as well as the prohibition mentioned in subparagraph *b*) of the use of the arms of the Swiss Confederation or signs constituting an imitation thereof, shall take effect from the time set in each act of legislation and at the latest five years after this Convention goes into effect. After such going into effect it shall be unlawful to take out a trade-mark or commercial label contrary to such prohibitions. article 29. The Governments of the High Repressing contravening acts in time of war.Contracting Parties whose penal laws may not be adequate, shall likewise take or recommend to their legislatures the necessary measures to repress in time of war all acts in contravention of the provisions of the present Convention. 2094 Notification of measures taken.They shall communicate to one another through the Swiss Federal Council the measures taken with a view to such repression, not later than five years from the date of the ratification of the present Convention. article 30. Investigating violations.At the request of a belligerent, an investigation must be held, in such manner as shall be agreed upon by the interested parties, concerning any alleged violation of the Convention; whenever such a violation is proved, the belligerents shall put an end to it and repress it as promptly as possible. Final Provisions. article 31. Final provisions.The present Convention, which will bear the date of this day, may be signed up to February 1, 1930, on behalf of all the countries represented at the Conference which Date.opened at Geneva on July 1, 1929, as well as by the countries not represented at the Conference which are parties to the Geneva Conventions of 1864 or of 1906. article 32. Ratification and deposit.The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible. The ratification shall be deposited at Berne. Certified copies.A record of the deposit of each instrument of ratification shall be prepared, a duly certified copy of which shall be forwarded by the Swiss Federal Council to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention has been signed or notification of adhesion made. article 33. Effective date.The present Convention shall become effective six months after the deposit of at least two instruments of ratification. 2095 Subsequently, it shall become effective for each High Contracting Party six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification. article 34. The present Convention shall Former Conventions superseded.Vol. 22, p. 940; Vol. 35, p. 1885.replace the Conventions of August 22, 1864, and of July 6, 1906, in the relations between the High Contracting Parties. article 35. From the date on which it becomesAdhesions. effective, the present Convention shall be open for adhesions given on behalf of any country in whose name this Convention was not signed. article 36. Adhesions shall be given byEffective in six months. written notification addressed to the Swiss Federal Council and shall take effect six months after the date of their receipt. The Swiss Federal Council shallNotification to be made. communicate adhesions to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention was signed or notification of adhesion made. article 37. A state of war shall give immediateRatifications, etc., immediately effective on outbreak of war. effect to ratifications deposited or adhesions notified by belligerent Powers prior to or after the outbreak of hostilities. The communication of ratifications or adhesions received from Powers at war shall be made by the Swiss Federal Council by the most rapid method. article 38. Each of the High ContractingDenunciation. Parties shall have the right to denounce the present Convention. The denunciation shall not take effect until one year after notification has been made in writing to the Swiss Federal Coun2096cil. The latter shall communicate such notification to the Governments of all the High Contracting Parties. The denunciation shall have effect only with respect to the High Contracting Party which gave notification of it. Moreover, such denunciation shall not take effect during a war in which the denouncing Power is involved. In this case, the present Convention shall continue in effect, beyond the period of one year, until the conclusion of peace. article 39. Certified copy deposited in League of Nations archives.A duly certified copy of the present Convention shall be deposited in the archives of the League of Nations by the Swiss Federal Council. Likewise, ratifications, adhesions, and denunciations of which the Swiss Federal Council has been notified shall be communicated by it to the League of Nations. Signatures. In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries named above have signed the present Convention. Done at Geneva, the twenty-seventh of July, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, in a single copy, which shall remain in the archives of the Swiss Confederation and duly certified copies of which shall be forwarded to the Governments of all the countries invited to the Conference. *For Germany:* Edmund Rhomberg *For the United States of America:* Eliot Wadsworth Hugh R. Wilson *For Austria:* Leitmaier *For Belgium:* Dr Demolder J. de Ruelle *For Bolivia:* A. Cortadellas *For Brazil:* Raul do Rio-Branco 2097 *For Great Britain and Northern Great Britain and Northern Ireland.Ireland, and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of the Nations:* I declare that the signatureReservation. which I affix to this Convention for Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations is given with the reservation that His Britannic Majesty interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms or societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs constituting an imitation of the said arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such arms or signs for the same purpose. Horace Rumbold *For Canada:* Canada. I declare that the signatureReservation. which I affix to this Convention for Canada is given with the reservation that the Government of the Dominion of Canada interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms and societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs constituting an imitation of the said arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such arms or signs for the same purpose. W. A. Riddell *For Australia:* Australia. I declare that the signatureReservation. which I affix to this Convention for Australia is given with the reservation that the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms and societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs 2098constituting an imitation of the said arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such, arms or signs for the same purpose. Claud Russell New Zealand. *For New Zealand:* Reservation.I declare that the signature which I affix to this Convention for New Zealand is given with the reservation that the Government of New Zealand interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms or societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs constituting an imitation of the said arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such arms or signs for the same purpose. Claud Russell South Africa. *For South Africa:* Eric H. Louw Irish Free State. *For the Irish Free State:* Reservation.I declare that the signature which I affix to this Convention for the Irish Free State is given with the reservation that it interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms or societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs constituting an imitation of the said arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such arms or signs for the same purpose. Sean Lester India. *For India:* Reservation.I declare that the signature which I affix to this Convention for the Government of India is given with the reservation that the Government of India interprets Article 28 of the Convention as meaning that the legislative provisions contemplated in this article may provide that the individuals, associations, firms or societies that shall, before the present Convention goes into effect, have used the arms of the Swiss Confederation, or signs constituting an imitation of the said 2099arms, for any legal purpose, shall not be prevented from continuing to employ such arms or signs for the same purpose. Claud Russell *For Bulgaria:* D. Mikoff Stephan N. Laftchieff *For Chile:* Gmo Novoa D. Pulgar *For China:* C. Y. Hsiao *For Colombia:* Francisco José Urrutia *For Cuba:* Carlos de Armenteros Carlos Blanco *For Denmark:* Harald Scavenius Gustav Rasmussen *For the Dominican Republic:* Ch. Ackermann *For Egypt:* Mohammed Abdel Moneim Riad H. W’. M. Simaika *For Spain:* Ad Referendum Maurico Lopez Roberts y Terry, Marqués de la torrehermosa *For Estonia:* Dr. Leesment *For Finland:* A. E. Martola *For France:* H. de Marcilly J. du Sault *For Greece:* R. Raphaël S. Veniselos *For Hungary:* Paul de Hevesy *For Italy:* Giovanni Ciraolo *For Japan:* Japan. While accepting in principleReservation. the provisions of Article 28, Japan makes reservations as to the date of enforcing the interdiction provided for under letter *b* of the said article. 2100 Japan understands that this interdiction does not apply to arms and signs which may have been in use or registered before it goes into effect. The delegates of Japan sign the present Convention with the above-mentioned reservations. Isaburo Yoshida S. Shimomura S. Miura *For Latvia:* Charles Duzmans Dr Oskar Voit *For Luxembourg:* Ch. G. Vermaire *For Mexico:* Fr. Castillo Nájera *For Nicaragua:* A. Sottile *For Norway:* J. Irgens Jens Meinich *For the Netherlands:* W. Doude van Troostwijk Dr Diehl J. Harberts *For Persia:* Anouchirevan Sepahbodi *For Poland:* Józef G. Pracki W. Jerzy Babecki *For Portugal:* Vasco de Quevedo F. de Calheiros e Menezes *For Rumania:* M. B. Boeresco Colonel E. Vertejano *For the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats and Slovenes:* I. Choumenkovitch *For Siam:* Varnvaidya *For Sweden:* K. I. Westman *For Switzerland:* Paul Dinichert Hauser Züblin De la Harpe Schindler 2101 *For Czechoslovakia:* Zd. Fierlinger *For Turkey:* Hassan Dr Abdulkadir M. Nubret Dr Akil Moukhtar *For Uruguay:* Alfredo de Castro *For Venezuela:* C. Parra-Pérez I. M. Hurtado-Machado And whereas, the said Convention has been duly ratified on theRatification. part of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited with the Government of Switzerland on February 4, 1932: And whereas, in accordance with Article 33 thereof, the saidEffective date.*Ante*, p. 2094. Convention became effective in respect of the United States of America six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification, namely, on August 4, 1932; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. Herbert Hoover By the President: W R. Castle Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. September 23, 1931 Treaty 47 Stat. 2102 2102 PEACE TREATY—ITALY. SEPTEMBER 23, 1931. *Treaty between the United States of America and Italy modifying the terms of Article II of the treaty to advance the cause of general peace of May 5, 1914. Signed at Washington, September 23, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, June 18, 1932; ratified by the President of the United States, June 25, 1932; ratified by Italy, February 18, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Rome, July 30, 1932; proclaimed, August 9, 1932.* September 23, 1931. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION General peace, Italy.Preamble.Former treaty modified.Vol. 39, p. 1619.Whereas a treaty between the United States of America and Italy, modifying the terms of Article II of the Treaty to Advance the Cause of General Peace between the two countries, signed on May 5, 1914, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-third day of September, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which treaty, being in the English and Italian languages, is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Italy, being desirous of modifying the terms of Article II of the treaty to advance the cause of general peace between the United States of America and Italy, signed on May 5, 1914, with respect to the appointment of and other provisions relating to the members of the International Commission constituted in accordance with the provisions of that Article, have resolved to enter into a treaty for that purpose, and have Plenipotentiaries.appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Italy: His Excellency Nobile Giacomo de Martino, Knight of Grand Cross, Senator of the Kingdom, Royal Ambassador at Washington; 2103 Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found to be in proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Article II of the treaty between International Commission.Provisions substituted.the High Contracting Parties, signed on May 5, 1914, is hereby abrogated and the following provisions are substituted therefor: The International Commission Composition.shall be composed of five members, as follows: One member shall be appointed Method of appointment.from each country by the Government thereof; The other three members shall be designated Limitation.by the two Governments by common agreement. The three members designated by common agreement shall not be nationals of either the United States of America or Italy, or domiciled within the territories of either country, or employed in the service of either Government. The two Governments President designated.shall, also, by common agreement, designate one of these three members to be President of the Commission. At any time when there is no Revocation of appointment.case pending before the Commission, either Government may revoke the appointment of the member who is its own national and may appoint his successor. Either Government may, moreover, at any time when there is no case pending before the Commission, revoke the designation of one or more of the members chosen by the two Governments in common agreement. Vacancies occurring by revocation Vacancies.or in any other manner shall be filled as soon as possible in the manner of the original appointments. Revocation by either Government of the designation of a member chosen by the two Governments in common agree-2104ment shall not become effective except simultaneously with the designation of his successor. The term of office of the members of the Commission shall continue indefinitely. Compensation.When the members of the Commission are occupied in the examination of a question they shall receive a compensation which will be mutually agreed upon by the two Governments. Such compensation and also the other expenses of the Commission shall be paid by Expenses.the two Governments in equal parts. Article II Present members continued in office.The members of the International Commission at present in office under the provisions of Article II of the treaty of May 5, 1914, are continued in office in accordance with the provisions of the present treaty. Article III Ratification.The present treaty shall be ratified and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Rome as Duration modified.soon as possible. It shall take effect on the day of the exchangeVol. 39, p. 1621, amended. of ratifications and shall remain in force during the term of the treaty concluded between the High Contracting Parties on May 5, 1914. Signatures.In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this treaty in duplicate, in the English and Italian languages, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington this twenty-third day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. Contracting Powers.Il Presidente degli Stati Uniti d’America, e Sua Maestà il Re d’Italia, essendo desiderosi di modificare i termini dell’Articolo II del Trattato per promuovere la causa della pace generale tra gli Stati Uniti d’America e l’Italia, firmato il 5 maggio 1914, in quanto riguarda la nomina ed altre disposizioni concernenti i membri della Commissione Internazionale costituita in conformità delle disposizioni di quell’articolo, hanno risolto di addivenire ad un Trattato in tale intento, ed hanno nominato come loro Plenipotentiaries.Plenipotenziari: Il Presidente degli Stati Uniti d’America: Henry L. Stimson, Segretario di Stato degli Stati Uniti d’America; e Sua Maestà il Re d’Italia: Sua Eccellenza il Cavaliere di Gran Croce Nobile Giacomo de Martino, Senatore del Regno, Regio Ambasciatore a Washington; 2103 i quali, dopo essersi reciprocamente comunicati i rispettivi pieni poteri, trovandoli in debita forma, hanno convenuto sugli articoli seguenti: Articolo I L’Articolo II del Trattato traInternational Commission.Provisions substituted. le Alte Parti Contraenti, firmato il 5 Maggio 1914, è abrogato col presente atto e vi sono sostituite le seguenti disposizioni: La Commissione Internazionale Composition.sarà composta di cinque membri, come segue: Un membro sarà nominato dalMethod of appointment. Governo di ciascun Paese tra i suoi cittadini; Gli altri tre membri verranno designati dai due Governi di comune intesa. I tre membri designati di comune intesa nonLimitation. dovranno essere sudditi nè degli Stati Uniti d’America, nè dell’Italia, nè domiciliati nel territorio di alcuno dei due Paesi, nè impiegati al servizio di alcuno dei due Governi. I due Governi designeranno, anche di comunePresident designated. intesa, uno di questi tre membri a Presidente della Commissione. In qualunque momento in cuiRevocation of appointment. non vi sia alcuna causa pendente dinnanzi alla Commissione, ciascun Governo potrà revocare la nomina del membro suo suddito e nominare il suo successore. Ciascun Governo potrà, inoltre, in qualunque momento in cui non vi sia causa pendente dinnanzi alla Commissione, revocare la designazione di uno o più dei membri scelti dai due Governi di comune accordo. Le vacanze che si verificherannoVacancies. in seguito a revoca o in qualsiasi altra maniera saranno colmate al più presto possibile nel modo delle nomine originarie. La revoca da parte di uno dei Governi della designazione di un membro scelto dai due Governi di comune intesa2104 non diverrà effettiva se non simultaneamente alla designazione del suo successore. La durata in carica dei membri della Commissione continuerà indefinitamente. Compensation.Quando i membri della Commissione saranno occupati nell’ esame di una questione essi riceveranno un compenso che sarà concordato tra i due Governi. Expenses.Tale compenso, come anche le altre spese della Commissione, verrà pagato dai due Governi in parti eguali. Articolo II Present members continued in office.I membri della Commissione Internazionale attualmente in carica in base alle disposizioni dell’Articolo II del Trattato del 5 Maggio 1914, sono conservati in carica in conformità delle disposizioni del presente Trattato. Articolo III Ratification.Il presente Trattato sarà ratificato e le ratifiche relative saranno scambiate a Roma al più Duration modified.presto possibile. Esso avrà effetto dal giorno dello scambio delle Vol. 39, p. 1621, amended.ratifiche e rimarrà in vigore per la durata del Trattato concluso tra le Alte Parti Contraenti il 5 Maggio 1914. Signatures.In fede di che, i rispettivi Plenipotenziari hanno firmato questo Trattato in doppio originale, in lingua inglese ed italiana, e vi hanno apposto i loro sigilli. Fatto in Washington il ventitré di settembre dell’anno di Nostro Signore Millenovecentotrentuno. Henry L Stimson [seal] G de Martino [seal] 2105 And whereas, the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratifications exchanged. and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in Rome on the thirtieth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this ninth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. June 28, 1932 July 11, 1932 Convention 47 Stat. 2106 2106 PARCEL POST CONVENTION—SWEDEN. June 28, 1932.⁄July 11, 1932. * June 28, 1932.July 11, 1932.Parcel post convention between the United States of America and Sweden. Signed at Stockholm, June 28, 1932, at Washington, July 11, 1932; approved by the President, July 18, 1932.* PARCEL POST CONVENTION between THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND SWEDEN Parcel post convention with Sweden.Preamble.For the purpose of concluding an arrangement for the exchange of parcel post packages between the United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa and the Virgin Islands of the United States) and Sweden, the Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Direction General of Posts of Sweden, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following articles: *A.* Ordinary and insured parcels. *Ordinary and Insured Parcels.* Article 1 Limits of Weight and Size. 1. Limits of weight and size. No parcel shall exceed forty-four pounds (twenty kilograms) in weight, three feet six inches (one hundred and five centimeters) in length, or six feet seven inches (two hundred centimeters) in length and girth combined, the girth measured in a direction other than that of the length, provided, however, that parcels exceeding six feet (one hundred and eighty centimeters) in combined length and girth be restricted in length to thirty inches (seventy-five centimeters). 2. Basis of calculation. As regards the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions of parcels, the view of the dispatching office shall be accepted, except in cases of obvious error. Article 2 Postage and Fees. Postage and fees. 1. Collection from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel such postage and fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, such insurance fees and fees for return receipts, as may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Prepayment required. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, must be prepaid. Article 3.Preparation of parcels. Preparation of Parcels. 1. Addressing requirements. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be legibly and correctly written in every case when possible on the parcel itself, or on a label gummed thereto, and, in the case of parcels2107addressed by tag only because of their shape or size, must also be written on a separate slip, which slip must be enclosed in the parcel; such address slips should be enclosed in all parcels. Parcels will not be accepted when sent by or addressed to initials, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not allowed, but copying ink or indelible pencil on a surface previously dampened may be used. 2. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for eachCustoms declaration. parcel sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose, which customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, the weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely tied to the parcel. The customs declarations of insured parcels must be marked or labeled or stamped “ Insured 3. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctnessNo official responsibility tor correctness. of the customs declarations. 4. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for thePacking, etc. length of the journey and for the protection of the contents. Ordinary parcels may be closed by means of wax, lead seals, or otherwise. Insured parcels must be closed and securely sealed with wax or otherwise, but the country of destination shall have the right to open them as well as ordinary parcels (including the right to break the seals) in order to inspect the contents. Parcels which have been so opened shall be closed again and officially sealed, except that in the case of ordinary parcels they need not be sealed if they were not sealed by the sender in the first instance. Either Administration may require a special impress or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. 5. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label withStamped labels. the word “ Insured ”, or be stamped or marked with the same word in close proximity to the number given the parcel, and it must also bear an indication of the amount of the insured value, mentioned fullyInsured value. and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of the conversion is added below the original description.Placing of stamps. 6. The labels or stamps on insured parcels must be so placed that they can not serve to conceal injuries to the covers. They must not be folded over two sides of the cover so as to hide the edge. 7. Any liquid or any substance which easily liquefies must beContainers for liquids. packed in a double receptacle. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard or strong fibreboard or receptacle of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with saw-dust, bran, or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. 8. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in metalPowders, etc. containers which containers must be enclosed in substantial outer covers, so as to afford the utmost protection to the accompanying mail matter. 2108 Article 4 Prohibitions. Prohibitions. 1. Articles specified. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of an actual and personal correspondence. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, that of the sender being added.
(b)With different address. An enclosure which bears an address other than that of the addressee of the parcel or that of a person living with him.
(c)Live animals. Any live animals (except leeches).
(d)Admission not authorized. Any article of which the admission is not authorized by the Customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(e)Explosives. Any explosive or inflammable article, and, in general, any article of which the conveyance is dangerous. 2. Action to be taken. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and its inland regulations. 3. List of prohibited articles to be furnished. The two Postal Administrations shall furnish each other with a list of prohibited articles ; but they will not thereby undertake any responsibility whatever towards the police, the Customs Authorities, or the senders of the parcels. Article 5.Customs duties. Customs Duties. Parcels subject to.The parcels shall be subject in the country of destination to all customs duties and all customs regulations in force in that country for the protection of its customs revenue, and the customs duties properly chargeable thereon shall be collected on delivery, in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. Article 6 Method of Exchange of Parcels. Exchange of parcels. 1. Sealed sacks. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7 Billing of Parcels. Billing of parcels. 1. Separate entries, prepared in duplicate. The insured parcels and the ordinary parcels are entered in separate parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the parcel sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “ F ”, traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2109 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch are to beOrdinary. entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills.insured. The entries concerning each parcel shall show the insurance number and the office (and state or country) of origin. The bulk net weight of all the insured parcels must also be shown. 3. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually onReturned, etc., parcels. the parcel bills and must be followed by the word “Returned” or “ Redirected ”, as the case may be A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “ Observations ” column. 4. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shownContents to be shown. on the parcel bills. 5. Parcels sent a decouvert must be entered separately on the parcelSent a decouvert. bills. 6. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcelNumbering by dispatching office. bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 7. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptaclesArticles in transit. containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Convention, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 8 Certificates of Matting. Certificates of mailing. The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinaryFurnished sender on request. (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose, and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. No certificate of mailing, other than the insurance receipt, will be furnished the sender of insured parcels. Article 9 Responsibility not accepted for Ordinary Parcels. No responsibility tor ordinary parcels. Neither the sender nor the addressee of an ordinary (uninsured) parcel shall be entitled to compensation for the loss of the parcel or for the abstraction of or damage to its contents. Article 10. Insurance. Insurance. 1. The sender of a parcel may have the same insured by paying inFee. addition to the postage such insurance fee as is prescribed by the country of origin, and in the event of loss, rifling or damage, indemnity shall be paid for the actual amount, based on the actual value at the time and place of mailing, of the loss, rifling, or damage up to a sum not exceeding one hundred dollars, when mailed in the United States of America, or four hundred *kronor,* when mailed in Sweden. No insured parcel shall be indemnified for an amount above the realIndemnity limited. value of its contents. 2110 Other limits by agreement.Both Administrations reserve the right to arrange by mutual agreement through correspondence for a higher or lower limit of indemnity than that mentioned in this Convention. 2. Coin, jewelry, etc. The insurance of all parcels containing coin, bank notes, paper money, bullion, jewelry, or any other precious article exchanged between the two Administrations is obligatory. If a parcel containing coin, bank notes, paper money, bullion, jewelry, or any other precious article, is mailed uninsured, it shall be placed under insurance by the post office which first observes the fact of its having been mailed uninsured and treated in accordance with the regulations of the country placing the matter under insurance. 3. Fees for indemnity. The Administration of origin is entitled to fix its own fees for different limits of indemnity within the maximum provided. Article 11. Return Receipts and Inquiries. Return receipts and inquiries. 1. Advice of delivery. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate. 2. Request for information. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also of an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. Complaint of irregularity.A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which *prima facie* was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. 3. Marking requests. When an advice of delivery is desired, the sender or office of origin shall write or stamp on the parcel and the customs declaration in a conspicuous manner, the words “ Return receipt requested ”, “Advice of delivery requested ”, or the letters “*A. R.*”. Article 12. Indemnity. Indemnity. 1. Allowance to sender. Except in cases of loss or damage through *force majeure* (causes beyond control) as that term is defined by the legal decisions or rulings of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurs, when an insured parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled to an indemnity corLimitation.responding to the actual amount of loss, rifling or damage, based on the actual value at the time and place of mailing of the lost, rifled, or damaged article, unless the loss, rifling, or damage has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or of the representative of either or from the nature of the article, provided that the indemnity shall not exceed the sum for which the required insurance fee was paid in the country of origin. Loss by *force majeure.*While, as stated in the preceding paragraph, the Administrations are not obligated to pay indemnity in the case of loss or damage due to *force majeure,* either Administration may, at its option and without recourse to the other Administration, pay indemnity for loss or damage due to *force majeure* even in the cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to *force majeure.* 2111 2. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary betweenAgreement of, for delivery in a third country. the countries involved (which agreement may be made through correspondence) no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss, rifling, or damage of *transit* registered or insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries addressed for delivery in some other country not a party to this Convention or originating in a third country addressed for delivery to one of the two contracting countries. 3. In case an insured parcel originating in one country and addressedParcels forwarded to a third country. for delivery in the other country is forwarded or returned from the country of original address to a third country, the rightful claimant shall be entitled to only such indemnity, if any, for any loss, rifling, or damage which occurs subsequent to the redispatch of the parcel in the country of original address, as the country in which the loss, rifling, or damage occurred is willing or obligated to pay under any agreement in force between the countries directly involved in the forwarding or return. Either country adhering to this Convention which improperly forwards an insured parcel to a third country, shall be responsible therefor to the extent of liability of the country of origin to the sender within the limit of indemnity fixed by this Convention. 4. No application for indemnity will be entertained unless a claimClaim to be died. or an initial inquiry, oral or written, shall be filed by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel. 5. No compensation shall be given for loss, injury, or damage, consequentialNo compensation for indirect loss. upon, i. e., indirectly arising from, the loss, non-delivery, damage, misdelivery, or delay of any insured parcel transmitted under this Convention, nor for parcels seized by the Customs because of false declaration of contents. 6. No indemnity will be paid for insured parcels which containMatter not entitled to indemnity. matter of no intrinsic value nor for perishable matter or matter prohibited transmission in the parcel post mails exchanged between the contracting Administrations, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Convention, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 7. Either of the Administrations may at its option reimburse theReimbursement of postage, etc., on loss of parcel. rightful claimant in the event of complete loss, irreparable damage of entire contents or rifling of entire contents for the amount of postage or special charges borne by an insured parcel, if claimed. The insurance fees are not in any case returned. 8. No responsibility will be admitted for insured parcels whichNo responsibility admitted if official documents destroyed. can not be accounted for in consequence of the destruction of official documents through causes beyond control. 9. In case the sender, addressee, or owner of an insured parcel, orReservation in case of false statements, etc. his representative, shall at any time knowingly allege the contents to be above their real value, or whenever any false, fictitious, or fraudulent evidence is knowingly and wilfully introduced, the Administration responsible for the indemnity reserves the right without any refund of fee or postage to decline to pay indemnity or to pay such indemnity as may in its discretion be considered equitable in the light of the evidence produced. The enforcement of this rule shall not prejudice any legal proceedings to which such fraudulent evidence may have rendered the claimant liable. 10. When an insured article has been lost, rifled, or damaged, theAdministration of origin to pay indemnity within a year. Administration of origin shall pay indemnity to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year2112 counting with the day following that on which the application is made, which payment shall be made on account of the Administration of destination, if that Administration is responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage, and has been duly notified. 11. Deferred payment. However, the Administration of origin may, in the cases indicated in the foregoing section, exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 12. Country of origin may pay, if country of designation delays nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the foregoing section, the country of origin is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the country of destination if that country has, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, let nine months pass without settling the matter. 13. Country responsible. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the country to which the mailing office is subordinate. That country can make a claim on the country responsible, that is to say, against the Administration on the territory or in the service of which the loss, rifling, or damage took place. 14. Repayment to country paying. The country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account payment is made is bound to repay to the country making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than nine months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 15. Reimbursement on gold basis. Reimbursements for indemnity from one country to the other shall be made on the gold basis. 16. Means to be used. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor country by means of either a money order or a draft or in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 17. Responsibility of receiving country unable to show proper disposition. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the country which, having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry, is unable to show its proper disposition. If lost in transit.If the loss, abstraction, or damage has occurred in the course of conveyance without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Postal Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 18. Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. Responsibility for loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel discovered by the receiving office of exchange at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the dispatching Office of exchange by bulletin of verification, shall fall upon the Administration to which the dispatching office of exchange is subordinate unless it be proved that the loss, rifling, or damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 19. Responsibility for proper packing, etc. The responsibility of properly enclosing, packing, and sealing insured parcels rests upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss, rifling, or damage arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. Article 13. Transit Parcels. Transit parcels. 1. Right of transit guaranteed. Each Administration guarantees the right of transit over its territory, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the territory of the other contracting Administration. 2113 2. Each Administration shall inform the other to which countriesNotice. parcels may be sent through it as intermediary. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one ofConditions to be compiled with. the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediary Administration. Article 14. Check by Office of Exchange. Check by office of exchange. 1. On the receipt of a Parcel Mail, the receiving office of exchangeDuty of receiving office. shall check it. The insured parcels must be carefully compared with the accompanying bills. Any discrepancies or irregularities noted shall be immediately reported to the dispatching office of exchange by means of a bulletin of verification. If report is not made promptly, it will be assumed that the mail and the accompanying bills were in every respect in proper order. 2. In the case of any discrepancies or irregularities in a mail,Record of discrepancies. such record shall be kept as will permit of the furnishing of information regarding the matter in connection with any subsequent investigation or claim for indemnity which may be made. 3. If a parcel bill is missing a duplicate shall be made out and aDuplicate parcel bill. copy sent to the dispatching office of exchange from which the dispatch was received. 4. Insured parcels bearing evidence of violation or damage mustNotation of evident damage, etc. have the facts noted on them and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note, or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be forwarded with the parcels. Article 15 Fees for Customs Formalities and for Delivery, Demurrage Charges. Fees. 1. The Administration of the country of destination may collectCustoms formalities. from the addressee for the fulfillment of customs formalities a charge not exceeding ten cents (forty öre) for each parcel. 2. The Administration of delivery may collect from the addresseeDelivery charges. for delivery a fee not exceeding ten cents (forty öre) for each parcel and an additional delivery charge of like amount for each time a parcel is presented at the residence of the addressee after one unsuccessful presentation. 3. Each Administration may impose reasonable storage or demurrageStorage or demurrage. charges in case the addressee fails to accept delivery of any parcel within such reasonable time as is prescribed by the Administration of the country of destination. 4. In the event of the return of the parcel to the country of origin,Cancelled if returned. the charges mentioned above shall be cancelled. Article 16. Redirection. Redirection. 1. Any parcel redirected within the country of destination orCharges specified. delivered to an alternate addressee at the original office of address shall be liable to such additional charges as may be prescribed by the Administration of that country. 2114 2. Collecting new tees. When a parcel is redirected to either country, new postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels (which, when redirected, must be dispatched in the same kind of mails as received) may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery and retained by the Administration making the collection. The Administration making delivery shall fix the amount of such fees and postage when not prepaid. 3. Restoration, etc., on forwarding to any other country. Insured parcels shall not be forwarded or returned to another country unless they are forwarded or returned as insured mail. Senders may indorse insured parcels “Do not forward to a third country ”, in which event the parcels shall not be forwarded to any other country. Unless such parcels are indorsed to indicate that the senders do not wish them forwarded to any country other than that of mailing or within the country of original address, they may be forwarded to a third country if they are forwarded as insured mail. Insured parcels may be returned to the sender in a third country in accordance with a return address on the parcels, if they can be returned as insured mail. In the case of the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel forwarded or returned to a third *Ante,* p. 2111.country, indemnity will be paid only in accordance with the stipulations of Article 12, Section 3, of this Convention. Article 17. Postal Charges other than those Prescribed not to he Collected. Other charges. Collection, not allowed.The parcels to which this Convention applies shall not be subjected to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article 18. Recall and Change of Address. Recall and change of address.So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be altered. The requests for return or change of address, which must conform to the rules laid down by the domestic regulations of the contracting Administrations, are to be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington when they relate to parcels sent to the United States of America, and to the office of destination when they relate to parcels sent to Sweden. Article 19. Non-delivery. Non-delivery. 1. Return to sender. In the absence of a request by the sender to the contrary, a parcel which can not be delivered shall be returned to the sender New postage, etc., required.without previous notification. New postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels (which must be returned in the same kind of mail as received), may be collected from the sender and retained by the Administration making the collection. 2. Requests from sender allowed. The sender of a parcel may request, at the time of mailing, that, if the parcel can not be delivered as addressed, it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned, or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination. No other alternative is admissible. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the parcel and on the customs declaration tied to the2115 parcel and must be in conformity with or analogous to one of the following forms: “ If not deliverable as addressed______Abandon.” “ If not deliverable as addressed______ Deliver to__________.” 3. Except as otherwise provided, undeliverable parcels will beTime for returning undeliverable parcela. returned to the senders in the United States of America at the expiration of thirty days and in Sweden at the expiration of fifteen days from the date or receipt at the post office of destination, while refused parcels will be returned at once, the parcels in each case to be marked to show the reason for non-delivery. 4. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only,Sale of perishable articles. may, however, be sold immediately even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or worthless articlesDestroyed, if sale impossible. shall be destroyed. The sale or destruction shall be recorded and report made to the Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon”Sale of articles marked “Abandon”. may be sold at auction in the United States of America at the expiration of thirty days and in Sweden at the expiration of fifteen days, but in case such disposition is made of insured parcels proper record will be made and the Administration of origin notified as to the disposition made of the parcels. The Administration of origin shallNotice to be given. also be notified when for any reason an insured parcel which is not delivered is not returned to the country of origin. Article 20. Customs Charges to be Cancelled. Customs charges. Provided the formalities prescribed by the customs authoritiesCancelled, if parcel destroyed. concerned are fulfilled, the customs charges, properly so-called, on parcels sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in the United States of America and in Sweden. Article 21. Retransmission. Retransmission. 1. Missent ordinary parcels shall be forwarded to their destinationOrdinary parcels. by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration, but must not be marked with customs or other charges by the reforwarding Administration. Missent insured parcels shallInsured parcels. not be reforwarded to their destination unless they can be forwarded as insured mail. If they can not be forwarded as insured mail, they shall be returned to the country of origin. 2. When this retransmission involves the return of the parcelsCredit, etc., parcels returned to country of origin. to the office of origin, the retransmitting office of exchange shall credit that office with the allowances received after having called attention to the error by means of a verification note. In the contrary case, and if the amount allowed by the dispatchingRecovery of deficiency. office to the retransmitting office is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, it shall recover the difference by making a suitable amendment to the parcel bill of the dispatching office of exchange. The reason for this amendment shall be notified to the said office by means of a verification note. 3. When a parcel has been wrongly allowed to be dispatched inErroneous dispatch of parcels. consequence of an error on the part of the postal service and has for this reason to be returned to the country of origin, the procedure2116 followed shall be the same as if the parcel had to be sent back to the dispatching office in consequence of missending. 4. Customs declaration, etc., to accompany redirected parcel. A redirected parcel shall be accompanied by the customs declaration prepared at the office of origin. In case the parcel, for any reason whatsoever, has to be repacked or the original customs declaration replaced by a substitute declaration it is essential that the name of the office of origin of the parcel and the original serial number appear on the parcel and that the name of the office of origin of the parcel appears on the customs declaration. Article 22. Reptacles. Receptacles. Bags to be provided.Each Administration shall provide the bags necessary for the dispatch of its parcels. The bags shall be returned empty to the country of origin by the next mail. Empty bags shall be made up in bundles of ten (nine bags enclosed in one) and the total number of such bags shall be advised on the parcel bill. Article 23. Charges. Chargee. 1. Terminal credits. For each parcel dispatched by one country to the other, the dispatching Administration shall pay to the receiving Administration a terminal credit as follows:
(a)United States. For parcels originating in Sweden, addressed to the United States of America, 70 centimes per kilogram based on the net bulk weight of each dispatch.
(b)Sweden. For parcels originating in the United States of America, addressed to Sweden, 40 centimes per kilogram based on the net bulk weight of each dispatch. Modification allowed.These terminal credits may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one country to the other. These reductions or increases shall hold good for at least one year. 2. Parcels to a possession or a third country. The amounts to be allowed in respect to parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country or to a third country shall be fixed by the intermediate Administration. 3. Unpaid charges. On every parcel returned or redirected unpaid by one of the two Administrations to the other, the returning or retransmitting Administration shall be entitled to recover from the other Administration:
(a)The charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)The charges for reforwarding or return. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the charges mentioned shall follow the parcel, but in case the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges, because they can not be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or redirected unpaid in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary office may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. 2117 Article 24 Accounting. Accounting. 1. *Terminal parcels.* At the end of each quarter the creditorTerminal parcels. country shall prepare an account of the amount due to it in respect of the parcels received in excess of those dispatched. 2. *Transit parcels.* Each Administration shall also prepare quarterlyTransit parcels. an account showing the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration for onward transmission. 3. These accounts shall be submitted to the examination of the correspondingAccounts submitted to examination. Administration, if possible in the course of the month which follows the quarter to which they relate. The totals should not be summarily altered but any errors which may be discovered must form the subject of statements of differences. 4. The compilation, transmission, verification and acceptance ofVerification, etc. the accounts must be effected as early as possible, and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the end of the following quarter. 5. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the twoPayment of balances. Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts on New York or in any other manner which may be agreed upon mutually by correspondence between the two Administrations, the expense attendant on the payment being at the charge of the indebted Administration. *B.* Collect-on-dellvery service. *Collect-on-Delivery Service.* Article 25. Subject. Subject 1. Parcels, having charges to be collected on delivery, shall beAcceptance. accepted for mailing to any money order post office in the United States of America or in Sweden. 2. C. O. D. parcels shall be accepted only when insured.Insurance necessary. 3. The provisions of the Articles 25–36 of this Convention do notProvisions not applicable. cover transit C. O. D. parcels. Article 26. Postage and Fees. 1. Parcels bearing charges for collection on delivery shall be subjectPostage rates, etc. to the postage rates, fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the senderAdditional fee. of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations. 2. The postage rates and fees shall belong entirely to the countryRetained by country collecting. collecting them. No special account of these fees is to be made between the two Administrations except as stated in Article 23. Article 27. Amount of C. O. D. Amount of C. O. D. 1. The maximum amount to be collected on delivery shall be oneMaximum to be collected. hundred dollars. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two2118Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in dollars and cents. 2. Request for reductions, etc. When the sender makes a request for any reduction or cancellation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. Article 28. Settlement. Settlement. 1. Entire amount remitted to sender. The entire amount of the collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. The post office delivering the C. O. D. parcel will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto such money order fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 2. Collection charges. The country effecting delivery of a C. O. D. parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of five cents (twenty *Öre),* from the addressee as a collection charge, but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. No examination by addressee until charges paid. Examination of the contents of a C. O. D. parcel by the ad dressee is prohibited until the C. O. D. charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. Article 29 C. O. D. Money Orders. C. O. D. money orders. 1. Advice of a money order, entries. Every advice of a money order, issued in either country in payment of C. O. D. charges on a parcel, must show plainly the C. O. D. (Insured) number of the parcel and bear the letters “ C. O. D.” or the word *“ Remboursement* ” in a conspicuous position. 2. Accompanying data. The C. O. D. money order advice lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcels. No C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and payee’s name and exact address are included. Article 30. Exchange and Billing of C. O. D. Parcels.> Exchange and billing. 1. Exchange offices. Parcels with C. O. D. charges shall be exchanged through the same offices as are appointed for the exchange of insured parcels withoutDirect dispatch. C. O. D. charges. The exchanges shall be effected in direct dispatches in sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. parcels, the letters “ C. O. D.” or the word “ *Remboursement* ” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labelsSeparate listings. of the sacks. Such parcels will be listed in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. number, post office and state of origin and the C. O. D. amount. 2119 2. Upon receipt of a dispatch of C. O. D. parcels, at the exchangeReport of receipt, etc. office or the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article 14.*Ante*, p. 2113. Article 31. Lists of C. O. D. Money Orders. Lists of C. O. D. money orders. The offices of New York and Malmö shall be the only ones to sendAuthorized offices. lists of C. O. D. money orders, and such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list shall be marked “ Collect-on-Delivery ” or “ *Remboursement.*” Article 32. Unpayable Money Orders. Unpayable money orders. 1. The C. O. D. money orders which have not been paid to theDisposition of. payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the parcels to which they relate. 2. When it appears that the C. O. D. service was used in furtheranceFraudulent schemes. of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 3. As for other formalities, C. O. D. money orders shall be subjectProvisions governing other formalities. to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. Article 33. Responsibility for C. 0. D. Parcels. 1. In case an insured C. O. D. parcel has been lost, rifled or damaged,Responsibility for C. O. D. parcels.*Ante,* p. 2110. the postal Administrations are responsible as for an insured parcel, in conformity with the provisions in Article 12. 2. When a C. O. D. parcel has been delivered to the addressee butIndemnity when charges not remitted. the charges have not been remitted, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the C. O. D. amount not remitted, provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel post mails being prohibited. This stipulation also applies to the case that a lower amount than the full C. O. D. charge is collected from the addressee. The indemnity provided for in this section may not in any case exceed the C. O. D. amount. 3. As to the fixing of theResponsibility and payment to be fixed. responsibility and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided for insured parcels not sent C. O. D. 4. When a C. O. D. parcel for which indemnity has been paid isRecovery of parcel tor which indemnity has been paid. recovered, the postmaster at the delivering office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Administration to which his office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the postmaster will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. 2120 Article 34. Marking of C. 0. D. Parcels. Marking. 1. Official stamp, etc. Each C. O. D. parcel and the relative customs declaration must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of a stamp or label reading “ COLLECT-ON-DELI VERY ” or “ C. O. D.” or *“REMBOURSEMENT”,* and in close proximity to these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the insured number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fees that will be collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender in the country of mailing. 2. Additional tag authorized. In addition to being marked or labelled in the manner indicated in section 1 above, each C. O. D. parcel may have a C. O. D. tag attached in a form mutually agreed upon. Article 35. Redirection. Recall. Redirection and recall. 1. Reforwarding. Unless mutually otherwise agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not be reforwarded to a third country. 2. Recall by sender. The sender of a C. O. D. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. Article 36. Nondelivery. Nondelivery. Disposition of undeliverable parcels.The sender may provide, in case his C. O. D. parcel is undeliverable as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it, the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and as *Ante,* p. 2114.stipulated in Article 19. *C.* Final provisions. *Final Provisions.* Article 37. Matters Not Provided for in the Convention. Mattersnot provided for. 1. Application of other conventions. All matters concerning requests for recall or return of insured parcels, the obtaining and disposition of return receipts therefor, and the adjustment of indemnity claims in connection therewith, not covered by this Convention shall be governed by the provisions of Vol. 46, p. 2523.the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed Regulations for its Execution, and of the Postal Money Order Convention in force between the two countries, insofar as they are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Convention, and then if no other arrangement has been made, the internal legislation, regulations, and rulings of the United States of America and Sweden, according to the country involved, shall govern. 2. Further provisions authorized. The Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Direction General of Posts of Sweden shall have authority jointly to make from time to time by correspondence such changes and modifications and further regulations of order and detail as may become necessary to facilitate the operation of the services contemplated by this Convention. 2121 3. The Administrations shall communicate to each other fromExchange of regulations, etc. time to time the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the conveyance of parcels by Parcel Post. Article 38. Temporary Suspension of Service. Either Administration may temporarily suspend the insuranceTemporary suspension of service. and the C. O. D. services, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict them to certain offices; but on the condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration, such notice to be given by the most rapid means if necessary. Article 39. Duration of Convention. Duration of convention. 1. This Convention substitutes and abrogates that signed at WashingtonPrior convention abrogated.Vol. 42, p. 2132.Effective date. on the seventeenth day of April, 1922, and in Stockholm on the twenty-fourth day of March, 1922, and shall take effect and operations thereunder shall begin on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. 2. It shall remain in force until one of the two contracting AdministrationsDuration. has given notice to the other, six months in advance, of its intention to terminate it. 3. Done in duplicate and signed at Stockholm, the 28th daySignatures. of June 1932 and at Washington, the 11th day of July 1932. [seal] Anders Órne, *The Director General of Posts of Sweden.* Walter F. Brown, *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* The foregoing Parcel Post Convention between the United StatesApproval by the President. of America and Sweden has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover. By the President, Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State.* Washington, *July 18, 1932.* December 22, 1931 Treaty 47 Stat. 2122 2122 EXTRADITION TREATY—GREAT BRITAIN. DECEMBER 22, 1931. *Extradition Treaty between the United States of America and Great Britain and exchanges of notes extending the applicability of the Treaty to Palestine and Trans-Jordan. Signed at London, December 22, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate of the United States, February 19, 1932; ratified by the President of the United States, March 3, 1932; ratified by Great Britain, July 29, 1932; ratifications exchanged at London, August 4, 1932; proclaimed, August 9, 1932.* December 22, 1931. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Extradition with Great Britain.Whereas an extradition treaty between the United States of Preamble.America and Great Britain was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at London on December 22, 1931, the original of which treaty is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers. The President of the United States of America, And His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; Desiring to make more adequate provision for the reciprocal extradition of criminals, Plenipotentiaries.Have resolved to conclude a Treaty for that purpose, and to that end have appointed as their plenipotentiaries; The President of the United States of America: General Charles G. Dawes, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at the Court of St. James; And His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: for Great Britain and Northern Ireland: The Right Honourable Sir John Simon, G.C.S.I., M.P., His Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; who, having communicated their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— Article 1. Reciprocal delivery of persons charged with specified crimes.The High Contracting Parties engage to deliver up to each other, under certain circumstances and conditions stated in the present Treaty, those persons who, being accused or convicted of any of the crimes or offences enumerated in Article 3, committed within the jurisdiction of the one Party, shall be found within the territory of the other Party. Article 2. Territorial Jurisdiction.For the purposes of the present Treaty the territory of His Britannic Majesty shall be deemed to be Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, and all parts of His Britannic Majesty’s dominions overseas other than those 2123enumerated in Article 14, together with the territories enumerated*Post*, pp. 2125, 2126. in Article 16 and any territories to which it may be extended under Article 17. It is understood that in respect of all territory of His Britannic Majesty as above defined other than Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man, the present Treaty shall be applied so far as the laws permit. For the purposes of the present Treaty the territory of the United States shall be deemed to be all territory wherever situated belonging to the United States, including its dependencies and all other territories under its exclusive administration or control. Article 3. Extradition shall be reciprocally granted for the following crimes Extraditable crimes.Extraditable crimes or offences:— 1. Murder (including assassination, parricide, infanticide, poisoning),Murder. or attempt or conspiracy to murder. 2. Manslaughter. Manslaughter. 3. Administering drugs or using instruments with intent to procure Procuring miscarriage.the miscarriage of women. 4. Rape. Rape. 5. Unlawful carnal knowledge, or any attempt to have unlawful Unlawful carnal knowledge.carnal knowledge, of a girl under 16 years of age. 6. Indecent assault if such crime or offence be indictable in the Indecent assault.place where the accused or convicted person is apprehended. 7. Kidnapping or false imprisonment. Kidnapping. 8. Child stealing, including abandoning, exposing or unlawfully Child stealing, etc.detaining. 9. Abduction. Abduction. 10. Procuration: that is to say the procuring or transporting of Procuration.a woman or girl under age, even with her consent, for immoral purposes, or of a woman or girl over age, by fraud, threats, or compulsion, for such purposes with a view in in either case to gratifying the passions of another person provided that such crime or offence is punishable by imprisonment for at least one year or by more severe punishment. 11. Bigamy. Bigamy. 12. Maliciously wounding or inflicting grievous bodily harm. Assault. 13. Threats, by letter or otherwise, with intent to extort money Blackmail, etc.or other things of value. 14. Perjury, or subornation of perjury. Perjury. 15. Arson. Arson. 16. Burglary or housebreaking, robbery with violence, larceny Burglary, etc.or embezzlement. 17. Fraud by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, director, Fraud.member, or public officer of any company, or fraudulent conversion. 18. Obtaining money, valuable security, or goods, by false pretences; Obtaining money by false pretences.receiving any money, valuable security, or other property, knowing the same to have been stolen or unlawfully obtained. 19. — (*a*) Counterfeiting or altering money, or bringing into circulation Counterfeiting.counterfeited or altered money. (*b*) Knowingly and without lawful authority making or having in possession any instrument, tool, or engine adapted and intended for the counterfeiting of coin. 2124 20. Forgery. Forgery, or uttering what is forged. 21. Bankruptcy law violations. Crimes or offences against bankruptcy law. 22. Bribery. Bribery, defined to be the offering, giving or receiving of bribes. 23. Endangering safety of railway travel. Any malicious act done with intent to endanger the safety of any persons travelling or being upon a railway. 24. Traffic in dangerous drugs. Crimes or offences or attempted crimes or offences in connection with the traffic in dangerous drugs. 25. Property damages. Malicious injury to property, if such crime or offence be indictable. 26. —Piracy. (*a*) Piracy by the law of nations. (*b*) Mutiny, etc. Revolt, or conspiracy to revolt, by two or more persons on board a ship on the high seas against the authority of the master; wrongfully sinking or destroying a vessel at sea, or attempting to do so; assaults on board a ship on the high seas, with intent to do grievous bodily harm. 27. Slave trading. Dealing in slaves. Accessories.Extradition is also to be granted for participation in any of the aforesaid crimes or offences, provided that such participation be punishable by the laws of both High Contracting Parties. Article 4. Prior, etc., offenses.The extradition shall not take place if the person claimed has already been tried and discharged or punished, or is still under trial in the territories of the High Contracting Party applied to, for the crime or offence for which his extradition is demanded. If the person claimed should be under examination or under punishment in the territories of the High Contracting Party applied to for any other crime or offence, his extradition shall be deferred until the conclusion of the trial and the full execution of any punishment awarded to him. Article 5. Time limitation.The extradition shall not take place if, subsequently to the commission of the crime or offence or the institution of the penal prosecution or the conviction thereon, exemption from prosecution or punishment has been acquired by lapse of time, according to the laws of the High Contracting Party applying or applied to. Article 6. Political crimes.A fugitive criminal shall not be surrendered if the crime or offence in respect of which his surrender is demanded is one of a political character, or if he proves that the requisition for his surrender has, in fact, been made with a view to try or punish him for a crime or offence of a political character. Article 7. Trial limited to offences for which surrendered.A person surrendered can in no case be kept in custody or be brought to trial in the territories of the High Contracting Party to whom the surrender has been made for any other crime or offence, or on account of any other matters, than those for which the extradition shall have taken place, until he has been restored, or has had an opportunity of returning, to the territories of the High Contracting Party by whom he has been surrendered. This stipulation does not apply to crimes or offences committed after the extradition. 2125 Article 8. The extradition of fugitive criminals under the provisions of this Extradition to conform with existing laws.Treaty shall be carried out in the United States and in the territory of His Britannic Majesty respectively, in conformity with the laws regulating extradition for the time being in force in the territory from which the surrender of the fugitive criminal is claimed. Article 9. The extradition shall take place only if the evidence be found Conditions imposed.sufficient, according to the laws of the High Contracting Party applied to, either to justify the committal of the prisoner for trial, in case the crime or offence had been committed in the territory of such High Contracting Party, or to prove that the prisoner is the identical person convicted by the courts of the High Contracting Party who makes the requisition, and that the crime or offence of which he has been convicted is one in respect of which extradition could, at the time of such conviction, have been granted by the High Contracting Party applied to. Article 10. If the individual claimed by one of the High Contracting Parties Persons claimed by other countries.in pursuance of the present Treaty should be also claimed by one or several other Powers on account of other crimes or offences committed within their respective jurisdictions, his extradition shall be granted to the Power whose claim is earliest in date, unless such claim is waived. Article 11. If sufficient evidence for the extradition be not produced within Time limitation.two months from the date of the apprehension of the fugitive, or within such further time as the High Contracting Party applied to, or the proper tribunal of such High Contracting Party, shall direct, the fugitive shall be set at liberty. Article 12. All articles seized which were in the possession of the person to Articles seized with fugitive.be surrendered at the time of his apprehension, and any articles that may serve as a proof of the crime or offence shall be given up when the extradition takes place, in so far as this may be permitted by the law of the High Contracting Party granting the extradition. Article 13. All expenses connected with the extradition shall be borne by Expenses.the High Contracting Party making the application. Article 14. His Britannic Majesty may accede to the present Treaty on behalf Accession by Great Britain.of any of his Dominions hereafter named—that is to say, the Dominion of Canada, the Commonwealth of Australia (including for this purpose Papua and Norfolk Island), the Dominion of New Zealand, the Union of South Africa, the Irish Free State, and Newfoundland—and India. Such accession shall be effected by a notice to that effect given by the appropriate diplomatic representative of His Majesty at Washington which shall specify the authority to which the requisition for the surrender of a fugitive criminal who has taken refuge in the Dominion concerned, or India, as the case may be, shall be addressed. From the date when such notice 2126comes into effect the territory of the Dominion concerned or of India shall be deemed to be territory of His Britannic Majesty for the purposes of the present Treaty. Requisitions.The requisition for the surrender of a fugitive criminal who has taken refuge in any of the above-mentioned Dominions or India, on behalf of which His Britannic Majesty has acceded, shall be made by the appropriate diplomatic or consular officer of the United States of America. Separability of designated Dominions, etc.Either High Contracting Party may terminate this Treaty separately in respect of any of the above-mentioned Dominions or India. Such termination shall be effected by a notice given in accordance with the provisions of Article 18. British mandates.Any notice given under the first paragraph of this Article in respect of one of His Britannic Majesty’s Dominions may include any territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of Nations has been accepted by His Britannic Majesty, and which is being administered by the Government of the Dominion concerned; such territory shall, if so included, be deemed to be territory of His Britannic Majesty for the purposes of the present Treaty. Any notice given under the third paragraph of this Article shall be applicable to such mandated territory. Article 15. Fugitives in British territory.The requisition for the surrender of a fugitive criminal who has taken refuge in any territory of His Britannic Majesty other than Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, or the Isle of Man, or the Dominions or India mentioned in Article 14, shall be made to the Governor, or chief authority, of such territory by the appropriate consular officer of the United States of America. Such requisition shall be dealt with by the competent authorities of such territory: provided, nevertheless, that if an order for the committal of the fugitive criminal to prison to await surrender shall be made, the said Governor or chief authority may, instead of issuing a warrant for the surrender of such fugitive, refer the matter to His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Article 16. Applicability to designated British protectorates.This Treaty shall apply in the same manner as if they were Possessions of His Britannic Majesty to the following British Protectorates, that is to say, the Bechuanaland Protectorate, Gambia Protectorate, Kenya Protectorate, Nigeria Protectorate, Northern Rhodesia, Northern Territories of the Gold Coast, Nyasaland, Sierra Leone Protectorate, Solomon Islands Protectorate, Somaliland Protectorate, Swaziland, Uganda Protectorate and Zanzibar, and to the following territories in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of Nations has been accepted by His Britannic Majesty, that is to say, Cameroons under British mandate, Togoland under British mandate, and the Tanganyika Territory. Article 17. Extending provisions to other territory.If after the signature of the present Treaty it is considered advisable to extend its provisions to any British Protectorates other than those mentioned in the preceding Article or to any British protected State, or to any territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of Nations has been accepted by His Britannic Majesty, other than those mandated territories mentioned in Articles 14 and 16, the stipulations of Articles 14 and 15 shall be deemed to 2127apply to such Protectorates or States or mandated territories from the date and in the manner prescribed in the notes to be exchanged for the purpose of effecting such extension. Article 18. The present Treaty shall come into force ten days after its publication,Effective date. in conformity with the forms prescribed by the laws of the High Contracting Parties. It may be terminated by either of the Duration.High Contracting Parties by a notice not exceeding one year and not less than six months. In the absence of an express provision to that effect, a notice Separability clause.given under the first paragraph of this Article shall not affect the operation of the Treaty as between the United States of America and any territory in respect of which notice of accession has been given under Article 14. The present Treaty shall be Ratification.ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at London as soon as possible. On the coming into force of the present treaty the provisions of Certain treaty provisions abrogated.Vol. 8, p. 576; Vol. 26, p. 1508; Vol. 32, p. 1864; Vol. 34, p. 2903.Article 10 of the treaty of the 9th August, 1842, of the Convention of the 12th July, 1889, of the supplementary Convention of the 13th December, 1900, and of the supplementary Convention of the 12th April, 1905, relative to extradition, shall cease to have effect, save that in the case of each of the Dominions and India, mentioned in Article 14, those provisions shall remain in force until such Dominion or India shall have acceded to the present treaty in accordance with Article 14 or until replaced by other treaty arrangements. In faith whereof the above-named plenipotentiaries have signed the present Treaty and have affixed thereto their seals. Done in duplicate at London this twenty-second day of December, 1931. [seal] Charles G Dawes [seal] John Simon And whereas, the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, Ratifications exchanged.and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at London on the fourth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of Proclamation.the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this ninth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two,[seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. 2128 Exchange of notes extending treaty provisions to Palestine, etc.Notes Exchanged Concerning the Extension to Palestine and Trans-Jordan of the Extradition Treaty between the United States of America and Great Britain The British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Simon) to the American Ambassador (Dawes) No. T 15S23/46/374. Foreign Office, S.W. 1. *22nd December, 1931*. Your Excellency, *Ante*, p. 2126.With reference to Article 17 of the Extradition Treaty between His Majesty The King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas and the President of the United States of America, signed this day at London, I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom desire that the provisions of the above mentioned Treaty shall, as from the date of its entry into force, be applicable to Palestine (excluding Transjordan). 2. I have accordingly the honour to enquire whether the United States Government agree with this proposal. In this event the present note and Your Excellency’s reply to that effect will be regarded as placing on record the agreement arrived at in the matter. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Your Excellency’s obedient Servant, John Simon His Excellency General Charles G. Dawes, C.B., *etc., etc., etc*. The American Ambassador (Dances) to the British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Simon) No. 1582. Embassy of the United States of America London, *December 22, 1931*. Sir: With reference to Article 17 of the Extradition Treaty between the President of the United States of America and His Majesty The King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, signed this day at London, I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States of America is agreeable to the proposal of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom that the provisions of the above mentioned Treaty shall, as from the date of its entry into force, be applicable to Palestine (excluding Transjordan). I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble Servant, Charles G. Dawes. The Right Honble. Sir John Simon, G.C.S.I., etc., etc., etc., *Foreign Office, S. W. 1*. 2129 The British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs {Simon) to the American Ambassador (Dawes) Exchange of notes, etc.—Continued. No. T15523/46/374. Foreign Office, S.W. 1. *22nd December, 1931*. Your Excellency, With reference to Article 17 of the Extradition Treaty between *Ante*, p. 2126.His Majesty The King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas and the President of the United States of America, signed this day at London, I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom desire that the provisions of the above mentioned Treaty shall, as from the date of its entry into force, be applicable to Transjordan. 2. I have accordingly the honour to enquire whether the United States Government agree with this proposal. In this event the present note and Your Excellency’s reply to that effect will be regarded as placing on record the agreement arrived at in the matter. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Your Excellency’s obedient Servant, John Simon His Excellency General Charles G. Dawes, C.B., *etc., etc., etc*. The American Ambassador (Dawes) to the British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Simon) No. 1583. Embassy of the United States of America London, *December 22, 1931*. Sir: With reference to Article 17 of the Extradition Treaty between the President of the United States of America and His Majesty The King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, signed this day at London, I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States of America is agreeable to the proposal of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom that the provisions of the above mentioned Treaty shall, as from the date of its entry into force, be applicable to Transjordan. I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble Servant, Charles G. Dawes. The Right Honble. Sir John Simon, G.C.S.I., etc., etc., etc., *Foreign Office, S.W. 1*. August 27, 1929 Treaty 47 Stat. 2130 2130 ARBITRATION TREATY—EGYPT. AUGUST 27, 1929. *Arbitration treaty between the United States of America and Egypt. Signed at Washington, August 27, 1929; ratification advised by the Senate, January 20, 1930; ratified by the President, January 23, 1930; ratified by Egypt, June 25, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, August 24, 1932; proclaimed, August 25, 1932.* August 27, 1929. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Arbitration with Egypt.Preamble. Whereas a Treaty of Arbitration between the United States of America and Egypt was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-seventh day of August, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, the original of which Treaty, being in the English language, is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Egypt Purpose declared.Determined to prevent so far as in their power lies any interruption in the peaceful relations now happily existing between the two nations; Desirous of reaffirming their adherence to the policy of submitting to impartial decision all justiciable controversies that may arise between them; and Eager by their example not only to demonstrate their condemnation of war as an instrument of national policy in their mutual relations, but also to hasten the time when the perfection of international arrangements for the pacific settlement of international disputes shall have eliminated forever the possibility of war among any of the Powers of the world; Have decided to conclude a treaty of arbitration and for that Plenipotentiaries.purpose they have appointed as their respective Plenipotentiaries The President of the United States of America: Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; His Majesty the King of Egypt: His Excellency, Mahmoud Samy Pasha, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near the Government of the United States of America, Grand Officer of the Order of the Nile; who, having communicated to each other their full powers found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Differences not adjusted by diplomacy, referred by special agreement to Permanent Court of Arbitration, etc.All differences relating to international matters in which the High Contracting Parties are concerned by virtue of a claim of right made by one against the other under treaty or otherwise, which it has not been possible to adjust by diplomacy, which have not been adjusted as a result of reference to an appropriate commission of conciliation, and which are justiciable in their nature by reason of being susceptible of decision by the application of the principles of law or equity, Vol. 36, p. 2221.shall be submitted to the Permanent Court of Arbitration established at The Hague by the Convention of October 18, 1907, or to some other 2131competent tribunal, as shall be decided in each case by a special signed agreement, which special agreement shall provide for the organization of such tribunal if necessary, define its powers, state the question or questions at issue, and settle the terms of reference. The special agreement in each case shall be made on the part of Special agreement.the United States of America by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and on the part of Egypt in accordance with its constitutional laws. Article II The provisions of this treaty shall not be invoked in respect of any Subjects not included.dispute the subject matter of which
(a)is within the domestic jurisdiction of either of the High Contracting Parties,
(b)involves the interests of third Parties,
(c)depends upon or involves the maintenance of the traditional attitude of the United States concerning American questions, commonly described as the Monroe Doctrine. Article III The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the United Ratification.States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by Egypt in accordance with its constitutional laws. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as Exchange of ratifications.possible, and the treaty shall take effect on the date of the exchange of the ratifications. It shall thereafter remain in force continuously Duration.unless and until terminated by one year’s written notice given by either High Contracting Party to the other. In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Signatures.treaty in duplicate, and hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington the 27th day of August in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] M Samy. And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, Ratifications exchanged.and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-fourth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President Proclamation.of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fifth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. August 27, 1929 Treaty 47 Stat. 2132 2132 CONCILIATION TREATY—EGYPT. AUGUST 27, 1929. August 27, 1929. *Conciliation treaty between the United States of America and Egypt. Signed at Washington, August 27, 1929; ratification advised by the Senate, January 20, 1930; ratified by the President, January 23, 1930; ratified by Egypt, June 25, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, August 24, 1932; proclaimed, August 25, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Conciliation with Egypt.Preamble. Whereas a Treaty of Conciliation between the United States of America and Egypt was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-seventh day of August, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, the original of which Treaty, being in the English language, is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Egypt, being desirous to strengthen the bonds of amity that bind them together and also to advance the cause of general peace, have resolved to enter into a treaty for that purpose, and toPlenipotentiaries. that end have appointed as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; His Majesty the King of Egypt: His Excellency Mahmoud Samy Pasha, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near the Government of the United States of America, Grand Officer of the Order of the Nile; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in proper form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I Disputes submitted tor investigation and report to International Commission.Any disputes arising between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Egypt, of whatever nature they may be, shall, when ordinary diplomatic proceedings have failed and the High Contracting Parties do not have recourse to adjudication by a competent tribunal, be submitted for investigation and report to a permanent International Commission constituted in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding Article; and they agree not to declare war or begin hostilities during such investigation and before the report is submitted. 2133 Article II The International Commission shall be composed of five members,International Commission.Composition. to be appointed as follows: One member shall be chosen from each country, by the Government thereof; one member shall be chosen by each Government from some third country; the fifth member shall be chosen by common agreement between the two Governments, it being understood that he shall not be a citizen of either country. The expenses of the Commission shall be paid by the two GovernmentsExpenses. in equal proportions. The International Commission shall be appointed within sixAppointment. months after the exchange of ratifications of this treaty; and vacancies shall be filled according to the manner of the original appointment. Article III In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjustImmediate reference of dispute to International Commission. a dispute by diplomatic methods, and they do not have recourse to adjudication by a competent tribunal, they shall at once refer it to the International Commission for investigation and report. The International Commission may, however, spontaneously by unanimous agreement offer its services to that effect, and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request their cooperation in the investigation. The High Contracting Parties agree to furnish the PermanentFacilities, etc., to be furnished. International Commission with all the means and facilities required for its investigation and report. The report of the Commission shall be completed within one yearTime, etc., for report. after the date on which it shall declare its investigation to have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall limit or extend the time by mutual agreement. The report shall be prepared in triplicate; one copy shall be presented to each Government, and the third retained by the Commission for its files. The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act independentlyIndependent action reserved. on the subject matter of the dispute after the report of the Commission shall have been submitted. Article IV The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the UnitedRatification. States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by Egypt in accordance with its constitutional laws. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon asExchange of ratification. possible, and the treaty shall take effect on the date or the exchange of the ratifications. It shall thereafter remain in force continuouslyDuration. unless and until terminated by one year’s written notice given by either High Contracting Party to the other. In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed thisSignatures. treaty in duplicate, and hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington the 27th day of August in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] M Samy. 2134 Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-fourth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fifth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. June 5, 1928 February 25, 1929 Treaty 47 Stat. 2135 2135 FRIENDSHIP, ETC., TREATY—NORWAY. JUNE 5, 1928. *Treaty and additional article between the United States of America andJune 5, 1928.February 25, 1929. Norway of friendship, commerce, and consular rights and exchange of notes concerning the tariff treatment of Norwegian sardines. Signed at Washington, June 5, 1928, and February 25, 1929, respectively; ratification advised by the Senate, April 5, 1932; ratified by the President of the United States, April 16, 1932; ratified by Norway, July 30, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, September 13, 1932; proclaimed, September 15, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rightsTreaty of friendship, commerce, and consular rights with Norway.Preamble. between the United States of America and Norway and an additional article thereto were signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries on the fifth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-eight and the twenty-fifth day of February, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, respectively, the originals of which treaty and additional article, being in the English and Norwegian languages, are word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting Powers. and the Kingdom of Norway, desirous of strengthening the bond of peace which happily prevails between them, by arrangements designed to promote friendly intercourse between their respective territories through provisions responsive to the spiritual, cultural, economic and commercial aspirations of the peoples thereof, have resolved to conclude a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights and for that purpose have appointed as their plenipotentiaries, The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, Mr. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Norway, Mr. H. H. Bachke, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States of America; Who, having communicated to each other their full powers found to be in due form, have agreed upon the following Articles: 2136 Article I Mutual freedom of residence, religion, business, etc., permitted.The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to enter, travel and reside in the territories of the other; to exercise liberty of conscience and freedom of worship; to engage in professional, scientific, religious, philanthropic, manufacturing and commercial work of every kind without interference; to carry on every form of commercial activity which is not forbidden by the local law; to employ agents of their choice, and generally to do anything incidental to or necessary for the enjoyment of any of the foregoing privileges upon the same terms as nationals of the State of residence or as nationals of the nation hereafter to be most favored by it, submitting themselves to all local laws and regulations duly established. Equality of taxes, etc.The nationals of either High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall not be subjected to the payment of any internal charges or taxes other or higher than those that are exacted of and paid by its nationals. This paragraph does not apply to charges and taxes on the acquisition and exploitation of waterfalls, energy produced by waterfalls, mines or forests. Access to courts of justice.The nationals of each High Contracting Party shall enjoy freedom of access to the courts of justice of the other on conforming to the local laws, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of their rights, and in all degrees of jurisdiction established by law. Protection of persons and property.The nationals of each High Contracting Party shall receive within the territories of the other, upon submitting to conditions imposed upon its nationals, the most constant protection and security for their persons and property, and shall enjoy in this respect that degree of protection that is required by international law. Their property shall not be2137 taken without due process of law and without payment of just compensation. Nothing contained in thisImmigration laws not affected. Treaty shall be construed to affect existing statutes of either of the High Contracting Parties in relation to the immigration of aliens or the right of either of the High Contracting Parties to enact such statutes. Article II With respect to that form ofCivil liability for injuries, etc. protection granted by National, State or Provincial laws establishing civil liability for bodily injuries or for death, and giving to relatives or heirs or dependents of an injured party a right of action or a pecuniary compensation, such relatives or heirs or dependents of the injured party, himself a national of either of the High Contracting Parties and within any of the territories of the other, shall regardless of their alienage or residence outside of the territory where the injury occurred, enjoy the same rights and privileges as are or may be granted to nationals, and under like conditions. Article III The dwellings, warehouses,Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected. manufactories, shops, and other places of business, and all premises thereto appertaining of the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties in the territories of the other, used for any purposes set forth in Article I, shall be respected. It shall not be allowable to make a domiciliary visit to, or search of any such buildings and premises, or there to examine and inspect books, papers or accounts, except under the conditions and in conformity with the forms prescribed by the laws, ordinances and regulations for nationals. 2138 Article IV Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.Where, on the death of any person holding real or other immovable property or interests therein within the territories of one High Contracting Party, such property or interests therein would, by the laws of the country or by a testamentary disposition, descend or pass to a national of the other High Contracting Party, whether resident or non-resident, were he not disqualified by the laws of the country where such property or interests therein is or are situated, such national shall be allowed a term of three years in which to sell the same, this term to be reasonably prolonged if circumstances render it necessary, and withdraw the proceeds thereof, without restraint or interference, and exempt from any succession, probate or administrative duties or charges other than those which may be imposed in like cases upon the nationals of the country from which such proceeds may be drawn. Disposal of personal property.Nationals of either High Contracting Party may have full power to dispose of their personal property of every kind within the territories of the other, by testament, donation, or otherwise, and their heirs, legatees and donees, of whatsoever nationality, whether resident or non-resident, shall succeed to such personal property, and may take possession thereof, either by themselves or by others acting for them, and retain or dispose of the same at their pleasure subject to the payment of such duties or charges only as the nationals of the High Contracting Party within whose territories such property may be or belong shall be liable to pay in like cases. In the same way, personal property left to nationals of one of the High Contracting Parties by nationals of the other High Contracting Party, and being within the territories of such other Party, shall be subject 2139to the payment of such duties or charges only as the nationals of the High Contracting Party within whose territories such property may be or belong shall be liable to pay in like cases. Article V The nationals of each of theFreedom of worship, etc. High Contracting Parties in the exercise of the right of freedom of worship, within the territories of the other, as hereinabove provided, may, without annoyance or molestation of any kind by reason of their religious belief or otherwise, conduct services either within their own houses or within any appropriate buildings which they may be at liberty to erect and maintain in convenient situations, provided their teachings orCondition. practices are not contrary to public morals; and they may also be permitted to bury their dead according to their religious customs in suitable and convenient places established and maintained for the purpose, subject to the reasonable mortuary and sanitary laws and regulations of the place of burial. Article VI In the event of war betweenCompulsory military service in event of war. either High Contracting Party and a third State, such Party may draft for compulsory military service nationals of the other having a permanent residence within its territories and who have formally, according to its laws, declared an intention to adopt its nationality by naturalization, unless such individuals depart from the territories of said belligerent Party within sixty days after a declaration of war. It is agreed, however, that suchException. right to depart shall not apply to natives of the country drafting for compulsory military service who, being nationals of the other Party, have declared an intention to adopt the nationality of their 2140nativity. Such natives shall nevertheless be entitled in respect of this matter to treatment no less favorable than that accorded the nationals of any other country who are similarly situated. Article VII Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.Between the territories of the High Contracting Parties there shall be freedom of commerce and navigation. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties equally with those of the most favored nation, shall have liberty freely to come with their vessels and cargoes to all places, ports and waters of every kind within the territorial limits of the other which are or may be open to foreign commerce and navigation. Sanitary, etc., measures.Nothing in this Treaty shall be construed to restrict the right of either High Contracting Party to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, prohibitions or restrictions designed to protect human, animal, or plant health or fife, or regulations for the enforcement Liquor or narcotic traffic.of revenue or police laws, including laws prohibiting or restricting the importation or sale of alcoholic beverages or narcotics. Most-favored-nation treatment on imports.Each of the High Contracting Parties binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other duties, charges or conditions and no prohibition on the importation of any article, the growth, produce or manufacture, of the territories of the other Party, from whatever place arriving, than are or shall be imposed on the importation of any like article, the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country; nor shall any duties, charges, conditions or prohibitions on importations be made effective retroactively on imports already cleared through the customs, or on goods declared for entry into consumption in the country. 2141 Each of the High ContractingNo discrimination of export charges, etc. Parties also binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other charges or other restrictions or prohibitions on goods exported to the territories of the other High Contracting Party than are imposed on goods exported to any other foreign country. Any advantage of whatsoeverAutomatic extension of advantages given to any other foreign country. kind which either High Contracting Party may extend by treaty, law, decree, regulation, practice or otherwise, to any article, the growth, produce, or manufacture of any other foreign country shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation, be extended to the like article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other High Contracting Party. All articles which are or may beEquality of trade by vessels of either country. legally imported from foreign countries into ports of the United States or are or may be legally exported therefrom in vessels of the United States may likewise be imported into those ports or exported therefrom in Norwegian vessels, without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in vessels of the United States; and reciprocally, all articles which are or may be legally imported from foreign countries into the ports of Norway or are or may be legally exported therefrom in Norwegian vessels may likewise be imported into these ports or exported therefrom in vessels of the United States without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in Norwegian vessels. In the same manner there shallBounties, drawbacks, etc. be perfect reciprocal equality in relation to the flags of the two countries with regard to bounties, drawbacks, and other privileges of this nature of whatever denom2142ination which may be allowed in the territories of each of the Contracting Parties, on goods imported or exported in national vessels so that such bounties, drawbacks and other privileges shall also and in like manner be allowed on goods imported or exported in vessels of the other country. Most-favored-nation treatment as to customs duties.With respect to the amount and collection of duties on imports and exports of every kind, each of the two High Contracting Parties binds itself to give to the nationals, vessels and goods of the other the advantage of every favor, privilege or immunity which it shall have accorded to the nationals, vessels and goods of a third State, whether such favored State shall have been accorded such treatment gratuitously or in return for reciprocal compensatory treatment. Every such favor, privilege or immunity which shall hereafter be granted the nationals, vessels or goods of a third State shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation, be extended to the other High Contracting Party, for the benefit of itself, its nationals, vessels, and goods. United States trade with Cuba.Vol. 33, p. 2136.The stipulations of this Article do not extend to the treatment which is accorded by the United States to the commerce of Cuba under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded by the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or any other commercial convention which hereafter may be concluded by the With Canal Zone or dependencies excepted.United States with Cuba. Such stipulations, moreover, do not extend to the commerce of the United States with the Panama Canal Zone or with any of the dependencies of the United States or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States with one another under existing or future laws. Exception given to Norwegian traffic.No claim may be made by virtue of the stipulations of the present Treaty to any privileges that Norway has accorded, or may accord, to Denmark, Iceland 2143or Sweden, as long as the same privilege has not been extended to any other country. Neither of the High ContractingOther exceptions. Parties shall by virtue of the provisions of the present Treaty be entitled to claim the benefits which have been granted or may be granted to neighboring States in order to facilitate short boundary traffic. Article VIII The nationals, goods, products,Equality of internal taxes, etc. wares, and merchandise of each High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall receive the same treatment as nationals, goods, products, wares, and merchandise of the country with regard to internal taxes, transit duties, charges in respect to warehousing and other facilities and the amount of drawbacks and export bounties. Article IX The vessels and cargoes of oneMutual treatment of vessels and cargoes. of the High Contracting Parties shall, within the territorial waters and harbors of the other Party in all respects and unconditionally be accorded the same treatment as the vessels and cargoes of that Party, irrespective of the port of departure of the vessel, or the port of destination, and irrespective of the origin or the destination of the cargo. It is especially agreedEquality of tonnage, etc., duties. that no duties of tonnage, harbor, pilotage, lighthouse, quarantine, or other similar or corresponding duties or charges of whatever denomination, levied in the name or for the profit of the Government, public functionaries, private individuals, corporations or establishments of any kind shall be imposed in the ports of the territories or territorial waters of either country upon the vessels of the other, which shall not equally, under the same conditions, be imposed on national vessels. Article X Merchant vessels and otherNationality of private vessels recognized. privately owned vessels under the flag of either of the High 2144Contracting Parties, and carrying the papers required by its national laws in proof of nationality shall, both within the territorial waters of the other High Contracting Party and on the high seas, be deemed to be the vessels of the Party whose flag is flown. Article XI Discharging cargoes at open ports.Merchant vessels and other privately owned vessels under the flag of either of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to discharge portions of cargoes at any port open to foreign commerce in the territories of the other High Contracting Party, and to proceed with the remaining portions of such cargoes to any other ports of the same territories open to foreign commerce, without paying other or higher tonnage dues or port charges in such cases than would be paid by national vessels in like circumstances, and they shall be permitted to load in like manner at different ports in the same voyage outward, provided, however,Coasting trade exemption. that the coasting trade of the High Contracting Parties is exempt from the provisions of this Article and from the other provisions of this Treaty, and is to be regulated according to the laws of each High Contracting Party in relation thereto. It is agreed, however, that nationals of either High Contracting Party shall within the territories of the other enjoy with respect to the coasting trade the most favored nation treatment. Article XII Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct business in the other.Limited liability and other corporations and associations, whether or not for pecuniary profit, which have been or may hereafter be organized in accordance with and under the laws, National, State or Provincial, of either High Contracting Party and maintain a central office within the territories thereof, shall have their juridical status recognized by the other High Contracting Party provided that they pur2145 sue no aims within its territories contrary to its laws. They shall enjoy free access to the courts of law and equity, on conforming to the laws regulating the matter, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of rights in all the degrees of jurisdiction established by law. The right of such corporationsRight to establish branches. and associations of either High Contracting Party so recognized by the other to establish themselves in the territories of the other Party, establish branch offices and fulfill their functions therein shall depend upon, and be governed solely by, the consent of such Party as expressed in its National, State, or Provincial laws. Article XIII The nationals of either HighNationals of either country may organize corporations, etc., in the other. Contracting Party shall enjoy within the territories of the other, reciprocally and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as have been or may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the organization of and participation in limited liability and other corporations and associations, for pecuniary profit or otherwise, including the rights of promotion, incorporation, purchase and ownership and sale of shares and the holding of executive or official positions therein. In the exercise of the foregoing rights and with respect to the regulation or procedure concerning the organization or conduct of such corporations or associations, such nationals shall be subjected to no condition less favorable than those which have been or may hereafter be imposed upon the nationals of the most favored nation. The rights of any of such corporations or associations as may be organized or controlled or participated in by the nationals of either High Contracting Party within the territories of the other to exercise any of their functions 2146therein, shall be governed by the laws and regulations, National, State or Provincial, which are in force or may hereafter be established within the territories of the Party wherein they propose to engage in business. Mining privileges.The nationals of either High Contracting Party shall, moreover, enjoy within the territories of the other, reciprocally and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as have been or may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the mining of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas, and sodium on the public domain of the other. Article XIV Commercial travelers recognized.Commercial travelers representing manufacturers, merchants and traders domiciled in the territories of either High Contracting Party shall on their entry into and sojourn in the territories of the other Party and on their departure therefrom be accorded the most favored nation treatment in respect of customs and other privileges and of all charges and taxes of whatever denomination applicable to them or to their samples. Identification, etc.If either High Contracting Party require the presentation of an authentic document establishing the identity and authority of a commercial traveler, a signed statement by the concern or concerns represented, certified by a consular officer of the country of destination shall be accepted as satisfactory. Article XV Freedom of international transit.There shall be complete freedom of transit through the territories including territorial waters of each High Contracting Party on the routes most convenient for international transit, by rail, navigable waterway, and canal, Panama Canal, etc., excepted.other than the Panama Canal and waterways and canals which constitute international bound 2147aries, to persons and goods coming from, going to or passing through the territories of the other High Contracting Party, except such persons as may be forbidden admission into its territories or goods of which the importation may be prohibited by law or regulations. The measuresEmergency measures. of a general or particular character which either of the High Contracting Parties is obliged to take in case of an emergency affecting the safety of the State or vital interests of the country may, in exceptional cases and for as short a period as possible, involve a deviation from the provisions of this paragraph, it being understood that the principle of freedom of transit must be observed to the utmost possible extent. Persons and goods in transitTransit provisions. shall not be subjected to any transit duty, or to any unnecessary delays or restrictions, or to any discrimination as regards charges, facilities, or any other matter. Goods in transit must beCustoms entries, etc. entered at the proper custom-house, but they shall be exempt from all customs or other similar duties. All charges imposed on transportTransport in transit charges. in transit shall be reasonable, having regard to the conditions of the traffic. Article XVI Each of the High ContractingConsular officers.Reception of. Parties agrees to receive from the other, consular officers in those of its ports, places and cities, where it may be convenient and which are open to consular representatives of any foreign country. Consular officers of each of theEnjoyment of rights, etc., accorded most-favored-nation. High Contracting Parties shall after entering upon their duties, enjoy reciprocally in the territories of the other all the rights, privileges, exemptions and immunities which are enjoyed by officers of the same grade of the 2148most favored nation. As official agents, such officers shall be entitled to the high consideration of all officials, national or local, with whom they have official intercourse in the State which receives them. Exequatur to issue.The Governments of each of the High Contracting Parties shall furnish free of charge the necessary exequatur of such consular officers of the other as present a regular commission signed by the chief executive of the appointing State and under its great seal; and they shall issue to a subordinate or substitute consular officer duly appointed by an accepted superior consular officer with the approbation of his Government, or by any other competent officer of that Government, such documents as according to the laws of the respective countries shall be requisite for the exercise by the appointee of the consular function. On the exhibition of an exequatur, or other document issued in lieu thereof to such subordinate, such consular officer shall be permitted to enter upon his duties and to enjoy the rights, privileges and immunities granted by this Treaty. Article XVII Exemption from arrest, etc.Consular officers, nationals of the State by which they are appointed, and not engaged in any profession, business or trade, shall be exempt from arrest except when charged with the commission of offenses locally designated as crimes other than misdemeanors and subjecting the individual guilty thereof to punishment. Such officers shall be exempt from military billetings, and from service of any military or naval, administrative or police character whatsoever. Testimony in criminal cases.In criminal cases the attendance at the trial by a consular officer as a witness may be de2149 manded by the prosecution or defense, or by the court. The demand shall be made with all possible regard for the consular dignity and the duties of the office; and there shall be compliance on the part of the consular officer. When the testimony of a consular officer who is a national of the State which appoints him and is engaged in no private occupation for gain, is taken in civil cases, it shall be taken orally or in writing at his residence or office and with due regard for his convenience. The officer should, however, voluntarily give his testimony at the trial whenever it is possible to do so without serious interference with his official duties. No consular officer shall be requiredOfficial acts. to testify in either criminal or civil cases regarding acts performed by him in his official capacity. Article XVIII Consular officers, including employeesPersonal property tax exemption. in a consulate, nationals of the State by which they are appointed other than those engaged in private occupations for gain within the State where they exercise their functions shall be exempt from all taxes, National, State, Provincial and Municipal, levied upon their persons or upon their property, except taxes levied on account of the possession or ownership of immovable property situated in, or income derived from property of any kind situated or belonging within the territories of the State within which they exercise their functions. All consular officers and employees, nationals of the State appointing them, and not engaged in any profession, business or trade, shall be exempt from the payment of taxes on the salary, fees or wages received by them in compensation for their consular services. 2150 Article XIX Arms and flags at offices.Consular officers may place over the outer door of their respective offices the arms of their State with an appropriate inscription designating the official office. Such officers may also hoist the flag of their country on their offices including those situated in the capitals of the two countries. They may likewise hoist such flag over any boat or vessel employed in the exercise of the consular function. Inviolability of offices and archives.The consular offices and archives shall at all times be inviolable. They shall under no circumstances be subjected to invasion by any authorities of any character within the country where such offices are located. Nor shall the authorities under any pretext make any examination or seizure of papers or other property deposited within a consular office. Consular offices shall not be used as places of asylum. No consular officers shall be required to produce official archives in court or testify as to their contents. To be kept apart from private papers.When a consular officer is engaged in business of any kind within the country which receives him, the archives of the consulate and the documents relative to the same shall be kept in a place entirely apart from his private or business papers. *Ad interim* officers.Upon the death, incapacity, or absence of a consular officer having no subordinate consular officer at his post, secretaries or chancellors, whose official character may have previously been made known to the Government of the State where the consular function was exercised, may temporarily exercise the consular function of the deceased or incapacitated or absent consular officer; and while so acting shall enjoy all the rights, prerogatives and immunities granted to the incumbent. 2151 Article XX Consular officers of either HighCommunications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls. Contracting Party may, within their respective consular districts, address the authorities concerned, National, State, Provincial or Municipal, for the purpose of protecting the nationals of the State by which they are appointed in the enjoyment of their rights accruing by treaty or otherwise. Complaint may be made for the infraction of those rights. Failure upon the part of the proper authorities to grant redress or to accord protection may justify interposition through the diplomatic channel, and in the absence of a diplomatic representative, a consul general or the consular officer stationed at the capital may apply directly to the Government of the country. Article XXI Consular officers may, in pursuanceNotarial acts, etc., by consular officers. of the laws of their own country, take, at any appropriate place within their respective districts, the depositions of any occupants of vessels of their own country, or of any national of, or of any person having permanent residence within the territories of, their own country. Such officersAuthentications, etc. may draw up, attest, certify and authenticate unilateral acts, deeds and testamentary dispositions of their countrymen, and also contracts to which a countryman is a party. They may draw up, attest, certify and authenticate written instruments of any kind purporting to express or embody the conveyance or encumbrance of property of any kind within the territory of the State by which such officers are appointed, and unilateral acts, deeds, testamentary dispositions and contracts relating to property situated, or business to be transacted within, the territories of the State by which they are appointed, embracing unilateral acts, deeds, 2152testamentary dispositions or agreements executed solely by nationals of the State within which such officers exercise their functions. Effect as evidence.Instruments and documents thus executed and copies and translations thereof, when duly authenticated under his official seal by the consular officer shall be received as evidence in the territories of the Contracting Parties as original documents or authenticated copies, as the case may be, and shall have the same force and effect as if drawn by and executed before a notary or other public officer duly authorized in the country by which the consular officer was appointed; provided, always that such documents shall have been drawn and executed in conformity to the laws and regulations of the country where they are designed to take effect. Article XXII Consular authority in shipping controversies.A consular officer shall have exclusive jurisdiction over controversies arising out of the internal order of private vessels of his country, and shall alone exercise jurisdiction in cases, wherever arising, between officers and crews, pertaining to the enforcement of discipline on board, provided the vessel and the persons charged with wrongdoing shall have entered a port within his consular district. Such an officer shall also have jurisdiction over issues concerning the adjustment of wages and the execution of contracts relating thereto provided, however, that such jurisdiction shall not exclude the jurisdiction conferred on local authorities under existing or future laws. 2153 When an act committed onCrimes in territorial waters. board of a private vessel under the flag of the State by which the consular officer has been appointed and within the territorial waters of the State to which he has been appointed constitutes a crime according to the laws of that State, subjecting the person guilty thereof to punishment as a criminal, the consular officer shall not exercise jurisdiction except in so far as he is permitted to do so by the local law. A consular officer may freelyLocal police aid to maintain order. invoke the assistance of the local police authorities in any matter pertaining to the maintenance of internal order on board of a vessel under the flag of his country within the territorial waters of the State to which he is appointed, and upon such a request the requisite assistance shall be given. A consular officer may appearAppearance before judicial authorities. with the officers and crews of vessels under the flag of his country before the judicial authorities of the State to which he is appointed for the purpose of observing the proceedings and rendering such assistance as may be permitted by the local laws. Article XXIII In case of the death of a nationalNotice of death in one country of a national of the other. of either High Contracting Party in the territory of the other without having in the territory of his decease any known heirs or testamentary executors by him appointed, the competent local authorities shall at once inform the nearest consular officer of the State of which the deceased was a national of the fact of his death, in order that necessary information may be forwarded to the parties interested. Likewise in case of the death ofDuty of local authorities. a resident of either of the High Contracting Parties in the territory of the other Party from whose remaining papers which may come into the possession of the local authorities, it appears that the decedent was a native of the other High Contracting Party, 2154the proper local authorities shall at once inform the nearest consular officer of that Party of the death. Provisional holding of intestate property.In case of the death of a national of either of the High Contracting Parties without will or testament whereby he has appointed testamentary executors, in the territory of the other High Contracting Party, the consular officer of the State of which the deceased was a national and within whose district the deceased made his home at the time of death, shall, so far as the laws of the country permit and pending the appointment of an administrator and until letters of administration have been granted, be deemed qualified to take charge of the property left by the decedent for the preservation and protection of the same. Such consular officer shall have the right to be appointed as administrator within the discretion of a tribunal or other agency controlling the administration of estates provided the laws of the place where the estate is administered so permit. Status of consular officer as administrator.Whenever a consular officer accepts the office of administrator of the estate of a deceased countryman, he subjects himself as such to the jurisdiction of the tribunal or other agency making the appointment for all necessary purposes to the same extent as a national of the country where he was appointed. Article XXIV Representative of nonresident heirs, etc.A consular officer of either High Contracting Party shall within his district have the right to appear personally or by delegate in all matters concerning the administration and distribution of the estate of a deceased person under the jurisdiction of the local authorities for all such heirs or legatees in said estate, either minors or adults, as may be non-residents and nationals of the country represented by the said consular officer, with the same effect as if he held their mandate to represent 2155them, unless such heirs or legatees themselves have appeared, either in person or by duly authorized representative. A consular officer of either HighHandling funds for nonresident countrymen. Contracting Party may in behalf of his non-resident countrymen collect and receipt for their distributive shares derived from estates in process of probate or accruing under the provisions of so-called Workmen’s Compensation Laws or other like statutes, for transmission through channels prescribed by his Government to the proper distributees. Article XXV A consular officer of either HighInspection, etc., of vessels, clearing for ports of consul’s country. Contracting Party shall have the right to inspect within the ports of the other High Contracting Party within his consular district, the private vessels of any flag destined or about to clear for ports of the country appointing him in order to observe the sanitary conditions and measures taken on board such vessels, and to be enabled thereby to execute intelligently bills of health and other documents required by. the laws of his country, and to inform his Government concerning the extent to which its sanitary regulations have been observed at ports of departure by vessels destined to its ports, with a view to facilitating entry of such vessels therein. In exercising the right conferredPrompt action required. upon them by this Article, consular officers shall act with all possible despatch and without unnecessary delay. Article XXVI Each of the High ContractingFree entry of office supplies, etc. Parties agrees to permit the entry free of all duty of all furniture, equipment and supplies intended 2156for official use in the consular offices of the other, and to extend Personal property, etc.to such consular officers of the other and their families and suites as are its nationals, the privilege of entry free of duty of their baggage and all other personal property, accompanying the officer, his family or suite, to his post, provided, nevertheless, that no article, the importation of which is prohibited by the law of either of the High Contracting Parties, may be brought into its territories. Personal property imported by consular officers, their families or suites during the incumbency of the officers shall be accorded on condition of reciprocity the customs privileges and exemptions accorded to consular officers of the most favored nation. Limitation, if consul in private business.It is understood, however, that this privilege shall not be extended to consular officers who are engaged in any private occupation for gain in the countries to which they are accredited, save with respect to Governmental supplies. Article XXVII Salvage of shipwrecked vessels.All proceedings relative to the salvage of vessels of either High Contracting Party wrecked upon the coasts of the other shall be directed by the consular officer of the country to which the vessel belongs and within whose district the wreck may have occurred, or by some other person authorized thereto by the law of that counS. Pending the arrival of such cer, who shall be immediately informed of the occurrence, or the arrival of such other person, whose authority shall be made known to the local authorities by the consular officer, the local authorities shall take all necessary measures for the protection of persons and the preservation of wrecked property. The local authorities shall not otherwise interfere than for the maintenance of order, the protection of the interests of the salvors, if these do not 2157belong to the crews that have been wrecked and to carry into effect the arrangements made for the entry and exportation of the merchandise saved. It is understood that such merchandise is not to be subjected to any customhouse charges, unless it be intended for consumption in the country where the wreck may have taken place. The intervention of the localLocal intervention expenses. authorities in these different cases shall occasion no expense of any kind, except such as may be caused by the operations of salvage and the preservation of the goods saved, together with such as would be incurred under similar circumstances by vessels of the nation. Article XXVIII Subject to any limitation orTerritories embraced. exception hereinabove set forth, or hereafter to be agreed upon the territories of the High Contracting Parties to which the provisions of this Treaty extend shall be understood to comprise all areas of land, water, and air over which the Parties respectively claim and exercise dominion as sovereign thereof, except the Panama Canal Zone and Svalbard. Article XXIX The present Treaty shall remainDuration. in full force for the term of three years from the date of the exchange of ratifications, on which date it shall begin to take effect in all of its provisions. If within one year before theContinuance. expiration of the aforesaid period of three years neither High Contracting Party notifies to the other an intention of modifying by change or omission, any of the provisions of any of the Articles in this Treaty or of terminating it upon the expiration of the aforesaid period, the Treaty shall remain in full force and effect after the aforesaid period and until one year from such a time 2158as either of the High Contracting Parties shall have notified to the other an intention of modifying or terminating the Treaty. Former treaty superseded.Vol. 8, p. 346.The present Treaty shall, from the date of the exchange of ratifications be deemed to supplant, as between the United States and Norway, the Treaty of Commerce and Navigation concluded by the United States and the King of Norway and Sweden on July 4, 1827. Article XXX Exchange of ratifications.The present Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the same and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Norwegian languages at Washington, this 5th day of June 1928. I önsket om å styrke det fredsContracting Powers. bånd, som lykkeligvis består mellem Amerikas Forente Stater og Kongeriket Norge ved avtaler som er egnet til å fremme den venskapelige forbindelse mellem deres respektive territorier ved bestemmelser som står i samklang med deres folks intellektuelle, kulturelle, ökonomiske og kommersielle bestrebelser, har Amerikas Forente Stater og Kongeriket Norge bestemt sig til å avslutte en Vennskaps- Handels- og Konsulartraktat og i det öiemed opnevnt som sine befullmektigede: Amerikas Forente Staters Plenipotentiaries.President, Herr Frank B. Kellogg, Amerikas Forente Staters Statssekretaer; og Hans Majestet Kongen av Norge, Herr H. H. Bachke, Hans Over ordentlige Sendemann og Befuldmektigede Minister; Som, efter å ha utvekslet sine fulhmakter der blev funnet å vaere i behörig form, er kommet overens om fölgende artikler: 2136 Artikkel I Mutual freedom of residence, religion, business, etc., permitted.Hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere skal tillates innreise til den annen parts territorier, samt å reise og be i disse; å utöve religionsfrihet; uten hinder å drive fagmessig, videnskapelig, religiös, filantropisk, industriell og handelsvirksomhet av enhver art, å utöve enhver form for handelsnaering, som ikke er forbudt ved stedlig lov; å anvende agenter efter sitt valg, og i almindelighet gjöre alt som måtte höre til eller vaere nödvendig for utövelse av nogen av de nevnte rettigheter under samme vilkår som borgere av det land, hvor de opholder sig eller som borgere av den stat som fremtidig måtte bli tilstått mestbegunstiget behandling av landet, idet de dog skal underkaste sig alle stedlige lover og forordninger utstedt på behörig vis. Equality of taxes, etc.Borgere av den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal i den annen parts territorier ikke underkastes nogen andre eller höiere indre avgifter eller skatter enn de som blir avkrevet og erlagt av landets egne borgere. Dette ledd finner ikke anvendelse på avgifter og skatter vedrörende erhvervelsen og utnyttelsen av vannfall, energi fremstillet ved hjelp av vannfall, gruber eller skog. Access to courts of justice.Enhver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere skal i overensstemmelse med de stedlige lover ha fri adgang til den annen parts domstoler, så vel i anklagespörsmål som til forsvar av sin rett og omfattende alle rettsinstanser fastsatt ved lov. Protection of persons and property.Enhver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere skal i den annen parts territorier, såfremt de underkaster sig de for denne parts egne borgere foreskrevne betingelser nyte full beskyttelse og sikkerhet for person og eiendom, og skal i så henseende nyte beskyttelse i den utstrekning som folkeretten foreskriver. Deres eiendom skal ikke beslaglegges2137 uten behörig rettergang og uten full erstatning. Intet i denne Traktat skal Immigration laws not affected. fortolkes som vedrörende eksisterende lovbestemmelser hos den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter med hensyn til utlendingers adkomst til landet, eller den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parters rett til å vedta sådanne lovbestemmelser. Artikkel II Med hensyn til den form for Civil liability for injuries, etc. beskyttelse som statseller stedlig lovgivning yder ved bestemmelse av civilt ansvar for legemsbeskadigelser eller for död, og som gir den skadede parts slektninger, arvinger eller underholdsberettigede söksmalsrett eller krav på pengeerstatning, så skal, når den tilskadekomne selv er borger av en av de Höie Kontraherende Parter, og hvor som helst innen den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts territorier sådanne slektninger, arvinger eller underholdsberettigede, uten hensyn til hvorvidt de er fremmede borgere eller at de har sin bopel utenfor det territorium hvor skadestilfeilet inntraff, ny te de samme rettigheter og privilegier som tilståes eller som måtte bli tilstått landets egne borgere, og på samme vilkår. Artikkel III Boliger, lagerhus, fabrikker, Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected. butikker og andre forretningslokaler samt alle dertil hörende områder tilhörende hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere i den annen parts territorier og som anvendes i nogen av de i artikkel I nevnte öiemed skal respekteres. Husundersökelse eller ransakning tillates ikke foretatt i nogen sådanne bygninger og områder likesålidt som undersökelser eller inspeksjon av böker, papirer eher regnskaper, undtagen på de betingelser og i overensstemmelse med de former, som er foreskrevet ved lover, forordninger og bestemmelser for landets egne borgere. 2138 Artikkel IV Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.Såfremt en person ved sin död skulde eie land eller annen fast eiendom eller rettigheter den i en av de Höie Kontraherende Parters territorier, og sådan eiendom eller rettigheter, overensstemmende med landets lov eller i henhold til testamentariske disposisjoner, vilde tilfalle eller arves av en borger tilhörende den annen Höie Kontraherende Part—enten han er bosittende i samme territorium eller ikke, så fremt han ikke var utelukket herfra i henhold til det lands lover, hvor så dan eiendom eller rettigheter befinner sig, skal en sådan borger tilståes en frist av tre år for å kunne selge denne eiendom eller disse rettigheter; denne frist skal kunne bli rimelig forlenget såfremt omstendighetene skulde gjöredet nöd vendig. Han skal fritt og uhindret kunne inndra salgsutbyttet uten å erlegge andre arve- skifte- eller admmistrasjonsavgifter eller omkostnin ger enn de som i lignende tilfelle pälegges borgere i det land fra hvilket så dant utbytte blir hentet. Disposal of personal property.Borgere av den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal ha full rädighet til å forföie over sin personhge eiendom av enhver art i den annen parts territoiier, ved testament, gave eller på annen måte, og deres arvinger, legatarer eller gavemottagere, hvilken nasjonalitet de enn måtte tilhöre, og likegyldig om de bor i landet eller ikke, skal kunne arve sådan personlig eiendom og ta den i besiddelse enten personlig eller ved andre som optrer på deres vegne, og beholde eller forföie over samme efter eget önske underkastet alene erleggelse av sådanne avgifter eller omkostninger som i lignende tilfelle må, erlegges av borgere av den Höie Kontraherende Part, innen hvis territorier sådan eiendom måtte befinne sig eller höre hjemme. På samme måte skal personlig eiendom som tilfaller borgere av en av de Höie Kontraherende Parter fra Borgere av 2139den annen Höie Kontraherende Part, og som er innen den annen parts territorium, alene vaere underkastet erleggelse av så danne avgifter eller omkostninger som i lignende tilfelle må erlegges av borgere av den Höie Kontraherende Part innen hvis territorier sådan eiendom måtte befinne sig eller höre hjemme. Artikkel V Hver av de Höie KontraherendeFreedom of worship, etc. Parters borgere skal i utövelse av den religionsfrihet innen den annen parts territorier, som ovenfor er fastsatt, uten gene eller nogen som helst overlast som folge av sin religiöse tro eller av andre grunner, kunne forrette gudstjenester, enten i sine egne hus eller dertil egnede bygninger, som det måtte vaere dem tillatt å opföre og vedlikeholde på passende steder, forutsatt at deres laere og religionsutövelse ikke Condition. pstöter an mot den offentlige moral; og de skal også, tillates å begrave sine döde i overensstemmelse med sine religiöse skikker på passende dertil anlagte og vedlikeholdte steder, nå r de iakttar de rimelige begravelses- og andre sanitaere lover og forskrifter som gjelder på gravstedet. Artikkel VI I tilfelle av krig mellem en av Compulsory military service in event of war.de Höie Kontraherende Parter og en tredje stat, skal denne part kunne innkalde borgere av den annen kontraherende part til tvungen militaertjeneste, säfremt de har fast bopael i dets territorier, og har formelt tilkjennegitt, overensstemmende med landets lover, sin hensikt å anta dets nasionalitet ved naturalisasjon, medmindre så danne personer forlater den nevnte krigförende parts territorier innen seksti dager efter krigserklaeringen. Der er imidlertid enighet om at Exception.denne rett til å forlate den krigförende makts territorier ikke gjelder for innfödte i den utskrivende stat som er borgere av den annen part og som har tilkjennegitt sin hensikt av å anta sitt2140 födelands nasjonalitet. Sådanne innfödte skal imidlertid i denne henseende vaere berettiget til en behandling som ikke er mindre günstig enn den som tilståes borgere i lignende stilling fra hvilket som helst annet land. Artikkel VII Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.Mellem de Höie Kontraherende Parters territorier skal der vaere frihet med hensyn til handel og skibsfart. Hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere skal i likhet med de, som tilhörer den mestbegunstigede nasjon, tilståes rett til fritt å komme med sine skib og ladninger til alle steder, havner og farvann av alle slags innenfor den annen parts territoriale grenser, som er eller måtte bli åpen for fremmed handel og Sanitary, etc., measures.skibsfart. Intet i denne traktat skal kunne fortolkes i retning av å innskrenke den rett, som hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parter har til, på sådanne vilkår som den måtte anse passende, å pålegge forbud eller innskrenkninger, besternt til beskyttelse av Liquor or narcotic traffic.menneske- dyr og plante- helse eller -liv, eller forordninger til gjennemförelse av toll- skatte- eller politilover, innbefattende lover som forbyr eller innskrenker innförsel eller salg av alkoholiske drikkevarer eller narkotiske midler. Most-favored-nation treatment on imports.Enhver av de Höie Kontraherende Parter binder sig betingelses- löst til ikke å palegge innförselen av hvilken som helst vare, som er vokset, fremstillet eller fabrikert i den annen stats territorier, fra hvilket sted den enn kommer, med höiere eller andre avgifter, omkostninger eller betingelser og forbud enn sådanne som er eller kommer til å bli pålagt innförselen av lignende varer, som er vokset, fremstillet eller fabrikert i hvilket som helst annet fremmed land; heller ikke skal nogen avgifter, omkostninger, betingelser eller forbud vedrörende importen bli satt i kraft med tilbakevirkende kraft overfor innförte varer som allerede har passert tollvesenet eller overfor varer anmeldt for innförsel til forbruk i landet. 2141 Enhver av de Höie KontraherendeNo discrimination of export charges, etc. Parter binder sig også, betingelseslöst, til ikke å pålegge varer, som utföres til den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts territorier höiere eller andre avgifter eller andre restriksjoner eller forbud enn de som pålegges varer utfört til hvilket som helst annet fremmed land. Enhver fordel, likegyldig avAutomatic extension of advantages given to any other foreign country. hvad art, som den ene av de Höie Kontraherende Parter fremtidig måtte innrömme ved traktat, lov, resolusjon, forordning, kotyme eller på annen måte en hvilken som helst vare, som er vokset, fremstillet eller fabrikert i hvilket som helst annet fremmed land skal samtidig og betingelseslöst uten anmodning og uten kompensasjon bli tilstått samme slags vare vokset, fremstillet eller fabrikert i den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts landområde. Alle varer, som nu eller fremtidig,Equality of trade by vessels of either country. lovlig kan innföres fra fremmede land til havner i De Forente Stater eller som, nu eller fremtidig, lovlig kan utföres derfra med De Forente Staters skib skal likeledes kunne innföres til disse havner eller utföres derfra med norske skib uten å vaere fornliktet til å erlegge nogen andre eller höiere avgifter eller gebyrer av nogen som helst art enn om så danne varer var innfört eller utfört med De Forente Staters skib; og til gjengjeld skal alle varer, som lovlig er eller kommer til å bli innfört fra fremmede land til havner i Norge eller lovlig er eller kommer til å bli utfört derfra med norske skib, likeledes kunne innföres til disse havner eller utföres derfra med De Forente Staters skib uten å vaere forpliktet til å erlegge nogen andre eller höiere avgifter eller gebyrer av nogen som helst art enn om så danne varer var innfört eller utfört med norske skib. På samme måte skal der vaereBounties, drawbacks, etc. fullstendig gjensidig likhet hvad angär de to lands flagg med hensyn til eksportpremier, drawbacks og andre lignende privilegier av hvilken som helst benevnel2142 se som i hver av de Kontraherende Parters territorier niåtte tilståes varer innfört eller utfört med landets egne skib, så ledes at disse eksportpremier, drawbacks og andre privilegier på samme må te også skal tilstå es varer, som er innfört eller utfört med skib tilhörende det annet land. Most-favored-nation treatment as to customs duties.Med hensyn til störrelsen og opkrevningen av alle slags innförsels- og utförselsavgifter så binder hver av de to Höie Kontraherende Parter sig til å innrömme borgere, skib og varer tilhörende den annen part fordelen ved enhver begunstigelse, privilegium eller immunitet, som måtte vaere tilstått undersåtter, skib og varer tilhörende en tredje stat, enten en sådan begünstiget stat måtte vaere tilstatt en sådan behandling uten videre eller som vederlag for en tilsvarende kompensasjonsbe handling. Enhver så dan begunstigelse, privilegium eller immunitet, som fremtidig måtte tilståes en tredje stats undersåtter, skib eller varer skal samtidig og betingelseslöst, uten anmodnmg og uten vederlag, tilståes den annen Höie Kontraherende Part til fordel for den selv, dens böigere, skib og varer. United States trade with Cuba.Vol. 33, p. 2136.Bestemmelsene i denne artikkelskal ikke veöre den behandling som De Forente Stater har tilstått Cubas handel i den mellem De Forente Stater og Cuba den 11. desember 1902 avsluttede handelskonvensjon, eller nogen annen handelskonvensjon som fremtidig måtte bli avsluttet av De Forente Stater med Cuba. Disse bestemmelser With Canal Zone or dependencies excepted.vedrörer heller ikke De Forente Staters handel med Panamakanalsonen, eller med noget av De Forente Staters biland, eller den innbyrdes handel mellem De Forente Staters biland i henhold til nuvaerende eller fremtidige lover. Exception given to Norwegian traffic.I kraft av naervaerende traktats bestemmelser skal der ikke kunne gjöres noget krav på noget privilegium som Norge har tilstått eller måtte tilstå, Danmark, Island2143eller Sverige, så lenge det samme privilegium ikke er blitt utstrakt til noget annet land. Ingen av de Höie Kontraherende Other exceptions.Parter skal i kraft av bestemmelsene i naervaerende traktat vaere berettiget til å kreve de begunstigelser som er eller måtte bli tilstått nabostater for å lette den lille grensetrafikk. Artikkel VIII Hver av de Höie KontraherendeEquality of internal taxes, etc. Parters borgere, gods, produkter, artikler og varer skal i den annen parts territorier nyte den samme behandling som landets egne borgere, gods, produkter, artikler og varer med hensyn til indre skatter, transittoll, avgifter vedrörende lagring og benyttelse av andre hjelpemidler så vel som med hensyn til störrelsen av drawbacks og eksportpremier. Artikkel IX Hver av de Höie KontraherendeMutual treatment of vessels and cargoes. Parters skib og ladninger skal innen den annen parts territoriale farvann og havner, i enhver henseende og betingelseslöst tilståes samme behandling som denne parts skib og ladninger, uten hensyn til hvorfra fartöiet kommer eller hvad dets bestemmelsessted er, og uten hensyn til ladningens oprinnelse eller bestemmelse. Der er spesiell enighet om at ingenEquality of tonnage, etc., duties. tonnasje-, havne-, los-, fyr-, karantene- eller andre lignende eller tilsvarende avgifter eller gebyrer av hvilken som helst benevnelse som opkreves i regjeringens navn eller til inntekt for denne eller for offentlige funksjonaerer, private personer, korporasjoner eller institusjoner av hvilken som helst art skal pålegges den annen parts skib i nogen av havnene innen de to lands territorier eller territoriale farvann, som ikke likeledes på samme vilkår blir pålagt landets egne skib. Artikkel X Handels- og andre privat eiedeNationality of private vessels recognized. skib under flagget til den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kon2144 traherende Parter og som er i besiddelse av de papirer som av eget lands lover utkreves som nasjonalitetsbevis skal såvel i den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts territoriale farvann som på åpent hav ansees for å tilhöre den part, hvis flagg föres. Artikkel XI Discharging cargoes at open ports.Handels- og andre privat eiede skib under flagget til den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal tillates å losse deler av sin last i hvilken som helst av den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts havner, som er åpne for fremmed handel, og å fortsette sin reise med de resterende partier av sådan last til hvilken som helst av sainme lands havner, som er åpne for fremmed handel, uten i såfall å erlegge andre eller höiere tonnasje- eller havne-avgifter enn de som i lignende tilfelle betales av landets egne skib; de skal likeledes tillates å innta last i forskjellige havner på samme utreise. De to Höie Kontraherende Parters kystfart Coasting trade exemption.skal imidlertid vaere undtatt fra bestemmelsene i denne artikkel og fra naervaerende traktats övrige bestemmelser. Kystfarten skal ordnes overensstemmende med hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters lover. Hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere skal imidlertid i den annen parts territorier med hensyn til kystfart nyte mestbegunstiget behandling. Artikkel XII Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct business in the other.Sammenslutninger eller selskaper med eller uten begrenset ansvar, hvad enten deres formål er erhvervsvirksomhet eller ikke, som har vaert eller som fremtidig måtte bli etablert i overensstemmelse med og under en av de Höie Kontraherende Parters stats- eller stedlige lover, og som har hovedkontor i vedkommende parts territorier, skal anerkjennes som juridiske personer hos den annen Höie Kontraherende Part forut2145 satt at de i dens territorier ikke tilsikter noget formål som er stridende mot landets lover. De skal nyte fri adgang til alle domstoler og billighetsdomstoler for i overensstemmelse med de for tilfellet anvendelige lover å kunne anlegge sak eller forsvare sin rett i alle rettslige instanser fastsat ved lov. Den av den annen Höie KontraherendeRight to establish branches. Part således anerkjente rett for sådanne sammenslutninger eller selskaper tilhörende en av de Höie Kontraherende Parter til å nedsette sig i den annen parts territorier, oprette filialer og der å utöve sin virksomhet, skal avhenge av og alene rette sig efter vedkommende parts samtykke således som statens eller dens stedlige lovgivning gir uttrykk for. Artikkel XIII Borgere av den ene eller denNationals of either country may organize corporations, etc., in the other. annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal i den annen parts territorier gjensidig og under de der gjeldende betingelser nyte så danne rettigheter og begunstigelser, som har vaert eller fremtidig måtte bli tilstått borgere av hvilken som helst annen stat med hensyn til etablering av og deltagelse i sammenslutninger og selskaper med eller uten begrenset ansvar hvad enten deres formål er erhvervsvirksomhet eller ikke, heri innbefattet retten til å stifte, inkorporere, kjöpe og eie sådanne samt salg av aksjer og til å innta ledende eller viktige stillinger i sådanne foretagender. I utövel sen av disse rettigheter og med hensyn til reglene for fremgangsmåten ved dannelsen eller ledelsen av disse sammenslutninger eller selskaper skal sådanne borgereikke underkastes nogen betingelser som er mindre fordelaktige enn de som er eller fremtidig måtte bli pålagt den mestbegunstigede nasjons borgere. Såfremt de Höie Kontraherende Parters borgere i den annen parts territorier danner, kontrollerer eller er deltagere i sådanne sammenslutninger eller selskaper så avhenger 2146deres rettigheter til å utöve virk somhet der av ikraftvaerende stats eller stedlige lover og forordninger eller av sådanne som fremtidig måtte fastsettes i den parts territorier, hvor de har til hensikt å ville utöve forretningsvirksomhet. Mining privileges.Borgere av den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal desuten, i den annen parts territorier på de der gjeldende betingelser gjensidig nyte de rettigheter og privilegier som er eller fremtidig måtte bli tilstått borgere av hvilken som helst annen stat med hensyn til utvinning av kull, fosfater, olje, oljeskifer, gass og stensalt på den annen parts offentlige område. Artikkel XIV Commercial travelers recognized.Handelsreisende som representerer fabrikanter, kjöpmenn og handlende bosittende i territoriene til en av de Höie Kontraherende Parter, skal ved sin innreise til og ophold i den annen Parts territorier og ved sin avreise derfra tilståes samme behandling som den mestbegunstigede nasjon hvad angår tollog andre privilegier samt avgifter og skatter av hvilken som helst art der gjelder for dom eller deres pröver. Identification, etc.Hvis en av do Höie Kontraherende Parter forlanger at en handelsreisende skal fremvise et behörig dokument som viser hans identitet og bemyndigelse, skal en erklaering undertegnet av det firma eller de firmaer som han representerer, og legalisert av en konsul for bestemmelseslandet, godtas som tilfredsstillende. Artikkel XV Freedom of international transit.Der skal vaere full transittfrihet i hver av do Höie Kontraherende Parters territorier, innbefattende territoriale farvann, på do ruter som er best egnet for internasjonal transitt, ad jernbane, navigabel vannvei og kanal, Panama Canal, etc., excepted.med undtagelso av Panamakanalen og sådanne vannveier og kanaler som danner interna2147 sjonale grenser, for personer og varer som kommer fra, går til eller passerer gjennem den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts territorier, med undtagelse av sådanne personer som måtte vaere forbudt adgang til den annen parts territorier eller varer hvis innförsel måtte vaere forbudt vedEmergency measures. lov eller forordning. De forholdsregler av almindelig eller spesiell karakter som hver av de Höie Kontraherende Parter er nödsaget til å treffe i tilfelle av en nödstilstand som vedrörer statens sikkerhet eller landets vitale interesser kan i undtagelsestilfelle og for et så kort tidsrum som mulig, medföre en fravikelse av bestemmelsene i dette ledd, idet der er enighet om at prinsippet om transittfrihet skal overholdes i den utstrekning som på nogen måte er mulig. Personer og varer i transittTransit provisions. skal ikke gjöres til gjenstand for nogen transitt-toll, eller for nogen unödige forsinkelser eller restriksjoner, ei heller for nogen diskriininasjon med hensyn til avgifter, lettelser eller hvilken som helst annen sak. Transittvarer skal innklareresCustoms entries, etc. vaere rimelige, idet der tas hensyn til trafikkforholdene. Alle transittomkostninger skalTransport in transit charges. in transit shall be reasonable, having regard to the conditions of the traffic. Artikkel XVI Enhver av de Höie KontraherendeConsular officers.Reception of. Parter samtykker i å motta fra den annen part konsulaere tjenestemenn i de av sine havner, steder og byer hvor det måtte vaere beleilig og som er åpne for konsulaere representanter tilhörende hvilket som helst fremmed land. Efter å ha trått i virksomhet Enjoyment of rights, etc., accorded most-favored-nation. skal enhver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters konsulaere tjenestemenn i den annen stats territorier gjensidig nyde alle de rettigheter, privilegier, undtagelser og fritagelser som nydes av den mestbegunstigede nasjons tjenes2148 temenn av samme grad. Som offisielle agenter skal sådanne tjenestemenn, i den stat som mottar dem. ha krav på å bli vist stor hensynsfullhet fra alle stats eller stedlige funksjonaerer, med hvem de i embeds medför måtte komme i forbindelse. Exequatur to issue.Enhver av de Höie Kontraherende Parters regjeringer skal uten avgift meddele fornödent eksekvatur for sådanne konsulaere tjenesmenn tilhörende den annen stat, som fremviser et av statsoverhovedet for den utnevnende stat undertegnet og med statens segl forsynt bestallingsdokument; og de skal utstede til en underordnet eller fungerende konsulaer tjenestemann, som er behörig ansatt av en anerkjent höiere konsulaer tjenestemann med approbasjon av dennes regjering eller av en annen dertil bemyndiget tjenestemann av samme regjering, sådanne dokumenter, som efter de respektive lands lover er nödvendig for utövelse av den utnevntes konsulartjeneste. Ved fremvisning av eksekvatur eller annet dokument, utstedt i dettes sted til sådan underordnet konsulaer tjenestemann, skal det tillates denne å tre i virksomhet og å nyde de rettigheter, privilegier og den ukrenkelighet som er innröminet ved denne traktat. Artikkel XVII Exemption from arrest, etc.Konsulaere tjenestemenn, som er borgere av det land, som har utnevnt dem, og som ikke utöver nogen profesjon, handel ellernaering, skal vaere fritatt for arrest undtagen i tilfelle de anklages for sådanne lovovertredelser som på stedet betegnes som forbrydelser, til forskjell fra forseelser og overtredelser, og ved hvilke vedkommende person gjör sig skyldig til straff. Sådanne tjenestemenn skal vaere fritatt for militaer innkvartering og fra enhver form for land- eller sjömilitaer- administrativ- eller politi-tjeneste. Testimony in criminal cases.I straffesaker kan anklager eller forsvarer eller retten forlange at en konsulaer tjenestemann er til2149stede som vidne. Forlangendet skal gjbres med all mulig hensyntagen til den konsulaere verdighet og embedets plikter; og den konsulaere tjenestemann skal efterkomme anmodningen. Når i civilrettslige saker forklaring optas hos en konsulaer tjenestemann som er borger av det land, som utnevner ham og som ikke driver nogen privat erhvervsvirksomhet, skal den optas muntlig eller skriftlig i hans bopel eller på konsulatkontoret under skyldig hensyntagen til hvad der passer ham. Tjenestemannen bör imidlertid frivillig avgi möte for retten som vidne, når dette kan skje uten alvorlig inngrep i hans offisielle plikter. Ingen konsulaer tjenestemann Official acts. skal kunne tilpliktes å vidne i straffesaker eller civilrettslige saker angående handlinger foretatt av ham i hans offisielle egenskap. Artikkel XVIII Konsulaere tjenestemenn, herunderPersonal property tax exemption. også inbefattet funksjonaerer pa konsulatet, som er borgere av den stat av hvilken de er utnevnt eller ansatt, og som i den stat, hvor de utförer sin tjeneste, ikke driver nogen privat erhvervsvirksomhet skal vaere fritatt for all slags riks- stats- provinsial- og kommimalskatt på egen person og eiendom. Sådan fritagelse gjelder dog ikke for skatt som ilegges som fölge av besiddelse av fast eiendom beliggende i den stats territorium hvor tjenestemennene utförer sin funksjon eller for skatt på inntekt av eiendom av hvilken som helst art, beliggende eller hjemmehörende i angjeldende stat. Alle konsulaere tjenestemenn og funksjonaerer, som er borgere av den stat som har utnevnt eller ansatt dem og som ikke utöver nogen profesjon, handel eller naering, skal vaere fritatt for skatt av gasje, oppebörsler eller lönn, som de har mottatt som godtgjörelse for konsulaere tjenester. 2150 Artikkel XIX Arms and flags at offices.Konsulaere tjenestemenn skal over ytterdören til sine respektive kontorer kunne anbringe sitt lands våben med en passende innskrift som angir det offisielle kontor. Sådanne tjenestemenn skal også fra sine kontorer kunne heise sitt lands flagg deri innbefattet kontorene i de to lands hovedsteder. De skal også kunne heise sådant flagg på hvilkensomhelst båt eller fartöi som benyttes under utövelsen av deres konsulaere virksomhet. Inviolability of offices and archives.Konsulatlokaler og arkiver skal altid vaere unkrenkelige. Ikke under nogen omstendighet skal de utsettes for inntrengen av nogen slags myndigheter i det land hvor kontorene er beliggende. Heller ikke skal myndighetene under noget som helst påskudd foreta nogen undersökelse eller beslagleggelse av papirer eller annen eiendom som forefinnes på et konsu latkontor. Konsulatlokaler skal ikke kunne tjene som asyl. Ingen konsulaer tjenestemann skal vaere forpliktet til å fremlegge konsulatarkiver i retten eller å avgi forklaring med hensyn til deres innhold. To be kept apart from private papers.Når en konsulaer tjenestemann utöver forretningsvirksomhet av hvilken som helst art i det land som mottar ham, skal konsulatets arkiver og de dokumenter som vedrörer dette holdes for sig selv helt adskilt fra hans private eller forretningspapirer. *Ad interim* officers.Ved död, forfall eller fravaer av en konsulaer tjenestemann som ikke har nogen underordnet konsulaer tjenestemann ved sin stasjon skal konsulatsekretaerer eller kansellister hvis offisielle egenskap tidligere måtte ha vaert tilkjennegitt for den stats regjering, hvor den konsulaere virksomhet har vaert utövet, midlertidig kunne utföre den avdöde eller forhindrede eller fravaerende konsulartjenestemanns virke; og skal i funksjonstiden nyde alle rettigheter, prerogativer og den ukrenkelighet som er tilstått innehaveren av stillingen. 2151 Artikkel XX Konsulaere tjenestemenn frahverCommunications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls. av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal i sine respektive distrikter kunne henvende sig til vedkommende stats- (nasjonal-) provinsial- eller kommunalmyndigheter i det öiemed å beskytte borgere av den stat, som har utnevnt dem under varetagelsen av deres rettigheter i henhold til traktat eller på annen måte. Besvaering kan fremsettes i anledning av krenkelse av sådanne rettigheter. Såfremt vedkommende myndigheter ikke imötekommer besvaeringen eller ilkke yder beskyttelse, kan dette berettige til intervenering ad diplomatisk vei, og i mangel av diplomatisk representant kan en generalkonsul eller den konsulaere tjenestemann, som er stasjonert i hovedstaden, direkte henvende sig til landets regjering. Artikkel XXI Konsulaere tjenestemenn kan iNotarial acts, etc., by consular officers. overensstemmelse med deres eget lands lover, på hvilket som helst dertil egnet sted innenfor deres respektive distrikter, opta forklaringer fra ombordvaerende på skib tilhörende deres eget land, eller fra deres eget lands borgere eller personer som har fast bopel innenfor deres eget lands territorium. Sådanne tjenestemennAuthentications, etc. skal kunne opsette, attestere, bekrefte og legalisere ensidige erklaeringer, overdragelsesdokumenter, og testamentariske disposisjoner for sine landsmenn, og likeledes kontrakter i hvilke en landsmann er parthaver. De kan opsette, attestere, bekrefte og legalisere alle slags dokumenter, som gir uttrykk for eller som omfatter overdragelse eller beheftelse av all slags eiendom som befinner sig i den stats territorium av hvilken sådanne tjenestemenn er utnevnt eller beskikket, samt ensidige erklaeringer, overdragelsesdokumenter, testamentariske disposisjoner og kontrakter vedrö rende eiendom, som finnes på den2152stats territorium av hvilken de er utnevnt eller beskikket, eller som vedrörer forretninger som dersteds skal utföres. Dette skal også gjelde ensidige erklaeringer, overdragelsesdokumenter, testamentariske disposisjoner, eller overenskomster utferdiget utelukkende av borgere av det land hvor sådanne tjenestemenn utöver sin virksomhet. Effect as evidence.Således utferdigede dokumenter og avskrifter og oversettelser derav skal, når de er behörig legalisert av den konsulaere tjenestemann under hans embeds segl, mottas som bevismiddel i de kontraherende parters territorier, efter omstendighetene som originaldokumenter eller bekreftede avskrifter, og de skal ha samme kraft og virkning som om de var blitt opsatt av og utferdiget for en hertil bemyndiget notar eller annen offentlig tjenestemann i det land av hvilken den konsulaere tjenestemann er utnevnt; dog altid under forutsetning av at sådanne dokumenter skal vaere blitt opsatt og utferdiget i overensstemmelse med gjeldende lover og forordninger i det land hvor de er bestemt å skulle ha rettsvirkning Artikkel XXII Consular authority in shipping controversies.En konsulaer tjenestemann skal ha eksklusiv jurisdiksjon i tvistemål som måtte opstå vedrörende den indre orden på hans lands private skib, og skal selv utöve jurisdiksjon i saker angående håndhe velse av disiplinen ombord, hvor som helst sådanne måtte opstå, mellem officerer og mannskap, forutsatt at skibet og de personer, som er beskyldt for overtredelse er kommet til en havn i hans konsulaere distrikt. Sådan tjenestemann skal også ha jurisdiksjon i tvistespörsmal angaende hyreopgjör og vedrörende utförelsen av kontrakter, som står i forbindelse dermed idet sådan jurisdiksjon ikke skal vaere til hinder for jurisdiksjon tillagt de stedlige myndigheter i henhold til nuvaerende eller fremtidig lovgivning. 2153 Når en handling, begått ombordCrimes in territorial waters. fritt kunne påkalle de stedlige politimyndigheters assistanse i hvilken som helst sak som vedrö rer håndhevelse av indre orden ombord på skib under hans lands flagg innenfor den stats sjöterritorium til hvem han er utnevnt. På sådan anmodning skal den begjaerte assistanse ydes. En konsulaer tjenestemann skalLocal police aid to maintain order. fritt kunne påkalle de stedlige politimyndigheters assistanse i hvilken som helst sak som vedrörer håndhevelse av indre orden ombord på skib under hans lands flagg innenfor den stats sjöterritorium til hvem han er utnevnt. På sådan anmodning skal den begjaerte assistanse ydes. En konsulaer tjenestemann skalAppearance before judicial authorities. kunne fremstille sig sainmen med officerer og mannskap tilhörende besetningen på sldb under hans lands flagg for rettsmyndighetene i det land til hvilket han er utnevnt for å fölge forhandlingene og å yde sådan bistand som den stedlige lovgivning tillater. Artikkel XXIII Når en borger av en av de HöieNotice of death in one country of a national of the other. Kontraherende Parter dör i det annet land uten at der i det land hvor dödsfallet har funnet sted, finnes kjente arvinger eller av avdöde innsatte testamentseksekutorer, skal vedkommende stedlige myndigheter straks underrette den naermeste konsulaere tjenestemann for det land, hvis borger den avdöde var, om hans död, for at fornöden underretning kan bli sendt til de interesserte parter. Likeledes skal, når en innvånerDuty of local authorities. av en av de to Höie Kontraherende Parter dör innen den annen parts territorium, og når det av sådanne av hans efterlatte papirer som måtte komme i de stedlige myndigheters besiddelse fremgår at avdöde var en innfödt av den annen Höie Kontraherende Part,2154skal vedkommende stedlige myndigheter straks underrette den naermeste konsulaere tjenestemann for denne part om dödsfallet. Provisional holding of intestate property.Når en borger av en av de to Höie Kontraherende Parter dör på den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts territorium uten å efterlate testamente, hvori han har innsatt testamentseksekutorer, skal den konsulaere tjenestemann fra det land hvis borger avdöde var og innenfor hvis distrikt den avdöde hadde sitt hjem da döden inntråtte, i påvente av beskikkelse av bobestyrer og inntil bemyndigelse til å forvalte boets midler er blitt innrömmet og forsåvidt landets lover tillater det, ansees beret tiget til å anta sig den avdödes eiendeler for å bevare og beskytte disse. Sådan konsulaer tjenestemann skal efter avgjörelse av retten eller annen myndighet som förer tilsyn med forvaltningen av boer ha rett til å bli opnevnt som bobestyrer, såfremt lovene på det sted hvor boet forvaltes så tillater. Status of consular officer as administrator.Når en konsulaer tjenestemann påtar sig hvervet som bobestyrer for en avdöd landsmann, så underkaster han sig som sådan den retts eller den myndighets jurisdiksjon som har foretatt opnevnelsen, i alle spörsmål vedrörende bobestyrelsen i samme utstrekning som en borger av det land i hvilket han er opnevnt. Artikkel XXIV Representative of nonresident heirs, etc.En konsulaer tjenestemann for den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal innen sitt distrikt i alle anliggender vedrörende administrasjonen og fordelingen av et under de stedlige myndigheters jurisdiksjon stående dödsbo vaere berettiget til å optre personlig eller ved representant for alle sådanne arvinger eller legatarer i dödsboet, hvad enten umyndige eller myndige, som ikke bor i landet og som er borgere av det land som nevnte konsulaere tjenestemann repre2155 senterer, med samme virkning som om han innehadde fulhnakt fra dem til å representere dem, medinindre nevnte arvinger eller legatarer selv har optrådt enten personlig eller ved behörig befullmektiget representant. En konsulaer tjenestemann forHandling funds for nonresident countrymen. den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal på vegne av sine landsmenn, som ikke bor i landet, kunne motta og kvittere for de andeler som tilfaller dem fra be under skiftebehandling eller som måtte tilkomme dem i henhold til bestemmelsene i de såkalte Workmen’s Compensation lover eller annen lignende lovgivning, for innsendelse til de rette mottagere ad de veier som er foreskrevet av hans regjering. Artikkel XXV En konsulaer tjenestemann forInspection, etc., of vessels, clearing for ports of consul’s country.den ene eller den annen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter skal ha rett til i den annen Höie Kontraherende Parts havner å inspisere private skib av hvilken som helst nasjonalitet, når sådanne skib er bestemt for eller er i ferd med å utklareres til havner i det land, som har utnevnt ham for å forvisse sig om sundhetstilstanden og sundhetsforholdsreglene ombord på sådanne skib, så at han derved skal kunne bli i stand til behörig å utferdige sundhetspass og andre dokumenter som hans lands lover foreskriver og til å underrette sin regjering om den utstrekning i hvilken skib, som er bestemt for dens havner har iakttatt dens sundhetsforskrifter i avreisehavnen, for derved å lette sådanne skibs innklarering til vedkommende havn. Ved utövelsen av den rett somPrompt action required. er tillagt dem ved denne artikkel, skal konsulaere tjenestemenn optre så ekspeditt som mulig og uten unödige forsinkelser. Artikkel XXVI Enhver av de Höie KontraherendeFree entry of office supplies, etc. Parter samtykker i å tillate innfört tollfritt all slags innbo, utstyr og nödvendighetsgjenstan2156 der, bestemt til offisiell bruk på den annen parts konsulatkontorer, og Personal property, etc.å tilstede sådanne konsulaere tjenestemenn fra den annen part så vel som deres familie med fölge, som er av sistnevntes egen nasjonalitet adgang til tollfri innförsel av deres bagasje og alle andre personlige eiendeler som medfölger den konsulaere tjenestemann, hans familie eller fölge til hans post, dog med den innskrenkning at ingen artikkel, hvis innförsel til nogen av de Höie Kontraherende Parter er forbudt ved lov, blir bragt inn i landet. Personlige eiendeler innfört av konsulaere tjenestemenn, deres familier eller fölge under tjenestemennenes funksjonstid skal på betingelse av gjensidighet tilståes de toll-privilegier og -fritagelser som er tilstått konsulaere tjenestemenn fra den mestbegunstigede nasjon Limitation, if consul in private business.Det er imidlertid forutsetningen at dette privilegium ikke utstrekkes til å gjelde konsulaere tienestemenn, som driver nogen slags privat erhvervsvirksomnet i det land, hvor de er ansatt, undtagen forsåvidt angår gjenstander bestemt til tjenstlig bruk. Artikkel XXVII Salvage of shipwrecked vessels.Alle foranstaltninger til bergning, av et av de Höie Kontraherende Parters skib som har lidt skibbrudd på den annen parts kyst skal ledes av den konsulaere tjenestemann av det land, hvem skibet tilhörer og innen hvis konsulatdistrikt skibbruddet har funnet sted, eller av en annen person som dertil er bemyndiget av nevnte lands lover. I påvente av at den konsulaere tjenestemann, som straks skal varsles om det inntrufne, kommer tilstede, eller ankomsten av sådan annen person, med hvis bemyndigelse den konsulaere tjenestemann skal gjöre de stedlige myndigheter bekjent, skal disse treffe alle fomödne forholdsregler til be skyttelse av personer og opbeva ring av forlist eiendom. De stedlige myndigheter skal kun gripe inn for å oprettholde orden, sikre bergemes interesser, når disse ikke 2157tilhörer det skibbrudne mannskap, samt for å gjennemföre de foranstaltninger som er truffet for de bergede varers innförsel og utförsel. Der er enighet om at sådanne varer ikke skal vaere underkastet nogen som helst avgifter til tollvesenet, medmindre de er bestemt til forbruk i det land, hvor skibbruddet har funnet sted. De stedlige myndigheters inngripen Local intervention expenses.i disse forskjellige tilfelle skal ikke foranledige omkostninger av nogen slags, undtagen sådanne som måtte foranlediges av arbeidene med bergningen og opbevaringen av det bergede gods, tillikemed sådanne omkostninger som innenlandske skib under lignende omstendigheter vilde pådra sig. Artikkel XXVIII Med forbehold av de forannevnteTerritories embraced. innskrenkninger eller undtagelser, eller sådanne som herefter måtte bli omforenet, skal de Höie Kontraherende Parters territorier, som omfattes av bestemmelsene i denne traktat t, vann- og luftområder over hvilke de respektive parter gjör fordring på og utöver suveremtet, med undtagelse av Panamakanalsonen og Svalbard. Artikkel XXIX Denne traktat skal stå vedDuration. makt i et tidsrum av tre år fra dagen for ratifikasjonenes utveksling, på hvilken dato alle dens bestemmelser skal tre i kraft. Såfremt ingen av de HöieContinuance. Kontraherende Parter innen ett år för utlöpet av det forannevnte tidsrum av tre år underretter den annen part om sin hensikt å endre eller utskille enkelte bestemmelser i nogen av denne traktats artikler eller å bringe den til ophör i sin helhet ved utlöpet av den förnevnte tidsperiode, så skal traktaten i enhver henseende vedbli å gjelde efter den omhandlede periode inntil ett år 2158efter den tid da en av de Höie Kontraherende Parter har meddelt den annen part sin hensikt å, endre eller bringe traktaten til ophör. Former treaty superseded.Vol. 8, p. 346.Naervaerende traktat skal fra dagen for ratifikasjonenes utveksling ansees i forholdet mellem de Forente Stater og Norge å tre i stedet for handels- og sjöfartstraktaten avsluttet mellem de Forente Stater og Kongen av Norge og Sverige den 4. juli 1827. Artikkel XXX Exchange of ratifications.Naervaerende traktat skal ratifisercs og ratifikasjonene skal utveksles i Washington så snart som mulig. Signatures.Til bekreftelse herav har de respektive befulhnektigede undertegnet traktaten og forsynt den med sine segl. Utferdiget i to eksemplarer med engelsk og norsk tekst i Washington, den 5te Juni 1928. Frank B Kellogg [seal] H. H. Bachke, [seal] February 25, 1929.Additional article.Additional Article. Agreement.The United States of America and the Kingdom of Norway by the undersigned, the Secretary of State of the United States and the Minister of Norway at Washington, their duly empowered Plenipotentiaries, agree as follows: Residence, etc., provisions of former treaty to remain effective.Notwithstanding the provision in the third paragraph of Article XXIX of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States and Norway, signed June 5, 1928, that the said treaty shall from the date of the exchange of ratifications thereof be deemed to supplant as between the United States and Norway the treaty of Commerce and Navigation concluded by the United States and the King of Norway and Sweden on July 4, 1827, the provisions of Article I of the latter treaty con2159 cerning the entry and residence of the nationals of the one country in the territories of the other for purposes of trade shall continue in full force and effect. The present additional ArticleConsidered part of treaty. shall be considered to be an integral part of the treaty signed June 5, 1928, as fully and completely as if it had been included in that treaty, and as such integral part shall be subject to the provisions in Article XXIX thereof in regard to ratification, duration and termination concurrently with the other Articles of the treaty. Done, in duplicate, in theSignatures. English and Norwegian languages, at Washington this 25th day of February, 1929. February 25, 1929.Additional article.Tilleggsartikkel. Agreement.Amerikas Forente Stater og Kongeriket Norge ved de undertegnede, de Forente Staters statssekretaer og den norske sendemann i Washington, som deres behörig bemyndigede befullmektigede, er kommet overens om følgende. Residence, etc., provisions of former treaty to remain effective.Uansett besteminelsen i 3dje avsnitt av artikkel XXIX av vennskaps, handels og konsulartraktaten mellem de Forente Stater og Norge, undertegnet den 5 juni 1928, hvori bestemmes at nevnte traktat fra dagen for ratifikasjonsdokumentenes utveksling, skal ansees i forholdet mellem de Forente Stater og Norge å, tre istedetfor handels og sjöfartstraktaten avsluttet mellem de Forente Stater og kongen av Norge og Sverige den 4 juli 1827, skal bestemmelsene i artikkel 1 av den sistnevnte traktat an2159 gående det ene lands borgeres innreise til og ophold i det annets territorier i handelsöiemed forbli i full kraft og av full virkning. Nærværende tilleggsartikkel Considered part of treaty. skal betraktes som en integrerende del av den under 5 juni 1928 undertegnede traktat, så helt og fullstendig som om den var blitt innbefattet i nevnte traktat, og som sådan integrerende del være underkastet bestemmelsene i dens artikkel XXIX med hensyn til ratifikasjon, varighet og ophør jevnsides med traktatens andre artikler. Utferdiget i to eksemplarer medSignatures.engelsk og norsk tekst i Washington, den 25 de Februar 1929.Signatures. English and Norwegian languages, at Washington this 25th day of February, 1929. Frank B Kellogg [seal] H. H. Bachke, [seal] And whereas the said treaty and the said additional article haveRatifications exchanged. been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the thirteenth day of September, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty and the said additional article to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. 2160 Exchange of notes concerning treatment of Norwegian sardines.Exchange of Notes Concerning the Tariff Treatment of Norwegian Sardines The Norwegian Minister (Bachke) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) Royal Norwegian Legation, *Washington, D.C., June 5, 1928*. Mr. Secretary of State: During the negotiations relating to the conclusion of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights, which to-day has been signed, I was given to understand that under the present tariff laws of the United States Norwegian Sardines are accorded the same tariff treatment as sardines imported from any other country and that such equality of treatment would be continued under the most favored nation provision of the Treaty. Upon the request of my Government I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that my Government would appreciate very much to receive, if this be found possible, a communication from Your Excellency, stating that the tariff treatment of the Norwegian Sardines is as above mentioned. Please accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H. H. Bachke His Excellency Honorable Frank B. Kellogg, *Secretary of State,* *etc. etc. etc.* ————— The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Norwegian Minister (Bachke) Department of State, *Washington, June 5, 1928*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of this day’s date, stating that during the negotiations relating to the conclusion of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States and Norway, which you have this day signed with me, you were given to understand that under the present tariff laws of the United States, Norwegian sardines are accorded the same tariff treatment as sardines imported from any other country, and that such equality of treatment would be continued under the most-favored-nation provision of the treaty. In reply I am happy to confirm the correctness of your understanding, as above recited, of the equality of treatment which is now accorded under the tariff laws of the United States, and will continue to be accorded under the most-favored-nation provision of the treaty, to Norwegian sardines. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Frank B. Kellogg Mr. Halvard H. Bachke, *Minister of Norway*. June 19, 1930 Treaty 47 Stat. 2161 2161 ARBITRATION TREATY—GREECE. JUNE 19, 1930. *Arbitration treaty between the United States of America and Greece, June 19, 1930.Signed at Washington, June 19, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, June 28, 1930; ratified by the President, July 21, 1930; ratified by Greece, June 30, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, September 23, 1932; proclaimed, September 26, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a treaty of arbitration between the United States of Arbitration with Greece.Preamble.America and Greece was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which treaty, being in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: The President of the United Contracting Powers.States of America and the President of the Hellenic Republic Determined to prevent so far Purpose declared.as in their power lies any interruption in the peaceful relations that have always existed between the two nations; Desirous of reaffirming their adherence to the policy of submitting to impartial decision all justiciable controversies that may arise between them; and Eager by their example not only to demonstrate their condemnation of war as an instrument of national policy in their mutual relations, but also to hasten the time when the perfection of international arrangements for the pacific settlement of international disputes shall have eliminated forever the possibility of war among any of the Powers of the world: Have decided to conclude a treaty of arbitration and for that purpose they have appointed as their respective Plenipotentiaries The President of the United Plenipotentiaries.States of America: Mr. Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and 2162 The President of the Hellenic Republic: Mr. Charalambos Simopoulos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Greece in Washington; who, having communicated to one another their full powers found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Differences not adjusted by diplomacy referred by special agreement to Permanent Court of Arbitration, etc.All differences relating to international matters in which the High Contracting Parties are concerned by virtue of a claim of right made by one against the other under treaty or otherwise, which it has not been possible to adjust by diplomacy, which have not been adjusted as a result of reference to an appropriate commission of conciliation, and which are justiciable in their nature by reason of being susceptible of decision by the application of the principles of law or equity, shall be submitted to the Permanent Vol. 26, p. 2221.Court of Arbitration established at The Hague by the Convention of October 18, 1907, or to some other competent tribunal, as shall be decided in each case by special agreement, which special agreement shall provide for the organization of such tribunal if necessary, define its powers, state the question or questions at issue, and settle the terms of reference. Special agreement.The special agreement in each case shall be made on the part of the United States of America by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and on the part of Greece in accordance with its constitutional laws. Article II Subjects not included.The provisions of this treaty shall not be invoked in respect of any dispute the subject matter of which
(a)is within the domestic jurisdiction of either of the High Contracting Parties, 2163
(b)involves the interests of third Parties,
(c)depends upon or involves the maintenance of the traditional attitude of the United States concerning American questions, commonly described as the Monroe Doctrine,
(d)depends upon or involves the observance of the obligations of Greece in accordance with the Covenant of the League of Nations. Article III The present treaty shall be Ratification.ratified by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof and by Greece in accordance with its constitutional laws. The ratifications shall be exchanged Exchange of ratifications.at Washington as soon as possible, and the treaty shall take effect on the date of the exchange of the ratifications. It Duration.shall thereafter remain in force continuously unless and until terminated by one year’s written notice given by either High Contracting Party to the other. In faith whereof the respective Signatures.Plenipotentiaries have signed this treaty in duplicate in the English and French languages, both texts having equal force, and hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington the 19th day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty. Le Président des Etats-Unis Contracting Powers.d’Amérique et le Président de la République hellénique Résolus à prévenir autant qu’ilPurpose declared. est en leur pouvoir toute interruption dans les relations pacifiques qui ont toujours existé entre les deux nations; Désireux d’affirmer de nouveau leur adhésion à la politique consistant à soumettre à une décision impartiale toutes contestations susceptibles de décisions judiciaires qui viendraient à s’élever entre eux; Soucieux, par leur exemple, non seulement de manifester que, dans leurs relations réciproques, ils condamnent la guerre comme instrument de politique nationale, mais encore de hâter le moment où la conclusion d’accords internationaux pour le règlement pacifique des conflits entre les Etats aura écarté pour toujours les possibilités de guerre entre les nations du monde; Ont décidé de conclure un traité d’arbitrage, et à ces fins ont désigné pour leurs plénipotentiaires respectifs, savoir: Le Président des Etats-UnisPlenipotentiaries. d’Amérique: M. Henry L. Stimson, Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique; et 2162 Le Président de la République hellénique: M. Charalambos Simopoulos, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Grèce à Washington; lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I Differences not adjusted by diplomacy referred by special agreement to Permanent Court of Arbitration, etc.Tous différends concernant des affaires internationales dans lesquelles les Hautes Parties Contractantes se trouvent engagées par suite de la prétention d’un droit allégué par l’une à l’encontre de l’autre en vertu d’un traité ou autrement, qui n’auront pu être réglés par la voie diplomatique, ou par l’application du recours à une Commission appropriée de conciliation et qui, en raison de leur nature susceptible d’une décision appliquant les principes du droit et de l’équité, peuvent être jugés, seront soumis Vol. 26, p. 2221.à la Cour permanente d’arbitrage établie à La Haye par la Convention du 18 Octobre 1907 ou à un autre tribunal compétent, ce qui sera décidé dans chaque cas par accord spécial; cet accord spécial pourvoira à l’organisation dudit tribunal s’il est nécessaire, définira ses pouvoirs, exposera la question ou les questions en litige et déterminera la question à résoudre. Special agreement.L’accord spécial dans chaque cas sera conclu en ce qui concerne les Etats-Unis d’Amérique par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des Etats-Unis et en ce qui concerne la Grèce en conformité des lois constitutionelles de la Grèce. Article II Subjects not included.Les dispositions du présent traité ne pourront pas être invoquées en ce qui concerne les differends dont l’objet: a) relève de la juridiction nationale de l’une ou de l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes; 2163 b) touche aux intérêts de tierces puissances; c) dépend du maintien ou touche au maintien de l’attitude traditionelle des Etats-Unis d’Amérique dans les affaires américaines, communément connue sous le nom de doctrine de Monroe; d) dépend de l’observation ou touche à l’observation des engagements de la Grèce en conformité du Pacte de la Société des Nations. Article III Le présent traité sera ratifiéRatification. par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et par le Président de la République hellénique en conformité des lois constitutionelles de la Grèce. Les ratifications seront échangées Exchange of ratifications.à Washington aussitôt que faire se pourra et le traité prendra effet à la date de l’échange des ratifications. Il restera Duration.ensuite en vigueur sans limite de durée sauf dénonciation par l’une ou par l’autre des deux parties contractantes, remise par écrit et avec préavis d’un an. En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires Signatures.respectifs ont signé le présent traité dressé en deux exemplaires, en anglais et en français, les deux textes faisant également foi, et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait à Washington, le 19 Juin, mil neuf cent trente. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] Ch. Simopoulos And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratifications exchanged. and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at Washington on the twenty-third day of September, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. 2164 In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-sixth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. June 19, 1930 Convention 47 Stat. 2165 2165 CONCILIATION TREATY—GREECE. JUNE 19, 1930. *Conciliation treaty between the United States of America and Greece. June 19, 1930.Signed at Washington, June 19, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, June 23, 1930; ratified by the President, July 21, 1930; ratified by Greece, June 30, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, September 23, 1932; proclaimed, September 26, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a treaty of conciliation between the United States ofConciliation with Greece.Preamble. America and Greece was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which treaty, being in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: The President of the United Contracting Powers.States of America and the President of the Hellenic Republic, being desirous to strengthen the bonds of amity that bind them together and also to advance the cause of general peace, have resolved to enter into a treaty for that purpose, and to that end have appointed as their plenipotentiaries The President of the United Plenipotentiaries.States of America: Mr. Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The President of the Hellenic Republic: Mr. Charalambos Simopoulos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Greece in Washington; who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in proper form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I Any disputes arising between Disputes submitted for investigation and report to International Commission.the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Greece, of whatever nature they may be, shall, when ordinary diplomatic proceedings2166 have failed and the High Contracting Parties do not have recourse to adjudication by a competent tribunal, be submitted for investigation and report to a permanent International Commission constituted in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding Article; and they agree not to declare war or begin hostilities during such investigation and before the report is submitted. Article II International Commission.Composition.The International Commission shall be composed of five members, to be appointed as follows: One member shall be chosen from each country, by the Government thereof; one member shall be chosen by each Government from some third country; the fifth member shall be chosen by common agreement between the two Governments, it being understood that he shall not be a citizen of either country. The Expenses.expenses of the Commission shall be paid by the two Governments in equal proportions. Appointment.The International Commission shall be appointed within six months after the exchange of ratifications of this treaty; and vacancies shall be filled according to the manner of the original appointment. Article III Immediate reference of dispute to International Commission.In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust a dispute by diplomatic methods, and they do not have recourse to adjudication by a competent tribunal, they shall at once refer it to the International Commission for investigation and report. The International Commission may, however, spontaneously by unanimous agreement offer its services to that effect, and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request their cooperation in the investigation. 2167 The High Contracting Parties Facilities to be furnished.agree to furnish the Permanent International Commission with all the means and facilities required for its investigation and report. The report of the Commission Time, etc., for report.shall be completed within one year after the date on which it shall declare its investigation to have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall limit or extend the time by mutual agreement. The report shall be prepared in triplicate; one copy shall be presented to each Government, and the third retained by the Commission for its files. The High Contracting Parties Independent action reserved.reserve the right to act independently on the subject matter of the dispute after the report of the Commission shall have been submitted. Article IV The present treaty shall be Ratification.ratified by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by Greece in accordance with its constitutional laws. The ratifications shall be exchanged Exchange of ratification.at Washington as soon as possible, and the treaty shall take effect on the date of the exchange of the ratifications. It Duration.shall thereafter remain in force continuously unless and until terminated by one year’s written notice given by either High Contracting Party to the other. In faith whereof the respective Signatures.Plenipotentiaries have signed this treaty in duplicate in the English and French languages, both texts having equal force, and hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington the 19th day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty. Le Président des Etats-UnisContracting Powers. d’Amérique et le Président de la République hellénique Désireux de raffermir les liens d’amitié qui les relient, et aussi de favoriser la cause de la paix générale, ont résolu de conclure un traité à ces fins, et ont en conséquence désigné pour leurs plénipotentiaires: Le Président des Etats-Unis Plenipotentiaries.d’Amérique: M. Henry L. Stimson, Secrétaire d’Etat des EtatsUnis d’Amérique; et Le Président de la République hellénique: M. Charalambos Simopoulos, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Grèce à Washington; lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I Tous différends qui viendraientDisputes submitted for investigation and report to International Commission. à s’élever entre le gouvernement des EtatsUnis d’Amérique et le gouvernement de Grèce de quelque nature qu’ils soient, lorsque les procédés diplomatiques ordinaires2166 auront échoué et que les Hautes Parties Contractantes n’auront pas recouru à la décision d’un tribunal compétent, seront soumis pour enquête et rapport à une Commission permanente internationale constituée selon la procédure prescrite par l’article suivant; et les Hautes Parties Contractantes conviennent de ne point se déclarer la guerre ou commencer les hostilités pendant l’enquête et avant la remise du rapport en question. Article II International Commission.Composition.Cette Commission internationale sera composée de cinq membres désignés de la façon suivante: Un membre sera choisi dans chaque pays par le gouvernement respectif; un membre sera choisi par chaque gouvernement parmi les sujets d’un tiers pays; le cinquième membre sera choisi de commun accord par les deux gouvernements; il est entendu que celuici ne sera citoyen d’aucun des deux pays. Les dépenses Expenses.de cette Commission seront payées par les deux gouvernements en proportion égale. Appointment.La Commission internationale sera constituée dans les six mois suivant l’échange des ratifications du présent traité; et il sera pourvu aux vacances suivant le mode employé pour la nomination primitive. Article III Immediate reference of dispute to International Commission.Dans le cas où les Hautes Parties Contractantes auraient échoué dans leurs efforts pour trancher un différend par les méthodes diplomatiques, et où elles n’auraient pas recours à la décision d’un tribunal compétent, elles le référeront immédiatement à la Commission internationale pour enquête et rapport. La Commission internationale pourra pourtant spontanément et par accord unanime offrir ses services aux mêmes fins; et dans ce cas elle en avisera les deux gouvernements et demandera leur coopération à l’enquête. 2167 Les Hautes Parties ContractantesFacilities to be furnished. conviennent de fournir à la Commission internationale permanente tous les moyens et toutes les facilités nécessaires à son enquête et à son rapport. Le rapport de la CommissionTime, etc., for report. sera complété dans le délai d’un an compté du jour où elle aura déclaré que son enquête a commencé, à moins que les Hautes Parties Contractantes ne ré-duisent ou prolongent ce délai par accord mutuel. Le rapport sera rédigé en trois exemplaires dont un sera présenté à chaque gouvernement et le troisième retenu par la Commission pour ses dossiers. Les Hautes Parties ContractantesIndependent action reserved. se réservent le droit d’agir indépendamment dans la question ayant fait la matière du différend, une fois que le rapport de la Commission leur aura été soumis. Article IV Le présent traité sera ratifiéRatification. par le Président des EtatsUnis d’Amérique par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat américain, et par le Président de la République hellénique en conformité des lois constitutionelles de la Grèce. Les ratifications seront échangées Exchange of ratification.à Washington aussitôt que possible et le traité entrera en vigueur à la date de l’échange des ratifications. Il restera enDuration. vigueur sans limite de durée; toutefois il pourra être dénoncé par écrit par l’une ou l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes, et dans ce cas il cessera ses effets à l’expiration du délai d’un an à dater de la dénonciation. En foi de quoi les plénipotentiairesSignatures. respectifs ont signé le présent traité en deux exemplaires, en anglais et en français, les deux textes faisant également foi, et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait à Washington, le 19 Juin, mil neuf cent trente. Henry L Stimson [seal] Ch. Simopoulos [seal] 2168 Ratifications exchanged.And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at Washington on the twenty-third day of September, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-sixth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. September 1, 1932 September 23, 1932 Convention 47 Stat. 2169 2169 PARCEL POST CONVENTION—FINLAND. September 1, 1932⁄September 23, 1932 *Parcel post convention between the United States of America and Finland.September 1, 1932.September 23, 1932. Signed at Helsingfors, September 1, 1932, at Washington, September 23, 1932; approved by the President, September 29, 1932.* **PARCEL POST CONVENTION between THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND FINLAND.** For the purpose of concluding an arrangement for the exchangeParcel post convention with Finland. of parcel post packages between the United States of America (includingPreamble. Alaska, Hawaii, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa and the Virgin Islands of the United States) and Finland, the Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs of Finland, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following articles: *A*. *Ordinary and Insured Parcels.* Ordinary and insured parcels. article 1. *Limits of Weight and Size.* 1. No parcel shall exceed 44 pounds (20 kilograms) in weight nor the following dimensions: Length, 4 feet (120 centimeters) provided that parcels over 42Limits of weight and site. inches (105 centimeters) but not over 44 inches (110 centimeters) long do not exceed 24 inches (60 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 44 inches (110 centimeters) but not over 46 inches (115 centimeters) long do not exceed 20 inches (50 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 46 inches (115 centimeters) but not over 4 feet long do not exceed 16 inches (40 centimeters) in girth: Length and girth (taken in a direction other than that of the length), 6 feet 7 inches (200 centimeters), provided that parcels exceeding 6 feet (180 centimeters) in combined length and girth be restricted in length to 30 inches (75 centimeters). 2. As regards the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions of parcels, the view of the despatching office shall be accepted, except in cases of obvious error. article 2. *Postage and Fees.* 1. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from thePostage, etc. sender of each parcel such postage and fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, such insurance fees and fees for return receipts, as may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, the postagePrepayment. and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, must be prepaid.2170 article 3. *Preparation of Parcels.* 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be legibly and correctly written in every case when possible on the parcel itself, or on a label gummed thereto, and, in the case of parcels addressed by tag only because of their shape or size, must also be written on a separate slip which slip must be enclosed in the parcel; such address slips should be enclosed in all parcels. Parcels will not be accepted when sent by or addressed to initials, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not allowed, but copying ink or indelible pencil on a surface previously dampened may be used. 2. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose, which customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, the weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely tied to the parcel. The customs declarations of insured parcels must be marked or labelled or stamped “ Insured ”. 3. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. 4. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and for the protection of the contents. Ordinary parcels may be closed by means of wax, lead seals, or otherwise. Insured parcels must be closed and securely sealed with wax or otherwise, but the country of destination shall have the right to open them as well as ordinary parcels (including the right to break the seals) in order to inspect the contents. Parcels which have been so opened shall be closed again and officially sealed, except that in the case of ordinary parcels they need not be sealed if they were not sealed by the sender in the first instance. Either Administration may require a special impress or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. 5. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label with the word “ Insured ”, or be stamped or marked with the same word in close proximity to the number given the parcel, and it must also bear an indication of the amount of the insured value, mentioned fully and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of the conversion is added below the original description. 6. The labels or stamps on insured parcels must be so placed that they can not serve to conceal injuries to the covers. They must not be folded over two sides of the cover so as to hide the edge. 7. Any liquid or any substance which easily liquefies must be packed in a double receptacle. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard or strong fibreboard or receptacle of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with saw-dust, bran, or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. 2171 8. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in metal containers which containers must be enclosed in substantial outer covers, so as to afford the utmost protection to the accompanying mail matter. article 4. *Prohibitions.* 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcelProhibitions. post: a) A letter or a communication having the nature of an actual and personal correspondence. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, that of the sender being added. b) An enclosure which bears an address other than that of the addressee of the parcel or that of a person living with him. c) Any live animals (except leeches). d) Any article of which the admission is not authorized by the Customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country. e) Any explosive or inflammable article, and, in general, any article of which the conveyance is dangerous. 2. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and its inland regulations. 3. The two Postal Administrations shall furnish each other with a list of prohibited articles; but they will not thereby undertake any responsibility whatever towards the police, the Customs Authorities, or the senders of parcels. article 5. *Customs Duties.* The parcels shall be subject in the country of destination to allCustoms duties. customs duties and all customs regulations in force in that country for the protection of its customs revenue, and the customs duties properly chargeable thereon shall be collected on delivery, in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. article 6. *Method of Exchange of Parcels.* 1. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened andMethod of exchanging parcels. sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be despatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. article 7. *Billing of Parcels.* 1. The insured parcels and the ordinary parcels are entered in separateBilling of parcels. parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted 2172in one of the parcel sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F”, traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each despatch are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills. The entries concerning each parcel shall show the insurance number and the office (and state or country) of origin. The bulk net weight of all the insured parcels must also be shown. 3. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and must be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected”, as the case may be A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 4. The total number of sacks comprising each despatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 5. Parcels sent a decouvert must be entered separately on the parcel 6. Each despatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first despatch of the following year. 7. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Convention, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. article 8. *Certificates of Mailing.* Certificates of mailing.The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose, and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. No certificate of mailing, other than the insurance receipt, will be furnished the sender of insured parcels. article 9.Ordinary parcels. *Responsibility not Accepted for Ordinary Parcels.* Responsibility not accepted.Neither the sender nor the addressee of an ordinary (uninsured) parcel shall be entitled to compensation for the loss of the parcel or for the abstraction of or damage to its contents. article 10. *Insurance.* 1. Insurance. The sender of a parcel may have the same insured by paying in addition to the postage such insurance fee as is prescribed by the country of origin, and in the event of loss, rifling or damage, indemnity shall be paid for the actual amount, based on the actual value at the time and place of mailing, of the loss, rifling, or damage up to a sum not exceeding one hundred dollars, when mailed in the United States of America, or five thousand mark, when mailed in Finland. 2173 No insured parcel shall be idemnified for an amount above the real value of its contents. Both Administrations reserve the right to arrange by mutual agreement through correspondence for a higher or lower limit of indemnity than that mentioned in this Convention. 2. The insurance of all parcels containing coin, bank notes, paper money, bullion, jewelry, or any other precious article exchanged between the two Administrations is obligatory. If a parcel containing coin, bank notes, paper money, bullion, jewelry, or any other precious article, is mailed uninsured, it shall be placed under insurance by the post office which first observes the fact of its having been mailed uninsured and treated in accordance with the regulations of the country placing the matter under insurance. 3. The Administration of origin is entitled to fix its own fees for different limits of indemnity within the maximum provided. article 11. *Return Receipts and Inquiries.* 1. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of deliveryReturn receipts and inquiries. upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate. 2. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also of an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which *prima facie* was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. 3. When an advice of delivery is desired, the sender or office of origin shall write or stamp on the parcel and the customs declaration in a conspicuous manner, the words “ Return receipt requested ”, “Advice of delivery requested ”, or the letters “A. R.”. article 12. *Indemnity.* 1. Except in cases of loss or damage through *force majeure* Indemnity. (causes beyond control) as that term is defined by the legal decisions or rulings of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurs, when an insured parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of loss, rifling or damage, based on the actual value at the time and place of mailing of the lost, rifled, or damaged article, unless the loss, rifling, or damage has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or of the representative of either or from the nature of the article, provided that the indemnity shall not exceed the sum for which the required insurance fee was paid in the country of origin. While, as stated in the preceding paragraph, the Administrations are not obligated to pay indemnity in the case of loss or damage due to *force majeure,* either Administration may, at its option and without recourse to the other Administration, pay indemnity for loss or damage due to *force majeure* even in the cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to *force majeure*. 2174 2. Indemnity—Continued. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved (which agreement may be made through correspondence) no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss, rifling, or damage of *transit* registered or insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries addressed for delivery in some other country not a party to this Convention *or* originating in a third country addressed for delivery to one of the two contracting countries. 3. In case an insured parcel originating in one country and addressed for delivery in the other country is forwarded or returned from the country of original address to a third country, the rightful claimant shall be entitled to only such indemnity, if any, for any loss, rifling, or damage which occurs subsequent to the redespatch of the parcel in the country of original address, as the country in which the loss, rifling, or damage occurred is willing or obligated to pay under any agreement in force between the countries directly involved in the forwarding or return. Either country adhering to this Convention which improperly forwards an insured parcel to a third country, shall be responsible therefor to the extent of liability of the country of origin to the sender within the limit of indemnity fixed by this Convention. 4. No application for indemnity will be entertained unless a claim or an initial inquiry, oral or written, shall be filed by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel. 5. No compensation shall be given for loss, injury, or damage consequential upon, i. e., indirectly arising from, the loss, nondelivery, damage, misdelivery, or delay of any insured parcel transmitted under this Convention, nor for parcels seized by the Customs because of false declaration of contents. 6. No indemnity will be paid for insured parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value nor for perishable matter or matter prohibited transmission in the parcel post mails exchanged between the contracting Administrations, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Convention, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 7. Either of the Administrations may at its option reimburse the rightful claimant in the event of complete loss, irreparable damage of entire contents or rifling of entire contents for the amount of postage or special charges borne by an insured parcel, if claimed. The insurance fees are not in any case returned. 8. No responsibility will be admitted for insured parcels which can not be accounted for in consequence of the destruction of official documents through causes beyond control. 9. In case the sender, addressee, or owner of an insured parcel, or his representative, shall at any time knowingly allege the contents to be above their real value, or whenever any false, fictitious, or fraudulent evidence is knowingly and wilfully introduced, the Administration responsible for the indemnity reserves the right without any refund of fee or postage to decline to pay indemnity or to pay such indemnity as may in its discretion be considered equitable in the light of the evidence produced. The enforcement of this rule shall not prejudice any legal proceedings to which such fraudulent evidence may have rendered the claimant liable. 10. When an insured article has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the Administration of origin shall pay indemnity to the rightful claim2175 ant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one yearIndemnity—Continued. counting with the day following that on which the application is made, which payment shall be made on account of the Administration of destination, if that Administration is responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage, and has been duly notified. 11. However, the Administration of origin may, in the cases indicated in the foregoing section, exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 12. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the foregoing section, the country of origin is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the country of destination if that country has, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, let nine months pass without settling the matter. 13. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the country to which the mailing office is subordinate. That country can make a claim on the country responsible, that is to say, against the Administration on the territory or in the service of which the loss, rifling, or damage took place. 14. The country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account payment is made is bound to repay to the country making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than nine months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 15. Reimbursements for indemnity from one country to the other shall be made on the gold basis. 16. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor country by means of either a money order or a draft, or in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 17. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the country which, having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry, is unable to show its proper disposition. If the loss, abstraction, or damage has occurred in the course of conveyance without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Postal Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 18. Responsibility for loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel discovered by the receiving office of exchange at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the despatching office of exchange by bulletin of verification, shall fall upon the Administration to which the despatching office of exchange is subordinate unless it be proved that the loss, rifling, or damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 19. The responsibility of properly enclosing, packing, and sealing insured parcels rests upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss, rifling, or damage arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. article 13. *Transit Parcels.* 1. Each Administration guarantees the right of transit over itsTransit parcels. territory, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the territory of the other contracting Administration. 2176 2. Each Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediary Administration. article 14. *Check by Office of Exchange.* 1. Check by office of exchange. On the receipt of a Parcel Mail, the receiving Office of Exchange shall check it. The insured parcels must be carefully compared with the accompanying bills. Any discrepancies or irregularities noted shall be immediately reported to the despatching office of exchange by means of a bulletin of verification. If report is not made promptly, it will be assumed that the mail and the accompanying bills were in every respect in proper order. 2. In the case of any discrepancies or irregularities in a mail, such record shall be kept as will permit of the furnishing of information regarding the matter in connection with any subsequent investigation or claim for indemnity which may be made. 3. If a parcel bill is missing a duplicate shall be made out and a copy sent to the despatching office of exchange from which the despatch was received. 4. Insured parcels bearing evidence of violation or damage must have the facts noted on them and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note, or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be forwarded with the parcels. article 15. *Fees for Customs Formalities and for Delivery, Demurrage Charges.* Customs formalities, etc. 1. Fees. The Administration of the country of destination may collect from the addressee for the fulfilment of Customs formalities a charge not exceeding ten cents (five marks) for each parcel. 2. The Administration of delivery may collect from the addressee for delivery a fee not exceeding ten cents (five marks) for each parcel and an additional delivery charge of like amount for each time a parcel is presented at the residence of the addressee after one unsuccessful presentation. 3. Each Administration may impose reasonable storage or demurrage charges in case the addressee fails to accept delivery of any parcel within such reasonable time as is prescribed by the Administration of the country of destination. 4. In the event of the return of the parcel to the country of origin, the charges mentioned above shall be cancelled. article 16. *Redirection.* 1. Redirection. Any parcel redirected within the country of destination or delivered to an alternate addressee at the original office of address shall be liable to such additional charges as may be prescribed by the Administration of that country. 2. When a parcel is redirected to either country, new postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels (which, 2177when redirected, must be despatched in the same kind of mails as received) may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery and retained by the Administration making the collection. The Administration making delivery shall fix the amount of such fees and postage when not prepaid. 3. Insured parcels shall not be forwarded or returned to another country unless they are forwarded or returned as insured mail. Senders may indorse insured parcels “ Do not forward to a third country ”, in which event the parcels shall not be forwarded to any other country. Unless such parcels are indorsed to indicate that the senders do not wish them forwarded to any country other than that of mailing or within the country of original address, they may be forwarded to a third country if they are forwarded as insured mail. Insured parcels may be returned to the sender in a third country in accordance with a return address on the parcels if they can be returned as insured mail. In the case of the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel forwarded or returned to a third country, indemnity will be paid only in accordance with the stipulations of Article 12, Section 3, of this Convention. article 17. *Postal Charges other than, those Prescribed not to be Collected.* Postal charges not prescribed. The parcels to which this Convention applies shall not be subjectedNot subject to collection. to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. article 18. *Recall and Change of Address.* So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recallRecall and change of address. it or cause its address to be altered. The requests for return or change of address, which must conform to the rules laid down by the domestic regulations of the contracting Administrations, are to be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington when they relate to parcels sent to the United States of America, and to the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs, Office of Enquires at Helsinki (Helsingfors), when they relate to parcels sent to Finland. article 19. *Nondelivery.* 1. In the absence of a request by the sender to the contrary, aNondelivery. parcel which can not be delivered shall be returned to the sender without previous notification. New postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels (which must be returned in the same kind of mail as received), may be collected from the sender and retained by the Administration making the collection. 2. The sender of a parcel may request, at the time of mailing, that, if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed, it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned, or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination. No other alternative is admissible. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the parcel and on the Customs Declaration tied to the parcel and must be in conformity with or analogous to one of the following forms: “If not deliverable as addressedˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍAbandon.” “If not deliverable as addressedˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍDeliver toˍˍˍˍˍˍ.” 2178 3. Except as otherwise provided, undeliverable parcels in both countries will be returned to the senders at the expiration of thirty days from the date of receipt at the post office of destination, while refused parcels will be returned at once, the parcels in each case to be marked to show the reason for non-delivery. 4. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, may, however, be sold immediately even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or worthless articles shall be destroyed. The sale or destruction shall be recorded and report made to the Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon” may be sold at auction at the expiration of thirty days, but in case such disposition is made of insured parcels, proper record will be made and the Administration of origin notified as to the disposition made of the parcels. The Administration of origin shall also be notified when for any reason an insured parcel which is not delivered is not returned to the country of origin. article 20. *Customs Charges to be Cancelled.* Customs charges to be cancelled.Provided the formalities prescribed by the Customs authorities concerned are fulfilled, the customs charges, properly so-called, on parcels sent back to the country of origin, or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in the United States of America and in Finland. article 21. *Retransmission.* 1. Retransmission. Missent ordinary parcels shall be forwarded to their destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration, but must not be marked with customs or other charges by the reforwarding Administration. Missent insured parcels shall not be reforwarded to their destination unless they can be forwarded as insured mail. If they can not be forwarded as insured mail, they shall be returned to the country of origin. 2. When this retransmission involves the return of the parcels to the office of origin, the retransmitting office of exchange shall credit that office with the allowances received after having called attention to the error by means of a Verification Note. In the contrary case, and if the amount allowed by the despatching office to the retransmitting office is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it had to defray, it shall recover the difference by making a suitable amendment to the parcel bill of the despatching office of exchange. The reason for this amendment shall be notified to the said office by means of a Verification Note. 3. When a parcel has been wrongly allowed to be despatched in consequence or an error on the part or the postal service and has for this reason to be returned to the country of origin, the procedure followed shall be the same as if the parcel had to be sent back to the despatching office in consequence of missending. 4. A redirected parcel shall be accompanied by the Customs Declaration prepared at the office of origin. In case the parcel, for any reason whatsoever, has to be repacked or the original Customs Dec2179 laration replaced by a substitute declaration, it is essential that the name of the office of origin of the parcel and the original serial number appear on the parcel and that the name of the office of origin of the parcel appears on the Customs Declaration. article 22. *Receptacles.* Each Administration shall provide the bags necessary for theReceptacles. despatch of its parcels. The bags shall be returned empty to the country of origin by the next mail. Empty bags shall be made up in bundles of ten (nine bags enclosed in one) and the total number of such bags shall be advised on the parcel bill. article 23. *Charges.* 1. For each parcel despatch by one country to the other,Charges. the despatching Administration shall pay to the receiving Administration a terminal credit as follows: a) For parcels originating in Finland, addressed to the United States of America, 70 centimes per kilogram based on the bulk net weight of each despatch. b) For parcels originating in the United States of America, addressed to Finland, 40 centimes per kilogram based on the bulk net weight of each despatch. These terminal credits may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one country to the other. These reductions or increases shall hold good for at least one year. 2. The amounts to be allowed in respect to parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country or to a third country shall be fixed by the intermediate Administration. 3. On every parcel returned or redirected unpaid by one of the two Administrations to the other, the returning or retransmitting Administration shall be entitled to recover from the other Administration: a) The charges prescribed by Section 1 above; b) The charges for reforwarding or return. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the charges mentioned shall follow the parcel, but in case the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges, because they can not be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or redirected unpaid in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary office may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. article 24. *Accounting.* 1. *Terminal parcels.* At the the end of each quarter the creditorAccounting. country shall prepare an account of the amount due to it in respect of the parcels received in excess of those despatched. 2180 2. *Transit parcels.* Each Administration shall also prepare quarterly an account showing the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration for onward transmission. 3. These accounts shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration, if possible in the course of the month which follows the quarter to which they relate. The totals should not be summarily altered but any errors which may be discovered must form the subject of statements of differences. 4. The compilation, transmission, verification and acceptance of the accounts must be effected as early as possible, and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the end of the following quarter. 5. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the two Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts on New York or in any other manner which may be agreed upon mutually by correspondence between the two Administrations, the expense attendant on the payment being at the charge of the indebted Administration. *B*. Collect-on-delivery service. *Collect-on-Delivery Service.* article 25. *Subject.* 1. Acceptances tor mailing. Parcels, having charges to be collected on delivery, shall be accepted for mailing to any money order post office in the United States of America or in Finland. 2. C. O. D. parcels shall be accepted only when insured. 3. Parcels in transit. The provisions of the Articles 25–36 of this Convention do not cover transit C. O. D. parcels. article 26. *Postage and Fees.* 1. Postage and fees. Parcels bearing charges for collection on delivery shall be subject to the postage rates, fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations. 2. The postage rates and fees shall belong entirely to the country collecting them. No special account of these fees is to be made between the two Administrations except as stated in Article 23. article 27. *Amount of C. O. D.* 1. Maximum fee, etc. The maximum amount to be collected on delivery shall be one hundred dollars. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in dollars and cents. 2. When the sender makes a request for any reduction or cancellation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. 2181 article 28. *Settlement.* 1. The entire amount of the collect-on-delivery charges withoutSettlement. any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. The post office delivering the C. O. D. parcel will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto such money order fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 2. The country effecting delivery of a C. O. D. parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of five cents (two marks fifty penni), from the addressee as a collection charge, but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. Examination of the contents of a C. O. D. parcel by the addressee is prohibited until the C. O. D. charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. article 29. *C. O. D. Money Orders.* 1. Every advice of a money order, issued in either country in paymentC. O. D. money orders. of C. O. D. charges on a parcel, must show plainly the C. O. D. (Insured) number of the parcel and bear the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “*Remboursement*” in a conspicuous position. 2. The C. O. D. money order advice lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the C. O. D. (Insured) number of the parcels. No C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitters name and payee’s name and exact address are included. article 30. *Exchange and Billing of C. O. D. Parcels.* 1. Parcels with C. O. D. charges shall be exchanged through theExchange and billing. same offices as are appointed for the exchange of insured parcels without C. O. D. charges. The exchanges shall be effected in direct despatches in sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. parcels, the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “*Remboursement*” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. Such parcels will be listed in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. number, post office and state of origin and the C. O. D. amount. 2. Upon receipt of a despatch of C. O. D. parcels, at the exchange office of the country of destination, the despatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article 14. article 31. *Lists of C. O. D. Money Orders.* The offices of New York and Helsinki (Helsingfors) shall be theOffices designated to send advice lists. only ones to send lists of C. O. D. money orders, and such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders2182and the list shall be marked “Collect-on-Delivery” or “*Remboursement*”. article 32. *Unpayable Money Orders.* 1. Unpayable money orders. The C. O. D. money orders which have not been paid to the payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the parcels to which they relate. 2. When it appears that the C. O. D. service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 3. As for other formalities, C. O. D. money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. article 33. *Responsibility for C. O. D. Parcels.* 1. Responsibility.*Ante*, p. 2173. In case an insured C. O. D. parcel has been lost, rifled or damaged, the postal Administrations are responsible as for an insured parcel, in conformity with the provisions in Article 12. 2. When a C. O. D. parcel has been delivered to the addressee but the charges have not been remitted, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the C. O. D. amount not remitted, provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel post mails being prohibited. This stipulation also applies to the case when a lower amount than the full C. O. D. charge is collected from the addressee. The indemnity provided for in this section may not in any case exceed the C. O. D. amount. 3. As to the fixing of the responsibility and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided for insured parcels not sent C. O. D. 4. When a C. O. D. parcel for which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the postmaster at the deliverying office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Administration to which his office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the postmaster will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. article 34. *Marking of C. O. D. Parcels.* 1. Marking, etc., parcels. Each C. O. D. parcel and the relative customs declaration must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of a stamp or label reading “COLLECT-ON-DELIVERY” or “ C. O. D” or “*REMBOURSEMENT*”, and in close proximity to these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the 2183insured number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fees that will be collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender in the country of mailing. 2. In addition to being marked or labelled in the manner indicated in Section 1 above, each C. O. D. parcel may have a C. O. D. tag attached in a form mutually agreed upon. article 35. *Redirection. Recall.* 1. Unless mutually otherwise agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not beReforwarding, etc. reforwarded to a third country. 2. The sender of a C. O. D. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. article 36. *Nondelivery.* The sender may provide, in case his C. O. D. parcel is undeliverableNondelivery. as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it, the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and as stipulated in Article 19. *C*. Final provisions. *C*. Final Provisions. article 37. *Matters not Provided for in the Convention.* 1. All matters concerning requests for recall or return of insuredApplication of other Conventions to matters not covered. parcels, the obtaining and disposition of return receipts therefor, and the adjustment of indemnity claims in connection therewith, not covered by this Convention shall be governed by the provisions of the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed RegulationsVol. 46, p. 2523. for its Execution, and of the Postal Money Order Convention in force between the two countries, insofar as they are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Convention, and then if no other arrangement has been made, the internal legislation, regulations, and rulings of the United States of America and Finland, according to the country involved, shall govern. 2. The Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs of Finland shall have authority jointly to make from time to time by correspondence such changes and modifications and further regulations of order and detail as may become necessary to facilitate the operation of the services contemplated by this Convention. 3. The Administrations shall communicate to each other from time to time the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the conveyance of parcels by Parcel Post. 2184 article 38. *Temporary Suspension of Service.* Temporary suspension of service.Either Administration may temporarily suspend the insurance and the C. O. D. services, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict them to certain offices; but on the condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration, such notice to be given by the most rapid means if necessary. article 39. *Duration of Convention.* 1. Former Convention superseded.Vol. 42, p. 2215, abrogated. This Convention substitutes and abrogates that signed at Washington on the 21st of July, 1922, and in Helsingfors on the 12th of January, 1922, and shall take effect and operations thereunder shall begin on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. 2. Duration. It shall remain in force until one of the two contracting Administrations has given notice to the other, six months in advance, of its intention to terminate it. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington the 23 day of September 1932 and at Helsingfors the 1st day of September, 1932. [seal.] G. E. F. Albrecht, *Director General of Posts and Telegrams of Finland*. [seal.] Walter F. Brown *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. ApprovalThe foregoing Parcel Post Convention between the United States of America and Finland has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal.] Herbert Hoover By the President, Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *September 29, 1932*. May 6, 1931 Treaty 47 Stat. 2185 2185 EXTRADITION TREATY—GREECE. MAY 6, 1931. *Extradition treaty between the United States of America and Greece,May 6, 1931. together with exchange of notes concerning most-favored-nation treatment and protocol of exchange of ratifications. Signed at Athens, May 6, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, February 19, 1932; ratified by the President, March 10, 1932; ratified by Greece, October 13, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, November 1, 1932; proclaimed, November 1, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a treaty between the United States of America andExtradition with Greece.Preamble. Greece, providing for the extradition of fugitives from justice, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Athens on the sixth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which treaty, being in the English and Greek languages, is word for word as follows: TREATY OF EXTRADITION between the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA and the HELLENIC REPUBLIC Contracting Powers.The United States of America and Greece, desiring to promote the cause of justice, have resolved to conclude a treaty for the extradition of fugitives from justice between the two countries and have appointed for that purpose the following Plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiarie. The President of the United States of America: Mr. Robert Peet Skinner, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Athens; and The President of the Hellenic Republic: Mr. Andreas Michalakopoulos, Vice President of the Government, Minister for Foreign Affairs; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: 2186 Article 1. Reciprocal delivery of persons charged with specified crimes.It is agreed that the Government of the United States and the Government of Greece shall, upon requisition duly made as herein provided, deliver up to justice any person, who may be charged with, or may have been convicted of, any of the crimes or offenses specified in Article II of the Present Treaty committed within the jurisdiction of one of the High Contracting Parties, and who shall seek an asylum or shall be found within the territories of the other; provided that such surrender shall take place only upon such evidence of criminality, as according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or person so charged shall be found, would justify his apprehension and commitment for trial if the crime or offense had been there committed. Article II. Extraditable crimes, etc.Persons shall be delivered up according to the provisions of the present Treaty, who shall have been changed with or convicted of any of the following crimes or offenses: 1 Murder. Murder (including crimes designated by the terms parricide, poisoning, infanticide, manslaughter when voluntary). 2 Malicious wounding or inflicting grievous bodily harm with premeditation. 3 Rape, etc. Rape, abortion, carnal knowledge of children under the age of fifteen years. 4 Abduction. Abduction or detention of women or girls for immoral purposes. 5 Bigamy. Bigamy. 6 Arson. Arson 7 Damages, etc., to railroads Wilful and unlawful destruction or obstruction of railroads, which endangers human life. 8 Crimes committed at sea. Crimes committed at sea:
(a)Piracy. Piracy, as commonly known and defined by the law of nations, or by statute; 2187
(b)Wrongfully sinking or destroyingDestroying vessel. a vessel at sea or attempting to do so;
(c)Mutiny or conspiracy byMutiny, etc. two or more members of the crew or other persons on board of a vessel on the high seas, for the purpose of rebelling against the authority of the Captain or Commander of such vessel, or by fraud or violence taking possession of such vessel;
(d)Assault on board shipAssault on shipboard. upon, the high seas with intent to do bodily harm. 9 Burglary. Burglary. 10 The act of breaking intoUnlawful entry of public offices. and entering the offices of the Government and public authorities, or the offices of banks, banking houses, savings banks, trust companies, [insurance and other companies,]1 1See Protocol of Exchange, post, p. 2197. or other buildings not dwellings with intent to commit a felony therein. 11 Robbery Robbery. 12 Forgery or the utterance ofForgery. forged papers. 13 The forgery or falsificationForgery of public documents. of the official acts of the Government or public authority, including Courts of Justice, or the uttering or fraudulent use of any of the same. 14 The fabrication of counterfeitCounterfeiting, etc. money, whether coin or paper, counterfeit titles or coupons of public debt, created by National, State, Provincia], Territorial, Local or Municipal Governments, bank notes or other instruments of public credit, counterfeit seals, stamps, dies and marks of State or public administrations, and the utterance, circulation or fraudulent use of the above mentioned objects. 2188 15 Embezzlement, etc. Embezzlement or criminal malversation committed within the jurisdiction of one or the other party by public officers or depositaries, where the amount embezzled exceeds two hundred dollars or Greek equivalent. 16 Embezzlement by employees. Embezzlement by any persons hired, salaried, or employed, to the detriment of their employers or principals, when the crime or offense is punishable by imprisonment or other corporal punishment by the laws of both countries, and where the amount embezzled exceeds two hundred dollars or Greek equivalent. 17 Kidnapping. Kidnapping of minors or adults, defined to be the abduction or detention of a person or persons, in order to exact money from them, their families or any other person or persons, or for any other unlawful end. 18 Larceny. Larceny, defined to be the theft of effects, personal property, or money, of the value of twenty-five dollars or more, or Greek equivalent. 19 Obtaining money by false pretenses. Obtaining money, valuable securities or other property by false pretenses, or receiving any money, valuable securities or other property knowing the same to have been unlawfully obtained, where the amount of money or the value of the property so obtained or received exceeds two hundred dollars or Greek equivalent. 20 Perjury. Perjury. 21 Breach of trust, etc. Fraud or breach of trust by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, director or officer of any company or corporation, or by any one in any fiduciary position, where the amount of money or the value of the property mis2189 appropriated exceeds two hundred dollars or Greek equivalent. 22 Crimes and offenses againstSlave trading. the laws of both countries for the suppression of slavery and slave trading. 23 Wilful desertion or wilfulDesertion, etc. non-support of minor or dependent children, or of other dependent persons, provided that the crime or offense is punishable by the laws of both countries. 24 Bribery. Bribery. 25 Crimes or offenses againstBankruptcy-law violations. the bankruptcy laws. 26 Crimes or offenses againstNarcotic traffic. the laws for the suppression of traffic in narcotics. 27 Extradition shall also takeAccessories. place for participation in any of the crimes or offenses before mentioned as an accessory before or after the fact, or in any attempt to commit any of the aforesaid crimes or offenses. However, extradition for participation or attempt will be accorded in the case of a suspected person only if the maximum of the possible punishment is two years or more, and, in the case of one condemned, only if the sentence pronounced by the jurisdiction of the demanding State is six months or more. Article III. The provisions of the presentNot applicable to political, etc., crimes. Treaty shall not import a claim of extradition for any crime or offense of a political character, nor for acts connected with such crimes or offenses; and no person surrendered by or to either of the High Contracting Parties in virtue of this Treaty shall be tried or punished for a political crime or offense committed before his extradition. The State applied to, or courts of such State, shall decide whether the crime or offense is of a political character. 2190 Offense against Head of State, etc., not a politicai crime.When the offense charged comprises the act either of murder or assassination or of poisoning, either consummated or attempted, the fact that the offense was committed or attempted against the life of the Sovereign or Head of a foreign State, or against the life of any member of his family, shall not be deemed sufficient to sustain that such crime or offense was of a political character; or was an act connected with crimes or offenses of a political character. Article IV. Trial limited to offense for which surrendered.No person shall be tried for any crime or offense, committed prior to his extradition, other than that for which he was surrendered, unless he has been at liberty for one month after having been tried, to leave the country, or, in case of conviction, for one month after having suffered his punishment or having been pardoned. Article V. Time limitation.A fugitive criminal shall not be surrendered under the provisions hereof, when, from lapse of time or other lawful cause, according to the laws of either of the surrendering or the demanding country, the criminal is exempt from prosecution or punishment for the offense for which the surrender is asked. Article VI. Person under prosecution in country where found.If a fugitive criminal whose surrender may be claimed pursuant to the stipulations hereof, be actually under prosecution, out on bail or in custody, for a crime or offense committed in the country where he has sought asylum, or shall have been convicted thereof, his extradition may be deferred until such proceedings be determined, and until he shall have been set at liberty in due course of law. 2191 Article VII. If a fugitive criminal claimedPersons claimed by other Powers. by one of the two parties hereto, shall be also claimed by one or more powers pursuant to treaty provisions, on account of crimes or offenses committed within their jurisdiction, such criminal shall be delivered to that State whose demand is first received unless the demand is waived. This article shall not affect such treaties as have previously been concluded by one of the contracting parties with other States. Article VIII. Under the stipulations of thisNeither country bound to deliver up its own citizens. Treaty, neither of the High Contracting Parties shall be bound to deliver up its own citizens, except in cases where such citizenship has been obtained after the perpetration of the crime for which extradition is sought. The State appealed to shall decide whether the person claimed is its own citizen. Article IX. The expense of transportationExpense of arrest, etc. of the fugitive shall be borne by the government which has preferred the demand for extradition. The appropriate legal officers of the country where the proceedings of extradition are had, shall assist the officers of the government demanding the extradition before the respective judges and magistrates,Restriction. by every legal means within their power; and no claim other than for the board and lodging of a fugitive prior to his surrender, arising out of the arrest, detention, examination and surrender of fugitives under this treaty, shall be made against the government demanding the extradition; provided,Compensation. however, that any officer or officers of the surrendering government giving assistance, who shall, in the usual course of their duty receive no salary or compensation 2192other than specific fees for services performed, shall be entitled to receive from the government demanding the extradition the customary fees for the acts or services performed by them in the same manner and to the same amount as though such acts or services had been performed in ordinary criminal proceedings under the laws of the country of which they are officers. Article X. Articles seized with fugitive.Everything found in the possession of the fugitive criminal at the time of his arrest, whether being the proceeds of the crime or offense, or which may be material as evidence in making proof of the crime, shall so far as practicable, according to the laws of either of the High Contracting Parties, be delivered up with his person at the time of surrender, Nevertheless, the rights of a third party with regard to the articles referred to, shall be duly respected. Article XI. Territory affected.The stipulations of the present Treaty shall be applicable to all territory wherever situated, belonging to either of the High Contracting Parties or in the occupancy and under the control of either of them, during such occupancy or control. Requisitions.Requisitions for the surrender of fugitives from justice shall be made by the respective diplomatic agents of the High Contracting Parties. In the event of the absence of such agents from the country or where extradition is sought from territory included in the preceding paragraphs, other than the United States or Greece, requisitions may be made by superior consular officers. 2193 The arrest of the fugitive shallArrest be brought about in accordance with the laws of the respective countries, and if, after an examination, it shall be decided, according to the law and the evidence, that extradition is due pursuant to this treaty, the fugitive shall be surrendered in conformity to the forms of law prescribed in such cases. The person provisionally arrested,Release if formal request not forthcoming. shall be released, unless within two months from the date of arrest in Greece, or from the date of commitment in the United States, the formal requisition for surrender with the documentary proofs hereinafter prescribed be made as aforesaid by the diplomatic agent of the demanding Government, or, in his absence, by a consular officer thereof. If the fugitive criminal shallPapers required. have been convicted of the crime or offense for which his surrender is asked, a copy of the sentence of the court before which such conviction took place, duly authenticated, shall be produced. If, however, the fugitive is merely charged with crime, a duly authenticated copy of the warrant of arrest in the country where the crime was committed, and of the depositions upon which such warrant may have been issued, shall be produced, with such other evidence or proof as may be deemed competent in the case. Article XII. The present Treaty, of whichRatification. the English and Greek texts are equally authentic, shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with their respective constitutional methods, and shall take effect on the date of the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. 2194 Article XIII. Duration.The present Treaty shall remain in force for a period of five years, and in case neither of the High Contracting Parties shall have given notice one year before the expiration of that period of its intention to terminate the Treaty, it shall continue in force until the expiration of one year from the date on which such notice of termination shall be given by either of the High Contracting Parties. Signatures.In witness whereof the above named Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Treaty and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Athens this sixth day of May, nineteen hundred and thirty-one. Contracting Powers. Plenipotentiarie. 2186 Reciprocal delivery of persons charged with specified crimes. Extraditable crimes, etc. Murder. Rape, etc. Abduction. Bigamy. Arson. Damages, etc., to railroads Crimes committed at sea. Piracy. 2187 Destroying vessel. Mutiny, etc. Assault on shipboard. Burglary. Unlawful entry of public offices. Robbery. Forgery. Forgery of public documents. Counterfeiting, etc. 2188 Embezzlement, etc. Embezzlement by employees. Kidnapping. Larceny. Obtaining money by false pretenses. Perjury. Breach of trust, etc. 2189 Slave trading. Desertion, etc. Bribery. Bankruptcy-law violations. Narcotic traffic. Accessories. Not applicable to political, etc., crimes. 2190 Offense against Head of State, etc., not political crime. Trial limited to offense for which surrendered. Time limitation. Person under prosecution in country where found. 2191 Persons claimed by other Powers. Neither country bound to deliver up its own citizens. Expense of arrest, etc. Restriction. Compensation. 2192 Articles seized with fugitive. Territory affected. Requisitions. 2193 Arrest Release if formal request not forthcoming. Papers required. Ratification. 2194 Duration. Signatures. [seal] Robert P. Skinner. [seal] A. Mιχαλακόπουλος Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the first day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this first day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. 2195 NOTES concerning most-favored-nation treatment, exchanged at theExchange of notes concerning most-favored-nation treatment. time of signature of the extradition treaty between the united states of america and greece *The American Minister (Skinner) to the Greek Minister of Foreign Affairs (Michalakopoulos)* Legation of the United States of America, *Athens, May 6, 1981*. Sir: In signing today the treaty of extradition between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic, I have the honor to declare to your Excellency, under the authority and in the name of my Government, that the Government of the United States will extend to Greece the most favorable treatment now accorded, or which may hereafter be accorded, by the United States to a third Power, with respect to matters dealt with in Articles 9 and 11 of the above mentioned treaty,*Ante*, pp. 2191. 2192. particularly in that which concerns expenses of every nature, including the usual charges, and the procedure to be followed after the demand for extradition. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Robert P. Skinner His Excellency The Minister of Foreign Affairs, *Athens*. ————— *The Greek Minister of Foreign Affairs (Michalakopoulos) to the American Minister (Skinner)* Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, *Athènes, le 6 Mai 1931.* Monsieur le Ministre, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa lettre en date d’aujourd’hui, rédigée dans les termes suivants: " “In signing today the treaty of extradition between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic, I have the honor to declare to your Excellency under the authority and in the name of my Government, that the Government of the United States will extend to Greece the most favorable treatment now accorded, or which may hereafter be accorded, by the United States to a third Power, with respect to matters dealt with in Articles 9 and 11 of the above mentioned treaty, particularly in that which concerns expenses of every nature, including the usual charges, and the procedure to be followed after the demand for extradition.” " 2196 Exchange of notes—Continued.En prenant acte de cette communication sur le contenu de laquelle le Gouvernement Hellénique est d’accord, je saisis cette occasion pour Vous renouveler, Monsieur le Ministre, les assurances de ma haute considération. A. Michalakopoulos Son Excellence Monsieur Robert Peet Skinner *Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique.* *En Ville.* [Translation] Ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Athens, May 6, 1931.* Mr. Minister: I have the honor to acknowledge to Your Excellency receipt of your letter of this date, reading as follows: " “In signing today the treaty of extradition between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic, I have the honor to declare to your Excellency under the authority and in the name of my Government, that the Government of the United States will extend to Greece the most favorable treatment now accorded, or which may hereafter be accorded, by the United States to a third *Ante*, pp. 2191, 2192.Power, with respect to matters dealt with in Articles 9 and 11 of the above mentioned treaty, particularly in that which concerns expenses of every nature, including the usual charges, and the procedure to be followed after the demand for extradition.” " Acknowledging receipt of this communication, with the content of which the Hellenic Government is in agreement, I take this opportunity to renew to you, Mr. Minister, the assurances of my high consideration. A. Michalakopoulos His Excellency Mr. Robert Peet Skinner *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America.* *City.* 2197 PROTOCOL OF EXCHANGE The undersigned, the Secretary of State ofProtocol of exchange. the United States of America and the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Greece at Washington, met this day for the purpose of exchanging the ratifications of the extradition treaty between the United States of America and Greece, signed at Athens on May 6, 1931. It being found on a comparison of the respective ratifications that the words “insurance and other companies,” in Article 2, paragraph*Ante*, p. 2187. 10, of the English text of the treaty as contained in the Greek instrument of ratification, are not contained in that article and paragraph as it appears in the English text of the instrument of ratification of the United States of America, the Secretary of State of the United States of America declared that it was intended by the Government of the United States to have these words appear in the English text of the United States original of the treaty, as their equivalent appears in the Greek text thereof, that their omission from the English text was an inadvertence and that the United States original of the treaty and the United States ratified exchange copy of the treaty should be understood as including those words, the same as if they had been actually written in the English text thereof. This declaration being accepted by the Minister of Greece, the exchange took place this day in the usual form. In witness whereof, the aforesaid Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Protocol of Exchange and have affixed their seals thereto. Done at Washington this first day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two. Henry L Stimson [seal] Ch. Simopoulos [seal] January 2, 1930 Convention 47 Stat. 2198 2198 PHILIPPINES—NORTH BORNEO, BOUNDARY. JANUARY 2, 1930. January 2, 1930. *Convention between the United States of America and Great Britain delimiting boundary between the Philippine Archipelago and the State of North Borneo and exchanges of notes regarding certain islands off the coast of Borneo. Signed at Washington, January 2, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, February 11, 1930; ratified by the President, February 21, 1930; ratified by Great Britain, November 2, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, December 13, 1932; proclaimed, December 15, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Convention with Great Britain delimiting boundary between Philippine Islands and North Borneo.Preamble.Vol. 30, p. 1754.Vol. 31, p. 1042. Whereas a convention between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, delimiting definitely the boundary between the Philippine Archipelago (the territory acquired by the United States of America by virtue of the treaties of December 10, 1898, and November 7, 1900, with Her Majesty the Queen Regent of Spain) and the State of North Borneo which is under British protection, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the second day of January, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which convention is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, Being desirous of delimiting definitely the boundary between the Philippine Archipelago (the territory acquired by the United States of America by virtue of the Treaties of December 10, 1898, and November 7, 1900, with Her Majesty the Queen Regent of Spain) and the State of North Borneo which is under British protection, Plenipotentiaries.Have resolved to conclude a Convention for that purpose and have appointed as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America, Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States; and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, For Great Britain and Northern Ireland: The Right Honorable Sir Esme Howard, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., C.V.O., His Majesty’s Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at Washington; Who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers found in good and due form have agreed upon and concluded the following Articles: Article I Geographical lines of demarcation established.It is hereby agreed and declared that the line separating the islands belonging to the Philippine Archipelago on the one hand and the islands belonging to the State of North Borneo which is under British protection on the other hand shall be and is hereby established as follows: 2199 From the point of intersection of the parallel of four degreesDescription. forty-five minutes (4° 45′) north latitude and the meridian of longitude one hundred twenty degrees (120° 0′) east of Greenwich, (being a point on the boundary defined by the Treaty between the United States of America and Spain signed at Paris, December 10, 1898), a line due south along the meridian of longitude one hundred twenty degrees (120° 0′) east of Greenwich to its point of intersection with the parallel of four degrees twenty-three minutes (4° 23′) north latitude; thence due west along the parallel of four degrees twenty-three minutes (4° 23′) north latitude to its intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred nineteen degrees (119° 0′) east of Greenwich; thence due north along the meridian of longitude one hundred nineteen degrees (119° 0′) east of Greenwich to its intersection with the parallel of four degrees forty-two minutes (4° 42′) north latitude; thence in a straight line approximately 45° 54′ true (N 45° 54′ E) to the intersection of the parallel of five degrees sixteen minutes (5° 16′) north latitude and the meridian of longitude one hundred nineteen degrees thirty-five minutes (119° 35′) east of Greenwich; thence in a straight line approximately 314° 19‘ true (N 45° 41′ W) to the intersection of the parallel of six degrees (6° 0′) north latitude and the meridian of longitude one hundred eighteen degrees fifty minutes (118° 50′) east of Greenwich; thence due west along the parallel of six degrees (6° 0′) north latitude to its intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred eighteen degrees twenty minutes (118° 20′) east of Greenwich; thence in a straight line approximately 307° 40′ true (N 52° 20′ W) passing between Little Bakkungaan Island and Great Bakkungaan Island to the intersection of the parallel of six degrees seventeen minutes (6° 17′) north latitude and the meridian of longitude one hundred seventeen degrees fifty-eight minutes (117° 58″) east of Greenwich; thence due north along the meridian of longitude one hundred seventeen degrees fifty-eight minutes (117° 58′) east of Greenwich to its intersection with the parallel of six degrees fifty-two minutes (6° 52′) north latitude; thence in a straight line approximately 315° 16′ true (N 44° 44′ W) to the intersection of the parallel of seven degrees twenty-four minutes forty-five seconds (7° 24′ 45″) north latitude with the meridian of longitude one hundred seventeen degrees twenty-five minutes thirty seconds (117° 25′ 30″) east of Greenwich; thence in a straight line approximately 300° 56′ true (N 59° 4′ W) through the Mangsee Channel between Mangsee Great Reef and Mangsee Islands to the intersection of the parallel of seven degrees forty minutes (7° 40′) north latitude and the meridian of longitude one hundred seventeen degrees (117° 0′) east of Greenwich, the latter point being on the boundary defined by the Treaty between the United States of America and Spain signed at Paris, December 10, 1898. Article II The line described above has been indicated on Charts Nos. 4707Line between Little Bakkungaan and Great Bakkungaan defined. and 4720, published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, corrected to July 24, 1929, portions of both charts so marked being attached to this treaty and made a part thereof. It is agreed that if more accurate surveying and mapping of North Borneo, the Philippine Islands, and intervening islands shall in the future show that the line described above does not pass between Little Bakkungaan and Great Bakkungaan Islands, substantially as indicated on Chart No. 4720, the boundary line shall be understood to be defined in that area2200 as a line passing between Little Bakkungaan and Great Bakkungaan Islands as indicated on the chart, said portion of the line being a straight line approximately 307° 40′ true drawn from a point on the parallel of 6° 0′ north latitude to a point on the meridian of longitude of 117° 58′ east of Greenwich. Between Mangsee Islands and Mangsee Great Reef.It is likewise agreed that if more accurate surveying and mapping shall show that the line described above does not pass between the Mangsee Islands and Mangsee Great Reef as indicated on Chart No. 4720, the boundary shall be understood to be defined in that area as a straight line drawn from the intersection of the parallel of 7° 24′ 45″ north latitude and the meridian of longitude of 117° 25′ 30″ east of Greenwich, passing through Mangsee Channel as indicated on attached Chart No. 4720 to a point on the parallel of 7° 40′ north latitude. Article III Territory embraced.All islands to the north and east of the said line and all islands and rocks traversed by the said line, should there be any such, shall belong to the Philippine Archipelago and all islands to the south and west of the said line shall belong to the State of North Borneo. Article IV Islands of Turtle and Mangsee Groups.Vol. 43, p. 1662.The provisions of Article 19 of the Treaty between the United States of America, the British Empire, France, Italy, and Japan limiting naval armament, signed at Washington on February 6, 1922, shall, so long as that Treaty remains in force, apply in respect of all islands in the Turtle and Mangsee Groups which are or may be deemed to be comprised within the territories of the Philippine Archipelago on the one hand and of the State of North Borneo on the other hand in consequence of the establishment of the line fixed by the preceding articles of the present Convention. In the event of either High Contracting Party ceding, selling, leasing or transferring any of the islands in question to a third party provision shall be made for the continued application to such island of the aforementioned Article 19 of the Treaty between the United States of America, the British Empire, France, Italy and Japan limiting naval armament, signed at Washington on February 6, 1922, provided that Treaty is still in force at the time of such cession, sale, lease or transfer. Article V Exchange of ratification.The present Convention shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by His Britannic Majesty, and shall come into force on the exchange of the acts of ratification which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the same and have affixed thereto their respective seals. Done in duplicate at Washington the second day of January in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty. Henry L Stimson [seal] Esme Howard [seal] Ratifications exchanged And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at Washington on the thirteenth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; 2201 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. Exchanges of Notes Regarding Certain Islands off the CoastExchange or notes. of Borneo The British Ambassador (Howard) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) No. 679 British Embassy, *Washington, D.C. 2nd January, 1930*. Sir, By the convention concluded between the President of the United States of America and His Britannic Majesty for the purpose of delimiting the boundary between the Philippine archipelago on the one hand and the State of North Borneo which is under British protection on the other hand, the sovereignty over certain islands which have for many years past been administered by the British North Borneo Company has been definitely recognized as pertaining to the United States of America. These islands which formed the subject of the arrangement effected by an exchange of notes between His Majesty’s Government and the United States Government on July 3rd and July 10th, 1907, are;— 1. Sibaung, Boaan, Lihiman, Langaan, Great Bakkungaan, Taganak, and Baguan in the group of islands known as the Turtle Islands. 2. The Mangsee Islands. His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom understand that the Government of the United States of America are prepared to conclude an arrangement in regard to these islands, supplementary to the above-mentioned convention, in the following terms: Firstly. That the said company be left undisturbed in the administration of the islands in question unless or until the United States Government give notice to His Majesty’s Government of their desire that the administration of the islands should be transferred to them. The transfer of administration shall be effected within one2202 Exchange of notes—Continued.year after such notice is given on a day and in a manner to be mutually arranged. Secondly. That when the administration of any island is tranferred in accordance with the foregoing the said Company will deliver to the United States Government all records relating to administration prior to the date of transfer. Thirdly. The United States of America shall not be responsible for the value of any buildings which have been or may be erected or other permanent improvements which have been or may be made in any island the administration of which is subject to transfer but any buildings or improvements erected or made by the administrative authorities prior to the transfer of administration may be removed provided the interests of the United States of America are not thereby injured. In the event, however, of the Island of Taganak being so transferred, the United States Government will give favourable consideration to the question of the compensation to be paid to the said company in respect of the capital expenditure incurred by the company in connection with the lighthouse situated on the island, and the United States Government will provide for the future maintenance of the lighthouse. Fourthly. That such privilege of administration shall not carry with it territorial rights, such as those of making grants or concessions in the islands in question to extend beyond the temporary occupation of the company; and any grant, concession, or license made by the company shall cease upon the termination of the company’s occupation. The United States Government, however, take note of the desire of His Majesty’s Government that the following titles to land in certain of the islands which were in good faith granted by the Government of North Borneo prior to the arrangement of 1907, be allowed to stand on the terms on which they were issued by that Government. PARTICULARS. Titles. Date of Alienation. Period Approximate total Acreage Boaan Island. 26 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 In perpetuity 146 acres Lihiman Island 7 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 “ “ 37 “ 1 Provisional Lease 2416 1. 6. 1907 999 years 13 “ ___ Total 50 “ ___ Langgad Island. 4 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 In perpetuity 12 “ Great Bakkunggaan. 3 Provisional Leases 26. 9. 1903 999 years 118 “ Fifthly. It is agreed that the United States Government shall be exempt from responsibility in respect of acts done in or from any of2203the islands in question the administration of which has not beenExchange of notes—Continued. transferred to the United States. Sixthly. The stipulations of the extradition treaties between the United States Government and His Majesty’s Government shall be applicable within the limits provided for in the exchange of notes which took place in Washington on September lst/23rd, 1913, to the islands in question and the United States Government take note of the importance which, in view of the proximity of the islands to North Borneo, the said company attach to the establishment and maintenance of an adequate police post thereon, in the event of the administration being transferred to the United States Government. Seventhly. In the event of the cession, sale, lease or transfer of the islands in question to any third party, the United States Government undertake to use their good offices in commending to the favourable consideration of such third party the desires expressed by His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom and the British North Borneo Company, as set out in the preceding articles of the present arrangement. I have the honour under instructions from His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to request you to be so good as to inform me whether the United States adhere to the terms of the arrangement above described and I shall be glad to receive an assurance from you at the time that this note will be considered by the United States Government as sufficient acceptance of the above arrangement on the part of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Esme Howard The Honourable Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D.C*. ————— The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the British Ambassador (Howard) Department of State, *Washington, January 2, 1930*. Excellency: In Your Excellency’s note of today’s date you stated that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom understands that the Government of the United States of America is prepared to conclude an arrangement in the following terms regarding certain islands off the coast of Borneo which have been administered by the British North Borneo Company in accordance with the arrangement effected by an exchange of notes between His Majesty’s Government and the Government of the United States of America on July 3 and July 10, 1907: Firstly. That the said company be left undisturbed in the administration of the islands in question unless or until the United States2204 Exchange of notes—Continued.Government give notice to His Majesty’s Government of its desire that the administration of the islands should be transferred to it. The transfer of administration shall be effected within one year after such notice is given on a day and in a manner to be mutually arranged. Secondly. That when the administration of any island is transferred in accordance with the foregoing the said Company will deliver to the United States Government all records relating to administration prior to the date of transfer. Thirdly. The United States of America shall not be responsible for the value of any buildings which have been or may be erected or other permanent improvements which have been or may be made in any island the administration of which is subject to transfer but any buildings or improvements erected or made by the administrative authorities prior to the transfer of administration may be removed provided the interests of the United States of America are not thereby injured. In the event, however, of the Island of Taganak being so transferred, the United States Government will give favorable consideration to the question of the compensation to be paid to the said company in respect of the capital expenditure incurred by the company in connection with the lighthouse situated on the island, and that the United States Government will provide for the future maintenance of the lighthouse. Fourthly. That such privilege of administration shall not carry with it territorial rights, such as those of making grants or concessions in the islands in question to extend beyond the temporary occupation of the company; and any grant, concession, or license made by the company shall cease upon the termination of the company’s occupation. The United States Government, however, takes note of the desire of His Majesty’s Government that the following titles to land in certain of the islands which were in good faith granted by the Government of North Borneo prior to the arrangement of 1907, be allowed to stand on the terms on which they were issued by that Government. PARTICULARS. Titles Date of Alienation. Period Approximate total acreage Boaan Island. 26 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 In perpetuity 146 acres Lihiman Island 7 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 “ “ 37 “ 1 Provisional Lease 2416 1. 6. 1907 999 years 13 “ ___ Total 50 “ ___ Langgad Island. 4 Natives Titles 1. 6. 1907 In perpetuity 12 “ Great Bakkunggaan. 3 Provisional Leases 26. 9. 1903 999 years 118 “ 2205 Fifthly. It is agreed that the United States Government shall beExchange of notes—Continued. exempt from responsibility in respect of acts done in or from any of the islands in question the administration of which has not been transferred to the United States. Sixthly. The stipulations of the extradition treaties between the United States Government and His Majesty’s Government shall be applicable within the limits provided for in the exchange of notes which took place in Washington on September 1st/23rd, 1913, to the islands in question and the United States Government takes note of the importance which, in view of the proximity of the islands to North Borneo, the said company attaches to the establishment and maintenance of an adequate police post thereon, in the event of the administration being transferred to the United States Government. Seventhly. In the event of the cession, sale, lease or transfer of the islands in question to any third party, the United States Government undertakes to use its good offices in commending to the favorable consideration of such third party the desires expressed by His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom and the British North Borneo Company, as set out in the preceding articles of the present arrangement. In reply to the inquiry made on behalf of Your Excellency’s Government in the last paragraph of your note of today’s date, I take pleasure in informing you that the Government of the United States of America adheres to the terms of the arrangement above described, and in assuring you that your note under acknowledgment is considered by the Government of the United States of America as sufficient acceptance of the arrangement on the part of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Henry Stimson His Excellency The Right Honorable Sir Esme Howard, *G.C.B., G.C.M.G., C.V.O., Ambassador of Great Britain*. The British Ambassador (Lindsay) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) No. 221 British Embassy, *Washington, D.C., July 6th, 1932* Sir, In the notes exchanged between the United States Government and His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom on January 2nd, 1930, constituting an arrangement regarding certain islands off the coast of Borneo which have been administered by the British North Borneo Company in accordance with the arrangement effected by an exchange of notes between His Majesty’s Government and the Government of the United States of America on July 3 and July 10,2206 Exchange of notes—Continued.1907, the United States Government took note of the desire of His Majesty’s Government that certain titles to land in certain of the islands which were in good faith granted by the Government of North Borneo prior to the arrangement of 1907, be allowed to stand on the terms on which they were issued by that Government. 2. His Majesty’s Government regret that the following title was inadvertently omitted from those included in the above arrangement:— Lihiman Island Date of Alienation Period Area Provisional Lease 1.6.1907 999 yrs. 13 acres No. 2417 0 roods 24 perches. 3. I have the honour under instructions from His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to request you to be so good as to inform me whether the United States Government will agree to regard this title as included in those mentioned in the arrangement concluded on January 2nd, 1930. 4. Should your Government agree to this extension of the above-mentioned arrangement, I should be glad to receive from you an assurance that this note will be considered by the United States Government as a sufficient confirmation thereof on the part of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, R. C. Lindsay The Honourable Henry L Stimson, *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D.C*. ————— The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the British Ambassador (Lindsay) Department of State, *Washington, July 6, 1932*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of this day’s date in which Your Excellency refers to the fact that in the notes exchanged between the Government of the United States of America and His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom on January 2nd, 1930, constituting an arrangement regarding certain islands off the coast of Borneo which have been administered by the British North Borneo Company in accordance with the arrangement effected by an exchange of notes between His Majesty’s Government and the Government of the United States on July 3 and July 10, 1907, the Government of the United States took note of the desire of His Majesty’s Government that certain titles to land in2207certain of the islands which were in good faith granted by the GovernmentExchange of notes—Continued. of North Borneo prior to the arrangement of 1907, be allowed to stand on the terms on which they were issued by that Government. In relation to this matter Your Excellency states that His Majesty’s Government regrets that the following title was inadvertently omitted from the list of land titles included in the above arrangement: Lihiman Island Date of Alienation Period Area Provisional Lease 1.6.1907 999 yrs. 13 acres No. 2417 0 roods 24 perches. Under instructions from His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs Your Excellency requests that I be so good as to inform you whether the Government of the United States will agree to regard this title as included in those mentioned in the arrangement concluded on January 2, 1930. In reply I am pleased to inform Your Excellency that the Government of the United States agrees to the extension of the arrangement of January 2, 1930, to include the above-mentioned title, and I take pleasure also in assuring Your Excellency that your note under acknowledgment is considered by the Government of the United States as a sufficient confirmation on the part of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of the aforesaid extension. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castle, Jr. His Excellency The Honohable Sir Ronald Lindsay, *P.C., G.C.M.G., K.C.B., G.V.O., British Ambassador*. 711.4115A/99 ————— Exchange of Notes Concerning the Administration and Lease of Certain Islands off the Coast of Borneo by the British North Borneo Company, Mentioned in the Exchanges of Notes of January 2, 1930, and July 6, 1932 The British Ambassador (Bryce) to the Secretary of State
(Root)N° 151 British Embassy, *Intervale, N.H. July 3. 1907* Sir, I have the honour to inform you that His Majesty’s Government, acting at the request and on behalf of the British North Borneo Company, are prepared to acquiesce in the last proposal stated in your2208 Exchange of notes—Continued.letter to Sir H. M. Durand of the 19th of December last, respecting the administration of certain islands on the East Coast of Borneo. I am therefore instructed by His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to place the proposed arrangement formally on record without further delay. His Majesty’s Government understand the terms of the arrangement to be as follows. " “Firstly: that the said Company be left undisturbed in the administration of the islands in question without any agreement specifying details, the United States Government simply waiving in favour of the said Company the right to such administration in the meantime, in other words, that the existing status be continued indefinitely at the pleasure of the two Governments concerned. “Secondly: that such privilege of administration shall not carry with it territorial rights, such as those of making grants or concessions in the islands in question to extend beyond the temporary occupation of the company; and any grant, concession or license, made by the company shall cease upon the termination of the company’s occupation. “Thirdly: That the temporary waiver of the right of administration on the part of the United States Government shall cover all the islands to the westward and southwestward of the line traced on the map which accompanied Sir H. M. Durand’s memorandum of the 23rd of June, 1906, and which is annexed to and to be deemed to form part of this Note. “Fourthly: That the British North Borneo Company, through His Majesty’s Government, shall agree to the exemption of the United States Government from any claim or allegation that the latter Government has incurred any responsibility in respect of acts done in or from any island within the said line. “Fifthly: That the understanding shall continue until the said two Governments may by Treaty delimit the boundary between their respective domains in that quarter, or until the expiry of one year from the date when notice of termination be given by either to the other. “Sixthly: That in case of denunciation, the United States Government shall not be responsible for the value of any buildings or other permanent improvements which may have been erected or made by the company upon the islands, but permission is hereby given to the company to remove, at its own expense, any buildings or improvements erected by it, provided the interests of the United States be not injured thereby.” " I have therefore the honour to request you to be so good as to inform me whether the United States adhere to the terms of the arrangement above described, and I shall be glad to receive an assurance from you at the same time that this Note will be considered by the United2209States Government as sufficient ratification of the above arrangementExchange of notes—Continued. on the part of His Majesty’s Government. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, your most obedient, humble Servant James Bryce The Honourable Elihu Root *etc., etc., etc*. The Acting Secretary of State (Bacon) to the British Ambassador (Bryce) 2160/6 No. 109 Department of State, * Washington, *July 10, 1907* .* Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note No. 151 of the 3rd instant, by which you inform me that His Majesty’s Government, acting at the request and in behalf of the British North Borneo Company, are prepared to acquiesce in the last proposal stated in the letter of December 19, 1906, from the Secretary of State to Sir H. M. Durand, respecting the administration of certain islands on the East Coast of Borneo, and that you are therefore instructed by His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to place the proposed arrangement formally on record without further delay. The understanding of His Majesty’s Government of the terms of the arrangement is stated by you to be as follows: " “Firstly: That the said Company be left undisturbed in the administration of the islands in question without any agreement specifying details, the United States Government simply waiving in favor of the said Company the right to such administration in the meantime, in other words, that the existing status be continued indefinitely at the pleasure of the two Governments concerned. “Secondly: That such privilege of administration shall not carry with it territorial rights, such as those of making grants or concessions in the islands in question to extend beyond the temporary occupation of the company; and any grant, concession or license, made by the company shall cease upon the termination of the company’s occupation. “Thirdly: That the temporary waiver of the right of administration on the part of the United States Government shall cover all the islands to the westward and southwestward of the line traced on the map which accompanied Sir H. M. Durand’s memorandum of the 23rd of June, 1906, and which is annexed to and to be deemed to form part of this note. “Fourthly: That the British North Borneo Company, through His Majesty’s Government, shall agree to the exemption of the United States Government from any claim or allegation that the latter Government has incurred any responsibility in respect of acts done in or from any island within the said line. 2210 “Fifthly: Exchange of notes—Continued. That the understanding shall continue until the said two Governments may by treaty delimit the boundary between their respective domains in that quarter or until the expiry of one year from the date when notice of termination be given by either to the other. “Sixthly: That in case of denunciation, the United States Government shall not be responsible for the value of any buildings or other permanent improvements which may have been erected or made by the company upon the islands; but permission is hereby given to the company to remove, at its own expense, any buildings or improvements erected by it, provided the interest of the United States be not injured thereby.” " The understanding of His Majesty’s Government as above recited agreeing with that of the United States, I have the honor formally to announce the adherence of the United States to the arrangement and the acceptance of your note as sufficient ratification of the arrangement on the part of His Majesty’s Government. I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, Your Excellency’s most obedient servant, Robert Bacon, *Acting Secretary*. His Excellency The Right Honorable James Bryce, *O.M., Ambassador of Great Britain*. ————— Exchange of Notes Providing for Extradition between the Philippine Islands or Guam and the State of North Borneo, Mentioned in the Exchange of Notes of January 2, 1930 The British Ambassador (Spring Bice) to the Secretary of State (Bryan) No. 231. British Embassy *Dublin, N.H. Sept. 1. 1913*. Sir. Under instructions from my government I have the honour to request you to be so good as to inform me whether the United States Government would be willing to enter into an arrangement with the Government of His Britannic Majesty by virtue of which fugitive offenders from the Philippine Islands or Guam to the State of North Borneo, or from the State of North Borneo to the Philippine Islands or Guam shall be reciprocally surrendered for offences specified in the existing Treaties of Extradition between the United States and his Britannic Majesty, so far as such offences are punishable both by the laws of the Philippine Islands or Guam and by the laws of the State of North Borneo. 2211 Should your government agree to this arrangement I should beExchange of notes—Continued. glad to receive from you an assurance that this note will be considered by the United States Government as a sufficient confirmation thereof on the part of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. I have the honour to be, With the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Cecil Spring Rice The Honourable, W. J. Bryan, *Secretary of State,* *etc., etc., etc*., ————— The Secretary of State (Bryan) to the British Ambassador (Spring Rice) No. 139. Department of State, *Washington, September 23, 1913*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note No. 231, of the 1st instant, in which, under instructions from your Government, you inquire whether the Government of the United States would be willing to enter into an arrangement with the Government of His Britannic Majesty by virtue of which fugitive offenders from the Philippine Islands or Guam to the State of North Borneo or from the State of North Borneo to the Philippine Islands or Guam shall be reciprocally surrendered for offenses specified in the existing treaties of extradition between the United States and His Britannic Majesty, so far as such offenses are punishable both by the laws of the Philippine Islands or Guam and by the laws of the State of North Borneo; and you ask that, in case the Government of the United States agrees to this arrangement, you receive from me an assurance that your note will be considered by the Government of the United States as a sufficient confirmation thereof on the part of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. In reply I am happy to state that the Government of the United States agrees to the arrangement between the Government of the United States and the Government of His Britannic Majesty by which it is understood that fugitive offenders from the Philippine Islands or Guam to British North Borneo and from British North Borneo to the Philippine Islands or Guam shall be reciprocally delivered up for offenses specified in the extradition treaties between the United States and His Britannic Majesty’s Government so far as such offenses are punishable both by the laws of the Philippine Islands or Guam and by the laws of British North Borneo; and accepts Your Excellency’s note as a sufficient confirmation of the arrangement on the part of His Britannic Majesty’s Government. 2212 Exchange of notes—Continued.Accordingly, the Government of the United States understands the arrangement to be completed by this present note and to be in full force and effect from and after September 23, 1913. I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, Your Excellency’s obedient servant, W. J. Bryan. His Excellency Sir Cecil Arthur Spring-Rice, Ambassador of Great Britain. 211.41/15 June 27, 1930 Treaty 47 Stat. 2213 2213 ARBITRATION TREATY—CHINA. JUNE 27, 1930 *Arbitration treaty between the United States of America and China.June 27, 1930. Signed at Washington, June 27, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate December 10, 1930; ratified by the President, December 20, 1930; ratified by China, September 9, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, December 15, 1932; proclaimed, December 20, 1932.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a treaty of arbitration between the United States ofArbitration with China.Preamble. America and the Republic of China was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-seventh day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which treaty, being in the English, Chinese and French languages, is word for word as follows. 2214 Contracting Powers.The United States of America and the Republic of China, Purpose declared.Determined to prevent so far as in their power lies any interruption in the peaceful relations now happily existing between the two nations; Desirous of reaffirming their adherence to the policy of submitting to impartial decision all justiciable controversies that may arise between them; and Eager by their example not only to demonstrate their condemnation of war as an instrument of national policy in their mutual relations, but also to hasten the time when the perfection of international arrangements for the pacific settlement of international disputes shall have eliminated forever the possibility of war among any of the Powers of the world; Contracting Powers.Les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la République de Chine, Purpose declared.Résolus à prévenir autant qu’il est en leur pouvoir toute interruption dans les relations pacifiques heureusement existant entre les deux nations; Désireux d’affirmer de nouveau leur adhésion à la politique consistant à soumettre à une décision impartiale toutes contestations susceptibles de décisions judiciaires qui viendraient à s’élever entre eux; et Soucieux, par leur exemple, non seulement de manifester que, dans leurs relations réciproques, ils condamnent la guerre comme instrument de politique nationale, mais encore de hâter le moment où la conclusion d’accords internationaux pour le règlement pacifique des conflits entre les Etats aura écarté pour toujours les possibilités de guerre entre les nations du monde; 2215 2216 Plenipotentiaries.Have decided to conclude a treaty of arbitration and for that purpose they have appointed as their respective Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Mr. Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The President of the National Government of the Republic of China: Mr. Chao-Chu Wu, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Republic of China to the United States of America; Who, having communicated to one another their full powers found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Plenipotentiaries.Ont décidé de conclure un traité d’arbitrage et à ces fins ont désigné pour leurs plénipotentiaires respectifs, savoir: Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: M. Henry L. Stimson, Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique; et Le Président du Gouvernement national de la République de Chine: M. Chao-Chu Wu, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de la République de Chine aux Etats-Unis d’Amériq ue; Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: 2217 2218 Article I International differences not adjusted by diplomacy, nor by Permanent International Commission, referred to Permanent Court of Arbitration.All differences relating to international matters in which the High Contracting Parties are concerned by virtue of a claim of right made by one against the other under treaty or otherwise, which it has not been possible to adjust by diplomacy, which have not been adjusted as a result of reference to the Permanent International Commission constituted pursuant to the treaty signed at Vol. 38, p. 1887.Washington September 15, 1914, and which are justiciable in their nature by reason of being susceptible of decision by the application of the principles of law or equity, shall be submitted to the Permanent Court of Arbitration established at The Hague by the Convention Vol. 36, p. 2221.of October 18, 1907, or to some other competent tribunal, Article I International differences not adjusted by diplomacy, nor by Permanent International Commission, referred to Permanent Court of Arbitration.Tous différends concernant des affaires internationales dans lesquelles les Hautes Parties Contractantes se trouvent engagées par suite de la prétention d’un droit allégué par l’une à l’encontre de l’autre en vertu d’un traité ou autrement, qui n’auront pu être réglés par la voie diplomatique, non plus que par l’application du recours à la Commission permanente internationale constituée Vol. 38, p. 1887.conformément au traité signé à Washingtonie 15 Septembre 1914, et qui en raison de leur nature susceptible d’une décision appliquant les principes du droit et de l’équité, peuvent être jugés, seront soumis à la Cour permanente d’arbitrage établie à La Haye par Vol. 36, p. 2221.la Convention du 18 Octobre 1907 ou à un autre tribunal compétent, 2219 2220 Special agreement.as shall be decided in each case by special agreement, which special agreement shall provide, if necessary, for the organization of such tribunal, shall define its powers, shall state the question or questions at issue, and shall settle the terms of reference. The special agreement in each case shall be made on the part of the United States of America by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and on the part of China in accordance with its constitutional law. Article II Subjects not included.The provisions of this treaty shall not be invoked in respect of any dispute the subject matter of which a) is within the domestic jurisdiction of either of the High Contracting Parties; b) involves the interests of third Parties; Special agreement.ce qui sera décidé dans chaque cas par accord spécial: cet accord spécial pourvoira à l’organisation dudit tribunal s’il est nécessaire, définira ses pouvoirs, exposera la question ou les questions en litige et déterminera la question à résoudre. L’accord spécial dans chaque cas sera conclu en ce qui concerne les Etats-Unis d’Amérique par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des Etats-Unis et en ce qui concerne la Chine en conformité de sa loi constitutionnelle. Article II Subjects not included.Les dispositions du présent traité ne pourront pas être invoquées en ce qui concerne les différends dont l’objet: a) relève de la juridiction nationale de l’une ou de l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes; b) touche aux intérêts de tierces puissances; 2221 2222 c) depends upon or involves the maintenance of the traditional attitude of the United States concerning American questions, commonly described as the Monroe Doctrine; d) depends upon or involves the observance of the obligations of China in accordance with the Covenant of the League of Nations. Article III Ratification.The present treaty, in English, Chinese and French, shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the National Government of the Republic of China in accordance with Chinese constitutional law. The English and Chinese texts shall have equal force, but in case of divergence the French text shall prevail. Exchange of ratifications.The ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible, and the treaty shall take effect c) dépend du maintien ou touche au maintien de l’attitude traditionnelle des Etats-Unis d’Amérique dans les affaires américaines, communément connue sous le nom de doctrine de Monroe; d) dépend de l’observation ou touche à l’observation des engagements de la Chine en conformité du Pacte de la Société des Nations. Article III Ratification.Le présent traité, en anglais, en chinois, et en français, sera ratifié par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur et avec l’avis et le consentement. du Sénat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et par le Gouvernement national de la République de Chine en conformité de la loi constitutionnelle chinoise. Les textes anglais et chinois feront également foi, mais en cas de divergence le texte français prévaudra. Exchange of ratifications.Les ratifications seront échangées à Washington aussitôt que faire se pourra et le traité prendra effet 2223 2224 Duration.on the date of the exchange of ratifications. It shall thereafter remain in force continuously unless and until terminated by one year’s written notice given by either High Contracting Party to the other. Signatures.In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this treaty, in duplicate, in the English, Chinese and French languages, and hereunto affixed their seals. Duration.à la date de l’échange des ratifications. Il restera ensuite en vigueur sans limite de durée. Toutefois il pourra être dénoncé Êar écrit par l’une ou l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes et dans ce cas il cessera ses effets à l’expiration du délai d’un an à dater de la dénonciation. Signatures.En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent traité dressé en deux exemplaires, l’un et l’autre en anglais, en chinois et en français, et y ont apposé leurs cachets. 2225 2226 Done at Washington this 27th day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, corresponding to the 27th day of the sixth month of the nineteenth year of the Republic of China. Fait à Washington le 27 juin mil neuf cent trente, correspondant au 27 du sixième mois de l’an dixneuf de la République de Chine. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] Chao-Chu Wu 2227 And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratifications exchanged. and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the fifteenth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twentieth day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. July 5, 1930 Convention 47 Stat. 2228 2228 INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CONVENTION. JULY 5, 1930. *July 5, 1930.Convention and final protocol between the United States of America and other powers establishing load lines to ships of international voyage with final act of the international load line conference and exchanges of notes. Signed at London, July 5, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, February 37, 1931; ratified by the President, May 1, 1931; ratification of the United States deposited at London, June 10, 1931; proclaimed, January 5, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Proclamation of the President. Whereas a convention establishing uniform principles and rules with regard to the limits to which ships on international voyages may be loaded was signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and certain other countries, at London on July 5, 1930, the original of which convention in the English and French languages, as certified by the Foreign Office in London, is word for word as follows: **INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CONVENTION.1[1 Except as otherwise noted, corrections embodied in bracketed footnotes to the text of the convention and its annexes, the final protocol, and the final act are based on the list of errata which accompanied the certified copy furnished by the British Foreign Office. A few minor errata indicated in that list as present in the English text of the convention and its annexes and the final protocol were corrected in the text which was sent to the Senate, approved by it, and proclaimed by the President; these corrections are therefore here incorporated without indication. In view of the foregoing, the list of errata is not here printed as a whole.]** PREAMBLE. International Load Line Convention.Preamble. The Governments of Germany, the Commonwealth of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Cuba, Denmark, the Free City of Danzig, Spain, the Irish Free State, the United States of America, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Greece, India, Iceland, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Mexico, Norway, New Zealand, Paraguay, the Netherlands, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Sweden, Purposes.and the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics; desiring to promote safety of life and property at sea by establishing in common agreement uniform principles and rules with regard to the limits to which ships on international voyages may be loaded, have resolved to conclude a Convention for that purpose and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries.Plenipotentiaries:— **The Government of Germany:** Mr. Gustav Koenigs, Ministerialdirigent in the Reichsverkehrs-ministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. 2229 **CONVENTION INTERNATIONALE SUR LES LIGNES DE CHARGE.** PRÉAMBULE. Les Gouvernements d’Allemagne, du Commonwealth d’Australie, de Belgique, du Canada, du Chili, de Cuba, de Danemark, de la Ville Libre de Dantzig, d’Espagne, de i’État Libre d’Irlande, des États-Unis d’Amérique, de Finlande, de la France, du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, de Grèce, de l’Inde, d’Islande, d’Italie, du Japon, de Lettonie, du Mexique, de Norvège, de la Nouvelle-Zélande, du Paraguay, des Pays-Bas, du Pérou, de Pologne, de Portugal, de Suède, et de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes; étant désireux d’établir d’un commun accord des principes et des règlements à l’effet de sauvegarder la vie humaine et la propriété en mer en ce qui concerne les limites d’immersion auxquelles il sera licite de charger les navires affectés à des voyages internationaux, ont décidé de conclure une Convention à cet effet et ont nommé pour leurs plénipotentiaires: **Le Gouvernement d’Allemagne:** M. Gustav Koenigs, Ministerialdirigent au Reichsverkehrs-ministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. 2230 Plenipotentiaries— Continued.Mr. Arthur Werner, Ministerialrat in the Reichsverkehrs-ministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. Professor Walter Laas, Director of the “Germanischer Lloyd” Classification Society, Berlin. Mr. Karl Sturm, Verwaltungsdirector of the See-Berufsge-nossenschaft, Hamburg. **The Government of the Commonwealth of Australia:** Captain Henry Priaulx Cayley, Royal Australian Navy, Commonwealth Naval Representative in London. Mr. Vincent Cyril Duffy, Australia House. **The Government of Belgium:** Mr. Raoul F. Grimard, Naval Engineer, Technical Adviser to the Central Naval Department. **The Government of Canada:** Mr. Alexander Johnston, Deputy Minister of Marine. **The Government of Chile:** Lieut.-Commander Constructor Oscar Bunster, Member of the Chilian Naval Commission in London. **The Government of Cuba:** Mr. Guillermo Patterson, Cuban Minister in London. **The Government of Denmark:** Mr. Emil Krogh, Assistant Secretary in the Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Mr. Aage H. Larsen, Naval Architect and Engineer in Chief to the Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Mr. J. A. Körbing, Director of the “Forenede Dampskibs-selskab,” Copenhagen. Captain H. P. Hagelberg, Chairman of the Association of Danish Shipmasters. Mr. Erik Jacobsen, Trade Union Manager. **The Government of the Free City of Danzig:** Mr. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell, Commercial Counsellor, Polish Legation, London. Mr. Waldemar Sieg, Commercial Counsellor. **The Government of Spain :** Mr. Octaviano Martinez-Barca, Engineer, Spanish Navy. **The Government of the Irish Free State:** Mr. J. W. Dulanty, Commissioner for Trade for the Irish Free State in Great Britain. Mr. T. J. Hegarty, Ship Surveyor, Transport and Marine Branch, Department of Industry and Commerce. **The Government of the United States of America:** Mr. Herbert B. Walker, President of the American Steamship Owners’ Association. Mr. David Arnott, Chief Surveyor, American Bureau of Shipping. 2231 M. Arthur Werner, Ministerialrat au Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. M. le Professeur Walter Laas, Directeur de la Société de Classification “Germanischer Lloyd,” Berlin. M. Karl Sturm, Directeur gérant de la See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Hambourg. **Le Gouvernement du Commonwealth d’Australie:** M. le Capitaine de vaisseau Henry Priaulx Cayley, Royal Australian Navy, Attaché naval du Commonwealth d’Australie à Londres. M. Vincent Cyril Duffy, Australia House. **Le Gouvernement de Belgique:** M. Raoul F. Grimard, Ingénieur naval, Conseiller technique à l’Administration Centrale de la Marine. **Le Gouvernement du Canada:** M. Alexander Johnston, Sous-Ministre de la Marine Marchande. **Le Gouvernement du Chili:** M. le Capitaine de corvette Oscar Bunster, Constructeur naval, Membre de la Commission navale du Chili à Londres. **Le Gouvernement de Cuba:** M. Guillermo Patterson, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Londres. **Le Gouvernement de Danemark:** M. Emil Krogh, Chef de Bureau au Ministère de la Navigation et de la Pêche. M. Aage H. Larsen, Ingénieur-constructeur au Ministère de la Navigation et de la Pêche. M. J. A. Körbing, Directeur de la compagnie d’armement “det Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhague. M. le Capitaine H. P. Hagelberg, Président de l’Association danoise des Capitaines de la Marine Marchande. M. Erik Jacobsen, Gérant de Syndicat. **Le Gouvernement de la Ville Libre de Dantzig:** M. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell, Conseiller commercial à l’Ambassade polonaise à Londres. M. Waldemar Sieg, Conseiller commercial. **Le Gouvernement d’Espagne:** M. Octaviano Martinez-Barca, Ingénieur de la Marine. **Le Gouvernement de l’État Libre d’Irlande:** M. J. W. Dulanty, Commissaire pour le commerce de l’État Libre d’Irlande en Grande-Bretagne. M. T. J. Hegarty, Expert de navire au Département du Trans-port et de la Marine, Ministère de l’industrie et du Commerce. **Le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique;** M. Herbert B. Walker, Président de l’Association américaine des Armateurs de N avires à vapeur. M. David Arnott, American Bureau of Shipping. 2232 Plenipotentlartes— Continued.Mr. Laurens Prior, Bureau of Navigation, Department of Commerce. Mr. Howard C. Towle, National Council of American Ship-builders. Mr. Samuel D. McComb, Marine Office of America. Captain Albert F. Pillsbury, Pillsbury and Curtis, San Francisco. Mr. Robert F. Hand, Vice-President Standard Shipping Company, New York. Mr. James Kennedy, General Manager, Marine Department, Gulf Refining Company, New York. Mr. H. W. Warley, Vice-President Ore Steamship Corporation, New York. Rear-Admiral John G. Tawresey, C.C., United States Navy (Retired). United States Shipping Board. **The Government of Finland:** Mr. A. H. Saastamoinen, Finnish Minister in London. Commander Birger Brandt, Finnish Shipmasters’ Association. **The Government of France:** Mr. André Maurice Haarbleicher, Naval Construction Corps, Director of the Departments of the Mercantile Fleet and of Naval Material at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Mr. René Hippolyte Joseph Lindemann, Assistant Director of the Department of Marine Labour and of the Accountants’ Department at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Mr. Jean Henri Théophile Marie, Naval Construction Corps, Assistant to the Director of the Departments of the Mercantile Fleet and of Naval Material at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Mr. A. H. A. de Berlhe, Deputy Manager of the Bureau Veritas. **The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland:** Sir Henry F. Oliver, Admiral of the Fleet, Royal Navy. Captain F. W. Bate, Professional Officer, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Mr. A. J. Daniel, Principal Ship Surveyor, Board of Trade. Captain J. T. Edwards, Master Mariner (Retired). Sir Ernest W. Glover, Chamber of Shipping of the United Kingdom. Sir Norman Hill, Chairman, Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee, Board of Trade. Sir Charles Hipwood, Board of Trade. Mr. J. Foster King, Chief Surveyor to the British Corporation Register of Shipping and Aircraft. Dr. J. Montgomerie, Chief Ship Surveyor to Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. 2233 M. Laurens Prior, Bureau de la Navigation, Service du Commerce. M. Howard C. Towle, Conseil national des Armateurs américains. M. Samuel D. McComb, Marine Office of America. M. le Capitaine Albert F. Pillsbury, de la maison Pillsbury et Curtis, San Francisco. M. Robert F. Hand, Vice-Président Standard Shipping Company, New-York. M. James Kennedy, Directeur gérant, Section de la Navigation, Gulf Refining Company, New York. M. H. W. Warley, Vice-Président Ore Steamship Corporation, New-York. M. le Contre-Amiral en retraite John G. Tawresey, C.C., de la Marine des États-Unis, United States Shipping Board. **Le Gouvernement de Finlande:** M. A. H. Saastamoinen, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Londres. M. le Capitaine de frégate Birger Brandt, Association finlandaise des capitaines de navire. **Le Gouvernement de la France:** M. André Maurice Haarbleicher, Ingénieur en Chef de 1ère Classe du Génie Maritime, Directeur des Services de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel Naval au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. M. René Hippolyte Joseph Lindemann, Directeur-adjoint des Services du Travail Maritime et de la Comptabilité au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. M. Jean Henri Théophile Marie, Ingénieur principal du Génie Maritime, Adjoint au Directeur des Services de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel Naval au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. M. A. H. A. de Berlhe, Administrateur-Délégué du Bureau Véritas. **Le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord:** Sir Henry F. Oliver, Admirai of the Fleet, Royal Navy. M. le Capitaine F. W. Bate, Conseiller nautique du Service de la Manne Marchande, Board of Trade. M. A. J. Daniel, Expert principal de navire, Board of Trade. M. le Capitaine John Thomas Edwards, Capitaine au long cours en retraite. Sir Ernest W. Glover, Chambre de la Navigation du Royaume-Uni. Sir Norman Hill, Président du Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee, Board of Trade. Sir Charles Hipwood, Board of Trade. M. J. Foster King, Inspecteur en Chef au British Corporation Register of Shipping and Aircraft. M. le Dr. J. Montgomerie, Expert en chef de navire au Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. 2234 Plenipotentiaries— Continued.Sir Charles J. O. Sanders, Chairman, Load-Line Committee, 1927–1929. Mr. William Robert Spence, General Secretary, National Union of Seamen. Captain A Spencer, Master Mariner (Retired). **The Government of Greece:** Mr. Nicolas G. Lely, Consul-General for Greece in London. **The Government of India:** Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett, Late Secretary to the Government of India, Commerce Department. Mr. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless, Chairman of Scindia Steamships (London) Ltd. Captain Kavas Ookerjee, Marine Superintendent, Scindia Steam Navigation Company, Ltd., Bombay. Engineer-Commander John Sutherland Page, Royal Indian Marine, late Principal Engineer and Ship Surveyor, Government of Bengal. **The Government of Iceland:** Mr. Emil Krogh, Assistant Secretary to the Danish Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Mr. Aage H. Larsen, Naval Architect and Engineer in Chief to the Danish Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Mr. J. A. Körbing, Director of the “Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhagen. Captain H. P. Hagelberg, Chairman of the Association of Danish Shipmasters. Mr. Erik Jacobsen, Trade Union Manager, Denmark. **The Government of Italy:** General Giulio Ingianni, General Director of the Mercantile Marine. Admiral Giuseppe Cantù, Admiral of Division, Technical Inspector of the Mercantile Marine. Professor Torquato Giannini, Counsellor for Emigration in the Italian Foreign Office. **The Government of Japan:** Mr. Shoichi Nakayama, First Class Secretary of Embassy, London. Mr. Sukefumi Iwai, Expert in the Local Administration Office of Communications. **The Government of Latvia:** Mr. Arturs Ozols, Director of the Marine Department. Captain Andrejs Lonfelds, Latvian Shipowners’ Society. **The Government of Mexico:** Mr. Gustavo Luders de Negri, Consul-General for Mexico in London. 2235 Sir Charles J. O. Sanders, Président du Load Line Committee, 1927–1929. M. William Robert Spence, Secrétaire-Général de 1’Union Nationale des Marins. M. le Capitaine A. Spencer, Capitaine au long cours en retraite. **Le Gouvernement de Grèce:** M. Nicolas G. Lely, Consul général de Grèce à Londres. **Le Gouvernement de l’Inde:** Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett, Secrétaire en retraite du Département du Commerce du Gouvernement de l’Inde. M. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless, Président de la Scindia Steamships (London), Limited. M. le Capitaine Kavas Ookerjee, Inspecteur du navire de la Scindia Steam N avigation Company, Limited, Bombay. M. l’ingénieur capitaine de frégate John Sutherland Page, Marine royale indienne, ingénieur en chef et expert de navire en retraite au gouvernement du Bengale. **Le Gouvernement d’Islande:** M. Emil Krogh, Chef de Bureau au Ministère Danois de la Navigation et de la Pêche. M. Aage H. Larsen, Ingénieur-constructeur au Ministère Danois de la Navigation et de la Pêche. M. J. A. Körbing, Directeur de la compagnie d’armement “det Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhague. M. le Capitaine H. P. Hagelberg, Président de l’Association danoise des Capitaines de la Marine Marchande. M. Erik Jacobsen, Gérant de Syndicat, Danemark. **Le Gouvernement d’Italie:** M. le Général Giulio Ingianni, Directeur général de la Marine Marchande. M. l’Amiral de Division Giuseppe Cantù, Inspecteur technique de la Marine Marchande. M. le Professeur Torquato Giannini, Conseiller d’Émigration au Ministère des Affaires Étrangères. **Le Gouvernement du Japon:** M. Shoichi Nakayama, Secrétaire d’Ambassade de première class. M. Sukefumi Iwai, Expert au Bureau d’Administration locale des Communications. **Le Gouvernement de Lettonie:** M. Arturs Ozols, Directeur du Département de la Marine Marchande. M. le Capitaine Andrejs Lonfelds, de l’Association des Armateurs lettonais. **Le Gouvernement du Mexique:** M. Gustavo Luders de Negri, Consul général du Mexique à Londres. 2236 Plenipotentiarles—Continued. **The Government of Norway:** Mr. Erling Bryn, Director of the Department of Shipping, Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Mr. Johan Schönheyder, Surveyor-in-Chief in the Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Dr. J. Bruhn, Director of the Norwegian Veritas. Mr. J. Hysing Olsen, Shipowner. Mr. Eivind Tonnesen, Managing Director of the Norwegian Shipmasters’ Association. Mr. A. Birkeland, President of the Norwegian Sailors’ and Firemen’s Union. **The Government of New Zealand:** Sir Thomas Mason Wilford, High Commissioner for New Zealand in London. Sir Charles Holdsworth, Managing Director of the Union Steamship Company of New Zealand, Ltd. **The Government of Paraguay:** Dr. Horacio Carísimo, Chargé d’Affaires in London. **The Government of the Netherlands:** Vice-Admiral (retired) C. Fock, Inspector-General of Navigation, Chairman of the Freeboard Assigning Commission. Mr. A. van Driel, Naval Architect, Adviser on Naval Architecture to the Shipping Inspection Service, Member and Secretary of the Freeboard Assigning Commission. Mr. J. Bräutigam, Chairman of the Netherlands Union of Transport Workers, Member of the Second Chamber of the States-General. Mr. J. W. Langeler, Inspector of Shipping, Dutch East Indies. Mr. J. Rypperda Wierdsma, Chairman of the Holland-America Line. Captain G. L. Heeris, Secretary of the Netherlands Ship-owners’ Association. **The Government of Pern:** Captain Manuel D. Faura, Naval Attaché in London. **The Government of Poland:** Mr. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell, Commercial Counsellor, Polish Embassy, London. Mr. Boguslaw Bagniewski, Counsellor, Ministry of Industry and Trade, Warsaw. **The Government of Portugal:** Mr. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello, Minister Plenipotentiary; Head of the Economic Section of the Portuguese Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Captain Carlos Theodoro da Costa, Naval Architect. 2237 **Le Gouvernement de Norvège:** M. Erling Bryn, Directeur du Département de la Navigation au Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation. M. Johan Schönheyder, Expert en chef au Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation. M. le Dr. J. Bruhn, Directeur du “Norske Veritas.”.. M. J. Hysing Olsen, Armateur. M. Eivind Tonnesen, Directeur gérant de l’Association norvé-gienne des capitaines de navire. M. A. Birkeland, Président de l’Union norvégienne des Marins et des Chauffeurs. **Le Gouvernement de la Nouvelle-Zélande:** Sir Thomas Mason Wilford, Haut Commissaire de la Nouvelle-Zélande à Londres. Sir Charles Holdsworth, Directeur gérant de l’Union Steam-ship Company of New Zealand, Limited. **Le Gouvernement du Paraguay:** M. le Dr. Horacio Carísimo, Chargé d’Affaires à Londres. **Le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas:** M. le Vice-Amiral en retraite C. Fock, Inspecteur-général de la Navigation; Président de la Commission pour la fixa-tion du franc-bord minimum des navires. M. l’ingénieur A. van Driel, Conseil des constructions navales près l’inspection de la navigation; membre et secrétaire de la commission pour la fixation du minimum franc-bord des navires. M. J. Bräutigam, Président de la Ligue Centrale des Ouvriers du Transport; membre de la Seconde Chambre des Etats-Généraux. M. J. W. Langeler, du service de la navigation aux Indes néerlandaises. M. J. Rypperda Wierdsma, Président-directeur de la Société Anonyme de Navigation dite “Holland-Amerika Lijn.”. M. le Capitaine G. L. Heeris, Secrétaire de l’Association des armateurs néerlandais. **Le Gouvernement du Pérou:** M. le Capitaine Manuel D. Faura, Attaché Naval à Londres. **Le Gouvernement de Pologne:** M. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell, Conseiller commercial à l’Ambassade polonaise à Londres. M. Boguslaw Bagniewski, Conseiller au Ministère de l’industrie et du Commerce, Varsovie. **Le Gouvernement de Portugal:** M. Thomaz Ribiero de Mello, Ministre plénipotentiaire; Chef de la Section Économique au Ministère des Affaires Étrangères portugais. M. le Capitaine de corvette Carlos Théodore da Costa, Constructeur naval.2[2 According to a note, No. 49 of Feb. 8, 1932, from the British Ambassador at Washington to the Secretary of State, “M. le Capitaine de corvette Carlos Theodore da Costa, Constructeur naval”. should read “M. le Capitaine de frégate Carlos Theodoro da Costa, Ingénieur naval.”.] 2238 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. **The Government of Sweden:** Baron Erik Kule Palmstierna, Swedish Minister in London. Mr. Per Axel Lindblad, Assistant Under-Secretary in the Board of Trade. Captain Erik Axel Fredrik Eggert, Maritime Expert to the Social Board. **The Government of the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics:** Mr. Dimitri Bogomoloff, Counsellor of the Soviet Embassy in London. Who, having communicated their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— CHAPTER I.— PRELIMINARY. Preliminary. Article 1. General Obligation of Convention. General obligation. Effective regulations by Contracting Powers.Vol. 45, p. 1492; [U. S. C., Supp. VI, p. 809](/us/usc/p809).So that the load lines prescribed by this Convention shall be observed, the Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to the provisions of this Convention, to promulgate all regulations, and to take all other steps which may be necessary to give this Convention full and complete effect. Annexes, force and effect.The provisions of this Convention are completed by Annexes, which have the same force and take effect at the same time as this Convention. Every reference to this Convention implies at the same time a reference to the Rules annexed thereto. Article 2. Scope of Convention. 1. Scope. This Convention applies to all ships engaged on international voyages, which belong to countries the Governments of which are *Post*, p. 2254.Contracting Governments, or to territories to which this Convention Exceptions.is applied under Article 21, except— (*a*) ships of war; ships solely engaged in fishing; pleasure yachts and ships not carrying cargo or passengers; (*b*) ships of less than 150 tons gross. 2. International voyages between near neighboring ports. Ships when engaged on international voyages between the near neighbouring ports of two or more countries may be exempted by the Administration to which such ships belong from the provisions of this Convention, so long as they shall remain in such trades, if the Governments of the countries in which such ports are situated shall be satisfied that the sheltered nature and conditions of such 2239 **Le Gouvernement de Suède:** M. le Baron Erik Kule Palmstierna, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Londres. M. Per Axel Lindblad, Chef de Section à l’Administration Centrale du Commerce. M. le Capitaine Erik Axel Fredrik Eggert, Expert pour les Affaires Maritimes de l’Administration Royale du Travail et de la Prévoyance Sociale. **Le Gouvernement de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes:** M. Dimitri Bogomoloff, Conseiller à l’Ambassade de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes à Londres. Qui, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: CHAPITRE I.— PRÉLIMINAIRES. Article 1. Obligation Générale de la Convention. Afin que les lignes de charge prescrites par la présente Convention soient observées les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à appliquer les dispositions de cette Convention, à édicter tous règlements et à prendre toutes autres mesures propres à lui faire produire son plein et entier effet. Les dispositions de la présente Convention sont complétées par un Règlement contenu dans l’Annexe I qui a 3[3Au lieu de “un Règlement contenu dans l’Annexe I qui a” mettre “des annexes qui ont.”] la même valeur et entre en vigueur en même temps que la présente Convention. Toute référence à la présente Convention implique référence simultanée au Règlement y annexé. Article 2. Champ d’Application de la Convention. 1. Les dispositions de la présente Convention s’appliquent à tous les navires qui effectuent des voyages internationaux et qui appartiennent à un pays dont le Gouvernement est un Gouvernement contractant ou à des territoires auxquels la Convention s’applique en vertu des dispositions de l’Artide 21 à l’exception: (*a*) des navires de guerre; des navires uniquement affectés à la pêche; des yachts de plaisance et des navires qui ne transportent m cargaison ni passagers; (*b*) des navires de moins de 150 tonneaux de jauge brute. 2. Les navires pourront être exemptés des prescriptions de la présente Convention par l’Administration du Gouvernement contractant dont ils relèvent, lorsqu’ils seront affectés à un trafic dans des voyages internationaux entre des ports proches de deux ou plusieurs pays, tant qu’ils demeureront affectés à ce trafic et si les Gouvernements des pays dans lesquels ces ports sont situés 2240 voyages between such ports make it unreasonable or impracticable to apply the provisions of this Convention to ships engaged in such trades. 3. Effect of existing agreements. All agreements and arrangements relating to load line or matters appertaining thereto at present in force between Contracting Governments shall continue to have full and complete effect during the terms thereof as regards— (*a*) ships to which this Convention does not apply; (*b*) ships to which this Convention applies in respect of matters for which it has not expressly provided. To the extent, however, that such agreements or arrangements conflict with the provisions of this Convention, the provisions of this Convention shall prevail. Subject to any such agreement or arrangement— (*a*) all ships to which this Convention does not apply; and (*b*) all matters which are not expressly provided for in this Convention; shall remain subject to the legislation of each Contracting Government to the same extent as if this Convention had not been made. Article 3. Definitions. Definitions.In this Convention, unless expressly provided otherwise— (*a*) a ship is regarded as belonging to a country if it is registered by the Government of that country; (*b*) the expression “Administration” means the Government of the country to which the ship belongs; (*c*) an “international voyage” is a voyage from a country to which this Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely, and for this purpose, every colony, overseas territory, protectorate or territory under suzerainty or mandate is regarded as a separate country; (*d*) Post, pp. 2264. 2350. the expression “Rules” means the Rules contained in Annexes I, II and III; (*e*) a “new ship” is a ship, the keel of which is laid on or after the 1st July, 1932, all other ships being regarded as existing ships. (*f*) the expression “steamer” includes any vessel propelled by machinery. Article 4. Cases of “Force Majeure.” “Force Majeure.” No ship, which is not subject to the provisions of this Convention at the time of its departure on any voyage, shall become subject to 2241 reconnaissent que les voyages sont effectués dans des parages abrités et dans des conditions telles qu’il n’est ni raisonnable ni possible d’appliquer aux dits navires les prescriptions de la présente Convention. 3. Tous les accords et arrangements qui concernent les lignes de charge ou les questions s’y rapportant et qui sont actuellement en vigueur entre les Gouvernements contractants conserveront leur plein et entier effet pendant la durée desdits accords et arrangements en ce qui concerne: (*a*) les navires auxquels la présente Convention ne s’applique pas; (*b*) les navires auxquels la présente Convention s’applique mais seulement pour les points qui n’y ont pas été expressément prévus. Dans la mesure où, cependant, de tels accords ou arrangements seraient en opposition avec les prescriptions de la présente Convention, les dispositions de celleci devront prévaloir. Sous réserve de tels accords ou arrangements: (*a*) tous les narices auxquels la présente Convention ne s’applique pas; (*b*) toutes les questions qui ne font pas l’objet de prescriptions expresses dans la présente Convention; resteront soumis à la législation de chaque Gouvernement contractant dans la même mesure que si la présente Convention n’était pas intervenue. Article 3. Définitions. Dans la présente Convention à moins d’indications expresses contraires: (*a*) un navire est considéré comme appartenant à un pays s’il est immatriculé par le Gouvernement de ce pays; (*b*) l’expression “Administration” signifie le Gouvernement du pays auquel le navire appartient; (*c*) un “voyage international” est un voyage effectué entre un pays auquel la présente Convention s’applique et un port situé en dehors de ce pays, ou inversement, et à cet effet, chaque colonie, territoire d’outre mer, protectorat ou territoire placé sous suzeraineté ou mandat est considéré comme un pays distinct; (*d*) l’expression “Règles” désigne les règles contenues dans les Annexes I, II et III; (*e*) un “navire neuf” est un navire dont la quille sera posée le 1er juillet 1932 ou postérieurement. Tous les autres navires sont considérés comme des navires existants; (*f*) l’expression “vapeur” comprend tout navire mû par une machine. Article 4. Cas de “Force majeure.” Si au moment de son départ pour un voyage quelconque un navire n’est pas soumis aux prescriptions de la présente Convention, il ne 2242 the provisions of this Convention on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other cause of *force majeure*. In applying the provisions of this Convention, the Administration shall give due consideration to any deviation or delay caused to any ship owing to stress of weather or to any other cause of *force majeure*. CHAPTER II.— LOAD LINE: SURVEY AND MARKING. Load line: survey and marking Article 5. General Provisions. General provisions.No ship to which this Convention applies shall proceed to sea on an international voyage after the date on which this Convention comes into force, unless the ship, being— A—New ship. a new ship, (*a*) *Post*, p. 2264. has been surveyed in accordance with the provisions of Annex I; (*b*) *Post*, p. 2270. complies with the provisions of Part II of Annex I; and (*c*) has been marked in accordance with the provisions of this Convention. B—Existing ship. an existing ship, (*a*) has been surveyed and marked (whether before or after this Convention comes into force) in accordance with the conditions prescribed either in paragraph A of this *Post*, p. 2362.Article or in one of the sets of Rules for the Assignment of Load Line particularised in Annex IV; and (*b*) *Post*, p. 2270. complies with the provisions of Part II of Annex I in principle, and also in detail, so far as is reasonable and practicable, having regard to the efficiency of
(i)the protection of openings;
(ii)guard rails;
(iii)freeing ports, and
(iv)means of access to crews’ quarters provided by the existing arrangements, fittings and appliances on the ship. Article 6. Provisions for Steamers carrying Timber Deck Cargoes. 1. Timber deck cargoes. A steamer which has been surveyed and marked under Article 5 shall be entitled to be surveyed and marked with a timber load line *Pott*, p. 2334.under Part V of Annex I if, being— A—New ship.*Post*, p. 2334. a new ship, it complies with the conditions and provisions prescribed in Part V of Annex I; 2243 devra pas y être astreint au cours de son voyage lorsqu’il sera dérouté soit par le mauvais temps, soit par toute autre cause de *force majeure*. Dans l’application des prescriptions de la présente Convention, l’Administration tiendra compte de tout déroutement ou retard occasionné à tout navire soit par le mauvais temps, soit par tout autre cause de *jorce majeure*. CHAPITRE II.— LIGNES DE CHARGE: VISITE ET APPOSITION DES MARQUES. Article 5. Dispositions générales. Aucun navire auquel la présente Convention s’applique ne pourra prendre la mer pour un voyage international après la date de l’entrée en vigueur de la Convention à moins que A— dans le cas d’un navire neuf (*a*) il ait été visité conformément aux conditions prescrites dans l’Annexe I de la présente Convention; (*b*) il ait satisfait aux prescriptions de la 2ème Partie de l’Annexe I; et (*c*) il ait été marqué conformément aux dispositions de cette Convention. B— dans le cas d’un navire existant (*a*) il ait été visité et marqué (soit avant soit après l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention) conformément aux conditions prescrites soit dans le paragraphe A du present 4[4Au lieu de “present” mettre “présent.”] Article soit dans l’un des Règlements pour l’assignation des lignes de charge spécifiés dans l’Annexe IV; (*b*) il ait satisfait en principe et aussi en détail autant qu’il sera raisonnable et possible aux prescriptions de la 2eme Partie de l’Annexe I en tenant compte de l’efficacité (1°) de la protection des ouvertures, (2°) des gardecorps, (3°) des sabords de décharge et (4°) des moyens d’accès au logement de l’équipage qui résultent5[5Au lieu de “résultent” mettre “résulte.”] des arrangements, installations et dispositifs existants à bord du navire. Article 6. Dispositions pour les Vapeurs chargeant du Bois en Pontée. 1. Un vapeur qui a été visité et marqué conformément aux prescriptions de l’Artide 5 pourra être visité et recevoir les marques prévues pour les navires chargeant du bois en pontée conformément à la 5eme Partie de l’Annexe I. A— dans le cas d’un navire neuf, s’il satisfait aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans la 5ème Partie de l’Annexe I; 2244 B—Existing ship. an existing ship, it complies with the conditions and provisions *Post*, p. 2334.of Part V of Annex I other than Rule LXXX, and also in principle, so far as is reasonable and practicable, with the conditions and provisions prescribed by Rule LXXX provided that in assigning a timber load line to an existing ship the Administration shall make such addition to the free-board as shall be reasonable, having regard to the extent to which such ship falls short of full compliance with the conditions and provisions prescribed in Rule LXXX. 2. Rules. A steamer when using the timber load line shall comply with *Post*, pp. 2338, 2340.Rules LXXXIV, LXXXV, LXXXVI, LXXXVIII and LXXXIX. Article 7. Provisions for Tankers. Tankers.A steamer which has been surveyed under Article 5 shall be entitled to be surveyed and marked as a tanker under Part VI of Annex I if, being— A—New ship.*Post*, p. 2344. a new ship, it complies with the conditions and provisions prescribed in Part VI of Annex I; B—Existing ship.*Post*, pp. 2344 , 2346. an existing ship, it complies with the conditions and provisions in Rules XCIII, XCVI, XCVII, XCVIII and XCIX, and also in principle so far as is reasonable and practicable with Rules XCIV, XCV and C, provided that in assigning a tanker load line to an existing ship the Administration shall make such addition to the freeboard as shall be reasonable having regard to the extent to which such ship falls short of full compliance with the conditions and provisions prescribed in Rules XCIV, XCV and C. Article 8. Provisions for Ships of Special Types. Special type ships.For steamers over 300 feet in length, possessing constructional features similar to those of a tanker which afford extra invulnerability against the sea, a reduction in freeboard may be granted. Freeboard reduction.The amount of such reduction shall be determined by the Administration in relation to the freeboard assigned to tankers, having regard to the degree of compliance with the conditions of assignment laid down for these ships, and the degree of subdivision provided. 2245 B.— dans le cas d’un navire existant, s’il satisfait aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans la 5eme Partie de l’Annexe I à l’exception de la Règle LXXX et aussi en principe autant qu’il sera raisonnable et possible aux conditions et prescriptions prévues dans la Règle LXXX étant entendu que dans l’assignation à un navire existant d’une ligne de charge pour bois en pontée, l’Administration exigera telle augmentation de francbord qui sera raisonnable en tenant compte de la mesure dans laquelle ce navire ne satisfait pas entièrement aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans la Règle TXXX. 2. Quand un vapeur utilisera la ligne de charge pour chargement de bois en pontée il devra satisfaire aux dispositions des Règles LXXXIV, LXXXV, LXXXVI, LXXXVIII et LXXXIX. Article 7. Dispositions pour les Navires à Citernes. Un navire qui a été visité conformément aux prescriptions de l’Artide 5 pourra être visité et recevoir les marques pour les navires à citernes conformément aux dispositions de la 6ème Partie de l’Annexe I: A— dans le cas d’un navire neuf, s’il satisfait aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans la 6eme Partie de l’Annexe I; B— dans le cas d’un navire existant, s’il satisfait aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans les Règles XCIII, XCVI, XCVII, XCVIII et XCIX et aussi en principe autant qu’il sera raisonnable et possible aux conditions et prescriptions prévues par les Règles XCIV, XCV et C étant entendu que dans l’assignation à un navire existant d’une ligne de charge pour un navire à citernes ]’Administration exigera tene augmentation de francbord qui sera raisonnable en tenant compte de la mesure dans laquelle ce navire ne satisfait par entièrement aux conditions et prescriptions contenues dans les Règles XCIV, XCV et C. Article 8. Dispositions pour les navires de types spéciaux. Il pourra être accordé une réduction de francbord aux vapeurs ayant une longueur de plus de 81,506[6 Au lieu de “81,50” mettre ”91,44.”] mètres qui possèdent des caractéristiques de construction analogues à celles des navires à citernes leur assurant une défense supplémentaire contre la mer. La valeur de cette réduction sera déterminée par l’Administration qui tiendra compte à cet effet de la façon dont est calculé le francbord des navires à citernes ainsi que des conditions d’assignation qui leur sont imposées et du degré de compartimentage réalisé. 2246 The freeboard assigned to such a ship shall in no case be less than would be assigned to the ship as a tanker. Article 9. Survey. Survey and marking.The survey and marking of ships for the purpose of this Convention shall be carried out by officers of the country to which the ships belong, provided that the Government of each country may entrust the survey and marking of its ships either to Surveyors nominated for this purpose, or to organisations recognised by it. In every case the Government concerned fully guarantees the completeness and efficiency of the survey and marking. Article 10. Zones and Seasonal Areas. Zones and seasonal areas.A ship to which this Convention applies shall conform to the conditions applicable to the zones and seasonal areas described in Annex II to this Convention. A port standing on the boundary line between two zones shall be regarded as within the zone from or into which the ship arrives or departs. CHAPTER III.— CERTIFICATES. Certificates. Article 11. Issue of Certificates. Issue of.A certificate, called “International Load Line Certificate,” shall be issued to every ship which has been surveyed and marked in accordance with this Convention, but not otherwise. By Government to which ship belongs.An International Load Line Certificate shall be issued either by the Government of the country to which the ship belongs or by any person or organisation duly authorised by that Government, and in every case the Government assumes full responsibility for the certificate. Article 12. Issue of Certificates by another Government. By another Government.The Government of a country to which this Convention applies Condition.may, at the request of the Government of any other country to which this Convention applies, cause any ship which belongs to the last-mentioned country, or (in the case of an unregistered ship) which is to be registered by the Government of that country, to be surveyed and marked, and, if satisfied that the requirements of 2247 Le francbord qui sera assigné à un tel navire ne devra en aucun cas être plus réduit que celui qui serait attribué au navire s’il était considéré comme navire à citernes. Article 9. Visite. La visite et l’apposition des marques des navires en vue de l’application de la présente Convention seront faites par des fonctionnaires du pays auquel le navire appartient, étant entendu que le Gouvernement de chaque pays peut confier la visite et l’apposition des marques de ses navires soit à des inspecteurs nommés à cet effet, soit à des organismes reconnus par lui. Dans tous les cas le Gouvernement intéressé garantit que la visite et l’apposition des marques ont été complètement et efficacement effectuées. Article 10. Zones et Régions périodiques. Un navire auquel la présente Convention s’applique devra se conformer aux conditions qui sont applicables aux zones et régions périodiques telles qu’elles sont définies à l’Annexe II de la présente Convention. Lorsqu’un port se trouve sur la ligne de démarcation de deux zones, il sera considéré comme étant soit dans la zone que le navire vient de traverser pour l’entrée au port soit dans celle qu’il doit traverser après son départ. CHAPITRE III.— CERTIFICATS. Article 11. Délivrance des Certificats. Un certificat appelé “Certificat international de Francbord” sera délivré à tout navire à condition qu’il ait été visité et marqué conformément aux prescriptions de la présente Convention. Le certificat international de francbord sera délivré soit par le Gouvernement auquel le navire appartient, soit par toute personne ou organisme dûment reconnu par ce Gouvernement, et dans tous les cas le Gouvernement assumera la pleine responsabilité du certificat. Article 12. Délivrance d’un Certificat par un autre Gouvernement. Le Gouvernement d’un pays auquel la présente Convention s’applique peut à la requête du Gouvernement d’un autre pays auquel cette Convention s’applique faire visiter et apposer les marques à tout navire qui appartient à ce dernier pays, ou (dans le cas d’un navire non immatriculé) qui doit être immatriculé par le Gouvernement de ce pays et s’il a constaté que les prescriptions 2248 this Convention are complied with, issue an International Load Line Certificate to such ship, under its own responsibility. Any certificate so issued must contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Government of the country to which the ship belongs, or of the Government by whom the ship is to be registered, as the case may be, and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under Article 11 of this Convention. Article 13. Form of Certificate. Form of certificate. The International Load Line Certificates shall be drawn up in the Language.official language or languages of the country by which they are issued. Model,The form of the certificate shall be that of the model given in Annex III, subject to such modifications as may, in accordance with *Post*, pp. 2292, 2334.Rule LXXVIII, be made in the case of ships carrying timber deck cargoes. Article 14. Duration of certificates. Duration of Certificates. 1. An International Load Line Certificate shall, unless it is renewed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 of this Article, expire at the end of such period as may be specified therein by the Administration which issues it: but the period so specified shall not exceed five years from the date of issue. 2. Renewal. An International Load Line Certificate may be renewed from time to time by the Administration which issued it for such period (not exceeding five years on any occasion) as the Administration thinks fit, after a survey not less effective than the survey required by this Convention before the issue of the certificate, and any such renewal shall be endorsed on the certificate. 3. Cancellation.Causes for. An Administration shall cancel any International Load Line Certificate issued to a ship belonging to its country: A. If material alterations have taken place in the hull and super-structures of the ship which affect the calculations of freeboard. B. If the fittings and appliances for the
(i)protection of openings,
(ii)guard rails,
(iii)freeing ports and
(iv)means of access to crews’ quarters are not maintained in as effective a condition as they were in when the certificate was issued. C. If the ship is not inspected periodically at such times and under such conditions as the Administration may think necessary for the purpose of securing that the hull and superstructures referred to in Condition A are not altered and that the fittings and appliances referred to in Condition B are maintained as therein provided throughout the duration of the certificate. 2249 de la présente Convention sont satisfaites il peut lui délivrer, sous sa propre responsabilité, un certificat international de francbord. Tout certificat ainsi délivré doit porter une déclaration établissant qu’il a été délivré à la requête du Gouvernement du pays auquel le navire appartient ou du Gouvernement par lequel le navire doit être immatriculé 7 [7Après “immatriculé” mettre une virgule.] selon le cas. Ce certificat aura la même valeur et sera accepté au même titre que celui qui aura été délivré conformément à l’Artide 11 de la présente Convention. Article 13. Forme des Certificats. Les certificats internationaux de francbord seront rédigés dans la ou les langues officielles du pays par lequel ils seront délivrés. Les certificats seront conformes au modèle prévu par l’Annexe III sous réserve des modifications qui peuvent être apportées eu égard à la Règle LXXVIII dans le cas des navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée. Article 14. Durée de la Validité des Certificats. 1. A moins qu’il ne soit renouvelé conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe 2 du présent Article, un certificat international de francbord restera valable pour la période qui y sera mentionnée par l’Administration qui l’aura délivré, sans toutefois que cette période puisse excéder cinq ans à partir de la date de sa délivrance. 2. A la suite d’une visite tout certificat international de francbord pourra être renouvelé périodiquement par l’Administration qui l’aura délivré pour une durée qu’elle jugera convenable, mais qui n’excédera en aucun cas cinq ans. Cette visite ne devra pas être moins efficace que celle qui est prévue par la présente Convention pour la délivrance initiale du certificat. Mention de chacun de ces renouvellements devra être portée au dos du certificat. 3. Le certificat international de francbord sera annulé par l’Administration qui l’aura délivré à un navire relevant de cette Administration: A. Si des modifications de quelque importance affectant le calcul du francbord ont été apportées à la coque et aux superstructures du navire. B. Si les installations et les dispositifs pour
(i)la protection des ouvertures;
(ii)les gardecorps;
(iii)les sabords de déchaige;
(iv)les moyens d’accès aux logements de l’équipage n’ont pas été maintenues dans des conditions aussi efficaces qu’elles l’étaient lors de la délivrance du certificat. C. Lorsque le navire n’aura pas été visité périodiquement aux époques et dans les conditions fixées par l’Administration pour s’assurer pendant toute la durée de la vahdité du certificat que la coque et les superstructures visées dans la clause /1 ne sont pas modifiées et que les installations et les dispositifs visés dans la clause B sont maintenus en état. 2250 Article 15. Acceptance of Certificates. Acceptance. International Load Line Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Government shall be accepted by the other Contracting Governments as having the same force as the certificates issued by them to ships belonging to their respective countries. Article 16. Control. Control. 1. A ship to which this Convention applies, when in a port of a country to which it does not belong, is in any case subject to control with respect to load line as follows: An officer duly authorised by the Government of that country may take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of seeing that there is on board a valid Certificate to be ascertained.International Load Line Certificate. If there is such a certificate on board the ship, such control shall be limited to the purpose of securing— (*a*) that the ship is not loaded beyond the limits allowed by the certificate; (*b*) that the position of the load line on the ship corresponds with the certificate; and (*c*) that the ship has not been so materially altered in respect to the matters dealt with in conditions A and B (set out in paragraph 3 of Article 14) that the ship is manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. 2. Only officers possessing the necessary technical qualifications shall be authorized to exercise control as aforesaid, and if such control is exercised under (*c*) above, it shall only be exercised in so far as may be necessary to secure that the ship shall be made fit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. 3. If control under this Article appears likely to result in legal proceedings being taken against the ship, orin the ship being detained, the Consul of the country to which the ship belongs shall be informed as soon as possible of the circumstances of the case. Article 17. Privileges. Privileges restricted.The privileges of this Convention may not be claimed in favour of any ship unless it holds a valid International Load Line Certificate. 2251 Article 15. Acceptation des Certificats. Chaque Gouvernement contractant reconnaîtra aux certificats internationaux de francbord délivrés par les autres Gouvernements contractants ou sous leur autorité la même valeur qu’aux certificats délivrés par lui à ses navires nationaux. Article 16. Contrôle. 1. Tout navire auquel la présente Convention s’applique quand il se trouvera dans un port d’un pays auquel il n’appartient pas sera, en tout cas, et en ce qui concerne les lignes de charge, soumis au contrôle suivant: un fonctionnaire dûment autorisé par le Gouvernement dudit pays pourra prendre les mesures qui peuvent être nécessaires à l’effet de constater qu’il existe à bord un certificat international de francbord valable. Si un tel certificat existe à bord, le contrôle consistera seulement à vérifier: (*a*) que le navire n’est pas chargé au delà des limites permises par le certificat; (*b*) que la position des lignes de charge sur le navire correspond aux indications portées sur le certificat; et (*c*) qu’en ce qui concerne les points visés dans les clauses A et B du paragraphe 3 de l’Artide 14, le navire n’a pas subi des modifications d’une importance telle qu’il soit manifestement hors d’état de prendre la mer sans danger pour la vie humaine. 2. Seuls les fonctionnaires qui possèdent la compétence technique nécessaire seront autorisés à exercer le contrôle précité et si ce contrôle est exercé en vertu de l’alinéa (*c*) cidessus, il ne le sera que dans la mesure nécessaire pour s’assurer que le navire sera en état de prendre la mer sans danger pour la vie humaine. 3. Au cas où le contrôle exercé en vertu du présent Article semblerait avoir pour conséquence soit d’entraîner des poursuites légales contre le navire, soit d’interdire son départ, le consul du pays auquel il appartient devra être informé aussitôt que possible des circonstances de l’incident. Article 17. Bénéfice de la Convention. Le bénéfice de la présente Convention ne peut être réclamé en faveur d’un navire que s’il possède un certificat international de francbord non périmé. 2252 General provisions.CHAPTER IV.— GENERAL PROVISIONS. Article 18. *Equivalents*. Equivalents.Where in this Convention it is provided that a particular fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular arrangement shall be adopted, any Administration may accept in substitution therefor any other fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, or any other arrangement, provided that such Administration shall have been satisfied that the fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, or the arrangement substituted is in the circumstances at least as effective as that specified in this Convention. Any Administration which so accepts a new fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, or new arrangement shall communicate the fact to the other Administrations, and, upon request, the particulars thereof. Article 19. *Laws, Regulations, Reports*. Laws, regulations, etc.The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate to each other—
(1)the text of laws, decrees, regulations and decisions of general application which shall have been promulgated on the various matters within the scope of this Convention;
(2)all available official reports or official summaries of reports in so far as they show the results of the provisions of this Convention, provided always that such reports or summaries are not of a confidential nature. British Government as intermediary.The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland is invited to serve as an intermediary for collecting all this information and for bringing it to the knowledge of the other Contracting Governments. Article 20. *Modifications, Future Conferences*. 1. Modifications, etc. Modifications of this Convention which may be deemed useful or necessary improvements may at any time be proposed by any Contracting Government to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and such proposals shall be communicated by the latter to all the other Contracting Governments, and if any such modifications are accepted by all the 2253 CHAPITRE IV.— DISPOSITIONS GÉNÉRALES. Article 18. *Équivalence*. Lorsque dans la présente Convention il est prévu que l’on doit placer ou avoir à bord soit une installation ou un dispositif soit un certain type d’installation ou de dispositif, ou lorsqu’il est prévu qu’une disposition particulière doit être adoptée, toute Administration peut accepter, en remplacement, soit toute autre installation ou dispositif, soit un certain type d’installation ou de dispositif, soit tout autre disposition, à la condition que cette Administration se soit assurée que soit l’installation ou dispositif, soit le type d’installation ou de dispositif, soit la disposition substituée a dans les circonstances une efficacité au moins égale à celle qui est prescrite dans la présente Convention. Toute Administration qui accepte dans ces conditions soit une installation ou un dispositif nouveau, soit un type nouveau d’installation ou de dispositif, soit une disposition nouvelle doit en donner connaissance aux autres Administrations et leur en communiquer, sur demande, la description détaillée. Article 19. Lois, Règlements, Rapports. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à se communiquer:
(1)le texte des lois, décrets, règlements et arrêtés d’application générale qui auront été promulgués ou pris sur les différentes matières qui rentrent dans le champ d’application de la présente Convention;
(2)tous les rapports ou résumés de rapports officiels à leur disposition, dans la mesure où ces documents indiquent les résultats de l’application de la présente Convention sous la réserve que ces rapports ou résumés n’aient pas un caractère confidentiel. Le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord est invité à servir d’intermédiaire pour recueillir tous ces renseignements et les porter à la connaissance des autres Gouvernements contractants. Article 20. Modifications, Conférences futures. 1. Les modifications à la présente Convention qui pourraient être considérées comme des améliorations utiles ou nécessaires peuvent en tout temps être proposées par un Gouvernement contractant au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. Ces propositions doivent être communiquées par ce dernier à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants; 2254 Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective) this Convention shall be modified accordingly. 2. Future conferences. Conferences for the purpose of revising this Convention shall be held at such times and places as may be agreed upon by the Contracting Governments. A Conference for this purpose shall be convoked by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland whenever, after this Convention has been in force for five years, one-third of the Contracting Governments express a desire to that effect. Final provisions.CHAPTER V.— FINAL PROVISIONS. Article 21. *Application to Colonies*. 1. Application of, to Colonies, etc. A Contracting Government may, at the time of signature, ratification, accession or thereafter, by a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, declare its desire that this Convention shall apply to all or any of its Colonies, overseas territories, protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate, and this Convention shall apply to all the territories named in such notification, two months after the date of the receipt thereof, but, failing such notification, this Convention will not apply to any such territories. 2. Cessation to Colonies, etc. A Contracting Government may at any time by a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland express its desire that this Convention shall cease to apply to all or any of its colonies, overseas territories, protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate to which this Convention shall have, under the provisions of the preceding paragraph, been applicable for a period of not less than five years, and in such case the Convention shall cease to apply twelve months after the date of the receipt of such notification by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to all territories mentioned therein. 3. Notice thereof to other signatories. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland shall inform all the other Contracting Governments of the application of this Convention to any Colony, overseas territory, protectorate or territory under suzerainty or mandate under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article, and of the cessation of any such application under the provisions of paragraph 2, stating in each case the date from which this Convention has become or will cease to be applicable. 2255 si l’une quelconque de ces modifications est acceptée par tous les Gouvernements contractants (y compris les Gouvernements ayant déposé des ratifications ou adhésions qui ne sont pas encore devenues effectives) la présente Convention sera modifiée en conséquence. 2. Des conférences ayant pour objet la révision de la présente Convention se tiendront aux dates et lieux dont pourront convenir les Gouvernements contractants. Lorsque la présente Convention aura été en vigueur pendant cinq ans une Conférence ayant pour objet sa révision devra être convoquée par le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord si un tiers des Gouvernements contractants en exprime le désir. CHAPITRE V.— DISPOSITIONS FINALES. Article 21. *Application aux Colonies.* 1. Un Gouvernement contractant peut au moment de la signature, de la ratification ou de l’adhésion, ou ultérieurement notifier par ime déclaration écrite adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord son intention d’appliquer la présente Convention à toutes ses colonies, territoires d’outre-mer, protectorats ou territoires sous suzeraineté ou sous mandat, ou à certains d’entre eux. La présente Convention s’appliquera dans tous les territoires désignés dans cette déclaration deux mois après la date à laquelle elle aura été reçue; à défaut d’une telle notification la présente Convention ne s’appliquera à aucun de ces territoires. 2. Un Gouvernement contractant peut, à toute époque et par déclaration écrite adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord, notifier son intention de faire cesser l’application de la présente Convention dans toutes ses colonies, territoires d’outre-mer, protectorats ou territoires sous suzeraineté ou sous mandat, ou dans certains d’entre eux auxquels la présente Convention aura été appliquée pendant une période de cinq ans au moins conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe précédent. Dans ce cas, la présente Convention cessera de s’appliquer dans tous les territoires mentionnés douze mois après la date de la réception de cette déclaration par le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. 3. Le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord informera tous les autres Gouvernements contractants de l’application de la présente Convention dans toute colonie, territoire d’outre-mer, protectorat ou territoire sous suzeraineté ou sous mandat conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe
(1)du présent article ainsi que de la cessation de cette application, conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe
(2)du présent article, en spécifiant, dans chaque cas, la date à partir de laquelle la présente Convention sera applicable ou aura cessé d’être appliquée.8[8Au lieu de “aura cessé d’être appliquée” mettre “cessera de l’être.”] 2256 Article 22. *Authentic Texts.—Ratification*. Authentic texts.This Convention, of which both the English and French texts shall be authentic, shall be ratified. Deposit of ratification.The instruments of ratification shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which will notify all the other signatory or acceding Governments of all ratifications deposited and the date of their deposit. Article 23. *Accession*. Accession.A Government (other than the Government of a territory to which Article 21 applies) on behalf of which this Convention has not been signed, shall be allowed to accede thereto at any time after the Convention has come into force. Accessions shall be effected by means of notifications in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and shall take effect three months after their receipt. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland shall inform all signatory and acceding Governments of all accessions received and of the date of their receipt. Article 24. *Date of Coming in Force*. Date of coming into force.This Convention shall come into force on the 1st July, 1932, as between the Governments which have deposited their ratifications by that date, and provided that at least five ratifications have been deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Should five ratifications not have been deposited by that date, this Convention shall come into force Post ratifications.three months after the date on which the fifth ratification is deposited. Ratifications deposited after the date on which this Convention has come into force shall take effect three months after the date of their deposit. Article 25. *Denunciation*. Denunciation.This Convention may be denounced cn behalf of any Contracting Government at any time after the expiration of five years from the date on which the Convention comes into force in so far as that Government is concerned. Denunciation shall be effected by a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which will notify all the other contracting Governments of all denunciations received and of the date of their receipt. Effective after 12 months.A denunciation shall take effect twelve months after the date on which notification thereof is received by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 2257 Article 22. *Textes authentiques. Ratification*. La présente Convention dont les textes en anglais et en français sont l’un et l’autre authentiques doit être ratifiée. Les actes de ratification doivent être déposés dans les archives du Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord, qui notifiera à tous les autres Gouvernements signataires ou adhérents, toutes les ratifications déposées ainsi que la date de leur dépôt. Article 23. *Adhésion*. Un Gouvernement non signataire de la présente Convention, autre que le Gouvernement d’un territoire auquel l’Article 21 s’applique, pourra à toute époque adhérer à la présente Convention après sa mise en vigueur. Les adhésions s’effectueront par des notifications écrites adressées au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord et elles prendront effet trois mois après la date de leur réception.Le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord informera tous les Gouvernements signataires et adhérents de toutes les adhésions reçues et de la date de leur réception. Article 24. *Date d’entrée en vigueur*. La présente Convention entrera en vigueur le 1er juillet 1932, entre les Gouvernements qui auront, à cette date, déposé leur ratification et à la condition qu’au moins cinq ratifications aient été déposées au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. Au cas où cinq ratifications n’auraient pas été déposées à cette date, la présente Convention entrera en vigueur trois mois après la date à laquelle la cinquième ratification aura été déposée. Les ratifications déposées postérieurement à la date à laquelle la présente Convention sera entrée en vigueur prendront effet trois mois après la date de leur dépôt. Article 25. *Dénonciation*. La présente Convention peut à tout moment être dénoncée par l’un quelconque des Gouvernements contractants après l’expiration d'une période de cinq ans, comptée à partir de la date à laquelle la Convention est entrée en vigueur pour le Gouvernement en question. La dénon-ciation sera effectuée par une notification écrite adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord; celui-ci notifiera à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants toutes les dénonciations reçues et la date de leur réception. Une dénonciation aura effet douze mois après la date à laquelle la notification en aura été reçue par le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. 2258 Signatures.In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries have signed hereafter. Done at London this fifth day of July, 1930, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which shall transmit certified true copies thereof to all signatory Governments. 2258 Signatures.En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires ont apposé ci-dessous leur signature. Fait à Londres ce cinquième jour du mois de juillet, 1930, en un seul exemplaire qui doit être déposé dans les Archives du Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord, lequel doit en transmettre des copies certifiées conformes à tous les Gouvernements signataires. (L.S.) Gustav Koenigs. Walter Laas. Karl Sturm. H. P. Cayley. V. C. Duffy. R. Grimard. A. Johnston. Oscar Bunster. Guillermo Patterson. Emil Krogh. Aage H. Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. Octaviano M. Barca. Sean Dulchaontigh. T. J. Hegarty. Herbert B. Walker. David Arnott. Laurens Prior. Howard C. Towle. Albert F. Pillsbury. Robert F. Hand. Jas. Kennedy. H. W. Warley. John G. Tawresey. E. Palmstierna. E. Eggert. A. H. Saastamoinen. B. Brandt. Jean Marie. A. de Berlhe. H. F. Oliver. F. W. Bate. Alfred J. Daniel. John T. Edwards. Ernest W. Glover. Norman Hill. C. Hipwood. J. Foster King. J. Montgomerie.2259 Charles J. O. Sanders.Signaturas—Contd. W. R. Spence. A. Spencer. N. G. Lely. G. L. Corbett. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless. Kavas Ookerjee. J. S. Page. Emil Krogh. Aage H. Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. Giulio Ingianni. Giuseppe Cantù. S. Nakayama. S. Iwai. A. Ozols. G. Luders de Negri. E. Bryn. J. SchÖnheyder. Thomas M. Wilford. C. Holdsworth. C. Kock. A. van Driel. Joh. Bräutigam. Langeler. J. R. Wierdsma. M. D. Fauba. A. Poklewski-Koziell. B. Bagniewski. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello. Carlos Theodoro da Costa. D. Bogomoloff. S. Horacio Carísimo. T. C. Giannini. 2260 Final Protocol.FINAL PROTOCOL. Agreement.Exemptions.At the moment of signing the International Load Line Convention concluded this day, the under-mentioned Plenipotentiaries have agreed on the following;— I. Ships engaged solely In Great Lakes voyages.Ships engaged solely on voyages on the Great Lakes of North America and ships engaged in other inland waters are to be regarded as outside the scope of the Convention. II. Designated lumber schooners.This Convention is not applied to the existing ships of the United States of America and of France of the lumber schooner type propelled by power, with or without sails, or by sails alone. III. Conference respecting tanker freeboard.The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland shall convoke a Conference of the Contracting Governments of the countries to which tankere belong, upon request of the United States of America, at any time within the five-year *Ante*, p. 2254.period mentioned in Article 20, for the purpose of discussing matters relating to tanker freeboard. The Contracting Governments will not raise any objection to the provisions contained in this Convention in regard to tanker load line Alterations.being altered as may be determined at such Conference, provided that the conclusions then reached are communicated forthwith to the Governments signatory to the present Convention and that no objection is received by the Government of the United Kingdom of Notice, to signatories.Great Britain and Northern Ireland within six months of the despatch of such communication. 2261 PROTOCOLE FINAL. Au moment de signer la Convention Internationale sur les Lignes de Charge qui est conclue ce jour, les Plénipotentiaires sous-signés ont convenu ce qui suit: I. Les navires affectés uniquement à des voyages soit sur les Grands Lacs de l’Amérique du Nord, soit dans d’autres eaux intérieures, doivent être considérés comme ne rentrant pas dans le champ d’application de la Convention. II. La présente Convention ne s’applique pas aux navires existants du type “lumber schooner” pourvus soit d’une machine motrice (aidé 9[9Au lieu de “aidé” mettre “aidée.”] ou non par une voilure) soit d’une voilure seule appartenant aux États-Unis d’Amérique et à la France. III. A la requête des États-Unis d’Amérique, le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord devra à un moment quelconque au cours de la période de cinq ans mentionnée à l’Artide 20, réunir une Conférence à laquelle prendront part les Gouvernements contractants des pays qui possèdent des navires à citernes afin de discuter les questions concernant le franc-bord de ces navires. Les Gouvernements contractants ne soulèveront aucune objection aux modifications des prescriptions de la présente Convention en ce qui concerne les lignes de charge qui peuvent être arrêtées dans une telle Conférence sous la réserve toutefois que les décisions prises soient communiquées aux Gouvernements signataires de la présente Convention et qu’aucune objection ne soit reçue par le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord dans un délai de six mois après envoi de la communication susvisée. 2262 Signatures.In Witness whereof the Plenipotentiaries have drawn up this Final Protocol which shall have the same force and the same validity as if the provisions thereof had been inserted in the text of the Convention to which it belongs. Done at London this fifth day of July, 1930, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which shall transmit certified true copies thereof to all signatory Governments. 2262 En témoignage de quoi les Plénipotentiaires soussignés ont rédigé ce Protocole final, lequel aura la même force et la même validité que si ces dispositions avaient été insérées dans le texte de la Convention. Fait à Londres ce cinquième jour du mois de juillet, 1930, en un seul exemplaire, qui sera dé-posé dans les archives du Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, qui en transmettra des copies certifiées conformes à tous les Gouvernements signataires. (L.S.) Gustav Koenigs. Walter Laas. Karl Sturm. H. P. Cayley. V. C. Duffy. R. Grimard. A. Johnston. Oscar Bunster. Guillermo Patterson. Emil Krogh. Aage H. Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. Octaviano M. Barca. Sean Dulchaontigh. T. J. Hegarty. Herbert B. Walker. David Arnott. Laurens Prior. Howard C. Towle. Albert F. Pillsbury. Robert F. Hand. Jas. Kennedy. H. W. Warley. John G. Tawresey. E. Palmstierna. E. Eggert. A. H. Saastamoinen. B. Brandt. Jean Marie. A. de Berlhe. H. F. Oliver. F. W. Bate. Alfred J. Daniel. John T. Edwards.2263 Ernest W. Glover. Norman Hill. C. Hipwood. J. Foster King. J. Montgomerie. Charles J. O. Sanders.Signaturas—Contd. W. R. Spence. A. Spencer. N. G. Lely. G. L. Corbett. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless. Kavas Ookerjee. J. S. Page. Emil Krogh. Aage H. Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. Giulio Ingianni. Giuseppe Cantù. S. Nakayama. S. Iwai. A. Ozols. G. Luders de Negri. E. Bryn. J. SchÖnheyder. Thomas M. Wilford. C. Holdsworth. C. Kock. A. van Driel. Joh. Bräutigam. Langeler. J. R. Wierdsma. M. D. Fauba. A. Poklewski-Koziell. B. Bagniewski. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello. Carlos Theodoro da Costa. D. Bogomoloff. S. Horacio Carísimo. T. C. Giannini. 2264 ANNEX I. Annex I.Maximum load lines of merchant ships. Rules for determining Maximum Load Lines of Merchant Ships. **Part I.—** **General.** Rules for determining.The Rules necessarily assume that the nature and stowage of the cargo, ballast, &c., are such as to secure sufficient stability for the ship. Rule I.— *Definitions*.Definitions. “Steamer”.*Steamer*.—The term “steamer” includes all ships having sufficient means for mechanical propulsion, except where provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone. Ship with insufficient sails.A ship fitted with mechanical means of propulsion and with sail area insufficient for navigation under sails alone may be assigned a load line under Part III of these Rules. Towed lighter, etc.A lighter, barge or other ship without independent means of propulsion, when towed, is to be assigned a load line under Part III of these Rules. ”Sailing ship”.*Sailing Ship*.—The term “sailing ship” includes all ships provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone, whether or not fitted with mechanical means of propulsion. Flush deck ship.*Flush Deck Ship*.—A flush deck ship is one which has no super-structure on the freeboard deck. Superstructure.*Superstructure*.—A superstructure is a decked structure on the freeboard deck extending from side to side of the ship. A raised quarter deck is considered a superstructure. Freeboard.*Freeboard*.—The freeboard assigned is the distance measured vertically downwards at the side of the ship amidships from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the load line mark. Freeboard deck.*Freeboard Deck*.—The freeboard deck is the deck from which the freeboard is measured, and is the uppermost complete deck having permanent means of closing all openings in weather portions of the deck in accordance with Rules VIII to XVI. It is the upper deck in flush deck ships and ships with detached superstructures. In ships having discontinuous freeboard decks within super-structures which are not intact, or which are not fitted with Class 1 closing appliances, the lowest line of the deck below the superstructure deck is taken as the freeboard deck. 2265 ANNEXE I. Règles pour la détermination des Lignes de Charge maxima des Navires de Commerce. **1ere Partie.—** **Généralités.** Les Règles suivantes supposent avant tout que la nature et l’arrimage de la cargaison, du lest, etc., sont tels qu’ils assurent au navire une stabilité suffisante. Règle I.—*Définitions.* *Vapeur*.—L’expression “vapeur” comprend tout navire pourvu d’un moyen suffisant de propulsion mécanique à l’exception des navires qui ont une surface de voilure telle qu’elle soit suffisante pour pouvoir naviguer à la voile seule. Un navire pourvu d’un moyen de propulsion mécanique et d’une surface de voilure ne lui permettant pas de naviguer à la voile seule peut avoir une ligne de charge assignée conformément à la Table de francbord pour les vapeurs. Une allège, un chaland ou tout autre navire sans moyen de propulsion, lorsqu’il est remorqué, doit avoir une ligne de charge assignée conformément à la Table de francbord pour les vapeurs. *Voilier*.—L’expression “voilier” comprend tout navire qui possède une surface de voilure suffisante pour naviguer à la voile seule qu’il soit ou non muni d’appareils de propulsion mécanique. *Navire à pont découvert*.—Un navire à pont découvert est un navire qui n’a pas de superstructure sur le pont de francbord. *Superstructure*.—Une superstructure est une construction pontée sur le pont de francbord et qui s’étend sur toute la largeur du navire; une demidunette est considérée comme une superstructure. *Francbord*.—Le francbord assigné est la distance mesurée verticalement sur les flancs du navire et au milieu de sa longueur à partir de l’arête supérieure de la ligne de pont jusqu’à l’arête supérieure de la ligne de charge. *Pont de francbord*.—Le pont de francbord est celui à partir duquel le francbord est mesuré: c’est le pont complet le plus élevé possédant, pour toutes les ouvertures situées sur la partie exposée, des moyens permanents de fermeture répondant aux prescriptions des Règles VIII à XVI. Le pont de francbord est le pont supérieur dans les navires à pont découvert et dans les navires ayant des superstructures détachées. Dans les navires ayant des ponts 10[10 Au lieu de “des ponts” mettre “un pont.”] de francbord discontinus, à l’intérieur de superstructure,11[11 Au lieu de “superstructure” mettre “superstructures.”] qui ne sont pas entièrement closes, ou qui ne sont pas munies de dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 1, la partie la plus basse du pont, audessous du pont de superstructure, doit être considérée comme le pont de francbord. 2266 Amidships*Post*, p. 2292. *Amidships.*—Amidships is the middle of the length of the summer load water-line, as defined in Ride XXXII. Rule II.—*Deck Line.* Deck line.The deck line is a horizontal line twelve inches in length and one inch in breadth. It is to be marked amidships on each side of the ship, and its upper edge is to pass through the point where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the freeboard deck *Post*, p. 2268.intersects the outer surface of the shell. (See figure 1.) Where the deck is partly sheathed amidships, the upper edge of the deck line is to pass through the point where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the actual sheathing at amidships intersects the outer surface of the shell. Rule III.—*Load Line Disc.* Load line disc. The load line disc is twelve inches in diameter and is intersected by a horizontal line eighteen inches in length and one inch in breadth, the upper edge of which passes through the centre of the disc. The disc is to be marked amidships below the deck line. Rule IV.—*Lines to be used in connection with the Disc.* Lines used with disc. *Post*, p. 2350.The lines which indicate the maximum load line in different circumstances and in different seasons (see Annex II) are to be horizontal lines, nine inches in length and one inch in breadth, which extend from, and are at right angles to, a vertical line marked 21 inches *Post*, p. 2268.forward of the centre of the disc (see figure 1). The following are the lines to be used:— Summer. *Summer Load Line*.—The Summer load line is indicated by the upper edge of the line which passes through the centre of the disc and also by a line marked S. Winter. *Winter Load Line*.—The Winter load line is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked W. Winter North Atlantic. *Winter North Atlantic Load Line*.—The Winter North Atlantic load line is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked WNA. Tropical. *Tropical Load Line*.—The Tropical Load Line is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked T. 2267 *Milieu du navire*.—Le milieu du navire est le milieu de la longueur de la flottaison en charge au francbord d’été ainsi qu’elle est définie à la Règle XXXII. Règle II.—*Ligne de pont.* La ligne de pont est une ligne horizontale ayant 300 millimètres de longueur et 25 millimètres d’épaisseur. Elle doit être marquée au milieu du navire et de chaque bord. Son arête supérieure doit coïncider avec la ligne d’intersection de la face supérieure du pont de francbord prolongée avec la surface extérieure du bordé (voir figure 1). Lorsque le pont est partiellement recouvert de bois au milieu du navire, l’arête supérieure de la ligne de pont doit coïncider avec la ligne d’intersection du prolongement avec la surface extérieure du bordé de la face supérieure du revêtement du pont au milieu du navire.12 Règle III.—*Disque de francbord.* Le disque de francbord a un diamètre de 300 millimètres. Il est coupé par une ligne horizontale de 450 13 millimètres de longueur et de 25 millimètres d’épaisseur, dont l’arête supérieure passe par le centre du disque. Le disque doit être marqué au milieu du navire, audessous de la ligne de pont. Règle IV.—*Lignes employées conjointement avec le disque.* Les lignes indiquant la ligne de charge maximum dans les différentes circonstances et pour les différentes saisons (voir Annexe II) sont des lignes horizontales ayant 230 14 millimètres de longueur et 25 millimètres d’épaisseur, disposées perpendiculairement à une ligne verticale placée à 540 millimètres à l’avant du centre du disque (voir figure 1). Les lignes employées sont les suivantes: *Ligne de charge d’été*.—La ligne de charge d’été est indiquée par l’arête supérieure de la ligne passant par le centre du disque et par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée E. *Ligne de charge d’hiver*.—La ligne de charge d’hiver est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée H. *Ligne de charge pour l’Atlantique Nord.*—La ligne de charge d’hiver dans l’Atlantique Nord est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée H.A.N. *Ligne de charge tropicale*.—La ligne de charge tropicale est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée T. 2268 Fresh water lines. *Fresh Water Load Lines*.—The Fresh Water load line in Summer is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked F. The difference between the Fresh Water load line in summer and the Summer load line is the allowance to be made for loading in Fresh Water at the other load lines. The Tropical Fresh Water load line is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked T.F.** Where sea-going steamers navigate a river or inland water, deeper loading is permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel, &c., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea. [Footnote in the certified copy.] Figure 1. Rule V.—*Mark of Assigning Authority.* Mark of Assigning Authority.The Authority by whom the load lines are assigned may be indicated by letters measuring about 4½ inches by 3 inches marked along-side the disc and above the centre line. 2269 *Lignes de charge d’eau douce*.—La ligne de charge d’eau douce en été est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée D. La différence entre la ligne de charge d’eau douce en été et la ligne de charge d’été représente la correction qui doit être apportée lorsqu’on prend un chargement qui correspond en eau douce à 15[15 Au lieu de “prend un chargement qui correspond en eau douce à” mettre “prend, en eau douce, un chargement qui correspond à.”] une des autres lignes de charge.** Lorsque des navires de mer naviguent dans une rivière ou dans des eaux intérieures, il est permis d’augmenter le chargement du navire d’une quantité qui correspond au poids du combustible, &c., nécessaire à la consommation entre le point de départ et la mer libre. [Footnote in the certified copy.] La ligne de charge tropicale en eau douce est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée T.D. Règle V.—*Margue de l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords.* L’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords peut être indiquée par des lettres ayant environ 115 millimètres de hauteur et 75 millimètres de largeur inscrites de part et d’autre du disque et audessus de la ligne passant par son centre. 2270 Rule VI.—*Details of Marking.* Details of marking.The disc, lines and letters are to be painted in white or yellow on a dark ground or in black on a light ground. They are also to be carefully cut in or centrepunched on the sides of iron and steel ships, and on wood ships they are to be cut into the planking for at least one-eighth of an inch. The marks are to be plainly visible, and, if necessary, special arrangements are to be made for this purpose. Rule VII.—*Verification of Marks.* Verification.The International Load Line Certificate is not to be delivered to the ship until a surveyor of the Assigning Authority (acting under the provisions of Article 9 of this Convention) has certified that the marks are correctly and permanently indicated on the ship’s sides. **Part II.—** **Conditions of Assignment of Load Lines.** Assignment of load lines.Conditions. The assignment of load lines is conditional upon the ship being structurally efficient and upon the provision of effective protection to ship and crew. Rules applicable to freeboards.Rules VIII to XXXI apply to ships to which minimum freeboards are assigned. In ships to which greater freeboards than the minimum are assigned, the protection is to be relatively as effective. Openings in freeboard and superstructure decks. *Openings in Freeboard and Superstructure Decks.* Rule VIII.—*Cargo and other Hatchways not protected by Superstructures.* Cargo and other hatchways.The construction and fitting of cargo and other hatchways in exposed positions on freeboard and superstructure decks are to be at least equivalent to the standards laid down in Rules IX to XVI. Rule IX.—*Hatchway Coamings.* Hatchway coamings.The height of hatchway coamings on freeboard decks is to be at least 24 inches above the deck. The height of coamings on super-structure decks is to be at least 24 inches above the deck if situated within a quarter of the ship’s length from the stem, and at least 18 inches if situated elsewhere. 2271 Règle VI.—*Détails du marquage.* Le disque, les lignes et les lettres doivent être peints en blanc ou en jaune sur fond sombre, ou en noir sur fond clair. Elles doivent être soigneusement entaillées ou centrées au pointeau sur les flancs des navires en fer et en acier. Sur les navires en bois, elles doivent être entaillées dans les bordages à une profondeur d’au moins 3 millimètres. Les marques doivent être bien visibles et, si cela est nécessaire, des dispositions spéciales doivent être prises à cet effet. Règle VII.—*Vérification des marques.* Le certificat international de francbord ne doit pas être délivré avant qu’un expert de l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords (agissant en vertu des dispositions de l’Artide 9 de la présente Convention) ait certifié que ces marques sont indiquées de façon correcte et durable sur les murailles du navire. **2eme Partie.—** **Conditions d’Assignation des Lignes de Charge.** Les lignes de charge ne peuvent être assignées qu’à la condition que le navire soit de construction efficace et que l’on ait pris des dispositions propre d’assurer 16[16 Au lieu de “propre d’assurer” mettre “propres à assurer.”] sa protection et celle de l’équipage. Les règles VIII à XXXI s’appliquent aux navires auxquels les francsbords minima sont assignés. Pour les navires auxquels des francsbords plus grands sont assignés, la protection doit avoir la même efficacité relative. Ouvertures dans les ponts de francbord et de superstructures. Règle VIII.—*Panneaux de charge et autres panneaux non protégés par des superstructures.* La construction et l’installation des panneaux de charge et des autres ouvertures dans les parties exposées des ponts de francbord et de superstructures doivent être au moins équivalentes à la construction et l’installation type définies par les Règles IX à XVI. Règle IX.—*Hiloires de panneaux.* Les hiloires de panneaux situées sur les ponts de francbord doivent avoir une hauteur au moins égale à 610 millimètres audessus du pont. Les hiloires situées sur les ponts de superstructures doivent avoir une hauteur au moins égale à 610 millimètres audessus du pont si elles se trouvent dans le quart avant de la longueur du navire à partir de l’étrave et au moins égale à 457 millimètres 17[17 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2394.] si elles se trouvent ailleurs. 2272 Coamings are to be of steel, are to be substantially constructed and, where required to be 24 inches high, are to be fitted with an efficient horizontal stiffener placed not lower than 10 inches below the upper edge, and fitted with efficient brackets or stays from the stiffener to the deck, at intervals of not more than 10 feet. Where end coamings are protected, these requirements may be modified. Rule X.—*Hatchway Covers.* Hatchway covers.Covers to exposed hatchways are to be efficient, and where they are made of wood, the finished thickness is to be at least 2½ inches in association with a span of not more than 5 feet. The width of each bearing surface for these hatchway covers is to be at least 2½ inches. Rule XI.—*Hatchway Beams and Fore-and-Afters.* Hatchway beams and fore-and-afters.Where wood hatchway covers are fitted the hatchway beams and fore-and-afters are to be of the scantlings and spacing given in Table 1 where coamings 24 inches high are required, and as given in Table 2 where coamings 18 inches high are required. Angle bar mountings on the upper edge are to extend continuously for the full length of each beam. Wood fore-and-afters are to be steel shod at all bearing surfaces. 2273 Les hiloires doivent être en acier et de solide construction. Lorsque la hauteur exigée est de 610 millimètres elles doivent être munies d’un renfort horizontal efficace placé à une distance au plus égale à 254 millimètres 18[18 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2394.] audessous de l’arête supérieure de l’hiloire, et par des goussets ou des montants établis19[19 Au lieu de “et par des goussets ou des montants établis” mettre “et de goussets ou de montants efficaces établis.”] entre ce renfort et le pont et20[20 Après “le pont” supprimer “et.”] à des intervalles ne dépassant pas 3m05. Lorsque les hiloires à l’extrémité des panneaux sont protégés,21[21 Au lieu de “protégés” mettre “protégées.”] les exigences cidessus peuvent être modifiées. Règle X.—*Panneaux de jermeture.* Les panneaux de fermeture des hiloires exposées doivent être efficaces et lorsqu’ils sont en bois l’épaisseur nette doit être d’au moins 60 millimètres pour une portée au plus égale à lm52. La largeur de chaque surface de portage pour tous ces panneaux de fermeture doit être au moins égale à 63 millimètres.18[18 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2394.] Règle XI.—*Barrots mobiles et galiotes de panneaux.* Quand on emploie des panneaux en bois les barrots mobiles et les galiotes de panneaux doivent avoir les échantillons et l’écartement donnés dans la Table 1, si la hauteur exigée pour les hiloires est de 610 millimètres et ceux indiqués dans la Table 2, si la hauteur exigée est de 457 millimètres.18[18 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2394.] Les cornières de renfort armant le bord supérieur doivent s’étendre sans interruption sur toute la longueur de chaque barrot; les galiotes en bois doivent être garnies d’une tôle d’acier à tous les points de portage. 2274 Table 1.Table 1.Specifications of beams, etc. (Coamings 24 inches in height.) Hatchaway Beams and Fore-and-Afters for Ships 200 feet or more on lengths.* Hatchaway Beams. Breadth of Hatchway. Mounting. Beams with Fore-and-Afters. Beams without Fore-and-Afters. Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 6′ 0″ 8′ 0″ 10′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ [* See footnote, p. 2276.] ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 10′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .40A 11 × .30P 12 × .32P 14 × .34P 9 × .46BP 10 × .50BP 12′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .40A 12 × .32P 14 × .34P 17 × .36P 11 × .50BP 12 × .50BP 14′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .42A 14 × .34P 17 × ,36P 20 × .38P 12 × .50BP 12 × .32P 16′ 0″ 3½ × 3 × .42A 16 × .36P 19 × .38P 22 × .38P 12 × .32P 14 × .34P 18′ 0″ 4 × 3 × .44A 18 × .36P 21 × .38P 25 × .40P 14 × .34P 16 × .36P 20′ 0″ 4 × 3 × .44A 20 × .38P 24 × .40P 28 × .42P 15 × .34P 18 × .36P 22′ 0″ 4½ × 3 × .46A 22 × .38P 26 × .42P 30 × .44P 16 × .36P 19 × .36P 24′ 0″ 5 × 3½ × .46A 23 × .40P 28 × .42P 32 × .44P 17 × .36P 20 × .38P 26′ 0″ 5½ × 3½ × .48A 24 × .40P 29 × .42P 34 × .46P 18 × .36P 21 × .38P 28′ 0″ 6 × 3½ × .50A 25 × .40P 31 × .44P 36 × .48P 19 × .38P 22 × .38P 30′ 0″ 6 × 3½ × .52A 26 × .42P 32 × .44P 38 × .48P 20 × .38P 23 × .40P 2275 Table 1. (Hiloires de 610 millimètres de hauteur.) Barrots mobiles et galiotes de panneaux pour les navires ayant une longueur égale supérieure à 61 mètres. Barrots mobiles. Largeur du Panneau. Armatures. Barrots mobiles avec Galiotes. Barrots mobiles sans Galiotes. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 1m83. 2m44. 3m05. 1m22. 1m52. [a Au lieu de “632” metre “635.”] [b Au lieu de “225” metre “230.”] Mètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. 3,05 75 × 75 × 10C 280 × 7,5T 305 × 8T 356 × 8,5T b225 × 11,5TB 254 × 12,5TB 3,66 75 × 75 × 10C 305 × 8T 305 × 8T 356 × 8,5T 225 × 11,5TB 254 × 12,5TB 4,27 75 × 75 × 10,5C 356 × 8,5 432 × 9T 508 × 9,5T 305 × 12,5TB 305 × 8T 4,88 90 × 75 × 10,5C 406 × 9T 483 × 9,5T 559 × 9,5T 305 × 8T 356 × 8,5T 5,49 100 × 75 × 11C 457 × 9T 533 × 9,5T 635 × 10T 356 × 8,5T 406 × 9T 6,10 100 × 75 × 11C 508 × 9,5T 610 × 10T 711 × 10,5T 381 × 8,5T 457 × 9T 6,71 115 × 75 × 11,5C 559 × 9,5T 660 × 10,5 762 × 11T 406 × 9T 483 × 9T 7,32 130 × 90 × 11,5C 584 × 10T 711 × 10,5T 813 × 11T 432 × 9T 508 × 9,5T 7,93 140 × 90 × 12C 610 × 10T 736 × 10,5T 864 × 11,5T 457 × 9T 533 × 9,5T 8,54 150 × 90 × 12,5C a632 × 10T 787 × 11T 915 × 12T 483 × 9,5T 559 × 9,5T 309,14 150 × 90 × 13C 660 × 10,5T 813 × 11T 965 × 12T 508 × 9,5T 584 × 10T 2276 Fore-and-afters.Fore-and-Afters. Length ofFore-and-Afters. Mounting. Bulb Plate.Centre Fore-and-Afters. Bulb Angle.Centre Fore-and-Afters. Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ • In ships not exceeding 11 feet in length, the depths of beams which arc formed of plates and angles may be 60 per cent, of the depths given above; the depths of beams and steel fore-and-afters formed of bulb angle or bulb plate section may be 80 per cent, of the depths given above; the thickness of plates, bulb angles and bulb plates should correspond to the thickness tabulated for the reduced depths with a minimum thickness of .30 inch; the depths and breadths of wood fore-and-afters may be 80 per cent, of those given In the tables for side fore-and-afters, but the centre fore-and-afters must be not less than 6½ inches wide. In ships between 100 feet and 200 feet in length, tho sizes of the beams and fore-and-afters are to be determined by linear interpolation. (Footnote in the certified copy.] ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 6′ 0″ 2½ × 2½ × .36 6 × .36 6½ × .38 7 × .38 6 × 3 × .36 6½ × 3½ × .38 7 × 3½ × .38 8′ 0″ 2½ × 2½ × .38 7 × .42 8 × .44 9 × .44 7 × 3½ × .42 8 × 3 × .44 9 × 3½ × .44 10′ 0″ 2½ × 2½ × .40 8 × .50 9½ × .50 11 × .50 8 × 3½ × .50 9½ × 3½ × .50 11 × 3½ × .50 —— Wood Centre Fore-and-Afters. Wood Centre Fore-and-Afters. Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ D B D B D B D B D B D B ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 6′ 0″ 5½ 7 6 7 6½ 7 5½ 5½ 6 6 6½ 6 8′ 0″ 6½ 7 7½ 7 8 7 6½ 6½ 7½ 7 8 7 10′ 0″ 8 7 8½ 8 9 9 8 7 8½ 8 9 9 A = Plain angle. BP = Bulb Plate. P = Plate. D = Depth. B = Breadth. Depths for hatchway beams are at the middle of the length and are measured from the top mounting to the lower edge. Depths for fore-and-afters are measured from the underside of the hatch covers to the lower edge. Sizes for intermediate lengths and spacing are obtained by interpolation. Where plates are specified, two angles of the size given for mountings, are to be fitted at the upper and at the lower part of the beam. Where bulb plates are specified, two angles, of the size given for mountings are to be fitted at the upper part of the beam or fore-and-after. Where bulb angles are specified, one angle, of the size given for mountings, is to be fitted at the upper part of the section. Where the specified flanges of an angle are of different dimensions, the larger flange is to be horizontal. 2277 Galiotes. Longueur deGallotes. Armature. Tôle à Boudin.Galiotes centrales. Cornières à Boudin.Galiotes centrales. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. * Dans les navites dont la longueur ne dépasse pas 30m50 la hauteur des barrots mobiles constitués par des tôles et des cornières peut être égale a 60 pour cent de la hauteur donnée à la table; la hauteur des barrots mobiles et des galiotes en acier constitués par une cornière à boudin ou par une tôle à boudin peut être égale à 80 pour cent de la hauteur donnée à la table; l’épaisseur des tôles, cornières à boudin et tôles à boudin doit être celle qui correspond, dans la table, i la hauteur réduite, sans toutefois que cette épaisseur puisse être Interieure à 7 m/m5. Les hauteurs et les largeurs des galiotes en bois peuvent être, pour les gallotes latérales ° égales à 80 pour cent des dimensions données A la table; mais les gallotes centrales ne doivent pas avoir une largeur Interieure à 165 millimètres. Dans les navires dont la longueur est comprise entre 30m50 et 61 mètres les dimensions des barrots et des gallotes doivent être déterminées par Interpolation linéaire. [Footnote in the certified copy.] [a Substituer “230” à “225.”] [c Rejeter “pour les gallotes latérales” A la fin do la phrase.] Mètres Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. 1,83 65 × 65 × 9 150 × 9 165 × 9,5 180 × 9,5 150 × 75 × 9,5 165 × 90 × 9,5 180 × 90 × 9,5 2,44 65 × 65 × 9,5 180 × 10,5 200 × 11 a225 × 11 180 × 90 × 10,5 200 × 75 × 11 a225 × 90 × 11 3,05 65 × 65 × 10 200 × 12,5 240 × 12,5 280 × 12,5 200 × 90 × 12,5 240 × 90 × 12,5 280 × 90 × 12,5 Longueur de la Galiote. Gallotes centrales en Bois. Galiotes latérales en Bois. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. H L H L H L H L H L H L 1,83 140 180 150 180 165 180 140 140 150 150 165 150 2,44 165 180 190 180 200 180 165 165 190 180 200 180 3,05 200 180 215 200 a225 a225 200 180 215 200 a200 a225 C=Cornière ordinaire. TB=Tôle à boudin. T=Tôle. H = Hauteur. L= Largeur. La hauteur dea barrots mobiles est la hauteur au milieu de leur longueur. Elle est mesurée depuis l’armature supérieure jusqu’au bord inférieur. La hauteur des galiotes est mesurée depuis la face inférieure des panneaux de fermeture jusqu'au bord inférieur. Pour des longueurs et écartements intermédiaires les dimensions sont obtenues par interpolation. Lorsque l’emploi de tôles est exigé, deux cornières ayant les dimensions spécifiées pour les armatures doivent être placées à la partie haute et à la partie basse du barrot mobile. Lorsque des tôles à boudin sont exigées, deux cornières ayant les dimensions exigées pour les armatures doivent être placées à la partie supérieure du barrot mobile ou de la galiote. Lorsque des cornières à boudin sont exigées, une cornière ayant les dimensions exigées pour les armatures doit être placée à la partie haute. Lorsque les largeurs exigées pour les pannes d’une cornière sont différentes, la panne la plus large doit être disposée horizontalement. 2278 Table 2.Table 2.Beams, etc. for large ships. (Coamings 18 inches in height.) Hatchaway Beams and Fore-and-Afters for Ships 200 feet or more on lengths.* Hatchaway Beams. Breadth of Hatchway. Mounting. Beams with Fore-and-Afters. Beams without Fore-and-Afters. Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 6′ 0″ 8′ 0″ 10′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ [* See footnote, p. 2280.] ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 10′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .40A 9½ × .46BP 10½ × .50BP 11½ × .52BP 8 × .40BP 9 × .44BP 12′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .40A 11 × .50BP 11 × .30P 13 × .34P 9 × .44BP 10 × .50BP 14′ 0″ 3 × 3 × .42A 11 × .30P 13 × .32P 15 × .34P 10 × .50BP 11½ × .50BP 16′ 0″ 3½ × 3 × .42A 12 × .32P 15 × .34P 17 × .36P 11 × .30P 11 × .30P 18′ 0″ 4 × 3 × .44A 14 × ,34P 17 × .36P 19 × .38P 11 × .30P 12 × .32P 20′ 0″ 4 × 3 × .44A 16 × .36P 19 × .38P 21 × .38P 12 × .32P 13 × .34P 22′ 0″ 4½ × 3 × .46A 17 × .36P 20 × .38P 23 × .40P 12½ × .32P 14 × .34P 24′ 0″ 5 × 3½ × .46A 18 × .36P 21 × .38P 25 × .40P 13 × .34P 14½ × .34P 26′ 0″ 5½ × 3½ × .48A 19 × .38P 22 × .38P 26 × .42P 13½ × .34P 15 × .34P 28′ 0″ 6 × 3½ × .50A 20 × .38P 23 × .40P 27 × .42P 14 × .34P 16 × .36P 30′ 0″ 6 × 3½ × .52A 21 × .38P 24 × .40P 28 × .42P 15 × .34P 17 × .36P 2279 Table 1.a (Hiloires de 610 millimètres de hauteur.) Barrots mobiles et galiotes de panneaux pour les navires ayant une longueur égale supérieure à 61 mètres. Barrots mobiles. Largeur du Panneau. Armatures. Barrots mobiles avec Galiotes. Barrots mobiles sans Galiotes. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 1m83. 2m44. 3m05. 1m22. 1m52. [a But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2394.] [b Remplacer “620” par “610.”] [c Remplacer “200” par “203.”] [d Remplacer “225” par “230.”] [e Remplacer “3,5” par “8,5.”] Mètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. 3,05 75 × 75 × 10C 241 × 11,5TB 267 × 12,5TB 292 × 13TB c200 × 10TB d225 × 11TB 3,66 75 × 75 × 10C 280 × 12,5T 280 × 7,5T 330 × 8,5T d225 × 11,5TB 254 × 12,5TB 4,27 75 × 75 × 10,5C 280 × 7,5T 330 × 8T 381 × 8,5T 254 × 12,5TB 292 × 12,5TB 4,88 90 × 75 × 10,5C 305 × 8T 381 × 8,5T 432 × 9T 280 × 7,5T 280 × 7,5T 5,49 100 × 75 × 11C 356 × 8,5T 432 × 9T 483 × 9,5T 280 × 7,5T 305 × 8T 6,10 100 × 75 × 11C 406 × 9T 483 × 9,5T 533 × 9,5T 305 × 8T 330 × 8,5T 6,71 115 × 75 × 11,5C 432 × 9T 508 × 9,5T 584 × 10T 318 × 8T 356 × 8,5T 7,32 130 × 90 × 11,5C 457 × 9T 533 × 9,5T 635 × 10T 330 × 8,5T 368 × 8,5T 7,93 140 × 90 × 12C 483 × 9,5T 559 × 9,5T 660 × 10,5T 344 × 8,5T 381 × 8,5T 8,54 150 × 90 × 12,5C 508 × 9,5T 584 × 10T 686 × 10,5T c356 × 3,5T 406 × 9T 9,14 150 × 90 × 13C 533 × 9,5T b620 × 10T 711 × 10,5T 381 × 8,5T 432 × 9T 2280 Fore-and-afters. Fore-and-Afters. Length of Form-and-Afters. Mounting. Bulb Plate. Bulb Plate. Centre Fore-and-Afters. Centre Fore-and-Afters. Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 6′ 0″ 2½⪥ 2½⪥ .36 5 ⪥ .34 5½⪥ .34 6 ⪥ .36 5 ⪥ 3 ⪥ .34 5½⪥ 3 ⪥ .34 6 ⪥ 3 ⪥ .36 8′ 0″ 2½⪥ 2½⪥ .38 6 ⪥ .38 7 ⪥ .40 7½⪥ .42 6 ⪥ 3 ⪥ .38 7 ⪥ 3 ⪥ .40 7½⪥ 3½⪥ .42 10′ 0″ 2½⪥ 2½⪥ .40 7 ⪥ .44 8 ⪥ .46 9 ⪥ .50 7 ⪥ 3 ⪥ .44 8 ⪥ 3½⪥ .46 9 ⪥ 3½⪥ .50 Wood Centre Fore-and-Afters. Wood Centre Fore-and-Afters. __ Spacing Centre to Centre. Spacing Centre to Centre. 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ 3′ 0″ 4′ 0″ 5′ 0″ D B D B D B D B D B D B ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. ins. 6′ 0″ 5 7 5½ 7 6 7 5 5 5½ 5 6 5 8′ 0″ 6 7 6½ 7 7 7 6 5 6½ 6 7 6 10′ 0″ 7 7 7½ 7 8 7 7 6 7½ 7 8 7 A = Plain angle. BP = Bulb Plate. P = Plate. D = Depth. B = Breadth. Depths for hatchway beams are at the middle of the length and are measured from the top mounting to the lower edge. Depths for fore-and-afters are measured from the under side of the hatch covers to the lower edge. Sizes for intermediate lengths and spacing are obtained by interpolation. Where plates are specified, two angles, of the sizes given for mountings, are to be fitted at the upper and at the lower part of the beam. Where bulb plates are specified, two angles, of the size given for mountings, are to be fitted at the upper part of the beam or fore-and-after. Where bulb angles are specified, one angle, of the size given for mountings, is to be fitted at the upper part of the section. Where the specified flanges of an angle are of different dimensions, the larger flange is to be horizontal. * In ships not exceeding 100 feet in length, the depths of beams which are formed of plates and angles may be 60 per cent, of the depths given above; the depths of beams and steel fore-and-afters formed of bulb angle or bulb plate section may be 80 per cent, of the depths given above; the thickness of plates, bulb angles and bulb plates should correspond to the thickness tabulated for the reduced depths with a minimum thickness of .30 inch; the depths and breadths of wood fore-and-afters may be 80 per cent, of those given in the tables tor side fore-and-afters, but the centre fore-and-after a must be not less than 6½ inches wide. In ships between 100 feet and 200 feet in length, the sizes of the beams and fore-and-afters are to be determined by linear interpolation. [Footnote in the certified copy.] 2281 Galiotes. * Dans les navites dont la longueur ne dépasse pas 30m50 la hauteur des barrots mobiles constitués par des tôles et des cornières peut être égale a 60 pour cent de la hauteur donnée à la table; la hauteur des barrots mobiles et des galiotes en acier constitués par une cornière à boudin ou par une tôle à boudin peut être égale à 80 pour cent de la hauteur donnée à la table; l’épaisseur des tôles, cornières à boudin et tôles à boudin doit être celle qui correspond, dans la table, i la hauteur réduite, sans toutefois que cette épaisseur puisse être Interieure à 7 m/m5. Les hauteurs et les largeurs des galiotes en bois peuvent être, pour les gallotes latérales ° égales à 80 pour cent des dimensions données A la table; mais les gallotes centrales ne doivent pas avoir une largeur Interieure à 165 millimètres. Dans les navires dont la longueur est comprise entre 30m50 et 61 mètres les dimensions des barrots et des gallotes doivent être déterminées par Interpolation linéaire. [Footnote in the certified copy.] [a Remplacer “225” par “230.”] [b Remplacer “3,5” par “8,5.”] [c Rejeter “pour lea galiotes latérales” à la fin de la phrase.] Longueur de Gallotes. Armature. Tôle à Boudin. Cornières à Boudin. Galiotes centrales. Galiotes centrales. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. Mètres Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. Millimètres. 1,83 65 ⪥ 65 ⪥ 9 130 ⪥ 8,5 140 ⪥ 8,5 150 ⪥ 9 130 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 3,5 b 140 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 8,5 150 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 9 2,44 65 ⪥ 65 ⪥ 9,5 150 ⪥ 9,5 180 ⪥ 10 190 ⪥ 10,5 150 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 9,5 180 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 10 190 ⪥ 90 ⪥ 10,5 3,05 65 ⪥ 65 ⪥ 10 180 ⪥ 11 200 ⪥ 11,5 a 225 ⪥ 12,5 180 ⪥ 75 ⪥ 11 200 ⪥ 90 ⪥ 11,5 a 225 ⪥ 90 ⪥ 12,5 Gallotes centrales en Bois. Galiotes latérales en Bois. Longueur de la Galiote. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. Écartement d’Axe en Axe. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. 0m91. 1m22. 1m52. H L H L H L H L H L H L 1,83 130 180 140 180 150 180 130 130 140 130 150 130 2,44 165 180 190 180 1800 180 150 130 165 150 180 150 3.05 180 180 195 180 200 180 180 150 190 180 200 180 C=Cornière ordinaire. TB=Tôle à boudin. T=Tôle. H = Hauteur. L= Largeur. La hauteur des barrots mobiles est la hauteur au milieu de leur longueur. Elle est mesurée depuis l’armature supérieure jusqu’au bord inférieur. La liauteur des galiotes est mesurée depuis la face inférieure des panneaux de fermeture jusqu’au bord inférieur. Pour des longueurs et écartements intermédiaires les dimensions sont obtenues par interpolation. Lorsque l’emploi de tôles est exigé, deux cornières ayant les dimensions spécifiées pour les armatures doivent être placées à la partie haute et à la partie basse du barrot mobile. Lorsque des tôles à boudin sont exigées, deux cornières ayant les dimensions exigées pour les armatures doivent être placées à la partie supérieure du barrot mobile ou de la galiote. Lorsque des cornières à boudin sont exigées, une cornière ayant les dimensions exigées pour les armatures doit être placée à la partie haute. Lorsque les largeurs exigées pour les pannes d’une cornière sont différentes, la panne Ja plus large doit être disposée horizontalement. 2282 Rule XII.— *Carriers or Sockets*. Carriera or sockets.Carriers or sockets for hatchway beams and fore-and-afters are to be of steel at least ½ inch thick, and are to have a width of bearing surface of at least 3 inches. Rule XIII.— *Cleats*. Cleats.Strong cleats at least 2½ inches wide are to be fitted at intervals of not more than 2 feet from centre to centre; the end cleats are to be placed not more than 6 inches from each corner of the hatchway. Rule XIV.— *Battens and Wedges*. Battens and wedges.Battens and wedges are to be efficient and in good condition. Rule XV.— *Tarpaulins*. Tarpaulins.At least two tarpaulins in good condition, thoroughly water-proofed and of ample strength, are to be provided for each hatchway in an exposed position on freeboard and superstructure decks. The material is to be guaranteed free from jute, and of the standard weight and quality laid down by each Administration. Rule XVI.— *Security of Hatchway Covers*. Security of hatchway covers.At all hatchways in exposed positions on freeboard and super-structure decks ring bolts or other fittings for lashings are to be provided. Where the breadth of the hatchway exceeds 60 per cent, of the breadth of the deck in way of the hatchway, and the coamings are required to be 24 inches high, fittings for special lashings are to be provided for securing the hatchway covers after the tarpaulins are battened down. Rule XVII.— *Cargo and other Hatchways in the Freeboard Deck within Superstructures which are fitted with Closing Appliances less efficient than Class 1*. Standards of cargo, etc., hatchways.The construction and fitting of such hatchways are to be at least equivalent to the standards laid down in Rule XVIII. Rule XVIII.— *Hatchway Coamings and Closing Arrangements*. Hatchway coamings and closing arrangements.Cargo, coaling and other hatchways in the freeboard deck within superstructures which are fitted with Class 2 closing appliances are to have coamings at least 9 inches in height and closing arrangements 2283 Règle XII.— *Supports ou glissières*. Les supports ou glissières pour les barrots mobiles et les galiotes doivent être en acier et d’une épaisseur au moins égale à 12,5 millimètres. Leur largeur à la surface de portage devra être de 75 millimètres au moins. Règle XIII.— *Taquets*. Des taquets solides ayant au moins 63 millimètres 22[22 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] de largeur doivent être disposés à des intervalles n’excédant pas 0m61 d’axe en axe. Les taquets aux extrémités ne doivent pas être éloignés de plus de 150 millimètres de chaque angle du panneau. Règle XIV.— *Tringles et coins*. Les tringles et les coins doivent être efficaces et en bon état. Règle XV.— *Prélarts*. II y aura à bord pour chacun des panneaux placés en un point exposé du pont de franc-bord et du pont de superstructures deux prélarts au moins en bon état parfaitement imperméabilisés et de résistance largement suffisante. Le tissu doit être garanti sans jute et d’un poids et d’une qualité déterminés par chaque Administration. Règle XVI.— *Fixation des panneaux de fermeture*. Tous les panneaux placés dans des positions exposées sur les ponts de franc-bord et de superstructures doivent être munis de pitons ou autres dispositifs pour fixer des saisines. Lorsque la largeur du panneau dépasse 60 pour cent de la largeur du pont par son travers et lorsque la hauteur exigée des hiloires est de 610 millimètres, des dispositifs pour fixer des saisines spéciales doivent être prévus, afin de permettre d’assurer la tenue des panneaux de fermeture, après mise en place des prélarts et des tringles. Règle XVII.— *Panneaux de chargement et autres panneaux dans le pont de franc-bord à l’intérieur de superstructures pourvues de dispositifs de fermeture moins efficaces que ceux de la Classe I*. La construction et l’installation de ces panneaux doivent être au moins équivalentes à la construction et à l’installation type prévues à la Règle XVIII. Règle XVIII.— *Hiloires de panneaux.* 23[23 Titre: “Hiloires de panneaux et dispositifs de fermeture.”] Les hiloires de 24[24 Supprimer “hiloires de.”] panneaux de chargement, panneaux de charbonnage et autres panneaux dans le pont de franc-bord à l’intérieur des superstructures qui sont munies de dispositifs de fermeture de la 2284 as effective as those required for exposed cargo hatchways whose coamings are 18 inches high. Where the closing appliances are less efficient than Class 2, the hatchways are to have coamings at least 18 inches in height, and are to have fittings and closing arrangements as effective as those required for exposed cargo hatchways. Rule XIX.— *Machinery Space Openings in Exposed Positions on Freeboard and Raised Quarter Decks*. Machinery space openings.Freeboard and raised decks. Such openings are to be properly framed and efficiently enclosed by steel casings of ample strength, and where the casings are not protected by other structures their strength is to be specially considered. Doors in such casings are to be of steel, efficiently stiffened, permanently attached, and capable of being closed and secured from both sides. The sills of openings are to be at least 24 inches above the freeboard deck and at least 18 inches above the raised quarter deck. Fiddley, funnel, and ventilator coamings are to be as high above the deck as is reasonable and practicable. Fiddley openings are to have strong steel covers permanently attached in their proper positions. Rule XX.— *Machinery Space Openings in Exposed Positions on Superstructure Decks other than Raised Quarter Decks*. Superstructures.Such openings are to be properly framed and efficiently enclosed by strong steel casings. Doors in such cases are to be strongly constructed, permanently attached, and capable of being closed and secured from both sides. The sills of the openings are to be at least 15 inches above superstructure decks. Fiddley, funnel and ventilator coamings are to be as high above the deck as is reasonable and practicable. Fiddley openings are to have strong steel covers permanently attached in their proper positions. 2285 Classe 2, doivent avoir des hiloires d’une hauteur de 229 millimètres 25[25 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] au moins et des dispositifs de fermeture aussi efficaces que ceux exigés pour les panneaux de chargement exposés, dont la hauteur réglementaire d’hiloire est de 457 millimètres.25[25 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] Lorsque les dispositifs de fermeture sont 26[26 Au lieu de “dispositifs de fermeture sont” mettre “installations de fermeture des superstructures sont.”] moins efficaces que ceux de la Classe 2, les panneaux doivent avoir des hiloires d’une hauteur de 457 millimètres 25[25 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] au moins et des dispositifs et des arrangements de fermeture aussi efficaces que ceux exigés pour les panneaux de chargement exposés. Règle XIX.— *Ouvertures dans la tranche des machines situées dans les parties exposées des ponts de franc-bord et de demidunette*. Ces ouvertures doivent être convenablement et efficacement entourées par des encaissements en tôle d'acier de solidité largement suffisante. Lorsque dea encaissements ne sont pas protégés par d’autres constructions, leur solidité doit faire l’objet d’une étude spéciale. Les portes dans ces encaissements doivent être en acier, efficacement raidies, fixées à la paroi d’une manière permanente et en mesure d’être fermées et assujetties de l’intérieur et de l’extérieur. Les seuils des ouvertures doivent avoir une hauteur d’au moins 610 millimètres audessus du pont de franc-bord et d’au moins 457 millimètres25[25But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] audessus du pont de demidunette. Les hiloires de panneaux de chaufferies, les hiloires à la base des cheminées et les conduits d’aération doivent s’élever audessus du pont aussi haut qu’il est raisonnable et possible. Les panneaux de chaufferies doivent être pourvus de couvercles solides en acier, maintenus à leur place par un dispositif de fixation.27[27 Après “fixation” insérer “permanent.”] Règle XX.— *Ouvertures dans la tranche des machines situées dans les parties exposées des ponts de superstructures autres qu’une demidunette*. Ces ouvertures doivent être convenablement annaturées et efficacement entourées par un encaissement solide en tôle d’acier. Les portes de ces encaissements doivent être solidement construites, fixées à la paroi d’une manière permanente, et en mesure d’être fermées et assujetties de l’intérieur et de l’extérieur. Les seuils des ouvertures doivent avoir une hauteur d’au moins 380 millimètres audessus des ponts de superstructures. Les hiloires de panneaux de chaufferies, les hiloires à la base des cheminées et les conduits d’aération doivent s’élever audessus du pont aussi haut qu’il est raisonnable et possible. Les panneaux de chaufferies doivent être pourvus de couvercles solides en acier maintenus à leur place par un dispositif de fixation permanent. 2286 Rule XXI.— *Machinery Space Openings in the Freeboard Deck within Superstructures which are fitted with Closing Appliances less efficient than Class 1*. Openings to be properly enclosed.Such openings are to be properly framed and efficiently enclosed by steel casings. Doors in such casings are to be strongly constructed, permanently attached, and capable of being securely closed. The sills of the openings are to be at least 9 inches above the deck where the superstructures are closed by Class 2 closing appliances, and at least 15 inches above the deck where the closing appliances are less efficient than Class 2. Rule XXII.— *Flush Bunker Scuttles*. Flush bunker scutties.Flush bunker scuttles may be fitted in superstructure decks, and where so fitted are to be of iron or steel, of substantial construction, with screw or bayonet joints. Where a scuttle is not secured by hinges, a permanent chain attachment is to be provided. The position of flush bunker scuttles in small ships in special trades is to be dealt with by each Assigning Authority. Rule XXIII.— *Companionways*. Companionways.Companionways in exposed positions on freeboard decks and on decks of enclosed superstructures are to be of substantial construction. The sills of the doorways are to be of the heights specified for hatchway coamings (see Rules IX and XVIII). The doors are to be strongly constructed and capable of being closed and secured from both sides. Where the companionway is situated within a quarter of the ship’s length from the stem, it is to be of steel and riveted to the deck plating. Rule XXIV.— *Ventilators in Exposed Positions on Freeboard and Superstructure Decks*. Ventilators in exposed positions.Such ventilators to spaces below freeboard decks or decks of super-structures which are intact or fitted with Class 1 closing appliances are to have coamings of steel, substantially constructed, and efficiently connected to the deck by rivets spaced four diameters apart centre to centre, or by equally effective means. The deck plating at the base of the coaming is to be efficiently stiffened between the deck beams. The ventilator openings are to be provided with efficient closing arrangements. 2287 Règle XXI.— *Ouvertures dans la tranche des machines situées dans les ponts de franc-bord à l’intérieur des superstructures qui sont munies de dispositifs de fermeture moins efficaces que ceux de la Classe I*. Ces ouvertures doivent être convenablement armaturées et efficacement entourées par un encaissement en tôle d’acier. Les portes de ces encaissements doivent être solidement construites, fixées à la paroi d’une manière permanente et en mesure d’être maintenues fermées. Les seuils de ces ouvertures doivent être à une hauteur d’au moins 229 millimètres 28[28 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] audessus du pont dans le cas où les superstructures sont pourvues de dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 2, et à une hauteur d’au moins 380 millimètres audessus du pont lorsque les dispositifs de fermeture sont moins efficaces que ceux de la Classe 2. Règle XXII.— *Bouchons de soute à plat pont*. Des bouchons de soute à plat pont peuvent être installés dans les ponts de superstructures; ils doivent être en fer ou en acier, de construction solide, avec des joints à vis ou à baïonnette. Lorsqu’un bouchon n’est pas muni de charnières, un système d’attache permanent en chaîne doit être prévu. La question de l’emplacement des bouchons de soute à plat pont à bord des petits navires affectés à des transports spéciaux est du ressort de chaque Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation du franc-bord. Règle XXIII.— *Descentes.*. Les descentes dans les parties exposées des ponts de franc-bord et des ponts de superstructures fermées doivent être de construction solide. Les seuils de leurs portes doivent avoir la hauteur exigée pour les hiloires de panneaux (voir Règles IX et XVIII). Les portes doivent être solidement construites et en mesure d’être fermées et assujetties de l’intérieur et de l’extérieur. Lorsque la descente se trouve dans le quart de la longueur du navire à partir de l’étrave, elle doit être en acier et être rivée au bordé de pont. Règle XXIV.— *Manches à air placées dans des parties exposées des ponts de franc-bord et de superstructures*. Les manches à air desservant les espaces situés audessous des ponts de franc-bord ou audessous des ponts de superstructures intactes ou de superstructures pourvues de dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 1, doivent avoir la partie fixe en acier, solidement construite et efficacement fixée au pont par des rivets espacés de 4 diamètres d’axe en axe, ou par d’autres moyens aussi efficaces. Le bordé du pont à la base de la partie fixe des manches à air doit être efficacement raidi entre les barrots du pont. Les ouvertures des manches à air doivent être pourvues de moyens de fermeture efficaces. 2288 Where such ventilators are situated on the freeboard deck, or on the superstructure deck within a quarter of the ship’s length from the stem, and the closing arrangements are of a temporary character, the coamings are to be at least 36 inches in height; in other exposed positions on the superstructure deck they are to be at least 30 inches in height. Where the coaming of any ventilator exceeds 36 inches in height, it is to be specially supported and secured. Rule XXV.— *Air Pipes*. Air pipes.Where the air pipes to ballast and other tanks extend above free-board or superstructure decks, the exposed parts of the pipes are to be of substantial construction; the height from the deck to the opening is to be at least 36 inches in wells on freeboard decks, 30 inches on raised quarter decks, and 18 inches on other superstructure decks. Satisfactory means are to be provided for closing the openings of the air pipes. Openings in the Sides of Ships. Openings in ship’s sides. Rule XXVI.— *Gangway, Cargo and Coaling Ports, &c*. To be fitted with water-tight covers.Openings in the sides of ships below the freeboard deck are to be fitted with watertight doors or covers which, with their securing appliances, are to be of sufficient strength. Rule XXVII.— *Scuppers and Sanitary Discharge Pipes*. Scuppers and sanitary discharge pipes.Discharges led through the ship’s sides from spaces below the freeboard deck are to be fitted with efficient and accessible means for preventing water from passing inboard. Each separate discharge may have an automatic non-return valve with a positive means of closing it from a position above the freeboard deck, or two automatic non-return valves without positive means of closing, provided the upper valve is situated so that it is always accessible for examination under service conditions. The positive action valve is to be readily accessible and is to be provided with means for showing whether Cast iron not to be used.the valve is open or closed. Cast iron is not to be accepted for such valves where attached to the sides of the ship. 2289 Lorsque les manches à air sont placées sur le pont de franc-bord, ou sur le pont d’une superstructure située dans le quart avant de la longueur du navire à partir de l’étrave et lorsque les dispositifs de fermeture ont un caractère temporaire, la partie fixe doit avoir une hauteur d'au moins 915 millimètres. Dans les autres parties exposées du pont de superstructures, elles doivent avoir une hauteur au moins égale à 760 millimètres. Lorsque la partie fixe d’une manche à air quelconque a une hauteur supérieure à 915 millimètres, elle doit être soutenue et fixée en place d’une façon spéciale. Règle XXV.— *Tuyaux d’air*. Lorsque les tuyaux d’air des water ballasts et autres réservoirs analogues se prolongent audessus des ponts de franc-bord ou de super-structures, les parties exposées de ces tuyaux doivent être de construction solide. Leur orifice doit être situé à une hauteur audessus du pont au moins égale à 915 millimètres dans les puits des ponts de franc-bord, de 760 millimètres sur les ponts des demidunettes et de 457 millimètres29[29 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] sur les ponts des autres superstructures. Des dispositifs convenables doivent être prévus pour obturer les orifices des tuyaux d’air. *Ouvertures dans les Murailles des Navires*. Règle XXVI.— *Coupée, saborde de charge, sabords à charbon, &c*. Les ouvertures dans les murailles du navire audessous du pont de franc-bord doivent être pourvues de portes ou fermetures étanches. Ces portes et ces fermetures, ainsi que leurs dispositifs de fixation,30[30 Au lieu de “de fixation” mettre “d’assujettissement.”] doivent être de solidité suffisante. Règle XXVII.— *Dalots et tuyaux de décharge sanitaires*. Les décharges à travers la muraille des navires, provenant d’espaces situés audessous du pont de franc-bord, doivent être munies de dispositifs efficaces et accessibles empêchant l’eau de pénétrer dans le navire. Chaque décharge indépendante peut être munie d’une soupape automatique de nonretour avec un moyen de fermeture direct, manœuvrable d’un point situé audessus du pont de franc-bord, ou de deux soupapes automatiques de nonretour sans moyen de fermeture direct, pourvu que la plus élevée soit placée de telle sorte qu’elle puisse être toujours 31[3l Au lieu de “puisse être toujours” mettre “soit toujours.”] accessible pour être visitée dans les circonstances normales de service. La soupape à commande de fermeture directe doit toujours être facilement accessible et elle doit comporter un indicateur d’ouverture et de fermeture. La fonte ne doit pas être employée dans la fabrication de ces soupapes lorsqu’elles sont fixées sur la muraille du navire. 2290 Conditional upon the type and the location of the inboard ends of such openings, similar provisions may be prescribed by the Assigning Authority as to discharges from spaces within enclosed superstructures. Where scuppers are fitted in superstructures not fitted with Class 1 closing appliances they are to have efficient means for preventing the accidental admission of water below the freeboard deck. Rule XXVIII.— *Side Scuttles*. Side scuttles.Side scuttles to spaces below the freeboard deck or to spaces below the superstructure deck of superstructures closed by Class 1 or Class 2 closing appliances are to be fitted with efficient inside deadlights permanently attached in their proper positions so that they can be effectively closed and secured watertight. Where, however, such spaces in superstructures are appropriated to passengers other than steerage passengers or to crew, the side scuttles may have portable deadlights stowed adjacent to the side scuttles, provided they are readily accessible at all times on service. The side scuttles and deadlights are to be of substantial and approved construction. Rule XXIX.— *Guard Rails*. Guard rails.Efficient guard rails or bulwarks are to be fitted on all exposed portions of freeboard and superstructure decks. Rule XXX.— *Freeing Ports*. Freeing ports.Where bulwarks on the weather portions of freeboard or super-structure decks form “wells,” ample provision is to be made for rapidly freeing the decks of water and for draining them. The minimum freeing port area on each side of the ship for each well on the freeboard deck and on the raised quarter-deck is to be that given by the following scale; the minimum area for each well on any other superstructure deck is to be one-half the area given by the scale. Where the length of the well exceeds .7 L, the scale may be modified. 2291 Des prescriptions similaires peuvent être exigées par l’Administration 32[32 Au lieu de “l’Administration” mettre “l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation du franc-bord.”] en ce qui concerne les décharges provenant des espaces situés dans les superstructures fermés en tenant compte du type de ces décharges et de l’emplacement de leurs extrémités à l’intérieur du navire. Quand des dalots sont placés dans des superstructures non munies d’installation de fermeture de la Classe 1, ils doivent être pourvus de moyens efficaces pour empêcher l’introduction accidentelle de l’eau audessous du pont de franc-bord. Règle XXVIII.— *Hublots*. Les hublots des locaux situés audessous du pont de franc-bord ou ceux des locaux situés audessous du pont de 33[33Après “pont de” mettre “superstructures des. ”] superstructures fermées au moyen de dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 1 ou de la Classe 2, doivent être munis de contrehublots intérieurs efficaces, maintenus à leur emplacement d’une manière permanente, de façon à ce qu’ils puissent être effectivement fermés et qu’ils assurent l’étanchéité. Lorsque, toutefois, de tels locaux situés dans les superstructures sont destinés aux passagers autres que les passagers d’entrepont ou à l’équipage, les hublots peuvent avoir des contrehublots amovibles placés à côté des hublots sous réserve qu’ils soient rapidement utilisables en tout temps. Les hublots et les contrehublots doivent être de construction solide et approuvée. Règle XXIX.— *Gardecorps*. Des gardecorps ou des pavois de construction efficace doivent être établis dans toutes les parties exposées des ponts de franc-bord et de superstructures. Règle XXX.— *Sabords de décharge*. Lorsque des pavois se trouvant sur les parties exposées des ponts de franc-bord ou de superstructures forment des “puits,” des dispositions largement suffisantes doivent être prises pour permettre d’évacuer rapidement l’eau des ponts et en assurer l’écoulement. La section minimum des sabords de décharge à prévoir de chaque bord et dans chaque puits sur le pont de franc-bord et sur le pont de demidunette, doit être celle indiquée dans le tableau suivant. Sur le pont de toute autre superstructure la section minimum des sabords de chaque puits doit être égale à la moitié de la section indiquée dans le tableau. Lorsque la longueur d’un puits est plus grande que 0,7 L le tableau peut être modifié. 2292 Scale of Freeing Port Area. Specifications. Length of Bulwarks in “ Well ” in Feet. Freeing Port Area on each side In Square Feet. 15 8.0 20 8.5 25 9.0 30 9.5 35 10.0 40 10.5 45 11.0 50 11.5 55 12.0 60 12.5 65 13.0 Above 65 1 square foot for each additional 5 feet length of bulwark. The lower edges of the freeing ports are to be as near the deck as practicable and preferably not higher than the upper edge of the gunwale bar. Two-thirds of the freeing port area required is to be provided in the midship half of the well. In ships with less than the standard sheer the freeing port area is to be suitably increased. All such openings in the bulwarks are to be protected by rails or bars spaced about 9 inches apart. If shutters are fitted to freeing ports, ample clearance is to be provided to prevent jamming. Hinges are to have brass pins. Rule XXXI.— *Protection of Crew*. Protection of crew.Gangways, lifelines or other satisfactory means are to be provided for the protection of the crew in getting to and from their quarters. The strength of houses for the accommodation of crew on flush deck steamers is to be equivalent to that required for superstructure bulk-heads. Part III.— Load Line for Steamers. Load line for steamers. Rule XXXII.— *Length (L)*. Length.The length used with the Rules and Freeboard Table is the length in feet on the summer load water-line from the foreside of the stem to the afterside of the rudder post. Where there is no rudder post, 2293 Tableau de la section des sabords de décharge.34[34 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] Longueur des pavois par le travers du puits en mètres. Section des sabords de décharge de chaque bord en décimètres carrés.a [a An lieu de 73,9 mettre 79,0; au lieu de 93,0 mettre 92,9; au lieu do 102,3 mettre 102,2; au lieu de 111,8 mettre 111,5. Pans le bas de la colonne, supprimer le mot “additionnelle”] 4,57 74,3 6,10 78,9 7,62 83,6 9,14 88,3 10,67 93,0 12,19 97,5 13,72 102,3 15,24 106,8 16,76 111,8 18,29 116,1 19,81 120,8 Audessus de 19,81 9,3 décimètres carrés pour chaque augmentation de lm.52 de longueur additionnelle de pavois. Les seuils inférieurs des sabords de décharge doivent être aussi près du pont qu’il sera pratiquement possible et, de préférence ne doivent pas dépasser le can supérieur de la cornière gouttière. Les deuxtiers de la section totale réglementaire des sabords de décharge doivent se trouver dans la demilongueur du puits au milieu. Dans les navires dont la tonture est inférieure à la tonture réglementaire, la section totale des sabords de décharge doit être convenablement augmentée. Toutes ces ouvertures dans les pavois doivent être protégées par des tringles ou barres, espacées d’environ 23 centimètres. Si les sabords de décharge sont munis de volets battants, un jeu largement suffisant doit être prévu pour empêcher tout coinçage. Les charnières doivent avoir des axes en laiton. Règle XXXI.— *Protection de l’équipage*. Des passerelles, des filières ou autres dispositifs satisfaisants doivent être prévus pour protéger l’équipage lorsqu’il entre dans son logement ou en sort. La solidité des roufs affectés au logement de l’équipage sur les navires à vapeur á pont découvert doit être équivalente à celle exigée pour les cloisons des superstructures. 3eme Partie.— Lignes de charge pour les vapeurs. Règle XXXII.— *Longueur (L).*. La longueur employée dans les règles et dans les Tables de franc-bord est la longueur en mètres, mesurée au niveau de la flottaison correspondant au franc-bord d’été, depuis la face avant de l’étrave 2294 the length is measured from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock. For ships with cruiser sterns, the length is to be taken as 96 per cent, of the total length on the designed summer load water-line or as the length from the fore side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock if that be the greater. Rule XXXIII.— *Breadth* (B). Breadth.The breadth is the maximum breadth in feet amidships to the moulded line of the frame in iron or steel ships, and to the outside of the planking in wood or composite ships. Rule XXXIV.— *Moulded Depth*. Moulded depth.The moulded depth is the vertical distance in feet, measured amidships, from the top of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side. In wood and composite ships the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the depth is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel. Rule XXXV.— *Depth for Freeboard* (D). Depth of treeboard.The depth used with the Freeboard Table is the moulded depth plus the thickness of stringer plate, or plus T ( L — S ) L if that be greater, where— T is the mean thickness of the exposed deck clear of deck openings, and S is the total length of superstructures as defined in Rule XL. Where the topsides are of unusual form, D is the depth of a midship section having vertical topsides, standard round of beam and area of 2295 jusqu’à Ia face arrière de l’étambot. 35[35 Après “étambot” mettre “arrière.”] Dans le cas où il n’y a pas d’étambot arrière la longueur est mesurée depuis la face avant de l’étrave jusqu’à l’axe de la mèche du gouvernail. Pour les navires ayant des arrières 36[36 Après “arrières” mettre “de croiseur.”] on doit prendre pour longueur soit 96 pour cent de la longueur totale 37[37 Après “totale” mettre une virgule.] mesurée sur un plan 38[38 Après “ plan ” mettre une virgule.] de la flottaison en charge au franc-bord d’été soit la longueur mesurée de croiseurs,39[39 Supprimer le mot “croiseurs” et la viraule.] la face avant de l’étrave jusqu’à l’axe de la mèche de gouvernail, si cette longueur est plus grande. Règle XXXIII.— *Largeur (B)*. La largeur est la largeur maximum en mètres mesurée au milieu du navire jusqu’à la face extérieure de la membrure dans les navires en fer ou en acier et jusqu’à la surface extérieure du bordé dans les navires en bois ou dans ceux de construction composite. Règle XXXIV.— *Creux sur quille au livet*. Le creux sur quille au livet est la distance verticale en mètres mesurée au milieu du navire depuis le dessus de quille jusqu’à la face supérieure du barrot au livet du pont de franc-bord. Dans les navires en bois et dans ceux de construction composite le creux est mesuré à partir de l’arête inférieure de la råblure de quille. Lorsque les formes de la partie inférieure du maître couple sont creuses, ou lorsqu’il existe des galbords épais, le creux au livet est mesuré depuis le point où le prolongement vers l’axe de la ligne tangente à la partie plate des fonds coupe le côté de la quille. Règle XXXV.— *Creux pour le franc-bord (C)*. Le creux employé pour le calcul du franc-bord est le creux au livet augmenté de l’épaisseur de la tôle gouttière ou augmenté de T x ( L — S ) L 40[40 Au lieu de T x ( L — S ) L mettre T ( L — S ). L ] si cette dernière correction est plus grande. Dans cette formule: T est l’épaisseur moyenne du pont découvert en dehors des ouvertures de pont, S est la longueur totale des superstructures telle qu’elle est définie à la Règle XL. Lorsque les œuvresmortes sont d’une forme particulière, C est le creux d’un maître couple qui aurait des murailles verticales, un 2296 topside section equal to that in the actual midship section. Where there is a step or break in the topsides (*e.g.*, as in the Turret Deck ship) 70 per cent .of the area above the step or break is included in the area used to determine the equivalent section. In a ship without an enclosed superstructure covering at least .6 L amidships, without a complete trunk or without a combination of intact partial superstructures and trunk extending all fore and aft, where D is less than L 15 , the depth used with the Table is not to be taken as less than L 15 . Rule XXXVI.— *Coefficient of Fineness* (c). Coefficient of fineness.The coefficient of fineness used with the Freeboard Table is given by— c = L . B . d 35△ 1 where △ is the ship’s moulded displacement in tons (excluding bossing) at a mean moulded draught d1 which is 85 per cent. of the moulded depth. The coefficient c is not to be taken as less than .68. Rule XXXVII.— *Strength*. Structural strength.The Assigning Authority is to be satisfied with the structural strength of ships to which freeboards are assigned. Ships which comply with the highest standard of the rules of a Classification Society recognised by the Administration, shall be regarded as having sufficient strength for the minimum freeboards allowed under the Rules. Ships which do not comply with the highest standard of the rules of a Classification Society recognised by the Administration, shall be assigned such increased freeboards as shall be determined by the Assigning Authority, and for guidance the following strength moduli are formulated:— Material. *Material*.—The strength moduli are based on the assumption that the structure is built of mild steel, manufactured by the open hearth process (acid or basic), and having a tensile strength of 26 to 32 tons per square inch, and an elongation of at least 16 per cent, on a length of 8 inches. 2297 bouge normal et une section transversale de la partie haute égale à la section réelle du navire. Lorsqu’il y a un retrait ou une brisure dans la muraille des œuvresmortes (comme, par exemple, dans un navire turret) 70 pour cent de la section audessus du retrait ou de la brisure sont inclus dans la surface servant à déterminer la section équivalente. Dans le cas d’un navire n’ayant pas au milieu de la longueur une superstructure fermée s’entendant41[41 Au lieu de “s’entendant” mettre “s’étendant.”] au moins sur 0,6 L, ou d’un navire n’ayant ni un trunk complet ni une suite de superstructures partielles intactes et trunk s’entendant41[41 Au lieu de “s’entendant” mettre “s’étendant.”] entièrement de l’avant à l’arrière du navire, lorsque C est inférieur à L 15 , le creux à employer avec la Table ne doit pas être inférieure à L 15 Règle XXXVI.— *Coefficient de finesse (c)*.42[42 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] Le coefficient de finesse employé avec les Tables de franc-bord est donné par la formule: c = △ 1 , 025 L . B . T 1 dans laquelle A est le déplacement en tonnes du navire hors membres (à l’exclusion des bossages) à un tirant d’eau moyen sur quille T 43[43 Au lieu de “T” mettre “T1”.] égal à 85 pour cent du creux au livet. Le coefficient c ne doit pas être 44[44 Après “être” mettre “pris.”] inférieur à 0,68. Règle XXXVII.— *Solidité*. L’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords doit s’assurer que la solidité des navires est suffisante pour les francsbords qui leur sont donnés. Les navires construits conformément au “standard” le plus élevé des règles d’une Société de Classification reconnue par l’Administration devront être considérés comme ayant une solidité suffisante pour le franc-bord minimum prévu par les Règles. Les navires qui ne répondent pas au “standard” le plus élevé des règles d’une Société de Classification reconnue par l’Administration doivent subir une augmentation de leurs francsbord 45[45 Au lieu de “francsbord” mettre “francsbords.”] qui sera déterminée par l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords. Les modules de résistance ciaprès ont été établis pour servir de guide dans ce cas: *Matériaux*.—Les modules de résistance sont basés sur l’hypothèse que la coque est construite en acier doux obtenu au four Martin (acide ou basique) et ayant une résistance à la traction de 41 à 50 kilogrammes par millimètre carré et un allongement d’au moins 16 pour cent sur une longueur de 203 millimètres. 2298 Strength deck. *Strength Deck*.—The strength deck is the uppermost deck which is incorporated into and forms an integral part of the longitudinal girder within the half-length amidships. Depth. *Depth to Strength Deck* (Ds).—The depth to strength deck is the vertical distance in feet amidships from the top of the keel to the top of the strength deck beam at side. Draught. *Draught (d)*.—The draught is the vertical distance in feet amidships from the top of the keel to the centre of the disc. Longitudinal modulus. *Longitudinal Modulus*.—The longitudinal modulus I y is the moment of inertia I of the midship section about the neutral axis divided by the distance y measured from the neutral axis to the top of the strength deck beam at side, calculated in way of openings but without deductions for rivet holes. Areas are measured in square inches and distances in feet. Below the strength deck, all continuous longitudinal members other than such parts of under deck girders as are required entirely for supporting purposes, are included. Above the strength deck, the gun-wale angle bar and the extension of the sheerstrake are the only members included. The required longitudinal modulus for effective material is expressed by f.d.B., where f is the factor obtained from the following table:— L f. L f. 100 1.80 360 9.40 120 2.00 380 10.30 140 2.35 400 11.20 160 2.70 420 12.15 180 3.15 440 13.10 200 3.60 460 14.15 220 4.20 480 15.15 240 4.80 500 16.25 260 5.45 520 17.35 280 6.20 540 18.45 300 6.95 560 19.60 320 7.70 580 20.80 340 8.55 600 22.00 2299 *Pont de résistance*.—Le pont de résistance est le pont le plus élevé faisant corps avec la poutre longitudinale sur la demilongueur du navire au milieu. *Creux au pont de résistance* (C46[46 Au lieu de “
(C)” mettre “
(C8).”]).—Le creux jusqu’au pont de ré-sistance est la distance verticale en mètres mesurée au milieu du navire depuis le dessus de la quille jusqu’à la face supérieure du barrot de pont au livet. *Tirant d’eau* (T).—Le tirant d’eau est la distance verticale en mètres mesurée au milieu depuis le dessus de la quille jusqu’au centre du disque. *Module longitudinal*.—Le module longitudinal I y 47[47 Iy mettre Iv] est le quotient du moment d’inertie I du maître couple par rapport à l’axe neutre, par la distance y48[48 Au lieu de “y” mettre “v.”] de l’axe neutre à la partie supérieure du barrot du pont de résistance en abord: ce module doit être calculé par le travers des ouvertures, mais sans déductions pour les trous de rivets. Les sections sont mesurées en millimètres carrés et les distances en mètres. Audessous du pont de résistance, tous les éléments longitudinaux continus doivent entrer en ligne de compte, à l’exception des hiloires de pont destinées uniquement à leur49[49 Supprimer “leur.”] servir de supports. Audessus du pont de résistance, la cornière gouttière et la partie supérieure du carreau sont les seuls éléments dont il faille tenir compte.50[50 Aller à la ligne après “tenir compte.”] Le module longitudinal réglementaire pour les matériaux travaillant est exprimé par f.T.B, où f est un coefficient donné par la table suivante:51[51 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2395.] L f. L f. 30,48 3810 109,73 19896 42,76 4233 115,82 21801 42,67 4974 121,92 23705 48,77 a 5795 128,02 25717 54,86 6667 134,11 27728 60,96 7620 140,21 29951 67,06 8890 146,30 32067 73,15 10160 152,40 34396 79,25 11535 158,50 36725 85,34 13123 164,59 39053 91,44 14710 170,69 41487 47,54 16298 176,78 44027 103,63 18097 182,88 46567 2300 For intermediate lengths, the value of f is determined by interpolation. This formula applies where L does not exceed 600 feet; B is between L 10 + 5 and L 10 + 20, both inclusive, and L Ds is between 10 and 13.5, both inclusive. Frame.For the purpose of the frame modulus, the frame is regarded as composed of a frame angle and a reverse angle each of the same size and thickness. Frame modulus.The modulus I y of the midship frame below the lowest tier of beams is the moment of inertia I of the frame section about the neutral axis divided by the distance y measured from the neutral axis to the extremity of the frame section, calculated without deduction for rivet and bolt holes. The modulus is measured in inch units. The required frame modulus is expressed by s ( d — t ( f1 + f2 , 1,000 w h e r e s is the frame spacing in inches. t is the vertical distance in feet measured at amidships from the top of the keel to a point midway between the top of the inner bottom at side and the top of the heel bracket (see Figure 2); where there is no double bottom, t is measured to a point midway between the top of the floor at centre and the top of the floor at side. f1 is a coefficient depending on H, which, in ships fitted with double bottoms, is the vertical distance in feet from the middle of the beam bracket of the lowest tier of beams at side to a point midway between the top of the inner bottom at side and the top of the heel bracket (see Figure 2). Where there is no double bottom, H is measured to a point midway between the top of the floor at centre and the top of the floor at side. Where the frame obtains additional strength from the form of the ship, due allowance is made in the value of f1. 2301 Pour les longueurs intermédiaires la valeur de f est déterminé a 52[52 Au lieu de “déterminé” mettre “déterminée.”] par interpolation. Cette formule s’applique lorsque la longueur, ne dépase pas 182mm,88, lorsque B est comrpis etre L 10 + 1 , 52 et L 10 + 6 , 10 (y compris ces deux valeurs.) *Membrure*.—Pour le calcul du module de membrure, is membrure est considerée comme composée d’une corniére et d’une corniére renversee qui sont toutes deux de méme échantillon. *Module de membrure*.—Le module de membrure I y 53[53 Au lieu demettre -•] de la membrure milieu au-dessous de la rangée infgérieure de barrots est le quotient du moment d’intertie I de la section de la membrure par rapport à son axe neutre par distance y54[54 Au lieu de “y” mettre “v.”] de l’axe neutre à l’extrémité de la section de la membrure, ce module doit étre calculé sans déduction pour les rivets et de boulons, Le module de membrure est measuré en centimétres cubes Le module de membrure réglementaire est exprimépar: s ( T - t ) ( f1 + f2 ) 1000 , o u s est l’écartement des membrures en mètres. t est la distance verticale mesurée en mètres au milieu du navire depuis le dessus de quille jusqu’à un point situé à mi-distance entre le sommet du double-fond en abord et le sommet du gousset de pied de membrure (voir figure 2). Lorsqu’il n’y a pas de double-fond, t est mesuré jusqu’à un point situé à mi-distance entre le sommet de la varangue au centre et le sommet de la varangue en abord. fi est un coefficient dépendant de H; dans les navires avec double fond, H est la distance verticale mesurée en mètres depuis le milieu du gousset de barrot de la rangée inférieure, en abord, jusqu’à un point situé à mi-hauteur entre le sommet du double fond en abord et le sommet du gousset de pied des membrures (voir figure 2). Lorsqu’il n’y a pas de double fond, H est mesuré jusqu’à un point situé à mi-hauteur entre le sommet de la varangue au centre et le sommet de la varangue en abord. Lorsque la membrure possède un supplément de résistance résultant des formes du navire 55[55 Après “navire” mettre une virgule.] f1 peut être modifié en conséquence. 2302 f2 is a coefficient depending on K, which is the vertical distance in feet from the top of the lowest tier of beams at side to a point 7 feet 6 inches above the freeboard deck at side, or, if there is a superstructure, to a point 12 feet 6 inches above the freeboard deck at side (see Figure 2). The values of f1 and f2 are obtained from the following tables:— H in feet 7 11 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 f1 9 11 12.5 15 19 24 29.5 36 43 51 59 K in feet 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 f2 0 0. 5 1. 0 2. 0 3. 0 4. 5 6. 5 9. 0 12. 0 Intermediate values are obtained by interpolation. This formula applies where D is between 15 feet and 60 feet, both inclusive, B is between L 10 + 5 and L 10 + 20, both inclusive, L Ds is between 10 and 13.5, both inclusive; and the horizontal distance from the outside of the frame to the centre of the first row of pillars does not exceed 20 feet. In single deck ships of ordinary form, where H does not exceed 18 feet, the frame modulus determined by the preceding method is multiplied by the factor f3 where Where the horizontal distance from the outside of the frame to the centre of the first row of pillars exceeds 20 feet, the Assigning Authority is to be satisfied that sufficient additional strength is provided. 2303 f2 est un coefficient dépendant de K; K est la distance verticale en mètres mesurée en abord depuis la face supérieure des barrots de la rangée inférieure jusqu’à un point situé à 2m2956[56 Au lieu de “2m29” mettre “2m286.”] audessus du pont de franc-bord ou, s’il y a une superstructure jusqu’à un point situé à 3m81 audessus du pont de franc-bord (voir figure 2). Les valeurs de f1 et de f2 57[57 Au lieu des figures dans la ligne f, mettre: 19050, 23283, 26458, 31750, 40217, 50800, 62442, 76200, 91017, 107950, 124883.Au lieu des figures dans la ligne G mettre: 0, 1058, 2117, 4233, 6350, 9525, 13758, 19050, 25400.] sont données par les tables suivantes.58[58 But see “ Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.] H en métres 0 2,133 2,743 3,353 3,962 4,752 5,182 5,791 6,401 7,01 7,62 f1 19053 23287 26464 31758 40227 50810 62455 76219 91035 107970 124900 K en métres 0 1,524 3,048 4,572 6,096 7,62 9,144 10,668 12,192 f2 0 1058,5 2117,0 4234 6351 9527 13761 19053 25407 Les valeurs intermédiaries seront obtenues par interpolation. Cette formule s’applique lorsque C est compris entre 4m57 et 18m29 (y compris ces deux valeurs), lorsque B est compris entre L 10 + 5 and L 10 + 1,52 et L 10 + 5 and L 10 +6,10 (y compris ces deux valeurs) lorsque L 10 + 5 and L C 77 est compris pris entre 10 et 13,5 (y compris ces deux valeurs), enfin lorsque la distance mesurée horizontalement entre la partie extérieure de la membrure et le centre de la première rangée d’épontilles ne dépasse pas 6mlO. Dans les navires à un seul pont de forme ordinaire, lorsque H ne dépasse pas 5m49 le module de membrure déterminé par la méthode précédente doit être multipliée par le facteur f3: f3 =0,50 +0,051 f3 =0,50+0,05 ( H 0.305 - 8 ) Lorsque la distance mesurée horizontalement entre la partie extérieure de la membrure et le centre de la première rangée d’épontilles dépasse 6ml0 l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords doit se rendre compte qu’un supplément de résistance suffisant a été prévu. 2304 Figure 2. Figure 2. *Superstructures*. Superstructures. Rule XXXVIII.— *Height of Superstructure*. Height.The height of a superstructure is the least vertical height measured from the top of the superstructure deck to the top of the freeboard deck beams minus the difference between D and the moulded depth *Ante*. p. 2294.(*see* Rules XXXIV and XXXV). 2305 Figure 2. 59[59 Au lieu de “d” mettre “T.”] *Superstructures*. Règle XXXVIII.— *Hauteur de Superstructure*. La hauteur d’une superstructure est la plus petite distance verticale mesurée depuis le dessus du pont de superstructures jusqu’au can supérieur des barrots du pont de franc-bord diminuée de la différence entre C est60[60 Au lieu de “est” mettre “et.”] le creux sur quille au livet (voir Règles XXXIV et XXXV). 2306 Rule XXXIX.— *Standard Height of Superstructure*. Standard height.The standard height of a raised quarter deck is 3 feet for ships up to and including 100 feet in length, 4 feet for ships 250 feet in length and 6 feet for ships 400 feet in length and above. The standard height of any other superstructure is 6 feet for ships up to and including 250 feet in length and 7 feet 6 inches for ships 400 feet in length and above. The standard height at intermediate lengths is obtained by interpolation. Rule XL.— *Length of Superstructure* (S). Length.The length of a superstructure is the mean covered length of the parts of the superstructure which extend to the sides of the ship and lie within lines drawn perpendicular to the extremities of the Summer load water-line, as defined in Rule XXXII. Rule XLI.— *Enclosed Superstructure*. Enclosed superstructure.A detached superstructure is regarded as enclosed only where—
(a)the enclosing bulkheads are of efficient construction (*see* Rule XLII);
(b)the access openings in these bulkheads are fitted with Class 1 or Class 2 closing appliances (see Rules XLIII and XLIV);
(c)all other openings in sides or ends of the superstructure are fitted with efficient weathertight means of closing; and
(d)independent means of access to crew, machinery, bunker and other working spaces within bridges and poops are at all times available when the bulkhead openings are closed. Rule XLII.— *Superstructure Bulkheads*. Bulkheads.Bulkheads at exposed ends of poops, bridges and forecastles are deemed to be of efficient construction where the Assigning Authority is satisfied that, in the circumstances, they are equivalent to the following standard for ships with minimum freeboards under which standard the stiffeners and plating are of the scantlings given in Table 3, the stiffeners are spaced 30 inches apart, the stiffeners on poop and bridge front bulkheads have efficient end connections, and those on after bulkheads of bridges and forecastles extend for the whole distance between the margin angles of the bulkheads. 2307 Règle XXXIX.— *Hauteur réglementaire de superstructure*. La hauteur réglementaire d’une demidunette est de 0m91 pour les navires dont la longueur est inférieure ou égale à 30m50 de lm22 pour les navires de 76m20 et de lm.83 pour les navires de 122m et audessus. La hauteur réglementaire de toute autre superstructure est de lm83 pour les navires dont la longueur est inférieure ou égale à 76m20 et de 2m29 pour les navires dont la longueur est égale ou supérieure à 122 m. La hauteur réglementaire pour les longueurs intermédiaires est obtenue par interpolation. Règle XL.— *Longueur de superstructure* (S). La longueur d’une superstructure est la longueur moyenne couverte des parties de la superstructure qui s’étendent jusqu’aux murailles du navire et qui sont comprises à l’intérieur des perpendiculaires menées aux extrémités de la ligne de charge d’été, définie à la Règle XXXII. Règle XLI.— *Superstructure fermée*. Une superstructure détachée n’est regardée comme fermée que si:
(a)les cloisons limitant cette superstructure sont solidement construites (voir Règle XL1I);
(b)les ouvertures d’accès dans ces cloisons sont munies de dispositifs de la Classe 1 ou de la Classe 2 (voir Règles XLIII et XLIV);
(c)toutes les autres ouvertures dans les côtés ou dans les extrémités de la superstructure sont munies de moyens de fermeture efficacement étanches aux intempéries;
(d)des accès indépendant aux postes d’équipage, chambre des machines, soutes et autres espaces nécessaires pour le service du bord dans les châteaux et dans les dunettes sont à tout moment utilisables lorsque les ouvertures de cloison sont fermées. Règle XLII.— *Cloisons des Superstructures*. Les cloisons placées aux extrémités exposées des dunettes, châteaux et gaillards des navires ayant le franc-bord minimum sont considérés comme de construction efficace si l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francsbords s’est assurée qu’en l’espèce elles sont équivalentes aux cloisons types définis ciaprès. Dans ces cloisons types les renforts et les tôles ont les échantillons donnés dans la Table 3, l’écartement des renforts est de 0m76, les renforts des cloisonsfronteaux de la dunette et du château sont efficacement attachés à leurs extrémités et ceux des cloisons placées aux extrémités arrière des châteaux et des gaillards s’étendent sur toute la distance qui sépare les cornières de bordure de ces cloisons. 2308 Table 3. Tables. Exposed Bulkheads of Superstructures of Standard Height. Bridge Front Bulkheads, Unprotected Bulkheads of Poops A L or more in Length. Bulkheads of Poops Partially Protected or less in Length than A L. After Bulkheads of Bridges and Forecastles. Length of Ship. Bulb Angle Stiffeners. Length of Ship. Plain Angle Stiffeners. Length of Ship. Plain Angle Stiffeners. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. Under 160 5½⪥3 ⪥3.30 Under 150 3 ⪥2½⪥ .30 Under 150 2½⪥2½⪥.26 160 6 ⪥3 ⪥32 150 3½⪥ 2½⪥ .32 150 3 ⪥2½⪥.28 200 6½⪥3 ⪥.34 200 4 ⪥3 ⪥.34 250 3½⪥3 ⪥.30 240 7 ⪥3 ⪥.36 250 4½⪥3 ⪥.36 350 4 ⪥3 ⪥.32 280 7½⪥3 ⪥.38 300 5 ⪥3 ⪥.38 320 8 ⪥3 ⪥.40 350 5½⪥3 ⪥.42 360 8½⪥3 ⪥.42 400 6 ⪥3 ⪥.44 400 9 ⪥3 ⪥.44 450 6½⪥3½⪥.45 440 9½⪥3½⪥.46 500 7 ⪥3½⪥.48 480 10 ⪥3½⪥ .48 550 7 ⪥3½⪥.50 520 10½⪥3½⪥ .50 560 11 ⪥3½ ⪥.52 Length of Ship. Bulkhead Plating. Length of Ship. Bulkhead Plating. Length of Ship. Bulkhead Plating. Feet. Inch. Feet. Inch. Feet. Inch. 200 .3 160 .24 160 .20 and under and under and under 380 .44 400 .38 400 .30 and above and above and above For ships intermediate in length the thickness of bulkhead plating are obtained by interpolation. *Appliances for Closing Access Openings in Bulkheads at ends of Detached Superstructures.* Bulkhead openings, detached superstructures. Rule XLIII.— *Class 1 Closing Appliances.* Class 1 closing appliances.These appliances are of iron and steel, are in all cases permanently and strongly attached to the bulkhead, are framed, stiffened and fitted so that the whole structure is of equivalent strength to the unpierced bulkhead, and are weathertight when closed. The means for securing these appliances are permanently attached to the bulkhead or to the 2309 Table 3.a[a Modifier les chiffres comme suit: Colonne 1: “Inférieure à 48m75. Colonne 3: “Inférieure à 45m70. 48m75. 45m70. 61m. 61m. 73m20. 76m20. 85m35. 91m45. 97m55. 106m70. 108m75. 121m90. 121m90. 137m15. 134m10. 152m40. 146m30. 167m65.” 158m50. Colonne 5: “Inférieure à 45m70. 170m70.” 45m70. 76m20. 106m20.”] Cloisons exposées des superstructures de hauteur réglementaire. Cloisons-fronteaux des chãteaux. Cloisons non protégées des dunettes dont la longueur est supérieure ou égale à 0,4 L. Cloisons des dunettes partiellement protégées ou de longueur inférieurs à 0,4 L. Cloisons é l’arrlère, des chãteaux ou des gaillards. Longueur du Navire. Renforts en Corniéres à boudin. Renforts en Corniéres à boudin. Plain Angle Stiffeners. Longueur du Navire. Renforts en Corniéres à boudin. Inférieure Inférieure Inférieure à 48m80 140⪥75⪥ 7,5 à 45m75 75⪥65⪥ 7,5 à 45m75 65⪥65⪥6,5 48m80 150⪥75⪥ 8 45m75 90⪥65⪥ 8 45m75 75⪥65⪥7 61m 165⪥75⪥ 8,5 61m 100⪥75⪥ 8,5 76m25 90⪥75⪥7,5 73m20 180⪥75⪥ 9 76m25 115⪥75⪥ 9 106m75 100⪥75⪥8 85m40 190⪥75⪥ 9,5 91m50 130⪥75⪥ 9,5 97m60 205⪥75⪥ 10 106m75 140⪥75⪥ 10,5 109m80 215⪥75⪥ 10,5 122m00 150⪥65⪥ 11 122m00 230⪥75⪥ 11 137m25 165⪥90⪥ 11,5 134m20 240⪥90⪥ 11,5 152m50 180⪥90⪥ 12 146m20 255⪥90⪥ 12 167m75 180⪥90⪥ 12,5 158m60 265⪥90⪥ 12,5 170m80 280⪥90⪥ 13 Longueur du Navire. Tôles de Cloisons. Longueur du Navire. Tôles de Cloisons. Longueur du Navire. Tôles de Cloisons. 61m 7,5 mili 48m80 6 mill 48m80 5 mill et audessous et audessous et audessous 15m80 11 mill 122m 9,5 mill 122m 7,5 mill et audessous et audessous et audessous Pour les navires de longueur intermèdiaire, les épaisseurs des tôles de cloison s’obtiendront par intérpolation. *Dispositifs de fermeture des ouvertures pratiquées dans les cloisons des superstructures détachées.* Règle XLIIL— *Dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 1.* Ces dispositifs doivent être en fer ou en acier, et dans tous les cas attachés solidement et d'une façon permanente à la cloison, entourés d’un cadre, raidis et installés d’une manière telle que l’ensemble de la structure soit d’une solidité équivalente à celle de la cloison intacte; ils doivent être étanches aux intempéries 2310 appliances, and the latter are so arranged that they can be closed and secured from both sides of the bulkhead or from the deck above. The sills of the access openings are at least 15 inches above the deck. Rule XLIV.— *Class 2 Closing Appliances.* Class 2 closing appliances.These appliances are
(a)strongly framed hard wood hinged doors, which are not more than 30 inches wide nor less than 2 inches thick; or
(6)shifting boards fitted for the full height of the opening in channels riveted to the bulkhead, the shifting boards being at least 2 inches thick where the width of opening is 30 inches or less, and in creased in thickness at the rate of 1 inch for each additional 15 inches of width, or
(c)portable plates of equal efficiency. *Temporary Appliances for Closing Openings in Superstructure Decks.* Closing openings In superstructure decks. Rule XLV. Temporary appliances for.Temporary closing appliances for middle line openings in the deck of an enclosed superstructure consist of—
(a)a steel coaming not less than 9 inches in height efficiently riveted to the deck;
(b)hatchway covers as required by Rule X, secured by hemp lashings; and
(c)hatchway supports as required by Rules XI and XII and Table 1 or 2. *Effective Length off Detached Superstructures.* Effective length of detached superstructures. Rule XLVI.— *General*. General rule.*Ante*, p. 2306.Where exposed bulkheads at the ends of poops, bridges, and forecastles are not of efficient construction (see Rule XLII) they are considered as non-existent. Where in the side plating of a superstructure there is an opening not provided with permanent means of closing, the part of the superstructure in way of the opening is regarded as having no effective length. Where the height of a superstructure is less than the standard its length is reduced in the ratio of the actual to the standard height. Where the height exceeds the standard, no increase is made in the length of the superstructure. 2311 lorsqu’ils sont fermés. Les appareils prévus pour maintenir en place61[61 Au lieu de “maintenir en place” mettre “assujettir.”] ces fermetures doivent être attachés d’une façon permanente à la cloison ou aux fermetures ellesmêmes et ces dernières doivent être disposées de telle sorte qu’elles puissent être fermées et assujetties de l’un et l’autre côté de la cloison ou du pont situé audessus. Les seuils des ouvertures d’accès doivent s’élever au moins à 380 millimètres audessus du pont. Règle XLIV.— *Disposifs de fermeture de la Classe* 2. Ces dispositifs sont:
(a)des portes à charnière en bois dur munies d’un encadrement solide; elles ne doivent pas avoir plus de 0m76 de large ni moins de 50 millimètres d’épaisseur; ou
(b)des madriers mobiles placés sur toute la hauteur de l’ouverture dans des fers en U rivés à la cloison. Les madriers mobiles doivent avoir au moins 50 millimètres d’épaisseur lorsque la largeur de l’ouverture est inférieure ou égale à 0m76; leur épaisseur sera augmentée de 25 millimètres pour chaque augmentation de 380 millimètres sur la largeur; ou
(c)des tôles démontables d’une efficacité équivalente. *Dispositifs pour la fermeture temporaire des ouvertures dans les ponts de superstructures*. Règle XLV. Les dispositifs de fermeture temporaire pour les ouvertures pratiquées dans l’axe du pont d’une superstructure fermée consistent en:
(a)une hiloire en acier solidement rivée au pont et dont la hauteur ne devra pas être inférieure à 229 millimètres62[62 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.]
(b)des panneaux de fermeture conformes à la Règle X, et tenus en place par des saisines en chanvre;
(c)des supports de panneaux conformes aux Règles XI et XII et aux Tables 1 ou 2. *Longueur effective des superstructures détachées*. Règle XLVI.— *Généralités*. Lorsque les cloisons exposées aux extrémités des dunettes, châteaux et gaillards ne sont pas d’une construction efficace (voir Règle XLII) elles sont considérées comme non existantes. Lorsqu’une ouverture non munie d’un dispositif de fermeture permanent est pratiquée dans le bordé extérieur d’une super-structure, la partie de la superstructure placée par le travers de l’ouverture est considérée comme n’ayant aucune longueur effective. Lorsque la hauteur d’une superstructure est plus petite que la hauteur réglementaire, sa longueur est réduite dans le rapport de la hauteur réelle à la hauteur réglementaire. Lorsque la hauteur de la superstructure dépasse la hauteur réglementaire, la longueur de la superstructure n’est pas augmentée. 2312 Rule XLVII— *Poop.* Poop.Where there is an efficient bulkhead and the access openings are fitted with Class 1 closing appliances, the length to the bulkhead is effective. Where the access openings in an efficient bulkhead are fitted with Class 2 closing appliances and the length to the bulkhead is .5 L or less, 100 per cent, of that length is effective; where the length is .7 L or more, 90 per cent, of that length is effective; where the length is between .5 L and .7 L, an intermediate percentage of that length is effective; where an allowance is given for an efficient *Post*, p. 2314.adjacent trunk (see Rule LI), 90 per cent, of the length to the bulk-head is to be taken as effective. 50 per cent, of the length of an open poop or of an open extension beyond an efficient bulkhead is effective. Rule XLVIII.— *Raised Quarter Deck*. Raised quarter deck.Where there is an efficient intact bulkhead, the length to the bulkhead is effective. Where the bulkhead is not intact, the super-structure is considered as a poop of less than standard height. Rule XLIX.— *Bridge*. Bridge.Where there is an efficient bulkhead at each end, and the access openings in the bulkheads are fitted with Class 1 closing appliances, the length between the bulkheads is effective. Where the access openings in the forward bulkhead are fitted with Class 1 closing appliances and the access openings in the after bulkhead with Class 2 closing appliances, the length between the bulkheads is effective; where an allowance is given for an efficient *Post*, p. 2314.trunk, adjacent to the after bulkhead (see Rule LI), 90 per cent, of the length is effective. Where the access openings in both bulk-heads are fitted with Class 2 closing appliances, 90 per cent, of the length between the bulkheads is effective. Where the access openings in the forward bulkhead are fitted with Class 1 or Class 2 closing appliances and the access openings in the after bulkhead have no closing appliances, 75 per cent, of the length between the bulkheads is effective. Where the access openings in both bulkheads have no closing appliances, 50 per cent, of the length is effective. 75 per cent, of the length of an open extension beyond the after bulkhead, and 50 per cent, of that beyond the forward bulkhead, are effective. Rule L.— *Forecastle.* Forecastle.Where there is an efficient bulkhead and the access openings are fitted with Class 1 or Class 2 closing appliances, the length to the bulkhead is effective. Where no closing appliances are fitted and the sheer forward of amidships is not less than the standard sheer, 100 per cent, of the length of the forecastle forward of .1 L from 2313 Règle XLVII.— *Dunette.* Lorsqu’il y a une cloison efficace et lorsque les ouvertures d’accès sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1, la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est effective. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès pratiquées dans une cloison efficace sont munies de fermetures de la classe 2 et lorsque la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est égale ou inférieure à 0,5 L, 100 pour cent de cette longueur sont effectifs; lorsque la longueur est63[63 Au lieu de “la longueur est” mettre “la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est.”] égale ou supérieure à 0,7 L, 90 pour cent de cette longueur sont effectifs; lorsque la longueur est63[63 Au lieu de “la longueur est” mettre “la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est.”] comprise entre 0,5 et 0,7 L, un pourcentage intermédiaire de cette longueur est effectif, et lorsqu’une déduction est accordée pour un trunk efficace contigu (voir Règle LI), 90 pour cent de cette longueur sont effectifs. 50 pour cent de la longueur d’une dunette ouverte ou d’un prolongement ouvert de la dunette audelà d’une cloison efficace sont effectifs. Règle XLVIII.— *Demidunette*. Lorsqu’il y a une cloison efficace intacte, la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est effective. Lorsque la cloison n’est pas intacte la super-structure est considérée comme une dimette de hauteur moindre que la hauteur réglementaire. Règle XLIX.— *Château*. Lorsqu’il y a une cloison efficace à chaque extrémité et lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans ces cloisons sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1, la longueur comprise entre les cloisons est effective. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans la cloison avant sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1 et lorsque les ouvertures dans la cloison arrière sont munies de fermetures de la classe 2 la longueur entre les cloisons est effective et lorsqu’une déduction est accordée pour un trunk efficace attenant à la cloison arrière (voir Règle LI), 90 pour cent de la longueur sont effectifs. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans les 2 64[64 Au lieu de “les 2” mettre “les deux.”] cloisons sont munies de fermetures de la classe 2, 90 pour cent de la longueur entre les cloisons sont effectifs. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans la cloison avant sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1 ou de la classe 2 et lorsque les ouvertures d’accès de la cloison arrière n’ont pas de fermetures, 75 pour cent de la longueur entre les cloisons sont effectifs. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès de deux cloisons n’ont pas de dispositifs de fermetures, 50 pour cent de la longueur sont effectifs. 75 pour cent de la longueur d’un prolongement ouvert de château audelà de la cloison arrière et 50 pour cent de la longueur d’un prolongement ouvert audelà de la cloison avant sont effectifs. Règle L.— *Gaillard*. Lorsqu’il y a une cloison efficace et lorsque les ouvertures d’accès sont munies de dispositifs de fermeture de la Classe 1 ou 2, la longueur jusqu’à la cloison est effective. Lorsqu’il n’y a pas de dispositifs de fermeture et lorsque la tonture en avant de la demilongueur du navire n’est pas inférieure à la tonture réglementaire, 100 pour cent de la 2314 the forward perpendicular is effective; where the sheer forward is half the standard sheer or less, 50 per cent, of that length is effective; and where the sheer forward is intermediate between the standard and half the standard sheer, an intermediate percentage of that length is effective. 50 per cent, of the length of an open extension beyond the bulkhead or beyond .1 L from the forward perpendicular is effective. Rule LI.— *Trunk*. Trunk.A trunk or similar structure which does not extend to the sides of the ship is regarded as efficient provided that—
(a)the trunk is at least as strong as a superstructure;
(b)the hatchways are in the trunk deck, and comply with the requirements of Rules VIII to XVI, and the width of the trunk deck stringer provides a satisfactory gangway and sufficient lateral stiffness;
(c)a permanent working platform fore and aft fitted with guard rails is provided by the trunk deck, or by detached trunks connected to other superstructures by efficient permanent gangways;
(d)ventilators are protected by the trunk, by watertight covers or by equivalent means;
(e)open rails are fitted on the weather portions of the free-board deck in way of the trunk for at least half their length;
(f)the machinery casings are protected by the trunk, by a superstructure of standard height, or by a deck house of the same height and of equivalent strength. Where access openings in poop and bridge bulkheads are fitted with Class 1 closing appliances, 100 per cent. of the length of an efficient trunk reduced in the ratio of its mean breadth to B is added to the effective length of the superstructures. Where the access openings in these bulkheads are not fitted with Class 1 closing appliances 90 per cent, is added. The standard height of a trunk is the standard height of a bridge. Where the height of the trunk is less than the standard height of a bridge, the addition is reduced in the ratio of the actual to the standard height; where the height of hatchway coamings on the trunk deck is less than the standard height of coamings (see *Ante*, p. 2270.Rule IX), a reduction from the actual height of trunk is to be made which corresponds to the difference between the actual and the standard height of coamings. 2315 longueur du gaillard sur l’avant de 0,1 L, mesuré à partir de la perpendiculaire avant, sont effectifs; lorsque la tonture à l’avant est égale ou inférieure à la moitié de la tonture réglementaire, 50 pour cent de cette longueur sont effectifs; lorsque la tonture à l’avant est intermédiaire entre la tonture réglementaire et la demitonture réglementaire un pourcentage intermédiaire de cette longueur est effectif. 50 pour cent de la longueur d’un prolongement ouvert du gaillard en arrière de la cloison ou au delà de 0,1 L, en arrière de la perpendiculaire avant, sont effectifs. Règle LI.— *Trunk*. Un trunk ou toute autre construction semblable qui ne s’étend pas jusqu’aux murailles du navire est considéré comme efficace à condition que:
(a)le trunk soit au moins aussi solide qu’une superstructure;
(b)les panneaux soient sur le pont du trunk et satisfassent aux prescriptions des Règles VIII à XVI, que la largeur de la gouttière de pont du trunk constitue une passerelle satisfaisante et apporte une rigidité transversale65[65 Au lieu de “transversale” mettre “latérale.”] suffisante;
(c)une plateforme de manœuvre permanente s’étendant de l’avant et à l’arrière et munie de gardecorps soit constituée par le pont du trunk ou par des trunks détachés reliés aux autres superstructures par des passerelles permanentes efficaces;
(d)les manches à air soient protégées par le trunk, au moyen de couvercles 66[65 Au lieu de “au moyen de couvercles” mettre “par des couvercles.”] étanches ou de dispositifs équivalents;
(e)des rambardes soient placées sur les parties exposées du pont de franc-bord par le travers du trunk sur sa demilongueur au moins;67[67 Au lieu de “sa” mettre “la” et après “moins” ajouter “des dites parties exposées.”]
(f)les encaissements de la machine soient protégés par le trunk, au moyen d’une superstructure de hauteur réglementaire ou au moyen d’un rouf de même hauteur et de solidité équivalente. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans les cloisons de la dunette ou du château sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1, 100 pour cent de la longueur d’un trunk efficace, réduits dans le rapport de la largeur moyenne de ce trunk à B, sont ajoutés à la longueur effective des superstructures. Lorsque les ouvertures d’accès de ces cloisons ne sont pas munies de fermetures de la classe 1, 90 pour cent sont ajoutés. La hauteur réglementaire d’un trunk est égale à la hauteur réglementaire d’un château. Lorsque la hauteur du trunk est moindre que la hauteur réglementaire d’un château, l’augmentation est réduite dans le rapport de la hauteur réelle à la hauteur réglementaire; lorsque la hauteur des hiloires de panneaux sur le pont du trunk est moindre que la hauteur réglementaire des hiloires de panneaux (voir Règle IX), une réduction doit être faite sur la hauteur réelle du trunk, réduction qui doit correspondre à la différence entre la hauteur réelle et la hauteur réglementaire des hiloires de panneaux. 2316 Effective Length of Enclosed Superstructures with Middle Line Openings. Enclosed superstructure with middle line openings. Rule LII.— *Enclosed Superstructure with Middle Line Openings in the deck not Provided with Permanent Means of Closing.* Effective length, having no permanent means of closing.*Ante*, p. 2270.Where there is an enclosed superstructure with one or more middle line openings in the deck not provided with permanent means of closing (*see* Rules VIII to XVI), the effective length of the superstructure is determined as follows:—
(1)Where efficient temporary closing appliances are not *Ante*, p. 2210.provided for the middle line deck openings (see Rule XLV), or the breadth of opening is 80 per cent, or more of the breadth B1, of the superstructure deck at the middle of the opening, the ship is considered as having an open well in way of each opening, and freeing ports are to be provided in way of this well. The effective length of superstructure between openings is governed by *Ante*, p. 2312Rules XLVII, XLIX, and L.
(2)Where efficient temporary closing appliances are provided for middle line deck openings and the breadth of opening is less than .8 B1, the effective length is governed by Rules XLVII, XLIX, and L, except that where access openings in beetween deck bulkheads are closed by Class 2 closing appliances, they are regarded as being closed by Class 1 closing appliances in determining the effective length. The total effective length is obtained by adding to the length determined by
(1)the difference between this length and the length of the ship modified in the ratio of— B1-bB1 where b = breadth of deck opening; where B1-bB1 is greater than .5 it is taken as .5. Deductions for Superstructures. Rule LIII.— *Deductions for Superstructures*. Deductions.Where the effective length of superstructures is 1.0 L, the deduction from the freeboard is 14 inches at 80 feet length of ship, 34 inches at 280 feet length, and 42 inches at 400 feet length and above; deductions at intermediate lengths are obtained by interpolation. Where the total effective length of superstructures is 2317 Longueur effective des superstructures fermées avec ouvertures dans l’axe. Règle LII.— *Superstructures fermées avec ouvertures axiales dans le pont, non pourvues de moyens de fermeture permanents*. Lorsqu’il y a une superstructure fermée avec une ou plusieurs ouvertures axiales dans le pont, non pourvues de moyens de fermeture permanents (voir Règles VIII à XVI), la longueur effective de la superstructure est déterminée comme il suit:
(1)Lorsque des dispositifs de fermeture temporaires efficaces ne sont pas prévus pour les ouvertures axiales dans le pont (voir Règle XLV) ou lorsque la largeur de l’ouverture est égale ou supérieure à 80 pour cent de la largeur B1 du pont de superstructures du6868Au lieu de “du” mettre “au.” milieu de l’ouverture, le navire est considéré comme ayant un puits ouvert par le travers de chaque ouverture et des sabords de décharge doivent être prévus par le travers de ce puits. La longueur effective d’une superstructure, entre les ouvertures, est déterminée d’après les Règles XLVII, XLIX et L.
(2)Lorsque des dispositifs de fermeture temporaires efficaces sont prévus pour les ouvertures axiales dans le pont et lorsque la largeur des ouvertures est inférieure à 0,8 B1, la longueur effective est déterminée d’après les Règles XLVII, XLIX et L; toutefois lorsque les ouvertures d’accès dans les cloisons d’entrepont sont fermées par des dispositifs de fermeture de la classe 2, elles sont considérées, pour le calcul de la longueur effective, comme étant fermées par des dispositifs de la classe 1. La longueur effective totale s’obtient en ajoutant à la longueur déterminée au paragraphe
(1)ci-dessus la différence entre cette longueur et la longueur du navire corrigée dans le rapport: B1-bB1 où b est la largeur de l’ouverture dans le pont. Lorsque B1-bB1 est supérieur à 0,5 la valeur maximum admise est 0,5.6969Lire: “à 0,5: 0,5 est la valeur maximum admise.” Déductions pour superstructures. Règle LIII.— *Déductions pour superstructures*. Lorsque la longueur effective de superstructures est égale à L, la déduction à apporter au franc-bord est de 356 millimètres pour une longueur de navire égale à 24m40, elle est de 864 millimètres pour une longueur de 85m30 et de 1067 millimètres pour une longueur de 122 mètres et au-dessus. Les déductions à apporter pour les valeurs intermédiaires de la longueur sont obtenues par interpolation. 2318 less than 1.0 L the deduction is a percentage obtained from the following Table:— Superstructures. Total Effective Length of Superstructure (E). Line. 0. .1 L. .2 L. .3 L. .4 L. .5 L. .6 L. .7 L. .8 L. .9 L. 1.0 L. * Where the effective length of a detached bridge is less than .2 L the percentages are obtained by interpolation between lines B and A. Where no forecastle is fitted the above percentages are reduced by 5. Percentages for intermediate lengths of superstructures are obtained by interpolation. [Footnote in the certified copy.] All types with forecastle and without detached bridge Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. 0 5 10 15 23.5 32 46 63 75.3 87.7 100 A All types with forecastle and detached bridge* 0 6.3 12.7 19 27.5 36 46 63 75.3 87.7 100 B 2319 Lorsque la langueur effective totale des superstructures est moindre que L, la déduction est un pourcentage pris dans la table suivante. Superstructures. Longueur totale effective des superstructures (E). Ligne. 0. 0,1 L. 0,2 L. 0,3 L. 0,4 L. 0,5 L. 0,6 L. 0,7 L. 0,8 L. 0,9 L. L. * Lorsque la lonpieur effective du château est inférieure â 0.2 L les pourcentages sont obtenus par Interpolation entre les lignes B et A. Lorsqu’il n’existe pas de gaillard, les pourcentages ci-dessus sont réduits de 5. Les pourcentages de réduction pour les valeurs Intermédiaires de la longueur des superstructures sont obtenus par Interpolation. [Footnote in the certified copy. Tous types avec gaillard et sans château détaché Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. Pour cent. 0 5 10 15 23,5 32 46 63 75,3 87,7 100 A Tous types avec gaillard et avec château détaché*. 0 6,3 12,7 19 27,5 36 46 63 75,3 87,7 100 B 2320 *Sheer.* Sheer. Rule LIV.— *General.* General measurements. The sheer is measured from the deck at side to a line of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line at amidships. In ships designed to trim by the stern in service, the sheer may be measured in relation to the load line, provided an additional mark is placed at .25 L forward of amidships, to indicate the assigned load line. This mark is to be similar to the load line disc amidships. In flush deck ships and in ships with detached superstructures the sheer is measured at the freeboard deck. In ships with topsides of unusual form in which there is a step *Ante*, p. 2294.or break in the topsides, the sheer is considered in relation to the equivalent depth amidships (*see* Rule XXXV). In ships with a superstructure of standard height which extends over the whole length of the freeboard deck, the sheer is measured at the superstructure deck; where the height exceeds the standard, the sheer may be considered in relation to the standard height. Where a superstructure is intact or access openings in its enclosing bulkheads are fitted with Class 1 closing appliances, and the super-structure deck has at least the same sheer as the exposed freeboard deck, the sheer of the enclosed portion of the freeboard deck is not taken into account. Rule LV.— *Standard Sheer Profile.* Standard sheer profile. The ordinates (in inches) of the standard sheer profile are given in the following Table, where L is the number of feet in the length of the ship:— Station. Ordinate. Factor. A.P .1 L + 10 1 1/6 L from A.P .0445 L + 4.45 4 1/3 L from A.P .011 L + 1.1 2 Amidships 0 4 1/3 L from F.P .022 L + 2.2 2 1/6 L from F.P .089 L + 8.9 4 F.P .2 L + 20 1 A.P. = After end of Summer load water-line. F.P. = Fore end of Summer load water-line. 2321 *Tonture.* Rule LIV.— *Généralités.* La tonture est mesurée depuis le pont en abord jusqu’à une ligne de référence tracée parallèlement à la quille au milieu du navire et tangente à la ligne de tonture. Dans les navires prévus pour naviguer avec un tirant d’eau arrière plus grand que le tirant d’eau avant, la tonture peut être mesurée d’après la ligne de charge à condition qu’une marque additionnelle soit placée à 0,25 L en avant du milieu pour indiquer la ligne de charge assignée. Cette marque doit être semblable au disque de franc-bord au milieu du navire. Dans les navires à pont découvert et dans les navires à super-structures détachées la tonture est mesurée au pont de franc-bord. Dans les navires dont les parties hautes des murailles sont d’une forme particulière avec un retrait ou une brisure, la tonture est évaluée d’après le creux équivalent au milieu du navire (voir Règle XXXV). Dans les navires ayant une superstructure de hauteur réglementaire, s’étendant sur toute la longueur du pont de franc-bord, la tonture est mesurée au pont de la superstructure. Lorsque la hauteur est supérieure à la hauteur réglementaire la tonture peut être évaluée d’après la hauteur réglementaire. Lorsqu’une super-structure est intacte ou lorsque les ouvertures des cloisons qui la limitent sont munies de fermetures de la classe 1 et lorsque le pont de superstructures 70[70Au lieu de “superstructures” mettre “superstructure.”] a au moins la même tonture que le pont de franc-bord exposé, il n’est pas tenu compte de la tonture dans la partie couverte du pont de franc-bord. Règle LV.— *Ligne de tonture réglementaire.* Les ordonnées en millimètres 71[71Au lieu de “millimètres” mettre “centimètres.”] de la ligne de tontine réglementaire sont données dans la table suivante, où L est la longueur du navire en mètres: Position. Ordonnées. Facteur. P.A.R 0,833 L + 25,4 1 1/6 L de P.A.R 0,37 L + 11,3 4 1/3 L de P.A.R_ 0,0925 L + 2,825 2 Milieu 0, 4 1/3 L de P.A.V 0,185 L + 5,65 2 1/6 L de P.A.V 0,74 L + 22,6 4 P.A.V 1,666 L + 50,8 1 P.A.R. = Extrémité arrière de la ligne de flottaison correspondant au franc-bord d’été. P.A.V. = Extrémité avant de la ligne de flottaison correspondant au franc-bord d’été. 2322 Règle LVI.— *Measurement of Variations from Standard Sheer Profile.* Variations. Where the sheer profile differs from the standard, the seven ordinates of each profile are multiplied by the appropriate factors given in the table of ordinates. The difference between the sums of the respective products, divided by 18, measures the deficiency or excess of sheer. Where the after half of the sheer profile is greater than the standard and the forward half is less than the standard, no credit is allowed for the part in excess and the deficiency only is measured. Where the forward half of the sheer profile exceeds the standard, and the after portion of the sheer profile is not less than 75 per cent. of the standard, credit is allowed for the part in excess; where the after part is less than 50 per cent. of the standard no credit is given for the excess sheer forward. Where the after sheer is between 50 per cent. and 75 per cent. of the standard, intermediate allowances may be granted for excess sheer forward. Rule LVII.— *Correction for Variations from Standard Sheer Profile.* Correction for sheer. The correction for sheer is the deficiency or excess of sheer (*see* Rule LVI), multiplied by .75 − S 2L , where S is the total length of superstructure, as defined in Rule XL. Rule LVIII.— *Addition for Deficiency in Sheer.* Addition for deficiency. Where the sheer is less than the standard, the correction for deficiency in sheer (*see* Rule LVII) is added to the freeboard Rule LIX.— *Deduction for Excess Sheer.* Deduction for excess. In flush deck ships and in ships where an enclosed superstructure covers .1 L before and .1 L abaft amidships, the correction for excess of sheer (*see* Rule LVII) is deducted from the freeboard ; in ships with detached superstructures where no enclosed superstructure covers amidships, no deduction is made from the freeboard; where an enclosed superstructure covers less than .1 L before and .1 L abaft amidships, the deduction is obtained by interpolation. The maximum deduction for excess sheer is 1½ inches at 100 feet and increases at the rate of 1½ inches for each additional 100 feet in the length of the ship. 2323 Règle LVI.— *Mesure des écarts avec la ligne de tenture réglementaire.* Lorsque la ligne de tonture diffère de la ligne de tenture réglementaire, les sept ordonnées de chacune des 272[72Au lieu de “2” mettre “deux.”] lignes sont multipliées par les facteurs correspondants donnés dans la table des ordonnées. La différence entre les sommes des produits respectifs divisée par 18 mesure le manque ou l’excès de tenture. Lorsque la moitié arrière de la ligne de tenture est plus haute que la ligne de tenture réglementaire et lorsque la moitié avant est moins haute que cette ligne de tenture réglementaire aucune amélioration de franc-bord n’est accordée pour la partie la plus haute et la diminution correspondant à la partie basse est seule mesurée. Lorsque la moitié avant de la ligne de tenture est plus haute que la ligne de tenture réglementaire et lorsque la partie arrière de la tenture n’est pas moindre que 75 pour cent de la tenture réglementaire, on doit tenir compte de la partie en excédent. Lorsque la partie arrière a une tenture moindre que 50 pour cent de la valeur de la tenture réglementaire, on ne doit pas tenir compte de l’excès de tenture à l’avant. Lorsque la tenture à l’arrière est comprise entre 50 et 75 pour cent de la tenture réglementaire, une correction intermédiaire peut être donnée pour excès de tenture à l’avant. Règle LVII.— *Correction pour les écarts avec la ligne de tenture réglementaire.* La correction pour la tenture est égale au manque ou à l’excès de tenture (voir Règle LVI) multiplié par 0,75 − S 2L , S étant la longueur totale de superstructures, telle qu’elle est définie par la Règle XL. Règle LVIII.— *Addition pour manque de tonture.* Lorsque la tenture est moindre que la tenture réglementaire, la correction pour manque de tenture (voir Règle LVII) est ajoutée au franc-bord. Règle LIX.— *Déduction pour excès de tonture.* Dans les navires à pont découvert et dans ceux dont la super-structure fermée couvre 0,1 L sur l’avant et 0,1 L sur l’arrière du milieu du navire, la correction pour excès de tenture (voir Règle LVII) est déduite du franc-bord; dans les navires à superstructures détachées où aucune superstructure fermée ne couvre le milieu du navire, aucune déduction n’est faite du franc-bord; lorsqu’une super-structure fermée couvre moins de 0,1 L sur l’avant et de 0,1 L sur l’arrière du milieu du navire, la déduction est obtenue par interpolation. La déduction maximum pour excès de tenture est de 38 millimètres à 30 mètres 50 et augmente à raison de 38 millimètres pour chaque augmentation de 30 m. 50 de la longueur du navire. 2324 *Round of Beam.* Round of beam. Rule LX.— *Standard Round of Beam.* Standard. The standard round of beam of the freeboard deck is one-fiftieth of the breadth of the ship. Rule LXI.— *Round of Beam Correction.* Correction. Where the round of beam of the freeboard deck is greater or less than the standard, the freeboard is decreased or increased respectively by one-fourth of the difference between the actual and the standard round of beam, multiplied by the proportion of the length of the freeboard deck not covered by enclosed superstructures. Twice the standard round of beam is the maximum for which allowance is given. *Minimum Freeboards.* Minimum freeboards. Rule LXII.— *Summer Freeboard.* Summer. The minimum freeboard in Summer is the freeboard derived from the Freeboard Table after corrections for departures from the standards and after deduction for superstructures. The freeboard in salt water measured from the intersection of the upper surface of the freeboard deck with the outer surface of the shell is not to be less than 2 inches. Rule LXIII.— *Tropical Freeboard.* Tropical. The minimum freeboard in the Tropical Zone is the freeboard obtained by a deduction from the Summer freeboard of ¼ inch per foot of Summer draught measured from the top of the keel to the centre of the disc. The freeboard in salt water measured from the intersection of the upper surface of the freeboard deck with the outer surface of the shell is not to be less than 2 inches. Rule LXIV.— *Winter Freeboard.* Winter. The minimum freeboard in Winter is the freeboard obtained by an addition to the Summer freeboard of ¼ inch per foot of Summer draught, measured from the top of the keel to the centre of the disc. Rule LXV.— *Winter North Atlantic Freeboard.* Winter North Atlantic. The minimum freeboard for ships not exceeding 330 feet in length on voyages across the North Atlantic, North of latitude 36° N., during the winter months, is the Winter freeboard plus two inches; for ships over 330 feet in length it is the Winter freeboard. 2325 *Bouge.* Règle LX.— *Bouge réglementaire.* Le bouge réglementaire des barrots du pont de franc-bord est égal à un cinquantième de la largeur du navire. Règle LXI.— *Correction pour le bouge.* Lorsque le bouge du pont de franc-bord est plus grand ou plus petit que le bouge réglementaire, le franc-bord est diminué ou augmenté respectivement d’un quart de la différence entre le bouge réel et le bouge réglementaire des barrots multiplié par la fraction de la longueur du pont de franc-bord qui n’est pas couverte par des superstructures fermées. La diminution de franc-bord accordée pour le bouge ne peut dépasser celle qui correspond à un bouge double du bouge réglementaire. *Francs-bords minima.* Règle LXII.— *Franc-bord d’été.* Le franc-bord d’été minimum est celui qui est déduit de la Table de franc-bord après correction pour les écarts avec les “standards” et après déduction pour les superstructures. Le franc-bord en eau salée mesuré à partir de l’intersection de la surface supérieure du pont de franc-bord avec la surface extérieure de la coque ne doit pas être inférieur à 51 millimètres.73[73But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.] Règle LXIII.— *Franc bord tropical.* Le franc-bord minimum dans la zone tropicale est le franc-bord obtenu en déduisant du franc-bord d’été 1 48 du tirant d’eau d’été mesuré du dessus de quille jusqu’au centre du disque. Le franc-bord en eau salée mesuré à partir de l’intersection de la surface supérieure du pont de franc-bord avec la surface extérieure du bordé de muraille ne doit pas être inférieur à 51 millimètres.73[73But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.] Règle LXIV.— *Franc-bord d’hiver.* Le franc-bord minimum en hiver est le franc-bord obtenu en ajoutant au franc-bord d’été 1 48 du tirant eau d’été mesuré du dessus de quille jusqu’au centre du disque. Règle LXV.— *Franc-bord d’hiver dans l’Atlantique Nord.* Le franc-bord minimum pour les navires dont la longueur est inférieure ou égale à 100m50 74[74Au lieu de “l00m50” mettre “100m58.”] et qui effectuent pendant les mois d’hiver des voyages à travers l’Atlantique Nord au nord du parallèle 36° Nord est égal au franc-bord d’hiver augmenté de 51 millimètres;75[75But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.] pour les navires plus longs que 100m50 74[74Au lieu de “l00m50” mettre “100m58.”] il est égal au franc-bord d’hiver. 2326 Rule LXVI.— *Fresh Water Freeboard.* Freeboard table for steamers. Fresh water. The minimum freeboard in fresh water of unit density is the freeboard obtained by deducting from the minimum freeboard in salt water Δ 40 T inches, where Δ = displacement in salt water in tons at the Summer load water-line, and T = tons per inch immersion in salt water at the Summer load water-line. Where the displacement at the Summer load water-line cannot, be certified, the deduction is to be ¼ inch per foot of Summer draught, measured from the top of the keel to the centre of the disc. Rule LXVII.— *Freeboard Table for Steamers.* Basic Minimum Summer Freeboards for Steamers which Comply with the Standards Laid Down in the Rules. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. (Feet.) (Inches.) (Feet.) (Inches.) (Feet.) (Inches.) (Feet.) (Inches.) 80 8.0 250 32.3 420 77.8 590 127.0 90 9.0 260 34.4 430 80.9 600 129.5 100 10.0 270 36.5 440 84.0 610 132.0 110 11.0 280 38.7 450 87.1 620 134.4 120 12.0 290 41.0 460 90.2 630 136.8 130 13.0 300 43.4 470 93.3 640 139.1 140 14.2 310 45.9 480 96.3 650 141.4 150 15.5 320 48.4 490 99.3 660 143.7 160 16.9 330 51.0 500 102.3 670 145.9 170 18.3 340 53.7 510 105.2 680 148.1 180 19.8 350 56.5 520 108.1 690 150.2 190 21.4 360 59.4 530 110.9 700 152.3 200 23.1 370 62.4 540 113.7 710 154.4 210 24.8 380 65.4 550 116.4 720 156.4 220 26.6 390 68.4 560 119.1 730 158.5 230 28.5 400 71.5 570 121.8 740 160.5 240 30.3 410 74.6 580 124.4 750 162.5
(i)The minimum freeboards for flush deck steamers are obtained by an addition to the above Table at the rate of 1½ inches for every 100 feet of length.
(ii)The freeboards at intermediate lengths are obtained by interpolation.
(iii)Where c exceeds .68, the freeboard is multiplied by the factor c + . 68 1.36
(iv)Where D exceeds L 15 the freeboard is increased by { D − L 15 } R inches, where R is L 130 at lengths less than 390 feet, and 3 at 390 feet length and above. 2327 Règle LXVI.— *Franc-bord en eau douce.* Le franc-bord minimum en eau douce de densité égale à 1 est le franc-bord obtenu en déduisant du franc-bord minimum en eau salée Δ 40 T 76[76But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2396.] . . . ., où: Δ = déplacement en eau salée en tonnes métriques à la ligne de charge d’été; T = tonnes métriques par centimétres 77[77Au lieu de “centimètres“ mettre “centimètre.”] d’immersion dans l’eau salée à la ligne de charge d’été Lorsque le déplacement à la ligne de charge d’été ne peut être certifié, la déduction doit être de 1 48 du tirant d’eau d’été mesuré depuis le dessus de quille jusqu’au centre du disque. Règle LXVII.— *Table dejranc-bord pour les vapeurs.* 75[75Après Δ 40 T insérer “centimètres.”] Valeurs de base des francs-bords minimum d’été pour les vapeurs qui sont conformes aux “standards” définis dans les Règles. L Franc-bord. L Franc-bord. L Franc-bord. L Franc-bord. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. 24,38 203 76,20 820 128,02 1976 179,83 3226 27,43 229 79,25 874 131,06 2055 182,88 3289 30,48 254 82,30 927 134,11 2134 185,93 3353 33,53 279 85,34 983 137,16 2212 188,98 3414 36,58 305 88,39 1041 140,21 2291 192,02 3475 39,62 330 91,44 1102 143,26 2370 195,07 3533 42,67 361 94,49 1166 146,30 2446 198,12 3592 45,72 394 97,54 1229 149,35 2522 201,17 3650 48,77 429 100,58 1295 152,40 2598 204,22 3706 51,82 465 103,63 1364 155,45 2672 207,26 3762 54,86 503 106,68 1435 158,50 2746 210,31 3815 57,91 544 109,73 1509 161,54 2817 213,36 3868 60,96 587 112,78 1585 164,59 2888 216,41 3922 64,01 630 115,82 1661 167,64 2957 219,46 3973 67,06 676 118,87 1737 170,69 3025 222,50 4026 70,10 724 121,92 1816 173,74 3094 225,55 4077 73,15 770 124,97 1895 176,78 3160 228,60 4127
(i)Les francs-bords minimum pour les navires à pont découvert sont obtenus en augmentant les francs-bords donnés par la table ci-dessus à raison de 38 millimètres par 30m50 de longueur.
(ii)Les francs-bords correspondant aux valeurs intermédiaires de la longueur sont obtenus par interpolation.
(iii)Lorsque c est supérieur à 0,68, le franc-bord est multiplié par le facteur c + . 0,68 1,36
(iv)Lorsque C est supérieur à L 15 le franc-bord est augmenté de la quantité 8,33 ( C − L 15 ) R millimètres, où R est égal à L 3,96 lorsque la longueur est moindre que 118m90 et égal à 30 lorsque la longueur est égale ou supérieure à 118m90. 2328 In a ship with an enclosed superstructure covering at least .6 L amidships, with a complete trunk, or with a combination of intact partial superstructures and trunk which extends all fore and aft, where D is less than L 15 , the freeboard is reduced at the above rate. Where the height of superstructures or trunk is less than the standard height, the reduction is in the ratio of the actual to the standard height.
(v)Where the actual depth to the surface of the freeboard deck amidships is greater or less than D, the difference between the depths (in inches) is added to or deducted from the freeboard. Part IV.— Load Unes for Sailing Ships. Load lines for sailing ships. Rule LXVIII.—*Lines to be Used in Connection with the Disc.* Use in connection with the dise. Winter and Tropical load lines are not marked on sailing ships. The maximum load line to which sailing ships may be laden in salt water in Winter and in the Tropical Zone is the centre of the disc (*see*Figure 3). Figure 3. Figure 3. 2329 Dans les navires qui possèdent une superstructure fermée s’étendant au moins sur une longueur de 0,6 L avec un trunk complet ou une suite de superstructures partielles intactes et trunks qui s’étendent sans discontinuité de l’avant à l’arrière, si C est plus petit que L 15 , le franc-bord est réduit de la quantité ci-dessus.78[78Règle LXVII (iv), second paragraphe.—Lire: “Dans le cas d’un navire ayant au milieu de la longueur une superstructure fermée s’étendant au moins sur 0,6 L, ou d’un navire ayant un trunk complet ou une suite de superstructures partielles intactes et trunks s’étendant de l’avant à l’arrière, si C est plus petit que L 15 , le franc-bord est réduit de la quantité ci-dessus.”] Lorsque la hauteur des superstructures ou du trunk est plus petite que la hauteur réglementaire, la réduction est dans le rapport de la hauteur réelle à la hauteur réglementaire.
(v)Lorsque le creux réel mesuré au milieu jusqu’à la surface du pont de franc-bord est plus grand ou plus petit que C, la différence entre les creux (en millimètres) est ajoutée ou retranchée au franc-bord. 4eme Partie.— Lignes de charge pour les voiliers. Règle LXVIII.—*Lignes employées conjointement avec le disque.* La ligne de franc-bord d’hiver et la ligne de franc-bord tropical ne sont pas marquées sur les voiliers. Le franc-bord minimum en eau salée déterminant la ligne de charge jusqu’à laquelle les voiliers peuvent être chargés en hiver et dans la zone tropicale correspond au centre du disque (voir figure 3). 2330 Rule LXIX.— *Conditions of Assignment of Load Line*. Conditions of assignment.The conditions of assignment are those contained in Part II of these Rules. Rule LXX.— *Computation of Freeboard*. Computation of freeboard.Freeboards are computed from the Freeboard Table for Sailing Ships in the same manner as the freeboards for steamers are computed from the Freeboard Table for Steamers, except as follows:— Rule LXXI.— *Depth for Freeboard* (D). Depth.*Ante*, p. 2294. In sailing ships having a greater rate of rise of floor than 1½ inches per foot, the vertical distance from the top of keel (Rule XXXIV), is reduced by half the difference between the total rise of floor at the half-breadth of the ship and the total rise at 1½ inches per foot. 2½ inches per foot of half-breadth is the maximum rate of rise for which a deduction is made. Where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or thick garboards are fitted, the depth is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel. The depth used with the Freeboard Table is to be taken as not less than L 12 . Rule LXXII.—Coefficient of fineness. *Coefficient of fineness* (c). The coefficient used with the Freeboard Table is to be taken as not less than .62 and not greater than .72. Rule LXXIII.—Superstructure. *Superstructures in Wood Ships*. Wood ships.In wood ships the construction and closing arrangements of superstructures for which deductions are made from the freeboard are to be to the satisfaction of the Assigning Authority. Rule LXXIV.— *Deductions for Superstructures*. Deductions.Where the effective length of superstructures is 1.0 L, the deduction from the freeboard is 3 inches at 80 feet length of ship, and 28 inches at 330 feet length and above; deductions at intermediate lengths are obtained by interpolation. Where the total effective length of super 2331 Règle LXIX.— *Conditions dans lesquelles les lignes de charge sont assignées*. Les conditions dans lesquelles les lignes de charge sont assignées sont celles qui sont contenues dans la 2eme Partie des présentes Règles. Règle LXX.— *Calcul du franc-bord*. Les francs-bords sont calculés d’après la Table de franc-bord pour les voiliers de la même façon que les francs-bords des vapeurs sont calculés d’après la Table de francs-bords des vapeurs, sauf en ce qui concerne les points suivants. Règle LXXI.— *Creux pour le franc-bord* (*C*). Dans les voiliers ayant un relevé de varangues supérieur à 125 millimètres par mètre la distance verticale mesurée depuis le dessus de quille (Règle XXXIV) est réduite de la demi-différence entre le relevé total des varangues en un point situé à la demi-largeur du navire et le relevé total correspondant à une inclinaison de 125 millimètres par mètre. La réduction maximum à apporter ne peut dépasser celle qui correspond à un relevé de varangue de 208 millimètres par mètre de la demi-largeur du navire. Lorsque les formes de la partie inférieure du maître couple sont creuses ou qu’il existe des galbords épais, le creux est mesuré depuis le point où le prolongement vers l’axe de la ligne tangente à la partie plate du fond coupe le côté de la quille. La profondeur employée avec la Table de franc-bord ne doit pas être inférieure à L 12 . Règle LXXII.— *Coefficient de finesse* (*c*). Le coefficient employé avec la Table de franc-bord ne doit pas être inférieur à 0,62 ni supérieur à 0,72. Règle LXXIII— *Superstructures dans les navires en bois*. Dans les navires en bois la construction et les dispositifs de fermeture des superstructures pour lesquelles des réductions sont apportées au franc-bord, doivent être réalisés à la satisfaction de l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords. Règle LXXIV.— *Déduction pour superstructures*. Lorsque la longueur effective des superstructures est égale à L, la déduction à apporter au franc-bord est de 76 millimètres pour les navires dont la longueur est de 24m40 et de 711 millimètres pour les navires dont la longueur est égale ou supérieure à 100m50.79[79 Au lieu de “100m50” mettre “100m58.”] La 2332 structures is less than 1.0 L, the deduction is a percentage obtained from the following Table:— Type of Superstructures. Total Effective Length of Superstructures (E). Line. 0 .1L .2L .3 L .4L .5 L .6L .7 L .9L 9L 1.0 L * Where the effective length of Bridge is less than .2 L, the percentages are obtained by interpolation between lines B and A. Percentages for intermediate lengths of superstructures are obtained by interpolation. [Footnote in the certified copy.] % % % % % % % % % % % All types without Bridge_ _ _ _ _ 0 7 13 17 23.5 30 47½ 70 80 90 100 A All types with Bridge*_ _ _ _ _ 0 7 14.7 22 32 42 56 70 80 90 100 B Rule LXXV.— *Minimum Freeboards*. Minimum freeboards.No addition to the freeboard is required for Winter freeboard, nor is a deduction permitted for Tropical freeboard. An increase in freeboard of 3 inches is made for voyages across the North Atlantic North of latitude 36° N. during the winter months. In computing the fresh water freeboard for a wood ship, the draught is measured from the lower edge of the rabbet of keel to the centre of the disc. Rule LXXVI.— *Freeboard Table for Sailing Ships*. Table for sailing ships.Minimum Summer, Winter, and Tropical Freeboards for Iron and Steel Flush Deck Sailing Ships, which comply with the Standards laid down in the Rules. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. L. Freeboard. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. 80 9.2 140 21.3 200 35.4 270 53.5 90 11.0 150 23.5 210 37.9 280 56.3 100 12.9 160 25.8 220 40.4 290 59.1 110 14.9 170 28.2 230 42.9 300 61.9 120 17.0 180 30.6 240 45.5 310 64.7 130 19.1 190 33.0 250 48.1 320 67.6 260 50.8 330 70.5
(i)The freeboards at intermediate lengths are obtained by interpolation.
(ii)Where c exceeds .62, the freeboard is multiplied by the factor c + .62 1.24
(iii)Where D exceeds L 12 , the freeboard is increased by { D − L 12 } x { 1 + L 250 } inches. 2333 déduction à apporter pour les valeurs intermédiaires de la longueur s’obtient par interpolation. Lorsque la longueur effective totale des superstructures est moindre que L, la déduction est le pourcentage indiqué dans la Table suivante: Types de superstructures. Longueur effective des superstructures (E). Ligne. 0 ,1 L ,2 L ,3 L ,4 L ,5 L ,6 L ,7 L ,8 L ,9 L L * Lorsque la longueur effective du chateau est moindre que 0,2 L, les pourcentages s’obtiennent par Interpolation entre les lignes B et A. Les pourcentages de réduction correspondant à des longueurs inter-médiaires de superstructures s’obtiennent par interpolation. [Footnote in the certified copy.] % % % % % % % % % % % Tous types sans château_ _ _ _ _ 0 7 13 17 23, 5 30 47½ 70 80 90 100 A Tous types avec château *_ _ _ _ _ 0 7 14, 7 22 32 42 56 70 80 90 100 B Règle LXXV.— *Francs-bords minima*. Aucune augmentation du franc-bord n’est exigée pour l’hiver et aucune réduction n’est permise pour la zone tropicale. Une augmentation du franc-bord égale à 75 80[80 Au lieu de “75” mettre “76.”] millimètres est apportée pour les voyages effectués à travers l’Atlantique Nord au nord du parallèle de 36° N. pendant les mois d’hiver. Dans les calculs de franc-bord en eau douce pour un navire en bois, le tirant d'eau est mesuré depuis le can inférieur de la râblure de quille jusqu’au centre du disque. Règle LXXVI.— *Table des francs-bords pour les voiliers*.81[81 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2397.] Francs-bords minima d’été, d’hiver, et tropicaux pour les voiliers à pont découvert en fer et en acier conformes aux “standards” définis dans les Règles. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. [α Au lieu de “878” mettre “378.”] 24, 384 234 42, 67 541 60, 96 899 82, 30 1359 27, 430 279 45, 72 597 64, 01 963 85, 34 1430 30, 48 328 48, 77 655 67, 06 1026 88, 39 1501 33, 53 α 878 51,82 716 70, 10 1090 91, 44 1572 30, 54 432 54, 86 777 73, 15 1156 94, 49 1643 39, 62 485 57,91 838 76, 20 1222 97, 54 1717 79, 25 1290 100, 58 1791
(i)Les francs-bords pour les valeurs intermédiaires de la longueur s’obtiennent par interpolation.
(ii)Lorsque c est supérieur à 0,62, le franc-bord est multiplié par le facteur: c + 0,62 1,24
(iii)Lorsque C est supérieur à L 12 le franc-bord est augmentéde la quantité 8,33 ( C − L 12 ) x ( 10 + L 7,62 ) millimètres. 2334
(iv)Where the actual depth to the surface of the freeboard deck amidships is greater or less than D, the difference between the depths (in inches) is added to or deducted from the freeboard. Rule LXXVII.— *Freeboard for Wood Sailing Ships*. Wood sailing ships.The freeboard for a wood sailing ship is the final freeboard the ship would obtain if she were of iron and steel, with the addition of such penalties as the Assigning Authority may determine, having regard to the classification, construction, age and condition of the ship. Wood ships of primitive build such as dhows, junks, prahus, &c., are to be dealt with by the Administration so far as is reasonable and practicable under the Rules for Sailing Ships. **Part V.—**Steamers carrying timber deck cargoes. **Load Lines for Steamers carrying Timber Deck Cargoes.** Definitions.Definitions. “Timber deck cargo”. *Timber Deck Cargo*.—The term “timber deck cargo” means a cargo of timber carried on an uncovered part of a freeboard or superstructure deck. The term does not include wood pulp or similar cargo. “Timber load lines”. *Timber Load Line*.—A timber load line is a special load line to be used only when the ship is carrying a timber deck cargo in compliance with the following conditions and regulations:— Rule LXXVIII.—Marks on the ship’s sides. *Marks on the Ship’s Sides*. Timber load lines. *Timber Load Lines.—*The lines which indicate the maximum timber load lines in different circumstances and at different seasons are to be horizontal lines, 9 inches in length and 1 inch in breadth, which extend from, and are at right angles to, a vertical line marked 21 inches abaft *Post*, p. 2336.the centre of the disc (*see* Figure 4). They are to be marked and *Ante*, p. 2268.verified similarly to the ordinary load lines (see Rules V to VII). Summer. *The Summer Timber Load Line* is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LS. Winter. *The Winter Timber Load Line* is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LW. Winter North Atlantic. *The Winter North Atlantic Timber Load Line* is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LWNA. 2335
(iv)Lorsque le creux réel mesuré jusqu’à la surface du pont de franc-bord au milieu du navire est supérieur ou inférieur a C, la différence entre les creux (en millimètres) est ajoutée ou retranchée au franc-bord. Règle LXXVII.— *Franc-bord pour les voiliers en bois*. Le franc-bord pour un voilier en bois est égal au franc-bord qui, tous calculs faits, lui serait accordé s’il était en fer ou en acier, augmenté de telles quantités que l’autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords pourra fixer eu égard à la classe, la construction, l’âge et l’état du navire. Les navires en bois de construction primitive, tels que les boutres, les jonques, prahus, &c., doivent, être traités par l’Administration autant qu’il sera raisonnable et possible suivant les Règles pour les voiliers. **5eme Partie.—** **Lignes de charge pour les vapeurs transportant du bols on pontée.** Définitions. *Chargement de bois en pontée.—*L’expression “chargement de bois en pontée” signifie un chargement de bois transporté sur une partie non couverte du pont de franc-bord ou du pont de superstructure. Cette expression ne comprend pas les chargements de pulpe de bois ni les chargements similaires. *Ligne de charge pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée.—*Une ligne de charge pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée est une ligne de charge spéciale qui est utilisée seulement quand le navire transporte un chargement de bois en pontée conformément aux conditions et aux règles suivantes: Règle LXXVIII.— *Marques sur les flancs du navire*. *Lignes de charge pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée*.—Les lignes qui indiquent les lignes de charge maxima pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée dans les différentes circonstances et dans les différentes saisons consistent en des lignes horizontales de 250 millimètres de longueur et de 25 millimètres d’épaisseur disposées perpendiculairement à une ligne verticale tracée à 540 millimètres sur l’arrière du centre du disque (voir figure 4). Elles doivent être marquées et contrôlées dans les mêmes conditions que les lignes de charge ordinaires (voir les Règles V à VII). *La ligne de charge d’été pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée* est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BE. *La ligne de charge d’hiver pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée* est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BH. *La ligne de charge d’hiver dans l’Atlantique Nord pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée* est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BHAN. 2336 Tropical. *The Tropical Timber Load Line* is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LT. Fresh water.The Fresh Water Timber Load Line in Summer is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LF. The difference between the Fresh Water Timber load line in Summer and the Summer Timber load line is the allowance to be made for loading in fresh water at the other Timber load lines. The Fresh Water Timber load line in the Tropical Zone is indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LTF.** Where seagoing steamers navigate a river or inland water, deeper loading; is permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel, &c., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea. [Footnote in the certified copy.] Figure 4. Figure 4. Assignment and regulations for deeper loading. *Supplementary Conditions of Assignment and Regulations for Deeper Loading*. Rule LXXIX.—Supplementary conditions. *Construction of Ship*. Structure.The structure of the ship is to be of sufficient strength for the deeper draught allowed and for the weight of the deck cargo. Rule LXXX.— *Superstructures*. Superstructures.The ship is to have a forecastle of at least standard height and at least 7 per cent, of the length of the ship, and, in addition, a poop, or a raised quarter deck with a strong steel hood or deck house fitted aft. Rule LXXXI.— *Machinery Casings.*Machinery casings. Machinery casings on the freeboard deck are to be protected by a superstructure of at least standard height, unless the machinery casings are of sufficient strength and height to permit of the carriage of timber alongside. 2337 *La ligne de charge tropicale pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée* est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BT. *La ligne de charge d’été en eau douce pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée* est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BD. La différence entre la ligne de charge d’été en eau douce et la ligne de charge d’été pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée est la correction qui doit être apportée aux autres lignes de charge pour les navires chargeant du bois en pontée, lorsque le navire charge en eau douce.* * Lorsque des navires de mer naviguent dans une rivière ou dans des eaux intérieures, il est permis d’augmenter le chargement du navire d’une quantité qui correspond au poids du combustible, etc., nécessaire à la consommation entre le point de départ et la mer libre. [Footnote in the certified copy.] La ligne de charge tropicale en eau douce pour les navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée est indiquée par l’arête supérieure d’une ligne marquée BTD. Figure 5.82[82 Au lieu de “Figure 5” mettre “Figure 4.”] Conditions supplémentaires d’assignation et Règles permettant l’augmentation d’enforcement.83[83 Au lieu de *“d’enforcement”* mettre *“d’enfoncement*.”] Règle LXXIX.— *Construction du Navire*. La structure du navire doit être d’une solidité suffisante eu égard au tirant d’eau accru et au poids de la pontée. Règle LXXX.— *Superstructures*. Le navire doit avoir un gaillard ayant au moins la hauteur réglementaire et une longueur d’au moins 7 pour cent de la longueur du navire et, en plus, une dunette ou une demi-dunette pourvue d’un capot solide en acier ou d’un rouf installé à l’arrière. Règle LXXXI.— *Encaissement des machines*. Les encaissements des machines sur le pont de franc-bord doivent être protégés par une superstructure ayant au moins la hauteur réglementaire, à moins que ces encaissements soient d’une solidité et d’une hauteur suffisantes pour permettre l’arrimage du bois en abord. 2338 Rule LXXXII.— *Dovile Bottom Tanks*. Double bottom tanks.Double bottom tanks where fitted within the midship half length of the ship are to have adequate longitudinal subdivision. Rule LXXXIII.— *Bulwarks*. Bulwarks.The ship must be fitted either with permanent bulwarks at least 3 feet 3 inches high, specially stiffened on the upper edge and supported by strong bulwark stays attached to the deck in the way of the beams and provided with necessary freeing ports, or with efficient rails of the same height as the above and of specially strong construction. Rule LXXXIV.— *Deck Openings covered by Timber Deck Cargo*. Deck openings covered by timber deck cargo.Openings to spaces below the freeboard deck are to be securely closed and battened down. All fittings, such as hatchway beams, fore-and-afters, and covers, are to be in place. Where hold ventilation is needed, the ventilators are to be efficiently protected. Rule LXXXV.— *Stowage*. Stowage.The wells on the freeboard deck are to be filled with timber stowed as solidly as possible, to at least the standard height of a bridge. On a ship within a seasonal winter zone in winter, the height of the deck cargo above the freeboard deck is not to exceed one-third of the extreme breadth of the ship. All timber deck cargo is to be compactly stowed, lashed and secured. It must not interfere in any way with the navigation and necessary work of the ship, or with the provision of a safe margin of stability at all stages of the voyage, regard being given to additions of weight, such as those due to absorption of water and to losses of weight such as those due to consumption of fuel and stores. Rule LXXXVI.— *Protection of Crew, Access to Machinery Space, &c*. Protection of crew, machinery space, etc.Safe and satisfactory access to the quarters of the crew, to the machinery space and to all other parts used in the necessary work of the ship, is to be available at all times. Deck cargo in way of openings which give access to such parts is to be so stowed that the openings can be properly closed and secured against the admission of 2339 Règle LXXXII.— *Ballasts de double fond*. Les water ballasts situés dans la mi-longueur du navire,84[84 Supprimer la virgule.]au milieu doivent avoir une subdivision longitudinale adéquate. Règle LXXXIII.— *Pavois*. Le navire doit être muni soit de pavois fixes d’une hauteur d’au moins 990 millimètres, particulièrement renforcés à la partie supérieure et consolidés par de solides jambettes fixées au pont par le travers des barrots et pourvus des sabords de décharge nécessaires, soit de rambardes convenables de la même hauteur que celle qui est indiquée ci-dessus pour les pavois.85[85 Après “pavois” insérer “et d’une construction particulièrement robuste.”] Règle LXXXIV.— *Ouvertures dans le pont recouvertes par la pontée de bois*. Les ouvertures des espaces situés au-dessous du pont de franc-bord doivent être bien fermées et les tringles mises en place. Toutes les installations telles que les barrots mobiles, les galiotes et panneaux mobiles doivent être en place. Lorsque les cales sont appelées à être ventilées les manches à air doivent être efficacement protégées. Règle LXXXV.— *Arrimage*. Les puits dans 86[86 Au lieu de “dans” mettre “sur.”] les ponts de franc-bord doivent être remplis de bois, arrimé aussi massivement que possible et de manière à atteindre au moins au niveau 87[87 Au lieu de “moins au niveau” mettre “moins le niveau.”] de la hauteur réglementaire d’un château. A bord d’un navire qui se trouve en hiver dans une zone d’hiver périodique la hauteur de la pontée au-dessus du pont de franc-bord ne doit pas être supérieure au tiers de la plus grande largeur du navire. Toute pontée de bois doit être arrimée d’une manière massive, saisie et assujettie. Elle ne doit gêner en aucune façon ni la navigation ni la manœuvre du navire, ni compromettre la conservation pendant toute la durée du voyage d’une marge suffisante de stabilité, eu égard aux augmentations de poids telles que celles résultant du mouillage de la cargaison, ainsi qu’aux réductions de poids provenant par 88[88 Après “par” mettre “exemple de.”] la consommation du combustible et des approvisionnements. Règle LXXXVI.— *Protection de l’équipage, accès à la tranche des machines, &c*. Un moyen d’accès sûr et satisfaisant doit permettre d’atteindre, à tout moment les locaux de l’équipage, la tranche des machines et toutes les autres parties qui sont obligatoirement utilisées pour la manœuvre. Aux endroits qui permettent d’atteindre ces parties, la pontée doit être arrimée de telle façon que les ouvertures y donnant 2340 water. Efficient protection for the crew in the form of guard rails or life lines, spaced not more than 12 inches apart vertically, is to be provided on each side of the deck cargo to a height of at least 4 feet above the cargo. The cargo is to be made sufficiently level for gangway purposes. Rule LXXXVII.— *Steering Arrangements*. Steering arrangements.Steering arrangements are to be effectively protected from damage by cargo, and, as far as practicable, are to be accessible. Efficient provision is to be made for steering in the event of a breakdown in the main steering arrangements. Rule LXXXVIII.— *Uprights*. Uprights.Uprights when required by the nature of the timber are to be of adequate strength and may be of wood or metal; the spacing is to be suitable for the length and character of timber carried, but is not to exceed 10 feet. Strong angles or metal sockets efficiently secured to the stringer plate or equally efficient means are to be provided for securing the uprights. Rule LXXXIX.— *Lashings*. Lashings.Timber deck cargo is to be efficiently secured throughout its length by independent overall lashings spaced not more than 10 feet apart. Eye plates for these lashings are to be riveted to the sheer-strake at intervals of not more than 10 feet, the distance from an end bulk-head of a superstructure to the first eye plate being not more than 6 feet 6 inches. Additional eye plates may be fitted on the stringer plate. Overall lashings are to be in good condition and are to be not less than ¾ inch close link chain or flexible wire rope of equivalent strength, fitted with sliphooks and stretching screws, which are to be accessible at all times. Wire rope lashings are to have a short length of long link chain to permit the length of lashings to be regulated. When timber is in lengths less than 12 feet, the spacing of the lashings is to be reduced to suit the length of timber or other suitable provision made. 2341 accès puissent être convenablement fermées et disposées 89[89 Au lieu de “disposées” mettre “assujetties.”] de manière à empêcher toute rentrée d’eau. Des moyens de protection efficaces pour l’équipage, sous la forme de garde-corps, ou de filières s’élevant au moins à 1m20 90[90 Au lieu de “1m20” mettre “1m22.”] au-dessus de la pontée et espacées verticalement de 30 centimètres au plus les uns des autres, doivent être installés de chaque côté delà pontée. Le dessus delà pontée doit être suffisamment nivelé pour servir de passavant. Règle LXXXVII.— *Dispositions concernant l’appareil à gouverner*. Les dispositifs utilisés pour gouverner doivent être convenablement protégés contre les avaries que pourra 91[91 Au lieu de “pourra” mettre “pourrait.”] leur occasionner la pontée et, autant que cela est possible et raisonnable,92[92 Supprimer “ et raisonnable.”] pouvoir être accessibles. Des dispositions doivent être prises pour que l’on puisse gouverner en cas d’avarie aux appareils principaux. Règle LXXXVIII.— *Montants*. Lorsque la nature du bois exige l’installation de montants, ces derniers doivent être d’une sodidité appropriée et peuvent être en bois ou en métal. Leur écartement doit être en rapport avec la longueur et la nature du bois transporté, mais il ne doit pas être supérieur à 3m05. Des cornières ou des taquets 93[93 Au lieu de “taquets” mettre “sabots en métal.”] fixés convenablement à la tôle gouttière ou d’autres dispositifs efficaces doivent être prévus pour maintenir les montants. Règle LXXXIX.— *Saisines*. La pontée doit être bien saisie sur toute sa longueur par des saisines traversières 94[94 Après “traversières” ajouter “indépendantes les unes des autres,”] dont l’écartement ne doit pas être supérieur à 3m05. Des points d’attache pour ces saisines doivent être rivés à la tôle du carreau à des intervalles n’ excédant pas 3m05 mètres. La distance comprise entre une cloison fronteau de superstructure et le premier point d’attache voisin ne doit pas être supérieur à lm98. Des points d’attache additionnels peuvent être fixés sur la tôle gouttière. Les saisines traversières doivent être en bon état et consister en chaîne à mailles serrées de 19 millimètres au moins ou en fil d’acier flexible de résistance équivalente, elles doivent être garnies de crocs à échappement et de ridoirs accessibles en tout temps. Les saisines en fil d’acier doivent avoir un bout de chaîne 95[95 Après “ chaîne” ajouter “à mailles longues.”]de faible longueur permettant de régler l’amarrage. 2342 When the spacing of the lashings is 5 feet or less, the size of the lashing may be reduced, but not less than ½ inch chain or equivalent wire rope is to be used. All fittings required for securing the lashings are to be of strength corresponding to the strength of the lashings. On superstructure decks, uprights, where fitted, are to be about 10 feet apart and are to be secured by athwartship lashings of ample strength. Rule XC.— *Plans*. Plans showing the fittings and arrangements for stowing and Plans.securing timber deck cargoes in compliance with the foregoing conditions and regulations are to be submitted to the Assigning Authority. Freeboard.Freeboard. Rule XCI.— *Computation of Freeboard*. Where the Assigning Authority is satisfied that the ship is suitable Computations.and that the conditions and arrangements are at least equal to the foregoing requirements for the carriage of timber deck cargo, the Summer freeboards computed in accordance with the Rules and Tables in Part III may be modified to give special timber freeboards, by substituting the following percentages for those in Rule LIII:— Total Effective Length of Superstructures. 0 .1L .2L .3 L .4L .5L .6L .7L .8 L .9L 1.0L All types_ _ _ _ % % % % % % % % % % % 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75.3 87.7 100 The Winter Timber freeboard is to be obtained by adding to the Summer Timber freeboard one-third of an inch per foot of the moulded Summer Timber draught. 2343 Lorsque la longueur des pièces de bois est moindre que 3m60 96[96 Au lieu de “3m60” mettre “3m66.”] l’espacement des saisines peut être réduit en proportion ou bien être remplacé par d’autres dispositions convenables.97[97 Supprimer “bien être remplacé par” et après “convenables” ajouter “doiventêtre prises.”] Lorsque l’espacement des saisines est égal ou inférieur à 1m50,98[98 Au lieu de “1m50” mettre “ 1m52.”]les dimensions des saisines en chaîne peuvent être réduites à 12,7 millimètres, ou on peut employer un fil d’acier de résistance équivalente.99[99 Au lieu de “réduites à 12,7 millimètres, ou on peut employer un fil d’acier de résistance équivalente” mettre “réduites; toutefois on ne doit pas employer de la chaîne de moins de 12,7 millimètres ni du câble d’acier de moindre résistance que la chaîne de 12,7 millimètres.”] Toutes les installations exigées pour fixer les saisines doivent être d’une résistance appropriée à celle de ces saisines. Les montants installés sur les ponts de superstructures doivent être espacés de 3m05 et être maintenus transversalement par des saisines 1[1 Après “saisines” ajouter “traversières.”] de résistance largement suffisantes. Règle XC.— *Plans*. Des plans montrant les dispositions et les installations pour l’arrimage et la tenue des pontées conformément aux présentes règles, doivent être soumis à l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords. Franc-bord. Règle XCI.— *Calcul du Franc-bord*. Lorsque l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords se sera rendu compte que le navire est convenablement installé et que les conditions et les installations sont au moins équivalents 2[2 Au lieu de “équivalents” mettre “équivalentes.”] aux exigences indiquées ci-dessus pour le transport des bois en pontée, les francs-bords d’été déterminés suivant les Règles ordinaires et les Tables de la 3ème Partie pourront être corrigés de façon à donner des francs-bords spéciaux pour le bois, en remplaçant les pourcentages qui figurent à la Règle LUI par ceux qui sont donnés dans la Table suivante: Longueur totale effective des superstructures. – 0 0,1 L 0,2 L 0,3 L 0,4 L 0,5 L 0,6 L 0,7 L 0,8 L 0,9 L L Navires de tous les types_ _ _ _ _ % % % % % % % % % % % 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75,3 87,7 100 Le franc-bord d’hiver pour les navires transportant des bois en pontée s’obtient en ajoutant au franc-bord d’été 1 36 du tirant d’eau correspondant compté à partir du dessus de quille. 2344 *Ante*, p. 2324.The Winter North Atlantic Timber freeboards are the Winter North Atlantic freeboards prescribed in Rule LXV. The Tropical Timber freeboard is to be obtained by deducting from the Summer Timber freeboard one-quarter of an inch per foot of the moulded Summer Timber draught. Part VI. Load lines for tankers. **Part VI.—** **Load Lines for Tankers.** Definition. “Tanker” defined. *Tanker*.—The term “tanker” includes all steamers specially constructed for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk. Rule XCII.— *Marks on the Ship’s Sides*. Marks on ship’s sides.*Ante*, p. 2268.The marks on the ship’s sides are to be as provided in the figure in Rule IV. Assignment for deeper landing, supplementary.Supplementary Conditions of Assignment for Deeper Loading. Rule XCIII.— *Construction of Ship*. Ship construction.The structure of the ship is to be of sufficient strength for the increased draught corresponding to the freeboard assigned. Rule XCIV.— *Forecastle*. Forecastle.The ship is to have a forecastle of which the length is not less than 7 per cent, of the length of the ship and the height is not less than the standard height. Rule XCV.— *Machinery Casings*. Machinery casings.The openings in machinery casings on the freeboard deck are to be fitted with steel doors. The casings are to be protected by an enclosed poop or bridge of at least standard height, or by a deck house of equal height and of equivalent strength. The bulkheads at the ends of these structures are to be of the scantlings required for bridge front bulkheads. All entrances to the structures from the freeboard deck are to be fitted with effective closing appliances and the sills are to be at least 18 inches above the deck. Exposed machinery casings on the superstructure deck are to be of substantial construction, and all openings in them are to be fitted with steel closing appliances permanently attached to the casings and capable of being closed and secured from both sides; the sills of such openings are to be at least 15 inches above the deck. Fiddley openings are to 2345 Le franc-bord d’hiver pour le bois dans l’Atlantique Nord est celui qui prescrit dans la Règle LXV pour les francs-bords 3[3 Supprimer “qui” et après “francs-bords” mettre “d’hiver.”] dans l’Atlantique Nord. Le franc-bord tropical pour le bois s’obtient en déduisant du franc-bord d’été pour le bois 1 48 du tirant d’eau correspondant, compté à partir du dessus de quille. **6 eme Partie.—** **Lignes de charge des Navires à Citernes.** Définition. Navire à citernes.—L’expression “navire à citernes” s’applique à tout vapeur construit spécialement pour transporter des cargaisons liquides en vrac. Règle XCII.— *Marques sur les murailles du navire*. Les marques sur les murailles sont celles qui sont indiquées au croquis de la Règle IV. *Conditions supplémentaires d’assignation permettant l’augmentation d’enforcement*.4[4 Au lieu de *“d’enforcement”* mettre *“d’enfoncement.”*] Règle XCIII.— *Construction du navire*. Le navire à citernes doit être construit avec une solidité suffisante pour le tirant d’eau accru correspondant au franc-bord assigné. Règle XCIV.— *Gaillard*. Le navire doit avoir un gaillard ayant une longueur au moins égale à 7 pour cent de la longueur du navire et une hauteur au moins égale à la hauteur réglementaire. Règle XCV.— *Encaissements des machines*. Les ouvertures dans les encaissements des machines sur le pont de franc-bord doivent avoir des portes en acier. Les encaissements doivent être protégés par une dunette ou un château fermés ayant au moins la hauteur réglementaire ou par un rouf de même hauteur et de solidité équivalente. Les cloisons des extrémités de ces superstructures doivent avoir les échantillons exigés pour les cloisons fronteaux de château. Toutes les entrées dans les constructions sur le pont de franc-bord doivent être munies de fermetures efficaces et les seuils doivent avoir une hauteur d’au moins 457 millimètres 5[5 But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2397.] au-dessus du pont. Les parties exposées des encaissements de la machine sur le pont des superstructures doivent être de construction solide et toutes leurs ouvertures munies de fermetures en acier, attachées de façon pennanente sur les encaissements et susceptibles d’être fermées et 2346 be as high above the superstructure deck as is reasonable and practicable and are to have strong steel covers permanently attached in their proper positions. Rule XCVI.— *Gangway*. Gangway.An efficiently constructed permanent gangway of sufficient strength for its exposed position is to be fitted fore and aft at the level of the superstructure deck between the poop and midship bridge, and when crew are berthed forward, from the bridge to the forecastle, or other equivalent means of access may be provided to carry out the purpose of the gangway, such as passages below deck. Rule XCVII.— *Protection of Crew, Access to Machinery Space, &c*. Protection of crew, machinery space, etc.Safe and satisfactory access from the gangway level to the quarters of the crew, the machinery space and all other parts used in the necessary work of the ship, is to be available at all times. This rule does not apply to pump rooms entered from the freeboard deck, when fitted with Class 1 closing appliances. Rule XCVIII.— *Hatchways*. Hatchways.All hatchways on the freeboard deck and on the deck of expansion trunks are to be closed watertight by efficient steel covers. Rule XCIX.— *Ventilators*. Ventilators.Ventilators to spaces below the freeboard deck are to be of ample strength or are to be protected by superstructures or equally efficient means. Rule C.— *Freeing Arrangements*. Freeing arrangements.Ships with bulwarks are to have open rails fitted for at least half the length of the exposed portion of the weather deck or other effective freeing arrangements. The upper edge of the sheer-strake is to be kept as low as practicable, and preferably not higher than the upper edge of the gunwale bar. 2347 aussujetties de l’intérieur et de l’extérieur; les seuils de ces ouvertures doivent s’élever au moins à 380 millimètres au-dessus du pont. Les panneaux de chaufferies doivent être aussi élevés qu’il est raisonnable et possible de le faire au-dessus du pont de superstructures et avoir de forts couvercles en acier, attachés de façon permanente à leurs emplacements6[6 Au lieu de “leurs emplacements” mettre “leur emplacement.”] Règle XCVI.— *Passerelle*. Une passerelle permanente de construction efficace dans ses parties exposées 7[7 Au lieu de “dans ees parties exposées” mettre “et d’une solidité suffisante étant donné sa position exposée.”] doit être installée de l’avant à l’arrière, au niveau du pont de superstructures, entre la dunette et le château et, lorsque l’équipage est logé à l’avant du navire, cette passerelle doit s’étendre du château au gaillard. Tout autre moyen d’accès équivalent, comme des passages au-dessous du pont, peut être employé au lieu d’une 8[8 Au lieu de “au lieu d'une” mettre “pour tenir lieu de cette.”] passerelle. Règle XCVII.— *Protection de l’équipage. Accès à la tranche des machines, &c*. Un moyen d’accès sûr et satisfaisant doit permettre d’atteindre, du niveau de la passerelle les locaux de l’équipage, la tranche des machines et les parties du navire9[9 Après “navire” mettre “qui.”] sont obligatoirement utilisées pour la manœuvre du navire. Cette règle ne s’applique pas aux chambres des pompes dont les entrées se font du pont de franc-bord quand elles sont munies de moyens de fermeture de la classe 1. Règle XCVIII.— *Panneaux*. Tous les panneaux du pont de franc-bord ou du pont des caisses d’expansion doivent être fermés par des couvercles en acier robustes et étanches. Règle XCIX.— *Manches à air*. Les manches à air desservant des espaces situés au-dessous du pont de franc-bord doivent être de solidité suffisante ou être protégées par des superstructures ou des moyens efficaces équivalents. Règle C.— *Dispositifs pour l’évacuation de l’eau*. Les navires munis de pavois doivent avoir des rambardes au moins sur la moitié de la longueur de la partie exposée du pont ou tous autres dispositifs 10[10 Au lieu de “dispositifs” mettre “dispositions.”] efficaces pour l’évacuation de l’eau. Le can supérieur du carreau doit être tenu aussi bas que possible et de préférence il ne doit pas dépasser le can supérieur de la cornière gouttière. 2348 Where superstructures are connected by trunks, open rails are to be fitted for the whole length of the weather portions of the freeboard deck. Rule CI.— *Plans*. Plans.Plans showing proposed fittings and arrangements are to be submitted to the Assigning Authority for approval. Freeboards.Freeboards. Rule CII.— *Computation of Freeboard*. Computation of.When the Assigning Authority is satisfied that the foregoing requirements are fulfilled, the Summer freeboard may be computed from the Table for Tankers; all corrections except those for flush-deck steamers, detached superstructures, excess sheer, and winter *Ante*, p. 2292.voyages across the North Atlantic are to be made in accordance with Part III of the Rules. Rule CIII.— *Deduction for Detached Superstructures*. Detached superstructures, deduction.When the total effective length of superstructure is less than 1.0 L, the deduction is a percentage of that for a superstructure of length 1.0 L, and is obtained from the following table:— Total Effective Length of Superstructures. 0 .1 L .2 L .3 L .4 L .5 L .6 L .7 L .8 L .9 L 1.0 L All types_ _ _ _ % % % % % % % % % % % 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75.3 87.7 100 Rule CIV.— *Deduction for Excess Sheer*. Excess sheer.Where the sheer is greater than the standard, the correction for *Ante*, p. 2322.excess sheer (see Rule LVII of Part III, Load Lines for Steamers) is deducted from the freeboard for all tankers. Rule LIX of Part III does not apply except that the maximum deduction for excess sheer is 1½ inches at 100 feet and increases at the rate of 1½ inches for each additional 100 feet in the length of the ship. 2349 Quand les superstructures sont reliées par des trunks, des rambardes doivent être installées sur toute la longueur des parties exposées du pont de franc-bord. Règle CI.— *Plans*. Des plans montrant les dispositions et les installations11[11 Au lieu de “dispositions et les installations” mettre “installations et les dispositions.”] doivent être soumis à l’approbation de l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords. Franc-bords. Règle CII.— *Calcul du franc-bord*. Quand l’Autorité habilitée pour l’assignation des francs-bords aura constaté que les exigences ci-dessus indiquées sont remplies, le franc-bord d’été pourra être calculé d’après la Table de franc-bord des navires à citernes. Toutes les corrections devront être faites suivant la 3ème partie du Règlement à l’exception de celles pour les vapeurs à pont découvert, pour les superstructures détachées, pour l’excès de tonture et pour les voyages d’hiver à travers l’Atlantique Nord. Règle CIII.— *Réduction pour superstructures détachées*. Lorsque la longueur totale effective des superstructures est moindre que L, la déduction est un pourcentage de celle prévue pour une longueur de superstructure égale à L. Elle est obtenue par le tableau suifant:12[12 Au lieu de “suifant” mettre “suivant.”] Longueur totale effective des superstructures. 0 0,1 L 0,2 L 0,3 L 0,4 L 0,5 L 0,6 L 0,7 L 0,8 L 0,9 L L Navires de tous les types_ _ _ _ % % % % % % % % % % % 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75,3 87,7 100 Règle CIV.— *Déduction pour excès de tonture*. Quand la tonture est plus grande que la tonture règlementaire, la correction pour excès de tonture (voir Règle LVII de la 3eme Partie, Lignes de Charge pour les Vapeurs) est déduite du franc-bord pour tous les navires à citernes. La Règle XLIX 13[13 Au lieu de “Règle XLIX” mettre “Règle LIX de la 3eme Partie.”] ne s’applique pas sauf que 14[14 Au lieu de “pas sauf que” mettre “pas; toutefois.”] la déduction maximum pour excès de tonture est de 38 millimètres pour une longueur de 30m50 et elle augmente de 38 millimètres chaque fois que la longueur du navire augmente de 30m50. 2350 Rule CV.— *Winter North Atlantic Freeboard*. Winter North Atlantic freeboard.The minimum freeboard for voyages across the North Atlantic, north of latitude 36° N., during the winter months, is the Winter Freeboard plus an addition at a rate of 1 inch per 100 feet in length. Rule CVI.— *Freeboard Table for Tankers*. L in Feet. Freeboard in Inches. L in Feet. Freeboard in Inches. 190 21.5 400 62.5 200 23.1 410 64.9 210 24.7 420 67.4 220 26.3 430 69.9 230 28.0 440 72.5 240 29.7 450 75.1 250 31.5 460 77.7 260 33.3 470 80.2 270 35.2 480 82.7 280 37.1 490 85.1 290 39.1 500 87.5 300 41.1 510 89.8 310 43.1 520 92.1 320 45.1 530 94.3 330 47.1 540 96.5 340 49.2 550 98.6 350 51.3 560 100.7 360 53.5 570 102.7 370 55.7 580 104.6 380 57.9 590 106.5 390 60.2 600 108.4 Ships above 600 feet are to be dealt with by the Administration. Annex II.ANNEX II. Boundaries of the Zones and Seasonal Areas.Zones.Boundaries of the Zones and Seasonal Areas. Zones. Southern boundary of the northern “Winter Seasonal” zone. *The southern boundary of the northern “Winter Seasonal” zone* is a line drawn from the east coast of North America along the parallel of lat. 36° N. to Tarifa in Spain; from the east coast of Korea along the parallel of lat. 35° N. to the west coast of Honshiu, Japan; from the east coast of Honshiu along the parallel of lat. 35° N. to long. 150° W., and thence along a rhumb line to the west coast of Vancouver Island at lat. 50° N., Fusan (Korea) and Yokohama to be considered 2351 Règle CV.— *Voyages pendant l’hiver à travers l’Atlantique Nord au nord du parallèle 36° Nord*.15[15Supprimer “*au Nord du parallèle 36° Nord*.”] Le franc-bord est le franc-bord d’hiver auquel on ajoute 25 millimètres chaque fois que la longueur du navire augmente de 30m50.16[16Supprimer le premier paragraphe et mettre “ lé franc-bord minimum pour les voyages à travers l’Atlantique Nord au nord du parallèle 36°, pendant les mois d’hiver, est égal au franc-bord d’hiver auquel on ajoute autant de fois 25,4 millimètres que la longueur de 30m50 est comprise dans la longueur du navire.”] Tableau de franc-bord pour les navires à citernes.17[17Tableau, titre: Lire “Règle CVI.—*Tableau de franc-bord pour les navires à citernes*.”] 18[18But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2397.] L. Franc-bord.° L. Franc-bord,° [° Colonne “Franc-bord”: Au lieu de “1145” mettre “1146.” “ “ “ “1907” “ “1908.” “ “ “ “1973” “ “1974.’ “ “ “ “2100” “ “2101.” “ “ “ “2161” “ “2162.”] Mètres Millimètres Mètres Millimètres 57,91 546 121,92 1587 60,96 587 124,97 1648 64,01 627 128,02 1712 67,06 668 131,06 1775 70,10 711 134,11 1841 73,15 754 137,16 1907 76,20 800 140,21 1973 79,25 846 143,26 2037 82,30 894 146,30 2100 85,34 942 149,35 2161 88,39 993 152,40 2222 91,44 1044 155,45 2281 94,49 1095 158,50 2339 97,54 1145 161,54 2395 100,58 1196 164,59 2451 103,63 1250 167,64 2504 106,68 1303 170,69 2558 109,73 1359 173,74 2609 112,78 1415 176,78 2657 115,82 1471 179,83 2705 118,87 1529 182,88 2753 Le cas des navires d’une longueur de plus de 182m88 est laissé à l’Administration. ANNEXE II. Limites des Zones et des Régions périodiques. *Zones.* *La limite Sud de la “zone d’hiver périodique” septentrionale* est constituée par une ligne tracée: suivant le parallèle de latitude 36° Nord depuis la côte Est de l’Amérique du Nord jusqu’à Tarifa, en Espagne; suivant le parallèle de latitude 35° Nord depuis la côte Est de Corée jusqu’à la côte Ouest de Honshiu, Japon; suivant le parallèle de latitude 35° Nord depuis la côte Est de Honshiu jusqu’au méridien de longitude 150° Ouest; et suivant une ligne droite jusqu’à la côte 2352 as being on the boundary line of the northern “Winter Seasonal” zone and the “Summer” zone. “Tropical” zone.Northern boundary. *The northern boundary of the “Tropical” zone* is a line drawn from the east coast of South America at lat. 10° N. along the parallel of lat. 10° N. to long. 20° W., thence north to lat. 20° N. and thence along the parallel of lat. 20° N. to the west coast of Africa; a line from the east coast of Africa along the parallel of lat. 8° N. to the west coast of the Malay Peninsula, following thence the coast of Malay and Siam to the east coast of Cochin China at lat. 10° N., thence along the parallel of lat. 10° N. to long. 145° E., thence north to lat. 13° N. and thence along the parallel of lat. 13° N. to the west coast of Central America, Saigon to be considered as being on the boundary line of the “Tropical” zone and the “Seasonal Tropical” area (4). Southern boundary. *The southern boundary of the “Tropical” zone* is a line drawn from the east coast of South America along the Tropic of Capricorn to the west coast of Africa; from the east coast of Africa along the parallel of lat. 20° S. to the west coast of Madagascar, thence along the west and north coast of Madagascar to long. 50° E., thence north to lat. 10° S., thence along the parallel of lat. 10° S. to long. 110° E., thence along a rhumb line to Port Darwin, Australia, thence eastwards along the coast of Australia and Wessel Island to Cape Wessel, thence along the parallel of lat. 11° S. to the west side of Cape York, from the east side of Cape York at lat. 11° S. along the parallel of lat. 11° S. to long. 150° W., thence along a rhumb line to the point lat. 26° S. long. 75° W., and thence along a rhumb line to the west coast of South America at lat. 30° S., Coquimbo, Rio de Janeiro and Port Darwin to be considered as being on the boundary line of the “Tropical” and “Summer” zones. Regions included.The following regions are to be included in the “Tropical” zone:—
(1)Suez Canal, etc. *The Suez Canal, the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden*, from Port Said to the meridian of 45° E., Aden and Berbera to be considered as being on the boundary line of the “Tropical ” zone and the “Seasonal Tropical” area 2(b).
(2)Persian Gulf. *The Persian Gulf* to the meridian of 59° E. Southern “Winter Seasonal”.Northern boundary. *The northern boundary of the southern “Winter Seasonal” zone* is a line drawn from the east coast of South America along the parallel of lat. 40° S. to long. 56° W., thence along a rhumb line to the point lat. 34° S., long. 50° W., thence along the parallel of lat. 34° S. to the west 2353 Ouest de l’île de Vancouver au point de latitude 50° Nord. Fusan (Corée) et Yokohama sont considérés comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la “zone d’hiver périodique” et de la “zone d’été.” *La limite Nord de la “zone tropicale”* est constituée par une ligne tracée: suivant le parallèle de latitude 10° Nord depuis la côte Est de l’Amérique du Sud jusqu’au méridien de longitude 20° Ouest; suivant le méridien 20° Ouest jusqu’au parallèle de latitude 20° Nord; et suivant le parallèle de latitude 20° Nord jusqu’à la côte Ouest d’Afrique; suivant le parallèle de latitude 8° Nord depuis la côte Est d’Afrique jusqu’à la côte Ouest de la péninsule de Malaisie, le long des côtes de Malaisie et du Siam jusqu’à la côte Est de Cochinchine au point de latitude 10° Nord; suivant le parallèle de latitude 10° Nord jusqu’au méridien de longitude 145° Est, suivant le méridien 145° Est jusqu’au parallèle de latitude 13° Nord, suivant le parallèle de latitude 13° Nord jusqu’à la côte Ouest de l’Amérique centrale. Saigon est considéré comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la “zone tropicale” et de la “région tropicale périodique” (4). *La limite Sud de la “zone tropicale”* est constituée par une ligne tracée: suivant le parallèle du Tropique du Capricorne depuis la côte Est de l’Amérique du Sud jusqu’à la côte Ouest d’Afrique; suivant le parallèle de latitude 20° Sud depuis la côte Est d’Afrique jusqu’à la côte Ouest de Madagascar, le long des côtes Ouest et Nord de Madagascar jusqu’au méridien de longitude 50° Est, suivant le méridien de longitude 50° Est jusqu’au parallèle de latitude 10° Sud, suivant le parallèle de latitude 10° Sud jusqu’au méridien de longitude 110° Est, suivant une ligne droite jusqu’à Port Darwin, en Australie, le long 19[19Au lieu de “Australie, le long” mettre “Australie, vers l’Est le long.”] des côtes d’Australie et de l’île Wessel jusqu’au cap Wessel, suivant le parallèle de latitude 11° Sud jusqu’à la côte Ouest du cap York, suivant le parallèle de latitude 11° Sud depuis la côte Est du cap York jusqu’au méridien de longitude 150° Ouest, suivant une ligne droite jusqu’au point de latitude 26° Sud et longitude 75° Ouest, et suivant une ligne droite jusqu’à la côte Ouest de l’Amérique du Sud au point de latitude 30° Sud. Coquimbo, Rio de Janeiro et Port Darwin sont considérés comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la “zone tropicale” et de la “zone d’été.” Les régions suivantes sont considérées comme appartenant à la “zone tropicale”:
(1)*Le Canal de Suez, la Mer Rouge et le golfe d’Aden*, à partir de Port Said jusqu’au méridien de longitude 45° Est. Aden et Berbera sont considérés comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la zone tropicale et de la zone tropicale périodique 2 (*b*).
(2)*Le Golfe Persique* jusqu’au méridien de longitude 59° Est. *La limite Nord de la “zone d’hiver périodique” méridionale* est constituée par une ligne tracée: suivant le parallèle de latitude 40° Sud depuis la, côte Est de l’Amérique du Sud jusqu’au méridien de longitude 56° Ouest, suivant une ligne droite jusqu’au point de 2354 coast of South Africa; from the east coast of South Africa at lat. 30° S. along a rhumb line to the west coast of Australia at lat. 35° S., thence along the south coast of Australia to Cape Arid, thence along a rhumb line to Cape Grim, Tasmania, thence along the north coast of Tasmania to Eddystone Point, thence along a rhumb line to the west coast of South Island, New Zealand, at long. 170° E., thence along the west, south and east coasts of South Island to Cape Saunders, thence along a rhumb line to the point lat. 33° S. long. 170° W.; and thence along the parallel of lat. 33° S. to the west coast of South America, Valparaiso, Cape Town and Durban to be considered as being on the boundary line of the southern “Seasonal Winter” and “Summer” zones. Summer Zones.*Summer Zones*. The remaining areas constitute the “Summer” Zones. *Seasonal Areas*. Seasonal Tropical Areas.The following areas are Seasonal Tropical Areas:—
(1)North Atlantic. *In the North Atlantic Ocean*. An area bounded on the north by a line from Cape Catoche in Yucatan to Cape San Antonio in Cuba, by the South Cuban Coast to lat. 20° N. and by the parallel of lat. 20° N. to the point lat. 20° N. long. 20° W.; on the west by the coast of Central America; on the south by the north coast of South America and by parallel of lat. 10° N., and on the east by the meridian of 20° W. Tropical: 1st November to 15th July. Summer: 16th July to 31st October.
(2)Arabian Sea. *Arabian Sea*.
(a)*North of lat*. 24° *N*. Karachi is to be considered as being on the boundary line of this area and the seasonal Tropical area
(b)below. Tropical: 1st August to 20th May. Summer: 21st May to 31st July. 2355 latitude 34° Sud et longitude 50° Ouest, suivant le parallèle de latitude 34° Sud jusqu’à la côte Ouest d’Afrique,20[20Après “Afrique” ajouter “du Sud.”] suivant une ligne droite issue de la côte Est de l’Afrique du Sud au point de latitude 30° Sud jusqu’à la côte Ouest d’Australie au point de latitude 35° Sud le long de la côte Sud d’Australie jusqu’au cap Arid, suivant une ligne droite issue de ce dernier point jusqu’au cap Grim, en Tasmanie, le long de la côte Nord de Tasmanie jusqu’à Eddystone Point, suivant une ligne droite issue de ce dernier point jusqu’à la côte Ouest de l’île du Sud de la Nouvelle-Zélande au point de longitude 170° Est, le long des côtes Ouest, Nord 21[21Au lieu de “Nord” mettre “Sud.”] et Est de l’île du Sud jusqu’au cap Saunders, suivant une ligne droite issue de ce cap jusqu’au point de latitude 33° Sud et longitude 170° Ouest, et suivant le parallèle de latitude 33° Sud,22[22Supprimer la virgule après “33° Sud.”] jusqu’à la côte Ouest de l’Amérique du Sud. Valparaiso, Capetown et Durban sont considérés comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la “zone d’hiver périodique” méridionale et de la “zone d’été.” *Zones d’Été*. Les autres régions constituent les “zones d’été.”. Régions périodiques. Les régions suivantes sont des “régions tropicales périodiques”:
(1)*Dans l’Océan Atlantique Nord*. Région limitée: au Nord par une ligne tracée du cap Catoche dans le Yucatan jusqu’au cap San Antonio dans l’île de Cuba, par la côte Sud de Cuba jusqu’au point de latitude 20° Nord, et par le parallèle de latitude 20° Nord jusqu’au méridien de longitude 20° Ouest, à l’Ouest par la côte de l’Amérique centrale, au Sud par la côte Nord de l’Amérique du Sud et par le parallèle de latitude 10° Nord, et à l’Est par le méridien de longitude 20° Ouest. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er novembre au 15 juillet. Zone d’été du 16 juillet au 31 octobre.
(2)*Mer d’Arabie*. (*a*) *Au nord du parallèle de latitude*. 24° *N*. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er août au 20 mai. Zone d’été du 21 mai au 31 juillet. Karachi est considéré comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de cette région et de la région tropicale périodique (*b*) ci-dessous— 2356
(b)*South of lat*. 24° *N*. Tropical: 1st December to 20th May, and 16th September to 15th October. Summer: 21st May to 15th September and 16th October to 30th November.
(3)Bay of Bengal. *Bay of Bengal*. Tropical: 16th December to 15th April. Summer: 16th April to 15th December.
(4)China Sea. *In the China Sea*. An area bounded on the west and north by the coast of Indo-China and China to Hong Kong, on the east by a rhumb line to the port of Sual (Luzon Island), and by the west coast of the Islands of Luzon, Samar and Leyte to the parallel of 10° N., and on the south by the parallel of lat. 10° N. Hong Kong and Sual to be considered as being on the boundary of the “Seasonal Tropical” and “Summer” Zones. Tropical: 21st January to 30th April. Summer: 1st May to 20th January.
(5)North Pacific Ocean. *In the North Pacific Ocean*. (*a*) An area bounded on the north by the parallel of lat. 25° N., on the west by the meridian of 160° E., on the south by the parallel of lat. 13° N., and on the east by the meridian of 130° W. Tropical: 1st April to 31st October. Summer: 1st November to 31st March. (*b*) An area bounded on the north and east by the coast of California, Mexico and Central America, on the west by the meridian of 120° W. and by a rhumb line from the point lat. 30° N., long. 120° W., to the point lat. 13° N., long 105° W., and on the south by the parallel of lat. 13° N. Tropical: 1st March to 30th June and 1st to 30th November. Summer: 1st July to 31st October and 1st December to 28th/29th February.
(6)South Pacific Ocean. *In the South Pacific Ocean*. (*a*) An area bounded on the north by the parallel of lat. 11° S., on the west by the east coast of Australia, on the south by the parallel of lat. 20° S., and on the east by the meridian of 175° E., together with the Gulf of Carpentaria south of lat. 11° S. Tropical: 1st April to 30th November. Summer: 1st December to 31st March. 2357 (*b*) *Au Sud du parallèle de latitude* 24° *N*. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er décembre au 20 mai et du 16 septembre au 15 octobre. Zone d’été du 21 mai au 15 septembre et du 16 octobre au 30 novembre.
(3)*Golfe du Bengale*. Zone tropicale du 16 décembre au 15 avril. Zone d’été du 16 avril au 15 décembre.
(4)*Dans la mer de Chine*. Région limitée: à l’Ouest et au Nord par les côtes d’Indo-Chine et de Chine jusqu’à Hong Kong; à l’Est par une ligne droite jusqu’au port de Sual (Ile de Luçon) et par les côtes Ouest des Iles de Luçon, Samar et Leyte jusqu’au parallèle de 10° N.; et au Sud par le parallèle de latitude 10° N. Hong Kong et Sual sont considérés comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la zone tropicale périodique et de la zone d’été. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 21 janvier au 30 avril. Zone d’été du 1er mai au 20 janvier.
(5)*Dans l’Océan Pacifique Nord*. (*a*) Région limitée: au Nord par le parallèle de latitude 25° N., à l’Ouest par le méridien de longitude 160° E., au Sud par le parallèle de latitude 13° N. et à l’Est par le méridien de longitude 130° W. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er avril au 31 octobre. Zone d’été du 1er novembre au 31 mars. (*b*) Région limitée: au Nord et à l’Est par les côtes de Californie, du Mexique et de l’Amérique centrale, à l’Ouest par le méridien de longitude 120° W. et par une ligne droite joignant le point de latitude 30° N. et longitude 120° W. au point de latitude 13° N. et de longitude 105° W. et au Sud par le parallèle de latitude 13° N. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er mars au 30 juin et du 1er au 30 novembre. Zone d’été du 1er juillet au 31 octobre et du 1er décembre au 28/29 février.
(6)*Dans l’Océan Pacifique Sud*. (*a*) Région limitée: au Nord par le parallèle de latitude 11° S., à l’Ouest par la côte Est d’Australie, au Sud par le parallèle de latitude 20° S. et à l’Est par le méridien de longitude 175° E., et également le Golfe de Carpentaria au Sud du parallèle de latitude 11° S. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er avril au 30 novembre. Zone d’été du 1er décembre au 31 mars. 2358 (*b*) An area bounded on the west by the meridian of 150° W., on the south by the parallel of lat. 20° S., and on the north and east by the rhumb line forming the southern boundary of the “Tropical” zone. Tropical: from 1st March to 30th November. Summer: from 1st December to 28th/29th February. The following are “Seasonal Winter” areas:— Northern “Seasonal Winter” Zone. *Northern “Seasonal Winter” Zone* (between North America and Europe). (*a*) In the area within and to the Northwards of the following line:— A line drawn south from the coast of Greenland at long. 50° W. to lat. 45° N., thence along the parallel of lat. 45° N. to the meridian of 15° W., thence north to lat. 60° N., thence along the parallel of lat. 60° N. to the west coast of Norway, Bergen to be considered as being on the boundary line of this area and area (*b*) below. Winter from 16th October to 15th April. Summer from 16th April to 15th October. (*b*) An area outside area (*a*) above and north of the parallel of lat. 36° N. Winter from 1st November to 31st March. Summer from 1st April to 31st October. Baltic. *Baltic* (bounded by the parallel of latitude of the Skaw). Winter from 1st November to 31st March. Summer from 1st April to 31st October. Mediterranean and Black Sea. *Mediterranean and Black Sea*. Winter from 16th December to 15th March. Summer from 16th March to 15th December. Northern “Seasonal Winter” Zone. *Northern “Seasonal Winter” Zone* (between Asia and North America, except Sea of Japan, South of 50° N.). Winter from 16th October to 15th April. Summer from 16th April to 15th October. Sea of Japan, etc. *Sea of Japan between the parallels of lat*. 35° *N. and* 50° *N*. Winter from 1st December to 28/29th February. Summer from 1st March to 30th November. Southern “Seasonal Winter” Zone. *Southern “Seasonal Winter” Zone*. Winter from 16th April to 15th October. Summer from 16th October to 15th April. 2359 (*b*) Région limitée: à l’Ouest par le méridien de 150° W., au Sud par le parallèle de latitude 20° S. et au Nord et à l’Est par la ligne droite constituant la limite Sud de la zone tropicale. Cette région est: Zone tropicale du 1er mars au 30 novembre. Zone d’été du 1er décembre au 28/29 novembre.23[23According to a note, No. 64 of Feb. 20, 1932, from the British Ambassador at Washington to the Secretary of State, “novembre” should read “février.”] Les régions suivantes sont des “régions d’hiver périodiques”: *Zone d’hiver périodique septentrionale* (entre l’Amérique du Nord et l’Europe). (*a*) Région située à. l’intérieur et au Nord de la ligne tracée comme il suit: suivant le méridien de longitude 50° W. depuis la côte du Groenland jusqu’au parallèle de latitude 45° N., suivant le parallèle de latitude 45° N. jusqu’au méridien de longitude 15° W., suivant ce méridien jusqu’au parallèle de latitude 60° N., et suivant le parallèle de latitude 60° N. jusqu’à la côte Ouest de Norvège. Cette région est: Zone d’hiver du 16 octobre au 15 avril. Zone d’été du 16 avril au 15 octobre. Bergen est considéré comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de cette région et de la région (*b*) définie ci-dessous. (*b*) Région située au Nord du parallèle de latitude 36° N. et en dehors de la région (*a*) définie ci-dessus. Zone d’hiver du 1er novembre au 31 mars. Zone d’été du 1er avril au 31 octobre. *Mer Baltique* (jusqu’au parallèle de latitude du Skaw). Zone d’hiver du 1er novembre au 31 mars. Zone d’été du 1er avril au 31 octobre. *Mer Méditerranée et Mer Noire*. Zone d’hiver du 16 décembre au 15 mars. Zone d’été du 16 mars au 15 décembre. *Zone d’hiver périodique septentrionale* (entre l’Asie et l’Amérique du Nord, excepté la mer du Japon au Sud du parallèle de latitude 5° N.24[24Au lieu de “5° N” mettre “50° N.”]). Zone d’hiver du 16 octobre au 15 avril. Zone d’été du 16 avril au 15 octobre. *Mer du Japon* (entre les parallèles de latitude 35° N. et 50° N.).25[25Lire: “*Mer du Japon entre les parallèles de latitude* 35° *N et* 50° *N*.”] Zone d’hiver du 1er décembre au 28/29 février. Zone d’été du 1er mars au 30 novembre. *Zone d’hiver périodique méridionale*. Zone d’hiver du 16 avril au 15 octobre. Zone d’été du 16 octobre au 15 avril. 2360 ANNEX III. International Load Line Certificate. Issued under the authority of the Government of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _under the provisions of the International Load Line Convention, 1930. Distinctive Number or Letters _ _ _ _ _ _ Ship _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Port of Registry _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Gross Tonnage _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Freeboard from deck line. *Load Line* Tropical _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*a*) _ _ _ _ _ _ _above (*b*). Summer _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*b*) Upper edge of line through centre of disc. Winter _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*c*) _ _ _ _ _ _ _below (*b*). Winter in North Atlantic _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*d*) _ _ _ _ _ _ _below (*b*). Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ inches above the top of the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ deck at side. This is to Certify that this ship has been surveyed and the free-boards and load lines shown above have been assigned in accordance with the Convention. This certificate remains in force until _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Issued at _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ on the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _day of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Here follows the signature or seal and the description of the authority issuing the certificate.* *Note*.—Where sea-going steamers navigate a river or inland water, deeper loading is permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel, &c., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea. 2361 ANNEXE III. Certificat International de Franc-bord.26[26But see “Exchanges of Notes,” p. 2307.] Délivré sous l’autorité du Gouvernement d _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _en vertu des dispositions de la Convention Internationale de 1930 sur les Lignes de Charge. Numéro ou lettres distinctifs du Navire _ _ _ _ _ _ Navire _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Port d’immatriculation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tonnage brut _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Franc-bord mesuré à partir de la ligne de pont. Emplacement de la Ligne. Tropicale27[27Au lieu de “Tropicale” mettre “Tropical.”] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(*a*) _ _au-dessus de (*b*). Été _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(*b*) Arête supérieure de la ligne passant par le centre du disque. Hiveré _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(*c*) _ _au-dessous de (*b*). Hiver dans l’Atlantique Nord_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(*d*) _ _au-dessous de (*b*). Réduction en eau douce pour tous les francs-bords _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L’arête supérieure de la ligne de pont à partir de laquelle ces francs-bords sont mesurés se trouve à _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _au-dessus de la face supérieure du pont de _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _sur la muraille.28[28Au lieu de “sur la muraille” mettre “en abord.”] Le présent certificat est délivré pour attester que le navire a été visité et que ses francs-bords et lignes de charge indiqués ci-dessus ont été assignés conformément aux dispositions de la Convention. Ce certificat est valable jusqu’au_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Délivré _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ le _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Placer ici la signature ou le sceau et la qualification de l’autorité chargée de délivrer le certificat.* *Nota*.—Lorsque des vapeurs de nier naviguent dans des eaux intérieures, il est permis d’augmenter le chargement du navire d’une quantité qni correspond au poids de combustible, &c., nécessaire à la consommation entre le point de départ et la mer libre. 2362 The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, this certificate is renewed till _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Place _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature or Seal and description of authority. The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, this certificate is renewed till _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Place _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature or Seal and description of authority. The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, this certificate is renewed till _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Place _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature or Seal and description of authority. ANNEX IV. Laws and rules regarded as equivalent to British Board of Trade Rules, 1906.Titles of Load Line Laws and Rules regarded as Equivalent to the British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Australia*. Part IV of the Navigation Act, 1912–1920, and Navigation (Load Line) Regulations of the 17th December, 1924. *Belgium*. Loi sur la sécurité des navires (7 decembre 1920). *Chile*. Reglamento para el trazado del disco marcas y linea oficial de carguio de las naves mercantes (Decree No. 1896 of the 12th November, 1919). *Denmark*. Merchant Shipping (Inspection of Ships) Act of the 29th March, 1920, with later amendments. Rules and Tables of Freeboard for Ships, dated the 30th September, 1909, as amended by Notification of the 25th July, 1918. *France*. Loi du 17 avril 1907, arrêté du 5 septembre 1908. Décret du 21 septembre 1908. Autre décret du 21 septembre 1908 modifié par le décret du 1er septembre 1925. Décret du 12 mai 1927. Décret du 17 janvier 1928. *Germany*. Vorschriften der See-Berufsgenossenschaft über den Freibord für Dampfer und Segelschiffe, Ausgabe 1908. *Hong Kong*. Merchant Shipping Consolidation Ordinance (No. 10 of 1899), as amended by Ordinances Nos. 31 of 1901, 2 of 1903, 5 of 1905, 16 of 1906, 9 of 1909, and 6 of 1910. 2363 Le navire ayant satisfait entièrement aux prescriptions de la Convention, ce certificat est renouvelé jusqu’au _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ le _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature ou sceau et qualification de l’autorité. Le navire ayant satisfait entièrement aux prescriptions de la Convention, ce certificat est renouvelé jusqu’au _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ le _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature ou sceau et qualification de l’autorité. Le navire ayant satisfait entièrement aux prescriptions de la Convention, ce certificat est renouvelé jusqu’au _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ le _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature ou sceau et qualification de l’autorité. ANNEXE IV. Nomenclatures des Lois et Règlements concernant les lignes de charge considérés comme équivalents aux British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Australie*. Part IV of the Navigation Act, 1912–1920, and Navigation (Load Line) Regulations of the 17th December, 1924. *Belgique*. Loi sur la sécurité des navires (7 decembre 1920). *Chile*. Reglamento para el trazado del disco marcas y linea oficial de carguio de las naves mercantes (Decree No. 1896 of the 12th November, 1919). *Danemark*. Merchant Shipping (Inspection of Ships) Act of the 29th March, 1920, with later amendments. Rules and Tables of Freeboard for Ships, dated the 30th September, 1909, as amended by Notification of the 25th July, 1918. *France*. Loi du 17 avril 1907, arrêté du 5 septembre 1908. Décret du 21 septembre 1908. Autre décret du 21 septembre 1908 modifié par le décret du 1er septembre 1925. Décret du 12 mai 1927. Décret du 17 janvier 1928. *Allemagne*. Vorschriften der See-Berufsgenossenschaft über den Freibord für Dampfer und Segelschiffe, Ausgabe 1908. *Hong Kong*. Merchant Shipping Consolidation Ordinance (No. 10 of 1899), as amended by Ordinances Nos. 31 of 1901, 2 of 1903, 5 of 1905, 16 of 1906, 9 of 1909, and 6 of 1910. 2364 Loadline laws-Ctd. *Iceland*. Law No. 58 of the 14th June, 1929, Sections 25–26. *India*. Indian Merchant Shipping Act, 1923. *Italy*. Regole e tavole per assignazione del “Bordo Libero” approved by decree dated the 1st February, 1929—VII of the Italian Minister for Communications. Prior to 1929—British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Japan*. Ship Load Line Law [Law No. 2 of the 10th year of Taisho (1921)] and the Rules and Regulations relating thereto. *Netherlands*. Decree of the 22nd September, 1909 (Official Journal No. 315). *Netherlands Indies*. Netherlands Decree of the 22nd September, 1909 (Official Journal No. 315). *New Zealand*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Norway*. Norwegian Freeboard Rules and Tables of 1909. *Portugal*. Decree No. 11,210 of the 18th July, 1925, and Regulations and Instructions relating thereto. *Spain*. Reglamento para el Trazado del Disco y Marcas de Maxima Carga de los buques marchantes, 1914. *Straits Settlements*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Sweden*. Rules and Tables of Freeboard approved by decree of the 21st May, 1910. *United Kingdom*. Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *United States of America*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Union of Soviet Socialist Republics*. Rules and Regulations relating to the Load Lines of seagoing merchant vessels, published by Register of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, 1928. 2365 *Islande*. Law No. 58 of the 14th June, 1929, Sections 25–26. *Inde*. Indian Merchant Shipping Act, 1923. *Italie*. Regole e tavole per assignazione del “Bordo Libero” approved by decree dated the 1st February, 1929—VII of the Italian Minister for Communications. Prior to 1929—British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Japon*. Ship Load Line Law [Law No. 2 of the 10th year of Taisho (1921)] and the Rules and Regulations relating thereto. *Pays-Bas*. Decree of the 22nd September, 1909 (Official Journal No. 315). *Indes Néerlandaises*. Netherlands Decree of the 22nd September, 1909 (Official Journal No. 315). *Nouvelle-Zélande*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Norvège*. Norwegian Freeboard Rules and Tables of 1909. *Portugal*. Decree No. 11,210 of the 18th July, 1925, and Regulations and Instructions relating thereto. *Espagne*. Reglamento para el Trazado del Disco y Marcas de Maxima Carga de los buques marchantes, 1914. *Straits Settlements*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *Suède*. Rules and Tables of Freeboard approved by decree of the 21st May, 1910. *Royaume-Uni*. Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *États-Unis d’Amérique*. British Board of Trade Rules, 1906. *U.S.S.R29[29Au lieu de “*U.S.S.R.*” mettre “*U.R.S.S.*”] *. Rules and Regulations relating to the Load Lines of seagoing merchant vessels, published by Register of the U.S.S.R., 1928. 2366 Certified copy. Certified a true copy: S. Gaselee. *Librarian and Keeper of the Papers at the Foreign Office*. *23rd Decr 1930*. Deposit of ratifications. And whereas the said convention has been ratified by the United States of America, Denmark, Latvia, the Netherlands, Canada, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Norway, New Zealand (including Western Samoa), Sweden, Spain and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and their respective ratifications were deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;— by the United States of America on June 10, 1931; by Denmark on August 13, 1931; by Latvia on January 29, 1932; by the Netherlands on April 9, 1932; and by Canada, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Norway, New Zealand, Sweden, Spain and the Union of the Soviet Socialist Republics on October 1, 1932; 2367 And whereas the number of ratifications so deposited having beenNecessary number to bring convention into force. brought to five and more, on October 1, 1932, the said convention, in accordance with Article 24 thereof, came into force with respect to the United States of America and the other countries above mentioned, on January 1, 1933; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof, subject to the declarationConditional ratification. made by the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America at the time of signature of the convention and recorded in the final act of the international load line conference, dated July 5, 1930, as follows: " “The Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America formallyRecognition. declare that the signing of the International Load Line Convention by them, on the part of the United States of America, on this date, is not to be construed to mean that the Government of the United States of America recognizes a régime or entity which signs or accedes to the Convention as the Government of a country when that régime or entity is not recognized by the Government of the United States of America as the Government of that country. “The Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America furtherNo contractual obligation. declare that the participation of the United States of America in the International Load Line Convention signed on this date does not involve any contractual obligation on the part of the United States of America to a country, represented by a régime or entity which the Government of the United States of America does not recognize as the Government of that country, until such country has a Government recognized by the Government of the United States of America.” " In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifth day of January in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three [seal], and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. 2368 Final act of conference. **FINAL ACT OF THE INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CONFERENCE, 1930.** Contracting Powers. The Governments of Germany, the Commonwealth of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Cuba, Denmark, the Free City of Danzig, Spain, the Irish Free State, the United States of America, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Greece, India, Iceland, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Mexico, Norway, New Zealand, Paraguay, the Netherlands, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Sweden and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics; Purpose declared.Desiring to promote safety of life and property at sea by establishing in common agreement uniform principles and rules with regard to the limits to which ships on international voyages may be loaded; Having decided to participate in an international conference which, upon the invitation of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, was held in London; Delegates.Appointed the following delegations:— **Germany**. *Delegates*. Mr. Gustav Koenigs_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Arthur Werner_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Professor Walter Laas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Karl Sturm_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Captain A. N. Elingius_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Wilhelm Heberling_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Ernst Knutzen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Franz Köhler_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Ludwig Schmidt_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Ludwig Schubart_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ministerialdirigent in the Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. Ministerialrat in the Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. Director of the “Germanischer Lloyd” Classification Society, Berlin. Verwaltungsdirektor of the See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Hamburg. Inspector of the “Hamburg-Südamerika-Line,” Hamburg. Diplom-Ingenieur, “Germanischer Lloyd” Classification Society, Berlin. Inspector of the “Atlantic Tank-Rhederei for Verband deutscher Kapitäne und Schiffsoffiziere,” Hamburg. Gesamtverband, Abteilung Seeleute, Berlin. Inspector of the “Hansa-Line,” Bremen. Oberregierungsrat in the “Deutsche Seewarte,” Hamburg. 2369 **ACTE FINAL DE LA CONFÉRENCE INTERNATIONALE SUR LES LIGNES DE CHARGE, 1930.** Les Gouvernements d’Allemagne, du Commonwealth d’Australie, de Belgique, du Canada, du Chili, de Cuba, de Danemark, de la Ville Libre de Dantzig, d’Espagne, de l’Êtat Libre d’Irlande, des États-Unis d’Amérique, de Finlande, de la France, du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, de Grèce, de l’Inde, d’Islande, d’Italie, du Japon, de Lettonie, de Mexique, de Norvège, de la Nouvelle-Zélande, du Paraguay, des Pays-Bas, du Pérou, de Pologne, de Portugal, de Suède, et de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes; Étant désireux d’établir d’un commun accord des principes et des règlements à l’effet de sauvegarder la vie humaine et la propriété en mer en ce qui concerne les limites d’immersion auxquelles il sera licite de charger les navires affectés à des voyages internationaux; Ayant décidé à participer à une Conférence internationale qui, sur l’invitation du Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, a eu lieu à Londres, Ont désigné les délégations suivantes: **Allemagne.**. *Délégués*. M. Gustav Koenigs_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Arthur Werner_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Professeur Walter Laas_ _ M. Karl Sturm_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. M. le Capitaine A. N. Elingius_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Wilhelm Heberling_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine Ernst Knutzen_ M. Franz Köhler_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine Ludwig Schmidt_ M. le Capitaine Ludwig Schubart_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Ministerialdirigent au Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. Ministerialrat au Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. Directeur de la Société de Classification “Germanischer Lloyd,” Berlin. Directeur gérant de la See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Hambourg. Inspecteur de la Ligne “Hamburg-Südamerika,” Hambourg. Diplôme-Ingénieur, Société de la Classification “Germanischer Lloyd,” Berlin. Inspecteur de “l’Atlantic Tank-Rhederei, pour Verband deutscher Kapitäne und Schiffsoffiziere,” Hambourg. Gesamtverband, Section “Seeleute,” Berlin. Inspecteur de la Ligne “Hansa,” Brême. Oberregierungsrat à la “Deutsche Seewarte,” Hambourg. 2370 Delegates—Contd.Captain Conrad Soerensen _ _ _ _ Mr. Johann Winter_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.Inspector of the “Dampfschiffahrtsgesellschaft 1869,” Flensburg. Chief Engineer, First Ship Surveyor, See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Hamburg. **The Commonwealth of Australia.** *Delegates*. Captain Henry Priaulx Cayley_ Mr. Vincent Cyril Duffy_ _ _ _ _ _ *Secretary*. Paymaster Lieut.-Com. A. Freyer Royal Australian Navy, Commonwealth Naval Representative in London. Australia House. Royal Australian Navy. **Belgium.** *Delegate*. Mr. Raoul F. Grimard_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Naval Engineer, Technical Adviser to the Central Naval Department. **Canada.** *Delegate*. Mr. Alexander Johnston_ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. C. F. M. Duguid_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain J. Gillies_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Frank McDonnell_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain H. E. Nedden_ _ _ _ Captain R. A. Goudey_ _ _ _ *Secretary*. Miss Edna Stowe Deputy Minister of Marine. Chief Naval Architect. Canadian Pacific Steamships, Ltd. Chairman, Board of Steamship Inspection. Canadian National Steamship Co. Canadian National Steamship Co. **Chile.** *Delegate*. Lieut.-Commander Constructor Oscar Bunster Member of the Chilian Naval Commission in London. **Cuba.** *Delegate*. Mr. Guillermo Patterson _ _ _ _ _ Cuban Minister in London. *Denmark*. *Delegates*. Mr. Emil Krogh_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Assistant Secretary in the Ministryof Shipping and Fisheries. 2371 M. le Capitaine Conrad Soerensen M. Johann Winter_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Inspecteur de la “Dampschiffahrtsgesellschaft, 1869,” Flensburg. Ingénieur en Chef, Expert en Chef de navire. See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Hambourg. **Australie.** *Délégués.*. M. le Capitaine de vaisseau Henry Priaulx Cayley M. Vincent Cyril Duffy_ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Secrétaire*. M. le Commissaire en chef de la Marine A. Freyer Royal Australian Navy, Attaché val du Commonwealth d’Australie à Londres. Australia House. Royal Australian Navy. **Belgique.** *Délégué*. M. Raoul F. Grimard_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ingénieur naval, Conseiller technique à l’Administration Centrale de la Marine. **Canada.** *Délégué*. M. Alexander Johnston_ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. M. C. F. M. Duguid_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine J. Gillies_ _ _ _ _ _ M. Frank McDonnell_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine H. E. Nedden_ M. le Capitaine R. A. Goudey_ *Secrétaire*. Mdlle. Edna Stowe Sous-Ministre de la Marine Marchande. Ingénieur en chef des constructions navales. Canadian Pacific Steamships, Limited. Président de la Commission d’Inspection des Navires. Canadian National Steamship Company. Canadian National Steamship Company. **Chile.** *Délégué*. M. le Capitaine de corvette Oscar Bunster Constructeur naval, Membre de la Oscar Bunster Commission navale du Chili àLondres. **Cuba.** *Délégué*. M. Guillermo Patterson _ _ _ _ _ _ Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministreplénipotentiaire à Londres. *Danemark*. *Délégué*. M. Emil Krogh_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Chef de Bureau au Ministère dela Navigation et de la Pêche. 2372 Delegates—Contd.Mr. Aage H. Larsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. A. Körbing_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain H. P. Hagelberg_ _ _ _ _ Mr. Erik Jacobsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. P. Villadsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Peder Fischer_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.Naval Architect and Engineer-in-Chief to the Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Director of the “Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhagen. Chairman of the Association of Danish Shipmasters. Trade Union Manager. Principal in the Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Naval Architect. **The Free City of Danzig.** *Delegates*. Mr. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell Mr. Waldemar Sieg_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Commercial Counsellor, Polish Legation, London. Commercial Counsellor. **Spain.** *Delegate*. Mr. Octaviano Martinez Barca Engineer, Spanish Navy. **Irish Free State.** *Delegates*. Mr. J. W. Dulanty_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. T. J. Hegarty_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Commissioner for Trade for theIrish Free State in Great Britain. Ship Surveyor, Transport and Marine Branch, Department of Industry and Commerce. **United States of America.** *Delegates*. Mr. Herbert B. Walker_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. David Arnott_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Laurens Prior_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Howard C. Towle_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Samuel D. McComb_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Albert F. Pillsbury_ _ Mr. Robert F. Hand_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. James Kennedy_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ President of the American Steamship Owners’ Association. Chief Surveyor, American Bureau of Shipping. Bureau of Navigation, Department of Commerce. National Council of American Shipbuilders. Marine Office of America. Pillsbury and Curtis, San Francisco. Vice-President Standard Shipping Co., New York. General Manager, Marine Department, Gulf Refining Co., New York. 2373 M. Aage H. Larsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. A. Körbing_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine H. P. Hagelberg M. Erik Jacobsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. M. P. Villadsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Peder Fischer_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ingénieur-constructeur et Ingénieur en chef au Ministère de la Navigation et de la Pêche. Directeur de la compagnie d’armement “det Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhague. Président de l’Association danoise des Capitaines de la Marine Marchande. Gérant de Syndicat. Sous-chef de Bureau au Ministère de la Navigation et de la Pêche. Constructeur naval. Constructeur naval. **La Ville Libre de Dantzig.** *Délégués.*. M. Alphonse Poklewski-Koziell M. Waldemar Sieg_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Conseiller commercial à l’Ambassade polonaise à Londres. Conseiller commercial. **Espagne.** *Delegate*. M. Octaviano Martinez Barca Ingénieur de la Marine. **État Libre d’Irlande.** *Délégués.*. M. J. W. Dulanty_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. T. J. Hegarty_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Commissaire pour le commerce de l’Etat Libre d’Irlande en Grande-Bretagne. Expert de navire au Département du Transport et de la Marine, Ministère de l’industrie et du Commerce. **États-Unis d’Amérique.** *Delegates*. M. Herbert B. Walker_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. David Arnott_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Laurens Prior_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Howard C. Towle_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Samuel D. McCom_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine Albert F. Pillsbury M. Robert F. Hand_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. James Kennedy_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Président de l’Association américaine des Armateurs de navires à vapeur. Inspecteur en chef, American Bureau of Shipping. Bureau de la Navigation, Service du Commerce. Conseil national des armateurs américains. Marine Office of America. de la maison Pillsbury et Curtis, San Francisco. Vice-Président, Standard Shipping Company, New-York. Directeur gérant, Section de la Navigation, Gulf Refining Company, New-York. 2374 Delegates—Contd.Mr. H. W. Warley_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Rear-Admiral John G. Tawresey *Technical Advisers.* Mr. David W. Dickie Captain P. C. Grening Mr. G. A. Smith Delegates—Contd.Vice-President Ore Steamship Corporation, New York. C.C. United States Navy, Retired. United States Shipping Board. Engineer and Naval Architect, Attorney-at-Law, San Francisco. Director for Europe, United States Shipping Board Merchant Fleet Corporation. American Bureau of Shipping. **Finland**. *Delegates.* Mr. A. H. Saastamoinen_ _ _ _ _ _ Commander Birger Brandt_ _ _ _ *Assistant Delegate.* Mr. E. Wälikangas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Finnish Minister in London. Finnish Shipmasters’ Association. Finnish Legation, London. **France**. *Delegates.* Mr. André Maurice Haar-Bleicher Mr. René Hippolyte Joseph Lindemann Mr. Jean Henri Theophile Marie Mr. A. H. A de Berlhe_ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Assistant to the Delegates.* Mr. J. Volmat_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts.* Mr. Jacques de Berlhe_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Brillié_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Naval Construction Corps, Director of the Departments of the Mercantile Fleet and of Naval Material at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Assistant Director of the Department of Marine Labour and of the Accountants’ Department at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Naval Construction Corps, Assistant to the Director of the Departments of the Mercantile Fleet and of Naval Material at the Ministry of the Mercantile Marine. Deputy Manager of the Bureau Veritas. Chief Hydrographen 2nd Class, representing the French Admiralty. Engineer to the Bureau Veritas. Chief Consulting Engineer of the Compagnie Générale Transatlantique. 2375 M. H. W. Warley_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Contre-Amiral en retraite John G. Tawresey *Conseillers techniques.* M. David W. Dickie_ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine de vaisseau P. C. Grening M. G. A. Smith_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Vice-Président, Ore Steamship Corporation, New-York. C.C. de la Marine des États-Unis, United States Shipping Board. Ingénieur-Constructeur, et Avoué, San Francisco. Directeur pour l’Europe, United States Merchant Shipping Board Fleet Corporation. American Bureau of Shipping. **Finlande**. *Délégués.* M. A. H. Saastamoinen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine de frégate Birger Brandt *Délégué adjoint.* M. E. WÄlikangas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Londres. Association finlandaise des capitaines de navire. Légation finlandaise à Londres. **France**. *Délégués.* M. André Maurice HaarBleicher M. René Hippolyte Joseph Lindemann M. Jean Henri Theophile Marie M. A. H. A de Berlhe_ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Adjoint aux Délégués.* M. J. Volmat_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts.* M. Jacques de Berlhe_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Brillié_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ingénieur en Chef de Ière Classe du Génie Maritime, Directeur desServices de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel naval au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. Directeur-adjoint des Services du Travail Maritime et de laComptabilité au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. Ingénieur principal du Génie Maritime, Adjoint au Directeur des Services de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel naval au Ministère de la Marine Marchande. Administrateur délégué du Bureau Véritas. Ingénieur Hydrographe en Chef de la Marine de 2eme Classe, représentant le Département de la Marine. Ingénieur du Bureau Véritas. Ingénieur en Chef conseil de la Compagnie générale transatlantique.2 [2Au lieu de “Compagnie générale transatlantique” mettre “Compagnie Générale Transatlantique.”] 2376 Delegates—Contd.Mr. M. A. R. de Catalano_ _ _ _ Mr. J. R. L. Dubois_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. G. Falcoz_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Ch. le Pelletier_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. A. Nizery_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Patry_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. Perrachon_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Jules M. A. T. Pinczon_ _ _ _ Mr. R. Rossigneux_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Secretary*. Captain C. F. J. Dilly_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.Chief Superintendent of the Compagnie Générale Transatlantique Chief Marine Superintendent of the Compagnie des Messageries Maritimes. Chief Engineer of the Compagnie des Messageries Maritimes. Chief Engineer of the Compagnie des Chargeurs Réunis. Manager of the Compagnie des Chargeurs Réunis. Chief Engineer of the Bureau Veritas. Assistant Manager of the Compagnie Auxiliaire de Navigation. Chief Consulting Engineer of the Chantiers de Saint-Nazaire. Chief of the Technical Department of the Comité Central des Armateurs de France. Inspector of Navigation, Ministry of Mercantile Marine. **United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland**. *Delegates*. Sir Henry F. Oliver_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain F. W. Bate_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. A. J. Daniel_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain J. T. Edwards_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Ernest W. Glover_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Norman Hill_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Charles Hipwood_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. Foster King_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dr. J. Montgomerie_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Charles J. O. Sanders_ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. William Robert Spence_ _ _ _ Captain A. Spencer_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Admiral of the Fleet, Royal Navy. Professional Officer, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Principal Ship Surveyor, Board of Trade. Master Mariner, Retired. Chamber of Shipping of the United Kingdom. Chairman, Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee, Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Chief Surveyor to the British Corporation Register of Shipping and Aircraft. Chief Ship Surveyor to Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. Chairman, Load Line Committee, 1927–1929. General Secretary, National Union of Seamen. Master Mariner, Retired. 2377 M. M. A. R. de Catalano_ _ _ _ _ M. J. R. L. Dubois_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. G. Falcoz_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Ch. le Pelletier_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. A. Nizery_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Patry_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. Perrachon_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Jules M. A. T. Pinczon_ _ _ _ M. R. Rossigneux_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Secrétaire*. M. le Capitaine au long cours C. F. J. Dilly Chef de l’Armement de la Compagnie générale transatlantique.2[2Au lieu de “Compagnie générale transatlantique” mettre “Compagnie Générale Transatlantique.”] Chef de Service Maritime de l’Armement de la Compagnie des Messageries maritimes3 [3Au lieu de “Messageries maritimes” mettre “Messageries Maritimes.”] Ingénieur en chef de la Compagnie des Messageries maritimes.3 [3Au lieu de “Messageries maritimes” mettre “Messageries Maritimes.”] Ingénieur en chef de la Compagnie des Chargeurs Réunis. Directeur de la Compagnie des Chargeurs Réunis. Ingénieur en chef du Bureau Véritas. Sous-directeur de la Compagnie Auxiliaire de Navigation. Ingénieur en Chef Conseil des Chantiers de Saint-Nazaire. Chef du Service Technique du Comité Central des Armateurs de France. Inspecteur de la Navigation Maritime, Ministère de la Marine Marchande. **Royaume-üni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord.**. *Délégués*. Sir Henry F. Oliver_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine F. W. Bate_ _ _ _ M. A. J. Daniel_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine John Thomas Edwards Sir Ernest W. Glover_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Norman Hill_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Sir Charles Hipwood_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. Foster King_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Dr. J. Montgomerie_ _ _ _ Sir Charles J. O. Sanders_ _ _ _ _ _ M. William Robert Spence_ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine A. Spencer_ Admiral of the Fleet, Royal Navy. Conseiller nautique du Service de la Marine Marchande, Board of Trade. Expert principal de navire, Board of Trade. Capitaine au long cours en retraite. Chambre de la Navigation du Royaume-Uni. Président du Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee, Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Inspecteur en Chef au British Corporation Register of Shipping and Aircraft. Expert en chef de navire au Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. Président du Load Line Committee, 1927–1929. Secrétaire général de l’Union Nationale des Marins. Capitaine au long cours en retraite. 2378 Delegates—Contd. *Secretary*. Mr. A. E. Lee_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Assistant Secretaries*. Mr. G. C. Ager_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. W. Graham_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. H. C. Miller_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. T. Munden_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. W. E. Stimpson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. **Greece**. *Delegate*. Mr. Nicolas G. Lely_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Expert Advisers*. Commander Basil Scarpetis_ _ _ Acting Commander Evanghelos Consul-General for Greece in London. Commander Harbour Master, Head of the Shipping Services at the Greek Consulate-General, London. Assistant of the Naval and Air Roussos Attaché of Greece, London. **India**. *Delegates*. Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless Captain Kavas Ookebjee_ _ _ _ _ _ Engineer-Commander John Sutherland Page Late Secretary to the Government of India, Commerce Department. Chairman of Scindia Steamships (London), Ltd. Marine Superintendent, Scindia Steam Navigation Co., Ltd., Bombay. Royal Indian Marine. Late Principal Engineer and Ship Surveyor, Government of Bengal. **Iceland**. *Delegates*. Mr. Emil Krogh_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Aage H. Larsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. A. Körbing_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain H. P. Hagelberg_ _ _ _ _ Mr. Erik Jacobsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. P. Villadsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Peder Fischer_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Assistant Secretary in the Danish Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Naval Architect and Engineer-in-Chief to the Danish Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. Director of the “Forenede Damp-skibsselskab,” Copenhagen. Chairman of the Association of Danish Shipmasters. Trade Union Manager, Denmark. Principal in the Danish Ministry of Snipping and Fisheries. Naval Architect. 2379 *Secrétaire*. M. A. E. Lee_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Secrétaires adjoints*. M. G. C. Ager_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. W. Graham_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. H. C. Miller_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. T. Munden_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. W. E. Stimpson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. Board of Trade. **Grèce.**. *Délégué*. M. Nicolas G. Lely_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Conseillers techniques*. M. le Capitaine de frégate Basil Scarpetis M. le Capitaine de frégate EvanghelosRoussos Consul général de la Grèce à Londres. Capitaine du port, Chef des services de la navigation au consulat général de Grèce à Londres. Adjoint à l’Attaché naval et aérien Evanghelos Roussos de Grèce à Londres. **Inde**. *Délégués*. Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless M. le Capitaine Kavas Ookebjee M. l’ingénieur capitaine de frégate John Sutherland Page Secrétaire en retraite du Département du Commerce du Gouvernement de l’Inde. Président de la Scindia Steambless ships (London), Limited. Inspecteur du navire de la Scindia Steam Navigation Company, Limited, Bombay. Marine royale indienne, ingénieur en chef et expert de navire en retraite au gouvernement du Bengale. **Islande**. *Delegates*. M. Emil Krogh_ _ _ M. Aage H. Larsen_ _ _ M. J. A. Körbing_ _ _ M. le Captaine H. P. Hagelberg_ _ _ M. Erik Jacobsen_ _ _ *Experts*. M. P. Villadsen_ _ _ M. Peder Fischer_ _ _ Chef de Bureau au Ministère Danois de la Navigation et de la Pêche. Ingénieur-constructeur et Ingénieur en chef au Ministère Danois de la Navigation et de la Pêche. Directeur de la compagnie d’armement “det Forenede Dampskibsselskab,” Copenhague. Président de l’Association danoise des Capitaines de la Marine Marchande. Gérant de Syndicat, Danemark. Sous-chef de Bureau au Ministère Danois de la Navigation et de la Pêche. Constructeur naval. 2380 **Italy.** *Delegates*. Delegates—Contd.General Giulio Ingianni_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Admiral Giuseppe Cantù_ _ _ _ _ _ Professor Torquato Giannini_ _ _ *Assistant Delegate*. Dr. Gaetano Lampertico_ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. Carlo Doerfles_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Aroldo Palanca_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Gino Soldã_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Giuseppe Gasparini_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Luigi Zino_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Arturo Romano_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.General Director of the Mercantile Marine. Admiral of Division, Technical Inspector of the Mercantile Marine. Counsellor for Emigration in the Italian Foreign Office. Vice-Counsellor for Emigration in the Italian Foreign Office. Naval Architect, Head of the Technical Office of the Registro Italiano Navale ed Aeronautico, Trieste. Representing the Italian Shipowners’ Federation. Naval Architect, Inspector of the Registro Italiano Navale ed Aeronautico. Naval Architect, representing the Italian General Confederation of Industry. Representing the Italian Cargo Shipowners’ Federation, Genoa. Representing the Italian Confederation of Captains, Officers and Seamen. *Japan*. *Delegates*. Mr. Shoichi Nakayama_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Sukefumi Iwai_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. Kumaichi Showno_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Takeji Kobayashi_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Motoki Matsumura_ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Nagayoshi Hori_ _ _ _ _ _ First-Class Secretary of Embassy. Expert in the Local Administration Office of Communications. Expert in the Local Administration Office of Communications. Secretary in the Department of Communications. Attaché. Temporary Staff in the Department of Communications. **Latvia**. *Delegates*. Mr. Arturs Ozols_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Andrejs Lonfelds_ _ _ _ _ Director of the Marine Department. Latvian Shipowners’ Society. 2381 **Italie.** *Délégués*. M. le General Giulio Ingianni_ _ M. l’Amiral Giuseppe Cantù M. le Professor Torquato Giannini *Délégués. adjoint*. M. le Dr. Gaetano Lampertico_ *Experts*. M. Aroldo Palanca_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Carlo Doerfles_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Gino Soldã_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Captaine Luigi Zino_ _ _ _ M. le Captaine Arturo Romano_ M. Giuseppe Gasparini_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Directeur général de la Marine Marchande. Inspecteur technique de la Marine Marchande. Conseiller d’Êmigration au Ministère des Affaires Étrangères. Vice-Conseiller d’Emigration au Ministère des Affaires Etrangères d’Italie. Représentant la Fédération des Armateurs Italiens. Constructeur Naval. Chef de Bureau Technique du Registro Italiano Navale ed Aeronautico à Trieste. Constructeur Naval. Inspecteur de Registro Italiano Navale ed Aeronautico. Représentant la Fédération des Armateurs des Navires de Charge à Gênes. Représentant la Confédération italienne des Capitaines, des Officiers et des Marins. Constructeur naval. Représentant la Confédération générale italienne de l’industrie. *Japon*. *Délégués*. M. Shoichi Nakayama_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Sukefumi Iwai_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. M. Kumaichi Showno_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Takeji Kobayashi_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Mo toki Matsumura_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Captaine Nagayoshi Hori Secrétaire d’Ambassade de première classe. Expert au Bureau d’Administration locale des Communications. Expert au Bureau d’Administration locale des Communications. Secrétaire au Département des Communications. Attaché. Personnel temporaire du Département des Communications. **Lettonie**. *Délégués*. M. Arturs Ozols_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Captaine Andrejs Lonfelds Directeur du Département de la Marine Marchande. de l’Association des Armateurs lettonais. 2382 **Mexico.** *Delegate*. Delegates—Contd.Mr. Gustavo Luders de Negri_ _ *Secretary*. Mr. Macedonio Garza_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.Consul-General for Mexico in London. Vice-Consul for Mexico, London. **Norway**. *Delegates*. Mr. Erling Bryn_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Johan Schönheyder_ _ _ _ _ _ Dr. J. Bruhn_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. Hysing Olsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. Eivind Tonnesen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. A. Birkeland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Adviser*. Mr. E. Wettergreen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Director of the Department of Shipping, Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Surveyor-in-Chief in the Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Director of the Norwegian Veritas. Shipowner. Managing Director of the Norwegian Shipmasters’ Association. President of the Norwegian Sailors’ and Firemen’s Union. Chief of Division in the Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. **New Zealand**. *Delegates*. Sir Thomas Mason Wilford_ _ _ Sir Charles Holdsworth_ _ _ _ _ _ High Commissioner for New Zealand in London. Managing Director of the Union Steamship Company of New Zealand, Ltd. **Paraguay**. *Delegate*. Dr. Horacio Carísimo_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Chargé d’Affaires in London. **Netherlands**. *Delegates*. Vice-Admiral (retired) C. Fock_ Mr. A. van Driel_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. Bräutigam_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. W. Langeler_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Inspector-General of Navigation, Chairman of the Freeboard Assigning Commission. Naval Architect, Adviser on Naval Architecture to the Shipping Inspection Service, Member and Secretary of the Freeboard Assigning Commission. Chairman of the Netherlands Union of Transport Workers, Member of the Second Chamber of the States General. Inspector of Shipping, Dutch East Indies. 2383 **Mexique.** *Délégué*. M. Gustavo Luders de Negri_ _ *Secretary*. M. Macedonio Garza_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Consul général du Mexique à Londres. Vice-consul du Mexique à Londres. **Norvège**. *Délégué*. M. Erling Bryn_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Johan Schönheyder_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M le Dr. J. Bruhn_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. Hysing Olsen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. Eivind Tonnesen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. A. Birkeland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Conseiller*. M. E. Wettergreen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Directeur du Département de la Navigation au Ministère du Commerce et de la N avigation. Expert en chef au Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation. Directeur du “Norske Veritas.” Armateur. Armateur. Directeur gérant de l’Association norvégienne des capitaines de navire. Président de l’Union norvégienne des Marins et des Chauffeurs. Chef de Division au Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation. **Nouvelle-Zélande**. *Délégué*. Sir Thomas Mason Wilford_ _ _ Sir Charles Holdsworth_ _ _ _ _ _ Haut Commissaire de la Nouvelle-Zélande à Londres. Directeur gérant de l’Union Steamship Company of New Zealand, Limited. **Paraguay**. *Délégué*. M. le Dr. Horacio Carísimo_ _ _ _ Chargé d’Affaires à Londres. **Pays-Bas.**. *Délégué*. M. le Vice-Amiral en retraite C. Fock M. l’ingénieur A. van Driel_ _ _ M. J. Brautigam_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. W. Langeler_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Inspecteur général de la Navigation; Président de la Commission pour la fixation du franc-bord minimum des navires. Conseil des constructions navales près l’inspection de la navigation; membre et secrétaire de la commission pour la fixation du minimum franc-bord dos navires. Président de la Ligue Centrale des Ouvriers du Transport; membre de la Seconde Chambre des Etats-Généraux. du service de la navigation aux Indes néerlandaises. 2384 Delegates—Contd.Mr. J. Rypperda Wierdsma_ _ _ _ Captain G. L. Heeris_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. H. Keyser_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Professor N. Kal_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. F. Reedeker_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. G. de Ronde_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. Carpentier-Alting_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Secretary*. Jonkheer O. Reuchlin_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd.Chairman of the Holland-America Line. Secretary of the Netherlands Shipowners’ Association. Assistant Director of the Royal Netherlands Meteorological Institute. Professor in Naval Architecture at the Technical University, Delft. Master Mariner, retired. Master Mariner, retired. Naval Architect. Attaché to the Netherlands Legation, London. **Peru**. *Delegate*. Captain Manuel D. Faura_ _ _ _ _ Naval Attaché in London. **Poland**. *Delegates*. Mr. Alphonse Porlewski-Koziell_ Mr. Boguslaw Bagniewski_ _ _ _ _ Commercial Counsellor, Polish Embassy, London. Counsellor, Ministry of Industry and Trade, Warsaw. **Portugal**. *Delegates*. Mr. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello_ Captain Carlos Theodoro da Costa_ _ _ Minister Plenipotentiary. Head of the Economic Questions of the Portuguese Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Naval Architect. **Sweden**. *Delegates*. Baron Erik Kule Palmstierna_ Mr. Per Axel Lindblad_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain Erik Axel Eggert Swedish Minister in London. Assistant Under-Secretary in the Board of Trade. Maritime Expert to the Social Eggert Board. 2385 Mr. J. Rypperda Wierdsma_ _ _ _ M. le Captaine G. L. Heeris_ _ *Experts*. M. H. Keyser_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Professeur N. Kal_ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. F. Reedeker_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. G. de Ronde_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. Carpentier-Alting *Secrétaire*. Le Jonkheer O. Reuchlin_ _ _ _ _ _ Président-directeur de la Société Anonyme de Navigation dite “Holland-Amerika Lijn.” Secrétaire de l’Association des armateurs néerlandais. Directeur adjoint de l’institut royal néerlandais météorologique. Professeur de la construction maritime àl’Ecole des Hautes Études techniques à Delft Ancien capitaine de la marine marchande. Ancien capitaine de la marine mar-chande. Architecte naval. Attaché à la Légation royale des Pays-Bas à Londres. **Pérou**. *Délégué*. M. le Capitaine Manuel D. Faura Attaché Naval à Londres. **Pologne.**. *Délégués*. M. Alphonse Porlewski-Koziell M. Boguslaw Bagniewski_ _ _ _ _ _ Conseiller commercial à l’Ambassade polonaise à Londres. Conseiller au Ministère de l’industrie et du Commerce, Varsovie. **Portugal**. *Delegates*. M. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello_ M. le Capitaine de corvette Carlos Theodoro da Costa Ministre plénipotentiaire; Chef des questions économiques au Ministère des Affaires Etrangères portugais. Constructeur naval.4 [4According to a note, No. 49 of Feb. 8, 1932, from the British Ambassador at Washington to the Secretary of State, “M. le Capitaine de corvette Carlos Theodoro da Costa, Constructeur naval” should read “M. le Capitaine de frégate Carlos Theodoro da Costa, Ingénieur naval.”] **Suède**. *Delegates*. M. le Baron Erik Kule Palmstierna M. Per Axel Lindblad_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine Erik Axel Eggert Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Londres. Chef de Section à l’Administration Centrale du Commerce. Expert pour les Maritimes de l’Administration Royale du Travail et de la Prévoyance Sociale. 2386 Delegates—Contd. *Experts and Assistant Delegates.* Mr. G. MacE. Böös_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. A. W. Palmqvist_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Captain O. A. Nordborg_ _ _ _ _ _ Captain N. P. Larsson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. N. Olsson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delegates—Contd. First Amanuensis in the Board of Trade. Controller of Tonnage, Gothenburg District. Member of the First Chamber of Parliament, Director of the Swedish Shipowners’ Association. President of the Swedish Society of Masters and Officers of the Mercantile Marine. President of the Swedish Seamen’s Union. **Union of Socialist Soviet Republics**. *Delegate.* Mr. Dimitri Bogomoloff_ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. Mr. P. Matveeff_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. A. A. Kaukul_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Counsellor of the Soviet Embassy in London. Naval Engineer. Anglo-Soviet Shipping Co. The Governments of Austria, Estonia, Hungary and Turkey appointed observers as follows:— Austria. Mr. K. Zeileissen_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Secretary to the Austrian Legation, London. Estonia. Mr. R. A. Mollerson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Counsellor of Estonian Legation, London. Hungary. Baron Ivan Rubido-Zichy_ _ _ _ _ Hungarian Minister in London. Turkey. Mehmet Ali Şevki_ _ _ Counsellor to the Turkish Embassy in London. The League of Nations having been invited to send representatives to the Conference to act as observers, appointed the following dele-gation for this purpose:— Mr. Robert Haas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mr. J. M. F. Romein_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Secretary-General of the Advisory and Technical Committee for Communications and Transit. Secretary of the Permanent Committee for Ports and Maritime Navigation. 2387 *Experts et Délégués Adjoints.* M. G. MacE. Böös_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. A. W. Palmqvist_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. le Capitaine O. A. Nordborg_ M. le Capitaine N. P. Larsson_ M. N. Olsson_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Secrétaire à l’Administration du Commerce. Contrôleur de jaugeage du district de Gothembourg. Membre de la Première Chambre du Riksdag, Directeur de l’Association des Armateurs Suédois. Directeur de l’Association Suédoise des officiers de la Marine Marchande. Directeur de l’Union Suédoise des Marins. **L’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes.**. *Délégué.* M. Dimitri Bogomoloff_ _ _ _ _ _ _ *Experts*. M. P. Matveeff M. A. A. Kaukul Conseiller à l’Ambassade de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes à Londres. Ingénieur naval. Compagnie de navigation Anglo-Soviet. Les Gouvernements d’Autriche, d’Esthome, de Hongrie et de Turquie ont nommé les observateurs suivants: Autriche. Mr. K. Zeileissenf_ _ _ Secrétaire de la Légation autrichienne à Londres. Esthonie. Mr. R. A. Mollerson_ _ _ Conseiller à la Légation d’Esthonie à Londres. Hongrie. Le Baron Ivan Rubido-Zichy_ _ _ Ministre plénipotentiaire de Hongrie à Londres. Turquie. Mehmet Ali Şevki_ _ _ Conseiller à l’Ambassade de Turquie à Londres. La Société des Nations, ayant été invitée à envoyer des représentants à la Conférence à titre d’observateurs, a nommé à cette fin la délégation suivante M. Robert Haas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M. J. M. F. Romein_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Secrétaire général de la Commission Consultative et Technique des Communications et du Transit. Secrétaire du Comité Permanent des Ports et de la Navigation Marine. 2388 Who accordingly assembled in London. Admiral of the Fleet Sir Henry F. Oliver was appointed President of the Conference, and Mr. A. E. Lee, Secretary-General. Committees set up.For the purposes of its work the Conference set up the following Committees, of which the undermentioned were Presidents:— Administration Committee: Mr. Koenigs. Main Technical Committee: Sir Charles Sanders. Tankers Committee: Mr. Kennedy. Timber Ships Committee: Mr. Emil Krogh. Special Types of Ship Committee: Vice-Admiral Fock. Zones Committee: General Ingianni. Drafting Committee: Mr. Haarbleicher. Credentials Committee: Mr. Nakayama. In the course of a series of meetings between the 20th May, 1930, and the 5th July, 1930, a Load Line Convention, dated the 5th July 1930, was drawn up. I. Declarations by United States.The Conference takes note of the following declarations, made by the undermentioned delegation:— Régimes not recognized by United States not to be so construed.The Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America formally declare that the signing of the International Load Line Convention by them, on the part of the United States of America, on this date, is not to be construed to mean that the Government of the United States of America recognizes a régime or entity which signs or accedes to the Convention as the Government of a country when that régime or entity is not recognized by the Government of the United States of America as the Government of that country. No contractual obligation.The Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America further declare that the participation of the United States of America in the International Load Line Convention signed on this date does not involve any contractual obligation on the part of the United States of America to a country, represented by a régime or entity which the Government of the United States of America does not recognize as the Government of that country, until such country has a Government recognized by the Government of the United States of America. II. Recommendations.The Conference also adopts the following recommendation5 [5“recommendation” should read “recommendations.”]— Smaller vessels in international voyages. Regulations.The Conference recommends that such regulations as may be made by any of the Contracting Governments relating to ships of less than 150 tons gross engaged on international voyages should, so far as 2389 Qui, en conséquence, se sont réunis à Londres. M. l’Amiral Sir Henry F. Oliver a été nommé comme Président de la Conférence et M. A. E. Lee a été nommé comme Secrétaire-Général Pour l’accomplissement de ses travaux, la Conférence a constitué les Commissions suivantes, dont les Présidents ont été nommés comme suit: Commission d’Administration: M. Koenigs. Commission Technique Principale: Sir Charles Sanders. Commission de Navires à citernes: M. Kennedy. Commission de Navires transportant des chargements de bois en pontée: M. Emil Krogh. Commission de Navires de Types spéciaux: M. le Vice-Amiral Fock. Commission de Zones: M. le Général Ingianni. Commission de Rédaction: M. Haarbleicher. Commission des Plénipotentiaires: M. Nakayama. Au cours des réunions successives qui se sont tenues entre le 20 mai 1930 et le 5 juillet 1930, une Convention sur les Lignes de Charge, datée du 5 juillet 1930, a été élaborée. I. Les Plénipotentiaires des États-Unis d’Amérique déclarent formellement que la signature de la Convention Internationale sur les Lignes de Charge portant la date de ce jour, ne doit pas être considérée comme signifiant que le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique reconnaisse un régime ou une institution signataire ou adhérent à la présente Convention lorsque ce régime ou cette institution n’est pas reconnu comme étant le Gouvernement de ce pays par le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique. En outre, les Plénipotentiaires des États-Unis d’Amérique déclarent, que le fait que les États-Unis d’Amérique sont partie à la Convention Internationale sur les Lignes de Charge, signée à la date de ce jour, n’entraîne pour les États-Unis d’Amérique aucune obligation contractuelle envers un pays représenté par un régime ou une institution que le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique ne reconnaît pas comme étant le Gouvernement de ce pays et ce, jusqu’à ce que ce pays ait un Gouvernement reconnu par les États-Unis d’Amérique. II. La Conférence adopte également les recommandations suivantes: La Conférence recommande que les réglementations qui peuvent être établies par l’un quelconque des Gouvernements contractants pour les navires de moins de 150 tonneaux de jauge brute effectuant 2390 practicable and reasonable, be framed in accordance with the principles and rules laid down in this Convention, and should whenever possible be made after consultation and agreement with the Governments of the other countries concerned in such international voyages. Standards of strength.As under the Rules attached to this Convention, ships which comply with the highest standard laid down in the rules of a classification society recognised by the Administration are regarded as having sufficient strength for the minimum freeboards allowed under the rules, the Conference recommends that each Administration should request the Society or Societies which it has recognised to confer from time to time with the Societies recognised by other Administrations, with a view to securing as much uniformity as possible in the application of the standards of strength on which freeboard is based. Surveys.The Conference recommends that, if possible, each Administration *Ante*, p. 2248.should make arrangements for the periodical inspections referred to in paragraph
(3)(*c*) of Article 14 to be held at intervals of approximately twelve months so far as concerns the maintenance of the fittings and appliances referred to in Condition B of paragraph 3 of that Article (*i.e*., the fittings and appliances for the
(i)protection of openings,
(ii)guard rails,
(iii)freeing ports and
(iv)means of access to crews’ quarters) Information as to tanker damage.The Conference recommends that the Governments of the countries to which tankers belong shall keep records of all structural and deck damage to these ships caused by stress of weather, so that information with regard to these matters may be available. 2391 des voyages internationaux soient, autant qu’il est possible et raisonnable de le faire, établies conformément aux principes et aux règles fixées dans la Convention et, si possible, après avoir consulté les Gouvernements des autres pays intéressés dans ces voyages internationaux et obtenu leur accord. Suivant les règles annexées à la présente Convention, les navires qui satisfont aux “Standards” les plus élevés établis dans les règles d’une Société de Classification reconnue par l’Administration sont considérés comme ayant une solidité suffisante pour obtenir le franc-bord minimum qui peut être accordé d’après ces Règles. La Conférence recommande que chaque Administration demande à la Société ou aux Sociétés qu’elle a reconnues de conférer de temps en temps avec les Sociétés reconnues par les autres Administrations, afin de réaliser une uniformité aussi grande que possible dans l’application des “Standards” de solidité sur lesquels le franc-bord est basé. La Conférence recommande que, si possible, chaque Administration prenne ses dispositions pour assurer que la visite périodique, indiquée dans le paragraphe 3° (*c*) de l’Article 14, ait lieu à des intervalles d’environ douze mois en ce qui concerne la tenue en bon état des installations et des appareils visés dans la clause B du paragraphe 3 de cet Article (c’est-àdire: les installations et les appareils pour
(i)la protection des ouvertures,
(ii)les gardecorps,
(iii)les sabords de décharge,
(iv)les moyens d’accès aux logements de l’équipage).6 [6Supprimer le premier paragraphe.] La Conférence recommande que, lorsque ce sera possible, chaque Administration prenne des dispositions pour organiser environ tous les douze mois les visites périodiques dont il est question dans le paragraphe 3 (*c*) de l’Article 14 visant la tenue en état des dispositifs et installations énoncées dans la clause B du paragraphe 3 de cet Article, c’est-à-dire
(i)la protection des ouvertures,
(ii)les garde-corps,
(iii)les sabords de décharge,
(iv)les moyens d’accès aux logements de l’équipage. La Conférence recommande que les Gouvernements des pays à qui appartiennent des navires à citernes recueillent les renseignements sur toutes les avaries aux coques et aux ponts survenues à ces navires et occasionnées par le gros temps afin que l’on puisse dispenser 7[7Au lieu de “dispenser” mettre “disposer.”] de renseignements concernant cette question. 2392 Signatures.In faith whereof the undersigned have affixed their signatures to the present Act. Done in London this fifth day of July, 1930, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which shall transmit certified true copies thereof to all signatory Governments. 2392 Signatures.En foi de quoi, les soussignés ont apposé leurs signatures au bas du présent Acte. Fait à Londres, ce cinquième jour du mois de juillet, 1930, en un seul exemplaire, qui sera déposé dans les archives du Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, qui en transmettra des copies certifiées conformes à tous les Gouvernements signataires. (L.S.) Gustav Koenigs. Walter Laas Karl Sturm. Wilhelm Heberling. H. P. Cayley. V. C. Duffy. R. Grimard. A. Johnston. Chas. Duguid. Frank McDonnell. Edna Stowe. Oscar Bunster. Guillermo Patterson. Emil Krogh. Aage H.Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. P. Villadsen. P. Fischer. Octaviano M. Barca. Sean Dulchaontigh. T. J. Hegarty. Herbert B. Walker. David Arnott. Laurens Prior. Howard C. Towle. Albert F. Pillsbury. Robert F. Hand. Jas. Kennedy. H. W. Warley. John G. Tawresey. David W. Dickie. Paul C. Grening. George A. Smith. B. Brandt. Jean Marie. A. de Berlhe. J. Volmat. J. de Berlhe. R. Rossigneux. Ch. Dilly. H. F. Oliver. F. W. Bate. Alfred J. Daniel John T. Edwards. 2393 Ernest W. Glover.Signatures—contd. Norman Hill. C. Hipwood. J. Foster King. J. Montgomerie. Charles J. O. Sanders. W. R. Spence. A. Spencer. A. E. Lee. G. C. Ager. W. Graham. H. C. Miller. J. T. Munden. W. E. Stimpson. E. Palmstierna. E. Eggert. Gunnar Böös. E. Roussos. G. L. Corbett. Nowrojee Dadabhoy Allbless. Kavas Ookerjee. J. S. Page. Emil Krogh. Aage H. Larsen. H. P. Hagelberg. P. Villadsen. P. Fischer. Giulio Ingianni. Giuseppe Cantù. Ing. Carlo Doerfles G. Soldà. G. Gasparini. S. Nakayama. S. Iwai. K. Showno. T. Kobayashi. M. Matsumura. N. Hori. A. Ozols. G. Luders de Negri. E. Bryn. J. Schönheyder. Thomas M. Wilford. C. Holdsworth. C. Fock. A. van Driel. Joh. Bräutigam. Langeler. J. R. Wierdsma. M. D. Faura. A. Poklewski-Koziell. B. Bagniewski. Thomaz Ribeiro de Mello. Carlos Theodoro da Costa. D. Bogomoloff. P. Matveeff. A. Kaukul. J. M. F. Romein. S. Horacio Carísimo. T. C. Giannini. 2394 **EXCHANGES OF NOTES**Exchanges of Notes. *The British Ambassador (Lindsay) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)*British Ambassador. No. 48 British Embassy, *Washington, D.C., February 8th, 1932* Sir, I have the honour to refer to my note No, 183 of May 29th, 19311 1Not printed. regarding the International Load Line Convention of 1930 and, under instructions from His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, to transmit to you herewith copies of a proposal made by the Netherlands Government relating to modifications in the text of the Rules in Annex I to the Convention. The proposal is transmitted for the information of the United States Government in preparing the regulations necessary to give effect to the Convention. I am to state that His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom are entirely in agreement with the proposed modifications, which they consider represent the most practical way of simplifying the application of the rules in those countries in which metric measures are in use, but they do not consider that the proposal necessitates any amendment of the Convention. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, R. C. Lindsay. The Honourable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D.C.* [W 14163/95/50] Enclosure. Proposal.PROPOSAL. Modifications of French draft of Rules annex. The following modifications as to the French draft of the Rules annex to International Convention respecting Load Lines, London, the 5th July, 1930, are proposed to simplify the application in those countries in which metric measures are in use:— Règle IX, instead of “457 millimètres,” read “460 millimètres.” “ “ “254 “ ” “ “255 “ .” Règle IX, “ “63 “ ” “ “65 “ .” Règle X, “ “457 “ ” “ “460 “ .” 2395 (The same in Table 2.) Règle XIII, instead of “63 millimètres,” read “65 millimètres.” Règle XVIII, “ “229 “ ” “ “230 “ .” “ “ “457 “ ” “ “460 “ .” Règle XIX, “ “457 “ ” “ “460 “ .” Règle XXI, “ “229 “ ” “ “230 “ .” Règle XXV, “ “457 “ ” “ “460 “ .” Règle XXX. The table should read:— Longueur des pavois par le travers du puits en mètres. Section des sabords de décharge de chaque bord en mètres carrés. 4 0,726 6 0,787 8 0,848 10 0,909 12 0,970 14 1,031 16 1,092 18 1,153 20 1,213 Au-dessus de 20 0,061 mètre carré pour chaque augmentation d’;un mètre de longueur additionnelle de pavois. Règle XXXVI to be read:— " “Coëfficiënt de finesse (*c*). “Le coefficient de finesse employé avec les tables de franc-bord est donné par la formule: c = △ L.B.T. dans laquelle A est le déplacement en eau douce en tonnes du navire hors membres (à l’exclusion des bossages) à un tirant d’eau moyen sur quille T égal à 85 pour cent du creux au livet. “Le coefficient ne doit pas être inférieur à 0,68.” " (This is more in conformity with the common practice in countries applying the metric system and gives exactly the same result as the formula in the English text.) Règle XXXVII. The first table should be read:— L. f. L. f. 30 3777 108 19386 36 4193 114 21232 42 4892 120 23106 48 5622 126 25051 54 6532 132 27031 60 7470 138 29146 66 8669 144 31268 72 9920 150 33480 78 11253 156 35770 84 12774 162 38063 90 14335 168 40414 96 15897 174 42868 102 17615 180 45368 2396 The second table should read:— H. en mètres_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 2,1 2,7 3,3 3,9 4,5 5,1 5,7 f1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19053 23221 26240 31298 39365 49561 60890 74162 The third table should read:— K. en mètres _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 1,5 3,0 4,5 6,0 7,5 9,0 10,5 12,0 f2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 1042 2084 3134 6218 9277 13361 18470 24606 Règle XLV, instead of “229 millimètres,” read “230 millimètres.” Règle LXII, “ “51 “ ” “ “50 “ .” Règle LXIII, “ “51 “ ” “ “50 “ .” Règle LXV, “ “51 “ ” “ “50 “ .” The table in “Règle LXVII” should read:— L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. Mètres. Millims. 24 200 75 800 126 1920 177 3165 27 225 78 850 129 2000 180 3230 30 250 81 905 132 2080 183 3290 33 275 84 960 135 2155 186 3355 36 300 87 1015 138 2235 189 3415 39 325 90 1075 141 2310 192 3475 42 355 93 1135 144 2390 195 3530 45 385 96 1195 147 2465 198 3590 48 420 99 1260 150 2540 201 3645 51 455 102 1325 153 2615 204 3700 54 490 105 1395 156 2685 207 3755 57 530 108 1465 159 2760 210 3810 60 575 111 1540 162 2830 213 3860 63 615 114 1615 165 2895 216 3915 66 660 117 1690 168 2965 219 3965 69 705 120 1765 171 3030 222 4015 72 755 123 1845 174 3100 225 4070 228 4115 231 4165 2397 The table in “Règle LXXVI” should read:— L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. 24 230 45 585 66 1005 87 1470 27 275 48 640 69 1065 90 1540 30 320 51 700 72 1130 93 1610 33 370 54 760 75 1195 96 1680 36 420 57 820 78 1260 99 1755 39 475 60 880 81 1330 102 1825 42 530 63 940 84 1400 Règle XCV, instead of “457 millimètres,” read “460 millimètres.” Règle CV. The table should read:— L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. L. Franc-bord. 57 535 90 1020 123 1610 156 2290 60 575 93 1070 126 1670 159 2350 63 615 96 1120 129 1730 162 2405 66 655 99 1170 132 1795 165 2460 69 695 102 1220 135 1860 168 2510 72 740 105 1275 138 1925 171 2565 75 780 108 1325 141 1990 174 2615 78 825 111 1380 144 2050 177 2660 81 875 114 1435 147 2115 180 2710 84 920 117 1495 150 2175 183 2755 87 970 120 1550 153 2235 The results from the proposed tables are practically the same as those of the present, the differences being negligible. In the case of the freeboard tables, they never are more than 2,5 millimètres, or one-tenth of an inch; this maximum only is attained in a *few* cases. As to the height of coamings, &c., it should be kept in mind that in any case both the English and the French text are in force, and, there-fore, it will not be possible that any surveyor will make difficulties either when a ship that has been constructed in a country where the English measures are applied does not comply, as to some measures, which should be slightly larger, according to the French text or alternatively. Finally, it is proposed to draw up the freeboards on the certificates when in metric measures in mètres with two decimals, *e.g*.:— “Tropicale_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*a*) 0,13 mètre au-dessus de (*b*). “Été _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*b*) 1,92 mètres. Arête supérieure de la ligne passant par le centre du disque. “Hiver_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*c*) 0,13 mètre au-dessous de (*b*). “Hiver dans l’Atlantique nord_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*d*) 0,18 mètre au-dessous de (*b*).” Such is simpler than and preferable to a freeboard mentioned on the certificate in millimètres. 2398 The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the British Ambassador (Lindsay)Secretary of State. Department of State *Washington, June 1, 1932.* Excellency: Consideration has been given to the proposal enclosed with your note No. 48 of February 8, 1932, made by the Netherlands Government relating to modifications in the French text of certain of the rules in Annex 1 to the International Load Line Convention of 1930, and I am now enabled to inform you that as the proposed modifications in no way alter the English text of the convention or affect the equivalence of the French text with the English text, this Government is in agreement with His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom that the modifications represent the most practical way of simplifying the application of the rules in those countries in which metric measures are in use, and that the proposal does not necessitate any amendment of the convention. Attention is invited, however, to a typographical error found in the third table of Regulation XXXVII in the Netherland proposal where the factor f3 corresponding to a value of K of 4,5 meters should be changed from 3134 to read 4134. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castle, Jr. His Excellency Sir Ronald Lindsay, P.C., G.C.M.G., K.C.B., C.V.O., *British Ambassador.* 585.61 B 1/203 ————— British Ambassador. *The British Ambassador (Lindsay) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)* No. 215. British Embassy, *Washington, D.C., June 28th, 1932.* Sir, I have the honour to refer to your note No. 585.61 B 1/203 of June 1st last regarding certain modifications in the French text of certain of the rules in Annex I to the International Load Line Convention of 1930 proposed by the Netherlands Government and to transmit to you herewith copies of a sheet showing small corrections which the Netherlands Government have since made to the figures contained in these modifications. I have the honour to be, With the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, R. C. Lindsay. The Right Honourable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D.C.* 2399 [W 5298/76/50]Enclosure. Enclosure. CORRECTIONS TO THE NETHERLANDS PROPOSALS FOR THE MODIFICATION OF THE FRENCH TEXT OF THE RULES ANNEXED TO THE INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CONVENTION, 1930 Corrected proposals. Règle XXXVII. The second table should read :— H. en mètres _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 2,1 2,7 3,3 3,9 4,5 f1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19050 23218 26234 31290 39355 49551 H. en mètres _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5,1 5,7 6,3 6,9 7,5 f1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 60877 74144 88564 104891 121552 The third table should read:— K. en mètres _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 1,5 3,0 4,5 6,0 7,5 9,0 10,5 12,0 f1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 1042 2084 4133 6217 9275 13358 18467 24600 Règle CVI (not CV as previously quoted). The freeboard in millimètres corresponding to a length in mètres of 144 should read “2055” instead of “2050,” viz.:— L Franc-bord. 144_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _2055 2400 Secretary of State. *The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the British Ambassador (Lindsay)* The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the British Chargé d’Affaires ad interim, and referring to the Ambassador’s note No. 215 of June 28, 1932, transmitting copies of a sheet showing corrections which the Netherland Government has made to the figures contained in its proposal transmitted with the Ambassador’s note No. 48 of February 8, 1932, relating to modifications in the French text of the rules in Annex I to the London Load Line Convention of 1930, informs him that these modifications have had the consideration of the appropriate Departments of the Government of the United States and that no objection to them is perceived. The Secretary of State would be thankful if he might be informed from time to time in regard to the other countries which accept the corrections proposed by the Netherland Government. The Secretary of State would be further obliged if he might be informed of the procedure His Majesty’s Government in Great Britain will take in respect of such corrections in the French text of the convention and rules, as have been or may be agreed upon in order to bring that text more in accord with the English text. It would be especially desirable to know whether it is the intention of the British Government to furnish to the governments certified copies of the convention and rules as so modified. In this relation it is recalled that attached to the certified copy of the convention and rules originally furnished by the British Government is a long list of errata in the French text. The procedure of the governments in proclaiming or promulgating the convention and rules would be greatly facilitated and simplified if corrected certified copies could be furnished to them. Department of State, *Washington, August 9, 1932.* 585.61 B 1/224 2401 *The British Minister (Osborne) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)*British Ambassador. No. 313 His Majesty’s Minister presents his compliments to the Secretary of State and with reference to his note 581.61 B 1/224 of August 9th last relative to the International Load Line Convention, has the honour, under instructions from His Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, to inform him that Belgium, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, Italy, Poland, the Free City of Danzig, Spain, and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, have expressed their willingness to accept the proposals of the Netherlands Government in connection with the French text of the Rules in Annex 1 to that Convention. Mr. Osborne is also instructed to inform Mr. Stimson that, since the errors found in the original text of the Convention and Rules were all of minor importance, and as the modifications in the French text recently proposed by the Netherlands Government represent merely the most practical way of simplifying the application of the Rules in Annex 1 to the Convention in those countries in which metric measures are in use, the competant authorities do not propose to arrange for the circulation of certified corrected copies of the Convention and Rules. In this connection, he is to add that the errors which were found to exist in the English text of the Convention and to which attention was called at the time of the circulation of certified copies, were corrected in the copy of the Convention which was scheduled to the Merchant Shipping (Safety and Load Line Conventions) Act of 1932. British Embassy, *Washington, D.C., October 5th, 1932.* December 9, 1932 December 28, 1932 Agreement 47 Stat. 2402 2402 PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—DENMARK. December 9, 1932.⁄December 28, 1932. * December 9, 1932.December 28, 1932. Parcel-post agreement between the United States of America and Denmark with regulations of execution. Signed at Copenhagen, December 9, 1932; at Washington, December 28, 1932; approved, January 9, 1933.* AGREEMENTbetweenDENMARK DENMARK AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST Parcel-post agreement with Denmark.Preamble. The undersigned, provided with full powers by their respective governments, have by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I. *Object of the Agreement.* Object. Territory embraced. Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand, and Denmark, including Faroe Islands and Greenland, on the other hand, there may be exchanged, under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution Article II. *Transit Parcels.* Transit parcels. 1. Rights guaranteed. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transit through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel-post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Notice. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. Intermediate Administration, requirements. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. Article III. *Postage and Fees.* Postage, etc. 1. Collecting from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts, that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Prepayment. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, must be prepaid. 2403 OVERENSKOMSTmellemDE FORENEDE STATER I AMERIKA OG DANMARK ANGAAENDE UDVEKSLING AF PAKKEPOST. Undertegnede har, med Fuldmagt fra vore respektive Regeringer, efter fælles Aftale og under Forudsætning af vedkommende højere Myndigheders Ratifikation vedtaget følgende Overenskomst: Artikel I. *Overenskomstens Formaal.* Mellem De Forenede Stater i Amerika (med Alaska, Puerto Rico, Virgin Øerne, Guam, Samoa og Hawaii) paa den ene Side og Danmark (herunder Færøerne og Grønland) paa den anden Side kan der under Betegnelsen Pakkepost udveksles Pakker indenfor den Maksimumsvægt, og de Maksnnumsdimensioner, der er anført i Ekspeditionsreglementet. Artikel II. *Transitpakker.* 1. Hver Poststyrelse tilsikrer Ret til Transit ved sin Posttjenestes Mellemkomst for Pakker, der er bestemt til eller hidrører fra et hvilket som helst andet Land, med hvilket den har Udveksling af Postpakker, og som er indleveret til eller er bestemt til Udlevering gennem den anden kontraherende Poststyrelses Tjeneste. 2. Hver Poststyrelse skal meddele den anden, til hvilke Lande Pakker kan sendes med dens Posttjeneste som Mellemled, og hvilke Transitafgifter der tilkommer den derfor, samt andre Betingelser. 3. For at kunne modtages til Viderebefordring skal Pakker, der sendes fra den ene kontraherende Styrelses Posttjeneste gennem den anden Styrelses Posttjeneste, opfylde de Betingelser, der til enhver Tid er foreskrevet af Styrelsen i Transitlandet. Artikel III. *Porto og Gebyrer.* 1. Styrelsen i Afgangslandet har Ret til hos Afsenderen af en Pakke at opkræve Porto samt Gebyrer for Efterspørgsler angaaende en Pakke, der fremsættes efter Pakkens Indlevering, samt for Værdipakker de Værdigebyrer og Gebyrer for Modtagelsesbeviser, som til enhver Tid er fastsat i dens egne Bestemmelser. 2. Portoen og de af de i foregaaende Stykke nævnte Gebyrer, der kommer til Anvendelse, skal betales forud med Undtagelse for returnerede og omekspederede Pakker. 2404 Article IV. *Preparation of Parcels.* Preparation of parcels. Packing requirements.*Post*, p. 2420. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. Article V. *Prohibitions.* Prohibitions. 1. Articles specified. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter. Nevertheless it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, that of the sender being added.
(b)With different address. An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel.
(c)Live animals. Any live animal, except leeches.
(d)Nonadmissible. Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the Customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(e)Explosives. Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general, any article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees or may soil or damage other articles.
(f)Obscene, etc., articles. Obscene or immoral articles.
(g)Uninsured designated articles. It is, moreover, forbidden to send coin, bank notes, currency notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer, platinum, gold or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. Treatment of. If a parcel which contains coin, bank notes, currency notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer, platinum, gold or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles is sent uninsured, it shall be placed under insurance by the country of destination and treated accordingly. 2. Prohibited articles erroneously handled. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. Parcel containing a letter. The fact that a parcel contains a letter, or a communication having the nature of a letter, may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. List of prohibited articles to be published. The two Administrations advise each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 2405 Artikel IV. *Pakkernes Beskaffenhed.* Enhver Pakke skal være indpakket paa en under Hensyn til Befordringens Længde og Indholdets Beskyttelse forsvarlig Maade, saaledes som det fastsættes i Ekspeditionsreglementet. Artikel V. *Forbudte Genstande.* 1. Det er forbudt at forsende følgende Genstande i Pakkerne: a) Breve eller Meddelelser, der har Karakter af Breve. Dog er det tilladt i en Pakke at indlægge en aaben Faktura, der ikke indeholder andre Angivelser end de for en Faktura almindelige, samt en Genpart af Pakkens Adresse, hvortil kan føjes Afsenderens Adresse. b) Indlæg, der bærer en anden Adresse end den paa Pakken angivne. c) Levende Dyr, undtagen Igler. d) Enhver Genstand, hvis Forsendelse er forbudt af Toldvæsenet eller ved gældende Love eller Reglementer i et af de to Lande. e) Alle eksplosive eller brandfarlige Genstande samt iøvrigt alle Genstande, hvis Befordring medfører Fare, derunder Genstande, som paa Grund af deres Beskaffenhed eller Indpakning kan frembyde Fare for Posttjenestemændene, eller som kan tilsnavse eller beskadige andre Pakker. f) Usædelige eller usømmelige Genstande. g) Endvidere er det forbudt i Pakker uden angiven Værdi at forsende Mønt, Pengesedler af enhver Art, alle Værdipapirer, der lyder paa Ihændehaver, Platin, Guld og Sølv (saavel forarbejdet som uforarbejdet), Ædelstene, Juveler og anden Pretiosa. Hvis en Pakke, som indeholder Mønt, Pengesedler af enhver Art, alle Værdipapirer, der lyder paa Ihændehaver, Platin, Guld og Sølv (saavel forarbejdet som uforarbejdet), Ædelstene, Juveler og anden Pretiosa, er afsendt som Paldie uden angiven Værdi, skal den af Bestemmelseslandet behandles som Værdipakke. 2. Saafremt en Pakke, hvis Indhold er i Strid med disse Forbudsbestemmelser, overleveres fra det ene Land til det andet, skal sidstnævnte gaa frem i Overensstemmelse med sine Love og indenrigske Bestemmelser. Eksplosive eller brandfarlige Genstande samt Dokumenter, Billeder og andre Genstande, der strider imod almindelig Velanstændighed, kan tilintetgøres paa Stedet af det Postvæsen, der forefinder dem i Posten. Den Omstændighed, at en Pakke indeholder et Brev eller en Meddelelse, der har Karakter af et Brev, kan dog ikke i noget Tilfælde medføre, at Pakken tilbagesendes til Afsenderen. Brevet sættes i Porto efter almindelige Regler, der opkræves hos Adressaten. De to Poststyrelser underretter hinanden om alle forbudte Genstande ved Hjælp af den af Verdenspostforeningens internationale Bureau offentliggjorte Fortegnelse over forbudte Genstande. De paatager sig dog ikke herved noget Ansvar over for Toldvæsen, Politimyndigheder eller Afsenderne. 2406 Article VI. *Insurance.* Insurance. Maximum amount. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 francs gold or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. Limitation. A parcel cannot give rise to the right to an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. *Indemnity.* Indemnity. 1. Allowance to sender. Except in the cases mentioned in the Section following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. Amount restricted. The sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled on this account to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, at the ordinary estimated value) at the time and place of mailing, of the parcel, provided in any case that the indemnity shall not exceed the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum of 500 francs gold. Reimbursement of postage, etc., on loss of parcels. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to the return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. Transit originating in a third country destined for either contracting Power. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. Parcels forwarded to a third country.When an insured parcel originating in one country and addressed for delivery in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity, in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such cases, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of ongin, that is, within the limit of the present Agreement. 2407 Artikel VI. *Værdiangivelse.* Paa Pakker kan angives Værdi indtil et Beløb af 500 Guldfrancs eller det hertil i Afsendelseslandets Mønt svarende Beløb. Poststyrelseme i de to kontraherende Lande kan dog efter fælles Overenskomst forhøje eller nedsætte dette Maksimum for Værdiangivelse. Forsendelsen af en Pakke giver ikke Ret til Erstatning udover den virkelige Værdi af dens Indhold, men det er tilladt at angive en lavere Værdi. Artikel VII. *Erstatning.* 1. Med Undtagelse af de i næste Punkt nævnte Tilfælde er Poststyrelserne ansvarlige for Bortkomst af Pakker med angiven Værdi, der er indleveret i det ene af de kontraherende Lande og bestemt til Udlevering i det andet, og for Bortkomst, Berøvelse eller Beskadigelse af Pakkernes Indhold, helt eller delvist. Afsenderen eller en anden dertil legitimeret Person er som Følge heraf berettiget til en Erstatning, der svarer til Bortkomstens, Indholdsberøvelsens eller Beskadigelsens virkelige Beløb. Erstatningsbeløbet beregnes paa Grundlag, af den virkelige Værdi (Fakturapris eller, hvis en saadan ikke opgives, almindelig Vurderingspris) paa det Tidspunkt og det Sted, hvor Pakken indleveredes, dog med det Forbehold, at Erstatningen ikke i noget Tilfælde kan overstige den paa Pakken angivne Værdi, for hvilken Værdigebyr er betalt, og højst kan udgøre 500 Guldfrancs. I Tilfælde, hvor der skal betales Erstatning for en bortkommen Pakke eller for Ødelæggelse eller Berøvelse af hele dens Indhold, er Afsenderen, saafremt han fremsætter Begæring derom, berettiget til at faa Portoen tilbagebetalt. Værdigebyret tilbagebetales dog ikke i noget Tilfælde. Med mindre der foreligger særlig Overenskomst om det modsatte mellem de interesserede Lande, betales der ikke Erstatning af noget af de kontraherende Lande for transiterende Pakker med angiven Værdi, der er bestemt til et af de to kontraherende Lande, og som hidrører fra et Land, der ikke er Deltager i denne Overenskomst. Naar en Pakke med angiven Værdi, der er indleveret i det ene Land og bestemt til Udlevering i det andet Land, omadresseres fra sidstnævnte Land til et tredie Land eller tilbagesendes til et tredie Land paa Afsenderens eller Adressatens Begæring, kan den, der er berettiget til Erstatning, i Tilfælde af Bortkomst, Indholdsberøvelse eller Beskadigelse, som er sket efter Omekspeditionen eller Tilbagesendelsen fra det oprindelige Bestemmelsesland, i saadanne Tilfælde kun kræve den Erstatning, som det Land, i hvilket Bortkomsten, Indholdsberøvelsen eller Beskadigelsen er sket, indvilliger i at yde, eller som dette Land er forpligtet til at yde i Overensstemmelse med den mellem de i Omekspeditionen eller Tilbagesendelsen direkte interesserede Lande bestaaende Overenskomst. Hvert af denne Overneskomsts to Signatarlande, som ved en Fejl videresender en Pakke med angiven Værdi til et tredie Land, er ansvarlig overfor Afsenderen i samme Udstrækning som Afsendelseslandet, d. v. s. inden for de i nærværende Overenskomst fastsatte Grænser. 2408 2. Responsibility released in certain cases. The Administrations are relieved of all responsibility.
(a)Unconditional acceptance. In case of parcels of which the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation.
(b)Loss, etc., through *force majeure*. In case of loss or damage through *force majeure* (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to *force majeure* even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to *force majeure.*
(c)Destruction of official documents. When they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through *force majeure.*
(d)Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)Prohibited articles. For parcels which contain prohibited articles.
(f)Declaration above real value. In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin.
(g)Seized articles because of false declaration. For parcels seized by the customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)No claim within a year. When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perish-able matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the maimer prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. Indirect loss. etc. No compensation shall be given for indirect loss or loss of profits of any parcel transmitted under this Agreement. 4. Indemnity payment. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferred in exceptional cases. However, the paying Postal Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Payment by country of ongin if country of destination delays 9 months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing Section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the office which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. Country responsible. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the Postal Administration to which the mailing office is subordinate, provided that in cases where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of the first section, it shall rest with the Postal Administration of destination. Repayment.The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. 2409 2. Poststyrelserne er fritaget for ethvert Ansvar: a) Med Hensyn til Pakker, som Adressaten har modtaget uden Bermærkninger. b) I Tilfælde af Bortkomst eller Beskadigelse, der skyldes force majeure; dog staar det hver Poststyrelse frit for men uden Regres til den anden Poststyrelse at yde Erstatning for Bortkomst eller Beskadigelse, der skyldes force majeure, sel vi Tilfælde, hvor Poststyrelsen i det Land, i hvis Posttjeneste Bortkomsten eller Beskadigelsen er sket, betragter Skaden som foraarsaget ved force majeure. c) Naar de er ude af Stand til at gøre Rede for Pakkernes Skæbne som Følge af tjenstlige Dokumenters Ødelæggelse ved force majeure. d) Naar Skaden er foraarsaget ved en af Afsenderen, Adressaten eller en Repræsentant for en af disse begaaet Fejl eller Forsømmelse, eller naar den skyldes Forsendelsens Beskaffenhed. e) For Pakker, som indeholder forbudte Genstande. f) I Tilfælde, hvor Afsenderen af en Pakke med angiven Værdi i svigagtig Hensigt har angivet Værdien af Indholdet til et højere Beløb end dets virkelige Værdi; denne Regel skal dog ikke være til Hinder for en offentlig Indskriden i Henhold til Afsendelseslandets Lovgivning. g) For Pakker, der beslaglægges af Toldvæsenet paa Grund af falsk Angivelse af Indhold. h) Naar den berettigede eller hans Repræsentant ikke har fremsat Begæring om Undersøgelse eller om Erstatning inden 1 Aar, regnet fra Dagen efter Værdipakkens Indlevering. i) For Pakker, der indeholder Genstande uden indre Værdi eller letfordærvelige Genstande, eller som ikke er behandlet i Overensstemmelse med Bestemmelserne i denne Overenskomst, eller som ikke er afgivet til Postbesørgelse paa den foreskrevne Maade. Det Land, der er ansvarlig for Bortkomsten, Indholdsberøvelsen eller Beskadigelsen kan dog yde Erstatning for saadanne Pakker, men uden Regres til den anden Poststyrelse. 3. Der gives ikke Godtgørelse for indirekte Tab eller for Tab af Vinding med Hensyn til Pakker, der befordres i Henhold til denne Overenskomst. 4. Udbetaling af Erstatning for en Pakke med angiven Værdi skal ske til den berettigede saa snart som muligt og senest inden 1 Aar regnet fra Dagen efter Erstatningsbegæringens Fremsættelse. Dog kan den Poststyrelse, der skal udrede Erstatningen, undtagelsesvis udsætte Betalingen udover den fastsatte Frist, hvis den inden denne Frists Udløb ikke har været i Stand til at fastslaa den paagældende Pakkes Skæbne eller det Ansvar, den har paadraget sig. 5. Med Undtagelse af de Tilfælde, hvor Betaling undtagelsesvis bliver udsat som omhandlet i foregaaende Punkt, Stykke 2, er den Poststyrelse, som skal effektuere Erstatningsudbetalingen, berettiget til at udbetale Erstatning paa den Poststyrelses Regning, som efter at være blevet behørigt underrettet om Erstatningsbegæringens Fremsættelse, har ladet 9 Maaneder hengaa uden at bringe Sagen i Orden. 6. Forpligtelsen til at udbetale Erstatning paahviler den Poststyrelse, under hvilken Afsendelsesposthuset hører, dog med den Ændring, at Forpligtelsen i de Tilfælde, hvor Erstatning skal udbetales til Adressaten i Overensstemmelse med Reglen i Punkt 1, Stykke 2, paahviler Bestemmelseslandets Poststyrelse. Den udbetalende Poststyrelse har Ret til Regres mod den ansvarlige Poststyrelse. 2410 7. Responsibility of receiving country unable to show disposition. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Postal Administration which having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry is unable to show its proper disposition. 8. Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. Responsibility for loss, abstraction or damage of an insured parcel discovered by the receiving office of exchange at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the dispatching office of exchange by Bulletin of Verification shall fall upon the Postal Administration to which the dispatching office of exchange is subordinate unless it be proved that the damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 9. Loss, etc., in transit. If the loss, abstraction or damage has occurred in course of conveyance, without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Postal Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 10. Repayment to country paying. The Postal Administration responsible or on whose account *Ante*, p. 2408.payment is made in accordance with Section 5 is bound to repay to the country making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than six months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 11. Means to be used. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor Administration by means of either a money order or a draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 12. Reimbursement in gold. Repayments of indemnity by one country to the other will be made on the gold basis. 13. Sender responsible for proper packing, etc. The responsibility of properly enclosing, packing and sealing insured parcels rests upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss, rifling or damage arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. 14. No responsibility for ordinary parcels. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel; but either Administration is at liberty to pay indemnity for the loss, abstraction or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. Article VIII. *Certificate of Mailing. Receipts.* Certificate of mailing. Furnished sender on request. The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. Receipt. The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article IX. *Return Receipts and Inquiries.* Return receipts and inquiries. 1. Advice of delivery. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 2411 7. Indtil det modsatte godtgøres, paahviler Ansvaret for en Pakke med angiven Værdi den Poststyrelse, som har modtaget Pakken uden Bemærkninger, og som efter at være forsynet med alle nødvendige Oplysninger ikke er i Stand til at godtgøre Pakkens rigtige Viderebehandling. 8. Ansvaret for en Værdipakkes Bortkomst, Indholdsberøvelse eller Beskadigelse, der opdages af det modtagende Udvekslingskontor ved Postens Aabning, og som behørigt meddeles det afsendende Udvekslingskontor ved Tilbagemeldelse, falder paa den Poststyrelse, under hvilken det afsendende Udvekslingskontor hører, med mindre det godtgøres, at Skaden er indtruffet i den modtagende Poststyrelses Tjeneste. 9. Hvis Bortkomsten, Indholdsberøvelsen eller Beskadigelsen er sket under Befordringen, uden at det er muligt at godtgøre, i hvilken Posttjeneste Uregelmæssigheden har fundet Sted, bærer de vedkommende Poststyrelser Tabet i lige Dele. 10. Den Poststyrelse, der er ansvarlig, eller paa hvis Regning Udbetaling er foretaget i Overensstemmelse med Reglen i Punkt 5, er forpligtet til at refundere den Poststyrelse, der har foretaget Udbetaling paa dens Regning, det udbetalte Erstatningsbeløb uden Ophold og ikke senere end 6 Maaneder efter Modtagelsen af Meddelelse om den skete Betaling. 11. Refusioner skal ske uden Omkostninger for Kreditorstyrelsen enten ved Postanvisning eller Check i en i Kreditorlandet gangbar Mønt eller paa anden Maade, hvorom Enighed maatte opnaas ved Korrespondance. 12. Refusioner af Erstatningsbeløb fra et Land til det andet skal ske paa Guldbasis. 13. Ansvaret for, at Pakker med angiven Værdi er rigtigt lukket, indpakket og forseglet, paahviler Afsenderen, og Postvæsenet i de to Lande paatager sig ikke Ansvar for Bortkomst, Indholdsberøvelse eller Beskadigelse, der hidrører fra Mangler, som ikke maatte være bemærket ved Indleveringen. 14. Poststyrelserne i de to kontraherende Lande er ikke ansvarlig for Bortkomst, Indholdsberøvelse eller Beskadigelse af en almindelig Pakke; men det staar hver Styrelse frit for at yde Erstatning for Bortkomst, Indholdsberøvelse eller Beskadigelse, som maatte ske i dens Tjeneste, uden Regres til den anden Styrelse. Artikel VIII. *Postbeviser.* Afsenderen erholder ved Indleveringen af en almindelig Pakke (uden angiven Værdi) paa Begæring et Postbevis fra Indleveringsposthuset paa en dertil indrettet Formular; hvert Land kan fastsætte et passende Gebyr derfor. Afsenderen af en Pakke med angiven Værdi erholder ved Indleveringen et Postbevis for sin Pakke uden Gebyr. Artikel IX. *Modtagelsesbeviser og Efterspørgsler.* 1. Afsenderen af en Pakke med angiven Værdi kan erholde Underretning om dens Udlevering eventuelt mod Betaling af et af Afsendelseslandet fastsat Tillægsgebyr og paa de i Ekspeditionsreglementet fastsatte Betingelser. 2412 2. Request for information. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also of an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. Irregularity complaints. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which *prima facie* was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article X. *Recall and Change of Address.* Recall and change of address. Allowed, on request. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain, for this service, the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in Denmark shall be addressed to the office of destination of the parcel. Article XI. *Customs Charges.* Customs charges. Imposed by country of destination. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations. Article XII. *Customs Charges to be Cancelled.* Cancelled, if returned or redirected. The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in Denmark and the United States of America. Article XIII. *Fee for Customs Clearance.* Customs clearance. Fee. The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either in respect of delivery to the customs and clearance through the customs or in respect of delivery to the customs only, a fee not exceeding 10 cents (50 centimes) per parcel. Article XIV. *Delivery to the Addressee.*Delivery. *Fee for Delivery at the Place of Address*. To addressee. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of Charges.destination. This country may collect, in respect of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 10 cents (50 centimes) per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. 2413 2. Der kan efter Afsendelseslandets Bestemmelse opkræves et Gebyr for Efterspørgsel af en almindelig Pakke og ligeledes for Efterspørgsel af en Pakke med angiven Værdi, naar Begæring fremsættes efter dens Indlevering, hvis ikke Afsenderen allerede har betalt det særlige Gebyr for at erholde et Modtagelsesbevis. 3. Et Gebyr kan ligeledes efter Afsendelseslandets Bestemmelse opkræves for Klager over Uregelmæssigheder, som ikke paa Forhaand maa antages at være begrundet ved nogen i Posttjenesten begaaet Fejl. Artikel X. *Begæring om Tilbagelevering eller Forandring i Adressen.* Saa længe en Pakke ikke er udleveret til Adressaten, kan Afsenderen begære den tilbagesendt eller forlange dens Adresse ændret. Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet kan for det hermed forbundne Arbejde opkræve og udelt beholde deb i dets egne Bestemmelser fastsatte Gebyr. Begæringer om Tilbagelevering eller Forandring i Adressen vedrørende Pakker til De Forenede Stater i Amerika adresseres til Centraladministrationen i Washington og vedrørende Pakker til Danmark til Pakkens Bestemmelsesposthus Artikel XI. *Toldafgifter.* Pakkerne er underkastet alle Bestemmelseslandets gældende Toldlove og andre Toldbestemmelser. De Afgifter, der er at opkræve som Følge heraf, opkræves hos Adressaten ved Pakkens Udlevering i Overensstemmelse med Toldvæsenets Bestemmelser. Artikel XII. *Ophævelse af Toldafgifter.* Toldafgifter for Pakker, der tilbagesendes til Afsendelseslandet eller omadresseres til et andet Land, skal ophæves saavel i Danmark som i De Forenede Stater i Amerika. Artikel XIII. *Gebyrer for Toldklarering.* Det udleverende Postvæsen kan for Aflevering til Toldvæsenet og for Toldklarering eller alene for Aflevering til Toldvæsenet hos Adressaten opkræve et Gebyr, der ikke maa overskride 10 cents (50 centimes) pr. Pakke. Artikel XIV. *Udlevering til Adressaten.* *Gebyr for Udlevering paa Bopælen m. m.* Pakkerne udleveres til Adressaten saa hurtigt som muligt i Overensstemmelse med de i Bestemmelseslandet gældende Bestemmelser. Dette Land kan for Udlevering af Pakker til Adressaterne opkræve et Gebyr, der ikke maa overskride 10 cents (50 centimes) pr. Pakke. Samme Gebyr kan i paakommende Tilfælde opkræves for hver Præsentation efter den første paa Adressatens Bopæl eller i hans Forretningslokale. 2414 Article XV. *Warehousing Charges.* Warehousing charges. The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “*Poste Restante*” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed one dollar (5 francs). Article XVI. *Missent Parcels.* Missent parcels. Provisions for ordinary parcels. Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or Insured mail.other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Refunds, if parcel returned. When the reforwarding involves the return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. Reforwarding to a third country. When the reforwarding involves the dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. Article XVII. *Redirection.* Redirection. 1. Allowed, on payment of additional charges. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. For the parcels redirected in its territory, the Postal Administra-tion of the country of destination may collect additional charges fixed by its internal regulations. These charges shall not be cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. Forwarding to any other country. A parcel may be redirected out of the country of original address only at the sender’s or the addressee’s request and provided that the parcel complies with the conditions required for its further conveyance. Insured parcels shall not be redirected to another country except as insured mail. Charges may be collected on delivery. New postage, as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels, may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery. Forbidden, if so instructed. The sender is entitled to forbid, by means of a suitable entry on the dispatch note and on the parcel, any redirection. Article XVIII. *Sale or Destruction.* Sale or destruction. 1. Articles liable to deterioration. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, may be sold immediately even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. 2415 Artikel XV. *Lagerafgifter.* Bestemmelseslandet bemyndiges til at opkræve de i dets Lovgivning fastsatte Lagerafgifter for Pakker, der er adresseret “posterestante”, eller som ikke er afhentet inden den fastsatte Frist. Denne Afgift maa ikke i noget Tilfælde overstige 1 Dollar (5 Francs). Artikel XVI. *Fejlsendte Pakker.* Almindelige Pakker, der er fejlsendt, videresendes til det rigtige Bestemmelsessted ad den korteste Rute, der staar til det videresendende Postvæsens Disposition. De maa ikke af dette Postvæsen belastes med Toldafgifter eller andre Afgifter. Pakker med angiven Værdi, der er fejlsendt, maa videresendes til deres Bestemmelsessted som Værdipakker. Hvis dette er umuligt, skal de tilbagesendes til Afsendelseslandet. Naar Videresendeisen medfører Tilbagesendelse til Afsendelseslandet, refunderer det videresendende Postvæsen Afsendelseslandets Postvæsen de modtagne Portoandele og giver Meddelelse om Fejlen ved Tilbagemeldelse. Naar Videresendeisen medfører Forsendelse af en Pakke til et tredie Land, og det Portobeløb, der er godskrevet det videresendende Postvæsen, er utilstrækkeligt til at dække Udgifterne ved Videresendelsen, som det skal bestride, erholder det videresendende Postvæsen Dækning for det manglende Beløb ved at kræve det hos det Udvekslingskontor, fra hvilket den fejlsendte Pakke modtoges direkte. Grundlaget for Kravet meddeles det nævnte Kontor ved Tilbagemeldelse. Artikel XVII. *Omekspedition.* 1. En Pakke kan paa Begæring af Afsenderen eller Adressaten omekspederes som Følge af Adressatens Adresseforandring inden for Bestemmelseslandet. For Pakker, som omekspederes indenfor Bestemmelseslandets Territorium, kan Poststyrelsen i dette Land opkræve de Tillægstakster, som maatte være fastsat i dens indenrigske Bestemmelser. Disse Takster ophæves ikke, selv om Pakken tilbagesendes til Afsendelseslandet eller videresendes til et andet Land. 2. En Pakke kan kun efter Afsenderens eller Adressatens Begæring omekspederes udover det oprindelige Bestemmelseslands Territorium og kun under den Forudsætning, at Pakken opfylder de for dens videre Befordring gældende Betingelser. Pakker med angiven Værdi maa kun omekspederes til et andet Land som Værdipakker. Ny Porto og, for Pakker med angiven Værdi, ny Værdiporto kan, hvis Forudbetaling ikke sker, opkræves ved Udleveringen. Afsenderen er berettiget til ved Forholdsordre paa Adressekortet og Pakken at forbyde Omekspedition. Artikel XVIII. *Bortsalg eller Tilintetgørelse.* 1. Genstande, der er udsat for Forringelse eller Fordærvelse, men ogsaa kun saadanne, kan bortsælges straks, ogsaa under selve Befordringen, uden forudgaaende Varsel eller Iagttagelse af juridiske Formaliteter til Fordel for den berettigede. 2416 If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or worthless articles shall be destroyed. The sale or destruction shall be recorded and report made to the Postal Administration of the country of origin. 2. Parcels marked “Abandon”. After the expiration of thirty days from the date of receipt at the office of destination, undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon” may be sold at auction or otherwise disposed of as provided by the legislation of the country of destination. When insured parcels are involved, proper record will be made and the Administration of the country of origin notified as to the disposition made of the parcels. The Administration of the country of origin shall also be notified when for any other reason an insured parcel which is not delivered is not returned to the country of origin. Article XIX. *Nondelivery.* Nondelivery. 1. Requests, at time of mailing. The sender of a parcel may make a request at the time of mailing, as to the disposal of the parcel in the event of it not being deliverable as addressed, the particulars of which are set forth in the Regulations. 2. Return to sender, if not otherwise marked, refused, etc. If the sender does not make any request in accordance with the foregoing Section, or the sender’s request has not resulted in delivery, undeliverable parcels will be returned to the sender without previous notification at the expiration of thirty days, while parcels refused by the addressee will be returned at once. 3. Provisions governing nondeliverable parcel. The provisions of Article XX, Section 3, shall be applied to a parcel to be returned to the country of origin in consequence of nondelivery. New postage, as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels, may, if not prepaid, be collected from the sender upon the return of his parcel. Article XX. *Charges.* Charges. 1. Credits. For each parcel exchanged between the contracting countries *Ante*, p. 2402.(Article I) the dispatching office credits to the office of destination, *Post*, p. 2420.in the parcel bills, the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 2. Parcel in transit. The sums to be paid for a parcel in transit, that is, parcels destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. in case of reforwarding, etc. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching office recovers from the other office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)the charges for reforwarding or return;
(c)*Ante*, pp. 2412, 2414. the customs clearance, delivery and storage charges provided for by Articles XIII, XIV and XV. 2417 Hvis Bortsalg af en eller anden Grund er umuligt, vil de ødelagte eller værdiløse Genstande være at tilintetgøre. Der skal optages Protokol over Salget eller Tilintetgørelsen. Protokollen tilstilles Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet. 2. Efter 30 Dages Forløb, regnet fra Datoen for Ankomsten til Bestemmelseskontoret, kan ubesørgelige Pakker, paa hvilke Afsenderen ved Paategning har givet Afkald, bortsælges ved Auktion eller behandles som foreskrevet i Bestemmelseslandets Lovgivning, Hvis det drejer sig om Pakker med angiven Værdi, skal fornøden Protokol optages, og Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet underrettes om Pakkernes Behandling. Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet underrettes ligeledes, naar en Pakke med angiven Værdi, der ikke er udleveret, af en hvilken som helst anden Grund ikkce tilbagesendes til Afsendelseslandet. Artikel XIX. *Ubesørgelighed.* 1. Afsenderen af en Pakke kan ved Afsendelsen afgive Forholdsordre om Behandlingen af Pakken for det Tilfælde, at den ikke skulde kunne udleveres efter Adressen. De nærmere Regler herom fastsættes i Ekspeditionsreglementet. 2. Hvis Afsenderen ikke afgiver Forholdsordre i Henhold til foregaaende Punkt, eller hvis hans Forholdsordre ikke har ført til Udlevering, tilbagesendes ubesørgelige Pakker til Afsenderen uden forudgaaende Meddelelse efter 30 Dages Forløb, medens Pakker, hvis Modtagelse er nægtet af Adressaten, derimod tilbagesendes straks. 3. Bestemmelserne i Artikel XX, Punkt 3, anvendes for Pakker, der tilbagesendes til Afsendelseslandet som Følge af Ubesørgelighed. Ny Porto og, for Pakker med angiven Værdi, ny Værdiporto kan, hvis Forudbetaling ikke sker, opkræves hos Afsenderen ved Pakkens Tilbagekomst. Artikel XX. *Portoandele.* 1. For hver Pakke, der udveksles mellem de kontraherende Lande (Artikel I) godskriver det afsendende Postvæsen det modtagende Postvæsen i Pakkepostkarteme de det sidstnævnte Postvæsen tilkommende Portoandele, der er angivet i Ekspeditionsreglementet. 2. De Beløb, der skal betales for Pakker i Transit, d. v. s. Pakker, der er bestemt til en Besiddelse eller til et tredie Land, er ligeledes angivet i Ekspeditionsreglementet. 3. Hvis der i Tilfælde af Videresendelse eller Tilbagesendelse til Afsendelseslandet af en Pakke af det videresendende eller tilbagesendende Postvæsen er opkrævet ny Porto og, for Pakker med angiven Værdi, ny Værdiporto, behandles Pakken, som om den var indleveret til nævnte Postvæsen. Ellers erholder det videresendende eller tilbagesendende Postvæsen Dækning for de det tilkommende Portoandele hos det andet Postvæsen, nemlig alt efter det foreliggende Tilfælde: a) de i foregaaende Punkt 1 foreskrevne Portoandele; b) Portoandele for Videresendelse eller Tilbagesendelse; c) de i Artiklerne XIII, XIV og XV fastsatte Gebyrer for Toldklarering og Udlevering samt Lagerafgift. 2418 Parcels to or from a third country. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b), and
(c)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. Additional charges. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXI. *Postal Charges Other Than Those Prescribed Not to be Collected.* Charges other than prescribed. Prohibition of. The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXII. *Air Parcels.* Air parcels. Surtax. The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. Article XXIII. *Temporary Suspension of Service.* Temporary suspension of service. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel post service, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XXIV. *Matters Not Provided for in the Present Agreement.* Matters not herein provided for. 1. Universal Postal Convention, etc., provisions to govern. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or return of parcels and the Vol. 46, p. 2523.obtaining and disposition of return receipts and adjustment of indemnity claims in connection with insured parcels, shall be governed by the provisions of the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States or of Denmark, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respec-tive country. 2. Details to be fixed by common consent. The details relative to the application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of collect-on-delivery parcels. 3. Mutual notice of postal laws, etc. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of their laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. 2419 I Tilfælde af Videresendelse eller Tilbagesendelse til et tredie Land skal de paaløbne Porto- og Gebyrbeløb, d. v. s. saadanne af de ovenfor under latra a), b) og c) anførte, der kommer til Anvendelse, stadig hvile paa Pakken, men i Tilfælde af, at vedkommende tredie Land nægter at overtage de paagældende Beløb, fordi de ikke kan opkræves henholdsvis hos Adressaten eller Afsenderen, eller af anden Grund, skal de atter debiteres det oprindelige Afsendelsesland. I Tilfælde af, at en Pakke tilbagesendes eller videresendes i Transit gennem et af de to Lande til eller fra det andet Land, kan Transitandet ligeledes gøre Fordring paa de det tilkommende Beløb for udført Land- eller Søbefordring tillige med de ethvert andet Land tilkom-mende Beløb. Artikel XXI. *Andre postale Afgifter end de foreskrevne maa ikke opkræves.* De Pakker, paa hvilke nærværende Overenskomst finder Anvendelse, kan ikke underkastes andre postale Afgifter end de, der er omhandlet i Overenskomstens forskellige Artikler. Artikel XXII. *Luftpakker.* Poststyrelseme i de to kontraherende Lande har Ret til efter fælles Aftale at fastsætte Luftposttillægstakster og andre Betingelser **i **Tilfælde, hvor Pakkerne befordres ad Luftpostruter. Artikel XXIII. *Midlertidig Ophævelse of Udvekslingen.* Under saadanne ekstraordinære Forhold, der kan berettige dertil, kan hver af Poststyrelseme midlertidigt ophæve Pakkepostudvekslingen, enten helt eller delvist, paa Betingelse af, at den straks, om fornødent ad telegrafisk Vej, underretter den anden Poststyrelse. Artikel XXIV. *Spørgsmaal, som ikke er behandlet i nærværende Overenskomst.* 1. Alle Spørgsmaal angaaende Begæringer om Tilbagesendelse af Pakker samt, for saa vidt angaar Pakker med angiven Værdi, angaaende Modtagelsesbeviser og Behandling af Erstatningskrav ordnes, hvis der ikke er truffet Bestemmelse om dem i nærværende Overenskomst, efter Bestemmelserne i Verdenspostkonventionen og dennes Ekspeditionsreglement for saa vidt disse er anvendelige og ikke strider imod de foregaaende Bestemmelser. Hvis der overhovedet ikke findes nogen Bestemmelse om et Spørgsmaal, anvendes henholdsvis Danmarks eller De Forenede Staters indre Lovgivning eller de Bestemmelser, der maatte træffes af Landene. 2. Enkelthederne med Hensyn til Anvendelsen af nærværende Overenskomst fastsættes af de to Poststyrelser i et Ekspeditionsreglement, hvis Bestemmelser kan ændres eller suppleres efter fælles Aftale ved Skriftveksling. En Egnende Aftale ved Skriftveksling kan træffes angaaende Udveksling af Pakker med Postopkrævning. 3. De to Poststyrelser underretter gensidigt hinanden om deres Love, Anordninger og Takstbestemmelser angaaende Pakkeudvekslingen, samt om alle Takstændringer, der senere maatte büve foretaget. 2420 Article XXV. *Entry Into Force and Duration of Agreement.* 1. Former Agreement abrogated.Vol. 42, p. 2189, repealed. This Agreement substitutes and abrogates that signed at Copenhagen the twenty-eighth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-two, and at Washington the eighth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-two. 2. Effective date. It shall become effective on ratification, but pending ratification it may be put into force administratively on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. Duration. It shall remain in force until one of the Administrations of the two contracting countries has given notice to the other, six months in advance of its intention to terminate it. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Copenhagen, the ninth day of December 1932, and at Washington, the 28th day of December, 1932 [seal] C. Mondrup *The Director General of Posts of Denmark*. [seal] Walter F. Brown *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Approval by the President. The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Denmark has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President: Henry L. Stimson *Secretary of State*. Washington, January 9, 1933. Regulations for Execution.DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR THE EXECUTIONof thePARCEL POST AGREEMENT. The following Detailed Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and Denmark. They may be changed from time to time as may be deemed necessary: Article 1. *Limits of Weight and Size.* 1. Limits of weight and size. The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 44 pounds (20 kilograms) in weight. The following provisions shall apply to the dimensions of parcels from the United States of America: Greatest length 4 feet, on condition that parcels over 42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 48 inches long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth combined. The following provisions shall apply to the dimensions of parcels from Denmark: Greatest length 125 centimeters, limit of contents 55 cubic decimeters. The limit of weight and maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 2421 Artikel XXV. *Overenskomstens Ikrafttræden og Varighed.* 1. Denne Overenskomst ophæver og træder i Stedet for den i København den 28'April 1922 og i Washington den 8’Juni 1922 underskrevne Overenskomst. 2. Den bliver gyldig ved Ratifikation, men den kan, indtil Ratifikation finder Sted, sættes i Kraft administrativt fra en ved gensidig Aftale mellem Poststyrelserne i de to Lande fastsat Dato. Den skal forblive i Kraft, indtil Poststyrelsen i et af de to kontraherende Lande 6 Maaneder forud har givet den anden Poststyrelse Varsel om sin Hensigt at ophæve den. 3. Udfærdiget i to Eksemplarer og underskrevet i Washington den 28. December 1932 og i København den 9. December 1932. [seal] Walter F. Brown *Generalpostmester i De Forenede Stater i Amerika* [seal] C Mondrup *Generaldirektør for Post- og Telegrafvæsenet i Danmark* The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Denmark has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] Herbert Hoover By the President: Henry L. Stimson *Secretary of State*. Washington, January 9, 1933. EKSPEDITIONSREGLEMENTTILPOSTPAKKEOVERENSKOMSTEN. De følgende detaillerede Bestemmelser angaaende Gennemførelsen af Postpakkeoverenskomsten er fastsat efter Aftale mellem Poststyrelserne i De Forenede Stater i Amerika og Danmark. De kan ændres paa ethvert Tidspunkt, naar det anses for nødvendigt. Artikel 1. *Største Vægt og Udstrækning.* 1. Pakker, der udveksles i Henhold til Bestemmelserne i denne Overenskomst maa ikke veje over 44 pounds (20 kilogram). For Pakker fra De Forenede Stater i Amerika gælder følgende Dimensionsbestemmelser: Største Længde er 4 feet paa Betingelse af, at Pakker af Længde over 42 men ikke over 44 inches ikke maaier mere end 24 inches i Omkreds, at Pakker af Længde over 44, men ikke over 46 inches ikke maaier mere end 20 inches i Omkreds, at Pakker af Længde over 46 men ikke over 48 inches ikke maaier mere end 16 inches i Omkreds, og at Pakker af Længde indtil 3½ feet ikke maaler mere end 6 feet i Længde og Omkreds tilsammen. For Pakker fra Danmark gælder følgende Dimensionsbestemmelser; Største Længde er 125 cm og største Rumfang 55 dm3. De ovenfor angivne Bestemmelser om største Vægt og Udstrækning kan ændres paa ethvert Tidspunkt efter Aftale ved Skriftveksling. 2422 Article 2. *Preparation of Parcels.* 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be legibly and correctly written in every case when possible on the parcel itself or on a label or tag firmly attached thereto. It is not allowed to write with initials the name and address of the sender or addressee, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are also not allowed, except those written with copying ink on a surface previously dampened. A slip bearing the name and address of the sender and addressee must be enclosed in the parcel when the address is written on a label or tag which is not gummed to the parcel. It is advisable that such slips be enclosed in all parcels. 2. Every parcel must be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the character of the contents, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring the postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. No packing is required for ordinary parcels consisting of a single article, such as pieces of wood, metal, etc., which are not usually packed by the trade. Any liquid or any substance which easily liquefies must be packed in a double receptacle. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, of strong wood, of strong corrugated cardboard or of strong fiberboard or receptacle of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with sawdust, bran or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in lead-sealed metal containers which must be enclosed in substantial outer covers, so as to obviate all damage to the accompanying mail matter. 3. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, by lead or other seals. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. Either Administration may require a special design or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. The customs of the country of destination, for the purpose of customs examination, shall have the right to break the seals. After customs examination is concluded, the parcels shall be officially resealed. 4. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label with the words “Insured” or “*Valeur déclarée*”, or be stamped or marked with the same words in close proximity to the number given the parcel, and it must also bear an indication of the amount of the insured value, mentioned fully and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of conversion is added below the original description. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the customs declaration. 5. The seals, as well as any kind of labels or stamps, affixed to insured parcels, must be so placed as not to hide injuries to the package. Moreover, the labels or stamps must not be folded over two sides of the package so as to cover the edge. 2423 Artikel 2. *Pakkernes Beskaffenhed.* 1. Afsenderens og Adressatens Navn og Adresse skal skrives tydeligt i videst muligt Omfang paa selve Pakken eller paa en Seddel eller et Mærke, der er solidt fæstet til Pakken. Det er ikke tilladt at angive Afsenderens eller Adressatens Navn og Adresse ved Initialer, med mindre Initialerne er Afsenderens eller Adressatens indregistrerede Firmabetegnelse. Adresseangivelser, der er anført med Blyant, er heller ikke tilladt, medmindre der er anvendt Blækstift og Stedet for Anbringelsen forud er fugtet. En Seddel, der bærer Angivelse af Afsenderens og Adressatens Adresser, skal indlægges i Pakken, naar dennes Adresse er skrevet paa en Seddel eller et Mærke, der ikke er klæbet paa Pakken. Det tilraades iøvrigt at indlægge saadanne Sedler i alle Pakker. 2. Enhver Pakke skal være indpakket paa en under Hensyn til Befordringens Længde og Indholdets Beskaffenhed forsvarlig Maade og saaledes, at Indholdet ikke kan foraarsage Skade paa andre Pakker eller Genstande eller medføre Ulemper for Posttjenestemændene. Indpakningen maa være tilstrækkelig til Beskyttelse af Indholdet, saaledes at der i Tilfælde af Indholdsberøvelse let kan konstateres Spor heraf. Der kræves ikke Indpakning for almindelige Pakker, der kun bestaar af en enkelt Genstand, f. Eks. et Stykke Træ, Metal o. s. v., som det er Handelssædvane ikke at indpakke. Alle Vædsker eller Stoffer, der let bliver flydende, skal indesluttes i dobbelte Beholdere. Imellem den indre Beholder (Flaske, Dunk, Kasse o. s. v.) og den ydre (Kasse af Metal, stærkt Træ, stærkt Bølgepap eller stærkt Fibermateriale eller en Beholder af tilsvarende Styrke) skal der være et Mellemrum, som skal udfyldes med Savsmuld, Klid eller andet absorberende Stof i en saadan Mængde, at det i Tilfælde af Lækage er tilstrækkeligt til at absorbere hele det flydende Indhold. Pulver og Farve i Pulverform skal indesluttes i Metalbeholdere, der tilloddes og derefter indpakkes i stærkt ydre Materiale, saaledes at al Beskadigelse af andre Postforsendelser derved forebygges. 3. Pakker med angiven Værdi skal forsegles med Benyttelse af Lak, Bly eller andet Materiale. Det staar Afsenderen frit for at forsegle almindelige Pakker, men omhyggelig Omsnøring er tilstrækkeligt Lukke. Hver af Poststyrelseme kan af Beskyttelseshensyn kræve, at Afsenderen til Forsegling af Pakker med angiven Værdi skal benytte et Signet med særligt Tegn eller Mærke. Toldmyndighederne i Bestemmelseslandet har ved Toldundersøgelsen Ret til at bryde Seglene. Efter Toldbehandlingens Afslutning skal Pakkerne forsegles paany med Tjenestesegl. 4. Alle Pakker med angiven Værdi skal paa Adressesiden bære en Etiket med Ordene “Angiven Værdi” eller “Valeur déclarée” eller stemples eller mærkes med samme Angivelse i umiddelbar Nærhed af Registernummeret. De maa ligeledes bære Angivelse af Værdiangivelsens Beløb anført tydeligt i Afsendelseslandets Mønt og gentaget helt ud med latinske Bogstaver. Dette Beløb skal af Afsenderen eller Afsendelsesjrøsthuset omsættes til Guldfrancs, og Francsbeløbet tilføjes neden under den oprindelige Værdiangivelse. Værdiangivelsens Beløb skal ligeledes angives i Tolddeklarationen. 5. Segl og alle Etiketter og Mærker paa Pakker med angiven Værdi skal anbringes saaledes, at de ikke skjuler Beskadigelser af Indpakning. Endvidere maa Etiketter eller Mærker ikke bøjes over to Sider af Pakken, saaledes at Kanten dækkes. 2424 Article 3. *Customs Declarations.* 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender in one country to the same addressee at the same address in the other country, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration for the entire shipment, which customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding sentence, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in Arabic figures, the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered, respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. Article 4. *Return receipts.* 1. Return receipts. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin impresses on the parcel the letters or words “*A. R.*” or “*Avis de Réception*”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been posted, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing paragraph. Article 5. *Receptacles.* 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten per cent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. 2425 Artikel 3. *Tolddeklarationer.* 1. Afsenderen skal for hver Pakke, der afsendes fra et af de to Lande, udfylde een Tolddeklaration paa en af Afsendelseslandet til dette Formasi fremstillet særlig Formular. Tolddeklarationen skal indeholde en almindelig Betegnelse af Paklien, en nøjagtig, detailleret Angivelse af dens Indhold og Værdi, Indleveringsdato, virkelige Vægt, Afsenderens Navn og Adresse samt Adressatens Navn og Adresse, og skal befæstes solidt til Pakken. Dog gælder det som en Undtagelse fra det foregaaende, at Afsenderen, naar der samtidig indleveres mere end een Pakke fra samme Afsender i det ene Land til samme Adressat og Adresse i det andet Land, kun behøver at udfylde een Tolddeldaration for hele Sendingen, hvilken Tolddeklaration foruden de i foregaaende Punktum opregnede Angivelser skal angive det samlede Antal Pakker, som Sendingen omfatter, og skal befæstes solidt til en af Pakkerne. Pakkerne, der udgør Sendingen, skal i saadanne Tilfælde tydeligt mærkes med et Nummer i Brøkform, saaledes at Tælleren i arabiske Tal skal angive Pakkens Nummer og Nævneren Antallet af Pakker, Sendingen omfatter. Hvis en Sending f. Eks. bestaar af 15 Pakker, skal disse henholdsvis nummereres 1/15, 2/15, 3/15 o. s. v. 2. Poststyrelserne paatager sig ikke noget Ansvar med Hensyn til Tolddeklarationernes rigtige Udfyldning. Artikel 4. *Modtagelsesbeviser.* 1. En Pakke, for hvilken der er begæret Modtagelsesbevis, forsynes af Afsendelseskontoret med Angivelsen “A. R.” eller “Avis de réception”. Afsendelseskontoret eller et andet af Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet udpeget Kontor skal udfylde en Modtagelsesbevisformular og befæste den til Pakken. Hvis Formularen ikke kommer frem til Bestemmelseskontoret, skal dette Kontor udfærdige en Genpart. 2. Efter rigtigt at have udfyldt Modtagelsesbevisformularen tilbagesender Bestemmelseskontoret den portofrit til Afsenderen af Pakken. 3. Naar Afsenderen fremsætter Begæring om Modtagelsesbevis efter at en Pakke er indleveret, udfvlder Afsendelseskontoret en Modtagelsesbevisformular i Forbindelse med en Efterspørgselsblanket, i hvilken de nødvendige Oplysninger om Pakken gives, og fremsender derefter Formularerne til Pakkens Bestemmelseskontor. I Tilfælde af, at Paklien er rigtigt udleveret, tilbageholder Bestemmelseskontoret Efterspørgselsblanketten og behandler Modtagelsesbeviset paa den i foregaaende Punkt foreskrevne Maade. Artikel 5. *Paksække.* 1. Poststyrelserne i de to kontraherende Lande skal hver for sig fremskaffe de til Afsendelsen af deres Pakker nødvendige Sække, og hver Sæk skal mærkes med Navnet paa det Postvæsen eller det Land, som den tilhører. 2. Tomme Paksække skal tilbagesendes til Afsendelseskontoret med første Post. Tomme Sække samles i Sendinger paa 10 Stk., saaledes at de 9 indlægges i den 10’. Det samlede Antal tilbagesendte Sække skal opføres i de paagældende Pakkepostkarter. 3. I Tilfælde af, at 10 % af det samlede Antal i Løbet af et Aar benyttede Sække ikke er tilbagesendt, skal Værdien af de manglede Sække godtgøres Poststyrelsen i Afsendelseslandet. 2426 Article 6. *Method of Exchange of Parcels.* 1. Method of exchange of parcels. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. 3. No sacks may exceed 40 kilograms (88 pounds) in weight. Article 7. *Billing of Parcels.* 1. Billing. The insured parcels and the ordinary parcels are entered in separate parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “*F*” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America shall be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Denmark shall be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels according to the divisions of weight
(a)up to 1 kilogram (2 pounds),
(b)over 1 up to 5 kilograms (11 pounds),
(c)over 5 up to 10 kilograms (22 pounds),
(d)over 10 up to 15 kilograms (33 pounds), and
(e)over 15 up to 20 kilograms (44 pounds). 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills. The entries concerning each parcel shall show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of parcels sent to the United States of America, the total net weight of all the parcels must also be shown. In the case of parcels sent to Denmark, an indication of the division of weight must also be shown the same as in the case of ordinary parcels. 4. Parcels sent *à découvert* must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and must be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected”, as the case may be A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. 2427 Artikel 6. *Udvekslingen af Pakker.* 1. Pakker skal udveksles i forsvarligt lukkede og forseglede Sække af de efter Aftale mellem de to Poststyrelser udpegede Kontorer og skal fremsendes til Bestemmelseslandet af Afsendelseslandet paa dettes Regning og med de Befordringsmidler, som dette bestemmer. 2. Pakker med angiven Værdi skal nedlægges i andre Sække end de, hvori der findes almindelige Pakker, og Vignetterne paa Sække, der indeholder Pakker med angiven Værdi, skal forsynes med saadanne tydelige Mærker, som Poststyrelserne til enhver Tid kommer overens om. 3. Hver Sæk maa ikke veje mere end 40 kg (88 pounds). Artikel 7. *Kartering af Pakker.* 1. Pakker med angiven Værdi og almindelige Pakker opføres i særskilte Pakkepostkarter. Pakkepostkarterne udfærdiges in duplo. Originalen fremsendes med almindelig Post, medens Genparten indlægges i en af Sækkene. Den Sæk, der indeholder Pakkepostkartet, betegnes med Bogstavet “F”, der tydeligt anføres paa Vignetten. 2. De i Afslutninger til De Forenede Stater i Amerika indeholdte almindelige Pakker skal opføres i Pakkepostkarterne med samlet Pakkeantal og samlet Nettovægt. De i Afslutninger til Danmark indeholdte almindelige Pakker skal optages i Pakkepostkartet med samlet Antal indenfor følgende Vægtgrupper a) indtil 1 kg (2 pounds), b) over 1 til 5 kg (11 pounds), c) over 5 til 10 kg (22 pounds), d) over 10 til 15 kg (33 pounds) og e) over 15 til 20 kg (44 pounds). 3. Pakker med angiven Værdi skal opføres enkeltvis i Pakkepostkartet. Angivelserne for hver Pakke skal udvise Registernummer og Afsendelsessted. I Retningen til De Forenede Stater i Amerika skal Pakkernes samlede Nettovægt angives. I Retningen til Danmark skal Fordelingen i Vægtgrupper angives lige som for almindelige Pakker. 4. Pakker, som overleveres løse, skal opføres enkeltvis i Pakkepostkarteme. 5. Tilbagesendte eller omekspederede Pakker skal opføres enkeltvis i Pakkepostkarterne med Bemærkning “Tilbagesendt” henholdsvis “Omekspederet”. Oplysning om Portoandele m. v., der skyldes for saadanne Pakker, gives i Anmærkningsrubriken. 6. Det samlede Antal Sække, hvoraf Afslutningen bestaar, skal ligeledes angives i Pakkepostkarterne. 7. De afsendende Udvekslingskontorer skal nummerere Pakkepostkarterne i det øverste venstre Hjørne, saaledes at der hvert Aar paabegyndes en ny Nummerrække for hvert Udvekslingskontor i Bestemmelseslandet. Det sidste Nummer i et Aar skal angives i Kartet til den første Pakkeafslutning i det følgende Aar. 8. Reglerne om den Form, under hvilken Pakker eller Paksække, der afsendes fra det ene Land og er bestemt til Transit gennem det andet Land, skal udveksles, samt om alle Enkeltheder i Udvekslingen af saadanne Pakker eller Paksække, om hvilke der ikke er truffet Bestemmelse i denne Overenskomst, skal fastsættes efter Aftale mellem de to Poststyrelser paa Grundlag af Skriftveksling. 2428 Article 8. *Checking of Parcels.* 1. Checking of parcels. The office of exchange which has received a parcel mail shall check the parcels and the accompanying bills. If a parcel is missing or any other irregularity is noted, it shall be immediately reported to the dispatching office of exchange by means of a bulletin of verification. The report of such a serious irregularity as to involve the responsibility of the respective Administrations shall be accompanied by such vouchers as the strings and wax or lead seals used for closing the bag which contained the parcels, if they are available. If no report is made by the next mail, it will be assumed that the mail has been received in proper order until the contrary is proved. 2. If a parcel bill is missing a duplicate shall be made out and a copy sent to the dispatching office of exchange from which the dispatch was received. 3. If any parcel which is in the course of transmission is observed to bear evidence of violation or damage, it must have the facts noted on it and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note, or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be forwarded with the parcel. Article 9. *Undelivered Parcels.* 1. Undelivered parcels. The sender of a parcel may request, at the time of mailing, that if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned, or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination, or
(c)returned immediately. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the address side of the parcel and on the relative customs declaration and must be in conformity with or analagous to one of the following forms: “If not deliverable as addressed _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ‘Abandon’ ”. “If not deliverable as addressed _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ‘Deliver to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ’ ”. “If not deliverable as addressed _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ‘Return immediately’ ”. 2. The parcels to be returned as undeliverable to the country of origin shall be marked to show the reason for nondelivery. Article 10. *Payments.* 1. Payments. The terminal quotas to be credited by the dispatching Office to the Office of destination are the following: I. By Denmark to the United States of America. a) Rate by weight: 70 gold centimes per kilogram, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. This rate applies also to parcels for Alaska. The rate is reduced to 35 gold centimes per kilogram for parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa and Hawaii. 2429 Artikel 8. *Kontrol med Pakkerne.* 1. Det Udvekslingskontor, der modtager en Pakkepostafslutning, skal kontrollere Pakkerne paa Grundlag af de ledsagende Karter. Hvis en Pakke mangler, eller hvis nogen anden Uregelmæssighed bemærkes, skal det straks meddeles det afsendende Udvekslingskontor ved Tilbagemeldelse. Meddelelse om saadanne alvorligere Uregelmæssigheder, som kan medføre Ansvar for den paagældende Poststyrelse, skal ledsages af mulige Bevismidler, f. Eks. det Sejlgarn og de Laksegl eller Plomber, der er benyttet til Lukning af den Sæk, som indeholdt Pakkerne. Hvis ingen Meddelelse afsendes med første Post, antages Afslutningen at være modtaget i god Orden, indtil det modsatte bevises. 2. Hvis et Pakkepostkarte mangler, skal der udfærdiges en Genpart, og en Afskrift tilstilles det Udvekslingskontor, hvorfra Afslutningen modtoges. 3. Hvis en Pakke under Befordringen bemærkes at frembyde Tegn paa Vold eller Beskadigelse, skal enten Pakken have Paategning herom og forsynes med det Kontors Stempel, der gør Bemærkningen, eller der skal fremsendes en skriftlig Meddelelse om den skete Vold eller Beskadigelse sammen med Pakken. Artikel 9. *Ubesørgelige Pakker.* 1. Afsenderen af en Pakke kan ved dens Indlevering fremsætte Begæring om, at den, hvis den ikke kan udleveres efter Adressen, enten a) behandles som abandonneret af ham, eller b) forsøges udleveret efter en anden Adresse i Bestemmelseslandet, eller c) tilbagesendes straks. Hvis Afsenderen benytter sig heraf, skal hans Begæring fremtræde paa Pakkens Adresseside og paa den tilhørende Tolddeklaration og maa være overensstemmende eller analog med en af følgende Angivelser: Hvis Pakken ikke kan udleveres efter Adressen, giver Afsenderen Afkald paa den. “ “ “ “ “ “ “ , skal den udleveres til _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ , skal den straks tilbagesendes. 2. De Pakker, der tilbagesendes som ubesørgelige til Afsendelses-landet, skal have Paategning om Grunden til Ikke-Udleveringen. Artikel 10. *Godtgørelse of Portoandele.* 1. De Terminalportoandele, der skal godtgøres det modtagende Postvæsen af det afsendende Postvæsen, er følgende: I. Af Danmark til De Forenede Stater i Amerika. a) Vægtporto: 70 Guldcentimes pr. kilogram, beregnet paa Grundlag af den samlede Nettovægt af hver Afslutning. Denne Terminalporto anvendes ogsaa for Pakker til Alaska. Terminalportoen nedsættes til 35 Guldcentimes pr. kilogram for Pakker til Puerto Rico, Virgin Øerne, Guam, Samoa og Hawaii. 2430 b) Rate by value (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs (100 dollars). II. By the United States of America to Denmark: a) Rate by weight: Up to 1 kilogram = 60 gold centimes From 1 to 5 kilograms = 90 “ “ “ 5 “ 10 “ = 175 “ “ “ 10 “ 15 “ = 300 “ “ “ 15 “ 20 “ = 450 “ “ b) Rate by value (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs (100 dollars). The terminal charges above specified may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one Administration to the other. The reduction or increase shall hold good for at least one year. 2. The amounts to be allowed for parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country or to a third country shall be fixed by the intermediate Administration. Article 11. *Accounting.* 1. Accounting. Each Administration shall prepare quarterly an account showing the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The verification and acceptance of the accounts must be effected as early as possible and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the expiration of the following quarter. 4. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the two Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts on New York or on Copenhagen, or in any other manner which may from time to time be agreed upon between the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries, the expenses attending on the payment being at the charge of the indebted Administration Article 12. *Miscellaneous Notifications.* Miscellaneous. The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. Effective date and duration. These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington the 28th day of December 1932 and at Copenhagen the ninth day of December 1932. [seal] C. Mondrup *The Director General of Posts of Denmark.* [seal] Walter F. Brown *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. 2431 b) Værdiporto (for Pakker med angiven Værdi) foruden Vægtportoen: 10 Guldcentimes pr. Pakke med angiven Værdi indtil 500 Guldfrancs (100 Dollars). II. Af De Forenede Stater i Amerika til Danmark: a) Vægtporto: indtil 1 kilogram = 60 Guldcentimes over 1 til 5 kilogram = 90 “ “ “ 5 “ 10 “ = 175 “ “ “ 10 “ 15 “ = 300 “ “ “ 15 “ 20 “ = 450 “ “ b) Værdiporto (for Pakker med angivenVærdi)forudenVægtportoen: 10 Guldcentimes pr. Pakke med angiven Værdi indtil 500 Guldfrancs (100 Dollars). De ovenfor angivne Terminalportobeløb kan nedsættes eller forhøjes efter en med 3 Maaneders forudgaaende Varsel given Meddelelse fra den ene Poststyrelse til den anden. Nedsættelsen eller Forhøjelsen skal gælde mindst eet Aar. 2. De Beløb, der skal godtgøres for Pakker, som afgives fra det ene Postvæsen til det andet til Videresendelse til en Besiddelse eller til et tredie Land, fastsættes af Transitlandet. Artikel 11. *Afregning.* 1. Hver Poststyrelse skal kvartalsvis opstille en Afregning, der udviser de Beløb, der skyldes for de fra det andet Postvæsen fremsendte Pakker. 2. Disse Afregninger skal, ledsaget af Pakkepostkarterne og Genparter af eventuelle Tilbagemeldelser, der har Henhold dertil, oversendes til den anden Poststyrelse til Revision i Løbet af den Maaned, der følger efter det Kvartal, som Afregningen angaar. 3. Revisionen og Anerkendelsen af Afregningerne skal foretages snarest muligt, og Betalingen af Saldoen skal effektueres senest inden Udløbet af det følgende Kvartal. 4. Betaling af Saldi efter disse Afregninger mellem de to Poststyrelser skal effektueres ved Checks paa New York eller paa København eller paa saadan anden Maade, som Poststyrelserne i de to kontraherende Lande til enhver Tid kommer overens om, og saaledes, at de med Betalingen forbundne Udgifter bæres af Debitor-Poststyrelsen. Artikel 12. *Forskellige Meddelelser.* Poststyrelserne skal tilstille hinanden et Uddrag af Bestemmelserne i deres Love og Reglementer, der kommer til Anvendelse paa Pakker, som udveksles mellem de to kontraherende Lande, samt andre for Gennemførelsen af Pakkeudvekslingen nødvendige Oplysninger. Dette Ekspeditionsreglement skal bringes i Anvendelse fra den Dag, da Pakkepostoverenskomsten træder i Kraft, og skal have samme Varighed som Overenskomsten. Udfærdiget i to Eksemplarer og underskrevet i Washington den 28 December 1932 og i København den 9. December 1932 [seal] Walter F. Brown *Generalpostmester i De Forenede Stater i Amerika* [seal] C Mondrup *Generaldirektør for Post- og Telegrafvæsenet i Danmark* October 28, 1931 Treaty 47 Stat. 2432 2432 ESTABLISHMENT AND SOJOURN—TURKEY. OCT. 28, 1931. October 28, 1931.*Treaty of establishment and sojourn between the United States of America and the Turkish Republic. Signed at Ankara, October 28, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, May 3, 1932; ratified by the President, May 12, 1932; ratified by Turkey, November 24, 1932; ratifications exchanged at Washington, February 15, 1933; proclaimed, February 18, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Treaty of establishment and sojourn with Turkey.Preamble.Whereas a treaty of establishment and sojourn between the United States of America and the Republic of Turkey was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Ankara on the twenty-eighth day of October, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which treaty, being in the English and Turkish languages, is word for word as follows: Purposes declined. The United States of America and the Republic of Turkey, being desirous of prescribing, in accordance with modern international law, the conditions under which the nationals and corporations of each of the High Contracting Parties may settle and carry on business in the territory of the other Party, and with a view to regulating accordingly questions relating to jurisdiction and fiscal charges, have decided to conclude a treaty for that purpose and have appointed their plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America: Joseph C. Grew, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the Turkish Republic; and The President of the Turkish Republic: Zekâi Bey, Minister for National Defence who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to lie in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions: Article I. Most Favored nation treatment to be mutually accorded.With reference to the conditions of establishment and sojourn which shall be applicable to the nationals and corporations of either country in the territories of the other, as well as to fiscal charges and judicial competence, the United States of America will accord2433to Turkey and Turkey will accord to the United States of America the same treatment in all cases as that which is accorded or shall be accorded to the most favored third country. Nothing contained in this treaty shallImmigration laws not affected. be construed to affect existing statutes and regulations of either country in relation to the immigration of aliens or the right of either country to enact such statutes. Article II. The present Treaty shall be ratifiedExchange of ratifications. and the ratifications’ thereof shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. It shall take effect at the instant ofDuration. the exchange of ratifications and shall remain in effect for three years. After this date it shall remain in effect until the expiration of twelve months from the date on which notice of its termination shall have been given by either High Contracting Party to the other. In witness whereof theSignatures. plenipotentiaries have signed the present Treaty and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate in the English and Turkish languages at Ankara this 28th day of October nineteen hundred and thirty one. J.C.G. Joseph C. Crew [seal] Z.S. Zekâi [seal] Purposes declined.Amerika Müttehit Devletleri ile Türkiye Cumhuriyeti Yüksek Âkitlerden her birinin tebaasının ve şirketlerinin diğer Taraf ülkesinde ikamet ve icrayı ticaret edebilmeleri şartlarının asrı Hukuku Düvele mutabık surette tesbitini arzu ederek, ve kazat umura ve mali tekâlife müteallik mesaili buna tevfikan tanzim etmek maksadile bir muahede aktine karar vermişler ve Murahhasları olmak üzere: Plenipotentiaries. Amerİka mÜttehİt devletlerİReisi: Türkiyede Büyük Elçisi ve Fev-kalâde Murahhası Joseph C. Grew’yu; Türkİye Cümhurİyetİ Reİsİ: Millî Müdafaa Vekili Zekâi Beyefendiyi; tayin buyurmuşlardir. Müşarünileyhima, usulüne muvafik görülen salâhiyetnamelerini yekdiğerine tebliğ ettikten sonra atideki ahkâmı kararlaşt ırmışlardır: Madde – 1 Most Favored nation treatment to be mutually accorded.Her iki memleket tebaasına ve şirketlerine diğer memleket arazisinde tatbik edilebilecek ikamet ve meksü âram şartları ve kezalik mali tekâlif ve kazal salâhiyet noktai nazarından Amerika Müttehit Devletleri, Türkiyeye, ve Türkiye Amerika Müttehit2433Devletlerine en ziyade mazharı müsaade üçüncü memlekete bahşedilmiş veya edilecek olan aynı muameleyi, kâffei ahvalde bahşedecektir. Işbu Muahedede münderiç Immigration laws not affected.hükümlerden hiç biri iki memleketten her birinin ecnebilerin muhaceretime müteallik kavanin ve nizamatı mevcudesini yahut iki memleketten her birinin bu gibi kavanin neşretmek hakkını ihlâl edecek surette tefsir olunmiyacaktır. Madde – 2 Işbu Muahede tasdik edilecek veExchange of ratifications. tasdiknameler mümkün olduğu kadar süratle Vaşiugtonda teati edilecektir. Bu Muahede tasdiknamelerinDuration. teatisinden itibaren mevkii meriyete girecek ve üç sene müddetle meri kalacaktır. Bu tarihten sonra Muahede, inkızası Yüksek Âkitlerden biri tarafından diğerine tebliğ edildiği tarihten itibaren geçecek 12 ayın hitamına kadar meriyette kalacaktır. Tasdikan lilmakal Murahhaslar işbuSignatures. Muahedeyi imza etmiş ve mühürlemişlerdir. Ankarada bin dokuz yüz otuz bir senesi B. Teşrin ayinin 28—inci Çarşanba günü İngilizce ve türkçe iki nüsha olarak tanzim edilmiştir. J.C.G. Joseph C. Crew [seal] Z.S. Zekâi [seal] And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratifications exchanged. and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the fifteenth day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Herbert Hoover, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eighteenth day of February in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-three and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. PROCLAMATIONSof thePRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES PROCLAMATIONS 1940 March 16, 1931 Increasing Rate of Duty on Fourdrinier Wires, Cylinder Wires, and Woven-Wire Cloth by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Fourdrinier Wires, Cylinder Wires, and Woven-Wire Cloth March 16, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on Fourdrinier, etc., wires and woven-wire cloth.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930, entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes, ” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, Fourdrinier wires and cylinder wires, suitable for use in paper-making machines (whether or not parts of or fitted or attached to such machines), and woven-wire cloth suitable for use in the manufacture of Fourdrinier wires or cylinder wires, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 614. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 318 of Title I of said act on cylinder wires having more than 55 meshes per lineal inch in warp or filling, and Fourdrinier wires, suitable for use in paper-making machines (whether or not parts of or fitted or attached to such machines), and on woven-wire cloth having more than 55 meshes per lineal inch in warp or filling and suitable for use in the manufacture of Fourdrinier wires or cylinder wires, from 50 per centum ad valorem2437 2438 Rate.to 75 per centum ad valorem, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 16″ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1940] 1941 March 16, 1931 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Wool-Felt Hats and Bodies Therefor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Wool-Felt Hats and Bodies Therefor March 16, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on wool-felt hats and bodies therefor.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701.Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930, entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, bodies, hoods, forms, and shapes, for hats, bonnets, caps, berets, and similar articles, manufactured wholly or in part of wool felt, and hats, bonnets, caps, berets, and similar articles, made wholly or in part therefrom, finished or unfinished, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Italy, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production.Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America do hereby approve and proclaim the following2439rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: A decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1115(*b*) of Title I of said act on bodies, hoods, forms, and shapes, for hats, bonnets, caps, berets, and similar articles, manufactured wholly or in part of wool felt, from 40 cents per pound and 75 per centum ad valorem to 40 cents per pound and 55 per centum ad valorem; And a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed, in addition thereto, in paragraph 1115(*b*)Rate.Vol. 46, p. 649. on all the foregoing, if pulled, stamped, blocked, or trimmed (including finished hats, bonnets, caps, berets, and similar articles) (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act), from 25 cents per article to 12½ cents per article. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 16″ day of March, in the [seal] year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1941] 1942 March 16, 1931 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Edible Gelatin by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Edible Gelatin March 16, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on edible gelatin.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930, entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, edible gelatin, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to a like or similar article wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is the Netherlands, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic article and the like or similar foreign article when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and 2440 Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Rate.Vol. 46, p. 597.States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 41 of Title I of said act on edible gelatin, valued at less than 40 cents per pound, from 20 per centum ad valorem and 5 cents per pound to 12 per centum ad valorem and 5 cents per pound, the rates found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 16“ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1942] 1943 March 17, 1931 Amending Regulations On Migratory Game Birds by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Amending Regulations On Migratory Game Birds March 17, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Protection of migratory birds.Preamble.Vol. 40. p. 755.[U. S. C., pp. 436–437](/us/usc/pp436–437).Vol. 39, p. 1702.Vol. 40, p. 1812.Whereas the Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of the authority vested in him by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat. 755; U. S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711), has submitted to me for approval regulations further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which the Secretary of Agriculture has determined to be suitable amendatory regulations permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, as follows: Regulation 3, “Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Taken,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 3.— Means for taking birds. Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Taken Regulations modified.Vol. 45, pp. 2001, 2942; Vol. 46, p. 2989, amended.*Post*, p. 2520.The migratory game birds specified in regulation 4 hereof may be taken during the open season with a gun only, not larger than No. 10 gauge, fired from the shoulder, except as specifically permitted by regulations 7, 8, 9, and 10 hereof; they may be taken during the open season from the land and water, with the aid of a dog, the use of decoys, and from a blind or floating device, except that in the hunting Wild geese.of wild geese not more than ten
(10)live goose decoys may be used or shot over at any one gunning stand, blind, or floating device; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the use of an automobile, airplane, power boat, sailboat, any boat under sail, any floating device towed by power boat or sailboat, or any sinkbox (battery), except that sinkboxes (batteries) may be used in the taking of migratory waterfowl in coastal sounds and bays (including Back Bay, Princess2441Anne County, State of Virginia) and other coastal waters; and nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the use of an airplane, or a power boat, sailboat, or other floating device for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up migratory waterfowl: *Provided, however*,*Proviso*.Mourning doves. That the hunting, killing, or taking of mourning doves is not permitted on or over, at or near, any area which has been baited with salt, com, wheat, or other grain, or other foods placed or scattered thereon. " Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 4.— Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Open seasons. For the purpose of this regulation, each period of time hereinTime construed.*Post*, pp. 2476, 2481, 2521.Waterfowl, etc. prescribed as an open season shall be construed to include the first and last days thereof. Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross geese, cackling geese^wood duck, eider ducks, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson snipe or jacksnipe, and mourning doves may be taken each day from half an hour before sunrise to sunset during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, except that the hour for the commencement of hunting on the opening day of the season shall be 12 o’clock noon, by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 hereof, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed any day in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State, Territory, or District at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. NothingHunting on refuges forbidden. herein shall be deemed to permit the hunting or killing of migratory birds on any refuge established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929, nor on any area of the United StatesVol. 45, p. 1222.[U. S. C., Supp. V, p. 204](/us/usc/pp204). set aside by any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a wild-life refuge except in so far as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. *Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereofGeographical limitations. bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Boss geese, cackling geese, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans), coot, and Wilson snipe or jacksnipe*.—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross geese, cackling geese, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans), coot, and Wilson snipe or jacksnipe shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Nevada, California, Oregon, and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to December 31; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in New Jersey, Delaware, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and in that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande River directly west of the town of Del Rio, Tex.; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of2442Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railway, at or near San Antonio; thence following the center of the track of said International & Great Northern Railway in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railway depot; thence across said Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track loins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction, to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same ; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway in an easterly direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railway; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railway track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line *the open season shall be from October 16 to January 15*; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the line above described the open season shall be from November 1 to January 15; In Maryland, the District of Columbia, Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, and Louisiana the open season shall be from November 1 to January 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to January 15; and In Alaska the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15. *Rails and gallinules (except coot)*.—Rails, etc.Vol. 40 pp, 3013,3054, amended.The open season for sora and other rails and gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, except as follows: In Massachusetts the open season shall be from October 1 to December 15; In New York and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; and In Louisiana the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31. *Woodcock*.—Woodcock.Vol. 46, pp. 2957, 2964, amended.Geographical limitations.The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows: In that portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and North Dakota the open season shall be from October 1 to October 31; In that portion of New York lying south of the line above described including Long Island and in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa the open season shall be from October 15 to November 14; In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut the open season shall be from October 20 to November 19; In Maryland, the District of Columbia, and Missouri the open season shall be from November 10 to December 10; In Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma the open season shall be from November 15 to December 15;and2443 In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana the open season shall be from December 1 to December 31. *Doves*.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows:Doves.Vol. 46,pp. 3013,3020, amended.Geographical limitations. In Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, California, Nevada, Idaho, and Oregon the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15; In that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande River directly west of the town of Del Rio, Tex.; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railway, at or near San Antonio ; thence following the center of the track of said International & Great Northern Railway in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railway depot; thence across said Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track joins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction, to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway, in an easterly direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railway; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railway track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line *the open season shall be from September 1 to October 31*; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the line above described the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; In South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama (except in Mobile and Baldwin Counties), Mississippi, and Louisiana the open season shall be from September 1 to September 30 and from November 20 to January 31; In that portion of Alabama comprising Mobile and Baldwin Counties the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31; In North Carolina the open season shall be from November 20 to January 31; In Florida (except in Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties) the open season shall be from November 20 to January 31; and In that portion of Florida comprising Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties the open season shall be from September 16 to November 15. " Regulation 5, “Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 5.— Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Birds Bag and possession limits. A person may take in any one day during the open seasonsVol. 46, p. 3013, amended.*Post*, p. 2524. prescribed therefor in regulation 4 not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken2444by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking migratory birds; and in the case of ducks, geese, and brant when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: *Ducks (except wood duck and eider ducks)*.—Fifteen in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 30 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds. *Geese (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross geese, and cackling geese) and brant*.—Four in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than eight geese and brant in the aggregate of all kinds. *Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot)*.—Twenty-five in the aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 15 of any one species. *Sora*.—Twenty-five. *Coot*.—Twenty-five. *Wilson snipe or jacksnipe*.—Twenty. *Woodcock*.—Four. *Doves (mourning)*.—Twenty-five. " Regulation 6, “Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 6.— Shipment, transportation, and possession restrictions. Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Vol. 45, p. 2903, amended.*Post*, p, 2524.Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross geese, cackling geese, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans), rails, . coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson snipe or jacksnipe, and mourning doves and parts thereof legally taken may be transported in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State, and may be imported from Canada during the open season in the Province where taken, in any manner, but not more than the number thereof that may be taken in two days by one person under these regulations shall be transported by one person in one calendar week out of the. State where taken; any such migratory game birds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed five days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which migratory game birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds shall be transported from any State, Territory, or District to or through another State, Territory, or District or to or through a Province of the Dominion of Canada contrary to the laws of the State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds be transported into any State, Territory, or District from another State, Territory, or District, or from any State, Territory, or District into any Province of the Dominion of Canada at a time when such State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada prohibits the possession or transporting thereof. " Regulation 9, “Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purposes,” is amended so as to read as follows: 2445 " Regulation 9.— Permits to Collect Migratory Birds forPermits tor coll acting specimens. Scientific Purposes A person may take in any manner and at any time migratory birdsScientific collections.*Post*, p. 2526. and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, which permit shall be carried on his person when he is collecting specimens thereunder and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see the same, except that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of any migratory game bird on any day from sunset to one-half hour before sunrise. Application for a permit must be addressed to the Secretary ofApplication to Secretary of Agriculture. Agriculture, Washington, D. C., and must contain the following information: Name and address of applicant, his age, and name of State, Territory, or District in which specimens are proposed to be taken, and the purpose for which they are intended. Each application shall be accompanied by two certificates certifying to the fitness of such person to hold a Federal permit. These certificates will be accepted from well-known ornithologists, principals or superintendents of educational or zoological institutions, officials or members of zoological or natural-history organizations, or instructors in zoology in high schools, colleges, or universities, or by any one of the above together with a certificate by the chief game official of the State in which the applicant is a resident or of the State in which he desires to conduct his operations. The permit may limit the number and species of birds, birds’ nests,Effort of permits. or eggs that may be collected thereunder, and may authorize the holder thereof to possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds, parts thereof, and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes; or it may limit the holder to one or more of these privileges. Public museums, zoological parks and societies, and public, scientific, and educational institutions may possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes without a permit, but no specimens shall be taken without a permit. The plumage and skins of migratory game birds legally taken may be possessed and transported by a person without a permit. A taxidermist, when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary,Taxidermists. may possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds and parts thereof legally taken, or he may be limited to one or more of these privileges. A taxidermist granted a permit under this regulation shall keep books and records correctly setting forth the name and address of each person delivering each specimen of a migratory bird to him together with the name of each species, the date of delivery, the disposition of such specimen, and the date thereof, which said books and records shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours on request by any duly authorized representative of the Department of Agriculture. Each permit shall be valid until revoked by the Secretary unlessContingent duration. otherwise specified therein, shall not be transferable, and shall beNot transferable. revocable at the discretion of the Secretary. A permit duly revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued, on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture duly authorized to enforce the provisions of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. A person holding a permit underAnnual report required. this regulation shall report annually to the Secretary on or before the 10th day of January during the life of the permit the number of skins, nests, or eggs of each species collected, bought, sold, received, possessed, mounted, exchanged, or transported during the preceding calendar year. 2446 Outside merking of packages.Every package in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are transported shall have clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof the name and address of the sender, the number of the permit in every case when a permit is required, the name and address of the consignee, a statement that it contains specimens of birds, their nests, or eggs for scientific purposes, and, whenever such a package is transported or offered for transportation from the Dominion of Canada into the United States or from the United States into the Dominion of Canada, an accurate statement of the contents. " Approval of amendments.Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulations. in witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 17″ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1943] 1944 March 30, 1931 George Washington Birthplace National Monument—Virginia by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation George Washington Birthplace National Monument—Virginia March 30, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION George Washington Birthplace National Monument, Va.Preamble.Conveyances by The River Holding Corporation described.Vol. 34, p. 225.Whereas The River Holding Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Virginia, did on the 12th day of December, 1930, pursuant to the act of Congress entitled “An act for the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906, by its warranty deed convey to the United States of America the following land in Washington District, Westmoreland County, in the State of Virginia, for an addition to the George Washington Birthplace National Monument: Tract Number OneTract No. 1. Beginning at a point “A”, which is point “A” of Tract Number One, as shown on the plat recorded with deed from W. C. Latane and wife and James Latane and wife to The River Holding Corporation dated February 21, 1929, and recorded February 22, 1929, in the Clerk’s Office of the Circuit Court of Westmoreland County, Va., in Deed Book 87, page 75, thence N. 69½° E. 2.72 chains to “B ”, thence N. 28° E. 3 chains to “C”, thence N. 49° E. 1.42 chains to “D”, thence N. 80° E. 1.85 chains to “E”, thence N. 55° E. 1.32 chains to “F”, thence N. 21° W. 1 chain to “G”, thence N. 39½° W. 1.62 chains to “H”, thence N. 42° E. 2.6 chains to “I”, thence S. 57½° E. 11.8 chains to “J”, thence S. 64½° E. 5.09 chains to “K”, thence S. 60° E. 2.12 chains to “L”, thence N. 71° 20’ E. 8.39 chains to “M”, thence S. 4° 50' E. 11.88 chains along the line of the Government reservation to “N ”, thence S. 62½° W. 19.08 chains along the Govern-ment road to “O”, thence N. 34° W. 8.18 chains to “P”, thence N. 66° W. 2.8 chains to “Q ”, thence N. 43½°13.84 chains to the place of beginning, and containing 47.87 acres, more or less. 2447 Tract Number TwoTract No. 2. Beginning at a point “A”, which is a point at the mouth of Bridges Creek, at the low-water mark of the Potomac River on the east bank of Bridges Creek, and which is point “A” of Tract Number Two, as shown on the plat hereinabove mentioned, thence along the low-water mark of the Potomac River in an easterly direction approximately 51 chains to station number six in a swamp, thence S. 8½° W. 24.33 chains to station number seven, thence S. 10° E. 2.8 chains to station number eight, thence S. 16° E. 0.5 chains to station number nine, thence S. 30° W. 5.24 chains to station number ten, thence S. 43° W. 19.36 chains to station number eleven, thence S. 40° W. 12.25 chains to station number twelve, thence N. 20½° W. 49.15 chains along the east side of the Government road to station number thirteen, thence N. 11¾° W. 9.21 chains to station number fourteen, thence N. 20° W. 2.60 chains to station number fifteen, thence S. 0.42 chains to station number sixteen, thence down Bridges Creek along the low-water mark thereof to “A”, the place of beginning, and containing 175.37 acres, more or less. The stations shown on the plat referred to, designated as “Map of part of Wakefield,” are in all cases made at or above the high-water mark, except station number six, which is at low-water mark. Tract Number ThreeTract No. 3. Beginning at a point “A”, which is point “A” of Tract Number Three, as shown on the plat hereinabove mentioned, from which point a witness hackberry tree 18 inches in diameter bears S. 45° W. 60 Links, thence S. 24½° E. 2.67 chains to “B”, thence S. 11¾° E. 9.21 chains to “C”, thence S. 20½° E. 25.5 chains along the west side of the Government road to “D”, thence N. 60° W. 5.58 chains to “E”, thence N. 44° W. 2 chains to “F”, thence N. 60° W. 15.9 chains to “G”, thence N. 43½° W. 10.39 chains to “H”, thence down Bridges Creek along the low-water mark thereof in a northerly direction to “A”, the point of beginning. Tract Number FourTract No. 4. Beginning at the point “RS” on Pope’s Creek where the fence line dividing the land of W. C. and James Latane from the tract of land which was conveyed to Ira C. Muse by deed dated 20th October, 1928, and recorded in the Westmoreland Circuit Court 13th February, 1929, intersects the low-water mark on Pope’s Creek, as shown on a plat of Ira Muse Land, dated February 12, 1929, attached to and recorded with deed from W. C. Latane and Mary S. Latane, his wife, and James Latane and Martchen F. Latane, his wife, to The River Holding Corporation, dated February 21, 1929, and recorded in the Clerk’s Office of the Circuit Court of Westmoreland County in Deed Book 87, page 78, on February 22, 1929, thence running in a westerly direction along said fence line to the point “P” shown on said plat, a pronged tree on said fence line, thence in a northeasterly direction 0.82 chains to “O”, thence northeasterly 2.26 chains to “N”, thence in the same direction 1.67 chains to “M ”, thence in the same direction 1.68 chains to “L”, thence in a northerly direction 0.48 chains to “K”, thence in a northerly direction 1.50 chains to “J”, from thence in an easterly direction to the low-water mark on Pope’s Creek, thence in a southwesterly direction along the low-water mark of Pope’s Creek to the point of beginning. 2448 Tract Number FiveTract No. 5. Beginning at “A”, a point on the south side of the Government road corner to the United States Government reservation (sometimes known as the Washington Monument Lot), thence following the western boundary of the United States Government reservation S. 1° 42’ W. 265 feet to point “B”, a stake, thence following the same course to low-water mark on Pope’s Creek, thence in a south-westerly direction along the low-water mark of Pope’s Creek approximately 1,350 feet to point “O”, an oak tree, on a fence line, thence N. 46° 33' W. 22 feet to “P”, another tree, on the fence line, thence N. 22° 03' W. 710 feet to “Q”, a stake, corner to the Government road, thence N. 75° 16’ E. along the Government road 1,234.5 feet to the point of beginning, containing 12.88 acres of land and about one acre of marsh, together with all the ways, easements, and appurtenances thereon or in any wise pertaining. Acceptance tor public purposes.And Whereas said relinquishment and conveyance has been accepted by the Secretary of the Interior in the manner and for the purpose described in said act of Congress; Added to George Washington Birthplace National Monument.Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the said act of Congress, do proclaim that said lands hereinbefore described be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the George Washington Birthplace National Monument. Protective measures.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision, etc.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the land hereby added to said monument under the Vol. 48, P. S8.provisions of the act of Congress entitled “An act authorizing an appropriation for improvement upon the Government-owned land at Wakefield, Westmoreland County, Virginia, the birthplace of George Vol. 39, p. 535.Washington,” approved January 23, 1930 (46 Stat. 58), and “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 30“ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1944] 1945 April 1, 1931 Canyon De Chelly National Monument—Arizona by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Canyon De Chelly National Monument—Arizona April 1, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Canyon De Chelly National Monument, Ariz.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 1161.Whereas Congress by act of February 14, 1931 (Public, No. 667— 71st Cong.), entitled “An act to authorize the President of the United States to establish the Canyon De Chelly National Monument within the Navajo Indian Reservation, Arizona,” authorized the2449President of the United States, with the consent of the Tribal Council of the Navajo Tribe of Indians, to establish the said Canyon De Chelly National Monument by Executive proclamation; Whereas the Navajo Tribal Council Assembly at Fort Wingate,Approval by Navajo Indian Council. N. Mex., on July 8, 1930, adopted a resolution approving the establishment of the Canyon De Chelly National Monument; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including the lands hereinafter described within a national monument for the preservation of a great number of cliff dwellings and for their archaeological interest; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedNational monument established. States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the said*Post*, p. 2562. act of Congress approved February 14, 1931, do hereby proclaim and establish the Canyon De Chelly National Monument and that the following described lands in Arizona be, and the same are hereby, included within the said national monument; Navajo MeridianDescription. Unsurveyed T. 4 N., R. 7 W., N. J½ sec. 5 and NE. ¼ sec. 6; Unsurveyed T. 5 N., R. 7 W., S. ½ sec. 15, sec. 19, S. ½ sec. 20, secs. 21, 22, S. ½ sec. 23, N. ½ sec. 26, N. ½ sec. 27, N. ½ sec. 28, secs. 29 to 32 inclusive; Unsurveyed T. 3 N., R. 8 W., sec. 4 and E. ½ sec. 5; Unsurveyed T. 4 N., R. 8 W., secs. 6, 7, SW. ¼ sec. 17, secs. 18, 19, S. ½, NW. ¼ sec. 20, secs. 29, 30, N. sec. 31, secs. 32 and 33; Unsurveyed T. 5 N., R. 8 W., secs. 7, 13, S. ½ sec. 14, S. sec. 15, S. ½, NW. ¼ sec. 16, secs. 17 to 24 inclusive, N. ½ sec. 25, N. ½ sec. 26, sec. 27, N. ½, SE. ¼ sec. 28, N. ½ sec. 29, N. ½ sec. 30, and SW. ¼ sec. 31; Unsurveyed T. 6 N., R. 8 W., N. Jí sec. 3, secs. 4 to 8 inclusive, W. Jí sec. 18, and NW. Jí sec. 19; Unsurveyed T. 7 N., R. 8 W., S. ½ sec. 33, sec. 34, and W. ½ sec. 35; Unsurveyed T. 4 N., R. 9 W., secs. 1, 2, 3, E. ½ sec. 4, N. ½ sec. 10, N. Jí sec. 11, secs. 12, 13, E. ½ sec. 24, and E. Jí sec. 25; Unsurveyed T. 5 N., R. 9 W., secs. 4 to 31 inclusive, E. Jí sec. 33, secs. 34, 35, and 36; Surveyed T. 6 N., R. 9 W., secs. 1, 2, 3, secs. 10 to 15 inclusive, secs. 21, 22, 23, N. sec.. 24, N. ½ sec. 26, secs. 27, 28, 29, SE. ½sec. 30, and secs. 31 to 34 inclusive; Surveyed T. 5 N., R. 10 W., secs. 1 to 18 inclusive, N. ½ sec. 22, secs. 23, 24, 25, N. ½ sec. 26, and N. ½ sec. 36; Surveyed T. 6 N., R. 10 W., E. ½ sec. 34, sec. 35, and S. Jí sec. 36, containing approximately 83,840 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of CongressVol. 39, p. 535. entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. 2450 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 1“ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1945] 1946 April 7, 1931 Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests—Idaho by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests—Idaho April 7, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Nezperce and Bitter-root National Forests, Idaho.Preamble.Whereas it appears that a modification of a portion of the inter-forest boundary between the Nezperce and the Selway, Bitterroot, Salmon, and Idaho National Forests, in the State of Idaho, and the transfer of certain national-forest lands from the Nezperce to the Bitterroot National Forest would be in the public interest; Boundaries modified.Vol. 30, p. 36.[U. S. C. p. 419](/us/bill//s/419).Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the act of Congress approved Juno 4, 1897 (U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 473), do Vol. 37, p. 1704.proclaim that a portion of the boundary of the Nezperce National Forest as defined in proclamation of June 30, 1911 (37 Stat. 1704), is hereby changed so that the eastern boundary of said national forest Area affected.will hereafter pass through unsurveyed Tps. 1 S. and 1, 2, and 3 N., *Post*, p. 2464.R. 12 E., Boise meridian, more particularly as shown on a map prepared by the United States Forest Service, dated March 28, 1931, a Part of Nezperce transferred to Bitter-root National Forest.copy of which is on file in the United States Department of State, Washington, D. C., and that certain lands of the United States hitherto forming a part of the Nezperce National Forest are hereby transferred to and made a part of the Bitterroot National Forest, the location of which is shown on said map filed in the Department of State. Changes restricted.It is not intended by this proclamation to exclude any lands from the Nezperce National Forest, nor to add any lands to the Bitterroot National Forest, other than the lands shown on the said map as being transferred from one national forest to the other. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 7“ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1946] 1947 April 7, 1931 Child Health Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2451 Child Health Day April 7, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Congress by joint resolution has authorized and requestedChild Health Day.Preamble.Vol. 45, p. 617. the President of the United States of America to proclaim annually that May Day is Child Health Day; and Whereas the responsibility for the well-being of children is a community responsibility as well as an individual duty; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedObservance invited. States of America, do call upon all governors of States of the Union, and all governors of Territories and possessions of the United States, to declare to their people that May Day should be used wherever possible as Child Health Day, for the consideration of all public and private measures by which the health of our children may be conserved and advanced. I especially commend for consideration on“The Children’s Charter” especially commended. that day “The Children’s Charter” as set forth by the White House Conference on Child Health and Protection. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 7” day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1947] 1948 April 13, 1931 Pinnacles National Monument—California Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Pinnacles National Monument—California April 13, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the county of San Benito, in the State of California,Pinnacles National Monument, Calif.Preamble.Cession by San Benito County, Calif.Vol. 34, p. 225. did on the 10th day of March, 1931, pursuant to the act of Congress entitled “An act for the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), by warranty deed of relinquishment and conveyance, properly executed in writing and acknowledged, relinquish, remise, and convey to the United States of America, for addition to the Pinnacles National Monument, Calif., all its right, title, and interest in the following described land: Mount Diablo MeridianDescription. T. 16 S., R. 7 E., SE. ¼, S. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 26, S. ½ S. ½ sec. 27, SE. ¼ sec. 28, W. ½ E. ½, SE. ¼ NW. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼, SW. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 33, and sec. 35; T. 17 S., R. 7. E., lot 4, S.½ NW. ½, NE. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 1, lots, 1, 2, and 3, and S. ½ NE. ¼, SE. ¼, NW. ¼ sec. 2, containing 1,926.35 acres; and Whereas said relinquishment and conveyance has been acceptedRelinquishment accepted. by the Secretary of the Interior in the manner and for the purposes described in said act of Congress; and 2452 Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by adding to the Pinnacles National Monument, in the State of California, all the lands hereinabove described for the purpose of including within said monument certain additional features of scientific and educational interest and for administrative purposes; Lands added to Pinnacles National Monument. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 2 of the said act of Congress, do proclaim that said lands hereinabove described are hereby added to and made a part of the Pinnacles National Monument. Warning against unauthorized acts. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.Vol. 39, p. 535. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 13” day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1948] 1949 April 16, 1931 Emergency Board, Louisiana and Arkansas Railway Company—Shopmen Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Emergency Board, Louisiana and Arkansas Railway Company—Shopmen April 16, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor dispute. Louisiana and Arkansas Railway Company and employees.Preamble. Whereas the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that a dispute between the Louisiana & Arkansas Railway Co., a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by the Railway Employes’ Department, American Federation of Labor— Federated Shop Crafts, which dispute has not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threatens substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within Louisiana and Arkansas to a degree such as to deprive such section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under Vol. 44, p. 586.the authority in me vested by section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate such dispute and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. 2453 The members of this board shall be compensated for and on accountCompensation. of such duties in the sum of $100 for each member for every day actually employed with or upon, and on account of travel and duties incident to, such board. The members will be reimbursed for andExpenses. they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for necessary expenses of themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and expenses actually incurred for subsistence, in conformity with said act. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out ofFund available.Vol. 46, p. 231. the appropriation “emergency boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1931,” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 16″ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1949] 1950 April 24, 1931 Katmai National Monument—Alaska Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Katmai National Monument—Alaska April 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted byKatmai National Monument, Alaska.Preamble. adding to the Katmai National Monument, Alaska, certain adjoining lands for the purpose of including within said monument additional lands on which there are located features of historical and scientific interest and for the protection of the brown bear, moose, and other wild animals; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged. States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section two of the act of Congress entitled “An act for the preservation ofVol. 34, p. 225. American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that such additional lands in Alaska be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Katmai National Monument, and that the boundaries of the said monument as hereby changed are described as follows: Beginning at a point on the southwestern boundary of the presentDescription. Katmai National Monument in latitude 58° 03’ approximately 16½miles northwesterly from Cape Kubugakli; thence west on parallel 58° 03’ north latitude approximately 16½ miles to the highest point on the divide between two tributaries of Takayofo Creek, approximately in latitude 58° 03’, longitude 155° 49’; thence northwesterly in a straight line approximately 11 miles to the junction of Contact and Takayofo Creeks; thence northwesterly in a straight line approximately 37½ miles to the most southerly point on a narrow peninsula on the north shore of Naknek Lake in approximate latitude 58° 42’ 30”, longitude 156° 11’ 30”;2454 Description—Contd. thence northeasterly in a straight line approximately 12 miles to the summit of Sugarloaf Mountain (local name, not shown on official maps) in approximate latitude 58° 50’, longitude 155° 57’ 30”; thence easterly in a straight line approximately 10 miles to a point one-half mile north of the north end of Lake Co ville; thence southeasterly in a straight line approximately 26½ miles to the source of Gorge Creek; thence southeasterly downstream following the middle of the channel of Gorge Creek approximately 6½ miles to latitude 58° 40’; thence east on parallel 58° 40’ north latitude approximately 30 miles to longitude 154° 00’; thence northeasterly in a straight line approximately 26 miles to a point, the approximate geographic position being in latitude 59° 00’, longitude 153° 40’; thence continuing northeasterly on the same straight line approximately 1 mile to the shore of Cook Inlet at mean high tide; thence easterly and southerly along the shore of Cook Inlet at mean high tide around Cape Douglas and southwesterly along the shore of Shelikof Strait to Cape Kubugakli on the present southwestern boundary of the monument; thence northwesterly along the present southwestern boundary approximately 16½ miles to the place of beginning. Warning against unauthorized acts. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument, as provided in the act of Congress Vol. 39, p. 535.entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1950] 1951 May 1, 1931 Harney National Forest—South Dakota Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Harney National Forest—South Dakota May 1, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Harney National Forest, S. Dak.Preamble. Whereas it appears that the public good will be promoted by adding certain lands in South Dakota to the Harney National Forest: Area enlarged.Vol. 26, p. 1103.Vol. 30, p. 36. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the act of Congress approved March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1095), entitled “An act to repeal timber-culture laws, and for other purposes,” and also by the act of Congress approved June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 11 at 34 and2455 36), entitled “An act making appropriations for sundry civil expenses of the Government for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, and for other purposes,” do proclaim that the following described lands in South Dakota are hereby added to and made a part of the Harney National Forest: Lands added. Black Hills Meridian T. 4 S., R. 1 E., NE. ¼ sec. 26; T. 6 S., R. 5 E., SW. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 17. The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all landsPrior rights, etc., not affected. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose, be subject to/, and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 1 day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1951] 1952 May 4, 1931 Bryce Canyon National Park—Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Bryce Canyon National Park—Utah May 4, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas Congress by act of February 17, 1931 (Public, No.Bryce Canyon National Park, Utah.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 1166.Statutory provision. 675–71st Cong.), entitled “An act to adjust the boundaries and for the addition of certain lands to the Bryce Canyon National Park, Utah, and for other purposes,” authorized the President of the United States, upon the joint recommendation of the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Agriculture, to add to said park by Executive proclamation the lands described in said act; Whereas said Secretaries have jointly recommended the addition to the park of the lands hereinafter described; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including such lands within said park for the preservation of the scenic features therein and for road-protection purposes; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged. States of America, do proclaim that the lands hereinafter described be, and are hereby, added to and included within the Bryce Canyon National Park and as part of said park shall be, and are hereby, made subject to the provisions of the act of August 25, 1916 (39Vol. 39, p. 535.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/pp389). Stat. 535), entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulations applicable to and extending over the said park: 2456 Salt Lake Meridian Description. T. 36 S., R. 3 W., surveyed S. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 2, S. ½ S. ½ sec. 3, SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 4, E. ½ sec. 8, sec. 9, N. ½ sec. 10, NW. ¼ sec. 11, E. ½ NE. ¼ NW. ¼, E. ½ NW. ¼ NW. ½, N. ½ SE. ¼ NW. ¼, S. ½ NE. ¼ SW. ¼, N. ½ S. ½ SE. ¼ NW. ¼ N. ½ SE. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 17, S. ½ S. ½ sec. 19, S. ½ NW. ¼ sec. 20; unsurveyed S. ½ sec. 10, SW. ¼ sec. 11, W. ½ sec. 14, secs. 15, 16, W. ½ W. ½ E. ½ NE. ¼ NE. ¼ sec. 22, N. ½ NW. ¼ sec. 23, W. ½ sec. 27, and N. ½ NW. ¼ sec. 34; Surveyed T. 37 S., R. 3 W., lots 3 and 4, S. ½ NW. ¼; sec. 4, NE. ¼ NE. ¼, and SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 8; Surveyed T. 36 S., R. 4 W., W. ½ E. ½, SW. ¼ sec. 25; Surveyed T. 39 S., R. 4 W., W. ½ sec. 3, sec. 4, and E. ½ sec. 5. Private claims not affected. Nothing herein shall affect any privately owned lands within this area or any valid existing claim, location, or entry on said lands made under the land laws of the United States or the rights of stockmen to continue to drive stock over the lands now under an existing stock-driveway withdrawal; but if any of the privately owned lands shall be conveyed to the United States or any existing claim, location, or entry is canceled, the land so affected shall become a part of the said Bryce Canyon National Park. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 4 day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1952] 1953 June 19, 1931 Immigration Quotas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Immigration Quotas June 19, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Immigration of aliens.Preamble.Vol. 43, p. 161; Vol. 44, p. 1455; Vol. 45, p. 400. Whereas the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Commerce, and the Secretary of Labor have reported to the President that pursuant to the duty imposed and the authority conferred upon them in and by subsection
(2)of subdivision
(c)of section 12 of the immigration act approved May 26, 1924 (43 Stat. 161), they jointly have made the revision provided for in subdivision
(c)of section 12 of the said act and have fixed the quota of each respective nationality in accordance therewith to be as hereinafter set forth; Annual quota of nationality to be admitted. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the power in me vested by the aforesaid act of Congress, do hereby proclaim and make known that the annual quota of each nationality for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1931, and for each fiscal year thereafter, has been determined in accordance with the law to be, and shall be, as follows: 2457 National Origin Immigration Quotas Country or Area Quota Afghanistan 100 Albania 100 Andorra 100 Arabian peninsula (except Muscat, Aden Settlement and Protectorate, and the Kingdom of the Hejaz and Nejd and its Dependencies) 100 Armenia 100 Australia (including Tasmania, Papua, and all islands appertaining to Australia) 100 Austria 1, 413 Belgium 1, 304 Bessarabia 100 Bhutan 100 Bulgaria 100 Cameroon (British mandate) 100 Cameroon (French mandate) 100 China 100 Czechoslovakia 2, 874 Danzig, Free City of 100 Denmark 1, 181 Egypt 100 Estonia 116 Ethiopia (Abyssinia) 100 Finland 569 France 3,086 Germany 25, 957 Great Britain and Northern Ireland 65, 721 Greece 307 Hejaz and Nejd and its Dependencies 100 Hungary 869 Iceland 100 India 100 Iraq (Mesopotamia) 100 Irish Free State 17, 853 Italy 5, 802 Japan 100 Latvia 236 Liberia 100 Liechtenstein 100 Lithuania 386 Luxemburg 100 Monaco 100 Morocco (French and Spanish zones and Tangier) 100 Muscat
(Oman)100 Nauru (British mandate) 100 Nepal 100 Netherlands 3, 153 New Guinea, Territory of (including appertaining islands) (Australian mandate) 100 New Zealand 100 Norway 2, 377 Palestine (with Trans-Jordan) (British mandate) 100 Persia 100 Poland 6, 524 Portugal 440 Ruanda and Urundi (Belgian mandate) 100 Rumania 295 2458 National Origin Immigration Quotas—Continued Country or Area Quota Russia, European and Asiatic 2, 701 Samoa, Western (mandate of New Zealand) 100 San Marino 100 Siam 100 South Africa, Union of 100 South West Africa (mandate of the Union of South Africa) 100 Spain 252 Sweden 3, 314 Switzerland 1, 707 Syria and the Lebanon (French mandate) 123 Tanganyika (British mandate) 100 Togoland (British mandate) 100 Togoland (French mandate) 100 Turkey 226 Yap and other Pacific islands under Japanese mandate 100 Yugoslavia 845 No extraneous significance attached. The immigration quotas assigned to the various countries and quota areas are designed solely for purposes of compliance with the pertinent provisions of the Immigration Act of 1924 and are not to be regarded as having any significance extraneous to this object. Former proclamation abrogated.Vol. 46, p. 2984, repealed. This proclamation shall take effect July 1, 1931, and shall supersede Proclamation No. 1872 of March 22, 1929. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 19 day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1953] 1954 June 24, 1931 Increasing Rate of Duty on Bells Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Bells June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on bells.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, bells, chimes, and carillons, finished or unfinished, and parts of the foregoing, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; 2459 Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p, 620. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 364 of Title I of said act on bicycle, velocipede, and similar bells, finished or unfinished, and parts thereof, from 50 per centum *ad valorem* to 70 per centum *ad valorem*, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1954] 1955 June 24, 1931 Increasing Rate of Duty on Hemp Cordage Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Hemp Cordage June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on hemp cordage.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p, 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, cordage, including cables, tarred or untarred, composed of throe or more strands, each strand composed of two or more yarns, wholly or in chief value of hemp, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to a like or similar article wholly or in part the growth or product of the principle competing country; 2460 Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Italy, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic article and the like or similar foreign article when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; increasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 644. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1005(a)(3) of Title I of said act on cordage, including cables, tarred or untarred, composed of three or more strands, each strand composed of two or more yarns, wholly or in chief value of hemp, from 3¼ cents per pound to 4⅞ cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total increase provided for in said act) to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the Independence [seal] of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1955] 1956 June 24, 1931 Increasing Rate of Duty on Dried Whole Eggs, Dried Egg Yolk, and Dried Egg Albumen Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Dried Whole Eggs, Dried Egg Yolk, and Dried Egg Albumen June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on eggs.Preamble.statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, dried whole eggs, dried egg yolk, and dried egg albumen, whether or not sugar or other material is added, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; 2461 Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is China, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p, 632. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 713 of Title I of said act on dried whole eggs, dried egg yolk, and dried egg albumen, whether or not sugar or other material is added, from 18 cents per pound to 27 cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total increase provided for in said act) to equalize such differences in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson `*Secretary of State.* [No. 1956] 1957 June 24, 1931 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Pipe Organs Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Pipe Organs June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on pipe organs.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, pipe organs and parts thereof, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested2462 were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Canada, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference: and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production: Rates.Vol. 46, p. 669. A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1541(a) of Title I of said act on pipe organs and parts thereof, from 60 per centum *ad valorem* to 35 per centum *ad valorem;* And a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1541
(a)of Title I of said act on pipe organs and parts thereof especially designed and constructed for installation and use in a particular church, or in a particular public auditorium at which it is not customary to charge an admission fee, which are imported for that specific use, and which are so installed and used within one year from the date of importation, from 40 per centum *ad valorem* to 35 per centum *ad valorem.* In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1957] 1958 June 24, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Bent-wood Furniture Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Bent-wood Furniture June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on bent-wood furniture.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, bent-wood furniture, wholly or partly finished, and parts2463 thereof, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Czechoslovakia, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedDecreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 630. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 412 of Title I of said act on bent-wood furniture, wholly or partly finished, and parts thereof, from 47½ per centum *ad valorem* to 42½ per centum *ad valorem,* the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State* [No. 1958] 1959 June 24, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Olive Oil Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Olive Oil June 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,tariff on olive oil.PreambleStatutory authorization.Vol. 48, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 701), entitled “An act to provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect, to, olive oil, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United. States and of and with respect to a like or similar article wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; 2464 Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Italy, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic article and the like or similar foreign article when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and; Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 598. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 53 of Title I of said act on olive oil weighing with the immediate container less than 40 pounds, from 9½ cents per pound on contents and container to 8 cents per pound on contents and container, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1959] 1960 July 3, 1931 Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests—Idaho Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests—Idaho July 3, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests, Idaho.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 2450. Whereas the description of the eastern boundary of the Nezperce National Forest, in the State of Idaho, giyen in Proclamation No. 1946 of April 7, 1931, is incorrectly stated in that the proper unsurveyed townships were not named; Boundaries rectified.Vol. 34, p. 36.[U. S. C., p. 419](/us/usc/p419). Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the act of Congress approved June 4, 1897 (U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 473), do proclaim that said proclamation is hereby amended by substituting the words and figures “Tps. 25, 26, 27, and 28 N., R. 12 E., Boise meridian” for the words and figures “Tps. 1 S. and 1, 2, and 3 N., R. 12 E., Boise meridian.” 2465 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3d day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-fifth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State* [No. 1960] 1961 July 10, 1931 Osceola National Forest—Florida Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Osceola National Forest—Florida July 10, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas certain forest lands within the State of Florida have beenOsceola National Forest, Fla.Preamble.Vol. 36, p. 962; Vol. 43, pp. 653, 1215.[U. S. C., p. 424](/us/bill//s/424). or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America underauthority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 962; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 516), as amended June 7, 1924 (43 Stat. 653; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 515); and Whereas certain public lands in said State are in part covered with timber or undergrowth and it appears that it would be in the public interest to give them a national-forest status; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedNational forest status.Vol. 26, p. 1103; Vol. 36, p. 963; Vol. 43, p. 655.[U. S. C., pp. 419, 425](/us/usc//p419/425). States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1103; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11, act of March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 963; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Osceola National Forest, Fla., all lands of the United States within the area shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, and that all lands therein which may hereafterTreatment of acquisitions. be acquired by the United States under the authority of said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall be reserved and administered as part of said Osceola National Forest. The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all landsPrior rights not affected.Public reservation, etc. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than forest uses, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. Warning is hereby given to all persons not to make settlementReserved from settlement. upon the lands reserved by this proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 10″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1961] 1962 August 5, 1931 National Fire Prevention Week—1931 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2466 National Fire Prevention Week—1931 August 5, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National Fire Prevention Week.Preamble. It has become customary for the President of the United States to request an annual observance of Fire Prevention Week throughout the nation to stimulate the interest and cooperation of officials, organizations, and citizens in diminishing the losses of life and property from fire. Last year fires in the United States caused a direct property loss estimated at nearly $500,000,000, an increase of $40,000,000 over 1929. These direct losses affected home owners, farmers, business men, and workingmen. There were many more millions of indirect losses in rentals, broken contracts, unemployment, and interruption to business. Deaths and injuries to men, women, and children exceeded 35,000 in 1930. The majority of the losses of life and property were the result of carelessness and lack of preventive measures. The purpose of National Fire Prevention Week is to focus attention on the hazards of fire and to promote preventive measures to reduce this devasting waste. Week of October 4, 1931, designated as. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim the week of October 4, 1931, to be observed as Fire Prevention Week and earnestly solicit the assistance of each citizen to help lessen the loss and needless waste and suffering from fires which are largely preventable. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 5″ day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1962] 1963 August 19, 1931 Exemption of Virgin Islands From Coastwise Laws Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Exemption of Virgin Islands From Coastwise Laws August 19, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Virgin Islands.Preamble. Whereas an act of Congress entitled “Merchant Marine Act, 1920,” approved June 5, 1920 (41 Stat. 988), contained the following provisions:" “Sec. 21. Statutory provisions.Vol. 41, p. 997.[U. S. C., p. 1541](/us/usc/p1541). That from and after February 1, 1922, the coastwise laws of the United States shall extend to the island Territories and possessions of the United States not now covered thereby, and the board is directed prior to the expiration of such year to have established adequate steamship service at reasonable rates to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of said islands and to maintain and operate such service until it can be taken over and operated and maintained upon satisfactory terms by private capital and enterprise:2467 *Provided*, That if adequate shipping service is not established by*Proviso.*Extensions authorized. February 1, 1922, the President shall extend the period herein allowed for the establishment of such service in the case of any island Territory or possession for such time as may be necessary for the establishment of adequate shipping facilities therefor.” " And Whereas an adequate shipping service to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel, of the Virgin Islands has not been established as provided by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920; and Whereas the President of the United States, in accordance withVol. 42, pp. 2261, 2269, 2287; Vol. 43, pp, 1928, 1943, 1969; Vol. 44. pp. 2675, 2692, 2620; Vol. 46, pp. 2920, 2960, Vol. 46, pp. 3002, 3032.*Post*, p. 2528, the authority vested in him by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, has from time to time, to wit, on February 1, 1922, on May 18, 1922, on October 28, 1922, on October 25, 1923, on April 7, 1924, on October 23, 1924, on April 25, 1925, on November 24, 1925, on August 14, 1926, on August 9, 1927, on August 2, 1928, on July 26, 1929, and on July 28, 1930, issued, proclamations extending the time for the establishment of such service and deferring the application of the coastwise laws to the Virgin Islands until September 30, 1931;Time for establishing shipping service to, further extended to September 30, 1932. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by section 21 of the above-mentioned act, do hereby declare and proclaim that the period for the establishment of an adequate shipping service with the aforesaid Virgin Islands be further extended from September 30, 1931, to September 30, 1932; And inasmuch as the extension of the coastwise laws of the UnitedApplication of coastwise laws deferred. States to the Virgin Islands, as provided in section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, is dependent upon the establishment of an adequate shipping service to such island possession, I do hereby further proclaim and declare that, the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to the Virgin Islands is deferred from September 30, 1931, to September 30, 1932. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 19 day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1963] 1964 August 19, 1931 Ouachita National Forest—Arkansas and Oklahoma Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ouachita National Forest—Arkansas and Oklahoma August 19, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the United States of America has acquired title underOuachita National Forest, Ark. and Okla.Preamble.Vol. 39, p. 962; Vol. 43, pp. 654, 1215.[U. S. C., p. 424](/us/usc/p424). authority of the act of March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 962; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924 (43 Stat. 654; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 515), to certain lands in the States of Arkansas and Oklahoma; and 2468 Whereas said lands and certain adjoining public lands are Vol. 44, p. 2628.adjacent to the Ouachita National Forest as described by proclamation of October 28, 1926 (44 Stat. 2628); and Whereas it would be in the public interest to add said lands, as well as any other lands in this region which hereafter may be purchased by the United States under authority of said act of March 1, 1911, to the Ouachita National Forest; Area enlarged. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United Vol. 28, p. 1103; Vol. 30, p. 34; Vol. 36, p. 963; Vol. 43, p. 665.[U. S. C., pp. 419, 425](/us/usc/pp419/425).States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1103; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 471), act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 34; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11, act of March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 963; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and made a part of the Ouachita National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described areas, not now a part of such national forest, and all lands which hereafter may be Future acquisitions.acquired by the United States under authority of said act of March 1, 1911, within said areas are likewise reserved and shall be administered as part of said national forest: Fifth Principal Meridian—Arkansas T. 2 N., R. 17 W., T. 3 N., R. 17 W., T. 4 N., R. 17 W., T. 3 N., R. 18 W., T. 4 N., R. 18 W., T. 3 S., R. 20 W., T. 2 S., R. 20 W., T. 3 S., R. 21 W., T. 2 S., R. 21 W., sec. 1, E. ½; secs. 11 and 12; sec. 13, W. ½; secs. 14, 15, 20 to 23, inclusive; sec. 24, W. ½; sec. 30, SE. ¼ SE. ¼; sec. 31. secs. 3 to 11, secs. 14 to 23, and secs. 25 to 30, inclusive; sec. 35, N. ½; sec. 36. sec. 31, SE. ¼; sec. 32, S. ½; secs. 33 and 34. secs. 1 to 24, inclusive. that part of sec. 31 lying south and west of the Fourche Lafave River. that part of sec. 6 lying south and west of Rogeis Creek and Ouachita River; sec. 7; that part of sec. 8 lying south and west of the Ouachita River; that part of secs. 16, 17, and 18 lying north of Mazarn Creek. those parts of secs. 18, 19, and 30 lying west of the Ouachita River. those parts of secs. 1, 2, and 3 lying south of Rogers Creek; secs. 7 to 12 inclusive; that part of sec. 13 lying north of Mazarn Creek; secs. 14 to 22, and secs. 27 to 31, inclusive. secs. 4 to 7, secs. 13 to 17, and secs. 19 to 31, inclusive; sec. 32, N. ½ NW. ¼. 2469 T. 1 S., R. 21 W., T. 1 N., R. 21 W., T. 4 N., R. 21 W., T. 5 N., R. 21 W., T. 4 S., R. 22 W., T. 3 S., R. 22 W. T. 2 S., R. 22 W. T. 1 S., R. 22 W. T. 1 N., R. 22 W., T. 3 N., R. 22 W., T. 4 N., R. 22 W., T. 5 N., R. 22 W., T. 4 S., R. 23 W., T. 3 S., R. 23 W., secs. 1 to 11, Description—Contd. secs. 15 to 22, and secs. 28 to 35, inclusive. sec. 34, SE. ¼; sec. 35, S. ½; sec. 36. sec. 6. secs. 30 and 31. secs. 1 to 10, and secs. 16 to 18, inclusive. sec. 19, W. ½; sec. 30, W. ½; sec. 31, W. ½. those parts of secs. 3, 4, 5, 7, and 8 lying south of the Fourche River; sec. 9; sec. 10, w. ½. secs. 1 to 8, inclusive; sec. 18. secs. 25 to 28, inclusive; sec. 31, E. ½ SE. ¼; secs. 32 to 36, inclusive. secs. 1 to 6, inclusive; sec. 7, N. ½ and SE. ¼; secs. 8 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, W. ½, SE. ¼, W. ½ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ NE. ¼; sec. 12, N. ½ N. ½; sec. 14, N. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼ NE. ¼; sec. 15, N. ½, SW. ¼, W. ½ SE. ¼, NE. ¼ SE. ¼; secs. 16 and 17; sec. 18, E. ½ NE. ¼, SE. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼; secs. 19 and 20; sec. 21, W. ½ W. ½ NE. ¼, W. ½ SE. ¼, NE. ¼ NE. ¼; sec. 22, NW. ¼ N W. ¼; sec. 28, NW. ¼, W. ½ NE. ¼; sec. 29, N. ½, N. ½ SW. ¼; sec. 30, N. ¼, SW. ¼, N. ½ SE. ¼. secs. 1 and 2; sec. 3, S. ½; sec. 4, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 7, S. ½; secs. 8 to 15, inclusive; sec. 16, N. ½; sec. 17, N. ½ N. ½ S. ½; sec. 18; sec. 19, NE. ¼, N. ½ NW. ¼; sec. 21, SE. ¼; sec. 22, S. ½, NE. ¼, E. ½ NW. ¼; secs. 23 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, E. ½, E. ½, SW. ¼; sec. 31, S. ½ SE. ¼, SE. ¼ SW. ¼; sec. 32, S. ½, s. ½ N. ½; sec. 33, E. ½, SW. ¼, S. ½ NW. ¼, NE. ¼ NW. ¼; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. 2470 T. 2 S., R. 23 W.,Description—Contd. T. 3 N. R. 23 W., T. 4 N., R. 23 W., T. 3 S., R. 24 W., T. 2 S., R. 24 W., T. 2 N., R. 24 W., T. 3 N., R. 24 W., T, 4 N., R. 24 W., T. 5 N., R. 24 W., sec. 1, SE. ¼ SE. ¼; sec. 25; sec. 26, SE. ¼; sec. 31, NW. ¼ NW. ¼; sec. 35, E. ½; sec. 36. sec. 5, N. ½; sec. 6, N. ½; that part of secs. 10, 11, and 12 lying south of the Fourche Lafave River; sec. 14, N. ½ and SW. ¼; that part of secs. 15 and 16 lying south of the Fourche Lafave River; those portions of secs. 19 and 20 lying south of the Fourche Lafave River; secs. 21 and 22; sec. 23, NW. ¼. sec. 1; sec. 2, E. ½ SE. ¼; sec. 10, SE.¼ secs. 11 to 16, inclusive; sec. 17, S. ½ SE. ¼; secs. 19 to 24, inclusive; sec. 25, NW. ¼; secs. 26 and 27; secs. 32 to 35, inclusive. sec. 1, N. ½; sec. 2, N. ½; secs. 3 and 4; sec. 5, N. ½; sec. 13, S.½; sec. 19, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 20, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 22, S. ½; sec. 23; sec. 24, W. ½ W. ½ NE. ½, NE. ¼ NE. ¼, NW. ¼ SE. ¼; sec. 25, N. ½ NW. ¼; sec. 26, N. ½ N. ½; sec. 27, N. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼; sec. 28, N. ½; sec. 29, N. ½, N. ½ SW. ¼, NW. ¼ SE ½; sec. 30, N. ½ W. ½ SW. ¼, N. ½ SE. ½. sec. 31, E. ½; secs. 32 to 36, inclusive. sec. 6, NW. ¼. secs. 1, 2, and 3; sec. 4, E. ½; secs. 7, 8, and 9; sec. 26, N. ½; secs. 27, 28, 29, 31; sec. 32, N. ¼, SW. ¼; sec. 33, N. ½; sec. 34, N. ½; secs. 1 to 24, inclusive. secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. 2471 T. 3 S., R. 25 W., T. 2 S., R. 25 W., T. 2 N., R. 25 W., T. 3 N., R. 25 W., T. 4 N., R. 25 W., T. 5 N., R. 25 W., T. 4 S., R. 26 W., T. 3 S., R. 26 W. T. 2 S., R. 26 W., T. 2 N., R. 26 W., T. 3 N., R. 26 W., T. 3 S., R. 27 W., T. 2 S., R. 27 W., T. 1 N., R. 27 W., T. 2 N., R. 27 W. T. 3 N., R. 27 W. T. 3 S., R. 28 W., T. 1 S., R. 28 W., T. 1 N., R. 28 W., T. 2 N., R. 28 W., secs. 2 to 9, inclusive;Description—Contd. sec. 10, N. ½, SW. ¼; secs. 15 to 22, inclusive; sec. 23, S. ½, S. ½ NW. ¼, NW. ¼ NW. ¼, SW. ¼ NE. ¼; sec. 24, S. ¼; secs. 25 to 30, inclusive. secs. 31 to 35, inclusive. secs. 1, 2, 3; sec. 4, E. ½; secs. 7 to 23, inclusive; sec. 26, N. ½; secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. sec. 8, S. ½; sec. 9, S. ½; secs. 10, 11, 12, 16, and 17; sec. 18, S. ½. secs. 1 and 2; sec. 9, SE. ¼; sec. 10, SW. ¼, E. ½ secs. 11 to 16, inclusive; sec. 17, E. ½; sec. 20, E. ½; secs. 21 to 24, inclusive; sec. 25, N. ½; sec. 26, N. ½; sec. 27, N. ½; sec. 28, N. ½; sec. 29, NE. ¼. secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. secs. 1 to 4, inclusive. secs. 25, 26, 31 to 36, inclusive. secs. 4 to 36, inclusive. sec. 13, S. ½; secs. 24 and 27; sec. 28, E. ½; secs. 31, 32, and 33. secs. 1 to 19, inclusive. secs. 31 to 36, inclusive. sec, 6, NW. ¼ sec. 5, SE. ¼; sec. 8, NE. ¼, SE. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼; sec. 9; sec. 14, SW. ¼; secs. 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 23, and 24. secs. 31 and 32. sec. 1, N. ½; sec. 2, N. ½, SW. ¼. sec. 1; sec. 3, W. ½ W. ½; secs. 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11; sec. 12, N. ½; secs. 14, 15, 16, 17, 24, 25, 35, and 36. 2472 T. 3 N., R. 28 W., T. 4 N., R. 28 W., T. 1 S., R. 29 W., T. 1 N., R. 29 W., T. 2 N., R. 29 W., T. 3 N., R. 29 W., T. 4 N., R. 29 W., T. 1 S., R. 30 W., T. 1 N., R. 30 W., T. 2 N., R. 30 W., T. 1 N., R. 31 W., T. 2 N., R. 31 W., T. 3 N., R. 31 W., T. 2 S., R. 32 W., T. 1 S., R. 32 W., sec. 6;Desiription—Contd. secs. 8 to 17, and secs. 20 to 29, inclusive; secs. 32 and 33; sec. 34, NW. ¼. sec. 3, S. ½; sec. 4, S. ½ lots 8, 9, 10, 11; secs. 8, 9, and 10; sec. 11, SW. ¼; sec. 14, W. ¼; secs. 15 to 21, secs. 28 to 32, inclusive. sec. 28, S. ½; sec. 29, S. ½; secs. 30, 34, 35, and 36. sec. 4, E. ½. secs. 14 to 17, inclusive; secs. 19 to 23, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. secs. 1, 2, and 3. secs. 13 to 15, secs. 22 to 27, and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. sec. 17, S. ½; sec. 18, S. ½; secs. 19, 22, and 23; sec. 30, E. ½; sec. 31, E. ½. sec. 2, W. ½; secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, W. ½; secs. 15 and 16. secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. sec. 4, W. ½; secs. 5 and 12. secs. 4 and 5; sec. 6, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 7; secs. 20 to 29, and secs. 32 to 36, inclusive. secs. 21 to 25, inclusive; sec. 26, SE. ¼; sec. 33, SE. ¼; sec. 34, S. ½. secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; sec. 10, W. ¼ SW. ¼; sec. 15, W. ½ W. ½; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; sec. 22, W. ½NW. ¼; secs. 28, 29, and 30; sec. 31, N. ½ N. ½. sec. 25, SW. ¼; sec. 26, S. ½; secs. 27 to 30, inclusive; sec. 31, W. ½ SE. ¼, S. ½ NE. ¼; sec. 32, SW. ¼, S. ½ NW.¼, S. ½ SE. ¼. 2473 T. 1 N., R. 32 W., T. 2 N., R. 32 W., T. 3 N., R. 32 W., T. 1 N., R. 33 W., T. 2 N., R. 33 W., secs. 14 to 16, inclusive; Description—Contd. sec. 17, N. ½; sec. 18. sec. 4, NW. ¼; sec. 12, S. ½; secs. 14, 15, and 16; sec. 21, E. ½; secs. 22 and 23; sec. 28; sec. 30, W. ½. sec. 35. sec. 13. sec. 25. Indian Meridian—Oklahoma T. 4 N., R. 21 E., T. 3 N., R. 22 E., T. 4 N., R. 22 E., T. 5 N., R. 22 E., T. 3 N., R. 23 E., T. 4 N., R. 23 E. T. 5 N., R. 23 E., T. 2 N., R. 24 E., T. 3 N., R. 24 E., T. 4 N., R. 24 E., T. 5 N., R. 24 E., sec. 12, SE. ¼, S. ½ SW. ¼; secs. 13, 24, and 25; sec. 36, N. ½ N. ½. secs. 1 and 2; sec. 3, E. ½. secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; sec. 5, E. ½ E. ½; secs. 7 to 36, inclusive. sec. 22, SW. ¼, E. ½; secs. 23 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, E. ½; sec. 33, E. ½; secs. 34, 35, and 36. secs. 1 to 18, inclusive; secs. 21 to 24, inclusive; sec. 25, N. ½; sec. 26; sec. 27, N. ½; sec. 28, N. ½. sec. 19, S. ½; sec. 25, S. ½ S.½ sec. 26, S. ½; secs. 27 to 36, inclusive. sec. 1, E. ½, N. ½ NW. ¼, SE. ¼ NW. ¼, NE. ¼ SW.¼; sec. 2, N. ½ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ NW. ¼; sec. 12, NE. ¼. secs. 1 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, E. ½, NW. ¼, N. ½ SW. ¼; sec. 29, N. ½, N. ½ S. ½; sec. 30, N. ½; sec. 34, NE. ¼ NW. ¼; N. ½ SE. ¼, NE. ¼; sec. 35, E. ½ NW. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼, NW. ¼ SW. ¼; sec. 36. sec. 1, S. ½; secs. 2 to 36, inclusive. sec. 31; sec. 32, W. ½, SE. ¼; sec. 33, S. ½; sec. 34, SW. ¼. 2474 T. 2 N., R. 25 E., T. 3 N., R. 25 E., T. 4 N., R. 25 E., T. 1 N., R. 26 E., T. 2 N., R. 26 E., T. 3 N., R. 26 E. T. 4 N., R. 26 E., T. 1 N., R. 27 E., T. 2 N., R. 27 E., secs. 1 to 6, inclusive;Description—Contd. sec. 7, E. ½ NW. ¼, N. ½ SW. ¼; secs. 8 to 12, inclusive; sec. 13, N. ½; sec. 14, N. ½; sec. 15, NE. ¼, N, ½ NW. ¼; sec. 16, N. ½ N. ½, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 17, N. ½ N. ½, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 18, NE. ¼ NE. ¼, S. ½ S. ½; secs. 19 to 30, inclusive. sec. 1, W. ½ NW. ¼, SE. ¼ NW. ¼, S. ½ NE. ¼, S. ½; secs. 2 to 36, inclusive. sec. 6, S. ½; sec. 7; sec. 8, S. ½; sec. 9, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 10, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 11, S. ½ S. ½; sec. 13, SE. ¼; sec. 14, N. ½, SW. ¼; secs. 15 to 22, inclusive; sec. 23, W. ½; sec. 24, NE. ¼, N. ½ SE. ¼; sec. 26, W. ½; secs. 27 to 35, inclusive; sec. 36, W. ½ SW. ¼. secs. 1 and 2; sec. 3, N. ½; sec. 9, SE. ¼; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; sec. 16, E. ½; sec. 21, NE. ¼; secs. 22 to 25, inclusive; sec. 26, E. ½. secs. 1 to 30, inclusive; secs. 34, 35, and 36. sec. 7, SE. ¼; sec. 8, S. ½; sec. 9, S. ½; sec. 10, S. ½; secs. 11 to 24, inclusive; sec. 25, N. ½ N. ½; sec. 26, N. ½ N. ½; sec. 27, N. ½; sec. 28, N. ½; sec. 31, W. ½, S. ½ SE. ¼; secs. 32, 33, and 34; sec. 35, SW. ¼, S. ½ SE. ¼; sec. 36, S. ½ SW. ¼. secs. 3 to 10, secs. 15 to 22, and secs. 27 to 30, inclusive. secs. 3 to 10, secs. 15 to 22, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. 2475 T. 3 N., R. 27 E., T. 4 N., R. 27 E., sec. 3, N. ½;Description—Contd. sec. 4, N. ½; sec. 5, NE. ¼; sec. 7, NE. ¼, S. ½; sec. 8, W. ½, SE. ¼; sec. 9, S. ½, S. ½ NE. ¼; sec. 10, S. ¼, S. ½ N. ½; secs. 15 to 22, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. secs. 3 and 4; sec. 5, S. ½; secs. 7 to 10, secs. 15 to 22, and secs. 27 to 30, inclusive; sec. 31, N. ½ N. ½; sec. 32, E. ½ N. ½ NW. ¼; secs. 33 and 34. The boundaries of the Ouachita National Forest as modified by thisDescriptive map on file. proclamation are more clearly defined and shown on a map in two sheets prepared by the United States Forest Service, dated July 30, 1931, a copy of which is now on file in the United States Department of State, Washington, D. C. The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all landsPrior rights, etc., not affected. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than forest uses, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. Warning is hereby given to all persons not to make settlement uponReserved from settlement. the lands reserved by this proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 19″ day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1964] 1965 August 25, 1931 Conservation of Our Waterfowl Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Conservation of Our Waterfowl August 25, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION The long-continued and severe drought of the past two years hasWaterfowl.Preamble.*Post*, p. 2501. inflicted not only economic hardships by seriously curtailing crop and stock production, but also has resulted in an emergency condition as regards the present and future safety and abundance of the waterfowl of the continent. In large areas of the United States and Canada, through lack of the water on breeding grounds essential to rearing the young birds, the drought has entailed widespread destruction among the former hordes of the wild fowl that migrate to our several States. 2476 Curtailment of hunting season. This devastation has constituted so great a menace to our wild-life resources and to their future enjoyment by our people as to impel the Secretary of Agriculture to adopt a regulation compatible with the Vol. 40. p. 755.[U. S. C., p. 436](/us/usc/p436).Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat. 755), whereby during the coming fall there will be an open hunting season on these birds of only one month. Emergency cooperation for protecting waterfowl urged. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby urge that all persons take cognizance of this emergency, and I call upon all game and conservation officials, State and local, all members of game-protective organizations, landowners, sportsmen, and public-spirited citizens generally to lend their cooperation to effect full observance of this regulation, to the end that adequate numbers of waterfowl may return to their breeding grounds next spring and that there may be no repetition of the calamity of extermination that has already overtaken some species of our American birds. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 25 day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1965] 1966 August 25, 1931 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds August 25, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Protection of migratory birds.Preamble.Vol. 40, p. 755.[U. S. C., pp. 436–437](/us/usc/pp436–437).Vol. 39, p. 1702.Restrictions amended. Whereas the Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of the authority vested in him by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat, 755; U. S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711), has submitted to me for approval a regulation further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which the Secretary of Agriculture has determined to be a suitable amendatory regulation permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, as follows: Vol. 46, pp. 3013, 3019. Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 4.— Open Seasons On and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Periods defined.*Ante*, p. 2441.*Post*, pp. 2481, 2521.For the purpose of this regulation, each period of time herein prescribed as an open season shall be construed to include the first and last days thereof. Waterfowl, etc. Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and mourning doves may be taken each day from half an hour before sunrise to sunset during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, except that the hour for the2477 commencement of hunting on the opening day of the season shall be 12 o’clock noon, by the means and in the numbers permitted byOpening day of season. regulations 3 and 5 hereof, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed any day in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State, Territory, or District at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the hunting, or killing of migratory birds on any refuge established under the Migratory BirdHunting on refuges forbidden.Vol. 45, p. 1222. Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. 1222), or on any area of the United States set aside by any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a wild-life refuge except in so far as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. *Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereofGeographical limitations. bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans) and coot*.—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose wood duck, eider ducks, and swans) and coot shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, Utah, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to October 31; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in New Jersey, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and California the open season shall be from November 16 to December 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to December 19; and In Alaska the open season shall be from September 1 to September 30. *Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe*.—The open seasons for Wilson’s snipe,Wilson’s snipe, etc. or jacksnipe, shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Nevada, California, Oregon, and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to December 31; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in New Jersey, Delaware, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and in that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande River directly west of the town of Del Rio, Tex.; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railway, at or near San Antonio ; thence following the center of the track of said International & Great Northern Railway in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railway depot; thence across said2478 Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track joins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction, to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway in an easterly direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railway; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railway track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line the open season shall be from October 16 to January 15; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the line above described the open season shall be from November 1 to January 15; In Maryland, the District of Columbia, Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, and Louisiana the open season shall be from November 1 to January 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to January 15; and In Alaska the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15. Rails and gallinules. *Rails and gallinules (except coot)*.—The open season for sora and other rails and gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, except as follows: In Massachusetts the open season shall be from October 1 to December 15; In New York and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; and In Louisiana the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31. Woodcock. *Woodcock*.—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows: In that portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and North Dakota the open season shall be from October 1 to October 31; In that portion of New York lying south of the line above described including Long Island and in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa the open season shall be from October 15 to Nobember 14; In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut the open season shall be from October 20 to November 19; In Maryland, the District of Columbia, and Missouri the open season shall be from November 10 to December 10; In Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma the open season shall be from November 15 to December 15; and In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana the open season shall be from December 1 to December 31. Doves. *Doves*.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows: In Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas, Oklahoma, New2479 Mexico, Utah, Arizona, California, Nevada, Idaho, and Oregon the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15; In that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line more particularly described in the paragraph establishing the open seasons on Wilson’s snipe, or jacksnipe, the open season shall be from September 1 to October 31; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the aforesaid line the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama (except in Mobile and Baldwin Counties), Mississippi, and Louisiana the open season shall be from September 1 to September 30 and from November 20 to January 31; In that portion of Alabama comprising Mobile and Baldwin Counties the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31; In Florida (except in Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties) the open season shall be from November 20 to January 31; and In that portion of Florida comprising Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties the open season shall be from September 16 to November 15. " Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedRegulation approved. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 25″ day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1966] 1967 September 3, 1931 Sesquicentennial of the Surrender of Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Sesquicentennial of the Surrender of Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown September 3, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas October 19, 1931, is the one hundred and fiftieth anniversarySurrender of Lord Cornwallis, Yorktown, Va.Preamble. of the surrender of Lord Cornwallis at Yorktown, which brought to an end the heroic struggle of our forefathers for political freedom and the ideals of liberty upon which our institutions are founded; and Whereas it is fitting that this momentous event in the history of our nation be commemorated in such a manner as to inspire love of our country and devotion to its ideals by recalling to this generation the struggles of the past; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedRecommending October 18–19, 1931, be observed as Sesquicentennial of. States of America, do recommend that appropriate religious ceremonies be held in the churches of the country on Sunday, October 18, 1931, in commemoration of that event and in thanksgiving for the blessings that have been bestowed upon the people of the United States; and Especially do I recommend that Monday, October 19, 1931, be fittingly observed in universities, schools, and other suitable places,2480 to the end that patriotic lessons may be drawn from the spirit of courage and self-sacrifice which animated our forefathers; and further, I hereby direct that on that day the flag of the United States be appropriately displayed upon all Government buildings in the United States. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3d day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1967] 1968 September 11, 1931 Pulaski Memorial Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Pulaski Memorial Day September 11, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION General Casimir Pulaski.Preamble.Revolutionary War record. Whereas, Count Casimir Pulaski, brave officer and brilliant cavalryman, exiled by reason of his patriotic efforts in defence of the liberties of his native land, offered his sword to the United States in 1777, was commissioned Brigadier-General in the Continental Army in recognition of his conduct at the battle of Brandywine, raised in 1778 a volunteer Legion of horse and foot which he commanded with distinction, took a notable part in the Southern campaign of the ensuing year, was mortally wounded at the assault on Savannah of October 9, and died of his wounds on October 11, 1779; Whereas, October 11, 1931, will mark the one hundred and fifty-second anniversary of the death of this heroic officer, to whom it was not given to witness the triumph of the cause in which he fell but whom it is fitting to bear, equally with his more fortunate comrades, in public remembrance and gratitude; Observance of anniversary of his death invited.Vol. 46, p. 1627. Therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, in pursuance of the provisions of Public Resolution No. 133, Seventy-first Congress, approved March 4, 1931, do hereby invite the people of the United States of America to honor on Sunday, the eleventh day of October next, the memory of Brigadier-General Casimir Pulaski, by holding such services, exercises and ceremonies in places of public worship or assembly as may commemorate his life and death; and, further, I hereby direct that on that day the flag of the United States be appropriately displayed upon all Governmental buildings of the United States. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused to be affixed the great seal of the United States. Done at the City of Washington this 11th day of September, in the year of of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1968] 1969 September 12, 1931 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2481 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds September 12, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of the authorityProtection of migratory birds.*Post*, p. 2501.Preamble.Vol. 40, p. 755.[U. S. C., pp. 436–437](/us/usc/pp436–437).Vol. 39, p. 1702.Vol. 40. p. 1812.Restrictions modified. vested in him by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (U. S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711; 40 Stat. 755), has submitted to me for approval a regulation further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which the Secretary of Agriculture has determined to be a suitable amendatory regulation permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, as follows:Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory*Ante*, pp. 2441, 2476. Game Birds,” subtitle “Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans) and coot,” is amended so as to read as follows: " *Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereofWaterfowl and coot. bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans) and coot*.— The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, eider ducks, and swans) and coot shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, New York (except LongGeographical limitations. Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Utah the open season shall be from October 1 to October 31; In Ohio and Indiana the open season shall be from October 16 to November 15; In Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Illinois the open season shall be from November 1 to November 30; In Missouri, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska and Oklahoma the open season shall be from October 20 to November 19; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in New Jersey, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, California, Oregon and Washington the open season shall be from November 16 to December 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to December 19; and In Alaska, the open season shall be from September 1 to September 30. " Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedRegulation approved. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 12″ day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1969] 1970 September 15, 1931 San Geronimo Reservation—Porto Rico Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2482 San Geronimo Reservation—Porto Rico September 15, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION San Geronimo Reservation, Porto Rico.Preamble.Vol. 39, p. 954.Vol. 46, p. 3004. Whereas under and by virtue of the authority contained in an act of Congress approved March 2, 1917 (39 Stat. 951), entitled “An act to provide a civil government for Porto Rico, and for other purposes, ” the President by Proclamation No. 1889, dated August 26, 1929, transferred and conveyed to the people of Porto Rico a certain tract of land known as San Geronimo, more particularly described in said proclamation, excepting and reserving, however, from said tract 5 acres, more or less, which were assigned to the uses of the Navy Department for the development of the naval communication service and for other purposes of the United States, southerly of and contiguous to the tract heretofore leased to Virgil Baker, and bounded on the north by the southerly line of the said Virgil Baker tract, being a straight line drawn from the point known as point 85 at the southwesterly corner of the Virgil Baker tract, easterly along the southerly line of said Virgil Baker tract through point 86 to the lagima; on the west by a straight line drawn southerly from said point 85 along the westerly line of the tract hereby conveyed; on the east by the shore line of the lagima; and on the south by the northerly line of a proposed road, the course and location of which road are to be fixed hereafter; the United States retaining title to and jurisdiction over the said last-mentioned 5-acre tract; and Whereas it is deemed advisable that said tract of land assigned to the uses of the Navy Department be more particularly described; Tract more particularly described. Now, therefore, in pursuance of the authority vested in me by the act of March 2, 1917, aforesaid, the tract of land assigned to the uses of the Navy Department is now described as follows: Beginning at a point in the northerly line of the military road, as relocated, from which, point No. 84 on the old military road, as shown on the military chart of the military reservation of San Juan, P. R., bears N. 23° 29′ E., 3.72 meters; Thence from said initial point, by metes and bounds: N. 23° 29′ E., 83.10 meters, along lands of the Marine Hospital Reservation, to point No. 85 of the said military-reservation chart; S. 60° 45′ E., 156.68 meters, along the southerly line of lands leased to Virgil Baker, to a point in the high-water line of Condado Bay, intermediate point No. 86 of the said military-reservation chart being 106.68 meters from the beginning of course; Description. Thence along the said high-water line of Condado Bay the following two courses: S. 20° 17′ W., 54.16 meters to a point; S. 2° 18′ E., 38.20 meters to a point at the end of an old fortification wall; Thence along the easterly face of said fortification wall the following two courses: S. 6° 35′ E., 59.22 meters to a point; S. 5° 51′ E., 93.49 meters to a point; S. 84° 06′ W., 6.85 meters, crossing the said old fortification wall and old military road to the point of beginning of a curve with a radius of 310 meters in the northeasterly line of aforementioned military road as relocated;2483 Thence in a general northwesterly direction along said curve, coincidingDescription—Contd. with the said northeasterly line of road as relocated, the following four courses: On said curve, with a radius of 310 meters, 80.02 meters along the curve, the chord of which bears N. 13° 13′ W., 79.80 meters; Continuing on said curve, 82.98 meters along the curve, the chord of which bears N. 28° 17′ W., 82.74 meters; Continuing on said curve, 80.02 meters along the curve, the chord of which bears N. 43° 21′ W., 79.80 meters; Continuing on said curve, 60.05 meters along the curve, the chord of which bears N. 56° 18′ W., 59.96 meters to the place of beginning. The directions of the lines refer to the true meridian. The tract as described contains an area of 4.516 acres, more or less. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 15″ day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1970] 1971 October 6, 1931 Grand Canyon National Game Preserve—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Grand Canyon National Game Preserve—Arizona October 6, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas portions of what formerly constituted the Grand CanyonGrand Canyon National Game Preserve, Aria.Preamble.Vol. 34, p. 607. National Forest, now known under the names of the Kaibab National Forest and Tusayan National Forest, have been proclaimed the Grand Canyon National Game Preserve, under authority of the act of June 29, 1906 (34 Stat. 607), entitled “AN ACT For the protection of wild animals in the Grand Canyon Forest Reserve,” which provides “That the President of the United States is hereby authorized to designate such areas in the Grand Canyon Forest Reserve as should, in his opinion, be set aside for the protection of game animals and be recognized as a breeding place therefor”; and Whereas it appears that the public good and better administrationArea diminished. will be promoted by eliminating a small area from said game preserve; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the aforesaid act of Congress, do proclaim that the boundaries of the said Grand Canyon National Game Preserve are hereby changed to eliminate therefrom all land lying east of the Colorado River and north ofLocation. the Little Colorado River unsurveyed, but which will probably be when surveyed in Tps. 32, 33, 34, 35, and 36 N., Rs. 5 and 6 E., Gila and Salt River meridian, Arizona. 2484 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 6″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1971] 1972 October 27, 1931 Transferring to the Territory of Hawaii Title to Certain Public Property Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Transferring to the Territory of Hawaii Title to Certain Public Property October 27, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Hawaii.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 31, p. 159; Vol. 36, p. 447. WHEREAS section 91 of the act of Congress approved April 30, 1900, entitled “AN ACT To provide a government for the Territory of Hawaii” (31 Stat. 141–159), as amended by section 7 of the act approved May 27, 1910 (36 Stat. 447), authorizes the transfer to the Territory of Hawaii of the title to all such public property ceded and transferred to the United States by the Republic of Hawaii under the Vol. 30, p. 750.joint resolution of annexation, approved July 7, 1898 (30 Stat. 750), and in the possession and use of said Territory for public purposes or required for any such purposes; and WHEREAS certain lands of the United States within the area hereinafter described are required for certain public purposes; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the Vol. 36, p. 447.United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 7 of the act of Congress approved May 27, 1910 (36 Stat. 447), do hereby transfer to the Territory of Hawaii the title to all lands owned by the United States in the Territory of Hawaii lying within the area described as follows: Description of transferred area. That certain area of land situate at Nawiliwili, in the district of Puna, island of Kauai, Territory of Hawaii, thus bounded and described: Beginning at an iron bolt in solid rock at the north corner of this Vol. 45, p. 2941.parcel of land, said iron bolt in solid rock being also the initial point of the tract described in Presidential Proclamation No. 1830, dated February 27, 1928, and the coordinates of said point of beginning referred to Government survey triangulation station “ Nawiliwili ” being 1,604.58 feet south and 627.86 feet west, as shown on Government Survey Registered Map No. 2856, and running by true azimuths: 1. 327° 36’ 00″— 309.00 feet along said tract described in Presidential Proclamation No. 1830, dated February 27, 1928; 2. 74° 17’ 50″—1,044.45 feet; 3. 209° 00’ 00″— 22.70 feet along low-water mark, as described in deed of Henry Waterhouse Trust Co., Ltd., trustees under the will and of the estate of Kaleipua Kanoa, *et al.* (Final Order of Condemnation), dated December 15, 1920, recorded in book 581, page 171;2485 4. 218° 53’ 30″—159.40 feet along same;Description of transferred area—Contd. 5. 240° 21’ 00″—4591.00 feet along same; 6. 245° 45’ 00″—140.70 feet along same to the point of beginning. Area, 4.35 acres. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifth-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State.* [No. 1972] 1973 November 2, 1931 Armistice Day—1931 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Armistice Day—1931 November 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the 11th day of November, 1918, marked the terminationArmistice Day.Preamble. of the World War and the cessation of its destruction and suffering; and WHEREAS it is appropriate that recurring anniversaries of this day should be commemorated by exercises honoring those who gave their lives in the service of their country and dedicating ourselves to the attainment of the ideals of justice, freedom, and peace for which they made a supreme sacrifice; and WHEREAS by concurrent resolution of the Senate and the HouseVol. 44, p. 1982. of Representatives, in 1926, the President was requested to issue a proclamation for the observance of Armistice Day; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theDirecting display of flag and inviting observance of, on November 11, 1931. United States of America, pursuant to said resolution, do hereby order that the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings on November 11, 1931, and do invite the people of the United States to observe the day in their churches and schools, and other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies, giving expression to our gratitude that peace exists and pledging ourselves to the effort to perpetuate the peace of the world and to cultivate relations of friendship and amity with all nations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused to be affixed the seal of the United States. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 1973] 1974 November 3, 1931 Thanksgiving Day—1931 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2486 Thanksgiving Day—1931 November 3, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Thanksgiving Day.Preamble.We approach the season when, according to custom dating from the garnering of the first harvest by our forefathers in the New World, a day is set apart to give thanks even amid hardships to Almighty God for our temporal and spiritual blessings. It has become a hallowed tradition for the Chief Magistrate to proclaim annually a national day of thanksgiving. Our country has cause for gratitude to the Almighty. We have been widely blessed with abundant harvests. We have been spared from pestilence and calamities. Our institutions have served the people. Knowledge has multiplied and our lives are enriched with its application. Education has advanced, the health of our people has increased. We have dwelt in peace with all men. The measure of passing adversity which has come upon us should deepen the spiritual life of the people, quicken their sympathies and spirit of sacrifice for others, and strengthen their courage. Many of our neighbors are in need from causes beyond their control and the compassion of the people throughout the nation should so assure their security over this winter that they too may have full cause to participate in this day of gratitude to the Almighty. Thursday, November 26, 1931, so designated.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do hereby designate Thursday, November 26, 1931, as a National Day of Thanksgiving, and do recommend that our people rest from their daily labors and in their homes and accustomed places of worship give devout thanks for the blessings which a merciful Father has bestowed upon us. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 3d day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1974] 1975 November 30, 1931 Petrified Forest National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Petrified Forest National Monument—Arizona November 30, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Petrified Forest National Monument, Ariz.Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that the public interest would be promoted by adding to the Petrified Forest National Monument, in the State of Arizona, certain adjoining lands for administrative purposes and the protection of a certain approach highway and additional features of scenic and scientific interest; Area enlarged.Vol. 34, p. 225.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), 2487do proclaim that, subject to the rights of the owners of privately owned lands and prior valid claims initiated and maintained pursuant to the land laws of the United States, the following-described lands inDescription. Arizona be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Petrified Forest National Monument: That portion of the W. ½ NW. ¼ sec. 9 lying south and east of the southern boundary of the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co.’s right of way in T. 18 N., R. 24 E., Gila and Salt River meridian. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized personsReserved from settlement, etc. not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management,Supervision, etc. and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and forVol. 39, p. 535; Vol. 41, p. 732.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/p389). other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 30th day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1975] 1976 December 2, 1931 Increasing Rate of Duty on Peas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Peas by the president of the united states of americaDecember 2, 1931. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on peas.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, peas, green or unripe, being wholly, or in part the growth, or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Mexico, and the that duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, 2488and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Increasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 638.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 769 of Title I of said act on peas, green or unripe, from 3 cents per pound to 3 cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1976] 1977 December 2, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Eggplant Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Eggplant December 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on eggplant.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, eggplant in its natural state, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to a like or similar article wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Cuba, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic article and the like or similar foreign article when produced in said pincipal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and 2489 WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theDecreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 638. United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 774 of Title I of said act on eggplant in its natural state, from 3 cents per pound to 1½ cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) to equalize such difference in costs of production. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1977] 1978 December 2, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Peppers Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Peppers December 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on peppers.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46. p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to Protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, peppers in their natural state, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Cuba, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; 2490 Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 638.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 774 of Title I of said act on peppers in their natural state, from 3 cents per pound to 2½ cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1978] 1979 December 2, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Turn Shoes Increasing Rate of Duty on McKay-Sewed Shoes Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Turn Shoes Increasing Rate of Duty on McKay-Sewed Shoes December 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on shoes.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701) entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country for turn or turned boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for, is Switzerland, and that the principal competing country for boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for, sewed or stitched by the process or method known as McKay, is Czechoslovakia, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing countries, and has specified in its report the decrease and the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and 2491 WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theChanges in rates to equalize differences in costs of production. United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total decrease and increase provided for in said act) to equalize such differences in costs of production: A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1530(e)Decreasing duty on turned shoes.Vol. 46, p. 667. of Title I of said act on turn or turned boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for, from 20 per centum ad valorem to 10 per centum ad valorem; An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1530(e)Increasing duty on McKay-sewed shoes. of Title I of said act on boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for, sewed or stitched by the process or method known as McKay, from 20 per centum ad valorem to 30 per centum ad valorem. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1979] 1980 December 2, 1931 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Feldspar Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Feldspar December 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on feldspar.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, feldspar, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to a like or similar article wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Canada, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic article and the like or similar 2492foreign article when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 603.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 207 of Title I of said act on crude feldspar, from $1 per ton to 50 cents per ton, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) to equalize such difference in costs of production. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1980] 1981 December 2, 1931 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Cylinder, Crown, and Sheet Glass Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Cylinder, Crown, and Sheet Glass December 2, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on cylinder, crown, and sheet glass.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, cylinder, crown, and sheet glass, by whatever process made, and for whatever purpose used, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles w holly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Belgium, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty 2493expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theDecreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production. United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: Decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 219 of Title I of said act on cylinder, crown, and sheet glass, by whatever process made, and for whatever purpose used, not exceeding 150 square inches, from 1⅞ cents per pound to 1 26/64 cents per pound; above that, and not exceeding 384 square inches, from 2 1/16 cents per pound to 1 35/64 cents per pound; above that, and not exceeding 720 square inches, from 2 7/16 cents per pound to 1 53/64 cents per pound; above that, and not exceeding 864 square inches, from 2⅝ cents per pound to 1 62/64 cents per pound; above that, and not exceeding 1,210 square inches, from 3 cents per pound to 2¼ cents per pound; above that, and not exceeding 2,400 square inches, from 3⅜ cents per pound to 2 34/64 cents per pound; above that, from 3¾ cents per pound to 2 52/64 cents per pound; And a decrease in the minimum rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 219 ofRates.Vol. 46, p. 606. Title I of said act on cylinder, crown, and sheet glass, by whatever process made, and for whatever purpose used, weighing less than 16 ounces but not less than 12 ounces per square foot, from 50 per centum ad valorem to 37½ per centum ad valorem. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal]] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1981] 1982 December 24, 1931 Closed Area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Florida Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Florida December 24, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Acting Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to meMigratory Bird Treaty Act.VoL 40, p. 755.[U. S. C., p. 436](/us/usc/p436). the following regulation adopted by him under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: Regulation Designating the St. Marks Migratory BirdSt. Marks Migratory Bird Refuge, Fla. Refuge, Fla., and Lands and Waters Adjacent Thereto a Closed Area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act I, C. F. Marvin, Acting Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue ofRegulation designating, as closed area.Vol. 40, p. 755.[U. S. C., p. 436](/us/usc/p436). authority vested in me by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755–757; U. S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711), and in extension of regulation 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations, do hereby designate as closed area, in or on which hunting, 2494taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to hunt, take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all that area of land and water in Wakulla, Jefferson, and Taylor Counties, Fla., comprising the St. Marks Migratory Bird Refuge, established under the provisions of Vol. 45. p. 1222.the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. [U. S. C., Supp. V, p. 204](/us/usc/p204).1222–1226; U. S. Code, Supp. IV, title 16, ch. 7a), and all lands and waters adjacent thereto, embraced within the following boundary, and as shown on the diagram hereto attached and made a part of this regulation: Description of closed area.Beginning at the northeast corner of sec. 11, T. 4 S., R. 1 E., Tallahassee meridian; Thence from said initial point, Southerly, between secs. 11 and 12 and secs. 13 and 14 to the southeast corner of sec. 14; Thence easterly, between secs. 13 and 24, T. 4 S., R. 1 E., and secs. 18 and 19, T. 4 S., R. 2 E., to the corner of secs. 17, 18, 19, and 20, T. 4 S., R. 2 E.; Thence northerly, between secs. 17 and 18 to the northwest corner of the SW. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 17; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 17, Easterly, to the northeast corner of the SW. ¼ SW. ¼; Northerly, to the northwest corner of the NE. ¼ SW. ¼; Easterly, to the northeast corner of the NW. ¼ SE. ¼; Southerly, to the southwest corner of the SE. ¼ SE. ¼; Easterly, to the southeast corner of said sec. 17; Thence northerly between secs. 16 and 17, T. 4 S., R. 2 E., to the quarter-section corner; Thence easterly, to the quarter-section corner between secs. 15 and 16; Thence southerly, between secs. 15 and 16 to the southeast corner of sec. 16; Thence southerly, to the southwest corner of the SE. ¼ NE. ¼sec. 22; Thence easterly, to the northeast corner of the SW. ¼ sec. 23; Thence southerly, to the northwest corner of the SW. ¼ SE, ¼ sec. 23; Thence easterly, to the northeast corner of the SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 23; Thence southerly, to the southeast corner of sec. 23; Thence easterly, between secs. 24 and 25, to the southeast corner of sec. 24, T. 4 S., R. 2 E.; Thence northerly, to the quarter-section corner on the east line of sec. 24; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 24, T. 4 S., R. 2 E., Westerly, to the northwest corner of the SE. ¼; Northerly, to the northwest corner of SW. ¼ NE. ¼; Westerly, to the southwest corner of the NE. ¼ NW. ¼; Northerly, to the northwest corner of the NE. ¼ NW. ¼; Easterly, to the northeast corner of said sec. 24; Thence easterly, between secs. 18 and 19, 17 and 20, 16 and 21, 15 and 22, and 14 and 23, to the northeast corner of sec. 23, T. 4 S., R. 3 E.; Thence southerly, between secs. 23 and 24, to the southeast corner of sec. 23; Thence easterly, between secs. 24 and 25, to the center of the channel of the Aucilla River; Thence southwesterly, along center of the channel of the Aucilla River as now located to the line between secs. 25 and 36; 2495 Thence easterly, to the northeast corner of sec, 36, T. 4 S., R. 3 E.;Description of closed area—Continued. Thence southerly, along the east boundary of T. 4 S., R. 3 E., to the southeast corner of sec. 36; Thence westerly, along the south boundary of sec. 36, 50 chs., to the meander corner on the south line of said section; Thence from said point, Southwesterly, in a straight line across the Gulf of Mexico to a point 2 miles south of the St. Marks Lighthouse as now established; Thence westerly, to the center of the channel of the St. Marks River; Thence northerly, along the center of the channel of the, St. Marks River to the point where said channel intersects the line between secs. 2 and 11, T. 4 S., R. 1 E.; Thence easterly, between secs. 2 and 11, to the northeast corner of sec. 11, the place of beginning. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedApproval by the President. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Acting Secretary of Agriculture. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 24″ day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal]] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1982] 1983 December 30, 1931 Conveying to the People of Porto Rico Certain Land Heretofore Reserved for Purposes of the United States Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Conveying to the People of Porto Rico Certain Land Heretofore Reserved for Purposes of the United States December 30, 1931. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the President of the United States, under an act ofPorto Rico.Preamble.Conveyance of land in Porto Rico, to people of.Vol. 39, p. 954. Congress approved March 2, 1917 (39 Stat. 951–968), entitled “An Act To provide a civil government for Porto Rico, and for other purposes,” is authorized to convey to the people of Porto Rico from time to time, in his discretion, such lands, buildings, or interests in land or other property now owned by the United States and within the territorial limits of Porto Rico as in his opinion are no longer needed for purposes of the United States; and Whereas by proclamation of the President, of August 24, 1926Vol. 44, p. 2621. (No. 1781), certain lands described therein forming a part of the San Juan Military Reservation and the Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation situated in Puerta de Tierra, City of San Juan, Territory of Porto Rico, were transferred and conveyed to the people of Porto Rico for highway purposes, subject to certain conditions; and Whereas a certain portion of the land comprising the Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation, heretofore set apart for governmental purposes, is no longer needed for the purposes of the United States; and 2496 Whereas such land is desired by the municipality of San Juan, Porto Rico, for the purpose of connecting two thoroughfares, namely, Salvador Brau Boulevard and Ponce de León Avenue, within the limits of said municipality, and may be advantageously used by the people of Porto Rico; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States, by virtue of the authority in me vested, do hereby proclaim and make known that the following-described land, to be used for highway purposes only, and subject to the conditions hereinafter mentioned, is hereby transferred and conveyed to the people of Porto Rico: Portion of United States Weather Bureau, Department of Agriculture reservation: Description of conveyed area.Beginning at the point of intersection of the northerly line of Ponce de León Avenue and the westerly line of Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation in Puerta de Tierra, San Juan, Territory of Porto Rico, thence 1. Bearing N. 21° 9’ E., along the westerly line of the Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation, a distance of 123.99 meters to the point of intersection of the southerly line of Salvador Brau Boulevard and the westerly line of the Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation; thence 2. Bearing S. 35° 47’ E., a distance of 12.40 meters to a point; thence 3. Bearing S. 21° 9’ W., a distance of 120.08 meters to a point of intersection with the northerly line of Ponce de León Avenue; thence 4. Bearing N. 68° 42.9’ W., along the northerly line of Ponce de León Avenue, a distance of 12.00 meters, to the point of beginning, containing 1,468.94 square meters. Conditions.The transfer of the above-described lands is subject to the following conditions:
(1)Vol. 44, p. 2621.That the provisions of a proclamation by the President of the United States, done at the City of Washington on the 24th day of August, 1926, shall (as far as concerns the reservation of the United States Weather Bureau, Department of Agriculture, at San Juan) be complied with *prior to the proposed transfer of land and the construction of a thoroughfare thereon*, particularly, that the people of Porto Rico shall, without expense to the United States, erect parallel to and distant 1 meter southerly from the northerly lines of the lands described in the proclamation, a substantial concrete retaining wall, the top of which shall be level with the adjoining land of the United States, and shall construct thereon an open cement or iron fence to the additional height of 4 feet, the fence to have two large gates and one small gate along San Juan Military Reservation and one large and two small gates along the Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau reservation, to conform to such type of fence and to be placed in such locations as may be designated, respectively, by the Commanding Officer, San Juan Military Reservation, and the official in charge of the Weather Bureau station at San Juan; the people of Porto Rico also shall construct, without expense to the United States, a sidewalk along the southerly side of said retaining wall;
(2)That the construction of the thoroughfare between Ponce do León Avenue and Salvador Brau Boulevard, along the 12-meter strip of land to be transferred from the Weather Bureau reservation, is contingent upon the construction, *prior to the opening of such thorough-fare to the public*, of a substantial concrete retaining wall, not less than 2497five feet high, with an open cement or iron fence constructed thereon to an additional height of 4 feet, along the entire western boundary of the Weather Bureau reservation as such boundary is determined after the proposed transfer has been effected; and
(3)That the construction of the thoroughfare between Ponce de León Avenue and Salvador Brau Boulevard is further contingent upon the construction by the people of Porto Rico, without expense to the United States, of a galvanized steel fence of cyclone or similar type, 7 feet high, on the eastern boundary of military reservation (Service Company), said fence to be continuous along the eastern boundary from Ponce de León Avenue to Salvador Brau Boulevard and to include no gates or openings of any kind. In the event that the above-described land shall cease to be used for street purposes, or be devoted to any other than highway purposes, the same shall revert to the United States.In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 30th day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-one, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1983] 1984 January 8, 1932 Transferring to the Territory of Hawaii Title to Certain Public Property Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Transferring to the Territory of Hawaii Title to Certain Public Property January 8, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas section 91 of the act of Congress approved April 30, 1900,Hawaii.Preamble.Conveyance of certain land in Hawaii.Vol. 31. p. 149.Vol. 36, p. 447. entitled “An Act To provide a government for the Territory of Hawaii” (31 Stat. 141–159), as amended by section 7 of the act approved May 27, 1910 (36 Stat. 443, 447), authorizes the transfer of the title to certain public property ceded and transferred to the United States by the Republic of Hawaii under the joint resolution of annexation, approved July 7, 1898 (30 Stat. 750), and in the possessionVol. 30, p. 750. and use of the Territory of Hawaii, to said Territory; and Whereas on the 18th day of June, 1903, Sanford B. Dole, Governor of Hawaii, acting pursuant to the authority contained in section 91 of the act of Apru 30, 1900, issued a proclamation setting aside certain lands therein described for the uses and purposes of the United States, to wit: Additional reservation of land for customs purposes at the port of Kahului, on the island of Maui; and Whereas the lands and buildings at Kahului, Territory of Hawaii, described in said proclamation are no longer needed for the uses and purposes of the United States; and Whereas such lands and buildings are desired by the government of the Territory of Hawaii to be used for public purposes by the people of the Territory of Hawaii; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 7 of the act of Congress approved May 27, 1910 (36 Stat. 443, 447), do 2498hereby transfer to the Territory of Hawaii the title to the lands and buildings thereon referred to in the proclamation of the Governor of the Territory of Hawaii, above mentioned, described as follows, to wit: Description of conveyed area.Beginning at a point which bears S. 19° 44′ E. (true), 75 feet, from a point on the south side of Front Street, which is 150 feet from the south corner of Front and Market Streets, and running by true bearings: 1. S. 70° 16’ W—50 feet; 2. S. 19° 44’ E—75 feet; 3. N. 70° 16’ E—50 feet; 4. N. 19° 44’ W.—75 feet to the initial point. Containing an area of 3,750 square feet. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 8 day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1984] 1985 January 11, 1932 Rocky Mountain National Park—Colorado Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Rocky Mountain National Park—Colorado January 11, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Rocky Mountain National Park, Colo.Preamble.Area added to Rocky Mountain National Park, Colo.Vol. 46, p. 791.Whereas Congress by act of June 21, 1930 (46 Stat. 791–792), entitled “An Act To provide for the addition of certain lands to the Rocky Mountain National Park, in the State of Colorado,” authorized the President of the United States, upon certain recommendations, to add to said park by Executive proclamation any or all of the lands described therein adjoining the present boundaries of said park; and Whereas pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of said act of Congress, the Secretary of the Interior has recommended the addition to the park of certain of the lands described therein; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including such lands within said park for preservation and administration as a part of the park; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do proclaim that the lands hereinafter described shall be, and are hereby, added to and made a part of said park, and they are hereby made subject to the provisions of the act of August Vol. 39, p. 535.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/p389).25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulations applicable to and extending over the said park: Sixth Principal Meridian Description of added area.T. 4 N., R. 73 W., sec. 4, all of that part of lot 2 lying between the Big Thompson River and the Glacier Creek, lots 3, 4, and 5; sec. 5, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8;2499 T. 5 N., R. 73 W., sec. 17, N. ¼, SW. ¼, NW. ¼ SE. ¼;Description of added area—Continued. sec. 20, S. ½ SW. ¼, SW. ¼ SE. ¼; sec. 28, S. ½ NE. ¼, SE. ¼ NW. ¼, S. ½; sec. 29, W. ½, W. ½ NE. ¾, SE. ¼ NE. ¼, SE. ¼; sec. 32, E. ½; sec. 33, W. ½, N. ½ NE. ¼, SW. ¼ SE. ¼; sec. 34, NW. ¼ NW. ¼; Containing approximately 3,075 acres. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 11″ day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of seal the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1985] 1986 February 1, 1932 Bicentennial of Birth of George Washington Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Bicentennial of Birth of George Washington February 1, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION The happy opportunity has come to our generation to demonstrateCelebration of the Bicentennial of Birth of George Washington. our gratitude and our obligation to George Washington by fitting celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of his birth. To contemplate his unselfish devotion to duty, his courage, his patience, his genius, his statesmanship, and his accomplishments for his country and the world refreshes the spirit, the wisdom, and the patriotism of our people. Therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United StatesPeriod for. of America, acting in accord with the purposes of the Congress, do invite all our people to organize themselves through every community and every association to do honor to the memory of Washington dining the period from February 22 to Thanksgiving Day. And I hereby direct that on the anniversary of his birth the flagDisplay of flag. of the United States be appropriately displayed upon all Government buildings in the United States, and all embassies, legations, and offices of the United States abroad. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused to be affixed the seal of the United States. Done at the City of Washington this first day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1986] 1987 February 12, 1932 (Appointing Ogden L. Mills Director General of Railroads) Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2500 (Appointing Ogden L. Mills Director General of Railroads) February 12, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble. Whereas Andrew W. Mellon has tendered his resignation as Director General of Railroads; and Whereas such resignation has been accepted effective upon the qualification of his successor, Ogden L. Mills.Appointed DirectorGeneral of Railroads,Vol. 41, p. 456.Vol. 40, p. 451.Vol. 39, p. 619. Now, Therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power and authority so vested in me under the Transportation Act of 1920, the unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918, and the “Act making appropriations for the support of the Army for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1917, and for other purposes,” approved August 29, 1916, and of all other powers me hereto enabling, do hereby appoint, Effective date.effective the twelfth day of February, 1932, Ogden L. Mills, Secretary of the Treasury, to be Director General of Railroads in the stead of the said Andrew W. Mellon, and do hereby delegate to and continue and confirm in him all powers and authority heretofore granted to and now possessed by the said Andrew W. Mellon as Director General of Railroads; and do hereby authorize and direct the said Ogden L. Mills or his successor in office, until otherwise provided by proclamation of the President or by act of Congress, either personally or through such divisions, agencies, or persons as he may authorize, to exercise and perform, as fully in all respects as the President is authorized to do, all and singular the powers and duties conferred or imposed upon me by the said unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918, and the said Transportation Act of February 28, 1920, except the designation of the Agent under section 206 thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 12th day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1987] 1988 February 12, 1932 (Designating and appointing Ogden L. Mills, Director General of Railroads, and his successor in office, as the agent provided for in section 206 of the act of Congress approved February 28, 1920) Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation (Designating and appointing Ogden L. Mills, Director General of Railroads, and his successor in office, as the agent provided for in section 206 of the act of Congress approved February 28, 1920) February 12, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.Vol. 44. p. 2597.Vol. 41. p. 460. Whereas by proclamation dated December 14, 1925, Andrew W. Mellon, Director General of Railroads, was designated as the agent provided for in section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920; and 2501 Whereas the said Andrew W. Mellon, Director General of Railroads, as aforesaid has tendered his resignation as said agent, which has been duly accepted, effective upon the qualification of his successor; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedAppointment of Ogden L. Mills as agent. States of America, under and by virtue of the power and authority vested in me by said act, and of all other powers me hereto enabling, do hereby designate and appoint, effective the twelfth day of February, 1932, Ogden L. Mills, Director General of Railroads, and his successor in office, as the agent provided for in section 206 of said act, approved February 28, 1920. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 12th day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1988] 1989 February 12, 1932 Migratory Waterfowl Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Migratory Waterfowl February 12, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamations of August 25, 1931, and SeptemberMigratory waterfowl.Preamble.*Ante*, pp. 2475, 2481.Restrictions modified. 12, 1931, the season for hunting migratory waterfowl throughout the United States was restricted to one month in order to meet an emergency brought about by excessive drought over the principal breeding ground of such waterfowl in the United States; and WHEREAS the emergency has now been relieved; and WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture has adopted an amendmentFormer provisions restored. of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act regulations restoring the openVol. 40, p. 755;[U. S. C., p. 436](/us/usc/p436).*Ante*, p. 2440. seasons for waterfowl prescribed by the amendment of the regulations approved March 17, 1931; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theProclamations revoked.*Ante*, pp. 2475, 2481. United States of America, do hereby revoke the said proclamations of August 25, 1931, and September 12, 1931, and the seasons during which migratory game birds may be hunted as prescribed by proclamationHunting seasons extended.*Ante*, p. 2440. of March 17, 1931, are hereby restored. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12″ day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1989] 1990 February 23, 1932 Copyright—Greece Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2502 Copyright—Greece February 23, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Copyright.WHEREAS it is provided by the act of Congress approved March Preamble.4, 1909 (35 Stat. 1075–1088), entitled “AN ACT To Amend and Vol. 35, p. 1075.Consolidate the Acts Respecting Copyright,” that the copyright secured by the act, except the benefits under section 1 (*e*) thereof as to which special conditions are imposed, shall extend to the work of an author or proprietor who is a citizen or subject of a foreign state or nation, only upon certain conditions set forth in section 8 of the said Vol. 35, p. 1077.act, to wit: (*a*) When an alien author or proprietor shall be domiciled within the United States at the time of the first publication of his work; or (*b*) When the foreign state or nation of which such author or proprietor is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to its own citizens, or copyright protection substantially equal to the protection secured to such foreign author under this act or by treaty; or when such foreign state or nation is a party to an international agreement which provides for reciprocity in the granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the United States may, at its pleasure, become a party thereto; and WHEREAS it is provided by section 1 (*e*) of the said act of Congress, approved March 4, 1909, that the provisions of the act “so far as they secure copyright controlling the parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically the musical work, shall include only compositions published and copyrighted after this Act goes into effect, and shall not include the works of a foreign author or composer unless the foreign state or nation of which such author or composer is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States similar rights”; and WHEREAS the President is authorized by the said section 8 to determine by proclamation made from time to time the existence of the reciprocal conditions aforesaid, as the purposes of the act may require; and Action by Greece.WHEREAS satisfactory official assurances have been received that on and after March 1, 1932, citizens of the United States will be entitled to obtain copyright for their works in Greece which is substantially equal to the protection afforded by the copyright laws of the United States, including rights similar to those provided by section1 (*e*) of the Copyright Act of the United States, approved March 4, 1909; Benefits extended to nationals of Greece, including musical reproductions.Vol. 35,pp. 1075, 1077.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do declare and proclaim That on and after March 1, 1932, the conditions specified in sections 8(*b*) and 1(*e*) of the act of March 4, 1909, will exist and be fulfilled in respect of the nationals of Greece and that on and after March 1, 1932, nationals of Greece shall be entitled to all the benefits of the act of March 4, 1909, including section 1 (*e*) thereof and the acts amendatory of the said act: Conditions. *Provided*, That the enjoyment by any work of the rights and benefits conferred by the act of March 4, 1909, and the acts amendatory thereof, shall be conditional upon compliance with the requirements and formalities prescribed with respect to such works by the copyright laws of the United States: 2503 *And provided further*, That the provisions of section 1(*e*) of the act of March 4, 1909, in so far as they secure copyright controlling parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically musical works shall apply only to compositions published after July 1, 1909, and registered for copyright in the United States which have not been reproduced within the United States prior to March 1, 1932, on any contrivance by means of which the work may be mechanically performed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23d day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1990] 1991 February 25, 1932 Bandelier National Monument—New Mexico Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Bandelier National Monument—New Mexico February 25, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears desirable, in the public interest, to add to theBandelier NationalMonument, N. Mex. Bandeher National Monument as established by proclamation of February 11, 1916 (39 Stat. 1764), certain lands of the United StatesPreamble.Vol. 39, p. 1764. within the Santa Fe National Forest, in the State of New Mexico, and to exclude said national monument as enlarged from the Santa Fe National Forest; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theArea enlarged.Vol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/p416).Vol. 30, p. 34.[U. S. C., p. 419](/us/usc/p419). United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2, act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 431), and the act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 11, 34; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 473), do proclaim that the boundaries of the Bandelier National Monument be, and they are hereby, changed so as to include certain additional land in T. 19 N., R. 7 E., New Mexico principal meridian, subject to all valid existing rights, and that the reservation as so enlarged is hereby excluded from the Santa Fe National Forest, the lands within the reservation as enlarged being described as follows:Description. New Mexico Principal Meridian T. 19 N., R. 7 E., south half of secs. 7, 8, and 9; secs. 16 to 21 inclusive; fractional secs. 28, 29, and 30; All lands in unsurveyed Tps. 17 and 18 N., R. 6 E., lying north of the Canada de Cochiti Grant, south of the Ramon Vigil Grant, and west of the Rio Grande River. Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, remove, or destroy any feature of this national monument,Reserved from settlement. nor to locate or settle on any of the lands reserved by this proclamation. 2504 Public use of roads.Nothing herein contained shall modify or abridge the right of the public to travel over any or all public roads now existing within or upon the lands herein described or roads subsequently constructed to take the place of such existing roads, nor shall public travel over said roads be subject to any restriction or condition other than those generally applicable to the use of public roads in the State of New Mexico. Supervision etc. of Director of National Park Service.Vol. 39, p. 535; Vol. 41, p. 732.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25″ day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-[seal]two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1991] 1992 March 10, 1932 Emergency Board, Louisiana & Arkansas Railway Co.—Employees Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Emergency Board, Louisiana & Arkansas Railway Co.—Employees March 10, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor dispute, The Louisiana & Arkansas Railway Co., The Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Co., and certain of their employees.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that a dispute between the following carriers: The Louisiana & Arkansas Railway Co.; The Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Co.; carriers, and certain of their employees represented by Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; Railway Employees Department, American Federation of Labor, Federated Shopcrafts; Local Lodge No. 24, Colored Railway Trainmen; which dispute has not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threatens substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Louisiana, Arkansas, and Texas, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under Vol. 44, p. 586.[U. S. C., p. 2110](/us/usc/p2110).the authority vested in me by section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees 2505or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. The members of this board shall be compensated for and on accountCompensation, etc. of such duties in the sum of one hundred dollars ($100) for every day actually employed with or upon and on account of travel and duties incident to such board. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for necessary expenses of themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and expenses actually incurred for subsistence, in conformity with said act. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out ofPayment of expenditures.Vol. 46. p. 1357. the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1932” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 10th day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1992] 1993 March 15, 1932 Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse March 15, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, Congress has enacted, and the President has on theMerchandise in bonded warehouse.Preamble. seventeenth day of June 1930, approved a law which contains the following provisions:" “Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergencyStatutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 696. to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act, and may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to permit, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the importation free of duty of food, clothing and medical, surgical and other supplies for use in emergency relief work. The Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the Congress any action taken under the provisions of this section.”" AND, WHEREAS, It is essential, in order to carry into effect the provisions of the said act, the applicable provisions of which are quoted herein, that the powers conferred upon the President therein be at this time exercised to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedExtending time for withdrawing imported merchandise, entered for warehousing prior to 1930. States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid act of Congress, hereby find and determine, and by this proclamation do proclaim an emergency to exist, for sufficient reasons me thereunto moving. And I do further proclaim and make known, that, in my judgment, it is proper and necessary because of the emergency existing that all imported merchandise entered for warehousing on or before Decem2506 Vol. 42, p. 977.ber 31, 1929, under the provisions of Section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1922, shall be permitted to remain in bonded warehouses for a further period, and pursuant to the authority reposed in me, ì do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury until further notice to extend the period during which merchandise may remain in bonded warehouses so that merchandise imported on or before December 31, 1929, may remain in warehouse for periods not exceeding two years after Vol. 46, p. 744.the expiration of the three years prescribed by Section 557 of the Act of June 17, 1930, without otherwise altering the provisions of said act; provided, however, that in each and every case, the Assent of sureties required.Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the warehouse bonds, given in support of the warehouse entry, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension hereinabove granted, shall furnish to the Collector of Customs for the District in which the merchandise is warehoused the assent of the Sureties on such bond, agreeing to remain bound under the terms and provisions of their bonds to the same extent as if no extension were granted or shall furnish an additional bond with Sureties to cover the extended period. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 15th day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty two [seal] and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1993] 1994 March 17, 1932 Great Sand Dunes National Monument—Colorado Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Great Sand Dunes National Monument—Colorado March 17, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Great Sand Dunes National Monument, Colo.Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including the lands hereinafter described within a national monu-ment for the preservation of the great sand dunes and additional features of scenic, scientific, and educational interest; Area enlarged.Vol. 34, p. 223.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by sec. 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim and establish the Great Sand Dunes National Monument Description.and that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Colorado be, and the same are hereby, included within the said national monument: Sixth Principal Meridian T. 25 S., R. 73 W., secs. 31 and 32; T. 26 S., R. 73 W., secs. 3 to 11, inclusive; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; secs. 26 to 35, inclusive; T. 27 S., R. 73 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; secs. 15 to 22, inclusive; 2507 New Mexico Principal Meridian T. 40 N., R. 12 E., secs. 1 and 2; sec. 11, NE. ¼; secs. 12, 13, 24, and 25; T. 41 N., R. 12 E., sec. 10, lots 1 to 4, inclusive; sec. 11, lots 1 to 4, inclusive; sec. 12, lots 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 13 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive; and unsurveyed land which upon survey will probably be described as: Fractional T. 40 N., R. 13 E.; Fractional T. 41 N., R. 13 E.; Fractional T. 42 N., R. 13 E.; secs. 30 and 31. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized personsReserved from settlement. not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the directionSupervision, etc. of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and forVol. 39, p. 533; Vol. 41, p. 732. other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 17″ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-six. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1994] 1995 March 21, 1932 Child Health Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Child Health Day March 21, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Congress of the United States, by enactment ofChild Health Day.Preamble.Vol. 45, p. 617. May 18, 1928, requested the President to proclaim May 1 as Child Health Day, for national consideration of this subject; and WHEREAS the children of this Nation are our most precious possession, the causes and objects of our deepest affections, and in them is the promise of our future homes; and WHEREAS we have in them the constant and unfailing source of vitality, wealth, and leadership, the future benefits of which to the Nation depend upon the health and protection of children today; and WHEREAS the knowledge of how to protect and promote their health, physical, mental, and spiritual, is more accessible than ever before, as the reports of the White House Conference on Child Health and Protection give tangible evidence; 2508 Setting aside May 1, 1932, as, and recommending observance of.NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim May 1, 1932, to be Child Health Day, and do invite all agencies and organizations interested in child welfare to unite upon that day in the observance of such exercises as will awaken the people of the Nation to the fundamental necessity of unremitting effort for the protection and development of the health of the Nation’s children. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 21″ day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1995] 1996 April 14, 1932 Bonded Carpet Wool and Drawback Exportations Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Bonded Carpet Wool and Drawback Exportations April 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Bonded carpet wool and drawback exportations.Preamble.WHEREAS Congress has enacted and the President has, on the 17th day of June, 1930, approved a law which contains the following provisions :" Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 696.“Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act, and may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to permit, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the importation free of duty of food, clothing, and medical, surgical, and other supplies for use in emergency relief work. The Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the Congress any action taken under the provisions of this section.”" WHEREAS it is essential, in order to carry into effect the provisions of the said act, the applicable provisions of which are quoted herein, that the powers conferred upon the President therein be at this time exercised to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid act of Congress, hereby find and deter-mine and by this proclamation do proclaim an emergency to exist, for sufficient reasons me thereunto moving. Time extended for furnishing proof that bonded carpet wool, entered prior to 1930, has been so used.And I do further proclaim and make known that, in my judgment, it is proper and necessary because of the emergency existing that all wool imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse on or before December 31, 1929, conditionally free of duty, under bond, for use in the manufacture of rugs, carpets, or other floor coverings, under Vol. 42, p. 904.the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the tariff act of 1922, shall be 2509permitted a further period during which proof that the wool has been so used may be furnished; and, pursuant to the authority reposed in me, I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice, to extend the period during which proof that the wool has been so used may be furnished as to wool imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse on or before December 31, 1929, so that such proof may be furnished during periods not exceeding two years after the expiration of the three years prescribed by said paragraph 1101: *Provided, however*, that in each and every case the Secretary of the*Proviso*.Assent of sureties required. Treasury shall require that the principal on the bond, given in support of the entry or withdrawal, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension hereinabove granted, shall furnish to the Collector of Customs for the district in which the bond was given the assent of the sureties on such bond, agreeing to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or shall furnish an additional bond with sureties to cover the extended period. And I do further proclaim and make known that, in my judgment,Drawback exportations.Time restrictions as to imports prior to 1930, modified.Vol. 46, p. 693. it is proper and necessary because of the emergency existing that, as to articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for drawback purposes under section 313 of the tariff act of 1930, a further period for exportation of the completed article (or shipment thereof to the Philippine Islands) should be permitted in those cases where the imported merchandise involved was imported on or before December 31, 1929; and, pursuant to the authority reposed in me, I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend the period for exportation (or shipment to the Philippine Islands) of the completed article in those cases where the imported merchandise involved was imported on or before December 31, 1929, so as to include not exceeding five years after importation of the imported merchandise instead of threeVol. 46, p. 694. years as prescribed in section 313
(h)of the tariff act of 1930. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14″ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 1996] 1997 April 25, 1932 Green Mountain National Forest—Vermont Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Green Mountain National Forest—Vermont April 25, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Vermont haveGreen MountainNational Forest, Vt.Preamble.Vol. 36, p. 962;Vol. 43, pp. 653, 1215. been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 961, 962; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the[U. S. C., p. 424](/us/usc/p424). act of June 7, 1924 (43 Stat. 653–655; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 515); 2510 Reserving site for national forest.Vol. 26, p. 1103; Vol. 34, p. 1271; Vol. 36, p. 963[U. S. C., pp. 418, 425](/us/usc/p418).NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1095, 1103; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 961, 963; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Green Mountain National Forest, in the State of Vermont, all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall be reserved and administered as parts of said Green Mountain National Forest: Description.Beginning at the settlement of Barnumville, in the town of Manchester, State of Vermont, where the road from State Highway No. 11 to the United States Highway No. 7 intersects the Rutland Railroad; thence with the center line of said railroad in a northerly direction approximately 3.2 miles to a point where United States Highway No. 7 crosses to the east side of said railroad; thence with said highway in a northerly direction approximately 0.5 mile to a point where the highway intersects the said railroad; thence northerly with the central line of said railroad approximately 1.1 miles to a point where United States Highway No. 7 intersects the said railroad and crosses to the east side thereof; thence with said highway in a northerly direction approximately 1.4 miles to a point where it intersects said railroad and crosses to the west side thereof; thence with the central line of said railroad in a northerly direction approximately 9.8 miles to a point in South Wallingford where a road intersects the railroad; thence with the said road in a northeasterly direction to its intersection with State Highway No. 103-A approximately 2 miles east of Wallingford; thence with said highway in an easterly direction to East Wallingford; thence with a road leading up Mill River through Tarbellville, and continuing with said road down the east fork of West River, crossing the Rutland-Windsor County line approximately 1 mile northwest of the southeast corner of the town of Mount Holly, to the intersection of a settlement road approximately 3.4 miles north of Weston; thence with said settlement road in a southerly direction west of and approximately parallel to the main town road to the forks of the roads approximately 1.8 miles north of Weston; thence with the old road on the west side of the West River to the forks of the roads approximately 0.3 mile west of Weston; thence with the road in a westerly direction approximately 2.2 miles to the forks of the roads; thence with the road in a southerly direction passing approximately through the middle of the north section of the town of Landgrove to the forks of the roads at State Highway No. 11 approximately 1.6 miles west of Londonderry; thence south 4° west approximately 1.9 miles to the forks of the roads approximately 1.6 miles northwest of South Londonderry; thence with the road in a southwesterly direction to the forks of the roads approximately at the Bennington-Windham County line and approximately 0.5 mile south of the northeast comer of the town of Winhall; thence with the road in a southwesterly direction approximately 3.9 miles to the forks of the roads; thence with the road in a northwesterly direction approximately 1.4 miles to State Highway No. 30; thence with said highway in a northwesterly direction to corner No. 5 on the W. D. Howe Tract 2 L (part of lot 3, R. 8, town of Winball); thence with the east, south, and west boundaries of Tract 2 L to State Highway No. 30 on the west side of said tract, 4.4 chains south of corner 2 thereof; thence with State Highways Nos. 30 and 11 to the forks of 2511the roads where the road leads off toward Bamumville; thence with the latter road to the place of beginning. DONE at the City of Washington this 25″ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hunched and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 1997] 1998 May 27, 1932 Mesa Verde National Park—Colorado Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Mesa Verde National Park—Colorado May 27, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS Congress by act of February 26, 1931 (46 Stat. 1422–1423),Mesa Verde National Park., Colo.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 1422. entitled “AN ACT To provide for the addition of certain lands to the Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado, and for other purposes,” authorized the President of the United States, upon the recommendation of the Secretary of the Interior, to add to said park by Executive proclamation a strip of land 260 ft. wide along and including Point Lookout Road between the north boundary of the Mesa Verde National Park and the junction with the Cortez-Mancos Road and the triangle formed by the fork in said Point Lookout Road and lands along or adjacent to said road and right of way as may be acquired by gift or by exchanges, and such other public lands along or adjacent to said road and right of way as may be recommended; and WHEREAS by deed dated March 11, 1932, there was conveyed to the United States a strip of land 260 ft. wide along the said Point Lookout Road in accordance with the act of February 26, 1931; and WHEREAS for consideration as a part of the Point Lookout Road, by Executive Order No. 5424, dated August 15, 1930, there was withdrawn from public disposition, in aid of legislation, the E. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 32, T. 36 N., R. 14 W., New Mexico principal meridian; and WHEREAS the said Secretary of the Interior has recommended the addition to the park of the lands hereinafter described; and WHEREAS it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including the above-mentioned strip of 260 ft. in width and a part of the said E. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 32 within said park, for preservation, scenic, and road-protection purposes; NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theArea enlarged. United States of America, do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the lands hereinafter described shall be, and are hereby, added to and made a part of said park, and they are hereby madeSupervision, etc.Vol. 39, p. 535; Vol 41, p. 732.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/p389). subject to the provisions of the act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Sendee, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulations applicable to and extending over the said park; 2512 New Mexico Principal Meridian Description.T. 36 N., R. 14 W., SE. ¼ NE. ¼ SW. ¼, SE. ¼ SW. ¼sec. 32, and a parcel of land which has been conveyed to the United States in the SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 29, and E. ½ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ SE. ¼, and W. ½ SE. ¼ sec. 32, described as follows: All that part or parts of the SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 29, E. ½ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ SE. ¼, and W. ½ SE. ¼ sec. 32, T. 36 N., R. 14 W. of the New Mexico principal meridian, lying 130 ft. on each side of the center line of the present public road between the north boundary of the Mesa Verde National Park and the Cortez-Mancos State Highway, together with all the land within 130 ft. on each side of the center line of the two curves of the said road as they enter the Cortez-Mancos State Highway, and all the land lying between the two said curves and the said Cortez-Mancos Highway; said parcel of land being more particularly described as follows: 130 ft. in width on each side of a line beginning at a point on the north boundary of the Mesa Verde National Park, and on the south section line of said sec. 32, 263 ft. west of the quarter-section corner of said sec. 32, and running thence, following the center line of said highway, N. 21° 6’ W. 300 ft., thence on a 10° curve to right 550 ft., thence N. 33° 54’ E. 479.5 ft., thence N. 33° 54’ E. 130 ft., thence on a 6° curve to right 408.3 ft., thence N. 58° 24’ E. 359.9 ft., thence on a 2° curve to left 196.7 ft., thence N. 54° 28’ E. 656.4 ft., thence on a 20° curve to left 203.8 ft., thence N. 13° 43’ E. 771.4 ft., thence on a 6° curve to left 460 ft., thence N. 13° 53’ W. 350 ft., thence on a 6° curve to right 750 ft., thence N. 31° 07’ E. 398.3 ft.; said parcel being, further, 130 ft. in width on the right side of a line beginning at the north end of said course N. 31° 07’ E., and running thence on a 27° curve to right 316.5 ft., and thence S. 58° 53’ E. 200 ft., to an intersection with the Cortez-Mancos Highway, and 130 ft. in width on the left side of a line beginning at the north end of said course N. 31° 07’ E., and running thence on a 27° curve to left 301.7 ft., and thence on a 4° curve to right 200 ft., to an intersection with the Cortez-Mancos Highway, and together with the land lying between the said two 27° curves; containing approximately 60.2 acres. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27th day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the[seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1998] 1999 June 1, 1932 Scotts Bluff National Monument—Nebraska Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Scotts Bluff National Monument—Nebraska June 1, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Scotts Bluff National Monument, Nebr.Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that the public interest would be promoted by adding to the Scotts Bluff National Monument, in the State of Nebraska, certain adjoining lands for administrative purposes and the protection of a certain approach highway and additional features of scenic and scientific interest: 2513 NOW, THEREFORE, I, HERBERT HOOVER, President of theArea enlarged. United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested byVol. 34, p. 225. section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that, subject to the rights of the owners of privately owned ands and subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Nebraska be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Scotts Bluff National Monument: Sixth Principal Meridian Description. T. 21 N., R. 55 W., sec. 3, lot 4; sec. 4, lots 1 and 2, and SE. ¼ NE. ¼; T. 22 N., R. 55 W., sec. 27, SW. ¼ SW. ¼; sec. 28, lots 2 and 3, SW. ¼ NW. ¼, and N. ½ SW. ¼; sec. 29, lot 1, SE. ¼ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ SE. ¼, W. ½ E. ½, and E. ½ W. ½; sec. 32, E. ½ W. ½ and W. ½ E. ½; sec. 33, SE. ¼ SE. ¼, sec. 34, W. ½ W. ½. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notReserved from settlement, etc. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monu-ment and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision, etc. by Director of National Park Service.Vol. 39, p. 535; Vol. 41, p. 732.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/p389). the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 1 day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 1999] 2000 June 6, 1932 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—South Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—South Carolina June 6, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Acting Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to meCape Romain Migratory Bird Refuge, S. C.Preamble. the following regulation adopted by him under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: Regulation Designating as Closed Area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Certain Lands and Waters within the Boundary of, Adjacent to, and in the Vicinity of the Cape Romain Migratory Bird Refuge, S. C., Established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act (45 Stat. 1222) I. R. W. Dunlap, Acting Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue ofRegulation designating certain lands, etc., within or adjacent to, as closed area.Vol. 40, pp. 755–757. authority vested in me by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755–757; U. S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711), and in 2514 [U. S. C., pp. 436–437](/us/usc/p436).extension of regulation 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations, do hereby designate as closed area, in or on which hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to hunt, take, capture, Location.or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all areas of land and water in Charleston County, S. C., embraced within the exterior boundary hereinbelow described and as shown upon Bureau of Biological Survey map entitled “Cape Romain Migratory Bird Refuge,” dated March 7, 1932, filed with this regulation in the archives of the Department of Agriculture, which have not been acquired by the United Vol. 45, p. 1222.[U. S. C., Supp. V, p. 204](/us/usc/p204).States for the purposes of the Migratory Bird Conservation Act (45 Stat. 1222–1226; U. S. Code, Supp;., title 16, ch. 7*a*). Hunting forbidden.All lands and waters within the aforesaid exterior boundaries acquired by the United States under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act are closed by said act to entry for any purpose except in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of Agriculture, and all hunting either of migratory or nonmigratory birds on said lands and waters is forbidden by said act; and said lands and waters, so acquired by the United States, are areas upon which hunting of migratory buds is also not permitted by the regulations under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. description of the exterior boundary above referred to Description. (The surveys of the several tracts mentioned in the following-described area were executed under direction of the Bureau of Biological Survey, Department of Agriculture, from November, 1930, to April, 1931. All bearings in this description were turned from the true meridian as determined by altitude observations on the sun during the progress of the survey. The mean magnetic declination was found to be ° 26’ W.) Beginning at a point on the southeast shore of Raccoon Key, fronting the Atlantic Ocean; the approximate geographic position is in latitude 33° 00’ 42” N., and longitude 79° 22’ 43” W. from Greenwich; this point is identical with corner No. 14, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*b*; from this corner the Cape Romain Lighthouse bears N. 38° 13’ E., 51.27 chs. distant; Thence from said initial point, Westerly, along the south shore of Raccoon Key, fronting the Atlantic Ocean, to the west end of Raccoon Key at Sandy Point; Thence southwesterly, in a straight line across the waters of Bull Bay, to a point on an unnamed island at the mouth of Bull Creek; this point is identical with comer No. 4, United States Tract No. 2*c*; Thence southwesterly, along the north and left bank of Bull Creek, to a point on an unnamed island at the junction of said creek with Sewee Bay; this point is identical with corner No. 8, United States Tract No. 2*c*; Thence N. 21° 19’ W., 6.67 chs., to a point on the westerly extremity of the said unnamed island, on the east side of Sewee Bay; Thence northerly, in a straight line across an arm of Sewee Bay, to a point on the westerly extremity of a small unnamed island; from this point corner No. 13, United States Tract No. 2*c*, bears N. 45° 04’E., 9.34 chs. distant; Thence northeasterly, in a straight line along the east side of Sewee Bay, to a point on the northwest extremity of an unnamed island; from this point corner No. 13, United States Tract No. 2*c*, bears S. 3° 04’ E., 14.81 chs. distant; Thence northeasterly, in a straight line along the east side of Sewee Bay, to a point on the northwest extremity of an unnamed island, on the right bank of Sewee Creek; 2515 Thence S. 89° 23’ E., 5.56 chs., to corner No. 14, United StatesDescription—Contd. Tract No. 2*c*, on the right bank of Sewee Creek; Thence N. 11° 02’ E., crossing Sewee Creek, 3.63 chs., to a point on the left bank of Sewee Creek; this point is identical with corner No. 1, United States Tract No. 2*c*, and corner No. 14, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1; Thence with traverse along the east side of Sewee Bay, bordering Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1, N. 10° 54’ W., 3.52 chs.; S. 59° 36’ E., 3.03 chs.; N. 20° 19’ E., 13.04 chs.; N. 30° 07’ E., 13.13 chs.; N. 28° 02’ E., 6.72 chs., to a point on the northeast shore of Sewee Bay; Thence northwesterly, in a straight line across the northeasterly head of Sewee Bay and the Inland Waterway as now located, to a point on the margin of the marsh and the upland; this point is identical with corner No. 10, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1; Thence northeasterly, along the border of the marsh and the upland, with the meanders thereof, following the survey of the northwest boundary of Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1, Tract No. 1–VI, Tract No. 1–IV, and Tract No. 1–III, to a point on the west and right bank of Graham Creek and the Inland Waterway as now located; this point is identical with comer No. 7, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1–III; Thence northeasterly, along the northwesterly bank of the Inland Waterway as now located, in part with the right bank of Graham Creek and in part with the left bank of Awendaw Creek, to a point on the border of the marsh and the upland on the northerly bank of the Inland Waterway as now located; this point is identical with corner No. 3 of United States Tract No. 2*a*; Thence northeasterly, along the border of the marsh and the upland, to a point on the northwest side of Legare Creek; this point is identical with corner No. 2 of the Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*a*–I; Thence S. 33° 00’ E., crossing Legare Creek, 45.05 chs., to a point on the northwest side of Harbor River and the Inland Waterway as now located; this point is identical with corners No. 1, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tracts 1*a* and 1*a*–I; Thence N. 61° 00’ E., in part along the northwest side of the Inland Waterway as now located, 104.88 chs., to a point in the marsh; this point is identical with corner No. 2, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*a*; Thence S. 57° 00’ E., 13.00 chs., to a point on the right bank of Harbor River; Thence northeasterly, crossing Harbor River, to a point on the north and right bank of Mathews Cut at the point of confluence with Harbor River; Thence northeasterly, along the north bank of the Inland Waterway as now located, in part with the north bank of Mathews Cut, Mathews Creek, and Clubhouse Creek, to a point on the northeast bank of Clubhouse Creek; this point is identical with corner No. 2, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*w*; Thence N. 41° 34’ E., 7.48 chs., to a point in the marsh; this point is identical with corner No. 3, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*w*; 2516 Description—Contd.Thence S. 53° 12’ E., 6.39 chs., to a point in the marsh on the east side of wooded highland; this point is identical with corner No. 4, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*w*; Thence S. 21° 41’ W., 8.40 chs., to a point on the northeast bank of the Inland Waterway as now located; this point is identical with corner No. 1, Cape Romain Land & Improvement Co. Tract No. 1*w*; Thence easterly, along the north bank of the Inland Waterway as now located, in part with the north bank of Clubhouse Creek and Skrine Creek, to a point on the southwest boundary of Ormond Hall Plantation on the north bank of the Inland Waterway; Thence S. 53° 27’ E., crossing the Inland Waterway as now located and along the southwest boundary of Ormond Hall Plantation, 7.25 chs., to corner No. 10, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence, continue S. 53° 27’ E., along the southwest boundary of Ormond Hall Plantation, 25.42 chs., to the northwest corner of the Staples and Manigault Tract; this corner is identical with corner No. 9, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence S. 13° 51’ W., 32.20 chs., along the northwest boundary of the Staples and Manigault Tract, crossing and recrossing Ramhorn Creek, to a point in the marsh; this point is identical with corner No. 8, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence S. 32° 37’ E., 40.28 chs., along the southwest boundary of the Staples and Manigault Tract, crossing and recrossing Ramhorn Creek, to a point in the marsh; this point is identical with corner No. 7, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence S. 64° 25’ E., along the southwest boundary of the Staples and Manigault Tract, 9.79 chs., to a point in the marsh; this point is identical with corner No. 6, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence N. 62° 57’ E., along the southeast boundary of the Staples and Manigault Tract, 35.13 chs., to a point on the right bank of Alligator Creek; this point is identical with corner No. 5, United States Tract No. 2*d*; Thence southerly, along the right bank of Alligator Creek, to the point of intersection with the Atlantic Ocean; Thence southeasterly, across the inlet to Cape Romain Harbor, to the northerly point of Cape Island; Thence southerly, along the eastern shore of Cape Island fronting the Atlantic Ocean, to the southern extremity of Cape Island; Thence northwesterly, across the mouth of Romain River, to a point on the southeast shore of Raccoon Key, the place of beginning. Regulations approved and proclaimed. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Acting Secretary of Agriculture. A copy of the map referred to in the foregoing regulation of the Acting Secretary of Agriculture is annexed to and made a part of this proclamation. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 6″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of seal the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2000] 2001 June 11, 1932 Changing Duty on Infants’ Wool Knit Outerwear Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Changing Duty on Infants’ Wool Knit Outerwear June 11, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on infants’ wool knit outerwear.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, infants’ outerwear, knit or crocheted, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of wool, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is the United Kingdom, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease and the increase in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedChanges in rates to equalize differences in costs of production. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; A decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1114(d)Decreasing duty on Jersey knit fabric, plain stitch.Vol. 46, p. 649. of Title I of said act on infants’ outerwear, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of wool, made or cut from Jersey fabric knit in plain stitch on a circular machine, not specially provided for, valued at more than $2 per pound, from 50 cents per pound and 50 per centum ad valorem to 50 cents per pound and 25 per centum ad valorem; and An increase in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1114(d)Increasing duty on knit or crocheted. of Title I of said act on infants’ outerwear, knit or crocheted, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of wool, and not specially provided for, valued at more than $2 per pound, from 50 cents per pound and 50 per centum ad valorem to 50 cents per pound and 75 per centum ad valorem. 2518 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this 11th day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2001] 2002 June 18, 1932 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Alsimin, Ferrosilicon Aluminum, and Ferroaluminum Silicon Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Alsimin, Ferrosilicon Aluminum, and Ferroaluminum Silicon June 18, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on alsimin, ferrosilicon aluminum, and ferroaluminum sillicon.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, silicon aluminum, aluminum silicon, alsimin, ferrosilicon aluminum, and ferroaluminum silicon, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Switzerland, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Changes in rates to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 610.Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 302
(j)of Title I of said act on alsimin, ferrosilicon aluminum, and ferroaluminum silicon, all the foregoing containing 20 but not more than 52 per centum of aluminum, and having silicon and iron as the other principal component elements, from 5 cents per pound to 2½ cents per pound, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) to equalize such difference in costs of production. 2519 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 18th day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2002] 2003 June 30, 1932 Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park June 30, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it being desired to commemorate permanently theWaterton-Glacier International Peace Park, Preamble. long-existing relationship of peace and good will existing between the people and Governments of the United States and Canada; and Whereas this desire was crystallized into law by an act of the*Ante*, p. 145. Congress of the United States on May 2, 1932 (Public No. 116, 72d Cong., 1st sess.), said act being entitled “AN ACT For establishment of the Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park”; and Whereas, as provided by section 1 of the aforementioned act, a similar provision respecting the Waterton Lakes National Park, in the Province of Alberta, has been enacted into law by Royal assent of the Canadian Government on May 26, 1932; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedGlacier National Park, Mont., made a part of. States of America, by virtue of the power and authority in me vested by section 1 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For establishment of the Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park,” approved May 2, 1932 (Public No. 116, 72d Cong., 1st sess.), do proclaim that the Glacier National Park in the State of Montana shall be, and is hereby, made part of an international park to be known as the Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park. For purposes of administration, promotion, development, andAdministration, etc. support by appropriations, that part of said Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park within the territory of the United States shall be designated as the Glacier National Park, to be supervised, managed, and controlled by the Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat., 535–536). In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3Oth day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-sixth. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2003] 2004 July 20, 1932 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2520 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds July 20, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Protection of migratory birds.Preamble.Vol. 40.,p.755.[U. S. C., pp. 438–137](/us/usc/t/s438–137).Vol. 39, p. 1702.Vol. 40, p. 1812.Whereas the Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of the authority vested in him by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat. 755; U.S. Code, title 16, secs. 703–711), has submitted to me for approval regulations further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which the Secretary of Agriculture has determined to be suitable amendatory regulations permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, as follows: Regulation 3, “Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Taken,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 3.—Means of taking birds. Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Take Regulations modified.Vol. 45, pp, 2901, 2942; Vol. 46, p. 2989.The migratory game birds specified in regulation 4 hereof may be taken during the open season with a gun only, not larger than No. 10 gauge, fired from the shoulder, except as specifically permitted by *Ante*, p. 2440.regulations 7, 8, 9, and 10 hereof; they may be taken during the open season from the land and water, with the aid of a dog, the use of decoys, and from a blind or floating device, except that in the taking Wild ducks.Wild geese in California.of wild ducks not more than twenty-five
(25)live duck decoys may be shot over, and in the taking of wild geese in California the use of live goose decoys is not permitted; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the use of an automobile, airplane, power boat, sailboat, any boat under sail, any floating device towed by power boat or sailboat, or any sinkbox (battery), except that sinkboxes (batteries) may be used in the talcing of migratory waterfowl in coastal sounds and bays (including Back Bay, Princess Anne County, State of Virginia) and other coastal waters; and nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the use of an airplane, or a power boat, sailboat, or other floating device for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up migratory waterfowl, and mourning doves shall not be taken at, on, or over, or within 100 yards of, any place, area, or environment whatever, Use of bait, etc.whereat or whereon has been placed, scattered, or distributed by the hunter himself, or with his knowledge, any wheat, corn, or other grain, salt, or other food, designed, or intended, effective to bait, lure, attract, or entice such doves. " 2521 Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 4.— Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds For the purpose of this regulation, each period of time hereinTime construed.*Ante*, pp. 2441, 2476;, 2481. prescribed as an open season shall be construed to include the first and last days thereof. Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereofRegulations extended. bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons may be taken each day from half an hour before sunrise to sunset during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, except that the hour for the commencement of hunting waterfowl, rails, gallinules, coot, and Wilson’s snipe on the opening day of the season shall be 12 o’clock noon; and they maybe taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 hereof, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted by regulation 5 any day in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State, Territory, or District at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the takingHunting on refuges forbidden.Vol. 45, p. 1222.[U. S. C., Supp. VI, p. 230](/us/usc/t/s230). of migratory birds on any refuge established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. 1222–1226), nor on any area of the United States set aside by any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a wild-life refuge except in so far as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. *Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereofGeographical limitations. bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans) and coot*.—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufllehead duck, and swans) and coot shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington, the open season shall be from October 16 to December 15; In Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Nevada, the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Kentucky, California, and in that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande River directly west of the town of Del Rio, Tex.; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railway at or near San Antonio; thence following the center of the track of said2522International & Great Northern Railway in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railway depot; thence across Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track joins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction, to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway in an easterly direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railway; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railway track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line, the open season shall be from November 1 to December 31; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the line above described, and in Louisiana, Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, and Maryland, the open season shall be from November 16 to January 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to January 15; and In Alaska the open season shall be from September 1 to October 31. *Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe*.—Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.The open seasons for Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Nevada, California, Oregon, and Washington, the open season shall be from October 1 to December 31; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in New Jersey, Delaware, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and in that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line more particularly described in the paragraph establishing the open seasons on waterfowl and coot, the open season shall be from October 16 to January 15; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the aforesaid line, and in Maryland, Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, and Louisiana, the open season shall be from November 1 to January 15; In Florida the open season shall be from November 20 to January 15; and In Alaska the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15. *Rails and gallinules (except coot)*.—Rails and gallinules.The open season for sora and other rails and gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, except as follows: In Massachusetts the open season shall be from October 1 to December 15; In New York and Washington the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; In Louisiana the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31; and 2523 In the District of Columbia no open season. *Woodcock*.—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows:Woodcock. In that portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and North Dakota, the open season shall be from October 1 to October 31; In that portion of New York lying south of the line above described including Long Island, and in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa, the open season shall be from October 15 to November 14; In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut the open season shall be from October 20 to November 19; In Maryland and Missouri the open season shall be from November 10 to December 10; In Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, the open season shall be from November 15 to December 15; and In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, the open season shall be from December 1 to December 31. *Doves*.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows: Doves. In Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, California, Nevada, Idaho, and Oregon, the open season shall be from September 1 to December 15; In that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line more particularly described in the paragraph establishing the open seasons on waterfowl and coot, the open season shall be from September 1 to October 31; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the aforesaid line, the open season shall be from October 1 to November 30; In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama (except in Mobile, Baldwin, and Washington Counties), Mississippi, and Louisiana, the open season shall be from September 1 to September 30 and from November 20 to January 31; In that portion of Alabama comprising Mobile, Baldwin, and Washington Counties, the open season shall be from November 1 to January 31; In Florida (except in Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties) the open season shall be from November 20 to January 31; and In that portion of Florida comprising Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties, the open season shall be from September 16 to November 15. *Band-tailed pigeons*.—The open seasons for band-tailed pigeons shallBand-tailed pigeons. be as follows: In California and Arizona the open season shall be from December 1 to December 15; In New Mexico the open season shall be from November 1 to November 15; and In Washington and Oregon the open season shall be from October 16 to October 30. " Regulation 5, “Daily Bag and Possession Limits on CertainBag and possession limite. Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: 2524 " Regulation 5.— Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Bird *Ante*, p. 2443.A person may take in any one day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in regulation 4 not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking migratory birds; and in the case of ducks, geese, brant, and band-tailed pigeons, when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: *Ducks (except wood duck ruddy duck, and bufflehead duck)*.—Fifteen in the aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 5 eider ducks and not more than 10 of any one, or of the aggregate of two or more, of the following species—canvasback, redhead, greater scaup, lesser scaup, ringneck, blue-wing teal, green-wing teal, cinnamon teal, shoveler, and gad wall—shall be taken in any one day; and any person at any one time may possess not more than 30 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds; but not more than 10 eider ducks and not more than 20 of any one, or of the aggregate of two or more, of the following species— canvasback, redhead, greater scaup, lesser scaup, ringneck, blue-wing teal, green-wing teal, cinnamon teal, shoveler, and gadwall—shall be possessed at any one time. *Geese (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, and cackling goose) and brant*.—Four in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than eight geese and brant in the aggregate of all kinds. *Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot)*.—Twenty-five in the aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 15 of any one species. *Sora*.—Twenty-five. *Coot*.—Twenty-five. *Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe*.—Twenty. *Woodcock*.—Four. *Doves (mourning)*.—Eighteen. *Band-tailed pigeons*.—Ten, and any person at any one time may possess not exceeding ten
(10)band-tailed pigeons. The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as well to ducks, geese, brant, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada and brought into the United States as to those taken in the United States. " Shipment, transportation, and possession.Regulation 6, “Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 6.— Shipment, Transportation, and Posses sion of Certain Migratory Game Birds Additional restrictions.*Ante*, p. 2444.Waterfowl (except snow geese in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, cackling goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons and parts thereof legally taken may be transported in any manner in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State and when legally taken in and exported from Canada may be imported into the United States during the open season in the Province where taken, but not more than the number thereof that may be taken in two days, or one day in the case of band-tailed pigeons, by one person wider these regulations shall be transported by one person in one calendar week out of the State where taken or from Canada into the United States; any such birds or parts2525thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed five days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuouly marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State, Territory, or District to or through another State, Territory, or District or to or through a Province of the Dominion of Canada contrary to the laws of the State, Territory, or District in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State, Territory, or District from another State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada, or from any State, Territory, or District into any Province of the Dominion of Canada, at a time when any such State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada into which they are transported prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. " Regulation 9, “Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purposes,” is amended so as to read as follows: " Regulation 9.— Permits for collecting specimens. Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purposes A person may take at any time and in any manner migratoryScientific collections.*Ante*, p. 2445. birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, which permit shall be carried on his person when he is collecting specimens thereunder and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see the same; except that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of anyRestrictions. migratory game bird on any day from sunset to one-half hour before sunrise or the taking of migratory game birds with a gun larger than 10 gauge or from an automobile, airplane, power boat, sailboat, or any boat under sail. Application for a permit must be addressed to the Secretary ofApplication to Secretary of Agriculture. Agriculture, Washington, D. C., and must contain the following information: Name and address of the applicant, his age, and name of State, Territory, or District in which specimens are proposed to be taken, and the purpose for which they are intended. Each application shall be accompanied by two certificates certifying to the fitness of such person to hold a Federal permit. These certificates will be accepted from well-known ornithologists, principals or superintendents of educational or zoological institutions, officials or members of zoological or natural-history organizations, or instructors in zoology in high schools, colleges, or universities, or by any one of the above together with a certificate by the chief game official of the State in which the applicant is a resident or of the State in which he desires to conduct his operations. The permit may limit the number and species of birds, birds’Effect of permits. nests, or eggs that may be collected thereunder and the places where they may be collected and may authorize the holder thereof to possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds, parts thereof, and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes; or it may limit the holder to one or more of these privileges. Public museums, zoological parks and societies, and2526public, scientific, and educational institutions may possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes without a permit, but no specimens shall be taken without a permit. The plumage and skins of migratory game birds legally taken may be possessed and transported by a person without a permit. Taxidermists.A taxidermist, when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, may possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport in any manner and at any time migratory birds and parts thereof legally taken, or he may be limited to one or more of these privileges. A taxidermist granted a permit under this regulation shall keep books and records, correctly setting forth the name and address of each person delivering each specimen of a migratory bird to him, together with the name of each species, the date of delivery, the disposition of such specimen, and the date thereof, which said books and records shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours on request by any duly authorized representative of the Department of Agriculture. Contingent duration.Not transferable.Each permit shall be valid until revoked by the Secretary unless otherwise specified therein, shall not be transferable, and shall be revocable at the discretion of the Secretary. A permit duly revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued, on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture duly authorized to enforce the provisions of the Annual report required.Migratory Bird Treaty Act. A person holding a permit under this regulation shall report annually to the Secretary on or before the 10th day of January during the life of the permit the number of skins, nests, or eggs of each species collected, bought, sold, received, possessed, mounted, exchanged, or transported during the preceding calendar year. Outside marking of package.Every package in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are transported shall have clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof the name and address of the sender, the number of the permit in every case when a permit is required, the name and address of the consignee, a statement that it contains specimens of birds, their nests, or eggs for scientific purposes, and, whenever such a package is transported or offered for transportation from the Dominion of Canada into the United States or from the United States into the Dominion of Canada, an accurate statement of the contents. " Approval of amendments. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulations. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 20 day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2004] 2005 August 13, 1932 Yosemite National Park—California Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2527 Yosemite National Park—California August 13, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas Congress by act of February 14, 1931 (46 Stat. 1115,Yosemite NationalPark, Calif, Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 1154.Statutory provision. 1154), entitled “AN ACT Making appropriations for the Department of the Interior for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1932, and for other purposes,” authorized the President of the United States to add to the Yosemite National Park, in the State of California, by Executive proclamation certain lands referred to therein; and Whereas, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of said act of Congress, the Secretary of the Interior has recommended the addition to the park of certain of the lands authorized therein; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including such lands within said park for preservation and administration as a part of the park; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged. States of America, do proclaim that the lands hereinafter described shall be, and are hereby, subject to all valid existing rights, added to and made a part of the said park and they are hereby made subject to the provisions of the act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535 –536),Vol. 39, p. 635.[U. S. C., p. 339](/us/usc/t/s339). entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulations applicable to and extending over the said park: Mounth Diablo MeridianDescription. T. 4 S., R. 21 E., sec. 17, SE. ¼; sec. 20, N. ½, SW. ¼; sec. 29, all; sec. 32, NE. ¼ NE. ¼; sec. 33, all; sec. 34, all; sec. 35, all; sec. 36, all of that part not now within the park boundaries. T. 5 S., R. 21 E., sec. 1, all; sec. 2, all; sec. 3, all; sec. 4, lot 1, E. ½ lot 6, E. ½ lot 7, E. ½ lot 10; sec. 10, N. ½, SE. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼; sec. 11, all; sec. 12, all; sec. 13, N. ½; sec. 14, N. ½; sec. 15, NE. ¼. T. 5 S., R. 22 E., fractional sec. 8, all; sec. 17, lots 1, 2, 3, 4; containing 8,784.94 acres. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. 2528 Done at the City of Washington this 13 day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2005] 2006 August 18, 1932 Exemption of Virgin Islands from Coastwise Laws Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Exemption of Virgin Islands from Coastwise Laws August 18, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Virgin Islands.Preamble.Whereas an act of Congress entitled “Merchant Marine Act, 1920,” approved June 5, 1920 (41 Stat. 988, 996), contained the following provisions: " “Sec. 21. Statutory provision.Vol. 41, p. 997. That from and after February 1, 1922, the coastwise laws of the United States shall extend to the island Territories and possessions of the United States not now covered thereby, and the board is directed prior to the expiration of such year to have established adequate steamship service at reasonable rates to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of said islands and to maintain and operate such service until it can be taken over and operated and maintained upon satisfactory terms by private capital and enterprise:Extending period. *Provided,* That if adequate shipping service is not established by February 1, 1922, the President shall extend the period herein allowed for the establishment of such service in the case of any island Territory or possession for such time as may be necessary for the establishment of adequate shipping facilities therefor.” " And whereas an adequate shipping service to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of the Virgin Islands had not been established as provided by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920; and Vol. 42, pp. 2261, 2269, 2287; Vol. 43, pp. 1928, 1943, 1969; Vol. 44, pp. 2575, 2592, 2620; Vol. 45, pp. 2920, 2960; Vol. 46, pp. 3002, 3032.*Ante*, p. 2466.Whereas the President of the United States, in accordance with the authority vested in him by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, has from time to time, to wit, on February 1, 1922, on May 18, 1922, on October 28, 1922, on October 25, 1923, on April 7, 1924, on October 23, 1924, on April 25, 1925, on November 24, 1925, on August 14, 1926, on August 9, 1927, on August 2, 1928, on July 26, 1929, on July 28, 1930, and on August 19, 1931, issued proclamations extending the time for the establishment of such service and deferring the application of the coastwise laws to the Virgin Islands until September 30, 1932; Time for establishing shipping service to, further extended to September 30, 1933. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by section 21 of the above-mentioned act, do hereby declare and proclaim that the period for the establishment of an adequate shipping service with the aforesaid Virgin Islands be further extended from September 30, 1932, to September 30, 1933. And in asmuch as the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to the Virgin Islands, as provided in section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, is dependent upon the establishment of an adequate Application of coast-wise laws deferred.shipping service to such island possession, I do hereby further proclaim and declare that the extension of the coastwise laws of the2529United States to the Virgin Islands is deferred from September 30, 1932, to September 30, 1933. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 18th day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2006] 2007 August 19, 1932 Changing Rates of Duty on Inedible Gelatin and Glue Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Changing Rates of Duty on Inedible Gelatin and Glue August 19, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title. III, Part II,Tariff on inedible gelatin and glue.Preamble.Vol. 40, p. 701.Statutory authorization. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect, to, gelatin, glue, glue size, and fish glue, not specially provided for, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the changes in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedChanges in rates of duty to equalize differences in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 597, amended. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the ad valorem rate and an increase in the specific rate of the duty expressly fixed in paragraph 41 of Title 1 of said act on gelatin, and glue of animal origin, not specially provided for, valued at less than 40 cents per pound, from 25 per centum ad valorem and 2 cents per2530 pound to 20 per centum ad valorem and 2½ cents per pound, the rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this nineteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2007] 2008 August 19, 1932 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Sheepswool Sponges Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Decreasing Rate of Duty on Sheepswool Sponges August 19, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on sheepswool sponges.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, sponges, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Cuba, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 669. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1545 of Title I of said act on sponges, commercially known as sheepswool, from 30 per centum ad valorem to 22½ per centum ad valorem, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. 2531 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this nineteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2008] 2009 September 2, 1932 National Fire Prevention Week—1932 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation National Fire Prevention Week—1932 September 2, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION In recommending the customary public observance of FireNational Fire Prevention Week, 1932.Preamble. Prevention Week, I wish to urge that it be made this year an occasion of special significance. The deplorable loss of thousands of human lives and the property waste of approximately half a billion dollars caused each year by fires should be scrupulously avoided. The American per capita loss now is nearly double that of 20 years ago and constitutes a challenge to our efforts that no citizen can afford to ignore. It is a drain on our created resources which we should strive to eliminate, as it is largely preventable. The observance of National Fire Prevention Week should serve to arouse the attention and stimulate the action of all citizens in preventing fire waste. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedWeek of October 9, 1932, designated as. States of America, do hereby proclaim the week of October 9, 1932, to be observed as Fire Prevention Week. To the many organizations that have taken an interest in this subject I especially appeal that they unite on a definite plan of cooperation to the end that all citizens may be aroused to their individual responsibilities. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 2d day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2009] 2010 September 12, 1932 Pulaski Memorial Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2532 Pulaski Memorial Day September 12, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Pulaski Memorial Day.Preamble. Whereas October 11, 1932, is the one hundred and fifty-third anniversary of the death of Brigadier General Casimir Pulaski, brave officer and cavalryman who died from wounds received on October 9, 1779, at the siege of Savannah, Georgia; and Whereas we are now engaged in the celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of George Washington, under whom General Pulaski served so valiantly; Inviting observance of October 11, 1932. as. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, in pursuance of the provisions of Public Resolution *Ante*, p. 571.32, Seventy-second Congress, approved July 2, 1932, do hereby invite the people of the United States of America to honor on Tuesday, the 11th day of October next, the memory of Brigadier General Casimir Pulaski, by holding such exercises and ceremonies in schools, churches, or other suitable places as may be deemed appropriate in commemoration of his death; and, further, I hereby direct that on that day the flag of the United States be appropriately displayed upon all Government buildings of the United States. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 12th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: W. R. Castle, Jr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2010] 2011 September 23, 1932 Petrified Forest National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Petrified Forest National Monument—Arizona September 23, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Petrified Forest National Monument, Ariz.Preamble. Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by adding to the Petrified Forest National Monument, in the State of Arizona, certain adjoining lands for administrative purposes and the protection of a certain approach highway and additional features of scenic and scientific interest; Area enlarged.Vol. 34, p. 225. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that, subject to the rights of the owners of privately owned lands and prior valid claims initiated and maintained pursuant to the land2533laws of the United States, the following-described lands in Arizona be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Petrified Forest National Monument: Gila and Salt River Meridian T. 18 N., R. 24 E., sec. 4, all of that part not now within the monument boundaries; sec. 9, all of that part not now within the monument boundaries. T. 19 N., R. 23 E., sec. 1, all; sec. 2, all; sec. 3, all; sec. 10, all; sec. 11, all; sec. 12, all; sec. 13, all; sec. 14, all; sec. 15, all. T. 19 N., R. 24 E., sec. 2, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66; sec. 3, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66; sec. 4, all; sec. 5, all; sec. 6, all; sec. 7, all; sec. 8, all; sec. 9, all; sec. 10, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66; sec. 16, all; sec. 17, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66; sec. 18, all; sec. 21, all; sec. 28, all; sec. 33, all. T. 20 N., R. 23 E., sec. 1, all; sec. 2, all; sec. 3, all; sec. 10, all; sec. 11, all; sec. 12, all; sec. 13, all; sec. 14, all; sec. 15, all; sec. 22, all; sec. 23, all; sec. 24, all; sec. 25, all; sec. 26, all; sec. 27, all; sec. 34, all; sec. 35, all; sec. 36, all. 2534 Description—Con.T. 20 N., R. 24 E., sec. 1, all; sec. 2, all; sec. 3, all; sec. 4, all; sec. 5, all; sec. 6, all; sec. 7, all; sec. 8, all; sec. 9, all; sec. 10, all; sec. 11, all; sec. 12, all; sec. 13, all; sec. 14, all; sec. 15, all; sec. 16, all; sec. 17, all; sec. 18, all; sec. 19, all; sec. 20, all; sec. 21, all; sec. 22, all; sec. 23, all; sec. 24, all; sec. 25, all; sec. 26, all; sec. 27, all; sec. 28, all; sec. 29, all; sec. 30, all; sec. 31, all; sec. 32, all; sec. 33, all; sec. 34, all; sec. 35, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66; sec. 36, all, excluding and excepting right of way of U. S. Highway No. 66. T. 20 N., R. 25 E., sec. 4, all; sec. 5, all; sec. 6, all; sec. 7, all; sec. 8, all; sec. 9, all; sec. 16, all; sec. 17, all; sec. 18, all; Reserved from settlement.containing approximately 53,300 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument Supervision.Vol. 39, p. 535; Vol.41, p. 732.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389).and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535“536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. 2535 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 23rd day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2011] 2012 September 26, 1932 Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge—Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge—Utah September 26, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it is provided by section 2 of the act of Congress, approvedBear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah.Preamble.Statutory provision.Vol. 45, p.448.[U. S. C., Supp. VI, p. 228](/us/usc/t/s228). April 23, 1928 (45 Stat. 448), entitled “AN ACT To establish the Bear River Migratory-Bird Refuge,” that lands acquired by the Secretary of Agriculture in accordance with said act “together with such lands of the United States as may be designated for the purpose by proclamations or Executive orders of the President, shall constitute the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge”; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedLands set apart as. States, by virtue of the power in me vested by the aforesaid act of Congress, and otherwise, do hereby make known and proclaim that I do hereby reserve from settlement and entry and/or any other form of disposition under the public land laws, and do hereby set apart and designate for the purpose of the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, subject to existing valid rights in any parts or parcels thereof under the public land laws, the lands of the United States in Box Elder County, Utah, within the boundaries particularly described as follows, to wit: Salt Lake Meridian Beginning at the standard corner of Tps. 8 and 9 N., Rs. 3 and 4 W.;Description. Thence from said initial point, Southerly, between secs. 1 and 6 and secs. 7 and 12, to the north sixteenth-section corner of secs. 7 and 12, Tps. 8 N., Rs. 3 and 4 W.; Thence easterly, in T. 8 N., R. 3 W., on subdivisional lines of secs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12, to the north sixteenth-section corner on the east boundary of sec. 12; Thence N. 85° 29′ E., in T. 8 N., R. 2 W., 245.91 chs. to the meander corner of fractional secs. 3 and 10; Thence S. 31° 30′ W., on the riparian dividing line as shown on General Land Office supplemental plat of secs. 9, 10, and 16, T. 8 N., R. 2 W., approved April 18, 1928, to auxiliary meander corner No. 3, sec. 16, on the northeast shore of Great Salt Lake; Thence continue S. 31° 30′ W., within Great Salt Lake, 176.00 chs. to a 12 by 12 by 22 in. concrete block; Thence west, within Great Salt Lake, 334.87 chs. to an iron pipe at the center of sec. 28, T. 8 N., R. 3 W.; Thence westerly, on the center line of secs. 28, 29, and 30, to the quarter-section corner of secs. 25 and 30, Tps. 8 N., Rs. 3 and 4 W.;2536 Description—Con.Thence continue westerly, on the center line of secs. 25 and 26, to the center of sec. 26, T. 8 N., R. 4 W.; Thence west, 1 mile, to a point in Great Salt Lake; Thence N, 51° 21′ W., across Bear River Bay, 839.37 chs. to the northeast comer of lot 3, sec. 20, T. 9 N., R. 5 W., on the northwest shore of Great Salt Lake; Thence westerly, through the center of sec. 20, to the quarter-section comer of secs. 19 and 20; Thence northerly, between secs. 19 and 20, 17 and 18, and 7 and 8, to the corner of secs. 5, 6, 7, and 8; Thence easterly, between secs. 5 and 8, to the comer of secs. 4, 5, 8, and 9; Thence northerly, between secs. 4 and 5, to the closing corner of secs. 4 and 5, on the township line between Tps. 9 and 10 N., R. 5 W.; Thence easterly, along the south boundary of secs. 32, 33, 34, and 35, T. 10 N., R. 5 W., to the corner of secs. 35 and 36; Thence northerly, between secs. 35 and 36, to the comer of secs. 25, 26, 35, and 36; Thence easterly, between secs. 25 and 36, to the corner of secs. 25, 30, 31, and 36, Tps. 10 N., Rs. 4 and 5 W.; Thence southerly, between secs. 31 and 36, to the comer of Tps. 9 and 10 N., Rs. 4 and 5 W.; Thence easterly, along the north boundary of secs. 6, 5, 4, and 3, T. 9 N., R. 4 W., to the northeast comer of sec. 3; Thence southerly, between secs. 2 and 3 and secs. 10 and 11, in T. 9 N., R. 4 W., to the meander comer of fractional secs. 10 and 11; Thence N. 68° 45′ W., along the meander line of sec. 10, crossing the Bear River Club Co. dike, 3.68 chs. to an iron pipe 150 ft. distant at right angles from center line to said dike as now constructed; Thence S. 0° 50′ E., parallel to, and 150 ft. distant at right angles from, the center line of said dike, in part through sec. 23, 135.25 chs. to an iron pipe in the southwest quarter of sec. 23; Thence S. 24° 16′ E., parallel to, and 150 ft. distant at right angles from said dike, in part through sec. 23 and sec. 26, 52.24 chs. to a concrete post in the northwest quarter of sec. 26; Thence S. 48° 11′ E., parallel to, and 150 ft. distant at right angles from said dike, through sec. 26, 75.76 chs. to an iron pipe on the line between secs. 25 and 26; Thence southerly, between secs. 25 and 26, 1.54 chs. to an iron pipe, the comer of secs. 25, 26, 35, and 36; Thence easterly, between secs. 25 and 36, to the east comer of lot 4 in sec. 36, on the right bank of Bear River; Thence southwesterly, with the southeast boundary of lot 4, sec. 36, along the right bank of Bear River to the south comer of said lot 4 on the line between secs. 35 and 36; Thence northerly, between secs. 35 and 36, to an iron pipe the comer of secs. 25, 26, 35, and 36; Thence westerly, between secs. 26 and 35, along the south boundary of lot 6, sec. 26, to the right bank of Bear River; Thence northwesterly, with the south boundary of lot 6, in sec. 26, along the right bank of Bear River, to the corner between lots 5 and 6; Thence southerly, crossing Bear River and on subdivisional lines of sec. 26 and sec. 35, to the east sixteenth-section comer, secs. 2 and 35, on the south boundary of T. 9 N., R. 4 W.; Thence easterly, along the south boundary of sec. 35 and sec. 36, to the standard comer of Tps. 8 and 9 N., Rs. 3 and 4 W., the point of beginning. 2537 Excepting and excluding from the effect of this proclamation theTracts excluded. two privately owned tracts, hereinafter described:
(1)Lot 2, sec. 26, T. 9 N., R. 4 W.; and
(2)One acre more or less in the northwest quarter of sec. 35, T. 9 N., R. 4 W., more particularly described as follows: Beginning at a point designated “A”, on the line between secs. 26 and 35, T. 9 N., R. 4 W., from which the northwest comer of sec. 35 bears S. 89° 54′ W., 1,550.0 ft. distant; Thence from said point “A”, south, 326.0 ft.; Thence along north bank of overflow, N. 46° 30′ E., 112.0 ft.; N. 28° 45′ E., 164.0 ft.; N. 50° 56′ E., 116.0 ft.; Thence N. 36° 08′ W., 40.0 ft., to the meander comer of secs. 26 and 35, on west bank of overflow; Thence S. 89° 54′ W., 226.3 ft., on the line between secs. 26 and 35, to point “A”, the place of beginning. The refuge area is shown upon Bureau of Biological Survey mapMap filed. filed in the archives of the Department of State, entitled “Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge,” dated March 24, 1932, supplementing this proclamation. It is unlawful within this refuge to take, injure, or disturb anyUnlawful acts. bird, or nest or egg thereof, or injure or destroy any notice, signboard, fence, dike, ditch, dam, spillway, improvement, or other property of the United States, or remove therefrom or cut, bum, injure, or destroy any grass or other natural growth thereon, or enter, use, or occupy the refuge for any purpose, except in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Agriculture. Warning is given to all persons not to commit any of the actsPenalties for.Vol. 45, p. 450.[U. S. C., Supp. VI, p. 229](/us/usc/t/s229). herein enumerated, under the penalties prescribed in section 9 of the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge Act of April 23, 1928 (45 Stat. 448, 450; U. S. Code, Supp., title 16, sec. 690g). In witness whereof, I have hereunto set may hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 26th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2012] 2013 October 20, 1932 Yellowstone National Park Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Yellowstone National Park October 20, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas Congress by act of May 26, 1926, (44 Stat. 655–657),Yellowstone National Park. entitled “AN ACT To make additions to the Absaroka and Gallatin National Forests, and the Yellowstone National Park, and to improvePreamble.Vol. 44, p. 656. and extend the winter feed facilities of the elk, antelope, and other2538game animals of Yellowstone National Park and adjacent land, and for other purposes,” authorized the President of the United States to add to the Yellowstone National Park, by Executive proclamation, certain lands in the State of Montana referred to therein; and Whereas pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of said act of Congress the Secretaries of the Interior and of Agriculture have jointly recommended the addition to the park of the hereinafter described lands; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including such lands within said park for the preservation and protection of the wild game therein and for administrative purposes; Area enlarged. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do proclaim that the area hereinafter described shall be, and is hereby, subject to all valid existing rights, added to and made a part of the said park and is hereby made subject to the provisions Vol. 39, p. 635.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389).of the act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulations applicable to and extending over the said park, within T. 9 S., Rs, 7 and 8 E., described as follows: Description.Principal Meridian, Montana Beginning at a point on the north line of said Yellowstone National Park where said line crosses the divide between Reese Creek and Mol Heron Creek, thence northeasterly along said divide to the junction of said divide with the branch divide north and west of Reese Creek; thence along said branch divide in a northeasterly and easterly direction around the drainage of Reese Creek, to the Yellowstone River; thence southerly and southeasterly along the west bank of the Yellowstone River to the line marking the western limits of the town of Gardiner, Mont.; thence south on said town-limits line to the northern boundary of Yellowstone National Park; thence west along the north boundary of Yellowstone National Park to the point of beginning, containing approximately 7,600 acres. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 20″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2013] 2014 November 3, 1932 Armistice Day—1932 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Armistice Day—1932 November 3, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Armistice Day, 1932. Whereas the 11th of November, 1918, marked the cessation of Preamble.the most destructive, sanguinary, and far-reaching war in human annals; and 2539 Whereas it is fitting that the recurring anniversary of this day should be commemorated by exercises which shall recall the high purposes for which this Nation entered the World War, the devotion and sacrifice of those who gave service to our country in its peril, and the memory of those who died to bring peace, and which likewise shall recall the Nation’s obligation to those dead that we shall apply ourselves to measures which shall contribute to prevent repetition of such devastations of humanity; and Whereas, by concurrent resolution of the Senate and the HouseVol. 44, p. 1982. of Representatives, in 1926, the President was requested to issue a proclamation for the observance of Armistice Day: Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedDirecting display of flag and inviting observance of, on November 11, 1932. States of America, in pursuance of the said concurrent resolution, do hereby order that, the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings on November 11, 1932, and do invite the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, and other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies, giving expression to our gratitude for peace and the hope and desire that our friendly relations with other peoples may continue. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3d day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2014] 2015 November 3, 1932 Thanksgiving Day—1932 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Thanksgiving Day—1932 November 3, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas at this season of the year our people for generations pastThanksgiving Day,1932.Preamble. have always turned their thoughts to thankfulness for the blessings of Almighty God, Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedThursday, November 24, 1932, designated as. States, do set aside and declare Thursday, November 24, 1932, as a day of national thanksgiving, and I do urge that they repair to their places of public worship, there to give thanks to the beneficent Providence from whom comes all our good; and I do further recommend, inasmuch as this year marks the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of George Washington, the father of our country, whose immeasurableGeorge Washington’s first Thanksgiving Proclamation incorporated. services to our liberties and our security are blessings perennially renewed upon us, that our people refresh their memory of his first Thanksgiving Proclamation, which I append and incorporate in this present proclamation. 2540 **By the President of the United States of America.** **A Proclamation.** *Whereas* it is the duty of all Nations to acknowledge the providence of Almighty God, to obey his will, to be grateful for his benefits, and humbly to implore his protection and favor—and Whereas both Houses of Congress have by their joint Committee requested me “to recommend to the People of the United States a day of public thanksgiving and prayer to be observed by acknowledging with grateful hearts the many signal favors of Almighty God, especially by affording them an opportunity peaceably to establish a form of government for their safety and happiness.” Now therefore I do recommend and assign Thursday the 26th day of November next to be devoted by the People of these States to the service of that great and glorious Being, who is the beneficent Author of all the good that was, that is, or that will be—That we may then all unite in rendering unto him our sincere and humble thanks—for his kind care and protection of the People of this country previous to their becoming a Nation—for the signal and manifold mercies, and the favorable interpositions of his providence, which we experienced in the course and conclusion of the late war—for the great degree of tranquillity, union, and plenty, which we have since enjoyed—for the peaceable and rational manner in which we have been enabled to establish constitutions of government for our safety and happiness, and particularly the national One now lately instituted—for the civil and religious liberty with which we are blessed, and the means we have of acquiring and diffusing useful knowledge; and in general for all the great and various favors which he hath been pleased to confer upon us. And also that we may then unite in most humbly offering our prayers and supplications to the great Lord and Ruler of Nations and beseech him to pardon our national and other transgressions—to enable us all, whether in public or private stations, to perform our several and relative duties properly and punctually—to render our national government a blessing to all the People, by constantly being a government of wise, just, and constitutional laws, discreetly and faithfully executed and obeyed—to protect and guide all Sovereigns and Nations (especially such as have shewn kindness unto us) and to bless them with good government, peace, and concord—To promote the knowledge and practice of true religion and virtue, and the encrease of science among them and Us—and generally to grant unto all mankind such a degree of temporal prosperity as he alone knows to be best. Given under my hand at the City of New York the third day of October in the year of our Lord 1789. G° Washington In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3d day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2015] 2016 December 8, 1932 Postponing Date of Expiration of Lending Power of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2541 Postponing Date of Expiration of Lending Power of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation December 8, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas an act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To provide emergencyReconstruction Finance Corporation.Preamble.*Ante*, pp, 7, 713. financing facilities for financial institutions, to aid in financing agriculture, commerce, and industry, and for other purposes,” approved by the President on the 22d of January, 1932, as amended by an act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To relieve destitution, to broaden the lending powers of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, and to create employment by providing for and expediting a public-works program,” approved by the President on the 21st of July, 1932, contains in section 5 thereof the following provision concerning the powers of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation: “The corporation may make loans under tins section at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of the enactment hereof; and the President may from time to time postpone such date of expiration for such additional period or periods as he may deem necessary, not to exceed two years from the date of the enactment hereof.” And whereas I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, deem it necessary that the date of expiration of the power of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation to make loans under the provisions of section 5 of said act be postponed: Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedTime extended for making loans by. States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by section 5 of said act of Congress, do hereby declare and proclaim that the Reconstruction Finance Corporation may make loans under the provisions of section 5 of said act at any time prior to the 22d day of January, 1934. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 8″ day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2016] 2017 December 14, 1932 Increasing Rates of Duty on Upholsterers’ Nails, Chair Glides, and Thumb Tacks Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rates of Duty on Upholsterers’ Nails, Chair Glides, and Thumb Tacks December 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on upholsterers’ nails, chair glides, and thumb tacks.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section2542with respect to, upholsterers’ nails, chair glides, and thumb tacks, finished or unfinished, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commiission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: Increasing duties to equalize differences in costs of production. Now, Therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total increase provided for in said act) to equalize such differences in costs of production: Vol. 46, p. 616.An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 331 of Title I of said act on upholsterers’ nails, chair glides, and thumb tacks, of two or more pieces of iron or steel, finished or unfinished, from 3 cents per pound to 4½ cents per pound; and An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 331 of Title I of said act on thumb tacks, not specially provided for, from six-tenths of 1 cent per pound to nine-tenths of 1 cent per pound. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of Dec., in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2017] 2018 December 14, 1932 Increasing Rate of Duty on Cocoa-Fiber Mats Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Cocoa-Fiber Mats December 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on cocoa-fiber mats.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701) entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States2543Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, pile mats and floor coverings, wholly or in chief value of cocoa fiber, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is British India, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the Commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1022 of Title I of said actVol. 46, p.646. on pile mats and floor coverings, wholly or in chief value of cocoa fiber, from 8 cents per square foot to 12 cents per square foot, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total increase provided for in said act) to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of Dec., in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the Inde [seal] pendence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2018] 2019 December 14, 1932 Increasing Rate of Duty on Cotton Velvets Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Cotton Velvets December 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on cotton velvets.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate, commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said2544section with respect to, velveteens and velvets, including velveteen or velvet ribbons, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country for velvets, other than upholstery velvets, wholly or in chief value of cotton, is France, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing countries, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty, expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President the increased rate of duty on cotton velvets, other than upholstery velvets, specified in said report is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Increasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 642. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover,, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 909 of Title I of said act on velvets, other than upholstery velvets, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, from 62½ per centum ad valorem to 70 per centum ad valorem, the rate found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of Dec., in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the[seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2019] 2020 December 14, 1932 Increasing Rates of Duty on Folding Rules of Aluminum or of Wood Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Rates of Duty on Folding Rules of Aluminum or of Wood December 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on folding rules.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 70l. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States2545Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, folding rules, wholly or in chief value of aluminum or of wood, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production. States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 396 ofVol. 46, p. 629. Title I of said act on folding rules, wholly or in chief value of aluminum, not specially provided for, from 45 per centum ad valorem to 65 per centum ad valorem; and An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 412 ofVol. 46, p. 630. Title I of said act on folding rules, wholly or in chief value of wood, and not specially provided for, from 40 per centum ad valorem to 60 per centum ad valorem. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of Dec., in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2020] 2021 December 14, 1932 Increasing Duty on Prism-Binoculars Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Increasing Duty on Prism-Binoculars December 14, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II,Tariff on prism binoculars.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to2546protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, optical instruments of a class or type used by the Army, Navy, or Air Force for fire control, frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given, and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation Vol. 46 p. 607.that the principal competing country is Germany; that the duty expressly fixed in paragraph 228
(a)of said act, on prism-binoculars, having a magnification greater than five diameters, and valued at more than $12 each, frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing, does not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country; and that said difference can not be equalized by proceeding under the provisions of subdivision
(a)of said section and act; Whereas the commission has specified in its report the ad valorem rate of duty based upon the American selling price as defined in Vol. 46 p. 710.section 402
(g)of said act of the domestic articles found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such ad valorem rate of duty based upon said American selling price is shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; Increasing duty to equalize difference in costs of production. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve said report and proclaim that the rate of duty shown by said difference in costs of production to be necessary to equalize such difference, within the limit provided in said section 336, on prism-binoculars, having a magnification greater than five diameters, and valued at more than $12 each, frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing, is 60 per centum ad valorem based upon the American selling price as defined in said section 402
(g)of said act of prism-binoculars, having a magnification greater than five diameters, frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing, manufactured or produced in the United States. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of Dec., in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2021] 2022 December 22, 1932 Grand Canyon National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2547 Grand Canyon National Monument—Arizona December 22, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Grand Canyon of the Colorado River is an object ofGrand Canyon National Monument, Ariz.Preamble. unusual scientific interest, being the greatest eroded canyon within the UnitedStates; and Whereas that portion of the canyon which continues down the Colorado River below the Grand Canyon National Park contains much that is most significant and important in this unusual scientific interest; and Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by reserving this portion of the Grand Canyon as a national monument, with such other land as is necessary for its proper protection; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedNational monument established.Vol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, there is hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws and set apart as a national monument, the tract of land in the State of Arizona, lying within the following-described boundaries, which shallDescription. hereafter be known as the Grand Canyon National Monument. Beginning at the quarter section corner of secs. 2 and 11, T. 35 N., R. 8 W., thence east along the line between secs. 2 and 11,1 and 12, T. 35 N., R. 8 W., secs. 6 and 7, 5 and 8, 4 and 9, 3 and 10, 2 and 11, 1 and 12, T. 35 N., R. 7 W., secs. 6 and 7, 5 and 8, 4 and 9, 3 and 10, 2 and 11, 1 and 12, T. 35 N., R. 6 W; thence continuing east through unsurveyed T. 35 N., Rs. 5 and 4 W., to the boundary of the Kaibab National Forest; thence southerly along the boundary of the Kaibab National Forest to the intersection with the boundary of the Grand Canyon National Park; thence southerly and southwesterly along the boundary of the Grand Canyon National Park to the intersection with the boundary of the Tusayan National Forest; thence southerly along the boundary of the Tusayan National Forest to the northeast corner of sec. 24, T. 32 N., R. 5 W.; thence westerly along the line between secs. 13 and 24, 14 and 23, 15 and 22, 16 and 21, 17 and 20, 18 and 19, T. 32 N., R. 5 W., and secs. 13 and 24, T. 32 N., R. 6 W., to the east boundary of the Hualpai Indian Reservation; thence northerly along the east boundary of the said Hualpai Indian Reservation to the Colorado River; thence due north to the north bank of the Colorado River; thence southwesterly along the north bank of the Colorado River to a point due south of the quarter section corner of secs. 9 and 10, T. 32 N., R. 8 W.; thence due north to the quarter section corner of secs. 9 and 10; thence northerly along the line between secs. 9 and 10, 3 and 4, to eighth standard parallel north; thence west along said standard parallel to the standard corner of secs. 33 and 34, T. 33 N., R. 8 W.; thence northerly along the line between secs. 33 and 34, to the comer of secs. 27, 28, 33, and 34; thence westerly along the line between secs. 28 and 33, to its intersection with the hydrographic divide between Toroweap Valley on the east and an unnamed valley on the west; thence northerly along said hydrographic divide to its intersection with the line between secs. 20 and 29, T. 34 N., R. 8 W.; thence easterly along the line between said secs. 20 and 29, to the2548comer of secs. 20, 21, 28, and 29; thence northerly along the line between secs. 20 and 21, 16 and 17, to the comer of secs. 8, 9, 16, and 17; thence easterly along the line between secs. 9 and 16 to the quarter section comer; thence northerly along the center section line of secs. 9 and 4, to the center of said sec.4; thence easterly along the center section line of said sec. 4, to the quarter section corner of secs. 3 and 4; thence northerly along the line between secs. 3 and 4, T. 34 N., R. 8 W., secs. 33 and 34, T. 35 N., R. 8 W., to the quarter section corner; thence easterly along the center section line of secs. 34 and 35, to the center of sec. 35; thence northerly along the center section line of secs. 35, 26, 23, 14, and 11, to the place of beginning, containing approximately 273,145 acres. Reserved from settlement, etc.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument, and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, Vol. 39, p. 535.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389).and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 22d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2022] 2023 December 23, 1932 Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse, Bonded Carpet Wool and Camel Hair, and Drawback Exportations Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse, Bonded Carpet Wool and Camel Hair, and Drawback Exportations December 23, 1932. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Bonded warehouses, etc.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 696. Whereas Congress enacted and the President, on the 17th day of June, 1930, approved a law known as the Tariff Act of 1930, section 318 of which provides, in part:" “Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or Otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act . . . ,” and " Whereas it is essential that the authority conferred upon the President therein be at this time exercised to the extent hereinafter set forth: Emergency declared. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority aforesaid, do hereby find and determine, and by this proclamation do proclaim, an emergency to exist, for sufficient reasons me thereunto moving. 2549 And I do further proclaim and make known that, in my judgment,Time extended for withdrawing merchandise, imported during 1930, for warehousing.Vol. 42, p. 977; Vol. 46, p. 744.Exception. it is necessary and proper, because of the emergency, that all merchandise imported during the calendar year 1930 and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1922 or section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (except grain entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930) shall be permitted to remain in warehouse for a further period, and I, therefore, hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice, to extend the warehousingFurther extensions. period for such merchandise so that it may remain in warehouse for periods not exceeding two years after the expiration of the three years prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Acts of 1922 and 1930: *Provided, however,* that in each and every case*Proviso*.Terms. the Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the warehouse entry bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall furnish to the collector of customs for the district in which the merchandise is warehoused the assent of the sureties on such bond, agreeing to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or shall furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties to cover the extended period. And I do further proclaim and make known that, in my judgment,Bonded wool, conditionally free, for floor coverings, etc.Time extended for furnishing proof of use. it is necessary and proper, because of the emergency, that all wool imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during the calendar year 1930 conditionally free of duty, under bond, for use in the manufacture of rugs, carpets, or other floor coverings, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1922, and that all wool or hairVol. 42, p. 904. of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during the calendar year 1930 conditionally free of duty, under bond, for use in the manufacture of press cloth, camel’s-hair belting, rugs, carpets, or other floor coverings, or in the manufacture of knit or felt boots or heavy fulled lumbermen’s socks, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, shall be permitted a further periodVol. 46, p. 646. during which proof that the wool or hair has been so used may be furnished; and I, therefore, hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice, to extend the period during which proof of use may be furnished, so that such proof may be furnished during periods not exceeding two years after the expiration of the three years prescribed in said paragraphs 1101: *Provided, however,* that in each*Proviso*.Condition imposed. and every case the Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall furnish to the collector of customs for the district in which the bond was given the assent of the sureties on such bond, agreeing to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or shall furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties to cover the extended period. And I do further proclaim and make known that, in my judgment,Drawback and refunds.it is necessary and proper, because of the emergency, that, as to articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for drawback purposes under section 313 of the Tariff Act of 1930, a further period forVol. 46, p. 603. exportation (or shipment to the Philippine Islands) of the completed articleTime extended on merchandise for shipment to Philippine Islands. should be permitted in those cases where the imported merchandise involved was imported during the calendar year 1930; and I, therefore, hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend the period for exportation (or shipment to the Philippine Islands) of the completed article in such cases, so as to include not exceeding five years after importation of the imported merchandise instead of three years as prescribed in section 313(h) of the Tariff Act of 1930. Vol. 46, p. 694. 2550 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 23d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-two, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2023] 2024 January 5, 1933 Announcing the Death of the Honorable Calvin Coolidge Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Announcing the Death of the Honorable Calvin Coolidge January 5, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION To the People of the United States: Announcing death of ex-President Calvin Coolidge.It becomes my sad duty to announce officially the death of Calvin Coolidge, which occurred at his home in the City of Northampton, Massachusetts, on the fifth day of January, nineteen hundred and thirty-three, at twelve twenty-five o’clock in the afternoon. Mr. Coolidge had devoted his entire life to the public service, and his steady progress from Councilman to Mayor of Northampton and thence upward as Member of the State Senate of Massachusetts, Lieutenant-Governor and Governor of Massachusetts, to Vice-President and President of the United States, stands as a conspicuous memorial to his private and public virtues, his outstanding ability, and his devotion to the public welfare. His name had become in his own lifetime a synonym for sagacity and wisdom; and his temperateness in speech and his orderly deliberation in action bespoke the profound sense of responsibility which guided his conduct of the public business. From the American people he evoked an extraordinary warmth of affectionate response to his salient and characteristic personality. He earned and enjoyed their confidence in the highest degree. To millions of our people Ids death will come as a personal sorrow as well as a public loss. Suitable military and naval honors directed.As an expression of the public sorrow, it is ordered that the flags of The White House and of the several departmental buildings be displayed at half staff for a period of thirty days, and that suitable military and naval honors under orders of the Secretary of War and the Secretary of the Navy may be rendered on the day of the funeral. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this fifth day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2024] 2025 January 18, 1933 White Sands National Monument—New Mexico Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 2551 White Sands National Monument—New Mexico January 18, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted byWhite Sands National Monument, N. mex.Preamble. including the lands hereinafter described within a national monument for the preservation of the white sands and additional features of scenic, scientific, and educational interest; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedNational monument established. States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by sec. 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim andVol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). establish the White Sands National Monument and that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in New MexicoDescription. be, and the same are hereby, included within the said national monument: New Mexico Principal Meridian Tps. 17 S., Rs. 5, 6, and 7 E., all. T. 17 S., R. 8 E., secs. 6, 7, and 18. Tps. 18 S., Rs. 5 and 6 E., all. T. 18 S., R. 7 E., secs. 2 to 11, secs. 15 to 21, and secs. 29 and 30, inclusive; sec. 1, exclusive of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 12, NE. ¼ and N. ½ SE. ¼ (both exclusive of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way), fractional W. ½ north and west of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 13, fractional NW. ¼ north and west of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 14, fractional E. ½ north and west of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way, and W. ½, exclusive of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 22, NW. ¼ N. ½ SW. ¼, SW. ¼ SW. ¼ and NE. ¼ exclusive of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 23, NW. ¼ exclusive of Federal Aid Project 176 right of way; sec. 28, NE. ¼ NE. ¼, W. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼. T. 19 S., R. 5 E., secs.1 to 5 and secs. 9 to 12, inclusive; sec. 13, N. ½; sec. 14, N. ½; sec. 15, N. ½. T. 19 S., R. 6 E., secs. 2 to 8, inclusive; sec. 1, N. ½. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and forVol. 39, p. 535.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389). other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. 2552 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 18 day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2025] 2026 January 31, 1933 Wasatch National Forest—Utah Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Wasatch National Forest—Utah January 31, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Wasatch National Forest, Utah.Preamble. Whereas it appears that the public good will be promoted by adding certain lands in Utah to the Wasatch National Forest; Area enlarged.Vol. 26 p. 1103; Vol. 30, p. 34.[U. S. C., pp. 418, 419](/us/usc/t/s418/419). Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1095, 1103; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 471), and by the act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 11, 34; U. S. Code, title 16, sec. 473), do proclaim that the Wasatch National Forest is hereby enlarged to include the area indicated on the diagram hereto annexed and forming a part hereof. Prior rights not affected.The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 31 day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2026] 2027 February 1, 1933 Increasing Duty on Rubber-Soled and Rubber Footwear Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Increasing Duty on Rubber-Soled and Rubber Footwear February 1, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on rubber-soled and rubber footwear.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States 2553Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots and shoes), the uppers of which are composed wholly or in chief value of wool, cotton, ramie, animal hair, fiber, rayon or other synthetic textile, silk, or substitutes for any of the foregoing, with soles composed wholly or in chief value of india rubber or substitutes for rubber, and boots and shoes or other footwear, wholly or in chief value of india rubber, not specially provided for, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States, and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing countries for boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots and shoes), the uppers of which are composed wholly or in chief value of wool, cotton, ramie, animal hair, fiber, rayon or other synthetic textile, silk, or substitutes for any of the foregoing, with soles composed wholly or in chief value of india rubber or substitutes for rubber, provided for in paragraphVol. 46, p. 667. 1530
(e)of Title I of said tariff act, are Czechoslovakia and Japan, and that the principal competing country for boots, shoes, or otherVol. 46, p. 668. footwear, wholly or in chief value of india rubber, provided for in paragraph 1537
(b)of Title I of said act, is Czechoslovakia, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing countries; and that said differences can not be equalized by proceeding under the provisions of subdivision
(a)of said section an act; Whereas the commission has specified in its report the ad valorem rates of duty based upon the American selling price, as defined in section 402
(g)of said act, of the domestic articles found by the commissionVol. 46, p. 710. to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such ad valorem rates of duty based upon said American selling price are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedIncreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 701. States of America, do hereby approve said report and proclaim that the rate of duty shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences, within the limit provided in said section 336, on boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots and shoes), the uppers of which are composed wholly or in chief value of wool, cotton, ramie, animal hair, fiber, rayon or other synthetic textile, silk, or substitutes for any of the foregoing, with soles composed wholly or in chief value of india rubber or substitutes for rubber, is 35 per centum ad valorem based upon the American selling price as defined in section 402
(g)of said act of boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots, and shoes), the uppers of which are composed wholly or in chief value of wool, cotton, ramie, animal hair, fiber, rayon or other synthetic textile, silk, or substitutes for any of the foregoing, with soles composed wholly or in chief value of india rubber or substitutes for rubber, manufac2554 tured or produced in the United States; and that the rate of duty shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences, within the limit provided in said section 336, on boots, shoes, or other footwear, wholly or in chief value of india rubber, not specially provided for, is 25 per centum ad valorem based upon the American selling price of boots, shoes, or other footwear, wholly or in chief value of india rubber, not specially provided for, manufactured or produced in the United States. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 1″ day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2027] 2028 February 11, 1933 Death Valley National Monument—California Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Death Valley National Monument—California February 11, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Death Valley National Monument, Calif. Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including certain lands known as Death Valley, in California, Preamble.within a national monument for the preservation of the unusual features of scenic, scientific, and educational interest therein contained: National monument established.Vol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim and establish the Death Valley National Monument and that, subject to all valid existing rights, the area indicated on the diagram hereto annexed and forming a part hereof be, and the same is hereby, included within the said national monument. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or to remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress Vol. 39, p. 535.[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389).entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 11″ day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2028] 2029 February 14, 1933 Convening the Senate in Special Session Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 2555 Convening the Senate in Special Session February 14, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas public interests require that the Senate of the UnitedPreamble. States be convened at 12 o’clock on the 4th day of March, 1933, to receive such communications as may be made by the Executive; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedSpecial session of the Senate to be convened March 4, 1933. States of America, do hereby proclaim and declare than an extraordinary occasion requires the Senate of the United States to convene at the Capitol, in the City of Washington, on the 4th day of March next, at 12 o’clock noon, of which all persons who shall at that time be entitled to act as members of that body are hereby required to take notice. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 14″ day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2029] 2030 February 18, 1933 Ashley National Forest—Utah and Wyoming Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Ashley National Forest—Utah and Wyoming February 18, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it appears that the public good will be promoted byAshley National Forest, Utah-Wyo. adding certain lands in Utah to the Ashley National Forest; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged. States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1095, 1103; U. S. C., title 16, sec.Vol. 20, p. 1103; VoL 30, p. 34.[U. S. C., pp. 418, 419](/us/usc/t/s418/419). 471), and the act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 11, 34; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), do proclaim that the following-described lands in Utah are hereby added to and made a part of the Ashley National Forest: Description. Salt Lake Meridian T. 2 N., R. 20 E., sec. 1 and those portions of secs. 2, 11, 12, 13, and 24 not heretofore part of the national forest. T. 3 N., R. 20 E., secs. 35 and 36. T. 2 N., R. 21 E., secs. 1 to 11, inclusive, secs. 16, 17, and 18, and those portions of secs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 19, 20, 21, and 22 not heretofore part of the national forest. T. 3 N., R. 21 E., sec. 31, SW. ¼ and S. ½ SE. ¼ sec. 32, S. ½ NE. ¼ and SE. ¼ sec. 35, and all sec. 36.2556 Description—Con.T. 2 N., R. 22 E., secs. 1 to 6, inclusive, secs. 8, 11, and 12, and those portions of secs. 7, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 23, and 24 not heretofore part of the national forest. T. 3 N., R. 22 E., S. ½ S. ½ secs. 25 and 26, and all secs. 31 to 36, inclusive. T. 2 N., R. 23 E., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, and 8 sec. 13, lots 1, 2, 3, and 4 sec. 14, lots 1, 2, 3, and 4 and N. ½ N. ½ sec. 15, lots 1, 2, 3, and 4 and N. ½ NE. ¼ sec. 16, and those portions of secs. 17, 18, 19, and 20 not heretofore part of the national forest. T. 3 N., R. 23 E., S. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 30, NW. ¼ NE. ¼, S. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼, and S. ½ sec. 31, S. ½ NW. ¼ and S. ½ sec. 32, S. ½ S. ½ sec. 33, and S. ½ SW. ¼ sec. 34. T. 2 N., R. 24 E., lot 5 and S. ½ sec. 6, all sec. 7, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, NE. ¼, E. ½ NW. ¼, N. ½ SE. ½, and SE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 18, E. ½ NE. ¼ and lots 1, 6, 7, and 9 sec. 19. Prior rights, etc., not affectedThe withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 18 day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2030] 2031 February 21, 1933 Carlsbad Caverns National Park—New Mexico Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Carlsbad Caverns National Park—New Mexico February 21, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Carlsbad CavernsNational Park, N. Mex.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 279. Whereas Congress by act of May 14, 1930 (46 Stat. 279), entitled “AN ACT To establish the Carlsbad Caverns National Park in the State of New Mexico, and for other purposes,” authorized the President of the United States, upon the recommendation of the Secretary Additions.of the Interior, to add to said park by Executive proclamation any or all of the following-described lands: Secs. 1, 12, and 13, T. 24 S., R. 22 E.; secs. 1 to 18, inclusive, 20 to 28, inclusive, and 33 to 36, inclusive, T. 24 S., R. 23 E.; the entire T. 24 S., R. 24 E.; secs. 6, 7, 18, and 19, and 27 to 34, inclusive, T. 24 S., R. 25 E.; secs. 24, 25, 35, and 36, T. 25 S., R. 22 E.; the entire T. 25 S., R. 23 E.; north half of T. 25 S., R. 24 E.; secs. 5, 6, 7, 8, 17, and 18, T. 25 S., R. 25 E.; secs. 1, 2, 11, 12, 13, and 14, and 19 to 36, inclusive, T. 26 S., R. 22 E.; 2557west half of township and secs. 22 to 26, inclusive, T. 26 S., R. 23 E.; all with respect to the New Mexico principal meridian; and Whereas the said Secretary of the Interior has recommended the addition to the park of the lands hereinafter described; and Whereas it appears that the public interests would be promoted by including such lands within said park for the preservation of their natural state and outstanding scenic features and for road-protection purposes; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged. States of America, do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in New Mexico be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of said park, and they are hereby made subject to the provisions of the act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat.Vol. 39, p. 5635. 535–536), entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” and all acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof and all other laws and rules and regulationsFurther additions. applicable to and extending over the said park: New Mexico Principal Meridian T. 24 S., R. 24 E., secs. 25, 26, and 35. T. 25 S., R. 24 E., secs. 1 and 2. T. 24 S., R. 25 E., secs. 27 to 30, inclusive, secs. 32 and 33, E. ½, SW. ¼, E. ½ NW. ¼ sec. 31, and W. ½, NW. ¼ NE. ¼ sec. 34. T. 25 S., R. 25 E., secs. 5 and 6. Containing 9,239.94 acres. Nothing herein shall affect any privately owned lands within thisPrivate, etc., Claims not affected. area or any valid existing claim, location, or entry on said lands made under the land laws of the United States ; but if any of the privately owned lands shall be conveyed to the United States or any existing claim, location, or entry is canceled, the lands so affected shall become a part of the said Carlsbad Caverns National Park. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 21 day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2031] 2032 March 1, 1933 Saguaro National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Saguaro National Monument—Arizona March 1, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas a certain area within the Catalina Division of the CoronadoSaguaro National Monument, Ariz.Preamble. National Forest in the State of Arizona and certain adjacent lands are of outstanding scientific interest because of the exceptional growth thereon of various species of cacti, including the so-called giant cactus, it appears that the public interest will be promoted by reserving as much land as may be necessary for the proper protection thereof as a national monument. 2558 Establishment of, within Coronado National Forest, Aris.Vol. 34 p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” do proclaim that there are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, subject to all valid existing rights, and the right Selections by State, for University.of the State of Arizona to select for the use of the University of Arizona all or any portions of secs. 11, 14, 22, 28, and E. ½ 21,T. 14 S., R. 16 E. of the Gila and Salt River meridian, and set apart as a Description.national monument, the following-described tracts of lands in the State of Arizona: Gila and Salt River Meridian T. 14 S., R. 16 E., secs. 8 to 17 inclusive, secs. 20 to 29 inclusive, and secs. 32 to 36 inclusive. T. 14 S., R. 17 E., secs. 7 to 36 inclusive. T. 14 S., R. 18 E., secs. 7, 8, 9, secs. 16 to 21 inclusive, and secs. 28 to 33 inclusive. T. 15 S., R. 16 E., secs. 1 to 5 inclusive. T. 15 S., R. 17 E., secs. 1 to 6 inclusive and secs. 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, and 24. T. 15 S., R. 18 E., secs. 4 to 9 inclusive and secs. 16 to 21 inclusive. Use of Coronado National Forest not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation is not intended to prevent the use of the lands now within the Coronado National Forest for national-forest purposes under the proclamation establishing the Coronado National Forest, and the two reservations shall both be effective on the land withdrawn; but the national monument hereby established shall be the dominant reservation, and any use of the land which interferes with the preservation or protection as a national monument is hereby forbidden. Reserved from settlement, etc.Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, deface, remove, or destroy any feature of this national monument, or to locate or settle on any of the lands reserved by this proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 1 day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2032] 2033 March 2, 1933 Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument— Colorado Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument— Colorado March 2, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, Colo.Preamble. Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted by including the lands hereinafter described within a national monument for the preservation of the spectacular gorges and additional features of scenic, scientific, and educational interest; 2559 Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedEstablishment proclaimed.Vol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitIed “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim and establish the Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument and that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-describedDescription. lands in Colorado be, and the same are hereby, included within the said national monument: New Mexico Principal Meridian T. 49 N., R. 7 W., sec. 3, lots 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, and 12, and S. ½; sec. 4, all; sec. 5, lots 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, NE. ¼ SW. ¼, and SE. ¼; sec. 8, N. ½ NE. ¼; sec. 9, E. ½, E. ½ NW. ¼, and NW. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 10, E. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼ NE. ¼, and N. ¼ NW. ½; sec. 11, NW. ½. T. 50 N., R. 7 W., sec. 19, W. ½ SE. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼, and lots 3 and 4; sec. 29, SW. ¼ SE. ¼, and SW. ¼; sec. 30, E. ½, E. ½ NW. ¼, E. ½ SW. ¼, and lots 1, 2, and 3; sec. 31, NE. ¼, and E. ½ NW. ¼; sec. 32, all; sec. 33, S. ½ SW. ¼. T. 50 N., R. 8 W., sec. 16, SW. ¼ SE. ¼, and SW. ¼; sec. 17, SW. ¼ NE. ¼, NW. ¼, and S. ½; sec. 20, all; sec. 21, all; sec. 22, S. ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼, and S. ½; sec. 23, NE. ¼, and S. ½; sec 24 all; sec 25, E ½ NE. ¼, NW. ¼ NE. ¼, NE. ¼ NW. ¼, and W, ½ NW. ¼; sec. 26, all; sec. 27, all; sec. 28, all; sec. 29, all. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not toReserved from settlement, etc. appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of theSupervision.Vol. 39, p. 535. Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress[U. S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389). entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. 2560 Done at the City of Washington this 2d day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2033] 2034 March 2, 1933 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Sperm Oil, Crude, and Spermaceti Wax Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Sperm Oil, Crude, and Spermaceti Wax March 2, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on sperm oil. crude and spermaceti wax.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,”.the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, sperm oil, crude, sperm oil, refined or otherwise processed, and spermaceti wax, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country for sperm oil, crude, is Canada, and that the principal competing country for spermaceti wax is the United Kingdom, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing countries, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Changes in rates to equalize differences in costs of production. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: Vol. 46, p, 597.A decrease (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 52 of Title I of said act on sperm oil, crude, from 10 cents per gallon to 5 cents per gallon; and 2561 A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 52 ofVol. 46, p. 598. Title I of said act on spermaceti wax, from 6 cents per pound to 3½cents per pound. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 2d day of March in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2034] 2035 March 2, 1933 Nicolet National Forest-Wisconsin Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Nicolet National Forest-Wisconsin March 2, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas certain forest lands within the State of Wisconsin haveNicolet National Forest, Wis.Preamble.Statutory authorisation.Vol. 36, p. 962; Vol. 43, p. 654.[U. S. C., p. 424](/us/usc/t/s424). been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 961, 962; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended June 7, 1924 (43 Stat. 653–655; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515); and Whereas certain public lands in said State are in part covered with timber or undergrowth and it appears that it would be in the public interest to give them a national-forest status; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedReserving, etc., area for national forest.Vol. 26, p. 1103; Vol. 36, p. 963.[U. S. C., pp. 418, 425](/us/usc/t/s418/425). States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1095, 1103; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11, act of March 1, 1911 (36 Stat. 961, 963; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Nicolet National Forest, Wis., all lands of the United States within the area shown on the diagrams attached hereto and made a part hereof, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the authority of said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall be reserved and administered as part of said. Nicolet National Forest. The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all landsPrior rights, etc., not affected. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than forest uses, be subject to and shall not interefere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 2d day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2035] 2036 March 3, 1933 Canyon De Chelly National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Canyon De Chelly National Monument—Arizona March 3, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Canyon De Chelly National Monument, Arte.Establishment, within Navajo Indian Reservation, with consent of their council.Vol. 40, p. 1161. Whereas Congress by act of February 14, 1931 (Public, No. 667— 71st Cong.), entitled “AN ACT To authorize the President of the United States to establish the Canyon De Chelly National Monument within the Navajo Indian Reservation, Arizona,” authorized the President of the United States, with the consent of the Tribal Council of the Navajo Tribe of Indians, to establish the said Canyon De Chelly National Monument by Executive proclamation; and Statutory provision for modifying area.*Ante*, p. 1419. Whereas Congress by act of March 1, 1933 (Public, No. 404— 72nd Cong. 2nd Session), entitled “AN ACT To amend the description of land described in section 1 of the act approved February 14, 1931, entitled “AN ACT To authorize the President of the United States to establish the Canyon De Chelly National Monument within the Navajo Indian Reservation, Arizona,’” amended the description of the land described in section 1 of the act of February 14, 1931; and Approval by Navajo Council Assembly. Whereas the Navajo Tribal Council Assembly at Fort Wingate, New Mexico, on July 8, 1930, adopted a resolution approving the establishment of the Canyon De Chelly National Monument; and Whereas it appears to be in the public interest that the cliff dwellings and other features of scientific and educational interest desired to be preserved be more accurately described by amending the *Ante*, p. 2449.description of the land for the Canyon De Chelly National Monument as established by Proclamation No. 1945 dated April 1, 1931; Description amended. Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by the said acts of Congress approved February 14, 1931, and March 1, 1933, do proclaim that the Canyon De Chelly National Monument as heretoforeLocation. established by proclamation shall comprise the following described lands: " “All lands in Del Muerto, De Chelly, and Monument Canyons, and the canyons tributary thereto, and the lands within one-half mile of the rims of the said canyons, situated in unsurveyed townships 4 and 5 north, range 7 west; townships 4, 5, and 6 north, range 8 west; townships 4 and 5 north, range 9 west; and in surveyed townships 4 and 5 north, range 6 west; townships 3, 6, and 7 north, range 7 west; township 6 north, range 9 west; and township 5 north, range 10 west; embracing about eighty-three thousand eight hundred and forty acres, all of the Navajo meridian, in Arizona,” " and the proclamation dated April 1, 1931, heretofore issued for the establishment of the said national monument is hereby accordingly modified. Warning against unlawful acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Sendee, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress Vol. 39, p. 535.[U S. C., p. 389](/us/usc/t/s389).entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. 2563 Done at the City of Washington this 3rd day of March in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2036] 2037 March 3, 1933 Colorado National Monument—Colorado Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Colorado National Monument—Colorado March 3, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas it appears that the public interest would be promoted byColorado National Monument, Colo.Preamble. adding to the Colorado National Monument, Colo., certain adjoining lands for the purpose of including within said monument additional lands on which there are located features of historical and scientific interest and for the protection of the Rim Road and for administration purposes; Now, therefore, I, Herbert Hoover, President of the UnitedArea enlarged.Vol. 34, p. 225.[U. S. C., p. 416](/us/usc/t/s416). States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities,” approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, such additional lands in Colorado be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Colorado National Monument, and that the boundariesDescription. of the said monument as hereby changed are described as follows: Beginning at the southwest corner of sec. 31, T. 11 S., R. 101 W. of the sixth principal meridian; thence westerly one-half mile to the south ¼ corner of sec. 36, T. 11 S., R. 102 W., sixth principal meridian; thence northerly approximately 4 miles to the north ¼ corner of sec. 13, T. 11 S., R. 102 W., sixth principal meridian (on the south boundary of sec. 31, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian); thence westerly approximately three-fourths mile to the southwest corner of sec. 31, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian; thence northerly 1 mile to the northwest corner of sec. 31, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian; thence easterly approximately 1¼ miles to the northeast corner of the NW. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 32, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian; thence southerly 990 ft. more or less to a point 330 ft. northerly from the southwest corner of the NE. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 32, T. 1 N., 2 W., Ute meridian; thence easterly one-half mile to the east line of the NW. ¼ NE. ¼ sec. 32, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian; thence southerly 330 ft. to the southeast corner of the said NW. ¼ NE ¼; thence easterly one-half mile to the northeast corner of the SW. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 33, T. 1 N., R. 2 W., Ute meridian; thence southerly one-fourth mile to the southeast corner of the said SW. ¼ NW. ¼; thence easterly one-half mile to the northeast corner of the NW. ¼ SE. ¼ of the said sec. 33;2564 Description—Con.thence southerly one-fourth mile to the southeast corner of the said NW. ¼ SE. ¼; thence easterly one-fourth mile to the northeast corner of the SE. ¼ SE. ¼ of the said sec. 33; thence southerly one-fourth mile to the southeast corner of the said sec. 33; thence westerly 455 ft. to a point; thence S. 23° 04′ W., 791 ft., to a point; thence S. 38° 16′ E., 1,250 ft. more or less, to a point on the east boundary of the SW. ¼ NE. ¼ sec. 17, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 32° 17′ E., 887.6 ft., to a point 495 ft. easterly from the northwest corner of the NE. ¼ SE. ¼ sec. 17, T. 11 S., R. 101 W,, sixth principal meridian; thence S. 3l° 52′ E., 1,556.2 ft., to the southeast corner of the said NE. ¼ SE. ¼; thence S. 44° 55′ E., 1,853 ft., to the southeast corner of the SW. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 16, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 44° 58′ E., 1,853 ft., to the southeast corner of the NE. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 21, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 45° 02′ E., 1,877.3 ft., to the southeast corner of the SW. ¼ NE. ¼ sec. 21, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 26° 27′ E., 2,864.8 ft., to the southeast corner of sec. 21, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 44° 06′ E., 1,922.5 ft., to the southeast corner of the NW. ¼ NW. ¼ sec. 27, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence S. 44° 47′ E., 1,912.6 ft., to the center of said sec. 27; thence easterly one-half mile to the east ¼ corner of said sec. 27; thence southerly 1 mile to the west ¼ corner of sec. 35, T. 11 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence easterly one-fourth mile to the northeast corner of the NW. ¼ SW. ¼ of said sec. 35; thence southerly approximately one-half mile to a point on the township line dividing Tps. 11 and 12 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian, said point being the northwest corner of lot 7 in sec. 2, T. 12 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence easterly approximately one-fourth mile to the northeast corner of said lot 7 in said sec. 2; thence southerly approximately 2,650 ft. to the southeast corner of lot 9 in said sec. 2; thence easterly approximately one-fourth mile to the west boundary of sec. 30, T. 1 S., K. 1 W., Ute meridian; thence southerly approximately 2,322 ft. to the southwest corner of said sec. 30, T. 1 S., R. 1 W., Ute meridian; thence easterly 1 mile to the southeast corner of the said sec. 30; thence southerly one-half mile to the east ¼ corner of sec. 31, T. 1 S., R. 1 W., Ute meridian; thence easterly one-fourth mile to the northeast corner of the NW. ¼ SW. ¼ sec. 32, T. 1 S., R. 1 W., Ute meridian; thence southerly one-half mile to the southeast corner of the SW. ¼ SW. ¼ of the said sec. 32; thence easterly approximately 658 ft. to the northeast corner of sec. 13, T. 12 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence southerly 1 mile to the southeast corner of the said sec. 13; thence westerly 2 miles to the southwest corner of sec. 14, T. 12 S., R. 101 W.; thence northerly 1 mile to the northwest corner of the said sec. 14; thence westerly 3 miles to the southwest corner of sec. 8, T. 12 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian;2565 thence northerly 1 mile to the northwest corner of the said sec. 8;Description—Con. thence westerly 1 mile to the southwest corner of sec. 6, T. 12 S., R. 101 W., sixth principal meridian; thence northerly 1 mile to the point of beginning. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument, as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536),Vol. 39. p. 535.[U. S. C.,p. 889](/us/usc/t/s889). and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 3d day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. HERBERT HOOVER By the President: Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*. [No. 2037] TWENTIETH AMENDMENTto theCONSTITUTION 2567 AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION, 1933 Constitutional Amendment20 47 Stat. 2569 AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION, 1933 HENRY L. TIMSONFebruary 6, 1933. Secretary of State of the United States of America. To all to whom these presents shall come, greeting: Know Ye, That the Congress of the United States, at the first Twentieth Amendment to the Constitution.Preamble.session, seventy-second Congress begun at the City of Washington on Monday, the seventh day of December, in the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, passed a Joint Resolution in the words and figures as follows: to wit— JOINT RESOLUTION Proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States fixing the commencement of the terms of President and Vice President and Members of Congress and fixing the time of the assembling of Congress. Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled (two-thirds of each House concurring therein), Amendment proposed to the States.*Ante*, p. 745. That the following amendment to the Constitution be, and hereby is, proposed to the States, to become valid as a part of said Constitution when ratified by the legislatures of the several States as provided in the Constitution:" “article — “Section 1. The terms of the President and Vice President shall Terms of President, Vice President, and Congress.end at noon on the 20th day of January, and the terms of Senators and Representatives at noon on the 3d day of January, of the years in which such terms would have ended if this article had not been ratified ; and the terms of their successors shall then begin. “Sec. 2. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, Sessions of Congress.Date of convening.and such meeting shall begin at noon on the 3d day of January, unless they shall by law appoint a different day. “Sec. 3. If, at the time fixed for the beginning of the term of the Succession if President elect dies before term begins.Acting President if President elect fails to qualify.President, the President elect shall have died, the Vice President elect shall become President. If a President shall not have been chosen before the time fixed for the beginning of his term, or if the President elect shall have failed to qualify, then the Vice President elect shall act as President until a President shall have qualified; and the Congress may by law provide for the case wherein neither a President elect nor a Vice President elect shall have qualified, declaring who shall then act as President, or the manner in which one who is to act shall be selected, and such person shall act accordingly until a President or Vice President shall have qualified. “Sec. 4. The Congress may by law provide for the case of the death Power of Congress to provide for succession.of any of the persons from whom the House of Representatives may choose a President whenever the right of choice shall have devolved upon them, and for the case of the death of any of the persons from whom the Senate may choose a Vice President whenever the right of choice shall have devolved upon them. 2569 2570 “Sec. 5. Effective data of sections 1 and 2. Sections 1 and 2 shall take effect on the 15th day of October following the ratification of this article. “Sec. 6. Inoperative, if not ratified in seven years. This article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been ratified as an amendment to the Constitution by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several States within seven years from the date of its submission.” " States ratifying proposed Amendment.And, further, that it appears from official documents on file in the Department of State that the Amendment to the Constitution of the United States proposed as aforesaid has been ratified by the Legislatures of the States of Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. Declaration.And, further, that the States whose Legislatures have so ratified the said proposed Amendment, constitute more than the requisite three-fourths of the whole number of States in the United States. Certificate of adoption as part of the Constitution.[U. S. C., p. 37](/us/usc/p37).Now, therefore, be it known that I, Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States, by virtue and in pursuance of Section 160, Title 5, of the United States Code, do hereby certify that the Amendment aforesaid has become valid to all intents and purposes as a part of the Constitution of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the Department of State to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this sixth day of February, in [seal] the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three. HENRY L STIMSON EXECUTIVE AGREEMENTS 2571 October 10, 1929 October 23, 1929 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2573 2573 QUARANTINE INSPECTION OF VESSELS—CANADA. *Exchange of notes between the United States and the Dominion of CanadaOctober 10, 1929.October 23, 1929. concerning quarantine inspection of vessels entering Puget Sound and waters adjacent thereto or the Great Lakes via the St. Lawrence River. Signed October 10 and 23, 1929.* The Secretary of State for External Affairs to the American Minister Department of External Affairs Canada No. 132 Ottawa, *10th October, 1929* Sir, With reference to your note No. 480 of the 30th September, intimatingQuarantine inspection of foreign vessels in certain waters.Agreement with Canada for mutual acceptance of. that the Public Health authorities of your Government were agreeable to an exchange of notes for the purpose of establishing an arrangement between our Governments to provide for the acceptance by each Government of the quarantine inspection of the other in respect of vessels from foreign ports entering Puget Sound and adjacent waters or the Great Lakes via the St. Lawrence River, in the terms suggested in my note No. 45 of the 2nd May last, I have the honour to state that His Majesty’s Government in Canada is prepared, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 56 and 57 ofVol. 45, p, 25l2, the International Sanitary Convention signed at Paris the 21st June, 1926, to agree with the Government of the United States of America that vessels from foreign ports destined for both Canadian and United States ports located on the Straits of Juan de Fuca, Haro, Rosario, Georgia, Puget Sound, or their tributaries or connected waters, or so destined to ports on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River shall undergo quarantine inspection by the quarantine officers of that Government having jurisdiction over the primary port of arrival, and when cleared from quarantine in accordance with the provisions of the said International Sanitary Convention shall receive free pratique, the document granting such pratique to be issued in duplicate, that the original shall be presented upon entry at the primary port of arrival, and that the duplicate shall be presented to the proper quarantine officers upon secondary arrival and entry at the first port under the jurisdiction of the other Government, and shall be accepted by that Government without the formality of quarantine reinspection, provided that cases of quarantinable disease have not been prevalent in the ports visited and have not occurred on board the vessel since the granting of the original pratique, and provided further that the observance of the provisions of Article 28 of the said Convention shall not be modified by such agreement. It will be understood that on the receipt of a note from you expressing your Government’s concurrence in this agreement, it shall become effective and the necessary administrative steps in connection with its operation shall be taken. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. W. H. Walker *For Secretary of Statefor External Affairs*. The Honourable William Phillips *Minister of the United States of America United States Legation, Ottawa* 2574 The American Minister to the Secretary of State for External Affairs Legation of the United States of America No. 502. Ottawa, *ctober 23, 1929*. Sir, Concurrence by Canada.I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note No. 132 of October 10th, last, in regard to the proposed establishment of an arrangement between our Governments to provide for the acceptance by each Government of the quarantine inspection of the other in respect of vessels from foreign ports entering Puget Sound and adjacent waters or the Great Lakes via the St. Lawrence River. It gives me pleasure to inform you that my Government accepts the terms of the agreement as set forth in your note No. 132 of October 10, 1929. I avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. William Phillips The Right Honorable William Lyon Mackenzie King, C. M. G., LL. B., LL.D., *Secretary of State for External Affairs, Ottawa.* [No. 1] August 29, 1929 October 22, 1929 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2575 2575 ADMISSION OF CIVIL AIRCRAFT, ETC.—CANADA. *Exchange of notes between the United States and the Dominion ofAugust 29, 1929.October 22, 1929. Canada concerning the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of air worthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise. Signed August 29, 1929, and October 22, 1929.* The Secretary of State to the Charge d’Affairs ad interim of the Dominion of Canada Department of State Washington, *August 29, 1929* Sir: The Department refers to the negotiations which have been conductedReciprocal arrangement with Canada for admission of civil aircraft, etc. between this Department and your Legation for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course ofTerms. these negotiations that this arrangement shall be as follows:
(1)All state aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft, shall be treated as civil aircraft and as such shall be subject to the requirements hereinafter provided for civil aircraft.
(2)Subject to the conditions and limitations hereinafter contained and set forth, Canadian civil aircraft shall be permitted to operate in the United States and, in like manner, civil aircraft of the United States shall be permitted to operate in the Dominion of Canada.
(3)Canadian aircraft, before entering the United States, must be registered and passed as airworthy by the Canadian Department of National Defense and must bear the registration markings allotted to it by that Department. Aircraft of the United States, before entering Canada, must be registered and passed as airworthy by the United States Department of Commerce, and must bear the registration markings allotted to it by that Department, preceded by the letter “N”, placed on it in accordance with the Air Commerce Regulations of the Department of Commerce.
(4)Canadian aircraft making flights into the United States must carry aircraft, engine and journey logbooks, and the certificates of registration and airworthiness, issued by the Canadian Department of National Defense. The pilots shall bear licenses issued by said Department of National Defense. Like requirements shall be applicable in Canada with respect to aircraft of the United States and American pilots making flights into Canada. The certificates and licenses in the latter case shall be those issued by the United States Department of Commerce; provided, however, that pilots who are nationals of the one country shall be licensed by the other country under the following conditions: (*a*) The Department of National Defense of the Dominion of Canada will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots; and the United States Department of Commerce will issue pilots’ licenses to Canadian nationals upon a 2576 Terms—Continuedshowing that they are qualified under the regulations of that department covering the licensing of pilots. (*b*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce to Canadian nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals, and pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of National Defense of the Dominion of Canada to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Canadian nationals. (*c*) Pilots’ licenses granted to nationals of the one country by the other country shall not be construed to accord to them the right to register aircraft in such other country. (*d*) Pilots’ licenses granted to nationals of the one country by the other country shall not be construed to accord to them the right to operate aircraft in air commerce unless the aircraft is registered in such other country in accordance with its registration requirements except as provided for in Paragraphs
(a)and
(b)of Clause 6, with respect to discharging and taking on through passengers and/or cargo.
(5)No Canadian aircraft in which photographic apparatus has been installed shall be permitted to operate in the United States, nor shall any photographs be taken from Canadian aircraft while operating in or over United States territory, except in cases where the entrance of such aircraft or the taking of photographs is specifically authorized by the Department of Commerce of the United States, lake restrictions shall be applicable to aircraft of the United States desiring to operate in or over Canadian territory, and in such cases the entrance of aircraft in which photographic apparatus has been installed, and the taking of photographs shall not be permissible without the specific authorization of the Department of National Defense of Canada.
(6)(*a*) If the Canadian aircraft and pilot are licensed to carry passengers and/or cargo in the Dominion of Canada, they may do so between Canada and the United States, but not between points in the United States, except that subject to compliance with customs, quarantine and immigration requirements, such aircraft shall be permitted to discharge through passengers and/or cargo destined to the United States at one airport in the United States, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, and to proceed with the remaining passengers and/or cargo to any other airports in the United States, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, for the purpose of discharging the remaining passengers and/or cargo; and they shall in like manner be permitted to take on passengers and/or cargo destined to Canada at different airports in the United States on the return trip to Canada. (*b*) If the United States aircraft and pilot are licensed to carry passengers and/or cargo in the United States, they may do so between the United States and Canada, but not between points in Canada, except that subject to compliance with customs, quarantine and immigration requirements such aircraft shall be permitted to discharge through passengers and/or cargo destined to Canada at one airport in Canada, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, and to proceed with the remaining passengers and/or cargo to any other airports in Canada, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, for the purpose of discharging the remaining passengers and/or cargo; and they shall in like manner be permitted to take on passengers and/or cargo destined to the United States at different airports in Canada on the return trip to the United States. 2577
(7)The right accorded to Canadian pilots and aircraft to makeTerms—Continued. flights over United States territory under the conditions provided for in the present arrangement shall be accorded, subject to compliance with the laws, rules and regulations in effect in the United States governing the operation of civil aircraft. The right accorded to American pilots and aircraft of the United States to make flights over Canadian territory, under the conditions herein provided for, shall be accorded, subject to compliance with the laws, rules and regulations in effect in Canada governing the operation of civil aircraft.
(8)Certificates of airworthiness for export issued in connection with aircraft built in Canada imported into the United States from Canada as merchandise will be accepted by the Department of Commerce of the United States if issued by the Department of National Defense of the Dominion of Canada in accordance with its requirements as to airworthiness. Certificates of airworthiness for export issued in connection with aircraft built in the United States imported into Canada from the United States as merchandise will, in like manner, be accepted by the Department of National Defense of Canada, if issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States in accordance with its requirements as to airworthiness.
(1)It shall be understood that this arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government on sixty davs’ notice given to the other Government, by a further arrangement between the two Governments dealing with the same subject, or by the enactment of legislation in either country inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed upon is as herein set forth. If so, the arrangement will be considered to be operative from the date of the receipt of your note so advising me. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H. L. Stimson Mr. Hume Wrong *Chargé d’Afaires ad interim of the Dominion of Canada* ————— The Minister of the Dominion of Canada to the Secretary of State No. 207. Canadian Legation Washington, *October 22nd, 1929*. Sir: I have the honour to refer to your note of August 29th, 1929,Concurrence by Canada. concerning the proposed reciprocal arrangement between the United States and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise. I have been instructed to inform you that His Majesty’s Government in Canada concur in the terms of the agreement as set forth in your note, and will, therefore, consider it to be operative from this date. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Vincent Massey The Hon . Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D. C*. [No. 2] March 31, 1926 June 8, 1926 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2578 2578 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—JAPAN. March 31, 1926.June 8, 1926. *Exchange of notes between the United States and Japan providing for relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Signed March 31, 1926, and June 8, 1926.* The Japanese Ambassador to the Secretary of State Japanese Embassy Washington, *March 31, 1926* No. 41. Sir: Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and Japan.With reference to your note dated September 1, 1925, concerning the reciprocal exemption from taxation of income derived from the operation of merchant vessels, I have the honor to state, under instructions from Tokio, that my Government is happy to signify its willingness to agree with the views of the Treasury Department as stated in your note under acknowledgment; namely, that the reciprocal exemption shall be carried out from and including July 18, 1924, the date on which the Japanese Law No. 6 was promulgated, without adopting the methods suggested in my note dated June 18, Vol. 43, pp. 269, 263.1925; and, further, that the exemption from taxation accorded by Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1924 applies only to such income as is derived from sources within the “United States” as that term is defined in Section 2 of the said Act, and from sources within the Virgin Islands. In bringing the above to your knowledge, I am happy to note that a unanimity of views has been reached between our two Governments on this subject, and shall be glad if you will be good enough to take steps with the Treasury Department to the end that an arrangement looking to the reciprocal exemption in question be put into force. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. T. Matsudaira Honorable Frank B. Kellogg, *Secretary of State*. ————— The Secretary of State to the Japanese Ambassador Department of State Washington, *June 8, 1926*. Excellency: Agreement by United States.Referring further to your note of March 31, 1926, and to previous correspondence in regard to the establishment by the United States and Japan of reciprocal exemption from taxation of income derived from the operation of merchant vessels, I have the honor to inform you of the receipt of a letter on the subject from the Secretary of the Treasury dated May 26, 1926. The Secretary of the Treasury states that he approved, on February 1, 1926, Treasury Decision 3812 embodying the ruling that from July 18, 1924, Japan satisfies the equivalent exemption provi2579 sion of Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1924, and that this action is all that is necessary to give effect to the reciprocal arrangement on the part of the United States. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph C. Grew Acting Secretary of State. His Excellency Mr. Tsuneo Matsudaira , *Japanese Ambassador*. [No. 3] August 2, 1928 September 17, 1928 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2580 2580 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—CANADA. August 2, 1928.September 17, 1928. *Exchange of notes between the United States and the Dominion of Canada for relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Signed August 2, 1928, and September 17, 1928.* The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Dominion of Canada to the Secretary of State No. 117. Canadian Legation Washington, *August 2nd, 1928*. Sir: Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal arrangement, United States and Canada.I have the honour to refer to your note of July 24 th, 1928, and to previous correspondence concerning the exemption from taxation in the United States and in Canada of the income of vessels of foreign registry. I am instructed to inform you that His Majesty’s Government in Canada is prepared to conclude with the Government of the United States a reciprocal arrangement for relief from double income tax on shipping profits, and suggests as a basis the following draft which has been approved by the Minister of National Revenue of Canada and which could be put into effect immediately if it should meet with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury:" “Whereas it is provided by Section 4(m) of the Revised Statutes of Canada 1927, chapter 97, as amended, that the income of non-resident persons or corporations arising within Canada from the operation of ships owned and operated by such persons or corporations may be exempt from taxation within Canada if the country where any such person or corporation resides or is organized grants substantially an equivalent exemption in respect of the shipping business carried on therein by Canadian residents or Canadian corporations, and that the Minister may give effect to such exemption from the date on which the exemption granted by the country where the person or corporation resides took effect, “And whereas it is provided by Section 213(B)
(8)of the United States Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926, and sections 212(B) and 231(B) of the Revenue Aet of 1928, that the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of a foreign country which grants an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organized in the United States shall be exempt from income tax, Vol. 42, p. 239; Vol. 43, p. 269; Vol. 44, p. 25; Vol. 45, pp. 847, 849.“And whereas the respective governments of the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada through their accredited representatives have signified that they regard the respective exemptions provided for in the above referred to legislation as being equivalent within the meaning of the said sections. “Now therefore be it known that the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States and the Minister of National Revenue of the Dominion of Canada for and on behalf of their respective Governments hereby declare:
(1)that, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, citizens of the United States not residing in Canada and corporations organized in the United States owning or operating ships documented in the United States shall be exempt from Canadian income tax on the earnings from sources within Canada derived exclusively from the operation of such ships;
(2)that, in respect of the United States, persons resident in Canada who are not citizens of the United States and corporations organized in Canada owning or operating ships documented in Canada shall be exempt from United States income tax on the earnings from sources within the United States derived exclusively from the operation of such ships. The exemption from income tax on the income derived from the operation of ships (including ferries) herein provided for shall be deemed to have come into force and shall be applicable to the income for the year 1921 and to all subsequent years, upon the understanding that no refunds of taxes paid will be made for any years which by virtue of statutory limitations governing refunds are barred. Refunds will be made only for such years as are not barred by statute.” " 2581 2. I shall be glad if you will be so good as to submit this draft to the competent authorities of the Government of the United States. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, H. H. Wrong, *Charge d’Affaires*. The Honourable Frank B. Kellogg, *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D. C.* ————— The Secretary of State to the Chargé d’Afaires ad interim of the Dominion of Canada Department of State Washington, *September 17, 1928* Sir: Reference is made to your note No. 117, dated August 2, 1928, andAgreement by United States. the Department’s acknowledgment of August 13, 1928, in regard to the proposed reciprocal exemption from taxation in the United States and in Canada of the income of vessels of foreign registry. A communication on this subject has now been received from the appropriate authority of this Government and it gives me pleasure to inform you that this Government agrees to the following undertaking:
(1)that, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, citizens of the United States not residing in Canada and corporations organized in the United States owning or operating ships documented in the United States shall be exempt from Canadian income tax on the earnings from sources within Canada derived exclusively from the operation of such ships;
(2)that, in respect of the United States, persons resident in Canada who are not citizens of the United States and corporations organized in Canada owning or operating ships documented in Canada shall be exempt from United States income tax on the earnings from sources within the United States derived exclusively from the operation of such ships;
(3)that the exemption from income tax on the income derived from the operation of ships (including ferries) above provided shall be deemed to have come into force and shall be applicable to the income for the year 1921 and to all subsequent years, upon the understanding that no refunds of taxes paid will be made for any years which by virtue of statutory limitations governing refunds are barred. The appropriate authority of this Government now has under preparation a Treasury Decision the purpose of which will be to give effect to the above mentioned agreement in so far as it relates to the United States. It is presumed that the appropriate authority of your Government will follow a similar course to give effect to the agreement in relation to Canda. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurance of my high consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castle, jr. Mr. Hume Wrong, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Dominion of Canada.* [No. 4] May 24, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2582 2582 CUSTOM MATTERS—COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT—EGYPT. *Provisional commercial agreement between the United States of America and Egypt for most-favored-nation treatment in customs matters. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 24, 1930.* May 24, 1930. The Egyptian Minister for Foreign Affairs to the American Minister No. 1.7/3(32) Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, Le Caire, *le 24 Mai 1930*. Monsieur le Ministre, Proposal of Egyptian Government.Me référant à la correspondance échangée entre Votre Excellence et ce Ministère au sujet de la conclusion d’un accord commercial provisoire entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et l’Egypte, j’ai l’honneur d’informer Votre Excellence que le Gouvernement égyptien consent à appliquer sans condition le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée à tous les produits du sol et de l’industrie originaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique importés en Egypte et destinés soit à la consommation soit à la réexportation ou au transit. Provisoirement, le dit traitement sera également appliqué aux produits qui seront importés en Egypte par la voie de pays n’ayant pas avec l’Egypte des arrangements commerciaux. Condition of perfect reciprocity.Ce régime est accordé à condition de parfaite réciprocité et sous réserve du régime accordé par FEgvpte aux produits soudanais et du régime qui serait accordé aux produits de certains pays limitrophes en vertu de conventions régionales et sous réserve du traitement qu’accordent les Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou qu’ils accorderaient à l’avenir au commerce de Cuba ou de n’importe quels territoires ou possessions des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, de la zone du Canal de Panama et du traitement accordé ou qui serait accordé à l’avenir au commerce des Etats-Unis d’Amérique avec l’un des pays limitrophes ou possessions ou du commerce de ces territoires ou possessions les uns avec les autres. Exception.Le présent arrangement ne s’appliquera pas aux prohibitions ou restrictions d’un caractère sanitaire ou destinées à protéger les vies humaines, animales ou végétales, ni aux réglements d’application des lois de police et des recettes. Effective date.Le présent arrangement entrera en vigueur aussitôt que Votre Excellence aura bien voulu me confirmer l’accord de son Gouvernement à son sujet. Il pourra prendre fin par consentement mutuel comme il pourra être dénoncé par chacune des parties contractantes moyennant un préavis de trois mois. Si cependant, l’une des parties se trouve empêchée par une législation future d’exécuter les termes de l’arrangement, les obligations qui en découlent prendront fin en conséquence. Je saisis l’occasion de vous renouveler, Monsieur le Ministre, l’assurance de ma haute considération. Le Ministre des Affaires Etrangères Wacyf Boutros Ghali. Son Excellence Monsieur Franklin Mott Gunther *Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire* *des Etats-Unis d’Amérique*. 2583 The American Minister to the Egyptian Minister For Foreign AffairsAcquiescence by United States. No. 230. Legation of the United States of America, *Cairo, May 24, 1930*. Mr. Minister, I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s Note No. 1.7/3 (32), of May 24, 1930, the agreed English text of which is as follows: Referring to correspondence exchanged between Your Excellency and this Ministry with regard to the conclusion of a provisional commercial agreement between the United States of America and Egypt, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the Egyptian Government is willing to apply unconditional most favored nation treatment to all products, of the soil and of industry, originating in the United States of America imported into Egypt and destined either for consumption or re-exportation or in transit. The said treatment will also be applied provisionally to products imported into Egypt through countries which have not completed commercial agreements with Egypt. This régime is accorded by Egypt on condition of perfect reciprocity and with the exception of the régime accorded to Sudanese products, or the régime which might be applied by Egypt to products of certain border countries by virtue of regional conventions and with the exception of the treatment which the United States accords or may hereafter accord to the commerce of Cuba or of any of the territories or possessions of the United States or the Panama Canal Zone or the treatment, which is or may hereafter be accorded to the commerce of the United States with any of its territorial boundaries or possessions or to the commerce of its territories or possessions with one another. The present arrangement does not apply to prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character or designed to protect human, animal, or plant life or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws. The present agreement will enter into force so soon as Your Excellency is good enough to confirm the consent of your Government thereto and shall continue in force until ninety days after notice of its termination shall have been given by either party unless sooner terminated by mutual agreement. If, however, either party should be prevented by the future action of its Legislature from carrying out the terms of the agreement the obligations thereof shall thereupon lapse. I avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. In reply I have the honor to inform Your Excellency of my Government’s acquiescence in the terms of the above mentioned Note thus establishing a Provisional Commercial Accord, and avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. Franklin Mott Gunther, American Minister. His Excellency Wacyf Boutros Ghali Pasha, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *The Royal Egyptian Ministry for Foreign Affairs*, *Cairo*. [No. 5] April 16, 1930 June 10, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2584 2584 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—SPAIN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Spain for relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed April 16, 1980, and June 10, 1930.* April 16, 1930.June 10, 1930. The Spanish Ambassador to the Acting Secretary of State No. 84–15 Royal Spanish Embassy Washington, *16 de Abril de 1930*. Señor Secretario: Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and Spain.Tengo la honra de referirme a la atena nota de Vuestra Excelencia de 5 del corriente relativa a la exención de impuesto en los Estados Unidos sobre ingresos derivados de las operaciones de buques españoles, dándome traslado de la comunicación que sobre el asunto habia sido recibida del Departamento del Tesoro cuyos extremos eran copiados a continuación. Es para mi una satisfacción poder expresar a Vuestra Excelencia el agrado con que he visto que las últimas declaraciones del Ministro de Hacienda español, expuestas en mi Nota de 11 de Febrero de 1930, concuerdan con las proposiciones que el Señor Secretario del Tesoro Norteamericano se servía hacer en la carta de 2 de Agosto de 1929 que por mi conducto dirigió a la Compañia Trasatlantica. En vista de lo expuesto, ruego a Vuestra Excelencia se sirva dar las instrucciones oportunas a las autoridades correspondientes para que tengan en cuenta este acuerdo respecto a las Compañias Navieras españolas en el sentido de que los beneficios de los ciudadanos españoles que consisten exclusivamente en ganancios derivadas de operaciones de buques abanderados en España, serán exentos de tributos en los Estados Unidos por las leyes de este pais, y especialmente en relación con lo expuesto por Vuestra Excelencia en su Nota de 26 de Septiembre de 1929, respecto al caso de la Compañia Trasatlantica. Tan pronto recibi la mencionada atenta Nota de Vuestra Excelencia de 5 del corriente mes de Abril, me apresuré a remitir la correspondiente copia al Ministerio de Estado de Madrid, y mientras recibo respuesta, cumplo el grato deber de expresar a Vuestra Excelencia mi agradecimiento por la buena voluntad que desde un principo he podido apreciar, tanto en el Departamento del Tesoro como en ese Departamento del muy digno cargo de Vuestra Excelencia para llegar a una solución favorable en este asunto, que no puede menos de estrechar las buenas relaciones existences entre nuestros dos paises. Aprovecho esta oportunidad, Señor Secretario, para reiterar a Vuestra Excelencia las seguridades de mi mas alta consideración. Alejandro Padilla Honorable J. P. Cotton, *Secretario de Estado*, *Departamento de Estado*, *Washington, D. C*. 2585 [Translation] No. 84–15 Royal Spanish Embassy Washington, *April 16, 1930*. Me. Secretary: I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s kind note of the 5th instant relative to the exemption from taxation in the United States on revenue derived from operations of Spanish vessels, giving me a transcript of the communication which had been received in the matter from the Treasury Department, points of which were quoted thereunder. It is a satisfaction for me to be able to express to Your Excellency the pleasure with which I have seen that the recent statements of the Spanish Minister of Finance, expressed in my note of February 11, 1930, accord with the proposals which the American Secretary of the Treasury was good enough to make in the letter of August 2, 1929 which he addressed to the Compañía Trasatlántica, through my intermediary. In view of the foregoing, I request Your Excellency to be so good as to give the appropriate instructions to the corresponding authorities in order that they may take into account this decision with respect to the Spanish Shipping Companies in the sense that the profits of Spanish citizens which consist exclusively in earnings derived from vessels documented in Spain shall be exempt from taxation in the United States by the laws of this country, and particularly with respect to that set forth by Your Excellency in your note of September 26, 1929, regarding the case of the Compañía Trasatlántica. As soon as I received the above-mentioned note of the 5th of the current month of April from Your Excellency, I hastened to transmit the correspondence in copy to the Ministry of State at Madrid, and while I await a reply, it is my pleasing duty to express to Your Excellency my gratitude for the good will which from the beginning I have been able to value, both in the Treasury Department and in the Department under Your Excellency’s worthy direction, to arrive at a favorable solution of this matter, which cannot do less than strengthen the good relations existing between our two countries. I avail myself [etc.] Alejandro Padilla Honorable J. P. Cotton, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State*, *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State to the Spanish Ambassador Department of State Washington, *June 10, 1930*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to previous correspondence concerningAgreement by United States. the desire of Spanish nationals to be exempted from income taxation in this country on revenue derived from the operation of Spanish ships and to inform you that a communication in the matter has been received from the Treasury Department, the pertinent portions of which are quoted hereunder: " “Under date of March 31, 1930, this office expressed the opinionVol. 42., p. 239; Vol. 43, p. 269; Vol. 44, p. 25; Vol. 45, p. 847. that Spain meets the reciprocal exemption provisions of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926, and stated that accordingly the income of Spanish nationals which consists exclusively of earnings derived2586 from operation of ships documented under the laws of Spain would be exempted from taxation by the United States under those Acts. It was further stated that inasmuch as sections 212(b) and 231(b) of the Revenue Act of 1928, relating to exemption of the income of nonresident aliens and foreign corporations, are substantially the same as section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926, the exemption would be extended to the taxable years governed by the Revenue Act of 1928. “In order to put the arrangement into effect this Department, under date of April 25, 1930, issued Treasury Decision 4289 which amended article 89 of Regulations 62, 65, and 69, and article 1042 of Regulations 74, pertaining to the reciprocal exemption from income tax of earnings derived by nonresident aliens and foreign corporations from the operation of snips documented under the laws of foreign countries. The effect of that Treasury decision is to include Spain in the list of countries which exempt from tax so much of the income of citizens of the United States nonresident in such foreign countries and of corporations organized in the United States as consists of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States, and to exclude Spain from the list of countries which do not grant such exemption. “In addition to the formal Treasury decision issued by this Department the Collector of Internal Revenue, Customhouse, New York, New York, was specifically advised under date of April 23, 1930, as to the ruling contained in the letter from this Department addressed to your Department under date of March 31, 1930, and was informed that the Compañia Transatlantica (Spanish Royal Mail Line) would not be held liable for income tax on income which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of Spain for the taxable years arising under the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, 1926, and 1928.” " Accept [etc.] For the Secretary of State: Francis White His Excellency Señor Don Alejandro Padilla y Bell, *Ambassador of Spain*. [No. 6] August 11, 1924 November 18, 1924 November 26, 1924 January 15, 1925 February 13, 1925 March 16, 1925 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2587 2587 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—GREAT BRITAIN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Great Britain August 11, November 18 and 26, 1924.January 15, February 13, March 16, 1925.and Northern Ireland for relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 11, 1924, November 18, 1924, November 26, 1924, January 15, 1925, February 13, 1925, and March 16, 1925.* The Acting Secretary of State to the British Ambassador Department of State, Washington, *August 11, 1924*. Excellency: Referring to the Embassy’s note No. 138 of February 11, 1924,Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States. Great Britain and Northern Ireland. and to previous correspondence relating to a proposed arrangement between the Internal Revenue authorities of the United States and Great Britain with a view to granting relief from double income taxation in cases where the profits arising from the business of shipping are chargeable to both British income tax and to income tax payable in the United States, I have the honor to inform you of the receipt of a letter on the subject from the Secretary of the Treasury. It appears therefrom that Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue ActVol. 42, p. 239; Vol. 43, p. 269; Vol. 44, p. 25; Vol. 45, pp. 847, 849. of 1921 which has been reenacted as Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1924 exempts from tax so much of the income of a nonresident alien or foreign corporation as is derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of a foreign country if that foreign country in turn exempts from tax so much of the income of a citizen of the United States nonresident in such country and of a corporation organized in the United States as is derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States. The question of the exemption from tax of income derived from the operation of British vessels has, as the Embassy has observed, previously been discussed by officials of the Treasury Department with Sir Percy Thompson, Deputy Chairman of the British Board of Inland Revenue, who came to the United States for that purpose. I am informed that these discussions proved fruitless because Sir Percy Thompson did not feel at liberty to recede from the British position that the taxability of a corporation as a resident of the United Kingdom should depend not upon the place of incorporation but upon the place “where its real business is carried on and that * * * is carried on where the control and management of the company abide”. (American Thread Company *v*. Joyce, 6 T.C., 163, 164.) The navigation laws of the United States require that a corporation owning a vessel of the United States be a corporation organized in the United States and that its president and managing directors be citizens of the United States, but there is no requirement that the president and managing directors be residents of this country. It was conceivable therefore that the president and managing directors might reside in the United Kingdom, hold their meetings there, and there exercise control of the corporation. In such a case the corporation would, under British law, have been deemed a resident of the United Kingdom and as such subject to tax upon all its income. 2588It is equally clear, however, that such a corporation would be a corporation organized in the United States and deriving income from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States, and would as such be entitled to exemption from British tax upon income derived from the operation of vessels of the United States, if the exemption offered by Great Britain were to be deemed equivalent to that offered under American law. It is understood that the proposal which the British Government now makes in its suggested draft of a Declaration in Council does not require that the American corporation shall operate its business outside the United Kingdom in order to be entitled to exemption from British income tax. The British Government proposes, according to the understanding of the Secretary of the Treasury, to exempt from British income tax (including super-tax) “any profits accruing from the business of shipping carried on with ships documented under the laws of the United States to a citizen of the United States resident outside the United Kingdom or to a corporation organized in the United States”. Upon the explicit understanding that the American corporation is thus exempted regardless of whether it does business in the United Kingdom or has an office or place of business therein or whether directors’ meetings are held in the United Kingdom and the control of the corporation is there exercised, the Secretary of the Treasury is of the opinion that the offer communicated in the Embassy’s note of February 11, 1924, satisfies the requirements of Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1924, so far as the United Kingdom is concerned. The Secretary of the Treasury asks that I make clear the fact that the Treasury Department intends to construe Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1924 as not affording exemption to British subjects or others resident in the British dominions, colonies, dependencies, or possessions, or to corporations organized under and existing by virtue of the laws of the British dominions, colonies, dependencies, or possessions, unless the laws of such dominions, colonies, dependencies, or possessions grant an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organized in the United States. The exemption from tax of income derived from the operation of ships of British registry will be confined to individuals resident in the United Kingdom, other than citizens of the United States, and to corporations organized under and existing by virtue of the laws of the United Kingdom. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph C. Grew *Acting Secretary*. His Excellency The Right Honorable Sir Esme Howard, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., C.V.O., *Ambassador of Great Britain*. The British Ambassador to the Secretary of State No. 1106 British Embassy, Washington, D. C., *November 18, 1924*. Sir: Agreement by Great Britain.With reference to your note of August 11th, relating to a proposed arrangement between the Internal Revenue authorities of Great Britain and the United States with the object of granting relief from double taxation in cases where the profits accruing from the transac-2589tion of shipping business are subjected to both British and United States income taxes, I am instructed to inform you that the Board of Inland Revenue of my government agree with the conditions and limitations specified in the note. My government have accordingly promulgated an Order in Council dated November 7th, 1924, taking effect from that date so far as Great Britain is concerned, and I expect to be able to transmit to you a copy of the Order at an early date. I am to add that the Irish Free State in common with the otherIrish Free State, etc., not included. British Dominions is not to be considered as affected by this measure. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Esme Howard The Honourable, Charles E. Hughes, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. The British Ambassador to the Secretary of State No. 1148. British Embassy, Washington, D. C., *November 26th, 1924*. Sir: With reference to my Note of November 18th, I now have theBritish Order in Council. honour to transmit herewith for your information copy of an Order of His Majesty the King in Council, dated November 7th, 1924, and taking effect from that date, regarding the arrangement with your government for the reciprocal exemption of shipping profits from income tax. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Esme Howard The Honourable Charles E. Hughes, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. [Enclosure] AT THE COURT AT BUCKINGHAM PALACE. *The 7th day of November, 1924*. Present, the king’s most excellent majestyin council. Whereas it is provided by subsection
(1)of section eighteen of the Finance Act, 1923, that if His Majesty in Council is pleased to declare— (*a*) that any profits or gains arising from the business of shipping which are chargeable to British income tax are also chargeable to income tax payable under the law in force in any foreign state; and (*b*) that arrangements, as specified in the declaration, have been made with the government of that foreign state with a view to the granting of relief in cases where such profits and gains are chargeable both to British income tax and to the income tax payable in the foreign state; then, unless and until the declaration is revoked by His Majesty in Council, the arrangements specified therein shall, so far as they relate 2590to the relief to be granted from British income tax, have effect as if enacted in that Act, but only if and so long as the arrangements, so far as they relate to the relief to be granted from the income tax payable in the foreign state, have the effect of law in the foreign state: And whereas it is provided by section two hundred and thirteen of the Act of Congress of the United States of America known as the Revenue Act of 1921, that the term “gross income”, for the purpose of income tax chargeable under the law of the United States of America, shall not include the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of a foreign country which grants an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organised in the United States: And whereas His Majesty’s Government have intimated to the Government of the United States of America that they propose to take the necessary steps under the said section eighteen of the Finance Act, 1923, for providing that any profits accruing from the business of shipping carried on with ships documented under the laws of the United States to a citizen of the United States resident outside the United Kingdom or to a corporation organised in the United States shall be, and as from the first day of May, nineteen hundred and twenty-three, be deemed to have been, exempt from income tax (including super-tax) chargeable in the United Kingdom: And whereas the Government of the United States of America have signified to His Majesty’s Government that they are prepared to regard the exemption to be provided as aforesaid as an equivalent exemption within the meaning of section two hundred and thirteen of the Act of Congress of the United States known as the Revenue Act of 1921: Now, therefore, His Majesty is pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to declare, and it is hereby declared.— (*a*) that certain profits or gains arising from the business of shipping which are chargeable to British income tax are also chargeable to the income tax payable under the law in force in the United States of America; and (*b*) that the arrangements aforesaid have been made with a view to the granting of relief in cases where profits or gains arising from the business of shipping are chargeable both to British income tax and to the income tax payable in the United States of America. And His Majesty is further pleased to order, and it is hereby ordered, that this Declaration may be cited as The Relief from Double Income Tax on Shipping Profits (United States of America) Declaration, 1924. M. P. A. Hankey. The Secretary of State to the British Ambassador Department of State, Washington, *January 15, 1925*. Excellency: Effective date in Great Britain.I have the honor to refer to your note No. 1148 dated November 26, 1924, enclosing a copy of an Order of His Majesty the King, in Council, dated November 7, 1924, regarding the arrangement with your Government for the reciprocal exemption of shipping profits from income tax. 2591 The appropriate authorities of this Government have been giving consideration to the matter and feel that some uncertainty exists with regard to the provision in the third paragraph of the Order in Council to the effect that the exemption shall be deemed to take effect on May 1, 1923, whereas your note transmitting the Order in Council dated November 7, 1924, states that it will take effect “from that date”. I shall be grateful if you will be so good as to furnish me a statement regarding the exact date from which exemption is granted to American citizens or corporations under British laws in order that the exemption of British subjects or corporations under the laws of the United States may be made effective from the same date. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Charles E. Hughes His Excellency The Right Honorable Sir Esme Howard, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., C.V.O., *Ambassador of Great Britain*. The British Ambassador to the Secretary of State No. 159. British Embassy, Washington, D. C., *February 13, 1925*. Sir: I have the honour to refer to your note of January 15th, concerning the arrangement with my Government for the reciprocal exemption of shipping profits from income tax and to inform you in reply to the enquiry contained in the last paragraph, that the date from which exemption from British Income Tax (including super-tax) is granted in respect of shipping profits of American citizens or corporations under British laws is May 1st, 1923. I venture to request that instructions may be issued without delay by the appropriate authorities of your Government whereby the British interests concerned may benefit by this arrangement from the date above mentioned. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, Esme Howard The Honorable Charles E. Hughes, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State to the British Ambassador Department of State, Washington, D. C., *March 16, 1925*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to your note No. 159 dated February 13,Agreement of United States. 1925, concerning the arrangement for the reciprocal exemption of shipping profits from income tax and to state that a communication has now been received from the appropriate authority of this Government in which it is stated that careful consideration has been given to the Order in Council dated November 7, 1924, and to the statements contained in your note above mentioned, and that it has2592 been decided that Great Britain satisfies the equivalent exemption provisions of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. Reference is also made to the Act of Congress approved June 2, 1924, known as the Revenue Act of 1924, which contains the provision relating to taxation for 1924 and subsequent years. The provisions of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924 are identical in terms with the corresponding section of the Revenue Act of 1921. It is therefore held that Great Britain satisfies the equivalent exemption provisions of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924. Effective date.It has also been determined that the exemption from Federal tax under this holding shall be deemed to be effective from May 1, 1923, the date stipulated by your Government as the date from which the exemption applies under British laws to the income of American citizens not resident in the United Kingdom and corporations organized in the United States, derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States. Reference is also made to the last paragraph of Mr. Grew’s note dated August 11, 1924, setting forth the construction to be placed upon Section 213
(b)(8). In the last paragraph of your note No. 1106 dated November 18, 1924, you stated that “the Irish Free State in common with the other British Dominions” was not to be considered as affected by the Order in Council. Accordingly the exemption from Federal taxation in the United States will be applied on the basis of this understanding. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Frank B. Kellogg His Excellency The Right Honorable Sir Esme Howard, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., C.V.O., *Ambassador of Great Britain*. [No. 7] August 20, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2593 2593 CUSTOMS MATTERS—COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT—RUMANIA. *Provisional commercial agreement between the United States of America August 20, 1930. and Rumania for most of and Rumania for most-favored-nation treatment. Signed August 20, 1930.* ACCORD COMMERCIAL PROVISOIRE entre LES ETATS-UNIS D’AMERIQUE ET LA ROUMANIE. Les soussignés: Monsieur Charles S. Wilson, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiare des Etats-Unis d’Amérique en Roumanie et Monsieur Al. Vaida-Voevod, Ministre des Affaires Etrangères ad-intérim de Roumanie, dans le désir de confirmer et de concrétiser l’accord qu’ils ont réalisé au cours des conversations récentes au nom de leurs gouvernements respectifs concernant le traitement que les Etats-Unis accorderont au commerce de la Roumanie et que la Roumanie accordera au commerce des Etats-Unis, ont signé cet Accord provisoire. Article I. Les ressortissants et les entreprises ayant personalité juridique de chacun des deux pays, jouiront sur le territoire de l’autre pour leur personne et leurs biens du traitement de la nation la plus favorisée, pour tout ce qui concerne l’établissement, l’exercice de leur commerce ou de leur industrie, ainsi qu’en ce qui concerne les impôts et autres taxes. Les produits naturels ou manufacturés de chacun des pays jouiront aussi sur les territoires de l’autre, pour tout ce qui concerne l’importation, l’exportation, le dépôt, le transport, le transit et en général toutes sortes d’opérations commerciales, du traitement accordé à la nation la plus favorisée. De même les vaisseaux de chacun des pays jouiront, pour tout ce qui concerne la navigation dans les ports et es eaux territoriales de l’autre pays, du traitement de la nation la plus favorisée. Par conséquence, chacune des deux Hautes Parties Contractantes s’engage à faire profiter l’autre, immédiatement et sans compensation de toute faveur, de tous privilèges ou abaissements des droits qu’elle a déjà accordé ou pourrait accorder par la suite, sous les rapports mentionnés, à une tierce Puissance quelconque. Article II. Le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée se rapporte également au montant et à la perception des droits d’importation et autres droits, ainsi qu’aux formalités douanières et à leur application, aux procédés, aux conditions de payement de droits de douane et autres droits, à la classification de marchandises, à l’interprétation des tarifs de douane et aux procédés d’analyses des marchandises. 2594 Article III. Les Hautes Parties Contractantes s’accordent réciproquement le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée en ce qui concerne le régime des prohibitions et restrictions à l’importation et à l’exportation. Article IV. Le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée ne s’applique pas en ce qui concerne: *a*). Les faveurs spéciales qui ont été ou seront accordées aux Etats limitrophes pour faciliter le trafic de frontière; *b*). Le régime spécial d’importation destiné à faciliter les réglements financiers résultant de la guerre de 1914–1918; *c*). Les droits et privilèges accordés, ou qui seront accordés à l’avenir à un ou à plusieurs Etats limitrophes en union économique ou douanière avec l’une ou l’autre des Parties Contractantes. *d*). Les dispositions du présent Accord ne s'étendent pas au traitement accordé par les Etats-Unis au commerce de Cuba en vertu des dispositions de la Convention commerciale conclue entre les Etats-Unis et le Cuba le 11 Décembre 1902, ou des dispositions de toute autre convention qui pourrait être conclue ultérieurement entre les Etats-Unis et le Cuba. En outre, ces dispositions [ne] s’étendent pas non plus au traitement accordé au commerce entre les Etats-Unis et la Zone du Canal de Panama ou tout autre dépendance des Etats-Unis, ou au commerce des dépendances des Etats-Unis entre elles en vertu des lois présentes ou à venir; *e*). Aucune disposition du présent accord ne pourra être interprétée dans le sens d’une limitation du droit de la part de l’une ou de l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes d’édicter, dans les termes qu’elle jugera utiles, des interdictions ou des restrictions d’un caractère sanitaire, visant la protection de la vie de l’homme, des animaux ou des plantes, ou d’établir des règlements en vue d’assurer l’application des lois de police ou des lois fiscales. Article V. Le présent Accord doit entrer en vigueur, le 1-er Septembre 1930, et, si un accord mutuel n’intervenait pas pour mettre fin à cet arrangement, il doit durer six mois, et sera ensuite en vigueur trente jours à partir de la date à laquelle l’une des parties aura communiqué que l’Accord a pris fin. Si l’un des Gouvernements serait empêché, par une mesure future de sa législation, d’appliquer les stipulations de cet accord, les obligations ci-inclus resteront sans effet. Signé à Bucarest le 20 Août mille neuf cent trente. [seal] Alex. Vaida Voevod Charles S. Wilson [seal] [Translation] Agreement for most-favored-nation treatment, United States and Rumania.PROVISIONAL COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND RUMANIA The Undersigned, Signatories.Mr. Charles S. Wilson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to Rumania, and Mr. Al. Vaida-Voevod, Minister for Foreign Affairs ad interim of Rumania, desiring to confirm and make a record of the understanding which they have reached in the course of recent conversations in the names of their respective Governments with reference to the 2595treatment which the United States shall accord to the commerce of Rumania and which Rumania shall accord to the commerce of the United States, have signed this Provisional Agreement: Article I The nationals and enterprises having juridical personality, Reciprocal arrangement.of each of the two countries, shall enjoy in the territory of the other for their persons and for their property, the most-favored-nation treatment in everything concerning establishment, the exercise of their commerce or industry, as well as concerning taxes and other charges. The natural or manufactured products of each country, in every thing concerning importation, exportation, warehousing, transportation, transit, and in general all sorts of commercial operations, shall also enjoy in the territories of the other country the treatment accorded the most favored nation. Likewise, the vessels of each Navigation.country in everything concerning navigation in the ports and territorial waters of the other country, shall enjoy most-favored-nation treatment. Consequently each of the two High Contracting Parties undertakes Extending advantages granted to any third power.to extend to the other, immediately and without compensation, every favor, privilege, or decrease in duties which it has already extended, or which it may in the future extend, in any of the respects mentioned, to any third Power. Article II The most-favored-nation treatment shall apply also to the amount Most-favored-nation treatment as to duties, etc.and the collection of import duties and other duties, as well as to the customs formalities and their application, to procedure, to the conditions of payment of customs duties and other duties, to the classification of goods, to the interpretation of customs tariffs and to the methods of analysis of goods. Article III The High Contracting Parties will reciprocally grant most-favored-nation Trade restrictions; etc.treatment in the matter of prohibitions and restrictions of imports and exports. Article IV The most-favored-nation treatment is not applicable in cases which concern: (*a*) Special favors which have been, or shall be granted to bordering Cases not included.countries to facilitate frontier traffic. (*b*) The special system of importation intended to facilitate the financial settlements arising from the war of 1914–1918. (*c*) The rights and privileges accorded or which shall be accorded in the future to one or more bordering states in economic or customs union with either contracting party. (*d*) The stipulations of this agreement do not extend to the treatment which is accorded by the United States to the commerce of Cuba under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded between the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or the provisions of any other commercial convention which hereafter may be concluded between the United States and Cuba. Such stipulations, moreover, do not extend to the treatment which is accorded to the commerce between the United States and the Panama Canal 2596Zone or any other dependency of the United States, or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States with one another under existing or future laws. (*e*) Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as a limitation of the right of either High Contracting Party to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character designed to protect human, animal or plant life, or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Article V Effective date and duration.The present agreement shall enter into force on September first, 1930, and unless sooner terminated by mutual agreement shall continue in force for six months and thereafter until thirty days after notice of its termination shall have been given by either party. Should either Government be prevented by future action of its Legislature from carrying out the terms of this agreement, the obligations thereof shall thereupon lapse. Signatures.Signed at Bucharest this 20th day of August, nineteen hundred and thirty. [seal] Alex. Vaida Voevod Charles S. Wilson [seal] [No. 8] August 21, 1926 November 30, 1926 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2597 2597 SHIP MEASUREMENT CERTIFICATES—ESTONIA. *Agreement between the United States of America and Estonia in regard to mutual recognition of ship measurement certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 21, 1926, and November 30, 1926.* August 21, 1926.November 30 , 1926. The Acting Secretary of State to the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Estonia Department of State, Washington, *August 21, 1926*. Sir: With further reference to your note of July 17, 1926, in regard to Proposal of the United States regarding ship measurement Certificates.the question of the mutual recognition of ship measurement certificates, with which you forwarded three copies in English of the Esthonian Regulations for tonnage measurement of ships, I have the honor to inform you that the authorities of this Government concerned are satisfied that the vessels of Esthonia may be deemed to be of the tonnage noted in the Certificate of Registry or other national papers, and that it will not, therefore, be necessary under existing law for such vessels to be remeasured in any port in the United States, It is, of course, requisite that the Government of Esthonia extend the same recognition to the Certificates of Registry or other national papers of the vessels of the United States. I shall be obliged if you will bring the foregoing to the attention of your Government and will inform me of the reply so that appropriate instructions may be given to the officers charged with the enforcement of the navigation laws of this country. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Leland Harrison *Acting Secretary of State* Colonel Victor Mutt, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Esthonia*. The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Estonia to the Secretary of State Estonian Legation, New York, *November 30, 1926*. Sir: In reply to your note of August 21, 1926 in regard to the question Agreement by Estonia.of the mutual recognition of ship measurement certificates between the United States and Estonia, I have the honor to inform you in the name of my Government, that the concerned authorities of Estonia have found, that in substance there are no hindrances for the recognition, without remeasurement, of tonnage of ships of the United States in Estonian ports, as noted in the Certificate of Registry issued by the authorities of the United States or other national papers. In view of this the Government of Estonia has decided, on reciprocal basis, to recognize the tonnage of ships of the United States as stated herein-before. 2598 At the same time I have the honor to inform you that this agreement, the attainement of which I hereby confirm, will become operative in Estonia ten days after the due publication of the Estonian Government’s decision, whereby this agreement will be ratified. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Yours Excellency’s most obedient servant V. Mutt. *Chargé d’Affaires a. i. of Estonia*. His Excellency Frank B. Kellogg *Secretary of State of the United States* [No. 9] March 10, 1926 May 5, 1926 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2599 2599 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—ITALY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Italy concerning March 10, 1926.May 5, 1926.the relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes dated March 10, 1926, and May 5, 1926.* The Italian Ambassador (Martino) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) ROYAL ITALIAN EMBASSY The Italian Ambassador presents his compliments to His Excellency Double income tax on shipping profits.the Secretary of State and, referring to his note of June 24th, 1925, has the honor to bring to his knowledge the following. From a communication received from the Italian Steamship Companies Reciprocal exemption, United States and Italy.operating in ports of the United States it appears that the provisions contained in Royal Decree 891 issued on June 12, 1925, the text of which was submitted to the Department by the above mentioned note, did not seem to the competent Departments of the American Government to correspond exactly to the provisions contained in Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Act of 1921 and was therefore Vol. 42, p. 239.considered insufficient to obtain to the Italian Companies exemption from the payment of the Income Tax, retroactively to 1921, on the basis of reciprocity. In order to establish the required adequate basis of reciprocity, the Italian Government issued on March 4th, 1926 a Royal Decree N.340, the text of which is literally translated as follows: " “Companies organized in the United States and citizens of the“United States not domiciled in Italy exercising maritime traffic“in Italian ports, by means of ships flying the United States“flag are exempt, with effect starting from January 1st, 1921,“from the Imposta di Ricchezza Mobile, Income Tax, on income de-“rived esclusively from such traffic, provided the United States“likewise exempt from Income Tax, Imposta di Ricchezza Mobile,“the income originating in the United States to Italian citizens not“domiciled in the United States and to Italian Companies, and de-“rived exclusively from the exercise of one or more ships flying the“Italian flag.” " The provisions set forth in this Decree being exactly equivalent to those contained in Section 213, the Italian Government is confident that the competent American Authorities will extend to the Italian Steamship Companies operating in United States ports the treatment contemplated by Section 213 of the Revenue Act of 1921, and this with effect starting from January 1st, 1921. The Italian Ambassador would much appreciate receiving some assurance in the matter. Washington D. C., *March 10th, 1926*. 2600 The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Italian Ambassador (Martino) Agreement by United States.The Secretary of State presents his compliments to His Excellency, the Royal Italian Ambassador, and has the honor to acknowledge the receipt of his note of April 24, 1926, in further relation to a decree issued by the Italian Government on March 4, 1926, exempting American shipping interests from the income tax of Italy, in which the Ambassador requests to be informed what decision has been taken by the Treasury Department concerning the exemption of Italian shipping interests from the payment of income tax. In reply, the Secretary of State has the honor to inform the Italian Ambassador that he is in receipt of a communication from the Treasury Department concerning this matter, a copy of which is enclosed, from which it will be observed that the Treasury Department holds that in view of the Royal Italian Decree No. 340 of March 4, 1926, Italy satisfies the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924 and 1926, and that consequently so much of the income from sources within the United States received by a non-resident alien or a foreign corporation as consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Italy is exempt from the Federal income tax. Department of State, Washington, *May 5, 1926*. [No. 10] September 13, 1926 November 27, 1926 October 19, 1926 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2601 2601 DOUBLE TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—NETHERLANDS. *Arrangement between the United States of America and the Netherlands September 13, November 27, 1926.October 19, 1926.providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 13, 1926, October 19, 1926, and November 27, 1926.* The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Netherlands (van Wyck) Department of State, Washington, *September 13, 1926*. Sir. The Department informs you of the receipt of a communication Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and the Netherlands.from the Treasury Department regarding the draft of a Royal Decree, with English translation, to be issued by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, relative to the prevention of double taxation on income derived exclusively from the operation of ships, which was left at the Treasury Department on July 29, 1926. The English translation of the proposed decree reads as follows: " “We, Wilhelmina, by the Grace of God, Queen of The Netherlands, Princess of Orange-Nassau etc. etc. “Whereas it is provided in the Unique Section of the Law of June 26, 1926, (Statute book No. 209), that we reserve Ourselves under No. 2 to make provisions, on a basis of reciprocity, preventing double taxation on earnings derived from the Operation of ships, corresponding with equivalent provisions existing in the laws of foreign nations; and “Whereas under Section 213, litt. b, No. 8 of the Revenue Act of the United States no tax is imposed on the income of an alien individual non-resident in the United States or of a foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of a foreign country which grants an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organized in the United States, do hereby proclaim and make known: “UNIQUE SECTION “CITIZENS OF THE UNITED STATES NON-RESIDENT IN THE NETHERLANDS AND CORPORATIONS ORGANIZED IN THE UNITED STATES WHICH EFFECTUATE IN THE NETHERLANDS THE SEA TRANSPORT WITH SHIPS DOCUMENTED UNDER THE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES ARE (WITH RETROACTIVE POWER TILL JANUARY 1, 1921) NOT SUBJECT TO TAXATION AS FAR AS INCOME DERIVED EXCLUSIVELY FROM SUCH INDUSTRY IS CONCERNED.” " The Treasury Department states that it interprets the proposed decree as exempting from tax the income from sources within the Netherlands received by citizens of the United States non-resident in the Netherlands and by corporations organized in the United States, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, such exemption applying to income received on or after January 1, 1921. It notes that the exemption is granted to corporations organized in the United States without limiting such exemption in any way. 2602 The Treasury Department states that the decree as submitted to it meets the equivalent exemption requirements of Section 213(b)(8) of the United States Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924 and 1926. I shall be pleased to have you inform me when the decree is issued. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. For the Secretary of State: Joseph C. Grew Jonkheer Dr. H. van Asch van Wyck, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Netherlands*. The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Netherlands (van Wyck) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) No. 3219. The Netherland Legation, Washington, *October 19, 1926.* Sir: Agreement by the Netherlands.I had the honor to receive you note of September 13, 1926 by which you informed me of the receipt of a communication from the Treasury Department regarding the draft of a Royal Decree, with English translation, to be issued by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, relative to the prevention of double taxation on income derived exclusively from the operation of ships, which was left at the Treasury Department on July 29, 1926. In this note you stated that the English translation of the proposed decree reads as follows: " “We, Wilhelmina, by the Grace of God, Queen of The Netherlands, Princess of Orange-Nassau etc. etc. “Whereas it is provided in the Unique Section of the Law of June 26, 1926, (Statute book No. 209), that we reserve Ourselves under No. 2 to make provisions, on a basis of reciprocity, preventing double taxation on earnings derived from the operation of ships, corresponding with equivalent provisions existing in the laws of foreign nations; and “Whereas under Section 213, litt. b, No. 8 of the Revenue Act of the United States no tax is imposed on the income of an alien individual non-resident in the United States or of a foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of a foreign country which grants an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organized in the United States, do hereby proclaim and make known: “UNIQUE SECTION “CITIZENS OF THE UNITED STATES NON-RESIDENT IN THE NETHERLANDS AND CORPORATIONS ORGANIZED IN THE UNITED STATES WHICH EFFECTUATE IN THE NETHERLANDS THE SEA TRANSPORT WITH SHIPS DOCUMENTED UNDER THE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES ARE (WITH RETROACTIVE POWER TILL JANUARY 1, 1921) NOT SUBJECT TO TAXATION AS FAR AS INCOME DERIVED EXCLUSIVELY FROM SUCH INDUSTRY IS CONCERNED.” " You further informed me that the Treasury Department states that it interprets the proposed decree as exempting from tax the income from sources within the Netherlands received by citizens of the United States non-resident in the Netherlands and by corporations organized in the United States, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, such exemption applying to income 2603received on or after January 1, 1921, and that it notes that the exemption is granted to corporations organized in the United States without limiting such exemption in any way. You also advised me that the Treasury Department states that the decree as submitted to its meets the equivalent exemption requirements of Section 213(b)(8) of the United States Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926, and you finally stated that you should be pleased to have me inform you when the decree is issued. In reply thereto I have in compliance with instructions from my Government the honor to inform you that the Treasury Department’s above mentioned interpretation of the Royal Decree in question is correct and that the Decree in the form in which it was submitted was published on October 8, 1926 after having been promulgated on October 1, 1926. Please accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H. van Asch van Wyck. The Honorable, The Secretary of State, *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Netherlands (van Wyck) Department of State, Washington, *November 27, 1926*. Sir: Referring to your note of October 19, 1926, and to other correspondence Confirmation by United States.in regard to the double taxation of income derived exclusively from the operation of ships, it affords me pleasure to inform you that I have received from the Acting Secretary of the Treasury a letter dated November 8, 1926, from which the following is quoted: " “In as much as the Netherlands Government has promulgated the Royal Decree in the form in which it was submitted to this Department, and has informed this Government that the Treasury Department’s interpretation of the Royal Decree is correct, it is held that the Netherlands satisfies the equivalent exemption requirements of Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924 and 1926. Consequently, the income of a non-resident alien or a foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the Netherlands is exempt from income tax imposed by the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926.” " Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. For the Secretary of State: Leland Harrison Jonkheer Dr. H. van Asch van Wyck, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the Netherlands*. [No. 11] June 11, 1927 July 8, 1927 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2604 2604 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—FRANCE. *Arrangement between the United States of America and France providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed June 11, 1927, and July 8, 1927.* June 11, 1927.July 8, 1927. The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of France (Sartiges) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) Ambassade de la République Française aux Etats-Unis Washington, *le 11 june 1927* Monsieur le Secrétaire d’Etat, Double income tax on shipping profits.Me référant à la lettre que Votre Excellence a bien voulu adresser Reciprocal exemptions, United States and France.à M. Claudel, le 26 avril dernier, j’ai l’honneur de Lui faire savoir que le Gouvernement français a pris, le 20 mai, un décret exemptant de tout impôt sur les bénifices les citoyens des Etats-Unis et les personnes morales américaines exploitant en France des entreprises de navigation. Ce décret, dont Votre Excellence trouvera le texte ci-joint, reproduit exactement les termes cités dans ma lettre du 19 janvier et qui ont été reconnus par le Département fédéral de la Trésorerie comme remplissant les conditions posées par l’article 213 (*b*)
(8)du “Revenu Act” de 1921, 1924 et 1926 pour l’octroi, aux Etats-Unis, d’une exemption équivalente. J’ajoute qu’il est *immédiatement exécutoire* en France. Dans ces conditions, je serais heureux que Votre Excellence voulût bien me donner l’assurance que les citoyens français et les Compagnies françaises sont dorénavant exempts aux Etats-Unis de l’impôt sur les bénifices dérivés d’entreprises de navigation. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Secrétaire d’Etat, les assurances de ma très haute considération. Sartiges. Son Excellence L’Honorable Frank B. Kellogg, *Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis*, *Washington, D. C*. [Enclosure] Le Président de la République française, Sur le rapport du président du conseil, ministre des finances, Vu l’article 5 de la loi de finances du 29 avril 1926, Décrète: Decree of France. Art. 1er.— Les citoyens des Etats-Unis d’Amérique non domiciliés sur le territoire de la République française, de même que les personnes morales constituées aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, qui exploitent à l’intérieur des limites du territoire de la République française, des entreprises de navigation, avec des bâtiments naviguant sous pavillon américain, sont exonorés de tout impôt sur les bénéfices provenant de la navigation exclusivement. 2605 Cette exonoration qui, par mesure de réciprocité prendra effet du 1er janvier 1921, concerne, notamment, l’impôt sur les bénéfices industriels et commerciaux institué par le titre 1er de la loi du 31 juillet 1917 et l’impôt sur le revenu prévu par la loi du 29 juin 1872 et le décret du 6 décembre 1872 à la charge des société étrangères, dont les titres ne sont pas cotés, mais qui ont pour objet des biens meubles ou immeubles situés en France. Art. 2.— Le présent décret sera soumis à la ratification des Chambres, conformément aux dispositions de l’article 5 de la loi du 29 avril 1926. Article 3.— Le président du conseil, ministre des finances, est chargé de l’exécution du présent décret, qui sera publié au *Journal Officiel* et inséré au *Bulletin des lois*. Fait à Paris, le 20 mai 1927. (Signé) Gaston Doumergue Par le Président de la République: *Le président du conseil*, *ministre des finances*, Raymond Poincare Pour copie certifiée conforme au texte paru au *Journal Officiel* de la République française des lundi 23 et mardi 24 mai 1927. *Le Chargé d’Affaires de France*; [seal] Sartiges. The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of France (Sartiges) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) [Translation] Embassy of the French Republic to the United States. Washington, D. C., *June 11, 1927*. Mr. Secretary of State: Referring to the note your Excellency was pleased to send to Mr. Claudel on April 26 last, I have the honor to inform you that the French Government on May 20 issued a decree exempting from any tax on profits the citizens of the United States and American juridical persons operating navigation concerns in France. The decree of which your Excellency will find a copy herewith reproduces the wording quoted in my letter of January 19, which has been acknowledged by the United States Department of the Treasury as meeting the conditions required by Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921, 1924, and 1926 for the granting of an equivalent exemption in the United States. I may add that it *goes into immediate effect* in France. Under these conditions I should be glad if your Excellency would kindly give me the assurance that the French citizens and French companies will hereafter be exempt from the tax on profits derived from navigation business. Be pleased to accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the assurances of my very high consideration. Sartiges. His Excellency, The Honorable Frank B.Kellogg, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. 2606 [Enclosure—Translation] The President of the French Republic, On the report of the President of the Council, Minister of Finance, Considering Article 5 of the finance law of April 29, 1926, Decrees: Art. 1.— Citizens of the United States of America not domiciled on the territory of the French Republic, as well as juridical persons organized in the United States of America, who exploit within the limits of the territory of the French Republic, navigation enterprises, with ships navigating under the American flag, are exonerated from any tax on the profits accruing exclusively from navigation. This exoneration, which, by way of reciprocity, shall take effect from January 1, 1921, concerns, notably, the tax on industrial and commercial profits instituted by heading 1 of the law of July 31, 1917, and the tax on income prescribed by the law of June 29, 1872, and the decree of December 6, 1872, as payable by foreign companies, whose shares are not quoted, but who possess movable or immovable property situated in France. Art. 2 — The present decree will be submitted to the ratification of the Chambers, in conformity with the provisions of Article 5 of the law of April 29, 1926. Art. 3.— The President of the Council, Minister of Finance, is charged with the execution of the present decree, which will be published in the *Journal Officiel* and inserted in the *Bulletin des Lois*. Done at Paris, May 20, 1927. Gaston Doumergue By the President of the Republic: *The President of the Council*, *Minister of Finance*, Raymond Poincare Copy certified as conforming to the text published in the *Journal Officiel* of the French Republic of Monday the 23d and Tuesday the 24th of May, 1927. The Chargé d’Affaires of France: [seal] Sartiges. The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of France (Sartiges) Department of State, Washington, *July 8, 1927*. Sir: Agreement by United States.With further reference to your Embassy’s note of June 11, 1927, relative to the proposed reciprocal exemption from taxation by the Governments of the United States and France of the income of French and American nationals derived from shipping, I have the honor to inform you that I am now in receipt of a communication from the Treasury Department dated July 7, 1927, concerning the matter, from which I quote the following: " “I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your letters dated June 18, 1927 (SO 811.512351 Shipping/10) and June 23, 1927 (SO 811.512351 Shipping/11), with further reference to previous correspondence relative to the proposed reciprocal exemption from taxation by the Governments of the United States and France of the income of French and American nationals respectively, derived from the operation of ships. Attached to your letter of June 18, 1927, 2607there is a copy of a despatch dated May 24, 1927, from the American Embassy at Paris, enclosing a copy and translation of a decree of the French Government dated May 20, 1927, exempting the income of American ship owners from taxation. Attached to your letter of June 23, 1927, there is a copy of the decree issued by the French Government on May 20, 1927, and published in the *Official Journal* of the French Republic of May 23 and 24, 1927. You request to be informed whether the decree is satisfactory, in order that you may advise the Charge d’Affaires of the French Embassy that French citizens, not residents in United States and French corporations will be exempt from income taxes on profits derived from shipping. The decree adopted May 20, 1927, follows the wording of the decree submitted to this Department with your letter of March 26, 1927. You were advised on April 9, 1927, that the decree if adopted in the form submitted would meet the equivalent exemption requirements of section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926. The Charge d’Affaires states in his note that the decree goes into immediate effect in France. I have the honor to advise you that in view of the fact that the French Government has adopted the decree in the form submitted and it is now in effect, it is held that France satisfies the equivalent exemption provision of section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924 and 1926.” " It will be observed that the Treasury Department holds that in view of the fact that the French Government has adopted a decree of exemption which is now in effect, the French Government has satisfied the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castle, Jr. Count de Sartiges, *Charge d’Affaires ad interim of France*. [No. 12] February 29, 1928 April 26, 1928 April 2, 1929 June 10, 1929 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2608 2608 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—GREECE. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Greece providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, dated February 29, 1928, April 26, 1928, April 2, 1929, and June 10, 1929.* February 29, April 26, 1928.April 2, June 10, 1929. The Greek Minister (Simopoulos) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) [Extract] Légation de Grèce, Washington, *le 29 Fevrier 1928* Double income tax on shipping profits. Le Ministre de Grèce en présentant ses compliments les plus empressés à Son Excellence Monsieur le Secrétaire d’Etat, a l’honneur de porter à sa connaisance qu’il a été autorisé par son Gouvernement d’entrer en pourparlers pour le conclusion d’un accord concernant l’exemption des ressortissants des deux pays sur les profits découlant des entreprises maritimes, sur le base de la réciprocité. Greek exemption laws. La Législation Grècque contient à ce sujet les exemptions suivantes. 1. L’article 30, Paragraph 8 de la loi No. 3338 du 15 Juin 1925. “L’ordonance du paragraphe 7 de l’article 3 de la présente loi, a une vigueur rétroactive en ce qui concerne l’impôt des revenus nets des années 1919–1920 jusqu’à l’année 1924–1925, ainsi-que celui des profits extraordinaires des années 1915 et les suivantes, et aussi en ce qui concerne la taxe aditionelle des Sociétés Anonymes de l’année 1921 et les suivantes.” 2. L’ordonnance de l’article 3 paragraphe 7 de la loi sub. No. 3338, mentionnés plus haut, est ainsi conclue. “Au paragraphe 3 de l’article 18 de la loi 1640 sur la taxation des revenus nets est ajouté comme sixième cas l’exemption suivante. Cas sixième “A titre de réciprocité les profits réalises en Grèce par les bateaux battant pavillon étranger.” Les deux ordonnances mentionnées plus haut garantissent l’exemption des entreprises maritimes étrangères à titre de réciprocité. La taxe sur le revenue net est en vigueur à partir de 1919–20, soit à partir de la date pour laquelle l’effet rétroactif a été stipulé par la loi. L’impôt des profits extraordinaires a été en vigueur à partir de 1915 jusqu’à 1923, et l’impôt additionel des Sociétés Anonymes à partir de l’année 1921 jusqu’à l’année 1924. Son Excellence Monsieur Frank B. Kellogg *Secrétaire d’Etat, etc., etc*. *Washington, D. C*. The Greek Minister (Simopoulos) to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) [Translation—Extract] Legation of Greece, Washington, *February 29, 1928*. The Minister of Greece, in presenting his most cordial compliments to His Excellency the Secretary of State, has the honor to inform him that he has been authorized by his Government to set on foot negotiations for the conclusion of an agreement relative to the exemption of nationals of both countries [from the income tax] on2609 the profits derived from maritime enterprises, on the basis of reciprocity. Greek law contains the following exemptions on this subject: 1. Article 30, paragraph 8 of Law No. 3338 of June 15, 1925:" “The ordinance in paragraph 7 of Article 3 of this law has retroactive effect with respect to the income tax of the years 1919–1920 up to 1924–1925, as well as that of excess profits of the year 1915 and the following years, and also with respect to the additional tax on corporations of the year 1921 and the following years.” " 2. The ordinance of Article 3, paragraph 7 of Law No. 3338 above mentioned, ends as follows:" “To paragraph 3 of Article 18 of Law 1640 concerning the taxation of income there is added as the sixth case the following exemption. Sixth case: Tn virtue of reciprocity, profits made in Greece by vessels flying a foreign flag.’ ” " The two ordinances mentioned above guarantee the exemption of foreign shipping concerns in virtue of reciprocity. The income tax has been in force since 1919–1920, that is to say, since the date for which retroactive effect was stipulated in the law. The tax on excess profits was in force from 1915 until 1923, and the additional tax on corporations from 1921 until 1924. His Excellency Mr. Frank B. Kellogg *Secretary of State, etc., etc*. *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Greek Minister (Simopoulos) [Extract] Department of State, Washington, *April 26, 1928*. The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the Greek Minister and has the honor to refer to the Minister’s note of February 29, 1928, setting forth the provisions of the Greek income tax law exempting from taxation earnings made in Greece by ships flying a foreign flag. The Secretary of State has the honor to inform the Greek Minister that before it can be determined whether these exemptions are equivalent to the exemptions that may be accorded by the United States under Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924 it will be necessary for the appropriate authorities of the Government to be informed as to whether:
(a)during the years 1921–1924, inclusive, taxes have been collected by the Greek Government from the revenues of American citizens not residing in Greece or of corporations organized under the laws of the United States, derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States;
(b)the exemption provided in Article 3, Paragraph 7 of the Law, No. 3338 applies to the profits derived by a citizen of the United States not residing in Greece, and to corporations organized under the laws of the United States, or whether in the case of such citizen the exemption only applies if he resides in the United States;
(c)the exemption applies in cases where citizens of the United States or corporations organized under the laws of the United States maintain agencies, branch offices, or representatives in Greece, in connection with the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States. 2610 In this connection the Secretary of State has the honor to state that he has been informed by the appropriate authorities of the Government that if it is eventually determined that the pertinent exemptions in the Greek income tax law are equivalent to the exemption provision of Section 213(b)(8) of the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924 it will be unnecessary for the United States to conclude any agreement with Greece relative to the exemption of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the two countries. . . . if the Greek Minister will supply the additional information needed the appropriate authorities of the Government will be able to arrive at a definite decision with reference to the general question of the exemption of earnings made in the United States by ships flying the Greek flag. The Greek Minister (Simopoulos) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) No. 422 Legation of Greece, Washington, *April 2, 1929*. The Minister of Greece presents his compliments to His Excellency the Secretary of State and, referring to the Department’s Note of April 26, 1928, No. 811.512368 Shipping/4, has the honor to inform that the exemptions of the Greek law are equivalent to the exemptions that may be accorded by the United States under Section 213(B)(8) of the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924. Concerning the Department’s inquiry as to whether “A” during the years 1921–1924 inclusive, taxes have been collected by the Greek Government from the revenues of American citizens residing in Greece or of corporations organized under the laws of the United States, derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, the Minister of Greece is authorized to state that for the years 1921–1924 inclusive, no taxes have been collected by the Greek Government from the revenues of American citizens whether residing in Greece or not, or of shipping corporations organized under the laws of the United States for revenues deriving from operation of American ships in Greece. With regard to question “B” whether the exemption provided in Article 3, Paragraph 7 of the Law No. 3338 applies to the profits derived by citizens of the United States not residing in Greece, and to corporations organized under the laws of the United States or whether in the case of such citizens the exemption only applies if he resides in the United States, the Minister of Greece is authorized to state that the exemption provided in Article 3, Paragraph 7 of the Greek Law No. 3338 is applied on the profits derived by a citizen of the United States whether residing in Greece or not as well as to the shipping companies organized under the American laws. As to question “C” whether the exemption applies in cases where citizens of the United States or corporations organized under the laws of the United States maintain agencies, branch offices, or representatives in Greece, in connection with the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, the Minister of Greece is authorized to state that the exemption is applied generally not only for the American citizens and the American shipping enterprise but on the American ships in Greece. Accordingly it is determined that the pertinent exemptions in the Greek Income Tax Law are equivalent to the exemption provisions of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924. 2611 The Minister of Greece should be exceedingly obliged if His Excellency the Secretary of State were kind enough to arrive at a definite decision with reference to the general question of exemption of earnings made in the United States by ships flying the Greek flag on the basis of reciprocity and in case that an agreement on this matter would be necessary the Minister of Greece is duly authorized to sign it. His Excellency Mr. Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State, etc., etc*. *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Greek Minister (Simopoulos) Department of State, Washington, *June 10, 1929*. The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the MinisterAgreement by United States. of Greece and has the honor to inform the Minister, with reference to his note No. 422 of April 2, 1929, relative to the provisions of the Greek net income tax law whereby ships flying a foreign flag may be exempted from taxation on the profits made in Greece, that the Secretary of the Treasury has notified the Department of State as follows: " “Inasmuch as Greece has not taxed the income of a citizen of the United States not residing in Greece and of a corporation organized in the United States derived from the operation of ships flying the American flag from 1921 and does not tax such income under the present law, Greece satisfies the equivalent exemption provisions of section 213
(8)of the Revenue Acts of 1921, 1924, and 1926 and sections 212
(b)and 231
(b)of the Revenue Act of 1928. It is held, therefore, that the income of a nonresident alien individual and a foreign corporation from sources within the United States which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Greece is not required to be included in gross income and is exempt from income, excess-profits and war-profits taxes for 1921 and subsequent years. If any tax on such income has been paid it will be refunded upon proper claims therefor being made by taxpayers who are entitled to the exemption, provided the period of limitation for making refunds has not expired.” " [No. 13] May 22, 1922 August 9, 1922 August 18, 1922 October 24, 1922 October 25, 1922 October 28, 1922 December 5, 1922 December 6, 1922 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2612 2612 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—DENMARK, ETC. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark and Iceland providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 22, 1922; August 9 and 18, 1922; October 24, 25, and 28, 1922; and December 5 and 6, 1922.* May 22, August 9 and 18, October 24, 25, and 28, December 5, and 6, 1922. The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of State (Hughes) [Extract] No. 157. Royal Danish Legation, Washington, *May 22, 1922*. Sir:— Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and Denmark. With reference to your letter of December 21, 1921 regarding Section 213 b No. 8 of the Revenue Act of November 23, 1921, I am directed to inform you that the Danish Government will be ready to declare in a note to the Government of the United States that the income of a nonresident alien or foreign corporation which consists of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States will on condition of reciprocity not be subject to taxation in Denmark. . . . . . . . Iceland include. I have the honor to add that I am authorized to make the same statement on behalf of the Government of Iceland and I beg that my present communication may be considered as an expression also of the intention and desire of the Government of Iceland. I venture to hope that this proposition may be found satisfactory and that you will be able to consent to the exchange of notes referred to above at your earliest convenience. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Charles Evans Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Hughes) to the Danish Minister
(Brun)[Extract] Department of State, Washington, *August 9, 1922*. Sir: I have the honor to refer further to your note of May 22, 1922, in which you refer to Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921, providing for the exemption from taxation of the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation which consists of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of2613 a foreign country which grants an equivalent exemption to citizens of the United States, and state that your Government is prepared to declare to the Government of the United States that the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation which consists of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States will, on the condition of reciprocity, not be subject to taxation in Denmark or Iceland. . . . I have the honor to state that in order to establish between the United States and Denmark and the United States and Iceland the reciprocal income tax exemption provided for in Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921, it will be necessary for the Danish Government to declare that the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of an American corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States is not subject to income taxation in Denmark or in Iceland. Upon the receipt of a note to this effect from the Danish Government this Government will declare, in a note to the Danish Government, that Denmark and Iceland satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. . . . . . . . Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Charles E. Hughes Mr. Constantin Brun, *Minister of Denmark* The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of State (Hughes) No. 236. Royal Danish Legation, Washington, *August 18, 1922*. Sir: By my letter of August 12th (No. 230) regarding an exchange of notes between the Government of Denmark and the Government of the United States for the reciprocal exemption of shipowners from income tax, I stated it to be the understanding of the Danish Government that this exemption when established would be as from January 1st 1921, notwithstanding the fact that the actual exchange of notes can not be arranged for until some time hence because the conditions stated in your note to me of August 9th must first be brought to the knowledge of the Danish Government. I would be greatly obliged to you if you would be so good as to confirm to me the correctness of the above named understanding. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Charles Evans Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. 2614 The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of States (Hughes) No. 284. Royal Danish Legation, Washington, *October 24th 1922*. Sir: With further reference to your reply-note of August 9th 1922 relative to the reciprocal exemption of shipowners from income tax as from January 1st 1921, in accordance with Section 213 b 8 of the Revenue Act of 1921, and pursuant to instructions now received from the Danish Minister of Foreign Affairs, I have the honor to declare on behalf of the Danish Government that the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of an American corporation, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, is not subject to income taxation in Denmark or in Iceland. In these circumstances I venture to hope that you will state in a note to me, for the information of the Danish Government, that Denmark and Iceland satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213 b 8 of the Revenue Act of 1921 and that Danish and Icelandic shipowners will be exempted from income tax in the United States as provided in the said Section as from January 1st 1921, in accordance with the letter (No. 236) which I had the honor to address to you on August 18th 1922. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Charles Evans Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Hughes) to the Danish Minister
(Brun)Department of State, Washington, *October 25 1922*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to your note of August 18, 1922, in which, with reference to the proposed exchange of notes between the United States and Denmark for the reciprocal exemption of ship owners from income taxation, you request the Department to confirm the understanding of the Danish Government that this exemption, when established, would be as from January 1, 1921, notwithstanding the fact that the actual exchange of notes can not be arranged until some later date. I have the honor to state that upon receipt of a note from the Danish Government declaring that the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of an American corporation, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, has since January 1, 1921, not been subject to income taxation in Denmark, or in Iceland, the Treasury Department will issue a statement that Denmark and Iceland satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. In case income taxes have been collected by this Government from non-resident aliens or foreign corporations on income which consists exclusively of earnings derived since January 1, 1921, from the operation2615 of ships documented under the laws of Denmark or Iceland, such taxes will be refunded to claimants. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: William Phillips Mr. Constantin Brun, *Minister of Denmark*. The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of State (Hughes) No. 290. Royal Danish Legation, Washington, *October 28th 1922*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your reply-letter of October 25th with reference to the proposed exchange of notes between Denmark and the United States for the reciprocal exemption of shipowners from income taxation, which has evidently crossed my note to you of October 24th on the same subject. In answer thereto I beg to state that the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of an American corporation, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, is not and has not since January 1st 1921 or previously been subject to income taxation in Denmark, or in Iceland, and that my letter to you of October 24 th should be so understood. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Charles Evans Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Hughes) to the Danish Minister
(Brun)Department of State, Washington, *December 5, 1922*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to your note of October 28, 1922, in furtherAgreement by United States. reference to the proposed exchange of notes between the United States and Denmark for the reciprocal exemption of ship owners from income taxation, for which provision is made in Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921, and to inform you of the receipt of a communication from the Treasury Department regarding the matter, from which the following paragraph is quoted for your information: " “I have the honor to advise that inasmuch as the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of a corporation organized therein which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States is not and has not been subject to income tax since January 1, 1921 or previously, it is held that Denmark and Iceland satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. In case any Federal income taxes have been collected from nonresident aliens or foreign corporations on income which consists exclusively of earnings derived on or since2616 January 1, 1921, from the operation of ships documented under the laws of Denmark or Iceland, such taxes will be the proper subject of a claim for refund.” " Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: William Phillips Mr. Constantin Brun, *Minister of Denmark*. The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of State (Hughes) No. 331. Royal Danish Legation, Washington, *December 6, 1922*. Sir:— I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your reply-note (undated) received December 5th in which, with reference to my letter of October 28th, 1922, you state " “that inasmuch as the income from sources in Denmark and Iceland of a citizen of the United States or of a corporation organized therein which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the Operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States is not and has not been subject to income tax since January 1, 1921 or previously, it is held that Denmark and Iceland satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921”. " and that " “in case any Federal income taxes have been collected from nonresident aliens or foreign corporations on income which consists exclusively of earnings derived on or since January 1, 1921, from the operation of ships documented under the laws of Denmark or Iceland, such taxes will be the proper subject of a claim for refund”. " I have at once advised the Danish Government accordingly and beg to express my very great appreciation of your courteous assistance to arrive at the desired solution of this part of the taxation question. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Charles Evans Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. [No. 14] November 26, 1924 January 23, 1925 March 24, 1925 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2617 2617 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—NORWAY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Norway providing November 26, 1924.January 23, March 24, 1925.relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed November 26, 1924, January 23, 1925. and March 24, 1925.* The Norwegian Minister
(Bryn)to the Secretary of State (Hughes) Norwegian Legation, Washington, *November 26, 1924*. Sir: By the note which I had the honor to address to the Acting SecretaryDouble income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and Norway. of State on February 28, 1922, and Your Excellency’s note of November 14, 1922, it was established that reciprocal exemption of income and excess and war profits taxes existed for a non-resident Norwegian or Norwegian corporation in the United States, and for a non-resident American or American corporation in Norway, with regard to income consisting exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of ships under their respective flags; see Norwegian Taxation Laws of August 18, 1911, and the United States Revenue Act of 1921, section 213(b) (8). By new taxation laws enacted in Norway on August 11, 1924, an amendment has been made to the exemption provisions of the laws of August 18, 1911. I hereby enclose a copy of the new laws and a translation into English of the amended provisions according to which persons, companies and corporations belonging in a foreign country are exempt from taxes on property in and income from ship[s] engaged in traffic on a Norwegian port or between Norwegian ports and from taxes from income arising from the sale of tickets for the transportation of persons out of the kingdom; provided that Norwegian persons, companies and corporations are exempt in the country in question from taxes on corresponding activities. By the new law provisions, the reciprocal exemption of income and excess and war profits taxes in Norway and the United States with regard to income derived from the operation of ships under their respective flags is reaffirmed. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H Bryn His Excellency Honorable Charles E. Hughes, *Secretary of State*, *etc. etc. etc*. [Enclosure] Translation of following provisions of the Norwegian Laws of August 11, 1924, amending Article 15 in fine of the Law of Taxation for the Country Communities, and Article 10 in fine of the Law of Taxation for the Cities of August 18, 1911, which two Law Provisions are identical: " “Persons, companies and corporations belonging in a foreign country are exempt from taxes on property in and income from ship[s]2618 engaged in traffic on a Norwegian port or between Norwegian ports and from taxes on income arising from the sale of tickets for the transportation of persons out of the kingdom; provided that Norwegian persons, companies and corporations are exempt in the country in question from taxes on corresponding activities. If this be not the case, the King can decide that foreign persons, companies and corporations shall pay taxes on property and/or income on activities as mentioned. In so far as sale of tickets for transportation of persons out of the kingdom is concerned, this does not apply but when the sale is effected through an agent or commissioner under the Law on Emigration of May 22, 1869, see Law of June 5, 1897, and Law No. 1 of September 16, 1921. The King will also issue regulations concerning the extent of the taxation and the assessment and collection of the taxes.” " The Secretary of State (Hughes) to the Norwegian Minister
(Bryn)Department of State, Washington, *January 23, 1925*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to your note of November 26, 1924, concerning the new taxation laws enacted in Norway on August 11, 1924, which, in you opinion, reaffirm the reciprocal exemption of income and excess and war profits taxes in Norway and the United States with regard to income derived from the operation of ships under their respective flags. It appears from the enclosures transmitted with your note that the Norwegian laws of August 11, 1924, in translation, provide in part as follows: " “Persons, companies and corporations belonging in a foreign country are exempt from taxes on property in and income from ship[s] engaged in traffic on a Norwegian port or between Norwegian ports and from taxes on income arising from the sale of tickets or the transportation of persons out of the kingdom; provided that Norwegian persons, companies and corporations are exempt in the country in question from taxes on corresponding activities. * * *” " I have the honor to inform you that it has been held by the appropriate authorities of this Government that the provision of the Norwegian laws of August 11, 1924, above quoted, satisfies the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924, and that, therefore, the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Norway, is exempt from Federal income taxes imposed by the Revenue Act of 1924. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Charles E. Hughes Mr. Helmer H. Bryn, *Minister of Norway*. 2619 The Norwegian Minister
(Bryn)to the Secretary of State (Kellogg) Norwegian Legation, Washington, *March 24, 1925*. Sir: In the note which Your Excellency’s predecessor was good enoughAgreement by Norway. to address me on January 23, 1925, it was stated that the appropriate authorities of the Government of the United States had held that the provisions of the Norwegian laws of August 11, 1924, satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924, and that, therefore, the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation, which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Norway, is exempt from Federal income taxes imposed by the Revenue Act of 1924. In reply to Mr. Hughes’ note I have been authorized by my Government to confirm to Your Excellency the existence of reciprocity under the above mentioned Norwegian and American laws and that, therefore, persons, companies and corporations belonging in the United States of America are exempt in Norway from taxes on property in and income from a ship or ships, documented under the laws of the United States, engaged in traffic on a Norwegian port or between Norwegian ports, and from taxes on income arising from the sale of tickets for the transportation of persons out of the Kingdom of Norway. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H Bryn His Excellency Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, *Secretary of State*, *etc. etc. etc*. [No. 15] March 5, 1929 May 31, 1929 September 17, 1929 March 11, 1930 August 21, 1930 September 1, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2620 2620 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—BRAZIL. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Brazil providing for relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 6, 1929, May 31, 1929, September 17, 1929, March 11, 1930, August 21, 1930, and September 1, 1930.* March 5, May 31, September 17, 1929.March 11, August 21, September 1, 1930. The American Ambassador (Morgan) to the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) [Extract] No. 1419. American Embassy, Rio de Janeiro, *March 5, 1929*. Double Income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United States and Brazil.Mr. Minister: The representative of the United States Shipping Board has called my attention to Article 6 of Executive Decree No. 5,623, of December 29, 1928, by which His Excellency the President of the Republic sanctioned a law of Congress which “Reduces the duties on rolling and traction material for railroad and city transportation; alters the tax on paper for wrapping fruits; exempts from duties the importation of gold in bars and coined; regulates the payment by ‘exercício findo’ and adopts other measures.” Article 6 of said Law states: " “Foreign navigation companies are hereby exempted from income tax, provided that the country in which their head office is located, grants exemption to Brazilian companies of the same character.” " According to .the dispositions of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Laws of the United States of 1924 and 1926 which were also included in the Revenue Law of the United States of 1928 in Section 212
(b)and 231(b): " “
(8)The income of a foreigner non-resident or of a foreign corporation which consists exclusively of profit derived from a ship or ships operating under the laws of a foreign country which grants equal exemption to citizens of the United States and to corporations organized in the United States. . . .” " It would appear that the above mentioned Revenue Laws of the United States contain a provision which would meet the terms of Article 6, of Executive Decree No. 5,623 of December 29, 1928, and that therefore I am justified in requesting Your Excellency’s Government to exempt the United States Shipping Board from payment of the Brazilian income tax. . . . . . . . Accept, Excellency [etc.] Edwin Morgan. His Excellency Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*. 2621 The Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) NC/56 Ministerio das Relações Exteriores Rio de Janeiro, *Em 31 de Maio de 1929*. Senhor Embaixador: Em additamento á minha nota NC/29, de 16 de Abril ultimo, sobre o pedido dessa Embaixada relativo á isenção de imposto sobre a renda para as companhias americanas de navegação, tenho a honra de inclusa remetter a Vossa Excellencia copia do Aviso do Ministerio da Fazenda dando solução ao mesmo pedido. Outrosim, cabe-me communicar a Vossa Excellencia que, nesta data, remetto novamente ao referido Ministerio a indicação da lei constante da nota n° 1419, de 5 de Março ultimo que, no seu paiz, assegura em reciprocidade ás companhias de navegação estrangeiras a isenção de pagamento do imposto de que se trata. Aproveito a opportunidade para reiterar a Vossa Excellencia os protestos da minha mais alta consideração. Octavio Mangabeira. A Sua Excellencia o Senhor Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Embaixador dos Estados Unidos da America*, *Rio de Janeiro*. [Enclosure—Extract] The Brazilian Minister of Finance (Oliveira Botelho) to the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) No 33 Ministerio dos Negocios da Fazenda *Em 29 de Maio de 1929* Objecto: Isenção do imposto de renda para companhias estrangeiras de navegação. Sr. Ministro: . . . dignouse V. Ex. de transmittir os pedidos das Embaixadas da . . . , America do Norte, ... e das Legações da . . . , no sentido de ser concedida isenção do imposto de renda, de accòrdo com o art. 6° do decreto n. 5.623, de 29 de Dezembro de 1928, ás companhias de navegação daquelles Paizes, em trafego com o Brasil. Em resposta, tenho a honra de declarar a V. Ex. que em face do dispositivo de lei citado, para que as companhias de navegação com sède no exterior fiquem isentas do referido imposto, basta que esse Ministerio communique ao da Fazenda o recebimento de qualquer acto do Estado interessado assegurando egual favôr ás emprezas nacionaes de navegação, . . . Cumpreme informar a V. Ex. que a Delegacia Geral di Imposto sobre a Renda mandou sustar a cobrança desse imposto das companhias de navegação com sède no estrangeiro, aguardando que tenha conhecimento da inexistencia das condições mencionadas em nossa lei no tocante a qualquer Paiz. Reitero a V. Ex. os meus protestos de alta estima e distincta consideração. F. C. de Oliveira Botelho. A Sua Ex. o Sr. Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, *M. D. Ministro das Relações Exteriores*. 2622 The Brazilian Ministerfor Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) [Translation] NC/56 Ministry of Foreign Affairs Rio de Janeiro, *May 31, 1929*. Mr. Ambassador: In continuation of my Note NC/29 of last April, regarding the request of this Embassy for an exemption of income tax for American navigation companies, I have the honor to send Your Excellency herewith a copy of the reply from the Ministry of Finance giving an answer to the said request. Furthermore, I beg to inform Your Excellency that, upon this date, I have again sent to the said Ministry the provisions of the law mentioned in Note No. 1,419 of March 5th last, which, in your country assures reciprocity to foreign navigation companies of the exemption from the tax referred to. I renew the occasion to reiterate to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Octavio Mangabeira. His Excellency Mr. Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Ambassador of the United States of America*, *Rio de Janeiro*. [Enclosure—Translation] The Brazilian Minister of Finance (Oliveira Botelho) to the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) No. 33. Ministry of Finance *May 29, 1929*. Subject: Exemption from income tax on foreign navigation companies. Mr. Minister: . . . Your Excellency transmitted me requests from the Embassies of . . . , North America, . . . , and from the Legations of . . . for exemption from income tax, in accordance with Art. 6 of decree No. 5,623, of December 29, 1928, for the navigation companies of those countries engaged in traffic with Brazil. In reply I have the honor to state to Your Excellency that in view of the provisions of the above cited law in order that navigation companies domiciled in foreign countries may be exempted from the taxation referred to it will be sufficient that Your Excellency’s Ministry shall state to the Ministry of Finance that such a law exists in the interested State granting similar favors to Brazilian navigation companies . . . I have to inform Your Excellency that the Income Tax Office has Suspended the collection of said tax from the navigation companies domiciled in foreign countries pending information of the non-existence of the conditions mentioned in our law in relation to any country. I beg to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my high consideration. F. C. de Oliveira Botelho. His Excellency Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*. 2623 The American Chargé d’Affaires (Schoenfeld) to the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) No. 1467 American Embassy Rio de Janeiro, *Sept. 17, 1929*. Mr. Minister: Referring to Your Excellency’s note No. NC/56 under date of May 31 of the current year, regarding exemption from income tax for foreign navigation companies, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I have just received the following request for information from the Department of State at Washington regarding the following points: a) Whether the exemption provided in Decree No. 5623 applies to corporations organized in the United States which maintain a principal office or place of business, agency or branch office in Brazil; b) Whether under the Brazilian income tax law citizens of the United States are taxable or exempt with respect to the income derived by them from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States; c) Whether, if exempt, such exemption applies if the citizens of the United States maintain a principal office or place of business, agency or branch office in Brazil, and d) Whether it can be said that since December 29, 1928, the Brazilian Government has collected any income, war-profits or excess profits taxes from the income of a citizen of the United States or a corporation organized in the United States which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States. I shall be grateful to Your Excellency for the above information. Accept, Excellency [etc.] Rudolf Schoenfeld, *Chargé d’Affaires, ad interim*. His Excellency Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*. The Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) NC/15 Ministerio das Relações Exteriores Rio de Janeiro, *Em 11 de Março de 1930*. Senhor Embaixador: Em additamento á minha nota n. NC/99, de 28 de Setembro ultimo e de accordo com as informações recebidas do Ministerio dos Negocios da Fazenda, tenho a honra de prestar a Vossa Excellencia os seguintes esclarecímentos: A isenção de que trata o artigo 6° da lei n° 5.623, de 29 de Dezembro de 1928, aproveita a todas as companhias ou sociedades, estabelecidas na America do Norte, que exploram a industria de navegação e tenham agencias ou filiaes no Brasil ou exerçam aqui actividade, sob condição de reciprocidade para as companhias brasileiras de Navegação. 2624 Nos termos expressos da lei, essa regalia restringe-se ás companhias e não Comprehende, portanto, os rendimentos de cidadãos norteamericanos provenientes de um ou mais navios, matriculados sob as leis do seu paiz. Finalmente, posso declarar a Vossa Excellencia que, a contar de 29 de Dezembro de 1928, não foram cobrados impostos sobre os rendimentos percebidos pelas emprezas de navegação exploradas por cidadãos da America do Norte ou companhias estabelecidas nesse paiz. Aproveito a opportunidade para reiterar a Vossa Excellencia os protestos da minha mais alta consideração. Octavio Mangabeira. A Sua Excellencia o Senhor Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Embaixdor dos Estados Unidos da America*. The Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) [Translation] NC/15 Ministry of Foreign Affairs Rio de Janeiro, *March 11, 1930*. Mr. Ambassador: In continuation of the subject of my note No. NC/99, of September 28 last, and in accordance with information received from the Ministry of Finance, I have the honor to hand Your Excellency the following explanations: The exemption mentioned in Article 6 of Law No. 5,623, of December 29, 1928, shall be applied to all companies or associations established in North America, which conduct the industry of navigation and have agencies or branch offices in Brazil or exercise activities here, under conditions of reciprocity for Brazilian navigation companies. Under the express terms of the law, this privilege is restricted to these companies and therefore does not include the income of North American citizens, derived from the operation of one or more ships, registered under the laws of their country. 2625 Finally, I can inform Your Excellency that from December 29, 1928 onward, no taxes were collected on income derived by navigation companies operated by North American citizens or companies established in that country. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Octavio Mangabeira. His Excellency Mr. Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Ambassador of the United States of America*. The American Ambassador (Morgan) to the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mangabeira) No. 1526. American Embassy Rio de Janeiro, *August 21, 1930* Mr. Minister: I take pleasure in informing Your Excellency that after a lengthyAgreement by United States. correspondence between this Embassy, the Department of State and the United States Treasury Department, regarding a reciprocal exemption from taxes by the Government of the United States on income derived from the operation of ships registered under Brazilian laws and in accordance with the provisions for reciprocal exemption contained in the United States Revenue Act of 1928, the income of Brazilian citizens arising exclusively from profit derived from the operation of ships registered under Brazilian laws will be exempt from taxation by the Government of the United States. This exemption became effective on January 1, 1929. Accept, Excellency [etc.] Edwin V. Morgan. His Excellency Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*. The Director of Commercial and Consular Affairs in the Brazilian Afinistry of Foreign Affairs (Eulalio) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) NC/72. Ministerio das Relações Exteriores Rio de Janeiro, *Em 1 de Setembro de 1930*. Senhor Embaixador: Accusando o recebimento da nota No 1526, de 21 de Agosto do anno corrente, tenho a honra de agradecer a Vossa Excellencia a gentileza, que teve, em communicar a esta Secretaria de Estado a resolução do Governo dos Estados Unidos da America, relativa á isenção de imposto para a renda de nacionaes brasileiros que consista exclusivamente em lucros provenientes da operação de vapores matriculados no Brasil—resolução de que este Ministerio acaba de dar conhecimento ao Ministerio da Fazenda. Aproveito a Opportunidade para renovar a Vossa Excellencia os protestos da minha mais alta consideração. Jm. Eulalio A Sua Excellencia o Senhor Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Embaixador dos Estados Unidos da America*. 2626 [Translation] The Director of Commercial and Consular Affairs in the Brazilian Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Eulalio) to the American Ambassador (Morgan) NC/72 Ministry of Foreign Affairs Rio de Janeiro, *September 1, 1930*. Mr. Ambassador: Acknowledging the receipt of your Note No. 1526, of August 21 of the present year, I have the honor to thank Your Excellency for your courtesy in communicating to this Department the decision of the United States of America, regarding the exemption from income tax of Brazilian citizens who derive profit exclusively from the operation of ships registered in Brazil with which decision this Ministry has just acquainted the Ministry of Finance. Accept, Excellency, [etc.] Jm. Eulalio His Excellency Mr. Edwin Vernon Morgan, *Ambassador of the United States of America*. [No. 16] September 5, 1923 October 8, 1923 January 19, 1924 May 5, 1924 September 3, 1924 November 29, 1924 December 11, 1924 March 20, 1925 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2627 2627 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—SHIPPING PROFITS—GERMANY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Germany providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, dated September 5, 1923, October 8, 1923, January 19, 1924, May 5, 1924, September 3, 1924, November 29, 1924, December 11, 1924, and March 20, 1925.* September 5, Oct. 8, 1923.Jan. 19, May 5, Sept. 3, Nov. 29, Dec. 11, 1924; March 20, 1925. The German Ministry for Foreign Affairs to the American Embassy at Berlin Auswärtiges Amt. Nr. V Steu 1496. Verbalnote. Das Auswärtige Amt beehrt sich der Botschaft der VereinigtenDouble income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemption, United Btatee and Oermany. Staaten von Amerika im Anschluss an die Verbalnote vom 19. März d. J.—III A 522—, betreffend die Befreiung amerikanischer Reedereien von der Körperschaftssteuer mitzuteilen, dass der Herr Reichsminister der Finanzen die Finanzbehörden angewiesen hat, bei Erwerbsgesellschaften, deren Sitz und Ort der Leitung sich in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika befindet, das Einkommen, das ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen herrührt, zur Körperschaftssteuer nicht heranzuziehen und eine Körperschaftssteuererklärung über das vorbezeichnete von den nordamerikanischen Gesellschaften, die in Deutschland eine Zweigniederlassung, eine sonstige Betriebsstätte oder einen ständigen Vertreter unterhalten,*Post*, p. 2636. nicht anzufordern. Diese Anweisung ist unter der Voraussetzung der Gegenseitigkeit von Seiten der Vereinigten Staaten und unter dem Vorbehalt jederzeitigen Widerrufs erfolgt. Der bezeichnete Herr Minister hat sich ferner bereit erklärt, die den nord amerikanischen Schiffahrtsgesellschaften gewährte Steuervergünstigung auch den Bürgern (Einzelpersonen) der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, die die Schiffahrt nach Deutschland betreiben, zuzubilligen, wenn die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika auch insoweit die Gegenseitigkeit gewährt. Das Auswärtige Amt wäre der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika dankbar, wenn sie Ihrer Regierung von Vorstehendem mit möglichster Beschleunigung Mitteilung machen und eine Nachricht über die Stellungnahme der Regierung zu der Frage der Steuerbefreiung der Obenbezeichneten Einzelpersonen hierher gelangen lassen wollte. Berlin, *den 5. September 1923*. An die Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. 2628 [Translation] Foreign Office No. V Steu 1496 Note Verbale Supplementing its Note Verbale No. III A 522 of March 19 last, regarding the exemption of American shipping companies from the corporation tax, the Foreign Office has the honor to inform the Embassy of the United States of America that the Federal Minister of Finance has instructed the financial authorities, in the case of commercial companies whose seat and place of direction is in the United States of America, not to subject to the corporation tax the income which comes exclusively from the operation of ships and not to demand a corporation tax declaration as to the above-mentioned from the *Post*, p. 2636.North American companies which maintain in Germany a branch office, any other place of operation or a permanent representative. This instruction was issued on condition of reciprocity on the part of the United States and under the reservation that it may be recalled at any time. The said Minister has furthermore declared his readiness to grant the favored treatment accorded to North American shipping companies also to citizens (individual persons) of the United States of America who carry on shipping traffic to Germany, if the Government of the United States of America grants reciprocity in the same degree. The Foreign Office would be grateful to the Embassy of the United States of America if the latter would report the above to its Government with the greatest possible despatch and obtain a statement as to the attitude of the Government toward the question of exemption from taxation of the above-described individual persons. Berlin, *September 5, 1923*. To the Embassy of the United States of America. October 8, 1923.The American Embassy at Berlin to the German Ministry for Foreign Affairs No. 536 Note Verbale The Embassy of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs and has the honor to refer to the latter’s Note Verbale No. V. Steu 1496 of September 5, 1923, in which the Embassy was informed among other things that the Commonwealth Minister of Finance had issued certain instructions not [to] subject to the corporation tax the income derived exclusively from the operation of ships by commercial companies whose seat and place of direction are in the United States of America under certain circumstances mentioned, on condition of reciprocity on the part of the United States. In accordance with the expressed desire of the Ministry for Foreign Affairs the contents of the note verbale under reply were communicated by cable to the Department of State, which has now sent a telegraphic reply. 2629 In this telegram the Embassy is informed that the Treasury Department states that it is necessary for a foreign government to exempt citizens of the United States not residing in the foreign country concerned as well as domestic corporations from the tax on earnings from sources within such country derived exclusively from the operation of ships in order that such country may satisfy the equivalent exemption provision of the section of the Revenue Act of 1921 communicated to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs in the Embassy’s Note No. 91 of June 28, 1922. The Embassy is informed further by the Treasury Department through the Department of State that, therefore, if the Minister of Commerce [Finance] will issue the same instructions to the financial authorities relative to citizens of the United States not residing in Germany as have been issued relative to domestic corporations Germany will have satisfied the equivalent exemption provision referred to. The Embassy is informed, that as soon as the Treasury Department receives notice through this Embassy that the additional instructions have been issued, it will issue a statement that Germany has satisfied this exemption provision. If therefore the instructions referred to above are issued and the Ministry for Foreign Affairs will so inform the Embassy, the Embassy will take pleasure in telegraphing to the Department of State the date on which they become effective. The Department of State would appreciate also being informed whether Germany has ever demanded or collected or under the law may demand any income tax from citizens of the United States not residing in Germany or domestic corporations on earnings derived from the operation of ships from January 1st, 1921, to the date on which the above instructions if issued become effective. Berlin, *October 8, 1923*. To the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, *Berlin*. The German Ministry for Foreign Affairs to the American Embassy atJanuary 19, 1924. Berlin Auswaertiges Amt No. V. Steu 30⁄B 2556 Das Auswaertige Amt beehrt sich der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika auf die Verbalnote vom 27. Oktober 1923—No. 543—im Anschluss an seine Verbalnote vom 5. September 1923—V Steu 1496—mitzuteilen, dass der Herr Reichsminister*Post*, p. 2638. der Finanzen durch einen Erlass vom 5. Januar 1924 die Zustaendigen Finanzbehoerden angewiesen hat, das aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen herruehrende Einkommen von Buergern der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika (Einzelpersonen), die in Deutschland keinen Wohnsitz haben, ebenso unter der Voraussetzung der Gegenseitigkeit und dem Vorbehalt des Jederzeitigen Widerrufs von der Einkommensteuer*Post*, p. 2636. zu befreien, wie dies bereits durch einen Erlass vom 10. August 19232630 hinsichtlich der amerikanischen Erwerbsgesellschaften in Ansehung der Koerperschaftssteuer geschehen ist. Nach den von der Deutschen Regierung angestellten Ermittelungen sind uebrigens Buerger der Vereinigten Staaten, die keinen Wohnsitz in Deutschland haben, und amerikanische Schiffahrtsgesellschaften mit ihrem Einkommen aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen seit dem 1. Januar 1921 in Deutschland nicht zur Einkommen oder Koerperschaftssteuer herangezogen worden. Das Auswaertige Amt waere fuer eine gefaellige Mitteilung darueber dankbar, ob nunmehr von der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika den deutschen Schiffahrtsgesellschaften und schiffahrttreibenden Einzelpersonen die gleiche Befreiung von der Besteuerung des Einkommens aus den Betrieben von Schiffen, und zwar ebenfalls mit Rueckwirkung von dem 1. Januar 1921 ab, gewaehrt wird. Berlin, *den 19. Januar 1924* An die Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika [Translation] Foreign Office No. V. Steu 30⁄B 2556 Note Verbale The Foreign Office has the honor to inform the Embassy of the United States of America, in reply to the latter’s note verbale of October 27, 1923 (No. 543), and supplementing its own note verbale of September 5, 1923 (V Steu 1496), that, by an ordinance dated *Post*. p. 2638.January 5, 1924, the Federal Minister of Finance has instructed the competent financial authorities that incomes derived from the operation of ships by citizens of the United States of America (individual persons) who have no residence in Germany are likewise to be exempted from the income tax, under the condition of reciprocity and the reservation of repeal at any time, as has already been ordered by a *Post*, p. 2636.proclamation of August 10, 1923, relating to American commercial companies as affected by the corporation tax. Furthermore, according to the investigations undertaken by the German Government, citizens of the United States who have no residence in Germany, as well as American shipping companies which receive their incomes from the operation of ships, have not been subjected in Germany to either the income or the corporation tax since January 1, 1921. The Foreign Office would be grateful for a statement as to whether now the Government of the United States of America will grant to German shipping companies and individual persons engaged in shipping the same exemption from taxation of incomes derived from the operation of ships, and particularly so with retroactive effect from January 1, 1921, Berlin, *January 19, 1924* To the Embassy of the United States of America 2631 The American Embassy at Berlin to the German Ministry for ForeignMay 5, 1924. Affairs Note Verbale No. 675 The Embassy of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, and has the honor to refer to the latter’s Note Verbale No. V Steu 30/B 2556 of January 19, 1924, concerning the question of the taxing by Germany of earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States. As will be remembered, the Embassy, by its Note Verbale No. 299 of March 2, 1923, informed the Ministry for Foreign Affairs that a copy of the Note Verbale above referred to had been duly transmitted to the Department of State. The Embassy of the United States of America now has the honor to inform, the Ministry for Foreign Affairs that an instruction has been received from the Department of State, transmitting a ruling received from the Treasury Department on this subject, with reference to the Foreign Office’s note of January 19, 1924, requesting additional information on the following points: " “In the Ordinance of August 10, 1923, it is noted ‘that in the case of companies operated for profit, whose domicile and place of management is in the United States of America, the income which is derived exclusively from the operation of ships, shall not be subjected to the corporation tax. A corporation tax return for the aforesaid income is not to be required of North American companies which maintain in this country a branch or other place of operation or a continuous [permanent] representative.’ “Under this provision of the Ordinance of August 10, 1923, it appears that, an American corporation whose place of management, for instance, is in London, might possibly be taxed while an American corporation whose place of management is in the United States or Germany, would be exempted. In order for individual Germans and German shipping companies to be entitled, under the provisions of American law, to the benefits of reciprocity in the matter of exemption from taxation, it would be necessary for the Ordinance of August 10, 1923, to apply to all corporations organized in the United States regardless of the place of management. “Moreover, in order to enable the Government of the United States to pass upon the question as to whether equivalent exemption is applicable from January 1, 1921, the Treasury Department states that it will be necessary for the German Government to show that citizens of the United States non-resident as to Germany and domestic corporations have not been subjected to income and corporation tax Since January 1, 1921, and the earnings derived from the operation of ships, and that they are exempt from such taxes and will not be required to pay the income and corporation tax on any income earned Since January 1, 1921.” " The Embassy of the United States of America begs further, in compliance with the request of the Department of State, that an early consideration of its response be given by the Foreign Office. Berlin, *May 5, 1924*. To the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, *Berlin*. 2632 September 3, 1924.The German Ministry for Foreign Affairs to the American Embassy at Berlin Auswaertiges Amt. Nr. V Steu 1489⁄B.34881 Note Verbale Das Auswaertige Amt beehrt sich der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika auf die Verbalnote vom 16. Mai d.J.—No. 686—, betreffend die Befreiung der beiderseitigen Schiffseigentuemer von der Steuer vom Einkommen, nachstehendes ergebenst mitzuteilen: Der Herr Reichsminister der Finanzen ist nunmehr grundsaetzlich bereit, seine Anordnung vom 10. August v.J. entsprechend den in der Verbalnote vom 5. Mai d.J.—No. 675—ubermittelten Wuenschen der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten abzuaendern und an die unterstellten Finanzbehocrden Weisung ergehen zu lassen, dass die Anordnung vom 10. August v.J. auf alle Gesellschaften anzuwenden ist, die in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika ihren Sitz haben, ohne Ruecksicht auf den Ort der Leitung. Was die in der letztgenannten Verbalnote erwaehnten Voraussetzungen fuer die Nichteinziehung der Steuern vom 1. Januar 1921 ab anlangt, so kann das Auswaertige Amt nur die auf amtliche Feststellungen des Reichsfinanzministeriums beruhende Erklaerung der Verbalnote vom 19. Januar 1924—V Steu 30—wiederholen, dass seit dem 1. Januar 1921 amerikanische Schiffahrtsgesellschaften und Staatsangehoerige, die keinen Wohnsitz in Deutschland haben, mit ihrem Einkommen aus dem Betrieb von Schiffen nicht zur deutschen Einkommensteuer oder Koerperschaftssteuer Iierangezogen worden sind. Die Deutsche Regierung wird auch eine nachtraegIiche Erhebung der Steuern fuer die seit dem 1. Januar 1921 verflossene Zeit nicht vornehmen, falls seitens der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten Gegenseitigkeit gewaehrt wird. Die vom Auswaertigen Amt seinerzeit auf dem lieblichen diplomatischen Wege abgegebene Mitteilung stellt eine bindende amtliche Erklaerung der Deutschen Regierung dar. Das Auswaertige Amt bittet die Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, ihrer Regierung von vorstehendem Kenntnis geben und deren Stellungnahme tunlichst bald mitteilen zu wollen, damit gegebenenfalls die Finanzbehoerden von dem Herrn Reichsminister der Finanzen mit den entsprechenden Weisungen versehen werden. Berlin, *den 3. September 1924*. An die Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. [Translation] Foreign Office No. V. Steu 1489⁄B.3488 Note Verbale The Foreign Office has the honor to inform the Embassy of the United States of America, in response to the latter’s Note No. 686 of May 16 last, relative to exemption from income tax of both German and American shipowners, as follows: The Federal Minister of Finance is now ready in principle to amend his order of August 10, 1923, in accordance with the wishes of the2633 Government of the United States of America as conveyed in the Embassy’s Note Verbale No. 675 of May 5, 1924, and to cause instructions to be issued to the subordinate financial authorities that the order of August 10, 1923, is to be applied to all companies which have their seat in the United States of America regardless of the location of their management. As concerns the conditions for abstention from collection of taxes from January 1, 1921, referred to in the last-mentioned note verbale, the Foreign Office can only repeat the statement based on the official findings of the Federal Minister of Finance and contained in its Note No. V Steu 30 of January 19, 1924—the statement that since January 1, 1921, the income from the operation of ships of American shipping companies and citizens who have no residence in Germany has not been subjected to the German income tax or corporation tax. Furthermore, the German Government will abstain from a supplementary collection of taxes for the period since January 1, 1921, if the American Government grants reciprocity. The statement previously made by the Foreign Office through the usual diplomatic channels is a binding official declaration of the German Government. The Foreign Office requests the Embassy of the United States of America to inform its Government of the above and to acquaint the Foreign Office with the American Government’s attitude as soon as possible so that, if an agreement is reached between the German and American Governments, the Federal Minister of Finance may issue suitable instructions to the financial authorities. Berlin, *September 3, 1924*. To The Embassy of the United States of America. The American Embassy at Berlin to the German Ministry for Foreign November 29, 1924. Affairs Note Verbale No. 935 With reference to the Note Verbale No. V Steu 1489⁄B34881 dated September 3, 1924, of the Ministry for Foreign Affairs in regard to the taxation by Germany of the earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States, the Embassy of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Ministry and has the honor to state that it lost no time in transmitting the Note Verbale under reference to the Department of State and is now in receipt of instructions to invite the Ministry’s attention to the following observations of the Treasury Department of the United States Government: After careful consideration, this Department is of the opinion that in view of the categorical statement of the German Government and the proposed amendment by the Commonwealth Minister of Finance to his order of August 10, 1923, Germany will meet the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924, upon the issuance of the necessary Orders referred to in the Note under consideration. The same opinion is herein expressed with respect to the years 1921, 1922 and 1923, under the provision of Section 213(b)
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. 2634 Accordingly, it is requested that the German Government be apprised that upon completion of the action proposed in the Note of the Foreign Office of September 3, 1924, the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213(b)
(8)of both the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924 will be satisfied and that the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation from sources within the United States which consists exclusively of earnings of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Germany will be exempt from Federal Income tax and that such exemption will be applicable for the year 1921 and subsequent years. In this connection it should be pointed out that certain German shipping concerns have been granted until December 15th to complete their 1923 tax returns and it is desirable that this information be communicated to the German Government as expeditiously as possible. This Department would appreciate prompt advice of the action of the competent German authorities. It is to be observed from the foregoing that the Treasury Department refers to the categorical statement of the German Foreign Office “That the German Government will abstain from a supplementary collection of taxes for the period since January 1, 1921, if the American Government grants reciprocity” and that this statement is a “binding official declaration of the German Government.” It will also be observed that the Treasury Department states that in view of this categorical statement and a proposed amendment by the Commonwealth Minister of Finance to his Order of August 10, 1923, it considers that the German Government will meet the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213(b)
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1924 upon the issuance of the necessary orders referred to in the Ministry’s Note of September 3, 1924, under reference. The Treasury Department expresses the same opinion with respect to the years 1921, 1922 and 1923 under the provision of Section 213(b)
(8)of the Revenue Act of 1921. In bringing the foregoing to the attention of the Ministry, the Embassy is instructed to point out that upon the completion of the action proposed in the Ministry’s Note of September 3, 1924, the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213(b)
(8)of both of the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924 will be satisfied and that the income of a nonresident alien or foreign corporation from sources within the United States which consists exclusively of earnings of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Germany will be exempt from Federal income tax and that such exemption will be applicable for the year 1921 and Subsequent years. In view of the statement of the Treasury Department that certain German shipping concerns have been granted until December 15th to complete their 1923 tax returns, the Ministry will appreciate the desirability of advising the Embassy as soon as possible with respect to the action taken by the German authorities in the matter of the proposed amendment by the Minister of Finance of his Order of August 10, 1923, so that the Treasury Department of the United States Government may, in turn, be definitely advised in the premises. Berlin, *November 29, 1924*. To the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, *Berlin*. 2635 The German Ministry for Foreign Affairs to the American EmbassyDecember 11, 1924. at Berlin Auswaertiges Amt Nr. V Steu. 1998⁄B. 49423. Verbalnote. Das Auswaertige Amt beehrt sich, der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika auf die Verbalnote vom 29. v.M.—Nr. 935—wegen der Besteurung der beiderseitigen Schiffahrtsgesellschaften ergebnst mitzuteilen, dass der Herr Reichsminister der Finanzen entsprechend dem in der Verbalnote des Auswaertigen Amtes vom 3. September d.J.—V Steu 1489—Uebermittelten Vorschlag nunmehr durch Erlass vom 9. Dezember d.J. die unterstellten Finanzbehoerden angewiesen hat, die Anordnung vom 10. August 1923 auf alle Gesellschaften anzuwenden, die in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika ihren Sitz haben, ohne Ruecksicht auf den Ort der Leitung. Damit sind nach der Verbalnote der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika vom 29. v.M. die Voraussetzungen dafuer erfuellt, dass mit Wirkung vom 1. Januar 1921 ab das aus dem Betrieb von Schiffen herruehrende Einkommen deutscher Reichsangehoeriger, die in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika keinen Wohnsitz haben, und von Gesellschaften mit dem Sitz in Deutschland in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika der Einkommensteuer befreit wird. Da die zufolge der Verbalnote der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika vom 29. v.M. gewissen deutschen Schiffahrtsgesellschaften fuer die Einreichung der Steuererklaerungen gewaehrte Frist am 15. Dezember abläuft, waere das Auswaertige Amt der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika zu besonderem Dank verpflichtet, wenn sie ihrer Regierung die erfolgte Aendemng der Anordnung des Reichsfinanzministeriums vom 10. August 1923 auf *telegraphischem* Wege zur Kenntnis bringen wollte. Berlin, *den 11. Dezember 1924* An die Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. [Translation] Foreign Office No. V. Steu 1998⁄B. 49423. Note Verbale Referring to the Note Verbale No. 935, dated November 29, concerning the taxation of shipping companies of both countries, the Foreign Office has the honor to inform the Embassy of the United States of America that, in accordance with the proposal transmitted in the Foreign Office’s Note Verbale of September 3, 1924 (V Steu 1489), the Federal Minister of Finance has now, by an order dated December 9, 1924, instructed the subordinate financial authorities to apply the order of August 10, 1923, to all companies which have their seat in the United States of America regardless of the location of their management. 2636 Thus, according to the note verbale of the Embassy of the United States of America of November 29, the conditions are fulfilled in order that, beginning January 1, 1921, the incomes derived from the operation of ships by German citizens who are not residents of the United States of America, and by companies with their seat in Germany, are exempt from the income tax in the United States of America. Since, according to the note verbale of the Embassy of the United States of America dated November 29, the period granted for the filing of tax declarations expires on December 15 for certain German shipping companies, the Foreign Office would greatly appreciate it if the Embassy of the United States of America would inform its Government *by telegraph* of the change made in the order of the Ministry of Finance of August 10, 1923. Berlin, *December 11, 1924* To the Embassy of the United States of America. March 20, 1925.The American Embassy at Berlin to the German Ministry for Foreign Affairs No. 1103 Note Verbale The Embassy of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs and has the honor to refer to its note verbale No. V Steu 1998⁄B49423 of December 11, 1924, concerning the taxation by Germany of the earnings derived from the operation of ships documented under the laws of the United States. The Embassy is in receipt of an instruction from its Government stating that, according to advices received from the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States, Germany is now considered to have satisfied the equivalent exemption provision of Section 213(b)(8) of both the Revenue Acts of 1921 and 1924, and that accordingly the income of a non-resident alien or foreign corporation from sources within the United States which consists exclusively of earnings of a ship or ships documented under the laws of Germany is exempt from Federal income tax and such exemption is applicable for the year 1921 and subsequent years. Berlin, *March 20, 1925*. To the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, *Berlin*. APPENDIX*Ordinance of August 10, 1923* Der Reichsminister der Finanzen. III C 7412. Berlin, *den 10. August 1923*. August 10, 1923. *Betrifft*: Befreiung nordamerikanischer Reedereien von der Körperschaftssteuer. Nach Sektion 213 Abs. 8 des Revenue Act von 1921 der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika ist das ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe eines oder mehrerer Schiffe herrührende Einkommen einer ausländischen 2637Gesellschaft von der Einkommensteuer befreit, wenn die Gesellschaft den Gesetzen eines fremden Staates unterworfen ist, der den Vereinigten Staaten die Gegenseitigkeit gewährt. Im Verfolg einer Anregung der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika erkläre ich mich unter der Voraussetzung der vollen Gegenseitigkeit und unter Vorbehalt jederzeitigen Widerrufs auf Grund des § 108 Abs. 1 der Reichsabgabenordnung damit einverstanden, dass bei den Erwerbsgesellschaften, deren Sitz und Ort der Leitung sich in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika befindet, das Einkommen, das ausschliesslich aus dem Betiiebe von Schiften herrührt, zur Körperschaftssteuer nicht herangezogen wird. Eine Körperschaftssteuererklarung über das vorbezeichnete Einkommen ist von nordamerikanischen Gesellschaften, die im Inland eine Zweigniederlassung, eine sonstige Betriebsstätte oder einen ständigen Vertreter unterhalten, nicht anzufordern. Die für die Veranlagung in Betracht kommenden Finanzämter ersuche ich umgehend zu benachrichtigen. Soweit sich in Einzelfallen Zweifel ergeben sollten, bitte ich hierüber zu berichten. In Vertretung gez.Zapf. An die Herren Präsidenten der Landesfinanzämter Königsberg, MecklenburgLübeck, Oldenburg, SchleswigHolstein, Stettin, Unterelbe, Unterweser. [Translation] Federal Minister of Finance. III C 7412. Berlin, *August 10, 1923*. *Subject*: Exemption of North American shipping companies from the corporation tax. Under section 213, subdivision 8, of the Revenue Act of 1921 of the United States of America, the income derived exclusively from the operation of a ship or ships of a foreign company is exempted from the income tax if the company is subject to the laws of a foreign state which grants reciprocal rights to the United States. At the instance of the Embassy of the United States of America, I declare myself as agreeing, upon the assumption of full reciprocity and with the reservation of the right of revocation at any time, under authority of section 108, subdivision 1, of the Federal Tax Law, that in the case of companies operated for profit, whose domicile and place of management is in the United States of America, the income which is derived exclusively from the operation of ships shall not be subjected to the corporation tax. A corporation-tax return for the aforesaid income is not to be required of North American companies which maintain in this country a branch or other place of operation or a permanent representative. I request that the finance offices charged with making the assessments be notified forthwith. If in individual cases doubt should arise, I ask that report be made thereof. Representing the Minister Zapf. To the Presidents of the State Finance Offices of Königsberg, Mecklenburg-Lübeck, Oldenburg, Schleswig-Holstein, Stettin, Unterelbe, Unterweser. 2638 Ordinance, of January 5, 1924 Der Reichsminister der Finanzen. III C 14722⁄III D 5 January 5, 1924. Berlin, *den 5. Januar 1924*. sofort! *Betrifft*: Befreiung nordamerikanischer Schiffahrtsgesellschaften und Reeder von der Einkommenund Koerperschaftssteuer auf Grundlage der Gegenseitigkeit. Durch Erlass vom 10. August 1923—III C 7412—habe ich unter der Voraussetzung der vollen Gegenseitigkeit und unter Vorbehalt des jederzeitigen Widerrufs auf Grund des §108 Abs. 1 der Reichsabgabenordnung angeordnet, dass bei den Erwerbsgesellschaften (juristische Personen), deren Sitz und Ort der Leitung sich in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika befindet, das Einkommen, das ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen herruehrt, zur Koerperschaftssteuer nicht herangezogen wird. Unter derselben Voraussetzung erklaere ich mich damit einverstanden, dass das ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe von Schifien herruehrende Einkommen von Buergern der Vereinigten Staaten (natuerliche Personen), die in Deutschland keinen Wohnsitz haben, von der Einkommensteuer befreit wird. Die fuer die Veranlagung in Betracht kommenden Finanzaemter ersuche ich, hiervon zu benachrichtigen. Soweit sich in Einzelfaellen Zweifel ergeben sollten, bitte ich Iiierueber zu berichten. Im Auftrage gez.Popitz. An die Landesfinanzaemter, Abt. fuer Besitz- und Verkehrssteuern Koenigsberg, Mecklenburg-Luebeck i. Schwerin, Oldenburg, Schleswig-Holstein in Kiel, Stettin, Unterelbe in Hamburg, Unterweser in Bremen. [Translation] Federal Minister of Finance. III C 14722⁄III D 5 Berlin, *January 5, 1924*. urgent! *Subject*: Exemption of North American shipping companies and shipowners from the income and corporation tax on the basis of reciprocity. Through a decree dated August 10, 1923 (III C 7412) I have ordered, on condition of complete reciprocity and with the reservation of cancellation at any time on the basis of section 108, paragraph 1, of the Federal Tax Law, that the income derived exclusively from the operation of ships of companies (juridical persons) whose seat and place of management is in the United States of America shall not be subjected to the corporation tax. On the same condition, I declare myself in agreement that the income derived exclusively from the2639 operation of ships by citizens of the United States (natural persons), who have no residence in Germany, shall be exempt from the income tax. I request that the financial offices charged with the assessment of taxes be informed thereof. In case doubt should arise in individual cases, I request that a report be made thereon. By direction Popitz. Addressed to the State Finance Offices, Section for Property and Traffic Taxes, Koenigsberg, Mecklenburg-Luebeck in Schwerin, Oldenburg, Schleswig-Holstein in Kiel, Stettin, Unterelbe in Hamburg, Unterweser in Bremen. Ordinance of December 9, 1924 Der Reichsminister der Finanzen. III Dk 11366. Berlin, *den 9. Dezember 1924*.December 9, 1924. *Betrifft*: Befreiung Dordamerikanischer Schiffahrtsgesellschaften und Reeder von der Einkommenund Körperschaftssteuer. I. Durch Erlass vom 10. August 1923—III C 7412—habe ich unter der Voraussetzung der vollen Gegenseitigkeit und unter Vorbehalt jederzeitigen Widerrufs auf Grund des § 108 Abs. 1 der Reichsabgabenordnung angeordnet, dass bei den Erwerbsgesellscbaften, deren Sitz und Ort der Leitung sich in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerikaa befindet, das Einkommen, das ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen herrührt, zur Korperschaftssteiier nicht herangezogen wird. Darüber hinaus erkläre ich mich damit einverstanden, dass der Erlass auf alle Gesellschaften Anwendung findet, die in den Vereinigten Staaten nur ihren Sitz haben, ohne Rücksicht darauf, wo sich der Ort der Leitung befindet. Sollte also im dortigen Bezirk bisher eine Gesellschaft zur Körperschaftssteuer herangezogen sein, die zwar ihren Sitz in den Vereinigten Staaten hat, deren Ort der Leitung sich aber nicht in den Vereinigten Staaten befindet, so ist nunmehr auch diese Gesellschaft mit ihrem ausschliesslich aus dem Betriebe von Schiffen Iierruherenden Einkommen von der Körperschaftssteuer freizustellen. II. Zur Klarstellung weise ich ferner darauf hin, dass unter der Voraussetzung der vollen Gegenseitigkeit der Erlass vom 10. August 1923—III. C 7412—mit der aus dem vorhergehenden Absatz sich ergehenden Erweiterung sowie der Erlass vom 5. Januar 1924—III C 14722—mit Wirkung vom 1. Januar 1921 ab zur Anwendung kommen. Ich ersuche ergebenst, die für die Veranlagung in Betracht kommenden Finanzämter entsprechend zu verständigen. Im Auftrage gez.Popitz. An die Herren Präsidenten der Landesfinanzämter in Konigsbeig, MecklenburgLübeck in Schwerin, Oldenburg, Schleswig-Holstein, in Kiel, Stettin, Unterelbe in Hamburg, Unterweser in Bremen. 2640 [Translation] Federal Minister of Finance. III Dk 11366. Berlin, *December 9, 1924*. *Subject*: Exemption of North American navigation companies and shipowners from the income and corporation taxes. I. By official order of August 10, 1923 (III C 7412) I have ordered, on the condition of complete reciprocity and subject to revocation at any time on the basis of section 108, paragraph 1, of the Federal Tax Law, that in the case of companies operated for profits, the domicile and location of the management of which is in the United States of America, income derived exclusively from the operation of ships shall not be subject to a corporation tax. Moreover, I declare myself as agreeing that the official order shall apply to all companies which have only their domicile in the United States, regardless of the location of the place of management. Therefore, in case a corporation tax should have been imposed on a company in your district which has its domicile in the United States, but the place of management of which is not in the United States, such company shall also hereafter be exempted from the corporation tax, as well as its income derived exclusively from the operation of ships. II. In explanation, I further point out that, on condition of complete reciprocity, the official order of August 10, 1923 (III C 7412) with the amplification resulting from the preceding paragraph, as well as the official order of January 5, 1924 (III C 14722) shall be applied, effective as of January 1, 1921. I respectfully request that due notice hereof be given to the finance offices charged with the duty of making assessments. By direction Popitz. To the Presidents of the State Finance Offices in Königsberg, Mecklenburg-Lübeck in Schwerin, Oldenburg, Schleswig-Holstein in Kiel, Stettin, Unterelbe in Hamburg, Unterweser in Bremen. [No. 17] August 24, 1927 May 13, 1929 June 20, 1929 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2641 2641 CONSIDERATION OF CLAIMS—SPAIN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Spain for consideration August 24, 1927.May 13, June 20, 1929. of claims. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 24, 1927, May 13, 1929, and June 20, 1929.* The Secretary of State (Kellogg) to the Spanish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (De Amoedo) Department of State, Washington, *August 24, 1927*. Sir: The Ambassador’s note of July 26, 1927, with further reference toReciprocal claims arrangement with Spain. the claim of the heirs of Señor Manuel Arias Brios, and to the suggestions made in my note of May 31, last, relative to the desirability of an informal consideration of such claims as either Government may now desire to bring to the attention of the other, was duly received and has had consideration. With respect to His Excellency’s request for a statement of the precise steps contemplated for the consideration of such claims, it is suggested
(1)that each Government should submit to the other on or before a specified date in the near future, a list of the claims which each desires to urge for the consideration and allowance of the other, together with a brief statement of the facts. This Government would suggest that such lists should be exchanged by January 1, 1928.
(2)Subsequently, at the expiration of an agreed period of time, say three months, required for the examination of the claims presented, the two Governments should designate representatives, one each, to confer together in an effort to decide upon the merits of the claims, and, if possible to concur in conclusions as to the appropriate disposition to be made of each of the claims presented.
(3)The claims which the representatives agree should be paid shall be referred by them to the respective Governments with their recommendations.
(4)Cases in which the representatives do not agree or in which the recommendations of the representatives are not accepted by the two Governments might be disposed of by such further agreement as might at the time seem expedient. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Frank B. Kellogg Señor Don Mariano de Amoedo y Galarmendi, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Spain*. The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Spanish Ambassador (Padilla) Department of State, Washington, *May 13, 1929*. Excellency: Reference is made to this Government’s note of August 24, 1927, to the Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim* of Spain concerning an arrangement for the informal consideration of claims of the United States against Spain and Spanish claims against this Government. 2642 As no reply to this communication has been received this Government is uncertain as to the acquiescence of the Spanish Government in the suggestions made therein. As previously indicated this Government is desirous of settling all outstanding claims between the two Governments and is willing to submit for consideration by the Spanish Government a list of claims in which it feels that satisfaction should be made. Before proceeding to the preparation of such list, however, it desires to be informed whether the arrangement proposed in its note of August 24, 1927, is concurred in by the Spanish Government and whether that Government will submit a list of its claims to this Government for use in carrying out the purposes of the proposed arrangement. It is understood that the claims referred to are distinct from those of American citizens and proteges which have arisen in that part of Morocco commonly known as the Spanish Zone and which were made the subject of a special arrangement through my predecessor’s note of November 7, 1927, and Your Excellency’s note of February 1 [11], 1928, in reply thereto. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Henry L. Stimson His Excellency Señor Don Alejandro Padilla y Bell, *Ambassador of Spain*. Agreement by Spain.The Spanish Ambassador (Padilla) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) No. 80/23. Royal Spanish Embassy, Washington, *20 de junio de 1929*. Señor Secretario: Con referencia a la atenta Nota de Vuestra Excelencia, fechada el 13 de mayo de 1929, relacionada con otra anterior del 24 de agosto de 1927, por las que se expresaba el deseo del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de llegar a la terminación de las reclamaciones reciprocas pendientes actualmente entre España y Norte America, tengo la honra de participar a Vuestra Excelencia, que he recibido contestación telegráfica de Madrid, comunicándome que el Gobierno de Su Majestad acepta gustoso el empezar dicho estudio y al efecto, y por correo, me remitirán detalladas instrucciones para comenzar dicho trabajo. Aprovecho esta oportunidad, para reiterar a Vuestra Excelencia, Señor Secretario, las seguridades de mi mas alta consideración. Alejandro Padilla Al Hon. Henry L. Stimson. *Secretario de Estado*. 2643 [Translation] No. 80/23. Royal Spanish Embassy, Washington, *June 20, 1929*. Mr. Secretary: With reference to Your Excellency’s kind note of May 13, 1929, relating to the previous one of August 24, 1927, in which was expressed a desire on the part of the Government of the United States to arrive at a conclusion on the reciprocal claims now pending between Spain and North America, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I have received a telegraphic answer from Madrid informing me that the Government of His Majesty gladly agrees to begin a study of the case and to that end will send me by mail detailed instructions to start the work. I avail myself of this opportunity, Mr. Secretary, to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Alejandro Padilla The Honorable, Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State*. [No. 18] May 14, 1928 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2644 2644 COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—PERSIA. *Provisional agreement between the United States of America and Persia respecting commercial, etc., relations. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 14, 1928.* May 14, 1928. The American Minister (Philip) to the Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) Legation of the United States of America, Teheran, Persia, *May 14, 1928*. Excellency: Commercial, etc., agreement with Persia.I have the honor to inform you that my Government, animated by the sincere desire to terminate as soon as possible the negotiations now in progress with the Imperial Government of Persia in regard to the conclusion of a Treaty of Friendship, as well as Establishment, Consular, Commercial and Tariff Conventions between the United States of America and Persia, has instructed me to communicate to the Imperial Government of Persia in its name the following provisional stipulations: 1) After May 10, 1928, the diplomatic representation of Persia in the United States, its territories and possessions, shall enjoy, on a basis of complete reciprocity, the privileges and immunities derived from generally recognized international law. The Consular representatives of Persia, duly provided with exequatur, will be permitted to reside in the United States, its territories and possessions, in the districts where they have been formerly admitted. They shall, on a basis of complete reciprocity, enjoy the honorary privileges and personal immunities in regard to jurisdiction and fiscal matters secured to them by generally recognized international law. 2) After May 10, 1928, Persian nationals in the United States, its territories and possessions, shall, on a basis of complete reciprocity, be received and treated in accordance with the requirements and practices of generally recognized international law. In respect to their persons and possessions, rights and interests, they shall enjoy the fullest protection of the laws and authorities of the Country, and they shall not be treated, in regard to the above mentioned subjects, in a manner less favorable than the nationals of any other foreign country. In general, they shall enjoy in every respect the same treatment as the nationals of the Country, without, however, being entitled to the treatment reserved alone to nationals to the exclusion of all foreigners. Matters of personal status and family law will be dealt with in separate notes to be concluded and exchanged at the earliest possible date. 3) After May 10, 1928, and as long as the present stipulations remain in force, and on a basis of complete reciprocity, the United States will accord to merchandise produced or manufactured in Persia upon entry into the United States, its territories and possessions, the benefits of the tariff accorded to the most favored nation; 2645from which it follows that the treatment extended to the products of Persia should not be less favorable than that granted to a third country. In respect to the regime to be applied to the Commerce of Persia in the matter of import, export, and other duties and charges affecting commerce as well as in respect to transit warehousing and the facilities accorded commercial travelers’ samples; and also as regards commodities, tariffs and quantities in connection with the licensing or prohibitions of imports and exports, the United States shall accord to Persia, on a basis of complete reciprocity, a treatment not less advantageous than that accorded to the commerce of any other country. It is understood that no higher or other duties shall be imposed on the importation into or disposition in the United States, its territories or possessions, of any article, the product or manufacture of Persia, than are or shall be payable on like articles, the product or manufacture of any foreign country; similarly, and on a basis of complete reciprocity, no higher or other duties shall be imposed in the United States, its territories or possessions, on the exportation of any articles to Persia than are payable on the exportation of like articles to any foreign country. On a basis of complete reciprocity, any lowering of duty of any kind that may be accorded by the United States in favor of the merchandise of any other country will become immediately applicable without request and without compensation to the commerce of Persia with the United States, its territories and possessions. Providing that this understanding does not relate to: 1) The treatment which the United States accords or may hereafter accord to the commerce of Cuba, or any of the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Panama Canal Zone, or to the treatment which is or may hereafter be accorded to the commerce of the United States with any of its territories or possessions, or to the commerce of its territories or possessions with one another; 2) Prohibitions or restrictions authorized by the laws and regulations in force in the United States, its territories or possessions, aiming at the protection of the food supply, sanitary administration in regard to human, animal or vegetable life, and the enforcement of police and revenue laws. The present stipulations shall become operative on the day of signature, and shall remain respectively in effect until the entry in force of the Treaty and Conventions referred to in the first paragraph of this note, or until thirty days after notice of their termination shall have been given by the Government of the United States to the Imperial Government of Persia, but should the Government of the United States be prevented by future action of its legislature from carrying out the terms of these stipulations the obligations thereof shall thereupon lapse. I shall be glad to have your confirmation of the understanding thus reached. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Hoffman Philip. His Excellency, Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Teheran*. 2646 The Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) to the American Minister (Philip) Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, Téhéran, *le 14 Mai 1928* Monsieur le Ministre, J’ai l’honneur, au nom de mon Gouvernement, de vous accuser réception et de prendre acte du contenu de votre note de ce jour, précisant les dispositions provisoires relatives aux relations diplomatiques, consulaires, douanières et autres entre la Perse et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, l’assurance de ma haute considération. F. Pakrevan Son Excellence Monsieur Hoffman Philip *Ministre des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* *Téhéran* [Translation] Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Teheran, *May 14, 1928* Mr. Minister, I have the honor, in the name of my Government, to acknowledge receipt of and place on record the contents of your note of to-day’s date, specifying the provisional stipulations relative to diplomatic, consular, customs and other relations between Persia and the United States of America. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. F. Pakrevan His Excellency, Mr. Hoffman Philip, *Minister of the United States of America*, *Teheran*. The Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) to the American Minister (Philip) Téhéran, *le 14 Mai 1928* Monsieur le Ministre, Agreement by Persia.J’ai l’honneur de vous informer que mon Gouvernement, animé du désir sincère de faire aboutir dans le plus bref délai possible les négociations actuellement en cours avec le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis et relatives à la conclusion d’un traité d’amitié ainsi que de conventions d’établissement, consulaire, douanière et commerciale, m’a chargé de vous communiquer, en son nom, les dispositions provisoires suivantes: 1. A dater du 10 Mai 1928 la représentation diplomatique des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur le territoire persan jouira, sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité, des privilèges et immunités consacrés par le droit commun international. Les représentants consulaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur le territoire persan, régulièrement munis de !’exequatur, pourront, sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité, y résider dans les localités où ils étaient jusqu’alors admis. 2647 Ils bénéficieront des privilèges honorifiques et immunités personnelles de juridiction et de fiscalité consacrées par le droit commun international et sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité. 2. A dater du dix Mai 1928, les ressortissants des Etats-Unis d’Amérique en Perse seront admis et traités conformément aux règles et pratiques du droit commun international et sur la base d’une parfaite réciprocité. Ils y jouiront, quant à leur personne et à leurs biens, droits et intérêts, de la plus entière protection des lois et des autorités territoriales et ils n’auront pas relativement aux questions susmentionnées un traitement moins avantageux que les ressortissants des autres pays étrangers. Ils y bénéficieront, en toute matière, du même traitement général que les nationaux, sans pouvoir prétendre toutefois au traitement réservé aux seuls nationaux, à l’exclusion de tous autres étrangers. La question de statut personnel et du droit de famille sera traitée dans des notes spéciales à arrêter et échanger aussitôt que possible. 3. A dater du dix Mai 1928 et pendant la durée des présentes dispositions et sous la condition d’une parfaite réciprocité, les marchandises produites ou manufacturées aux Etats-Unis, leurs Territoires et Possessions, à leur entrée en Perse bénéficieront du tarif accordé à la nation la plus favorisée, de sorte que le traitement accordé aux Etats-Unis pour leurs marchandises ne soit pas moins favorable que le traitement légal accordé a un pays tiers. Quant au régime applicable au commerce des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, relatif à l’importation, l’exportation et autres droits et charges ayant trait au commerce, aussi bien qu’au transit, à l’emmagasinage, aux facilités accordées aux échantillons des commis-voyageurs; et quant aux facilités, tarifs et quantités relatifs aux licences et prohibitions d’importation et d’exportation la Perse accorde aux Etats-Unis, leurs Territoires et Possessions, sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité, un traitement non moins avantageux que celui accordé au commerce de tout autre Etat étranger. Il est entendu que d’autres droits ou des droits plus élevés ne sauraient être appliqués à l’importation ou à l’écoulement en Perse de tous articles, produits ou fabriqués aux Etats-Unis, leurs Territoires et Possessions que ceux qui seraient dus par les articles similaires produits ou fabriqués par tout autre pays étranger. De même et sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité, d’autres droits ou des droits plus élevés ne seront pas appliqués en Perse à l’exportation de tous articles à destination des Etats-Unis, leurs Territoires ou possessions que ceux qui seraient dûs à l’exportation de produits similaires à destination de toute autre pays étranger. Sous condition d’une parfaite réciprocité tous abaissements de droits de toute nature qui seraient consentis par la Perse en faveur des produits de tout autre Etat seront immédiatement applicables, sans qu’il soit besoin de la requérir et sans compensation, au commerce des Etats-Unis, leurs Territoires et Possessions avec la Perse. Il est entendu que ces dispositions ne se réfèrent pas aux interdictions et restrictions autorisées par les lois et règlements en vigueur en Perse en vue de protéger la vie alimentaire, la police sanitaire humaine, animale, végétale, les intérêts de la sûreté générale et des intérêts fiscaux. Les dispositions de la présente note entrent en vigueur à dater d’aujourd’hui et elles resteront respectivement en force jusqu’à l’entrée en vigueur des traité et conventions correspondants, dont il est fait mention dans le paragraphe premier de la présente note ou jusqu’à l’expiration d’un délai de trente jours à dater de la notification qui 2648serait faite au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis par mon Gouvernement de son intention d’y mettre fin, mais dans le cas où mon Gouvernement serait empêché de remplir ses engagements par l’effet d’une mesure législative ces dispositions tomberont en caducité. Je serais heureux d’avoir confirmation de notre entente sur ces points. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, l’assurance de ma haute considération. [seal] F. Pakrevan. Son Excellence Monsieur Hoffman Philip *Ministre des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* *à Téhéran* [Translation] Teheran, *May 14, 1928* Mr. Minister, I have the honor to advise you that my Government, animated by the sincere desire to terminate as soon as possible the negotiations now in progress with the Government of the United States relative to the conclusion of a treaty of friendship, as well as establishment, consular, customs, and commercial conventions, has directed me to communicate to you, in its name, the following provisional stipulations: 1. On and after May 10, 1928, the diplomatic representation of the United States of America in Persian territory shall enjoy, on condition of complete reciprocity, the privileges and immunities sanctioned by generally recognized international law. The consular representatives of the United States of America in Persian territory, duly provided with an exequatur, shall be permitted, on condition of complete reciprocity, to reside there in the localities to which they were admitted up to that time. They shall enjoy, on the condition of complete reciprocity, the honorary privileges and personal immunities in regard to jurisdiction and fiscal matters sanctioned by generally recognized international law. 2. On and after May 10, 1928, the nationals of the United States in Persia shall on the basis of complete reciprocity be admitted and treated in accordance with the rules and practices of generally recognized international law. In respect of their persons and property, rights and interests, they shall enjoy there the fullest protection of the laws and the territorial authorities of the country, and they shall not be treated in regard to the above-mentioned matters in a manner less favorable than the nationals of other foreign countries. They shall enjoy, in every respect, the same general treatment as the nationals of the country, without being entitled, however, to the treatment reserved to nationals alone, to the exclusion of all other foreigners. Matters of personal status and family law shall be treated in special notes to be drawn up and exchanged as soon as possible. 3. On and after May 10, 1928, and as long as the present provisions shall remain in force, and on condition of complete reciprocity, merchandise produced or manufactured in the United States, its territories and possessions, on their entry into Persia, shall enjoy the tariff accorded to the most favored nation, so that the treatment accorded to the United States for its merchandise shall not be less favorable than the legal treatment accorded to a third country. 2649 In respect to the régime applicable to the commerce of the United States of America, in the matter of import and export and other duties and charges relating to commerce, as well as to transit, warehousing, and the facilities accorded to commercial travelers’ samples, and as to facilities, tariffs, and quantities in connection with the licensing and prohibition of imports and exports, Persia shall accord to the United States, its territories, and possessions, on condition of complete reciprocity, a treatment not less favorable than that accorded to the commerce of any other foreign country. It is understood that other or higher duties shall not be applied to the importation into or the sale in Persia of any articles, produced or manufactured in the United States, its territories and possessions, than those which would be payable on like articles produced or manufactured by any other foreign country. Similarly and on condition of complete reciprocity, no other or higher duties shall be imposed in Persia on the exportation of any articles to the United States, its territories or possessions, than those which would be payable on the exportation of like articles to any other foreign country. On condition of complete reciprocity, any lowering of duties of any kind that may be granted by Persia in favor of the products of any other country shall be immediately applicable, without request and without compensation, to the commerce of the United States, its territories and possessions, with Persia. It is understood that these provisions do not refer to the prohibitions and restrictions authorized by the laws and regulations in force in Persia for protection of the food supply, sanitary administration in regard to human, animal, or vegetable life, the interests of public safety and fiscal interests. The stipulations of the present note shall go into effect to-day and they shall remain respectively in force until the entry into effect of the corresponding treaty and conventions referred to in the first paragraph of this note or until the expiration of a period of thirty days from the notice which may be given to the Government of the United States by my Government of its intention to terminate them, but in case my Government should be prevented from fulfilling its engagements by the effect of a legislative measure, these stipulations shall lapse. I would be glad to have confirmation of our understanding on these points. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. F. Pakrevan His Excellency Mr. Hoffman Philip *Minister of the United States of America* *at Teheran* The American Minister (Philip) to the Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) Legation of the United States of America, Teheran, Persia, *May 14, 1928*. Excellency: I have the honor to inform you, in the name of my Government,Agreement by United States. that I have received and taken note of the contents of your note of to-day’s date setting forth provisional stipulations in regard to 2650Diplomatic, Consular, tariff and other relations between the United States and Persia. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Hoffman Philip. His Excellency, Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Teheran* The American Minister (Philip) to the Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) Legation of the United States of America, Téhéran, *le 14 Mai 1928*. Monsieur le Gérant, Il me serait très agréable de recevoir de Votre Excellence une assurance de la part du Gouvernement Impérial que les Missionnaires Américains en Perse seront autorisés à remplir comme par le passé leurs œuvres de bienfaisance et d’instruction. Je saisis cette occasion pour vous renouveler, Monsieur le Gérant, les assurances de ma haute considération. Hoffman Philip. Son Excellence, Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Gérant du Ministère des Affaires Etrangères*, *Téhéran*. [Translation] Legation of the United States of America, Teheran, *May 14, 1928*. Mr. Acting Minister, Treatment of American missionaries,I would be very glad to receive from Your Excellency an assurance on the part of the Imperial Government that American Missionaries in Persia will be authorized, as in the past, to carry on their charitable and educational work. I take this occasion to renew to you, Mr. Acting Minister, the assurances of my high consideration. Hoffman Philip. His Excellency, Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Teheran*. The Persian Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) to the American Minister (Philip) Téhéran, *le 14 Mai 1928*. Monsieur le Ministre, En réponse à votre demande relative aux Missionnaires Américains, j’ai l’honneur de vous informer qu’ils seront autorisés de remplir leurs œuvres de bienfaisance et d’instruction à condition2651de ne porter atteinte ni à l’ordre public ni aux lois et réglements Persans. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, l’assurance de ma haute considération. F. Pakrevan Son Excellence Monsieur Hoffman Philip *Ministre des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* *Téhéran* [Translation] Teheran, *May 14, 1928*. Mr. Minister, In reply to your request relative to American Missionaries, I have the honor to inform you that they will be authorized to carry on their charitable and educational work on the condition that it contravenes neither the public order nor the laws and regulations of Persia. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. F. Pakrevan His Excellency, Mr. Hoffman Philip, *Minister of the United States of America*, *Teheran*. [No. 19] July 11, 1928 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2652 2652 PERSONAL STATUS, ETC., OF NATIONALS—PERSIA. *Provisional agreement between the United States of America and Persia respecting personal status and family law jurisdiction of American nationals in Persia and of Persian nationals in the United States of America. Effected by exchange of notes, signed July 11, 1928.* July 11, 1928. The American Minister (Philip) to the Persian Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) Legation of the United States of America, Téhéran, *11 Juillet, 1928*. Monsieur le Gérant, Personal status and family law jurisdiction of American nationals in Persia and Persian nationals in the United States.Me référant aux notes arrêtant les dispositions provisoires relatives aux relations diplomatiques, consulaires, douanières et autres entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la Perse, échangées le 14 mai, 1928, j’ai l’honneur, au nom de mon Gouvernement, de vous faire la déclaration suivante sur la façon dont je conçois les résultats auxquels ont abouti Provisional arrangement.nos conversations concernant la question du statut personnel, tenues conformément à la stipulation précisée dans l’alinéa 4 du paragraphe 2 des dites notes. Vu que les ressortissants persans aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique jouissent du traitement de la nation la plus favorisée en matière du statut personnel, et, Vu que ladite question sera réglée définitivément entre les deux Etats par la convention d’établissement, il est entendu qu’en ladite matière du statut personnel, c’està-dire, pour toutes les questions concernant le mariage et la communauté conjugale, le divorce, la séparation de corps, la dot, la paternité, la filiation, l’adoption, la capacité des personnes, la majorité, la tutelle, la curatelle, l’interdiction; en matière mobilière, le droit de succession testamentaire, ou ab intestat, partage et liquidation; et en général, le droit de famille, les ressortissants non-musulmans des Etats-Unis en Perse seront soumis à leurs lois nationales. Si, toutefois, pour Iesdites questions les tribunaux persans étaient saisis par une des parties, Iesdits tribunaux seraient tenus d’appliquer les lois américaines. Pour faciliter la tâche des tribunaux persans dans les cas susmentionnés, les autorités compétentes américaines fourniront, en cas de besoin, les renseignements nécessaires relatifs aux lois américaines. Je serais heureux d’avoir confirmation de notre entente sur ces points. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Gérant, l’assurance de ma haute considération. Hoffman Philip Son Excellence Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Gérant du Ministère des Affaires Etrangères*, *Téhéran*. [Translation] Téhéran, *July 11, 1928*. Mr. Acting Minister: Referring to the notes establishing the provisional stipulations relative to diplomatic, consular, customs, and other relations between the 2653United States of America and Persia, exchanged on May 14, 1928, I have the honor, in the name of my Government, to make the following statement of my understanding of the results attained by our conversations concerning the question of personal status, held in conformity with the stipulation specified in subparagraph 4 of paragraph 2 of the said notes. Whereas Persian nationals in the United States of America enjoy most-favored-nation treatment in the matter of personal status, and, Whereas the said question will be definitively settled between the two states by the establishment convention, it is understood that in the said matter of personal status, that is, with regard to all questions concerning marriage and conjugal community rights, divorce, judicial separation, dowry, paternity, affiliation, adoption, capacity of persons, majority, guardianship, trusteeship, and interdiction; in regard to movable property, the right of succession by will or *ab intestato*, distribution, and settlement; and, in general, family law, non-Moslem nationals of the United States in Persia shall be subject to their national laws. If, however, with respect to the said questions, one of the parties should bring a matter before the Persian courts, the said courts would be obliged to apply American laws. In order to facilitate the task of the Persian courts in the above-mentioned cases, the competent American authorities shall furnish, in case of need, the necessary information relative to American laws. I shall be glad to have confirmation of our understanding on these points. Please accept, Mr. Acting Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. Hoffman Philip His Excellency Mirza Fat’hollah Khan Pakrevan, *Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Teheran*. The Persian Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs (Pakrevan) to the American Minister (Philip) Téhéran, *le 11 Juillet 1928.* Monsieur le Ministre, Me référant aux notes arrêtant les dispositions provisoires relatives aux relations diplomatiques, consulaires, douanières et autres éntrela Perse et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, échangées le 14 Mai 1928, j’ai l’honneur, au nom de mon Gouvernement, de Vous faire la déclaration suivante sur la façon dont je conçois les résultats auxquels ont abouti nos conversations concernant la question du statut personnel, tenues conformément à la stipulation précisée dans l’alinéa 4 du paragraphe 2 des dites notes. Vu que les ressortissants persans aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique jouissent du traitement de la nation 1 plus favorisée en matière du statut personnel, et, Vu que ladite question sera réglée définitivement entre les deux Etats par la convention d’établissement, il est entendu qu’en ladite matière du statut personnel, c’est-àdire, pour toutes les questions concernant le mariage et la communauté conjugale, le divorce, la séparation de corps, la dot, la paternité, la filiation, l’adoption, la capacité des personnes, la majorité, Ia tutelle, la curatelle, !’interdiction; en matière mobilière, le droit de succession testamentaire, ou ab 2654intestat, partage et liquidation; et en général, le droit de famille, les ressortissants non-mussulmans des Etats-Unis en Perse seront soumis à leurs lois nationales. Si, toutefois, pour Iesdites questions les tribunaux persans étaient saisis par une des parties, lesdits tribunaux seraient tenus d’appliquer les lois américaines. Pour faciliter la tâche des tribunaux persans dans les cas susmentionnés, les autorités compétentes américaines fourniront, en cas de besoin, les renseignements nécessaires relatifs aux lois américaines. Je serais heureux d’avoir confirmation de notre entente sur ces points. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, l’assurance de ma haute considération. F. Pakrevan. Son Excellence Monsieur Hoffman Philip, *Ministre des Etats-Unis d’Amérique*, *Téhéran*. [Translation] Teheran, *July 11, 1928*. Mr. Minister, Agreement by Persia.Referring to the notes establishing the provisional stipulations relative to diplomatic, consular, customs, and other relations between Persia and the United States of America, exchanged on May 14, 1928, I have the honor, in the name of my Government, to make the following statement of my understanding of the results attained by our conversations concerning the question of personal status, held in conformity with the stipulation specified in subparagraph 4 of paragraph 2 of the said notes. Whereas Persian nationals in the United States of America enjoy most-favored-nation treatment in the matter of personal status, and, Whereas the said question will be definitively settled between the two states by the establishment convention, it is understood that in the said matter of personal status, that is, with regard to all questions concerning marriage and conjugal community rights, divorce, judicial separation, dowry, paternity, affiliation, adoption, capacity of persons, majority, guardianship, trusteeship, and interdiction; in regard to movable property, the right of succession by will or *ab intestato*, distribution, and settlement; and, in general, family law, non-Moslem nationals of the United States in Persia shall be subject to their national laws. If, however, with respect to the said questions, one of the parties should bring a matter before the Persian courts, the said courts would be obliged to apply American laws. In order to facilitate the task of the Persian courts in the above mentioned cases, the competent American authorities shall furnish, in case of need, the necessary information relative to American laws. I shall be glad to have confirmation of our understanding on these points. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurance of my high consideration. F. Pakrevan His Excellency Mr. Hoffman Philip, *Minister of the United States*, *Teheran*. [No. 20] October 22, 1930 October 29, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2655 2655 NAVIGATION DUES—PLEASURE YACHTS—SWEDEN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden for October 22 and 29, 1930.reciprocal exemption of pleasure yachts from all navigation dues. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 22 and 29, 1930.* The Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ramel) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Cracker) Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, Stockholm, *le 22 octobre 1930*. Monsieur le Chargé d’affaires, Par une lettre, en date du 3 janvier 1930, vous avez bien voulu Arrangement with Sweden for the reciprocal exemption of pleasure yachts from navigation dues.faire connaître à mon prédécesseur que le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis est disposé à conclure un arrangement avec le Gouvernement Suédois en vue d’exonérer, à titre de réciprocité, les yachts de plaisance des deux pays de tous droits de navigation dans leurs ports. En me référant à cette lettre, j’ai l’honneur de porter à votre connaisance que, aux termes du §126 du Règlement Douanier Suédois, et du Décret Royal en date du 7 octobre 1927, les yachts appartenant aux yachtclubs des pays où les mêmes facilités sont accordées aux yachts suédois, sont exemptés dans les ports suédois de tous droits de navigation—sauf ceux de pilotage lorsqu’ils ont réellement un pilote à bord—pourvu qu’ils soient munis d’un certificat délivré par es autorités du pays et constatant qu’ils n’ont pas été équipés dans un but commercial. Si votre Gouvernement consent à accorder, à titre de réciprocité, les mêmes facilités aux yachts de plaisance appartenant aux yachtclubs suédois, je me permets de vous proposer que la présente note et la réponse que vous voudriez bien me faire parvenir, serviront à constater l’entente intervenue entre nos deux pays. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, les assurances de ma considération la plus distinguée. Ramel Monsieur Edward Savage Crocker, *Chargé d’Affaires p. i. des Etats-Unis d’Amérique*, *etc. etc*. [Translation] Ministry for Foreign Affaires, Stockholm, *October 22, 1930*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: By a letter dated January 3, 1930, you kindly informed my predecessor that the United States Government is disposed to conclude an arrangement with the Swedish Government with a view to exempting on a basis of reciprocity the pleasure yachts of the two countries from all navigation dues in their ports. Referring to this letter, I have the honor to inform you that, according to the provisions of section 126 of the Swedish Customs Regulations and of the Royal Decree dated October 7, 1927, yachts belonging 2656to yacht clubs of countries where the same facilities are accorded to Swedish yachts are exempted in Swedish ports from all navigation dues—except dues of pilotage where they have actually a pilot on board—provided that they be furnished with a certificate delivered by the authorities of the country and on the understanding that they are not equipped for commercial purposes. If your Government consents to grant upon a. basis of reciprocity the same facilities to pleasure yachts belonging to Swedish yacht clubs, I permit myself to propose that the present note and the reply which you may make thereto will serve as an agreement reached between out two countries. Please accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the assurances of my most distinguished consideration. Ramel Mr. Edward Savage Crocker, *Chargé d’Affaires a. i. of the United States of America*, *etc. etc*. Swedish Customs Regulations. Section 126 of the Swedish Customs Regulations [Translation] A master of a vessel belonging to a public yacht club or other similar association and which is not equipped for commercial purposes (pleasure yachts) shall, when the vessel arrives or departs from a port in the customs territory without being used for conveying goods other than foodstuffs and articles necessary for the vessel during the journey, be exempt from the duty to submit to the customs authorities a written report regarding the vessel and from obtaining a permit for it from the customs authorities. When arriving from a port outside of the customs territory, the master may not visit any other port with the vessel than a customs port or a place where coast-guards are stationed. When arriving from and departing to a place outside the customs territory, it is the duty of a master to report personally to the nearest customs office or coast-guard station and to submit a certificate, issued by a public authority or the board of the association, showing the name of the vessel, number and tonnage, the name of the owner of the vessel and domicle, as well as the name of the association to which the vessel belongs. If the owner or master of a pleasure yacht has here in the country been found guilty of illegal import or export of articles, the provisions granted in this section shall not apply to any of the vessels belonging to the association as long as he owns or commands the vessel. However, the advantages shall be discontinued not earlier than fifteen days after the General Customs Board has informed the board of the association of the misdemeanor committed. The provisions of this section shall not apply to vessels belonging to an association in Sweden, provided His Majesty has not granted the association similar rights for its vessels, and shall not either apply to vessels belonging to a foreign association, unless Swedish pleasure yachts enjoy the same advantages in the respective country. 2657 Royal Decree of the Swedish Government [Translation] No. 394 ROYAL DECREE Regarding Exemption in Certain Cases for Salvage Vessels and Pleasure Yachts from Payment of Maritime Dues Given at the Palace of Stockholm, October 7, 1927. His Royal Majesty has deemed fit to decree that salvage vessels and pleasure yachts referred to in sections 124 and 126 of the Customs Regulations, under the conditions mentioned in these sections, shall in Swedish ports be exempt from all those fees which are generally assessed for vessels in such ports, with the exception of pilotage fees where a pilot is employed. This decree shall enter into force on May 1, 1928, on and from which day the regulations in the letter to the Board of Trade of April 24, 1863 (No. 23), relating to the exemption from certain fees in Swedish ports accorded vessels intended for diving and salvage activities, shall cease to be effective. Let all concerned duly comply herewith. In faith whereof, We have signed this with Our own hand and have caused it to be confirmed by Our Royal Seal. The Palace of Stockholm, October 7, 1927. GUSTAF (l. s.) (Department of Commerce) Felix Hamrin The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Cracker) to the Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ramel)Agreement by United States. No. 56. Legation of the United States of America, Stockholm, *October 29, 1930*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note dated October 22, 1930, in reply to my note dated January 3, 1930, addressed to Your Excellency’s predecessor, relating to the desire of my Government to obtain an agreement on the part of the Swedish Government to accord to American yachts in Swedish ports treatment in the matter of the payment of various port charges reciprocal to that which is now enjoyed by Swedish vessels calling at ports of the United States. Your Excellency is so good as to inform me that, according to the terms of Section 126 of the Swedish Customs Regulations and of the Royal Decree dated October 7, 1927, yachts belonging to yacht clubs of countries where the same facilities are accorded to Swedish yachts are exempted in Swedish ports from all navigation dues—except dues of pilotage when they have actually a pilot on board—provided that they be furnished with a certificate delivered by the authorities of the country and on the understanding that they are not equipped for commercial purposes. 2658 In conclusion Your Excellency states that, if my Government consents to grant upon a basis of reciprocity the same facilities to pleasure yachts belonging to Swedish yacht clubs, Your Excellency proposes that the note under reference and the reply which I may make thereto will serve as an agreement reached between our two countries. In reply I have the honor to state that, inasmuch as the provisions of the Statutes of the United States for the collection of tonnage and light dues (U. S. Code, Title 46, Sections 121 and 128) permit the suspension of those charges in behalf of vessels of foreign countries which accord national treatment to vessels of the United States, I am accordingly gratified that there appears to be no further obstacle to the enjoyment by the pleasure yachts of each country of treatment reciprocal to that enjoyed in the ports of the other. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Edward Savage Crocker His Excellency Fredrik Ramel, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Stockholm*. [No. 21] August 5, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2659 2659 HAITIANIZATION AGREEMENT. *Agreement between the United States of America and Haiti. Signed August 5, 1931.August 5, 1931.* Legation of the United States of America, Port-au-Prince, Haiti, *August 5, 1931*. The undersigned plenipotentiaries duly authorized by their respective Haitianization accordgovernments have agreed upon the following Accord: Article I. The services of the Engineers provided for by Article XIII of the Vol. 39, p. 1659.Treaty of September 16, 1915, for the sanitation and public improvement of the Republic, and by the Accord of July 17, 1923, regarding the Service Technique d’Agriculture, as well as their foreign aids and employees, shall definitely cease on September 30, 1931, except as provided below in Articles III and IV. Article II. Accordingly, on October 1, 1931, the Government of Haiti will assume rightfully and definitely the administration and control of the Direction Generale des Travaux Publics, of the Service d’Hygiene, and of the Service Technique d’Agriculture, and the President of the Republic will deliver, in conformity with the Constitution and the laws, commissions to the Haitian engineers, physicians, and employees deemed necessary for the functioning of the above mentioned Services. Article III. In that which concerns the Service National d’Hygiene, it is understood that in Conformity with the laws in force it will have, under the direction of the Secretary of State for the Interior, throughout the Republic, the administration, inspection, and supervision of all of the public services of hygiene, sanitation and quarantine of the hospitals, rural dispensaries, poor relief, insane asylums and sanitary garages, of the Medical School, the Health Center, the laboratories, etc. Nevertheless, in the cities of Port-au-Prince and Cape Haitian, and their immediate environs (that is within a radius of two miles of the cities proper but including also Petionville) where, pending other arrangements and until the conclusion of a protocol for their evacuation, American troops are stationed, an American scientific mission shall be especially charged in accord with the laws and regulations now in force with the control of sanitation and chlorination of water. The Service Nationale d’Hygiene will be entitled, if it so requests, to receive the advice and recommendations of the above mentioned scientific mission within the restricted field of sanitation. The Government agrees to leave to the Mission the sanitary garages at Port-au-Prince and Cape Haitian and the motor equipment strictly necessary for its activities but the Service Nationale d’Hygiene may always requisition the material thus loaned by agreement with the Mission if the need therefor should arise. 2660 The Government of Haiti agrees that in case of epidemic or grave danger menacing the public health within the above mentioned cities of Cape Haitian and Port-au-Prince the Mission will cooperate with the National Public HeaIth Service to combat the danger and for this purpose shall be authorized to make all necessary recommendations, and to make use of all the facilities and all of the organizations of the above mentioned Service; and the Haitian Government, under such circumstances, will take the necessary measures and provide the necessary credits. Article IV. The Mission provided for in the preceding article will comprise three American medical officers nominated by the Government of the United States and appointed by the President of Haiti. Their status will be assimilated so far as the salary that they receive from the public treasury is concerned to that of Public Health Officers first class provided for by the law of August 8, 1926. The Mission may also include, in addition, as a maximum six hospital corpsmen of the United States Navy who will be paid in conformity with a budget approved by the Minister of Interior upon the basis of the law of December 5, 1924. The Mission will have the right to suitable offices at Cape Haitian and Port-au-Prince. The funds necessary for the payment of the Haitian personnel and for the functioning of the sanitary services in the cities of Cape Haitian and Port-au-Prince will be provided for in a budget which shall be approved in advance by the Minister of Interior. Article V. The Accord of August 24, 1918, regarding the communication of projects of Haitian laws to the Legation of the United States of America at Port-au-Prince, is and remains abrogated from this date. If, nevertheless, the Government of the United States should deem a given law to be seriously inconsistent with any rights arising from provisions of agreements still in force, it will present its views to the Haitian Government through diplomatic channels for all proper purposes. Article VI. The Accord of December 3, 1918, relating to the visa of the Financial Adviser on orders of payment issued by the Secretary of State for Finance, on the Receiver-General of Customs, or on the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti, is and remains abrogated. The Minister of Finance shall reach an agreement with the Financial Adviser on the procedure governing the service of payments. The abrogation of the visa implies an obligation on the part of the Government of Haiti until the liquidation of the services of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver to make its expenditures within the limits of laws and credits voted or decreed with the accord of the Financial Adviser. The Haitian Government will reach agreements with the Financial Adviser regarding the measures affecting sources of revenue pending the liquidation of the services of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver. 2661 Article VII. The land title registry office (Bureau dl’Enregistrement) shall be entirely detached from the Office of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver and will pass under the complete control of the Secretary of Finance upon the signature of this Accord. Article VIII. In view of the difficulties which have arisen with regard to the Law of May 26, 1931, it is understood that the travelling or representation allowances of the Legislative Body as provided for in the above mentioned law, will be paid without delay, starting from April 6, 1931, and up to September 30, 1931, from the general funds of the Treasury. After September 30, 31, these allowances will be paid in accordance with a balanced budget. Article IX. Since the Government of the United States believes that the discharge of the civilian officials and employees in the Services mentioned above in Articles I and II of the present Accord, will be unduly precipitate and has requested an indemnity for them, the Secretary of State for Finance in accord with the Financial Adviser is authorized to indemnify them upon an equitable basis from the general funds of the Treasury. Specialists in the Service Technique who, upon the express request of the Government of Haiti, shall desire to remain in their former positions and sign the necessary contracts for this purpose with the Secretary of State for Agriculture shall not have the right to any indemnity by virtue of the liquidation of the Treaty Services. Article X. The two Governments agree to continue their discussions regarding the other problems arising from the Treaty. Article XI. While awaiting the settlement of the question of the Garde, the two Governments agree to maintain the “status quo” established by existing laws and agreements and to respect said laws and agreements. Signed at Port-au-Prince in duplicate in the English and French languages this fifth day of August 1931. Dana G. Munro A. N. Leger ACCORD Les plénipotentiaires, soussignés, dûment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, ont convenu de l’Arrangement suivant: Article I. Les services des ingénieurs prévus à l’article XIII du Traité du 16 septembre 1915 pour l’Hygiène et le développement matériel de la République et par l’accord du 17 Juillet 1923 sur le Service Technique de l’Agriculture, ainsi que ceux de leurs aides et employés étrangers, prendront définitivement fin le 30 septembre 1931, sauf ce qui est dit aux articles 3 & 4 ci-dessous. 2662 Article II En conséquence, et à la date du 1er. octobre 1931, le Gouvernement d’Haiti assumera de plein droit et définitivement l’administration et le contrôle de la Direction Générale des Travaux Publics, du Service d’Hygiène et du Service Technique de l’Agriculture, et le Président de la République délivrera, conformément à la Constitution et aux lois, des commissions aux Ingénieurs, Médecins et fonctionnaires Haïtiens reconnus utiles à la marche des susdits services. Article III. En ce qui a trait au Service National d’Hygiène, il est bien convenu que, conformément aux lois en vigueur, il aura, sous la direction du Secrétaire d’Etat de l’Intérieur—et dans toute l’étendue de la République—l’administration, la surveillance et le contrôle de tous les services publics d’Hygiène, de Santé, de Quarantaine, des Hôpitaux, des dispensaires ruraux, d’Assistance publique, d’aliénés et de garages sanitaires, d’Ecole de Médecine, Centre de Santé, de laboratoires, etc. Toutefois, pour les villes du Cap et de Port-au-Prince et leurs environs immédiats, (soit dans un périmètre do deux milles des dites villes à proprement parler, y compris exceptionnellement Pétionville)—où séjournent jusqu’à nouvel ordre—en attendant la conclusion d’un protocole de désoccupation—les troupes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, une mission scientifique américaine sera spécialement chargée, conformément aux lois et règlements en vigueur, dans les villes du Cap et de Port-au-Prince, du service d’assainissement et de la chloruration des eaux. Le Service National d’Hygiène aura droit, s’il le requiert, aux avis et recommandations de la susdite mission scientifique dans Ie domaine restreint de l’assainissement. Le Gouvernement convient de lui laisser les garages sanitaires à Port-au-Prince et au Cap-Haitien et le matériel roulant strictement nécessaire à ses activités, mais le Service National d’Hygiène pourra toujours, si besoin s’en fait sentir, réquisitionner le matériel ainsi prêté, d’accord avec la Mission. Le Gouvernement d’Haiti convient qu’en cas d’épidémie ou de grave danger menaçant la santé publique, dans les deux susdites villes du Cap et de Port-au-Prince, la Mission coopérera avec le Service National d’Hygiène pour la lutte nécessaire, et à ces fins, elle pourra faire toutes recommandations utiles, bénéficier de toutes les facilités et de toutes les organisations du susdit service, etle Gouvernement d’Haiti, en pareille éventualité, prendra les mesures et les crédits nécessaires. Article IV. La Mission prévue à l’article précédent comprendra trois officiers américains du Service Médical, proposés par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis et nommés par le Président d’Haiti; ils seront assimilés, quant au traitement à leur payer par le Trésor public, aux officiers d’Hygiène publique de 1ère. classe prévus par la loi du 8 août 1926. La Mission pourra comprendre, en outre, au maximum, six aides d’hôpital tirés de la Marine des Etats-Unis d’Amérique qui seront rétribués, conformément à un Budget approuvé par le Secrétaire d’Etat de l’intérieur, sur la base de la loi du 5 décembre 1924. 2663 La Mission aura droit à un Office convenable au Cap et à Port-au-Prince. Les valeurs nécessaires au paiement du personnel Haitien et au fonctionnement des services d’assainissement dans les villes du Cap et de Port-au-Prince devront faire l’objet d’un Budget préalablement approuvé par le Secrétaire d’Etat de l’Intérieur. Article V. L’accord du 24 août 1918 relatif à la Communication des projets de lois haïtiennes à la Légation des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à Port-au-Prince, est et demeure résilié à partir de cette date. Au cas toutefois où le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis jugerait telle loi en sérieuse opposition avec des droits découlant de dispositions d’accords encore en vigueur, il fera parvenir ses observations au Gouvernement d’Haiti, à telles fins que de droit, par les voies diplomatiques. Article VI. L’accord du 3 décembre 1918 relatif au visa du Conseiller Financier sur les mandats de paiement émis par le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances sur le Receveur Général des Douanes ou sur la Banque Nationale de la République dl’Haiti est et demeure résilié. Le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances s’entendra avec le Conseiller Financier sur la procédure nécessaire au Service des paiements. Le retrait du visa implique pour le Gouvernement d’Haiti, jusqu’à la liquidation des services du Conseiller Financier-Receveur Général des Douanes, l’obligation dl’effectuer ses dépenses dans les limites des lois et des crédits votés ou pris avec l’avis du Conseiller Financier. Jusqu’à la liquidation desdits services, le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances s’entendra avec le Conseiller Financier quant aux mesures affectant les sources de revenus. Article VII. Le Bureau d’Enregistrement, entièrement détaché des services du Conseiller Financier, passera dès la signature des présentes sous Ia complète direction du Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances. Article VIII. Vu les difficultés qui ont surgi au sujet de Ia loi du 26 mai 1931, il est entendu que seront payés sans retard, à partir du 6 avril 1931 et jusqu’au 30 septembre 1931 et sur les disponibilités du trésor, les frais de déplacement ou de représentation du Corps Législatif, tels qu’ils résultent de la susdite loi. Au-delà du 30 septembre 1931, ces frais seront payés d’après un budget équilibré. Article IX. Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis ayant estimé prématurée la cessation des services des officiels et employés civils des services mentionnés aux articles 1 & 2 du présent accord et ayant requis une indemnité en leur faveur, Ie Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances en accord avec le Conseiller Financier, est autorisé à les indemniser sur une base équitable et sur les disponibilités du Trésor. 2664 N’auront droit à aucune indemnité en raison de Ia liquidation des services du Traité, les spécialistes du Service Technique qui, sur la demande expresse du Gouvernement d’Haiti, voudraient conserver leurs anciennes fonctions et signer à cet égard les accords nécessaires avec le Secrétaire d’Etat d’Agriculture. Article X. Les parties conviennent de poursuivre leurs pourparlers relativement aux autres problèmes découlant du Traité. Article XI. En attendant le règlement de la question de la “Garde”, les parties consentent à garder le statu-quo résultant des lois et accords actuellement en vigueur et à respecter Iesdits lois et accords. Fait de bonne foi en double exemplaire, en français et en anglais, à Port-au-Prince, le 5 Août 1931. Dana G. Munro A. N. Leger. [No. 22] June 1, 1931 August 5, 1931 August 17, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2665 2665 CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION—ITALY. *Agreement between the United States of America and Italy for the June 1, 1931.August 5 and 17, 1931.reciprocal recognition of certificates of inspection of vessels assigned to the transportation of passengers. Effected by exchange of notes, signed June 1, 1931, and August 5 and 17, 1931.* The Acting Secretary of State (Castle) to the Italian Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Marchetti) Department of State, Washington, *June 1, 1931*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to Agreement with Italy.previous correspondence Reciprocal recognition of inspection certificates of passenger carrying vessels.with the Italian Embassy concerning an agreement between the United States and Italy for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of inspection of vessels assigned to the transportation of passengers. Particular reference is made to the Embassy’s note of October 1, 1930, submitting additional data relating to the Italian laws and regulations, regarding the building and classification of vessels and the inspection of their structure and machinery. The laws and regulations of Italy have been found to approximate those of the United States on the subjects mentioned. Accordingly, I have the honor to inform you that, in consideration of a like courtesy being extended to vessels of the United States in Italian ports, the appropriate agency of this Government will recognize in United States ports the unexpired certificates of inspection of passenger vessels of Italy issued and determined pursuant to the laws of Italy as fulfilling the requirements of the steamboat inspection laws and regulations of the United States, and that it will not be necessary in this regard for vessels of Italy to be reinspected at any port of the United States. I shall be glad to be informed when appropriate steps under Italian laws and regulations have been taken to give effect to a reciprocal exemption in favor of vessels of the United States. This Government considers that the existence of the arrangement between the two countries on this subject may appropriately be evidenced by this note and your reply thereto. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. W. R. Castle, Jr., *Acting Secretary of State*. 865.854/20 Count Alberto Marchetti di Muriaglio, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Italy*. 2666 The Italian Ambassador (Martino) to the Acting Secretary of State (Castle) Royal Italian Embassy, Washington, *August 5th 1931*. Sir, I have the honor to refer to previous correspondence with the United States Department of State, particularly to your Note No. 865.854/20 dated June 1st, 1931, concerning an agreement between Italy and the United States for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of inspection of vessels assigned to the transportation of passengers. In reply thereto I take pleasure in informing you that the Italian Authorities have assured that, in consideration of the fact that both Governments have now established the equivalence of their laws and regulations regarding the building and classification of vessels and the inspection of their structure and machinery, the unexpired Certificates of Inspection of passenger vessels of the United States will be equally recognized and accepted by the competent Italian Authorities as will the Certificates of Inspection of passenger vessels of Italy be recognized and accepted by the competent American Authorities. I am glad to state that the Italian Government has expressed the desire that the agreement become effective, if satisfactory to your Government, on August 15th, 1931. This reciprocity in the recognition of certificates of inspection would, in that event, be made effective in Italy by means of a Decree bearing said date. I shall greatly appreciate to receive your kind advices in this matter at your earliest convenience. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. G de Martino No. Uff. Em. 4608. Honorable W. R. Castle, *Acting Secretary of State*, *Washington, D. C*. The Acting Secretary of State (Castle) to the Italian Ambassador (Martino) Department of State, Washington, *August 17, 1931*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge your note No. Uff. Em. 4608 of August 5, 1931, regarding an agreement between the United States and Italy for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of inspection of vessels assigned to the transportation of passengers. With reference to the Italian Government’s desire that the agreement become effective on August 15, 1931, I have pleasure in informing you that this Government will consider the agreement to be effective as of that date. Instructions necessary for this Government to give effect to the agreement have been issued to the inspectors of the Steamboat Inspection Service. Copies of the circular letter containing these instructions will be furnished you for transmittal to the proper Italian authorities as soon as they have been printed. 2667 In order that this Government’s record of the agreement may be complete I shall appreciate it if you will furnish the Department with a copy in duplicate of your Government’s decree of August 15, 1931, giving effect to the agreement. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. W. R. Castle, Jr., *Acting Secretary of State* 865.854/27 His Excellency Nobile Giacomo de Martino, *Ambassador of Italy*. [No. 23] October 13, 1931 October 14, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2668 2668 AIR NAVIGATION—ITALY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Italy concerning air navigation. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 13 and 14, 1931, effective October 31, 1931.* October 13 and 14, 1931. The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Italian Charge d’Affaires ad interim (Marchetti) Department of State, Washington, *October 13, 1931*. Sir: Reciprocal arrangement with for admission of civil aircraft, etc.Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between this Department and your Embassy for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States and Italy for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates for aircraft and accessories imported as merchandise. Terms.It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 Subject to the conditions and limitations hereinafter contained and set forth, Italian civil aircraft shall be permitted to operate in the United States of America and, in like manner, civil aircraft of the United States of America shall be permitted to operate in Italy. Wherever either country is referred to herein it shall be understood to include its territories and possessions. The right of aircraft of either country to enter the territory of the other country shall be understood to include the right of transit across such territory. Article 2 All state aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft, shall be treated as civil aircraft and as such shall be subject to the requirements hereinafter provided for civil aircraft. Article 3 Italian aircraft, before entering the United States, must be registered and passed as airworthy by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics and must bear the registration markings allotted to them by that Ministry, preceded by the letter “I”, placed on them in accordance with the Air Navigation Regulations of the Ministry of Aeronautics. Aircraft of the United States, before entering Italy, must be registered and passed as airworthy by the United States Department of Commerce, and must bear the registration markings allotted to them by that Department, preceded by the letter “N”, placed on them in accordance with the Air Commerce Regulations of the Department of Commerce. 2669 Article 4 Italian aircraft making flights into the United States must carry:
(a)The Journey Log (compulsory for all aircraft, regardless of the purpose for which used);
(b)The Aircraft Log;
(c)The Engine Log (both compulsory only for aircraft assigned to public transportation of passengers and cargo). United States aircraft mailing flights into Italy must carry:
(a)The Journey Log (compulsory for all aircraft, regardless of the purpose for which used);
(b)The Aircraft Log;
(c)The Engine Log (both compulsory only for aircraft assigned to public transportation of passengers and cargo). Italian aircraft making flights into the United States must also carry the certificates of registration and airworthiness issued by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics or by the authority recognized for the purpose by the said Ministry. The pilots shall bear a license issued by the said Italian Ministry of Aeronautics, as well as such permit as may be prescribed by that Ministry. Like requirements shall be applicable in Italy with respect to aircraft of the United States and American pilots making flights into Italy. The certificates and licenses in the latter case shall be those issued by the United States Department of Commerce, and the permits shall be such as may be prescribed by that Department. Article 5 Pilots who are nationals of the one country shall be licensed by the other under the following conditions:
(a)The Italian Ministry of Aeronautics will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Ministry covering the licensing of pilots; and the United States Department of Commerce will issue pilots’ licenses to Italian nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots.
(b)The pilots’ licenses issued by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics to American nationals and those issued by the United States Department of Commerce to Italian nationals pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be valid in each instance for a period of six months. At the expiration of a period for which a license has been issued the holder may make application for a renewal to the authority issuing the license.
(c)Pilots’ licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce to Italian nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals, and pilots’ licenses issued by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Italian nationals.
(d)Pilots’ licenses granted to nationals of the one country by the other country shall not be construed to accord to them the right to register aircraft in such other country.
(e)Pilots’ licenses granted to nationals of the one country by the other country shall not be construed to accord to them the right to operate aircraft in air commerce unless the aircraft is registered in such other country in accordance with its registration requirements except as provided for in Paragraphs
(a)and
(b)of Article 7, with respect to discharging and taking on passengers and/or cargo. 2670
(f)Italian nationals holding unexpired pilot licenses issued by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics shall be permitted to operate in the United States, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics or by the authority recognized for the purpose by the said Ministry, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce; provided, however, that if the license issued by the said Ministry expires before the expiration of such six month period, the period for which the Italian pilot may operate civil aircraft of Italian registry and/or civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes, in the United States shall be limited to the period for which the Italian license is still valid. No pilot to whom this provision applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in the United States for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes after the expiration of the period for which he may operate by virtue of this provision unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this article. American nationals holding unexpired pilot licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States shall be permitted to operate in Italy for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics or by the authority recognized for the purpose by the said Ministry; provided, however, that if the license issued by the said Department expires before the expiration of such six month period, the period for which the American pilot may operate civil aircraft of United States registry and/or civil aircraft of Italian registry, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes, in Italy shall be limited to the period for which the American license is still valid. No pilot to whom this provision applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Italy for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes after the expiration of the period for which he may operate by virtue of this provision unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics in the manner provided for in this article. Article 6 No Italian aircraft in which photographic apparatus has been installed shall be permitted to operate in the United States, nor shall any photographs be taken from Italian aircraft while operating in or over United States territory, except in cases where the entrance of such aircraft or the taking of photographs is specifically authorized by the Department of Commerce of the United States. Like restrictions shall be applicable to aircraft of the United States with respect to their operation in or over Italian territory, and in such cases the entrance of aircraft in which photographic apparatus has been installed, and the taking of photographs shall not be permissible without the specific authorization of the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics. Article 7
(a)If the Italian aircraft and pilots are licensed to carry passengers and/or cargo in Italy, they may do so between Italy and the United States in the operation of a regular Italian air transport line; provided, however, that the establishment of such lines shall2671 be subject to the prior consent of the United States Government given on the principle of reciprocity. Such lines, if established, may not engage in air commerce between points in the United States, except that subject to compliance with customs, quarantine and immigration requirements, such aircraft shall be permitted to discharge passengers and/or cargo destined to the United States from points beyond the boundaries of United States territory at one airport in the United States, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, and to proceed with the remaining passengers and/or cargo to any other airports in the United States, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, for the purpose of discharging the remaining passengers and/or cargo; and they shall in like manner be permitted to take on at different airports in United States territory passengers and/or cargo destined to points beyond the boundaries of that territory.
(b)If the United States aircraft and pilots are licensed to carry passengers and/or cargo in the United States, they may do so between the United States and Italy in the operation of a regular American air transport line; provided, however, that the establishment of such lines shall be subject to the prior consent of the Italian Government given on the principle of reciprocity. Such lines, if established, may not engage in air commerce between points in Italy, except that subject to compliance with customs, quarantine, and immigration requirements such aircraft shall be permitted to discharge passengers and/or cargo destined to Italy from points beyond the boundaries of Italian territory at one airport in Italy, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, and to proceed with the remaining passengers and/or cargo to any other airports in Italy, according landing facilities to foreign aircraft, for the purpose of discharging the remaining passengers and/or cargo; and they shall in like manner be permitted to take on at different airports in Italian territory passengers and/or cargo destined to points beyond the boundaries of that territory.
(c)Each of the parties to this arrangement shall, with respect to all matters concerning the operation of civil aircraft and so far as the executive branch of the Government shall possess authority under the provisions of legislation on this subject, accord to the civil aircraft of the other party, subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article, and on condition of reciprocity, most favored nation treatment. Article 8 The right accorded to Italian pilots and aircraft to make flights over United States territory under the conditions provided for in the present arrangement shall be subject to Compliance with the laws, rules and regulations in effect in the United States and its territories and possessions governing the operation of civil aircraft. The right accorded to American pilots and aircraft of the United States to make flights over Italian territory, under the conditions herein provided for, shall be subject to compliance with the laws, rules and regulations in effect in Italy and its territories and possessions governing the operation of civil aircraft. Article 9 Certificates of airworthiness issued in connection with aircraft, and acceptance test certificates issued in connection with aircraft engines and spare parts of aircraft and engines, built in Italy and imported into the United States from Italy as merchandise, will be accepted by the Department of Commerce of the United States if2672 issued by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics or by the authority designated for the purpose by the said Ministry in accordance with their requirements as to airworthiness. Certificates of airworthiness for export issued in connection with aircraft, aircraft engines, and spare parts of aircraft and engines, built in the United States and imported into Italy from the United States as merchandise, will, in like manner, be accepted by the Italian Ministry of Aeronautics, if issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States in accordance with its requirements as to airworthiness. The competent authority of Italy will have the right periodically to check and test the materials of the classes specified in the preceding paragraph after being brought into Italy for the purpose of ascertaining their proper condition as to preservation and maintenance, according to the rules and regulations in force in Italy. Likewise, the United States Department of Commerce will have the right periodically to check and test such materials after being brought into the United States, for the purpose of ascertaining their proper condition as to preservation and maintenance, according to the rules and regulations in force in the United States. Article 10 It shall be understood that this arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government, or by a farther arrangement between the two Governments dealing with the same subject. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on October 31, 1931. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Henry L. Stimson Count Alberto Marchetti di Muriaglio *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Italy*. The Italian Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Marchetti) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) Royal Italian Embassy *14 ottobre 1931, anno IX*. Signor Segretario di Stato, Ho l’onore di accusare ricevuta della nota del 13 corrente con la quale Vostra Eccellenza mi ha communicato il testo concordato dell’Accordo reciproco tra l’Italia e gli Stati Uniti per l’ammissione di aeromobili civili nei rispettivi Paesi, il rilascio di brevetti di piloti, e l’accettazione di certificati per aeromobili ed accessori importati come merci. Tale testo risponde, a giudizio di Vostra Eccellenza, alle intese raggiunte durante i negoziati, ora terminati, tra i due Paesi. Il testo comunicatomi dall’Eccellenza Vostra è qui appresso riprodotto in italiano: Article 1° Subordinatamente alle condizioni e alle limitazioni qui appresso contenute e stabilite, è consentito agli aeromobili civili italiani di circolare negli Stati Uniti d’America e, nello stesso modo, si permette agli aeromobili civili degli Stati Uniti d’America di circolare in Italia. 2673 Ovunque, nel presente accordo, si citi uno dei due Stati, s’intende includere i suoi territori ed i suoi possedimenti. Il diritto degli aeromobili di ciascuno dei due Stati, di entrare nel territorio dell’altro Stato, include altresì il diritto di transito attraverso tale territorio. Article 2° Tutti gli aeromobili di Stato, eccetto quelli militari, navali, doganali e di polizia, saranno trattati come aeromobili civili, e come tali saranno soggetti alle condizioni stabilite, nel presente accordo, per gli aeromobili civili. Article 3° Gli aeromobili italiani, prima di entrare negli Stati Uniti, devono essere immatricolati e riconosciuti atti alla navigazione aerea dal Ministero dell’Aeronautica italiano; devono inoltre portare la marca di immatricolazione ad essi assegnata dal detto Ministero, preceduta dalla lettera “I”, posta su di essi giusta i regolamenti sulla navigazione aerea del Ministero dell’Aeronautica. Gli aeromobili degli Stati Uniti, prima di entrare in Italia, devono essere immatricolati e riconosciuti atti alla navigazione aerea dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti, e devono inoltre portare la marca di immatricolazione ad essi assegnata da quel Dipartimento, preceduta dalla lettera “N”, posta su di essi giusta i regolamenti del Commercio Aereo del Dipartimento del Commercio. Article 4° Gli aeromobili italiani che entrano in volo negli Stati Uniti debbono portare:
(a)Il giornale di rotta (obbligatorio per tutti gli aeromobili, a prescindere dallo scopo al quale essi sono adibiti);
(b)Il libretto dell’aeromobile;
(c)Il libretto del motore (ambedue obbligatori solo per gli aeromobili adibiti al trasporto pubblico di passeggeri e di merci). Gli aeromobili degli Stati Uniti che entrano in volo in Italia debbono portare:
(a)Il giornale di rotta (obbligatorio per tutti gli aeromobili, a prescindere dallo scopo al quale essi sono adibiti);
(b)Il libretto dell’aeromobile;
(c)Il libretto del motore (ambedue obbligatori solo per gli aeromobili adibiti al traffico pubblico di passeggeri e di merci). Gli aeromobili italiani che entrano in volo negli Stati Uniti debbono anche portare i certificati di immatricolazione e di navigabilità, rilasciati dal Ministero dell’Aeronautica italiano o dalla Autorità a tal uopo riconosciuta da detto Ministero. I piloti porteranno un brevetto rilasciato dal detto Ministero dell’Aeronautica italiano, unitamente a quelle licenze che possono essere prescritte dal Ministero stesso. Analoghe disposizioni saranno applicate in Italia per quanto concerne gli aeromobili degli Stati Uniti ed i piloti americani che entrano in volo in Italia. In quest’ultimo caso, i certificati e le licenze saranno quelle rilasciate dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti e le licenze saranno quelle che potranno essere prescritte dal detto Dipartimento. Article 5° I piloti appartenenti ad una delle due Nazioni saranno brevettati dall’altra alle seguenti condizioni:
(a)Il Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica concederà brevetti di pilota ai sudditi americani, dopo che essi abbiano dimostrato di2674 possedere le qualità richieste dai regolamenti di detto. Ministero relativi alla concessione dei brevetti di pilota; e il Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti concederà brevetti di pilota ai sudditi italiani, dopo che essi abbiano dimostrato di possedere Ie qualità richieste dai regolamenti di detto Dipartimento relativi alla concessione dei brevetti di pilota.
(b)I brevetti di pilota concessi dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica a sudditi americani e quelli concessi dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti a sudditi italiani, a norma del precedente paragrafo, saranno validi in ciascun caso per un periodo di mesi sei. Al termine del periodo per cui è stato concesso il brevetto, il possessore può fare domanda di rinnovo all’Autorità che lo ha rilasciato.
(c)I brevetti di pilota concessi dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti a sudditi italiani conferiscono loro gli stessi diritti accordati dai brevetti di pilota concessi ai sudditi americani, e i brevetti di pilota concessi dal Ministero Italiano della Aeronautica a sudditi americani conferiscono loro gli stessi diritti accordati dai brevetti di pilota concessi ai sudditi italiani.
(d)I brevetti di pilota, accordati ai sudditi di uno dei due Stati dall’altro Stato non devono essere interpretati in modo da accordare loro il diritto di immatricolare aeromobili nell’altro Paese.
(e)I brevetti di pilota concessi ai sudditi di uno dei due Stati dall’altro Stato non devono essere interpretati in modo da accordare loro il diritto di usare aeromobili per scopi commerciali, a meno che gli aeromobili non siano immatricolati in detto altro Paese conformemente ai suoi requisiti di immatricolazione, salvo quanto è contemplato nei paragrafi
(a)e (b)dell’articolo 7° in merito all’imbarco e allo sbarco dei passeggeri, o delle merci, o degli uni e delle altre.
(f)I sudditi italiani detentori di brevetti di pilotaggio non scaduti, rilasciati dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica, potranno pilotare negli Stati Uniti, per scopi non industriali o non commerciali e per un periodo di 6 mesi dal momento del loro ingresso in detto Paese, qualunque aeromobile civile immatricolato dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica o dalla Autorità la cui competenza al riguardo è stata riconosciuta da tale Ministero, oppure qualunque aeromobile civile immatricolato dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti. Nel caso, però, che il brevetto concesso da detto Ministero scada prima dello scadere di tale periodo di 6 mesi, il periodo di tempo per il quale il pilota italiano potrà pilotare negli Stati Uniti, per scopi non industriali o non commerciali, gli aeromobili civili immatricolati in Italia oppure gli aeromobili civili immatricolati negli Stati Uniti, sarà limitato al periodo di validità del brevetto italiano. Nessun pilota cui tale concessione è applicabile potrà pilotare aeromobili civili negli Stati Uniti per scopi non industriali o non commerciali dopo trascorso il periodo di tempo per il quale ha diritto di pilotare in virtù di detta concessione, salvo che egli abbia ottenuto, prima dello scadere di tale periodo, un brevetto di pilotaggio dal Hpartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti, nei modi previsti dal presente articolo. I sudditi americani detentori di brevetti di pilotaggio non scaduti, rilasciati dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti, potranno pilotare in Italia, per scopi non industriali o non commerciali e per un periodo di 6 mesi dal momento del loro ingresso in detto Paese, qualunque aeromobile civile immatricolato dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti oppure qualunque aeromobile civile immatricolato dal Ministero dell’Aeronautica o dalla Autorità la cui competenza al riguardo è stata riconosciuta. Nel caso, 2675però, che il brevetto concesso da detto Dipartimento scada prima dello scadere di tale periodo di 6 mesi, il periodo di tempo per il quale il pilota americano potrà pilotare in Italia, per scopi non industriali o non commerciali, gli aeromobili civili immatricolati negli Stati Uniti oppure gli aeromobili civili immatricolati in Italia sarà limitato al periodo di validità del brevetto americano. Nessun pilota cui tale concessione è applicabile potrà pilotare aeromobili civili in Italia per scopi non industriali o non commerciali, dopo trascorso il periodo di tempo per il quale ha diritto di pilotare in virtu di detta concessione, salvo che egli abbia ottenuto, prima dello scadere di tale periodo, un brevetto di pilotaggio dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica, nei modi previsti dal presente articolo. Article 6° Nessun aeromobile italiano, nel quale sia stato installato un apparecchio fotografico potrà volare negli Stati Uniti, nè potrà ritrarre fotografie mentre circola nel territorio degli Stati Uniti o al disopra di esso, eccetto i casi in cui l’entrata di tale aeromobile o l’esecuzione di fotografie siano espressamente autorizzate dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti. Analoghe restrizioni si applicano agli aeromobili degli Stati Uniti per quanto riguarda la loro circolazione nel territorio italiano o al disopra di esso; in tali casi, l’entrata dell’aeromobile sul quale sia stato installato l’apparecchio fotografico e l’esecuzione di fotografie non saranno permesse senza espressa autorizzazione del Mimstero Italiano dell’Aeronautica. Article 7°
(a)Se gli aeromobili ed i piloti italiani sono muniti di brevetti per trasporto di passeggeri o merci in Italia, essi potranno effettuare tale trasporto fra l’Italia e gli Stati Uniti nell’esercizio di una linea di trasporto aereo regolare italiana. Tuttavia, lo stabilimento di tali linee sarà soggetto al consenso preventivo del Governo degli Stati Uniti che sarà dato sulla base della reciprocità. Tali linee, se stabilite, non potranno esercitare trasporto commerciale fra punti degli Stati Uniti; potranno tuttavia, purché ottemperino alle disposizioni concernenti le dogane, la quarantena, e l’immigrazione, sbarcare passeggeri e merci destinati agli Stati Uniti, provenienti da località posto al di là delle frontiere del territorio degli Stati Uniti, in un aeroporto degli Stati Uniti aperto al traffico degli aeromobili esteri, e proseguire con il rimanente carico di passeggeri e di merci alla volta di qualsiasi altro aeroporto degli Stati Uniti aperto al traffico degli aeromobili stranieri, per sbarcarvi i passeggeri o il carico rimanenti; similmente essi avranno il permesso di imbarcare presso i diversi aeroporti situati nel territorio degli Stati Uniti i passeggeri e le merci, destinati a località poste al di là delle frontiere di tale territorio.
(b)Se gli aeromobili ed i piloti americani sono muniti di brevetti per trasporto di passeggeri o merci negli Stati Uniti, essi potranno effettuare tale trasporto fra gli Stati Uniti e l’Italia nell’esercizio di una linea di trasporto aereo regolare americana. Tuttavia, lo stabilimento di tali linee sarà soggetto al consenso preventivo del Governo Italiano che sarà dato sulla base della reciprocità. Tali linee, se stabilite, non potranno esercitare trasporto commerciale fra punti del territorio italiano; potranno tuttavia, purché ottemperino alle disposizioni concernenti le dogane, la quarantena e l’immigrazione, sbarcare passeggeri e merci destinati all’Italia, provenienti da località poste al di là delle frontiere del territorio italiano, in un2676 aeroporto italiano aperto al traffico degli aeromobili esteri, e procedere con il rimanente carico di passeggeri e di merci alla volta di qualsiasi altro aeroporto italiano aperto al traffico degli aeromobili stranieri, per sbarcarvi i passeggeri e il carico rimanenti; similmente essi avranno il permesso di imbarcare presso i diversi aeroporti situati nel territorio italiano i passeggeri e le merci destinati a località poste al di là delle frontiere di tale territorio.
(c)Ognuna delle due parti contraenti, per quanto concerne tutte le questioni riflettenti l’attività degli aeromobili civili, e nei limiti consentiti al potere esecutivo dalla legislazione all’uopo vigente, accorderà agli aeromobili civili dell’altra parte contraente, subordinatamente a quanto è precedentemente stipulato nel presente articolo, ed a condizioni di reciprocità, il trattamento della Nazione più favorita. Article 8° Il diritto ai piloti e agli aeromobili italiani di effettuare voli sul territorio degli Stati Uniti, alle condizioni previste nel presente accordo, è subordinato alla osservanza delle leggi, delle norme e dei regolamenti vigenti negli Stati Uniti e nei suoi territori e possedimenti circa il volo degli aeromobili civili. Il diritto ai piloti ed agli aeromobili americani di effettuare voli sul territorio italiano, alle condizioni previste nel presente accordo, è subordinato all’osservanza delle leggi, delle norme e dei regolamenti ingenti in Italia e nei suoi territori e possedimenti circa il altro Governo, o in seg li aeromobili civili. Article 9° I certificati di navigabili tà rilasciati per gli aeromobili e i certificati di collaudo rilasciati per i motori di aviazione e per le parti di ricambio degli aeromobili e dei motori, costruiti in Italia ed importati negli Stati Uniti dall’Italia come merci, saranno riconosciuti validi dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti, se concessi dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica o dall’Ente all’uopo designato dal Ministero stesso in base alle condizioni da essi Stabilite circa l’idoneità alla navigazione. Ugualmente i certificati di navigabilità per l’esportazione rilasciati per gli aeromobifi, per i motori d’aviazione e per le parti di ricambio di aeromobili e di motori costruiti negli Stati Uniti ed importati in Italia dagli Stati Uniti come merci, saranno parimenti riconosciuti validi dal Ministero Italiano dell’Aeronautica, se concessi dal Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti in base alle condizioni da esso Stabilite circa l’idoneità alla navigazione. La competente Autorità Italiana avrà il diritto di verificare e provare periodicamente i materiali delle classi specificate nel paragrafo precedente, dopo Ia loro importazione in Italia, allo scopo di accertarne le buone condizioni di conservazione e di manutenzione, conformemente alle norme ed ai regolamenti in vigore in Italia. Ugualmente, il Dipartimento del Commercio degli Stati Uniti avrà il diritto di verificare e provare periodicamente tali materiali, dopo la loro importazione negli Stati Uniti, allo scopo di accertarne le buone condizioni di conservazione e di manutenzione, conformemente alle norme ed ai regolamenti in vigore negli Stati Uniti. Article 10° Èinteso che il presente accordo potrà decadere qualora uno dei due Governi ne dia preavviso di sessanta giorni all’altro Governo, o in seguito ad un ulteriore accordo fra i due Governi concernente la stessa materia. 2677 Sono lieto di assicurare Vostra Eccellenza che il testo che precede è quale è stato accettato dal mio Governo nel corso dei negoziati ed è da esso approvato. Conforme al suggerimento dell’Eccellenza Vostra rimane inteso che l’Accordo entrera in vigore il 31 ottobre 1931. Voglia gradire, Signor Segretario di Stato, gli atti della mia piu alta considerazione. A. Marchetti *Regio Incaricato d’Affari*. The Honorable Henry Stimson *Secretary of State*, *Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Royal Italian Embassy, *October 14, 1931, Year IX*. Mr. Secretary of State: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of the 13th instant in which Your Excellency communicated to me the text, agreed upon, of the reciprocal arrangement between Italy and the United States for the admission of civil aircraft into the respective countries, the issuance of pilot licenses, and the acceptance of certificates for aircraft and accessories imported as merchandise. This text, in the opinion of Your Excellency, is in accord with the understandings reached during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text communicated to me by Your Excellency is reproduced in Italian below: [Here follows the Italian text of the arrangement, articles 1 to 10 inclusive, which is the equivalent of the English text communicated to the Royal Italian Embassy by the Department of State in its note of October 13, 1931, *ante*, page 2672.] I am glad to assure Your Excellency that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with the suggestion of Your Excellency, it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on the 31st of October, 1931. Please accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the assurances of my high consideration. A. Marchetti *Royal Chargé d’Affaires*. The Honorable Henry L Stimson *Secretary of State*, *Washington, D. C*. [No. 24] February 13, 1931 March 19, 1931 March 30, 1931 August 25, 1931 September 7, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2678 2678 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—JAPAN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Japan for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed February 13, 1931, March 19 and 30, 1931, August 25, 1931, and September 7, 1931.* February 13, March 19 and 30, August 25, September 7, 1931. The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Dooman) to the Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Shidehara) No. 46. Embassy of the United States of America Tokyo, *February 13, 1931*. Excellency: Arrangement with Japan for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates.I have the honor to advert to the Embassy’s note No. 194, dated August 24, 1922, proposing an arrangement between the Governments of the United States and Japan for the reciprocal recognition of ship load-line certificates pending the enactment of suitable legislation by the United States, and to the note No. 147, dated October 25, 1922, of Your Excellency’s predecessor, Count Uchida, expressing the readiness of the Imperial Government to recognize certificatesVol 45. p. 1492. of this nature issued to American vessels. I now have the honor to inform Your Excellency that a law, entitled “An Act to Establish load-lines for American vessels, and for other purposes,” was enacted by the Congress of the United States, and became effective September 2, 1930. Your Excellency will recall that our respective Governments, together with other interested Governments, entered into an international load-line convention, which was signed at London on July 5, 1930. I am now instructed to inquire whether Your Excellency’s Government would be willing to continue the arrangement in respect of ship load-line certificates made between our two Governments in 1922, pending the coming into force of the above-mentioned convention of July 5, 1930. In transmitting herewith a copy of the “Regulations for the Establishment of Load-lines for Merchant Vessels of 250 Gross Tons or Over When Engaged in a Foreign voyage by Sea”, I have the honor to request Your Excellency to be so kind as to supply me with a copy of the Japanese laws and regulations (with official English translations if they be available), pertaining to load-lines of merchant vessels. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Eugene H. Dooman. His Excellency Baron Kijuro Shidehara, *His Imperial Japanese Majesty’s* *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *etc., etc., etc*. 2679 The Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Shidehara) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Neville) [Translation] No. 30/CI Department of Foreign Affairs, Tokyo, *March 19, 1931*. Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the Embassy’s note dated February 13, 1931, informing me, with reference to the arrangement made between our two Governments in 1922 in respect of ship load-line certificates, that a law entitled “An Act to Establish Load-lines for American vessels, and for other purposes” has been enacted, and became effective September 2, 1930, and inquiring whether or not the Japanese Government would be willing to continue the above-mentioned arrangement of 1922 pending the coming into force of the International Ship Load-line Convention, which was signed at London on July 5, 1930. When the notes were exchanged between the Japanese and American Governments in 1922, no ship load-line law had been enacted in the United States, and the question of the recognition by the United States of load-line certificates of Japanese ships was not raised. Consequently, no definite arrangement was made regarding this matter, the Japanese Government merely undertaking unilaterally to recognize certificates issued by the American Bureau of Shipping, pending the enactment in the United States of a law regulating ship load-lines. I wish to be assured, and request that you indicate in reply, that you have no objection to my interpreting your note, above-mentioned, to mean that pending the coming into force of the International Ship Load-line Convention, the Japanese Government will continue the arrangement of 1922 while the American Government will also recognize as valid load-line certificates duly issued by the competent Japanese authorities or by officially designated shipping associations, and their corresponding marks. Pending the receipt of your reply, the Japanese Government will continue to regard the arrangement of 1922 as effective, and I trust that the American Government will also recognize as valid the ship load-line certificates issued by the competent Japanese authorities or by officially designated shipping associations, and their corresponding marks. In compliance with your request, I have the honor to transmit herewith a copy of the laws and ordinances, together with a copy in translation, relating to ship load-lines. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, the assurances of my high consideration. Baron Kijuro Shidehara *Minister for Foreign Affairs*
(seal)Edwin L. Neville, Esquire, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim*, *of the Embassy of the United States of America*, *Tokyo*. 2680 The American Ambassador (Forbes) to the Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Shidehara) No. 59. Embassy of the United States of America Tokyo, *March 30, 1931*. Excellency: Recognition by United States.In reply to Your Excellency’s note No. 30, dated March 19, 1931, informing me that the Japanese Government will continue to recognize certificates of load-line issued by the American Bureau of Shipping to American vessels, pending the coming into force of the International Ship Load-line Convention signed at London on July 5, 1930, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the United States is recognizing the load-line marks approved by the Japanese Government. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. W. Cameron Forbes. His Excellency Baron Kijuro Shidehara, *His Imperial Japanese Majesty’s* *Minister for Foreign Affairs*. *etc., etc., etc*. The American Ambassador (Forbes) to the Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Shidehara) No. 136 Embassy of the United States of America Tokyo, *August 25, 1931*. Excellency: With reference to my Note No. 59, of March 30, 1931, informing Your Excellency that the Government of the United States will recognize as valid load-line certificates duly issued by the competent Japanese authorities or by officially designated shipping associations, and their corresponding marks, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I have received a communication from my Government confirming the assurances already given in my Note No. 59, of March 30, 1931. I am further directed to inform Your Excellency that my Government has accepted the proposal of the Japanese Government to continue the present arrangement whereby load-lines of American vessels assigned by the American Bureau of Shipping are accepted by Japanese authorities as complying with their load-line requirements. I am also instructed to inform Your Excellency that my Government has authorized in particular cases the marking of load-lines and the issuance of certificates therefor, on American vessels, by the American Committee of Lloyds’ Register of Shipping and by the American representatives of the Bureau Veritas, which my Government would desire to have the Japanese authorities recognize. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. W. Cameron Forbes. His Excellency Baron Kijuro Shidehara, *His Imperial Japanese Majesty’s* *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *etc., etc., etc*. The Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Shidehara) to the American Ambassador (Forbes) [Translation] No. 97/CI Department of Foreign Affairs, Tokyo, *September 7, 1931*.Recognition by Japan. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your notes of March 30 and August 25, 1931, regarding mutual recognition between Japan and the United States of load-line certificates. Besides recognizing the load-line certificates issued by the American Bureau of Shipping to American ships, the Imperial Government has no objection to recognizing the load-line certificates issued to American ships by the American committee of Lloyds’ Registry of Shipping and the American representative of the Bureau Veritas in so far only as they are issued under authority granted by Your Excellency’s Government. For purposes, of reference it is desired to have at hand forms of the certificates issued by the American committee of Lloyds’ Registry of Shipping and by the American representatives of the Bureau Veritas, and I have therefore the honor to request that copies be transmitted to me as soon as possible. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. Baron Kijuro Shidehara *Minister for Foreign Affairs*
(seal)The Hounorable W. Cameron Forbes, *American Ambassador, etc*. [No. 25] September 28, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2682 2682 COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—CHILE. *Provisional agreement between the United States of America and Chile respecting commercial, etc., relations. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 28, 1931.* September 28, 1931. The American Ambassador (Culbertson) to the Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs (Izquierdo) No. 693. Embassy of the United States of America, Santiago, Chile, *September 28, 1931*. Excellency: Commercial agreement with Chile.I have the honor to confirm to Your Excellency the terms of the provisional commercial agreement which our respective Governments have agreed to establish while a definite treaty is being studied. They are:
(1)The United States of America will extend to the commerce of Chile the same advantages which it gives to any other State, except the special treatment which the United States accords to its territories and possessions, to Cuba and to the Panama Canal Zone. These advantages will include the customs duties and other fiscal imposts as well as import licenses and measures of customs restrictions.
(2)The Republic of Chile will concede to the commerce of the United States the treatment which it applies to the most-favored-nation and will give it, from May 22nd last, the reduced tariffs which are applied to merchandise produced in France by virtue of the *modus vivendi* signed on that date.
(3)This provisional arrangement will last while the above-mentioned *modus vivendi* remains in force, without prejudice to either of the Parties terminating it by expressing its desire to do so fifteen days in advance. In reply I have the honor to advise Your Excellency that the Government of the United States of America accepts the foregoing conditions and will be disposed to enter into negotiations for the purpose of concluding a new commercial treaty to replace the former one. I avail myself of this opportunity to reiterate to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest and most distinguished consideration. W. S. Culbertson His Excellency, Señor don Luis Izquierdo, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Santiago*. 2683 The Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs (Izquierdo) to the American Ambassador (Culbertson) República de Chile Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores Dpto. Diplomatico. FIB. No. 8457 Santiago, *28 de Setiembre de 1931*. Señor Embajador: He recibido la nota, fechada hoy, en que V.E. conforme a las Acceptance by Chile.instrucciones de su Gobierno, confirma los términos del arreglo provisional de comercio que desea celebrar con el Gobierno de la República, mientras se estudia un Tratado definitivo, a saber: 1.— Los Estados Unidos de América extenderán al comercio de Chile las mismas ventajas que otorguen a cualquier otro Estado, excepto el tratamiento especial que los Estados Unidos conceden a sus territorios y sus posesiones, a Cuba y a la zona del Canal de Panamá. Estas ventajas comprenderán tanto los derechos de aduana y otros impuestos fiscales como las licencias de internación y medidas de restricción aduanera; 2.— La República de Chile concederá al comercio de los Estados Unidos el tratamiento que aplica a la nación más favorecida y le otorgará, a contar desde el 22 de Mayo último, las tarifas reducidas que se aplican a las mercaderías producidas en Francia, en virtud el modusvivendi suscrito en esa fecha; 3.— El arreglo provisorio a que se hace referencia, durará mientras esté vigente el modusvivendi citado, sin perjuicio de que cualquiera de las Partes pueda ponerle término, manifestando su voluntad con 15 días de anticipación. En respuesta, tengo el honor de expresar a V.E. que el Gobierno de Chile acepta las condiciones anteriores y que estará dispuesto a entrar en negociaciones para celebrar un nuevo Tratado de Comercio, en reemplazo del anterior, tan pronto como lo permita la situación interna del país. Aprovecho la oportunidad para reiterar a V.E. las seguridades de mi más alta y distinguida consideración. L. Izquierdo Excmo. Señor William S. Culbertson *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario* *de Estados Unidos*. [Translation] Republic of Chile Ministry of Foreign Relations Diplomatic Division. FIB. No. 8457 Santiago, *September 28, 1931*. Mr. Ambassador: I have received the note, dated to-day, in which Your Excellency, in accordance with the instruction of your Government, confirms the terms of the provisional commercial agreement which it wishes to conclude with the Government of the Republic, while a final treaty is being studied. They are: 2684 1. The United States of America will extend to the commerce of Chile the same advantages which it gives to any other state, except the special treatment which the United States accords to its territories and possessions, to Cuba and to the Panama Canal Zone. These advantages will include the customs duties and other fiscal imposts as well as import licenses and customs restriction measures. 2. The Republic of Chile will concede to the commerce of the United States the treatment which it applies to the most favored nation and will give it, from May 22 last, the reduced tariffs which are applied to merchandise produced in France by virtue of the *modus vivendi* signed on that date. 3. The provisional arrangement referred to will last while the above mentioned *modus vivendi* remains in force, without prejudice to either of the parties terminating it by expressing its desire to do so fifteen days in advance. In reply, I have the honor to advise Your Excellency that the Government of Chile accepts the foregoing conditions and will be disposed to enter into negotiations with the object of concluding a new treaty of commerce, to replace the former one, as soon as the domestic situation of the country permits. I avail myself of the opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. L. Izquierdo His Excellency, Mr. William S. Culbertson, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States*. [No. 26] September 21, 1931 November 18, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2685 2685 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—IRISH FREE STATE. *Arrangement between the United States of America and the Irish Free September 21, 1931.November 18, 1931.State for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effective by exchange of notes, signed September 21 and November 18, 1931.* The American Chargé d’Affaires (Denby) to the Minister for External Affairs of the Irish Free State (McGilligan) No. 380 Dublin, *September 21, 1931*. Your Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the note of March 10, 1931, in which Arrangement with Irish Free State for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates.Your Excellency was so good as to apprize the Legation of the willingness of the Government of the Irish Free State to enter into negotiations for a reciprocal load line agreement with the Government of the United States of America. Under instructions from my Government to whom the matter was at once referred, I beg to inform Your Excellency that the competent American authorities have examined the load line regulations in force in the Irish Free State and that the said American authorities found these regulations to be as effective as the United States load line regulations. My Government accordingly is prepared to agree that, pending the coming into force in the United States and in the Irish Free State of the International Load Line Convention signed in London on July 5, 1930, the competent authorities of the Governments of the United States and the Irish Free State, respectively, will recognize as equivalent the load line marks and the certificate of such marking of merchant vessels of the other country made pursuant to the regulations in force in the respective countries: provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to effect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(1)Protection of Openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. Let me add that it will be understood by my Government that, on the receipt by the Legation of a note from Your Excellency expressing the concurrence of the Government of the Irish Free State in the agreement and understanding as above set forth, the reciprocal agreement will be regarded as having become effective. I avail myself of this opportunity to convey to your Excellency the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. James Orr Denby, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim*. His Excellency Patrick McGilligan, *Minister for External Affairs*, *Dublin* 2686 The Minister for External Affairs of the Irish Free State (McGilligan) to the American Minister (Sterling) Roinn Gnothai Coigriche Department of External Affairs Saorstat Eireann Irish Free State *18th November, 1931*. Your Excellency, I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s Note No. 380 of the 21st September stating that your Government, after examination by the competent authorities of the load line regulations in force in this country, are willing to enter into a reciprocal Loadline Agreement with the Government of the Irish Free State. Agreement by Irish Free State.I have accordingly the honour to inform you that the Government of the Irish Free State on the advice of the Minister for Industry and Commerce hereby concur in the terms of the agreement as set out in Your Excellency’s Note, that is to say, that pending the coming into force in the United States and in the Irish Free State of the International Load Line Convention signed in London on July 5, 1930, the competent authorities of the Governments of the United States and the Irish Free State, respectively, will recognize as equivalent the load line marks and the certificate of such marking of merchant vessels of the other country made pursuant to the regulations in force in the respective countries: provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issue of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(1)Protection of Openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of access to Crews Quarters have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. I am to add that the Government of the Irish Free State regard the Agreement as having become effective by this exchange of Notes. I avail myself of this opportunity to convey to Your Excellency the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Sean Murphy For the Minister. His Excellency F. A. Sterling, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *American Legation*, *Phoenix Park*, *Dublin*. [No. 27] October 12, 1931 December 1, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2684 2687 CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—SOUTH AFRICA. *Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of October 12, 1931.December 1, 1931.South Africa for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 12 and December 1, 1931, effective December 1, 1931.* The American Minister (Totten) to the Minister for External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog) No. 68. Legation of the United States of America, Pretoria, *October 12, 1931*. Sir: I have the honor to communicate the text of the arrangement Arrangement with Union of South Africa for reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft.between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, as understood by me to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between the Legation and your Ministry. " “1. The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to the Union of South Africa; and to civil aircraft constructed in the Union of South Africa and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. 2. The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the Union of South Africa as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the Union of South Africa provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities in respect of the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Union of South Africa in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. 3. The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. 4. The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse.” " 2688 If you inform me that it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed upon is as herein set forth, the arrangement will be considered to be operative from the date of the receipt of your note so advising me. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Ralph J. Totten *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America*. The Honorable J. B. M. Hertzog, *Minister of External Affairs*, *Pretoria*. The Minister of External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog) to the American Minister (Totten) P. M. 66/80. Department of External Affairs, Pretoria, *1, Dec 1931* Sir, Agreement by Union of South Africa.With reference to your letter No. 68 of the 12th October, 1931, regarding the arrangement between the Union of South Africa and the United States of America providing for the reciprocal acceptance by the competent authorities of the respective Governments of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the one country into the other as merchandise, I have the honour to inform you that His Majesty’s Government in the Union of South Africa are in accord with the terms of the arrangement, which reads word for word as follows: 1. The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to the Union of South Africa; and to civil aircraft constructed in the Union of South Africa and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. 2. The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the Union of South Africa as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the Union of South Africa provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities in respect of the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Union of South Africa in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. 3. The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. 2689 4. The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse.” This arrangement will be operative from the date of this note. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, J. B. M. Hertzog. *Minister of External Affairs*. *The Envoy Extraordinary* *and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *Pretoria*. [No. 28] January 16, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2690 2690 LOAN-LINE CERTIFICATES—DENMARK. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed January 16, 1938.* January 16, 1932. The Danish Minister (Wadsted) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) No. 4. Royal Danish Legation *Washington, D. C., January 16, 1932*. Sir, Arrangement with Denmark for the reciprocal recognition of Load-line certificates.By a note of November 4, 1930, my predecessor had the honor to address himself to you with an inquiry as to whether the United States Government would be ready to enter into a reciprocal load line agreement with the Danish Government which should remain effective, pending the coming into force in the two countries of the International Load Line Convention concluded at London on July 5, 1930, and whereby the Governments of Denmark and the United States would each recognize as equivalent the load line laws and regulations of the other and, therefore, their respective freeboard certificates of the marking of merchant vessels. In reply you have by a note of August 25, 1931, informed this Legation that the Government of the United States is ready to conclude such a reciprocal agreement. You have further added that the Government of the United States understands that the load line marks made under authority of the two Governments will be in accordance with load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of the vessel certificated will not have been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificates as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations will not have been made so that the
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. Having submitted this reply to my Government, I am now instructed to convey to you the following information: The Danish Government is ready to give full recognition, for the time until the International Load Line Convention mentioned above shall come into force in both countries, to the load line rules and regulations of the Government of the United States and to the certificates and load line marks made on American merchant vessels pursuant thereto. In giving such recognition the Danish Government concurs, subject to reciprocity, in the foregoing understandings. I am, however, instructed to draw your attention to the fact that since the beginning of the negotiations regarding this temporary agreement the Danish rules concerning freeboard have undergone the following modification: A provisional notification dealing with the application to Danish Ships of the International Load Line Convention of July 5, 1930, 2691has been issued by the Danish Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries on July 8, 1931. Pursuant to this Notification of which this Legation had the honor to forward to you a copy by a note of August 13, 1931, Danish ships in international trade have already been permitted to obtain freeboard and load line certificates in accordance with the above quoted International Load Line Convention, which has been ratified by Denmark on July 30, 1931. The Danish Government assumes that also such certificates issued in accordance with the said Convention will be recognized in the United States pending the coming into force in both countries of the Convention. I have the honor to request that you will be good enough to confirm the full recognition of the Government of the United States for the period mentioned above of the Danish load line laws and regulations and the Danish freeboard certificates of the marking of merchant vessels, including the certificates issued pursuant to the foregoing Provisional Notification of July 8, 1931, and of load line marks made on Danish vessels pursuant thereto. It is understood that upon the receipt of a note to that effect the proposed agreement will become effective as from the date of such note. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration Your most obedient and humble servant, Otto Wadsted The Honorable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Danish Minister (Wadsted) Department of State, *Washington, January 16, 1932*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of this Agreement by United States.date in which reference is made to your predecessor’s note of November 4, 1930, proposing an arrangement between the Governments of the United States and Denmark for the reciprocal recognition of load line certificates for merchant vessels which arrangement would remain effective pending the coming into force in the two countries of the International Load Line Convention of July 5, 1930. You made the proposal that if the Government of the United States agreed to the terms as outlined in your note of this date, that note and the reply which might be made thereto would serve as the agreement between our two countries. Inasmuch as the Danish rules and tables for determining free boards have been examined by the competent executive authorities of this Government and have been found to be as effective as the United States load line regulations; and inasmuch as the Government of the United States agrees to recognize the certificates issued by the Government of Denmark pursuant to the Provisional Notification of July 8, 1931, which gives ship owners the privilege of having 2692freeboard and load lines assigned in accordance with the provisions contained in the International Load Line Convention of July 5, 1930, I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States hereby concurs in the terms of the arrangement as set out in your note under acknowledgment. The Government of the United States accordingly understands that the agreement has been completed by this exchange of notes and is effective from this date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: James Grafton Rogers Mr. Otto Wadsted, *Minister of Denmark*. APPENDIX Denmark. Provisional Notification dealing with, the application to Danish ships of the International Load Line Convention of 5th July, 1930. In pursuance of the 3rd Part of the Merchant Shipping (Inspection of Ships) Act of March 29th 1920 with subsequent amendments the following provisions are hereby laid down:— Section 1. In accordance with application to be made in each particular case by the, shipowner concerned to the Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries, every Danish ship to which the provisions of the International Load Line Convention of 5th July, 1930, apply, will, after a survey having been held by the Government Ships Inspection Staff, be given freeboard and assigned load lines under the provisions of, and on the conditions contained in, the said Convention of 5th July, 1930. Every ship to which freeboard is assigned and which is marked with load lines in accordance with the Convention of 5th July, 1930, shall henceforth be subject to the provisions of the said Convention, more particularly those dealing with zones and seasonal areas and the stowing of the cargo. The intervals between the periodical surveys dealt with in Article 14, 3 C of the Convention will be fixed at a later date. Section 2. Ships to which freeboard is assigned in accordance with the foregoing rules shall have on board a copy of this present Notification and of the Convention of 5th July, 1930. Section 3. This Notification shall come into force immediately. The above is hereby made known to all whom it may concern. The Ministry of Shipping and Fisheries. 8th July 1931. Th. Stauning. ___________ Emil Krogh. [No. 29] January 16, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2693 2693 LOAD—LINE CERTIFICATES—ICELAND. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Iceland for the January 16, 1932.reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed January 16, 1932.* The Danish Minister (Wadsted) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) Royal Danish Legation, *Washington, January 16, 1932*. No. 5. Sir, In a note of November 24, 1930, to the Danish Minister for Foreign Arrangement with Iceland for reciprocal recognition of Load-line certificates.Affairs the American Chargé d’Affaires in Copenhagen has inquired whether the Icelandic Government would be willing to enter into negotiations for a reciprocal agreement regarding load lines of vessels. In reply the Minister for Foreign Affairs has informed the American Minister by a note of March 12, 1931, that the Government of Iceland would view with pleasure the conclusion of an agreement such as proposed by the Government of the United States. It was further stated in the latter note that there do not exist any special Icelandic laws and regulations concerning load lines of vessels, such lines being fixed for Icelandic vessels in conformity with the Danish provisions in force regarding load lines. With reference to the above, I had the honor by my note of April 20, 1931, to inquire whether the Government of the United States would be ready for the intervening time until the International Convention regarding Load Lines concluded at London on July 5, 1930, shall come into force in both Iceland and the United States, to enter into an agreement to the effect of reciprocally recognizing the Danish load line laws and rules as applied to Icelandic vessels and the load line laws and rules of the United States to be and therefore until then also reciprocally to recognize the freeboard certificates of Iceland and the United States. In reply you have informed this Legation by your note of August 25, 1931, that the United States’ Government is ready to enter into a reciprocal agreement as proposed. You have further added that the United States’ Government understands that the load line marks on the vessels of the United States and Iceland will be in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of the vessel certificated will not have been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificates as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations will not have been made so that the
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. 2694 After having communicated this reply to the Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs, I now have the honor, according to instructions received, on behalf of the Governmnt of Iceland to convey to you the following information: The Icelandic Government is ready to give full recognition, for the time until the International Load Line Convention mentioned above shall come into force in both countries, to the load line rules and regulations of the Government of the United States and to the certificates and load line marks made on American merchant vessels pursuant thereto. In giving such recognition the Icelandic Government concurs, subject to reciprocity, in the foregoing understandings. I have the honor to request that you will be good enough to confirm the full recognition of the Government of the United States the period mentioned above of the Danish load line laws and rules as applied to Icelandic vessels and of the Icelandic freeboard certificates, and load line marks made on Icelandic vessels pursuant thereto. It is understood that upon receipt of a note to that effect the proposed agreement will become effective as from the date of such note. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration Your most obedient and humble servant Otto Wadsted The Honorable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State*, *Department of State, Washington, D. C.* The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Danish Minister (Wadsted) Department of State, *Washington, January 16, 1932.* Sir: I have the honor to reply to your note of this date in which the Agreement by Iceland.provisions of the proposed agreement between the Governments of the United States and Iceland for the mutual recognition of load line certificates for merchant ships are set forth. Inasmuch as Iceland has no laws or regulations governing load lines of vessels, such lines being fixed in conformity with the Danish provisions in force, and as the Danish rules and tables for determining freeboard have been examined by the competent executive authorities of this Government and have been found to be as effective as the United States load line regulations, I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States hereby concurs in the terms of the agreement as set out in your note under acknowledgment. In this connection it is understood that the note under acknowledgment and this reply will constitute the agreement between the United States and Iceland. The Government of the United States accordingly understands that the agreement has been completed by this exchange of notes and is effective from this date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: James Grafton Rogers Mr. Otto Wadsted, *Minister of Denmark*. [No. 30] September 11, 1931 December 16, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2695 2695 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—GERMANY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Germany forSeptember 11, December 16, 1931.the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 11 and December 16, 1931.* The American Ambassador (Sackett) to the German Minister for Foreign Affairs (Curtius) No. 585 Embassy of the United States of America, *Berlin, September 11, 1931*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to previous correspondence and in particularArrangement with Germany for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. to Note Verbale 5 845/31, of March 4, 1931, from the Ministry of Foreign Affaire wherein the statement was made that the Government of Germany was prepared to accept the American “Regulations for the Establishment of Load Lines for Merchant Vessels of 250 Gross Tons or over when engaged in a Foreign Voyage by Sea” as equally effective with the German regulations similar thereto and to conclude a reciprocal agreement as well as a temporary reciprocal agreement governing the acceptance by each Government of the regulations of the other. I now beg to inform Your Excellency that the competent executive authorities of the Government of the United States have examined the German rules and tables of freeboard, which were submitted with the Note under reference, and have found them to be as effective as the United States load line regulations. I am further directed to state, in regard to the reciprocal agreement concerning the acceptance of the mutual regulations, which agreement will remain effective pending the coming into force of the international load line convention in the two countries, that my Government understands that the Governments of the United States and Germany will each recognize as equivalent the load line marks and the certificates of such marking of merchant vessels of the other: provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull or superstructure of the vessel certificated has not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. I have the further honor to inform Your Excellency that it will be understood by the Government of the United States that, upon receipt of a note from Your Excellency expressing the German Gov2696ernment’s concurrence in my Government’s understanding, as above set forth, the agreement will become effective. I avail myself of this opportunity to extend to Your Excellency the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Frederic M. Sackett His Excellency, Dr. Julius Curtius, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Berlin*. Ther German Under Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (Bülow) to the American Ambassador (Sackett) Auswärtiges Amt Berlin, *den 16. Dezember 1931*. S 5270. Herr Botschafter! Recognition by Germany.Auf das gefällige Schreiben vom 11. September d.J.—No. 585—, betreffend Abschluss einer Vereinbarung zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über die gegenseitige Anerkennung der beiderseitigen Landelinienvorschriften, beehre ich mich Euerer Exzellenz folgendes mitzuteilen: Nachdem die deutschen “Vorschriften der See-Berufsgenossenschaft über den Freibord der Dampfer und Segelschiffe in der langen und atlantischen Fahrt sowie in der grossen Küstenfahrt” und die entsprechenden “Regulations for the Establishment of Load Lines for Merchant Vessels of 250 Gross Tons or over when engaged in a Foreign Voyage by Sea” der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika gegenseitig geprüft und für gleichwertig erkannt worden sind, erklärt sich die Reichsregierung mit dem Abschluss einer Gegenseitigkeitsvereinbarung über die Anerkennung der beiderseitigen Freibordvorschriften, der Lademarken und der Bescheinigungen über die Markierung von Kauffahrteischiffen—welche Vereinbarung mit Wirkung vom heutigen Tage bis zum Inkrafttreten des Internationalen Ubereinkommens über den Freibord der Kauffahrteischiffe in beiden Ländern gelten soll—unter der Voraussetzung einverstanden, dass die Lademarken mit den Ladelinienbescheinigungen übereinstimmen, dass der Schiffsrumpf oder Oberbau des Schiffes, auf das die Bescheinigung lautet, seit der Ausstellung der Bescheinigung nicht so wesentlich verändert worden ist, dass die Berechnungen, die der Ladelinie zugrunde gelegt worden sind, davon berührt werden, und dass keine Veränderungen vorgenommen worden sind, die 1. den Schutz der Öffnungen, 2. die Schutzgeländer, 3. die Wasserpforten und 4. die Zugänge zu den Quartieren der Besatzung in einen Zustand versetzt haben, der das Schiff offenbar untüchtig macht, ohne Gefährdung menschlichen Lebens in See zu gehen. Ich benutze auch diesen Anlass, um Ihnen, Herr Botschafter, den Ausdruck meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtung zu erneuern. Bülow Seiner Exzellenz dem Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika Herrn Frederic M. Sackett. 2697 [Translation] Foreign Office Berlin, *December 16, 1931*. S 5270. Mr. Ambassador: In reply to your communication No. 585 of September 11, 1931, relative to the conclusion of an agreement between Germany and the United States of America concerning mutual recognition of the loadline regulations of the other country, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency as follows: Since the German “Regulations of the See-Berufsgenossenschaft (Maritime Cooperative Association) Governing the Freeboard of Steamers and Sailing Vessels on Long Voyages and Atlantic Voyages as well as Extended Coasting Navigation” and the corresponding “Regulations for the Establishment of Load Lines for Merchant Vessels of 250 Gross Tons or over when engaged in a Foreign Voyage by Sea” of the United States of America, have been examined by both parties and recognized as equivalent, the Government of the Reich agrees to the conclusion of a reciprocal agreement governing the acceptance by each Government of the freeboard regulations of the other, the loadline marks, and the certificates of such marking of merchant vessels—this agreement to be effective beginning today until the international convention governing the freeboard of merchant vessels becomes effective in both countries:—provided, that the load-line marks are in accordance with the loadline certificates; that the hull or superstructure of the vessel certificated has not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters have made the vessel manifestly unfit to put to sea without danger to human life. I take this opportunity to express to you, Mr. Ambassador, my highest consideration. Bülow His Excellency, The Ambassador of the United States of America Mr. Frederic M. Sackett. [No. 31] January 20, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2698 2698 CUSTOMS TREATMENT—CONSULAR IMPORTS—NORWAY. * January 20, 1932.Arrangement between the United States of America and Norway respecting customs treatment of importations for consular offices and officers. Effected by exchange of notes, signed January 20, 1932.* The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Norwegian Minister (Bachke) Department of State, *Washington, January 20, 1932*. Sir: Arrangement with Norway with reference to customs treatment of importations for consular offices and officers.I have the honor to make the following statement of my understanding of the agreement that has been reached with reference to the treatment which shall be accorded by the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Norway, respectively, to official supplies for the consular offices of the other country, and the personal property of its consular officers on the entry of such supplies and property into their respective territories: It is agreed between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Norway to permit the entry free of duty of all furniture, equipment and supplies intended for official use in the consular offices of the other and to extend to such consular officers of the other and their families and suites as are its nationals, the privilege of entry free of duty of their baggage and all other personal property whether accompanying the officer to his post or imported at any time during his incumbency thereof, provided, nevertheless, that no article the importation of which is prohibited by the law of either of the two countries may be brought into its territories. It is understood, however, that this privilege shall not be extended to unsalaried consular officers (honorary consuls) or to consular officers who are engaged in any private occupation for gain in the countries to which they are accredited, save with respect to governmental supplies. This agreement shall become operative on February 1, 1932. Upon receipt of your confirmation of this understanding, the agreement will be understood as completed. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castle, Jr. Mr. Halvard H. Bachke, *Minister of Norway*. The Norwegian Minister (Bachke) to the Secretary of State (Stimson) Royal Norwegian Legation, *Washington, D. C., January 20th, 1932*. Sir: Agreement by Norway.With reference to your note of today, I have the honor, acting under instructions of the Norwegian Government to declare that it is agreed between the Norwegian Government and the Government of the United States of America to permit the entry free of duty of all furniture, equipment and supplies intended for official use in the consular offices of the other and to extend to such consular officers of the other and their families and suites as are its nationals, 2699the privilege of entry free of duty of their baggage and all other personal property whether accompanying the officer to his post or imported at any time during his incumbency thereof, provided, nevertheless, that no article the importation of which is prohibited by the law of either of the two countries may be brought into its territories. It is understood, however, that this privilege shall not be extended to unsalaried consular officers (honorary consuls) or to consular officers who are engaged in any private occupation for gain in the countries to which they are accredited, save with respect to governmental supplies. This agreement shall become operative on February 1st, 1932. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. H. H. Bachke Honorable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. [No. 32] January 20, 1931 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2700 2700 SALEM CLAIM ARBITRATION—EGYPT. * January 20, 1931.Agreement between the United States of America and Egypt for arbitration of the claim of George J. Salem. Signed January 20, 1931.* Claim agreement with Egypt.Preamble.Whereas the Government of the United States of America has presented to the Royal Government of Egypt a claim on behalf of George J. Salem for damages resulting from acts of the Egyptian authorities; Whereas the Royal Government of Egypt has denied its liability in the premises; and Whereas the two Governments are equally committed to the policy of submitting to adjudication by a competent tribunal all justiciable controversies that arise between them which do not lend themselves to settlement by diplomatic negociations, Plenipotentiaries.Therefore the undersigned William M. Jardine, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States and His Excellency Abdel Fattah Yehia Pasha, Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Royal Government of Egypt duly empowered therefore by their respective Governments, have agreed upon the stipulations contained in the following articles: Article 1. Claim of George J. Salem referred to Arbitral Tribunal.The claim of the United States against the Royal Government of Egypt arising out of treatment accorded George J. Salem an American citizen by Egyptian authorities shall be referred to an Arbitral Tribunal in conformity with the conditions hereinafter stated, the decision of the said Acceptance of decision.Tribunal to be accepted by both Governments as a final, conclusive and unappealable disposition of the claim. 2701 Article 2. The Tribunal shall be composedComposition of Tribunal. of three members one selected by the Government of the United States, one by the Government of Egypt and the third who shall preside over the Commission should be selected by mutual agreement between the two Governments. If the two Governments shall not agree within one month from the date of the signature of this agreement in naming such third member then he shall be designated by the President of the Permanent Administrative Council of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague. Article 3. The questions to be decided byQuestions to be decided. the Tribunal are the following: first, is the Royal Government of Egypt under the principles of law and equity liable in damages to the Government of the United States of America on account of treatment accorded to the American citizen George J. Salem? Second, in case the Arbitral Tribunal finds that such liability exists what sum should the Royal Government of Egypt in justice pay to the Government of the United States in full settlement of such damages? Article 4. The procedure to be followedProcedure. by the two Governments and by the Tribunal shall be as follows: Within ninety days from the date of the signing hereof the Government of the United States and the Government of Egypt shall respectively file with the Tribunal and with the Foreign Office of the other Government a statement of its case with supporting evidence.Evidence. 2702 Counter-cases.Within ninety days from the expiration of such period the two Governments shall in like manner file their respective countercases with supporting evidence with the Tribunal and with the Foreign Office of the other Government. Replies thereto.Within sixty days from the expiration of this latter period each Government shall file in the same manner a reply to the countercase of the other Government or notice that no such reply will be filed. Such replies if made shall be limited to the treatment of questions already developed in the cases and countercases and no new issues shall be raised or treated of therein. Article 5. Arguments admitted.The two Governments shall have the right to submit to the Tribunal both orally and in writing such arguments as they may desire but briefs of all written arguments shall be filed with the Tribunal and with the agent of the other Government not less than ten days before the time set for oral argument. Ample time shall be allowed the representatives of both Governments to make oral arguments of the case before the Tribunal. Such arguments shall take place in Vienna and shall begin not more than sixty days from the expiration of the date for filing replies or notices that no replies will be filed. Article 6. Agent and counsel.Each Government shall designate an agent and such counsel as it may desire to represent it in the presentation of the case to the Tribunal and otherwise 2703 Article 7. The decision of the TribunalDecision, payment, etc. shall be given within two months from the date of the conclusion of the oral arguments and in case an award is made against the Royal Government of Egypt the amount thereof shall be paid to the Government of the United States within ninety days from the date of the said award. Article 8. All written proceedings in connectionLanguage employed. with this arbitration shall be in both the French and English languages. The oral arguments before the arbitral commission may be made in either English or French but a translation thereof shall be submitted to the Tribunal and to the agent of the other Government at the end of each argument. Article 9. Each Government shall bear itsExpenses. own expenses including compensation of the arbitrator named by it. The compensation of the third Arbitrator and general expenses of the arbitration shall be borne by the two Governments in equal proportions. Done in duplicate in the EnglishSignatures. and French languages at Cairo the twentieth day of January A. D. 1931. William M Jardine A. Yehia Claim agreement with Egypt.Preamble.Attendu que le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique a présenté au Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte une réclamation au nom de Georges J. Salem pour dommage résultant d’actes des autorités égyptiennes; Attendu que le Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte a décliné sa responsabilité à cet égard; et Attendu que les deux Gouvernements ont l’un et l’autre adhéré au principe de soumettre à la décision d’un tribunal compétent tous les litiges d’ordre juridique qui pourraient s’élever entre eux et qui ne se prêteraient pas à un règlement par la voie de négociation diplomatique. Plenipotentiaries.En conséquence les soussignés, Son Excellence M. William M. Jardine, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis, et Son Excellence Abdel Fattah Yehia Pacha, Ministre. des Affaires Etrangères du Royaume d’Egypte munis de pouvoirs réguliers à cet effet par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, sont convenus des stipulations contenues dans les articles suivants: Article 1er. Claim of George J. Salem referred to Arbitral Tribunal.La réclamation des Etats-Unis contre le Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte en raison du traitement fait à Georges J. Salem citoyen américain par les autorités égyptiennes, sera déférée à un tribunal arbitral conformément aux conditions exprimées ci-après, la décision du dit tribunal devant être acceptée par l’un et l’autre gouvernement comme un règlement final, conclusif et sans appel de cette réclamation. 2701 Article 2. Le tribunal sera composé deComposition of Tribunal. trois membres choisis l’un par le Gouvernement Egyptien, l’autre par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis et le troisième, qui présidera la commission, par accord mutuel entre les deux Gouvernements. Si dans le délai d’un mois à partir de la signature du présent acte, les deux Gouvernements ne parviennent pas à s’entendre sur la nomination du troisième membre, ce dernier sera désigné par le Président du Conseil administratif permanent de la Cour Permanente d’Arbitrage de La Haye. Article 3. Les questions à décider par leQuestions to be decided. tribunal sont les suivantes: premièrement, le Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte estil tenu, en vertu des principes de droit et d’équité, à des dommages-intérêts envers le Gouvernement des Etats Unis d’Amérique en raison du traitement fait au citoyen américain Georges J. Salem? deuxièmement, au cas où le tribunal arbitral jugerait qu’une telle responsabilité existe, quelle est la somme que le Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte devrait, en toute justice, payer au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis en règlement total des dits dommages? Article 4. La procédure à suivre par lesProcedure. deux Gouvernements et par le Tribunal sera la suivante: Dans les quatre-vingt-dix jours qui suivront la signature du présent acte, le Gouvernement Egyptien et le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis rémettront respectivement au Tribunal et au Ministère des Affaires Etrangères de l’autre Gouvernement un mémoire deEvidence. leur cause avec preuves à l’appui. 2702 Counter-cases.Dans les quatre-vingt-dix jours qui suivront l’expiration du délai ci-dessus, les deux Gouvernements remettront de la même façon un mémoire en défense avec preuves à l’appui, au Tribunal et au Ministère des Affaires Etrangères de l’autre Gouvernement. Replies thereto.Dans les soixante jours qui suivront l’expiration de ce dernier délai, chacun des Gouvernements remettra de la même façon une réplique au mémoire en défense de l’autre Gouvernement, ou une note informant qu’aucune réplique ne sera présentée. Ces répliques, si elles sont présentées, devront se limiter à traiter les questions déjà exposées dans les premiers mémoires ou les mé-moires en défense et aucun nouveau moyen ne devra y être soulevé ni discuté. Article 5. Arguments admitted.Les deux Gouvernements au-ront le droit de soumettre au Tribunal, à la fois oralement et par écrit, tous arguments qu’ils désireraient présenter, mais les notes exposant tous arguments écrits seront remises au Tribunal et à l’agent de l’autre Gouvernement dix jours au moins avant la date fixée pour la discussion orale. Il sera accordé aux représentants de l’un et l’autre Gouvernement un temps amplement suffisant pour la discussion orale de la cause devant le Tribunal. Cette discussion aura lieu à Vienne et commencera soixante jours au plus tard après l’expiration de la date fixée pour la remise des répliques ou des notes informant qu’il n’y aura pas de répliques présentées. Article 6. Agent and counsel.Chaque Gouvernement désignera un agent et toute personne qu’il désirera choisir comme conseil pour le représenter dans la présentation de la cause au Tribunal et autrement. 2703 Article 7. Le Tribunal rendra sa décisionDecision, payment, etc. dans les deux mois qui suivront la date de la clôture de la discussion orale et au cas où il y aurait une sentence accordant des dommages-intérêts à l’encontre du Gouvernement Royal d’Egypte, le montant alloué sera payé au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis dans les quatre-vingt-dix jours qui suivront cette sentence. Article 8. Toute la procédure écriteLanguage employed. relative à l’arbitrage sera faite à la fois dans les langues française et anglaise. La discussion orale devant la Commission arbitrale pourra avoir lieu soit en français soit en anglais, mais traduction devra être donnée au Tribunal et à l’agent de l’autre Gouvernement à la fin de chaque argument. Article 9. Chaque Gouvernement supporteraExpenses. ses propres dépenses y compris l’indemnité de l’arbitre qu’il aura nommé. L’indemnité du troisième arbitre ainsi que les frais généraux de l’arbitrage seront supportés par les deux Gouvernements en proportions égales. Fait en double en français etSignatures. en anglais au Caire le vingtième jour du mois de janvier 1931. A. Yehia [seal] William M Jardine [seal] [No. 33] May 5, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2704 2704 RADIO BROADCASTS—CANADA. * May 5, 1932.Arrangement between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada concerning radio broadcasting. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 5, 1932.* The Minister of the Dominion of Canada (Herridge) to the Acting Secretary of State (Castle) No. 81. Canadian Legation, *Washington, May 5th, 1932*. Sir: Arrangement with Canada concerning radio broadcasting.I have the honour to inform you that the Canadian House of Commons recently appointed a committee to enquire into the whole position of radio broadcasting in Canada. This committee has under consideration a technical scheme for broadcasting in Canada which it is considered will provide satisfactory coverage in the chief population areas throughout the Dominion and at the same time make provision for the community service that may be desired. This scheme is divided into two distinct parts:
(a)A chain of high-power stations, operating on clear channels, and located at suitable intervals across Canada;
(b)A number of low-power stations of very limited, range, operating on shared channels, and located as required for community service. If this scheme receives the approval of Parliament, it is proposed to use 50 K.W. stations, one in each of the Provinces of British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec, and eventually one in the Maritime Provinces. In Saskatchewan and Alberta it is proposed to use 5 K.W. stations at present, two being used in each Province, synchronized on a common channel. In Ontario there will be, in addition, two 10 K.W. stations, one in Western Ontario and one in Northern Ontario. Four smaller stations of one K.W. capacity each are provided for the Port Arthur-Fort William area, and for Ottawa, Montreal, and Quebec. In the Maritimes, three 500-watt stations are provided for the present, one in each Province. The scheme also includes a 500-watt station on the shared channels for the city of Toronto for local service. In adopting this plan, Canada would reserve the right to increase the power of the stations in Alberta, Saskatchewan, Northern and Western Ontario to 50 K.W. each, should such increase become necessary. The committee, in addition to considering the power required, propose the following channels as suitable for the main stations: Prince Edward Island 630 K.C. New Brunswick 1,030 K.C. Nova Scotia 1,050 K.C. Quebec 930 K.C. Montreal area (1 K.W.) 600 K.C. “ “ (50 K.W.) 730 K.C. Ottawa 880 K.C. 2705 Toronto area (500 Watt) 1, 120 K.C. “ “ (50 K.W.) 690 K.C. Western Ontario 840 K.C. Northern Ontario 960 K.C. Port Arthur-Fort William area 780 K.C. Manitoba 910 K.C. Saskatchewan 540 K.C. Alberta 1, 030 K.C. British Columbia 1, 100 K.C. In order to ensure satisfactory local broadcast service throughout Canada, it is proposed that stations, limited to a maximum power of 100 watts, be erected where necessary, and that they should be operated on shared channels. It is considered that one hundred or more such stations may eventually be required in Canada, and that twenty channels should be available for this type of service. In establishing such stations, it is proposed to maintain the same geographical separation between Canadian and United States stations as is maintained between United States stations of the same power. Due notification would, of course, be given of the effective dates of any changes in the present operation to conform with the above plan. In the event of the adoption of the above arrangement, it is understood that if, as the result of the Madrid Conference, any additional channels are made available for broadcasting, a further allocation will be made, as between the United States and Canada, on an equitable basis. I shall be obliged if you will inform me at your early convenience whether the United States authorities can make the necessary readjustments so that these channels will be available for effective use in Canada. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, W. D. Herridge The Hon. W. R. Castle, Jr., *Acting Secretary of State, Washington, D. C.* The Acting Secretary of State (Castle) to the Minister of the Dominion of Canada (Herridge) Department of State, *Washington, May 5, 1932*. Sir: I am grateful for your courtesy in informing me by your noteResponse by United States. of May 5, 1932, of the technical plan which is being considered by the committee of the Canadian House of Commons as a means of providing Canada with satisfactory radio broadcasting coverage. You inquire whether the authorities of the United States can make the readjustment necessary to render certain channels available for effective use in Canada. In reply, I am glad to inform you that as notice is given from time to time of the dates of changes to be made in the present operations of Canadian broadcasting stations to conform to the plan set out, this Government will be glad to make the necessary readjustments. 2706 It is understood that, if as the result of the Madrid Conference, any additional channels are made available for broadcasting, a further allocation will be made, as between the United States and Canada, on an equitable basis. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State*. The Honorable William Duncan Herridge, *K.C., D.S.O., M.C.*, *Minister of the Dominion of Canada*. [No. 34] January 27, 1932 June 1, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2707 2707 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—SWEDEN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden for theJanuary 27, 1932.June 1, 1932. reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed January 27 and June 1, 1932.* The American Minister (Morehead) to the Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ramel) No. 140 Legation of the United States of America, *Stockholm, January 27, 1932*. Excellency: Referring to Minister Gyllenswärd’s note of June 29, 1931, expressingArrangement with Sweden for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. the willingness of the Government of the King to conclude a reciprocal load line agreement with my Government, I have the honor, acting under instructions from my Government, to inform Your Excellency that the competent executive authorities of my Government have examined the Swedish load lino regulations and have found them to be effective as the United States load line regulations. I am also instructed to state to Your Excellency that my Government is prepared to agree that, pending the coming into force of the international load line convention in the United States and Sweden, the competent authorities of the Governments of the United States and Sweden, respectively, will recognize as equivalent the load line marks and the certificate of such marking of merchant vessels of the other country made pursuant to the regulations in force in the respective countries: provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard rails,
(3)Freeing ports,
(4)Means of access to crews quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. I am also desired to state that my Government is prepared to agree that the competent authorities of the Governments of the United States and Sweden, respectively, will recognize load lines applicable to tankers and to vessels of special type which have been determined in accordance with tanker and vessels of special type rules as set forth in the international load line convention of 1930. In this connection my Government is desirous that the Government of Sweden agree that the load line certificates of Swedish tankers and Swedish vessels of special type contain information, when applicable, to the effect that the load line marks are located in accordance with the terms and conditions of the international load line convention of July 5, 1930. 2708 I am further desired to state that it will be understood by my Government that on the receipt by the Legation of a note from Your Excellency expressing the concurrence of the Government of Sweden in the agreement and understanding as above set forth, the reciprocal agreement will be regarded as having become effective. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. John M. Morehead His Excellency Baron Fredrik Ramel, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs, Stockholm*. The Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ramel) to the American Chargé d’Affaires (Crocker) Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, *Stockholm, le 1 juin 1932*. Monsieur le Chargé D’Affaires, Concurrence by Sweden.Par lettre du 27 janvier dernier, M. Morehead a bien voulu me faire savoir que—en attendant la mise en vigueur entre la Suède et les Etats Unis d’Amerique de la Convention internationale du 5 juillet 1930 sur les lignes de charge—le Gouvernement des Etats Unis d’Amerique est disposé à convenir avec le Gouvernement du Roi que les autorités compétentes suédoises et américaines reconnaîtront réciproquement les marques de franc-bord des navires de commerce de l’autre pays, déterminées conformément aux dispositions en vigueur dans les pays respectifs, ainsi que les certificats des marques délivrés conformément aux mêmes dispositions, à condition toutefois que les marques correspondent aux indications portées sur les certificats de franc-bord, que la coque et les superstructures certifiées n’aient pas subi, après la délivrance du certificat, de modifications de quelque importance affectant le calcul sur lequel le franc-bord a été basé et qu’il n’ait pas été fait de modifications telles que 1) la protection des ouvertures, 2) les garde-corps, 3) les sabords de décharge, et 4) les moyens d’accès aux logements de l’équipage rendent manifestement le navire hors d’état de prendre la mer sans danger pour la vie humaine. M. Morehead m’a fait connaître en même temps, que son Gouvernement est également prêt à convenir avec le Gouvernement Royal que les autorités compétentes suédoises et américaines reconnaîtront réciproquement les marques de franc-bord pour les navires à citernes et les navires de types spéciaux déterminées en conformité des dispositions énoncées par la Convention susmentionnée pour les navires desdites espèces; il m’a informé, en outre, du désir de son Gouvernement de voir les certificats de francbord délivrés dans ces cas par les autorités suédoises porter l’indication que les marques de francbord sont déterminées en conformité desdites règles 2709 En réponse à cette obligeante communication, j’ai l’honneur de Vous faire savoir que la Gouvernement du Roi approuve l’arrangement ci-dessus indiqué et qu’il est prêt à satisfaire au désir exprimé par Votre Gouvernement concernant l’indication à porter aux certificats de franc-bord délivrés pour les navires à citerne et les navires de types spéciaux marqués conformément aux dispositions de la Convention internationale du 5 juillet 1930 sur les lignes de charge. Il est entendu que le présent échange de la note précitée de M. Morehead et de la présente note sera considéré comme constatant l’entente intervenue entre nos deux pays à ce sujet. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, les assurances de ma considération la plus distinguée. Ramel Monsieur Edward Savage Crocker, *Chargé d’Affaires des Etats Unis d’Amerique, etc., etc., Stockholm*. [Translation] Ministry for Foreign Affairs, *Stockholm, June 1, 1932*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: By letter of January 27 last Mr. Morehead informed me that— pending the coming into force between Sweden and the United States of America of the international load line convention of July 5, 1930— the United States Government is prepared to agree with the Government of the King that the competent Swedish and American authorities reciprocally recognize the load line marks of merchant vessels of the other country, determined in conformance with the regulations in force in the respective countries, as well as the load line certificates delivered in conformance with the same regulations, on condition, however, that the marks should correspond to the indications set forth in the load line certificates, that the hull and the superstructures certified shall not have undergone after the delivery of the certificate modifications of sufficient importance to affect the calculation upon which the load line was based and that alterations have not been made so that the 1) protection of openings, 2) guard rails, 3) freeing ports, and 4) means of access to crews quarters have rendered the vessels manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. Mr. Morehead informed me at the same time that his Government is likewise prepared to agree with the Royal Government that the competent Swedish and American authorities reciprocally recognize load line marks for tankers and ships of special types determined in conformance with the regulations set forth by the above-mentioned convention for ships of special types; he informed me furthermore of the desire of his Government to see the load line certificates delivered in such case by the Swedish authorities bear the indication that the load line marks are determined in conformance with the rules under reference. In reply to this courteous communication I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the King approves the arrangement set forth above and that it is ready to conform with the desire expressed by your Government concerning the indication to be 2710carried in the load line certificates delivered for tankers and ships of special types marked in conformance with the regulations of the international load line convention of July 5, 1930. It is understood that the present exchange of Mr. Morehead’s note under reference and of the present note shall be considered as an agreement reached between our two countries on this subject. Please accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the assurances of my most distinguished consideration. Ramel Mr. Edward Savage Crocker, *Chargé d’Affaires of the United States of America, etc., etc., Stockholm*. [No. 35] September 8, 1931 June 1, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2711 2711 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—ITALY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Italy for the September 8, 1931.June 1, 1932.reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 8, 1931, and June 1, 1938.* The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Kirk)to the Italian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Grandi) Embassy of the United States of America, F. O. No. 693. *Rome, September 8, 1931*. Excellency: I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I have beenArrangement with Italy for the reciprocal recognition of load-line Certificates. instructed by my Government to notify Your Excellency that the competent executive authorities of the Government of the United States have examined the Italian rules and tables of freeboard, which were enclosed in the esteemed *Note Verbale* No. 11196-22 of February 7, 1931, and have found them to be as effective as the United States load line regulations. I have also been instructed to notify Your Excellency in regard to the reciprocal agreement relating to this matter, which was referred to in the abovementioned *Note Verbale*, that my Government under-stands that the Governments of the United States and of Italy will each recognize as equivalent the load line marks and the certificates of such marking of merchant vessels of the other country pending the coming into force of the international load line convention in the United States and Italy; provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and super-structures of the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. I have the honor to add that it will be understood by my Government that on the receipt of a communication signed by Your Excellency expressing the concurrence of the Royal Italian Government in the understanding of the Government of the United States as above set forth, the agreement in question will become effective. Accept, Excellency, the assurance of my highest consideration. Alexander Kirk, Chargé d’Affaires ad interim. His Excellency Mr. Dino Grandi, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Rome.* 2712 The Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the American Embassy at Rome Ministero degli Affari Esteri 21281-72 Nota–Verbale Concurrence by Italy.Il R. Ministero degli Affari Esteri ha l’onore di informare la Ambasciata degli Stati Uniti d’America che i competenti uffici italiano hanno preso in attento esame le comunicazioni che formarono oggetto della Nota Verbale F.O. n. 673 dell’8 settembre 1931 in merito al riconoscimento reciproco tra Italia e Stati Uniti dei certificati di bordo libero durante il periodo di attesa per l’entrata in vigore della Convenzione per il limite di massimo carico firmata a Londra il 5 luglio 1930. Il R. Ministero degli Affari Esteri pertanto ha l’onore di assicurare che il Governo italiano pienamente concorda nell’ordine di idee manifestato dal Governo americano e prega l’Ambasciata degli Stati Uniti di America di voler fare le relative comunicazioni al Dipartimento di Stato di Washington agli effetti dell’effettiva entrata in vigore del presente accordo. Roma, 1 *Giu. 1932 Anno X* All’Ambasciata degli Stati Uniti d’America *Roma* [Translation] Ministry of Foreign Affairs 21281-72 Note–Verbale The Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs has the honor to inform the Embassy of the United States of America that the competent Italian offices have carefully examined the communications referred to in *Note Verbale* No. 693 of September 8, 1931, regarding reciprocal recognition by Italy and the United States of freeboard certificates until such time as the load line convention signed at London on July 5, 1930, goes into effect. The Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs accordingly has the honor to assure the Embassy that the Italian Government fully agrees with the ideas manifested by the American Government and begs the Embassy of the United States of America kindly to communicate with the Department of State at Washington for the purposes of the entrance into effect of the present agreement. Rome, *June 1, 1932*. To the Embassy of the United States of America. *Rome*. [No. 36] February 17, 1930 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2713 2713 CHINESE COURTS—INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENT. *Agreement by diplomatic representatives in China of the United States February 17, 1930.of America, Brazil, France, Great Britain, Netherlands, and Norway, with the Minister for Foreign Affairs of China for Chinese courts in the International Settlement at Shanghai, with attached notes and a unilateral declaration. Signed February 17, 1930.* AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE CHINESE COURTS INAgreement relating to the Chinese Courts in the International Settlementat Shanghai. THE INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENT AT SHANGHAI. Article I From the date on which the present Agreement comes into force,Former rules, agreements, etc., abolished. all former rules, agreements, exchanges of notes *et cetera* having special reference to the establishment of a Chinese court in the International Settlement at Shanghai shall be abolished. Article II The Chinese Government shall, in accordance with Chinese lawsDistrict Court and Branch High Court established. and regulations relating to the judiciary and subject to the terms of the present Agreement, establish in the International Settlement at Shanghai a District Court (Ti Fang Fa Yuan) and a Branch High Court (Kao Teng Fa Yuan Fen Yuan). All Chinese laws andChinese laws applicable. regulations, substantive as well as procedural, which are now in force, or which may hereafter be duly enacted and promulgated shall be applicable in the Courts, due account being taken of the Land Regulations and Bye-Laws of the International Settlement, which are applicable pending their adoption and promulgation by the Chinese Government, and of the terms of the present Agreement. Judgments, decisions and rulings of the Branch High Court areAppeals. subject to appeal, according to Chinese law, to the Supreme Court of China. Article III The former practice of Consular deputies or Consular officialsConsular observers, etc., abolished. appearing to watch proceedings or to sit jointly in the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement shall be discontinued in the Courts established under the present Agreement. Article IV When any person is arrested by the municipal or judicial police, hePrompt trials. shall, within twenty-four hours, exclusive of holidays, be sent to the Courts established under the present Agreement to be dealt with, failing which he shall be released. Article V The Courts established under the present Agreement shall each haveProcurators, appointment, duties, etc. a certain number of procurators to be appointed by the Chinese Government, who shall hold inquests and autopsies (Chien Yen) within the jurisdiction of these Courts and shall otherwise perform2714 their functions in accordance with Chinese law in all cases involving the application of Articles 103 to 186 of the Chinese Criminal Code, except where the Municipal Police of the International Settlement Preliminary investigations.or the party concerned has already initiated prosecution, provided that all preliminary investigations conducted by the procurator shall be held publicly and counsel for the accused shall have the right to be present and heard. In other cases arising within the jurisdiction of the Courts, the Municipal Police or the party concerned shall prosecute. The procurator shall have the right to express his views in court in all criminal cases in which the prosecution is initiated by the Municipal Police or the party concerned. Article VI Judicial processes.All judicial processes, such as summonses, warrants, orders, *et cetera,* shall be valid only after they have been signed by a judge of the Courts established under the present Agreement, whereupon they shall be served or executed by the judicial police or, as provided below, by the process-servers thereof. No person found in the International Settlement shall be handed over to the extra-Settlement authorities without a preliminary investigation in court at which counsel for the accused shall have the right to be present and heard, except in the case of requests emanating from other modern law courts when the accused may be handed over after his identity has been established by the Court. All judgments, decisions and rulings of the Courts shall be executed as soon as they become final as a result of the judicial procedure in force in the said Courts. Whenever necessary, the Municipal Police shall render any assistance within their power as may be requested of them. The process-servers of the Courts shall be appointed by the Presidents of the Courts respectively and their duties shall be to serve all summonses and deliver other documents of the Courts in connection with civil cases. For the execution of judgments in civil cases, the process-servers shall be accompanied by the judicial police. The officers and members of the judicial police of the Courts shall be appointed by the President of the Branch High Court upon the recommendation of the Municipal Council and shall be subject to dismissal by the President of that Court upon cause shown. Their services will also be terminated by the President at the request of the Municipal Council upon cause shown. They shall wear the uniform designed by the Chinese judicial authorities, and shall be subject to the orders and direction of the Courts and faithful to their duties. Article VII House of Detention and Women’s Prison.Jurisdiction transferred.The House of Detention for civil cases and the Women’s Prison attached to the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement at Shanghai shall be transferred from that court to the Courts established under the present Agreement and shall be supervised and administered by the Chinese authorities. Sentences.All prisoners now serving sentences in the prisons attached to the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement and those sentenced by the Courts established under the pres2715ent Agreement shall, at the discretion of the said Courts, serve their sentences either in such prisons in the Settlement or in Chinese prisons outside the Settlement, except that offenders against the Police Offences Code and the Land Regulations and Bye-Laws and persons under arrest awaiting trial shall serve their periods of detention in the Settlement. The prisons in the Settlement shall be operated, as far as practicable, in conformity with Chinese prison regulations and shall be subject to inspection, from time to time, by officers appointed by the Chinese judicial authorities. Persons sentenced to death by the Courts established under the present Agreement shall be sent to the Chinese authorities outside of the Settlement for execution of such sentence. Article VIII Foreign lawyers duly qualified will be admitted to practiceForeign lawyers. in the Courts established under the present Agreement in all cases in which a foreigner is a party, provided such foreign lawyer can only represent the foreign party concerned. The Municipal Council may also be represented in the same manner by duly qualified lawyers, Chinese or foreign, in any proceedings in which the Council is complainant or plaintiff or the Municipal Police is the prosecutor. In other cases or proceedings in which the Council considers the interests of the Settlement to be involved, it may be represented by a duly qualified lawyer, Chinese or foreign, who may submit to the Court his views in writing during the proceedings and who may, if he deems necessary, file a petition in intervention in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure. Foreign lawyers who are entitled to practice under this Article in the above-mentioned Courts shall apply to the Ministry of Justice for lawyers' certificates and shall be subject to Chinese laws and regulations applicable to lawyers, including those governing their disciplinary punishment. Article IX Four permanent representatives shall be appointed, two by theRepresentatives, to reconcile differences of opinion, to be appointed. Chinese Government and two by the Governments of the other Powers signatory to the present Agreement, who together shall seek to reconcile such differences of opinion regarding the interpretation or application of the present Agreement as may be referred to them by the President of the Branch High Court or by the authorities of the signatory foreign Powers, provided that their Report shall have no binding force upon either party except byDiscretionary acceptance. mutual consent, it being understood that no judgments, decisions, rulings or orders of the Courts, as such, shall be referred to the aforesaid representatives for consideration. Article X The present Agreement and the attached Notes shall enter intoEffective date and duration. effect on April 1st, 1930 and shall continue in force for a period of2716 three years from that date, provided that they may be extended for an additional period upon mutual consent of the parties thereto. Signatures.Nanking, February 17, 19th Year R,C. (1930). Hsu Mo on behalf of the Minister for Foreign Affairs J. de Pinto Diaz on behalf of the Brazilian Chargé d’Affaires In the name of the American Minister, Joseph E. Jacobs W. Meyrick Hewlett on behalf of His Britannic Majesty’s Minister L Gronvold on behalf of the Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires F E H Groenman on behalf of the Netherlands chargé d’affaires In the name of the French Minister: E. Koechlin [seal of the ministry of foreign affairs] The Foreign Signatories to the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs Nanking, *February 17, 1930.* Sir, Submission of agreement to China.With reference to the Agreement which we have signed today concerning the establishment of a District Court and a Branch High Court in the International Settlement at Shanghai, we have the honour to request your confirmation of our understanding on the following points: 1. It is understood that the Courts established under the present Agreement shall exercise jurisdiction over civil and criminal cases as well as police offences and inquests in the International Settlement at Shanghai, provided that the jurisdiction of the said courts over persons shall be the same as that of other Chinese Courts and provided that their territorial jurisdiction shall be the same as that of the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement at Shanghai, except
(a)mixed criminal cases arising on private foreign property outside the limits of the Settlement and
(b)mixed civil cases arising in areas surrounding the Settlement. 2. It is understood that the present practice regarding the respective jurisdictions of the Chinese court now functioning m the Inter national Settlement and the Court existing in the French Concession shall be followed, pending a definite arrangement between the Chinese Government and the authorities concerned. 3. It is understood that as far as practicable Chinese shall be recommended by the Municipal Council to serve as officers and members of the judicial police of the Courts established under the present Agreement. It is further understood that among the officers of the judicial police appointed by the President of the Branch High Court under Article VI of the present Agreement, there will be one to be designated by the Municipal Council, to whom will be allotted by the President an office on the Court premises and who will make an2717 entry of all judicial processes of the Courts, such as summonses, warrants, orders and judgments, for the purpose of service or execution in accordance with the provisions of the above-mentioned Article. 4. It is understood that the establishment of the Courts provided for in the present Agreement in no way affects the validity of judgments rendered by the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement and its predecessor, and that such judgments shall be considered as final and valid except where an appeal has been lawfully taken or reserved. It is further understood that the judgments of the Courts established under the present Agreement shall be on the same footing as regards validity as the judgments of all other Chinese Courts. 5. It is understood that the present Agreement does not in any way affect or prejudice any future negotiations regarding the status of extra-Settlement roads. 6. It is understood that the sum of sixty thousand dollars ($60,000) now on deposit with the Bank of China to the credit of the present Chinese court in the International Settlement shall be maintained by the Chinese Government to the credit of the new Courts established under the present Agreement. 7. It is agreed that in accordance with Chinese law, there shall be maintained by the Courts established under the present Agreement, a storage room for articles confiscated by the Courts, which remain the property of the Chinese Government, it being understood that confiscated opium and instruments for the smoking and preparation thereof shall be burned publicly in the International Settlement every three months and that the Municipal Council may present to the Presidents of the Courts for transmission to the Ministry of Justice such suggestions as it may desire to make regarding the disposal of confiscated arms. 8. It is understood that upon the coming into force of the present Agreement, all cases pending in the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement shall be dealt with in the Courts established under the present Agreement in accordance with the procedure in force in the latter Courts, provided that the proceedings in mixed cases shall, as far as practicable, be continued from the point where they are taken over and concluded within a period of twelve months which period may be extended at the discretion of the Courts when the circumstances m any case so warrant. We avail ourselves of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of our highest consideration. J. de Pinto Diaz on behalf of the Brazilian Chargé d’Affaires In the name of the American Minister, Joseph E. Jacobs W. Meyrick. Hewlett on behalf of His Britannic Majesty’s Minister L Gronvold on behalf of the Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires F E H Groenman on behalf of the Netherlands chargé d’affaires In the name of the French Minister: E. Koechlin His Excellency Dr. Chengting T. Wang, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Nanking*. 2718 The Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs to Each of the Foreign Signatories Nanking, *February 17, 1930*, Sir, Confirmation by China.I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Note referring to the Agreement which we have signed to-day concerning the establishment of a District Court and a Branch High Court in the International Settlement at Shanghai, in which you request my confirmation of the following points: " “1. It is understood that the Courts established under the present Agreement shall exercise jurisdiction over civil and criminal cases as well as police offences and inquests in the International Settlement at Shanghai, provided that the jurisdiction of the said Courts over persons shall be the same as that of other Chinese Courts and provided that their territorial jurisdiction shall be the same as that of the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement at Shanghai, except
(a)mixed criminal cases arising on private foreign property outside the limits of the Settlement and
(b)mixed civil cases arising in areas surrounding the Settlement. “2. It is understood that the present practice regarding the respective jurisdictions of the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement and the Court existing in the French Concession shall be followed, pending a definite arrangement between the Chinese Government and the authorities concerned. “3. It is understood that as far as practicable Chinese shall be recommended by the Municipal Council to serve as officers and members of the judicial police of the Courts established under the present Agreement. It is further understood that among the officers of the judicial police appointed by the President of the Branch High Court under Article VI of the present Agreement, there will be one to be designated by the Municipal Council, to whom will be allotted by the President an office on the Court premises and who will make an entry of all judicial processes of the Courts, such as summonses, warrants, orders and judgments, for the purpose of service or execution in accordance with the provisions of the above-mentioned Article. “4. It is understood that the establishment of the Courts provided for in the present Agreement in no way affects the validity of judgments rendered by the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement and its predecessor, and that such judgments shall be considered as final and valid except where an appeal has been lawfully taken or reserved. It is further understood that the judgments of the Courts established under the present Agreement shall be on the same footings as regards validity as the judgments of all other Chinese Courts. “5. It is understood that the present Agreement does not in any way affect or prejudice any future negotiations regarding the status of extra-Settlement roads. “6. It is understood that the sum of sixty thousand dollars (S60,000) now on deposit with the Bank of China to the credit of the present Chinese court in the International Settlement shall be maintained by the Chinese Government to the credit of the new Courts established under the present Agreement. 2719 “7. It is agreed that in accordance with Chinese law, there shall be maintained by the Courts established under the present Agreement, a storage room for articles confiscated by the Courts, which remain the property of the Chinese Government, it being understood that confiscated opium and instruments for the smoking and preparation thereof shall be burned publicly in the International Settlement every three months and that the Municipal Council may present to the Presidents of the Courts for transmission to the Ministry of Justice such suggestions as it may desire to make regarding the disposal of confiscated arms. “8. It is understood that upon the coming into force of the present Agreement, all cases pending in the Chinese court now functioning in the International Settlement shall be dealt with in the Courts established under the present Agreement in accordance with the procedure in force in the latter Courts, provided that the proceedings in mixed cases shall, as far as practicable, be continued from the point where they are taken over and concluded within a period of twelve months which period may be extended at the discretion of the Courts when the circumstances in any case so warrant.” " In reply I have the honour to confirm the Understanding of the points as quoted above. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Hsu Mo on behalf of the Minister for Foreign Affairs His Excellency Mr. Nelson T. Johnson, *American Minister to China, Nanking*. Unilateral Declaration of the Foreign Signatories to the Chinese Minister Jor Foreign Affairs Nanking, China. *February 17, 1930.* Excellency: With reference to the Agreement which we have signed todayExisting rights of signatories reserved. establishing a new Chinese judicial system in the International Settlement at Shanghai, we desire to point out that such Agreement cannot in any way affect or invalidate rights guaranteed to the Powers concerned and to their nationals under existing treaties between such Powers and China and we accordingly reserve our full rights in this regard. We further reserve the right to object to the enforcement in theFurther reservations. International Settlement of any future Chinese laws that affect or in any way invalidate the Land Regulations or Bye-Laws of the International Settlement or that may be considered prejudicial to the maintenance of peace and order within this area. 2720 We avail ourselves of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of our highest consideration. J. de Pinto Diaz on behalf of the Brazilian Chargé d’AffairesIn the name of the American Minister Joseph E. Jacobs W. Meyrick. Hewlett on behalf of His Britannic Majesty’s Minister L Gronvold on behalf of the Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires F E H Groenman on behalf of the Netherlands chargé d’affaires In the name of the French Minister: E. Koechlin His Excellency Dr. C. T. Wang, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Nanking, China*. [No. 37] May 27, 1932 May 30, 1932 May 31, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2721 2721 AIR NAVIGATION—GERMANY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Germany for air May 27, 30, 31, 1932.navigation. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 27, 30, and 31, 1932, effective June 1, 1932.* The American Ambassador (Sackett) to the German Minister of Foreign Affairs (Brüning) No. 797 Embassy of the United States of America, *Berlin, May 27, 1932*. Excellency: I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency the text of Arrangment with Germany governing air navigation.the arrangement between the United States of America and Germany, on the Subject of air navigation, as understood by mo to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between the Embassy and your Ministry, as follows: Air Navigation Arrangement between Germany and the United States of America. article 1 Pending the conclusion of a convention between Germany and the Tentative provisions,United States of America on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. article 2 The present arrangement shall apply to Germany and to Continental Area affected.United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, including the adjacent territorial waters of the two countries. article 3 The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to this Aircraft construed.arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. article 4 Each of the Parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its Freedom of passage.territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other Party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of Regular air routes by transport company.Consent required.regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the Parties within the territory of the other Party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other Party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the Party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. article 5 The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crews Internal legislation to govern.and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, 2722be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory, as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengere, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengere, enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either Party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other Party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengere or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengere, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengere hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose Startmg place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, not withstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. article 6 Restricted areas.Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall have the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas of its territory, provided that no distinction in this matter is made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. article 7 Procedure of aircraft on entering restricted area accidentally.Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited areas. article 8 Distinctive, etc., marks.All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. Certiflcates required.All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. 2723 The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for Aircraft’s papes.which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their Crew requirements.duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificate of airworthiness, certificates of competency and Validity of certificates.licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within Rights reserved.its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. article 9 Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carry Radio regulations.wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the com-petent authorities of the Party in whose territory the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. article 10 No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be War material restrictions.carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. article 11 Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party may Inspection, etc.within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. article 12 Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of Aerodromes, etc.the Parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landmg, accommodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the 2724Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. article 13 Landings, etc.All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft , and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigra-tion regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. article 14 Flight restrictions.Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such require-ments by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 7, the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. article 15 Ballast.As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an aircraft. article 16 Permission required to unload, etc., articles.No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. article 17 Registry.Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. article 18 Exchange of regulations.The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. 2725 article 19 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Duration,Party upon sixty days notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have Your Excellency inform me whether the Ratification.text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it be understood that the Effective date.arrangement will come into force on June 1, 1932. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Frederick M. Sackett His Excellency, Dr. Heinrich Brüning, *Minister of Foreign Affairs, Berlin*. The German Under Secretary oj State for Foreign Affairs (von Bülow) to the American Ambassador (Sackett) Auswärtiges Amt II F 1049 Berlin, *den 27. Mai 1932*. Herr Botschafter! Ich habe die Ehre, Euerer Exzellenz nachstehend den Wortlaut Acceptance by Germany.der Vereinbarung zwischen dem Deutschen Reich und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über den Luftverkehr mitzuteilcn, wie er in den Verhandlungen zwischen der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und dem Auswärtigen Amt zustande gekommen ist. Er lautet: Vereinbarung über Luftverkehr zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. artikel 1. Bis zum Abschluss eines Abkommens zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über den Luftverkehr soll der Betrieb von Zivilluftfahrzeugen des einen Landes in dem anderen Lande durch folgende Vorschriften geregelt werden. artikel 2. Diese Vereinbarung soll Anwendung finden auf Deutschland und auf das Festland der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, ausschliesslich Alaska, einschliesslich der zugehörigen Territorialgewässer beider Länder. artikel 3. Als Luftfahrzeuge der beiden Vertragsteile gelten die in jedem Vertragsstaat ordnungsmässig eingetragenen Zivilluftfahrzeuge und die ausschliesslich für Handelszwecke benutzten staatlichen Luftfahrzeuge. artikel 4. Jeder Vertragsteil gewährt in Friedenszeiten den Luftfahrzeugen des anderen Vertragsteils das Recht zum Luftverkehr über seinem Gebeit unter der Voraussetzung, dass die Bestimmungen dieser Vereinbarung beachtet werden. 2726 Es besteht jedoch Einverständnis darüber, dass die Einrichtung und der Betrieb von regelmässigen Luftverkehrslinien eines Luft-fahrtunternehmens des einen Vertragsteils im Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils oder über dieses Gebiet hinweg, mit oder ohne Zwischen-landung, an die vorherige Genehmigung des anderen Vertragsteils gebunden sein soll, die nach dem Grundsätze der Gegenseitigkeit und auf Antrag des Vertragsteils erteilt wird, dessen Staatsangehörigkeit das Luftverkehrsunternehmen besitzt. artikel 5. Die Luftfahrzeuge jedes Vertragsteils, ihre Besatzungen und Fluggäste unterliegen, während sie sich im Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils befinden, der allgemeinen in diesem Gebiet geltenden Gesetzgebung sowie auch den dort geltenden Vorschriften über den Luftverkehr im allgemeinen, über die Beförderung von Fluggästen und Gütern und über die öffentliche Sicherheit und Ordnung, insoweit als diese Vorschriften auf alle ausländischen Luftfalrrzeuge, ihre Besatzungen und Fluggäste Anwendung finden. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile wird die Einfuhr und Ausfuhr aller Güter, die nach den gesetzlichen Bestimmungen ein- oder ausgeführt werden können, sowie die Beförderung von Fluggästen vorbehaltlich etwaiger Zoll-, Einwanderungs- und Quarantänebeschränkungen, nach oder aus ihrem Gebiet mit Luftfahrzeugen des anderen Vertragsteils gestatten. Solche Luftfahrzeuge, ihre Passagiere und Ladungen sollen Anspruch auf dieselben Vorrechte haben und keinen anderen oder höheren Abgaben oder Gebühren unterworfen sein, wie die im internationalen gewerbsmässigen Luftverkehr eingesetzten Luftfahrzeuge des Landes, das solche Abgaben oder Gebühren erhebt, sowie deren Passagiere und Ladungen, und ebenso wie die im internationalen gewerbsmässigen Luftverkehr eingesetzten Luftfahrzeuge irgend eines fremden Landes und deren Passagiere und Ladungen. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile kann seinen eigenen Luftfahrzeugen den gewerbsmässigen Luftverkehr zwischen zwei Punkten im eigenen Lande vorbehalten. Indes können die Luftfahrzeuge jedes Vertragsteils im Gebiete des anderen Vertragsteils von einem Flughafen, zu dessen Benutzung sie berechtigt sind, nach einem anderen solchen Flughafen weiterfliegen, um dort ihre Ladungen im Ganzen oder in Teilen und die Fluggäste im Ganzen oder einzeln abzusetzen oder aufzunehmen. Voraussetzung ist hierbei, dass die Güter mit durchgehenden Frachturkunden und die Fluggäste mit durchgehenden Flugscheinen für Beförderungsstrekken versehen sind, deren Anfangs- und Endpunkt nicht beides solche Punkte sind, zwischen denen der gewerbsmässige Luftverkehr ordnungsmässig den einheimischen Luftfahrzeugen Vorbehalten worden ist. Bei Weiterflügen der vorerwähnten Art von einem Flughafen nach einem anderen sollen die Luftfahrzeuge alle durch diese Vereinbarung eingeräumten Vorrechte geniessen, auch wenn es sich um Flughäfen handelt, zwischen denen der gewerbsmässige Luftverkehr ordnungsmässig vorbehalten worden ist. artikel 6. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile soll das Recht haben, den Luftverkehr über bestimmten Zonen seines Gebiets unter der Voraussetzung zu verbieten, dass in dieser Beziehung kein Unterschied gemacht wird zwischen den einheimischen im internationalen Verkehr verwendeten Luftfahrzeugen und den ebenso verwendeten Luftfahrzeu-2727gen des anderen Vertragsteils. Die Gebiete, über denen der Luft-verkehr hiernach von dem einen Vertragsteil verboten ist, müssen dem anderen Vertragsteil mitgeteilt werden. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile behält sich das Recht vor, unter aussergewöhnlichen Umständen in Friedenszeiten den Luftverkehr über seinem Gebiet mit sofortiger Wirkung vorübergehend einzuschränken oder zu verbieten, unter der Voraussetzung, dass in dieser Beziehung kein Unterschied gemacht wird zwischen den Luftfahrzeugen des anderen Vertragsteils und den Luftfahrzeugen irgend eines fremden Staates. artikel 7. Jedes Luftfahrzeug, das über eine verbotene Zone gerät, soll, sobald der Führer sich dieser Tatsache bewusst wird, das Notsignal geben, das nach den Luftverkehrsregeln des überflogenen Staates vorgeschrieben ist, und soll so bald und so nahe wie möglich auf einem ausserhalb des verbotenen Zone gelegenen Flughafen dieses Staates landen. artikel 8. Alle Luftfahrzeuge müssen deutliche und gut sichtbare Hoheits-und Eintragungszeichen haben, die ihre Feststellung während des Fluges ermöglichen. Ausserdem müssen sie den Namen und den Wohnsitz des Eigentümers tragen. Alle Luftfahrzeuge müssen mit Bescheinigungen über die Eintra-gung und die Lufttüchtigkeit sowie mit allen übrigen Urkunden versehen sein, die in dem Lande, in dem sie eingetragen sind, für den Luftverkehr vorgeschrieben sind. Die Mitglieder der Besatzung, die an Bord eines Luftfahrzeugs Tätigkeiten ausüben, für die in dem Lande, in welchem das Luftfahrzeug eingetragen ist, eine besondere Erlaubnis verlangt wird, müssen mit allen Urkimden und insbesondere mit den Zeugnissen und Zulassungen versehen sein, die nach den geltenden Bestimmungen des Landes vorgeschrieben sind. Die übrigen Mitglieder der Besatzung müssen mit Ausweisen über ihre Beschäftigung an Bord des Luftfahrzeugs, ihren Beruf, ihre Identität und ihre Staatsangehörigkeit versehen sein. Die Lufttüchtigkeitsscheine, Befähigungszeugnisse und Zulassungs- scheine, die von einem der Vertragsteile für die in seinem Gebiet eingetragenen Luftfahrzeuge oder deren Besatzungen ausgestellt oder als gültig anerkannt worden sind, sollen im Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils dieselbe Gültigkeit haben, wie die entsprechenden in diesem Staat ausgestellten oder als gültig anerkannten Urkunden. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile behält sich das Recht vor, für Flüge innerhalb seines Gebiets den seinen Staatsangehörigen vom anderen Vertragsteil erteilten Befähigungszeugnissen und Zulassungsscheinen die Anerkennung zu versagen. artikel 9. Die Luftfahrzeuge jedes Vertragsteils dürfen Funkgerät im Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils nur dann mitführen, wenn eine Zulassung zum Einbau und zum Betrieb solchen Geräts von der zuständigen Behörde des Vertragsteils erteilt worden ist, in dessen Gebiet das Luftfahrzeug eingetragen ist. Für die Benutzung solchen Geräts sind die Vorschriften massgebend, die von den zuständigen Behörden des Staatsgebiets erlassen worden sind, in dessen Luftraum das Luftfahrzeug sich befindet. 2728 Solches Gerät darf nur von Mitgliedern der Besatzung bedient werden, die eine besondere Erlaubnis der Regierung des Staates besitzen, in dem das Luftfahrzeug eingetragen ist. Beide Vertragsteile behalten sich das Recht vor, aus Sicherheits-gründen Vorschriften über die Verpflichtung zur Ausstattung von Luftfahrzeugen mit Funkgerät zu erlassen. artikel 10. Die Luftfahrzeuge, ihre Besatzung und die Fluggäste dürfen Kriegs-waffen, Kriegssprengmittel oder Kriegsschiessbedarf über dem Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils nur mit besonderer Erlaubnis der zuständigen Behörden des Staates mit sich führen, in dessen Luftraum das Luftfahrzeug sich befindet. artikel 11. Jeder Vertragsteil kann auf seinem Gebiet die Luftfahrzeuge des anderen Vertragsteils beim Abflug oder bei der Landung durch seine zuständigen Behörden untersuchen und die vorgeschriebenen Zeugnisse und sonstigen Urkunden prüfen lassen. artikel 12. Die Flughäfen des öffentlichen Verkehrs im Gebiet des einen Vertragsteils sollen, sofern sie unter der Kontrolle des Vertragsteils stehen, in dessen Gebiet sie gelegen sind, allen Luftfahrzeugen des anderen Vertragsteils zugänglich sein. Diese Luftfalirzeuge können auch den meteorologischen Nachrichtendienst, den Funk- und Beleuchtungsdienst sowie den Tagesund Nachtsignaldienst benutzen, sofern diese verschiedenen Arten von Diensten unter der Kontrolle des Vertragsteils stehen, in dessen Gebiet sie ausgeübt werden. Die etwaigen Gebühren für Landung, Unterbringung oder sonstige Leistungen sollen, sofern diese Gebüliren der Kontrolle des Vertragsteils unterliegen, in dessen Gebiet sie erhoben werden, für die Luftfahrzeuge der beiden Vertragsteile die gleichen sein. artikel 13. Der Einflug nach und der Ausflug von einem der beiden Vertrags-staaten darf nur nach oder von einem dem öffentlichen Verkehr dienenden Flughafen vorgenommen werden, der ein Zollflughafen mit Einrichtungen zur Durchführung der Einreisebestimmungen und zur Abfertigung von Luftfahrzeugen ist. Zwischen der Grenze und dem Flughafen darf eine Zwischenlandung nicht vorgenommen werden. In einzelnen Fällen können die zuständigen Behörden den Einflug nach oder den Ausflug von anderen Flughäfen gestatten, auf denen die Zoll und Einreiseabfertigung vorzunehmen ist. Das Verbot von Zwischenlandungen gilt auch in diesen besonderen Fällen. Im Falle einer Notlandung ausserhalb der im ersten Absatz dieses Artikels erwähnten Flughäfen haben sich der Führer des Luftfahrzeugs, seine Besatzung und Fluggäste nach den Zoll und Einreisevorschriften zu richten, die in dem Gebiet gelten, in dem die Landung erfolgte. Die Luftfahrzeuge jedes Vertragsteils müssen beim Einflug in das Gebiet des anderen Vertragsteils die dort geltenden Quarantänevor-schriften erfüllen. 2729 Die beiden. Vertragsteile werden Listen der in ihrem Gebiet gelegenen Flughäfen austauschen, die von ihnen als Einreise oder Ausreiseflughäfen bestimmt worden sind. artikel 14. Jeder der beiden Vertragsteile behält sich das Recht vor, zu verlangen, dass die Luftfahrzeuge die Grenzen seines Gebiets nur zwischen den von ihm bestimmten Punkten überfliegen. Vorbehaltlich der Mitteilung eines solchen Verlangens durch den einen Vertragsteil an den anderen und vorbehaltlich des Rechts, den Luftverk dir über bestimmten Zonen nach Artikel 7 zu verbieten können die Grenzen des Gebiets der beiden Vertragsteile an beliebigen Punkten überflogen werden. artikel 15. Als Ballast darf nur feiner Sand und Wasser abgeworfen werden. artikel 16. Unterwegs dürfen Gegenstände oder Stoffe äusser Ballast nur abgeworfen oder sonst entfernt werden, wenn die Behörden des Staates, dessen Hoheitsgebiet betroffen wird, die Erlaubnis hierfür besonders erteilt haben. artikel 17. Soweit bei Ausführung dieser Vereinbarung Fragen der Nationalität zu berücksichtigen sind, besteht Einverständnis darüber, dass die Luftfahrzeuge die Nationalität des Vertragsteils besitzen, in dessen Register sie ordnungsmässig eingetragen sind. artikel 18. Die Vertragsteile werden sich gegenseitig die für den Luftverkehr in ihrem Gebiete geltenden Vorschriften mitteilen. artikel 19. Diese Vereinbarung kann dem anderen Vertragsteil gegenüber mit 60-tägiger Frist gekündigt werden. Sie endet ferner mit dem Erlass von gesetzlichen Bestimmungen durch einen der beiden Vertragsteile, die im Widerspruch mit dieser Vereinbarung stehen. Ich wäre Euerer Exzellenz für eine Mitteilung dankbar, ob der Wortlaut der Vereinbarimg in der obigen Form die Zustimmung Ihrer Regierung findet. Bejaliendenfalls darf ich das Einverständnis damit voraussetzen, dass die Vereinbarung mit dem 1. Juni 1932 in Kraft gesetzt wird. Gem benutze ich diesen Anlass, um Ihnen, Herr Botschafter, die Versicherung meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtung zu erneuern. von Bülow Seiner Exzellenz dem Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika Herrn Sackett. 2730 [Translation] Foreign Office II F 1049 Berlin, *May 27, 1932*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency herewith the text of the arrangement between the German Reich and the United States of America governing air navigation as it was arrived at in the negotiations between the Embassy of the United States of America and the Foreign Office. It reads: Arrangement Governing Air Navigation Between Germany and the United States of America. [Here follows the German text of the arrangement, articles 1 to 19 inclusive, which is the equivalent of the English text communicated to the German Foreign Office by the American Ambassador in his note of May 27, 1932, *ante*, page 2725.] I would be grateful if Your Excellency would inform me whether the text of the arrangement in the above form meets with the approval of your Government. If so, I venture to assume concurrence that the arrangement shall go into effect on June 1, 1932. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Mr. Ambassador, the assurance of my highest consideration. von Bülow His Excellency, the Ambassador of the United States of America Mr. Sackett The German Under Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (von Bülow) to the American Ambassador (Sackett) Auswärtiges Amt II F 1269,I Berlin, *den 30. Mai 1932*. Herr Botschafter! Ich habe die Ehre, Euerer Exzellenz den Empfang der beiden Schreiben vom 27.d.M.—Nr. 797 und 798—zu bestätigen und mitzuteilen, dass der darin Weidergegebene Wortlaut der Vereinbarungen zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über den Luftverkehr und über die gegenseitige Anerkennung von Lufttüchtigkeitszeugnissen von Luftfahrzeugen, die als Handelsware aus dem anderen Lande eingeführt werden, die Zustimmung der Deutschen Regierung findet. Es besteht Einverständnis darüber, dass die beiden Vereinbarungen mit dem 1. Juni 1932 in Kraft treten. Gern benutze ich diesen Anlass, um Ihnen, Herr Botschafter, die Versicherung meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtung zu erneuern B. W. von Bülow Seiner Exzellenz dem Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika Herrn Sackett. 2731 [Translation] Foreign Office II F 1269, I Berlin, *May 30, 1932*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s two communications of May 27—Nos. 797 and 798-—and to state that the text given therein of the arrangements between Gennany and the United States of America governing air traffic arid the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, meets with the approval of the German Government. There is agreement in opinion that the two arrangements shall go into effect on June 1, 1932. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to you, Mr. Ambassador, the assurance of my highest consideration. B. W. von Bülow His Excellency, The Ambassador of the United States of America Mr. Sackett. The American Ambassador (Sackett) to the German Minister of Foreign Affairs (Brüning) No. 800 Berlin, *May 31, 1932*. Excellency: Adverting to your two Notes, both numbered II F 1049, of May 27, 1932, communicating to me the texts of the arrangements between the United States of America and Germany, on the subjects of air navigation and the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, I have the honor to advise you that the texts of the arrangements therein set forth are as agreed to by my Government and that it is understood that the arrangements will come into force on June 1, 1932. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Frederic M. Sackett His Excellency, Dr. Heinrich Brüning, *Minister of Foreign Affairs, Berlin*. [No. 38] May 27, 1932 May 30, 1932 May 31, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2732 2732 CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—GERMANY. * May 27, 30, 31, 1932.Arrangement between the United States of America and Germany for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed May 27, 30, and 31, 1932, effective June 1, 1932* The American Ambassador (Sackett) to the German Minister of Foreign Affairs (Brüning) No. 798 Embassy of the United States of America, *Berlin, May 27, 1932*. Excellency: Arrangement with Germany for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft.I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency the text of the arrangement between the United States of America and Germany, providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, as understood by me to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between the Embassy and your Ministry, as follows: An Arrangement between Germany and the United States of America Providing for the Acceptance by the One Country of Certificates of Airworthiness for Aircraft imported from the Other Country as Merchandise. 1. The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in Germany and exported to Contmental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska; and to civil aircraft constructed in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Germany. 2. The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the German Government for aircraft subsequently to be registered in the United States as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States, provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the authorities of the German Government for the individual aircraft and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities in the United States for aircraft subsequently to be registered in Germany are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Germany. 3. The above arrangement shall extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. 4. The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse. I shall be glad to have Your Excellency inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it be understood that the arrangement will come into force on June 1, 1932. 2733 Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Frederic M. Sackett His Excellency Dr. Heinrich Brüning, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Berlin*. The German Under Secretary, of State for Foreign Affairs (von Bülow) to the American Ambassador (Sackett) Auswärtiges Amt II F 1049 Berlin, *den 27. Mai 1932*. Herr Botschafter! Ich habe die Ehre, Euerer Exzellenz nachstehend den Wortlaut Agreement by Germany.der Vereinbarung zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über die gegenseitige Anerkennung von Lufttüchtigkeitszeugnissen von Luftfahrzeugen, die als Handelsware aus dem anderen Lande eingeführt werden, mitzuteilen, wie er in den Verhandlungen zwischen der Botschaft der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und dein Auswärtigen Amt zustande gekommen ist. Er lautet : Vereinbarung zwischen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über die gegenseitige Anerkennung von Lufttüchtigkeitszeugnissen von Luftfahrzeugen, die als Handelsware aus dem anderen Lande eingeführt werden. 1. Diese Vereinbarung bezieht sich auf Zivilluftfahrzeuge, die in Deutschland hergestellt und nach dem Festland der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, mit Ausnahme von Alaska ausgeführt werden, sowie auf Zivilluftfahrzeuge, die auf dem Festland der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, mit Ausnahme von Alaska, hergestellt und nach Deutschland ausgeführt werden. 2. Den Lufttüchtigkeitsscheinen, die von den zuständigen Be-hörden der Deutschen Regierung für diejenigen Luftfahrzeuge ausgestellt sind, die später in den Vereinigten Staaten eingetragen werden sollen, soll die gleiche Gültigkeit beigelegt werden, als ob sie nach den hierfür in den Vereinigten Staaten geltenden Bestimmungen ausge-stellt worden wären. Voraussetzung hierfür ist, dass auch ein Lufttüchtigkeitsschen für Ausfuhrzwecke von den Behörden der Deutschen Regierung für das einzelne Luftfahrzeug erteilt worden ist und dass die von den zuständigen Behörden in den Vereinigten Staaten ausgestellten Lufttüchtigkeitsscheine für diejenigen Luftfahrzeuge, die später in Deutschland eingetragen werden, dort in gleicher Weise Gültigkeit haben, als wenn sie nach den in Deutschland geltenden Vorschriften ausgestellt worden wären. 3. Die vorstehende Vereinbarung soll sich auf die Zivilluftfahrzeuge aller Arten erstrecken, einschliesslich derjenigen des öffentlichen Verkehrs und derjenigen, die zu privaten Zwecken verwendet werden. 4. Diese Vereinbarung kann von jeder der beiden Regierungen der anderen gegenüber mit 60tagiger Frist gekündigt werden. Falls indes eine der beiden Regierungen durch einen späteren gesetzge berischen Akt daran verhindert sein sollte, die Bestimmungen dieser Vereinbarung voll durchzuführen, so soll sie automatisch hinfällig werden. 2734 Ich wäre Euerer Exzellenz für eine Mitteilung dankbar, ob der Wortlaut der Vereinbarung in der obigen Form die Zustimmung Ihrer Regierung findet. Bejahendenfalls darf ich das Einverständnis damit voraussetzen, dass die Vereinbarung mit dem 1. Juni 1932 in Kraft gesetzt wird. Gem benutze ich diesen Anlass, um Ihnen, Herr Botschafter, die Versicherung meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtung zu erneuern. von Bülow Seiner Exzellenz dem Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika Herrn Sackett [Translation] Foreign Office II F 1049 Berlin, *May 27, 1982*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to Commimicate to Your Excellency herewith the text of the arrangement between Germany and the United States of America governing the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, as it was arrived at in the negotiations between the Embassy of the United States of America and the Foreign Office. It reads: Arrangement between Germany and the United States of America Providing for the Acceptance by the One Country of Certificates of Airworthiness for Aircraft Imported from the Other Country as Merchandise. [Here follows the German text of the arrangement, articles 1 to 4, inclusive, which is the equivalent of the English text communicated by the American Ambassador in his note of May 27, 1932, *ante*, page 160.] I would be grateful if Your Excellency would inform me whether the text of the arrangement in the above form meets with the approval of your Government. If so, I venture to assume concurrence that the arrangement shall go into effect on June 1, 1932. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Mr. Ambassador, the assurance of my highest consideration. von Bülow His Excellency The Ambassador of the United States of America Mr. Sackett The German Under Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (von Bulow) to the American Ambassador (Sackett) Auswärtiges Amt II F 1269, I Berlin, *den 30. Mai 1932.* Herr Botschafter! Ich habe die Ehre, Euerer Exzellenz den Empfang der beiden Schreiben vom 27.d.M.—Nr. 797 und 798—zu bestätigen und mitzuteilen, dass der darin wiedergegebene Wortlaut der Vereinbarungen Zwuschen Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika über den Luftverkehr und über die gegenseitige Anerkennung von 2735Lufttüchtigkeitszeugnissen von Luftfahrzeugen, die als Handelsware aus dem anderen Lande eingeführt werden, die Zustimmung der Deutschen. Regierung findet. Es besteht Einverständnis darüber, dass die beiden Vereinbarungen mit dem 1. Juni 1932 in Kraft treten. Gern benutze ich diesen Anlass, um Ihnen, Herr Botschafter, die Versicherung meiner ausgezeichnetsten Hochachtimg zu erneuern. B. W. von Bülow Seiner Exzellenz den Botschafter der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika Herrn Sackett. [Translation] Foreign Office II F 1269, I Berlin, *May 30, 1932*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s two communications of May 27—Nos. 797 and 798—and to state *Ante*, pp. 2721. 2732.that the text given therein of the arrangements between Germany and the United States of America governing air traffic and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, meets with the approval of the German Government. There is agreement in opinion that the two arrangements shall go into effect on June 1, 1932. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to you, Mr. Ambassador, the assurance of my highest consideration. B. W. von Bülow His Excellency The Ambassador of the United States of America Mr. Sackett. The American Ambassador (Sackett) to the German Minister of Foreign Affairs (Brüning) No. 800 Embassy of the United States of America, *Berlin, May 31, 1932*. Excellency: Adverting to your two Notes, both numbered II F 1049, of May 27, 1932, communicating to me the texts of the arrangements between the United States of America and Germany, on the subjects of air navigation and the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, I have the honor to advise you that the texts of the arrangements therein set forth are as agreed to by my Government and that it is understood that the arrangements will come into force on June 1, 1932. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Frederic M. Sackett His Excellency Dr. Heinrich Brüning, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Berlin*. [No. 39] October 7, 1931 February 4, 1931 April 19, 1932 executiveAgreement 47 Stat. 2736 2736 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—BELGIUM. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Belgium for the October 7, 1931.February 4, 1931 and April 19, 1932.reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 7, 1931, February 4, 1932, and April 19, 1932.* The American Ambassador (Gibson) to the Belgian Minister of Foreign Affairs (Hymans) No. 708 Embassy of the United States of America, *Brussels, October 7, 1931* Mr. Minister, I have the honor to refer to your Excellency’s note of March 31,Arrangement with Belgium for the reciprocal recogniton of load-line certificates. 1931, (Direction Générale B., Section I.B./Communications, No. C.24/1081) pertaining to the conclusion between the Governments of Belgium and the United States of a reciprocal agreement concerning ship load lines. Pursuant to instructions from my Government, I now have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the substance of this note and the text of the excerpt of the Belgian law of August 25, 1920, submitted therewith, have been examined by the competent authorities of my Government. In answer to the inquiry whether the American Government does not share the view of the Belgian Minister of Transports that the reciprocal agreement concerning the inspection of vessels, existing between the two countries since June 1, 1922, would be applicable to the control of load lines, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the competent authorities of my Government do not believe that this agreement could be interpreted to cover load lines, and that they consider it would be preferable to negotiate a separate arrangement. The Government of the United States has taken due notice of the Belgian law which provides that “the freeboard of vessels shall be determined in accordance with the rules and freeboard tables of the French Bureau Veritas or of Lloyds Registry of Shipping, or in accordance with rules and tables recognized as equivalent thereto.” In connection with this provision, my Government is willing to conclude a reciprocal agreement in regard to load lines with the Government of Belgium with the understanding that the rules and freeboard tables employed by the French Bureau Veritas and by Lloyds Registry of Shipping are the freeboard rules and tables of the French Government and the 1906 rules of the British Board of Trade, respectively. Subject to the above understanding the Government of the United States is prepared to agree that pending the coming into force of the International Load Line Convention of 1930, in the United States and Belgium, the competent authorities of the Government of the United States will recognize the load line marks and the certificate of such marking on the merchant vessels of Belgium made in accordance with either of the foregoing systems of rules and tables as equivalent to load line marks and certificates of such markings made pursuant to the laws and regulations of the United States; provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that 2737the hull and superstructure of the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate as to affect the calculations on which the load line was based; and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(1)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. It will be understood by this Government that on the receipt by the Embassy of a note from Your Excellency to the effect that the competent authorities of the Belgian Government will recognize the load line marks and certificates thereof on merchant vessels of the United States, executed pursuant to the laws and regulations of this Government, as equivalent to load line marks and certificates made in accordance with the laws and regulations in force in Belgium, and expressing the Belgian Government’s concurrence in this Govern-ment’s understanding as above set forth, the agreement will become effective. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Hugh Gibson His Excellency Monsieur Paul Hymans, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*. The Belgian Minister of Foreign Affairs (Hymans) to the American Recognition by Belgium.Charge d ’Affaires ad interim (Mayer) Ministère des Affaires Etrangères, *Bruxelles, le 4 février 1932* Direction Générale B. Section I. B., Comm. No. C.24/354 Monsieur le Chargé D’Affaires, Je n’avais pas manqué de porter à la connaissance de M. le Ministre des Transports les termes de la lettre de l’Ambassade en date du 7 octobre dernier, No. 708, au sujet de la conclusion entre les deux pays d’un accord provisoire concernant la limite de charge des navires. J’ai l’honneur de vous faire connaître que les règles et tables de franc-bord que rappelle l’art. 161 de l’arrêté royal du 8 novembre 1920, formant règlement d’application de la loi sur la sécurité des navires, sont bien les règles et tables de franc-bord du Gouvernement français, appliquées par la Bureau Veritas et les règles de 1906 du Board of Trade britannique appliquées par le “Lloyd’s Register of Shipping.” Etant donné que le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis estime ne pas pouvoir se rallier à la proposition qui lui a été présentée, d’appliquer en matière de franc-bord l’accord de réciprocité concernant la sécurité des navires, conclu en 1922, le Gouvernement du Roi accepte l’arrangement proposé par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis. Celuici aura donc un caractère provisoire et est destiné à prendre fin dès que les deux Gouvernements auront ratifié la Convention internationale sur les lignes de charge et que celle-ci aura été mise en vigueur. 2738 Le Gouvernement du Roi déclare, en conséquence, que, par mesure de réciprocité répondant aux mesures annoncées par le Gouvernement américain, le Gouvernement belge admettra, qu’en attendant l’entrée en vigueur aux Etats-Unis et en Belgique de la Convention Interna-tionale sur les lignes de charge du S juillet 1930, et sous réserve des conditions énoncées ci-dessous, les autorités compétentes du Gouvernement belge reconnaîtront les marques de ligne de charge et le certificat de démarcation des navires de commerce sous pavillon des Etats-Unis établis conformément aux lois et règlements en vigueur aux Etats-Unis, comme étant équivalents aux marques de lignes de charge et certificats de ces démarcations établis conformément à la loi belge. Cette reconnaissance est subordonnée aux conditions suivantes: 1) les marques de lignes de charge seront conformes aux certificats de fignes de charge; 2) la coque et les superstructures du navire auquel le certificat est délivré n’auront pas subi, depuis la délivrance du certificat, des modifications d’une importance telle qu’elles affectent les calculs sur lesquels la ligne de charge a été basée; 3) les modifications apportées ne seront pas de nature telle que la protection des ouvertures, les maincourantes, les sabords de décharge, les moyens d’accès aux postes de l’équipage aient manifestement rendu le navire impropre à se rendre en mer sans danger pour la vie humaine. Connaissance est donnée du présent arrangement aux services belges d’inspection maritime qui reçoivent pour instructions de l’observer dès à présent. Il convient de remarquer que la correspondance qui a été échangée au sujet de la question traitée ci-dessus est antérieure à l’arrêté royal du 14 septembre 1931 qui permet aux propriétaires belges d’obtenir pour leurs navires le franc-bord établi conformément au règlement annexé à la Convention Internationale sur les lignes de charge signée à Londres, le 5 juillet 1930; cet arrêté royal introduit donc dans cette question un élément nouveau dont il n’a pu être tenu compte. Mais cette circonstance n’est pas de nature à énerver l’arrangement proposé attendu que le règlement américain sur les francs-bords est identique au règlement annexé à la Convention mentionnée. Puisque le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis est disposé à reconnaître les francs-bords des navires belges attribués suivant les anciennes règles, le Gouvernement du Roi estime donc acquis qu’il reconnaîtra également le franc-bord assigné dans les conditions prévues dans le nouveau règlement belge sur la matière. Il estime cependant opportun d’attirer encore l’attention du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis sur le fait que, suivant ce dernier règlement la marque de l’autorité habi-litée en Belgique pour l’assignation des francs-bords consiste dans les lettres B. I.lorsque le franc-bord est établi par le service officiel belge qualifié à cet effet. J’ai l’honneur de vous faire parvenir à ce propos les 3 exemplaires de l’arrêté royal du 14 septembre 1931 ainsi que 3 formulaires du certificat de franc-bord du modèle utilisé par !’inspection maritime belge.2 Je vous saurais gré, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, de m’adresser une communication marquant l’accord du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis au sujet du présent arrangement. 2739 La date de cette communication pourrait être considérée comme indiquant la mise en vigueur de l’arrangement. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, l’assurance de ma considération la plus distinguée. Pour le Ministre: *Le Directeur Général*. Monsieuh Mayer, *Chargé d’Affaires des Etats-Unis*, *Bruxelles*. [Translation] General Division B Ministry for Foreign Affairs, Section I.B., Comm. *Brussels, February 4, 1932*. No. C.24/354 Sir: I did not fail to inform the Minister for Transportation of the contents of the Embassy’s note of October 7 last, No. 708, concerning the negotiation between the two countries of a temporary agreement on load-line regulations of vessels. I have the honor to inform you that the regulations and tables of load lines which are mentioned in article 161 of the royal decree of November 8, 1920, constituting a ruling for the application of the law concerning the safety of vessels, are the regulations and tables of load lines of the French Government as given by the Veritas Bureau and the rules of 1906 of the British Boara of Trade as given in “Lloyd’s Register of Shipping.” As the Government of the United States feels that it cannot assent to the proposal that has been submitted to it, of applying in the matter of load-line regulations the reciprocity agreement concerning the safety of vessels, concluded in 1922, the Government of the King accepts the arrangement proposed by the Government of the United States. This arrangement will have, therefore, a temporary character and is destined to come to an end as soon as the two Governments shall have ratified the international agreement concerning load lines and as soon as this agreement shall come into force. The Government of the King declares, consequently, that as a measure of reciprocity corresponding to the measures stated by the American Government, the Belgian Government will, in the interim before the enforcement in the United States and in Belgium of the international agreement on load lines, of July 5, 1930, and with the exception of the conditions set forth below, permit competent authori-ties of the Belgian Government to recognize the marks of the load lines and the certificates of these lines for merchant vessels under the United States flag, when these are established in conformity with the laws and regulations in force in the United States, as being equivalent to the marks of the load lines and the certificates of these lines established in conformity with Belgian law. This recognition is subject to the following conditions: 1) The marks of the load lines shall correspond to the certificates of the load lines ; 2) Alterations of sufficient importance to affect the calculations on which the load line was based shall not have been made, since the issuance of the certificate, to the hull and to the superstructure of the vessel concerned; 2740 3) The alterations made shall not be of such a nature that the protection of openings, handrails, cargo ports, means of access to the crew’s stations, shall render the vessel manifestly unfit to go to sea without danger to human life. The Belgian Maritime Inspection Service has been notified of the present arrangement and instructed to observe it henceforth. It is appropriate to point out that the correspondence exchanged on the subject discussed above, precedes the royal decree of September 14, 1931, which allows Belgian shipowners to obtain for their vessels the load line established in conformity with the ruling forming an annex to the International Load Line Agreement signed at London on July 5, 1930; thus this royal decree introduces into this question a new element which it has been impossible to take into consideration. But this Circumstance is not of a character to affect the proposed arrangement since the American ruling on load lines is identical with the ruling forming an annex to the agreement above mentioned. Since the Government of the United States is disposed to recognize the load lines of Belgian vessels assigned according to the old regulations, the Government of the King takes it for granted that the Government of the United States will likewise recognize the load line assigned according to the conditions provided in the new Belgian ruling in this matter. The Government of the King considers it opportune, however, again to call the attention of the Government of the United States to the fact that, in accordance with this latter regulation, the assignment of load lines consists of the letters B.I. when the load line is established by the official Belgian authorities qualified for this purpose. I have the honor to forward to you in this connection three copies of the royal decree of September 14, 1931, as well as three copies of the official form of load-line certificate used by the Belgian Maritime Inspection Service. I should appreciate your addressing me a letter stating the assent of the Government of the United States to the present arrangement. The date of this communication could be considered as signifying the coming into force of the arrangement. Be so kind as to accept, Sir, the assurance of my most distinguished consideration. For the Minister: *The Director General*. Mr. Mayer, *Chargé d’Affaires of the United States*, *Brussels*. The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Mayer) to the Belgian Minister of Foreign Affairs (Hymans) No. 804 Embassy of the United States of America, *Brussels, April 19, 1932* Mr. Minister, I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s note of Februaiy 4, 1932 (Direction Générale B, Section I.B./Comm., No. C.24/354) and to its enclosures, regarding the conclusion of an arrangement between Belgium and the United States for the reciprocal recognition of ship load-line certificates. 2741 My Government agrees, as requested in this note, to recognize the certificates issued by the Government of Belgium pursuant to the Royal Decree of September 14, 1931, which allows Belgian ship owners the privilege of obtaining for their vessels the load line established in conformity with the ruling which forms an annex to the International Load Line Convention signed at London on July 5, 1930. The Government of the United States accordingly understands that the arrangement has been completed by the exchange of notes and is effective from the date of this note. I would greatly appreciate confirmation of this understanding, and I avail myself of this occasion to renew to you, Mr. Minister, the assurances of my highest consideration. Ferdinand Lathrop Mayer, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim.* His Excellency Monsieur Paul Hymans, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*. [No. 40] i INDEX **A** Page **Adamson, F. M.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Adams, Ross E.,** reimbursement to, for overpayment on homestead entry 1680 **Addison, Emily,** payment to, for personal injuries 1741 **Adjournment of Congress,** ordered for July 16, 1932 1781 **Agreements.** *See also* Executive Agreements; Treaties and Conventions. Americas and Spain, parcel post 1957 Germany, postal 1966 Sweden, claims 1911 **Agricultural Conference and Farm Board Inquiry,** additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed 1773 **Aircraft:** Airworthiness certificates, recognition of— Germany 2732 South Africa 2687 Civil, admission of, etc.— Canada 2575 Germany 2721 Italy 2668 **Alaska,** Katmai National Monument, area enlarged 2453 **Albumen,** dried egg, duty increased 2460 **Albuquerque, N. Mex.,** transfer of certain lands in Bernalillo County to 1751 **Aliens,** quotas of nationality to be admitted 2456 **Allegheny Forging Company,** adjustment of claim of 1733 **Allen, Malcolm,** military record corrected 1708 **Alsimin, etc.,** duty decreased 2518 **Aluminum, Ferrosilicon, etc.,** duty decreased 2518 **Amendment to Constitution.** *See* Constitution of United States. **American Legion,** payment to Withycombe Post Numbered 11, Corvallis, Oreg 1762 **Anderson, S. C.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Anderson-Tully Company,** payment of court costs to 1844 **Andrews, Joe, Company,** payment to, for page property damage 1694 **Arbitration Agreements:** Egypt, claim of George J. Salem 2700 Sweden, claims 1911 **Arbitration Treaties:** China 2213 Egypt 2130 Greece 2161 Switzerland 1983 **Architect of the Capitol,** directed to relocate statues in Statuary Hall, etc 1784 **Arizona:** Canyon De Chelly National Monument, established 2448, 2562 Grand Canyon National Game Preserve, area diminished 2483 Grand Canyon National Monument established 2547 Petrified National Monument, area enlarged 2486, 2532 Saguaro National Monument, established 2557 **Arkansas,** Ouachita National Forest, Okla., and, area enlarged 2467 **Armistice Day Proclamations:** 1931 2485 1932 2538 **Armstrong, J. M.,** title to certain lands in Rapides Parish, La., relinquished to legal representatives of 1756 **Ashley National Forest, Utah-Wyo.,** enlarged 2555 **Austria:** Treaty of friendship, commerce, and consular rights 1876 Supplementary agreement 1899 **Aviation,** Commercial, Pan American convention on 1901 **Aycock,** Charles Brantley: Acceptance, etc., of statue of, from North Carolina, for Statuary Hall 1777 Proceedings on ordered printed 1778 **B** **Bacon, James P.,** repayment of money to 1715 **Ballard, Grover Cleveland,** payment to, for surgical treatment 1693 **Ball, Joseph R.,** adjustment of claim of 1716ii **Baltimore Branch,** Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, settlement of claim of 1743 **Bandelier National Forest, N. Mex.,** area enlarged 2503 **Bankruptcy Act Amendments,** correction in enrollment of bill relative to 1785 **Barber, Charles L.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1696 **Barnard, Hilda,** refund of customs penalty to 1710 **Bayer, Frank,** payment to, for seized radio apparatus 1660 **Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah,** established 2435 **Beaumont Export and Import Company,** settlement of claim of 1726 **Bedwell, Edward,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Beers, Sophia A.,** payment to, for loss of property 1713 **Beier, George,** payment to, for personal injuries 1758 **Belgium,** agreement, recognition of loadline certificates 2736 **Bell, Catherine,** payment to, for personal injuries 1697 **Bellows, C. B.,** payment to, for property damages 1666 **Bells, Bicycle, etc.,** duty increased 2459 **Belsvig, Mathie,** issue of land patent to 1732 **Bennett, William Girard Joseph,** naval record corrected 1665 **Bent-wood Furniture,** duty decreased 2462 **Bermi, Sadie,** payment to, for personal injuries 1764 **Bess, Peter,** repayment of fine to 1757 **Bethel Cemetery Company, Chesapeake City, Md.,** payment to, for property damages 1759 **Bicentennial of George Washington:** Authorizing wreath for grave of mother of George Washington, February 22, 1932 1775 Joint committee on arrangements for observing 1773 Joint session of the two Houses of Congress in commemoration of 1774 Observance of, invited 2499 **Bicycle, etc., Bells,** duty increased 2459 **Binoculars, Prism,** duty on, increased 2545 **Bird, Joseph Russell,** added to final roll of Indians, Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont 1754 **Birds, Migratory,** modifying regulations for protecting 2440, 2476, 2481, 2520 **Bird, Thomas,** settlement of claim of estate of 1742 **Bishop, Ned.,** refund to, for forfeited Liberty bond 1689 **Bitterroot National Forest, Idaho:** Area modified 2450 Part of Nezperce transferred to 2450 Description corrected 2464 **Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, Colo.,** established 2558 **Black, Herbert G.,** suit on claim of, authorized 1719 **Blackwell, Marion F.,** payment to, for forfeited land patent 1724 **Blaine, Kenneth,** adjustment of claim of 1716 **Blankenship, W. A.,** payment to, for property damage 1692 **Blomgren, Harry E.,** credit in accounts of 1745 **Bodeck, Edward,** payment to, for personal injuries 1672 **Bonded Carpet Wool and Camel Hair,** extending time for proof of use of, for floor coverings, etc 2548 **Bonded Carpet Wool and Drawback Exportations,** time extended for furnishing proof of date, etc 2508 **Bonded Warehouses:** Extending time for withdrawing imported merchandise entered for, prior to 1930 2505 Prior to 1931 2548 **Bonds and Securities, Sale of Foreign,** additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed 1775 **Booth Fisheries Company,** payment to, for steamship damages 1750 **Borum, Neal D.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1657 **Boundary Convention,** Philippine Islands and North Borneo, with Great Britain 2198 **Bourrie, Joseph E., Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1700 **Bradford, Herman H.,** payment to, for military service 1740 **Bradshaw, Addie C.,** payment to, and J. J. Bradshaw, for personal injuries 1664 **Brayshaw, Dr. M. M.,** payment to, for professional services 1634 **Brazil, agreement,** relief from double income tax on shipping profits 2620 **Bremer, Alex,** settlement of claim, authorized 1699 **Bridge, Missouri River,** signatures to bill relating to, ordered rescinded 1785 **Bryce Canyon National Park, Utah,** area enlarged 2455 **Building, etc., Associations:** Return from President of bill concerning 1774 Correction in enrollment of 1774 **Bustamante, Andres,** payment to, for property damage 1763iii **C** **California:** Death Valley National Monument established 2554 Pinnacles National Monument, area enlarged 2451 Yosemite National Park, area enlarged 2527 **Camel Hair, Bonded,** extending time for proof of use of, for floor coverings, etc 2548 **Canada:** Agreements with— Aircraft, admission of civil 2575 Quarantine inspection of vessels 2573 Radio broadcasts, use of channels for 2704 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2580 Convention with Great Britain for protection of Northern Pacific Halibut Fishery 1872 **Canal Zone Civil Code,** correction in enrollment of bill relating to 1784 **Cann, John Pearce,** payment to, for personal services 1745 **Canyon De Chelly National Monument, Ariz.,** established 2448, 2562 **Cape Romain, S. C., Bird Refuge,** certain lands designated closed area 2513 **Caperton, Jeff Davis,** *et al.*, benefits of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to deceased son of 1663 **Caperton, J. P.,** limitations of Employees Compensation Act waived in favor of 1663 **Capitol Building:** Statues, relocation, etc., of, ordered 1784 Portraits located in, loan to George Washington Bicentennial Commission 1775 **Carlsbad Caverns National Monument, N. Mex.,** enlarged 2556 **Carpenter, Kenneth,** adjustment of claim of 1716 **Carpet Wool, Bonded:** Time extended for proof of use for floor coverings, etc 2508 Time further extended 2548 **Case, F. P.,** extension of time limit in contract with, for removal of certain timber 1656 **Casey, Escha Whittington,** disability claim of, to be examined 1763 **Casey, George E.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1669 **Cates, C. A.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1760 **Catton, Alden,** repayment of money to 1715 **Caughman-Kaminer Company,** payment to, for lost merchandise 1709 **Chair Glides,** duty on, increased 2541 **Chaplain, House of Representatives,** prayers by, ordered printed 1774 **Child Health Day Proclamations** 2451, 2507 **Chile, Commercial, etc.,** relations agreement 2682 **China:** Arbitration treaty 2213 International Settlement, Shanghai— Chinese courts, agreement concerning 2713 Exchange of notes 2716 Unilateral declaration, reservation of rights 2719 **Cholister, George Robert,** medal of honor awarded to 1719 **Christianson, Edward,** disability claim of, to be examined 1690 **Claims:** Panama, reciprocal convention 1915 Spain, agreement for consideration of 2641 Sweden, agreement 1911 **Clark Coal Company,** suit on claim of, authorized 1719 **Clarke, Laura J.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1737 **Clark, Franklin D.,** payment of undrawn pensions to estate of 1701 **Cloth, Woven-Wire,** duty increased 2437 **Cocoa-Fiber Mats,** duty on, increased 2542 **Coe, Sarah Ann,** payment to, for death of husband 1665 **Collect-on-Delivery Postal Agreement,** with Germany 1966 **Colorado:** Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, established 2558 Colorado National Monument, enlarged 2563 Great Sand Dunes National Monument, area enlarged 2506 Mesa Verde National Park, area enlarged 2511 Rocky Mountain National Park, area enlarged 2498 **Colorado National Monument, Colo.,** enlarged 2563 **Commerce, etc., Treaties:** Austria 1876 Supplementary agreement 1899 Norway 2135 **Commercial Aviation,** Pan American Convention on 1901 **Commercial Relations Agreements:** Chile 2682 Persia 2644 **Compton, J. Taylor, and T. Maddox,** title to certain lands in Rapides Parish, La., relinquished to 1756 **Conciliation Treaties:** Egypt 2132 Greece 2165 Switzerland 1983iv **Concurrent Resolutions:** Accepting statues of— Aycock, Charles Brantley 1777 Lee, Robert E 1777 Sevier, General John 1776 Washington, George 1777 Adjournment of Congress 1781 Coolidge, Calvin, memorial service 1783 Correcting enrollment of bills relating to— Bankruptcy 1785 Canal Zone, civil code for 1784 Loans to farmers for crop production 1783 State, etc., Departments appropriations 1781 Supreme Court, rules of practice, etc 1784 War Department appropriations 1781 Directing reenrollment, etc., of bills relating to— Building, etc., associations 1774 District of Columbia insurance corporations 1778 Electoral votes, counting of 1782 George Washington Bicentennial— Joint committee on arrangements, appointment of 1773 Joint session commemorating 1774 Loan of certain portraits for exhibit 1775 Wreath for grave of mother 1775 Holiday recess 1773 Inaugural Committee, appointment authorized 1782 Jarvis, Grant, payment to 1773 Printing ordered— Agricultural Conference and Farm Board Inquiry, hearings 1773 Chaplain of House, prayers by 1774 Congressional Directory for first session, 73d Congress 1784 Foreign bonds, etc., hearings on sale of 1775 Laws relating to veterans of various wars, compilation of 1780 Moratorium on foreign debts, additional hearings 1782 National Economic Council, hearings on establishment of 1777 Oration on former President Coolidge by Hon. Arthur P. Rugg 1784 Proceedings at unveiling of statues of— Aycock, Charles Brantley 1778 Davis, Jefferson 1779 George, James Z 1779 King, Thomas Starr 1779 Serra, Junipero 1779 Sevier, General John 1779 Revenue Act of 1932, additional copies 1778 Revenue Bill, comparative print 1776 Consolidated hearings 1777 “Revenue Revision, 1932,” consolidated hearings 1776 Requesting return from President of bills relating to— Building, etc., associations 1774 District of Columbia insurance companies 1776 Indian country, jurisdiction in management of 1776 Rescinding action on bill relating to bridge across Missouri River 1785 Statues in Capitol, authorizing relocation, etc., of 1784 United States Roanoke Colony Commission, establishing 1780 Extending time for report of 1782 **Congress:** Adjournment of, ordered for July 16, 1932 1781 Announcing ratification of Amendment to Constitution, changing time of convening, fixing term of 2569 Holiday recess, 1931, ordered 1773 Joint committee on arrangements for— George Washington Bicentennial 1773 Inaugural ceremonies 1782 Joint session— Commemoration of bicentennial of George Washington 1774 Memorial, former President Coolidge 1783 Proceedings for counting electoral votes for President and Vice President 1782 **Congressional Directory,** edition of, for first session, 73d Congress, ordered 1784 **Conservation of Waterfowl,** emergency cooperation for, urged 2475 **Constant, Avery G.,** charge against postal accounts of, canceled 1748 **Constitution of United States,** proclamation announcing ratification of the Twentieth Amendment to 2569 **Consular Agents,** Pan American convention concerning 1966 **Consular Imports,** Customs treatment of, agreement with Norway 2698 **Consular Rights, etc., Treaties:** Austria 1876 Supplementary agreement 1899 Norway 2135 **Conventions.** *See* Treaties and Conventions. **Cook, George,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Coolidge, Calvin:** Announcing death of 2550v Joint session of the two Houses for memorial service to 1783 Address by Honorable Arthur P. Rugg ordered printed 1784 **Copper Ridge Mining Company,** lost Treasury certificate redeemed in favor of 1679 **Copyrights,** mechanical musical reproductions included in, privileges to Greece 2502 **Cordage, Hemp,** duty increased 2459 **Cornwallis’ Surrender,** recommending observance of sesquicentennial of 2479 **Cotton Velvets,** duty on, increased 2543 **Court of Claims,** claim of P. F. Gormley placed under jurisdiction of 1769 **Cox, William R.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1686 **Craig, Ursula Compton,** title to certain lands in Rapides Parish, La., relinquished to 1756 **Crane, Jerry V.,** honorable discharge granted to 1735 **Crawford, Mildred B.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1688 **Crotty, Margaret,** payment to, for death of son 1680 **Curtiss, Glenn H.,** distinguished-flying cross to 1738 **Customs Matters, Commercial Agreements on:** Egypt 2582 Rumania 2593 **Cylinder, etc., Glass,** duty decreased 2492 **D** **Dalton, William,** payment to, for personal injuries 1711 **Davidson, John E.,** naval record corrected 1742 **Davis, Annie L.,** payment to, for property damage 1723 **Davis, Donna M.,** credit in accounts of 1733 **Davis, Jefferson,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1779 **Davis, Samuel C.,** payment to, for property damage 1731 **Day, John H.,** payment to, for carrying mail 1694 **Dayton, Elizabeth B.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1702 **Death Valley National Monument, Calif.,** established 2554 **De Bayle, Dr. Luis H.,** payment to, for loss of drugs, etc 1656 **Deiter, G. H.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Denmark:** Agreements with— Load-line certificates, recognition of 2690 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2612 Parcel-post convention 2402 **de Vos, P. L.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Dick, Chester J.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1668 **Dietz, Joseph Anton,** adjustment of claim for property damage, authorized 1749 **Director General of Railroads:** Appointing Ogden L. Mills as 2500 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 2500 **District of Columbia:** Return from President of bill relating to insurance companies in, requested 1776 Reenrollment of, directed 1778 **Dongji Investment Company (Ltd.),** release from performance bond 1734 **Dove, Claude E.,** payment to, for death of wife, etc 1711 **Drawback Exportations,** extending time on merchandise for shipment to Philippine Islands 2549 **Drexler, Henry Clay,** medal of honor awarded to 1719 **Duborg, F. R.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Dunn, John L.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1757 **Dysert, Mrs Amy,** payment to 1710 **E** **Echols, Sam,** payment of deceased son’s salary to 1706 **Edgecumbe, Annie Lee,** payment to estate, for death 1714 **Eggplant,** duty decreased 2488 **Eggs, Dried, etc.,** duty increased 2460 **Egypt:** Arbitration agreement, claim of George J. Salem 2700 Arbitration treaty 2130 Conciliation treaty 2132 Customs matters, commercial agreement on 2582 **El Dorado, Ark.:** First National Bank, reimbursement of 1767 National Bank of Commerce, reimbursement of 1767 **Electoral Vote for President and Vice President,** arrangements for counting, by Congress 1782 **Ellingson and Groskopf (Inc.),** payment to, for mortician services 1681vi **Ely, Eugene B.,** distinguished-flying cross awarded to 1717 **Emley, Thomas N.,** payment to, for property damage 1723 **England.** *See* Great Britain. **Engler, Francis,** claim of, for additional pay, allowed 1663 **Ennis, W. C.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Eopolucci, Annie M.,** payment to, for death of son 1640 **Establishment and Sojourn,** treaty with Turkish Republic 2432 **Estonia,** recognition of agreement, ship measurement certificates 2597 **Evans, P. C.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Exchange of Notes.** *See also* Executive Agreements. Norway, tariff treatment of sardines 2160 **Executive Agreements.** *See also* Agreements; Treaties and Conventions. Aircraft, etc., civil, admission of, Canada 2575 Air navigation— Germany 2721 Italy 2668 Certificates of air worthiness— Germany 2732 Union of South Africa 2687 Certificates of inspection, passenger vessels, Italy 2665 Chinese courts, International Settlement, Shanghai 2713 Claims, consideration of, Spain 2641 Commercial, etc., relations— Chile 2682 Persia 2644 Customs matters, commercial agreements— Egypt 2582 Rumania 2593 Customs treatment of importations for consular offices and officers, Norway 2698 Double income tax, shipping profits— Brazil 2620 Canada 2580 Denmark and Iceland 2612 France 2604 Germany 2627 Great Britain 2587 Greece 2608 Italy 2599 Japan 2578 Netherlands 2601 Norway 2617 Spain 2584 Haitianization Agreement, Haiti 2659 Load-line certificates— Belgium 2736 Denmark 2690 Germany 2695 Iceland 2693 Irish Free State 2685 Italy 2711 Japan 2678 Sweden 2707 Nationals, personal status, etc., of, Persia 2652 Navigation dues, pleasure yachts, Sweden 2655 Quarantine inspection of vessels, Canada 2573 Radio broadcasts, Canada 2704 Salem Claim Arbitration, Egypt 2700 Ship measurement certificates, Estonia 2597 **Extradition Treaties:** Germany 1862 Great Britain 2122 Greece 2185 **F** **Fairchild, Melissa Isabel,** land patent to issue to 1659 **Farm Board Inquiry, etc.,** additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed 1773 **Farmers State Bank, Georgetown, Tex.,** lost Liberty bonds redeemed in favor of 1691 **Federal Railroad Control:** Appointing Ogden L. Mills Director General of Railroads 2500 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising from 2500 **Fees, Don C.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1677 **Fekete, Steve,** refund to, on forfeited bail bond 1663 **Feldspar,** duty decreased 2491 **Ferroaluminum Silicon,** duty decreased 2518 **Ferrosilicon Aluminum, etc.,** duty decreased 2518 **Fingar, Essie,** gratuity pay to 1724 **Finland,** parcel post convention 2169 **Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company,** payment to 1662 **Fire Prevention Week Proclamations:** 1931 2466 1932 2531 **First National Bank, Brenham, Tex.,** lost Liberty bonds redeemed in favor of 1690 **First National Bank, El Dorado, Ark.,** reimbursement of 1767 **First National Bank, Junction City, Ark.,** reimbursement of 1736vii **Fishburn, William N.,** honoraole discharge granted to 1766 **Fishery, Northern Pacific Halibut,** convention with Great Britain respecting 1872 **Flagg, E. H.,** payment of penalty claim to 1683 **Flakne, Knud O.,** payment to, for dispossession 1707 **Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont.,** addition to final roll of Indians of 1753 **Fleming, William J.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1766 **Florida, Osceola National Forest,** established 2465 **Foard, Emma E.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Folding Rules, Aluminum and Wood,** duty on, increased 2544 **Foley, Paul, jr.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Footwear, Rubber-Soled and Rubber,** duty on, increased 2552 **Ford, Florian,** payment to, for fire losses 1674 **Foreign Bonds and Securities,** additional copies of hearings on sale of, ordered printed 1775 **Foreign Debts,** additional copies of hearings on moratorium on, ordered printed 1782 **Fort Hall Indian School Reserve, Idaho,** exchange of land, authorized 1755 **Fourdrinier Wires, etc.,** duty increased 2437 **Fox, Mary Elizabeth,** payment to, for personal injuries 1735 **France,** agreement, relief from double income tax on shipping profits 2604 **Franzel, Peter Paul,** payment to estate of 1722 **Fraser, James E.,** payment to, for loss on contract 1708 **Friendship, etc., Treaties:** Austria 1876 Supplementary agreement 1899 Norway 2135 **Frissell, Nelson E.,** payment for expenses, damages, etc., incurred by 1703 **Furniture, Bent-wood,** duty decreased 2462 **G** **Game Preserve, Grand Canyon, Ariz.,** area diminished 2483 **Gatewood, Mrs Johnnie Schley,** payment to, for personal injuries 1698 **Gelatin:** Edible, duty decreased 2439 Inedible, duty modified 2529 **George, James Z.,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1779 **George Washington Bicentennial:** Authorizing wreath for grave of mother of George Washington, February 22, 1932 1775 Inviting observance 2499 Joint committee on arrangements, authorized 1773 Joint session of the two Houses, to commemorate, authorized 1774 **George Washington Bicentennial Commission,** granted temporary loan of certain portraits in Capitol 1775 **George Washington Birthplace National Monument, Va.,** area enlarged 2446 **Germany:** Agreements with— Air navigation 2721 Airworthiness certificates, recognition of 2732 Load-line certificates, recognition of 2695 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2629 Collect-on-delivery postal agreement with 1966 Extradition treaty with 1862 **Giacalone, Same,** payment to, for damage to vessel 1704 **Gilbert, William L.,** refund of customs duties to 1684 **Gillespie, Rose,** adjustment of claim for property damage, authorized 1749 **Gilson, Edna M.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1695 **Glacier National Park, Mont.,** made part of Waterton-Glacier International Park 2519 **Gladney, D. W.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Glass,** cylinder, crown, and sheet, duty decreased 2492 **Glue,** duty on, modified 2529 **Godfrey, Ida E.,** payment to, for property damage 1723 **Gollan (Gould), Ada B.,** payment to 1661 **Gordon, David, Building and Construction Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1680 **Gordon, Elmo K.,** payment to 1639 **Gordon, J. N., **settlement of claim, authorized 1682 **Gormley, P. F., Company,** claim of, placed under jurisdiction of Court of Claims 1669 **Gorsuch, W. Stanley,** payment to, for personal injuries 1678 **Gould, Kenneth G.,** reimbursement of shipping expenses to 1698 **Grand Canyon National Game Preserve, Ariz.,** area diminished 2483viii **Grant, William E. B.,** examination of claim of, authorized 1725 **Great Britain:** Extradition treaty 2122 Iraq, convention relating to American rights in 1817 Northern Pacific Halibut Fishery, convention for protection of 1872 Philippine Islands and North Borneo boundary convention 2198 Shipping profits, agreement for relief from double income tax on 2587 **Great Falls Meat Company,** adjustment of claim of, authorized 1749 **Great Sand Dunes National Monument, Colo.,** area enlarged 2506 **Great Western Coal Mines Company,** refund of purchase money to 1723 **Greece:** Arbitration treaty 2161 Conciliation treaty 2165 Extradition treaty 2185 Including mechanical musical reproductions in copyright privileges to 2502 Shipping profits, agreement for relief from double income tax on 2608 **Green, Abraham,** payment to, for forfeited bail bond 1683 **Green Mountain National Forest, Vt.,** established 2509 **Griffin, James M.,** credit in accounts of 1727 **Grina Brothers,** lost Liberty bonds redeemed in favor of 1665 **Grounds, Hamilton,** payment to, for personal injuries 1753 **H** **Hahnel, Oscar R.,** payment to, for damage to automobile 1699 **Haiti,** Haitianization agreement 2659 **Halibut Fishery, Northern Pacific,** convention with Great Britain respecting 1872 **Hall, Anna A.,** refund of customs duties to 1697 **Hall, Noble Jay,** payment to, for death of son 1695 **Hamilton, D. Emmett,** payment to, for carrying of mail 1705 **Hamilton, Hallie H.,** may bring suit for property damages 1670 **Hannas, Florence Northcott,** designated beneficiary of son, for naval death allowance purposes 1688 **Hannigan, Herbert C.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Hansen, George H.,** adjustment of claim of 1747 **Hanson, Jacob D.,** payment to estate for death 1707 **Harding, Amy,** settlement of claim of, for personal injuries 1667 **Harney National Forest, S. Dak.,** area enlarged 2454 **Hart, B. F.,** adjustment of claim of, authorized 1725 **Harvey Canal Ship Yard and Machine Shop,** adjustment of claims of, authorized 1648 **Hats,** and bodies therefor, wool-felt, duty decreased 2438 **Hawaii,** transferring title of certain lands to 2484, 2497 **Hays, Bradford P.,** may bring suit for property damages 1670 **Hays, W. H.,** may bring suit for property damages 1670 **Hean, J. H.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Heberle, Genevieve M.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1704 **Heffron, John,** granted honorable discharge 1700 **Heiser, H. M.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Hemp Cordage,** duty increased 2459 **Henry, Basil N.,** military record corrected 1667 **Herink, John,** payment to, for lands erroneously patented to 1678 **Hiemenz, H. J.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Hildreth, C. N., Jr.,** credit in accounts of 1725 **Hilliard, Cicero A.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1675 **Hobson, Richmond Pearson,** medal of honor awarded to 1720 **Holiday Recess of Congress,** ordered, for 1931 1773 **Hollis, Alvina,** payment to, for personal injuries 1664 **Holman, George H.,** military record corrected 1709 **Holmes, William H.,** credit in accounts of 1653 **Honorable Discharges:** Crane, Jerry V 1735 Fishburn, William N 1766 Heffron, John 1700 Huff, Price 1769 Kent, Sidney Joseph 1720 Killion, Clarence R 1732 King, Nelson 1752 Linebarger, Henry Dixon 1738 McDonald, George W 1729 Meaney, James J 1765 Neville, Arthur I 1759 Pate, James L 1752 Ritz, Stuart L 1765 Sawhill, Alexander F 1736 Sherman, William M 1754 Squires, William Mathew 1734 Stotts, John S 1760 Young, Walter Sam 1760ix **Hopkins, Minnie,** payment to, for death of son 1686 **House of Representatives,** Joint meeting of Senate and, for counting electoral vote 1782 Prayers by Chaplain of, ordered printed 1774 **Howard, Cassie E.,** issue of land patent to 1732 **Howard, William J.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Huff, Price,** honorable discharge granted to 1769 **Hughes, Berta C.,** payment to, for illegal sale of certain property of husband (deceased) 1673 **Hurley, H. E.,** settlement of claim, authorized 1674 **I** **Iceland:** Load-line certificates, agreement for recognition of 2693 Shipping profits, agreement for relief from double income tax on 2612 **Idaho:** Nezperce and Bitterroot National Forests, areas modified 2450 Description corrected 2464 **Immigration of Aliens,** establishing annual quotas 2456 **Inaugural Ceremonies, 1933,** Joint Congressional Committee authorized to arrange for 1782 **Income Tax, Shipping Profits.** *See* Shipping Profits. **Indian Country,** return from the President of bill (S. 3322) relating to management of, requested 1776 **Industrial Property,** international convention for protection of 1789 **Infants’ Wool Knit Outerwear,** modification of duties 2517 **Ingman, Herman,** payment to, for handling of certain mail 1672 **Ingrande, Same,** payment to, for damage to vessel 1704 **Inman, N. F.,** payment to 1710 **Inman, Samuel B.,** payment to heirs of 1710 **Inspection Certificates, Passenger Vessels,** recognition of, agreement with Italy 2665 **Insurance Companies in the District of Columbia:** Return from the President of bill relating to, requested 1776 Reenrollment of, directed 1778 **International Conventions:** Amelioration of condition of the wounded, etc., of armies in the field 2074 Load Line 2228 Prisoners of war, treatment of 2021 **International Settlement, Shanghai, China:** Chinese courts, agreement concerning 2713 Exchange of notes 2716 Unilateral declaration, reservation of rights 2719 **Intoxicating Liquors, Indian Country,** return from the President of bill (S. 3322) relating to, requested 1776 **Iraq,** convention with Great Britain in respect to rights in 1807 **Ireland, Northern,** agreement for relief from double income tax on shipping profits 2587 **Irish Free State,** agreement for recognition of load-line certificates 2685 **Italy:** Agreements with— Air navigation, admission of civil aircraft, etc 2668 Inspection certificates, passenger vessels, recognition of 2665 Load-line certificates, recognition of 2711 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2599 Treaty of peace, modification of former 2102 **J** **Japan:** Agreements with— Load-line certificates, recognition of 2678 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2578 **Jarvis, Grant,** pay to widow of 1773 **Jeffcoat, David C.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1709 **Jensen, Leslie,** credit in accounts of 1748 **Jersey Knit Outerwear, Infants’,** modification of duties 2517 **Johnson and Higgins,** adjustment of claim of 1717 **Johnson, George T., and Sons,** settlement of claim of, authorized 1716 **Joint Committee on Arrangements, George Washington Bicentennial,** appointment 1773 **Joint Committee on Inaugural Ceremonies,** appointment, duties, etc 1782 **Joint Committee on the Library,** relocation of statues in Capitol Building ordered 1784 **Joint Meeting of the two Houses of Congress:** George Washington Bicentennial 1774 Electoral vote, counting of 1782 Memorial service, former President Coolidge 1783 **June, Harold I.,** permitted to transfer to Fleet Naval Reserve 1671x **K** **Kanelakos, Frank,** issue of coupon bond to 1695 **Katmai National Monument, Alaska,** area enlarged 2453 **Kellogg, Charles C.,** repayment of money to 1715 **Kent, Sidney Joseph,** honorable discharge granted to 1720 **Keys, William Alexander,** repayment of purchase money on mineral entry 1690 **Killion, Clarence R.,** honorable discharge granted to 1732 **King, Nelson,** honorable discharge granted to 1752 **King, Thomas Starr,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1779 **Kipp, Lieut Col H. H.,** travel expense claim of, allowed 1687 **Kirby, Sadie L.,** land patent to issue to 1756 **Kirkland, Maggie,** credit in accounts of 1746 **Kirn, Henry J., and Louise H.,** exchange of land patents, authorized 1754 **Kline, Arnold R.,** transfer, etc., of, Navy 1720 **Knourek, William,** payment to, for loss on stolen internal-revenue stamps 1696 **“Kronprins Gustaf Adolf” and “Pacific”,** Swedish motorships, special claims agreement with Sweden concerning 1911 **L** **Labor Disputes,** emergency board created to investigate certain railway 2452, 2504 **LaCarte, William Joseph,** naval record corrected 1752 **LaForge, Thomas C.,** land patent 1657 **Lake Denmark, N. J.,** payment to persons injured by explosions at naval ammunition depot 1762 **Lame Duck Amendment.** *See* Constitution of United States. **Lamkin, Charles,** payment to, for loss of equipment 1708 **Landry, Jacob,** relinquishment of equitable interest in claim to 1682 **Laws relating to Veterans of Various Wars,** compilation of, ordered printed 1780 **Leach, Dock,** military record corrected 1659 **Lee, A. W.,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Lee, Harry Manning,** Marine Corps record corrected 1687 **Lee, H. H.,** payment to, for fire losses 1673 **Lee, Robert E.,** acceptance of statue of, from Virginia, for Statuary Hall 1777 **Lehde and Schoenhut,** refund of customs duties to 1660 **Lester, William A.,** refund to 1746 **Lester, Zetta,** refund to 1746 **Leypoldt, D. M., Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1699 **Lincoln County, Mont.,** conveyance of land to School District No 15, authorized 1727 **Lindley Nurseries (Inc.),** adjustment of claim of 1729 **Linebarger, Henry Dixon,** honorable discharge granted to 1738 **Linn, Wilbur,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Load-Line Certificates:** Agreements for recognition of— Belgium 2736 Denmark 2690 Germany 2695 Iceland 2693 Irish Free State 2685 Italy 2711 Japan 2678 Sweden 2707 **Load Line Convention,** International 2228 **Loans to Farmers for Crop Production, etc.,** correction in enrollment of bill relating to 1783 **Louisiana and Arkansas Railway Company,** creating emergency board to investigate, etc., dispute between, and employees 2452, 2504 **Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Co.,** creating emergency board to investigate, etc dispute between, and employees 2504 **Loveless, Rachel A.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Lowe, John I.,** payment to, for property damage 1661 **Lyons, I. L., and Company,** payment to, in settlement of claim 1658 **M** **MacDonald, Harriet M.,** payment to, for services as nurse, etc 1659 **Madrigal and Company,** refund of wharfage charges 1743 **Magee Brothers (Ltd.),** payment to, for forfeited security bond 1702 **Mahoney, Florence,** payment to, for personal injuries 1739 **Malley, William A.,** may bring suit for damages to barge 1676 **Marine Corps Records Corrected:** Lee, Harry Manning 1687 McDormott, Lewis A 1701 Parker, Olen H 1742 West, Walter S 1685xi **Maritime Neutrality,** Pan American convention on 1989 **Marrs, Jack,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Marshall, A. L.,** refund to, for forfeited appearance bond 1781 **Martin, Audra Jane,** added to final roll of Indians, Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont 1754 **Martin, Frank,** payment to, for personal injuries 1712 **Maryland,** sale of certain land in, to The Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington Railroad Company 1731 **Mats, Cocoa-Fiber,** duty on, increased 2542 **Mayo, Chester G.,** payment to, for purchase of certain floral wreaths 1702 **McBride, Betty,** gratuity payment to 1747 **McCarn, Ruth,** payment to 1736 **McCleary, Maj. O. S.,** allowance to, for difference in pay 1745 **McDonald, George W.,** honorable discharge to 1729 **McDormott, Lewis A.,** Marine Corps record corrected 1701 **McGrath, Marie E.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1693 **McGuire, Alva D.,** payment to, for property damage 1746 **McIntire, Mary L.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **McKee, Howard,** payment to, for property damage 1762 **McManus, Rosamond B.,** payment to, for death of husband 1686 **Meaney, James J.,** honorable discharge granted to 1765 **Mechanical Musical Reproductions,** included in copyright privileges to Greece 2502 **Memorial Service to Former President Coolidge,** joint session of the two Houses ordered for February 6, 1933 1783 **Merchandise in Bonded Warehouses:** Extending time for withdrawing imports entered prior to 1930 2505 Prior to 1931 2548 **Merchants and Farmers Bank, Junction City, Ark.,** reimbursement of 1737 **Merrin, Harold W.,** reimbursement for travel expenses 1733 **Mesa Verde National Park, Colo.,** area enlarged 2511 **Meyer, Harvey K.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1656 **Migratory Bird Refuge, Bear River, Utah,** established 2435 **Migratory Birds,** modifying regulations for protecting 2440, 2476, 2481, 2520 **Migratory Bird Treaty Act:** Designating as closed area— Cape Romain Bird Refuge, S. C 2513 St. Marks Migratory Bird Refuge, Fla 2493 **Migratory Waterfowl,** restriction on hunting of 2475, 2501 **Military Records Corrected:** Allen, Malcolm 1708 Henry, Basil N 1667 Holman, George H 1709 Leach, Dock 1659 Moncravie, John W 1659 Simpson, Lemuel 1658 **Miller, Lyman L.,** reimbursement to 1723 **Mills Brothers,** payment to, for damage to vessel 1706 **Mills, Ogden L.:** Appointing, as Director General of Railroads and Agent of the President 2500 Designating, as agent in actions arising from Federal railroad control 2500 **Mirabelli, Pasquale,** refund of cash bond to 1667 **Missouri River,** signatures to bill relating to bridging, ordered rescinded 1785 **Moncravie, Elizabeth,** military record of husband corrected 1659 **Moncravie, John W. (alias John Wisner),** military record corrected 1659 **Montana:** Conveyance of land to School District No 15, Lincoln County, authorized 1727 Glacier National Park made part of Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park 2519 Yellowstone National park, area enlarged 2537 **Moore, Robert F.,** homestead entry of, validated 1768 **Moran, Carroll K.,** payment to, for personal moneys expended 1669 **Moratorium on Foreign Debts,** additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed 1782 **Morgan, George,** payment to, for property damages 1759 **Morris, Caroline,** conveyance by quitclaim deed to 1750 **Moynihan, J. P.,** refund to, for forfeited bail bond 1668 **Mulinex, Chase E.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1703 **Murnane, Mary,** payment to, for personal injuries 1693 **Murray, James P.,** repayment of money to 1715xii **Musical Reproductions, Mechanical,** included in copyright privileges to Greece 2502 **N** **Nails, Upholsterers’,** duty on, increased 2541 **National Bank of Commerce, El Dorado, Ark.,** reimbursement of 1767 **National Ben Franklin Fire Insurance Company,** payment to, for loss of automobile 1676 **National Economic Council,** additional copies of hearings regarding establishment of, ordered printed 1777 **National Fire Prevention Week.** *See* Fire Prevention Week. **National Forests:** Enlarging area— Ashley, Utah-Wyo 2555 Bandelier, N. Mex 2503 Harney, S. Dak 2454 Ouachita, Ark and Okla 2467 Wasatch, Utah 2552 Established— Green Mountain, Va 2509 Nicolet, Wis 2561 Osceola, Fla 2465 Modifying areas, Nezperce and Bitterroot, Idaho 2450, 2464 **National Game Preserve, Grand Canyon, Ariz.,** area diminished 2483 **National Monuments:** Enlarging area— Colorado, Colo 2563 George Washington Birthplace, Va 2446 Great Sand Dunes, Colo 2506 Katmai, Alaska 2453 Petrified Forest, Ariz 2486, 2532 Pinnacles, Calif 2451 Scotts Bluff, Nebr 2512 Established— Black Canyon of the Gunnison, Colo 2558 Canyon De Chelly, Ariz 2448, 2562 Death Valley, Calif 2554 Grand Canyon, Ariz 2547 Saguaro, Ariz 2557 White Sands, N. Mex 2551 **National Origins Provisions, Immigration Act,** annual quotas prescribed under 2456 **National Parks:** Enlarging area— Bryce Canyon, Utah 2455 Carlsbad Caverns, N. Mex 2556 Mesa Verde, Colo 2511 Rocky Mountain, Colo 2498 Yellowstone, Mont 2537 Yosemite, Calif 2527 **Nationals, Personal Status, etc.,** jurisdiction over, Persia 2652 **National Surety Company,** adjustment of claim of 1747 **Naval Ammunition Depot, Lake Denmark, N. J.,** payment to persons injured by explosions at 1762 **Naval Records Corrected:** Bennett, William Girard Joseph 1675 Davidson, John E 1742 LaCarte, William Joseph 1752 O’Neil, John 1741 Rives, William C 1717 **Navigation Dues,** agreement for exemption of pleasure yachts from, Sweden 2655 **Navy Department,** tract reserved for, San Geronimo Reservation, P. R., described 2482 **Nebraska, Scotts Bluff National Monument,** area enlarged 2512 **Netherlands,** agreement for relief from double income tax on shipping profits 2601 **Neutrality,** maritime, Pan American convention on 1989 **Neville, Arthur I.,** honorable discharge granted to 1759 **New Mexico:** Bandelier National Forest, area enlarged 2503 Carlsbad Caverns National Monument, enlarged 2556 Transfer of certain lands in Bernalillo County to the city of Albuquerque 1751 White Sands National Monument established 2551 **Newport Contracting and Engineering Company,** payment to 1748 **Nezperce National Forest, Idaho:** Area modified; transfer to Bitterroot National Forest 2450 Description corrected 2464 **Nicholson, George N.,** reappointment as policeman, District of Columbia 1727 **Nicolet National Forest, Wis.,** established 2561 **Nolan, Ellen N.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1704 **Nolan, William R.,** payment to, for expenses, etc., incurred 1702 **North Borneo,** boundary convention, Philippine Islands and, with Great Britain 2198 **North Carolina:** Statue of Charles Brantley Aycock accepted from, for Statuary Hall 1777 Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed 1778 **Northern Pacific Halibut Fishery,** convention with Great Britain respecting 1872xiii **North Plains and Santa Fe Railway Company,** right of way, Potter County, Tex., granted to 1730 **Norway:** Agreements with— Consular imports, customs treatment of 2698 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on 2617 Tariff treatment of Norwegian sardines, exchange of notes concerning 2160 Treaty of friendship, commerce, and consular rights 2135 **O** **O’Bleness, Abram G.,** payment to, for injuries to wife 1671 **O’Brien, Della,** payment to, for personal injuries 1765 **Occhionero, George,** retirement of, Marine Corps 1768 **Oil, Olive,** duty decreased 2463 **Oil, Sperm, Crude, and Spermaceti Wax,** duty on, decreased 2560 **Oklahoma, Ouachita National Forest, Ark.,** and, area enlarged 2467 **Olive oil,** duty decreased 2463 **Olsen, Harriette,** credit in accounts of 1727 **O’Neil, Edward J.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1758 **O’Neil, John,** naval record corrected 1741 **Organs, Pipe,** duty decreased 2461 **Osceola National Forest, Fla.,** established 2465 **Ouachita National Forest, Ark and Okla.,** area enlarged 2467 **P** **Pablo, Daniel Lawrence,** added to final roll of Indians, Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont 1754 **Palmer, Charles,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Panama,** reciprocal claims convention with 1905 **Pan American Conventions:** Commercial Aviation 1901 Consular rights 1976 Maritime neutrality 1989 **Paper-making Machine Wires, etc.,** duty increased 2437 **Parcel Post Conventions:** Denmark 2402 Finland 2169 Sweden 2106 **Parker, Olen H.,** Marine Corps record corrected 1742 **Pate, James L.,** honorable discharge granted to 1752 **Peace treaty,** modification of former, with Italy 2102 **Pearce, John A.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1689 **Peas,** duty increased 2487 **Peed, Eva May,** lost Treasury certificates redeemed in favor of 1712 **Pensions Granted:** Allen, Anna P 1651 Ammons, Della B 1650 Bailey, Medora 1649 Baldwin, J. S. Clyde 1648 Bateman, Emma V 1640 Blain, Mary Josephine 1638 Blair, Mary 1641 Blodgett, Ellen 1650 Brooks, Elizabeth 1645 Brown, Amanda 1633 Burris, Elizabeth 1645 Cahoon, Nancy E 1633 Canfield, Joanna L 1634 Case, Amanda M 1641 Caskey, Elizabeth E 1649 Cath, Cora 1631 Clair, Prudence K 1646 Clifford, Frank C 1650 Coffey, Frances J 1630 Compton, Viola 1651 Coonce, Henry 1653 Cowan, Alton Frazier 1629 Crawford, Mary J 1633 Crosby, Almeda 1646 Davis, Angeline 1632 Day, Sallie 1639 Deits, Laura E 1631 Devaughn, Hester A 1645 Dewitt, Henry 1640 Dick, Irene 1640 Dow, Laura L 1645 Downer, Mary E 1632 Duff, John William 1647 Eaton, Minnie 1644 Ellis, Henry 1652 Emery, Adeline 1639 Farley, Tempie 1630 Fountain, Jennie S 1649 French, Mary 1630 Geoffroy, Myrtle G 1646 Glenn, Jacob L 1641 Goble, Martha E 1654 Goodrich, Lizzie E 1639 Grier, Tryphena 1639 Guffey, Isabel 1629 Harmon, Fannie Lou Cate 1655 Harris, Rebecca 1638 Hatcher, Josephine 1627 Hoard, Clara 1628 Holmes, Lida F 1642 Ickes, Rachel 1640xiv Jerolaman, Ruvira 1646 Johnson, Edith L 1628 Johnson, Mary E 1633 Jones, Chester 1635 Kennedy, Hattie G 1647 Kingery, Margaret 1633 Kunkel, Rosalie 1651 Lancaster, Bessie 1638 Lane, Sarah E 1642 Leach, Mary E 1639 Linsea, Ella A 1650 Ludwig, Marie 1631 Martin, Carrie B 1650 Mattox, Peoria A 1634 McArthur, Jane 1656 McBurney, Jennie 1651 McCabe, Mary Ann 1629 McCoy, Lula M 1628 McGown, Carrie E 1643 McKelvey, Lottie 1631 Meredith, John W 1650 Merrill, Mollie M 1628 Miller, Dora Etta 1630 Miller, Sarah E 1642 Mitchell, William M 1633 Mullen, Sarah A 1644 Namee, Effie L. Van 1636 Nelson, Frances M 1633 Nichols, Caddie 1634 Nye, Elizabeth 1628 Otis, Mattie J 1634 Owens, Ellen J 1654 Pasch, Kate 1642 Patton, Carrie D 1655 Pennel, Sarah 1652 Phelps, Rachel E 1631 Pierce, Canzada 1649 Plummer, Adga S 1639 Price, Jane 1652 Price, Lillie M 1628 Price, Mattie J 1647 Ralph, Rosa 1635 Redfield, Isabelle H 1649 Reed, Millie 1651 Reese, Martha J 1636 Reissenbigler, Herman 1647 Robbins, Mary F 1647 Roberts, Eugene 1636 Robinson, Maud A 1636 Ross, Mary 1650 Rounds, Pearl 1633 Rowe, Lucinda C 1630 Rush, George 1631 Rushton, Minnie S 1642 Scribner, Nancy A 1635 Shelton, Susan E 1634 Smith, John G 1648 Smith, William B 1631 Snyder, Mary 1632 Southerland, Richard 1652 Southwick, Jennie B 1649 Spencer, Effie 1643 Stombaugh, Josephine 1654 Striegel, Bridget 1650 Stuart, Clara A. 1636 Swaidner, Mertena 1655 Taylor, Hannah A 1643 Thaxton, Nettie 1650 Vallandingham, Emma F 1646 Vass, Tiney 1632 Waggoner, Eliza A 1638 Webb, Rosa 1647 Wedge, Truman A 1634 West, Nancy A 1628 Whittle, Bridget A 1649 Winters, Minnie C 1642 Wise, Mary E 1639 Woodrum, Rosa A 1655 Wright, Lona 1654 **Pensions Increased:** Adams, Bell J 1653 Adsit, Sarah J 1641 Alkire, Tabitha 1647 Allen, Mary C 1643 Arney, Esther M 1645 Arthur, Eliza J 1628 Atwood, Mary C 1649 Austin, Sophronia 1641 Aydelotte, Lucrecia 1654 Backus, Elizabeth R 1632 Bagley, Eliza H 1655 Banner, Jennie M. K 1632 Bard, Rose L 1655 Barkley, E. Helen 1656 Beach, Catharine 1655 Beal, Martha J 1634 Bee, Amelia 1652 Beers, Mary L 1645 Bennett, Mattie L 1633 Benson, Mary E 1629 Berger, Elizabeth 1638 Black, Sarah G 1638 Blair, Leanna E 1630 Bolton, Sarah A 1650 Bortsfield, Tulula V. M 1650 Boyd, Mary E 1641 Briggs, Mary A 1644 Brown, Emily 1640 Bryant, Frances 1635 Burdick, S. Audella 1648 Burns, Katharine K 1638 Burris, Catherine 1637 Burton, Prudence M. A 1627 Burton, Sarah E 1629 Busey, Mattie P 1651 Busher, Emma D 1636 Butcher, Louisiana 1635 Butters, Belle 1644xv Calderwood, Mary V 1646 Calvert, Eva 1635 Campbell, Jane A 1639 Canfield, Elizabeth 1635 Cartwright, Lenora 1652 Cary, Lydia A 1629 Caslow, Elizabeth 1629 Caulk, Elizabeth 1648 Chandler, Sarah A 1631 Cheney, Mary E 1639 Chiles, Almera J 1648 Church, Harriet C 1647 Church, Nancy 1656 Clark, Emma L 1636 Clark, Patsy 1628 Clifton, Susie A 1643 Cline, Mary A 1647 Colburn, Alice A 1651 Colvin, Ruth E 1640 Combs, Cynthia 1651 Conrad, Nancy P 1627 Cordell, Florence 1635 Corl, Racheal 1640 Cottrill, Margaret 1647 Cox, Gertrude 1654 Cozier, Mary A 1643 Crabtree, Liza 1642 Craine, Priscilla A 1641 Crawford, Nellie 1638 Culler, Avarilla C 1642 Cundiff, Mary L 1651 Cunningham, Ida M 1649 Currier, Mary 1647 Curry, Nannie 1655 Dadmun, Susan 1646 Daisey, Sarah C 1638 Daniels, Agnes 1630 Daniels, Mary E 1653 Darnell, Eliza 1648 Davis, Emily S 1634 Davis, Mary C 1644 Dawson, Nancy E 1653 Day, Lottie L 1637 Decker, Rebecca A 1645 Densmore, Ina J 1653 Dicks, Margaret 1645 Dittman, Mary A 1653 Dixon, Esther A 1652 Dobson, Mary F 1652 Dohon, Rosina 1653 Dorsey, Martha 1645 Doty, Martha J 1634 Dugan, Veturia H 1635 Duncan, Lucinda K 1640 Dutton, Harriet E 1627 Eberlin, Eva Louise 1632 Eldridge, Annie C 1641 Emery, Frances M 1637 Espy, Mary J 1652 Estes, Isabel J 1653 Falconer, Elizabeth C 1640 Fent, Deborah 1643 Ferguson, Jane 1636 Fernan, Rose A 1653 Fischer, Samaria C 1638 Flier, Sarah 1648 Folsom, Adelia B 1640 Forbes, Catherine R 1631 Ford, Jane M 1646 Forrest, Caroline 1646 Foster, Ann E 1653 Foster, Ellen 1637 Fox, Sabina C. T 1647 Friz, Martha 1643 Frye, Isabella N 1639 Gallt, Rachel A 1640 Garnsey, Elizabeth 1641 Garver, Hannah M 1639 Gerow, Laura E 1637 Gibson, Melissa E 1627 Glover, Kate 1644 Goodrich, Julia B 1641 Goodson, Mary J 1648 Gorgas, Caroline 1629 Green, Mariah 1643 Gregg, Mary F 1642 Griffith, Sarah A 1639 Groves, Jane 1630 Gunnell, Fannie V 1636 Haines, Margaret D 1647 Hall, Annie P 1646 Hamilton, Mary L 1645 Hammond, Charlotte 1644 Hane, Sarah Alice 1638 Harrison, Elizabeth 1627 Hartman, Pauline 1637 Hatfield, Sarah M 1652 Havens, Anna C 1651 Hays, Elizabeth 1637 Helms, Rebecca A 1644 Heltzel, Melinda A 1644 Hiskett, Louisa 1629 Hodge, Minnie J 1637 Hofflicker, Julia A 1632 Holbrook, Hannah E 1636 Hoover, Fannie 1631 Hope, Thana 1632 House, Malinda 1630 Houseman, Sarah N 1648 House, Martha 1641 Hudson, Mary M 1651 Hyers, Ellen C 1645 Irwin, Flora A 1647 Janes, Allice D 1640 Johnson, Fanny L 1648 Johnson, Julia 1643xvi Johnson, Mary J 1656 Johnson, Rachel J 1654 Johnston, Margaret A 1638 Keck, Mary H 1653 Kelley, Anna 1651 Kellogg, Rosanna 1655 Kelly, Maria E 1634 Kelsey, Cindarilla L 1649 Kenty, Nannie B 1642 Kerr, Margaret J 1634 Kintner, Ellen 1632 Klinger, Angeline 1642 Klinger, Dora 1654 Knopf, Floretta 1655 Kollock, Margaret A 1646 Lagoy, Eliza 1630 Lanham, Susannah 1651 Larimer, Matilda 1634 Lloyd, Elizabeth 1630 Lloyd, Margaret C 1644 Long, Permelia J 1654 Long, Sarah A 1654 Martin, Sarah M 1629 Martin, Victoria A 1645 Maskel, Nancy 1654 Mauk, Eliza 1638 Maurer, Ellen 1639 Mayer, Catharina 1634 McGinnis, Kate Ann 1648 McHenry, Sarah J 1631 McLaughlin, Mary J 1646 McMillen, Charlotte 1644 McWilliams, Nancy J 1629 Melott, Gilley 1634 Merrill, Cynthia A 1641 Merryman, Serena E 1629 Messenger, Malinda J 1630 Metcalf, Jemima M 1653 Micksch, Johanna S. W 1627 Middleton, Emma 1646 Middleton, Valeria 1650 Miller, Frances E 1631 Miller, Margaret 1640 Moore, Emily J 1654 Morehouse, Elizabeth 1655 Mostoller, Nancy C 1631 Mundell, Samantha A 1650 Nesbet, Anna L 1651 Nichols, Emma C 1649 Niedhammer, Alma 1628 Nighswonger, Mary A 1642 Nitchman, Mandilla 1649 Ogden, Elizabeth W 1637 Ovens, Elizabeth 1644 Ownes, Bridget 1640 Partlow, Octavia 1629 Patch, Hulda 1633 Patt, Charlotte E 1648 Pealing, Edeth 1645 Pedderson, Christine 1644 Pelton, Harriet A 1649 Penfield, Arvilla R 1628 Peterson, Dora 1636 Phelps, Clara A 1653 Pickett, Emma K 1652 Pillsbury, Mary J 1640 Plunkett, Mary C 1632 Powers, Susannah 1646 Prosser, Frances 1636 Putman, Abbie H 1636 Pyle, Martha A 1654 Rader, Elizabeth F 1635 Ranson, Mary E 1642 Richards, Mercy S 1637 Rickard, Clara P 1638 Rimback, Emma J 1637 Ripley, Sarah J 1643 Risdon, Rose 1652 Robbins, Hannah L 1653 Roberts, Margaret L 1652 Roby, Mary 1648 Rose, Beatrice J 1650 Roseberry, Ophelia 1628 Ross, Frances 1632 Scott, Emeline 1629 Secor, Ida I 1631 Shafer, Nancy Jane 1630 Sheplar, Anna B 1639 Sheppard, Bridget 1642 Shoemaker, Cornelia 1642 Simmers, Eliza J 1633 Skinner, Harriet A 1631 Skinnin, Harriet F 1633 Smith, Anna 1643 Smith, Mary A 1636 Smith, Mary E 1651 Smith, Sarah E 1655 Soulsby, Jane 1655 Speakman, Margaret 1644 Spinner, Anna 1651 Sprague, Malinda 1654 Starbuck, Dorleskia J 1633 Stead, Ann M 1648 Stearnes, Mary 1630 Stephenson, Dora A 1643 Stephenson, Martha J 1635 Stewart, Mary C 1646 Stinson, Ida H 1646 Stonesifer, Martha 1649 Stowell, Ellen M 1641 Stowe, Mary S 1652 Strait, Clarissa 1645 Summers, Catherine 1633 Teel, Lucy N 1649 Thompson, Maria 1635 Tilton, Frances E 1632 Turney, Rebecca C 1638 Underhill, Sarah J 1644xvii Vreeland, Helen 1637 Waite, May F 1637 Walbridge, Anna M 1653 Walker, Amanda 1640 Walter, Rachel 1631 Warner, Ary J 1633 Warren, Gertrude 1636 Weaver, Sarah 1652 Webster, Jennie 1639 Wells, Elizabeth 1628 Wells, Margaret E 1647 Wesley, Elizabeth 1654 West, Jane 1647 West, Maria F 1630 White, Lorena 1656 White, Mary 1650 Willhide, Flora 1643 Williams, Ada F 1654 Wilson, Adah 1635 Wilson, Harriet 1633 Wilson, Josephine L 1647 Wilt, Margaret E 1628 Worthington, Louisa A 1650 Yates, Emil 1634 Young, Eliza J 1648 Young, Laura E 1649 **Peppers,** duty decreased 2489 **Pequano, Vernon,** added to final roll of Sac and Fox Indians of Oklahoma 1755 **Persia:** Agreement with— Commercial, etc., relations 2644 Nationals, personal status, jurisdiction, etc 2652 **Peters, W. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1705 **Petrified Forest National Monument, Ariz.,** area enlarged 2486, 2532 **Philadelphia, Baltimore,** and Washington Railroad Company, sale of certain land in Maryland to 1731 **Philippine Islands and North Borneo,** boundary convention with Great Britain 2198 **Pinnacles National Monument, Calif.,** area enlarged 2451 **Pipe Organs,** etc., duty decreased 2461 **Pittman, Lizzie,** payment to, for personal injuries 1734 **Platner, Alton B.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1662 **Plummer, Rosa E.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1674 **Pokorny, Anna,** payment to, for death of husband 1718 **Pollino, Catterina,** refund to, on immigration bond 1745 **Postal Agreements:** Americas and Spain, parcel post 1957 Germany, collect-on-delivery 1966 Switzerland, parcel post 1993 **Postal Convention,** Americas and Spain 1924 **Powell, William,** payment to, for property damage 1764 **Prayers by the Chaplain of the House of Representatives,** printing of, ordered 1774 **Presbyterian Church, Chesapeake City, Md.,** payment to, for property damages 1759 **President of the United States:** Coolidge, Hon. Calvin, death of, announced 2550 Joint Congressional Committee to arrange inaugural ceremonies of 1782 Proceedings in Congress for counting electoral votes for, and Vice President 1782 Proclamations of. *See* Proclamations. Requested to return bill relating to— Building, etc., associations 1774 Insurance companies in District of Columbia 1776 Jurisdiction in management of Indian country 1776 Term of, announcing ratification of amendment to Constitution fixing 2569 **Printing and Binding:** Agricultural Conference and Farm Board inquiry, hearings 1773 Chaplain of House, prayers by 1774 Congressional Directory, 1st Session, 73d Congress 1784 Foreign bonds, etc., hearings on sale of 1775 Laws relating to veterans of various wars, compilation of 1780 Moratorium on foreign debts, additional hearings 1782 National Economic Council, hearings on establishment of 1777 Oration on former President Coolidge by Hon. Arthur P. Rugg 1784 Proceedings at unveiling of statues of— Aycock, Charles Brantley 1778 Davis, Jefferson 1779 George, James Z 1779 King, Thomas Starr 1779 Serra, Junipero 1779 Sevier, General John 1779 Revenue Act of 1932, additional copies 1778 Revenue Bill, comparative print 1776 Consolidated hearings on 1777 “Revenue Revision, 1932,” consolidated hearings 1776 **Prism-Binoculars,** duty on, increased 2545 **Prisoners of War,** international convention relating to treatment of 2021xviii **Proclamations:** Alsimin, etc., decreasing duty on 2518 Armistice Day 2485, 2538 Ashley National Forest, Utah-Wyo., lands added 2555 Bandelier National Forest, N. Mex., enlargement 2503 Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah, area for 2535 Bells, increasing duty on 2458 Bitterroot National Forest, Idaho, area modified 2450, 2464 Black Canyon of Gunnison National Monument, Colo., established 2558 Bonded carpet wool and drawback exportations 2508 Bryce Canyon National Park, Utah, enlargement 2455 Canyon De Chelly National Monument, Ariz., established 2448, 2562 Cape Romain Migratory Bird Refuge, S. C., designated closed area 2513 Carlsbad Caverns National Park, N. Mex., lands added 2556 Chair glides, increasing duty on 2541 Child Health Day 2451, 2507 Colorado National Monument, Colo., lands added 2563 Constitution, twentieth amendment to 2569 Coolidge, Calvin, announcing death of 2550 Cornwallis’ surrender, sesquicentennial observance 2479 Cotton velvets, increasing duty on 2543 Death Valley National Monument, Calif., established 2554 Eggplant, decreasing duty on 2488 Eggs, increasing duty on 2460 Feldspar, decreasing duty on 2491 Ferroaluminum silicon, etc., decreasing duty on 2518 Footwear, rubber-soled and rubber, increasing duty on 2552 Fourdrinier, etc., wire, increasing duty on 2437 Furniture, bent-wood, decreasing duty on 2462 Gelatin, changing rates of duty on 2439, 2529 George Washington Bicentennial, celebration of 2499 George Washington Birthplace National Monument, Va., land added to 2446 Glacier National Park, Mont., added to Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park 2519 Glass, cylinder, etc., decreasing duty on 2492 Glue, changing duty on 2529 Grand Canyon National Game Preserve, Ariz., area diminished 2483 Grand Canyon National Monument, Ariz., established 2547 Great Sand Dunes National Monument, Colo., enlargement 2506 Greece, copyright benefits extended to 2502 Green Mountain National Forest, Vt., creation 2509 Harney National Forest, S. Dak., enlargement 2454 Hawaii, land conveyed to 2484, 2497 Hemp cordage, increasing duty on 2459 Immigrant quotas, prescribing annual 2456 Infants’ wool knit outerwear, changing duty on 2517 Katmai National Monument, Alaska, enlargement 2453 Louisiana & Arkansas, etc., Railways, labor dispute boards 2452, 2504 Mats, cocoa-fiber, increasing duty on 2542 Merchandise, imported, extending time for withdrawing 2505 In bonded warehouse, bonded carpet wool and camel hair, and drawback exportations 2548 Mesa Verde National Park, Colo., enlargement 2511 Migratory game birds, amending regulations on 2440, 2476, 2481, 2520 Migratory waterfowl, restriction on hunting of 2475, 2501 Mills, Ogden L., appointment as Director General of Railroads 2500 Designation as agent in actions arising from Federal railroad control 2500 Nails, upholsterers’, increasing duty on 2541 National Fire Prevention Week 2466, 2531 Nezperce National Forest, Idaho, area modified 2450, 2464 Nicolet National Forest, Wis., area for 2561 Olive Oil, decreasing duty on 2463 Osceola National Forest, Fla., addition 2465 Ouachita National Forest, Ark.-Okla., enlargement 2467 Peas, increasing duty on 2487 Peppers, decreasing duty on 2489 Petrified Forest National Monument, Ariz., enlargement 2486, 2532 Pinnacles National Monument, Calif., enlargement 2451 Pipe organs, decreasing duty on 2461 Prism-binoculars, increasing duty on 2545 Puerto Rico, lands conveyed to 2495 Pulaski Memorial Day 2480, 2532 Reconstruction Finance Corporation, postponing expiration date of lending power of 2541 Rocky Mountain National Park, Colo., enlargement 2498 Rules, folding, aluminum or wood, increasing duty on 2544xix St. Marks Migratory Bird Refuge, Fla., designated closed area 2493 Saguaro National Monument, Ariz., established 2557 San Geronimo Reservation, Puerto Rico, describing certain tract on 2482 Scotts Bluff National Monument, Nebr., enlargement 2512 Senate, convening of, in special session 2555 Shoes, modifying duties on 2490 Sperm oil, crude, and spermaceti wax, decreasing duty on 2560 Sponges, sheepswool, decreasing duty on 2530 Thanksgiving Day 2486, 2539 Thumb tacks, increasing duty on 2541 Virgin Islands, exemption of, from coastwise shipping laws 2466, 2528 Wasatch National Forest, Utah, enlargement 2552 Waterfowl conservation regulations, approval of 2475 Waterton-Glacier International Peace Park, Glacier National Park, Mont., added to 2519 White Sands National Monument, N. Mex., established 2551 Wool felt hats, etc., decreasing duty on 2438 Yellowstone National Park, Mont., lands added 2537 Yosemite National Park, Calif., lands added 2527 **Property, Industrial,** international convention for protection of 1789 **Public Printing and Binding.** *See* Printing and Binding. **Puerto Rico:** Conveying certain land to people of 2495 San Geronimo Reservation, description of naval reserve clarified 2482 **Pulaski Memorial Day,** inviting observance of 2480, 2532 **Q** **Quarantine Inspection of Vessels,** agreement with Canada 2573 **R** **Radio Broadcasts,** agreement with Canada as to use of channels for 2704 **Railroads, Director General of:** Appointing Ogden L. Mills as 2500 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 2500 **Rapides Parish, La.,** title to certain lands in, relinquished 1756 **Recess of Congress,** ordered, December 22, 1931, to January 4, 1932 1773 **Reconstruction Finance Corporation,** postponing date of expiration of lending power of 2541 **Red Cross Convention,** International 2074 **Reder, Agnes C.,** land patent to issue to 1682 **Rederiaktiebolaget Nordstjernan,** agreement with Sweden for arbitration of certain claims of 1911 **Reimer, J. R.,** credit in accounts of 1661 **Revenue Act of 1932,** additional copies ordered printed 1778 **Revenue Bill:** Additional copies of consolidated hearings on, ordered printed 1777 Comparative print of, as House document ordered printed 1776 **“Revenue Revision, 1932,”** additional copies of hearings relative to, ordered printed 1776 **Richardson, Lt Jack C.,** payment to, for travel expenses 1740 **Richmond Federal Reserve Bank,** settlement of claim of Baltimore branch of 1743 **Ricketts, C. V.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Rio Grande Southern Railroad Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1684 **Ritz, Stuart L.,** honorable discharge granted to 1765 **Rives, William C.,** naval record corrected 1717 **Roanoke Colony Commission:** Establishment of 1780 Time for report, extended 1782 **Robeson, David Albert,** enlistment of, in Navy 1686 **Rocky Mountain National Park, Colo.,** area enlarged 2498 **Rodriguez, Ydelfonso,** payment to, for property damage 1763 **Roloff, John Huntz,** correction in rating of, Fleet Naval Reserve 1741 **Ross, G. Carroll,** reimbursement of fine to 1666 **Roullier, Valerie, Henry, Jr., and Julia,** added to final roll of Indians, Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont 1754 **Rouse, Nancy H.,** *et al.*, may bring suit for property damages 1670 **Rubber-Soled and Rubber Footwear,** duty on, increased 2552 **Rugg, Honorable Arthur P.,** printing ordered of the eulogy on former President Coolidge 1784 **Rules, Folding, of Aluminum or Wood,** duty on, increased 2544 **Rumania,** customs matters, commercial agreement on 2593 **Ryerson and Son (Inc.), Joseph T.,** adjustment of claim of, authorized 1768xx **S** **Sac and Fox Indians, Okla.,** addition of certain names to final roll of 1655 **Saffran, Arthur R.,** adjustment of claim of 1655 **Saguaro National Monument, Ariz.,** established 2557 **Saint BaisI, Sisters of,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Saint Louis, Mo.,** sale of certain Government property in, authorized 1756 **Salem, George J.,** claim arbitration agreement, United States and Egypt 2700 **Sanford, Anna Marie,** disability claim of, to be considered 1658 **San Geronimo Reservation, P. R.,** description of naval reserve clarified 2482 **Sardines, Norwegian,** exchange of notes concerning tariff treatment of 2160 **Sawhill, Alexander F.,** honorable discharge granted to 1736 **Schaffer, Daniel S., Company (Inc.),** reimbursement to, for losses on contracts 1665 **Schneider, Jack,** payment to, for loss of airplane 1760 **School District No 15, Lincoln County, Mont.,** conveyance of land to, authorized 1727 **Schwartz, Samuel,** payment to estate of, for death 1696 **Schwietzer, Gust J.,** compensation to, for lost Liberty bonds 1751 **Scott, Frank R.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1710 **Scotts Bluff National Monument, Nebr.,** area enlarged 2512 **Seacord, David J.,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Sears, Elsie M.,** payment to, for personal, etc., injuries 1711 **Sender, Lewis,** settlement of claim, authorized 1674 **Senate,** convened in special session 2555 **Serra, Junipero,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1779 **Seupelt, J. G.,** adjustment, homestead entry of 1718 **Sevier, General John:** Acceptance, etc., of statue of, from Tennessee, for Statuary Hall 1776 Proceedings on, ordered printed 1779 **Shaffer, Delbert H.,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Shanghai, China:** Chinese courts in International Settlement, agreement concerning 2713 Exchange of notes 2716 Unilateral declaration, reservation of rights 2719 **Shaw, John S.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1715 **Sheepswool Sponges,** duty on, decreased 2530 **Sheldon, Clyde,** refund of fine to 1698 **Shelly, Emma,** payment to, for property damage 1697 **Shelton, J. G.,** settlement of claim, authorized 1677 **Sherburne Mercantile Company,** payment to, for supplies furnished Indians 1671 **Sherman, William M.,** honorable discharge granted to 1754 **Ship Measurement Certificates,** agreement for recognition of, Estonia 2597 **Shipping Profits, Relief from Double Income Tax on:** Agreements with— Brazil 2620 Canada 2580 Denmark 2612 France 2604 Germany 2627 Great Britian 2587 Greece 2608 Iceland 2612 Ireland, Northern 2587 Italy 2599 Japan 2578 Netherlands 2601 Norway 2617 Spain 2584 **Shipping Service, etc.,** extending time for establishing, to Virgin Islands 2466, 2528 **Shirley, W. J.,** reimbursement to, for destroyed property 1661 **Shoes:** Leather, duty modified 2490 Rubber, duty increased 2552 **Short, Ross, Shaw, and Mayhood,** payment to, for services 1715 **Shriner, Walter L.,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Simmons, Alfred G., jr.,** compensation to, for personal injuries 1672 **Simmons, Clara H.,** may bring suit for property damages 1670 **Simpson, Harrison,** disability claim of, to be examined 1681 **Simpson, Lemuel,** military record corrected 1658 **Sinks, Mary Byrkett,** reimbursement to 1750 **Sisters of Saint Baisl,** payment to, for property damage 1759 **Smellow, Lt Morris,** appointment as passed assistant paymaster, Navy, authorized 1717 **Smith, Leia B.,** payment to, for death of husband 1701xxi **Sollom, Alfred,** payment to, for dispossession 1707 **Soluri, Louis,** payment to, on death of son 1689 **Soucie, Laura, Blanche, Joseph, Julie, Rose Marie, and Audra Jane,** added to final roll of Indians, Flathead Indian Reservation, Mont 1754 **South Africa,** agreement for recognition of airworthiness certificates 2687 **Southard, Frances,** payment to, for death of son 1664 **South Carolina,** Cape Romain Bird Refuge designated closed area 2513 **South Dakota,** Harney National Forest, area enlarged 2454 **Spain:** Agreements with— Claims, consideration of, agreement for 2641 Shipping profits, refief from double income tax on 2584 Postal convention, Americas and 1924 Parcel-post agreement 1957 **Special Session of Senate,** calling 2555 **Spermaceti Wax,** duty on, decreased 2560 **Sperm Oil, Crude, and Spermaceti Wax,** duty on, decreased 2560 **Sponges, Sheepswool,** duty on, decreased 2530 **Spottedhorse, Benjamin,** patent in fee to issue to 1657 **Spottedhorse, Horse,** patent in fee to issue to 1657 **Sprengel, Lt M. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1687 **Sprouse, Clive,** homestead entry of, validated 1768 **Squires, William Mathew,** honorable discharge granted to 1734 **Stacher, S. F.,** credit in accounts of 1719 **Stapp, Edward,** payment to, for property damages 1759 **State, etc Departments Appropriation Bill,** correction in enrollment of, directed 1781 **Statues:** Acceptance for Statuary Hall, etc.— Aycock, Charles Brantley 1777, 1778 Davis, Jefferson 1779 George, James Z 1779 King, Thomas Starr 1779 Lee, Robert E 1777 Serra, Junipero 1779 Sevier, General John 1776, 1779 Washington, George 1777 Relocation of, in Capitol Building 1784 **Stebbins, Mary E.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1743 **Steele, Capt George W., jr.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1688 **Stewart, J. D.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1676 **Stiles, R. K., and Company,** payment to, for repairs to property 1692 **St. Marks Migratory Bird Refuge, Fla.,** designated as closed area 2493 **Stone, Octavia Gulick,** patent in fee to issue to 1699 **Stotts, John S.,** honorable discharge granted to 1760 **Stratis, John,** payment to, for forfeited Liberty bonds 1700 **Stubbs, Harold S.,** payment to, for property damages 1759 **Sullivan, Helen Patricia,** payment to, for personal injuries 1662 **Sun Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1677 **Supreme Court, Rules of Practice,** etc., correction in enrollment of bill relating to 1784 **Sweden:** Agreements with— Claims 1911 Load-line certificates, recognition of 2707 Pleasure yachts, exemption of, from navigation dues 2655 Parcel-post convention 2106 **Switzerland:** Arbitration and conciliation treaty with 1983 Parcel-post agreement with 1993 **T** **Tacks, Thumb,** duty on, increased 2541 **Tampico Marine Iron Works,** settlement of claim of 1726 **Taplin, Lt William Ray,** payment to 1744 **Tariff,** exchange of notes concerning treatment of Norwegian sardines 2160 **Tariff of 1930:** Decreasing duty on— Alsimin, ferrosilicon aluminum, etc 2518 Bent-wood furniture 2458 Cylinder, etc., glass 2492 Edible gelatin 2439 Eggplant 2488 Feldspar 2491 Olive oil 2463 Peppers 2489 Pipe organs 2461 Sheepswool sponges 2530 Sperm oil, crude and spermaceti wax 2560 Wool-felt hats and bodies therefor 2438 Increasing duty on— Bells, bicycle, etc 2458 Cocoa-fiber mats 2542 Cotton velvets 2543xxii Eggs, dried, etc 2460 Folding rules, of aluminum or wood 2544 Fourdrinier, etc., wires, etc 2437 Hemp cordage 2459 Peas 2487 Prism binoculars 2545 Rubber-soled and rubber footwear 2552 Upholsterers’ nails, chair guides and thumb tacks 2541 Woven-wire cloth, etc 2437 Modifying duty on— Gelatin, inedible 2529 Glue 2529 Infants’ wool knit outerwear 2517 Shoes 2490 **Tennessee:** Statue of General John Sevier accepted from, for Statuary Hall 1776 Proceedings on, ordered printed 1779 **Texas Power and Light Company,** settlement of claim for property damage, authorized 1749 **Texas,** right of way over lands in Potter County, granted 1730 **Thanksgiving Day Proclamations** 2486, 2539 **Thayer, Sydney, jr.,** emergency officer’s retirement benefits extended to 1738 **Theberge, Katherine R.,** payment to, for personal injuries 1724 **The Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington Railroad Company,** sale of certain land in Maryland to 1731 **Thomas, Charles,** payment to guardian of, for personal injuries 1673 **Thompson, William B.,** payment to, for property damage 1718 **Thornton, Charles R.,** patent in fee to 1724 **Thumb Tacks,** duty on, increased 2541 **Treaties and Conventions.** *See also* Executive Agreements. Amelioration of sick, wounded of armies in field, multilateral convention 2074 Arbitration— China 2213 Egypt 2130 Greece 2161 Switzerland 1983 Aviation, commercial, Pan American convention 1901 Claims— Panama 1915 Sweden 1911 Conciliation— Egypt 2132 Greece 2165 Switzerland 1983 Consular agents, Pan American convention 1976 Establishment and sojourn, Turkish Republic 2432 Extradition— Germany 1862 Great Britain 2122 Greece 2185 Friendship, commerce, and consular rights— Austria 1876 Supplementary agreement 1899 Norway 2135 Exchange of notes, tariff treatment of Norwegian sardines 2160 Halibut fisheries, northern Pacific, preservation of, Great Britain 1872 Industrial property protection, international convention 1789 Iraq, American rights in, convention and protocol with Great Britain 1817 Loan line convention, international 2228 Marine neutrality convention, Pan American 1989 Peace treaty, modification of former, Italy 2102 Philippine Island and North Borneo boundary convention, Great Britain 2198 Postal conventions— Denmark 2402 Finland 2169 Germany, collect-on-delivery parcel post 1966 Spain 1924, 1957 Sweden, parcel post 2106 Switzerland 1997 Prisoners of war, treatment of, international convention 2021 **Turkish Republic,** establishment and sojourn treaty with 2432 **Turner, Amy,** land patent to issue to 1694 **U** **Union Ferry Company, New York and Brooklyn,** may bring suit for damages to ferryboat 1670 **United States Hammered Piston Ring Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1668 **United States Roanoke Colony Commission:** Establishment of 1780 Time for report by, extended 1782 **Upholsterers’ Nails,** duty on, increased 2541 **Utah:** Ashley National Forest, enlarged 2555xxiii Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, established 2535 Bryce Canyon National Park, area enlarged 2455 Wasatch National Forest, area enlarged 2552 **V** **Van Camp Sea Food Company (Inc.),** adjustment of claim of, authorized 1726 **Van Meter, R. E.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Velocipede, etc., Bells,** duty increased 2459 **Velvets, Cotton,** duty on, increased 2543 **Vessels:** Load-line certificates See Load-line Certificates. Passenger, agreement for recognition of inspection certificates with Italy 2665 Quarantine inspection of, agreement with Canada 2573 **Vice President of the United States:** Proceedings in Congress for counting electoral votes for President and 1782 Ratification of Amendment to Constitution fixing term of, announced 2569 **Vigliotti, Joseph,** payment to, for forfeited bond 1766 **Virginia:** George Washington Birthplace National Monument, area enlarged 2446 Statues of George Washington and Robert E. Lee accepted from, for Statuary Hall 1777 **Virgin Islands,** extending time for establishing shipping service 2466, 2528 **W** **Walker, George D.,** repayment of money to 1715 **Wallace, J. H.,** reimbursement of purchase money to 1705 **Wall, George W.,** lost Liberty bond redeemed in favor of 1660 **War Department Appropriation Bill,** correction in enrollment of, directed 1781 **Ward, Harry W.,** refund to estate of 1691 **War,** international convention relating to treatment of prisoners of 2021 **War Veteran Legislation,** compilation of, ordered printed 1780 **Wasatch National Forest, Utah,** area enlarged 2552 **Washington Bicentennial.** *See* George Washington Bicentennial. **Washington, George,** acceptance of statue of, from Virginia, for Statuary Hall 1777 **Washington, Mary,** wreath ordered for grave of 1775 **Waterfowl:** Emergency cooperation urged for protection of 2475 Hunting restrictions rescinded 2501 **Waterton-Glacier International Park,** Glacier National Park, Mont., made part of 2519 **Weakley, C. E.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Weaver, Mary,** payment to, for death of husband 1713 **Weinstein, Samuel,** payment to, for death of son 1706 **Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company,** settlement of claim, authorized 1683 **West, Walter S.,** Marine Corps record corrected 1685 **Wheatley, Orem,** adjustment of claim of 1716 **White Sands National Monument, N. Mex.,** established 2551 **Wick, Lewis O.,** settlement of claim, authorized 1684 **Wiggle, Peter,** repayment of money to 1715 **Wight, Clara E.,** payment to, for death of son 1664 **Williamson, Ralph E.,** compensation to, for fire damages 1669 **Wills Point, Tex., State National Bank,** lost Treasury certificates redeemed in favor of 1661 **Wilmot Castle Company,** adjustment of claim of 1721 **Wilson, R. L.,** refund of erroneously paid fine to 1694 **Wires, Fourdrinier, etc.,** duty increased 2437 **Wirkula, Senelma,** payment to, for death of husband 1666 **Wisconsin,** Nicolet National Forest established 2561 **Wiseman, Manuel M.,** trustee, adjustment of claim for property damage, authorized 1749 **Withycombe Post Numbered 11,** American Legion, payment to 1664 **Wood, Ethelyn Gladys,** added to final roll of Sac and Fox Indians of Oklahoma 1655 **Woodey, Frank,** reenlistment and transfer of, to Fleet Naval Reserve 1685 **Woods, Raymond D.,** payment to, for pay and allowances 1709 **Wood, Stella Mae,** added to final roll of Sac and Fox Indians of Oklahoma 1755xxiv **Wool-felt Hats and Bodies Therefor,** duty decreased 2438 **Wool Knit Outerwear, Infants’,** modifying duties 2517 **Worden, P. A.,** payment to, for property losses 1721 **Worsham, Maj. L. D.,** settlement of claim of 1739 **Woven-Wire Cloth,** duty increased 2437 **Wright, Viola,** disability claim of, to be examined 1690 **Wyatt, M. B.,** payment of travel allowance to 1685 **Wyoming,** Ashley National Forest, Utah and, enlarged 2555 **Y** **Yachts, Pleasure,** agreement with Sweden for exemption of, from navigation dues 2655 **Yellowstone National Park,** area enlarged 2537 **York, O. R.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1684 **Yorktown, Va.,** observance of sesquicentennial of Lord Cornwallis’ surrender at 2479 **Young, Clarence G.,** payment to 1668 **Young, Walter Sam,** honorable discharge granted to 1760 **Z** **Zeller, Enza A.,** disability claim of, to be examined 1692
Connections3 cite this · traces to 26
Cited by 3 sections · top 2
Traces to 26 documents
statutes-at-large
84 references not yet in our index
  • 47 Stat. 1789
  • 47 Stat. 1817
  • 47 Stat. 1862
  • 47 Stat. 1872
  • 47 Stat. 1876
  • 47 Stat. 1899
  • 47 Stat. 1901
  • 47 Stat. 1911
  • 47 Stat. 1915
  • 47 Stat. 1924
  • 47 Stat. 1957
  • 47 Stat. 1966
  • 47 Stat. 1976
  • 47 Stat. 1983
  • 47 Stat. 1989
  • 47 Stat. 1997
  • 47 Stat. 2021
  • 47 Stat. 2074
  • 47 Stat. 2102
  • 47 Stat. 2106
  • 47 Stat. 2122
  • 47 Stat. 2130
  • 47 Stat. 2132
  • 47 Stat. 2135
  • 47 Stat. 2161
  • 47 Stat. 2165
  • 47 Stat. 2169
  • 47 Stat. 2185
  • 47 Stat. 2198
  • 47 Stat. 2213
  • 47 Stat. 2228
  • 47 Stat. 2402
  • 47 Stat. 2432
  • 37 Stat. 1704
  • 43 Stat. 161
  • 46 Stat. 701
  • 43 Stat. 654
  • 44 Stat. 2628
  • 30 Stat. 34
  • 36 Stat. 447
+ 44 more
Citation graph
cites case law
Private Law 326
Stat.×3
Stat.Private Law 326
Stat.Chapter 118
Stat.Chapter 24
Stat.Public Law 100–560
Stat.Proclamation 7399
Stat.Chapter 561
Stat.Chapter 2
Stat.Public Law 506
Stat.Chapter 348
Stat.47 Stat. 1789
Stat.47 Stat. 1817
Stat.47 Stat. 1862
Cites 110 · showing 12Cited by 3 across 1 source
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.